Page

Anaas, GrorGe Frencu, F.L.S., C.M.ZS., &c.

Descriptions of Thirty-two New Species of Marine Shells

from the Coast of New South Wales. (Plate XIII.)...... 110

A List of Species of Marine Mollusca found in Port Jack-

son Harbour, New South Wales, and on the adjacent Coasts,

with Notes on their Habits'‘&c.— Part. I. > 3.2: 2.5. 2335 185

Descriptions of Six New Species of Helicide from the

Solomon Islands, Western Pacific. (Plate XLIII.) ...... 888

On a New Genus and some New Species of Marine Mol-

. lusca from Port Jackson, New South Wales. (Plate XLIV.) 908

A List of Species of Marine Mollusca found in Port Jack-

son Harbour, New South Wales, and on the adjacent Coasts,

with Notes on their Habits &c. . Part Tf... 42.252 os. 912

See also SCLATER and SaLvIn.

Sciater, Pattie Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary

to the Society.

Exhibition of Mexican Birds, and Characters of a New

Species.of Zonetriehia, (Plate Li)... 222. SOR. & 1

Extracts from Letters received from Mr. E. Bartlett .... 2

Notice of a New Species of Ratel (Dfellivora leuconota).

(Plate VII). 20). 200 2..2) 5 ds iad gehei ee ee...

Notices of Additions to the Menagerie................ 179

Notes upon some Parrots living in the Society’s Menagerie.

(Plate AVE) ieee ae

Notices of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie. (Plate

XVI.) vag takes ede she bee ay wae AE eee

Remarks on Specimens of Snakes (Bozde) in the Society’s

Menagerie)... ..... Mi. Si ce ete neath ee cee

Remarks on Gulls (Laride) living in the Society’s Mena-

BRETIO is alee pic ns vein ge om 6 eM e Beye on aR a RSET ma

xiii

Page

Notes on-the: Birds of Chit’ 3 0.0.4... e5..5 S24 moe G9

On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. With Notes

on their Habits; by Prof. W. Narion, of Lima, C.M.Z.S.

GPack El.) (Elites eee ee.) ere klaus Saas CAO

Announcement of the arrival of a pone [ae Su-

perba) in the Society’s Gardens ........ . 391

Report of the birth of a young Male Giraffe, and List of

Giraffes that have lived in the Society’s Gardens.......... 391

Notices of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie ........ 473

Exhibition of a Skull of Tapirus bairdi from Nicaragua.. 473

Notices of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie........ 686

Exhibition of a rare Snake (Siphlopis fitzingeri)........ 687

Exhibition of the Nest and Eggs of the Nutcracker (u-

i/TAgd; CUryOCatacics) <2. 1. ca eet ence 54 Gee ee LO Oe

Notices of Additions to the Society’s ee <a ONS

Notice of the arrival of a collection of Animals from Cal-

FULT ch ©: meet a ype eee tba rol peer eine ht ve eh Crd eae 3.0 Mn AMS

Notices of Additions to the Mecies Bit k ois gebSO0

Notice of the Exhibition of a Skin of Chionis minor .... 891

Remarks on the Breeding of the Eland in Captivity .... 953

Scuater, P. L., F.R.S., and Sanvin, Ospert, M.A., F.Z.S.

List of Birds collected on the Blewfields River, age

Coast, by Mr. Henry Wickham ....... eee 27

List of Birds collected by Mr. Wallace on the Lower

Amazons and Rio Negro. (Plates XXIX. & XXX.)...... 566

Catalogue of Birds collected by Mr. E. Bartlett on the

River Huallaga, Eastern Peru, with Notes and nee

of New Species. (Plate XXXIV.) . (ae Shee PE TAS

List of Birds collected at Pebas, i Amazons, by Mr.

John Hauxwell, with Notes and Descriptions. of New Spe-

GCs oc GEAHEO la Vo) eia Sstcanst stale te tes a9 = Caterite eaten eager 977

On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. Whitely. (Part I.)

(Plate XLVI.) . dhe cs Syeda eau ts Pageants leach’, B's wis OO

xiv

Page

Tuomson, J. H.

Letter relating to the occasional Deformity of the Lower

Jawof the Sperm: W hale ii.%..00 Seo. 2d. Coe aee ee, aes

Tristram, Rev. H. B., M.A., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

On New Species of Birds from South Africa .......... 886

ERRATA ET EMENDANDA,

Page 15, line 20, for “ S. fasciatus” read “ T. fasciatus.”

», 97, line 23, for ‘ C. concatenalis” read “‘ B. concatenalis.”’

282, line 24, for “ Roach”’ read “ Loach.”

292, line 10, for ‘14 from end of snout” read “from 1 to % from end of

snout.”

296, line 1, for “ cocoa” read “ cocsa.”

396, line 23, for “ Plate XXV.” read ‘“ Plate XXIV.”

», O12, line 13, for “ Zsodictya” read.“ Orthodictya.”

522, line 33, for “ Adbila” read ‘“ Palisia,”’

569, line 52, for “fig. 1” read “ fig. 2.”

,, 570, line 15, for “ fig. 2” read “ fig. 1.”

List OF PLATES.

Plate Page

I... Zonotrichia boweards.-.ovu. Wiese eyes Gn ee cdsay es 1

I]. Antilope sing=singy so ise ose kas alae 6 ae ohn ete wares 3

IN]. . Ophkiocephalus stewartit 20.0065 cise cine neta oes 14

he ‘

Vv. } Eijatonema WAravile. oso. see cs ace cles + oie sisivin sulcus 18

WE : :

vir fNew Indian Lepidoptera .......... Sagas ere Ses 44

VIII. Mellivora leuconota.... 2... cc ccceccrsecscssccouce 98

IX. Geckoella punctata ......cceeeecccceneseeecencens 98

X. Xiphochilus fasciatus ......00.ceereeeeeeceseseens 99

a } New Species of Euptychia.........seece ce eeee eens 104

XI. New Australian Shella® c.f 25065 cones vais ce wenn ws 110

XIV. Buarremon crasstrostris.2. 0... cc cence cee ew oe os 129

XV: New orrare Birdw Wges 2.6. eis ce de wes we nen 161

K VIL Lorius ChlOrocercusi.. «fc cree nos wn wins. ov. 0 win mxsidislerne wn 183

XVII. Satga fataricd...... sce cece cc ee cere eee cecenees 240

NEVES = Skullvoteindrastdrudemtar «1s ster. cteustele alelnael oe eaten) > 247

XIX. New Shells ......... PPC CSTR OE SMe SE 303

XX. Poospiza bonapartit ......6. se eeee cece eee eens

XXII. Porzana erythrops 1.00... ee seer cecsececnneees } 340

XXII. Coracopsis barklyt .......0 0. cece eevee reece ee eees 344

XXIII. New Azoréan Coleoptera... 06.0 s cs 5400s. cadens 359

XXIV. Guweparda guttata, Jr... 6. cece cece cece cece eens

SOO, TIM So pedonpooodopiD Ooe Hob o0c } 394

OKI Ee eww UO MLONS es aiesc.siasera) oa: 9 6 sis 8 o-o'e 0 ae wi eiacwlsinegelaies 489

xxvur.{ Pe: rE. Dactylocalyx SUPGUODOS(Dica.asiepe nae ere )

Fig. 2. PUMECED. 6. oes ewer eneceerecvens L499

XXVIII. { Fig. 1. Corbitella SPCCIOSA.. ++ sss see ee re eeeseees fee

Fig. 2. Heterotella corbicula........+.eeeeeerees J

XXIX. Turdus pheopygus, jr. ....-- 20sec cee cece ee eees

-vy f Fig. 1. Hylophilus semicinereus ........-0+0005- } 566

= { Fig. 2. —— rubrifrons.....ceeseccsceeseceeves

Plate

XXXI.

XXXII.

XXXIV.

XXXYV.

XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXVIII.

XXXIX.

XL.

XLI.

XLII.

XLIII.

XLIV.

XLV.

XLVI.

XLVII.

Xvi

Page

PFOSVGE fUUGU TONS 6 <.6e(sie 7 iniee Slane Aen e Same 596

}New Indion, Lepidoptera: sre ss%.252 oe notaie eee 612

Chetura Gr achyCeneg: 1.2 sies.dsiaaie + <tr «210 eine 748

Phascolomys platyrhinus ....0.005 5 c<ss=+aenbe eso 798

DOGUES) CUT ALE a teye eae oe iekorelalsley a) has aileeheai aie aimee) a8 816

Gazelle: S@MIMETTINGW as ois. (ois ao W we os gma ode 817

Monarchs GOdeiTOyt acc ae xcsias o/s sw nieiee eae ene 828

Callene GIGtentT ts « 5ic:ceaaias sioans tetera atta tem eisiete 832

Diagramma punctatissimum .ovccsccecsevevceucs } 846

Hotacanthus t9natius. 2. ice oS aes sio os awe irae eels

Eilgsmoy nats CWC eis u< sia ws aialens eine tnt 876

New Land-shells from the Solomon Islands ........ 888

New Australian Sitelis 1.5 sic s/s « aoe sine sen Renee 908

Percnostola fortis s...,. .dcwated ie eee cea S77

Muscisanicola rubricapilla, a... seas eves sahacciuess 982

Mtetes GOrtlerlis \ xc.:.sfdacne 2h, Sane ARR See ah es 992

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 10, 1867.

A. R. Wallace, Esq., F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited some specimens of birds from the

recent collections of M. Adolphe Boucard, C.M.Z.S., in Southern

Mexico*, and pointed out the characters of a new species of Finch,

of which examples had been obtained by M. Boucard in the vicinity

of La Puebla. This was proposed to be called

— ZONOTRICHIA BOUCARDI, sp. nov. (Plate I.)

Supra cinerea, plumis medialiter brunneis cinereo late marginatis ;

pileo fere omnino rufo, cinereo paulum mixto; linea superciliari

ante oculos et ciliis oculorum albis : genis et cervicis lateribus

pure cinereis : remigibus et rectricibus intus nigricantibus, ex-

tus brunnescenti-cinereo marginatis, alarum secundarvis colore

magis brunnescente et latius marginatis ; tectricibus extus dorso

_fere concoloribus: subtus albicanti-cinerea, gutture toto albo,

striga utrinque nigra ; ventre medio lactescenti-albo, utrinque

cum crisso fulvescente tincto: rostro superiore nigro, inferiore

: * See P. Z. S. 1865, p. 397.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. I.

LETTERS FROM MR. E. BARTLETT. [Jan. 10,

una cum pedibus pallidis: long. tota 6-4 poll. Angl, ale 2°7,

caude rectr. med. 3, lat. 2°5, tarsi 0°8.

Hab. In Mexico meridionali, Orizaba (Botter?); La Puebla (Bou-

card).

** Obs. I have had three indifferent skins of this species (collected

by M. Botteri near Orizaba) for several years without being able to

identify it satisfactorily. M. Boucard’s recent collections having

contained excellently prepared examples, I have been enabled to

make a better examination of it, and to satisfy myself that it is, as

far as Ican tell, undescribed. It is a short-winged species, and may

perhaps be placed in the genus Peucea; but for the present it is:

better to leave it with Zonotrichia. The fourth and fifth primaries

are longest, but barely exceed the third and sixth. The first is rather

shorter than the longest secondaries. The colours of the head and

upper back much resemble those of Peucea estivalis, but the red

markings are rather brighter in tint in the present bird.”

The Secretary read the following extracts from letters received

from Mr. Edward Bartlett, dated November 5th, 1866, Xeberos,

Yurimaguas, Huallaga River, Peru :—

‘**T have made a four months’ expedition through the Missions of

the High Amazons, and have been very successful in collecting Birds,

Mammals, Fishes, Insects, and Shells; I have obtained some fine

Humming-birds, and I hope some of them will be new.”

“«T have also what I believe to be a new species of Spider Monkey,

a tremendous beast when alive. It has a straight, erect, golden-

yellow crest, a white stripe on each side of the face, belly and inside

flanks brownish yellow, back black ; I obtained it in the mountains.

The Indians regarded it as a great prize. I crossed the mountains,

taking with me three Indians, from Chyamatos to the Pampas on

the other side; I went in search of the Cock-of-the-Rock (Rupi-

cola), but was not very successful; I, however, obtained this rare

Monkey ; and afterwards I visited a small Indian town (three days’

journey from Chyamatos) in order to secure a young one of this

species. The Indians had it alive, and prized it very much. I,

however, succeeded in getting the ugly little beast, which is alive

and well; it does not differ in marking from the adult, but is not

so bright in colour. From here I intend to visit the mouth of the

Huallaga, and pass up the Amazons to the First Falls and to the

Indian towns on the upper river. This I shall do in a canoe, as I

find this the best plan. Afterwards I return to Nauta and try for

Porpoises and Manatees in and near the mouth of the Ucayali River,

as this is the only chance I have of getting these animals.”

*‘T have had perfect health during the last five months: but food

is frightfully dear—a small fowl 2s., a very little pig 20s.; and my

appetite is alarming. I hope: to send home the collections I have

made in January next by the steamer.”

The following papers were read :—

1867. ] DR. J. MURIE ON AN AFRICAN ANTELOPE. 3

1. Remarks on an Antelope from the White Nile, allied to or

identical with the Kobus sing-sing of Gray. By James

Moris, M.D., F.G.S., Prosector to the Society.

(Plate II.)

Before entering into the subject of the present paper, I feel it my

duty to pay a slight tribute to the memory of a noble-minded and

gallant, although little-known, White-Nile traveller, the Baron Wil-

helm von Harnier, a native of Hesse Darmstadt.

Having planned a journey into Central Africa, for the double pur-

pose of hunting and collecting objects of uatural history, to enrich

the Museum of the capital of his native Duchy, he proceeded, at his

own expense, by way of Egypt and Nubia to Khartoum, where, after

a brief sojourn, he embarked in a native boat with hunters and stores

for land travel, and started on an expedition up the White Nile.

Possessing great inherent talent as an artist, and a fair share of

information as a naturalist, Baron Harnier sketched with truly scenic

effect the inhabitants, country, and animals of the region which he

was exploring. Unfortunately for the interests of zoology and geo-

graphy, death snatched him off too early in his career; nevertheless

he had already produced sufficient material in portfolios of drawings

and notes to enable his brother (Baron von Harnier, of Ehzel,

Hesse) to give to the world a posthumous volume, ‘ Reise am Obern

Nil,’ 1865. This work, almost unknown in our country, forms (I

can safely say from personal knowledge of that river) the most

splendid volume of its kind, so far as truthful plates are concerned,

delineating the peculiar scenery and savage tribes bordering the

White Nile. Notwithstanding the successful journeys and works of

our daring and enterprising fellow-countrymen Captains Speke and

Grant, Sir Samuel Baker, and others, I have no hesitation in saying

that Baron Harnier’s posthumous volume will carry down to poste-

rity a more vivid impression of the Nile valley and its inhabitants,

just previously to the sweeping away of its savagery and the intro-

duction of semicivilization through the hordes of Arab and Egyptian

adventurers, than any book yet published on the subject.

As, however, I do not mean to give a memoir of his life, I shall

further merely allude to the sad manner of his death, as evincing a

degree of courage highly creditable to the German nation. He had

spent but a few months in slowly ascending the stream, and reached

the Kytch and Aliab country, between lat. 6° and 7° N., where he

made a stay at the Catholic Mission Station, enjoying the hospi-

tality of Herr Morlang, a native of the Tyrol. One morning he

went off to shoot buffalos, when a wounded animal rushed at the

hunters (as these creatures are often wont when badly hurt and

unable to get away), singling out and attacking a poor Arab at-

tendant, who ran imminent chance of a cruel death without any

succour from his frightened fellow-servants. But the Baron, brave

and generous to a fault, dashed with unloaded gun to his assist-

4 DR. J. MURIE ON AN AFRICAN ANTELOPE. — [Jan. 10,

ance, and, while saving the life of his servant, perished himself in

the attempt.

Among Harnier’s collection of objects transmitted to Germany

were two skins of alarge Antelope. One of these has been mounted,

and now forms an elegant specimen in the Ducal Museum of Darm-

stadt; and as this specimen possesses some interest from its proba-

bly representing or being closely allied to an animal shot by our

lamented countryman the late Capt. Speke in Uganda* (the head

and horns of which are deposited in the British Museum), I have

ventured to bring the following notice of them before our Society.

I am indebted to Prof. Dr. Kaup for permission to examine the

stuffed and dried skins ; and the very accurate water-colour drawing

which I here exhibit to the Meeting is due to the artistic efforts of

his skilled assistant and conservator, F. Kerz of Darmstadt. The

accompanying lithographic plate (Pl. II.) is a reduced copy of that

drawing, and demonstrates more clearly than would a description

the appearance of the animal.

It will be seen that in the general aspect of the form and colora-

tion it approaches nearly to the Waterbuck (Kobus ellipsiprymnus) ;

but it wants the whitish elliptical band over the croup and hips, so

peculiar to that species; while this specimen has lightish-coloured

rings above the hoofs, which is not the case in K. ellipstprymnus.

In other respects, as to horns and the umber-brown tint of the hair,

the two bear a close resemblance.

Compared with Riippell’s description and figure} of Antilope de-

fassa it agrees completely. But as Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8.1850, p. 131,

and Knowsley Menagerie, 15) considers the 4. defassa of Ruppell

to be but a synonym of his Kobus sing-sing, Harnier’s Antelope

therefore-would thus come under the latter appellation.

Moreover, from my own examination of a living K. sing-sing in

the Antwerp Zoological Gardens (labelled Antilope unctuosa, Laur.,

a synonym), and two stuffed specimens in the British Museum,

together with the head brought from Uganda by Capt. Speke iden-

tified with K. sing-sing by Dr. Sclatert, I confess, although at first

having some misgivings as to the identity of the two White-Nile

specimens in Darmstadt with the Sing-Sing of West Africa, that I

cannot adduce proof of their separateness, but rather evidence of

their specific affinity.

The peculiar greasy-like cuticular transpiration in the living Sing-

sing, well named A. unctuosa by Laurillard, was a point which at

first particularly struck me; for in both skins in the Darmstadt Mu-

seum, there is neither to the touch nor look any appearance or rem- *

nant of such a secretion, whereas in the mounted specimens in the

British Museum, and even in the head from Uganda, this character

is to a certain extent notable. The cause of this secretion may be

worthy of investigation ; it is so copious in the live animal that the

* Journal of the Discovery of the Source of the Nile, 1863, p. 471.

+ ‘ Neue Wirbelthlere zu der Fauna yon Abyssinien gehorig’ (1835-40), Sauge-

thiere, vol. i. p. 9, pl. 3.

{ Figured in ‘ Proc, Zool. Soc.’ 1864, p. 102.

1867. | DR. J. MURIE ON AN AFRICAN ANTELOPE. 5

pau appears as if drenched with water, or, rather, burnished with

oil.

Its being wanting in the skins from the Nile, if it did originally

exist, might be accounted for by the manner of their preparation

(namely, partial drying in the scorching sun), or by the intermixture

of sandy particles among the hairs.

Again, in regard to colour, the Wesi-African specimens (horned

male and hornless female) in the British Museum, the head from

Uganda, and the animal alive in Antwerp all have more or less of a

yellowish brown or russet tinge, considerably lighter in shade than

either of the two skins which Dr. Kaup has provisionally named

Antilope harnieri, and which exhibit a kind of dark umber tint.

The short hair of the skin of these Nilotic animals, also, shows a

contrast with the comparatively shaggy coat of the Senegal speci-

mens. But this variety in colour and length of hair only bears out

what Dr. Gray has remarked upon this point, in his description of

the species (P. Z. S. 1850, p. 131). The mounted specimen in

Darmstadt (that here figured) is said to he in the dress of the rainy

season ; the other dried skin, with even still shorter hairs, is consi-

dered to bear the coat of the dry season ; but neither have the abun-

dance or length of hair of the Senegal specimens of the Sing-sing.

Notwithstanding the differences mentioned above, which may either

be attributed to variety, season, or geographical distribution, the

proportions of body, head, and horns are such that no distinct line

of demarcation can be drawn between the Antelopes obtained from

the White Nile by Baron Harnier and the Sing-Sing inhabiting the

more westerly part of the same continent.

The following table illustrates in inches some of the approximate

measurements of the stuffed animals :-—

Darmstadt Brit. Mus. Speke’s

specimen. specimen. spec.

Riciehtrabatue shoulder!’ 3. 22 2-y se «er ace AD? . Ads

Length of body, rump to front of shoulder.... 52 a

of head, from between the horns to tip

of muzzle ...... Bee Oe es es ae oes 13

Pe ea cal te ee acuta a ier aces |) 1] ae

Horas tenet co. 5 isd aus stand «snide Boe 22 24

Birth al (HEI TOOTS. 4. 5 cto sees ace ae 1s 8 72

=, humiber of mines. on-edeh- sage. ssn 2, 8 ost

Tedeth of- ears’. $70.05 27.7 2 4 0,2 So eee 22 3S es 20 24

The figures of the horns and skull of Baron Harnier’s specimen

now exhibited (see figs. 1 & 2, pp. 6 & 7) are also copied from the

pencil drawings of Herr Kerz, and are reduced to about a seventh of

their natural size.

In the man ner in which the horns branch outwards and backwards,

and with only a slight tendency to return forwards at the tips, they

agree with Capt. Speke’s animal. They at the same time have a

nearer resemblance to those of A. Smith’s typical South-African spe-

cimen of Kobus ellipsiprymnus, now in the British Museum, than to

the Kobus sing-sing in the same collection. The latter male animal,

6 DR. J. MURIE ON AN AFRICAN ANTELOPE. _ [Jan. 10,

Fig. 1

Front view, skull and horns of Harnier’s Sing-sing.

’ §

I jearn from Mr. Gerrard, was originally in the Earl of Derby’s me-

nagerie at Knowsley, and afterwards for some years in the Society’s

Gardens in the Regent’s Park. In this stuffed specimen the left

horn is injured at the tip, and both horns have a more flattened or

horizonal backward direction and almost no forward recurve at the

tip, as in the head from Uganda, or even in the allied species K. ed-

lipsiprymnus in the same series.

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON AN AFRICAN ANTELOPE. 7

It may be mentioned that Capt. Speke gives an illustration (op.

cit.) of the N’samma Antelope, which appears to be the native name

in Uganda for the Kobus sing-sing.

Sir Samuel Baker, in his interesting ‘Albert Nyanza, Great Basin

of the Nile’ (1866, vol. ii. pp: 15, 16), tells of an Antelope shot by

him near the Asua River, 3° 12’ W., which he calls the Mehedehet

Antelope. He says the Mehedehet weighs about 500 lb., stands

13 hands high, and has rough brown hair like the Sambur Deer of

India. This description in some respects agrees with the Sing-sing,

although the woodcut of the head given is not in perfect correspond-

ence with Speke’s or the present figures.

Fig. 2.

gt — vi \

AQIS “

Skull and horn of Harnier’s Sing-sing, in profile.

_ In conclusion, the foregoing remarks may be said to lead to the

inference that the Antelope to which the name of Kobus sing-sing

has been assigned appears to range in Africa from Senegambia on the

west to Abyssinia on the east, and to be found, with slightly vary-

ing characters, as far south as Uganda, close upon the equator.

In some senses the Waterbuck (Kobus ellipsiprymnus) would

seem to be its representative in South Africa, and the Nile specimens

or variety of Sing-sing-be a kind of intermediate link between its

North-west-African congeners and this allied species of the southern-

most end of the continent.

On the other hand, further tracing analogies, the Leche (ddenota

SE OK

1h NB a > WS

8 DR. J. MURIE ON CYGNUS BUCCINATOR. [Jan. 10,

leché) might be said to be the South-African prototype of the West-

African Aiquitoon (Adenota kob), notwithstanding that these forms

are found within a short distance of a parallel northern latitude. In

the one case the animals inhabiting the southern equinox are darker

and larger than those of the northern equinox. Examples might be

given of other animals presenting analogous shades of difference: for

instance, the Giraffes found north and south of the equatorial line have

by some naturalists even been considered’ specifically distinct ; and

other authors point out like shades of difference in the Elephant &c.

How far such suggestions are surmise, and how much based on

wider generalizations, more extended facts would better determine ;

but such thoughts do arise on considering what has been,shown to

occur in the fauna of other extensive continents, e. g. in the insects

and birds of South America.

2. On Cygnus buccinator, Richardson, and Cygnus passmori,

Hincks. By James Muris, M.D., F.G.S., Prosector to

the Society.

The Rev. W. Hincks, F.L.S., Professor of Natural History in the

University of Toronto, Canada, communicated to the Linnean Society,

on the 21st January 1864*, a short but suggestive paper, wherein

he gave to a specimen of Trumpeter Swan the name of Cygnus pass-

mort. Ina letter dated 10th of April, and subsequently read on the

5th of May of the same year, he, however, threw out hints of the

possibility of an error of judgment on his part, as further investi-

gation led him to believe that the difference in individual specimens

which he at first was inclined to regard as specific might really not

be such, but rather be attributable to gradation of form connected

with age.

The facts brought forward by that gentleman, so far as I know,

have thus been left in uncertainty ; and hence arises the interrogation,

Are there characters sufficiently distinct and constant to warrant a

separation of the Trumpeter Swan into two species? or is the varia-

tion in individual form merely a modification or progression of

growth as suggested by Prof. Hincks?

I will in the present paper endeavour to answer these questions,

at least as far as the evidence goes which the examination of three

specimens affords.

These were added to the Zoological Society’s Collection in the

Regent’s Park on the 10th of May 1866, and assumed to be the true

Trumpeter Swan (Cygnus buccinator of Richardson). Two of the

birds died a short time after their arrival, and afforded me an oppor-

tunity of examining that part of the skeleton in which the chief

grounds of specific separation are found, viz. the sternum, which in

* Published in the ‘ Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society,’ vol. viii.

(1865), pp. 1-7.

1867. ] DR. J. MURIE ON CYGNUS BUCCINATOR. - 9

each case was carefully compared with Yarrell’s* and Hincks’s

figures of C. buccinator and C. passmori respectively.

First.—In connexion with external characters, I shall give a com-

parison of the specimen still alive in the Gardens with Hincks’s and

Yarrell’s descriptions, premising that the two birds which died pre-

sented characters perfectly identical with their companion, excepting

it may be in their dimensions, which were not taken.

The specimen under consideration, as a whole, seems to combine

some of those characters attributed to C. buccinator, and others

more distinctly connecting it with C. passmori. The entire body,

including wing-feathers, upper part of head, and neck are pure

white, and without any admixture of the ferruginous tint on the

head and neck said to be constant and characteristic of C. bucci-

nator, while it is also wanting in the pale grey of the same parts

and fawn-coloured wing-tips of C. passmort. The legs and feet are

black, but between the webs of the latter there is a somewhat

lighter tinge of the dark hue. The beak is jet-black, as well as the

naked skin posterior to it. This black skin only reaches the eye,

as shown in the figure taken from the photograph of C. passmori

given by Hincks, and not surrounding it, as that author says it does

in what he considers the true C. duccinutor.

The contour of the upper mandible, compared with the outline

woodcuts in the same paper ((. ¢. figs. | & 2, page 6), appears in-

termediate between the concavity of C. passmori and the convexity

of his C. buccinator, being rather a straight line than otherwise.

The weight of the live bird is 20 lb.; but it must be taken into

account that it is in very poor condition, and only recovering from

the effects of transport; nevertheless it is 2 lb. heavier than the

specimen of C. passmori, although 10 lb. less than what Hincks

gives of C. buccinator ; so that, if in fair condition, it may be assumed

that it would attain a medium weight between these two.

The measurements of the several parts of the body, again, are inter-

mediate between the species, or at least greater than in C. passmori,

—which the subjoined table illustrates in inches. The first and last

columns represent Prof. Hincks’s data; the middle one the specimen

which has come under my observation.

C. passmori. Zool. Soe. sp. C. buccinator.

Length from tip of beak to end of tail 51 52 60

_ of head in line of the meeting

of mandibles, grin uo Sso-ses~ 74 ts gt

Distance from the back of the eye to ;

tip of emlemecsae Seah seco oa 5 5a 53

— between hind point of nostril

and hipraieucak ys cha. Se oes co: 2 24 3

It is true that Yarrell, in his paper already quoted, gives the di-

mensions of C. buccinator as somewhat greater than the above; but

his measurements were taken from a stuffed specimen, while he adds

* Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xvii. pp. 1-4, tab. 1.

10 DR. J. MURIE ON CYGNUS BUCCINATOR. [Jan. 10,

that two other skins of the same species examined by him afforded

smaller dimensions.

Secondly. —Respecting the osteological evidence afforded by the

sternum, it may be stated that both the dead birds exhibit a differ-

ence in the shape and relative height of the elevated bony lamella

enclosing the convolution of the trachea, likewise in the general di-

mensions of the entire sternum, as also in its outline figure when

viewed from the inside including the posterior sinuses ; moreover

the osseous rings of the trachea, previous to entering the carina, are

not the same in each specimen. These marks of variation, whatever

their value, may require a separate description. I shall first mention,

for the benefit of other inquirers, that the entire skeleton of the one

bird is now deposited in the British Museum, at present beside the

stuffed specimens of the genus Cygnus; the sternum of the other -

forms part of the osteological series in the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons.

The accompanying figures represent these two sterna seen from

Big; 2:

Sterna of Trumpeter Swans.

above (or inside), but without the trachea and distended bronchiz,

which are preserved intact in both the original specimens.

The specimen represented in fig. 1 is the sternum of the male bird

1867.] DR. J. MURTE ON CYGNUS BUCCINATOR. 11

now in the College. The trachea in it, as Yarrell (doc. cit.) has de-

scribed and most beautifully figured in a profile section of C. buc-

cinator, comes down the neck, enters the keel, runs backwards to

near the posterior end of the sternum, loops round and returns, en-

tering the second highly raised hollow protuberance on the dorsum,

again dipping ere it makes its exit under the furcula.

So far this all agrees with what Prof. Hincks says of C. pass-

mort; but this author lays stress on the shape and size of the bony

expansions lodging the bent trachea, and describes afresh the struc-

ture in what he believes to be the true C. duccinator.

The College specimen has the posterior osseous expansion 3°]

inches long, and 1°2 broad at its greatest diameter. This expansion

is of an oval shape, rather truncated behind, and placed very much

to the left side of the median line, excentric in this particular. Its

right side is lowest ; at ‘6 inch from that edge, and almost at what

corresponds to the middle of this part of the sternum, is a slightly

depressed longitudinal furrow ; from this to the left margin the bony

expansion rises more quickly, until attaining a maximum height of

38; of an inch above the horizontal sternal plate; the left edge is

nearly perpendicular.

Between the anterior end of the posterior and the posterior end of

the anterior osseous protuberance, the superficial protecting lamina

of bone is wanting, here exposing the trachea.

The anterior, smaller but much more elevated hollow is some-

what heart-shaped, the indented broader end forwards; but here a

a narrow isthmus of bone joins it to the anterior sternal arch. On

its left superficies it is somewhat low and flattened, where rests the

laterally compressed termination of the trachea, before giving off the

enlarged globiform bronchiz.

On the right moiety the bone rises # of an inch higher, and is as

it were compressed on either side, but has a high arched form when

viewed in profile. The dimensions of this bony protuberance are

1-5 inch from before backwards, and fully 1 inch in its greatest

transverse diameter. It is raised a little more than an inch above

the highest level of the outer sternal plate of bone, to which the fore-

most ribs are attached.

The two posterior sternal emarginations are finger-shaped, and

above an inch deep. The left one is overlapped and partially hidden

by the after tracheal protuberance (see fig. 1). The greatest length

of the entire sternum is 84 inches ; the extreme breadth, viz. poste-

riorly, equal to 4 inches.

The side view agrees in the main with Yarrell’s figure ; Hincks’s

does not display the details of structure so accurately.

Looked on from above or inside, as in the figure (fig. ]), the

two costal edges have a long but shallow concave outline, so as to

produce a tendency to a sand-glass form.

In the total length of the sternum and in the height and inclina-

tion to the right of the anterior protuberance it thus corresponds to

Hincks’s description of his C. buccinator ; but the breadth agrees

with C. passmori and with Yarrell’s C. buceinator. The tracheal

12 DR. J. MURIE ON CYGNUS BUCCINATOR. _ [Jan. 10,

rings I shall mention hereafter, but here only point out they are

like Yarrell’s plate, and not Hincks’s figure of them in his C. buc-

einator. °

The second figure (fig. 2) represents the sternum of the skeleton

in the British Museum, contrasted with that of its companion bird

(fig. 1), The disposition and inflexions of the trachea correspond

to the one first described, and with it confirm the accuracy of Yar-

rell’s distinctions between the Hooper, with one vertical sterno-

tracheal convolution, Bewick’s Swan, with a single horizontal one,

and the Trumpeter with two, one in each of these directions.

In the specimen in question (fig. 2) the posterior tracheal osseous

eminence is situated nearly equidistant between the right and left

sides. Its length is not so sharply defined as in the other; but its

measurements correspond to about 3 inches long and 13 broad.

Neither is it so lop-sided in form, and it -wants the posterior trun-

cation present in its fellow bird, while its surface rises from each

margin equally, until attaining in the middle a height of 3 an inch

above the level of the horizontal sternal plate. There is a very slight

foramen or deficiency of bone towards the left side.

The anterior tracheal bony prominence is ovoid, and not heart-

shaped as in the College specimen. The depression or shelf upon

which the end of the trachea and bronchiz rest is not so broad nor

by any means so scooped out as in the other. The greatest height

which the bone reaches in this cavity is but 14 inch, and the sides

are less perpendicular.

The sterno-tracheal elevations in the points mentioned above, par-

ticularly the height of the anterior and less magnitude of the poste-

rior, agree closely with those of C. passmori.

The posterior sternal emarginations in the British Museum spe-

cimen are both uncovered, and neither of them is so deep or smooth-

edged as in the companion bird. The greatest length of the sternum

is 8}, and its breadth behind 3j inches.

The costal edges run almost parallel; the terminal manubrial and

ensiform plates are comparatively the narrowest ; and the sternum

altogether is shallower inside, or at least shelves more gradually

towards the middle.

Over and above these strictly sternal differences, the rings of the

trachea in the two birds present variation. In the British Museum

specimen the bony rings, from the bend of the neck to where the

trachea enters the keel, are intermittingly broad and narrowed or

wedge-shaped on the upper a.1d lower halves; in other words, each

half of the ring is unequal in breadth and dovetailed to those on

either side of it, just as Hincks has depicted (doc. ect. p. 6. f. 8) in

the trachea of his C. buccinator, where it divaricates at the bronchi.

In the College specimen the rings are nearly uniform in breadth, or

very sparingly show this peculiar kind of wedge-shape. In both.

specimens the trachea, after its emergence from the sternum, has

wider, regular rings, such as Yarrell’s sectional view illustrates ; but

the College specimen has here and there a tendency to revert to the

unequal form.

1867. ] DR. J. MURIE ON CYGNUS BUCCINATOR. 13

This tracheal character reverses the similitude exhibited by the

two sterna to Cygnus passmori and C. buccinator respectively.

Moreover it would seem that no two sterna of all mentioned are

identical in every point.

Finally.—The foregoing details regarding external and internal

points of variation, if taken together and placed in juxtaposition

with those of the authors mentioned, lead partly to the decision

thrown out by Prof. Hincks himself, that there is a variability ‘or

succession of degrees of development according to age;’’ in the

Trumpeter Swan (Cygnus buccinator) it may be also in sex, although

I am rather of opinion that it is an individual difference not always

dependent on age or sex. Whichever of these may have most weight,

the distinctions which he at first attributed as specific appear in

reality not to be valid.

In favour of this view, we have three specimens all agreeing in

common, and yet differing slightly from his and Yarrell’s accounts of

the colouring. For the rufous coloration does not necessarily imply

specific value, as it is well known to ornithologists in general that

many of the Anatide are more or less subject to an occasional ru-

fous tinge, the reason of which is not satisfactorily ascertained. The

Teal and Pintail are often conspicuous in this respect, and the head

is generally so affected.

Much dependence cannot be placed on the weight or even on

the measurements of the body, as age and condition seriously affect

them.

In birds the sternum is the bone in which most dependence can

be placed as indicating affinities, or even specific difference* ; and

this, along with the disposition of the trachea, is markedly so in the

genus Cygnus, as Yarrell has well demonstrated. But here in C.

buccinator we have in the variation no essential typical alteration,

but simply a gradual growth and change in size of the parts, to-

gether with a certain amount of individual and developmental dif-

ference.

When it has been shown that in another species of Cygnus (C.

bewickiz) the osseous expansion destined to protect the enclosed loop

of the trachea alters considerably, but within certain limits, from the

young to the adult stagey, and that this alteration in size and rela-

tive position in the specimens of C. buccinator and in the so-named

C. passmori, referred to or described in this paper, only exhibits the

counterpart of such a change, it prepares us to believe, on the evi-

dence adduced in our data, that Yarrell’s and Hincks’s bird are one

and the same, and that Cygnus buccinator is alone the proper specific

name to be retained by naturalists.

* Prof. Owen truly says the sternum is ‘‘ the main characteristic of the bird”

(On the Anatomy of the dpferyx, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. p. 290).

+ See Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xvi. (1833) p. 447, tab. 25, where Yarrell figures

three differently aged birds, manifesting a gradual increase of the tracheo-sternal

protuberance.

14 COL. PLAYFAIR ON THE FISHES OF CACHAR. {Jan. 10,

-3. On the Fishes of Cachar.

By Lieut.-Colonel R. L. Prayrair, F.Z.S.

(Plate IIL)

I have received from Major Stewart, Superintendent of Cachar, a

small but interesting collection of the Fishes of that region. He

informs me that ‘ they are from rivers, lakes, and ponds ;’’ but he

does not specify the particular specimens from each of these sources.

Cachar is one of the most eastern provinces of British India, and

lies within the watershed of the Burhampooter ; as might be ex-

pected, therefore, its fish-fauna is very similar to that of Assam.

The collection contains about thirty species, twenty-six of which I

have determined ; the remainder are Cyprinide, either too small

for correct identification or apparently new; these I have made over

to Dr. Giinther, who is at present engaged on that family, which will

form part of the seventh volume of his ‘ Catalogue of Fishes.’

1. AMBASSIS RANGA.

Chanda ranga, Buch. Ham. p. 113, pl. 16. f. 38.

Ambassis ranga, Cuv. & Val. ii. p. 183; Giinth. Fish. i. p. 228.

2. GOBIUS GIURIS.

Russell, pls. 50, 51, 53.

Gobius giuris, Buch. Ham. p. 51, pl. 33. f.15; Giinth. Fish. i.

p21:

3. NANDUS MARMORATUS.

Coius nandus, Buch. Ham. p. 96, pl. 30. f. 32.

Nandus marmoratus, Ginth. Fish. i. p. 367.

4. OpH1OCEPHALUS PUNCTATUS.

Ophiocephalus punctatus, Bl. Schn. p. 237; Cuv. & Val. vil. p.404;

Ginth. Fish. ii. p. 469.

O. lata, Buch. Ham. pp. 63, 367, t. 34. f. 18.

O. indicus, M°Clell. Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. i. p. 583.

5. OPHIOCEPHALUS STEWARTI, sp. n. (PI. III.)

D. 39-40. A.27. L. lat. 50. L. transv. 5/9.

Shields on the upper surface of the head large. Some larger teeth

in the lower jaw, and on the vomer and palatine bones. The height

of the body is contained six times and two-thirds, and the length of

the head four times in the total length. Scales on the cheeks very

large, there being only seven in a longitudinal series between the eye

and the gill-opening. The maxillary reaches beyond the vertical

from the posterior margin of the orbit. The length of the snout is

one-fifth, the width of the interorbital space is one-third, and the

breadth of the head is three-fifths of the length of the head. The

pectoral does not reach the anal, and is somewhat more than half

1867. | COL. PLAYFAIR ON THE FISHES OF CACHAR. 15

the length of the head. The length of the ventrals is less than half

that of the pectorals.

Colour brownish black above, lighter below; most of the scales

behind the roots of the pectorals have a round-black spot in the

centre. In immature specimens, 5 inches long, these spots are not

perceptible. Fins dark, immaculate. In young examples the pec-

torals have transverse darker cross bands. Length 93 inches.

6. ANABAS SCANDENS.

Perca scandens, Daldorff, Trans. Linn. Soe. ii. p. 62.

Cojus cobojius, Buch. Ham. pp. 98, 370, pl. 13. f. 33.

Anabas scandens, Ginth. Fish. ii. p. 375.

7. TRICHOGASTER FASCIATUS.

Trichogaster fasciatus, Bl. Schn. p. 164, t. 36; Giinth. Fish. ii.

p- 387.

Trichopodus colisa, Buch. Ham. pp. 117, 372, pl. 15. f. 40.

?T. bejeus, Buch. Ham. pp. 118, 372.

?T. cotra, Buch. Ham. pp. 119, 372.

? T. lalius, Buch. Ham. pp. 120, 372.

Of the four specimens of Trichogaster received from Cachar, two

correspond to the commonest Indian form, S. fasciatus, while two

others differ considerably from it both in form and coloration. As,

however, this fish is very widely spread over India, and is subject to

considerable variations, I hesitate to describe the latter as a new

species.

TRICHOGASTER FASCIATUS, var.

16 14—18

Deg eS aie

Body much more elevated than in the previous variety ; its height

is contained once and four-fifths in the total length without caudal ;

the length of the head is two-fifths of the same. Preeorbital ser-

rated. Caudal subtruncated. The dorsal and anal fins much more

elevated than in any previously described variety ; the fourth spine

of the anal is the longest, the others decrease in length posteriorly ;

the longest spine of the dorsal (the last) is two-fifths, and the

longest of the anal (the fourth) is one-third of the height of the

body. ‘The ventral filament reaches as far as the termination of the

anal.

Colour of the body uniform silvery; the posterior parts of the

vertical fins marked with blackish. Length 2 inches.

I have carefully examined the original drawings of Buchanan

Hamilton’s species in the British Museum ; but this cannot be re-

ferred to any of them.

8. CLARIAS MAGUR.

Macropteronotus magur, Buch. Ham. pp. 146, 374, pl. 26. f. 45.

Clarias batrachus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Silur. p. 103, t. 98. f. 2.

C. magur, Ginth. Fish. v. p. 17.

16 COL, PLAYFAIR ON THE FISHES OF CACHAR. {[Jan. 10,

9. SACCOBRANCHUS SINGIO.

Silurus singio, Buch. Ham. pp. 147, 374, pl. 37. f. 46.

Saccobranchus singio, Cuv. & Val. xv. p. 400, pl. 445; Ginth.

Fish. v. p. 30.

10. EvuTROPIICHTHYS VACHA.

Pimelodus vacha, Buch. Ham. pp. 196, 378, pl. 19. f. 64.

Bagrus vacha, Cuv. & Val. xiv. p. 392.

Eutropiichthys vacha, Ginth. Fish. v. p. 38.

11. SCHILBICHTHYS GARUA.

Silurus garua, Buch. Ham. pp. 156, 375, pl. 21. f. 50.

Schilbe garua, Cuv. & Val. xiv. p. 379, pl. 413 (not good).

Schilbichthys garua, Ginth. Fish. v. p. 57.

12. CRYPTOPTERUS LATOVITTATUS, Sp. h.

Br. 12. °D. 4. A. 56-5823 ee Was

The height of the body is about equal to the length of the head,

or one-fifth of the total length (without caudal). Nape of neck convex.

The dorsal is situated behind the vertical from the base of the ven-

tral, and before that from the origin of the anal. Eye situated near

the lower profile of the head. Cleft of mouth nearly twice as broad

as long; lower jaw strongly prominent ; vomerine teeth in a short

narrow band. The maxillary barbels extend as far as the extremity

of the pectoral. Mandibulary barbels absent. Pectoral much shorter

than the head; its spine is strongly denticulated on its inner side,

‘ and is little more than half as long as the head. Ventrals about

once and a half as long as the eye. Caudal forked to about half its

length ; it is longer than the pectoral spine.

Colour silvery ; an irregular oblong blackish patch along the com-

mencement of the lateral line. Length 43 inches.

13. MACRONES CAVASIUS.

Pimelodus cavasius, Buch. Ham. pp. 203, 379, pl. 11. f. 67.

P. seengtee, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 374, pl. 66. f. 2. =

Macrones cavasius, Ginth. Fish. v. p. 76.

14. BARBUS SOPHORE.

Cyprinus sophore, Buch. Ham. pp. 310, 389, pl. 19. f. 86 ; Cuv.

& Val. xvi. p. 388.

15. LABEO PANGUSIA.

Cyprinus pangusia, Buch. Ham. pp. 285, 386; Cuv. & Val. xvi.

p- 429.

Gobio pangusia, M°Clell. Ind. Cyprin. p. 279, 362, pl. 24. f. 1.

16. CiRRHINA DYOCHEILUS.

Labeo dyocheilus, M°Clell. Ind. Cyprin. pp. 268, 330, pl. 37. f. 1;

Cuv. & Val. xvi. p. 461.

1867. ] COL. PLAYFAIR ON THE FISHES OF CACHAR. 17

17. CROSSOCHILUS REBA.

Cyprinus reba, Buch. Ham. pp. 280, 386.

Cirrhina dussumieri, Cuv. & Val. xvi. p. 291, pl. 480.

C. reba, Cuv. & Val. xvi. p. 292.

18, CrossocHILUS LATIUS.

Cyprinus latius, Buch. Ham. pp. 345, 393.

Gonorhynchus macrosomus, M°Clell. Ind. Cyprin. p. 372, pl. 43.

f.7; Cuv. & Val. xvi. p.41l.

19. CypRINUS RASBORA.

Cyprinus rasbora, Buch. Ham. pp. 329, 391, pl. 2. f. 90.

20. CyPRINUS MOLA.

Cyprinus mola, Buch. Ham. pp. 334, 392, pl. 38. f.92; Mé‘Clell.

Ind. Cyprin. pp. 293, 407; Cuv. & Val. xvi. p. 440.

21. CyrprRINUS BACAILA.

Cyprinus bacaila, Buch. Ham. pp. 265, 384, pl. 8. f. 76; Cuv.

& Vai. xvi. p. 460.

Osparius bacaila, M°Clell. Ind. Cypriv. pp. 295, 414.

22. CYPRINUS COTIO.

Cyprinus cotio, Buch. Ham. pp. 339, 393, pl. 39. f. 93; Cuy. &

Val. xvii. p. 76.

Abramis cotio, M¢Clel!. Ind. Cyprin. pp. 288, 388.

23. CoBITIS DARIO.

Cobitis dario, Buch. Ham. pp. 354, 394, pl. 29. £95; Cuv. &

Val. xviii. p. 85.

Schistura dario, M°Clell. Ind. Cyprin. pp. 306, 444.

24. NoTorpreRvUS KAPIRAT,

Gymnotus notopterus, Pallas, Spic. Zool. vii. p. 40, t. 6. f. 2.

- kapirat, Bonnat. Encycl. Méth. p. 37, pl. 24. f. 83.

Vutopterus hapirat, Lacép. ii. p. 190; Val. in Bélanger, Zool.

Way. tnd"p..391, pl.-o. 1. 1.

Mystus kapirat, Buch. Ham. pp. 235, 382; Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool.

Notopterus pallasii, Cuv. & Val. xxi. p. 130.

25. ENGRAULIS TELARA.

Clupea telara, Buch. Wam. pp. 241, 382, t. 2. f. 72.

Engraulis telara, Cuv. & Val. xxi. p. 56, pl. 608.

26. ALOSA MICROLEPIS.

Clupea indica, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool.

Alausa microlepis, Cuy. & Val. xx. p. 439,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. Il.

18 pR.J: 8. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE, [Jan. 10,

4, On Hyalonema mirabile.

By J. S. Bowrrsanx, LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

(Plates IV. & V.)

Hyalonema was named and described by Dr. J. E. Gray in the

Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1835, p. 63, from a specimen sent from

China to the India House in London, under the name of the Glass

Plant, and subsequently in a paper published in the Society’s ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ for 1857, p. 279, entitled “Synopsis of the Families and

Genera of Axiferous Zoophytes or Barked Corals.” The author

designates it as a Coral, and describes it as follows :—

* Family 1. HyaLoNrMAD.

‘Coral subcylindrical, rather attenuated, and immersed in a fixed

sponge. Axis in the form of numerous elongated, slender, filiform,

siliceous fibres, extending from end to end of the Coral, and slightly

twisted together like a rope. Bark fleshy, granular, strengthened

with short cylindrical spicula; polypiferous cells scattered, rather

produced, wart-like, with a flat radiated tip.

“1, HyaLonema, Gray.

«The character of the family.

<1], HyYALONEMA MIRABILIS. B.M.

* Hyalonema mirabilis, Gray, Syn. B. M. 1830, 118.

** Hyalonema sieboldii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, 63; Dana,

Expedition, 642.

*‘ Japan (Sir Hans Sloane; Siebold).

«The Coral, as it is usually seen, consists of three distinct por-

tions of very different texture and appearance—the axis, bark, and

the sponge.”

The author then proceeds to describe each of these parts in detail,

and in page 282 he writes, ‘‘ The sponge to which it is attached has

no real connexion with the Coral, except as affording it the means of

support, and is of the common structure.’ And subsequently he

states it as his opinion that ‘‘ There can be no doubt, after the exa-

mination of the two specimens in the British Museum, one in my

own collection, one in Paris, and several in the Leyden Museum,

that the bark evidently belongs to the axis, and that this Coral is a

true Zoophyte, and not a sponge covered with a parasitic Zoophyte,

as it is regarded by M. Valenciennes (see Milne-Edwards, British

Corals, 81).”’ In the first sentence quoted the author asserts that

the sponge is a part of the Coral; in the commencement of the fol-

lowing paragraphs he decidedly denies the connexion existing between

them ; but I presume that the latter is the real opinion of the author.

In the ‘ Annals and Magazine’ for October, 1866, Dr Gray corrects

1867.] DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. 19

his former opinion that Hyalonema belonged to the “‘ Barked Aleyo-

naria,’ and announces his belief that it should be arranged with the

Zoanthide. ;

In the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1864, p. 265, M. Barboza du

Bocage, Director of the Museum of Natural History at Lisbon, has

deseribed a specimen of Hyalonema, which was found off the coast

of Portugal, near the mouth of the River Sado. This specimen

does not appear to have had any portion of a basal sponge appended

to it. The author designates the protuberant organs on the coria-

ceous coat of the spiral column as polypes; and describes what he

conceives to be a row of twenty tentacles around the central orifice,

and a second circle within the first one of conical elevations which

appear to him to be rudimentary tentacles, which he describes thus :

—‘‘Les tentacules sont de forme triangulaire, comprimés des deux

cdtés, 4 bords parfaitement lisses, et & pointe mousse et arrondie.

Ceux du premier rang sont plus larges @ la base; et leur bord an-

térieur est plus convexe, et en forme de bourrelet arrondi.”

The author subsequently obtained two other specimens of the

same species, and described them in the same work for November

1865: in p. 663 he writes :—‘‘ Quoique lhypothése du parasitisme

des polypes soit aujourd’hui en faveur, soutenue qu’elle est par de

grandes autorités scientifiques, les résultats de mes observations sur

les spécimens du Portugal me semblent plus favorables 4 ’ hypothése

contraire.”” The author then proceeds to give the reasons for this

conclusion under five separate heads.

The observations of M. Barboza du Bocage do not throw much

light on the subject of the disputed nature of Hyalonema; and the

proofs he offers under five separate heads go rather to prove the

spongeous nature of Hyalonema than its polypiferous nature. In

no. | he merely states that no spongeous base has been found on the

Portuguese specimens; but this may also be stated of the greater

number of specimens from Japan. He also states, in no. 2, that the

corium polypigerum in one specimen from Portugal envelopes the

whole of the axis entirely, from the smallest extremity, for two- or

three-fifths of its length. And this is just the condition of the speci-

men, supposing its lower portion to have been enveloped by a basal

Spongeous mass, as is the case with the most perfect specimens from

Japan ; and the gradual diminution in the size of the oscula (poly-

piferous orifices of the author) is quite in accordance with their cha-

racters as oscula of an extended cloacal appendage to a sponge of

such a structure. in no. 3 the author describes the structure of the

corium polypigerum, or coriaceous bark of Gray, in terms which

apply equally well to the similar parts of Hyalonema mirabile, in

which siliceous spicula are also abundant, intermixed with extraneous

particles of sand; but the intermixture of the latter would greatly

depend on its local surroundings while living. In no. 4 the granu-

lated appearance of the surface of the corium is described as “due

to the presence of an infinite number of regular spicula dispersed in

masses and-bristling with points.’ And in no.5 he states that each

polype is sustained by a siliceous structure of filiform spicula, disposed

20 Rk. J.§, BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [Jan. 10,

longitudinally, and at equal intervals on the internal sides of the

cavities.

Thus under the last two heads we have a description of forms of

siliceous spicula and modes of their disposition in perfect accordance

with well-known spongeous organization ; and in truth the whole of

the author’s descriptions of the Portuguese specimens are strongly

in favour of their spongeous nature, both as regards the material of

which the spicula are composed, as well as in their mode of dispo-

sition on the outer surface of the corium or bark, which is in perfect

accordance with the external defensive systems so frequently ob-

served among sponges.

No specific characters of Myalonema lusitanicum are given to

distinguish it from HH, mirabile; and it would not at all surprise

me if, upon a further knowledge of the characters of the former, it

were to prove to be the same species as the latter; no forms of spi-

cula are given to enable usin the slightest degree to separate the one

from the other.

Other naturalists have published works on Hyalonema—Prof.

John Frederick Brandt of St. Petersburg in 1859, Prof. Max

Schultze in 1860, and Dr. Leidy of the United States; but as I have

not seen the specimens described by these authors I shall confine

my observations to the type ones of the genus in the British Museum

aud others which I have had the opportunity of closely examining.

The opinions of the authors who have written on these subjects vary

considerably from each other; but none of them, I believe, enter-

tained the idea that Hyalonema was neither more or less than a

sponge in all its parts.

In 1860, while searching for new forms of spicula and other struc-

tural peculiarities of the sponges to assist me in the construction of

a systematic nomenclature by which the species might be described,

as plants are in botanical science, I became acquainted with the spe-

cimens of Hyalonema in the British Museum ; and in the course of

a minute examination of the one with the basal mass of sponge I

found numerous forms of siliceous spicula which I had not before

seen, and which I afterwards figured and described in the ‘ Philoso-

phical Transactions of the Royal Society of London’ for 1862.

Figures 3, 4, 5, and 6 in plate 31, and figures 12, 20, 30, 34, 35, 36,

37, and 38 in plate 36, are all from the specimen in the British

Museum ; and the result of this examination of the specimen was a

strong conviction that the whole of the parts formed but one animal,

and that it was truly a sponge. ‘This conviction I published in the

third part of my paper “On the Anatomy and Physiology of the

Spongiade,’’ in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society’

for 1862, p.1113; and as the description of the genus given by Dr,

Gray applied only to a part of the animal instead of to the whole of

it, I deemed it necessary to enlarge the generic characters so as to

embrace the whole of the most important parts of its structure, in

the following manner :—

* Skeleton an indefinite network of siliceous spicula, composed of

1867.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE, 21

separated elongated fasciculi reposing on continuous membranes,

having the middle of the sponge perforated vertically by an extended

spiral fasciculus of single elongated and very large spicula, forming

the axial skeleton of a columnar cloacal system.”

I did not attempt any description of its specific characters, as my

object at that time was the description of generic characters only.

I now propose entering fully upon the consideration of the minute

structures of every part of this complicated and curious animal, and

to endeavour to give such descriptions of them as may serve to di-

stinguish it as a species from any other of its congeners.

HyYALONEMA MIRABILE, Gray.

Sponge.—Massive, sessile. Surface even. Oscula mammilloid,

more or less elevated; terminations depressed, corrugated in radia-

ting lines, numerous, dispersed over the surface of a single central

elongated cloacal column projected from the middle of the sponge

- upward ; dermis of the cloaca coriaceous, thick, composed of two

layers—outer layer arenaceous, inner layer spiculous; spicula acerate,

and cylindro-cruciform, apically or entirely spinous, various in size

and proportjons: axis of the column a single large spiral fasciculus

of very long fusiformi-acerate spicula, each extending from its base to

near its apex; spicula asperated near the base. Skeleton lamelli-

form ; spicula fusiformi-acerate, long and slender, apices obtusely

terminated ; or fusiformi-subeylindrical. Defensive spicula :—exter-

nal inflato-fusiformi-acerate, hemispinous distally ; spines ascending.

Internal defensive spicula spiculated cruciform; spicular ray as-

cendingly and entirely spinous; cruciform rays spinous. ‘Tension

spicula inflato-acerate, long and very slender. Interstitial spicula

attenuato-rectangulated, hexradiate, large and small; and fimbriated

multihamate birotulate, in two systems: the primary one very large

and stout ; hami cultelliform, fimbriated at the base of the inner sur-

face ; shaft cylindrical, entirely tuberculated, tubercles stout ; spicula

dispersed. ‘The secondary system :—spicula smaller than those of

the primary one ; hami very long, apices nearly meeting ; neither fim-

briated nor cultelliform, congregated. Interstitial spicula cylindro-

cruciform, terminally or entirely spined ; radii short and very stout ;

spines conical, acute, and very large. Retentive spicula quadri-

hamate, minute; hami simple, elongate, attenuated.

Colour, undetermined in the living state.

Hab. Japan.

Examined in the dried state.

The most perfect specimens I have seen are that in the British

Museum (which has the long spiral cloacal column immersed in the

basal mass of the sponge to very near its proximal extremity, as re-

presented in the Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 1857, plate rx., Ra-

diata), and two smaller ones now exhibited (see Pl. IV. figs. 1 & 2).

For the loan of the first of these I am indebted to my friend Capt.

C. Tyler, and for the second to the kindness and liberality of my

friend Mr. Henry Lee. One other specimen in a similarly perfect state

22 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [Jan. 10,

of preservation is in the collection of the Bristol Museum. Numerous

other specimens are now known, of which the spiral cloacal column

alone has been preserved by the Japanese fishermen who took them ;

and of such specimens I have had nineteen in my possession. Of

these, five had none of the coriaceous dermis around the spiral column.

Three specimens from the collection of my friend Capt. Charles

Tyler had portions of the basal mass of sponge closely adhering to

the proximal end of the column, and one of these three has every

appearance of having been accidentally withdrawn from the original

basal mass of sponge some time previously to its being taken by the

Japanese, as there is, about 7 of an inch above the proximal end of

the spiral column, a small bulbous mass of the sponge remaining,

nearly an inch in length (Pl. IV. fig. 1). This small mass has se-

creted a new thin brown dermal membrane, which is continued

upward for about an inch, closely surrounding the spiral column.

It then throws out ten or twelve of the mammiform oscular bodies

in the course of about another inch of its progress upwards, the

remainder of the spiral axis being in a denuded state. ‘The mem-

brane surrounding the bulbous mass of sponge and that closely

embracing the spiral column above it are continuous and identical in

structure, thus affording unmistakeable evidence of their forming

arts of one and the same animal. The specimen represented in

Pl. IV. fig. 2 has the spiral column enveloped by the corium from

its junction with the distal end of the basal sponge for about 2 inches

upward, but it does not enter its substance. The dermal membrane

of the sponge is entirely wanting.

Two of the nineteen specimens had their distal terminations en-

tirely covered by the coriaceous dermis of the column ; and several

of them had the thinning off of the proximal extremity of the dermis

of the column at the point of its junction with the thin dermal mem-

brane of the distal end of the basal mass of the sponge; so that

between the whole of the specimens there is no part of the entire

sponge which is not duly represented.

The basal mass of the sponge in the British Museum collection is

of a compressed massive form; it is 53 inches in height, 32 inches

in width, and nearly 17 inch in thickness ; the total ‘height, inclu-

ding the cloacal column, is 20 inches. The base of the spiral axis

of the cloacal appendage is at or near the base of the sponge ; and it

passes thence in a vertical direction through its substance, emerging

at its distal extremity. ‘The surface of the spongeous mass has every

appearance of having been smooth and even.

The great cloacal organ and its oscula are exceedingly interesting

in their structure. While the spiral axis of the cloaca is surrounded

by the basal spongeous mass, it has uo dermal investment of any

kind; but as soon as it emerges from its distal extremity the thin

decral membrane of the sponge is continued over the surtace of the

column, and gradually thickens in its course upward, until it assumes

the form of a stout coriaceous investment, and it then becomes com-

posed of two distinct layers, the outer one being thickly studded

with grains of sand and other extraneous substances, which do not

1867.]. DR. J. Ss BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE, 23

appear to touch each other, but are separately enveloped by keratode

in the manner that is so prevalent in the genus Dysidea, Johnston.

The immer layer has few such adventitious matters imbedded in it ;

but in place of such material there are numerous cylindro-cruciform

and other siliceous spicula dispersed throughout its whole length.

From this thick coriaceous dermis the oscula are projected abun-

dantly ; they are dispersed over its surface without any appearance

of order. In some specimens they are nearly uniform in size,

seldom exceeding about a line in height, while in others they vary

in that respect to a very considerable extent. In one specimen in

my possession a few only are as short as a line, while others vary

from 6 lines in height to scarcely an elevation of the apex of the

organ above the dermis of the cloaca. The apical terminations of

these organs also vary considerably ; they are more frequently slightly

oval than circular, and in many instances they are quite as much

oval as those figured by M. Barboza du Bocage from his H. lusita-

nicum, described in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1864, p. 264.

I cut off the corrugated apical portion of several of these oscular

bodies and mounted them in Canada balsam: the outer surface in

most of them was so thickly studded with closely adhering grains of

sand that no part of the dermal surface could be distinctly seen ;

but in some the central orifice was partly open, and the radiating

structure was more than usually distinct. In these specimens it was

apparent that the radiating ridges within the outer surface do not

extend from the circumference to the centre, but only to the outer

margin of a central circular membrane with concentric lines of mi-

nute corrugations. These structures, therefore, have every character

of contractile organs, supplying the place of muscles, so as to enable

the animal to open and close the oscular orifice at its pleasure.

Within the outer portion of the apex of the osculum, at about the

distance of one-third or one-fourth of its diameter, there is situated

a second membranous diaphragm, of much less complicated struc-

ture than the outer one. This also was not entirely closed; the

inner margin of this membrane also exhibited a series of numerous

concentric corrugations, forming a flat circular band around the

orifice, from the outer margin of which lines of thickened mem-

brane radiated towards the outer margin of the organ; and they

gradually expanded laterally, uniting and forming the extreme cir-

cumference of the perforated diaphragm, thus exhibiting a series of

contractile membranes for the opening and closing of the inner dia-

phragm in a similar manner to that of the outer one. The radial

lines of the inner diaphragm do not correspond with those of the

outer one, and they are not so numerous. The apical and the inner

diaphragms are connected by a circular series of dissepimental

membranes, the planes of which are at right angles to the upper

and lower diaphragms ; so that the internal aspect of this complicated

valvular structure bears no very distant resemblance to the dissepi-

mental structures of many seed-vessels of plants, supposing sections

at right angles to their axes to have been made. Sections of this

valvular structure in its natural condition are represented in PI. 1V.,

24 DR. J.S, BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [Jan, 10,

fig. 3 representing a view of the interior of the distal portion of a

section through the middle of the valve at right angles to the cen-

tral axis of the oscular tube, by direct light; fig. 4 represents the

proximal diaphragm of the same specimen mounted in Canada bal-

sam. The action of these two valvular diaphragms appear to be

more or less independent of each other; and the radiating motive

fibres, comparatively few in number and very different in their

structure from those of the apical valve, are readily visible in their

natural condition when immersed in water or Canada balsam. This

is not the case with the motive organs of the more complicated apical

valve, which are deeply immersed in the substance of the apical

diaphragm, and which cannot be displayed until the internal disse-

pimental structures and the membrane above, which covers them,

are removed by the action of a solution of caustic potass for about

eight hours—Brander’s solution one part and distilled water three

parts being of about the required strength, When these impedi-

ments have been removed, the series of motive fibres present a very

interesting appearance. The whole consists of numerous spindle-

shaped fibres, one end of cach being attached to the outer circum-

ference of the corrugated apical area, and the other end to the inner

circle of the same part, leaving a circular inner area of transparent

membranous structure, the middle of which has the natural orifice

of the osculum in its centre, usually 1 in a closed and puckered cen-

dition. his parallel radial series of motive filaments, represented

in P]. IV. fig. 5, is doubtless not in its natural condition, the action

of the potass having probably increased the motive filaments to two

or three times their “natural diameter ; so that, when in this state they

are forced by pressure or other means through the outer orifice of

the osculum, they may have been very readily mistaken for tenta-

cula. ‘The radial motive fibres in the specimen under consideration

appear to consist of a strong external membrane filled with dense

amber-coloured keratode, apparently the same substance as that

of which the corium is composed. The inner membrane, covering

the under surface of this radial series of fibres; is apparently a much

more delicate tissue than that of the dissepiments of the valvular

structure beneath ; and the fragments disrupted by the action of the

poe ‘ss ave crowded with minute elongated spiral cells; but these

ceils are not pecuhar to this portion of the membranous structures

of the corium, as I have found them also in parts of that organ

which were not connected with the oscular tubes. ‘Their position,

immersed deeply in the sarcodous membrane lining the inner surface

of the apical valve, and closely covered by the distal end of the dis-

sepimental structures, and also completely immersed in the sareodous

membrane of the inner corium, would seem to indicate them to have

some other office in the economy of the animal than that of urti-

cating organs as suggested by Prof. Max Schultze.

In the membrane forming the inner diaphragm, and in the parie-

tes of the tubular part of “the osculum, there are frequently found

cylindro-cruciform and other spicula of the same description as those

imbedded in the inner corium. These peculiar forms of spicula

1867.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. 25

imbedded in such large quantities in the latter tissue might, by a

great stretch of imagination, be thought to have been selected from

other extraneous matters around and: thus appropriated ; but this

solution of their presence in the valvular structure of the supposed

polype, deeply imbedded in its sarcodous membranes, is- certainly

inadmissible. In the valvular structures they are in a position in

which secretion alone can account for their presence; and their ap-

pearance under such circumstances incontrovertibly connects them

with the coriu:n on which the so-called polypes are based ; so, in like

manner, their abundant presence in the inner corium, and still more

profuse occurrence in the basal sponge, connects the corium and

basal sponge unmistakeably together. We have therefore, by means

of these peculiar and very striking forms ef spicula, a sequence of

proof of a most conclusive character that the whole of the structures

present in the most perfect specimens of JZyalunema are parts of

one and the same animal. °

Professors Brandt, Bocage, and Max Schultze, in their respective

papers on LHyalonema, believed that they had detected tentacula

within the heads of the oscular projections; and the former two

have each figured what they regard as those organs with powers of

about 4 cr 5 linear. The figures of the supposed tentacles of the

first and second named authors differ exceedingly ; and if each be

correct, their supposed polypes cannot belong to the same genus.

The former author does not seem to have much faith in the reality

of what he depicts, as in the description of the figure 8. tab. 2, in

his work, he writes, ‘‘ quoad tentacula expansa idealis.”” I have no

doubt that by soaking the oscular projections in a solution of caus-

tic potass, and by pressure or a little clever manipulation on the

softened and half-destroy ed tissues of the valvular structure within

them, their motive fibres, which pass inward trom the inner surface

towards the central diaphragm, may be loosened and withdrawn from

the apical orifice, and so disposed by pressure or otherwise as to

readily deceive an observer whose mind was previously occupied by

a foregone conclusion.

I am well acquainted with the polype-cases of Zoanthus couchit in

the form of Dysidea papillosa, Johnston. They are stout open

tubes, composed of sand cemented together by animal matter, and

they have nothing within them like the elaborate keratose valvular

apparatus that we find in the distal ends of the oscular projections

in Hyalonema; in fact their apices are permanently open when the

poly pes, their former occupants, are destroyed. Nor have they at

any time any appearance of tentacles upon them. Those organs at

all times appertain to the soft retractile polypes, and not to the poly-

pidoms that they inhabit. It has been suggested that Hyalonema

really consists of the basal spongeous mass, the spiral column of

spicula, and the inner sheath that surrounds it; while the outer

sheath is a parasitical Zoanthoid Coral. But a careful examination

of the two sheaths surrounding the column affords such evidences

of the identity of their structures as to forcibly negative this sup-

position.

26 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [Jan.10,

The peculiarities of the structures of these oscular organs some~-

what resemble those of the inhalant organs of Geodia Barretti,

described and figured in the ‘Philosophical Transactions of the

Royal Society’ for 1862, pl. 32. figs. 3, 4 & 9a, pp. 788, 792, 794,

and also in ‘ Monograph of British Spongiade,’ pl. 19. figs. 301,

302, and pl. 28. f. 354a.

The spicula forming the spiral column of the sponge are the

longest organs of this description that I have ever seen. They are

composed of numerous concentric layers, and are very similar in their

structure to the large spicula in Tethea cranium or Huplectella

aspergillum, Owen. The asperation of the bases of the spicula is

usually produced by a partial desquamation of the concentric layers,

apparently for the purpose of giving the base of the column a stronger

adhesive power to the central mass of the sponge. In form they are

identical with those of the skeleton fasciculi of the basal mass of

sponge, but vastly enlarged in their size and proportions to adapt

them to their own especial office in the economy of the animal.

_ The normal condition of these spicula is that of smooth cylinders ;

but when immersed in the basal mass of the sponge, and also in the

lower part of the corium, they undergo a remarkable alteration in

shape, assuming very frequently the form of the well-known struc-

ture of the hairs of the Bat. In this case the alteration in form is

effected by the projection of a series of thin superposed layers of

membrane following each other, and secreting silex rapidly and in-

creasingly as they advance, until, each having progressed about the

space of 4 or 5 diameters of the central spiculum, they terminate

abruptly with a strongly denticulated margin. The silex intervening

between the external coat of these coronated masses and the surface

of the axial spiculum is not composed of concentric layers as in the

latter, bnt it is as solid in appearance as a mass of glass, as repre-

sented (Pl. V. figs. 16, 17).

These curious forms may be seen deeply moulded in the substance

of the lower part of the inner corium in which such spicula have

been imbedded. This singular structure is apparently to endow that

portion of the spiculum with greater prehensile powers than could

be obtained by a more or less amount of desquamation of the proxi-

mal portions of the spiculum.

The curious cloacal column of this sponge is not without a parallel

in the history of the Spongiade, as in the British genus Ciocalypta.

In C. penicillus we have a series of cloacal columns projected from

the basal mass of the sponge, each of which has a central axis of

spicula connected together in a longitudinal direction, which extends

from the base to the apex of each of the columns. A rather stout

dermal membrane envelopes each of them, but is not closely adhe-

rent to the central axis as in Hyalonema; on the contrary, it is sup-

ported from contact with it by a series of short stout pedicels of spi-

cula, the bases of which are immersed in the central axis, and their

apices radiate in every direction, forming at their junction with the

dermal membrane a most effectual support to it. The spaces between

the central column and the dermal membrane, when seen by the aid

1867.| DR. J. 8. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. 27

of the microscope, closely resemble a beautiful and elaborately con-

structed Gothic crypt. In this sponge the oscula are simple ori-

fices, not projecting beyond the dermal membrane as in Hyalonema.

But the same purpose prevails in both descriptions of cloacal organ,

that of discharging the feecal matters at a distance from the inhalant

surface of the sponges. A section of one of the feecal columns of

Ciocalypta penicillus is represented of the natual size in the ‘ Philo-

sophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London’ for 1862,

pl. 73. f. 4; and a magnified view of a portion of the same column

is represented by fig. 5; and also in ‘ Monograph of British Spon-

giade,’ vol. i. pl. 30. figs. 360 and 361.

Elongated cloacal projections from sponges are by no means un-

common organs. In large specimens of Halichondria panicea and

several other British species of sponges such organs are frequently

put forth ; but in these cases the distal extremity is always open, and

the production of these organs are the exception, not the rule: but

the contrary is the case in the British genus Polymastia, very simi-

lar in its skeleton-structure to Aleyoncellum, Quoy et Gaimard (Hu-

plectella, Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. i. p. 203).

In Polymastia mammillaris (Halichondria mammillaris, Johnston)

there are frequently on a single specimen from forty to fifty of these

cloacal organs, springing from a sponge about 2 inches in length and

breadth and not 4 inch in thickness, but attaining | inch in height,

with a diameter of rarely more than 2 lines, the distal terminations

being always closed; the minute oscula are dispersed on all parts of

the cloaca, as in the corresponding organ in [yalonema. Other

British species of the same genus approach still closer to the form

and peculiarity of Hyalonema. In Polymastia spinula the basal

portion is exceedingly thin; and the cloacal projections, seldom

exceeding two in number, are about an inch in length, being in

height at least twenty times the length of the thickness of the basal

sponge.

In a third species of the same genus (P. bulbosa) we have a still

closer approach in form to Hya’uvnema, the basal mass of the sponge

being bulbous, in the form of a small onion, with a single long slender

cloacal tubular appendage crowning its summit, with a length rather

greater than the height of the bulbous mass beneath it (Monograph

of British Sponges, vol. ii. p. 61). The structure of the column of

Hyalonema, considered as a sponge, is not so anomalous as it at first

appears. In truth it is only one of several varieties of such cloacal

appendages, all of which approximate closely to each other in form.

In Polymastia we have the cloacal organ hollow and closed at its

apex, but supported by an external network of siliceous spicula,

with the oscula dispersed over its surface. In Huplectella aspergil-

lum, Owen, the skeleton is very similar to that of Polymastia, with

the difference of the oscula being congregated at its distal extremity.

In Ciocalypta the cloacal organs closely approximate to those of Hya-

lonema. ‘Their parietes are thin, like those of Zuplectella, Owen,

with a central axis of spicula supporting the organ in an erect posi-

tion ; in Hyalonema the spicula composing the column are exceed-

28 =-DR. J. S| BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [Jan. 10,

ingly long and comparatively few in number, and do not appear to

be connected with the parietes of the organ; while in Ciocalypta

they are short and very numerous, and the axis is connected with

the sides of the cloaca. Thus, when we consider the spiral column

and its delapidated dermal coating alone, as it is usually received

from the Japanese, and without reference to the basal mass of sponge

belonging to it in its natural condition, the species presents an ex-

ceedingly anomalous appearance ; but when the entire animal is con-

sidered and compared with other sponges, the anomaly is dissipated,

and it is seen to present very few anatomical and no physiological

differences from a numerous series of well-known sponges.

The dermal membrane of the basal portion of the sponge in the

British Museum has been nearly entirely destroyed, a few fragments

only remaining iz situ. It appears to have been thin, pellucid, and

aspiculous, or with a few adventitious spicula attached to its surface.

The numerous inflato-fusiformi-acerate external defensive spicula

do not appear to perforate it in the natural condition of the sponge ;

but the fragments of the membrane iz situ were so small as scarcely

to allow of speaking on this point decisively.

The spicula of the skeleton are exceedingly variable in length and

proportions, and are often curved to a very considerable extent, or

they are flexuous ; and amongst them there are occasionally found

exceedingly large fusiforme a spicula, the diameters of which

are equal to that of six or seven of the ordinary spicula of the ske-

leton ; and at irregular intervals we find very large attenuato-rect-

angulated hexradiate spicula, which probably served to connect the

flakes or layers of the skeleton together (Pl. V. fig. a).

I found but one small group of the external defensive spicula zz situ ;

but this was exceedingly characteristic. The spicula CE, te. 5)

are very numerous and closely packed together in parallel lines, and

they are apparently projected about half their len eth beyond the outer

surface of the mass of the skeleton. These spicula represent the shaft

of an attenuated rectangulated hexradiate spiculum, with the inflation

at about the middle of the shaft, whence the four lateral radii of

that form of spiculum would spring. But the striking peculiarity

of their structure is the mode of their adaptation as external defen-

sive spicula, by the projection from all parts of the distal half of the

shaft of numerous small spines at ascending angles of about 20 de-

grees to the long axis of the spiculum ; while on the proximal half

of the spiculum: there is rarely even the rudiment of a spine to be

detected. The central inflation of the spiculum is usually projected

beyond the external surface of the mass of the skeleton. A secondary

series of defensive spicula are projected from the surface of the mass

of the skeleton, and these consist of spiculated cruciform spicula as-

cendingly and entirely spinous. They are also exceedingly nume-

rous, their cruciform bases all being nearly in the same plane, and

their spicular radii nearly parallel to each other, the apices reaching

to about the central inflations of the large external defensive spicula.

These secondary external defensive spicula are in reality the internal

defensive spicula of the sponge. They are perfectly novel in their

1867.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. 29

form, and are of a complicated and very interesting structure. They

consist of a short stout cruciform base, with a long spicular ray as-

cendingly and entirely spinous, projected at right angles from the

centre of the basal radii. The spines on the spicular ray are similar

in form and mode of disposition to those of the external defensive

spicula, but very much longer in proportion to the size of the spicu-

lum, frequently exceeding in their length the diameter of the shaft

on which they are based (Pl. V. fig. 6, and fig. 16 tn situ).

The radii of the cruciform bases are also slightly spiculated towards

their apices. They are thickly distributed on the fasciculi of the

skeleton, and frequently equally so on one side of the interstitial

membranes, probably that which forms the surfaces of the interstitial

spaces, and they are especially abundant near the exterior of the

sponge.

The four basal radii appear firmly cemented to the membrane—

but not immersed in its substance, as they do not appear to leave

their impression when removed from it, nor do they bring any por-

tion of the membrane away with them.

In some part of the tissues these spicula are very much modified

in form. In ordinary cases we find the basal radii short and stout,

and not more than a fourth or a fifth of the length of the spicular

ray ; while in other cases the basal rays are very nearly as long as

the spicular one, the only difference in their structure being that

the latter is very strongly spinous, while the former have the spines

comparatively very slightly produced.

The interstitial membranes, when not covered with spiculated eru-

ciform spicula, are often abundantly furnished with long slender

flexuous acerate tension spicula, with a central inflation indicative of

their being an incipient condition of either rectangulated hexradiate

or rectangulated triradiate forms; and the latter one occasionally is

found among them (PI. V. fig. 7).

The interstitial spicula of this sponge are very numerous, and ex-

ceedingly various in size and form. They are of three very dis-

tinct descriptions :—first, rectangulated hexradiate, large and small

(Pl. V. figs. 8, 9); second, fimbriated multihamate birotulate (Pl. V.

figs. 2, 3); and third, cylindro-cruciform (Pl. V. figs. 10, 11, 12,

13, 14). ;

The first of these forms abound immediately beneath the apparent

line of the dermal membrane in the large basal mass of the sponge ;

the greater portion of them are large, and they are disposed with a

considerable approach to regularity, and amongst them there are

frequently groups of the smaller variety of this form (PI. V. fig. 8).

They are also rather abundant near the basal portion of the spiral

column of the cloacal system of the sponge, and they are found more

sparingly dispersed in all parts of the basal mass. Generally speak-

ing the whole of the six radii are fully produced; but occasionally

pentradiate forms are found.

The second form or fimbriated multihamate birotulate spicula are

generally found dispersed amid the interstitial tissues of the large

basal mass of the sponge. There are usually not more than one or

30 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [Jan. 10,

two together; but occasionally they occur in groups of ten or twelve,

without any approach to a definite arrangement (Pl. V. fig. 1).

These spicula are comparatively large and stout. They have eight

rays at each end of the shaft, the two groups of radii curving towards

each other to such an extent that each forms the half of a regular

oval figure, the opposite apices being separated to the extent of about

the length of one of the radii. Each ray is in form like a double-

edged obtusely pointed knife bent near the handle in the direction of

aline at right angles to the inner surface of one of its flat sides;

and each ray is strengthened and connected with the shaft of the

spiculum by a stout curved web of silex, which extends from a little

below the inner surface of the ray to a point on the shaft about op-

posite to its middle. The edges of each ray are also slightly curved

inward (Pl. V. fig. 2). The smaller or secondary system of birotu-

late spicula differ somewhat from the larger ones in structure.

They are not fimbriated at the base, as those of the larger ones are,

nor have the radii the same distinct eultelliform figure (PI. V. fig. 3).

Their position in the sponge is also different. The larger ones are

always irregularly dispersed ; while those of the smaller system are

usually congregated in considerable numbers around the large ske-

leton-fasciculi, their direction being coincident with the axial line of

the fasciculus (Pl. V. fig. 4); a few, comparatively, are dispersed,

but this mode of position appears to be rather the exception than

the rule. The shaft is cylindrical, and has short stout tubercles

dispersed over all its parts, and the radii are so long in their pro-

portions that the opposing apices very nearly touch each other.

The third form of interstitial spiculum, the cylindro-cruciform

one (Pl. V. figs. 10, 11, 12, 13, 14), appears to appertain more espe-

cially to the cloacal system; they are found abundantly dispersed

near the inner surface of the coriaceous dermis of the spiral column

of the sponge; but they occur in by far the greatest number between

the basal portion of the spicula of the spiral column, and in their

immediate neighbourhood, intermixed with the large hexradiate spi-

cula of the interstitial tissue of the great basal mass of the sponge ;

and at the top of this mass the spiral column is surrounded by a

profusion of them.

The radii are short and very stott in their proportions, their length

varying from twice to five or six times their own diameter; and the

four rays are frequently of different lengths. ‘They are profusely

covered with large, stout, more or less conical spines, and especially

so at their distal extremities. In all these characters they vary to

a considerable extent even in the same group. They appear to be

more matured in the basal portions of the sponge than in the coria-

ceous dermis of the spiral column; in the latter position they are

frequently represented by short, stout, entirely spined cylindrical

spicula (PI. V. fig. 10); but between this rudimentary state and the

completely cruciform spiculum specimens may be found in every in-

termediate stage of development. Occasionally a spiculum may be

found with a fifth ray, indicating that the cruciform spiculum is in

truth only a modification of the regular hexradiate type of the inter-

1867.] DR. J.S, BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. 31

stitial spiculum (Pl. V. fig. 14). The occurrence of this peculiar

form of spiculum in the inner surface of the coriaceous dermis of

the spiral column, and also dispersed amid the tissues of the basal

mass of the sponge, unmistakeably connects the two as portions of

the same individual.

The quadrihamate spicula are a variety of form that I have not

seen before. ‘The hami are comparatively very long and slender.

They are exceedingly minute, requiring a linear power of at least 700

to define them well. They are irregularly and rather sparingly dis-

persed on the interstitial membranes (PI. V. fig. 15).

From the few patches of sarcode remaining attached to parts of the

skeleton, it is probable that it has been both dense and abundant.

The fragments preserved are of a deep amber-colour.

It is probable that there are more species of the genus than the

one described above, as among the material brought up from 2200

fathoms by the soundings in the Indian Ocean, from the ‘ Herald,’ I

have seen three distinct varieties of form of multihamate birotulate

spicula of a very similar size and character to those found in H. mi-

rabile, but with such structural variations as to indicate their origin

in different species.

The internal structures of this sponge are strongly indicative of

carnivorous habits. The loosely constructed reticulated skeleton

would readily admit of the entrance of small annelids ; and when once

within the precincts of the sponge their escape would be almost im-

possible. ‘The powerful cultelliform radii of the fimbriated birotu-

tulate spicula entering their bodies would securely hold them as prey ;

and every writhing effort they made would contribute to their de-

struction by a succession of impalements on the spiculated rays of

the numerous spiculated cruciform spicula around them, bleeding

them to death from numerous punctured and lacerated wounds for

the nutrimentation of the sponge; and it will readily be seen that

every one of these elaborately constructed organs that I have de-

scribed are admirably adapted to the purposes that I have assigned

to them.

I cannot agree with Dr. Gray in considering Hyalonema as allied

to either the Gorgoniade or the Zoanthide. We know of no com-

pound polypidom, among the Coralliide or Zoanthide, or any other

division of Zoophyta, in which there is any approach to the secre-

tion of a siliceous skeleton. In all of them, however varied the

form may be, that part of the animal is either purely keratose or

kerato-calcareous, while in Hyalonema the whole of the skeleton

is siliceous ; and this fact alone should have served to distinguish

it from Gorgonia. I do not know of any zoophytes which have ten-

tacula upon the polype-cases instead of upon the retractile polype ;

and in Zoanthus their position is undoubtedly upon the latter-named

part of the animal. The form of the oscular mamille on the

spiral cloacal appendage of the animal is very like the polypidom

of some Gorgonie; but this similarity is not enough to justify

the assumption that it belongs to that tribe of zoophytes, espe-

cially as, in Pachymatisma Johnstonia and other sponges, we find

32 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [Jan. 10,

the oscula simulating the forms of the polypidom of many species of

Gorgonia.

The genus Grantia, with its calcareous skeleton, affords perhaps

among the Spongiade the nearest approach to the structure of the

Gorgoniade ; but there is no possibility of confounding these sponges

with any known species of that group; while, on the contrary side

of the question, the basal portion of Hyalonema is nearly assimilated

by the peculiarities of the structure of its spicula with the genera

Alcyoncellum, Quoy et Gaimard, and Dactylocalyx, Stutchbury ;

and the singular cloacal appendage projected from the midst of the

sponge has its physiological and, to a certain extent, its anatomical

parallel in our British genus of sponges, Crocalypta. That the long

spiral spiculous extension, or cloaca, of JZyalonema is intimately

connected with, and forms a part of, the skeleton of the sponge can-

not reasonably be doubted after a careful examination of the large

specimen in the British Museum, in which it will be seen that the

skeleton of the basal portion of the sponge enters between, and em-

braces the long fibres of, the spiral organ, without the intervention of

any part of the thick sandy cortex. ‘This dermal coat in the British

Museum specimen is in good preservation for several inches in length

above the spongeous mass at its base ; but not a vestige of it remains

within the mass, nor is there any space between it and that portion

of the spiral column passing through it that serves to indicate that

it had ever been present in that position ; on the contrary, the sponge

embraces the base of the column closely and completely. But if any

further evidence of their organic connexion were needed, we have it

abundantly furnished by Capt. Tyler’s specimen (represented in

Pl. IV. fig. 1), in which it is seen that the dermal membrane of the

small mass of basal sponge is continued from its distal end up the

column, and that it is from this continuous membrane embracing

the spiral column that the protuberant oscula are given off. In the

specimen represented by fig. 2. Pl. IV. the distal end of the basal

sponge and the proximal one of the corium are coincident in their

terminations, and it is distinctly observable that no part of the co-

rium enters the basal mass of sponge.

I have not seen the specimen of Hyalonema mirabile in the Bris-

tol Museum ; but I am informed by my friend Capt. Charles Tyler,

who has seen it, that it has a basal mass of sponge very like that of

the British Museum one. From portions of the basal mass of the

Bristol Museum specimen, presented to Capt. Tyler at the time of

his inspection of it, I have obtained precisely the same forms of spi-

cula that exist in the basal portion of the British Museum specimen.

I have before stated that, among the specimens in the collection of

my friend Capt. C. Tyler, there were three of the spiral columns

that had portions of the basal mass closely adhering to them; and

on microscopically examining these portions of the sponges they were

found to agree in their organization in every respect with the struc-

tures obtained from the two larger and more perfect specimens of

the sponge, and also with that represented by fig. 2. Pl. 1V. No

reasonable doubt can therefore be entertained that these specimens

1867.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. 33

are all of the same species, and that the basal mass and the spiral

cloacal organ are truly parts of the same individual.

The external mammillated coriaceous dermis of the cloacal system

in the dried condition closely embraces the spiral column of spicula,

but I could not detect any organic connexion between them. It is-

probable, from its reticulated structure in some parts, that there

was a considerable intervening space between the spiral column and

the external envelopment while in the living state, and that the pre-

sent condition is due to the contraction of the coriaceous coat while

drying.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES IV. & V.

Puiate LV.

Fig. 1. Hyalonema mirabile in the cabinet of Capt. Charles Tyler, having a small

basal mass of sponge covered with the dermal membrane, which is

continued up the spiral column, and from which protuberant oscula

are put forth. Natural size.

. A specimen of the same species of Sponge presented to me by Mr. H.

Lee. The basal mass of sponge is without the dermal membrane, but

having the commencement of the corium corresponding with the distal

end of the spongeous mass. Natural size.

Fig. 3. A section at right angles to the long axis of one of the oscular organs,

just below the corrugated terminal disk, exhibiting a view of the inte-

rior of the upper portion of the dissepimental form of the complicated

valvular structure within the apical termination of the oscular tube.

The central membrane containing the natural orifice is slightly in-

volyed, showing on its outer surface a portion of the sand imbedded.

By direct light, magnified 50 times linear.

Fig. 4. The lower portion of the valvular structure ef the same section, showing

the inner diaphragm, or valve, with its motive filaments. The valve

partly open, and its membranous structure having a cruciform spicu-

lum imbedded in its substance at @. By transmitted light in Canada

balsam, magnified 50 times linear.

- The apical termination of one of the oscular tubes cut off immediately

beneath the corrugated apex, after maceration in solution of potass,

showing the circular arrangement of the motive fibres of the outer

valve of the osculum zz situ, and the attachment of their apices to the

outer margin of the central oscular membrane, their basal portions

curving downward at the outer margin of the corrugated apex of the

organ to their respective basal attachments. Mounted in water and

viewed by transmitted light, magnified 50 times linear.

Puate V.

Fig. 1. One of the lamellee of the skeleton from the basal mass of sponge of

Hyalonema mirabile in the British Museum, exhibiting the general

structure of the skeleton and the mode of disposition of the fimbriated

multihamate birotulate spicula, the spiculated cruciform, and the

various forms of interstitial spicula. a. One of the largest of the at-

tenuato-rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spicula cz situ, with a

group of three fimbriated multihamate birotulate spicula, and spicu-

lated cruciform spicula dispersed on the transparent interstitial mem-

branes. 6, Skeleton-fasciculi, with a row of spiculated cruciform

spicula based on one of them. Magnified 50 times linear.

Fig. 2. A fimbriated multihamate birotulate interstitial spiculum of the primary

system. Magnitied 175 times linear.

Fig. 3. An elongo-recurvate dentato-birotulate interstitial spiculum of the se-

condary system. Magnified 308 times linear.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.-——1867, No. III.

Fig.

34 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF LYCENID&. [Jan. 10,

Fig. 4. A group of the same form of spicula as No. 3, év situ around a skeleton-

fasciculus, from the specimen of Hyalonema in the Bristol Museum.

Magnified 108 times linear.

Fig. 5. An inflato-fusiformi-acerate external defensive spiculum hemispinous

distally. Magnified 108 times linear,

Fig. 6. A spiculated cruciform internal defensive spiculum. Magnified 175 times

linear.

Fig. 7. Inflato-acerate tension spiculuin. Magnified 108 times linear.

Fig. 8. Large atttenuato-rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spiculum. Mag-

nified 90 times linear.

. 9. Small attenuato-rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spiculum. Mag-

nified 90 times linear.

Figs. 10, 11, 12, 15, 14. Various states of development of the cylindro-cruciform

interstitial spicula, common to the basal mass of sponge and the co-

riaceous investment of the spiral column of the cloacal system. Mag-

nified 175 times linear.

Fig. 15, Attenuato-rectangulated triradiate tension spiculum, occasionally found

dispersed among the other tension spicula. Magnified 90 times linear.

Fig. 16. Asperated or jointed condition of portion of the long acerate spicula of

the spiral axis of the cloacal system. Magnified 108 times linear.

Fig. 17. A detached joint from a specimen similar to that represented by fig. 16,

from which a portion has been fractured longitudinally, exhibiting the

uniform solidity of the incrusting silex, Magnified 108 times linear.

Fig. 18. Quadrihamate retentive spiculum,

Fig

5. Note on the Identity of certain Species of Lycenide.

By Artuur G. Butter, F.Z.S.

An observation in the second part of Mr. Hewitson’s valuable work

on ‘Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ p. 53, has induced me to compare the

description of Hesperia freja, in Fabricius’s ‘ Entomologia Syste-

matica,’ iii. p. 263. n. 19, with the numerous specimens of Lycenide

in the collection of the British Museum ; and I am now fully satisfied

that this species, which Mr. Hewitson has placed provisionally at the

end of the genus Hypolycena, is perfectly identical with the well-

known Myrina jaffra of Godart, figured in Horsfield’s ‘ Catalogue,’

pl. 3. figs. 5, 5 a.

_. The only apparent defects in the description given by Fabricius

consist in the misapplication of the term ape to the anal area of the

hind wings (a substitution of frequent occurrence in early descrip-

tions), and in the somewhat loose account of the position of the

transverse lines on the front wings,— the internal discal line, which in

some specimens is almost submarginal, being described as ceutral.

The corrected description would be as follows :—

** Magna in hac familia. Antenne atre. Palpi albi, apice nigri.

Corpus fuscum. Ale antice supra fusce, immaculate, subtus

alba limbo, lineola transversa discali strigaque postica fulvis.

Postice fusce, area anali albe fascia lata nigra, Caude due,

anterior longissima alba, posterior brevior nigra margine albo.

‘‘ Subtus albe striga postica valde undata atra. “Margo strigis

fulvis nigrisque. Apex ale prominet fascia lata, lete caerulea,

que utringue terminatur puncto magno atro.”

1867.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF LYCENIDE. 35

There appear to be two distinct forms of this species, the less

common one being, I believe, exclusively confined to Canara ; it differs

from the more widely distributed form (the true Hesperia freja of

Fabricius) in having the subanal black band on the upperside of the

hind wings nearly divided in the centre, thus forming two quadrate

spots; on the underside it differs in the almost entire absence of

yellow colouring in the front wings, and in the addition of a small

intermacular subanal spot in the hind wings. I would suggest that

the latter form should henceforth bear the name of jaffra (if it be

worthy of any name at all), as this will prevent the possible addi-

tion of another synonym to Lyceenidine nomenclature.

I believe that the insect figured by Mr. Hewitson, at pl. 21. f. 6, is

the female of a very slight local variety * of H. erylus of Godart, as we

have the male of it in the National Collection. H. tmolus of Felder

may also prove to be nothing more than a local form of this insect t.

Trimen’s erylus is the philippus of Fabricius (var. certhis, Doubl.).

Amblypodia selimnus of Doubleday’s list is represented by two shat-

tered butterflies, one of which is the Ceylon form of the true longinus

of Fabricius, and the other the Ceylon form of pseudo-longinus of

Doubleday. These two species are placed as one by Mr. Hewitson ;

they differ as follows :—

IoLAus LONGINUS, Fabricius.

3. Alis supra ceruleis nitidis, anticis area apicali et costa

JSuscis ; posticis apice costaque fuscis, margine interno fusco-

pallido: subtus fusco-albidis ; anticis seriebus liturarum dua-

bus, interna nigrarum, externa fuscarum: posticis fasciis dua-

bus marginalibus fuscis a venis interruptis ; serie discali litu-

rarum nigrarum valde irregulari ; maculis duabus nigris anali-

bus, interna angulum attingente, intus lunula flava cinctis, anali

extus ceruleo rorata, puncto intermaculari cinereo. Exp. alar.

unc. 141-13,

Q. Alis supra violaceis pallidis ; marginibus costali, apicali et

externa anticarum, et costali posticarum, fuscis ; posticis linea

marginal a venis interrupta, altera maculari submarginali ter-

tiaque discali liturali nigro-fuscis ; margine interno albido:

alis subtus albidis, velut in mari seriptis, maculis autem posti-

carum analibus majoribus. Exp. alar. unc. 143-12,

Hab. India.

IOLAUS PSEUDO-LONGINUS, Doubleday.

3. Alis viridi-ceruleis pallidioribus, posticis multo brevioribus,

margine interno albido: alis subtus albidis, anticis seriebus

liturarum apud costam minime arcuatis, interna posticarum

* Our specimens, both male and female, differ from the typical form in the

greater length of the lind wings and the more marked submarginal white line ;

the position of the bands on the underside is slightly altered: the male has the

marginal black band on the upperside much wider at the apex of the front wings ;

and the tront wings in the female have a straighter outer margin.

+ This was at first Mr. Hewitson’s opinion (vide Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 49. n. 2).

36 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF LYCZNID&. [Jan. 10,

Figs. 1, la. Myrina freja, Fabr.

2, 2a. Local form, jaffra.

3. Lolaus pseudo-longinus, Doubl.

minus irregulari ; maculis analibus parvis late flavo intus mar-

ginatis ; puncto intermaculari albicante. Exp. alar. une.

154-13.

Q. Alis pallidioribus violaceis, anticis disco, et posticis apice

albicantibus ; posticis serie discali liturarum medium alarum

approximante, serie submarginali maculari tenuiore, costa minus

fuscescente: alis subtus velut in mari. Exp. alar. une. 12.

Hab. Java; Moulmein.

Var. Posticis femine serie liturarum discali serieque submargi-

nali velut in I. longino positis.

Hab. Ceylon.

I cannot but think that these differences are sufficient to warrant

the separation of these two insects as constant and distinct local

forms.

1867.] MR, A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW GENUS OF LEPIDOPTERA. 37

6. Description of a New Genus of Diurnal Lepidoptera be-

longing to the Family Erycinide. By A. G. Burirr,

F.Z.8.

The species representing the present genus have hitherto been in-

cluded in the genus Taxila of Westwood; they are, however, so

strikingly distinct from it, that I think it absolutely necessary to

separate them. The arrangement of the disco-cellular veins is very

unlike that of either Taxila or the allied genus Sospita ; the antennze

and wing-cells also differ in length. I therefore propose for this

form the name of Dicallaneura.

The genus T'azi/a has hitherto contained three distinct forms, one

of which must, I think, be henceforth placed with Sospita, as it shows

a very great resemblance to the latter in neuration and in other less

important structural details. These forms may be distinguished as

follows :—

Genus TAxiLa.

1. Ale subtrigonate ; postice angulo anali producto et a cauda

brevi tenui terminato; cella anticarum elongata, apice paulo

concavo, posticarum breviore lata: corpus robustum, capite

magno, antennis elongatis.

1. T. purea, Kollar ;

2. T. EGEON, Westwood ; cum aliis.

2. Ale late, breves; antice subtrigonate, costa convexa, apice

rotundato ; postice margine postico convexo, sinuato (rarius

medio minime producto*); cella anticarum brevi lata, apice

paulo bisinuato, posticarum brevi, lata, venis disco-cellularibus

specierum singularum plus minusve forma variantibus : corpus

parvum, capite parvo, antennis brevioribus.—? Sospira, Hewit.

1. T. prupapt, Horsfield ;

2. T. orpHNA, Westwoodt ;

3. T. rHrusta, Hewitson ;

4. T. reneta, Hewitson; cum aliis.

DICALLANEURA }, gen. nov.

3. Ale late, breves, antice marginibus convexis ; postice costa

convexa, margine postico minime sinuato et post medium cauda

obtusa producto ; cella anticarum lata, brevi, apice valde ex-

cavato, posticarum lata, brevi, venis disco-cellularibus obli-

quis: corpus robustum, capite magno, antennis elongatis.

* ©. T. drupadi, Horsfield.

+ Three species are confounded under this name.

t dicadXa, vetpor.

38 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW GENUS OF LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

1. T. putcara, Guérin.

2. T. pecorata, Hewitson. (Fig. 1.)

The allied genus Sospita (Abisara, Felder) contains three forms,

all of them very similar in neuration, but differing in the form of

the wings.

Genus Sospita.

Division l.

Ale postice cauda media cuneata.

1. S. ranrauus, Hewitson; (Fig. 3.)

2. S. ECHERIA, Stoll;

3. S. (ABisaRA) KAUSAMBI, Felder (= precedenti ?) ;

4. S. typpa, Hewitson ; cum aliis.

Fig. 1. Taxila decorata, Hewits.

2. Dodona onida, Hewits.

3. Sospita tantalus, Hewits.

Division 2.

Ale postice cauda valde elongata media.

1. S. susa, Hewitson ;

2. S. nropHron, Hewitson; cum aliis.

Division 3.

Ale magne, venis disco-cellularibus anticarum minime magis con-

vexis ; ale postice margine inlegro: corpus robustum, capite

magno, antennis magis elongatis.

1. S. ryitia, Hewitson.

2. S. seGectA, Hewitson.

3. S. wALLAcer, Hewitson.

4. S. srav1ra, Hewitson.

1867.] MR. J.C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. 39

The genus Dodona is very closely allied to Tazila, the chief di-

stinctions being as follows :—

Genus Dopona.

Ale postice angulo anali magis producto, cauda obsoleta.

1. D. ApontraA, Hewitson.

2. D. preaa, Hewitson.

3. D. ontpa, Hewitson. (Fig. 2, p. 38.)

7. Characters of Four New Species of Australian Land-shells.

By James C. Cox, C.M.Z.S.

HELIX RETIPORA.

H. testa perforata, lenticulart, undique valde et confertim costu-

lato-striata, lineis concentricis minutissimis decussatis, quast

reticulata, solidula, nitidiuscula, rubro-cornea, subtus palli-

diore; spira late depresso-conoidea, obtusa, sutura mediocriter

impressa; anfractibus 4, regulariter accrescentibus, planato-

convexiusculis, ultimo mediocri, non descendente, infra con-

vexo; apertura obliqua, fere rotundato-lunata ; peristomate

simplici, regulari, margine columellari supra dilatato, reflezxo,

umbilicum semitegente.

Diam. maj. 0°21, min. 0°17, alt. 0°11 une.

Hab. Flinders Range, South Australia (Masters).

Allied, but not very closely, to H. sericatula, and uot resembling

any South Australian Helix yet described.

PuPA LINCOLNENSIS.

P. testa senistrorsa, rimata, elliptico-oblonga, tenuissime oblique

striata, albida seu rufo-cornea ; spira obtusa; anfractibus 6,.

convexiusculis, ultimo ceteros nequaquam @equante; apertura

Sere verticali, lunato-circulari ; peristomate incrassato, ex-

panso, albo, marginibus distantibus, columellari recto, sinistro

supra obtuse angulato ; pariete aperturali dente subcentrgli,

prominente, obtuso, albo munito.

Long. 0°13, diam. 0°08 une.

Hab. Port Lincoln, South Australia (Masters).

This belongs to the section or subgenus Pupilla.

BULIMUS MASTERSI.

B. testa imperforata, ovato-conica, solidiuscula, rugoso-plicata,

ad suturam presertim sulcis spiralibus interruptis sculpta,

flavicante seu rufo-brunnea, fasctis (e lineis coalescentibus for-

matis) longitudinalibus plurimis albis quasi murreis ornata ;

spira parva, convexo-conica, obtusa, sutura impressa; anfrac-

tibus 4, modice conveais, ultimo spiram quater superante, basi

40 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE [Jan. 10,

rotundato; apertura modice obliqua, angulato-ovali, intus

fascias externas pallide exhibente ; peristomate simplict, recto,

tenui, margine columellari supra brevissime calloso, albo.

Long. 0°74, diam. 0°45 unc. :

Hab. Port Lincoln, South Australia (Masters).

The coalescent porcellanous bands on a darker ground constitute

the most prominent feature of this pretty species, whose nearest ally

is B. trilineatus of Western Australia.

TRUNCATELLA SCALARINA.

T. testa imperforata, fusiformi-turrita, levi, nitida, alba; spira

decollata, sutura constricta; anfractibus 4 saltem, convexis,

valde longitudinaliter et regulariter costatis, ultimo tres pre-

cedentes aequante; apertura obliqua, oblongo-ovata ; peristo-

mate continuo, libero, calloso et expanso (supra presertim),

et infra faciem bilabiatam exhibente, margine dextro curvato,

infra rotundato, superiore fere recto ; operculo 2

Long. 0°23, diam. 0-11 une.

Hab. Port Lincoln (Masters).

This remarkable shell, reminding one somewhat of a Scalaria,

occurs in a semifossil state in the same district where the recent,

smaller, and smoother 7’. marginata, Kiister, appears to be plentiful.

8. On the Skull of the Chinese Pug-nosed Spaniel or Lap-

dog. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &c.

Dr. W. Lockhart has kindly presented to the British Museum the

skull with the atlas vertebra attached, and the penis bone, of a

‘Chinese pug-nosed Lap-dog, of a breed greatly admired among the

Chinese.”” ‘The skull is peculiar for the very large size, broad ven-

tricose and subcubical form of the brain-case, for the great shortness

of the face, and the shelving, almost horizontal, position of the nasal

apertures ; the bones of the face are regular, symmetrical ; the fore-

head is rather concave ; the hinder part of the face and the back of

the lower jaw are very broad behind; the nasal bones are well deve-

loped, and extend up behind between the orbits nearly to the fore-

head ; the teeth are well developed and in good condition; the

hinder parts of the tooth-line are very far apart, from the great breadth

of the short palate; the two hinder upper grinders, which are under

the front edges of the zygomatic arch, are placed angularly with

regard to each other.

in. lin.

Length of the skull........ 3.3

of the brain-case...... Din AS

Height ‘of the bram=cuseeeer. ee oe ons ees ee eee

Width of the brain-case over the ears............ eee

— of the skull over the zygomatic arches 2 10

— of the forehead behind the orbits Ow 9

1867.]

SKULL OF THE CHINESE PUG-NOSED LAP-DOG.

Skull of Chinese Pug-nosed Lap-dog.

42 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE [Jan. 10,

Skull fully developed ; the ossification is imperfect, having a rather

large irregular aperture or fontanel on the crown of the head between

the parietal bones (fig. 3, p. 41). The occipital foramen is very large ;

it is much produced upwards behind towards the crown; the upper

part is narrow, occupying the greater part of the height of the narrow

supraoccipital bone, and on each side is a large half-oval aperture

(fig. 4, p.41). The lateral wings of the atlas vertebra are very large

and broad, and much expanded behind.

The skull of an Italian Greyhound and of a Beagle in the British

Museum have the foramen magnum large, and extending upwards

in the supraoccipital bone towards the crown; but the extension is

much broader and shorter than in the Chinese Pug Spaniel, where it

is narrower, and extends nearly to the upper edge of the supraocci-

pital bone.

These skulls also have an imperfection in the ossification, or a per-

foration, on the outer sides of the occipital bones and the squamous

bone, but these are not quite so large as they are in the Chinese

skull ; and in one of the skulls the right aperture is smaller than the

other.

Miss Saunders of Reigate has a specimen of this Dog alive. It is

a small long-haired Spaniel, with slender legs, and rather bushy tail

curled up over its back. It differs from the Pug-nosed Spaniel

called King Charles’s Spaniel in the hair being much longer and

more bushy, the tail closely curled up, and the legs being smaller

and much more slender. The nose of the Chinese or Japanese Pug

is said by some to be artificially produced by force suddenly or con-

tinuously applied: but that is certainly not the case in the skull that

is in the British Museum; for the bones of the upper jaw and the

nose are quite regular and similar on the two sides, showing no forced

distortion of any kind, such as is to be observed in the skulls of

some Bulldogs; for I believe that some “‘ fanciers”’ are not satisfied

with the peculiarity, and do sometimes try to increase the deformity

by force.

Miss Saunders has sent me the following particulars of her dog :—

‘He is called a Japanese Pug Dog: they say he was the origin of

the King Charles’s breed; but I do not know if this be correct.

He is of a very jealous disposition, and timid, being afraid of the

noise of a train, the popping of a coal from the fire, and any other

sudden noise. He pretends to be very brave in attacking strangers

or the gardeners ; but the moment they turn upon him he is off like

a shot, till he is at a safe distance, when he barks loudly.

“When first he arrived from Japan (the spring of 1864) he would

not tread on grass ; but he is now quite accustomed to our lawn, and

will run about like other dogs. He prefers cold weather, and is

always better in health, though, excepting once, he has never been

ill since his arrival in England. He does not like strong light, his

eyes looking watery and not quite open if he be in sunlight ; but of

an evening his eyes look very large and bright ; and if in a good -

temper he will roll himself in the curtains or under our dresses,

growling and barking with pleasure. Damp weather does not agree

1867.| SKULL OF THE CHINESE PUG-NOSED LAP-DOG. 43

with him; and if his hair gets wet he is almost sure to take cold,

unless thoroughly dried, which process he cannot bear. His temper

is most uncertain, as he may be lying in your lap and quite peaceful,

and if you touched him very likely he would snap ; he bites his best

friends ; in fact he is a small tyrant, so we are more or less afraid to

touch him. He feeds on cabbage-stalks boiled; but in summer he

likes cucumbers, both rind and inside; this is his greatest delicacy.

He will eat beetroot, lettuce-stalks, asparagus-stalks, white of egg,

and fish: he is very fond of meat; but we do not give him much, as

we find a vegetable diet so much more wholesome for him. He has

a trick of spinning round and round until he is apparently giddy,

when he will roll over on his side and get up again; he does this

for his dinner or when he is hungry. He follows when we take him

for a walk very well; but being so small he cannot go fast, and it is

a tedious process to get him along. If we have been away from

home or out for a few hours he shows his joy by running about ina

wild sort of way, snorting and wheezing ; but if we were to pat him

he would bite us.

‘He certainly does not appreciate the usual way people pet dogs,

like patting, fondling, &e.

«His length of body is about 15 inches, and height abou

10 inches.”

Dr. W. Lockhart has kindly sent me the following :—.

“The Pug-nosed Dog, the skull of which I sent you, probably

originated in Pekin and North China, and was taken thence to Japan,

whence it was brought to Europe; and thus this breed is called Ja-

panese: I do not know whether you will agree with this idea, I merely

state what I think is the fact of the case. There are two kinds of

Pug in China:—one a small black-and-white, long-legged, pug-nosed,

prominent-eyed dog; the other long-backed, short-legged, long-

haired, tawny-coloured, with pug-nose and prominent eyes. Some-

times in these dogs the eyes are so prominent that I have known a

dog have one of his eyes snapped off by another dog in play. The

preference for vegetable food is'a fact; but I think it is a result of

education, as most of them will take animal food ; this is usually kept

from them so that their growth and organization may be kept down.

The sleeve dog is a degenerated long-legged variety of Pug rigidly

kept on low diet, and never allowed to run about on the ground ;

they are kept very much on the top of a kang or stove bed-place, and

not allowed to run about on the ground, as it is supposed that if they

run on the ground they will derive strength from the ground and

be able to grow large. Their food is much restricted, and consists

chietly of boiled rice. They are very subject to corneitis and ulcera-

tion of the cornea from deficient nutrition. They exhibit very little

personal attachment to the person who feeds them.

“From Mongolia a noble black dog, as large as a full-sized New-

foundland, is brought to Pekin; he is used as a sheep-dog. From

Shantung is brought a beautiful black, long-haired, long-backed,

long-legged terrier, very much like a black Skye.”

44 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

9. On the Lepidopterous Insects of Bengal.

By Freperic Moors.

{Continued from Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 823.]

(Plates VI. & VII.)

The first part of this ‘‘ List of the Lepidopterous Insects of Ben-

gal’ appeared in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for December 1865 ;

and in it were enumerated 629 species, pertaining to the first three

tribes of the order.

In the present and concluding portions the remaining tribes, viz.

the Noctues, Pyrales, Geometres, &c., are treated of, and the names

and descriptions of 960 species belonging to these groups are given,

of which number about 250 are characterized for the first time.

For the specimens used in the compilation of this list I am mostly

indebted to Messrs. A. E. Russell and W.S. Atkinson, of the Bengal

Civil Service, both of whom kindly placed collections at my disposal,

other species being contained either in the collections of the British

Museum or in my own. All these have been compared with the

species described by Mr. Walker in the British Museum Catalogues,

the result of which has been the reduction of various generic and

specific names of that author to the rank of synonyms.

The total number of species of the Lepidopterous Insects of Bengal

that are recorded in this memoir in each tribe are as follows :—

Papilionés¢- [35 6 dss bs 1409

Sphinges.cc12 fs seis ok eel Oe

BombyceSsaii.cee s.. aha dbs

Noctuesisteee oso at eee 288

Pseudo-deltoides ....... 27

Deltoides, ..,4ebe2 tiee.*s 2c eos

Pryralless, 5. cobege ana: tyaiy saoh tele

Geametrées +eerstin see er 288

@rambices: ryote = 18

TOLEVIGeS ta, c:ackkese Le peeek 7

TINEMIES)ccn0seye, laters wk eo Se

Total 7 =. 1616

Tribe NoctTueEs.

Fam. CyMaTOPHORID.

Genus Gonorpuora, Bruand.

GONOPHORA INDICA, N. sp.

Pale fawn-colour: fore wing with the base uniform pale fawn-

colour, bordered by an oblique silvery-white line, and traversed by a

white basal streak, which is crossed by a narrow line ; middle of the

costa white, beneath which the wing is pale ferruginous, with deli-

cate undulating transverse striz, and a series of four narrow pale-

bordered darker zigzag discal lines, bordered externally by a sub-

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 45

marginal white band ; a darker curved pale-inner-bordered streak

before the apex ; a marginal row of narrow pale lunules: hind wing

darker fawn-colour, palest on the disk. Head, thorax, and abdomen

pale ferruginous.

Expanse 12 to 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Tuyatira, Hiibn.

THyaTiRA BATTS, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 286.

T. ALBICOSTA, N. sp.

Greyish brown: fore wing varied pinkish and greenish white

along the costa, beneath which are numerous transverse narrow un-

dulating dark-brown pale-bordered lines; two indistinct reniform

discal marks ; a curved streak beneath the apex, and a marginal un-

dulating narrow line: hind wing with a discal and two subbasal pale

bands; cilia greyish white. Head and thorax brown. Abdomen

' pale greyish brown.

Expanse 22 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Osica, Walk.

OsICA UNDULATA, Nl. sp.

Brown: fore wing dark ferruginous brown, suffused with grey

broadly from posterior angle; numerous transverse blackish pale-

bordered undulating lines, and a marginal lunulated line: hind wing

brownish fawn-colour. Head and. front of thorax dull yellow.

Thorax grey. Abdomen pale brown.

Expanse 2+ inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. BrRYOPHILID.

Genus Bryopuita, Treit.

BRYOPHILA ALBISTIGMA, 0. sp.

Greyish green: fore wing with darker transverse undulating pale-

bordered lmes ; two dots within the cell and border of large reniform

mark, submarginal and marginal row of spots silvery white, the latter

row with black central dots: hind wing pale pinkish fawn-colour,

with a narrow brown pale-bordered discal band. Body greyish green.

Expanse | inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. BomBycoip.

Genus Diputrera, Ochs.

DipHTERA ATKOVIRENS, Walk. Catal. Lepid. Het. B. M. xxxii.

Suppl. i. p. 614.

Darjeeling.

46 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. LQ),

D. niGroviripis, Walk. Catal. Lepid. Het. B. M. p. 615.

Darjeeling.

D. prastnaria, Walk. ib. p. 615.

Darjeeling.

D. vicens, Walk. ib. p. 616.

Darjeeling.

D, pALLipA, n. sp. ' (PI. VI. fig. 6.)

Pale sap-green : fore wing with spots along the costa, a short streak

from the base below the costa, descending beneath and proceeding

along the posterior margin and ascending irregularly upwards, beyond

which are three streak-like spots ; at the extremity of the cell isa

quadrate spot with pointed angles, beyond which is also a streak-like

spot ; a transverse irregular line black ; the latter bordered inwardly,

and the other markings outwardly with silvery white; a marginal

row of black white-bordered dots: hind wing pale greenish white.

Head and thorax pale green. Thorax with a spot on each side in

front and others on the top black. Abdomen pale grey, with deli-

cate black dorsal spots.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

D. DISCIBRUNNEA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 14.)

Pale dull green: fore wing with numerous spots along the costa,

spots within and beneath the cell, base of wing, and transverse discal

marks black ; those at the base, at the extremity of the cell, and the

transverse discal series interspersed with brown ; a marginal series of

small blackish lunules: hind wing pale greyish brown, with broad

darker brown marginal and narrow discal bands. Head and thorax

green, fringed with small blackish-brown spots. Abdomen greyish

brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Acronycra, Ochs.

AcronyctTa prRuINOSA, Guen. Noct. i. p. 53.

Silhet.

A. FLAVALA, 0. sp.

Male. Fore wing greyish cupreous brown, with some short black-

ish streaks at the base, a black oblique transverse subbasal, discal,

and submarginal sinuous grey-bordered lines, each terminating on

the costa; reniform mark small, grey, the space above it being also

grey: hind wing yellow, with a broad submarginal pale brown band,

which extends upwards along the abdominal margin to the base.

Cilia of fore wing brown, of hind wing whitish. Head and thorax

greyish white, speckled with black. Abdomen pale brown ;. dorsal

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 47

tufts and tip darker. Underside glossy yellow: fore wing with a

broad brown marginal band and large discal spot : hind wing with

brown submarginal band.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E, Russell.

A. INDICA, N. sp.

Male. Dusky black: fore wing with a basal, double subbasal, a

small circular white-centred orbicular mark, and a large quadrate

reniform mark, three transverse discal lunulated lines, and a marginal

row of spots black, more or less bordered with white: hind wing

pale greyish brown. Palpi, head, and thorax hoary. Abdomen

brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus GaurENA, Walk.

GAURENA FLORENS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii, Suppl.

ll. p- 620.

Darjeeling.

G. rLoRESscENS, Walk. ib. p. 620.

Darjeeling.

Fam. LEvcANIDA.

Genus Mytruimna, Hiibn.

MyTHIMNA CERVINA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 18.)

Greyish fawn-colour: fore wing with ill-defined basal marks, a

transverse recurved double line one-fourth from the base and a

straighter similar double line one-fourth from the apex, and a sub-

marginal series of small lunular spots chocolate-brown ; the upper

portion of the interspace between the transverse double lines also

chocolate-brown, which contains two reversely oblique reniform

marks, the inner one being greyish tawn-colour in the centre, the

other dusky : hind wing and abdomen pale greyish brown. Head

and thorax greyish fawn-colour, with chocolate-brown streaks.

Cilia and tip of abdomen pinkish brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Leucanta, Ochs.

LreuCANIA EXTRANEA, Guen. Noct. i. p. 77.

Calcutta.

L. exsancuis, Guen. Noct. i. p. 83.

Silhet.

48 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

L. conrusa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. Noct. p. 105.

L. eExTERIOR, Walk. ib. p. 106.

L. pesignata, Walk. ib. p. 107.

L. VENALBA, N. sp.

Pale brownish ochreous: fore wing with the veins white, their

interspaces with parallel narrow pale fawn-coloured lines ; a pale

diffused fawn-coloured streak from the base to the apex, which is

divided at the apex by a pale oblique streak ; a similar streak along

the posterior margin; two dark dots below the cell, and an indistinet

transverse discal series of dots: hind wing white. Head and thorax

brownish ochreous, with hoary bands. Abdomen paler.

Expanse 17 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

L. PULCHERRIMA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 7.)

Pale greyish fawn-colour : fore wing with the costa pale purplish

fawn-colour ; a greenish-brown fascia from the base of the costa to

middle of the disk and thence ascending to the apex ; a purplish-

white streak bordering the outer margin of the fascia, from the discal

angle of which it extends, in one direction, in a straight line with an

ascending branch to the exterior margin of the wing, and in the other

direction to the middle of the posterior margin, the ascending branch

of the former being bordered above with greenish brown; a well-

defined silvery-white longitudinal streak within the cell, beyond

which is a white-speckled black reniform mark: hind wing pale

greyish fawn-colonr. Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish fawn-

colour.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 1q inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

L. pectsstma, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 624.

Darjeeling.

TyMPANISTES, n. g., Moore.

Body robust. Abdomen cylindrical, extending beyond the hind

wings. Proboscis moderate. Antennz stout, setaceous, long, ex-

tending beyond the middle of the costa. Legs slender ; femora

slightly pilose beneath ; hind tibize with four moderately long spurs.

Abdomen with a horny-like cavity at the base beneath, and a fan-

like appendage above it on each side. Palpi erect, slender, long,

extending above the head, slightly pilose; third joint long, cylindrical,

two-thirds the length of the second. Fore wing long; costa mo-

derately arched at the base, thence straight to the apex, which is

slightly acuminated ; exterior margin oblique, angle rounded ; poste-

rior margin convex near the base. Hind wings somewhat quadrate ;

anterior margin straight; exterior margin produced and rounded in

the middle.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 49

TYMPANISTES PALLIDA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 1.)

Male and female semitransparent, glossy: fore wing pale dull

yellow, with three or four transverse indistinct dusky lunulated

lines and a discal dot, and a marginal row of brown dots: hind

wing pale white, with a more or less visible row of marginal dots.

Head and thorax dull greenish. Antenne testaceous. Abdomen

and legs pale testaceous above, white beneath. Underside pale silky

white.

Expanse 1? inch. ;

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson, Esq.; F. Moore.

Note.—‘ This species makes a clicking noise as it flies. It has

a drum-apparatus underneath.’—W. S. Atkinson, Darjeeling, Aug.

1862.

T. TESTACEA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 2.)

Male and female testaceous, paler beneath: fore wing varied with

suffused patches of green and pinkish testaceous, and with numerous

delicate short transverse strize ; two irregular transverse indistinct

dusky streaks, between which is a black discal spot; a submarginal

zigzag dusky line, and a marginal row of black dots: hind wing and

abdomen pinkish testaceous; cilia pinkish white. Head green.

Thorax greenish testaceons.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Genus Aucumis, Hiibn.

AUCHMIS SIKKIMENSIS, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 15.)

Brownish fawn-colour: fore wing purplish along the costa, silvery

grey beneath the costa; a black line from middle of the base inter-

ruptedly ascending to, and bordering the lower half of, a reniform

stigma, and thence ascending in broken dashes to beneath the apex,

the space beneath which from the base is dark greenish brown; ob-

liquely on the exterior margin are three or four ascendingly decreasing

dark-bordered silvery-grey lanceolate marks ; a blackish streak along

middle of posterior margin; a transverse series of indistinct black

discal spots: hind wing pale, with broad brown marginal border.

Thorax purplish fawn-colour, with brown-bordered black stripes.

Abdomen greyish brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Remark.—Closely allied to 4. perspicillaris of Europe.

Genus Hermonassa, Walk.

Hermonassa consicNata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii.

Suppl. i. p. 632.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1867, No. IV.

50 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

Fam. GLoTTULIDA.

Genus PoLyTELA, Guen.

PotyTELA GLoRIos#, Fabr. (Guen. Noct. i. p.113).

Larva feeds on grass (July 19th) ; the same evening it went into

the earth; ten days after the moth appeared.—Lady Rose Gilbert's

Notes.

Genus GuottuLa, Guen.

GLOTTULA DoMINIcA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 399. f. H.

Larva feeds on Crinum pancratium, Zephyranthus, &c.—E. Blyth.

Genus Cuasmina, Walk.

CHASMINA CyGNnus, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. Noct. p. 147.

Fam. GortTYNID&.

Genus Gortyna, Ochs.

GoRTYNA CUPREA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 8.)

Male dark ferruginous: fore wing with orbicular and reniform

marks large, distinct, yellowish; exterior to each is a transverse

b*ackish ashy-bordered line, which colour extends along the costa ;

some yellowish marks near the base; a submarginal lunulated yel-

lowish line: hind wing blackish cupreous, paler along anterior mar-

gin; cilia pale cupreous. Head and thorax ferruginous. Abdomen

ashy above, tuft and beneath ferruginous.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W.S. Atkinson.

Genus HyprzciaA, Guen.

HyDR2CIA NAXIAOIDES, 0. sp.

Dark greenish brown: fore wing with two outwardly oblique

darker brown chalybeous-outer-bordered transverse lines, the inner

~ line straight and one-third from the base, the outer line waved and

one-third from the apex ; a submarginal row of irregularly disposed

brown spots bordered outwardly by a chalybeous line: hind wing

and abdomen plain brown. Head and thorax dark greenish brown.

Cilia pale pinkish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. XyLOPHASID.

Genus XyLopuasia, Steph. .

XYLOPHASIA FLAVISTIGMA, 0. sp.

Male ferruginous : fore wing suffused with blackish brown along

the costa, across the basal half of the wing and in irregular longi-

1867. | MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. at

tudinal streaks on the exterior margin, the latter with pale borders ;

a pale space below the apical half of the costa containing two round

yellowish spots, one at the extremity of the cell, the other beyond ;

small spots along the costa, two marks within the cell, short streaks

and transverse lines below the cell black: hind wing pale greyish

brown, with broad darker brown marginal band. Head and thorax

blackish brown, the latter ferruginous in the middle. Abdomen

brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

X. LEUCOSTIGMA, Nl. sp.

Female ferruginous: fore wing varied with pale ferruginous and

dark ferruginous brown; a dark basal curved double line enclosing a

pale space, a transverse sinuous double line beyond, irregular trans-

verse discal lunulated lines, and submarginal row of lanceolate marks;

orbicular mark pale; a large irregular-shaped pale-bordered white

reniform mark: hind wing and abdomen reddish fawn-colour. Head

and thorax varied pale ferruginous and dark ferruginous brown.

Cilia ferruginous.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Dirpreryeta, Steph.

DIPpTERYGIA INDICA, 0. sp.

Female dark reddish brown: fore wing mottled with blackish

brown, a greyish elongated patch disposed exteriorly along posterior

margin, bordered above by an irregular blackish line: hind wing and

abdomen brown. Head and thorax dark reddish brown.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Spopoprera, Guen.

SpoporTerRA ciLtum, Guen. Noct. 1. p. 156.

Larva feeds on the Doobh Grass (Cynadon dactylon).—A. Grote,

Esq.

Genus PropEn1A, Guen.

PRODENIA CILIGERA, Guen. Noct. 1. p. 163.

P. glaucistriga, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. Noct. 197, 9.

? P. retina, Boisd.

Larva very destructive to cabbages.—A. Grote, Esq.

P. rnrecta, Walk. ib. p. 196.

P. insignata, Walk. ib. p. 197.

P. recrua, Walk. ib. xv. Noct. p. 1679.

52 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

Genus CALOGRAMMA, Guen.

CALOGRAMMA FESTIVA, Donoy. Epit. Ins. New Holl.

C. picta, Guen. Noct. i. p. 166 (Voy. Coquille, ii. pl. 19. f. 7).

Larva feeds on Crinum and Liliaceous plants.—A. Grote, Esq.

Fam. EpiseMip&.

Genus Hetiorpnosus, Boisd.

He.ropuosus pissectrus, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii.

Suppl. i. p. 656.

Fam. APAMIDZ.

Genus Mamestra, Ochs.

Mamestra INnFausta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. Noct.

p. 237.

Silhet.

M. cHatyBeara, Walk. ib. xxx. Suppl. ii. p. 665.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

M. merauuica, Walk. ib. p. 666.

Darjeeling (IV. S. Atkinson).

M. NIGROCUPREA, N. sp.

Male glossy blackish cupreous: fore wing with indistinct black

transverse subbasal, discal, and submarginal lunulated lines ; orbi-

cular and reniform marks black, the latter partly pale-centred: hind

wing pale cupreous brown, darkest exteriorly. Abdomen brown.

Expanse 17 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

M. SUFFUSA, i. sp.

Male and female dark glossy fawn-coloured brown, suffused with

chalybeous: fore wing with two transverse subbasal blackish sinuous

lines ; orbicular marks within the cell and three discal lunulated

lines, a submarginal pale outer-bordered dark wavy line, and a mar-

ginal row of blackish points bordered within with chalybeous speckles.

Reniform mark white in the male, pale brown in the female. Head

and thorax dark brown. Hind wing and abdomen pale fawn-coloured

brown ; anal tuft pale ferruginous brown. Cilia greyish brown.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

M. ALBOMACULATA, 0. Sp.

Male and female dark fawn-coloured brown: fore wing with

several indistinct blackish transverse lunulated lines more or less

bordered with whitish speckles; a series of small spots along the

costa, large irregular-shaped reniform mark, a marginal row of dots,

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 53

and distinct spots on cilia white : hind wing and abdomen pale brown.

Head and thorax dark brown; a large white spot at the base of the

thorax. Cilia brown, edged with white.

Expanse, ¢ 15%;, 2 154, inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

M. ALBIRENA, 0. Sp.

Male dark greyish brown: fore wing with small spots on the

costa, a few disposed near the base ; a discal row of dots, a submar-

ginal and marginal wavy line, pale greyish brown; reniform mark

composed of a short white upright streak and a separate lower spot,

which is constricted on its inuer side: hind wing brown, with a paler

marginal wavy line. Exterior margins of the wings scalloped ; the

apex of fore wing slightly faleated. Head, thorax, and abdomen

greyish brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Caleutta; Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson,

M. SIKKIMA, 0. sp.

Male and female dark fuliginous brown : fore wing with a short

subbasal longitudinal streak, beyond which is a transverse sinuous

double line, the discal lunulated lines, and a submarginal row of

short longitudinal streaks black, more or less with greenish-grey

borders; orbicular and reniform marks large and greenish grey :

hind wing pale fuliginous brown, darkest exteriorly. Head and

thorax blackish ; thorax with a slight ferruginous collar fringed with

white. Abdomen brown,

Expanse 1] inch.

Darjeeling, In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

Genus Pericea, Guen.

PERIGEA TRICYCLA, Guen. Noct. i. p. 226.

Silhet.

P. apaMEoipgs, Guen. Noct. i. p. 229.

do. P. canorufa, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii, Suppl. ii,

p. 683.

Q. P. illecta, Walk. ib. p. 684.

Larva feeds on Cereopsis.—-A. Grote, Esq., Calcutta.

Genus Amyna, Guen.

AMYNA SELENAMPHA, Guen. Noct. i. p. 406; Walk. Cat. Lep.

Het. B. M. xv. p. 1696.

A, spoliata, Walk. ib. xiii. p. 1050.

Silhet.

Fam. Nocruip.

Genus AGrotis, Ochs,

AGroris surrusa, Gmel. (Guen. Noct. i. p. 268).

o4 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10

Genus Erertecta, Hibn.

EPILecTA PULCHERRIMA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 3.)

Male and female blackish cupreous brown: fore wing with two

basal, one discal, and two marginal black-bordered yellowish-green

transverse lunulated lines, the discal row with the lower lunules ex-

teriorly pointed with white ; reniform spot yellow; four small

whitish spots on costa before the apex: hind wing cupreous brown,

with a broad irregular golden-yellow discal band. Cilia of hind wing

broad, brown in the middle of the margin, the rest yellow. Head,

thorax, and anal tuft blackish brown. Abdomen brown, the seg-

ments with narrow pale yellowish band.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

Genus TripH2na, Ochs.

TRIPHAZNA SEMIHERBIDA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xi. Noct.

p. 743.

Genus GrAPuIPHORA, Ochs.

GRAPHIPHORA C-n1GRUM, Linn. (Guen. Noct. i. p. 328).

G. CERASTIOIDES, n. sp.

Male and female dark purple fawn-colour: fore wing with two

darker transverse subbasal indistinct double lines, orbicular mark,

and a transverse discal double line, the latter with an outward row

of indistinct dots and a submarginal pale line ; reniform mark di-

stinct and reddish-centred: hind wing and abdomen pale fawn-

colour; tip of abdomen and cilia pale reddish. Head and thorax

dark purple fawn-colour.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson ; Brit. Mus.

G. FASCIATA, 0. sp.

Male and female pale testaceous: fore wing with a dark fascia

across the middle and along the exterior margin; an ill-defined

blackish basal, subbasal, and discal transverse narrow lunulated lines,

the last having an cuter row of blackish dots, beyond which is a wavy

pale-bordered line and a row of marginal dots ; a blackish spot within

the cell; reniform mark distinct, brighter testaceous above, blackish

below, partly bordered with white: hind wing pale fawn-colour.

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale testaceous.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

G. BASISTRIGA, N. Sp.

Male greyish testaceous : fore wing with a diffused dark longitu-

dinal streak from the base, which spreads along the posterior mar-

gin ; two subbasal dusky double lines, the second of which proceeds

to near the posterior angle ; orbicular and reniform marks, discal and

1867.] | MR. ¥. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 55

submarginal double lines, and costal spots dusky, between the latter

is a double row of blackish dots; a single blackish dot near base of

the cell: hind wing pale yellowish testaceous, with an indistinct

discal streak. Head grey, thorax dark, and abdomen pale testaceous.

Cilia pinkish testaceous.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; Brit. Mus.

G. RUBICILIA, 0. sp.

Male and female yellowish testaceous: fore wing with a slight

dark fascia diffused across the middle, and a streak obliquely before

the apex; reniform mark, a marginal row of narrow longitudinal

dusky streaks transversely divided in the middle and bordered inwardly

by a narrow pale line: hind wing pale pinkish fawn-colour. Head

and front of thorax greenish yellow ; hind part of thorax testaceous.

Abdomen pale testaceous, tuft reddish. Cilia pale reddish.

Expanse 17 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

Genus OcHROPLEURA, Hiibn.

OcHROPLEURA FLAMMATRA, Gmel. (Guen. Noct. i. p. 327).

Agrotis basiclavis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. x. Noct. p. 346.

O. RENALIS, n. sp.

Male brownish fawn-colour: fore wing with a transverse basal and

‘subbasal double lines, between which is a diffused streak, a slight

spot beneath the cell, the space before the orbicular and reniform

marks blackish, both being greyish-centred and with their borders

black ; two transverse series of ill-defined dusky dots: hind wing

and abdomen pale brown; anal tuft pale ferruginous. Head and

thorax brown; thorax with a slight blackish collar.

Expanse 17 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

O. SPILOTA, nl. Sp.

Female dull testaceous : fore wing with the costa broadly testa-

ceous yellow; the veins lined with yellowish; a longitudinal spot

within the cell, a transverse lunule at the extremity, and a longitu-

dinal spot beneath the cell, and two or three smaller basal spots jet-

black, each with a pale yellow narrow border; exterior margin with

a series of black dots: hind wing pale yellowish testaceous. Head,

thorax, and abdomen testaceous.

Expanse 1,2, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

QO. TRIANGULARIS, 0. sp.

Female dark chocolate-brown : fore wing with a broad basal costal

streak, including the orbicular mark and the inner border of the re-

niform mark, yellowish ferruginous, which is bordered below by a

56 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

jet-black line extending at the base into a large triangular streak ;

two transverse pale discal wavy lines; a short black descending spot

from the costa before the apex terminated by a pale submarginal

line: hind wing and abdomen pale chocolate-brown. Head and

thorax chocolate- brown ; front of thorax yellowish ferruginous, bor-

dered by a broad jet-black collar.

Allied to O. musiva.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

O. COSTALIS, Nn. sp.

Pale pinkish testaceous : fore wing with a broad testaceous-white

costal streak bordered below by a parallel black streak interrupted

by well-defined small pale-centred orbicular and reniform marks ;

exterior margin with a row of black dots: hind wing white. Head

and front of thorax pale pinkish testaceous, divided by a black line,

two small black spots between the base of the antennze ; hind part

of thorax dark pinkish testaceous. Abdomen pale testaceous.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; Brit. Mus.

Fam. Orruosip”.

Genus Orrnosta, Ochs.

ORTHOSIA CURVIPLENA, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiii.

Suppl. ui. p. 715.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

QO. ExTERNA, Walk. ib. p. 715,

Darjeeling (IV. 8. Atkinson).

Genus Dasarira, Walk.

DaBARiTA SUBTILIS, Walk. ib. x. Noct. p. 479.

Larva feeds on the Jamoon tree (Hugenia jambolana).—A. Grote,

Esq.

Fam. HADENIDZ.

Genus Acriopis, Boisd.

AGRIOPIS LEPIDA, Nl. Sp.

Male greyish white: fore wing with a subbasal and subapical fer-

ruginous-brown patch, both irregularly bordered by a black line, the

latter having inner blackish parallel lines crossing the disk ; a black

dot between the patches; exterior margin ferruginous brown, with

a blackish dotted wavy marginal line, thie: dots being white exteriorly :

hind wing white, with a pale brown exterior border. Cilia of both

wings alternate pale brown and white.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

1867.] MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 57

A. piscaLis, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 2.)

Male aud female greyish white: fore wing with basal, medial, and

discal transverse pale brown lunulated lines, the medial and discal

lines suffused with darker brown at their costal end, and joined by a

black longitudinal irregular discal streak, forming a curved subapical

streak ; some blackish marks on the costa near the base, the furthest

forming an interrupted transverse line: hind wing paler white, with

broad pale brown exterior band; cilia alternate pale brown and white.

Abdomen pale brown at the apex.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Genus Poitocornora, Ochs.

PHLOGOPHORA INDICA, 0. sp.

Female pinkish fawn-colour: fore wing with a dark brown medial

oblique band, above which the discal marks join at their base, with

a blackish upper space between them; two subbasal minute spots,

between which are two short transverse lines; a diffused streak

ascending from near the base of posterior margin, two transverse

discal lunulated lines brown, the outer line being medially bordered

by dark brown, beyond which the margin is ashy: hind wing paler,

with diffused dark marginal lines. Head, thorax, and abdomen

pinkish fawn-colour.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Kupiexta, Steph.

EUPLEXIA ALBOVITTATA, n. sp. (Pl. VI. fig. 16.)

Male and female dark fuliginous black; exterior margin scalloped:

fore wing with an irregular-margined partly transverse subbasal

band, and a broad transverse discal band silky white, both with an

anterior brownish mark, and the outer band speckled with brown;

outer margin of orbicular and inner margin of reniform mark bor-

dered with white; a row of brownish marginal lunules, the extreme

scalloped margin being black: hind wing fuliginous ; a streak and

the cilia at anal angle and two small quadrate spots above white ;

cilia alternate brown and white. Head and thorax dark fuliginous

black, speckled with white. Base of abdomen white, lower part

fuliginous.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

E. DISCISIGNATA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 9.)

Male and female. Fore wing pale yellowish green, the base and

lower part of the disk varied with ferruginous brown and blackish

speckles ; an ashy-brown patch crossing the middle from the costa to

below the cell, on the inside of which is an elongated oblique black

pale-bordered spot, and on the outside is a similar but more irregular-

58 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

shaped spot, both being jet-black, the latter bordering the two inner

sides of a white brown-speckled reniform mark ; the disk transversely

varied with brown streaks, the exterior margin being broadly ashy

brown: hind wing pale brown, with a narrow marginal ferruginous

line; two or three short white streaks ascending from near anal -

angle. Head and thorax ashy brown. Abdomen pale brown ; tuft

darker. Cilia dark brown.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

KE. STRIATOVIRENS, 0. sp.

Male and female ferruginous brown: fore wing with a transverse

basal sinuous line, two transverse discal lines, the posterior margin

between the latter, and a submarginal streak from before the apex

pale green, the space before the orbicular and reniform marks and

beneath the last dusky brown; reniform mark chequered with white

and green lines; exterior margin dusky brown: hind wing pale

brown ; two short white marginal streaks from anal angle. Head

and thorax ashy brown. Abdomen pale brown.

Expanse, ¢ 11, 9 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; Brit. Mus.

Genus Evrotis, Hiibn.

EuROIS AURIPLENA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xi. Noct. p. 557.

E. crAssIPENNIS, Walk. ib. p. 558.

Silhet.

Genus HApENnA, Treit.

HapENA MEGASTIGMA, Walk. ib. xxxiil. Suppl. iii. p. 738.

Darjeeling.

H. ALBINOTA, 0. sp.

Male greenish brown: fore wing with some marks at the base,

along the costa, two transverse indistinct medial lunulated limes, and

a zigzag submarginal line; a patch composed of the orbicular and

reniform marks and a lower space, costal and exterior margins, pale

green; a short pearly-white spot beneath the orbicular mark ; a small

ferruginous patch near the posterior angle: hind wing cupreous

brown. Head and thorax greenish brown. Abdomen brown, with

pale ferruginous tuft.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

H. ATROVIRENS, n. sp.

Male and female. Fore wing dark green, with a blackish patch at

the base of posterior margin, and another across the disk; some

basal and discal marks, two medial transverse lines of lunules, sub-

marginal diffused streaks, and zigzag marginal line black ; the sub-

1867. ] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 59

marginal streaks bordered within by ferruginous; orbicular and re-

niform marks large and green-centred: hind wing fuliginous brown,

with a marginal and discal pale line. Head and thorax dark green,

varied with brown. Abdomen brown; tuft in the male pale ferru-

ginous. ;

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 13.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8S. Atkinson.

H. avroviripis, un. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 11.)

Male golden green: fore wing with a row of white spots with black

borders along the costa; basal zigzag transverse line, two lines be-

neath the cell, orbicular mark, two zigzag discal lines, and a mar-

ginal wavy line white, the interspace of the basal line, lower discal,

orbicular and reniform marks, and the outer submarginal line dark

brown: hind wing pale cupreous brown, with whitish marginal line.

Head and thorax brownish green. Abdomen brown.

Expanse 1,3; inch. »

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

H. TENEBROSA, 0. sp.

Male blackish brown: fore wing marked with numerous irregular

longitudinal narrow black streaks ; a small orbicular mark and an

elongated apical patch dull ferruginous brown: hind wing blackish

cupreous brown; cilia greyish brown. Head and thorax ferruginous

brown, with numerous blackish-brown scales. Abdomen blackish

brown ; tuft ferruginous.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. EK. Russell.

H. atsripisca, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 17.)

Male. Fore wing pale ferruginous, suffused with greenish poste-

teriorly ; a white zigzag transverse basal and lunulated subbasal and

discal lines ; a zigzag marginal and a wavy marginal line white; the

basal alternately patched, the subbasal exteriorly and the discal in-

teriorly, the submarginal and marginal exteriorly bordered with

black ; middle of the disk suffused with blackish brown ; orbicular

mark black, bordered exteriorly with white; a large reniform mark

and streak beneath it white: hind wing pale cupreous brown, with

an indistinct spot and discal band; cilia pale ferruginous. Head

and thorax ferruginous. Abdomen paler.

~ Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

H. LANCEOLA, 0. sp.

Female dull brownish green: fore wing with two subbasal trans-

verse zigzag black double lines joined in the middle by a short streak,

the outer line having a longitudinal poimted black-centred mark,

forming a spear-head ; orbicular and reniform marks black-centred ;

a transverse discal double row and a submarginal line of dusky lu-

60 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

nules: hind wing pale brown. Head and thorax dull greenish

brown. Abdomen brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Cuecura, n. g., Moore.

Palpi stout, short, erect, covered with short adpressed hairs; third

joint minute, conical. Antennee minutely serrated. Proboscis short.

Legs robust, densely clothed with short hairs; hind tibia with four

elongated appendages. Body very robust; thorax thick, broad,

densely pilose beneath. Abdomen elongated, flat, extending one-

third beyond the hind wing, tufted; fourth, fifth, and sixth seg-

ments produced laterally, the fifth being prolonged into a hollow

upright horn-like projection. Tore wing long ; costa nearly straight ;

exterior and posterior margins rounded; no trace of angle. Hind

wings trigonate ; apex produced, rounded ; abdominal angle lobed.

CHECUPA FORTIssIMA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 5.)

Male and female greenish black, brown beneath: fore wing with

the base, large orbicular and reniform marks, a streak beneath, pos-

terior and exterior margins golden green, slightly marked with short

blackish transverse streaks; asubmarginal and marginal row of lon-

gitudinal black streaks divided by a line of white lunules: hind wing

cupreous brown. Head and thorax golden green. Abdomen brown,

tipped with greenish. Legs green; tarsi brown.

Expanse 2,2, inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Genus Sarpanissa, Walk.

SARBANISSA INSOCIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiii. Suppl.

ili. p. 746.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson’s Coll.).

Fam. XYLINID&.

Genus Cucuttia, Ochs.

CUCULLIA TENUIS, Nn. sp.

Male blackish cupreous brown : fore wing elongated, very narrow,

wrinkled apically ; a small black spot near the base: hind wing pale

cupreous brown. Palpi black. Head and thorax blackish cupreous,

and abdomen pale cupreous brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Fam, HELIoTHID.

Genus HEtioruis, Guen.

HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA, Hibn. (Guen. Noct. i. p. 181).

H. PELTIGERA, Treit. (Guen. Noct. ii. p. 180).

1867.] MR. ¥F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 61

Fam, ACONTIDE.

Genus XanTHODES, Guen.

XANTHODES TRANSVERSA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 211.

X. rnTerRsEprTa, Guen. ib. p. 212.

X. imPpELLENS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. Noct. p. 1752.

X. mnnocens, Walk. ib. p. 1752.

X. IMPARATA.

Xanthia imparata, Walk. ib. x. Noct. p. 467.

Genus Canna, Walk.

Canna puLcueipicra, Walk. ib. xxxiii. Suppl. ili. p. 790, pl. 6.

f. 10:

Darjeeling.

Genus AconttaA, Ochs.

ACONTIA OLIVEA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 217.

Bengal.

Larva feeds on the Brinjal (Solanum melongena).—A. Grote,

Esq.

A. Tropica, Guen. ib. p. 217.

A. SIGNIFERA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 793.

Caleutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Fam. ErRAstrip&.

Genus Erasrria, Ochs.

ERASTRIA ? VENULIA, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 165. f. D.

Fam. ANTHOPHILID&.

Genus ANTHOPHILA, Ochs.

ANTHOPHILA HAMORRHOIDA.

Micra hemirhoda, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiii. Suppl. iii.

p: 799.

Anthophila roseifascia, Walk. ib. p. 803.

Fam. Eriopip#.

Genus CaLxtopisrria, Hiibn.

CALLOPISTRIA EXOTICA.

Eriopus exotica, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 294.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

62 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Jan. 10,

Fam. Euruirip&.

Genus AnuGA, Guen.

Syn. Piada, Walk.

AnuGa consrricta, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 308.

A. LUNULATA, 0. sp.

Female greyish brown: fore wing with the costal half pale, the

hinder half dark greyish brown, marked with numerous transverse

darker brown lunules: hind wing dark greyish brown, whitish at the

base ; a ferruginous dark-bordered streak and contiguous spots from

the anal angle. Body greyish brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus EvuTetta.

EvTe i, sp?

Genus Varnta, Walk.

VARNIA 1GNITA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxx. Suppl. in.

p. 825. ;

-Silhet.

V. 1nzquatis, Walk. ib. p. 828.

Silhet.

Fam. PLusip&.

Genus AnrosToua, Ochs.

ABROSTOLA SUBAPICALIS, Walk. ib. xii. Noct. p. 883.

Ingura recxrrens, Walk. ib. xv. p. 1779.

Calcutta.

Genus Puusia, Ochs.

PLusIA AURIFERA, Hiibn. (Guen. Noct. il. p. 335).

Larva found on common cabbage.

P. vERTICILLATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. Noct. p. 923.

Calcutta.

Larva found on geranium.—A, Grote, Esq.

P. agramMnMa, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 327.

P. inchoata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. ii. p. 841.

Larva feeds on the Kuddoo (Lagenoica vulgaris), apparently on

the leaf-tendrils.— 4. Grote, Lsq.

P. stanata, Fabr. (Guen. Noct. i. p. 345).

P. rurcirerA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 927.

P. ORNATISSIMA, Walk. ib. xv. p. 1786.

1867.] MR. ¥. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 63

P. cemMirerA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 934.

P. semivitta, n. Sp. (PI. VI. fig. 13.)

Male and female greyish brown, paler beneath : fore wing slightly

suffused with cupreous from middle of the costa and below the apex ;

an elongated slightly oblique longitudinal discal silvery mark, beneath

which is an oblique square dark brown band bordered on each side

by a pale line, the outer line extending upward to the costa before

the apex: hind wing and abdomen pale cupreous brown. Head and

thorax greyish brown, the latter with narrow brighter brown collar.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Fam. CALPID&.

Genus PLustoponta, Guen.

Syn. Deva, Walk.

PLUSIODONTA CHALSYTOIDES, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 360.

Deva conducens, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. Noct. p. 963.

Calcutta. ;

Larva bred on Clypea and Cissampelos.—A. Grote, Esq.

Genus OrzstA, Guen.

OrzsIA PROVOCANS, Walk. ib. p. 943.

Silhet.

O. rectisTR1A, Guen. Noct. i. p. 363.

O. eMARGINATA, Fabr. (Guen. ib. p. 363).

Genus Caupg, Treit.

CALPE MINUTICORNIS, Guen. ib. p. 374.

Fam. Hysuaip&.

Genus Hysuma, Fabr.

HysizxA PurerRA, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 103. f. D, KE.

Larva reared on Bignonia and on Callicarpa.—A. Grote, Esq.

H. consrexLuata, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 391.

H. FIRMAMENTUM, Guen. ib. p. 392.

Genus PHycopes, Guen.

Syn. Zegna, Walk.

PHYCODES HIRUNDINICORNIS, Guen. ib. p. 389.

Tegna hybleella, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl. v.

p. 1810.

Larva abundant on banyan (cus indica).—A. Grote, Esq.

64 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

Fam. GONOPTERID®.

Genus Cosmopuita, Boisd.

CosMOPHILA XANTHINDYMA, Boisd. (Guen. Noct. ii. p. 396).

Cirredia variolosa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 750.

Larva feeds on Hibiscus. —A. Grote, Esq.

Genus Anomis, Hiibn.

ANOMIS FULVIDA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 397.

A. GUTTANIVIS.

Gonitis guttanivis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 1003.

Genus OssonosBa, Walk.

OssonoBaA ToRPIDA, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1966.

Remark.—The genus Ossonoba is closely allied to Scoliopteryz,

Germ. (Gonoptera, Latr.).

Fam, AMPHIPYRID&.

Genus AmMpuipyra, Ochs.

AMPHIPYRA MONOLITHA, Guen. Noct. il. p. 414.

Genus Nana, Steph.

N24ENIA CUPREA, 0. Sp.

Male blackish cupreous brown, chalybeate-washed : fore wing with

three or four short coppery-red costal bars with black borders ; costal

and discoidal vein coppery red ; orbicular and reniform marks with

a narrow yellowish border, the space before each and spot beneath

black ; one basal and two medial irregular transverse lunulated double

black lines; a submarginal and a wavy marginal coppery line, the

former bordered within by a row of broad black lunules : hind wing

pale cupreous brown. Head and thorax blackish brown varied with

ferruginous. Abdomen greyish brown, tips ferruginous. Cilia of

hind wing pale ferruginous.

Expanse 23 inches,

Bengal. In Coll, A. E. Russell.

N. CHALYBEATA, 0. Sp.

Female blackish cupreous brown: fore wing with numerous cha-

lybeate speckles; the discal veins lined with chalybeous ; a basal and

subbasal zigzag chalybeate line, a discal and submarginal lunulated

chalybeate line, each with a dark border; exterior margin chaly-

beous; orbicular and reniform marks dark, centred with chalybeate

speckles, reniform mark large and with a copper-coloured border :

hind wing dull pale cupreous brown, with a narrow whitish marginal

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOFTERA. 65

band ; cilia brown, speckled with white. Head and thorax blackish

brown. Abdomen brown.

Expanse 22 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Fam. ToxocaMPID#.

Genus Toxocamra, Guen.

TOXOCAMPA TETRASPILA.

Remigia tetraspila, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxui. Suppl. iii.

p- 1018.

Darjeeling.

T. cosrrmacuLa, Guen. Noct. il. p. 429.

Remigia triangulata, Walk. ib. p. 1017.

Silhet.

Fam. PoLtyDESMID2.

Genus PanpEsMA, Guen.

Syn. Cerbia, Walk.

PANDESMA QUENAVADT, Guen. Noct. il. p. 438.

Silhet.

Genus PotypesMa, Boisd.

PoLyDESMA BOARMOIDES, Guen. Noct. i. p. 441.

Alamis brevipalpis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1051.

P. scripTizis, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 442.

Silhet.

P. orrosa, Guen. ib. p. 442.

Silhet.

Fam. HoMopTEeRiD#&.

Genus ALAmIs, Guen.

ALAMIS ALBICINCTA, Guen. Noct. ili. p. 4.

A. OPTATURA.

Remigia optatura, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1848.

A. continua, Walk. ib. xxxiii. Suppl. iii. p. 877.

A. GLAuCINANS, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 6.

Genus Homoprera, Boisd.

HOMOPTERA INFLIGENS, Walk, /. ¢c. xiii. Noct. p. 1068.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. V.

66 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. (Jan. 10,

Fam. HypoGRAMMID&.

Genus Brrapa, Walk.

BRIADA PRECEDENS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 1098.

B. varrAns, n. sp. (Pl. VI. fig. 12.)

Female blackish brown: fore wing with transverse basal, subbasal,

and diseal black-bordered yellow wavy narrow lines; reniform mark

elongated, yellowish, with black centre ; space beyond the discal line

colden yellow, margined by a transv Bree pure-white narrow line, out-

side of which is a blackish pale-bordered transverse streak inter-

rupted in the middle by a suffused streak proceeding to the middle

of exterior margin: hind wing and abdomen greyish brown; cilia

with pale inner line. Head and thorax ferruginous brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

B. cervina, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1968.

Genus CaLtyna, Guen.

CALLYNA SIDEREA, Guen. Noct. i. p. 113.

Silhet.

C. MonNoLEuCA, Walk. J. c. xv. p. 1667.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

Fam. CATEPHID.

Genus Cocyropes, Guen.

CocyTopEs C£RULEA, Guen. Noct. ill. p. 41.

Silhet.

C. mopestra, Van der Hoeven, Lép. Nouv, pl. 7. f. 8.

C. immodesta, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 42.

Genus Carrepuia, Ochs.

CATEPHIA LINTEOLA, Guen. ib. p. 44.

Genus Ercuera, Walk.

ERCHEIA TENEBROSA, Nl. Sp.

Male blackish brown: fore wing with an elongated curved ferru-

ginous apical streak, which is margined and marked with black lines;

reniform mark and a parallel line beyond dull ferruginous ; posterior

margin broadly ferruginous, with numerous dark speckles, the divi-

sion of colour marked by a black irregular line; a black wavy line

and some irregular streaks ascending from before the posterior angle:

hind wing fuliginous black, with two white spots from above anal

angle; cilia with two elongated white streaks. Underside whitish

1867.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 67

testaceous: fore wing streaked with black on “posterior margin ;

broad transverse discal and submarginal blackish bands: hind wing

with discal spot, an irregular sinuous narrow medial and broad sub-

marginal band ; exterior border of both wings with short longitudinal

blackish streaks and marginal row of dots; cilia as above.

Expanse 24 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Remark.—This insect is very much like Achea subsignata, from

Sierra Leone.

Genus Anopuia, Guen.

ANOPHIA ACRONYCTOTDES, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 47.

Genus Eryera, Guen.

Syn. Calicula, Walk.

Eryeia aprcatis, Guen. Noct. ili. p. 50.

Calicula exempta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1808.

Genus OponTopEs, Guen.

ODONTODES BOLINOIDES.

Briada bolinoides, Walk. ib. Noct. p. 1802.

Steiria subfasciata, Walk. ib. Suppl. ii. p. 922.

S. quadristrigata, Walk..ib. p. 923.

——? inordinata, MS. B. M. Cabinet.

Genus STICTOPTERA, Guen.

SticTorTERA ILLUCIDA, Walk. /. c. p. 918.

Caleutta (WW. S. Atkinson).

S. GRISEA, 0. Sp.

Male greyish brown: fore wing speckled with grey at the base,

medially, and along exterior margin; orbicular and reniform marks

black ; a black spot below and a transverse wavy line beyond the

former, and a similar line beyond the latter, exterior to which is a

submarginal recurved interrupted series of grey inner-bordered black

lunules, and a marginal row of blacker lunulated spots: hind wing

diaphanous, purplish grey, with a broad marginal brown band. Head

and collar on thorax ferruginous brown; thorax greyish brown.

Abdomen brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson.

Fam. HypocaLip.

Genus Hypocaua, Guen.

HypocaLa DeFLorata, Fabr. (Guen. Noct. iii. p. 76).

68 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

H. errLorescens, Guen. Noct. ili. p. 77.

H. rostrata, Fabr. (Guen. ib. p. 74).

H. supsarura, Guen. ib. p. 79

Fam. CATOCALIDE.

Genus Carocaua, Ochs.

CATOCALA NEPCHA, 0. Sp.

Fore wing ferruginous brown ; basal half with irregular-shaped

black marks; a square white spot closing the cell, adjoining which is

a narrow transverse white band bordered within with black ; a sub-

marginal series of triangular black spots; and a marginal series of

black lunules with grey inner borders; cilia greyish ‘brown: hind

wing ochreous yellow, with broad black marginal band; cilia greyish

brown, spotted with greyish white. Underside—fore wing yellow at

the base; the rest place with a broad medial large white patch and

a smaller one beneath it at the posterior angle: hind wing as above,

but with a broad white medial patch having a black inner streak

from anterior margin. Antennz yellow. Head black. Thorax fer-

ruginous brown. Abdomen yellow, with dorsal and lateral row of

blackish-brown spots.

Expanse 2? inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. Grote, Esq.

C. porara, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 1212.

Fam. OpHIDERIDA.

Genus OpuipEres, Boisd.

OPHIDERFS MATERNA, Linn. (Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 174. f. B,

pl. 267. f. E).

O. ruLtonica, Linn. (Guen. Noet. iii. p. 111).

Noctua dioscoree, Fab. Sp. Ins. i. p. 212.

Phalena-Noctua pomona, Cram. pl. 77. f. C.

O. caseta, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 3. f. A-C.

O. sALAMINTIA, Cram. ib. ii. pl. 174. f. /

O. HYPERMNEsTRA, Cram. ib, iv. pl. 323. f. A, B.

O. pxtana, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1226.

Fam. PHyLuopip&.

Genus Puytiopes, Boisd.

PHYLLODES CONSOBRINA, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 28. f. 2.

P. ustuLaTa, Westw. ib. pl. 28. f. 1.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 69

P. FASCIATA, 0. Sp.

Male greenish brown: fore wing with a dark brown line from the

apex to beneath an irregular elongated transverse discal pale mark ;

a short basal, two discal, and a third subapical transverse glossy-

purple diffused bands, the discal band bordering the lower margin

of the apical line and being confluent on the hind margin of the

wing: hind wing plain brown exteriorly, the discal portion being

black and having a broad irregular transverse orange-yellow band.

Head and front of thorax ferruginous ; hind part of thorax and ab-

domen plain brown.

Expanse 5} inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus PoramorHora, Guen.

PoraMOPHORA MANLIA, Cram. Pap Exot. i. pl. 92. f. A.

Genus LyGniopeEs, Guen.

LyGNiopEs HyPOLEUCA, Guen. Noct. iil. p. 125.

L. CILIATA, 0. Sp.

Male. Both wings of a uniform blackish velvety brown, bordered

by well-defined cream-coloured cilia. Underside duller brown, with

a discal line of ill-defined white-speckled spots, and a submarginal

row of blackish spots, each bordered with a dentiform white mark ;

a blackish subbasal spot on both wings, and a white subapical spot

on fore wing. Cilia as above.

Expanse 3 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. EReBID®.

Genus Oxyopes, Guen.

OxyopeEs ciytiA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 399. f. 9.

Genus Sypna, Guen.

SYPNA ALBILINEA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1261.

Silhet.

S. caisparsa, Walk. ib. p. 1262.

Assam.

S. CURVILINEA, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 4.)

Female ferruginous brown: fore wing to the middle blackish fer-

ruginous brown, marked with three very narrow transverse white

lines, the first and second lines curved inward, the third obliquely

straight and interrupted by an elongated constricted reniform mark ;

the second and third line is inwardly bordered by a similar lunulated

70 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

line, the interspace with a white discal dot, and in some specimens

artly suffused with pale purplish white; a dark irregular submar-

ginal ill-defined band which is medially confluent with the exterior

margin, bordered without by a transverse sinuous black line ; a mar-

ginal row of white-marked black dots: hind wing greyish cupreous

brown, with decreasing pale ferrugious-brown black-bordered anal

streaks, and marginal blackish white-marked dots; cilia ferruginous

brown, with pale inner line. Underside dull ferruginous brown.

Both wings with two transverse indistinct discal bands; a marginal

row of black dots.

Expanse 22 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. KE. Russell; F. Moore.

S. RECTILINEA, 0. sp.

Male dark testaceous brown: fore wing with a medial darker brown

oblique transverse band, straightly bordered on each side by a double

slightly wavy white line, the outer line interrupted by a constricted

reniform white mark ; basal line white, indistinct ; an irregular sub-

marginal ill-defined dark band bordered without by a blackish sinu-

ous line ; a marginal row of white slightly black-marked dots: hind

wing with a broad submarginal blackish decreasing band and two

narrow inner lines; a marginal row of black-marked white dots ;

cilia with pale inner line. Underside with broad submarginal dif-

fused dusky band, and inner pale-bordered black inner band; a pale-

bordered black discal spot on hind wing ; a marginal row of black

dots.

Expanse 23 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

S. CYANIVITTA, Nl. Sp.

Male dark ferruginous brown: fore wing with an oblique trans-

verse bluish-grey band, bordered on each side by a pale line, the

outer line broken by a narrow reniform mark; subbasal line indi-

stinct; an ill-defined transverse submarginal greyish-brown band

irregularly bordered exteriorly by a black sinuous line; a narrow

marginal bluish-grey sinuous line, the inner points being but slightly

tipped with black: hind wing greyish cupreous brown, with a slight

short white-bordered black streak from anal angle, and a narrow

wavy marginal line; cilia ferruginous brown. Underside uniform

brown.

Expanse 2% inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Tavia, Walk.

TAVIA SUBSTRUENS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1276.

T. punctosa, Walk. ib. xxxili. Suppl. ui. p. 939.

T. pusitariA, Walk. ib. p. 939.

T. caurcrnosa, Walk. ib. p. 940,

1867.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 71

T. ALBILINEA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiii. Suppl. iii. p. 940.

T. sUBMARGINATA, Walk. ib. p. 941.

T. BIOCULARIS, 0. sp.

Male dark purplish fawn-colour: fore wing with several transverse

undulating chalybeous-bordered black lunulated lines; submarginal

points yellowish, black-marked, the lower white ; costal dots yel-

lowish; orbicular spot small, black-bordered, and with whitish centre;

reniform spot prominent, circular, composed of black outer border,

inner pure-white ring, and orange-yellow centre, and having a white

dot above and below it: hind wing purple brown, slightly suffused

with chalybeous.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

T. CATOCALOIDES, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 3.)

Male ferruginous grey : fore wing with two very undulating trans-

verse double lunulated brown lines—the first subbasal, the other

beyond the middle, with the space between ferruginous and covered

with short transverse blackish striz; orbicular and reniform marks

pale; a similar-coloured band across the disk, bordered without by

a blackish line, which is nearly confluent in the middle with the ex-

terior margin ; submarginal spots large, brownish white and blackish-

bordered : hind wing ferruginous yellow, from the base to the middle

ferruginous brown, bordered by a black outer band; a broad sub-

marginal discal band, blackish anteriorly, but formed of blackish-

ferruginous strize posteriorly ; submarginal spots hardly apparent,

being replaced by a blackish lunulated line ; cilia interlined. Under-

side ferruginous yellow: fore wing with three short medially trans-

verse diffused black bands: hind wing with diffused discal and two

narrow medial bands and large discal spot black ; submarginal dots

black; cilia blackish.

Expanse 3 inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus ANISONEURA, Guen.

ANISONEURA SALEBROSA, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 161.

Silhet.

A. HYPocyANA, Guen. 1b. p. 162.

Silhet.

Fam. OMMATOPHORID.

Genus Sperreponia, Hibn.

SPEIREDONIA FEDUCTIA, Stoll, Cram, Pap. Exot. Suppl. vy. pl. 36.

bees

Silhet.

72 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

S. zamis, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. Suppl. y. pl. 36. f. 11.

Silhet.

S. ReTRAHENS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het B. M. xiv. p. 1294.

Sericia parvipennis, Walk. ib. p. 1297.

Genus Paruna, Guen.

Parva macrops, Linn. (Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 171. f. A, B).

Noctua bubo, Fabr. (Donov. Ins. China, pl. . f. 1).

P. soorts, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 178.

Silhet.

Genus Araiva, Hiibn.

ARGIVA HIEROGLYPHICA, Drury, Ins. Exot. ii. pl. 2. f.1; Don.

Ins. Ind. pl. 54. f. 2.

Phalena mygdonia, Cram. pl. 174. f. F.

P. hermonia, Cram. pl. 74. f. E.

A. cApRimuueus, Fabr. (Guen. Noct. il. p. 180).

Genus Nycripao, Hiibn.

Nyctrpao crepuscuLaris, Linn. (Clerck, Icon. pl. 53. f. 1-4 ;

Cram. ii. pl. 159. f. A, pl. 160. f. A).

N. Gemmans, Guen. Noct. tii. p. 182.

Silhet.

N. eiavucoris, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1306,

Silhet.

N. OBLITERANS, Walk. ib. p. 1307, ¢.

N. exterior, Walk. ib. p. 1306, 2.

Genus OmMATOPHORA, Guen.

OmMMATOPHORA LuMINOSA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 274. f. D.

Fam. Hyroryrip®.

Genus SprraAma, Guen.

SrIRAMA HELICINA.

Speiredonia helicina, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. f. 437-8.

S. con#rens, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv. p. 1321.

2S. retorta (Linn.).

S. rritopa, Guen. Noct. i. p. 197.

Hypopyra mollis, Guen. ib. p. 198.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 73

Genus Hyvoryra, Guen.

Syn. Mavula, Walk.

Hyroryra VESPERTILIO, Fabr. (Guen. Noct. iii. p. 199).

TH. reniseca, Guen. ib. p. 200.

Silhet.

H. osstcera, Guen. ib. p. 201.

H. unisrricata, Guen. ib. p. 201, pl. 21. f. 1.

Mazula idonea, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. Noct. p. 1327;

xxxili. Suppl. iii. p. 1096.

Angerona poeusaria, Walk. ib. xx. Geometr. p. 243.

Genus Hamopes, Guen.

HAMODES AURANTIACA, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 203.

Genus ENroMoGRAMMA, Guen.

ENTOMOGRAMMA FAUTRIX, Guen. Noct. iil. p. 204,

Genus Brrecra, Walk.

BrREGRA REPLENENS, Walk. /. ¢. xiv. p. 1315.

Fam. BENDIDZ.

Genus Hutopes, Guen.

TIuLopEs CARANEA, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 269. f. BE, F.

Hi. RESTORENS.

Hypopyra restorens, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1328.

? Hulodes drylla, Guen. Noct. ili. p. 209, pl. 24. £10.

H. INANGULATA, Guen. ib. p. 210.

Silhet.

H. patumsa, Guen. ib. p. 211.

Remigia colligens, Walk. 7. c. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 1019.

Fam. OpPHIUSID&.

Genus SpHINGoMORPHA, Guen.

SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 104. f. C.

S. sipyla, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 222.

Genus IonruHa, Doubleday.

IoNTHA UMBRINA, Doubleday, Entomologist, p, 298.

Silhet.

74 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Jan. 10,

Genus LAGopreRA, Guen.

LaGorrera HONESTA, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. i, Nocet.

11 al ae Oe ee

Balasore.

L. macica, Hibn. ib. ii. f. 535.

Maungbhoom.

L. porata, Fabr. (Van der Hoeven, Lép. Nouv. pl. 4. f. 3).

Genus OPHIODES, Guen.

OPpHIODES TRAPEZIUM, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 231.

O. separans, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1357.

O. TRIPHEZNOIDES, Walk. ib. p. 1358.

O. CUPREA, N. sp.

Female greyish cupreous brown; luteous and glossy beneath:

fore wing numerously studded with black scales ; two transverse pale

luteous lines, which are widely separate on the costa, but contiguous

on the hind margin; reniform spot brown, with a pale luteous line ;

a transverse submarginal Jess distinct luteous line terminated ante-

riorly by two jet-black dentate spots; cilia brown, with a narrow pale

inner line: hind wing luteous brown, with a cupreous gloss ; exterior

border dark brown; cilia luteous.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Opnisma, Guen.

OpHISMA GRAVATA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 237.

O. maturReEscens, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1382.

Genus Coruza, Walk.

Syn. Ginea, Walk. ; Sympis, part., Guen.

CoTuzA UMMINIA.

@. Phal. Noctua umminia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 267. f. F.

Ophisma umminia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1384.

Q. Sympis subunita, Guen. Noct. ui. p. 344; Walk. J. « xv.

p- 1549.

3. Cotuza drepanoides, Walk. ib. p. 1552.

Q. Ginea removens, Walk. ib. p. 1638.

Remark.—The larva of C. umminia differs considerably from that

of Sympis rufibasis, and is very similar in appearance to the larva of

the genus Nawia.

C. periciens. (PI. VII. fig. 1.)

Ophisma deficiens, Walk. ib. xiv. p. 1383,

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 75

Remigia perfidiosa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1511.

Ophisma cunulifera, Walk. MS. B. M. Coll.

Genus HemMERoBLEMMA, Hibn.

HeEMEROBLEMMA PEROPACA, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. iii.

f. 541-2.

Ophisma letabilis, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 241.

Genus Acu#a, Hiibn.

ACHZA MELICERTE, Drury, Ins. i. pl. 23, f. 1 ; Cram. Pap. Exot.

ly. pl. 323. f. C, D.

A. MERCATORIA, Fabr. (Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 323. f. E).

Genus SERRODES, Guen.

SERRODES CAMPANA, Guen. Noct. iil. p. 252.

Genus Nax1a, Guen.

NAXIA CIRCUMSIGNATA, Guen. ib. p. 255.

Silhet.

N. onELIA, Guen. ib. p. 258.

Ophiusa obumbrata, Walk. 1. c. xxxiil. Suppl. iii. p. 969.

O. umbrosa, Walk. ib. p. 968.

N. CALeraciens, Walk. ib. xiv. p. 1405.

N. catoririca, Walk. ib. p. 1406.

Silhet.

Genus CatesraA, Guen.

Catesra comosa, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 258.

C. GASTROPACHOIDES, Guen. ib. p. 258.

Genus Hyparra, Hibn.

Hyp£tTra noctuorpes, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 259.

Silhet.

I]. GAMMOIDES.

Trigonodes gammoides, Walk. 1. c. xv. p, 1838.

Poaphila hamata, Walk. MS. B. M. Coll.

Genus ATHyrmMaA, Hiibn.

ATHYRMA POLYSPILA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiii. Suppl.

ili. p. 966.

Silhet.

76 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

A. pivuisa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiii. Suppl. iii. p. 966.

Silhet.

A. TESSELLATA, Nl. Sp.

Male greyish brown : fore wing with a large patch from the base

to the middle and a broad transverse discal band blackish brown,

bordered by a pale yellow narrow line, the space between them being

grey, the former intersected by an irregular-quadriform narrow yellow

line, and the latter crossed by yellowish and traversed in its entire

length by a nearly straight line terminating near the produced angle

of the former ; a marginal row of similar-coloured dentiform spots

bordered with a narrow pale yellow line: hind wing greyish brown.

Head and thorax blackish brown, narrowly fringed with pale yellow.

Abdomen grey. Cilia spotted with brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Oprtusa, Guen.

Orntusa myops, Guen. Noct. ili. p. 265.

O. stmiLuima, Guen. ib. p. 266.

Silhet.

O. sovrana, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 399. f. B.

O. ausrvirra, Guen. Noct. ili. p. 271.

O. acHATINA, Sulz. Ins. pl. 22. f.4; Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 288.

fe:

O. rutvorentia, Guen. Noct. il. p. 272.

Silhet.

O. AaRcTOTANIA, Guen. ib, p. 272.

Silhet.

O. sruposa, Fabr. (Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 273. f. E, nee pl. 288.

f. A).

Silhet.

Genus GRAMMODES, Guen.

GraMMODES srotipa, Fabr. (Guen. Noct. iil. p. 276).

G. amMontA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 250. f. D.

G. myepon, Cram, ib. ii. pl. 156. f. G.

G. norara, Fabr. (Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1445).

Genus Fopina, Guen.

Fopina ortouus, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 274.

F, PULLULA, Guen. ib. p. 275.

1867.) MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 77

Fam, Evcuipip2.

Genus TriGoNnopeEs, Guen.

TriGONODES HypPasiA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 250. f. E.

Fam. RemMIGID2&.

Genus Remrera, Guen.

Remicia ARCHESIA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 273. f. F, G, @.

Ph. Noct. virbia, Cram. ib. f. H, 3.

Remigia bifasciata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. iil. p. 1014.

R. rruGcauis, Fabr. (Guen. Noct. ili. p. 314).

Chalciope lycopodia, Geyer, Zutr. Exot. Schmett. 25. f. 897.

Genus Feiinia, Guen.

FELINIA TERMINIGERA, Walk. /. c. xv. p. 1850.

F, spissa, Guen. Noct. lil. p. 322.

Silhet.

Tribe PSEUDO-DELTOIDES.

Fam. THERMESID.

Genus Sympts, Guen.

SyMPis RUFIBASIS, Guen. Noct. ill. p. 344.

Silhet. In Coll. A. Grote, Esq.

Larva feeds on the Lichee (Nephelium litehi) ; pupa within rolled

end of leaf.

Genus ToermesiA, Hiibn.

THERMESIA CREBERRIMA, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv.

p- 1574.

Silhet.

T. precipua, Walk. ib. xxxili. Suppl. ill. p. 1056.

Silhet.

T. ARENACEA, Walk. ib. p. 1056.

Silhet.

T. consocra, Walk. ib. p. 1057.

Silhet.

T. RETICULATA, Walk. ib. p. 1062.

Drepanodes scitaria, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1488.

Anisodes pyriniata, Walk. ib. p. 1582.

Darjeeling (W. 8S. Atkinson).

Larva feeds on Eleocarpus serratus.—A. Grote, Esq.

78 MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

Genus Azazia, Walk.

AZAZIA RUBRICANS.

Ophiusa rubricans, Boisd. (Guen. Noct. iii. p. 356).

Azazia rubricans, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1576.

Thermesia transducta, Walk. ib, xxxiii, Suppl. iii. p. 1058.

Genus SELENIs, Guen.

Syn. Mestleta, Walk.

SELENIS IRRECTA, Walk. ib. p. 1066.

Selenis niviapex, Walk. ib. p. 1069. :

S. ABRUPTA.

Mestleta abrupta, Walk. ib. p. 829.

Larva feeds on Zizyphus, apparently only on the flowers.—4.

Grote, Esq.

Genus MArmMorintiA, Guen.

MARMORINIA SINGHA, Guen. Noct. ili. p. 372.

Silhet.

M. sutvuza, Guen. ib. p. 372.

Silhet.

Genus Mrecopina, Guen.

MECODINA LANCEOLA, Guen. ib. p. 373,

Silhet.

Genus SinGaraA, Walk.

SINGARA DIVERSALIS, Walk. /. c. p. 1113.

Silhet.

Genus HyerrnartiA, Guen.

HyPERNARIA DISCISTRIGA, N. Sp.

Female dull yellowish ferruginous, brownish apically, minutely

irrorated with blackish scales: fore wing with an oblique brown line

crossing both wings from the apex to the middle of abdominal mar-

gin, the line bordered within with ferruginous and a pale inner mar-

gin; three short costal diffused dusky streaks, and lunulated discal

mark, before the latter is a black dot. Head and front of thorax

blackish. Underside brighter-coloured, with two oblique lunulated

dusky lines crossing both wings.

Expanse 23 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Remark.—This insect has much the appearance of Ophisma atta-

cicola, Walk. Cat, Lep. B. M. p. 1383.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 79

Genus I'asceLxuina, Walk.

FasceLLiInA CHROMATARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xx.

Geometr. p. 215.

Nysis lata, Walk. MS. B. M. Coll.

F. vizipis, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 4.)

Female green, paler beneath, the hind wing being yellow: fore

wing with a discal spot, oblique streak beneath, and a broad exterior

patch from below the apex brown, the latter with a curved trans-

verse discal narrow ferruginous-brown chain-like band: hind wing

with a straight transverse band and a narrow curved discal line of

ferruginous brown. Head and thorax green. Abdomen pale ferru-

ginous brown. Underside—both wings basally and the hind wing

exteriorly minutely striated with pur plish brown: fore wing with an

exterior dark purple-brown patch haying a small yellow spot near

posterior angle, along its inner margin is a transverse narrow black-

bordered silvery lunulated line terminating before the costa: hind

wing with a straight purple-brown band and curved line as above.

Expanse 14; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Fam. FoctLuipv#&.

Genus ZeTHes, Ramb.

ZETHES xyLocHroma, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1525.

Silhet.

Z. PERTURBANS, Walk. ib. p. 1525.

Silhet.

Genus Puatacra, Walk.

PHALACRA METAGONARIA, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1639.

Larva in strong web in rolled leaf. Feeds on dates.— A. Grote,

eq.

Genus TuyripospiLa, Guen.

THYRIDOSPILA SPH EZRIPHORA, 0. Sp.

Female greyish fawn-colour: fore wing with two medial trans-

verse ill-defined black narrow sinuous lines, each curved inward to

the costa; between the bands is a parallel medial diffused blackish

line passing the reniform mark; a triangular reddish-brown patch

before the apex, which also descends the submar gin; orbicular and

reniform spots semitransparent and yellowish ; or bicular spot with a

small attached upper portion ; reniform spot transversely narrow,

bent in the middle and joined at each end to a semicircular blackish

line; a submarginal row of blackish points and marginal row of lu-

nules: hind wing reddish brown exteriorly ; three nidiefinct narrow

blackish transverse sinuous lines; cilia edged with grey. Underside

80 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. (Jan. 10,

paler, specked with brown: fore wing somewhat ferruginous ; mark-

ings as above; the transverse lines with diffused greyish outer bor-

ders. Legs grey, brown-speckled.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

Genus Puurys, Guen.

PHURYS OBLIQUA, 0. Sp.

Male brownish fawn-colour: fore wing with a blackish streak ob-

liquely from the apex to the middle of the posterior margin, where it

is the widest ; two short oblique subbasal reddish-brown streaks, a

similar undulating streak bordering each side of the black one, be-

yond which are two other dusky streaks; a small discal dot and

reniform spot reddish brown: hind wing with five transverse dusky

brown streaks, the second and fourth pale-bordered ; cilia with a

pale inner line. Head and front of thorax reddish brown. Abdo-

men greyish brown.

Expanse 1< inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

P. sTRIGATA, 0. Sp.

Female pale yellowish testaceous : fore wing with a narrow pale

transverse line broadly bordered externally with brown from before

the apex to before the middle of posterior margin, the rest of the

wing covered with transverse lines of delicate brown strigee ; a mar-

ginal row of brown dots: hind wing brownish basally, dark brown

from the apex, the anal angle with short brown strigze. Underside

brighter-coloured, with delicate short strigee; both wings with a

blackish discal spot and a suffused blackish-brown submarginal

band, which on the fore wing branches out to the exterior margin.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus EenasiA, Walk.

EGNnasta EPHYRODALIS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi. Delt.

p. 217.

E. TRIMANTESALIS, Walk, ib. p. 220.

Darjeeling.

E. VAGA.

Thermesia vaga, Walk. ib. xxxiil. Suppl. iii. p. 1057.

Silhet.

Fam. AMPHIGONID#.

Genus Lacera, Guen.

LaceRA CAPELLA, Guen. Noct. iil. p. 337.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 81

Genus AMpHIGONIA, Guen,

AMPHIGONIA COMPRIMENS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.xy. p. 1540.

Silhet.

Tribe DeLTorpEs.

Fam. PLatyp1px.

Genus Episparis, Walk. Cat. x. p. 476 (1856).

Syn. Neviasca, Walk. (1858); Pradiota, Walk. (1866).

EPisPARIS VARIALIS,

Neviasca varialis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi. Delt. p. 7.

LEpisparis signata, Walk. ib. xxxiti. Suppl. iii. p. 1032.

E. sEJUNCTALIS.

Pradiota sejunctaria, Walk. ib. xxxiy. Suppl. iv. p. 1572.

P. ennomocoides, Walk. MS. B.M. Coll.

E. tortvosatis, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 5.)

Male purplish brown above, greyish brown anteriorly ; numerously

marked with short narrow black strigee: fore wing with two medial

transverse dark purple-brown narrow bands, the inner one bent out-

wardly in the middle, the exterior band broadly elbowed outwards

and then retracting to the costa; both bands with a narrow whitish-

outer-bordered line; between the bands is a very small indistinct

white-bordered black ‘ orbicular’’ spot and a narrow white “ reni-

form”? lunule; before the apex are two transverse narrow whitish

lines with ill-defined dark bands between them, all retracting to the

costa: hind wing with an irregular transverse whitish submarginal

line, the space posteriorly between which and the exterior margin

is ferruginous; a dark medial indistinct band. Underside greyish

brown, narrow transverse strigae numerous and distinct: fore wing

with a dark chocolate-brown interiorly angled apical patch, with a

whitish-bordered line ; proceeding from the angle is an indistinct

whitish streak to the base of the wing; orbicular spot white; reni-

form lunule with a black centre: hind wing with a whitish medial

space, within which is a prominent black discal spot. Abdomen

white at the base beneath. Middle tarsi white. Hind legs partly

white.

Expanse 2% inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Fam. Hypenip&.

Genus Dicuromia, Guen.

DicHRoMIA oRosIALIs, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 275, f. D.

D. rripxticaris, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi. Delt. p. 16.

Darjeeling.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—-1867, No, VI,

82 MR, F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,_

Tauapa, nu. g., Moore.

Female robust. Palpi porrect, compressed, pilose; second joint

recurved upwards and outwards, extending beyond the head ; third

joint two-thirds the length of the second, straight, slender. An-

tenn very minutely pectinated. Legs slightly pilose; mid tibize

with one pair and hind tibize with two pairs of long slender spurs.

Body stout. Abdomen extending beyond the angle of the hind wing.

Wings ample: fore wing broad; costa nearly straight ; apex acute ;

exterior margin wavy, oblique, angled in the middle: hind wing

broad ; anterior angle rounded ; exterior margin wavy, slightly angled

hindward.

TALAPA CALIGINOSALIS. (PI. VII. fig. 6.)

Remigia caliginosa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxui. Suppl.

ii. p. LOZ.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

AnoratHa, n. g., Moore.

Male and female slender. Palpi porrect, long, covered with short

hairs of equal length, compressed ; second joint straight, slightly

recurved in the female, ascending upward and outward to the level

of the vertex, and extending half its length beyond the head; third

joint one-third the length of the second, fusiform. Antennze mi-

nutely pectinated in the male, simple in the female. Legs very long,

slender, mostly smooth ; mid tibize with one pair and hind tibize with

two pairs of long slender spurs. Body slender. Abdomen long,

attenuated, and in the male extending nearly half its length beyond

the angle of the hind wing. Wings long, narrow.

Male. Costa elongated, straight; apex slightly faleate; exterior

margin very oblique, slightly angled in the middle; hind margin

half the length of the costa. Hind wing arched at the base and near

the apex ; anterior margin extending considerably beyond the poste-

rior angle of the fore wing; apex rounded; exterior margin pro-

duced and angled in the middle.

Female. Apex falcated; exterior margin less oblique, but more

angled in the middle ; posterior margin longer, two-thirds the length

of the costa. Hind wing somewhat less produced apically ; apex

more acute ; exterior margin recurved ; abdominal margin longer.

ANORATHA COSTALIS, n. sp. (Pl. VII. fig. 9.)

Male and female cupreous brown.

Male. Costal border broadly pinkish white ; an indistinct brown

short oblique medial streak, a narrow reniform mark, and a distinct

pinkish-white outer-bordered very oblique transverse narrow discal

band ; an irregular submarginal row of blackish spots with whitish

outer borders: hind wing and abdomen pale cinereous cupreous

brown, with an indistinct partly transverse discal pale streak. Front

of head and sides of thorax fringed with white. Underside brown:

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 83

hind wing with narrow indistinct discal spot and outer recurved

transverse band.

Female. Fore wing darker; costal and transverse discal band

ochreous, both well defined ; the black submarginal spots without

white borders: hind wing with the transverse discal pale narrow

band more distinct. Underside as in male.

Expanse 17 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

Genus Hyprrena, Schr.

Hypena Lacessatts, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi. Delt. p. 59.

H. aspucauis, Walk. ib. p. 66.

H. consciraris, Walk. ib. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1509.

Cherra Poonjee.

H. extensa, Walk. ib, p. 1139.

H. TENEBRALIS, 0. sp.

Male and female blackish cupreous brown : fore wing chalybeous-

speckled, and indistinctly marked with short blackish strigee ; a me-

dial transverse brown band with pale-bordered black marginal line ;

orbicular and reniform spots black ; a submarginal row of posteriorly

decreasing black spots, which are exteriorly bordered with white

speckles ; apex white-speckled, beneath which is a black streak:

hind wing and abdomen paler brown. Abdomen with dark brown

dorsal tufts. Underside uniform brown: fore wing with a white

spot before the apex: hind wing with a black discal mark and two

indistinct narrow outer bands.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. W. 8S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

H. CERVINALIS, n. sp.

Male and female fawn-colour: fore wing with numerous narrow

transverse delicate indistinct black strigee; two medial transverse

ochreous-brown pale-bordered lines ; orbicular spot white; reniform

spot black ; an indistinct black spot before the apex; marginal line

dark ; cilia with a pale inner line. Underside paler; short brown

strigee and blackish discal spot on the hind wing, which are less ap-

parent on the fore wing. Palpi and front of head blackish.

_ Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

H. CosTiNoraLis, un. sp.

Male and female ferruginous; minutely and indistinctly black-

speckled: fore wing with three equidistant pure-white costal spots ;

both wings with a black discal dot, outer transverse black-speckled

wavy line, and marginal rows of dots; cilia reddish. Top of the

head white. Antenne with a row of white dots along the base of

84 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. (Jan. 10,

the shaft. Underside pale brown; discal spot, outer transverse line,

and marginal dots less defined than above.

Expanse 1 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

Hf. CASTANEALIS, ni. sp.

Male and female dull chestnut-brown: fore wing suffused with

chalybeous, with two oblique medial transverse chalybeous-brown

lines bordered by a chalybeate outer line, the inner line zigzag, the

outer bent outward before its middle ; a submarginal row of indi-

stinct black spots with chalybeous outer borders; a chalybeous streak

before the apex, and a similar patch at the posterior angle: hind wing

and abdomen cinereous brown; marginal line darker. Palpi, front

of head, legs, and costa beneath ochreous. Underside—fore wing

cinereous brown: hind wing greyish brown.

Expanse 1; inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8S. Atkinson.

I. RECTIVITTALIS, n. sp.

Female pale testaceous: fore wing with numerous short delicate

brown transverse strigze ; a distinct brown straight transverse sub-

marginal narrow double band; a small black-marked white orbicular

spot. Front of head and tuft of palpi above hoary. Palpi brown.

Cilia brown. Underside paler, minutely speckled.

Expanse 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell,

H. BASISTRIGALIS, n. sp,

Male and female greyish brown; exterior border of fore wing

white-speckled: fore wing with a large cupreous-brown patch, the

outer border of which has a double white marginal line commencing

from the costa one-third from the apex, curving obliquely towards

the exterior margin, where it is much bent, and then retracting to

the posterior margin one-third from the angle, where it meets a white

streak recurved from the base of the costa; a brown streak from the

angle of the patch to the apex ; a submarginal series of indistinct

white-speckled spots; indistinct blackish orbicular and reniform

spots. Underside paler: fore wing with an indistinct darker discal

spot, and a white dot at the apex: hind wing brown-speckled, with

a discal spot and paler outer line.

Expanse 14 inch.

Cherra Poonjee; Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8S. Atkinson ; F, Moore.

II. DIVISALIS, ni. sp.

Female. Fore wing dark chestnut-brown ; exterior border fawn-

colour, with a transverse discal narrow slightly bent purple-white

line, having a diffused pale purplish-pink outer border ; a submar-

ginal row of indistinct white-speckled black spots; a short recurved

indistinct pale purplish-white streak from the base of the wing ; an

indistinct dusky streak below the apex: hind wing and abdomen

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 85

cinereous brown. Underside fuliginous brown: fore wing with two

white-marked black subapical dots and indistinct transverse discal

band: hind wing with a more distinct discal spot and outer curved

band.

Expanse 17 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

H. toneirennis, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiv. Suppl. iv.

p- 1139.

Darjeeling.

Fam. HeERMINIDA.

Genus Herminia, Latr.

HERMINIA HADENALIS, 0. Sp.

Male greyish brown: fore wing with two medial transverse black-

speckled-bordered pale lines, a round black orbicular dot, and a tri-

angular reniform spot; the inner line nearly straight, the outer re-

curved and at each end with an exterior black patch ; a black zigzag

submarginal line and a marginal row of dots: hind wing with indi-

stinct blackish pale-bordered streaks from anal angle; a marginal -

row of black dots. Underside paler, with indistinct dark transverse

sinuous pale-bordered lines and blackish discal spot ; a row of mar-

ginal lunules. Palpi and legs dark brown.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; F. Moore.

H. OCHRACEALIS, 0. sp.

Female ochraceous, palest exteriorly: fore wing with a medial

transverse subdued dusky band, which passes over an indistinct reni-

form spot ; a similar submarginal band extending to the apex and

passing through a black subapical spot ; between the bands is a re-

curved series of black dots ; exterior margin with a row of black

dots: hind wing pale ochraceous white, with a narrow upper and a

diffused lower blackish streak from above the anal angle; a narrow

blackish lunular marginal line ; cilia ochraceous. Abdomen dusky,

with narrow white segmental bands; tip ochraceous. Underside

ochraceous, black-speckled: fore wing dusky at the base; a black

discal and subapical spot, and transverse sinuous line: hind wing

with black discal spot, transverse sinuous line, and outer row of spots.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; TF’. Moore.

H. ? ALBIRENALTS, 0. Sp.

Male and female black brown: fore wing with three indistinct

black medial transverse bands with chalybeate white-speckled bor-

ders, the outer borders sinuous and more prominently speckled ;

reniform spot white; a white-speckled zigzag submarginal line; a

speckled patch below the apex, anda few speckles along the anterior

margin: hind wing paler, with short indistinct black sinuous bands

86 MR, F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

with white-speckled borders from the anal angle; cilia with white

spots. Underside paler, marked as above. Palpi in the male porrect,

compressed ; second joint long, slender, and bent at the apex, squa-

mous, tufted above at the end ; ; third joint short, one-third the length

of the second, fusiform, taibed above: in the female erect, curved ;

first and second joints squamous ; third joint very slender, naked,

nearly the length of the second. Antennz in the male fixed on a

short pedestal, serrated and pectinated; base curved; shaft tumid

near the base ; in the female minutely pectinated.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Genus MastyGoruora, Poey.

MAsTYGOPHORA ! SCOPIGERALIS, 0. sp.

Male brown: fore wing with a pale yellowish-brown oblique trans-

verse band with wavy dark brown borders, the exterior formed by a

double line with posterior black streaks ; within the band is a brown

indistinct reniform streak; orbicular spot small, whitish. Both

wings with a submarginal transverse wavy sinuous pale line with

black points, and a less distinct similar marginal line. Underside

ochreous white, with broad brown exterior borders, narrow transverse

sinuous line and short discal streak, and a pale sinuous line crossing

the exterior borders. Legs blackish. Tuft of palpi pale ochreous.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Remark.—This species may be known by its enormously length-

ened palpi (in the male), the third joint of which has a brushelike

tuft of very long silky hairs beneath.

Genus Ecuana, Walk.

ECHANA PLICALIS, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 7.)

Male and Semale brownish fawn-colour, slightly glossy ; costal

fold darker: fore wing with two indistinct yellowish narrow imper-

fect denticulated linesthe first from beneath the fold, the other

beyond it, both indistinctly crossing the hind wing, on the under-

side of syste they are more distinct and have a dark inner border,

there being also a short dark subbasal streak ; cilia with a pale inner

narrow line.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; I’. Moore.

Remark.—The species éF this genus may be known by the fore

wing having in both sexes a large subfusiform costal raised fold

above, and the dislocation of the contiguous veins.

Genus Locastra, Walk.

LocastRA PHERECIUSCALIS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi.

Delt. p. 159.

_ Silhet.

1867.| MR. F.MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA.

L. CUPROVIRIDALIS, 0. sp.

Female. Fore wing coppery green ; two medial transverse black

sinuous lines, the inner line with a black spot at the base and another

above it; middle of the wing between the lines whitish, green-

speckled ; the orbicular and reniform spots black, conjoined ; a mar-

ginal row of alternate black and white spots ; cilia spotted with black

opposite to the white marginal spots: hind wing white, with a broad

fuliginous cupreous-brown exterior band. Thorax coppery green.

Abdomen blackish, speckled with white. Palpi tipt with white.

Underside white; both wings with a broad brown exterior band ;

discal spot on hind wing and base of costa brown; marginal dots

white. Legs blackish green, each joint tipt with white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8S. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

Genus Bertuta, Walk.

BERTULA HISBONALIS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi. Delt.

p. 164.

Silhet.

B. BREVIVITTALIS, Ni. Sp.

Male blackish brown : fore wing with two transverse narrow yel-

low bands, a small black orbicular spot, and a large reniform spot ;

first band upright, the second oblique ; an irregular wavy submar-

ginal yellowish line with a longitudinal short straight yellow streak

below the apex ; a marginal row of triangular black spots : hind wing

paler, with rather indistinct blackish discal spot, a curved outer pale-

bordered narrow yellow band, and submarginal similar sinuous band;

a row of blackish marginal lunules. Palpi edged with yellow. Legs

blackish, spotted with yellow.

Expanse 1,2; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

B. CHALYBEALIS, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 8.)

Male and female dark chestnut-brown, more or less suffused with

chalybeous: fore wing with two narrow pale-inner-bordered darker

brown oblique transverse bands, between which is a narrow reniform

mark ; an indistinct submarginal irregular wavy narrow brown band:

hind wing with pale-bordered narrow transverse discal band, a less

distinct inner discal mark, and outer submarginal irregular brown

band; cilia greyish-speckled. Underside paler, speckled with grey.

Thorax and palpi chestnut-brown, the latter fringed with white in

the male.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; F. Moore.

B. sTIGMATALIS, 0. sp.

Male and female dark fuliginous brown: fore wing with two widely

separated medial transverse blackish lines, the inner line nearly

88 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

straight, the outer wavy, both bordered exteriorly with a chalybeous-

speckled double band; a chalybeous-speckled black band at the base

of the wing, and two similar submarginal wavy bands; orbicular and

reniform spots large, black ; a marginal row of black lunules: hind

wing and abdomen paler; some whitish-bordered black sinuous

streaks from the anal angle ; marginal lunular line blackish. Under-

side brown: hind wing with two black discal spots and three outer

indistinct sinuous bands. Palpi in the male stout, reflexed over the

lead, extending beyond the thorax, furnished with dense soft hairs

along the length resting on the thorax; second and third joints slightly

curved, of equal length ; third joint ensiform: in the female slender,

squamous, curved upwards; third joint subulate, nearly as long as

the second. Antenne in the male pectinated, the pectinations formed

of fascicles of fine bristles ; in the female minutely serrated.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

Genus Bocana, Walk.

BocANA BASALIS, ll. sp.

Female dark fuliginous brown: fore wing with the base dull fer-

ruginous and brown-speckled ; a submarginal row of small yellow

spots: hind wing and abdomen pale fuliginous brown. Thorax

streaked with ferruginous at the sides in front. Palpi ferruginous,

black-speckled. Underside paler; costa and hind wing whitish-

speckled : fore wing with the costa near the apex slightly ferrnginous ;

a short whitish costal streak before the apex: hind wing with dark

brown discal spot and two outer whitish-bordered narrow bands.

Both wings above and beneath with a black lunular marginal line.

Body and legs blackish brown ; legs with ferruginous spots.

Exxpanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

B. virIDALIs, n. sp.

Female dull green: fore wing thickly black-speckled, the speckles

forming some black streaks at the base ; a double wavy transverse

line before the middle, and some transverse patches beyond and on

the submargin ; a black discal spot and a black-speckled white spot

near the posterior angle: hind wing and underside dull pale cupre-

ous brown. Legs, thorax beneath, and palpi ochreous white.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

B. QUADRILINEALIS, Nl. Sp.

Male brown: fore wing suffused with grey ; four transverse dark

brown narrow lines, the first subbasal and nearly upright, the others

inwardly oblique; the second line between a black “ orbicular’’ and

a “reniform’’ dot; a submarginal indistinct zigzag brown line: hind

wing cupreous brown. Anal tuft pale ochreous.

Eixpanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 89

B. MURINALIS, nN. sp.

Allied to B. turpitalis.

Feinale yellowish brown: fore wing somewhat greyish brown at

the base; a brown subbasal transverse outwardly oblique narrow

irregular line; a straight transverse discal sinuous line, and a pale-

bordered straight submarginal line ; a small dark brown orbicular

and reniform spot: hind wing duller brown, with an indistinct nar-

row whitish streak from anal angle. Underside dull brown, with an +

indistinct discal spot, and two narrow outer transverse brown bands.

Palpi blackish.

Expanse 1,/; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Tribe PyRALEs.

Fam. PyraLip&.

Genus Pyratis, Linn.

PYRALIS LUCILLALIS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvii. Pyral.

p- 268.

Darjeeling (IV. S. Atkinson).

P. surrusatis, Walk. ib. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1235.

Calcutta (WW. S. Atkinson).

Genus Hercui, Walk.

HERCULIA BRACTEALIS, Walk. ib. xix. Pyral. p. 808.

Genus AGtossa, Latr.

AGLOSSA ARGENTALIS, 0. sp.

Female. Fore wing silvery white ; two oblique medially trans-

verse blackish sinuous lines, the interspace being fuliginous brown,

except the costal portion nearest the apex; base of wing and exte-

rior border partly fuliginous brown, the latter traversed by a white

lunular line ; a row of black marginal spots ; cilia white, with fuli-

ginous-brown edge and inner spots: hind wing cinereous. Head

and thorax white, the latter with fuligmous spots. Abdomen cine-

reous brown. Palpi white above, fuliginous beneath. Underside

cinereous brown: hind wing paler and with a short brown discal

mark. Legs fuliginous, each joint tipt with white.

Expanse 1j inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; I’. Moore.

Fam. ENNYCHID.

Genus Pyrausta, Schr.

PYRAUSTA SILHETALIS, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 166; Walk. Cat.

Lep. Het. B. M. xvii. p. 311.

Botys silhetalis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monat. vii. p. 364,

90 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

Genus RuopartiaA, Guen.

RwopARIA CONCATENALIS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiy.

Suppl. iv. p. 1284.

Darjeeling.

Fam. Asopip2.

Genus CunauRA, Lederer.

CHNAURA OCTAVIALIS.

Syngamia octavialis, Walk. 1. ¢. xvii. p. 334.

Chnaura octavialis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monat. vil. p. 435, t.17. f. 4.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus Samea, Guen.

SAMEA GRATIOSALIS, Walk. /. c. xvii. p. 357.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus AGATHODES, Guen.

AGATHODES OSTENTALIS.

Perinephela ostentalis, Geyer, Hibn. Zutr. Samml. exot. Schmett.

f. 833.

Agathodes ostensalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 208.

Genus TerastrA, Guen.

TERASTIA DIVERSALIS.

Agathodes diversalis, Walk. 1. ce. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1307.

Darjeeling (W. 8. Atkinson).

Genus Leucinopes, Guen.

LEUCINODES ORBONALIs, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 223.

Fam. HyprocaMPIpD&.

Genus Oxicostiema, Guen.

OLIGOSTIGMA CRASSICORNALIS, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 261;

Walk. /. c. xvi. p. 433.

Hydrocampa crassicornalis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monat. vil. p.451.

Oligostigma tripunctalis, Walk. /. c. xxxiy. Suppl. iv. p. 1531.

Genus Herponta, Walk.

Herponia osacesatis, Walk. /. c. xix. p. 964.

Silhet ; Darjeeling.

Genus Hyprocampea, Latr.

HypROCAMPA PULCHRALIS, 0. Sp.

Male and female pale straw-yellow: fore wing with some small

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 91

ill-defined spots at the base ; a quadrate spot at the end of the cell,

two larger spots beyond it, one being below the latter, and some

outer very small indistinctly defined spots and a wavy marginal line,

all the interspaces being dark brown: hind wing with a dark brown

discal spot, and a marginal band enclosing a large anterior spot and

smaller lower spots ; cilia alternate white and brown. Palpi above,

head, and thorax brown. Abdomen with narrow white segmental

bands. Underside paler. Palpi beneath and legs white. Fore tibiee

brown.

Expanse | inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A, E. Russell ; W. S. Atkinson.

Fam. SpPILOMELID.

Genus Lerpyropes.

LEPYRODES GEOMETRALIS, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 278.

L. Leprpatis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvii. p. 465.

L. PERSPICUALIS.

Zebronia perspicualis, Walk. 1. e. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1347.

Botys flexissimalis, Walk. ib. p. 1426.

Darjeeling (WV. 8. Atkinson).

Genus Pycnarmon, Lederer.

PyCNARMON JAGUARALIS.

Spilomela jaguaralis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 283.

Zebronia jaguaralis, Walk. ib. xvii. p. 486.

Pycnarmon jaguaralis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monat. vii. p. 441,

ytd foe bot We

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

P. ABRASADIS.

Zebronia abraxalis, Walk. 1. c. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1349.

Darjeeling (IV. S. Atkinson).

P. ZEBRALIS, n. sp. (Pl. VII. fig. 12.)

Male and female white: fore wing with eleven transverse narrow

black bands ; cilia white: hind wing pale yellow, diffused with orange-

colour externally ; two black basal streaks and three equidistant ex-

terior spots, one being at the anterior angle, another above the anal

angle, and the third midway between them; a white submarginal

line; a black spot on cilia at the apex; cilia pale ferruginous.

Thorax black-streaked. Abdomen pale ferruginous, with black sub-

terminal spots. Underside paler, marked as above. Legs and palpi

white, with black spots.

Expanse 1,%; inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E, Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

92 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

P. virGATAtis, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 10.)

Male and female pearly white: fore wing with three small brown

basal spots; a transverse subbasal band, two short bands from the

costa, and two bands beneath them from the posterior margin; a

similar band along exterior border: hind wing with four brown

transverse bands, the middle two joined at their base, the outer band

marginal. Thorax spotted with brown, three in front and five on

the top. Abdomen with two basal spots and anal tuft brown.

Underside paler, marked as above.

Expanse ;'; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

P. AUROLINEALIS.

Zebronia aurolinealis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. xvii. Pyral.p.478.

Darjeeling (7. S. Atkinson).

P, PLUTUSALIS.

Zebronia plutusalis, Walk. ib. p. 478.

Darjeeling (V7. S. Atkinson).

P. BISTRIGALIS.

Zebronia bistrigalis, Walk. ib. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1348.

Z. inscriptalis, Walk. MS. B. M. Coll.

P. DISCERPTALIS.

Zebronia discerptalis, Walk. ib. p. 1348.

Darjeeling.

Fam. MARGARONID2.

Genus GuypHopeEs, Guen.

GLYPHODES STOLIALIS, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 293.

Darjeeling.

G. DIURNALIS, Guen. ib. p. 294.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

G.. casaLis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvii. Pyral. p. 499.

Darjeeling.

G. LUCIFERALIS.

Botys luciferalis, Walk. ib, xxxiy. Suppl. iv. p. 1412,

G. lora, MS.

Darjeeling.

G. acrorionatts, Walk. ib. xvii. Pyral. p. 498; Lederer, Wien,

ent. Monat. vil. t. 14. f. 4.

Darjeeling.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 93

G. LACUSTRALIS, n. sp. (PI. VII. fig. 11.)

Male and female brownish ochreous: fore wing with a black-

bordered pearly pinkish-white semitransparent irregular longitudinal

medial streak extending from near the base beneath the cell to near

the apex, crossed by an oblique black spot beneath an indistinct

black discal spot ; exterior border of white streak broadly margined

with black and with an outer or submarginal lunular black line:

hind wing pearly white, semitransparent, with a brownish ochreous

outer border, which is margined within with black ; cilia white.

Palpi above, head, and sides of thorax brownish ochreous ; top of

thorax and base of abdomen pale yellowish; tip ochreous. Palpi

and thorax beneath and legs white. Underside paler.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

G. vacatis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1356.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

G. GasTrRALIs, Walk. ib. p. 1354.

Darjeeling.

Genus Maruca, Walk.

Marvea aquarti.is, Walk. /. c. xvi. Pyral. p. 540.

Genus SyncLeERA, Lederer.

SyNCLERA TRADUCALIS.

Eudioptis traducalis, Zeller, Lep. Caffr. (1852) p. 54.

Synclera traducalis, Leder. Wien. ent. Monat. vil. p. 444.

S. retinalis, Leder. ib. 1857, p. 100.

Glyphodes univocalis, Walk. 1. c. xvii. p. 499 (1859).

Genus PHAKELLURA, Lansdown Guilding.

PHAKELLURA INDICALIS.

Eudioptis indica, Saunders, Zool. ix. p. 3070.

Phakellura indica, Walk. 1. ¢. xviii. p. 514,

P. gazorialis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 297.

P. TRANSLUCIDALIS, Guen. ib. p. 299.

Silhet.

P. suPERALIS, Guen. ib. p. 299.

Silhet.

Genus Cypauima, Lederer.

CyYDALIMA LATICOSTALIS.

Margarodes laticostalis, Guen. ib. p. 303.

Margaronia laticostalis, Walk. 1. c. xviii. p. 528.

Cydalima laticostalis, Leder. Wien. ent. Monat. vii. p. 397.

Silhet.

MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10;

C. CONCHYALIS.

Margarodes conchyalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 303, pl.

8..f<9.

Margaronia conchyalis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xviii. p. 529.

Cydalima conchydlis, Leder. 1. ¢. p. 397.

Larva feeds on Lehites antidysenterica.—A. Grote, Esq.

Genus Pacuyarcues, Lederer.

PacHYARCHES AMPHITRITALIS.

Margarodes amphitritalis, Guen. 1. ¢. p. 307.

Margaronia amphitritalis, Walk. l.c. xviii. p. 529.

Pachyarches amphitritalis, Leder. 1. c. p. 398.

Silhet.

P. psITTACALIS.

Parotis psittacalis, Hiibn. Samm. exot. Schmett. f. 523.

Margarodes psittacalis, Guen. /. ¢c. p. 308.

Margaronia psittacalis, Walk. 1. c. xvill. p. 529,

Pachyarches psittacalis, Leder. l. ce. p. 398.

P. POMONALIS.

Margarodes pomonalis, Guen. /. c. p. 309.

Margaronia pomonalis, Walk. 1. c. xviii. p. 530.

Pachyarches pomonalis, Leder. 1. c. p. 398.

P. MARTHESIUSALIS.

Margaronia marthesiusalis, Walk. 1. c. xviii. p. 531.

Darjeeling (W”. S. Atkinson).

Genus SisyropHora, Lederer.

SisyROPHORA PFEIFFER, Leder. J. c. p. 399, t. 13. f. 13.

Darjeeling.

Genus Marcaronia, Hibner.

Syn. Margarodes, Guen.

MARGARONIA TRANSVISALIS, Walk. /. c. xix. p. 976.

Darjeeling (7, 8. Atkinson).

Genus Horrropes, Guen.

HoTrrropEs CINEREALIS, Nl. Sp.

Male and female silky cinereous: hind wing and abdomen whitish

cinereous ; anal tuft yellow: hind wing of female with an indistinct

dusky marginal band. Palpi ochreous. Underside paler.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 9 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 95

Genus Pycosp1ia, Guen.

PYGOSPILA TYRESALIS.

Phalena-pyralis tyres, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 263. f. C.

Pygospila tyresalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 312.

Genus Eveiypuis, Hiibn.

Syn. Neurina, Guen.

EUGLYPHIS PROCOPIALIS.

Phalena-pyralis procopialis, Cram. Pap. Exot, iv. pl. 368. f. E.

Euglyphis procopialis, Hiibu. Verz. Schmett. p. 341; Walk. Cat.

Lep. Het. B. M. xvii. p. 538.

Neurina procopialis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 314; Lederer, Wien.

ent. Monat, vii. p. 395.

Genus FrLtopes, Guen.

Syn. Pinacia, p., Htbn.

FILODES FULVIDORSALIS.

Pinacia fulvidorsalis, Geyer, Hiibn. Zutr. Samml. exot. Schmett.

f. 643.

Filodes fulvidorsalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 317; Leder. Wien.

ent. Monat. vii. t. 12. f. 17.

Euglyphis fulvidorsalis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvii. Pyral.

p- 939.

FILODES NIGROLINEALIS, 0. sp.

Male bright ferruginous: fore wing with a narrow black streak

between the veins; two black spots within the cell, and three others

at the base of the wing; cilia dark cinereous brown: hind wing and

abdomen dark cinereous brown. Underside paler, with the costa

and apex also cinereous brown. Legs cinereous black. Palpi black, -

tipped with ferruginous. Proboscis black.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

F. OCTOMACULALIS, hi. sp.

Female dark fuliginous black. ‘Thorax, abdomen, and base of

fore wing metallic blue. Both wings with a large semitransparent

white discal spot, and a smaller similar spot below the cell half-way

from the base of the wing. Underside paler. Fore femora with a

white spot at the base; all the tarsi white. First joint of the palpi

white.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

96 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 10,

Fam. Botyp2.

Genus Asrura, Guen.

ASTURA PUNCTIFERALIS, Guen, Delt. et Pyral. p- 320; Walk.

Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xviii. p. 548.

Botys punctiferalis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monat. vii. p. 364.

B. evawvalis, Walk. 1. c. p. 995.

Genus Boryopes, Guen.

BortyopEs ASIALIS, Guen. l. c. p.321; Lederer, U. c. t. 13. f. 8;

Walk. /. c. p. d01.

B. PLAVIBASALIS, ll. sp.

Male and female yellow ; with a broad exterior marginal chaly-

Leate cinereous-brown band, the inner border defined by a narrow

black line: fore wing with the border of the band bent below an

elongated transverse discal cinereous-brown spot; band of the hind

wing with a straight inner border: fore wing with two small black

basal costal spots, and a narrow transverse subbasal black line. Some

black spots on the thorax. Underside paler, without the basal spots

and transverse line. Femora and tibize with a black spot at the apex.

Expanse 1,4; inch.

Bengal. In Coll, A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

Genus Borys, Latr.

Borys scinisaxis, Walk. 7. c. xviii. p. 648. ‘

B, rxisatis, Walk. 1. c. xviii. p. 653 ; Lederer, /. ¢. t. 9. f. 12.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

B. uniratis, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 349 ; Walk. d. ¢. xviii. p. 655.

B. megapteralis, Walk. l, c. xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1407.

B. MULTILINEALIS, Guen. J. ¢. p. 337, pl. 8. f. 11; Walk. Z. e.

xviii: p. 661 ; Lederer, Z.¢. t. 11. f. 3.

Zebronia salomealis, Walk. 1. c. xvii. p. 476; Suppl. iv. p. 1348.

B. pamMoatis, Walk. Cat, Lep. Het. B. M. xviii. Pyral. p. 656.

B. aMYNTUSALIS, Walk. ib. p. 662.

Darjeeling (IV. S. Atkinson).

B. wncisauis, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiy. Suppl. iv.

p. 1410.

Darjeeling.

B. PLAGALIS, 0. sp.

Male and female cinereous white: fore wing with a cinereous-

brown costal band, discal spot, outer transverse line, and broad ex-

—

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 97

terior band: hind wing with a similar transverse discal line and outer

band; cilia whitish anteriorly and with a brown inner line. Sides

of head and thorax and third joint of palpi dark brown. Abdomen

whitish ; tip brownish. Underside paler.

Expanse ;5, inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

B. rncotora ts, Guen. Delt. et Pyral. p. 333; Walk. Cat. Lep.

Het. B. M. xviii. p. 656; Lederer, @. c. p. 364.

Silhet.

B. macca.is, Lederer, /. c. p..466, t. 9. f. 14.

Silhet.

B. zeauis, Guen. l.c. p. 332; Walk. J. c. xviii. p. 656; Lederer,

loc. p. 364.

Silhet.

B. runwatis, Walk. /. c. xviii. Pyral. p. 649.

Silhet. eet

B. CALETORALIS, Walk. ib. p. 651.

Silhet.

B. patuxatts, Walk. ib, xxxiv. Suppl. iv. p. 1403.

Darjeeling.

B. suBTESSELLALIS, Walk. ib. p. 1406.

Darjeeling.

C. CONCATENALIS, Walk. ib. p. 1408.

Darjeeling.

Genus Dysatuacta, Lederer.

DysALLACTA NEGATALIS.

Phalangioides negatalis, Walk. l. c. xvii. Pyral. p. 468.

Dysallacta negatalis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monatschr. p. 393, t.13.

Botys monesusalis, Walk. l. ce. xvill. p. 653.

B. phanasalis, Walk. ib. p. 727.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES VI. & VII.

Puate VI.

Fig. 1. Tympanistes pallida, p. 49. | Fig. 10. Canna pulehripicta, p. 61.

aus testacea, p. 49. 11. Hadena auroviridis, p. 59.

3. Epilecta pulcherrima, p. 54. 12. Briada varians, p. 66.

4. Sypna curvilinea, p. 69. 13. Plusia semivitta, p. 63.

5. Checupa fortissima, p. 60. 14. Diphtera discibrunnea, p. 46.

6. Diphtera pallida, p. 46. 15. Auchmis sikkimensés, p. 49.

7. Leucania pulcherrima, p. 48. 16. Euplexia albovittata, p. 57.

8. Gortyna cuprea, p. 50. 17. Hadena albidisca, p. 59.

9. Euplexia discisignata, p. 57. 18. Mythimna cervina, p. 47.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1867, No. VII.

98 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW CEYLONESE LIZARD. (Jan, 24,

Puate VII.

Fig. 1. Cotuza deficiens, p. 74. | Fig. 7. Echana plicalis, p. 86.

2. Agriopis discalis, p. 57. Tay 8. Bertula chalybealis ( 8 ), p. 87.

3. Tavia catocaloides, p. 71. ' 9. Anoratha costalis ( 8 ), p. 82.

4. Fascellina viridis, p. 79. 10. Pyenarmon virgatalis, p. 92.

5. Episparis tortuosalis (3), p. 81. | 11. Glyphodes lacustralis, p. 98.

6. Talapa caliginosalis, p. 82. 12. Pycnarnon zebralis, p. 91.

{End of Part IT.]

January 24, 1867.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to a speci-

men of a species of Ratel (Mellivora), obtained by the Society on the

3rd of August 1866 from a dealer in Liverpool, who stated that he

had received it by the West-African Mail. This animal appeared to

belong to a species different from either the Indian Mellivora indica

or the South-African M. capensis, of both of which the Society’s

Menagerie had for several years contained living specimens. Dr.

Gray had diagnosed these two species of Mellivora in a recent com-

munication to the Society * as follows :—

Mellivora indica. Black; the back iron-grey ; crown of the head

white. India.

Mellivora capensis. Black ; the back iron-grey ; the crown‘and a

broad stripe down each side of the back to the tail white. South Africa.

To these species, both correctly figured in the second series of

Wolf and Sclater’s ‘ Zoological Sketches,’ Mr. Sclater proposed to

add a third, founded upon the present specimen, to be diagnosed as

follows :—

Mellivora leuconota (Plate VIII.). Smailer: black ; back white,

purer towards the crown. West Africa.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a New Geckoid Lizard from Ceylon.

By Dr. J. HE. Gray, F.R.S.,-V.P.Z.8., &e.

(Plate IX.)

The British Museum has lately received from Mr. Cutter some

specimens of a Gecko from Ceylon, which appear to be undescribed

and to form a distinct genus, which may be called Geckoella.

Toes five on each foot; they are thick at the base, with the ends

more slender and rather compressed ; the under surface is furnished

* See P. Z. S. 1865, p. 680.

1867.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES. 99

with a series of larger entire seales, which are rather far apart; those

of the underside of the thicker basal portion are the larger, and the

seale at the end of the thick portion, before it becomes contracted,

is the largest.

The thumbs and toes are furnished with sharp compressed claws.

The back is covered with minute scales, with a very large number of

larger, convex, rather trihedral, tubercles. -The outer side of the

forearm and thigh have tubercles like the back, but smaller in size.

The tail, I suspect, in the perfect state is furnished with rings of tri-

hedral tubercles ; but in all the specimens in the Museum the tail has

evidently been reproduced, and is covered with square smaller scales.

There are no preanal or femoral pores. The scales of the under-

side of the body and throat are rhombic and smooth. The pupil

oblong, erect. The lips have a single series of labial shields, with

four chin-shields under the front lower labial shields.

This genus differs from Homonota and Naultinus in the back

being tubercular, from Ludlepharis in having no preanal pores, and

in the pupil being oblong, erect. It is separated from Naultinus

also by the absence of the preanal pores.

GECKOELLA PuNcTaTA. (PI. IX.)

Upper surface of head, back, and tail dark chocolate-brown (in

spirits); under surface paler. The temple, occiput, and back with

numerous small white spots ; those on the back placed in four lon-

gitudinal rows; those on the tail more or less confluent, and form-

ing transverse rings. The dorsal spots are formed of several white

scales. There is a single spot in the centre of the hinder part of

the occiput. The outer sides of the legs are obscurely spotted. The

crown of the head is covered with small uniform granular scales.

Hab. Ceylon. Brit. Mus.

2. Descriptions of some New or little-known Species of Fishes

in the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Aubert

Guntu_er, F.Z.S.

(Plate X.)

CENTROPRISTIS DISPILURUS.

Allied to C. phebe.

D. = A. = L. lat. 45. L. transy. 5/14.

Preoperculum rounded, finely serrated behind, entire below, with-

out projecting angle. Eye of moderate size, two-ninths of the length

of the head. Belly with a broad white cross band. A small round

black spot above and below on the root of the caudal fin.

Trinidad.

The height of the body is equal to the length of the head, and is

comprised twice and three-fourths in the total length (without can-

dal). Diameter of eye much more than the width of the interorbital

100 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES. [Jan. 24,

space, but somewhat less than the extent of the snout, contained

four times and one-half in the length of the head. Opercles scaly ;

the scales on the przoperculum in seven or eight series, much

smaller than those on the operculum and rest of the body. Cleft

of the mouth oblique, the upper maxillary reaching to the vertical

from the centre of the eye; preeorbital somewhat wider than the

maxillary. Praeoperculum rounded, finely serrated behind, entire

below ; sub- and interoperculum entire. Opereulum with three flat

short points, the upper and lower of which are concealed by the

scales, the middle one being the longest and sharpest.

Dorsal fin commencing just above the extremity of the operculum;

its spinous portion scarcely lower, but longer, than the soft; the

fourth, fifth, and sixth spines are the longest, more than one-third

the length of the head; the first spme is very short, half as long as

the diameter of the eye. Soft dorsal rounded; the anterior and

middle rays the longest, the sixth being not quite twice as long as

the last spine. Caudal fin truncated, slightly rounded at the angles,

about one-sixth of the total length. Anal with the soft portion narrow

and deeper than the dorsal fin; second anal spine strong and long,

two-fifths the length of the head; third anal spine much longer than

the first. Pectoral long, rounded, reaching to above the veut, four-

fifths of the length of the head. Ventrals not reaching to the vent.

Teeth villiform; several larger teeth in the outer series of both jaws.

Vomerine and palatine teeth m narrow bands. Tongue toothless.

Brownish olive, with indistinct darker cross bands extending on

the dorsal fin. A broad white cross band on the belly, before the

vent, extending upwards to the level of the pectoral fin. A small

deep-black spot behind the top of the last dorsal spine, on the middle

of the two first dorsal rays; several other, irregular, more or less

distinct spots on the dorsal fin corresponding to the cross bands on

the body. The soft vertical fins with transverse series of small

brownish spots. A small black round spot above and below on the

root of the caudal tin. Pectoral red; ventral blackish.

Two specimens, 4 inches long.

PLEecTROeomaA susukKI, Schleg.; Giimther, Cat. Fish. i. p. 160.

This species was known from the Chinese and Japanese Seas only;

and as the preeoperculum has not been well described by Schlegel, I

think it necessary to give a description taken from two fine examples,

12 inches long, sent by Mr. Krefft from Sydney.

.u A. =. | L. lat. 110.

The depth of the body is contained thrice or twice and two-thirds

in the total length (without caudal) ; the length of the head (oper-

cular spine and membrane included) twice and two-thirds ; snout

moderately pointed, longer than the diameter of the eye. The cleft

of the mouth is wide and oblique, the maxillary extending to the

posterior margin of the orbit. Snout with minute rudimentary

scales, upper maxillary and mandible scaleless ; one-half of the pree-

orbital with small distinct scales. Eye situated immediately beneath

1867. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES. 101

the upper profile of the head; its diameter is contained five times and

one-third in the length of the head, and equal to the distance be-

tween the eyes ; forehead between the eyes convex. The other parts

of the head are thickly covered with small scales. Preeopereulum

with the posterior margin finely serrated, and with from two to five

larger teeth on the lower limb. ‘Operculum with two flat prominent

spines, the lower being smaller. :

Dorsal fin rather elevated, no notch before the soft portion. Ver-

_ tical fins covered with minute scales at their base and basal half.

The first dorsal spine is above the base of the longest spine of the

operculum, and is not quite one-half the length of the last spine ;

the second is rather more than twice as long as the first; the third

and fourth are the longest, nearly half as long as the head ; mem-

brane between the spines very deeply notched: the length of the

base of the soft portion is two-thirds of that of the spinous ; it is

slightly, if at: all, inferior to the spinous portion in height, and has

the upper margin convex. Distance between dorsal and caudal fins

equal to the depth of the free portion of the tail. Caudal truncated,

one-sixth of the total length.

The first anal spine is short, less than half the length of the

second ; the second is of moderate thickness, the third is the long-

est, much shorter than the first ray, and not quite one-third of the

length of the head; the soft portion is rounded, and its distance

from the commencement of the caudal is one-half of the depth of the

body. Pectoral well developed, rounded, reaching to the level of the

vent, its length being contained five times and one-half in the total ;

its base has very minute scales. Ventrals as long as or longer than

the pectorals, inserted below the base of the pectorals; their spine

is three-fifths of their entire length.

Teeth rather coarse, cardiform; a pair of canines in the front of

both jaws; palatine teeth in narrow bands ; vomerine teeth in a tri-

angular patch. .

Coloration as in the specimen figured by Schlegel.

XIFHOCHILUs Fasciatus. (Plate X.)

Dex As =e: Wy.dat (295 oLtransy. 4/10:

8 10°

The height of the body is one-third of the total length, the length

of the head nearly one-fourth. Head rather longer than high, com-

pressed, the width of the interorbital space (which is flat) being equal

to the diameter of the eye. Eye immediately below the upper pro-

file, in the middle of the length of the head. Anterior and posterior

canine teeth greenish blue. Scales on the cheek mm six series. Oper-

cular membrane of moderate extent. Pectoral fin without a notch

behind, nearly as long as the head, extending to the vent. Caudal

fin truncated. The ground-colour of the head and upper part of

the trunk appears to have been reddish orange, of the hinder and

lower parts greenish. Head and body with bluish-ashy cross bands,

each edged with violet. Three such bands across the upperside of

the head, two being narrow and in front of the eyes, the third broad

102 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES. [Jan. 24,

and between the eyes. Another band runs from the eye to the ex-

tremity of the maxillary and round the chm. The succeeding bane

encircles the head entirely ; crossing the nape, and descending over

the preeoperculum, it reaches across the isthmus of the throat. Body

with five cross bands, the posterior becoming broader, leaving only

a narrow interspace between them :—the first from before the dorsal

fin across the operculum ; the second from the third, fourth, and

fifth dorsal spines to behind the pectoral; the fifth oceupies the

space between the posterior dorsal and anal rays and nearly the whole |

of the free portion of the tail. Dorsal fin violet at the base, orange-

coloured above, with violet tips to the rays and spines ; anal and ven-

trals similarly coloured ; pectoral and caudal fins orange-coloured.

Two dried examples, 8 inches long, of this species were received

from Cape York, Australia.

CHAMPSODON (g. p. TRACHININORUM).

Body compressed, elongate, covered with minute granular scales.

Cleft of the mouth oblique, very wide. Eye laterai, directed up-

wards. Two dorsal fins; ventral fins jugular; peetorals composed

of very fine branched rays, united by a thin membrane. ‘Feeth in

the jaws in a single series, not closely set, of unequal size, those of

the lower jaw longer than the upper ones. Vomerine teeth cardi-

form, in two separate patches; palatine teeth none. Gill- -openings

exceedingly wide. None of the bones of the head armed.

China Seas.

CHAMPSODON VORAX.

D. 5}20.. A.17. V. 1/5.

The head is compressed, nearly twice as long as deep, and its

length is two-sevenths of the total (withcut caudal). The cleft of

the mouth is exceedingly wide, extending behind the eye, and its

width being much more than one-half = the length of the head.

The lower jaw is bent upwards and projects far bey ond the upper.

The snout (without the projecting part of the lower jaw) is not much

longer than the eye, the diameter of which is one-fifth or one-sixth

of the length of the.head. The eye is situated in a notch of the

upper profile the mterorbital space slightly concave, and rather

narrower than the eyes. Crown of the head scaly. Opercular mar-

gin very thin, flexible, radiated. The height of the body is contained

five times and one-half in the total length (without caudal). Caudal

fin emarginate. Pectorals much shorter than ventrals, which extend

nearly to the vent. Coloration uniform.

A single specimen of this species, 23 inches long, and not in a

gocd state of preservation, was presented by Vice-Admiral Sir E.

- Belcher to the British Museum.

MaASTACEMBELUS CRYPTACANTHUS.

D. 24]100. A. 2]ea. 100.

Preeoperculum with two spines. The maxillary extends to the

1867. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES. 103

‘vertical, from the front margin of the eye. Vertical fins united, the

anal very low; dorsal spines small, feeble, almost hidden in the skin.

Body much elongate, its greatest depth being one-half of the length

of the head (without rostral appendage), which is one-tenth of the

total. Brownish black; posterior part of the tail finely and irre-

gularly punctulated with black. j

A single specimen, 9 inches long, was presented by Dr. J. A. Smith

with other fishes from the Camaroon country. The occurrence of

Indian forms on the West Coast of Africa, such as Periophthalmus,

Psettus, Mastacembelus, is of the highest interest, and an almost new

fact in our knowledge of the geographical distribution of fishes.

ARIUS AUSTRALIS.

To judge from the description, this species would appear to be

allied to 4. surinamensis.

D. 1/7. A.16-17. P. 1/10.

2 830"

O26.)

Arius australis.

104 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW SATYRIDE. [Jan. 24,

The height of the body is contained from four times to four times

and a half in the total length (without caudal), the length of the

head thrice and a third or thrice and a fourth; the greatest width

of the head is five-sixths of its length. Oceipital process as long as

or longer than broad, granulated, with a very obtuse median ridge,

extending to the small basal bone of the dorsal fin. Eye of mo-

derate size, much nearer to the snout than to the extremity of the

operculum, the length of the snout being nearly one-half of that of

the postorbital portion of the head; upper jaw somewhat longer

than the lower. The teeth on the palate form a broad arched band,

the vomerine patches being slightly separated from the palatine, and

either perfectly continuous in the middle or but slightly interrupted.

The maxillary barbels extend to, or sometimes not quite to, the root

of the pectoral ; the outer ones of the mandible to the gill-opening.

Dorsal spines strong, half as long as the head, slightly serrated in

front and behind. Adipose fin as long as or shorter than the dorsal,

its length being less than one-third of the distance between the two

fins. Pectoral spine stronger and a little longer than that of the

dorsal fin; ventral fins more or less shorter than pectorals. Porus

axillaris minute. Sides of the body silvery, upper parts uniform

blackish.

Mr. Krefft has sent us three specimens of this Arius, the largest

being ]8 inehes long. ‘They were caught in the Hunter River, New.

South Wales, near Ash Island, by the Hon. A. W. Scott, M.A., and

are also to be obtained in nearly all the streams further north.

3. Descriptions of some New Species of Satyride belonging to

the Genus Euptychia. By Arruvur G. Burter, F.Z.S.,

Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum.

(Plates XI. & XII.)

I am now enabled, through the kindness of Mr. Hewitson, to de-

scribe some beautiful new species of Euptychia, the names of which

I introduced in my monograph of this genus in the Society’s ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ for 1866 (pp. 458 e¢ seq.).

The first of these species is in some respects much like my E. eri-

gone ; it is perhaps most closely allied to #. usitata, and belongs to

the same group with FE. myncea and E. camerta of Cramer. It is

included in my monograph under the name of Euptychia themis.

1. Euprycui1a THEMIs, Butler, MS. (PI. XII. fig. 13.)

3. Ale supra olivaceo-fusce : antice linea apud marginem un-

dulata et margine ipso nigris; alis de linea undulata fusces-

centibus ; linea marginali ochreo-alba, puncto ocellari subapi-

cali nigro-fusco ; ciliis fuscis, radicibus pallidioribus : postica

fascia antemarginali nigro-fusca undulata, lineam ochreo-albam

1867. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW SATYRID&. 105

includente ; linea marginali albida ; margine ipso nigro ; ciliis

ad venarum apices fuscescentibus, aliter velut in anticis ; ocello

magno subanali alteroque minimo ovali ad marginem internum

propiore nigris flavo cinctis et chalybeo pupillatis, majore bi-

pupillato : corpus olivaceo-fuscum, antennis ochreo-fuscis nigro

annulatis.

Ale subtus multo pallidiores, area apicali roseo-albicante ; striis

duabus mediis rufo-fuscescentibus late separatis, ad costam

anticarum divergentibus, externa ad angulum ani posticarum

angulata, et intus fusco paulum marginata ; linea submarginali

undulata et dentata, nigra; areola externa, precipue ad mar-

ginem, lactea et lineam nigram, que apud angulum ani sat

grossa fit, includente ; hec linea in anticis subintegra, in pos-

ticis autem angulis alternis undata et ad plicas alarum dentata

est ; margine ipso nigro ; ciliis velut supra; fascia discali in-

distincta, ocellos includente, anticarum flavescente, posticarum

JSuscescente : antice ocellis quatuor apud apicem, nigris, flavo

cinctis et chalybeo pupillatis, apicali minimo, secundo maximo,

alits duobus geminatis : postice ocellis sex, quinque antemargi-

nalibus, unoque minimo lineam externam mediam terminante,

flavo cinctis et chalybeo bipupillatis, secundo et quarto maximis

nigris : corpus cinerascens, antennis flavescentibus et nigro

clavatis.

Exp. alar. une. 2.

Hab. ? (Coll. Hewitson).

2. Euprycura vesyiciata, Butler, MS. (PI. XII. fig. 17.)

3. Ale supra olivaceo-fusce, striis duabus mediis bene separatis;

stria denticulata antemarginali et linea altera submarginali

nigro-fuscis ; margine ipso nigro: postice ocellis duobus con-

suetis minutissimis, vix distinguendis, subanalibus, argenteo

pupillatis : corpus nigro-fuscum, antennis nigris albido annu-

latis et flavo cinctis.

Ale subtus multo pallidiores, atomis plurimis fuscis rorate ;

fasciis duabus mediis tenuibus flavis utrinque nigro cinctis,

posticarum minus regularibus et ad marginem internum angu-

latis: postice linea simili, angulis alternis undata, submargi-

nali; linea ad marginem communi ochreo-albida ; margine et

stria antemarginali nigris: antice ocellis tribus apud apicem

parvis, apicalt majore nigro, ochreo cincto et argenteo pupil-

lato, secundo partim simili sed geminato, parte inferiore indi-

stincta fusca, tertio ovali fusco indistincto ; linea submaryinali

angulis alternis undata nigra: postice ocellis sex parvis ochreo

cinctis et fusco circumeinctis, primo et sexto minimis ; tertio et

quarto fuscis argenteo roratis, aliis ebeninis argenteo bipupil-

latis : corpus cinerascens, antennis flavescentibus.

Exp. alar. une. 14.

Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil (Coll. Hewitson).

In some respects allied to H. ambigua, Butl., but in the double

central lines more nearly resembling H. nebulosa ; on the underside

106 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON’ NEW SATYRIDE.” [Jan. 24,

niiéh like a gigantic specimen of ZL. binalinea, and, excepting in the

form of the central lines, very near to 2. grimon, Godt.

3. Euprycuia sTRAMINEA, Butler, MS. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.)

d. Ale supra olivaceo-fusce, certo situ cupreo-fusce : antice

elongate, apice acuto; margine interno brevi; margine postico

Suscescente, ciliis pallidis: postice margine externo paulum

undulato, post medium abrupte angulato; fascia lunulata sub-

marginali, duabusque tenuioribus paulum sinuatis, fuscis ;

ocello subanali minimo subgeminato consueto indistincto ; ciliis

pallidis : corpus nigrescens, antennis ferrugineis.

Ale subtus ochracee fusco rorate, disco roseo-pallescente ; lineis

duabus mediis sat late separatis, continuis, subintegris, fuscis,

externa intus ochreo-fusco marginata ; linea.submarginali lu-

nulata aliisque duabus tenuioribus vie sinuatis fuscis ; linea

antemarginali ochrea ; fascia indistincta fusca, ocellos inclu-

dente: antice ocello unico subapicali, postice duobus subapi-

calibus duobusque subanalibus, apicali et anali minimis, nigris

ochreo cinctis et argenteo pupillatis, internis posticarum bipu-

pillatis: corpus albido-cinereum, pedibus ochreis, palpis fusces-

centibus, antennis flavis.

Exp. alar. une. 2.

Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil (Coll. Hewitson).

This species is allied to #. variabilis, Butl. In outline it most

nearly approaches to the Rio form ; from this insect it chiefly differs

in having only one very minute subanal ocellus on the upperside of

the hind wings, and in the different position of the central lines and

paler colouring on the underside.

4, Evrrycura ancutaris, Butler, MS. (Pl. XII. fig. 8.)

3. Ale supra lineis submarginalibus obsoletis ; ocello posticarum

ad angulum ani magis approximante ; aliter velut in sp. prece-

dente : antice apice subangulato : postice margine externo post

medium valde anyulato, margine apicali obliquo vie sinuato; mar-

gine anali magis sinuato: corpus nigrescens, antennis nigris.

Ale subtus primo visu eis sp. precedentis simillime, pallide, fusco

rorate; lineis duabus subparallelis et subintegris fuscis, intus

ochreo marginatis ; margine postico Juscescente ; margine ipso

nigro; linea submarginali denticulata, et ad angulum ani pos-

ticarum sinuata, nigro-fusca: anticeé ocellis quingue nigris

punctiformibus obscure ochreo cinctis et chalybeo pupillatis :

postice ocellis sex nigris parvis, primo, tertio et quarto minimis,

obscure ochreo cinctis et chalybeo pupillatis, sexto unipupillato,

aliis bipupillatis : corpus cinerascens ; pedibus femoribus albi-

cantibus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis : caput palpis cineres ;

antennis roseo-albidis, ferrugineo clavatis.

Exp. alar. unc. 2.

flab. Minas Geraes, Brazil (Coll. Hewitson).

Allied to the preceding species, but differing in form and in the

disposition of the markings on the wings.

1867. MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW SATYRIDE. 107

5. Euprycura ocuracea, Butler, MS. (Pl. XI. fig. 5:)

Ale supra olivaceo-fusce ; margine postico fuscescente: postice

ciliis pallidis : corpus nigrescens, antennis nigris.

Ale subtus ochraceo-fusce, fusco rorate ; lineis duabus mediis,

ad costas divergentibus, paulum irregularibus, externa intus

obumbrata, extus a fascia communi discali flavo-ochrea latius

marginata; hac anticarum multo tenuiore et extus a fascia

communi fusca (ocellos includente) marginata; linea submar-

ginali undulata; linea marginal, extus ochreo marginata, et

margine ipso nigro-fuscis : antice ocellis duobus punctiformibus

obsoletis: postice ocellis sex nigris punctiformibus ochreo

cinctis, secundo et quinto majoribus et argenteo roratis: Corpus

Juscum, pedibus pallidis, antennis ferrugineis.

Exp. alar. une. 14

Hab. Brazil (Coll. ' Hewitson).

Allied to H. renata, Cram., but in some respects more closely

resembling H. variabilis, Butl.

6. EKuprycuia PRONOPHILA, Butler, MS. (PI. XII. fig. 20.)

3. dle supra olivaceo-fusca ; margine externo paulum obscu-

riore; cilits cinereis : corpus nigrescens.

Ale subtus olivaceo-fusce : antice fascia lata discali pallidiore,

utrinque fusco obscuriore cincta, intus subintegra, extus angulis

alternis denticulata, ocellos quinque minimos includente, quorum

quintus indistinctissimus est, secundus niger ochreo cinctus et

albo pupillatus, alii albi fusco cincti et obscurius ochreo cincti;

areola marginali fusco-cinerascente ; linea indistinctissima

JSusca; margine ipso nigro: postice lituris plurimis parvis

lineisque duabus apud basin subparallelis irregularibus fuscis ;

_ margine interno albo-cinerascente ; fascia discali triangulari

alba, de margine anali ad apicem currente, intus nigro-fusco

irregulariter marginata ; Jascia extus adjacente, velut in an-

ticis pallida, ocellos quinque parvos includente ; horum primus,

tertius et quartus albi fusco cincti et latius ochreo pallido

cireumeincti sunt, alii duo distincti nigri albo pupillati et

flavo cineti sunt ; areola marginali fusco-cinerascente ; mar-

gine ipso nigro: corpus fuscescens, pedibus pallidis, antennis

flavescentibus niyro acuminatis, palpis fuscis.

Exp. alar. une. 14.

Hab. Rio Janeiro (Coll. Hewitson).

This interesting insect is not very closely allied to any of the

known species of Huptychia ; it mimics the Venezuelan form of Pro-

nophila phytanis, Hewits., in the triangular white band on the

underside. It appears to belong to the same group as the preceding

species, although it may possibly form a link between LF. nebulosa,

Butl., and EZ. nossis, Hewits.

7. Euprycuia tirurata, Butler, MS. (Pl. XII. fig. 18.)

2. Ale pallide olivaceo-fusce ; margine externo obscuriore ;

ciliis roseo-cinereis : corpus nigrescens.

108 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW SATYRID&. [Jan. 24,

Ale subtus obscuriores, a lituris plurimis brevibus fuscis mar-

morate ; costis albo variis: antice pallescentes ; ocello uno

subapicali nigro, ochreo cincto, fusco tenuissime circumcincto

et albo pupillato ; aliis duobus minutissimis insecutis similibus ;

pupillis albis equalibus : postice fascia discali pallidiore ocellos

quinque minimos ws anticarum similes, includente; horum se-

cundus et quintus distinctiores sunt ; margine externo nigro :

corpus cinereo-fuscum, palpis pallidioribus.

Exp. alar. une. 17?;.

Hab. ? (Coll. Hewitson).

Allied to #. undulata, Butler, but with differently formed wings

and entirely different markings.

8. Euprycuia vesper, Butler, MS. (PI. XII. fig. 19.)

3. Ale supra olivaceo-fusce ; ocellis nonnullis vie distinguendis

indistinctis, marginalibus, inter venas sub alarum plicis positis ;

ciliis fuscis roseo tinctis: corpus fuscescens ; antennis fuscis,

Serrugineo clavatis.

Ale subtus cupreo tincte; lituris plurimis Juscis marmorate ;

margine nigro: antice litura discali, linea submarginali ad

costam arcuata et linea marginali obscurioribus fuscis ; ocello

unico subapicali nigro, ochreo pallido cincto et albo pupillato:

postice ocellis quingue similibus, secundo et quinto permulto

majoribus ; linea discali irregulari, altera sinuata submargi-

nali, cum prima ad angulum ani conjunta, et tertia marginali

minime sinuata fuscis obscurioribus; ocello minimo interno

valde indistincto : corpus fuscescens, pedibus pallidis, antennis

flavis albido fasciolatis.

Exp. alar. une. 135.

Hab. ? (Coll. Hewitson).

Allied to the preceding species. This little insect is much like

some of the species of Yphthima on the underside.

9. Euprycara ARMILLA, Butler, MS. (PI. XII. fig. 21.)

3. Ale supra olivaceo-fusce, margine nigra; ocello apud an-

gulum analem, marginali, valde indistincto : corpus fuscescens,

antennis fuscis.

Ale subtus fusce minime purpureo tincte, margine externo nigro

antice stria discali obscuriore irregulari duabusque submar-

ginalibus subintegris fuscis; area apicali paulum ochracea,

ocello nigro ochreo cincto et albo pupillato; punctis tribus

subapicalibus albis: postice stria valde irregulari discali

duabusque paulum undulatis fuscis ; ocellis sex discalibus dis-

tinctis neyris, flavo cinctis et albo pupillatis :; corpus fuscescens,

antennis flavis.

Hep. alar. une. 12.

Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil (Col’. Hewitson).

Allied to the preceding species. In the arrangement of the ocelli

on the underside this insect somewhat reminds one of the African

genus Cenyri.

1867.]

MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW SATYRIDE. 109

10. Evprycura rumata, Butler, MS. (PI. XII. fig. 14.)

Ale supra piceo-fusce, linea marginali pallidiore fusca: corpus

nigro—fuscum.

Ale subtus minime pallidiores: antice stria diseali obscuriore

subintegra obliqua, nec costam nec marginem internum attin-

gente, linea submarginali uudulata, linea marginali subintegra

nigro-fuscis ; margine ipso nigro: postica fasciis duabus me-

diis minime irregularibus, externa cum stria anticarum con-

tinua, apud angulum ani angulata, et cum fascia submarginali

conjuncta, hac angulis alternis undata, linea marginali paulo

undulata, his omnibus nigro-fuscis ; margine ipso nigro ; ocellis

sex cordiformibus ebeninis ochreo cinctis fusco circumeinctis et

chalybeo roratis, primo, secundo et sexto minoribus, primo in-

distinctiore minimo : corpus nigrescens, palpis cinereis.

Exp. alar. une. 25°.

Hab. Rio Grande (Coll. Hewitson).

This species is nearly allied to #. saundersii, Butl., although quite

distinct.

The accompanying plates illustrate the species described in the

present paper, and also some of those referred to in my preceding

paper on the same subject, which have not yet been figured.

Fig.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XI. & XII.

Puiate XI.

1. Euptychia pagyris, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 497.

egrota ( g), P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 482.

_ —— philippa, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 485.

metagera, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 494.

ochracea, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 107.

erycina, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 496.

gemmula, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 495.

ocnus, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 467.

obscura, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 487.

. —— pyracmon, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 499.

. ——yjunonia, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 495.

argyrospila, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 467.

. —- libyoidea, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 487.

Pate XII.

. Eup*ychia lethe, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 465.

nebulosa, P. Z. 8S. 1866, p. 479.

westwoodii, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 481.

hiemalis, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 494.

. —— polyphemus, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 488.

picea, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 481.

— mima, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 500.

angularis, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 106.

. —— straminea, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 106.

—— similis, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 465.

. —- vastata, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 487.

Waaeieater P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 473.

them’s, P. Z. S. 1867, p- 104.

110 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 24,-

Fig. 14. Euptychia fumata, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 109.

15 byses, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 490.

16 periphas, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 465.

17. —— vestigiata, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 105.

18. —— liturata, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 107.

19. —— vesper, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 108.

20. —— pronophila, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 107.

21. armilla, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 108.

4. Descriptions of Thirty-two New Species of Marine Shells

from the Coast of New South Wales.. By Grorce

Frencu Aneas, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

(Plate XIII.)

1. TROPHON HANLEYI, n.s. (PI. XIII. fig. 1.)

Shell fusiform, pale brown, with a narrow white band at the angle

of the whorls; spire turreted; whorls angulated at the upper part,

longitudinally distantly plicate, transversely ribbed, the ribs some-

what stronger on the plications and closely elevately scaled through-

out, tlfe last whorl produced into a moderately long open recurved

beak ; aperture small; columella arcuate, smooth, whitish ; outer

lip angulated near the middle, thin, crenated at the edge, and slightly

dentated within. Length 1 inch 2 lines, breadth 6 hnes.

Adhering to the under surface of rocks at low water, Port Jackson

(Coll. Angas).

2. CanTHARUS (TRITONIDEA) UNICOLOR, n. 8. (PI. XIII. fig. 2.)

Shell fusiform, thick, longitudinally plicately ribbed and trans-

versely closely ridged, pale brown or whitish throughout ; spire ele-

yated ; whorls seven, rounded ; aperture ovate, ending in front in a

short slightly recurved canal; columella arched ; outer lip crenu-

lated, thickened externally, and denticulated within. Length 6 lines,

breadth 2 lines.

Found under stones at very low spring tides, at Camp Cove, Port

Jackson (Coll. Angas).

3. Purpura (STRAMONITA) NEGLECTA, n.s. (PI. XIII. fig. 3.)

Shell angularly ovate, longitudinally nodosely plicate, transversely

rather broadly ribbed; ribs distant, the interstices filled with rows

of muricated scales, pale brown, the transverse ribs yellowish spotted

with black ; spire elevated; whorls five, angulated, concave above ;

aperture angulately oval ; columella arcuated and a little flattened ;

outer lip thin, simple; interior violet. Length 9 lines, breadth

A} lines.

Found under stones at low water outside Port Jackson Heads

(Coll. Angas).

4. Mirra (Caucrtia) sTRANGE!, n.s. (PI. XIII. fig. 4.)

Shell ovately fusiform, rather thin, white, spirally closely ridged,

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 111

the ridges on the last whorl alternately larger and smaller, crossed

by very fine longitudinal lines ; spire elevated ; whorls eight, slightly

rounded ; aperture rather more than half the length of the shell,

narrow ; “columella three- plaited, the upper plait the largest; outer

lip thin. Length 7 lines, diam. 23 lines.

Dredged in Middle Harbour, Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

Several specimens of this pretty little Mitra were also obtained at

Moreton Bay by the late Frederick Sirange to whose memory I have

dedicated it.

5. CoLuMBELLA (MiTRELLA) ALBOMACULATA, 0. s. (PI. XII.

fig. 5.)

Shell elongately fusiform, rather solid, whitish, tinged with Hale

lower portion of the whorls faintly reticulated with chestnut, with

broad brown flames, thickly spotted with white below the sutures ;

whorls eight, flattened, basal whorl spirally ridged anteriorly ; aper-

ture rather narrow, two-fifths the entire length of the shell ; colu-

mella arcuated, callous, transversely finely ridged in front ; outer lip

sinuated posteriorly, edge thin, thickened exteriorly, and dentated

within. Length 53 lines, breadth 2 lines.

Under stones at low water, Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

6. AKsopus riLosus, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 6.)

Shell elongately fusiform, pale fulvous or brown, with spots of

darker brown and white below the sutures; spire acuminately tur-

reted, apex a little obtuse; whorls eight, shghtly convex, trans-

versely finely sulcated throughout, last whorl nearly one-third the

length of the shell; aperture moderate, ovate ; columella arched ;

outer lip slightly thickened externally and denticulated within.

Length 5j lines, breadth 2 lines.

Dredged in Port Jackson in 5 fathoms (Coll. Angas).

7. Acus (ABRETIA) BICOLOR, n. s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 7.)

Shell subulate, whitish, the lower half of the last whorl] chocolate-

brown; whorls nine, nearly straight, more or less nodulous below

the sutures, thin, longitudinally ribbed, or very finely striated, the

ribs on the last whorl ceasing at the periphery ; columella arcuate ;

aperture small, ovately lunar; outer lip thin, rounded. Length

8 lines, breadth 2 lines.

Dredged in Middle Harbour, Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

8. Acus (ABRETIA) Assimitis, n. s. (PI. XIII. fig. 8.)

Shell elongately fusiform, rather solid, light fulvous, stained at the

lower part of the whorls with purplish chocolate ; whorls nine; a

little rounded, longitudinally ribbed; ribs rather broad, arcuate,

ceasing at the periphery of the last whorl, the interstices here and

there irregularly longitudinally striated ; columella arcuate, slightly

twisted at the base; aperture small, contracted towards the front ;

outer lip thin, simple. Length 54 lines, breadth 12 line. ~

Dredged in Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

112 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 24,

' 9. TurBoNnILuA NiTIDA,n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 9.)

Shell sharply subulate, turreted, rather thin, white, shining ;

whorls thirteen, slightly convex, longitudinally prominently rather

broadly ribbed, interstices smooth, narrow, ribs abruptly ceasing at

the periphery of the last whorl; sutures impressed ; aperture small,

subquadrate ; columella straight ; outer lip thin, a little produced in

front. Length 5 lines, breadth 1 line.

Dredged in Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

10. Oposrom1aA Lz&vis, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 10.)

Shell ovately conical, thin, subdiaphanous, shining, white ; whorls

seven, a little rounded, last whorl not quite half the length of the

shell; sutures channelled ; aperture oblong-ovate, a little produced

anteriorly ; columella fold transverse and strongly developed ; outer

lip thin, acute, simple. Length 3} lines, breadth 14 line.

Dredged in deep water in Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

11. Oposromia LacTEA, n. s. (PI. XIII. fig. 11.)

Shell elongate, rather thin, smooth, white, shining ; whorls six,

flattened ; sutures impressed ; aperture small, ovate, somewhat pro-

duced anteriorly, one-third the length of the shell; columella-fold

strong and a little oblique ; outer lip thin, simple. Length 3 lines,

breadth 1 line.

Dredged in deep water, Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

12. OpostomiA (PARTHENIA) PASCOEI, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 12.)

Shell ovately conical, rather thin, rimate, pale yellowish brown ;

whorls seven, longitudinally rather closely plicate, plicee evanescent

on the basal portion of the last whorl, transversely finely striated ;

whorls eight, somewhat convex, last whorl rather ventricose ; sutures

distinct ; aperture ovate; columella-plait moderate, transverse, situ-

ated a little within the aperture ; outer lip rounded, simple. Length

4 lines, breadth 14 line.

Dredged in deep water, Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

13. OposromiA (PARTHENIA) KREFFTI, un. s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 13.)

Shell fusiformly turreted, moderately solid, very narrowly rimate,

white ; whorls nine, strongly and closely longitudinally plicate, plicee

rounded, scarcely evanescent at the base of the last whorl, very finely

transversely striated, last whorl moderate ; sutures channelled ; aper-

ture small, ovate; columella-plait transverse, rather conspicuous.

Length 33 lines, breadth | line.

Port Jackson, deep water (Coll. Angas).

14..STYLOPTYGMA AURANTIACA, n. 8s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 14.)

Shell acutely elongate, rather thin, shining, fulvous orange, with

a pale band next below the sutures, darker on the lower whorls,

fading into white on the upper whorls, which are glossy and sub-

transparent ; spire turreted; whorls eight, very slightly convex,

1867.] MR.G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 113

finely transversely striated ; sutures impressed ; aperture small, nar-

rowly ovate, somewhat produced anteriorly; columella nearly straight,

whitish, the fold very small and rudimentary ; outer lip simple.

Length 3 lines, breadth # line.

Dredged in deep water, Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

Is. Deine coxt, n. 8. (Pl, XITE. fic. 15.)

Shell acuminately turreted, pale fulvous; whorls nodosely angu-

lated at the upper part, and encircled with rather distant somewhat

nodulous raised striz, between which are numerous fine thread-like

lines ; canal short, straight ; outer lip thin ; sinus moderate. Length

9 lines, breadth 3 lines.

Dredged in Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

16. Driti1a METCALFE!, n. s. (PI. XIII. fig. 16.)

Shell acuminately clavate, pale fulvous ; whorls with a fillet of

slanting ‘plicate nodules next the sutures, angulated with sharp pli-

cate nodules at the upper part, longitudinally rather sharply ribbed,

and cancellated with irregular raised striz, which are broader at the

lower part of the last whorl, where the longitudinal ridges terminate

in a band of small nodules ; canal short ; outer lip thin; sinus rather

broad and deep. Length 73 lines, breadth 21 lines.

Dredged in Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

17. CLATHURELLA ZONULATA, n. 8. (PI. XIII. fig. 17.)

Shell fusiform, rather solid, light brown, banded with ashy grey

below the sutures and at the base of the last whorl, encircled with

rather distant fine brown lines, longitudinally nodosely plicate, and

transversely closely ribbed; spire elevated ; whorls seven, convex ;

aperture narrow; inner lip arcuate; outer lip thin, thickened ex-

ternally ; sinus moderate. Alt. 4 lines, diam. 14 line.

Dredged in Port Jackson in deep water (Coll. Angas).

18. ALABA PHASIANELLA, n. s. (PI. XIII. fig. 18.)

Shell elongately conical, thin, semipellucid, whitish, encircled by

several thread-like, more or less interrupted, brown lines, with a band

of alternate white and brown spots above the sutures, and a few short

longitudinal brown flames beneath them; whorls nine, nearly flat ;

aperture ovate ; columella arcuate ; outer lip simple, acute. Alt.

3 lines, diam. | line.

Dredged in Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

19. Rissomna VARIEGATA, n. s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 19.)

Shell elongate, solid, white, sometimes broadly banded with livid

purple, or ornamented with zigzag chestnut markings ; whorls seven,

slightly convex, longitudinally plicate, plicze ceasing at the periphery

of the last whorl, transversely finely closely striate ; sutures distinct ;

aperture semilunar, chestnut within; inner lip moderately callous ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. VIII.

114 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 24,

outer lip thickened, white, a little sinuated posteriorly. Length

4 lines, breadth 14 line.

Port Jackson, deep water (Coll. Angas).

20. Rissorna TURRICULA, n. 8s. (PI. XIII. fig. 20.)

Shell elongately turreted, rather solid, whitish; whorls eight,

slightly rounded, longitudinally strongly plicate, angulated at the

sutures, the base of the last whorl furnished with a prominent spiral

rib; aperture ovate; outer lip thickened and strongly sinuate.

Length 23 lines, breadth ? line.

Port Jackson, deep water (Coll. Angas).

21. Rissorna smirui, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 21.)

Shell narrowly elongate, solid, whitish, sometimes banded with

pale brown below the sutures; whorls seven, a little convex, longi-

tudinally strongly and rather distantly plicate, the plicee curved above

and nearly obsolete at the base of the last whorl, transversely very

finely and closely striated; aperture semilunar, sometimes violet

within ; outer lip white, thickened, and moderately sinuated behind.

Length 3 lines, breadth 1 line.

Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

22. Rissorna cincTA, 0. 8s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 22.)

Shell small, narrowly elongate, rather solid, white, zoned with

brown; whorls seven, convex, longitudinally distantly plicate, plice

evanescent on the last whorl, transversely lirate throughout ; aper-

ture subovate; outer lip a little thickened, and slightly sinuate be-

hind. Length 2} lines, breadth 2 line.

Port Jackson, deep water (Coll. Angas).

23. CAPULUS VIOLACEUS, n. 8. (PI. XIII. fig. 23.)

Shell elevated, laterally compressed, recurved, oblong-ovate at the

base, radiately striated ; apex free, inclined to the right ; inter nally

with a very narrow rib, rounded at the edge, situated in the cavity

of the shell and extending on either side nearly to the middle of the

aperture; interior vidlet. Length 8 lines, breadth 3 lines.

(Coll. Angas.)

A single example of this curious shell was obtained by myself ad-

hering to the edge of a stone at low-water mark at Long Bay, out-

side Port Jackson Heads.

24. Euvrropia (Tricotta) rosEA, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 24.)

Shell minute, thin, shining, ovate, of a uniform deep rose-colour

throughout ; whorls four, somewhat flattened at the upper part, then

convex ; columella white ; ; edge of the outer lip stained with a line

of dark rose. Length 1} line, breadth | line.

From shell-sand in Coodgee Bay, New South Wales (Co//.

Angas).

1867.) MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 115

25. Eurrorra (Tricoiria) virco, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 25.)

Shell minute, rather thin, globosely conical, white ; whorls four,

the last whorl ventricose, and painted with fine undulating pink

lines, darker at tne sutures, where they are separated by several

broad descending white flammules; the lower portion of the last

whorl encircled by a row of white spots; columella slightly exca-

vated, white. Length | line, breadth 2 line.

From shell-sand, Coodgee Bay, New South Wales (Coll. Angas).

26. GrppuLa coxi,n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 26.)

Shell orbicularly conical, moderately umbilicated, rather solid,

whitish, marbled with olive and pink, with a few broad pure white

flames descending from the sutures and interrupted on the keels with

brownish red ; base reticulated with grey and minutely spotted with

red ; spire conical ; whorls five, angular, with two prominent

rounded keels, one next the suture, concave between the suture and

the upper keel, anda little concave between the keels, finely spirally

ridged and decussated with exceedingly fine and close oblique longi-

tudinal lines; base convex, finely concentrically ridged and decus-

sated like the whorls, the ridges increasing in size towards the um-

bilicus. Alt. 4 lines, diam. 4 lines.

Dredged in Port Jackson (Col/. Angas).

I have named this elegant little Giédu/a in honour of Dr. Cox of

Sydney, to whom we are indebted for the descriptions of many new

species of Australian land shells.

27. Gapinia conica, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 27.)

Shell convexly conical, white, strongly irregularly radiately ribbed ;

ribs about thirty-eight in number, concentrically ridged ; apex sub-

central ; white within. Alt. 2% lines, length 32 lines, breadth 3 lines.

Coodgee Bay, outside Port Jackson Heads (Col/. Angas.)

28. LopHyrus SMARAGDINUS, n.s. (PI. XIII. fig. 28.)

Shell oblong-elliptic, elevated, most minutely punctured, dull

bluish green, delicately freckled with olive, the hinder edges of the

valves ornamented with very small white spots bordered with olive ;

the terminal valves and laterai areas faintly concentrically striated,

the central valves carinated, with the dorsal areas faintly transversely

striated, the lateral areas slightly elevated; mantle-margin pale

green, marbled with black, and covered with small smooth imbri-

cated scales. Length 6 lines.

Port Jacksen (Coll. Angas).

29. ONITHOCHITON RUGULOsUsS, n. s. (PI. XIII. fig. 29.)

Shell elongately ovate, a little narrowed in front, raised and cari-

nated, pale yellowish brown, the central areas of the valves faintly

spotted with olive, the outer edges bordered with green, upon which

116 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 24,

and extending inwards are concentric waved bands of olive-brown

darker at the margin; lateral areas not raised, divided from the

dorsal areas by radiating nodulous ribs, transversely rugosely costate ;

dorsal areas finely longitudinally ridged ; mantle brown, variegated

with ash-colour and clothed with very minute chaff-like scales.

Length 8 lines.

Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

30. ToNICIA CARPENTERI, n. 8. (PI. XIII. fig. 30.)

Shell ovate, elevately convex, carinated, ashy white, ornamented

at the hinder edges of the valves with pale spots, the spaces between

which are very dark olive melting into confused bands of a paler hue,

which extend nearly across the valves; valves rostrate, undulately

concentrically subimbricately sculptured throughout; the lateral

areas not raised, but separated from the dorsal areas by an elevated

rib; posterior valve strongly gibbous, the umbo almost terminal ;

mantle-margin brown. Length 9 lines.

Port Jackson (Coll. Angas).

31. Leucorina ESTHER, n.s. (Pl. XIII. fig. 31.)

Shell ovate, rather solid, scarcely rimate, whitish ; whorls five,

transversely grooved and crossed with very fine longitudinal lines ;

aperture oblong-ovate, half the length of the shell ; columella white,

straight, parietal fold hardly visible. Length 22 lines, breadth

1j line.

Port Jackson, deep water (Coll. Angas).

32. CHELIDONURA ADAMsI, n. 8s. (PI. XIII. fig. 32.)

Head furnished in front with a short silky fringe; mantle termi-

nating behind in two long bifurcate filaments ; foot elevated on each

side, embracing the head and mantle, rounded both in front and be-

hind; colour velvet-black, with a white crescent on the hinder part

of the mantle ; the head and the outer edge of the foot are bordered

with a line of brilliant blue; a line of the same colour, bifurcated in

front, extends down the back; and the posterior filaments are orna-

mented in the middle with a similar line; parallel with these blue

lines, and at a short distance from them, are lines of a gold-colour ;

and spots of the same appear above the white crescent on the back,

and at the bifurcation of the posterior filaments. Shell internal, very

small, thin, flat, with the right border terminating ina point. Length

2 inches.

Found in a rock-pool at low water at Vaucluse Bay, Port

Jackson.

This species may be identical with the individual alluded to by

Quoy as having been met with at the Mauritius among numerous

specimens of his Bulla hirundinina, but which was not described by

him. I have named it in honour of my friend Mr. Arthur Adams,

the founder of the genus Chelidonura.

1867.

J DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM.,.

117

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Trophon hanleyi, p. 110. | Fig. 16. Drillia metcalfei, p. 113.

2. Cantharus (Tritonidea) unico- 17. Clathurella zonulata, p. 113.

lor, p. 110. 18. Alaba phasianella, p. 113.

3. Purpura (Stramonita) neglecta, 19, Rissoina variegata, p. 113.

5 Lay 20. turricula, p. 114.

4. Mitra( Caucilla) strange?, p.110. | 21. smithi, p. 114.

5. Columbella (Mitrella) albomacu- | 22. —— cincta, p. 114.

lata, p. 111. 23. Capulus violaceus, p. 114.

6. Asopus filosus, p. 111. 24. Eutropia (Tricolia) rosea, p.

7. Acus (Abretia) bicolor, p. 111. 114.

8. -—— (Abretia) assimilis, p. 111. | 25. ( Tricolia) virgo, p. 119.

9. Turbonilla nitida, p. 112. 26. Gibbula coxi, p. 115.

10. Odostomia levis, p. 112. 27. Gadinia conica, p. 115.

11 lactea, p. 112. 28. Lophyrus smaragdinus, p. 115.

12. —— (Parthenia) pascoei, p.112. | 29. Onithochiton rugulosus, p. 115.

13 (Parthenia) kreffti, p. 112. 30. Tonicia carpenteri, p. 116.

14. Styloptygma aurantiaca, p. 112. 31. Leucotina esther, p. 116.

15. Drillia coxi, p. 113. 32. Chelidonura adamsi, p. 116.

5. Notes on Hyalonema lusitanicum, and on the Genus in

general. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V-P.Z.S., &c.

Professor Bocage having most kindly presented to the British

Museum a very beautiful specimen of Hyalonema lusitanicum from

the coast of Portugal, I am enabled to state that I believe it to be a

most distinct species from the Hyalonema sieboldii of Japan.

The bundle of spicules is much more slender, consisting of fewer

spicules, and the spicules are very much longer than in any speci-

mens I have seen from Japan; and the sculpture on the surface of

the spicules is much more distinct and coarse than that on the Japan

spicules of the same thickness. A Japan specimen of two-thirds

the length, for example, would contain twice, if not three times, as

many spicules, and the coil or rope-like axis would be more than

twice the diameter.

The polypes on the bark are much smaller, oblong-oval, longer

than broad, and more crowded together, and are not of the circular

form, nor are they nearly so much raised in the dry contracted state

as those of the usual dry Japan specimens.

As remarked by Professor Bocage, the lower, more slender part of

the axis is entirely covered with the bark, which is crowded all over

to the very end of the base with the contracted polypes. The upper

half has lost its bark.

As in the Japan species, the spicules of the coil of the upper part

of the specimen are thicker than near the base; indeed the spicules

of both species gradually increase from the base to near the upper

end ; so there can be no doubt that the part covered with the bark

is the slender base of the spicules, which in the Japan species is

naked and is immersed in the sponge.

The examination of Professor Bocage’s specimens has satisfied

118 DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. [Jan. 24,

me that the coral from Japan and that from Portugal should be

separated from each other as genera, having a different number of

tentacles, and that they must live under very different circumstances.

The differences have been pointed out by Professor Bocage in his

papers cn the Portuguese Coral in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings.’

The genera may be thus defined :—

1. HyaLonema, Gray, and Brandt?

Hyalocheta, Brandt.

Polypes with twenty tentacles in two series. The axis bare at

the base, living sunk in the centre of a sponge, and separated from

the sponge by a hard condensed coat. ‘The bark strengthened ex-

ternally with siliceous granules or sand.

All the perfect specimens which I have seen of this coral were

attached to sponges; they are about twelve in number; and there

are three figured by Brandt, and one by Schultze; so fhere can be

no doubt that it is the natural habit of the coral. This seems to be

the case with all the specimens that have been collected by natu-

ralists.

The Japanese seem to destroy the bark, and separate the corals

from the sponges, as they appear to consider the bundle of spicula

the most interesting part of the coral; so that most of the specimens

that are brought to this country either have only a small part of the

bark attached to them, just enough to keep the spicula together, or

are entirely stripped of it.

HYALONEMA SIEBOLDII.

ITyalonema sieboldii, Gray, P. Z. 8.11. (1835) p. 65 ; 1857, p. 279;

Institute, 1835, p. 426; Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1850, vi. p. 306; 1866,

xviil. p. 295; Perty, Allg. Naturg. ii. 1841, p. 796; Brandt, Bull.

Scien. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. n. s. xvi. 1857; Meélang. Biol. ii. 606 ;

Symbole, 14, t. 1. f. 1-10; Milne-Edwards, Coralliaires, i. 1857,

p. 324; Max Schultze, Die Hyalonemen, 1860, t. 1. 2; Bowerbank,

Brit. Sponges, i. 196.

Hyalonema misabalie Gray, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 279.

Var.? Hyalonema affinis, Brandt, Symbole, 16, t. 2. f. 2a, 2 6,

3 & 4.

Hab. Japan.

Professor Brandt has divided the Hyalonema from the Japanese

seas into two genera, viz. Hyalonema and Hyalocheta, according to

the prominence and clustering of the polypes. I have not seen any

specimens which agree with Professor Brandt’s Hyalocheta possieti,

Bull. Sci. Acad. St. Pétersb. xvi. 1857; Mélan. Biolog. ii. 606;

Symbolee, 17, t. 2. f. 6-10.

In the Britich, eee there is a specimen, which was brought

from Japan by Dr. W.: Lockhart, that has some of the polypes

clustered and more produced than the others. It is almost inter-

mediate in form between the common state of Hyalonema sieboldii

and the figure of Hyalocheta possieti given by Professor Brandt.

1867.) DR.J.E.GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. 119

The want of more materials makes it impossible to come to any con-

clusion as to the distinctness of the genera or even of the species.

If one may judge from the figure of Professor Brandt, the polypes

of the genus Hyalocheta appear to be on the slender end of the axis

of the coil of the coral, as in the Portuguese species. It would be

desirable to know whether this form is ever found living in a sponge.

The specimen in the British Museum, obtained by Dr. W. Lock-

hart in Japan, which has some of the polypes prominent and clus-

tered, has the bark only on the lower, more slender end of the coil,

and in this respect agrees to some extent with Professor Brandt’s

figure. But the slender end of the coil projects like a pencil beyond

the bark ; and one is by no means sure that the bark, which is evi-

dently very easily moved on the axis in the living or freshly gathered

coral, may not have been slipped down towards that end of the coil ;

and I think that this may be the case, as I believe that it was ob-

tained with the other Japanese specimens of H. sieboldit which Dr.

Lockhart brought home. In this respect it differs from the Portu-

guese species and from the Hyalocheta of Prof. Brandt ; for in both

of them the bark entirely covers the base of the axis, and evidently

belongs to that part of the specimen.

2. HyALoTHRIX.

The polypes with forty tentacles in several concentric series, the

outer series the largest. The axis, covered to the very base with the

polype, bearing bark, and the bark strengthened with cylindrical

filiform siliceous spicules, and with a smooth external coat without

any imbedded granules.

This genus is at once distinguished from Hyalonema by the coral

not living with its base immersed ina sponge. It lives evidently

free ; but how it keeps itself in an erect position so that all the po-

lypes round the axis may obtain food is yet to be discovered.

1. HyALOTHRIX LUSITANICA.

Hyalonema lusitanicum, Bocage, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 265, pl. xxi. ;

1865, p. 662; Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1866, xviii. p. 287.

Hab. Coast of Portugal (Bocage). B.M.

After the study of all the specimens which I have been able to

see from Japan, and of the Portuguese specimen, I still adhere to

the opinion that I formed when I first described the genus, now

more than thirty years ago, and which is so well supported by Prof.

Brandt in his carefully prepared and well-studied memoir. I re-

gard Hyalonema as a type of a peculiar family of Corals, formed by

zoanthoid polypes, characterized by forming for their support a sill-

ceous axis formed of many thread-like spicules coiled together into

a rope-like form, each formed of numerous concentric laminze, and

surrounded and separated from one another by the corium of the

community of polypes.

I am aware that M. Valenciennes has suggested that the rope-like

coil or axis in the Japanese species is a part of the sponge, and regards

120 DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. (Jan. 24,

the polypes with which it is covered as a species of Palythoa; and

Professor Max Schultze has supported this theory by a microscopic

examination of the spicules of the sponge, of the axis, and the bark

or corium*.

Some of the arguments in favour of this view of the question may

be thus condensed :—

I. Silica is not exclusively secreted by sponges, as the advocates of

the sponge-theory seem to believe, but is found mixed with corneous

matter (as it is mixed in Hyalonema and Euplectella) in Gorgonia

and Antipathes, and with calcareous matter in Madrepores.

Mr. Children, in my paper ‘On the Chemical Structure of

Sponges” (see Annals of Philosophy, 1825, ix. p. 431), in which I

first showed that the spicules of some sponges are composed of silica,

states that he found sufficient silica in the carefully prepared ashes

of the axis of Gorgonia flabellum to form a globule before the blow-

pipe. This proves that silica is found in the coral of the Alcyonaria

or polypes with pinnate tentacles.

Professor R. Silliman, in the “ Appendix to Dana, on the Struc-

ture and Classification of Zoophytes,”’ states that in three genera of

Madrepores (Madreporaria) which he examined he found that one

contained nearly 9, another 12, and a third 23 per cent. of silica; he

further states that ‘the silica exists in the coral in its soluble modi-

fication, and probably united to the lime.” If nearly one-quarter of

the solid parts of a caleareous coral of a zoanthoid polype consists of

silica, there can be no reason that a zoanthoid polype might not pro-

duce a coral of pure silica without any calcareous material.

M. Milne-Edwards calls one genus of Antipathide Hyalopathes,

because the axis is smooth and has a vitreous appearance; further,

he believes that the axis differs in chemical composition from that of

the other genera of Antipathidz (see Coralliaires, vol. i. p. 323). I

have not seen this genus; but it is to be observed that he forms for

the Antipathes a group which he calls Zoanthaires selérobasiques,

and it is to this group that the Hyalonemidz must be referred ;

indeed, from the manner in which M. Milne-Edwards refers to the

genus, this is where he would have placed it if he had not been in-

formed by M. Valenciennes that he considered it a sponge with a

parasitic Zoanthus.

Il. The structure of the siliceous spicules of sponges is very simt-

lar to, almost identical with, the structure of the axis of Gorgonia

* The truth of Dr. Bowerbank’s assertion (also supported by Dr. William Car-

penter), that the zoanthoid polype of this coral, described by Brandt, Schultze,

Bocaze, and myself, is only the oscule of the sponge, can be at once disproved

hy the examination of a specimen, or the study of the works of the authors cited,

and can scarcely be considered an object of discussion. It is true Dr. Bowerbank

has written a long and diffuse paper to attempt to prove his position, when a

cut in the polype-cell could have settled the question. It is a pity he did not

recollect. King Charles’s question about the fish and the water. I have made

some observations on M. Valenciennes’s and Dr. Bowerbank’s theories in the

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for 1866, vol. xviil.

1867.] | DR.J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. 121

among the sclerobasic alcyonoid, and of Antipathes among the scle-

robasic zoanthoid polypes.

The siliceous spicules of sponges (as for example, the very elon-

gated filiform spicules of the genus Euplectella, which are most like

those of Hyalonema) are formed of numerous very thin concentric

coats formed of silica and horny matter; but this is exactly the

structure of the axis of Gorgonia (of the aleyonoid polypes) and of

Antipathes of the zoanthoid polypes.

In Hyalonema the coats are siliceous, mixed with horny matter ;

in Gorgonia the coats are either almost entirely horny or of horny

matter mixed with a greater or less quantity of calcareous and sili-

ceous matters. ‘Though the axes of the Gorgonia and Antipathes are

generally found with an expanded base, by which they are fixed to

marine bodies, the Pennatule, which are free, have a fusiform axis,

like the separate spicules that form the coil of Hyalonema.

I can only consider that the spicula of Hyalonema are the fusiform

axes of a coral which, instead of having one axis to the community

of polypes, has several coiled together like a rope, but separated

from each other by a layer of corium.

The coil of the spicula in Hyalonema occupies the same position

and answers the same purpose (that is of supporting the canal) as the

axis of the sclerobasic aleyonoid and zoanthoid polypes—that is to

say, the axis of Gorgonia, Antipathes, and Pennatula.

III. The spicules of sponges are only covered with sarcode ; while

the spicules of the Hyalonema are each surrounded by a layer of

corium exactly like the inner surface of the bark or corium of the

polypes.

The zoologist who regards the coil of spicules as part of the sponge

considers the polypes on its surface a parasitic incrustation. If

this were the case, the parasites would only form a layer on the sur-

face of the coil without interfering with the coil of spicules on which

it is placed ; and the spicules of the coil, being part of the sponge,

would only be covered with the sarcode of the sponge, which, in the

sponge at the base of the /Zyalonema, of which the coil is said to be

a part, is very small in quantity, scarcely enough to unite the spi-

cules of the sponge together, and scarcely visible on their surface.

In Hyalonema, on the contrary, the bark that covers the coil consists

of a thick hard fibrous corium covered with a thick external coria-

ceous coat, strengthened, as in Palythoa, with grains of sand or small

spicules. The inner layer of corium near the spicules or coil is

pierced by scattered small spicules ; and the corium extends within

the coil, surrounding each of the spicules with a thin fibrous coat,

uniting them all into one mass of a much more solid and highly or-

ganized texture than the sarcode of any sponge I have examined.

The zoanthoid polypes that form the bark on the coil of spicula

differ from those of the genus Palythoa and all other allied genera in

having the inner coat of their polype-cells and the base from which

they spring pervaded with siliceous spicules, similar in shape, but

smaller and much shorter than the spicules of which the coil is formed.

122 DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. [Jan. 24,

I consider that this structure of the corium is enough to prove

that it is the community of polypes that constitute the bark that

forms the coil of spicules, and that they are too intimately connected

with the spicules to be only parasitic on their surface.

IV. The essential character of a sponge is, that it is permeated

by canals for the circulation of the water which is emitted by

oscules ; and there is no such structure in Hyalonema.

The sponge in which the Japanese Hyalonema is found is of the

normal structure here noted. But there is no appearance of any

canal in the coil of spicules ; indeed they are all formed into a close

mass, adherent together by the corium that surrounds each spicule.

There is no communication between the canals of the sponge to

which the Hyalonema is attached and the axis of Hyalonema, which

has been regarded as part of the sponge.

The sponge forms a condensed hard case, round the base of the

coil which is inserted in the sponge, very different from the rest of

the sponge, of a dense structure, and without any canal in it, as if

to separate the base of the Hyalonema trom it as completely as

possible, evidently regarding the Hyalonema as an intruder, I sup-

pose, the base being enclosed in the hard case without any canal,

and the upper free part of the axis being entirely covered with

the polype-bearing corium or bark (or with the mass of parasitic

Palythoe, if that theory be the correct one) ; and I have seen speci-

mens which show that in the perfect state of the animal the axis is

so covered.

This bark being destitute of pores or other apertures, and the axis

destitute of any canal, shows that the axis and bark cannot be any

part of the ‘cloacal system,”’ as Dr. Bowerbank states them to be in

his characters of the genus, and, indeed, have no connexion with the

sponge in which it lives.

In the perfectly formed specimen the coil of the axis reaches to

the base of the sponge, the coil gradually tapering in thickness until

it reaches the base, where it is like a small pencil of very thin spi-

cules. This thin end or pencil is closed over by the sponge. I be-

lieve that the coral commences on the surface of the sponge ; and

that as the coral increases in size the basal portion perforates and

descends in the sponge as the upper part of the axis ascends or

enlarges in size.

In fact the coil of spicules forms no part of the organization, and

has no organic connexion with the sponge in which it is placed,

there being no water-current between it and the sponge, which is

the essential character of sponges. It is to be observed that neither

M. Valenciennes, Professor Max Schultze, nor Dr. Bowerbank at-

tempt to prove that the coil is in any way organically connected

with the sponge.

V. The attachment to the sponge appears to be the habit of a single

species ; for the Portuguese species, which agrees with the Japanese

in most of its essential characters, lives free in the sea, and has

1867.]| | DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. 123

the small end of the coral, which in the Japan species is sunk in the

sponge, covered with polypes like the rest of its surface.

Professor Max Schultze, who regards the coil of the Japanese spe-

cies as part of the sponge and the polypes as a parasitic species of

Palythoa, considers the polype an undescribed species of that genus.

But the observation of Professor Brandt shows that it differs from

all the species of the genus Palythoa in having the inner layer of

the basal portion, which forms the bark of the coil and the cells

of the polypes, strengthened with siliceous spicula, similar to, but

smaller and shorter than the spicula of the coil; so that the animal

must form a genus by itself, which has the peculiarity of secreting

small spicules of the same kind and form as those which the advo-

cates of the parasitic theory will not admit the polype secretes of

a larger size so as to form the coil.

According to the observations of Professor Bocage, the polype of

the Portuguese species differs from that of the Japan species in having

a different number of tentacles; but it agrees with the Japan species

in the inner layer of the corium secreting siliceous spicules. So the

Hyalonemata of the two localities have polypes agreeing in forming

siliceous spicules in the corium, and yet may be referred to different

genera. Yet we are to believe that each is only parasitic on a coil

of spicules which only differs from the spicules of their flesh in

being larger and formed into a central coil! This I must regard as

a very illogical conclusion, as it is more natural to suppose they se-

crete the spicules of the bark and the coil.

These two genera, according to the theory entertained by Valen-

ciennes, Milne-Edwards, and Wyville Thompson, must belong to

two very different groups of animals. These zoologists consider the

“‘ glass rope,” because it grows out of a sponge* having somewhat

similar siliceous spicula, to be only an extraordinary development of

the spicula of the sponge, which is covered with a parasitic Palythoa!

Therefore they regard it as a sponge. As the second genus does

not grow out of a sponge, and therefore cannot be a development of

the sponge-spicula, and therefore cannot be a sponge, I do not know

to what group of animals they would refer it. I therefore think it

much more reasonable to believe that both belong to a peculiar

group of zoanthoid corals characterized by secreting an axis formed

of siliceous thread-like spicules, consisting at present of two genera,

one living free, and the other growing from a mass of sponge.

Thus a coral with an axis formed of a coil of siliceous spicules,

exactly similar to that of Hyalonema, is found without being in con-

nexion with any sponge; so that the coil cannot be a special deve-

lopment of the spicules of a certain sponge. In the latter case the

coil-like axis is evidently secreted by the polypes which cover it.

Are we to believe that the sponge forms the axis in one case, and

* Professor Brandt denies that the Japan Hyalonema lives in a sponge (Hyalo.

nema, p. 14, note), and says he does not know how they are fixed (p. 14). Pro-

fessor Max Schultze figures three specimens in sponges (t.1, 2). We have two

examples in the British Museum in sponges; and I have seen more than a dozen

other specimens all growing in sponges.

124 DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. [Jan. 24,

the polypes (which equally cover the axis in both cases) in the other

—that is to say, in two genera of the same family ?

Some of the siliceous spicules found in the inner layer of the bark

of the axis or coil of the Japanese species are similar in form to those

which are found in the sponge on which it grows (see Schultze, t. 3.

f. 11-14; Brandt, t. 3. f. 15, 16)*. ‘They differ from the spicula in

the sponge in being smaller in size, stouter, and more spinose ; but

when you see the very variable forms the spicules of the sponge

assume, and how the forms blend into each, as well shown by

Schultze, t. 1. f.3, 4, the passage from the spicula of the sponge

to those of the bark can easily be believed by a casual observer ; but

those of the bark and of the sponge each keep their own peculiar

form and position, and are never found intermixed.

Some microscopists, who frequently pay little attention but to the

“microscopic object,” and therefore take a narrow view of the aft-

nities of animals, place great reliance on this similarity of the spi-

cules of the polypes and the sponge, and regard them as the same.

This would have weight, if the pertect organization and development

of the polypes did not prevent me from accepting Dr. Bowerbank’s

theory that the bark is part of the sponge. But, admitting as we

must that the coil is covered with well-developed polypes, the exist-

ence of these cruciform or subcruciform spinulose spicules does not

offer us any assistance to discover whether the polypes are parasi-

tical or are the makers of the coil; and they have been observed by

the advocates of each theory, as above quoted, only so far as one may

argue that, if the polypes develope these cruciform siliceous spi-

cules and also cylindrical ones in the bark, there is less difficulty in

believing that they also develope the siliceous filiform spicules of the

coil or axis.

Dr. William Lockhart states that the Japanese Hyalonema is

found growing on the rocks off the island of Enosima, near the old

capital Kamakura, and not far from Yokohama. The fishermen offer

these sponges with their siliceous fibres for sale to visitors at the

temples of Enosima.

The Japanese are intelligent and patient people, and they manu-

facture many articles of the coils of spicules of this coral. ‘They

sell them with one or more bands of coloured or gold paper put

round them to keep them together, or they enclose the narrow base

of the coil with spiral strips of paper, strips of cloth or ribbon, form-

ing them into an aigrette; these are prepared for the general

market. Oddly enough, when they, or some of the fishermen,

must have stripped the bark off the coil, they prepare cthers evi-

dently for the more scientific purchasers. ‘Thus I have seen a spe-

cimen which had the thin lower end of the coil enclosed in a spiral -

band of paper covered over with a coil of string having knots at cer-

tain distances. ‘This was all covered with sand and minute particles

* Professor Brandt considers the spicules to belong to different species, call-

ing the one at the base Spongia octancyra (p. 14), and the other in the bark

Spongia spinicrucis (p. 23).

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON. CORALLIUM JOHNSONI. 125

of shell attached with cement, giving the whole the appearance of

the true bark, the knots representing the polype-prominences,—and

so well done that it deceived an intelligent collector.

The same collector brought me a specimen of a coil which had

some of the natural bark on the middle part of the specimen ; but

the narrow lower end was covered with strips of the bark wound

round it in a spiral manner, so that the bark appeared to cover the

base of the coil nearly to the end; but when closely examined, the

edges of the strips were distinctly visible.

I have seen another specimen in which the coil of spicules was

scattered with small pieces of bark, generally containing a single

polype, but in two or three cases two polype-cells ; and on the tips

of some of the spicules were affixed in the same manner, with cement,

a piece of bark containing a polype; in one or two instances two

such pieces were on the same spicule.

6. Additional Note on Corallium johnsoni.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

In the Proceedings of this Society for 1860 (p. 393, Radiata,

pl. xvirt.) I described and figured a new species of Coral, which

had been discovered by Mr. James Yate Johnson at Madeira, under

the name of Corallium johnsoni.

The Rev. Henry H. Higgins, an active trustee of the Liverpool

Free Museum, has most kindly sent to me for examination a small

specimen of a Coral received from Mr. Johnson, from Madeira,

which is evidently the same species, showing the coral in its young

state. As the specimen is very unlike the old part of the coral

that I figured, and also very dissimilar to the young branches of

the Corallium rubrum of the Mediterranean, I have had the figure

that Mr. Higgins most kindly sent with the specimen reproduced

(see fig., p. 126).

The great peculiarity of this coral is that the polypes all arise

from one surface, and I have no doubt that it grows out horizontally

from the rocks, and that they arise from the upper surface of the

branches.

The polypes also differ from those of the Corallium rubrum of the

Mediterranean in being very prominent from the bark, and of an

ovate subcylindrical form, marked with longitudinal grooves, which

are most distinct near the opening of the polype-cell.

I have little doubt that the above is the true explanation of the

specimen ; but Mr. Johnson, who sent the specimen to Liverpool,

labelled it ‘‘a zoophyte parasitic on a dead coral.”

The genus Coral/ium should be divided into three, as follows :—

1. CoRALLIUM.

The polypes slightly elevated from the bark, and scattered on all

sides of the branches.

126 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CORALLIUM JOHNSONI. | Jan. 24,

Hemicorallium johnsont.

CORALLIUM RUBRUM, Lam., M.-Edw. Corall. 1. 204.

Madrepora rubra, Linn.

Tsis nobilis, Pallas.

Hab. Mediterranean. B.M.

2. PLEUROCORALLIUM.

«The coral branching ina plane. The polypes scarcely raised,

confined to one surface, mostly near the apex of the very small

branchlets, and often in twos.” The branchlets in the figure are

chiefly confined to one edge of the branches.

PLEUROCORALLIUM SECUNDUM, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 641, t. 60.

il We

Hab. Sandwich Islands? ? (Dana).

3. HeEMICORALLIUM.

The polypes prominent, ovate-cylindrical, often clustered, all dis-

tributed on one side of the branches.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON PLACOSPONGIA. 127

HeMIcorRAtLiuM JOHNSONI.

Corallium johnsoni, Gray, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 394. B.M.

** Zoophyte parasitic on a coral.” —J. Y. Johnson, MS.

Hab. Madeira (J. Y. Johnson; Free Museum, Liverpool).

7. On Placospongia, a New Generic Form of Spongiade in the

British Museum. By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray, F.R.S.,

V..P:4.8;, FS. &e.

The British Museum received in 1851, from Admiral Sir Edward

Belcher, a specimen of a hard calcareous body said to have come

from Borneo; and in the sale at Stevens’s sale-room in 1852 we

purchased two other specimens, from what was understood at the

time to be the remaining part of the collection that had been formed

by Admiral Sir Edward Belcher during the surveying voyage.

The bodies have much the appearance of the underground rhi-

zome of a plant with a number of scars whence leaves or flowering

branches have separated ; but when more closely examined, it will

be found that what appears to be a scar is a separate plate. And

when so examined they have so much the appearance of a very large

kind of Nullipore or Melodesia that, when I first observed them, I

believed that they were probably corals covered with large plates of

a Melobesia, differing in size and form on the various parts of the

specimens, and giving them an angular appearance, caused by the

overlapping of the different fronds of this calcareous Alga ; and I

therefore proposed to transfer them to the Botanical Collection in

the British Museum.

An examination by the microscope at once dispelled this idea; for

the surfaces of the white chalk-like plates, even under a low power,

are seen to be distinctly areolated as if formed of small grains; and

when the plates and the white chalk-like axis were more minutely

exainined under a higher power they were found to be entirely formed

of transparent, more or less globular or oblong siliceous masses, with

a regularly granulated surface, evidently formed of spicules radiating

from the centre to the circumference, and forming the granular sur-

face exactly like what are called the ovaria of Geodia and its allies.

Also the space between the central axis and the plates in a trans-

verse fracture was filled with a rugose yellow granular matter, which

proved to be sarcode strengthened with bundles of siliceous pin-

shaped spicules (with a digtinet head and a tapering point), which

diverge from the axis to the inner surface of the external plates.

After this examination there could be no doubt that this was a

sponge differing in internal structure and external form from any

sponge yet described. I therefore propose to form it into a genus, to

be called P/acospongia, which I regard as the type of a new family,

and, indeed, of a separate group of sponges, which may be called Stony

Sponges, thus characterized :—-Sponge consisting of a hard central

128 DR. J. E. GRAY ON PLACOSPONGIA. [Jan. 24,

axis covered externally with separate lamine; the axis and lamine

composed of closely adherent siliceous globules with a granular sur-

face, and separated from each other by a layer of sarcode armed

with siliceous spicules.

The genus may be thus described :—

PLACOSPONGIA.

The sponge hard, angular, stony, angularly branched. The axis

solid, formed of closely ‘packed siliceous globules with an areolated

tubercular surface, and covered with variously shaped hard plates of

similar tubercular siliceous globules, having an areolated appearance

on the surface under the microscope. The outer plates differ

greatly in size and form ; but they meet at the edges, and rarely one

edge slightly ov erlaps the other, giving the sponge an angular ap-

pearance. The axis is separated from the superficial plates by a

continuous layer of sarcode furnished with bundles of nearly parallel

pin-shaped spicules, which form columns diverging at right angles

from the outer surface of the axis to the inner surface of the outer

plates. The external plates are increased in size by the addition of

new matter on the circumference, leaving indistinct concentric lines

of growth on the outer surface. It is the manner of growth that

makes them look so like the fronds of a large Melobesia.

Fig. 1. Placospongia melobesioides, Gray.

2. Cross fracture, showing the axis, sarcode, and outer laminz.

3. Siliceous globule.

4. Pin-shaped spicule of sarcode.

PLACOSPONGIA MELOBRESIOIDES.

Var. 1. Sponge thick, with short angular branches, chalky white.

Hab. Borneo. B.M.

1867.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON TIE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 129

Var. 2. Sponge slender, with a few distant angular branches, pale

purplish red. ;

Hab. Borneo? (1851, Capt. Sir EL. Belcher). B.M.

The two varieties were purchased at the same time, in Stevens’s

sale-room, in 1852. They present just the same differences in colour

as are to be observed in different specimens of Melobesia and Coral-

line; and there is no doubt that the purplish-red specimen will

become white by exposure.

8. On some Collections of Birds from Veragua.

By Ossert Savin, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.

(Plate XIV.)

The three collections of birds which form the materials for the

present paper were collected at three different localities in Veragua,

by Enrique Arcé, a native of Guatemala, who formerly worked for

Mr. Godman and myself when travelling in the latter country.

Having become proficient in bird-collecting, he undertook to go to

Costa Rica, where he remained some months; he then proceeded to

Panama, and thence to the ground where these collections were made.

The first and largest was from a village called Santa Fé, which Arcé

describes as situated twelve leagues on the Panama side of Santiago,

the capital of Veragua; the next was from the neighbourhood of

Santiago itself; and the third from a district beyond Santiago, which

Arcé calls the ‘ Cordillera de Tolé.”” Neither this district nor Santa

Fé are marked in any map that Ihave seen. All three localities would

seem to enjoy a ‘‘tier7a templada,”’ or cool mountain-climate, in their

vicinity ; and the presence of a Dipper (Cinclus) in the last named

indicates that our traveller reached a considerable elevation. The

collection also contains many birds which are found only in the low-

lands, showing that Arcé also visited the hot forests of low elevation.

Before proceeding to enumerate the species contained in these col-

lections, I will shortly mention the notices that have been published

from time to time of the birds of this section of Central America,

viz. that which is included between the political frontier of Costa

Rica and the Panama Railway.

The first notice which I can find referring to the birds of Veragua

is in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for the year 1850, p. 92, where

Mr, Gould describes Cephalopterus glabricollis from a specimen

obtained by the botanical traveller M. Warszewicz in the Cordillera

of Chifiqui. In a subsequent paper, published in the same year

(p. 162), six new species of Trochilide (Selasphorus scintilla, Thau-

matias chionurus, Thalurania venusta, Sapphironia ceruleogularis,

Erythronota niveoventris, and Trochilus (—?) castaneoventris) were

described by the same gentleman from specimens furnished by M.

Warszewicz, and collected between David and the Chiriqui Lagoon,

A seventh species from the same collection was also described by

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. IX.

}

130 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Jan, 24,

Mr. Gould under the new generic name Oreopyra, as OQ. leucaspis, in

the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1860, p. 312. In the ‘ Proceedings’ for the

year 1853, p. 45, a new species of Toucan (Aulacorhamphus ceru-

leogularis) was defined by Mr. Gould from a specimen collected in

Veragua by Dr. Berthold Seemann, who obtained it when travelling

as naturalist to H.M.S. ‘ Herald.’ Mr. Gould says this bird was ac-

companied by other ornithological rarities, of which unfortunately

we havenorecord. Inthe year 1853, also, MM. Verreaux published

their description of Chasmorhynchus tricarunculatus in the ‘ Revue

Zoologique,’ p. 193, from an immature specimen transmitted to them

from Boca del Toro. The next notice we have is in the ‘ Annals of

the New York Lyceum’ for 1855 (vol. vi. p. 137), which contains

a description by Mr. G. N. Lawrence of the beautiful Humming-

bird (Microchera albo-coronata), with notes on its habits by its dis-

coverer, Dr. J. K. Merritt, and also on those of Hutoxeres aquila,

Boure. These birds were obtained in the district of Belen, which

lies to the south-eastward of the Chiriqui lagoon, on the Atlantic

slope of the Cordillera. Our ‘Proceedings’ for 1856 contain two

papers referring to Veraguan birds. The first is at p. 107, by Mr.

Gould, where two new species are described (Trogon aurantiiventris

and Odontophorus veraguensis) from specimens collected by Mr.

Bridges near David. The second paper, by Mr. Sclater (p. 139),

gives a complete list of Mr. Bridges’s collection, which contained spe-

cimens of forty-six species, two of which are described as new, viz.

Thamnophilus bridgesi and Geotrygon chiriquensis. In this paper

short notes on the habits of each species are supplied by Mr. Bridges.

The next paper I have to notice is by Mr. G. N. Lawrence, on a col-

lection transmitted to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. F. Hicks

from David. This paper, published in the ‘ Annals of the New York

Lyceum,’ Vili. p. 174, enumerates thirty-nine species, three of which

are introduced as new, viz. Spermophila collaris, Hlainea chiri-

quensis, and E. semiflava.

Lastly, in the same journal (June, 1866), Mr. Lawrence describes

what appears to be a very beautiful Pigeon, of the genus Geotrygon,

apparently allied to the West-Indian forms G. caniceps, Gundl., of

Cuba, and G. cristata, Temm. (Bp. Consp. il. p. 70), of Jamaica,

This bird was obtained by Dr. Merritt, the discoverer of Microchera

albo-coronata, in the district of Belen, and seems to have remained

unnoticed in his collection since the year 1852.

T now come to Arcé’s collections, some of the new species of which

have been already described in these ‘ Proceedings’ by myself; but

as these are incorporated into the subjoined list, I need not refer to.

them here. ot

There are twenty-three species of birds included in these collections

which have not hitherto been noticed within the limits of the Central

American fauna. Nine of these have been described as new from

these specimens ; and the rest are South American species, now shown

to be of wider range. The new genera introduced are :—(Tyrannide@)

Colopterus and Serpophaga; (Trochilide) Dorifera and Clais;

(Cuculide) Neomorphus ; (Cracide) Chamepetes.

1867.] MR. O, SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 131

The geographical position of the portion of Veragua we are now

considering, situated as it is between Panama and Costa Rica, cer-

tainly suggests that its ornithological fauna would consist of species

belonging to each fauna, with the addition of some few species pecu-

liar to the district. Such appears to be actually the case. Rather

more than one-half the birds are also found in Costa Rica, while rather

less than two-thirds are found on the Panama Railway. About one

in ten has not been hitherto seen beyond its limits. Rather less

than three in seven extend beyond Panama into the southern con-

tinent of America, while three in seven extend northward into Gua-

temala, Mexico, or the northern continent of America.

These proportions show that this district most resembles the

Isthmus of Panama as regards its birds, that it has a less strong affi-

nity to Costa Rica, and that out of the wide-ranging species a rather

larger proportion belongs to more northern regions than to southern.

It would be necessary to compare closely the birds of this district

with those of Costa Rica to ascertain accurately where the balance

of their relationship lies. The presence of several peculiar forms,

such as Cephalopterus, Chasmorhynchus, Oreopyra, Microchera,

&e., suggests that Veragua belongs zoologically to Costa Rica, and

that Panama maintains a strictly derivative fauna, and has at no

period of the geological history of the isthmus ever been a centre of

segregation. On the other hand, it is to Costa Rica and Veragua

united that we must look to find the origin of most of the species

now found on the Isthmus of Panama, it being evident that this

district has for a long period occupied a position as an island, or one

of the islands which lay between the two continents at a time when

the two oceans were united by two or more channels. It is for geo-

logists to tell us where these divisions were situated. An obvious one,

separating Costa Rica, Veragua, and Panama from the southern

continent, is the line from the Atlantic bay of San Blas across to the

mouth of the Bayano on the Pacific.

Regarding Costa Rica, Veragua, and Panama as a whole, there are

indications, in the Humming-birds at least, of some separation having

existed between the extreme ends of the district, Microchera albo-

coronata of the southern extremity being represented by M. parvi-

rostris at the northern, Chalybura isaure by C. melanorrhoa,

Thaumantias chionurus by T. cupreiceps. As no instance of repre-

sentative forms occurs in other groups of birds, it is perhaps more

probable that the local distribution of particular plants from which

these birds take their food limits the range of each race than that

any actual geographical barrier has given cause to this divergence.

I hope shortly to return to this subject in a paper on some col-

lections from Costa Rica; but I may state that my present view is

that this district, viz. that included from the rise of the mountains

to the northward of the line of the Panama Railway to the southern

shore of the lake of Nicaragua and the river San Juan, forms the key

to the peculiarities of the Central-American bird-fauna. Previously

to the separation indicated between Costa Rica and the southern

continent, but when the more northern strait, where the lake of

132 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA, [Jan. 24,

Nicaragua now stands, was open, the species of the northern portion

of South America and Costa Rica were identical, and but few neo-

tropical forms existed northward of the separation.

A further subsidence must then have isolated Costa Rica, where

during a lengthened period most of the species have become slightly

modified. A rise of land to the extent of the present contour of Cen-

tral America then took place. The old straits, now land, have been

occupied by contending allied races, sometimes the Costa Rican, and

sometimes the southern race prevailing, occasionally the southern

race penetrating through the country of its representative and driving

it before it. Towards the south the Costa Rican species have soon

met with their representative races, by which their range has been

staved ; while northward, impeded by no such barrier, they have

spread as far as climate and the supply of their necessary food would

allow them, the most strongly defined limit in this direction being,

probably, the northern boundary of the tropical virgin forest.

TuRDID.

+1. CarHarus Griseicers, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 68.

Santa Fé, Veragua.

+2, CATHARUS FUSCATER (Lafr.).

Myioturdus fuscater, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 341.

Catharus fuscater, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p.2; Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1866,

p- 69.

Cordillera of Told.

Arcé has sent a single male specimen of a Catharus which agrees

closely with Mr. Sclater’s examples from Ecuador. The bill, how-

ever, 1s somewhat larger and, in this fresh specimen, of a brighter

orange-colour. C. fuscater is vo doubt the southern representative

of C. mexicanus (Bp.) (Scl. Cat. p. 1), which occupies its place from

Costa Rica to Mexico. Both species are inhabitants of the “ éierra

caliente,’ and appear to be decidedly scarce in the countries in which

they are found.

+ 3. Turpus crayi, Bp.; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 174.

Santa Fé, Veragua; David (Hicks).

Ranges as far southward as Panama. At Santa Martha 7’. luridus,

Bp. Notes Orn. p. 28, replaces it, a species of which I have recently

acquired a specimen, collected by the late Mr. Bouchard. This

differs from a Panama specimen of 7’. grayt in having the under

surface much paler, the crissum being nearly white. The upper

surface, too, is more olivaceous and hardly shows a cinnamon tinge,

the tail is squarer, and the dimensions, especially the feet, smaller.

Total length 9, wing 4°5, tail 3°9 inches.

+4, Turpus LEucAUCHEN, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1858, p. 447; Baird,

Rev. Am. B. p. 24.

Santa Fé and Cordillera de Tolé.

Veraguan specimens exhibit none of the marked characters which

1867.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 133

distinguish 7’. leweauchen from 7’. assimilis, Cab., as pointed out by

Dr. Baird, /. c., and are even paler above than Costa Rican specimens

which are referred to the former species by Baird. I am inclined to

confine the term assimilis to the Mexican form, as described by Baird,

and to refer all these intermediate forms to the Guatemalan 7’. Jeu-

eauchen. The two more clearly defined species are distributed as

follows :—T. assimilis is from Mexico only, 7’. leucauchen from the

forests of Northern Vera Paz (Choctum, &c.), and from no other

district of Guatemala. The intermediate forms, viz. those with oli-

vaceous backs and partially fulvous under wing-coverts, are found in

the highlands of Guatemala (Duejjas abundant, Coban a single spe-

cimen, and one from Choctum, the district of the true lewcauchen),

Costa Rica (Tucurriqui, 3000 feet), and Veragua. I cannot say that

this arrangement is satisfactory ; and had the work to be done over

again I should prefer to regard all as one variable species, the re-

presentative of the South Brazilian 7’. crotopezus, Vieill., the Cayenne

and Para T. pheopygus, Cab., and the Antillean 7. jamaicensis, Gm.

I may here notice that the specimens in the collection of the

Smithsonian Institution (22,360 and 32,684), marked “ Mexico”

by M. E. Verreaux, possibly came from Guatemala, and originally

formed part of a collection which passed through my hands. I have

seen specimens of other species with the locality similarly marked,

which certainly were in this collection.

+ 5, Turpus opso.etus, Lawrence, Ann. of New York Lyceum,

vii. p. 470; Baird, Rev. Am. B. pt. 1. p. 28.

Santa Fé, Veragua.

A single specimen from Santa Fé I believe to be the adult female

of this species. I have little doubt that the male is black, and

the species closely allied to 7. atrosericeus, Lafr. R. Z. 1848, p. 3.

In this female the crissum is white, while that of the female of all

the allied species is coloured similarly to the abdomen. I append a

short diagnosis of this specimen, as Mr. Lawrence’s description was

evidently taken from an immature bird :—

T. saturate brunneus, subtus pallidior: gula parce striata: ventre

imo et crisso albis: tectricibus subalaribus et remigibus ad

basin intus cinnamomeis : rostro nigro, pedibus obscure cory-

linis: long. tota 9, ale 4:9, caude 3°8 poll. Angl,

+ 6. RuoprnocicH4a ROSEA (Less. ).

Furnarius roseus, Less.

Rhodinociehla rosea, Hart]. Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 33; Sclater,

Cat. A. B. p. 147; P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 140; Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 91.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges).

The proper systematic position for this curious bird seems to re-

main in considerabie doubt. Diverse coloration of the sexes is not

found in any genus of Troglodytide, to which family both Baird and

Sclater are inclined to refer it. It may prove that Dr. Hartlaub was

not so far wrong after all in referring the female to the Z'urdide.

Though I never observed this bird in Guatemala, it ranges through-

134 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA, ([Jan. 24,

out Central America from Mazatlan to Panama, and thence to Vene=-

zuela, &c.

CINCLID&.

+ 7. Crncius ARpDESIACUS, Salvin, Ibis, 1867, p. 121, pl. 2.

Cordillera de Tolé.

A full description of this species will be found in the ‘ Ibis,’ as

referred to above. In coloration this Dipper more nearly approaches

North American specimens of C: mexicanus than Mexican, which

seem to be always darker. (See Baird’s ‘ Rev. Am. B.’ p. 60.)

TROGLODYTID.

— 8. MicrocercuLus Luscinis, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 69.

Santa Fé and Santiago de Veragua.

Two specimens sent by Arcé agree accurately with one another,

the species forming a distinct race from the northern M. philomela,

Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 202.

— 9. THRYOTHORUS LEUCosTICTUsS, Cab.

Thryothorus prostheleucus, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 20.

Microcerculus leucostictus, Sclater & Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 345.

Santa Fé, Veragua.

This species seems to enjoy an uninterrupted range from Cayenne,

Ecuador, and New Granada to Mexico. Iam quite unable to find

constant characters to separate specimens from the latter country

and Guatemala from those obtained from more southern localities.

— 10. TuryoTrHoRuS RUFALBUS, Lafr.; Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1856,

p- 140; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 174.

David (Bridges ; Hicks).

~ 11. TuryornHorvus rutixus, Vieill.; Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 135.

Santa Fé and Santiago de Veragua.

This species has before been noticed on the Isthmus of Panama

(Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 320).

— 12. Turyornorus THoRACICUS, Salvin, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 580.

Santiago de Veragua.

Three specimens from this locality differ in no way from the typical

Costa Rican examples. This species, like many others hitherto con- _

sidered purely Costa Rican, extends as far south as the termination

of the higher mountains of that country, and tends to show that the

real boundary of the Costa Rican fauna must be sought here.

—13. Turyornorvs casrangus, Lawr.Ann.N.Y.Lye. vii. p. 321.

Thryophilus castaneus, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 133.

Santiago de Veragua.

This species has hitherto been only recorded from the Isthmus of

Panama.

1867.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 135

—14. TroGLopyres TESSELLATUS, Lafr. et D’Orb.

Troglodytes inquietus, Baird, Rev. Am, B. p. 143; Lawr. NY

Lye. viii. p. 174.

David (Hicks).

Mr. Sclater and I have recently had an opportunity of comparing

the type specimen of 7’. tessel/atus, kindly lent us by the authorities

of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris, with specimens of

the Panama Wren, collected by M°Leannan. They present inap-

preciable differences.

MorTACcILLID.

+15. Anruus PpARVuS, Lawr.

Anthus rufus, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 322; Baird, Rev.

Am. B. p. 156.

Anthus parvus, Lawr. Proc. Ac. Phil. 1865, p. 106.

Santa Fé.

- Iam quite unable to detect any tangible differences between a spe-

cimen, no doubt identical with the species described by Mr. Law-

rence, collected by Arcé, one from the Amazon Valley, by Wallace,

and a third from Bahia, the former equalling in size either of the

others. I prefer leaving the question open; but I believe this Ve-

raguan Anthus to be a species ranging widely over the continent of

South America, and that it is identical with the bird referred by

Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 24, to Anthus chii, Vieill., Spix, Av. Bras. li

p- 75, pl. 76. f. 2, which, being founded on a bird described by Azara,

is very probably the same as the Petite Alouette de Buenos Ayres

of Buffon, Pl. Enl. p. 738, and, therefore, as Alauda rufa, Gm.

SYLVICOLIDS.

16. Mniorizra varia (L.); Sclater, P. Z.S. 1856, p.140; Lawr.

Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 174.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges; Hicks).

17. HELMINTHERUS VERMIvoRUS (Gm.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p. L779. :

Santa Fé.

Already noticed as far south as Costa Rica (Baird, 7. ¢.) ; but not

yet observed beyond the locality here given. Arcé sent only one

specimen.

18, HeL_MINTHOPHAGA CHRysoprerRA (L.); Baird, Rev. Am.

B. p..145:

Santa Fé.

This species ranges southward into New Granada (Sclater, P. Z.5.

1855, p. 143).

19. HeLMINTHOPHAGA PEREGRINA (Wils.) ; Lawr. Ann. N.Y.

Lyc. vui. p. 174.

David (Hicks).

136 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. {[Jan. 24,

20. DENDRECA PENNSYLVANICA (L.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 191.

Santa Fé.

21. DENDR@CA BLACKBURNLE (Gm.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p. 189.

Santa Fé.

22. DenpR@CA asTIva (Gm.); Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii,

p- 174.

Rhimamphus estivus, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 141.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges; Hicks).

23. OpororNis FoRMOsUs (Wils.); Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 218,

Santa Fé.

—24, BASILEUTERUS MESOCHRYSUS, Sclater, P. Z. 5S. 1860, p. 201;

Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 250.

Santa Fé.

A specimen of this Basileuterus sent by Areé agrees well with a

Bogota specimen, which must be ascribed to B. mesochrysus, Scl.,

its wings considerably exceeding in length those of a Guatemalan

specimen of B. delattrii, Bp., the bill being much larger, and the

yellow of the under plumage brighter. I have little doubt Baird is

right in referring the Costa Rican specimens to this race, which seems

to maintain these constant differences. Northwards of Costa Rica

its place is occupied by B. delattrii, Bp., which extends its range

over the whole of Guatemala (South Mexico doubtfully). In South

Mexico B. delattrii again gives way to B. rufifrons, Sw., a race which

is also found very rarely in Guatemala (Salvin, Ibis, 1866, p. 192).

— 25. BASILEUTERUS UROPYGIALIS, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 128,

& 1865, p. 286, pl. x. f. 2; Sclater & Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 347 ;

Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 246.

Santa Fé.

Besides a specimen from the above locality, Arcé has, in a previous

collection, sent a specimen of this species from Costa Rica; so that

this representative of the section of Basileuterus, of which B. semi-

cervinus is the type, belongs clearly to the Central American fauna.

26. SerorpHAGA RuTICILLA (L.); Lawr. Am. N.Y. Lye, viii.

p. 174.

Santa Fé; David ([Ticks).

-27, SeETOPHAGA TORQUATA, Baird, Rey. Am. B. p, 261.

Cordillera de Tolé.

I also possess a specimen from Costa Rica, the country whence

Baird’s types were obtained, collected by Arc¢, agreeing with this

Veraguan example.

1867.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA, 187

VIREONIDZ.

—28. ViREOSYLVIA FLAVO-viRIDIS, Cassin; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 336.

Santa Fé; Cordillera de Told.

— 29. HyLopuitus viripiriavus, Lawr. Ann.N.Y. Lyc.vii.p. 324;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 348; Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 380.

Santa Fé.

— 30. Hytoruitus pecurtatus (Bp.); Baird, Rev.Am.B. p. 381.

Hylophilus cinereiceps, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 299.

HAZ, pusillus, Lawr. Aun. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 323; Baird, Rev. Am.

Bap. ool.

Santa Fé.

Prof. Baird recognizes the Guatemalan bird we described J. ¢., as

the Sylvicola decurtata, Bp. These Veraguan specimens confirm

the view taken (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 348) that H. pusillus, Lawr., is

identical with the northern bird; and in this Baird is strongly in-

clined to agree.

CZ REBID.

31, Ca&REBA CARNEIPES, Sclater; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii.

p- 174.

Santa Fé, Santiago de Veragua, and Cordillera de Tolé ; David

(Hicks). .

32. CHREBA LUCIDA, Scl. & Salv.

Cereba cyanea, Scl. P. Z.S. 1856, p. 140.

David (Bridges).

33. CHLOROPHANES GUATEMALENSIS, Sclater.

Chlorophanes spiza (L.); Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vill. p. 174.

Cordillera de Tolé; David (Hicks).

34, CERTHIOLA LUTEOLA, Cab.; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii,

p. 174.

David (Hicks).

TANAGRIDE.

35. EupPHONIA ANN&, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Phil. 1865, p. 172.

Euphonia rufivertex, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 71, pl. vit.

Santa Fé.

Though Prof. Baird kindly forwarded me a proof sheet containing

Mr. Cassin’s description of this species, it did not arrive in time to

stop the publication of the name I had assigned it, which must now

stand as a synonym, Mr. Cassin’s description having several months

priority. There can be no doubt as to the identity of the species

we each described. It is a well-marked species, the only other

138 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Jan. 24,

member of the genus having a white crissum being L. minuta*, Cab.,

which differs from 2. anne primo visu.

36. EvpHonia crasstrostris, Sclater?; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye.

vill. p. 174.

David (Hicks).

37. EUPHONIA

Cordillera de Tolé.

An immature female, which I am unable at present to determine.

38. CALLISTE ICTEROCEPHALA, Bp.

Callispiza franteii, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1861; p. 87; Sclater, Ibis,

1863, p. 451,

C. icterocephala, Bp.; Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 65; Mon. Cal-

liste, t. xvil.

Santa Fé and Cordillera de Tolé.

Dr. Cabanis, in describing C. frantziz, evidently had only female

birds before him. Areé has sent several specimens of both sexes.

Of these the males differ in no way from specimens in Dr. Sclater’s

collection, from Ecuador, which must undoubtedly be referred to C.

icterocephala, Bp.

39. CALLISTE GYROLOIDES, Lafr.; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 142.

Sante Fé; David (Bridges).

40. CALLISTE FRANCISC#, Lafr.; Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1856, p. 142;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 175.

Santa Fé and Cordillera de Tolé; David (Bridges; Hicks).

41. TANAGRA praconus, Less. ; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1856, p. 142;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vill. p. 175.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges; Hicks).

42. TANAGRA MELANOPTERA, Hartl.

Santiago de Veragua.

This Tanager ranges northwards into Costa Rica, whence Arcé

has sent specimens from Tucurriqui on the Atlantic slope. In Gua-

temala 7’. abbas, Licht., entirely supplants it.

43. [email protected] pimipratus, Lafr.; Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1856,

p- 142; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 175.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges; Hicks).

44, RAMPHOC@LUS PASSERINU, Bp.; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 142;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 175.

David (Bridges ; Hicks).

* IT am not at all assured of the real difference between this species and L. hu-~

milis, Cab.; but having only one specimen of the latter I am hardly in a position

to speak positively.

1867.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 139

45. RAMPHOC@LUS ICTERONOTUS, Lafr. .

Santiago de Veragua.

+46. PyrRANGA HEPATICA, Sw.

Santa Fé.

A Mexican species, rarely found in Guatemala, and here occurring

at probably the southernmost point of its range.

47. Pyraneca astiva (Gm.); Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 142;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vil. p. 175.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges; Hicks).

48, PH@NICOTHRAUPIS RUBICA (Vieill.)?

Santa Fé.

Arcé has sent several specimens of a Pheenicothraupis which I

can hardly distinguish from P. rubica of Brazil. They have the

same general diffusion of red colouring over the under surface, the

upper plumage also agreeing, the uropygium and margins of the

rectrices being hardly appreciably less bright. I am at a loss to ac-

count for the presence of this bird here, as on both sides at Panama

and in Costa Rica P. fuscicauda, Cab., is found, a race which is

readily distinguishable by its dark coloration contrasting with the

bright red of the throat. In Guatemala the genus is represented

by P. rubicoides, which has also a bright-red throat, but less defined

than in P, fuscicauda, the general plumage also being redder.

49. LANIO LEUCOTHORAX, Salvin, P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 581 ; Cassin,

Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 1865, p. 171.

Santa Fé, Santiago de Veragua, and Cordillera de Tolé.

The specimens from which my original description was taken were

in bad condition. Better examples being included in these collections

show that, besides the distinctions pointed out, L. leucothorar has

the uropygium black, while in LZ. aurantius it is clear yellow. The

Costa Rican and Veraguan bird is a well-ma-\ed and easily recogui-

zable species.

50. EvCoMETES SPODOCEPHALA, Bp.

Santa Fé.

The limits bounding the ranges of this and its closely allied species

E. cristata, DuBus, seem to be distinctly defined. On the Isthmus

of Panama ZH. cristata occurs; while a short distance to the north-

ward the present species takes its place and ranges as far as Gua-

temala, where, however, it is extremely rare, only one specimen

having come under my notice. The type from which Bonaparte’s

original description was taken came from Nicaragua, from which

locality and also from Costa Rica our collection contains examples.

51 EucoMETES CAss1Nnut (Lawr.).

Tachyphonus cassinii, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 297.

Eucometes cassinii, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 351, pl. xxx.

Santiago de Veragua.

140 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. ([Jan, 24,

52. 'TAcHYPHONDS DELATTRII, Lafr.

Santa Fé and Santiago de Veragua.

53. ARREMON AURANTIIROSTRIS, Lafr.

Santa Fé.

—54, BuarrEeMon crassirostris. (Plate XIV.)

Buarremon crassirostris, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Se. Phil. 1865, p.170.

Buarremon mesoxanthus, Salvin, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 72.

Santiago de Veragua and Cordillera de Tolé.

As in the case of Huphonia anne, Mr. Cassin’s description of this

bird has several months priority over mine. In comparing the

species with B. castaneiceps, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 441, I have, I

believe, indicated its true affinity. These two species constitute a

very marked section of the genus Buarremon, which comprises seve-

ral distinct groups.

‘55. BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr.).

Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tolé.

Though strictly an inhabitant of mountainous regions, this species

is remarkably constant in its characters, specimens from Mexico,

Guatemala, Costa Rica, and Ecuador not differing in any appreciable

degree.

56. SALTATOR MAGNOiDES, Lafr.; Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1856, p. 142.

Saltator intermedius, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 175.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges ; Hicks).

Two male specimens from Santa Fé have a slightly fulvous tinge

on the under plumage, and more than is usually noticeable in Gua-

temalan specimens of this bird. This is, I have little doubt, the bird

Mr. Lawrence has separated under the name of S. iatermedius. In

our article on the “ Birds of Panama,’ Mr. Sclater and I united this

bird with S. magnoides ; but Mr. Lawrence, in his list of Mr. Hicks’s

Chiriqui collection (Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 175), maintains the opi-

nion he formed as to their distinctness. ‘The question at issue con-

cerns the constancy of the characters Mr. Lawrence points out.

They are as follows :—(1) In intermedius the feathers of the occiput

are mingled with olive-green, (2) the white of the throat extends to

the chin, (3) the fulvous of the throat is less bright but twice as ex-

tensive, (4) the black band of the chest one-third as wide as in the

magnoides, (5) under plumage tinged with fulvous instead of clear

cinereous, and (6) the crissum darker. I have before me eleven -

specimens from Guatemala, two from Costa Rica, three from Vera-

gua, and three (two males and a female) from Panama, in all nine-

teen specimens. (1) All specimens have olive-green feathers on the

occiput ; but in Guatemalan specimens the remaining feathers are in

general (not in all specimens) blacker. (2) In several of our Guate-

malan specimens the white of the throat extends to the bill, in others

it does not, nor does it in one of the Panama specimens. (3) As re-

gards the brightness of the fulyous of the throat there is a consider-

1867. | MR. 0, SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 141

able variation, hardly two specimens being alike; the same may be

said of the extent of the same colour. (4) ‘The black band varies very

much in width, both it and the extent of the fulvous depending very

much upon the way in which the skin is made up, and hence a cha-

racter of doubtful value; two of the Veraguan specimens have

scarcely any band, while the third has a broad one. (5) Guatemalan

specimens are in general of a clearer cinereous colour below ; Costa

Rican specimens hardly so much; Veraguan specimens are two of

them tinged with fulvous, and one almost as cinereous as Guatemala

skins; both the male Panama specimens are quite like the Guate-

malan. (6) The crissum of the Veraguan specimens is slightly darker

than Guatemalan, not so the Panama.

The fact of the matter is, that wherever Saléator magnoides is

found it varies in some degree as regards a few minor points. If 8.

intermedius were admitted to rank as a species, we should have a

number of specimens which might with equal propriety be assigned

to either. None of our northern specimens have the sexes marked

so that I can depend upon them; hence the question as to the dis-

tinction between the sexes cannot be discussed.

57. SALTATOR IsTuMICcuUS, Sclater; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864,

p. 351.

Saltator striatipecius, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vill. p. 175,

Santa Fé; David (Hicks).

58. Pirytus Grossus (L.).

Santa Fé.

59. PiryLus PoLIoGASTER, Dubus.

Santa Fé and Santiago de Veragua.

60.7GurRACA ConcRETA, DuBus.

Santa Fe.

At Panama the southern form of this Finch (G. eyanoides, Lafr.)

occurs, showing that the Central American race has its range sharply

defined, the present locality being its southernmost limit.

61. OryzoBORUS FUNEREUS, Sclater.

Sanfa Fé.

A single specimen from this locality agrees accurately with our

Guatemalan examples of O. funereus and with Sclater’s type. Ac-

cording to Mr. Lawrence the species of this form occurring on the

Panama Railway is O. ethiops, Scl.

62. SPERMOPHILA SEMICOLLARIS, Lawr.

Santa Fé.

63, SperMopuILA conLAris, Lawr. Ann. N. Y, Lye. viii. p. 176.

David (Hicks).

142 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Jan. 24,

+ 64. PuHontpara pusILya (L.).

Santa Fé.

65. Vouatinia JACARINA (L.); Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii.

p. 176.

David (Licks).

66, Cyanosprza crris (L.); Lawr. Ann. N.Y. Lye. viii. p. 176.

David (Hicks).

67. EMBERNAGRA STRIATICEPS, Lafr.

Embernagra conirostris, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 143.

Santa Fé; Cordillera de Tolé; David (Bridges).

This species is also found in Costa Rica; but further to the north-

ward is replaced by L. chloronota, Saly.

68. Euspiza americana (Gm.); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 142.

David (Bridges).

69. OcyaLus waGuLeRt, G, R. Gray.

Santa Fé.

70. Cacicus MICRORHYNCHUS, Sel. & Salv. P.Z.S8.1864, p. 353;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 180.

Santa Fé; Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tolé,

The most northern locality for this bird yet noticed is Greytown,

Nicaragua, whence Mr. Holland has sent specimens to the Smithso-

nian Institution.

71. CasstcuLus pREvostTI (Less. ),

Santa Fé.

72. IcrERUS BALTIMORENSIS (L.); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 142;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 176.

David (Bridges ; Hicks).

73. IcreRus spurivs (L.); Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 176.

David (Hicks).

+-74. Icrrrus GrrRAupI, Cassin.

Santa Fé.

75, SruRNELLA LupoviciANA (L.); Scl. P. Z.S. 1856, p. 142.

Sturnella mexicana, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 176.

David (Bridges ; Hicks).

I doubt if there be more than one species of this form.

+76. ScLeRuRUS MExIcaANus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 290.

Santiago de Veragua and Cordillera de Tolé.

wie US sia

1867. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 143

This species has not been noticed before as occurring so far south,

though specimens of the second Central American bird of this genus

(S. guatemalensis) have been sent from Panama. The two examples

contained in these collections are neither of them in good condition ;

they appear to differ slightly from our Guatemalan specimens, the

uropygium being somewhat darker and the bill shorter.

+77. SYNALLAXIS ALBESCENS, Temm. Pl. Col. 227. f. 2; Sel.

Cat. Am. .B. p1dl.

Santa Fé.

A single example of a Synallawis agrees closely with Sclater’s spe-

cimen from Trinidad, which he ascribes to S. aléescens, Temm.

Four species of Synal/axis have been recorded as occurring in Central

America, viz. S. erythrothoraz, Scl., of South Mexico and Guate-

mala; S. pudica, Scl., Panama; S. albescens, Temm., Veragua; and

S. nigrifumosa, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 180, Greytown, Ni-

caragua. I have not seen specimens of this last mentioned. It

seems to be very closely allied to S. pudica, perhaps the male of that

species; a specimen with the sex so marked from Panama differs

from the female in the greater intensity of the smoky-black tinge of

the under plumage and in the brighter shade of chestnut, distine-

tions upon which Mr. Lawrence rests the claim of the species he

describes to specific rank.

+78. XENOPS MEXICANUS, Scl.

Santa Fé.

Also noticed on the Panama Railway.

+ 79. AUTOMOLUS CERVINIGULARIS, Scl.

Santa Fé.

Mr. M*Leannan, according to Mr. Lawrence, also procured this

species on the Isthmus of Panama, where, however, another of this

form (4. pallidigularis, Lawr.) occurs.

+80. Puitypor FUSCIPENNIS, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 72.

Santiago de Veragua.

This is the second species of this genus now known to occur in

Central America, the other being P. rufobrunneus, Lawr. (Ann.

L. N. Y. viii. p. 127), from Costa Rica.

4+- 81. MARGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Scl.

Cordillera de Told.

A single specimen sent by Arcé only differs from Sclater’s type of

M. brunnescens in having the rump slightly darker rufous, the dif-

ference not being sufficient to warrant specific separation. It is pro-

bably this bird that Mr. Lawrence refers to (Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii.

p- 130), where he suggests the possibility of a Costa Rica specimen

being different from brwnnescens, and proposes the name brunnei-

cauda should his surmise prove correct.

144 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Jan, 24,

+82. DenpROCOLAPTES SANCTI-THOM, Lafr.

Santiago de Veragua.

+ 83. DeNDRORNIS ERYTHROPYGIA, Scl.

Santiago de Veragua.

_t 84. DenpRoRNIS LACRYMOSA, Lawr.

Santiago de Veragua.

Ihave. lately seen a specimen of this fine species in a collection

formed by Mr. H. Wickham, near Blewfields, Mosquito coast.

} 85. CyMBILANIUS LINEATUs (Vieill.).

Santa Fé and Santiago de Veragua.

86. THAMNOPHILUS TRANSANDEANUS, Scl. (?)

Thamnophilus melanurus?, Scl. P. Z.S. 1856, p. 142.

David (Bridges).

Probably the same as the Panama bird, which I consider to

belong to this race*.

¢ 87. THAMNOPHILUS N&VIUS (Gm.).

Santiago de Veragua.

Both these species have been noticed on the Panama Railway,

but not further to the northward.

+ 88. THAMNoPHILUs DoLIATUs, L.?; Sel. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 141.

David (Bridges).

+. 89. THAMNOPHILUs BRiIDGEST, Scl. P, Z. S. 1856, p. 141.

David (Bridges).

+ 90. DystrHaAMNUS PUNCTICEPS, Saly. P. Z.S. 1866, p. 72.

Santiago de Veragua.

+ 91. DysITHAMNUS SEMICINEREUS, Scl.

Santa Fé.

Though not yet detected on the Isthmus of Panama, this species

doubtless enjoys an uninterrupted range from New Granada to South

Mexico ; specimens in our collection from several points agree ac-

curately with one another.

+.92. MyrMOTHERULA MENETRIESI, D’Orb.; Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p. 180.

Santiago de Veragua.

A single male specimen from the above locality agrees best with

Sclater’s specimen from Ecuador, which he refers to the above species.

* Cf. Scl, & Saly. P. Z. 5. 1864, p. 355.

1867.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 145

93. MyrMoTHERULA, sp.?

Santa Fé.

Arcé has sent a single specimen of a female of a species of Myr-

motherula, which I have never been able satisfactorily to determine.

It agrees with specimens I obtained in Vera Paz.

+94. RAMPHOCENUS RUFIVENTRIS, Bp.

Santa Fé.

+95. RAMPHOCZNUS SEMITORQUATUS, Lawr.

Santiago de Veragua.

This species is very closely allied to 2. cinereiventris, Sclater, if

really distinct. The most obvious and, indeed, the only point of dif-

ference seems to consist in the much less extent of the postocular spot.

+96. Myrmeciza L=nosticra, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 582.

Santa Fé.

A single specimen from this locality agrees accurately with our

type from Tucurriqui, Costa Rica.

+- 97. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Scl.

Santa Fé,

+ 98. PirHys BicoLor, Lawr.

Santa Fé.

+ 99. PHLOGOPSIS MACLEANNANT, Lawr.; Scl. & Salv. Ex.Orn.t.9.

Santiago de Veragua.

+100. Formicartius rvuFIPEcTuS, Salvin, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 73

pl. vii.

Santiago de Veragua. é,

In the plate above referred to, the artist has represented this bird

on a stone surrounded with water. ‘This is manifestly erroneous, as

all members of this genus, and, indeed, of the whole family, frequent

the thin undergrowth of the virgin forest. #ormicarius flies little,

but follows the ant-paths, walking and running on the ground

amongst the decayed leaves, occasionally mounting a prostrate tree.

F,, moniliger, Scl., has a sharp clear cry.

+101. Formicarius anatis, D’Orb. & Lafr.; Salv. P. Z. S. 1866,

p: 74.

Santiago de Veragua.

A single immature bird from this locality would, no doubt, in the

adult state agree with our Costa Rica specimen mentioned in the

above reference. ‘This, as I there observed, differs somewhat from

southern specimens; but my materials are still insufficient to deter-

mine whether the differences are constant or not. L’, hoffmanni, Cab.,

doubtless also occurs in this portion of Veragua, as it is found both

at Panama and in Costa Rica. We thus have three very distinct

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1867, No. X.

146 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. ([Jan. 24,

species inhabiting this country. /*. analis is also given by Mr.

Lawrence, in his list of Mr. M‘Leannan’s collections, as being found

at Panama. ;

+-102. GRALLARIA GUATEMALENSIS, Prev.

Santa Fé. . .

A single specimen in not quite adult plumage agrees closely with

Guatemalan examples ; it is, however, rather darker in general colour,

the grey of the head, the olivaceous back, the rufous brown of the

wings, and the tawny of the under surface being all of a deeper hue.

In our specimens of this species some variation is noticeable in in-

tensity of coloration, especially of the under plumage; so that this

Veraguan specimen may only show the extreme limit of this dif-

ference.

+103. GRALLARIA PERSPICILLATA, Lawr.

Santa Fé and Santiago de Veragua.

4.104, PirrASOMA MICHLERI, Cassin.

Santa Fé.

The presence of these two birds in these collections deprive the

Isthmus of Panama of two more of its hitherto-considered-peculiar

species, showing their more northern range.

~-105. GRALLARICULA COSTARICENSIS, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii.

Cordillera de Tolé.

A single specimen obtained by Arcé agrees well with Mr. Law-

rence’s description.

+- 106. ArriLa scLATERI, Lawr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 358.

Santa Fé.

This race is also found in Costa Rica, Arcé having sent a speci-

men from Tucurriqui. It is more constant in coloration than the

more northern form, 4. citreopygius, Bp. (Scl. Cat. p. 195), which

frequently exhibits considerable variation of plumage, both in the

striation of the head and in the ochraceous tinge of the under sur-

face. A. sclateri is distinguishable from A. citreopygius by its

greener head, hindneck, throat, and chest, and by the paler lemon-

coloured uropygium.

+107. Copurus Levuconotus, Lafr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864,

p- 358.

Santa Fe.

This species also ranges northward into Costa Rica, and to Blew-

fields in the Mosquito territory.

+108. PLaryRHYNCHUS SUPERCILIARIS, Lawr. Ibis, 1863, p. 184.

Santa Fé.

Several specimens of both sexes.

1867.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 147

109. ToprrostRUM CINEREUM (L.); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1856, p, 141.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges). ,

+110. CoLoprerus piLaris, Cab.; Scl. Cat. Am. B, p. 210.

Santa Fé.

The curious formation of the first four primariesy which constitutes

the character of this genus, is carried to greater excess in this than

in the other species referable to the same genus,

+111. SerPopHAGA CINEREA (Strickl.); Scl. Cat. Am. B, p. 211.

Santa Fé.

No member of this genus has hitherto been noticed north of the

Isthmus of Panama. ‘The single specimen sent differs in no way

from examples from New Granada and Ecuador, over which countries

S. cinerea ranges.

+ 112. MionectEs oLeaGinevs, Licht. ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 213;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 358.

Santa Fé.

+113. Tyranniscus pArvus, Lawr.; Sel. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864,

p. 399.

Santa Fé.

Arcé has also sent specimens of this species from Turialba in Costa

Rica.

+ 114. Tyrannuxus Exatus (Spix); Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 215;

P. Z. S. 1856, p. 141.

David (Bridges).

+ 115. Exarra suppacana, Scl. & Saly.; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye.

vill. p. 177.

Santa Fé; David (Hicks).

The type specimens of this species were shot at Duefias, in the

highlands of Guatemala. The bird is, however, much more abun-

dant further to the southward, hardly any collection coming from

those districts without containing examples.

7 116, Exarnea currrquensis, Lawr. Ann.N.Y. Lye. viii. p. 176.

Santa Fé; David (Hicks).

A single specimen from this locality corresponds fairly with Mr.

Lawrence’s description. Its general appearance is that of Z. sub-

pagana ; it is, however, smaller and more obscurely coloured, as the

original description shows; the feet, too, are weaker, and the con-

cealed white patch of the crown not so large.

+ 117. Evarnea semiriava, Lawr. Ann. N, Y. Lyc. viii. p. 177.

David (Hicks).

148 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. ([Jan. 24,

+118. Lecgatus ausrcoxuis (Vieill.); Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye.

Tit. pel 7.

David (Hicks). ;

+119. MyrozeTETEs CoLUMBIANUS, Cab. & Hein.; Lawr. Ann.

N. Y. Lyc. viii. p. 177.

David (Hicks).

—120. My1opynasres nositis, Scl.; Lawr. Ann. N.Y. Lye. viii.

pls 7>

Santa Fé; David (Hicks).

1.121. RuyNcHOCYCLUS BREVIROSTRIS, Cab.

Santa Fé.

Agrees with Guatemalan examples.

+122. RHYNCHOCYCLUS FLAVO-OLIVACEUS, Lawr.; Scl. & Salv.

'?P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 359.

Santa Fé.

Agrees with Panama specimens.

+123. Muscrvora mexicana, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 225; Sel. &

Saly. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 360.

Santa Fé.

This species ranges over the whole of Central America, from

Southern Mexico to the Isthmus of Panama.

4.124. Mytoznius suLpuureipyeius, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p, 226.

Santa Fé.

4-125. Myionrus EryTururvs, Cab.; Sel. Cat. Am. B. p. 226;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 472. f

Santa Fé.

Before noticed from the Isthmus of Panama.

4-126. Myroxnius navius (Bodd.); Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 227.

Santa Fé,

A well-known South American species of wide range. It has not

hitherto been noticed in so northern a locality.

+127. Myiarcnus niGRiIcAPILLUS, Cab. J. f. O. 1861, p. 249.

Santa Fé.

Two specimens rather smaller than a Costa Rican example, but

otherwise agreeing. M. nigriceps, Scl., of Panama has a narrower

rufous border to the rectrices and primaries, and has the dark crown

less extensive, which in MZ. nigricapillus includes the nape.

+128. Tyrannus MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856,

p. 141.

David (Bridges). .

1867.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 149

+129. Mitvutus Tyrannus (L.); Sclater, P. Z.S. 1856, p. 141;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 177.

Santa Fé: Santiago de Veragua; David (Bridges; Hicks).

+130. Trryra personara, Jard. & Selb.

Psaris mexicana, Less.

Tityra mexicana, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 141.

David (Bridges).

~+-131, PAcHYRHAMPHUS CINEREIVENTRIS, Scl. Cat. Am.B. p. 242,

note; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 361.

Santa Fe.

Agrees with Panama specimens.

+-132. Lipaveus unirurFus, Scl.; Scl. & Saly. Ex. Orn. pl. 1,

p, I.

Santiago de Veragua.

.~.133. LipaAvuGuS HOLERYTHRUS, Sclater.

Santa Fé.

+- 134. Lipaveus ruFrescens, Scl.; Sel. & Saly. Ex. Orn. pl. 2,7

p. 0.

Santa Fé.

4-135. Prepra tevcocinia, L.

Pipra coracina, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 29, & Cat. Am. B. p. 249?

Cordillera de Tolé.

Specimens of this bird agree with Cayenne skins. The grounds

for separating the New Granadan from the Cayenne form appear to

be very slight. I think they should be reunited.

+136. Prpra cyANFoCAPILLA, Hahn; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 249;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 362.

Santiago de Veragua.

+-137.-Pipra LEucORRHOA, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 63, pl. x.

Santa Fé.

Arcé has also sent specimens of this species from Tucurriqui, in

Costa Rica; these all agree with Sclater’s types, which came from

New Granada (Bogota make).

The species belongs to Cabanis’s section Coropipo, which includes

this bird and its near ally P. gutturalis of Cayenne. The col-

lection from Santa Fé also contains feiales and young males, the

former I here describe :—~

Pipra LEUCORRHOA, 9. Supra olivaceo-virescens unicolor: sub-

lus gula cinerascente, abdomine dorso concolore, medialiter

paulo pallidiore.

150 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Jan. 24,

138. CuikoxipHIA LANCEOLATA, Wagl.; Scl. & Saly. P. Z. 8.

1864, p. 362.

Chiroxiphia melanocephala, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 141.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges).-

The purely Central American species (C. linearis, Bp.) terminates

its southern range between the Gulf of Nicoya and Chiriqui..

~ 139. CHASMORHYNCHUS TRICARUNCULATUS, J. & KE. Verreaux,

R. Z. 1853, p. 193; Salvin, Ibis, 1865, p. 90, pl. 3.

Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tolé.

Adult male specimens having been sent by Arcé, the question

broached by Cabanis as to the possibility of the Costa Rican and

Veraguan birds being distinct is quite set at rest. These specimens

in no way differ from those previously sent by Arcé from Tucurriqui.

+-140. CEPHALOPTERUS GLABRICOLLIS, Gould, P. Z. S. 1850,

p- 92, pl.xx.; Cab. J. f. O. 1861, p. 254; Sclater, P. Z. 8.1859,

p- 142.

Cordillera de Tolé; Cordillera of Chiriqui (Warszewicz).

This strange bird appears tu be abundant in this locality, and also

near Turrialba in Costa Rica. Its probable range hardly extends

beyond these points, though it may occur along the northern fron-

tier of Costa Riea, the river San Juan, and the southern shore of the

lake of Nicaragua. Judging from the apparently sharp definition

of its southern range, I should suppose it a bird that frequents the

mountainous region and keeps to forests lying at an elevation of

from 2000 to 3000 feet above the sea-level. Arcé has sent home

specimens of both sexes. The female has the crest smaller, ‘as is

the case in C. ornatus, the naked throat-lappet much smaller, and a

narrow band of small feathers running down the centre of the bare

throat. The head of the young bird very much resembles that of the

adult of Pyroderus, to which genus Cephalopterus is closely allied.

+141. Momorus tessoni, Less. ; Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 139;

Lawr. Aun. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 177.

Momotus psalurus, Bp.; Cab. J. f. O. 1861, p. 255.

Cordillera de Tolé; David (Bridges; Hicks).

An immature specimen, having a black margin to the back of the

blue cirelet of the head and without the chestnut nape, must indubi-

tably be referred to the Central American Momotus lessoni. The

specimens examined by us, and mentioned in Mr. Sclater’s and my

paper ‘on the Birds of Panama” (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 362) as 2. les-

sont, properly belong to M. subrufescens, Scl., as additional speci-

mens have shown. ‘This last-named race has no black border to the

back of the circlet of the head, the nape being slightly chestnut as

in M. brasiliensis. The colouring, too, of the under plumage is of a

clearer rufous than is usually the case in M. lessoni, in which race,

however, considerable variation is shown in this respect. It is pro-

bable that the southern range of the true M. lesson? terminates in

1867.] MR. 0, SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA, 151

the district I am now investigating, and that its place is taken at

once as we proceed towards the southern continent by M. subru-

Sescens.

+142. Momorus martn, Spix.

Santa Fé and Santiago de Veragua.

-+- 143. PRIONIRHYNCHUS PLATYRHYNCHUS, Leadb.; Scl. & Saly.

P. Z.S. 1864, p. 362.

Santa Fé.

This species appears to be quite common on the Isthmus of Pa-

nama, and thence spreads northward through Veragua.

4-144, PHAROMACRUS MOCINNO, La Llave,

Forest of Boqueti (Bridges).

Specimens of the Quezal have also been obtained in Costa Rica

(see Cabanis, J. f. Orn. 1862, p. 175).

+145. TROGON AURANTIIVENTRIS, Gould, P. Z. 8S. 1856, p. 107.

Santa Fé; Cordillera de Tolé; David (Bridges).

+146. TrRoGon cALicatus, Gould; Sclater & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864,

p. 364.

Santa Fé.

+147. TroGon arricouiis, Vieill.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864,

p- 364.

Trogon tenellus, Cab, J. f. O. 1862, p. 173.

Santa Fé, Santiago de Veragua, and Cordillera de Tolé.

Brazilian specimens of this species usually have the central rec

trices rather more bronzy green. This is the only difference I cau

detect which at all justifies Cabanis’s separation of the Central Ame-

rican race. The difference is very slight, and not constant.

" £148. TroGon CLATHRATUS, Salvin, P. Z. 8S. 1866, p. 74.

Santa Fé; Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tolé.

Since I described this fine species Arcé has sent a specimen of the

female, of which I now give the following description :—

@. Saturate cinereus, alis et cauda nigricantioribus : rectricibus

tribus externis albo anguste transfasciatis : abdomine rufes-

cente tincto, ventre imo et erisso coccineis : rostro superiore

Susco-nigro, basi et mandibula inferiore flavis.

+-149. TrRoGoNn MASssENA, Gould.

Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tolé.

£150. GaLBuLA MELANOGENTA, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 139.

David (Bridges).

152 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Jan. 24

+151. CeryLe aMAzona, Lath.

Santiago de Veragua.

4 152. Crryie cananis!, Tsch.

Ceryle americana, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 139,

David (Bridges).

+153. Evroxeres Aquita, Boure.; Gould, Mon. Troch. i. pl. 3;

Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vi. p. 139.

District of Belen, Veragua (Merritt).

In one of Arcé’s previous collections from Costa Rica (Tucurriqui)

three specimens of this strange form were sent, showing that its

(‘entral American range probably extends over the whole of the

castern side of Costa Rica and Veragua. Apparently absent from

the Isthmus of Panama, it again, like several other Humming-birds,

reappears in New Granada and Ecuador.

+154. Puatruornis EMILIa, Bourc.; Gould, Intr. Troch. p. 44.

Santa Fé.

Arcé has sent quite a number of specimens, both from Costa Rica

and Veragua, of a Phaéthornis which Mr. Gould and I have com-

pared closely with New Granadan specimens of P. emilie without

detecting any differences. It is somewhat singular that none of these

collections contain specimens of P. longirostris, a bird which is very

common both to the north and south of Costa Rica and Veragua.

Should this species be absent altogether from these countries, we

have a curious instance of geographical distribution, each of the two

species, P. emilie and P. longirostris, having an outlying district

detached from what may be considered the metropolis of its range.

Mr. Lawrence having recently forwarded to Mr. Gould for inspection

the types of the species of Phethornis he lately described (Ann.

N. Y. Lye. June, 1866) as P. cassiniz, I am enabled to state that

they do not differ, according to Mr. Gould, from P. longirostris

(P. cephalus, Boure. et Muls.).

+155. PHAETHORNIS ADOLPHI, Boure.; Gould, Mon. Troch. i,

pl. 35.

Santiago de Veragua.

+156. CHALYBURA IsAURa, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1861, p.199, & Intr.

Troch. p. 72.

Santa Fé; Santiago de Veragua.

Arcé has sent both sexes of this species; the female, which has

not been hitherto noticed, I now describe :—

2. Supra viridescens pileo obscuriore: uropygio et cauda eneo

nitentibus : alis fuscis: subtus sordide cinerea, crisso albo ;

rectricibus duabus utringue externis albido terminatis: rostro

superiore fusco, inferiore flavido, apice Jusco: pedibus flavis.

The only other species nearly allied to this is C. melanorrhea,

1867. | MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 153

Saly. P. Z. 8. 1864, p.585 (C. carmioli, Lawr. Pr. Ac. Phil. 1865,

p- 39), which has the crissum black.

+157. Pumocuroa cuyvrent, Delatt. et Boure.; Sel. P. Z. 8. 1856,

p. 140.

David (Bridges).

+158. Orropyra CALOLa{MA, Saly. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 584.

Cordillera de Tolé.

Several specimens agreeing with the types from Costa Rica. One

of these has a few chestnut feathers on either side of the chin,

strengthening the view that this is the adult male of O. castanei-

ventris ; their presence does not, however, settle the point, as chest-

nut feathers are not unfrequently seen in this region in immature

birds of other species, without reference to the coloration of the ma-

ture female.

+159. OREOPYRA CASTANEIVENTRIS (Gould).

Trochilus castaneiventris, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 163.

Adelomyia? castaneiventris, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 203.

Oreopyra castaneiventris, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 585.

Panterpe insignis, 2, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 46.

Cordillera de Tolé; Volcano of Chiriqui (Warszewicz). °

Arcé has sent two specimens, both marked female; neither of

these have so brilliant a crown as the supposed male in Mr. Gould’s

collection.

~++-160. Orropyra Leucaspis, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 312; Mon,

Troch. iv. pl. 264.

Voleano of Chiriqui (Varszewicz).

I have seen no additional specimens of this fine species.

+161. Lampornis veRAGUENSIS, Gould; Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1856,

p- 140; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 177.

David (Bridges ; Hicks).

+162. THaLuranta venusta, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pl. 105.

Santa Fé; Santiago. de Veragua; Volcano of Chiriqui (Warsze-

wicz).

It is hardly possible to distinguish comparatively young birds of

this race from the closely allied New Granadan form 7’. columbica.

The last named, however, never appears to assume in old individuals

nearly the same extent of blue on the back as is seen in 7’. venusta.

+163. Dorirera Lupovici®, Boure. et Muls.; Gould, Mon,

Troch. ii. pl. 88(?).

Cordillera de Tolc.

There seems to be considerable individual variation between mem-

bers of this species; or I should be inclined to separate, as a distinet

race, the bird found in Veragua, a: single specimen only of which

154 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. ([Jan. 24,

has as yet reached me. The shining forehead is considerably darker

and of a bluer shade, the bill longer, and the under plumage blacker

than in a New Granadan specimen of D. ludovicie before me; the

wings, too, are shorter. Should the receipt of additional specimens

confirm the constancy of these distinctions, I propose for this race

the name of Dorifera veraguensis.

4.164. Hetropoxa sacua, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pl. 94.

Heliodoxa henryi, Lawr. Aun. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 402.

Santiago de Veragua and Cordillera de Tole.

A series of specimens of both sexes from Veragua and also from

Costa Rica have been sent by Arcé. These I have compared with

Mr. Gould’s specimens of H. jacula; and we both consider them

identical with that species. Since then Mr. Lawrence has sent the

types of his Heliodowa henryi to Mr. Gould for examination. They

prove to be immature birds identical with our specimens; hence

this name must be considered synonymous with HZ. yacula. This is

by no means an isolated case of New Granadan and Costa Rican

specimens being specifically identical, though their range appears to

be interrupted at the Isthmus of Panama.

+ 165. MicrocHERA ALBOCORONATA(Lawr.); Gould, Mon. Troch.

ii. pl. 116.

In a previous collection Arcé sent two specimens cf a bird of this

genus and closely allied to this species from Tucurriqui, in Costa

Rica. Not having good specimens of the true M. albocoronata with

which to compare them, I left them till I could make a more satisfac-

tory examination. Since then Mr. Lawrence has described a female

bird from Angostura, in Costa Rica, under the name ef Panychlora

parvirostris, and afterwards sent the type to Mr. Gould for inspec-

tion. Mr. Gould pronounced this bird to be the female of a Micro-

chera. Having now a good series of the true M. albocoronata I am

able to point out the following differences between it and the Costa

Rican bird :—The latter has the rich vinous purple of the back deci-

dedly brighter, the white crown seers to extend further over the

back of the head, and the black band of the apical third of the outer

rectrices is wider and the inner margin not so sharply defined. The

under plumage of M. albocoronata is decidedly darker, being almost

black instead of the same shade as the back. These differences are

sufficient to separate the Costa Rican from the Veraguan bird ; and

for the former the name Microchera parvirostris must be taken,

though the specific one does not convey the character intended. The

range of the two forms corresponds with that of the two Chalybure

above mentioned.

+ 166. Gounp1a converst, Gould, Mon. Troch. ui. pl. 129.

Santa Fé.

This species has already been noticed by Mr. Lawrence in M‘Le-

annan’s Panama collections. I have also specimens obtained by

Areé at Tucurriqui,

1867. ] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 155

+167. SELASPHORUS SCINTILLA, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 162;

Mon. Troch..iii. pl. 138.

Volcano of Chiriqui (Warszewicz).

+. 168. Cuais Guimeri, Boure. et Muls.; Gould, Mon. Troch. iv.

‘pl. 210.

Santa Fé; Santiago de Veragua.

This species has, I believe, not hitherto been noticed so far north.

Arcé also obtained numerous specimens near Chepo, a village situ-

ated to the south of the Panama Railway.

-+-169. FLorisuGA MELLIVORA (L.).

Santiago de Veragua and Cordillera de Tol¢.

170. Hevtiorurix BARrRotTI, Bource.

Heliothrix purpureiceps, Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pl. 216.

Santa Fe.

These specimens agree with others from Panama and Guatemala,

which Mr. Gould considers to be of this species.

+171. HeLioMastrer Lonerrostris (Vieill.); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1836,

p. 140.

Heliomaster stuarte, Lawr. Aun. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 107, & ibid.

p- 291; Gould, Intr. Troch. p. 138; Sclater & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864,

p- 365.

HI, sclateri, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 54.

Santa Fé; Cordillera de Tolé.

Veraguan specimens agree with others from New Granada (Bogota

make) and from Panama, ali doubtless belonging to the race distin-

guished by Mr. Lawrence as H. stuarte. Mr. Gould, since he

wrote his ‘ Introduction to the Trochilide,’ has received from Mr.

Lawrence a type of that species, and after close examination con-

siders that the New Granadan bird does not differ from the well-

known bird of Trinidad; nor can he sustain the distinctions which

the Venezuelan bird, H. sclateri, Cab. & Hein., is said to possess.

In this view I agree, after having compared about forty specimens

(Mr. Gould’s and our own) from various localities. The Mexican

and Guatemalan bird (H. pallidiceps, Gould) appears always to have

the shining crown of a paler green tint, and is in this respect distin-

guishable in a slight degree from the more southern bird. Speci-

mens from Costa Rica are referable to H. longirostris.

+ 172. EryTHRONOTA NIVEIVENTRIS, Gould, P. Z. 8.1850, p. 164;

Mon. Troch. v, pl. 319; Sel. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 140.

Santiago de Veragua; David (Bridges) ; Chiriqui (Warszewicz).

This is a scarce species; I have seen a large number of its close

ally H. edvardi, but have not been able to detect more than two or

three specimens of this. The only difference between the two con-

sists in the deeper colouring of the tail of this bird. This character,

however, appears quite constant.

156 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Jan. 24,

173. AMAziILIA RIEFFERI (Bource.); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 140.

David (Bridges).

+-174. THaumantrAs cHtonurus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 162;

Mon. Troch. v. pl. 300.

Eupherusa niveicauda, Lawr. Ann. N, Y. Lye. viii. p. 134.

David ; Chiriqui (Warszewicz).

The type of the species described by Mr. Lawrence as above was

sent to Mr. Gould, who pronounces it to be identical with 7’. chio-

nurus. HEupherusa cupreiceps, Lawr. (Ann. Lyc. N. Y. June 1866),

on the other hand, is quite distinct, as Mr. Lawrence has shown.

Arcé has sent a female of this second species from Tucurriqui.

4-175. SAPPHIRONIA CH RULEIGULARIS, Gould, Mon. Troch, v.

pl. 346; Sel. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 140.

Santa Fé; David (Bridges) ; Chiriqui (Warszewicz).

+.176. CHLOROLAMPIS ASSIMILIS, Lawr.

Saucerottia atala, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 140?

Santa Fé; Santiago de Veragua.

The specimens sent agree with others from Panama, ‘which we*

have referred to this species.

+177. Piava MEHLERI, Bp.

Piaya nigricrissa, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viil. p. 177.

David (Bridges).

I am unable to distinguish any tangible differences between Pa-

nama and Guatemalan examples of this Piaya. I believe there is

but one species ranging uninterruptedly from Ecuador and New Gra-

nada to South Mexico. P. mexicana is readily distinguishable by

the coloration of its tail.

+178. DirpLopterus nz&vius (L.); Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii.

PapAd.-

David (Bridges).

+179. NromMorPHUS SALVINI, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 60, pl. v.

Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tole.

1-180. RaAMPHASTOS CARINATUS, L.

Ramphastus brevicarinatus, Gould, Mon. Toue. ed. 2. t. 3.

Ramphastus approximans, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 333.

Santa Fé.

Veraguan examples agree with others from Panama in having a

somewhat wider red band below the yellow throat and breast than

is usual in Guatemalan specimens. They belong to the race sepa-

rated by Gould as R. brevicarinatus and by Cabanis as R. approxi-

mans; but this race is so very closely allied to the 1 more northern

bird that I am unwilling to separate them. :

* Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 365.

1867.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 157

-481. Prerociossus ErryTHRopyGrus, Gould; Lawr. Ann. N.

Y. Lyc. viii. p. 178.

David (Hicks).

Mr. Lawrence identifies Mr. Hicks’s specimens as belonging to

this species, which I have never met with, and am strongly inclined

to believe to be nothing more than the well-known and wide-ranging

species P. torquatus.

+182. SELENDERA SPECTABILIS, Cassin.

Santa Fé; Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tolé.

This fine species appears to be more common in this district of

Veragua than on the Panama Railway, where, I believe, Mr. M*Le-

annan only obtained a single specimen.

+183. AULACORHAMPHUS CHRULEOGULARIS, Gould, P. Z. S.

1853, p. 193; Mon. Ramphastidee, ed. 2, pl. 51.

Santa Fé; Veragua (Seemann).

This species is also found in Costa Rica, whence Arcé has sent

specimens. It is also included by Cabanis (Journ. f. Orn. 1862,

p- 329) in his list of Hoffmann’s collections.

+ 184, Caprro mAcuticoronatvs, Lawr.

Santiago de Veragua.

4-185. CAMPEPHILUS GUATEMALENSIS, Hartl.

Santiago de Veragua.

4-186. CamperHiLus H&MmaToGasTER, Tsch. I. P. Av. p. 43,

pl. 25.

Megapicus hematogaster, Malh. Mon, Pic. i. p. 27, t. 9. f. 1-3;

Scl. Cat. p. 332.

Santiago de Veragua.

Two examples agreeing with New Granadan (Bogota) specimens.

+187. CAMPEPHILUS MALHERBII, Gray & Mitch. Gen. of B.pl.108;

Scl. Cat. p. 331.

Santa Fé; Cordillera de Tolé.

+188. Cenrurus TRICOLOR, Wagl.

Centurus subelegans, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 143,

Santa Fé; Cordillera de Tolé.

+189. CHLORONERPES cCECILIZ, Malh.; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856,

p- 143 (2).

David (Bridges).

+-190. CuLoronerrpes casori (Malh.) ; Scl. Cat. p. 337,

Cordillera de Tolé,

A single male specimen agrees with our specimens from Gunte-

mala, the bill being, however, somewhat larger.

158 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. ([Jan. 24,

+191. Pronus menstrvuuvs (L.).

Santa Fé; Santiago de Veragua.

4-192. Caica n#MATOTIS, Sel. & Salv.

Santa Fé.

+193. SprzaéTus orNATUS, Daud.

Cordillera de Tolé.

+194, Burro GHresBReGHTII, DuBus.

Cordillera de 'Tolé.

“195. CRAxIREX UNICINCTUS (Temm.).

Santa Fé.

~-196. AsrurINA maGnrirostrRis (Gm.); Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye.

viii. p. 178.

David (Hicks).

4.197. Fatco anatum, Bp.

Santiago de Veragua.

4-198. HyporrtorcHis RUFIGULARIS (Dand.),

Santa Fé,

4-199. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (L.).

Santa Fe.

200. Acciprrer TINUS, Lath.

* Accipiter collaris, Sel.;’’ Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 462.

Santiago de Veragua,

An immature female in change of plumage belongs, I have little

doubt, to this species. The immature stage is quite rufous, as in

A, collaris, Scl.; and I think it very possible that Mr. Lawrence -

ought to have referred the specimen from M*Leannan’s collections,

alluded to /. c., to this species, and not to d. collaris.

+ 201. Icrinta pLuMBEA (Vieill.).

Santa Fé.

202. Exanoiprs rurcatus (Vieill.).

Cordillera de Tolé.

-+-203. LopHosrrix STRICKLANDI, Scl. & Salv.

S :

Santa Fé.

204. GuaucipiuM, sp.?

Santa Fé.

1867. | MR. 0, SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA, 159

+205. Leproprita vERREAUXI, Bp.

Santa Fé.

206. Lepropri.a, sp. ?

Cordillera de Tolé,

The species of this genus require a thorough revision.

+-207. CoLuMBA RUFINA, Temm.

Cordillera de Tolé.

+208. CHAM#PELIA RUFIPENNIS, Bp.; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye.

1865, p. 179.

David (Hicks).

-+-209. GroTRYGON cHIRIQUENSIS, Scl, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 143.

David (Bridges).

+210. GrorryGon verAGuENsis, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. June,

1866.

Veragua (Merritt).

Arcé has sent a specimen of a young Pigeon from Santa Fé, which

is just sufficiently feathered to show a dark purple gloss on the back.

I have little doubt it belongs to the fine species which Mr. Law-

rence has lately described.

-+211. Trvamus Rosustvs, Scl.

Santiago de Veragua.

~-212. CHAMPETES UNICOLOR, Sp. Nn.

C. niger, viridescente nitens : abdomine et ventre imo paulo dilu-

tioribus, viv nitentibus : plumis pectoris cinereo obscure mar-

ginatis: rostro nigerrimo, pedibus rubris: long. tota 24, ale

11, caude@ 11, tarsi 2°8, rostri a rictu 1°6.

Obs. Affinis C. goudoti, Less., sed statura paulo majore, corpore

unicolore, et coloribus saturatioribus primo visu dignoscendus.

The genus Chamepetes was founded by Wagler (Isis, 1832,

is 1227) upon Ortalida goudoti (Less. Man. ‘d’Orm, ii. p- 217), the

characters given being as follows :—‘‘ Character Ortalide, gula et

mentum toto-plumosa.” Ortalida is characterized as having the

inner web of the primaries entire, &c. Through Mr. G. R. Gray’s

kindness I have had an opportunity of examining a specimen of C.

goudoti in the British Museum, and I find that it has strongly

arched primaries, with deeply excised inner webs, such as so clearly

characterize some sections of the Cracid@. In addition to this, M.

Goudot, as quoted by Lesson, distinctly states that the trachea is

without the curious fold found in Ortalida. These points, as well

160 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. (Jan. 24,

as the character of the coloration, show that it is not with Ortalida

that Chamepetes must be compared.

Its closest relationship is certainly with Aburria, Reich., of which

Penelope aburri, Less., is the type, and with P. pipile, a species

forming another section of the same group. All these differ from

true Penelope in possessing three outer primaries strongly arched,

the points of which, for at least 1 inch of their length, are abruptly

reduced to a width of not more than Linch. <Adburria (P. aburri,

Less.) is distinguished by an appendage to its throat. Chamepetes

has the throat quite feathered, while the circlet of the eye and the

lores are destitute of feathers. P. pipile, having a bare throat

and different style of coloration, seems equally entitled to subgeneric

distinction.

Penelope rufiventris (Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 291, pl. 31) has been

placed in the genus Chamepetes, as a synonym of C. goudoti. The

plate, if trustworthy, shows the style of coloration of the head to be

very different. ‘Tschudi also states that it differs from C. goudoti in

having a fold in the trachea. The only two known species of this

form are therefore :—

+ (1) CHAM#PETES GOUDOTI.

Ortalida goudoti, Less. Man. @’Orn, ii. p. 217; Gray, Gen, of B.

iii, p. 485.

Chamepetes goudoti, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1227.

Cauca Valley, New Granada (Goudot).

-+- (2) CHAMPETES UNICOLOR.

Veragua (drcé).

With reference to the curious formation of the primaries in these

birds, I well remember being startled by a strange sound when shoot-

ing in one of the ravines in the Volcan de Agua in Guatemala. Not

at first perceiving whence it arose, I walked on, when the noise was

again repeated. I then set about discovering the cause, and soon

found that it was produced by a male Penelope nigra, Fraser, which,

when flying in a downward direction with outstretched wings, gave

forth a kind of crashing, rushing noise, which I likened at the time

to the falling of a tree. The outer primaries of P. nigra, though

yery strong, are not cut out like those of the present bird and its

allies; and I have little doubt that the latter occasionally produce a

strange sound with their wings. Indeed it seems probable that the

name by which one of them (P. adurri, Less.) is distinguished by

the natives of the Cauca Valley is derived from this peculiarity.

The name burri, aburri, aburrida, which M. Goudot asserts well

represents their cry, in fact expresses the sound produced by the

wings. An analogous case at once suggests itself, that of the

« drumming” of the Common Snipe (G@allinago media, Leach), to

which I can add another. A well-known Humming-bird of Mexico

and the highlands of Guatemala, Sedasphorus plaiycercus, makes a

shrill, almost whistling, noise with its wings, which are cut out ina

somewhat similar way.

1867.] PROF. NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS’ EGGS. 161

+ 213. OrTALIDA POLIOCcEPHALA, Wagl.; Sclater & Salv. P. Z.S.

1864, p. 371.

Santiago de Veragua; Cordillera de Tolé.

Agrees with Panama specimens.

+ 214. OponrorHoRus vERAGUENSIS, Gould, P.Z.S. 1856, p.107 ;

Sel. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 143.

Panama (Seemann) ; David (Bridges).

+. 215. OpoNTOPHORUS MELANOTIS, Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 586.

Santiago de Veragua.

+ 216. ODONTOPHORUS LEUCOLEMUS, sp. n.

O. supra niger, dorso toto minutissime castaneo maculato: pri-

mariis fusco-nigris, secundariis in pogonio externo castaneo

notatis : tectricibus alarum minoribus macula magna in pogonio

interno nigra, interne castaneo circumscripta : subtus regione

parotica et pectore toto nigris, hoc maculis celatis albis notato;

gula alba: ventre superiore castaneo, ventre imo cum crisso

nigris : rostro nigro, pedibus obscure corylinis: long. tota 8,

ale 5, caude 2, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 1°6.

Cordillera de Tolé; Veragua.

Arcé has sent a single female specimen of this very distinct species,

which has no near allies that I am acquainted with. Its white throat

and black breast marked with hidden white spots at once render it

easily distinguishable.

+217. ARAMIDES CAYENNENSIS (Gm.); Scl. P. Z. s. 1856, p. 143.

David (Bridges).

+-218. EurypyGa major, Hartl.

Santa Fé; Cordillera de Tolé.

+-219. ParrRA MELANOPYGIA, Scl.

Santa Fé.

A young bird with the breast white, belonging probably to this

species.

4-220. HALIPLANA FULIGINOSA, Gm.

Santiago de Veragua.

9. On some New or Rare Birds’ Eggs.

By Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

(Plate XV.)

It will perhaps be remembered that at the Meeting of this Society

on the 14th March, 1865 (P. Z. S. 1865, p. 256), I exhibited spe-

cimens of, and made remarks on, several new or rare birds’ eggs

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XI.

162 PROF. NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS EGGS. [Jan. 24,

intending, as I had done on a former occasion, to contribute a paper

respecting them to our ‘ Proceedings.’ To my dismay, however,

when about to give instructions to the artist who was to draw the

plate illustrating the paper, it was found that one of the most inter-

esting novelties (the egg of Didunculus strigirostris) was missing

from the care of our excellent Secretary. Thus deprived of my

chief ornament, I thought it better to defer the printing of the

paper; and this I did the more willingly, because Mr. Sclater as-

sured me that the absent specimen was only mislaid, and would cer-

tainly be found again in the course of time. The result has proved

as he predicted; the lost sheep turned up a few weeks ago; and ac-

cordingly I now reproduce the remarks I made nearly two years

ago, adding observations on some other specimens which have in

the meantime come into my possession.

When in 1861 I first brought some oological specimens before

the Society (P. Z. S. 1861, p. 393) I must confess to having taken

rather too sanguine a view of the utility of oology as a help to classi-

fication. Further experience and the examination of very large series

of specimens have almost induced in me a belief which perhaps

might be best expressed by parodying the celebrated saying of a

celebrated man, and would almost make me define oology as “a

science in which size and colour go for nothing at all, and shape and

grain for very little.” However, notwithstanding Voltaire’s epigram,

no one doubts there is a science of etymology; and since his time

philologists have begun to get a right notion of the value of vowels

and consonants. I therefore hope oology may yet keep its rank,

and that in time we may come to comprehend the very variable cha-

racters which birds’ eggs preseut in their size, colour, shape, and

grain.

SwALLOW-TAILED KITE.

Elanoides furcatus (Linnzus).

So much interest has long been attached to the breeding of this

bird that, though I had no specimen of its egg to exhibit, I thought

myself justified in 1865 in reading some notes with which my friend

Mr. H. E. Dresser had furnished me. These, however, have since

appeared in print (Ibis, 1865, p. 325-327), and I need say no more

on the subject, except to remark that the four eggs which are stated

to have been obtained for him have not yet reached England.

NUTCRACKER.

Nucifraga caryocatactes (Linneus). (Pl. XV. fig. 2.)

Thanks to my friends HH. Pastor Theobald and J. C. H. Fischer

of Copenhagen, I have at length the pleasure of exhibiting to the

Society-the nest and four eggs of the Nutcracker, taken in the same

locality as the nest and fully-fledged young bird which I exhibited

in June 1862 (P. Z. S. 1862, p. 206), and by the same persons.

In 1863 my friends were again disappointed of getting the eggs of

this bird, which proved to be a still earlier builder than they had

1867.] PROF. NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS’ EGGS. 163

given it credit for; and on the 9th of April three young ones were

found. In 1864 they determined to “be wise in time.” They kept

two young men on the watch all the winter, and as spring approached

careful search was made. At length, on the 23rd of March, after

eight days’ labour, the nest was found, in the same part of the forest

as that of the year before, being indeed only some fifty feet from the

same spot. It was, therefore, in all probability built by the same

pair of birds. It was on a fir tree, about fifty feet high, and built

quite in the same manner as that of the former year. The seeker

took the precaution first to climb up a near-extending tree, and then,

seeing the Nutcracker on the nest, ascended the nest-tree itself and

took the four eggs, which, when sent to Herr Theobald, were blown

by him and found to be quite fresh. He writes, “They have, I

think, a peculiar character, and I believe that they cannot be easily

confounded with others. It is always difficult to give a proper de-

scription of a bird’s egg; but I am not able to find any likeness be-

tween these and the supposed eggs of the bird pictured in Badeker’s

plates*. They are smaller than the eggs of Pica varia, and larger

than those of Garrulus glandarius. The ground-colour is a light

bluish green, not unlike that of an egg of Sturnus vulgaris, which

they also resemble inform. Nevertheless they do not deny the type

of the Corvide. They are sprinkled over with very fine spots of

leather-yellow [buff] or perhaps olive. Two of them are spotted

more distinctly ; one is almost spotless.”

I need not, I think, add anything to Pastor Theobald’s description ;

but I take this opportunity of giving a figure of the most fully

marked specimen (Pl. XV. fig. 2), and also an extract from a letter

dated 27th of May, 1865, which I have since received from him, re-

counting some further successes :—‘‘ The long and severe winter [of

1864—65 | seems to have retarded the Nutcrackers from laying their

eggs at the ordinary time. The two young men we had engaged in

Bornholm commenced their work on the i2th of March, but did

not succeed in finding a nest (which contained three eggs) before the

10th of April. They waited some days, hoping that a fourth would

be added, and took the three eggs on the 15th, when they found

them much incubated. When these eggs were sent to us, we heard

that another fresh nest was discovered. We awaited the result not

without anxiety, when the steamer brought us four eggs taken from

that nest on the 30th. They were not at all set on. There is the

strongest likeness in all the three sets we have now seen, and there-

fore I conclude that the Nutcracker’s eggs do not vary much. The

same is the case respecting the construction of the nest after this

year’s experience.’ The writer then proceeds to offer for my ac-

ceptance the four eggs of the first nest, a liberal present, the recol-

lection of which will always demand my warmest gratitude. Last

March (1866) one nest was found, which the birds deserted after

laying a single egg in it.

I need not say with what satisfaction I announce the fulfilment of

* Journ. fur Orn. 1856, taf. i. fig. 1, and Eier der Europiischen Végel, taf. 1.

fig. 14, and taf. Ixxvi. fig. 4.—A. N.

164 PROF. NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS EGGS. ~ [Jan. 24,

the hope I formerly expressed, that my good Danish friends would

be able to clear up the doubts on this subject; and the satisfaction

is so great that I feel I need not take upon me the invidious task of

deciding who hitherto has zo¢ had the veritable ege of Nucifraga

caryocatactes. I must, however, mention that Herr Fischer has

published in the new series of Kréyer's ‘ Tidsskrift’ for 1863 and

1864 two papers, giving an account of the breeding of the Nut-

cracker in Bornholm (Cf. Ibis, 1865, p. 226).

ToOTH-BILLED PIGEON.

Didunculus strigirostris (Jardine). (Pl. XV. fig. 6.)

The extinction of this species, which seems so speedily impending,

makes any excuse for dwelling on so great a rarity as a specimen of

its egg unnecessary. The specimen figured was entrusted to my

care by Mr. Bartlett, our Superintendent, to whom it was delivered

by the person who had charge, during the voyage to England, of the

living Didunculus presented to the Society in 1864 by Dr. Bennett

(P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 158). The specimen (Pl. XV. fig. 6) is of a

large size in proportion to that of the bird, measuring 1°78 inch by

1:16 inch, and, notwithstanding that it was laid under very unnatural

circumstances, does not appear to me to be abnormally developed.

Though it possesses the normal form, it is not of so pure a white

colour as is generally seen in the eggs of the Columbe, but has a

pale. greenish-grey tinge.

Hoazin.

Opisthocomus cristatus (Linneeus). (Pl. XV. fig. 7.)

Among the various forms of bird-life which the more cautious

systematists regard as “‘incerte sedis,’ the Hoazin must be looked

upon as one of the most remarkable. The egg of this species is

stated by Mons. Des Murs (Oologie Ornithologique, pp. 408, 409)

to have been first made known to naturalists by Mons. Alcide d’Or-

bigny ; but, so far as I am aware, it has never yet been figured ; and

the specimen I exhibit is the only one I remember to have seen,

though examples should exist, according to the distinguished oolo-

gist I have quoted, in the Museums of Paris and Philadelphia. It

was sent by an officer of the Royal Artillery to Mr. Whiteley of

Woolwich, who has kindly lent it to me. Its dimensions are 1°74

inch by 1°33 inch; and its colouring cannot be better described than

in Mons. Des Murs’s words:—‘‘ Le fond de la coquille est d’un

blane légérement carné, avec quelques taches de couleur de sang

figé, d’autres, en plus grand nombre, de couleur de brique ro-

sitres, et plusieurs, assez larges, d’une teite gris-lilas ou grisatre-

violacée.”’

Its resemblance to the eggs of some of the Rallide (Porphyrio

for example) is manifest ; but I do not on that account suppose that

this very strange form is allied to that family; indeed its osteology,

according to MM. Gervais, Lherminier and De Castelnau, in my

opinion, entirely precludes such a view.

1867.] + +PROF. NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS’ EGGS, 165

BuFrF-BREASTED SANDPIPER.

Tryngites rufescens (Vieillot). (Pl. XV. fig. 4.)

For a knowledge of the eggs of this occasional visitor to Europe

oologists are indebted to the efforts of Mr. R. R. Macfarlane, one of

the collectors employed by the Smithsonian Institution of Washing-

ton in those explorations of Arctic America which have been so pro-

lifie in oological interest. The specimen I possess (Pl. XV. fig. 4)

was obtained, 29th June, 1863, by that gentleman on the barren

grounds to the east of the Anderson River, and was out of a nest of

four eggs, from which the hen bird was shot. I desire to record

here my deep acknowledgement of the kindness with which Prof.

Henry has placed the describing of this valuable specimen in my

power. Its size is 1°52 inch in long diameter by 1°08 inch. In

coloration it differs somewhat from the normal appearance of most

eges of the Scolopacide (though I have seen some Snipes’ which re-

semble it), being of a pale stone-colour, with well-defined moderate-

sized and not thickly disposed blotches of hair-brown, beneath which

is a series of blotches of two shades of lavender-grey. The accounts

which have been published of the habits of this species seem to justify

its removal from the genus Tringa.

AMERICAN STINT.

Tringa minutilla, Vieillot (fide Coues, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1861,

p- 191). (Pl. XV. fig. 3.)

The eggs I possess of this species have much the same history as

that of the last. They are three, out of four, from a nest whence

the hen bird was snared in June 1863, on the Arctic coast east of

the Anderson River, and were collected by Mr. Macfarlane. A brief

note, in Prof. Baird’s handwriting which accompanies the specimens,

adds the information that there were ‘decayed leaves in nest.’

These eggs have not much resemblance to those of Tringa minuta

or J’. temmincki; for though the ground-colour is much the same,

the darker markings take the form rather of streaks or dashes than

of blotches or spots. They vary much in intensity of tone. In size

they seem to correspond almost exactly with those of 7’. temminchi.

Grey PHALAROPE.

Phalaropus fulicarius (Linneeus). (Pl. XV. fig. 1.)

In the “Appendix” to Mr. Baring Gould’s ‘Iceland’ (p. 412)

I mentioned that in the summer of 1862 a friend of mine sent me

four eggs as those of this bird, which had been taken under his

superintendence, and that I believed them to be especially well au-

thenticated. When I was in Iceland in 1858 I discovered and watched

for several hours two pairs of Grey Phalaropes on a little lake at

Utskala, within a few yards of this gentleman’s parsonage house ; and

though I am sure they did not breed there that year, I was told by

several of the inhabitants of the district that they did so sometimes.

Accordingly I took my friend and other persons to look at the birds,

166 PROF. NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS’ EGGS. [Jan. 24,

bidding them observe the difference between the two species of Pha-

larope, with the view of subsequently obtaining the eggs of this one.

It was not until 1862 that any good came of it, In that year,

Pastor Sivertsen wrote to me from Utskala, saying that three nests

had at last been found. Of these unfortunately the contents of

one disappeared, and those of the second were broken; so that the

egos from the third were all he had to send me. They reached me

in a very bad condition, and, but for the skilful manipulation of Mr.

Salvin, would have been useless. As it is they are presentable.

In 1866 Pastor Theobald was so good as to send me three eggs

of this species with the parent birds caught on the nest, which were

brought to him the year before by Herr Zimmer from Egedesminde

in North Greenland. It is extremely satisfactory to find that these

well-identified eggs closely resemble those I had received from Ice-

land; and the particulars in which they most resemble one another

are the pale ground-colour and infrequency of the markings, which

serve to distinguish them at once when laid among a hundred or

more eggs of Phalaropus hyperboreus. In size the Greenland eggs

of P. fulicarius are somewhat, though not a great deal, larger than

most eggs of P. hyperboreus, but are nearly as much smaller than

the Icelandic specimens, one of which serves to illustrate this paper

(Pl. XV. fig. 1). The largest of the seven I possess measures

1-25 inch by *9 inch; the smallest 1:17 inch by °84 inch. I cannot

venture to say that the egg of P. fulicarius may never closely re-

semble that of P. hyperboreus ; but specimens of the former I have

here noticed could never for a moment be mistaken for any I have

seen of the latter.

YELLOW-SHANKS SANDPIPER.

Totanus flavipes (Gmelin). (Pl. XV. fig. 5.)

I am not aware that the eggs of this species have been anywhere

figured or described. I have received two from the Smithsonian In-

stitution. They are marked as having been obtained by Mr. Mac-

farlane, 25th June, 1863, on the barren grounds at the Fort, Ander-

son River; and the note mentions that the hen bird was shot very

near the nest, which contained four eggs. The specimens sent me

measure about 1°57 inch by 1°14 inch, and in colouring greatly re-

semble some eggs of Totanus calidris.

Great BLAcK-HEADED GULL.

Chroicocephalus ichthyaetus (Pallas).

Specimens of the fine egg of this fine bird recently sent to me by

Herr Méschler, who received them from the Lower Volga, corre-

spond very well with the description given of it by Pallas (Zoogr.

R.-As. ii. p. 323). Ona clean-looking ground of very pale stone-

colour or French white, good-sized blotches of dark brown are pretty

regularly distributed, patches of lavender-grey being mterspersed

among and beneath them. My largest specimen is 3°08 inches by

2:11 inches; the smallest 2°91 inches by 2°09 inches. Three ex-

1867. ] PROF. NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS’ EGGS. 167

amples are professedly figured by Thienemann in his great work

(Fortpfl. der gesamm. Vég. tab. Ixxxvii. fig. 1 a-c). These do not

resemble the eggs in my possession very much ; and of course, in the

imeomplete state of that work, we have no information concerning

them. Badeker does not seem to have known the egg.

AMERICAN WIGEON.

Mareca americana (Gmelin).

Two eggs of this bird were sent to me in 1863 from the Smith-

sonian Institution. They were obtained at Fort Yukon, in June

1861, by the late Mr. R. Kennicott, whose recent death in Russian

America is so much to be regretted. They are marked “ parent

shot,”’ and are somewhat smaller and of a good deal deeper colour

than eggs of Mareca penelope ordinarily or perhaps ever are. The

two specimens vary somewhat in dimensions and form, one measuring

2°08 inches by 1°44 inch, the other 2°18 inches by 1°41 inch.

AMERICAN SCAUP.

Fulix affinis (Eyton).

I am indebted to the Smithsonian Institution for seven examples

of this bird’s eggs :—three, from which the parent was shot, ob-

tained by Mr. Kennicett at Fort Yukon, 24th June, 1861; and four

out of a nest of nine eggs obtained 26th June, 1863, and sent with

the parent by Mr. J. Lockhart. As might be expected, except in

size, they greatly resemble the eggs of Fulix marila. The largest of

the series, from Mr. Kennicott’s nest, measures 2°29 inches by 1°63

inch; the smallest, from Mr. Lockhart’s nest, is 2°2 inches by 1°52

inch.

Surr-Scorer.

Cidemia perspicillata (Linneus).

For this rare egg I am indebted again to the liberality of the Se-

eretary of the Smithsonian Institution. It is marked as being from

the collection of Mr. Macfarlane, taken 26th June, 1863, on the

Arctic coast, east of Anderson River, and ‘‘ parent shot.’’ No more

particulars. The specimen measures 2°32 inches by 1°55 inch, which

is much smaller than any example of @. nigra that I have seen, and

is less warmly coloured than the eggs of that species. Bideker pro-

fesses to figure two specimens of this bird’s egg (Kier Europ. Vég.

taf. lxi. fig. 9); but, as usual, he does not account for their being in

his possession, and it must, I think, be regarded as doubtful whether

the originals were authentic.

HoopEep MERGANSER.

Mergus cucullatus, Linneus.

The next egg I have to mention is the result of an interesting

discovery made on the River St. Croix in New Brunswick, by Mr

168 DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. [Jan. 24,

G. A..Boardman ; and I owe the possession of three specimens of it

to the liberality of my friend Mr. H. E. Dresser, a Fellow of this

Society, who has likewise kindly permitted me to bring it before you

on this occasion, furnishing me with several extracts from letters

written to him by Mr. Boardman. These are to the effect that a

nest of this bird, consisting of “about a pailful of down,” was found

in 1864 in a hollow tree. It contained six eggs. The old bird was

caught upon it, and, being thus frightened, did not return to the

egos, which were accordingly taken on the 20th of May; but unluckily

the man in descending the tree broke four of them. The following

year (1865) a nest, believed to be that of the same hen bird, was

found and the eggs taken 15th of June. Three of these are now in

my possession. ‘They are of a very pure white colour, spheroidal in

shape, and but for the grain, which is decidedly that of a Duck’s

egg, at first sight look a good deal like Owls’. The shell is remark-

ably smooth and strong, heavy and hard, the last peculiarity having

been particularly noticed by Mr. Boardman when drilling the speci-

mens. The long diameters of the three in my possession are respec-

tively 2°08, 2°11, and 2°06 inches; the short diameter of all is the

same, 172 inch. Mr. Dresser informs me that an egg of the first

nest (upon which the bird was caught) precisely resembles these.

It has been stated that on Prof. Agassiz’s expedition to Lake Su-

perior a nest of Mergus cucullatus was found containing several

cggs, three, at least, of which have been sent by Dr. Brewer to this

country. One of them was received by Dr. Frere, and at the dis-

persal of his collection it came into my possession. This egg differs

so entirely from the well-identified specimens obtained by Mr. Board-

man that I cannot believe they belong to the same species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Egg of Grey Phalarope, p. 165.

2. % Nutcracker piloz:

» American Stint, p. 165.

Buff-breasted Sandpiper, p. 165.

» Yellow-shanks Sandpiper, p. 166.

, Tooth-billed Pigeon, p. 164.

» Hoazin, p. 164.

TIS SUP Gob

10. On the Nisi and Astures of the Indian Archipelago and of

New Holland. By Dr. J.J. Kaur, C.M.Z.S., Director

of the Grand-Ducal Museum, Darmstadt*.

Director Schlegel, in his meritorious work, ‘ Die Valkvogels van

Nederl. Indié,’ 1866, has enumerated thirteen species of these

eroups. Of these I possess eleven in all stages of plumage, for

* Communicated by Dr. J. Murie, and translated under his superintendence

from the German MS.

1867.] DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. eg

which our Museum is indebted to the kindness of the late General

von Gagern, Herman von Rosenberg, Mr. Riedel, Mr. Cassalette,

and to the Museum of Leyden.

My corrections of synonyms have thus been based upon actual

examination, and do not depend upon mere descriptions of other

naturalists.

I have long ago given up so-called subgenera, and I have raised

all subgenera established by me formerly to the dignity of genera,

indicating the section or group by giving it the oldest and most

usual name in the plural, according to the plan introduced by the

late Prince Charles Lucien Bonaparte.

I give an outline sketch of several heads and of a wing of each of

the four Indian genera of the section Misi or Accipitres of English

ornithologists, and I hope that henceforth the distinctions which I

make will be appreciated and not ignored, though the latter is by

far the easier.

If we compare the head and the wing of the typical form of the

Nisi, viz. those of the genus Tachyspiza, the thought must occur to

each careful ornithologist that this genus possesses more character-

istic features than many of the newly created genera of other groups

of the class of birds.

The tooth of the upper mandible is round and hangs down low ;

it is pressed to the front and separated from the tip of the beak only

by a sharp incision, and it overlaps the entire front half of the lower

mandible: this alone would justify us in separating 7. soloénsis from

all other species of Nis?.

To this characteristic mark of the genus must be added that the

wing is longer and more pointed than that of the Misi, and that the

length of the point of the wing (77 mm.) is only equal to eleven

twenty-sixths of the length of the entire wing (182 mm.).

Add to this that the third primary, and not the fourth, is the

longest, and that only the first, second, and third are emarginated

distinctly on the inner vane, and the fourth in a scarcely perceptible

manner, whilst in others the fourth and fifth are distinctly emargi-

nated ; moreover they have a proportionally short tarsus, and the

toes with soles rather wider near their bases.

If we knew its manner of life with the familiarity of a Naumann

or a Brehm, we should find that 7. soloénsis flies better than all

other Nis, and that its food, especially when it has young, consists

only of inseets. We should see, in fact, that Tachyspiza represents

amongst the Nis: the Nauclerus, Hypotriorchis the Falcones, and

Erythropus the Tinnunculi.

It would, however, be a mistake to place this strongly characterized

genus at the head or at the end of the Nis?, and to look upon the rest

of the Nis: seu Accipitres as an inseparable whole, because these latter

do not possess such a totality of distinguishing marks. If the long

point of the wing, with its third primary the longest and the second

a trifle shorter than the fifth, is a generic mark of the Tachyspiza,

the relative proportions of the point of the wing to the entire length

of the wing and the relative lengths of the primaries must also be

170 DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. [Jan. 24,

generic marks of other species; and if the number and shape of

the emarginations in Tachyspiza are generic, they must be generic

also in the others.

In addition to these distinctions, I have taken into account the

shape and the markings of the tail; for as yet I have not met with a

true Nisus having five emarginations on the inner vane of the wings,

which at the same time had seven to twenty-four bars on its tail,

like the Uraspize, which are confined to New Holland and the In-

dian archipelago.

In consequence of these conclusions, the Sparrow-Hawks of New

Holland and India have been divided by me into the genera Tera-

spiza, Tachyspiza, Erythrospiza, and Uraspiza.

In adopting these more limited genera there arises the great

advantage of being able to characterize the species easily and with

certainty in a few words, and one is not led astray by trifling

analogies to throw together species from different groups. Ac-

cording to my method only those really akin will be thrown to-

gether. ;

Erythrospiza trinotata and Teraspiza minulla both have white

cross bars on the surface of the dark tail; but it would be an error to

place the two together on this account. Nor would it be correct to

bring £. trinotata with its short toes into proximity with Accipiter

cruentus, which has also the shortest toes of its genus.

The length of the middle toe or of the toes generally has only a

specific value in the isi, and not a generic one.

If my friend Dr. Schlegel had compared carefully my diagnoses

of the genera Uraspiza with Accipiter cruentus, he would not have

considered Gould’s Astur crwentus identical with his Nisus cruentus

seu griseogularis. Schlegel’s N. cruentus has the second to the

sixth primaries of the outer vane and the first to the fifth of the

inner vane emarginated, whilst Gould’s 4. erwentus has the second to

the fifth of the outer vane and the first to the fourth of the inner

vane emarginated *.

Teraspiza, Kp.

Beak bent more abruptly than that of Nisus, and the concavity

behind the hook of the beak deeper. A space round the eyes more

naked, as in the noble Falcons. Point of wings very short, and equal

to three tenths of the length of the entire wing. Fourth primary

the longest ; the first to fourth primaries of the inner vane distinetly

emarginated; the primaries with the inside always edged. Tail

with three bands above and four below.

This genus includes the smallest forms of all the Nisz.

* If the interior wide vanes of the primaries are in disorder owing to ill treat-

ment, and the emarginatious are not easily recognized, it is sufficient to count the

cuts of the outer vane, which are better protected. If the second to the sixth

primaries of the outer vane are emarginated, five emarginations of the inner yane,

beginning from the first primary, will correspond to these. If it happens that

a specimen shows only four instead of five, the wing should be examined with

care, and it will be found that a feather has fallen out, or is still very small and

young, and is thus hidden underneath the quills of the adjoining feathers.

1867.] DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. 171

Teraspiza tinus.

1. TeRASPIZA VIRGATA, Reinw.

Falco virgatus, Reinw. Temm. PI. Col. 109 ( 3).

Accipiter affinis, Hodgs., Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 81.

A. nisoides, Blyth, Journ. A. 8. B.

Nisus virgatus, Cuv. Rég. An. p. 334; Schleg. Valky. t. 12.

N. minutus, Less. Tr. d’Orn. p. 60.

N. gularis, Schleg. Fn. Jap. pl. 2, et Mus. d. P.-B. Ast. p. 33.

Nisus (Teraspiza) virgatus, Kp. Fale. p. 172.

2. TERASPIZA RHODOGASTER, Schl.

Nisus rhodogaster, Schleg. Valkv. t. 12.

N. virgatus rhodogaster, Schleg. Mus. d. P.-B. Ast. p. 32.

Represents 7. virgata in Celebes.

To these must be added

3. TERASPIZA MINULLA, Daud.,

of the Cape colony, with white bars on the upperside of the tail ;

and the

4. Teraspi1za TINus, Lath.,

of South America, which is of the same size, and has no spots on the

tail, nor any white upper tail-coverts.

Tacuyspiza, Kaup.

Beak bent abruptly from the swollen cere; with a round tooth

coming low down, and separated from the point of the beak by a

sharp incision ; seen in profile it overlaps the front half of the lower

beak. Point of the wing very long, rather less than secondaries,

and equal to eleven twenty-sixths of the length of the entire wing.

Third primary the longest; first to third primaries distinctly emar-

ginated on the inner vane ; fourth primary indistinetly emarginated ;

172 DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. [Jan. 24,

the primaries of old birds without bands and with white spots.

Tail with four bands, which grow narrower with age, and disap-

pear almost entirely on the outer and middle feathers. Tarsus and

digits slender and short; the latter with rather broader soles.

At present only one species is known, which is found frequently

on the continent and in the Indian archipelago, viz.—

TACHYSPIZA SOLOENSIS.

Falco soloénsis, Linn. Tr. xiii. p. 137.

Fig. 2.

Tachyspiza, Kaup.

Eryturospiza, Kaup.

Form powerful and compact. Emarginations on the inner vane of

the first to fifth primaries. Point of wing equal to from four fif-

teenths to four thirteenths of the entire length of the wing. Beak

straighter than that of Nisws. The bars on the long tail frequently

disappear with age, and in young birds they are never so numerous

as in Uraspiza.

The species are found only in Celebes and the Moluccas, and

when adult have a uniformly coloured rusty-red under-plumage.

1. ERYTHROSPIZA TRINOTATA, Temm.

Falco trinotatus, Temm. Leyd. Mus.

Nisus trinotutus, Schlegel, Valkv. t. 19.

Astur trinotatus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 33.

The smallest species. Above bluish grey ; throat whitish ; below

1867.) DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. _— 173

vinous-reddish. Inner surface of wing for the most part of a brilliant

‘white. On the slate-black tail are three pure-white bands of spots

on the inner vanes, which are perceptible at the upper surface.

When young, reddish brown, with blackish spots, with elongated

stripes on the inferior lighter parts. Wing 155 to 170 mm., tarsus

58 to 62mm., middle toe 25 to 27mm. In proportion it has the

longest tarsus and the shortest middle toe.

Resembles Teraspiza minulla (Daud.), and differs from the fol-

lowing in the colour of its tail.

Hab. Celebes.

Fig. 3.

Erythrospiza griseogularis.

2. ERYTHROSPIZA IOGASTER, Mill.

Faleo hiogaster, Mull. & Schleg. Verh. Nederl. p. 110.

LEpervier océanien (3), Voy. au Pole Sud, t. 2. f. 1.

Accipiter hyogaster (a name without a correct meaning), Bp.

Consp. p. 33.

Nisus iogaster, Schleg. Valkv. p. 65, t. 18.

The reddish brown of the lower parts continued in a broad stripe

over the grey neck to the lower mandible. Under wing-coverts of a

reddish brown. Wings a light ash-grey varied with white on the

SO a oa oe

‘\ = Sie

174 ' ‘DR. J.J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. [Jan. 24,

inner webs. The lower plumage of the young bird nearly white,

with spots.on the chest and transverse bars on the sides, which have

a rusty yellowish hue. The tail, viewed from below, has about ten

cross bars. Point of wing (63 mm.) equal to three tenths of the

wing (208 mm.). Tarsus 56 mm., middle toe 31 mm.

Hab. Amboyna and Halmaheira.

A and B. Erythrospiza griseogularis. C. Uraspiza eruenta.

3. ERYTHROSPIZA GRISEOGULARIS, G. R. Gray.

Astur griseogularis et A. henicogrammus, Gr. P. Z. 8.1860, p. 343.

> ay,

1867. ] DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. 175

Aceipiter equatorialis, Wall. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 474.

A. muelleri, Wall. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 475.

Nisus cruentus, Schleg. Valky. 1866, t. 14-16.

This is the largest species and has the highest beak of all the Nis?.

Schlegel gives nine very fine figures of this species (which is common

in the Moluccas), representing all ages of plumage. According to

him (t. 2. f. 14) the transverse bars on the lower parts, as well as

the neck cross bars, are lost in old age ; the lower parts are more or

less intensely rusty red; the upper parts ashy grey, more or less

dark. My specimen, which has recently moulted, shows eight or

nine dark bars on the tail; and when the light is favourable, dark

bars can be seen on the breast-feathers.

An old female, of which I give the outline of the head (fig. B,

p- 174), has upon it a darker ashy grey; and on the upper part of

the back there is a large somewhat obscure and rusty red patch,

which mingles with the pale rusty-reddish chest. The lower parts,

excepting the grey throat with white spots, are pale rusty-coloured,

and have bluish-white transverse bars. On the inner vanes of the

tail and of the primaries there are scarcely any traces of bars. On

a similar specimen Mr. Gray established his A. griseogularis.

At a still greater age the neck-band, as also the breast-markings,

disappears as in the male, which Schlegel (/oc. cit.) figures in t. 2.

f. 14. The distinguished ornithologist Wallace established on a

specimen of this kind his 4. muelleri, in honour of a man to whoin

the Museum of Leyden owes many treasures.

Wallace, who correctly appreciates the difference between NV. cru-

entus, Schlegel, and A. cruentus, Gould, established his Aceipiter

equatorialis on a middle-aged bird. Upon a careful examination,

traces of bands on the tail will be found.

Amongst all Sparrow-Hawks this is the most powerful, and it has

the highest and strongest beak. That of the female is 19 mm. high.

Schlegel gives the length of the middle toe as 13!" to 19'"; the first of

these figures is clearly an error instead of 15'’. The latter measure-

ment I took from an unusually small male in the nestling-plumage.

Hab. All the Moluccas, where it is very common.

Pic /5.

SSNS

URASPIZA.

As regards structure of wings these resemble the Teraspize, and

they, like the latter, have the first to the fourth primaries emargi-

nated; but they have a longer tail, provided with from eight to

176 DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. [Jan. 24,

twenty-four narrow bands of a blackish colour, which can be per-

ceived even at the greatest age.

These birds are confined to the Indian archipelago and New Hol-

land, and no species has as yet been discovered on the continent.

1. Uraspiza suLAENSIS, Schleg.

Nisus sulaénsis, Schleg. Valkv. t. 16.

Small; upper surface grey; under surface rusty red, with white

underwings and lower tail-coverts. A young bird, above reddish

brown, spotted black; primaries of the second order with four

blackish-brown bands; below rusty yellow, with blackish-brown

shaft-spots. Lower surface of wings rusty yellow, with blackish spots

and bands ; lower tail-coverts rusty yellow white, with dark shafts. -

Tail with seven or eight bars; outer tail-feathers with ten bars.

We have an adult received through Dr. Bernstein from the island

of Sula-Bessie, and a young one through Herman y. Rosenberg from

Ceram.

Wing 165 to 175 mm., tail 125 to 143 mm., tarsus 58 mm.,

middle toe 33 to 34 mm.

2. URASPIZA TORQUATA, Cuv.

Falco torquatus, Cuv., Temm. Pl. Col. 43 & 93.

Accipiter sylvestris, Wall. P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 487.

Nisus torquatus, Schleg. Valkv. t. 17.

Accipiter cruentus, Wall. Birds of Timor (Schleg.).

Rather larger than the preceding species. When old it has a small

rusty-red band on the lower parts; underwing nearly white, with

traces of bands; the red neck-collar more or less distinct. The

young bird has the lower parts lighter, shaft-spots on top with arrow-

shaped bands to the rear; tail with about ten bands.

Wing 185 to 250 mm., tail 155 to 187 mm., tarsus 51 to 64 mm.,

middle digit 28 to 37 mm., according to Schlegel.

Hab. Java; Timor.

3. URAsPIzA CIRRHOCEPHALA, Vieill.

Sparvius cirrhocephalus, Vieill. Enc. p. 1268.

Accipiter torquatus, Vig. & Horsf. L. Tr. xv. p. 328.

Nisus (Uraspiza) torquatus, Kp. Fale. p. 181; Gould, Birds of

Australia.

The underwing with distinct bands throughout; lower part, a

ground of reddish black brown, with innumerable whitish bandlets ;

tail fifteen to seventeen narrow bands ; beak and cere 11 mm. high.

Wing 205 to 240 mm., tail 157 to 170 mm., tarsus 57 to 66 mm.,

middle digit 33 to 39 mm.

Hab. Common in the whole of New Holland.

4, Uraspiza CRUENTA, Gould.

Astur cruentus, Gould, Birds of Australia.

Nisus (Uraspiza) cruentus, Kp. Fale. p. 181.

1867. ] DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. 177

Beak and cere 13 to 14 mm. high. The entire inner wing with

bands throughout ; all the lower parts the same. ‘ail with from

fifteen to seventeen narrow bands.

This is a stronger bird than the preceding, and has a proportion-

ally smaller middle digit.

» Wing 252 to 270 mm., tail 185 to 200 mm., tarsus 70 to 72 mm.,

middle digit 34 to 36 mm.

Hab. Common in New Holland, scarcer in Timor (perhaps only

of accidental occurrence).

5. URASPIZA APPROXIMANS, Vig. & Horsf.

Astur approximans, Vig. & Horsf. Linn. Tr. xv. p. 181.

A. radiatus et fasciatus.

A. radiatus, Cuy. Reg. An. p. 332.

Falco radiatus, Temm. Pl. Col. 123.

Nisus (Urospiza) approximans, Kp. Fale. p. 182.

Nisus approximans, Schleg. Valkv. p. 63.

Similar in colouring to the preceding, but the largest of all.

Wing 262 to 306 mm., tail 200 to 230 mm., tarsus 72 to 83 mm.,

middle digit 36 to 45 mm., beak 15 to 16 mm. high.

This species has the largest number of bands on the tail, viz.

from fourteen to nineteen. Schlegel counts from twenty to twenty-

four.

Hab. Common in New Holland; more scarce in Timor.

All these species have a reddish neck-collar, more or less distinct,

which disappears towards the back of the neck. The old birds,

U. sulaénsis excepted, have the lower parts reddish, with white

bands.

The following species, according to Schlegel, deviates more from

the usual colouring than does U. sulaénsis :—

6. URaspIzZA ERYTHRAUCHEN, G. R. Gray.

Accipiter erythrauchen, G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8S. 18605 p. 344.

A. rubricollis, Wall. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 21, pl. 1v.

Nisus cirrhocephalus ceramensis, Schleg. M. d. P.-B. Ast. p. 39.

N. erythrauchen, Schleg. Valkv. p. 60, t. 13.

About the size of N. cirrhocephalus. Upper part of back fiery

reddish brown; sides, belly, and flanks light ash-grey ; upper half

of inner wing rusty red, with bands. When young of a blackish

brown, with rusty-red edges of the wings and rusty-red cross bands

on the secondaries. Below rusty yellow, with shaft-stripes on the

breast, and arrow-shaped spots on the sides and flanks; lower tail-

coverts nearly white ; tail with eight or nine moderately wide bands.

Beak and cere 12 mm. high, wing 166 to 214 mm., tail 125 to

168 mm., tarsus 53 to 71 mm., middle digit 31 to 42 mm.

Hab. Ceram, Batjan, Morotai, Halmachera, and Buru.

I have not seen Ace. poliocephalus, G. R. Gray (P. Z. S. 1858,

p- 170, and P. Z. S. 1859, p. 153), and therefore am not able to

place it. A female shot by Mr. Wallace on the Aru Islands has a

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XII.

178 DR. J. J. KAUP ON NISI AND ASTURES. [Jan. 24,

white belly and red cere and feet. The wing is 214 mm. long, and

is thus as large as that of U. erythrauchen.

As regards dce. rufitorques, Peale, I suspect it to be identical

with 4. erythrauchen, Gray ; but I do not know whether the name

rufitorques is the older one.

Sectio ASTURES.

Of this group only two species have hitherto been found in the

Indian archipelago ; for the question whether Leucospiza nove-hol-

landie@ nests there has not yet been settled.

Lopuospiza, Kaup.

These birds resemble Teraspiza with respect to the short point of

the wings, which is equal to one-fourth the entire length of the wing.

The first four primaries on the inner vane emarginated a trifle.

Digits clad with three to four little shields before the nails. Middle

digit short, as long as the short part of the tarsus, covered with

coarse and wide shields in front and behind. Tibial plumes project-

ing but very little.

1. LopHospPiIzA TRIVIRGATA, Reinw.

Falco trivirgatus, Reinw. Pl. Col. 303.

Astur indicus ( 2 ), Hodgs. Beng. Sport. Mag. 1838, p. 85.

A. cristatus, G. R. Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1848, p. 371.

A. (Lophospiza) trivirgatus, Kp. Fale. p. 187.

A. trivirgatus, Schleg. Valkv. p. 57, t. 10.

Resembles Teraspiza virgata, and has the same habitat. Its

white-edged upper tail-coverts or feathers recall Ace. gabar and Ace.

monogrammicus.

Hab. Common on the continent of India and in the archipelago.

2. LopHOSRIZA GRISEICEPS, Temm.

Falco griseiceps, Temm. MS.

Astur griseiceps, Schleg. Valkv. t. 11; Wall. Ibis, 1864, p. 184,

4 A. trivirgatus griseiceps, Bp. Consp. p. 31.

Hab. Celebes.

The generic appellation does not accord with this species—a feature

which it has in common with many hundred species of other birds.

Levucosriza, Kaup.

With bent cere, and a strikingly high beak abruptly bent. Middle

digit covered entirely with a shield, rather shorter than the more

slender tarsus, as far as the latter is covered witha shield. First

five primaries indented. When young these birds, like the Uraspize,

whose place they occupy amongst the Astures, have a large number

of narrow bands on the tail, which disappear entirely with age. The

chest also has bands when young.

1867.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 179

LEUCOSPIZA NOVH-HOLLANDI4, Gmel.

Falco nove-hollandia, Gmel. S. N.i. p. 264. +

Astur nove-hollandie, Cuv. Rég. An. 320; Vig. & Horsf. Linn.

Trans. xv. p. 179; Gould, Birds of Austr.; Schleg. Valkv. t. 11.

Falco albus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. 92 ; White’s Voy. p. 250.

Astur albus, Sw. Class. of B. i. p. 215.

Sparvius niveus, Vieill. N. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. p. 338.

Dedalion candidum, Less. Tr. d’Orn. p. 66.

Falco leucaétus, Forst. Descr. Orn. p. 70; Icon. ined. 35.

Astur rayii, Vig. & Horsf. L. Tr. xv. p. 180.

Falco clarus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xii.

Astur (Leucospiza) nove-hollandia, Kp. Fale. 197.

This species is also found in New Guinea, but probably only acci-

dentally. There is no doubt that it breeds in the plumage of youth,

which has bands. It is also said to prey upon fish.

February 14, 1867.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater read an extract from a letter from Mr. W. T.

Blanford, of the Indian Geological Survey, containing a notice of the

interesting fact that a species of Platanista is common in the river

Irrawaddi, probably differing from the species of the Indus and the

yanges.

Mr. P. L. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to several

recent additions to the Society’s Menagerie, amongst which were:—

1. A Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus), brought to this country in the

ship ‘ Curacoa,’ and acquired by purchase for the Society on the 5th

inst. ‘This made up two pairs of this scarce bird now in the So-

ciety’s Gardens.

2. An additional example of the Mooruk or Bennett’s Cassowary

(Casuarius bennetti), presented by Commodore Sir William Wise-

man, Bart., R.N., along with other valuable birds on the 11th inst.

Mr. Sclater took this opportunity of also calling attention to the

young Cassowary (Casuarius galeatus) hatched in the Gardens on

the 22nd of June, 1866, which was still in good health and pro-

mised to make a fine bird. This was believed to be the only instance

of the successful reproduction of this bird that had ever taken place

in Europe.

Prof. Newton communicated a notice of a picture which he sup-

posed to represent the Didine Bird (Didus, sp.) of the island of

180 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW OTTER. [Feb. 14,

Bourbon, being the same picture as that exhibited by Mr. Teget-

meier at a Meeting of the Society on the 10th of April, 1866*.

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Notice of Lutronectes whiteleyi, an Otter from Japan.

By Dr, J. E. (Gray, FRS.:ViPsZ5 Bb .1iS.,.ccc,

Mr. Henry Whiteley, junior, has brought with him from Hako-

dadi, in Japan, two specimens of a young Otter and their skulls.

They appear distinct from the other Otters that are in the British

Museum and from all the species I have described in my ‘‘ Mono-

graph of Mustelide,” published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Society’

for 1865. ‘They seem to belong to a peculiar group, which may be

called

LUTRONECTES,

The muzzle bald, oblong transverse, with a straight upper and

lower edge; the upper edge of the nostril bald. ars oblong, hairy.

Feet rather large ; toes strong, webbed, covered with hair above,

and bald beneath ; toes and palm-pads well developed, those of the

palm separated from the toes by a broad bald space ; claws strong,

acute. ‘Tail conical, covered with hair. Skull elongate ; orbit very

obscurely defined behind; the flesh-tooth with a large internal lobe

about two-thirds of the length of the outer edge.

_ ‘The toes in this genus are strong, thick, and well webbed, rather

larger than in the typical Otters.

The skulls are not quite the normal skulls of the genus Lutra, as

they have scarcely an indication of any tubercle defining the upper

hinder portion of the orbit, and only a very obscure angle on the

front of the zygomatic process, defining, or rather separating the

lower hinder part of the orbit from the mastoid cavity.

In this respect the skulls are nearly intermediate in form between

the skulls of Hydrogale and Barangia: they have the hinder edge

of the orbit above and below rather more defined than in Hydro-

gale, and yet less so than in Barangia, where the protuberances that

define the orbit behind are much smaller than in Hydrogale.

The genus differs from Hydrogale in the skin between the pads

being bald as in the true Otters (Lutra). It agrees with Hydrogale

and Lutra in the muzzle being entirely bald and square between

the nostrils; while in Barangia the muzzle is entirely covered with

hair.

The nose of the skull is short; the nasal aperture very oblique,

edged on each side by the narrow intermaxillaries, which are conti-

uued up and separate the front half of the nasal from the maxille ;

the infraorbital foramen is very large; the nasal extends back as far

as the hinder edge of the maxilla on its sides.

* See P. Z. S. 1866, p. 201.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW OTTER. 181

LUTRONECTES WHITELEY1.

Dark brown; cheeks, lips, chin, and throat greyish white.

? Lutra vulgaris, Temm. Fauna Japonica, 35; Schrenck, Reisen

in Amurlande, 43.

Hab, Japan.

Like many other Otters, these so closely resemble the Common

European Otter that I am not surprised that M. Temminck should

have confounded them with that species.

Length of body and head 173, of tail 10 inches.

Lutronectes whiteleyi.

Skull :—Length about 4 inches (back imperfect) ; width at back

of zygomatic arch 2 inches 1 line ; length of palate 1 inch 74 lines,

of tooth-line 1 inch 73 lines; width at the upper tubercular grinder

1 inch 5 lines.

The two skulls slightly differ in the size of the teeth and in the

width of the palate,

I have great pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Henry

Whiteley, junior, of Woolwich, who brought it from Hadodadi in

Japan with many other interesting animals, and who has become a

martyr to science in the course of his labours as a natural-history

182 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW PARRAKEET. [Feb. 14,

collector. Some ardent “anthropologists”? having requested him

to procure them some Aino’s skulls, he tried to procure them, was

informed against by a foreign consul, who did not appreciate science,

imprisoned in Japan, and then sent home in confinement. When I

first saw him on his return he was almost a living skeleton, in a most

pitiable state of bodily and mental prostration. Under good nourish-

ment and nursing he has slowly recovered, and is about to proceed to

the Peruvian Andes to continue his labours as a zoological collector.

I may observe that there appear to be two very distinct Otters

found in Formosa.

Two imperfect skulls sent by Mr. Swinhoe certainly belong to

two very distinct species. The most perfect skull, which wants the

cutting-teeth, belongs to the first section of the genus, as defined in

my paper above referred to, with moderate-sized tubercular grinders,

and a moderate-sized inner lobe to the flesh-tooth.

The second, on the contrary, which only consists of the front por-

tion of the upper jaw, with the teeth in change from the milk to the

permanent series, has a very large square tubercular grinder and a

very large rounded internal lobe to the flesh-tooth, as in the second

section, which I have called Hydrogale, in the same monograph.

I propose to indicate this species by the name of Lutra ( Hydro-

gale) swinhoei. It is easily characterized by the small size of the

upper cutting-teeth, the series forming only a width of 43 lines ;

while the series of most other Indian Otters occupy 6 lines or half

an inch, or sometimes rather more.

2. On a New Australian Parrakeet.

By Joun Goutp, F.R.S. &c.

Mr. Coxen, of Brisbane in Queensland, having forwarded to me a

correct drawing of a small species of Parrakeet, new to the Austra-

lian avifauna, I hasten to bring it under the notice of the Zoological

Society, and to name the bird Cyclopsitta coxeni, in honour of the

gentleman who has been the first to make us aware of the existence

of the species. In size and in some other respects it is nearly allied

to the Cyclopsitta diophthalma of Mysol, but differs in the absence

of scarlet on the crown and the smaller extent of that colour on the

cheeks.

CyYCLopsITTA COXENI, Gould. ;

General plumage green; across the forehead a narrow band of

red, which unites through the lores with a large patch of the same

hue on the ear-coverts, beneath which is a patch of blue; primaries

margined with blue; a patch of red on the tertiaries near the body ;

tail short and wholly green ; bill very stout and of a horn-colour.

Total length 73 inches, bill 2, wing 32, tail 2, tarsi 3.

Remark.—In the note accompanying the drawing, Mr. Coxen

states that two examples of this bird were procured by Mr. Waller

1867.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON SOME SPECIES OF PARROTS. 183

from a sawyer, who found them in a scrub on the east coast, where

he was at work, and where he observed the specieS moving about in

small flocks of from fifteen to twenty in number, and by no means

shy.

3. Notes upon some Parrots living in the Society’s Mena-

gerie. By P. L. Sctater, M.A;:, Ph.D., F.R.S., Secre-

tary to the Society.

(Plate XVI.)

In preparing for press a new edition of the List of Vertebrated

Animals in the Society’s living collection, I have made some notes

upon certain species of Parrots now represented in the Society’s ex-

tensive living series of these birds, which may be worthy of record.

A Maccaw purchased for the Society at Liverpool on the 23rd of

August last appears to be quite distinct from the Military Maccaws

previously in the collection, differing materially both in its larger

size and in the enormous width of the lower mandible. In these

birds, therefore, it appears that we have now living side by side in the

Parrot-house examples of both the species of ‘ Military Maccaws ”

figured by Levaillant in his great work on Parrots, the existence of

which has been so often denied. That the larger bird, with its

enormously crass under mandible, is specifically different from the

smaller and more common one can, | think, hardly be denied by

those who have seen them both together, although there is but slight

difference in the plumage, as far as I can tell from examination of the

living birds. The name miditaris must, I think, be reserved for the

smaller of the two species (L’ Ara militaire, Levaill. Perr. pl. 4),

whilst the larger (Le Grand Ara militaire, Levaill. pl. 6) must be

ealled Ara ambigua (Bechst.), Bechstein’s term having been founded

upon Levaillant’s last-mentioned figure.

The two species may be diagnosed as follows :—

-- ARA AMBIGUA: mayor: rostro majore et mandibula precipue

multo magis crassa: pileo obscurius viridi et fluvo variegato :

ex Mexico. °

-- ARA MILITARIS: minor: rostro modico : pileo unicolore lete vi-

ridi : ex Nov. Granada: rep. Aiquat. et Peruvia, inter Andes.

I have no doubt that the smaller is the South American bird, as I

have an example of it in my own collection from Bogota. I conjecture,

therefore, that the larger one is from Mexico, as Swainson and others

have recorded the occurrence of Ara militaris in that country.

Another very interesting recent addition to the Society’s collection

consists of two fine examples of the beautiful Green-tailed Lory of

San Cristoval, Salomon Islands (Lorius chlorocercus), described by

184. MR. P. L. SCLATER ON SOME SPECIES OF PARROTS. [ Feb. 14,

Mr. Gould in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1856 (p. 137). The

typical specimen of this bird, now in the British Museum, obtained

by Macgillivray during the voyage of the ‘ Herald,’ was, I believe,

previously unique. The living specimens in question were brought

to this country in the ship ‘ Curacoa,’ and acquired by purchase for

the Society on the 5th inst. I exhibit a sketch by Mr. Wolf

(Pl. XVI.) representing this species.

I have already on more than one occasion spoken of the series of

Cockatoos in the Society’s Gardens, which is very full and com-

lete*. In my last communication on this subject I proposed to

divide the White Cockatoos into two sections, characterized by the

form of the crest, which in the one case is pendent, in the other re-

curved at its extremity. In this it appears that, as I have lately

become aware, I had been anticipated by Dr. Schlegel, although I

have not yet been able to consult his original article upon this sub-

jectt. But in Dr. Schlegel’s more recent paper upon the same

subject{, he has fallen into what every one who is acquainted with

our living series of Psittacide must allow is a very great error, in

stating that Cacatua ducorpsii and Cacatua ophthalmica, as described

_and figured by me in the articles above referred to, are mere varie-

ties of C. triton! Dr. Schlegel is so kind as to add that my de-

scriptions and figures of these birds are “‘ de nulle utilté pour la

science.’ ‘To this I have only to reply that I regret to find he has

not understood them better. It is true no exact dimensions are

stated in my notes; but the birds described were (and stil! ave, Iam

happy to say) alive, and it is not always easy to take exact measure-

ments of living birds. But on reference to my second paper

(P. Z. S. 1864, p. 188) it will be found that I have given what I

must maintain is an exact and very recognizable diagnosis of C.,

ophthalmica, ending with ‘‘crassitie viv minore quam in C. cristata,”

which, I consider, is a sufficiently precise account of its size. And

in the table above the diagnosis in the same paper I have classed C.

ducorpsii amongst the smaller section of the group, along with C.

sanguinea and C. philippinarum, with which it agrees in size. No

naturalist, in fact, after seeing specimens of C. ophthalmica and C.

ducorpsii, could regard these two birds as specifically identical. The

former is a large species, closely allied to C. cristata, as I have already

pointed out. The latter is a small species, very closely allied to C.

sanguinea of Gould, and to be united to that species, if not allowed

to stand alone. Neither do I in the least believe that there are any

grounds for uniting C. ophthalmica to C. triton, whatever may be

the length of Dr: Schlegel’s “series”’ of specimens of this bird.

The fact is that in this, as in many other cases, Dr. Schlegel is

misled by the idea that there are no other species of birds in exist-

ence except those represented in the Leyden Museum. In a similar

frame of mind he has denied the existence of many other excellent

* See P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 141, et 1864, p. 187.

+ Jaarb. vy. h. Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra v. h. j. 1861.

+ “ Notice sur les Cacatous blancs a houppe jaune,” par H. Schlegel (Ned.

Tijdschr, y. d. Dierk. 1865, p. 318).

1867.) MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 185

species, until he has obtained examples of them, when their validity

is readily acknowledged*.

As regards species of which our excellent Foreign Member has

authenticated specimens, every one would wish to hear his views,

and will respect them, although he may not agree with them. But

it would be certainly more prudent not to condemn in this wholesale

manner species with which he is not acquainted autoptically, and

described by naturalists in other countries who occasionally have the

advantage of examining specimens not yet possessed by the Leyden

Museum.

4. A List of Species of Marine Mollusca found in Port Jack-

son Harbour, New South Wales, and on the adjacent

Coasts, with Notes on their Habits, &e. By Grorce

Frencu Anaas, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., &e.—Part I.

{Those species marked with an asterisk (*) have been described from speci-

mens in my own collection.—G. F. A.]

Class CEPHALOPODA.

Fam. Ocroropip&.

Several species of Octopus, including one of very large size

(together with species of Cistopus, Pinnoctopus, Eledone, &c.), are

occasionally to be met with in Port Jackson. Unfortunately but

little attention has hitherto been paid to animals of this class in

Australia. A careful examination and description of all the existing

species would, however, well repay the researches of a naturalist in

that part of the world.

Fam. ARGONAUTID&.

1. ARGONAUTA ARGO.

Argonauta argo, Linn.; Reeve, Conch. Syst. v. 2, pl. 300.

Very large shells of this species of Argonaut are occasionally washed

on shore upon the sandy beaches along the coast of New South

Wales. It seems to be identical with the 4. argo of the Mediter-

ranean. Length 10 inches.

2. ARGONAUTA ORYZATA.

Argonauta oryzata, Meusch. Mus. Gev. 252. n. 133.

A. tuberculata, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xxiii. t. 995.

Small examples of A. oryzata are now and then found about Port

Jackson, and on the beach at Coodgee and Botany Bay. Itvis in

* E.g. Dacelo tyro, G. R. Gray, stated (Musée d. P.-B. Alcedines, p. 20) to be

=D. gaudichaudi! Tanysiptera nympha united (1. c. p. 43) with 7. dea! and both

subsequently acknowledged to be valid (Ned. Tijdschr. 1865, pp. 250 et 339).

186 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Spencer’s Gulf, in South Australia, where this species attains its

maximum size, some of the shells measuring from 9 to 11 inches. The

largest Port Jackson specimen I have seen does not exceed 5 inches.

Amongst the decapodous Cephalopoda, species of Loligopsis, Ony-

choteuthis, Loligo, Sepia, &c. occur on the coast of New South

Wales, but at present they appear to be unidentified.

Fam. AMMONIID2.

3. Ammonia (LitTuUs) L&VIs.

Lituus levis, Gray, Cat. Moll. Brit. Mus. (Cephalopoda), pt. i.

p- 116.

Spirula levis, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Moll. pl. 4. f. 2.

The shells of Lituus are thrown ashore, after easterly storms, on

the sandy beaches outside Port Jackson Heads, especially at Bondi

Bay, in company with Ianthine, Velelle, and other pelagic crea-

tures. On one occasion I was fortunate enough to meet with the

perfect animal enclosing the shell.

_Of the pelagic class Pteropoda, the dead shells of several species

are cast on shore along the outer beaches, amongst which are those of

Cavolina gibbosa, Rang, C. globulosa, Rang, and Styliola subulata,

Quoy et Gaim.

Class GASTEROPODA.

Suborder PROBOSCIDIFERA.

Fam. Muricip#.

4, Murex (PreRoNOTUs) ACANTHOPTERUS.

Murex acanthopterus, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. ix. p. 577; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Murex, pl. 16. f. 64.

Of this very rare and elegant species two specimens only were

found :—one, an adult example and much beach-worn, at Middle

Harbour ; the other, a young living specimen, containing the animal,

at Watson’s Bay, on the reef at low spring tide.

It belongs to the same group of Murices as the South Australian

M. triformis, Reeve. Length 2 inches 3 lines.

5. *Murex (PTERONOTUS) ANGASI.

Typhis angasi, Crosse, Journal de Conch. 1863, p. 86, pl. 1. f. 2.

This shell, described and figured by M. Crosse, is not a Typhis,

but a Murex, belonging to the same group as Murex uncinarius,

Lam., from the Cape of Good Hope. It is to be met with under

rocks and stones at low water in Watson’s Bay, and Middle and

North Harbours. Length 10 lines.

6. Murex (CHICOREUS) PALMIFERUS.

Murex palmiferus, Sowerby, P. Z. S. 1840; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Murex, pl. 4. f. 20.

1867. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 187

This species, which is not uncommon in Wooloomooloo Bay and

in several localities near Port Jackson Heads, adhering to rocks at

very low tides, may be easily recognized by its short compressed

fronds, ranging along the varices and the outer lip, so as to form a

connected leaf-like frill. Length 2 inches. ,

Subfam. Fustnz.

7. CANTHARUS (TRITONIDEA) ASSIMILIS.

Buccinum assimile, Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Buecinum) pl. 12. f. 90.

Under stones at low water, Watson Bay. A pretty little species,

transversely ridged, and clouded with purplish brown. Length

7 lines.

8. *CanTHARUS (TRITONIDEA) UNICOLOR.

Tritonidea unicolor, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 110.

A pale fulvous shell, longitudinally ribbed, and transversely ridged

throughout with raised strize. Under stones at very low spring tide-

at Camp Cove, Port Jackson. Length 6 lines.

9. *TROPHON HANLEYI.

Trophon hanleyi, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 110.

The whorls of this species are broadly ribbed, sharply nodulous

in the middle, and encircled throughout with rouch scabrous ridges.

It is of a uniform brownish colour, with a oe line surmounting

the crown of the angular nodules. Under stones at low water,

Length 1 inch 2 lines.

10. *TROPHON PAIV.

Trophon paive, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 278, pl. 11. f.7.

A broadly ribbed species encircled with scabrous ridges, with the

canal somewhat produced and recurved ; toothed on the inner edge

of the outer lip, and deep purple or yellow within. Under stones,

Port Jackson. Length 1 inch.

This species occurs also along the shores of Yorke’s. Peninsula,

South Australia.

Fam. TriToniIp#&.

11. TRITONIUM AUSTRALE.

Triton australis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. ix. p. 625.

Murex tritonium-australe, Chemn.

M. neret (pars), Dillwyn ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Triton, pls. 4, 5.

fA Dai V2):

This noble species is to be met with on the muddy edges of rocks

and reefs laid bare at very low spring tides. Farm “Cove, Vaucluse

Bay, and the vicinity of the Heads are its favourite localities. There

are two varieties of this species, the one tinged with violet, the other

with orange. Length from 4 to 5 inches. A specimen obtained in

Middle Harbour picas@ied upwards of 8 inches.

183 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

12. TRITONIUM FUSIFORME.

Triton fusiformis, Kiener, Iconog. Coq. viv. p. 36, pl. 5. f. 2.

T. fusiforme is generally distributed, dwellmg amongst the rocks

in the various bays of Port Jackson. It is a solid, tubercled shell,

with an elevated spire, the surface being covered with raised granu-

lated strize, from which the epidermis springs in short curved bristles.

Fine large specimens measure 27 inches in length.

13. Trrronium (GUTTURNIUM) EXARATUM.

Triton exaratus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Triton, pl. 13, sp. 50. f. a, 6.

This characteristic species is of somewhat rare occurrence. The

canal is rather long, and the transverse ridges of the shell stand out

boldly, the whorls being peculiarly flat and indented at the sutures.

The epidermis forms a long fringe-like frill ranning along the sum-

mits of the varices. Specimens about half the size of the Port Jack-

son ones are found at Moreton Bay, and a still smaller variety, more

or less banded, occurs in Botany Bay. Length 2 inches 3 lines;

Botany Bay specimens 13 lines.

14. Trrrontum (SIMPULUM) OLEARIUM.

Murex olearium, Linn.

M. costatus, Born.

M. parthenopus, Dillw.

Triton succinctus, Lam.

T. lyratum, King, MS. Australian Museum.

This fine species from Port Jackson bears too strong an affinity to

the 7. olearium of Linnzus (which is an inhabitant of the Mediter-

ranean) to allow of its being described as a distinct species. Ona

careful comparison of specimens from both localities no specific dif-

ferences present themselves, although the epidermis is more diffuse

on those found in Port Jackson. It occurs also at Moreton Bay.

Length 43 inches.

15. Trironrum (CABESTANA) SPENGLERI.

Murex spengleri, Chemn.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 11. f. 36.

Triton spengleri, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. ix. p. 627.

A common species amongst the rocks in Port Jackson, and along

the reefs outside the Heads. It is allied to 7. barthelemyi, Bernardi,

and T.. waterhousei, Ad. & Angas, which occur in South Australia,—

also to 7’. cutaceum of the Mediterranean. It ranges from Moreton

Bay to Tasmania, and is also found in New Zealand. A very small

variety is found in Botany Bay, only an inch long. Length 4 inches.

16. Trrronium (CABESTANA) BOLTENIANUM.

Tritonium boltenianum, A. Adams.

A very interesting species, somewhat allied to 7’. spengleri, but

smaller, more ponderous and without varices. The young shells

are peculiarly inflated, and banded inside with dark purple ridges.

1867.] =oMR.G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, 189

It is very rare, the few specimens known having been obtained on

the rocks at Long Bay. Length 2 inches.

17. Trrrontum (CAaBESTANA) DOLIARIUM.

Triton doliarius, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 641.

T. africana, A. Ad. (Ichaboe).

A South African species, of which a few examples, evidently con-

specific, have been found along the coast of New South Wales.

Length 1 inch 6 lines.

18. Bursa (APOLLON) LEUCOSTOMA.

Ranella leucostoma, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. ix. p. 542.

Triton leucostoma, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de |’ Astrolabe; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Ranella, pl. 1. f. 4. :

This fine large Ranella, which has so much the appearance of a

Triton, seems to be an aberrant form, partaking of the characters of

both genera. It is pretty common amongst the crevices of the rocks

at low water about Port Jackson, and the coast of New South Wales

generally. It is also found in Tasmania, and, according to Dieffen-

bach, in New Zealand. It varies in colour from dark chocolate with

banded varices to a pale reddish fawn-colour, and is covered with a

short olive-green epidermis. Length 33 inches.

Fam. BuccinipD&.

Subfam. Nassinz.

19. EpurNA (ZEMIRA) AUSTRALIS.

Eburna australis, Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 5 (not Cancellaria spirata,

Lam.).

This very interesting shell, which belongs to the subgenus Zemira

of H. and A. Adams, has been confounded by many authors with

the Cancellaria spirata of Lam. ‘They are, however, very distinct

shells.

Z. australis appears never to have been found anywhere but in

Port Jackson, where it is rare and an inhabitant of deep water.

My specimens were dredged at a depth of 8 or 10 fathoms, inside

the north Head. The outer lip has a small tooth near the fore

part, and the columella is smooth and truncated at the base. Length

8 lines.

20. *COMINELLA ADELAIDENSIS.

Buccinum adelaidense, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 276,

pl. Lijts G:

This is the only species of Cominel/la I have met with in Port

Jackson. It is of a whitish colour, transversely ridged, with the

whorls coronately plicate below the sutures. Middle Harbour.

Length | inch 2 lines.

190 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

21. *CoMINELLA FILICEA.

Buccinum filiceum, Crosse et Fisch, Journ. de Conch. 1864, i 346,

pl. 3. f. 15, 16.

Under stones at low water. A pretty species, strongly longitudi-

nally ribbed, tessellated and lined with brown. This species also

occurs at Yorke’s Peninsula, South Australia. Length 1 inch.

22. Nassa (ALECTRION) SUTURALIS, Var.

Buccinum suturale, Lam.; Chem. pl. 125. f. 1199, 1200.

Dredged in Port Jackerne near the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs.’ This thin,

elongated variety, in which the sutural nodules are obsolete, may be

distinguished by its smooth whorls, and linear painting flamed and

anticniaged with brown. Length 1 inch 3 lines.

23. Nassa (ALECTRION) JACKSONIANA.

Buccinum jacksonianum, Kien. Mon. Buce. pl. 19. f. 73.

Dredged in Middle Harbour. The whorls are frequently banded

with brown and granulated at the upper part. Length 7 ao

24. Nassa (NIoTHA) PAUPERATA.

Buccinum pauperatum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 183.

Of this species, so abundant in South Australia and ‘Tasmania, a

somewhat thin brownish variety occurs rarely in Port Jackson, in

which the granulations upon the longitudinal plicee are nearly obso-

lete. Length 7 lines.

25. Nassa (HimA) RUFOCINCTA.

Nassa rufocincta, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 106.

A pretty species, with an elevated spire and rounded cancellated

whorls, belonging to the same group as the British JN. incrassata,

Mill., and N. compacta, Ang., from St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Au-

stralia. Length 7 hnes.

26. Nassa (ARCULARIA) MANGELOIDES.

Nassa mangeliides, Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Nassa).

Found on mud-flats at low water. The-callus of the inner lip in

this species extends over the front of the body-whorl. Length

+ inch,

27. Nassa (ARCULARIA) LABECULA.

Nassa labecula, A. Ad. P. Z.S. 1851, p. 98.

A pretty little species, found on sandy mud at Middle Harbour at

low tides; it is stained with yellow and rufous, banded below the

sutures with livid purple, and has a blotch of the same colour on the

columella-callus. Length 5 lines.

_ 28. *NERITULA (CALLOMPHALA) LUCIDA.

Callomphala lucida, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 35.

1867.) MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 191

From Coodgee Bay, in shell-sand. A white, shining, semipellucid,

depressed little shell, with the aperture entire in front, thus wanting

the notch of the typical Neritule. Length 2 lines.

29. *CYLLENE LACTEA.

Cyllene lactea, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 422.

A milk-white species covered with a thin epidermis, dredged in

deep water at Port Stephen. Length 6 lines.

Subfam. PurPurINnz&.

30. Purpura (PoLyTROPA) SUCCINCTA.

Buccinum succinctum, Mart. Univ. Conch. ii. pl. 45.

Purpura rugosa, Lam.

A fine large species, of a yellowish-white colour, very prominently

transversely ribbed throughout. Common on rocks at low water

generally. Length 24 inches.

31. *PurpuRA (STRAMONITA) NEGLECTA.

Purpura (Stramonita) neglecta, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 110.

A small ribbed species, with the interstices muricately scaled ;

purple within. Under stones outside Port Jackson Heads. Length

9 lines.

32. Purpura (CRONIA) AMYGDALA.

Purpura amygdala, Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. pl. 10. f. 26.

Buccinum amygdala, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 8. sp. 60.

The columella and aperture are of an orange cream-colour, and

the whorls squamately sculptured and banded with brown fillets.

Although frequent at Moreton Bay, this species is rare in Port Jack-

son, a few examples only having been found. Length 10 lines.

Specimens from the north measure 13 inch.

33. PENTADACTYLUS (SISTRUM) CHAIDEUS.

Purpura chaidea, Duclos, Ann. Scien. Nat. 1832.

P. nassoides, Quoy et Gaim.

A white globular species, somewhat resembling a Nassa, and in-

habiting New Caledonia, of which I obtained three living specimens

amongst the rocks at Nelson’s Bay, near Port Jackson. Length

9 lines.

34. Penrapacty us (SistrRuM) TUBERCULATUS.

Purpura tuberculata, De Blainv. Nouv. Ann. du Mus. pl. 9. f. 3.

P. marginalba, De Blainv.

P. granulata, Duclos.

Ricinula tuberculata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 11.

A very common species in Port Jackson, and widely distributed

throughout the entire Indo-Pacific province. Easily known by its

192 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

rows of large black tubercles on a greyish ground. Length | inch

2 lines.

35. ADAMSIA TYPICA. %

Adamsia typica, Dunker, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 357.

Amongst rocks at low water in Port Jackson. Length | inch

4 lines.

This genus must be removed from the Neesing where it has

been placed as a subgenus of Cominella, it having a purpuroid oper-

culum. One other species is known (4. adelaide) from South Au-

stralia.

Subfam. RApANINzE.

36. Rapana (LaTIAxIs) Noposa.

Latiazxis nodosa, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 98.

An elegant species, squamately sculptured, and nearly white. The

aperture sometimes buff, sometimes purple. Watson’s Bay and

Nelson’s Bay. Length 10 lines.

Fam. Dacty.Lip&.

37. *OLIVELLA PARDALIS.

Olivella pardalis, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 442, pl. 37. f. 3.

This elegant species was dredged at Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson,

in 5 fathoms. It may readily be distinguished by three rows of

large brown spots encircling the whorls. Length 5 lines.

38. *OLIVELLA LEUCOZONA.

Olivella leucozona, Ad. & Ang. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 422, pl. 37. f. 23.

Dredged in Port Jackson, in 6 fathoms.

This species must not be confounded with O. leucozonias, Gray,

from Senegal: the latter is encircled with two narrow white zones ;

whilst the former has only one, and is moreover of a different style

of painting. Length 7 lines.

39. *OLIVELLA NYMPHA.

Olivella nympha, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 422.

A delicate semiopaque white slender species, with the aperture

effuse anteriorly. Dredged at Port Stephen and in Port Jackson,

in 5 fathoms. Length 7 lines.

40. AMALDA MARGINATA.

Ancillaria marginata, Lam.; Sow. Species Conch. pt. 1. f. 40-43;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 8 a, b.

Several specimens of this fine shell were dredged in Port Jackson,

near the Heads, and on the “Sow and Pigs”? bank. In Tasmania

it occurs of a larger size. ‘The Port Jackson examples do not exceed

1 inch 3 lines in length, whilst those from Tasmania are 1 inch 10 lines.

1867. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 193

41. AMALDA OBLONGA.

Aneillaria oblonga, Sow. Spec. Conch. p. 7. f. 38, 59; Reeve,

Conch, Icon. pl. 8. f. 244, b.

A i an of a fawn-colour, banded at the sutures with an

opake cream-coloured callosity, which is striped with chestnut ; there

is also a band of chestnut markings near the lower portion of the

last whorl. Dredged near Port Jackson Heads. Length 10 lines.

Fam. VoLUTID&.

42. VotuTa (SCAPHA) MAGNIFICA.

Voluta magnifica, Chemn. Conch. Cab. xi. p. 8; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Voluta, pl. 1. f. 2.

This noble Volute, almost the largest of the genus, seems to attain

its maximum growth in Port Jackson. It is now a shell of rare oc-

currence, and is found half burying itself amongst weed and ooze

on sandy and muddy flats beyond tide-mark. Rose Bay, Vaucluse

Bay, and Middle Harbour are its favourite localities. It occurs in

places along the coast, such as Woollongong, Botany Bay, and Bris-

bane Water—and extends northwards to Moreton Bay, where the

specimens found are tuberculated. Length 12 inches.

43. *VoLuTA (AMORIA) ANGASI.

Voluta angasi, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. Voluta, f. 99. sp. 73.

This species (which was formerly confounded with V. undulata,

Lam.), although plentiful in Tasmania, is rare in Port Jackson. It

ranges northwards as far as Richmond River, where its place is sup-

plied by V. zebra, Leach. The true V. undulata of Lamarck is

from Port Lincoln and the Great Australian Bight. Specimens have

been found at Middle Harbour and at Cabbage-tree Cove, outside

Manly Beach. Length 3 inches. ‘The Tasmanian ones are rather

larger, and of a deeper colour.

44, AULICA MARMORATA.

Voluta marmorata, Swainson, Exotic Conch. i. pl. 4.

A rare and elegant shell, of rather light inflated structure, with

the whorls sharply tubercled at the upper part and attenuated

towards the base. It is of a pale fulvous orange-colour, sparingly

painted with waved chestnut lines, descending from the sutures, with

two bands formed by a blue clouded shading of the markings. Port

tephen and Newcastle, New South Wales. Length 43 inches.

Fam. Mirrip2.

45, MiTRA NIGRA.

Mitra nigra, Chemn. (not Quoy) Conch. x. p. 168.

M. melaniana, Lam.

M. carbonaria, Swains.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mitra, pl. 5, f. 33,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XIII.

194 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

This Melania-shaped, smooth, black species is not uncommon

under stones at low water, in some parts of Port Jackson. It belongs

to the same group as M. glabra, which represents it in South Au-

stralia and Tasmania. Length 2 inches 8 lines.

46. Mirra SOLIDA.

Mitra solida, Reeve, P. Z. 8. 1844; Conch. Icon. Mitra, pl. 3.

f. 18.

Of this very rare Mitre, which is of a fulvous-bay colour, irregu-

larly flaked with white, a single specimen, habitat unknown, was

described and figured by Reeve, from the collection of Mr. Norris.

A second example, in a living state, was dredged by myself off

Middle Head, Port Jackson, in 5 fathoms. It was also obtained in

6 fathoms in Port Jackson, by Mr. MacGillivray, during the voyage

of H.M.S. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ and erroneously referred to as M. sordida

in Prof. Forbes’s paper on the “ Mollusca” in the Appendix to the

account of that voyage. Length 1 inch 6 lines.

47. *Mrrra (CANCILLA) STRANGEI.

Cancilla strangei, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p.110.

A pretty little fusiform white shell, with the whorls ridged and

cancellated. It somewhat resembles Mitra isabella in miniature.

Dredged in Middle Harbour. It has also been found at Moreton

Bay. Length 7 lines.

Subfam. CoLUMBELLIN,

48. COLUMBELLA VERSICOLOR.

Columbella versicolor, Sow. P. Z.S. 1832, p. 119; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 11. f. 51a, 6.

Under stones at low water in Port Jackson. It is also found in

New Caledonia and Woodlark Island. Length 3 inch.

49. CoLUMBELLA (MiTRELLA) SEMICONVEXA.

Buccinum semiconvecum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 171; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. pl. 18. f. 95a, 6.

Common under stones about Watson’s Bay. The Port Jackson

specimens are smaller and more elongated than those from Tasmania

(which are typical), and have not the same flesh-coloured tinge.

This is a very variable species ; and it is probable that the C. rosacea

and C, saccharata of Reeve are only extreme pink varieties from

Tasmania. An orange variety occurs at Lacépede Bay, in South

Australia. Length 9 lines.

50. CoLUMBELLA (MrrRELLA) AUSTRALIS.

Columbella australis, Gaskoin, P. Z. 8. 1851, p.5; Reeve, Conch.

Tcon. pl. 15. f. 78 a, 6, & 188.

Under stones at low tide, in company with C. semiconveva, from

1867. | MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 195

which it may be known by the contraction of the aperture below

and the remarkable frill-like epidermis round the sutures. The

apex is papillose in all the specimens I have met with. Length

9 lines.

51. CoLuMBELLA (MITRELLA) LINCOLNENSIS.

Columbella lincolnensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 29. f. 184 a, b.

A pretty fusiform species, not unlike C. corniculata, Lam., from

the Adriatic. Rare, under stones in Port Jackson. The type spe-

cimens, as the name imports, are from Port Lincoln in South Au-

stralia. Length 6 lines.

52. *CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) ALBOMACULATA.

Columbella albomaculata, Angas, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 111.

A solid fusiform species, mottled with chestnut, and ornamented

with clusters of white spots immediately below the sutures. Under

stones in Port Jackson. Length 6 lines.

53. COLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) PULLA.

Columbella pulla, Gaskoin, P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 6; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 19. f. 106.

A dark-brown species without markings, found under stones in:

Port Jackson. (Strange, in Cum. Coll.) Length 7 lines.

54, CoLUMBELLA (AMYCLA) DERMESTOIDES.

Columbella dermestoides, Kiener.

C. tessellata, MS. Mus. Cuming; Sow. Thesaurus, pl. 39. f. 123.

This very beautifully tessellated little species is certainly conspe-

cific with the C. dermestoides of Kiener, which species, however, is

recorded as coming from the West Indies. I have one or two speci-

mens from South Australia, where, as well as in Port Jackson, it is

very rare. My specimens were dredged in 5 fathoms of water at

Watson’s Bay. Length 5 lines.

55. COLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) LENTIGINOSA.

Columbella lentiginosa, Hinds, Moll. Voy. Sulphur.

A very small longitudinally ribbed species, of an olive-brown

colour, having a slight tendency to a pale band near the sutures.

Under stones in Port Jackson, also Moreton Bay. Length 2 lines,

56. *ASsopus FILOSUS.

Asopus filosus, Angas, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 111.

An elegant fusiform shell, belonging to the genus Azsopus of Gould,

with the columella arcuate and smooth, and the whorls closely trans-

versely lirate. The colour is either brown or white. Dredged in

Port Jackson. Length 6 lines.

196 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Fam. MARGINELLIDA.

57. MARGINELLA (GLABELLA) MUSCARIA.

Marginella muscaria, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 441; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. pl. 8. f. 29 a, 5.

This species inhabits deep water in Port Jackson. It may he

distinguished by its coating of flesh-coloured enamel, as well as by

being ‘the lar gest species of the genus occurring in that locality. It

is found likewise in Tasmania. Length 7} lines.

58. MARGINELLA ATTENUATA.

Marginella attenuata, Reeve.

A transparent, horny, attenuated species, dredged in Port Jackson.

Length 43 lines.

59. MARGINELLA TRANSLUCIDA.

Marginella translucida, Sow. in Coll. Cuming.

A solid, white, shining species, with an elevated spire. Dredged

at Port Stephen. Length 4 lines.

60. MARGINELLA TURBINATA.

Marginella turbinata, Sow. Thes. Conch. Marginella, p. 385,

ple 7oxte70n 7

Stouter than the preceding, with the spire shorter, and having in

some specimens a crenulated plication round the upper part of “the

whorls. Dredged in Middle Harbour. Length 4 lines.

61. MARGINELLA SIMPLEX.

Marginella simplex, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 22. f. 115.

Tinged with flesh-colour on the back; spire very short. Dredged

in Port Jackson. Length 33 lines.

62. MarGineLia (CRYPTOSPIRA) OVULUM.

Marginella ovulum, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 401, pl. 78. f. 188.

White or flesh-colour. The last whorl is produced over the spire.

Dredged in Port Jackson and Port Stephen. Length 4} lines.

Fam. Cassipip@.

63. CASSIS ACHATINA.

Cassis achatina, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 33; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Cassis, pl. 10. f. 28 a, 6

This very beautifully variegated shell, though rare, is to be met

with in several parts of Port Jackson, and also at Woollongong and

Port Stephen. The Rev. Mr. Hannah collected some specimens at

Algoa Bay, Cape of Good Hope—a remarkable circumstance, as the

species is very local in Australia, being confined, as far as we are

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, 197

aware, to a few spots on the south-east coast. It inhabits deep water.

Length 2} inches.

64. Cassis PYRUM.

Cassis pyrum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 33. :

Cassis zeylanica, Lam.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cassis, pl. 11.

f. 29 a, b,c.

This species (to which the C. paucirugis of Menke approximates

so closely as to render it difficult to separate them) is an inhabitant

of rather deep water, like most of the genus, and occurs sparingly in

Port Jackson, Port Stephen, and Botany Bay. It is also to be

found in Tasmania, and on the west coast of New Zealand, where

the examples are beautifully painted with bands of brown wavy spots,

Length 23 inches.

Fam. Doub».

65. DoLIuM VARIEGATUM.

Dolium variegatum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 133.

D. kieneri, Phil.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Dolium, pl. 5. f. 7 a.

This fine large Dolium is the only species of this somewhat re-

stricted genus which is to be found as far south as Botany Bay and

Port Jackson. It is a thin, globose, inflated shell, having the trans-

verse ribs more or less spotted with brown. In Botany Bay, upon

the ‘‘Seven-mile beach,” very large specimens, mostly broken, are

washed ashore after easterly gales. Its habitat extends all round

North Australia, and westward as far south as King George’s Sound.

Length 7 inches.

Fam. NATIcIpDé.

66. NATICA MAROCHIENSIS.

Natica marochiensis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. viii. p. 642; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Natica, pl. 13. f. 52.

This species, which varies considerably in the pattern of its colour-

ing, though nearly constant in form, seems to be of almost world-

wide distribution. The Port Jackson specimens are from Middle

Harbour. In the Sandwich Islands, New Caledonia, the Mauritius,

and Madagascar, as well as along the north-east coast of Australia,

it occurs pretty generally. North Africa and the West Indies are

cited by old authors as its habitat. Length of the largest Port

Jackson specimen 1 inch.

67. Natica (LUNATIA) PLUMBEA.

Natica plumbea, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. viil. p. 632.

N. sordida, Swains.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Natica, pl. 9. f. 34a, d.

A fine species, of a turbinated form and dark leaden-grey colour,

having the columella tinged with red. It occurs on the sands at

Middle Harbour and in Botany and Broken Bays, at low water,

burying itself just beneath the surface. Length 1% inch.

198 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

68. Natica (LUNATIA) MELASTOMA.

Natica melastoma, Swainson, Zool. Illust. pl. 79; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Natica, pl. 18. f. 78.

A handsome species, less conical than N. plumbea, of a fulvous-

ashy tint, with a coloured band below the suture, and having the

umbilicus overspread by an orange-red callosity. It inhabits a

similar locality to the preceding ; and may be distinguished from N.

strangei by its less conical form and filled up umbilicus. Length

14 inch,

69. Natrca (LUNATIA) STRANGEI.

Natica strangei, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 18. f. 81.

Like N. plumbea in form, bluish-ashy colour, with a red border

round the umbilical area, and a paler band of the same colour below

the sutures. Rarein Port Jackson. It extends northwards to Cape

York. Length 1 inch 2 lines.

70. Natica (NEVERITA) CHEMNITZII.

Natica chemnitzii, Récluz, Mus. Cuming; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Natica, pl. 2. f. 7.

This large species is nearly allied to NV. lamarckiana, but is more

conical, and has the umbilicus more covered by a callosity, which is

divided in the middle. It is found on the sandy mud at low water

in Middle Harbour and at Botany Bay. Length 2 inches.

71. Natica (NEVERITA) LAMARCKIANA.

Natica lamarckiana, Récluz, MS. Mus. Cuming; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Natica, pl. 2. f. 6.

A globular depressed species, with the umbilicus largely angularly

excavated and half covered by a grooved recurved callosity. Rare

in Port Jackson. Length of my specimen | inch.

72. *AMAUROPSIS MORCHI.

Amauropsis morchi, Adams & Angas, P. Z.S8. 1863, p. 423.

A. dark-brown horny-looking shell, in aspect something like a

small Vivipara, with a very acute spire, and the whorls obtusely

angled at the sutures. The operculum is thin, horny, and subspiral.

Only two examples of this interesting species have been obtained ;

they were found adhering to the under surface of a large stone, at

Watson’s Bay, just inside Port Jackson Heads, during an unprece-

dentedly low tide. Length 5 lines.

73. NATICINA NITIDA.

Naticina nitida, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Dredged near Spectacle Island. Several small specimens of this

species were dredged at the above locality. It occurs also in South

Australia. Length 4-inch,

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 199

74, RUMA UMBILICATA.

Naticina umbilicata, Quoy, Voy. de l’Astrol. il. p. 224, pl. 66.

f. 2220s

A few small colourless examples of this species (which in Tasmania

and South Australia is handsomely banded with brown) were dredged

in Port Jackson. Length of Port Jackson specimens 6 lines; Tas-

manian specimens 1 inch.

75. CATINUS ZONALIS.

Sigaretus zonalis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. v. p. 2, pl. 66.

f. 1-3.

This species, so common to the westward, is very rarely met with

in Port Jackson. Length 10 lines.

Fam. LAMELLARIID2.

76. LAMELLARIA INDICA.

Marsenia indica, Leach.

A thin, transparent, white species, somewhat resembling the British

L. perspicua, Linn., only four times as large. The animal covers

the shell. Found on Coodgee Beach, washed up amongst shell-sand.

Length 11 lines.

' This shell must not be confounded with Coriscella nigra of Quoy.

Fam. SCALID.

77. SCALA SCALARIS.

Turbo scalaris, Linn.

Scalaria pretiosa, Lam.; Sow. Thes. pl. 32. f. 17.

Of this fine shell (the well-known ‘“‘ Wentle-trap”’ of the China

seas) two or three small-sized specimens have been obtained, washed

ashore upon the beaches outside Port Jackson. Length of largest

New South Wales specimen 3 inch.

78. SCALA LINEOLATA.

Scalaria lineolata, Kien. ; Sow. Thes. pl. 33. f. 45, 46, 48.

An elegant little species, short and stout, having one or more brown

bands on the whorls. Dredged in deep water in Port Jackson. It

occurs also in the Philippines and Japan. Length 6 lines.

79. SCALA PHILIPPINARUM.

Scalaria philippinarum, Sow. P. Z. 8. 1844; Thes. Conch. pl. 32.

f. 1-3.

An acuminate white species, with rather distant, thin, oblique

varices. Dredged in Port Jackson; found also in Amboyna and

the Philippines. Length 10 lines,

200 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

80. SCALA JUKESTANA.

Sealaria jukesiana, Forbes, Appendix to Voy. of Rattlesnake,

p- 383, t. 3. f. 7.

A lanceolately turreted graceful little shell, with numerous thread-

like varices, bearing some resemblance to S. clathratulus of the seas

of Europe. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 5 lines.

81. Scaua (OPALIA) AUSTRALIS.

Scalaria australis, Lam, Anim. sans Vert.; Sow. Thes. Conch.

pl. 35. £. 135.

Shell opake white, many-whorled, and tapering to a sharp point ;

stoutly variced, those on the last whorl terminating in keel. Found

under stones and in crevices of rocks at low tides outside Port Jack-

son Heads, at Manly Beach, Long Bay, and Wollongong. Th

animal emits a purple fluid. Length 1 inch 4 lines. .

Another species of Opalia (O. granulosa of Quoy) is found in

South Australia.

Fam. PyraMIDELLID&.

S82. *TURBONILLA NITIDA.

Turbonilla nitida, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 112.

An elegant shining species, closely and strongly longitudinally

ribbed. Dredged in Watson’s Bay. Length 5 lines.

83. *ODOSTOMIA LA&VIS.

Odostomia levis, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 112.

A rather thin milk-white shell, with a strong transverse fold on

the columella. Dredged in Watson’s Bay. Length 31 lines.

84. *ODOSTOMIA LACTEA.

Odostomia lactea, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 112.

A slender white shining species, with the sutures channelled, and

a very prominent slight oblique fold on the columella. Dredged at

Watson’s Bay. Length 21 lines.

85. *OposroMiA (PARTHENTIA) PASCOEI.

Odostomia pascoei, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 112.

Whorls longitudinally plicate, with the last whorl ventricose and

the outer lip areuate. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 4 lines.

86. *OpostomtIa (PARTHENIA) KREFFTI.

Odostomia kreffti, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 112.

A smaller species than the preceding, with similar sculpture, the

Jast whorl narrower, and the outer lip straight. Dredged in Port

Jackson, Length 3 lines.

1867.] | MR.G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 201

87. *STYLOPTYGMA AURANTIACA.

Styloptygma aurantiaca, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 112.

A narrow acuminate rather thin shell, of a pale orange-colour, with

the whorls finely transversely striated and the columella fold scarcely

developed. Length 24 lines.

88. CINGULINA CIRCINATA.

Cingulina circinata, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Dec. 1860.

Acuminately pyramidal, with the whorls transversely grooved.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 33 lines.

Fam. Evuimip.

89. *EULIMA PROXIMA.

Lulima proxima, Sow. Conch. Icon. pl. 6. f. 48,

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 8 lines.

90. EvLIMA ACICULA.

Stylifer acicula, Gould, Exped. Shells.

A small shining vitreous shell, of which a few specimens were

found in Port Jackson in deep water. Length 4 lines. In Fiji it is

found parasitic on the béche-de-mer,

91. *MUCRONALIA MUCRONATA.

Eulima mucronata, Sow. Conch. Tcon. pl. 6. f. 42.

A remarkable little shell, white and shining, having something of

the aspect of a Fulima, with the spire terminating in a nipple. De-

scribed by Mr. Sowerby from the type specimen in my collection,

which is unique. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 5 lines.

92. *LEIOSTRACA ACUTISSIMA.

Leiostraca acutissima, Sow. Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 10a, 6.

A very slender, white, semitransparent species, dredged in Port

Jackson; also unique in my cabinet. Length 4 lines,

Fam. ARCHITECTONICID. ‘

93. ARCHITECTONICA REEVEI.

Solarium reeveit, Hanley; Sow. Thes. Conch. Solarium, sp. 16,

pl. 1. f. 9, 10.

Deep water, in Port Jackson, very rare. A small conoid species,

of a pale livid colour, spotted with brown at the sutures. Height

6 lines, breadth 1 inch.

94. PHILIPPIA LUTEA.

Solarium luteum, Lam.; Sow. Thes. Conch. Solarium, sp. 25,

pl. 4. f. 52-54.

202 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Deep water, Port Jackson. This species appears identical with

S. luteum, Lam., from the Mediterranean. The only difference is

that the spots on the sutural ridges are darker in the Australian

specimens. Height 3} lines, breadth 6 lines.

Suborder ToxiFera.

Fam. TEREBRIDZ.

95. *Acus (ABRETIA) BICOLOR.

Acus bicolor, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 111.

A whitish species, with the whorls more or less longitudinally

ribbed, and the lower portion of the last whorl stained with violet

chestnut. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 7} lines.

96. *Acus (ABRETIA) ASSIMILIS.

Acus assimilis, Angas, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 111.

In this species the whorls are more rounded, strongly ribbed, and

shaded with brown towards the sutures. The last whorl has a white

band, and is stained with dark brown below. Dredged in Port

Jackson. Length 6 lines.

97. *Acus (EuRYTA) TRILINEATA.

Luryta trilineata, A. Adams & Angas, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 418,

pleray.:f-13s

An elegant fusiform shell, with the whorls longitudinally plicate

and encircled with two or three brown thread-like lines. Dredged

in deep water, near Port Jackson Heads. Length 7 lines.

Fam. TurrRItTip&.

Subfam. TurRITIN«.

98. *“BELA MITRALIS.

Bela mitralis, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8. 18638, p. 420.

A pale yellow elongated species, ornamented with a band of red

spots at the suture of the last whorl. Dredged in Port Jackson.

Length § lines.

99. Dritiia (CRASSISPIRA) OWENT.

Pleurotoma oweni, Gray, MSS. ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 9. sp. 70.

An elegant species, of a pale ash-colour, with the whorls plicately

nodulated at the upper part and the lower whorl beautifully nodu-

lously cancellated. Dredged in Port Jackson in deep water. Length

1 inch 3 lines.

100. Driiu1a RADULA.

Pleurotoma radula, Hinds, Moll. Voy. Sulphur, pl. 5. f. 9.

Deep water, Port Jackson. Length 1 inch. )

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, 203

101. DRILLIA VEXILLUM.

Pleurotoma vexillum, Reeve, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 115; Conch. Icon.

pl. 29. f. 264.

A fine species, with the whorls nodulously plicate, broadly banded

with white on a chocolate ground. Middle Harbour, Port Jackson.

Length 1 inch 2 lines.

102. *DRILLIA METCALFEI.

Drillia metcalfei, Angas, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 113.

Deep water. Length 73 lines.

103. *DriLuiA cox.

Drillia coxi, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 113.

An elegant pale fulvous species, with the whorls nodulous and en-

circled with fine strie. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 9 lines.

104. *DrILLIA BERAUDIANA.

_ Pleurotoma beraudiana, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 88,

pled. £6.

In this species the whorls are strongly nodulous. Dredged in

Port Jackson in deep water. Length 7} lines. .

105. *DRiLLIA ANGASI.

Pleurotoma angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 87, pl. 1.

£. 5

Rather smaller and more slender than the preceding species, with

the whorls stoutly plicate. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length

6 lines.

Subfam. CLaTHURELLINA.

106. *CLATHURELLA RETICOSA.

Clathurella reticosa, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 420.

A pretty cancellated species. Dredged in Middle Harbour.

Length 6 lines.

107. *CLATHURELLA ZONULATA.

Clathurella zonulata, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 118.

Brownish, banded with ashy grey. Dredged in Port. Jackson.

Length 4 lines.

108. DapHNELLA CREBRIPLICATA.

Pleurotoma crebriplicata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 34. f. 313.

An elegant fusiform shell, with the whorls finely reticulately can-

eellated. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 8 lines.

109. DAPHNELLA LYMN2EFORMIS.

P. lymneformis, Kiener ; Reeve, Conch. Icon, pl. 35. f. 325.

204 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Teb. 14,

Smaller than the preceding ; painted with brown lines. Dredged

in Middle Harbour. Length 6 lines.

110. *CrrHaRA COMPTA.

Cithara compta, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 419, pl. 37. f. 5.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Found also in South Australia. Length

6 lines.

111. *MANGELIA PICTA.

Mangelia picta, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 419, pl. 37. f. 7.

Prettily banded with purple and white, on a fulyous ground.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 6 lines.

112. *MANGELIA LETOURNEUXIANA.

Pleurotoma letourneuxiana, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p.425,

pl. dl? iy.

An elegant fusiform species, longitudinately plicately ribbed and

transversely striated. Dredged in Middle Harbour. Length 6 lines.

Fam, Conip.

113. Conus MACULOSUS.

Conus maculosus, Sow.

C. maculatus, Sow. Thes. Conus, pl. 13. f. 296.

In the ‘ Conchologia Iconica’ Mr. Reeve figures this species as

“var.” of C. anemone, Lam. (see pl. 25. f. 139 a). It is, however,

a very distinct species, as a comparison of a number of specimens in

various stages of growth tends to prove. C. maculosus is a nearly

smooth, thin, peculiarly inflated shell, richly mottled with purplish

brown, and attains a larger size than C. anemone, which is of a true

conical form, more solid, finely transversely striated, with an elevated

spire, and splashed with rose-brown or orange. C. anemone, more-

over, is an inhabitant of South Australia, and never occurs in Port

Jackson, where C. maculosus is to be found under rocks and large

stones, at low spring tides, in many situations. At Watson’s Bay I

have taken as many as ten living specimens from beneath one stone.

This species is found in the Philippine Islands, on the authority of

the late Mr. Cuming. Length of the largest Port Jackson specimen

24 inches.

114. Conus JUKESI.

Conus jukesi, Reeve; Sow. Thes. Conus, pl. 13. f. 297.

A very angular species, peculiarly mottled with bluish grey and

olive, first met with by Mr. Jukes during the voyage of H.M.S.

‘Fly’ on the north coast of Australia. I have obtained several

fine living specimens (one of which was perfectly white) in Port

Jackson, in company with C. maculosus. Its maximum size is

1 inch 4 lines.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 205

115. Conus GRAYI.

Conus grayi, Reeve, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 179; Conch. Icon. pl. 46.

f. 258.

A somewhat elongated shell, smooth above, ridged below, and

handsomely painted with two rows of large waved blackish spots.

This species is of very rare occurrence. Under rocks at Middle

Harbour at low spring tide. Length 11 lines.

Suborder RostRiIreRA.

Fam. Cypr#ID&.

116. CypRovULA UMBILICATA.

Cyprea umbilicata, Sow. in Tank. Cat. 2260.

Cyprovula umbilicata, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 125.

Several living specimens of this rare shell were dredged in deep

water, at a distance of two miles off the coast of New South Wales,

a little to the southwards of Wollongong, by Commodore Loring,

C.B., when commanding H.M.S. ‘Ins.’ They are somewhat smaller

and paler in colour than the ordinary Tasmanian examples. Length

of the New South Wales specimens 3 inches.

117. CypR#A VITELLUS.

Cyprea vitellus, Linn.; Lister, Conch. pl. 693. f. 40.

This species, so abundant throughout the Indo-Pacific molluscan

province, is rarely met with in Port Jackson. The few that have

been obtained alive in Wooloomooloo Bay and at Coorunulla beach

are rich in colour and moderately large. Length of largest Cooru-

nulla specimen 2 inches 3 lines.

118. CypR&A CAPUT-SERPENTIS.

Cyprea caput-serpentis, Linn.; Lister, Conch. pls. 701, 702.

f. 49, 50.

Like C. vitellus, this species, although one of the most abundant

within the tropics, is rare in Port Jackson, only three or four speci-

mens having been found at Manly Beach and Long Bay, which may

be considered its furthest southern limit. The young shells are

ash-coloured, with a dark central band. Length 1+ inch.

119. CypR#A ASELLUS.

Cyprea asellus, Linn.; Encye. Méth. pl. 356. f. 5.

Several specimens of this species were dredged in Port Jackson

Harbour by the late Fred. Strange. I obtained three examples my-

self at Long Bay, between Port Jackson and Botany Heads. They

are larger and the bands more deeply coloured than those from

Ceylon. Length 9 lines.

120. CyprxA CLANDESTINA.

Cyprea clandestina, Linn. ; Wood, Ind. Tes. pl. 3. f. 17.

C. moniliaris, Lam.

206 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Outer Manly Beach and Watson’s Bay have produced a few spe-

cimens of this delicately zigzag-lined species. It is found in crevices

of rocks at very low spring tides. At Moreton Bay it is more abun-

dant, being found in company with C. annulus, C. erosa, C. caput-

serpentis, and others, in those clusters of oysters called ‘ ningi-ningi’

by the blacks, which are exposed at low tides on the shores of Strad-

broke Island. Length 8 lines.

121. CypR#A CARNEOLA.

Cyprea carneola, Linn.; Lister, Conch. pl. 664. f. 8.

This species, abundant further to the north, is sometimes met with

at Long Bay, between Botany and Port Jackson Heads. Length

1+ inch.

122. CypRH&A XANTHODON.

Cyprea xanthodon, Gray ; Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 18.

A very rare species in Port Jackson, of which I found two living

examples at Watson’s Bay. Length 14 lines.

123. CypRHA ERRONES.

Cyprea errones, Linn. ; Wood, Index Test. pl. 17. f. 39.

Young specimens of this species, so common within the tropics,

are found, though rarely, at outer Manly Beach. Length 1 inch.

124. CyprR@A FELINA.

Cyprea felina, Gmel., Wood, Index Test. pl. 17. f. 26.

A single example of this common Indian Cyprea was found by me

at Middle Harbour. Length 9 lines.

125, CypRHA PIPERATA.

Cyprea piperata, Gray ; Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 24.

Rare in Port Jackson. In South Australia this species is abun-

dant. ‘The New South Wales specimens yet obtained are all young,

and are spotted in bands somewhat like C. bicolor of Gaskoin, which

may be only a variety of this species.

126. CypR@#A MACULA.

Cyprea macula, A. Ad.

Of a greyish colour, freckled with chestnut, with dark spots round

the basal margin. It is conspicuously characterized by a large

chestnut blotch on the back of the shell. Rare in Port Jackson.

Found also in Moreton Bay, and Japan (A. Adams). Length

10 lines. A good species, unlike any other, and certainly not a

variety of C. fimbriata.

127. TRIVIA AUSTRALIS.

Cyprea australis, Lam.; Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 29.

Trivia australis, Gray.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 207

This pretty species of Trivia may readily be distinguished by the

liver-coloured blotches on the back of the shell. It is found amongst

the rocks and under stones at low spring tides. Length 6 lines.

Fam. AMPHIPERASIDE.

128. AMPHIPERAS HORDACEA.

Ovulum hordaceum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 471; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. pl. 8. f. 37.

A beautiful little elongated species, of a bright orange-colour,

transversely striated, with the outer lip dentately serrated. A single

specimen only was found, attached to the same branch of Gorgonia

trom which the following species was procured. On comparing it

with examples of 4. hordacea from Borneo it appears more shouldered

and compact, with the sculpture stronger and the aperture narrower

and more compressed. Until an opportunity offers of examining

more specimens, I should hesitate to separate it from A. hordacea.

Length 33 lines. Bornean specimens 54 lines.

129. *VoLVA ANGASI.

Ovulum angasi, A. Adams, MS.in Mus. Cuming; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 10. f. 43 a, 6.

Of this fine species, which somewhat resembles Ovulum subre-

flexum, Sow., I obtained two live specimens on a branch of red Gor-

gonia amongst the rocks at Watson’s Bay, during an unprecedentedly

low spring tide. No other specimens have been found. Length

1 inch 3 lines.

Fam. STROMBID.

130. SrromBus (CANARIUM) LUHUANUS.

Strombus luhuanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (12th edit.) p. 1209; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Strombus, pl. 9. f. 19.

This species occurs at the “ Bottle and Glass” rocks, Vaucluse

Bay, on the southern side of Port Jackson, to which spot it appears

to be exclusively confined. Following the coast northwards it again

makes its appearance in great numbers at Moreton Bay, and is widely

extended thence over the whole of the Indo-Pacific molluscan pro-

vince. The Port Jackson specimens are smaller and lighter in colour

than those from the tropics. Length 2 inches 6 lines.

131. SrromBus (CANARIUM) FLORIDUS.

Strombus floridus, Lam. Anim, sans Vert. ix. p. 707.

S. mutabilis, Swainson.

This little Strombus, so variable in form and markings, is found

in company with S. /uhwanus, at the same locality in Port Jackson.

It is not at all common there, and displays the same paleness of

colour. It is one of the most abundant species of the tropics, and

ranges from Kast Africa to Tahiti. Length | inch 2 lines.

208 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Fam. APoRRHAIDE.

132. PELICARIA SCUTULATA.

‘Buccinum scutulatum, Martyn, Univ. Conch, t. 55.

Struthiolaria oblita, Sow.

The remarkable genus Struthiolaria has its headquarters in New

Zealand. Of the allied genus Pelicaria of Gray, P. scutulata (the

only species yet described) is found on the Australian coast. It lives

on the sand in moderately deep water, and has been dredged at

Watson’s Bay, inside Port Jackson Heads, and at Middle Harbour.

On the beach at Port Aiken fine adult specimens are occasionally

washed ashore after a south-east gale. Length 2 inches.

Fam. CANCELLARIID.

133, CANCELLARIA GRANOSA.

Cancellaria granosa, Sow. Conch. Illus. Cancellaria, no. 15.

f. 16,75

This fine species is nearly allied to C. undulata, Sow., from Port

Elliott, South Australia. It is found in deep water, in Middle Har-

bour, Port Jackson. Dead specimens are occasionally washed ashore

at Edwards’s Bay, but it is rarely met with in good condition. The

CO. australis, Sow., and C. levigata, Sow. (described from shells in

the late G. Humphrey’ s collection that were stated to have come

from New South Wales), I have never met with. Length 1 inch

7 lines.

Fam. CERITHIIDE.

134, BirTtuM GRANARIUM.

Cerithium granarium, Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. p. 72, pl. 19. f. 3.

Bittium lacertinum, Gould.

Common under stones at low water in Port Jackson. Length 8 lines.

135. LAMPANIA AUSTRALIS.

Cerithium australe, Quoy, Voy. de |’ Astrolabe, pl. 55. f. 7.

Abundant in Port Jackson, on mud, and amongst rocks at low

water. Length 14 inch.

136. PoTAMIDES EBENINUM.

Cerithium ebeninum, Brug. Dict. no. 26.

Strombus aculeatus, Gmel.

This fine species occurs in great numbers on the mud-flats in Woo-

loomooloo Bay, and other similar localities in Port Jackson, Botany

Bay, and Brisbane Water. Length 4 inches.

Fam. CERITHIOPSID.

137. TRIPHORIS NIGROFUSCUS.

Triphoris nigro-fuscus, A. Ad. P. Z.S. 1851, p. 278.

Under stones at low water, Port Jackson. Length 4 lines.

1867. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 209

138. TRIPHORIS LABIATUS.

Triphoris labiatus, A. Ad. P. Z. 8S. 1851, p. 279.

Under stones, low water, Port Jackson. Length 3 lines.

Fam. Lirrorinip&.

139. LirroRINA MAURITIANA.

Phasianella mauritiana, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. ix. p. 244.

Littorina unifasciata, Gray.

? L. levis, Phil.

Very abundant on rocks between tide-marks, and creeping up far

above high-water mark, all along the coast of New South Wales.

This species extends from New South Wales to Swan River. Length

10 lines.

140. TxcTARIUS PYRAMIDALIS.

Littorina pyramidalis, Quoy, Voy. de l Astr. pl. 33. f. 12-15.

Equally common, and occurring in similar places, with L. mauri-

liana. .

141. RiseLLa LUTEA.

Trochus luteus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de lAstr. p. 271, pl. 62.

f. 8—Il.

T. cicatrosus, Jonas, 1843, in Phil. Abbild. Trochus, pl. 2. f. 2.

This species, the most conical of the genus, is common on the

rocks outside Port Jackson, and along the coast to Kiama and Jervis

Bay. Length 10 lines.

142. RisELLA PLANA.

Trochus planus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astr. p. 274, pl. 62.

£.13,.14.

Very abundant on rocks between tide-marks. Found also in

South Australia. A depressed species, 5 lines in height, with the

diameter of the base | inch.

143. RisELLA NANA.

Trochus nanus, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Gen. Trochus, no. 67.

Littorina australis, Gray, Beechey’s Voy. Zool. p. 141.

This species, which may be distinguished by the black bands in

the interior of the aperture, is found occasionally in Port Jackson,

in company with R. plana. In Tasmania it is abundant. Height

5 lines, diameter of base 7 lines.

144. *FossaRINA PATULA.

Fossarina patula, Adams & Angas, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 424, pl. 37.

£59, 20:

Two specimens only of this interesting form were obtained, during

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XIV.

210 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

an unusually low tide, adhering to the under surface of a stone at

Watson’s Bay. Length 3 lines.

Fam. PLANAXIDA,

145. Puanaxis (NINEA) MOLLIS.

Planazis mollis, Sow. Genera, ii. Planazis, f. 2.

A smooth white shell, covered with a brownish-yellow epidermis.

Not uncommon amongst the rocks at low water at Coodgee Bay, and

along the coast to Wollongong. Length 9 lines.

146. *ALABA PHASIANELLA.

Alaba phasianella, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 113.

A beautiful semitransparent little species, somewhat resembling

A. pulchra of A. Ad., but much more elongated, with the whorls

flamed at the sutures, and irregularly dotted and line-painted with

brown. Found amongst sea-weed in Port Jackson. Length 3 lines.

Fam. Rissorp&.

147. *RissOINA VARIEGATA.

Rissoina variegata, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 113.

This species is white, either banded with livid purple or orna-

mented with zigzag chestnut markings. Port Jackson, deep water.

Length 4 lines.

148. *RissoINA TURRICULA.

Rissoina turricula, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 114,

Strongly plicate, with the whorls angulate at the sutures and the

last whorl ribbed at the base. Port Jackson, deep water. Length

23 lines.

149. *RissoINA CINCTA.

Rissoina cincta, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 114.

A pretty little elongate species, narrowly zoned with brown. Port .

Jackson, deep water. Length 24 lines.

150. *Rissorna SMITHI.

Rissoina smithi, Angas, P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 114.

Strongly plicate, with the plicee curved and banded with pale

brown below the sutures. Port Jackson, deep water. Length

3 lines.

Fam. TURRITELLIDZ.

151. TurRiTELLA (HAUsTATOR) SINUATA.

Turritella sinuata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 11. f. 62.

A pretty little species, distinguished by its dotted painting and the

deep sinus of the outer lip. Dredged in Middle Harbour and Wat-

son’s Bay. Length 84 lines,

1367.1 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN: MOLLUSCA. 211

Fam. VERMETID.

152. THYLACODES DECUSSATUS.

V.. decussatus, Gmel.

A grotesquely twisted tubular shell, longitudinally squamately

ridged, adhering by the under surface of the spire to blocks of sand-

stone and rocks at low water. Length 2 or 3 inches, diameter of

tube 6 lines.

153. Brvonta Quoy!.

Bivonia quoyi, A. Ad.

Spirally tubular, smooth, agglomerate, and not attached to stones.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 2 inches, diameter of tube 3 lines.

Fam. CALYPTRID&.

154. Trocuita (HALIOTIDEA) CALYPTREFORMIS.

Trochus calyptreformis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 627.

Calyptrea lamarcki, Desh.

Crepidula tomentosa, Quoy et Gaim.

Attached to stones at low water in Port Jackson. Breadth 9 lines.

155. GALERUS PELLUCIDUS.

Trochita pellucida, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 1. f. 2.

A small, white, semitransparent species, not unlike the European

G. chinensis, or ‘‘Chinaman’s hat.’ Adhering to dead shells in

deep water in Port Jackson. Breadth 4 lines.

156. Crypra (CREPIPATELLA) ACULEATA.

Crypta aculeata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 642.

Patella aculeata, Gmel,

Covered on the outside with rows of prickly scales, dark inside.

Found attached to rocks at low water in Port Jackson. Length

1 inch.

157. Crypra (IANACHUS) UNGUIFORMIS.

Crepidula unguiformis, Lam.; Brod. Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 204,

ploaxix?)f..4.

Adhering to dead shells. Whitish, smooth, flat, and very variable

in form. This species is almost worldwide. Length 1 inch 3 lines,

Fam. CAPpuLIDe.

158. CoCHLOLEPAS ANTIQUATA.

Patella antiquata, Linn.

Pileopsis mitrula, Lam.

? Hipponyx foliacea, Quoy, Voy. de |’Astrol, pl. 72. f. 41-45.

Shell flatly conical, with a foliaceous epidermis. Under rocks and

stones in Port Jackson. Breadth 7 lines,

212 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

159. CocHLOLEPAS SUBRUFA.

Hipponye subrufa, Sow. P. Z.8. 1835, p. 5.

Elevately and obliquely conical, transversely crenulately ridged,

tinged with rufous. Height } inch.

160. *CAPULUS VIOLACEUS.

Capulus violaceus, Angas, P. Z.S. 1857, p. 114.

Shell compressed laterally, and violet within. Long Bay, outside

Port Jackson Heads.

Fam. VANIKORID.

161. VANIKORO DESHAYESIANA.

Vanikoro deshayesiana, Récluz.

A fine species, allied to V. plicata, but without the longitudinal

plaits of that species. Watson’s Bay, very rare. Length 73 lines.

162. VANIKORO GRANULATA.

Vanikoro granulata, Récluz.

The alternate ridges in this species are nodosely granulated. Port

Jackson, under stones at low tide: very rare. Length 5 lines.

163. VANIKORO QUOYANA.

Vanihoro quoyana, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 175.

Scarcely umbilicated, with the whorls nodulous and deeply cancel-

lated. Under stones, Watson’s Bay, very rare. Length 44 lines.

164. *VANIKORO RECLUZIANA.

Vanikoro recluziana, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 424.

Under stones, low water, Camp Cove, very rare. The whorls are

finely lirate, with the margin of the umbilicus strongly angulate.

Length 5 lines.

Order SCUTIBRANCHIATA.

Fam. NERITIDa&.

165. Nerira (THELIOSTYLA) ATRATA.

Nerita atrata, Chemn. Conch. v. pl. 190. f. 1954, 1955

N. punctulata, Quoy et Gaim.

Very common on rocks between tide-marks. This jet-black species,

with the columella and interior white, is generally distributed through-

out extra-tropical Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand. Length

1 inch.

Fam. TrocH1p&.

Subfam. Eurropin#.

166. EuTROPIA VENTRICOSA.

Phasianella ventricosa, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. del’ Astr, pl. 59. f. 8, 9.

1867.] MR. G. F, ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 213

Articulated throughout with brown on a flesh-coloured ground,

and clouded with olive more or less below the sutures. This species

is found on the beach occasionally at Middle Harbour and about

Wollongong. Length 1 inch.

167. EvTRopIA SANGUINEA.

Phasianella sanguinea, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 3.

The examples of this shell found in Port Jackson are much smaller

than those from South Australia and Swan River. On examination

of a number of specimens, this species seems to pass into the pre-

ceding one. Length 1 inch.

168. Evrroria (TRIcoLtA) KOCHII.

Phasianella kochii, Phil., Krauss, Moll. Siidaf. p. 104, pl. 6. f. 4.

This richly coloured little species is from deep water in Port Jack-

son. It is also met with in South Africa and the Falkland Islands.

Length 6 lines.

169. *Eurropra (TRICOLIA) ROSEA.

HLutropia (Tricolia) rosea, Angas, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 114.

A very minute species, somewhat elongated, of a uniform roseate

colour. From shell-sand, Coodgee Bay. Length 14 line.

170. *Evrrori1a (TRICOLIA) VIRGO.

Eutropia (Tricolia) virgo, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 115.

Equally minute with Z. rosea, having the whorls ventricose, flamed

with white at the sutures, and finely painted with pink undulating

lines. From shell-sand at Coodgee Bay. Length 13 line.

Subfam. TurBININ.

171. LUNELLA UNDULATA.

Turbo undulatus, Chemn. Conch. Cab. x. pl. 169. f. 1640, 1641.

Amongst rocks about Port Jackson Heads, Broken Bay, Wollon-

gong, &c. This species ranges all along the southern coasts of Au-

stralia and Tasmania. Height 1 inch 6 lines.

172. NINELLA STRAMINEA.

Helix stramineus, Martyn, Univ. Conch. t. 71.

Turbo torquatus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 3597.

T. lamellosus, Brod. Zool. Journ. v. p. 331.

This large species is common amongst the rocks at low water

about Port Jackson Heads. It is also abundant on many parts of

the coast of New South Wales, the animal being used as an article

of food by the aborigines. The operculum of Ninella is remark-

able for having two marginal raised spiral ribs externally. Height

2 inches.

214 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Subfam. ASTRALIIN2.

173. UvANILLA TENTORIIFORMIS.

Trochus tentoriiformis, Jonas, Zeitschr. fiir Mal. 1845, p. 66.

7’. urvillei, Philippi, Kuster, Conch. Cab. p. 215, pl. 32. f. 4.

An interesting conical species, with a concave, beautifully imbri-

cately sculptured base. The operculum is tinged with blue and

pink, and makes a pretty shirt-stud when set in gold. The adult

shells are very conical, and the young much flattened, in which state

they are the 7. urvillei of Philippi. Found amongst the rocks at

low water in various parts of Port Jackson. Height 14 inch.

Subfam. LeotTiin 2.

174. *LIOTIA ANGASI.

Liotia angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 343, pl. 13. f. 4.

This nodulously cancellated little species was dredged in Port

Jackson. It also occurs in St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia.

Height 1 line.

175. *ADEORBIS ANGASI.

Adeorbis angasi, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 424, pl. 37. f.11, 12.

This, one of the largest species of the genus, is unique in my

cabinet. It was found at high-water mark in Coodgee Bay, outside

Port Jackson Heads. Long. 3 lines, lat. 24 lines.

Subfam. TrocHin.

176. CLANCULUS MAUGERI.

Trochus maugeri, Gray in Wood, Ind. Test. Sup. pl. 5. f. 27.

This fine large Clanculus is more conical than most species of this

genus, and is of a peculiar livid greyish-pink colour. It is found at

Cabbage-Tree Cove, Outer Manly, and outside the North Head of

Port Jackson. Height 1 inch.

177. CLANCULUS CLANGULOIDES.

Trochus clanguloides, Gray in Wood, Ind. Test. Sup. pl. 6. f. 39.

Frequent under stones at low water at Watson’s Bay. This pretty

species may be distinguished from the two following by its green

colour, painted with maroon flames, by the rose-pink spots upon the

base, and by its more conical spire. Height 6 lines.

178. CLANCULUS OMALOMPHALUS.

Clanculus omalomphalus, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 162.

Under stones at low water, in company with C. clangulotdes. It

may be known by having the lower whorl sharply keeled. White

or pale rose, with alternate blotches of brown or dark rose-colour.

Height 5 lines.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, 215

_ 179. CLANCULUS GIBBOSUS.

Clanculus gibbosus, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 162.

Under stones.in Port Jackson; less abundant than either of the

two former species. In this species the whorls are rounded, not

keeled, and the spire is more depressed. Height 4 lines. It is also

found in South Australia.

180. EuCHELUS BACCATUS.

Monodonta baceata, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 14. no. 51.

Adhering to the under surface of stones at low water near Port

Jackson Heads. It occurs also in South Australia. Length 4 inch.

181. *EUCHELUS SCABRIUSCULUS.

Euchelus scabriusculus, A. Ad. & Ang. MS. in Coll. Cum.

A very small species, differing from 2. baccatus in its cancellated

sculpture and being umbilicated. Under stones in Port Jackson.

Length 2 lines.

182. THALOTIA ZEBRIDES.

Thalotia zebrides, A. Ad. P. Z. 8S. 1851, p. 173.

Common amongst the rocks in various parts of Port Jackson.

The whorls are granulately ridged, and painted with dusky flames

below the sutures. Length 11 lines.

183. EUTROCHUS SCITULUS.

Ziziphinus scitulus, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 38; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Ziziphinus, pl. 6. f. 44.

This shell differs from a true Ziziphinus in being deeply umbili-

cated. It is found at Watson’s Bay, Rose Bay, and in North Har-

bour under stones at low water. Height 8 lines.

184. *CANTHIRIDUS TIBERIANUS.

Trochus tibertanus, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 381, pl. 13.

f72;

This beautiful little species is of a pearly yellowish olive-colour,

painted with white flames. It is found on sea-weed at low water

amongst the rocks at Coodgee Bay. Height 25 lines.

185. ELENCHUS BADIUS.

Trochus badius, Wood, Ind. Test. Supp. pl. 6. f. 46.

Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, in deep water. Of an olive colour,

red towards the apex, with the interior of a brilliant iridescent green.

Length 1 inch 3 lines.

186. ELENCHUS APICINUS.

Monodonta apicina, Menke, Moll. Noy. Holl. p. 15.

This lovely species may be easily recognized by the fine pencilling

of the whorls, which becomes stronger below, and forms a striped

216 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

border of white and brown round the lip, and by the exquisite ceru-

lean-blue colour of the pearly interior. Port Jackson, deep water,

rare. It is also found at Aldinga Bay, in St. Vincent’s Gulf, South -

Australia. Length 1 inch.

187. ELENCHUS LEUCOSTIGMA.

Trochus leucostigma, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl.

A smaller but handsomely variegated species, mottled with red,

white, and olive. The interior of a pearly greenish-blue colour.

Deep water, in Port Jackson. Length 8 lines.

188. BANKIVIA VARIANS,

Bankivia varians, Beck.

B. purpurascens, Beck.

Dredged in Middle Harbour, on a sandy bottom at 3-4 fathoms.

This species is abundant on all the shores of extra-tropical Australia.

It varies in colour, from white to purple, rose, grey, amber, or black,

and is either plain or banded with black or white bands, the coloured

interstices being sometimes painted with longitudinal wavy lines.

Length 7 lines.

189. *LEIOPYRGA PICTURATA.

Leiopyrga picturata, H. & A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan.

1863, p. 19.

Dredged in Middle Harbour, Port Jackson. Letopyrga has some-

what the aspect of an umbilicated Bankivia, with rounded whorls.

It is variously marked and banded with irregular pink lines. Length

6 lines. This species also occurs in South Australia.

190. TROCHOCOCHLEA TENIATA.

Trochus teniatus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. del’Astrol. p. 249, pl. 63.

f. 15-17.

A fine species, common in Port Jackson, broadly painted with zig-

zag wavy longitudinal bands of a deep-purple or black colour, on a

greenish-yellow ground. Length 1} inch.

191. TROCHOCOCHLEA PORCATA.

Labio porcata, A. Ad. P. Z.8. 1851, p. 179.

The whorls are strongly carinated, and ornamented with narrow

rose-coloured stripes longitudinally. It is equally common with the

foregoing species. Length 11 lines.

192. TROCHOCOCHLEA MULTICARINATA.

Trochus multicarinatus, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. t. 7. p. 36. no. 15;

Quoy, Voy. de I’ Astrol.. pl. 63. f. 26, 27.

A bold species, strongly concentrically ribbed, and reticulately

painted with flowing black lines on a greenish-grey ground. Jervis

Bay, and on rocks outside Port Jackson Heads. Length 1 inch

3 lines.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 217

193. TROCHOCHLEA CONCAMERATA.

Monodonta concamerata, Gray, Wood’s Index Test. Supp. pl. 6.

f. 35.

Faintly ridged, and painted with irregular wavy longitudinal lines

of yellow on a black ground. ZL. striolatus of Quoy, from Tasmania

and South Australia, is much more depressed and has a tessellated

style of painting, although regarded as a synonym by Mr. Hanley

in his edition of Wood’s ‘Index.’ Same locality as the preceding

species. Length 1 inch 4 lines.

194. MINOLIA VITILIGINEA.

Trochus vitiligineus, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 18.

This species, which is prettily clouded with rose-colour and olive,

was dredged in Middle Harbour. It occurs also in South Australia.

Height 34 lines.

195. MINoLIA ANGULATA.

Margarita angulata, A. Ad. P. Z.S8. 1851, p. 190.

A small flattened species, with the upper portion of the whorls

angulated and the umbilicus large and perspective. Dredged in Port

Jackson in 5 fathoms. Height 2 lines.

196. MonrILEA CORRUGATA.

Monilea corrugata, Koch.

Outer Manly Beach and Cabbage-Tree Bay. Height 9 lines.

197. *GrBBULA COXI.

Gibbula coxi, Angas, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 115.

This species may be recognized by the biangular character of the

whorls and its small deep umbilicus. Dredged in Port Jackson. Its

nearest ally is Gibbula preissiana, Phil., from South Australia.

Height 3+ lines.

198. GrBBULA SULCOSA.

Gibbula sulcosa, A. Ad. P. Z.S. 1851, p. 186.

Middle Harbour and Coodgee Bay. Height 4 lines.

199. GIBBULA STRANGEI.

Gibbula strangei, A. Ad.

Under rocks and stones at low water, Port Jackson. Height

34 lines.

200. *GIBBULA PICTURATA.

Gibbula picturata, Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 36.

A small richly painted species, varying considerably in colour and

markings. Found attached to masses of sea-weed amongst the rocks

at Coodgee Bay. Height 3 lines.

218 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Subfam. SrOMATELLINE.

201. SroMATELLA IMBRICATA.

Stomatella imbricata, Lam. Enc. Méth. pl. 450. f. 2.

Attached to the under surface of large stones at low water in most

parts of Port Jackson. Found also in South Australia. Length

1 inch 2 lines.

202. GENA STRIGOSA.

Gena strigosa, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 37.

Under stones at low water. This pretty species is striated and

brilliantly nacreous within, whilst the back is finely striated through-

out, and variegated with every variety of pattern and colour. It

must not be confounded with G. lutea, Linn. (G. auricula, Lam.),

which is smooth and more elongated, and has the spire lateral and

rather prominent. Length 10 lines.

Fam. HALiorip#.

203. HaLioTis NZVOSA.

Haliotis nevosa, Martyn, Univ. Conch. v. t. 11. f. 63.

On rocks at low tide on various parts of the coast. Length 6 inches.

204. HALioTIs COCCO-RADIATA.

Haliotis cocco-radiata, Reeve, P. Z. S. 1846, p. 55.

A pretty species, variously mottled with red, green, and liver-

colour. It is commonly found attached to the under surface of stones

at Watson’s Bay and other parts of Port Jackson. It also occurs in

South Australia. Length 2 inches.

Fam. FissuRELLID.

205. Lucapina (GLyPuHIs) INCEI.

Fissurella incei, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 10. f. 69.

F. indusica, Reeve.

? F. lineata, Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 68.

A fine large cancellated species, more or less rayed with olive

bands. On rocks and under stones at low water. This species bears

a considerable resemblance to the British /. reticulata, although of

a much larger size. Length 1 inch 9 lines.

206. *FissuRELLIDHA CONCATENATA.

Fissurella coneatenata, Crosse & Fisch. Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p. 348, pl. 3. f. 4-6.

A rare and beautiful species, the surface of which is white and

covered with a sort of fine malleated network, resembling the inden-

tations upon a thimble. My specimens are from Kiama and Botany

Bay. The type specimen, from which MM. Crosse and Fischer’s

description is taken, I dredged at Port Adelaide. Length 9 lines.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 219

207. FissuRELLIDAA SCUTELLA.

Fissurellidea scutella, Gray, B. M.; Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 34.

F. trapezina, Sow. P. Z. 8. 1834; Conch. Ill. f. 34; Thes. Conch.

pl. 9. f. 207.

Botany Bay. Found also at the Cape of Good Hope. Length

10 lines.

208. FissURELLIDHA NIGRITA. °

Fissurellidea nigrita, Sow. P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 127; Thes. Conch.

pl. 8. f. 196.

Found also in Tasmania and South Australia. Length 10 lines.

209. EMARGINULA (HEMITOMA) RUGOSA.

Emarginula rugosa, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de I’ Astrolabe.

E. aspera, Gould, Exped. Shells. p. 12; Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 13.

figs. 92, 93, 95, 96-102.

This shell varies considerably, and has been described under various

names by different authors. It is not uncommon on rocks and under

stones in Port Jackson; it is also found in South Australia and Tas-

mania. Length 1] lines.

210. EMARGINULA (CLYPIDINA) STELLATA.

Emarginula stellata, A. Ad. P. Z. 8S. 1851, p. 87; Sow. Thes.

Conch. pl. 13. f. 103.

Less common than the preceding. Watson’s Bay and Coodgee

Beach. Length 10 lines.

211. EMARGINULA DILECTA.

Emarginula dilecta, A. Adams, P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 85; Sow. Thes.

Conch. Emarginula, pl. 10. f. 5. °

Coodgee and Middle Harbour. Length 7 lines. A pretty, white,

cancellated species, with the anterior margin moderately fissured.

212. ScuTus ELONGATUS.

Parmophorus elongatus, Lam.

P. levis, Blain.

Scutus angustatus, A, Ad. in Thes. Conch. Fissurellide, pls. 13

& 14. figs. 1, 2, 10, 21.

This species is very common amongst the rocks at low water in

some of the bays in Port Jackson, and at various localities along

the coast. The animal is very large and black. Length of shell

3+ inches.

213. TUGALIA OSSEA.

Tugalia ossea, Gould, Exped. Shells; Sow. Thes. Conch. Fissu-

rellidee, pl. 14. f. 18.

Under stones at low water near Port Jackson Heads, rare. Length

93 lines.

220 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Fam. DENTALIIDA.

214. ANTALIS ERECTA.

Dentalium erectum, Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 13. f. 55.

Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs”? bank, Port Jackson. Length

of my specimen | inch.

Fam. TecrurIp&.

215. TECTURA JACKSONIENSIS.

Patella jacksoniensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 39. f. 127 a, d.

On rocks at low tide. Length 9 lines.

216. *TECTURA SCABRILIRATA.

Acmea scabrilirata, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 154.

Under stones amongst the rocks at low tides. Found also in Port

Phillip and South Australia. Length 6 lines.

217. TrEcTURA STELLARIS.

Patelloida stellaris, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. del’ Astr. pl. 71. f. 1-4.

An elegant species, with bold ribs projecting outwards from the

margin, so as to give it a stelliform appearance. Under stones at

very low spring tides at Kiama and outside Port Jackson Heads.

Sometimes found in the stomachs of Bream caught along the coast.

Length 1 inch.

218. *TEcTURA SUBUNDULATA.

Acmea subundulata, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 155.

Attached to stones at low water. Found also in Port Phillip and

South Australia. Length 8 lines.

219. TECTURA SEPTIFORMIS.

Patelloida septiformis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. pl. 71.

f. 43, 44.

On rocks between tide-marks at Kiama, and near Newcastle, New

South Wales. Length 10 lines.

Fam. GADINIID.

220. GADINIA PENTIGONIOSTOMA.

Gadinia pentigoniostoma, Sow. Conch. IIl.

A depressedly conical white shell, strongly radiately ridged, and

polished inside. Coodgee Bay. Length 9 lines.

221. *GADINIA CONICA.

Gadinia conica, Angas, P. Z. 8, 1867, p. 115.

A small and very conical species, from shell-sand, Coodgee Bay.

Length 4 lines.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 221

Fam. PATELLIDZE.

222. PATELLA TRAMOSERICA.

Patella tramoserica, Mart. Univ. Conch. i. pl. 16.

This fine species is abundant everywhere, adhering to the rocks

between tide-marks. It varies considerably in colour and markings,

typical specimens being characterized by a golden-yellow tinge, more

or less articulated with black and scarlet. Length 2 inches.

223. PaTELLA COSTATA.

Patella costata, Sowerby, Voy. of Beagle.

A boldly ribbed conical shell, with a pectinated margin, edged

with black. On rocks at Coodgee and Wollongong. Length

14 inch.

224, PATELLA ACULEATA.

Patella aculeata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 32. f. 90.

Strongly nodulously ribbed, of a pale colour, both within and with-

out. Occasionally met with on the rocks outside the Heads.

Length 1} inch.

225. PATELLA SQUAMIFERA.

Patella squamifera, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 32. f. 94 a, 6.

A small squamately ribbed depressed species, of rare occurrence.

Rocks near Wollongong and Bondi Bay. Length 10 lines.

226. PATELLA PENTAGONA.

Patella pentagona, Born, Mus. Test. Vindob.

P. stelleformis, Reeve in Conch. Syst. ; Conch. Icon. pl. 20.

f. 48 a, b,c.

A single example of this species was found on the rocks near Port

Jackson Heads. Length 8 lines.

Fam. CHITONID2.

227. LopHyRUS AUSTRALIS.

Chiton australis, Sow. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1840; Conch. Ill. f. 46.

Common under stones in Port Jackson. Of a dark olive-colour.

This is the largest species found in New South Wales. Length

3 inches.

228. LopHyRUS CONCENTRICUS.

Chiton concentricus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 16. f. 95.

A very beautiful longitudinally ridged species, with the terminal

valves concentrically grooved ; mottled with green and straw-colour,

the second valve sometimes blood-colour or scarlet. Under stones

at Watson’s Bay, at very low tide. Length 13 inch.

222 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

229. LopHyRUS GLAUCUS.

Chiton glaucus, Gray.

O. quoyt, Desh. Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 509.

C. viridis, Quoy.

Very variable in colour. The green variety is C. guoyi of Desh.

Rare in Port Jackson. Length 1 inch,

230. LopHYRUS MURICATUS.

Chiton muricatus, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 91.

C. carnosus, Carp. MS. Coll. Cuming.

C. limans, Carp. MS. Coll. Cuming.

A very charming species, of rare occurrence in Port Jackson,

having the outer edge of the valves armed with short muricated

spines. It somewhat resembles L. concentricus, but has the anterior

terminal valve longitudinally radiate, and varies in colour from dull

green to orange and buff. Length 1 inch.

231. LopHyRus JUGOSUS.

Chiton jugosus, Gould, Exped. Shells, p. 3.

A prettily mottled species, with the terminal valves smooth, of

which a few examples have been found at very low tides near Camp

Cove. Length 9} lines.

232. *LOoPHYRUS SMARAGDINUS.

Lophyrus smaragdinus, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 115.

Of a pale bluish-green colour, sometimes white-mottled, and nearly

smooth ; faintly striated under the lens. Port Jackson. Length

6 lines.

233. LEPIDOPLEURUS PROTEUS,

Chiton proteus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 18. f. 111.

C. fruticosus, Gould, Exp. Shells, p. 4

Common under stones. The colours vary, some specimens being

curiously mottled with white or pale orange on an olive ground.

Length 1} inch.

234. LEPIDOPLEURUS LONGICYMBA.

Chiton longicymba, De Blainv.; Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 67.

This pretty species is abundant under stones, especially at Wat-

son’s Bay. Its variations in colour are many: one variety has a

broad white stripe along the back, anuther is pale straw-colour, and

a third is spotted with black on a reddish ground. Length 1 inch.

235. LEPIDOPLEURUS USTULATUS.

Chiton ustulatus, Reeve, Conch, Icon. pl. 17. f. 102.

Of a dull brown colour. Watson’s Bay, under stones. Length

1 inch 4 lines,

1867.) MR. G, F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 223

236. LepIpDOPLEURUS ANTIQUUS.

Chiton antiquus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 25. f. 169.

C. apparata, Carp.

C. elenensis, Sow.

A highly sculptured species, with two broad divaricating ridges on

each side of the valves. Port Jackson, rare. Length 10 lines.

237. *ToNICIA CARPENTERI.

Tonicia carpenteri, Angas, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 116.

A pretty, ovate species, concentrically subimbricately sculptured,

with alternate pale and dark spots at the hinder edges of the valves, and

the umbo nearly terminal. Port Jackson, very rare. Length 9 lines.

238. LEPTOCHITON VERSICOLOR.

Leptochiton versicolor, A. Ad, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 92, pl. 16. f. 5.

A nearly smooth species, delicately shagreened under the lens, of

very rare occurrence. Found near. the Heads of Botany Bay, It

is variegated with maroon and olive. Length 1 inch.

239. ONITHOCHITON INCEI.

Chiton incei, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 94.

A beautiful species, with the valves longitudinally crenated, and

clouded more or less with olive, green, and rosy flesh-colour. Occurs

under stones at Watson’s Bay, at very low tides. Length 1} inch.

240. *ONITHOCHITON RUGULOSUS.

Onithochiton regulosus, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 115.

A nodulously sculptured species, having the valves bordered with

green, and ornamented with concentric wavy bands of yellowish

olive. Port Jackson, very rare. Length 8 lines.

241. CHITON PICEUS.

Chiton piceus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. p. 3204.

? C. magellanicus, Liam.

? C. incanus, Gould, Exped. Shells.

This very common species is freely distributed on most parts of

the coast of New South Wales. Dwelling in cavities on the upper

surfaces of rocks exposed to the full action of the waves, the valves

are generally more or less worn and destitute of character. A dark

stripe runs along the centre of the umbones, and the mantle is

covered with alternate bands of black and white calcareous spicula,

Length 23 inches,

242. CHZTOPLEURA RUGOSA.

Chetopleura rugosa, Gray ; Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 49.

This species is but rarely met with in Port Jackson. The mantle

is covered with straggling horny, bristles, and the valves corrugately

sculptured. Length i9 lines.

224 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

243. Lorica CIMOLIA.

Chiton cimolius, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 21. f. 141.

O. volvox, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 6. f. 31.

This fine species may at once be recognized by the fissure of its

posterior margin. The valves are longitudinally sculptured, and the

mantle squamous. It is to be met with occasionally under rocks and

stones, at very low tide, about Watson’s Bay and Middle Harbour.

Length 2} inches. This Lorica is also found at Port Lincoln, in

South Australia.

244. PLAXIPHORA PETHOLATA.

Chiton petholatus, Sow. Conch. Illust. f. 65, 66.

This Chiton, though common in South Australia, is but seldom

met with in Port Jackson, and then not in good condition. The

valves are rugosely sculptured at the sides, and the mantle is beset

with bifurcated bristles proceeding from a double series of pores.

Length 21 inches.

245. *ACANTHOCHITES COSTATUS.

Acanthochites costatus, H. Ad. & Ang. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 194.

Only three or four specimens of this species were taken, at Watson’s

Bay, during an unusually low tide. Length 8 lines.

246. ACANTHOCHITES SCUTIGER.

Acanthochites scutiger, Adams & Reeve, Voy. Samarang; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. pl. 27. f. 178.

Under stones at Watson’s Bay. This little species may be recog-

nized by the tufts of silvery bristles surrounding the pores of the

mantle. Length 3 inch.

247. *ACANTHOCHITES CARINATUS.

Acanthochites carinatus, H. Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 194.

A single specimen only of this fine new species. was found, in Port

Jackson. The plates are whitish and finely granulated, and ridged

along their summits with black. Length 1 inch 3 lines.

248. *MIcROPLAX GRAYI.

Microplar grayi, H. Ad. & Ang. P. Z. s. 1864, p. 194.

A single example of this new genus was procured, adhering to the

under surface of a stone dredged in Watson’s Bay. It is figured in

‘Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1865, pl. 1h: fe 16, U7: Length 6 lines.

249. CRYPTOPLAX STRIATUS.

Chitonellus striatus, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vol. . p. 317.

Chiton striatus, Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 62.

? C. occulatus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astr. iil. p. 410, pl. 72.

f, ov: 38.

1867. | MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 225

Not uncommon under stones and in crevices of rocks, at low water,

in various parts of Port Jackson. Length 3 inches.

On comparing the specimens in the Cumingian Collection (now in

the British Museum) of C. gunni, Reeve, and C. rostratus, Reeve,

I can detect no characters which appear to separate them specifically

from C. striatus, Lam., and I am inclined to regard them all as

varieties of that species. Specimens in my own cabinet from Port

Jackson, Port Adelaide, Port Lincoln, and Tasmania seem all to be-

long to the same species, displaying but slight variations in the an-

gularity and breadth of the valves.

Order TECTIBRANCHIATA.

Fam. ACTZONID&.

250. BuccINULUS AFFINIS.

Buccinulus affinis, A. Ad.

This pretty species, more slender and elongated than B. solidulus,

is very finely tessellately painted with brown or black on a white

ground, having sometimes one or two white bands. Dredged in

Port Jackson. It also occurs in Japan. Length 9 lines.

251. MyoNnrIA CONCINNA.

Monoptygma concinna, A. Ad. in Thes. Conch.

An elongated white shell, spirally grooved throughout. Dredged

in Port Jackson. Length } inch.

252. *LEUCOTINA ESTHER.

Leucotina esther, Angas, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 116.

A small grey species, with rounded whorls finely striately grooved.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 2} lines.

Fam. APLUSTRID&.

253. HypDATINA PHYSIS.

Bulla physis, Linn., Mart. t. 21. f. 196, 197.

Hydatina filosa, Schum.

This fine shell may be readily distinguished by the narrow zebra-

like bands encircling its entire outer surface. It occurs in muddy

bays, especially at Vaucluse Bay, Port Jackson, and at Botany Bay.

At Moreton Bay it attains the length of two inches. The largest

Port Jackson specimen measures | inch 5 lines.

254. BULLINA LINEATA.

Bulla lineata, Wood, Index Test. Sup. pl. 3; Sow. Thes. Conch.

pl. 120. f. 2.

B. lauta, Pease.

? B. scabra, Chemn.

No one can fail to detect this pretty species, banded with two

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XV.

226 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

lines of rose-colour, and painted with wavy longitudinal stripes of

the same hue. It forms a beautiful object in the water, when craw-

ling about on the sandy bottoms of the rock-pools left by the re-

ceding tide, the expanded membranaceous foot of the animal being

bordered with azure-blue. On examination I found it had a small,

horny, linear, transverse operculum like the Acteonide, and ought

therefore probably to be included in that family. Rock-pools at

Coodgee Bay and Middle Harbour, at low spring tides. Length

8 lines.

Fam. CyLICHNID.

255. CYLICHNA ARACHIS.

Bulla arachis, Quoy, Voy. de l Astr.; Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 590.

f. 133, 134.

A solid, cylindrical, white shell, covered with a rust-coloured epi-

dermis. Dredged in Port Jackson. This species is found also at

Wollongong and Port Stephen, in sandy mud. Length 8 lines.

256. ToRNATINA FUSIFORMIS.

Tornatina fusiformis, A. Ad. Thes. Conch. p.570, pl. 121. f. 37.

A little, white, shining species, dredged at Port Stephen and Port

Jackson, in 4 fathoms. Length 3 lines.

Fam. BULLID2.

257. BuLLA OBLONGA.

Bulla oblonga, A. Adams, Thes. Conch. p. 577, pl. 123. f. 74.

This large and somewhat elongated species is common on muddy

bottoms in all the bays along the coast of New South Wales. It

ranges westward to Port Phillip, South Australia, and Swan River ;

and, according to Cuming, is found in the Philippines and South-

Sea Islands. Length 2 inches 4 lines. This shell has hitherto been

confounded by some authors with B. australis of Quoy & Gaim.,

which is found in Tahiti.

258. BuLLA PUNCTULATA.

Bulla punctulata, A. Adams, Thes. Conch. p. 577, pl. 123. f.77.

Clouded with clusters of black and white punctated spots on a

light-brown ground. Found in deep water, in sandy mud. Rare in

Port Jackson. It is found also in New Caledonia. Length 1 inch

4 lines.

259. BuLLA SOLIDA.

Bulla solida, Gmel. (not Bruguiére) MS, in Coll. Cuming.

A prettily painted species, peculiarly marked with large angular

blotches of rose liver-colour on a greyish-white ground. Middle

Harbour, Port Jackson. Length 1 inch.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 227

260. BuLLA MAGDELUS.

Bulla magdelus, Lister.

B. ovulum, Gould (MS. in Coll. Cuming). :

A brown-clouded species, rather solid, and more swollen than B.

punctulata. Middle Harbour and Long Bay. Length 1 inch | line.

261. HAMINIA BREVIS.

Bulla brevis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de I’ Astrol. pl. 26. f. 36, 37.

Dredged in Middle Harbour; and Port Stephen, New South

Wales. Length 8 lines.

262. AKERA SOLUTA.

Bulla soluta, Chem., Mart. Hist. Conch. x. t. 46. f. 1359-1361.

B. tenuis, A. Adams; Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 121. f. 45.

Found in sandy mud, Botany Bay. It is also found in the Phi-

lippines; Zanzibar ; and Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia; also in

Torres Straits. It varies greatly in size. Length of Botany Bay

specimens 10 lines, Spencer’s Gulf specimens 1 inch 5 lines, Zanzibar

specimens 1 inch 9 lines.

Fam. PwILINnID2.

263. *PHILINE ANGASI.

Bulla angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, pl. 2. f. 8.

Generally distributed along the Australian coasts. Common on

mud-banks. Nearly allied to Bulla coreanica of A. Ad., from the

Korean archipelago. Length 1 inch 4 lines.

The gizzard of this species resembles in form that of the British

B. quadripartita.

264. *CHELIDONURA ADAMSI.

Chelidonura adamsi, Angas, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 116.

The shell is small, flat, thin, and patulous, with the outer lip pro-

duced posteriorly, and is concealed in the thickness of the mantle.

The animal of C. adamsi is extremely beautiful. It is of a velvet-

black, having the mantle and the two long projecting tails bordered

with lines of cobalt-blue and gold. On the back is a small white

crescent-shaped spot. Found in a rock-pool at low water, at the

‘Bottle and Glass,” Vaucluse Bay, Port Jackson. Length of animal

2 inches.

The only other species of the genus as yet described is the C. hi-

rundinina of Quoy, from the Mauritius, the animal of which is of

fine blue and emerald-green colours.

Fam. APLYSIIDZE.

265. DOLABELLA SCAPULA.

Dolabella scapula, Martyn.

228 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

D. rumphii, Cuvier, Ann. du Muséum, v. p. 437, pl. 29. f. 1;

Rang, Hist. Nat. des Aplysiens, pl. 1.

D. callosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. prem. edit. f. 62.

This common species is widely distributed throughout the Indian

and Pacific Oceans. The animal is of a blackish olive-colour, from

7 to 10 inches long, and emits a purple fluid when molested ; the

shell internal, flattened, triangular, callous at the apex, and covered

with a brown horny epidermis. Height 2 inches, breadth 1 inch

9 lines. Found on sandy mud at low water, especially in the bays

of Paramatta River.

266. APLYSIA TIGRINA.

Aplysia tigrina, Rang, Hist. Nat. des Aplysiens, pl. 11.

Animal olive, mottled with black. Shell internal, thin, horn-

colour, oblong, produced, and curved at the apex. Length | inch

3 lines, breadth 10 lines. Middle Harbour and Coodgee Bay.

267. SYPHONOTA KERAUDRENI.

Aplysia keraudreni, Rang, Hist. Nat. des Aplysiens, pl. 13.

A fine, large species; the animal clouded with olive and grey.

Shell yellowish brown, faintly concentrically striated, rather flat, oval,

and triangular at the apex. Length 2 inches, breadth 123 inch.

Port Jackson.

I have the shells of three other species of Aplysiide from Port

Jackson, none of which appear to have been described ; but not know-

ing the ae I hesitate to publish them.

Subfam. OrpERCULATINZE.

268. OpERCULATUM INDICUM.

Umbrella indica, Lam., Chemn. Conch. v. p. 10, pl. 169. f. 1645,

1646.

This species, which ranges throughout the Indo-Pacific province,

occurring in the Philippines, Mauritius, and other places, is to be

met with at very low spring tides amongst the rocks at Cabbage-

tree Cove, outside the North Head of Port Jackson, also at Botany

Bay. The animal is very large, and of a greenish-yellow colour,

having the shell external. Length of a specimen taken in Botany

Bay 4 inches.

Order NUDIBRANCHIATA.

The following species of Naked-gilled Gasteropoda have already

been found in Port Jackson and its vicinity : —

Fam. Doripi1p2.

269. *Dortis vaRIABILIs, Angas, Journ, de Conch. 1864, p. 44,

pl. 4. f. 1.

1867. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 229

270. *Doris pENIsoNI, Angas, Journ. de poms 1864, p. 45,

pli4..f. 2.

271. *Doris cHRysoDERMA, Angas, ib. p. 46, pl. 4. f. 3.

272. *Doris arsutus, Angas, ib. p. 47, pl. 4. f. 4.

273. *Doris PANTHERINA, Angas, ib. p. 47, pl. 4. f. 5.

274. *Doris noputosa, Angas, ib. p. 48, pl. 4. f. 6.

275. *Doris CARNEOLA, Angas, ib. p. 48, pl. 4. f. 7.

276. *ACTINODORIS AUSTRALIS, Angas, ib. p. 49, pl. 4. f. 8.

277. *ANGASIELLA EDWARDsII, Augas, ib. p. 49, pl. 4. f. 9.

Fam. GoNIGDORIDIDZ.

278. GONIODORIS ATROMARGINATA.

Doris atromarginata, Cuvier, Ann. Mus. i. 4. p. 473, pl. 2. f. 6.

279. *GoNIODORIS BENNETTI, Angas, Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p. 51, pl. 4. f. 10.

250. *Gon1oDORIS LORINGI, Angas, ib. p. 52, pl. 4. f. 11.

281. *Gontoporis Festiva, Angas, ib. p. 53, pl. 4. f. 12.

282. *GONIODORIS DAPHNE, Angas, ib. p. 54, pl. 5. f. 3.

283. *Gonroporis crosseEI, Angas, ib. p. 54, pl. 5. f. 1.

284. *GoNIODORIS SPLENDIDA, Angas, ib. p. 55, pl. 5. f. 2

285. *GonioporiIs VERRUCOSA, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p. 56, pl. 5. f. 4.

286. *Gonroporis ERINACEUS, Crosse, ib. p. 57, pl. 5. f. 3.

Fam. PoLycERID&.

287. *PoLyceRA cook, Angas, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 58

pl. 5.1. 6.

288. *PLoCAMOPHORUS IMPERIALIS, Angas, ib. p. 59, pl. 5. f. 7.

Fam. TRIOPIDz.

289. *Triopa yatesi, Angas, ib. p. 60, pl. 5. f. 8.

Fam. DENDRONOTID#.

290. *BorNELLA HERMANNI, Angas, ib. p. 61, pl. 6. f. 1.

Fam. MeELIBzIDe.

291. *MELIBHA AusTRALIS, Angas, ib. p. 62, pl. 6. f.

230 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

Fam. PRocTroNOTIDZ.

292. *JANUS SANGUINEUS, Angas, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 63,

pl. 6. f. 5.

Fam. Hour».

293. */Boxis rouLtsi1, Angas, ib. p. 64, pl. 6. f. 3.

294. */MoLis MACLEAYI, Angas, ib. p. 65, pl. 6. f. 4.

295. *FLABELLINA IANTHINA, Angas, ib. p. 66, pl. 6. f. 6.

296. *FLABELLINA ORNATA, Angas, ib. p. 67, pl. 6. f. 7.

297. *FLABELLINA NEWCOMBI, Angas, ib. p. 68, pl. 6. f. 8.

Fam. Erysip2.

298. *ELysta CoopGEENSIS, Angas, ib. p. 69, pl. 6. f. 9.

Fam. GLAUCIN2.

299. Guaucus, sp.?

Dark blue. Washed ashore on the outer beaches, along with

Velelle, on which it feeds.

Subclass HETEROPODA.

Fam. [ANTHINID.

300. [ANTHINA VIOLACEA.

Heliz violacea, Bolten, Virg. p. 93. n. 953 (1798).

Ianthina casta, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 1. f. 4.

I. depressa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 14.

Pelagic. Washed ashore on the outer beaches. Deep violet below

the periphery. Height 1 inch.

301. IANTHINA IANTHINA.

Heliz ianthina, Linn.

Tanthina fragilis, Lam.

I. communis, Lam.

I. bicolor, Menke.

I. penicephala, Péron.

I. striulata, Carp.

Pelagic. Washed ashore at Manly Beach, Bondi, and Kiama.

Deep violet below, with a white band round the columella. Height

8 lines.

This and the foregoing species seem to be worldwide in the

warmer regions of the three great oceans.

302. IANTHINA DECOLLATA.

Tanthina decollata, Carp. Cat. Reigen Coll. in Brit. Mus. p. 187.

Pelagic. An elegant species, with globular whorls and a produced

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 231

spire; the columella is prolonged at the lower part, and the entire

shell is of a peculiar rosy-violet hue. Found on the sands after

storms, at Bondi &c. Height 1 inch.

303. Ianrutna (loDINA) EXIGUA.

Tanthina exigua, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p- 206.

I. bifida, Nuttall, Jay’s Cat. p. 295.

I. capreolata, Mont. Journ. de Conch. 1860, pl. 2. f. 4.

Pelagic, worldwide. Varying greatly in size; height of largest

New South Wales specimens 8 lines.

This species may be known by its sculpture, of densely set lamellar

strize, and by the very deep notch in the outer lip, which gives it a

bifid structure.

Macgillivrayia spinigera and Cheletropis hucleyi are often washed

ashore on Coodgee Beach. They are now ascertained to be only

the pelagic fry of certain Gasteropods.

Subclass PULMONIFERA.

Fam. ELLosiip2.

304. CASSIDULA ZONATA.

Cassidula zonata, H. & A. Ad. P. Z. 8S. 1854, p. 32.

This species is found amongst the mangrove swamps and samphire

marshes at Cook’s River, Botany Bay. Length } inch.

Subfam. MeELAMPIN®.

305. OPHICARDILUS AUSTRALIS.

Auricula australis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de |’ Astrol. ii. pl. 13.

f. 34-38.

Melampus ovatus, Gray.

This species is common on samphire swamps about Shoalhaven

and Cook’s River. It is dark olive with pale bands. Length

7 lines.

306. OpHICARDELUS SULCATUS.

Laimodonta suleata, H. & A. Ad. P. Z. 8S. 1854, p. 34.

Very like the preceding, excepting that the spire is transversely

suleately ridged. Length 7 lines.

307. OPHICARDELUS QUOYI.

Laimodonta quoyi, H. & A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 34.

Port Jackson. Shorter and stouter than the preceding species ;

of a uniform brown colour, without bands. Length 5 lines.

308. MAariINULA XANTHOSTOMA.

Marinula xanthostoma, H. & A. Ad. P. Z. S. 1854, p. 35.

This pretty little species may be recognized by the three project-

232 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

ing plaits on the inner lip, of which the uppermost one is the largest.

It is of a pale lilac colour, when denuded of its brown epidermis.

Found at Shoalhaven and in Port Jackson. Length 4 lines.

Fam. AMPHIBOLIDA.

309. AMPULLARINA QUOYANA.

Ampullarina quoyana, Desh.

Banded and painted with zigzag brown lines. Found at Rusheut-

ter’s Bay, and in mangrove and samphire swamps at Cook’s River

and Shoalhaven, &e. Length 8 lines.

310. AMPULLARINA FRAGILIS.

Ampullacera fragilis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de |’ Astr.

Banks of Paramatta River. In this species the whorls are rounder

and more depressed ; the shell is thinner, and painted with one broad

brown band, or several narrow thread-like lines. Length 5 lines.

Fam. SIPHONARIID®.

311. SIPHONARIA SCABRA.

Siphonaria scabra, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 1. f. 2.

Allied to S. diemenensis, Quoy, but with the purple linear painting

running further up into the interior. Common in Port Jackson.

Length 1 inch.

312. SIPHONARIA DENTICULATA.

Siphonaria denticulata, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l Astr. il. p. 340,

ple 25. f..19, 20;

A fine species, distinguishable by the livid-brown colouring of the

interior and the white spots round the inner margin. Common on

rocks and jetty-piles in Port Jackson. Length 1 inch 4 lines.

313. SrIpHONARIA FUNICULATA.

Siphonaria funiculata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 6a, b.

A conical species, ribbed with white, denticulated and stained in

the interior with brown. It varies considerably in colour. Found

also in Tasmania. Length 9 lines.

314. SrIPHONARIA BIFURCATA.

Siphonaria bifurcata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 5. f. 22.

Depressedly conical, with broad, distant ribs, the interstices of

which are ridged ‘ind stained with black. Interior white, irre-

gularly marked with, brown round the edge. Length 1 inch.

315. SIPHONARIA COCHLEARIFORMIS.

Siphonaria cochleariformis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 6. f. 28.

A flattened pale-coloured species, with a broad projecting sinus.

On jetty-piles, Watson’s Bay. Length 1 inch.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON ZOANTHIN®. 233

316. SIPHONARIA ATRA.

Siphonaria atra, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. vol. ii. p. 337,

pl. 25. f. 41, 42.

Painted inside with broad black stripes. Found also in Japan

and the Pacific Islands. Length 1 inch.

5. Notes on Zoanthine, with the Descriptions of some New

Genera. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

M. Milne-Edwards, in his ‘ Coralliaires’ (vol. i. p. 226), divides

the Actinide into two groups:—one in which the covering of the

body remains soft and does not form a polyperoid; and, secondly,

the Zoanthine, in which the integument of the body thickens and is

strengthened with sclerotes, so as to form a coriaceous polyperoid.

But in the larger character of the family (at p. 298) he adds that

they are aggregate polypes, which multiply by basal buds formed of

the tegumental tissues; and he confines the family to the genera

Zoanthus and Palythoa,—the first arising from root-like stolons,

and the ether from a broad laminal expansion.

There can be no doubt that the group so defined is very natural ;

but there are several genera of Actinine that have considerable re-

lation to Zoanthus, not mentioned by Milne-Edwards, which do not

come under either of these characters: that is to say, there are some

which have the outer skin thick and strengthened with imbedded

sand or calcareous particles, which are not aggregate and do not

increase by basal buds, arising from neither root-like fibres nor an ex-

panded base, but which are free ; on the other hand, there are other

genera which do not arise from basal buds, some of which have a

thick cartilaginous skin not strengthened by sand or calcareous con-

cretions, and others which have a thin membranaceous skin.

All these genera have only a single or double row of very short

tentacles, which are placed round the edge of the oral disk far from

the mouth, which when the oral disk is contracted are completely

hidden.

I think that these animals should form a family distinct from

Actinide, which may be called Zoanthide.

The zoanthoid polypes, in Lesueur, Dana, and Milne-Edwards’s

‘ Coralliaires,’ are divided into groups, according to the form of the

base from which they arise,—some, as the Zoanthi, having cylindri-

cal stolons, and others, as the Palythva, an expanded foliaceous

base ; the latter are again divided according to whether the polypes

are entirely or partially separate, or confluent nearly to the mouth

of the cells,—all, no doubt, very good characters for the separation

of the species into groups.

They separate themselves into two very natural groups, according

to the structure of the external surfaces of the polypes.

In many, which may be called Zoantht malacodermi, ov soft-

234 DR. J. E. GRAY ON ZOANTHINE, [Feb. 14,

skinned Zoanthi, or Zoanthine, the surface of the polype is smooth,

soft, and fleshy.

Duchassaing and Michellot, in their ‘ Essay on the Corals of the

West Indies,’ have established some additional genera.

The base expanded, laminar.

1. MAMMILLIFERA, Lesueur.

Mamuillifera, Duchassaing & Michellot, Mém. Coral. des An-

tilles, 51. :

The base slender, subcylindrical, creeping.

2. Zoantuus, Cuvier, 179; M.-Edw. Coral. 299.

Zoantha, Lamk.

1. Zoantuus socratus, Ellis, Zooph.

2. ZOANTHUS ALDERI, Gosse, Brit. Sea Anem. 305, t. 9. f. 8,

fol2itea.

Hab. Coast of Britain.

See other species (Duchassaing & Michellot, Mém. Coral. des

Antilles, 1860, p. 49; Dana, Zoophytes, 423).

3. PaLyTHOA.

The polypes close together, arising from a net-like anastamosing

linear base.

PALYTHOA BERTHOLETI.

Solitary, rarely irregularly aggregate.

4. Isaurus, Gray, Spic. Zool. 8, 1825.

Tsaure, Savigny.

Tsaurus, Duchassaing & Michellot, Mém. Coral. des Antilles,

1860, p. 51, t. 8. f. 10. :

IsAURUS TUBERCULATUS, Gray, Spic. Zool. 8, t. 6. f. 3, 1825.

Hab. : B.M.

This genus and species was described and figured in 1825 from a

specimen in the British Museum,

5. ?Orinta, Duchassaing & Michellot, Mém. Coral. des Antilles, 54.

Separate.

6. PALEs.

Body cylindrical; isolated, solitary, clustered, or sometimes pro-

liferous, but each specimen having a separate base; outer skin

smooth, thin, olive-brown, slightly concentrically wrinkled; the

tentacles numerous. The internal laminz numerous, slender, only

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON ZOANTHINE. 235

slightly elevated, straight and parallel above, with a thickened edge

and sinuous below.

PaLEs CLiFTonI. (Fig. 1, p. 236.)

Hab. Western Australia (Mr. Clifton).

The bodies are from 4 to 3 inch in diameter; but they vary

greatly in length, some being as much as 2 inches long; but the

general length seems to be about an inch,—that is to say, of the

specimens in spirits; when alive they are probably longer. They

are found attached to shells, both isolated and in clusters, and the

larger ones are attached to the base of each other, forming a some-

what stellate cluster, as if they were free floating in the sea.

In others (the Zoanthi sabuliferi, or Palytheina) the outer sur-

face of the polypes is hard, crustaceous, and thickened with im-

bedded grains of sand.

This group may be divided into sections by the habit of the

animal, some being attached to marine bodies, and others living

free. :

I. Coral free, unattached.

i. SpHENoPus, Steenstrup, Overs. Dansk. Vidensk. Selskabs.

Forhandl. 1856, p. 37.

Sabella, sp., Schroter, Gmelin.

The type of this genus is an animal that was long ago figured as

a Sabella by Schroter, and named from Schroter’s figure Sabella

marsupialis by Gmelin. Professor Steenstrup has found the origi-

nal specimens in spirits, which were collected by Johns, the Mora-

vian missionary, in Tranquebar, and has described them and their

anatomy, under the name of Sphenopus marsupials, in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Danish Academy’ for 1856. But I am not aware

that any other specimen had been collected, until those which were

sent to the Liverpool Museum. M. Milne-Edwards evidently has

not seen them; for he places the genus Stenopus with the free-bodied,

soft-skinned Actimze, giving a very short account of the animal,

evidently extracted from Steenstrup’s paper, and without even men-

tioning the habitat.

The body is free, rather variable in shape, but more or less like a

small flask ; the upper part is cylindrical, truncated when contracted,

with a central opening; the hinder part is more or less compressed

and half ovate, the hinder portion in some specimens being trun-

cated or rounded, and in others more or less produced, with a blunt

rounded end. The outer surface is hard, formed of agglutinated

sand closely imbedded in a thick cartilaginous case. The upper

truncated part of the case has some indistinct lines, which are often

scarcely to be distinguished, radiating towards the central aperture ;

in one of the specimens there are three round sunken pits on each

side of the neck of the body, just under the swollen edge of the trun-

cated upper end. In some of the other specimens there are slightly

236 DR. J. E. GRAY ON ZOANTHINE. [Feb. 14,

impressed longitudinal lines on the neck, where these pits are placed

in the specimen above described.

The inner coat of the body is membranaceous, with sixteen mem-

branaceous folds, which extend to the base of the body; the lower

part of the cavity is filled with vermicular cylindrical ovaries.

The mouth of the outer case, which is much contracted in spirits,

is furnished with a single series of short tentacles. The laminz of

the stomach have a cartilaginous edge; they extend to the base of

the cavity.

The details of the anatomy are given in Professor Steenstrup’s

paper, and he shows the darting stinging threads in the skin (fig. 8).

2 3

Fig. 1. Pales cliftoni.

2, 3, 4, 5. Sphenopus marsupialis.

SpHENOPUS MARSUPIALIS. (Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5.)

Sabella (die beutelfirmige Sabelle), Schréter, Einleit. Conch. ii.

p. 591. no. 19, t. 6. f. 21.

Sabella marsupialis, Gmelin, 8. N. 3751.

Sphenopus marsupialis, Steenstrup, Oversigt Kgl. Dansk. Vidensk.

Selsk. 1856, p. 37, t. 1. f. 1-8; M.-Edwards & Haime, Coral. i. 287.

Hab. Tranquebar (Johns).

The specimens here figured were collected at Pulo Faya, in the

China Seas, by Capt. Perry of the ship ‘ Richard Cobden,’ who

has kindly presented specimens to the British Museum and to the

Free Museum at Liverpool. ;

Var. bursiformis.. The body variable in shape (figs. 2-5), more

or less produced and compressed behind.

Hab. Massachusetts Bay, U.S. America. B.M.

2. Srpista, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 582.

Coral free, cylindrical, simple, or developing lateral basal buds,

giving it a more or less branched form.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON ZOANTHIN2. 237

SrpistA BARLEEI, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 532, t. 10. f. 6.

Zoanthus couchii, var., Holdsworth, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 560.

Zoanthus couchii, var. liber, Gosse, Brit. 8. Anem. 297, t. 9. f. 9.

Hab. Orkney, Brassey Island (Mr. Barlee).

Il. Coral attached ; cells arising from a foliaceous expanded base.

3. EPIZOANTHUS.

The base expanded, foliaceous (parasitic on shells); the cells cylin-

drical, simple, separate from each other from the base; tentacles

numerous.

EpiIzoANTHUS PAPILLOSUS.

Spongia suberea (part.), Johnston, Mag. N. H. vii. 494. f. 60.

Dysidea? papillosa, Johnston, Brit. Sponges, 109. f. 18, t. 16.

f. 6,7; Gray, PZ. 8. 1858, p. 531.

Zoanthus couchii (part.), Holdsworth, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 557,

t. 10. fc.

Zoanthus couchit, var. diffusa, Gosse, Brit.Sea Anem. 298,t.9.f.10.

Hab. Coast of England; Coast of Massachusetts, U.S. 3B.M.

Dr. Johnston, though he described this animal as a sponge, very

justly observed that it was ‘nearly allied to the Alcyonium ocellatum

of Solander (Zoophytes, 180, t. 1. f. 6), whatever that may be.”

This species is found entirely covering some shells which are in-

habited by Paguri, or Hermit Crabs, on the coast of Massachusetts,

in North America. Specimens were collected in forty-fathom water

by Capt. Mortimer of the ship ‘America,’ and by him presented to

the British Museum and the Free Museum at Liverpool.

It appears to envelope more than one species of shell, as the form

of some is much more elongated and turreted than others. But

the shells are entirely destroyed, probably absorbed by the Hermit

Crab to make room for the enlargement of its body; for when the

coral mass is cut through, the cavity, which has all the forms of the

whorls of a spiral shell, seems only to be covered with the basis of

the coral, strengthened by the sandy particles that are imbedded in it.

The coral covers the shell with a smooth coat, only leaving the

mouth of the shell free for the emission of the crab. This coat is

scattered with distinct radiating cylindrical bodies, thickened and

rounded near the upper margin; the apex when expanded is flat,

with close radiating white lines, and a central circular aperture.

One of these bodies is generally placed on the apex of the spire

of the shell, and another on the front end of the aperture and the

back of the shell ; and the sides of the spire are furnished with from

three to eight or nine similar bodies, which diverge from each other.

The under surface of the body (that is to say, the part of it that

is trailed along the ground as the animal walks) is smooth and free

from any of these cylindrical bodies of the Actinia. The bodies

differ in length, according to their age and the position they occupy

on the surface of the shell, and they always diverge from each other ;

238 * DR. J. E. GRAY ON ZOANTHINA. [Feb. 14,

and those on the lip and the edge of the shell are generally the

largest, as they are in a position where they can obtain the most

nourishment. They are gradually developed from the surface of the

coral that covers the shell. They first appear as a small circular

spot, which enlarges and gradually raises itself above the surface of

the surrounding coral until it forms a cylindrical body, which is

generally considerably higher than it is broad. The adult or well-

developed body sometimes breaks off from the base, leaving a cir-

cular concave scar, with pores round its circumference, which is the

basis of the ovaries of the animal.

4. Gemmarta, Duchass. & Michel. Mém. Coral. des Antilles, 55.

Mammillifera, sp.

Palythoa, sp., Milne-Edw. Coral. i. 303.

Base expanded ; polypes not soldered together.

Duchassaing and Michellot describe several species of this genus ;

to these add

GEMMARIA? SULCATA.

Zoanthus sulcatus, Gosse, Brit. Sea Anem. 303, t. 9. f.7, t.12. f. 2.

Hab. Devonshire.

Tentacles twenty-two, in two rows; upper half of polypes naked.

5. Patyruoa, Lamx. Hist. Polyp. 361; Duchassaing & Michellot,

Mém. Coral. des Antilles, 53, 1860.

Palythoa aa & aaa, Milne-Edw. Coral. 304.

Cavolina, sp., Schweiger.

Corticifera, Lesueur.

Mammillifera, Ehr., Blainv.

The polypes soldered side by side.

1. PaLYTHOA MAMMILLOSA, Lamx.

L. stellata, Lamx.

Alcyonium mammillosa, Solander, Zooph. t. 1. f. 4, 5.

2. PALYTHOA AXINELL&, O. Schmidt, Sponges of the Adriatic,

a6 ts 6 ial,

Polype short, broad, on an expanded base, white when dry.

‘ Hab. Adriatic. Parasitic on Axinella cinnamomea and A. ver-

rucosa, O. Schmidt (Sponges of the Adriatic, pp. 61, 62). Esper

called the latter sponge Spongia verrucosa, from the presence of this

olype.

‘ Professor Oscar Schmidt described a species of Awinella which has

circular eight-rayed stars scattered on the surface and sunk in the

substance of the sponge, under the name of Azinella polypoides

(p. 62, t. 8. f. 5). He calls these stars oscules; but they are very

unlike the oscule of any other sponge, and I think they may be

parasitic actinioid polypes. Mr. Bowerbank, in his ‘ British Sponges’

(t. 20. f. 307), figures a very similar body, which he describes as

—

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON ZOANTHINE. 239

a portion of the dermal surface of an undescribed sponge from the

East Indies, having numerous depressed porous areas furnished with

stomata, like protective organs. Mr. Tyler, F.L.S., has kindly

shown me some specimens of the sponge mounted, as a transparent

and as an opake object; and they are very like a parasitic actinioid

polype; but the rays are strengthened with spicules on the surface,

and on the tips with some prominent ones (which form a pencil),

unlike any Actinia I have seen, and so they are perhaps sponges. If

so, they ought to form a genus, which may be called Astrostoma.

III. The coral attached ; the cells arising from a slender subcylin-

drical base.

6. CAROLIA.

The base slender, subcylindrical, creeping; the cell cylindrical,

separate, and far apart from the base.

CAROLIA COUCHII.

‘Zoanthus couchii, Johnston ; Couch, Cornish Fauna, iii. 73, t. 15.

f. 3; Johnston, Brit. Zoophytes, 202, t. 35. f. 9 (cop. Couch) ;

Holdsworth, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 557, t. 10. f. 4-7 (not fig. 3).

Zoanthus couchii, var. linearis, Gosse, Brit. Sea Anem. 298, t. 10.

{3.5%

Hab, Cornwall.

IV. Polypes forming a network, sunk in sponges; the buds arising

the upper or cephalic edge.

7. Berera, Duchass. & Michellot, Coral. des Antilles, 54, 1860.

Aleyonium, sp., Lamk.

BERGIA SERPENS.

Alcyonium serpens, Lamk.

Bergia catenularis, Duch. & Michel. 54, t. 8. f. 12.

Hab. West Indies. B.M.

V. Polypes attached, solitary, with a rather expanded base.

8. Trica.

The coral subcylindrical, solitary, attached, with a rather expanded

base ; outer coat coriaceous, sandy, concentrically wrinkled.

TRIGA PHILIPPINENSIS. B.M.

Coral subcylindrical, clavate, rather narrowed near the base, con-

centrically wrinkled ; end convex, obscurely radiately striated.

Hab, Philippines, attached to small pebbles (Cuming).

The coral varies from an inch to an inch and a half in length.

The genera I/uanthos of Forbes (Ann. of Nat. Hist. vy. 1840, p.184,

t. 3. f. 1) and Peachia, Gosse (Trans. Linn. Soc. xxi. 267), may

240 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb. 28,

belong to this family, and form a section of it which has a soft thin

skin.

The genus Edwardsia, Quatrefages (Ann. des Sci. Nat. xviii. 65,

1842), and Solanthus of Gosse (Ann. Nat. Hist. xii. 1853, p. 157),

may also belong to this tribe, and form a section characterized by

the middle portion of the skin of the body being thickened, so as to

form an imperfect tubular polyperoid, into which the soft anterior

and posterior portion of the body are retracted for protection.

The Edwardsia vestita of Forbes (Ann. Nat. Hist. viii. 244. t. viii.

1842, and xii. 42, 1843) is most probably a Cerianthus, which forms

a tube of agglutinated sand, like many Annelides, for the base of its

body.

February 28, 1867.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to several recent

additions to the Society’s Menagerie, amongst which were —

1. A male example of the wild Swine of Formosa (Sus taivanus,

Swinhoe), received by the ship ‘ Island Queen,’ January 17th, having

been obtained for Mr. Swinhoe by Mr. Gregory, H.M. Vice-Consul

at Tamsuy, and forwarded to the Society by Mr. Swinhoe.

This animal was stated by Mr. Sclater to be very nearly allied to,

if not identical with, Sus leucomystax of Japan, of which the Society

had previously possessed a female specimen, and was apparently very

different from the curious red pig of the savages of Formosa, of

which Mr. Swinhoe had sent three examples to the Society on the

25th of October, 1866, in the ‘Maitland,’ and which had been spoken

of as Sus taivanus in a former communication on the subject (P.Z.S.

1866, p. 419).

2. A pair of Saiga Antelopes (Sazga tatarica, Pallas), received

on deposit in November 1866, and recently purchased, as being ap-

parently likely to do well in the Society’s Menagerie. <A drawing

by Mr. Wolf was exhibited (Plate XVII.) showing the peculiar

sheep-like appearance of this singular Antelope.

Mr. W. H. Flower exhibited a skull of the newly described Tapir

of Panama (Elasmognathus bairdi, Gill, Pr. Acad. Se. Phil. 1866,

p- 183), belonging to the collection of the Royal College of Surgeons,

and pointed out the characters which distinguish it from Tapirus

americanus and T. malayensis, the most prominent of which was

the complete osseous septum between the nasal apertures. Mr.

Flower did not propose to give any further description of this animal

at present, as it was understood that Professor Gill was preparing a

complete account of it. The skull had been obtained by a collector

at one of the stations of the Panama Railway.

ry 9 t

1867.] LETTER FROM DR. MUELLER. 241

In relation to the same subject, Mr. P. L. Sclater read the follow-

ing extract from a letter received by him from Capt. John M. Dow,

F.Z.S., dated New York, January 17th, 1867 :—

“The new Tapir from the Isthmus of Panama (Tapirus bairdi)

appears to be the only species inhabiting that region of country.

Not having seen an example of 7’. americanus I am unable to say

whether it is, or is not, distinct in external appearance from 7’.

bairdi. The young specimens of the latter I have seen were all

marked on the back with light spots, and were covered with reddish-

brown hair, which becomes darker, coarser, and uniform in colour

in adult specimens.

“Thus far all examples of 7. dairdi have exclusively been found

on the Atlantic side of the isthmus, and north of the Chagres River.

Their favourite haunts appear to be in the hills lying at the back

of Sion Hill and the adjoining stations of the Panama Railway. It

is only during the rainy season that they seem to seek the lowlands,

for it is only in that season they are captured. They are not hunted

by the natives ; and it is only when they occasionally stray out into

the open space of the railway that the young are sometimes captured

alive, and the old ones shot.”’

The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter, addressed

by Dr. F. Mueller, of Melbourne, C.M.Z.S., to the ‘ Australasian,’

on the 15th of December last, giving further particulars as to the

Cassowary of Australia :—

* For the intelligence of the existence of an Australian true Casso-

wary, and for the means of defining preliminarily its specific charac-

ters, I am indebted to G. Randall Johnson, Esq., who in September

last, while on a visit to Rockingham Bay, shot in the Gowrie Creek

scrub the only specimen of this remarkable bird as yet obtained, and

whose name I wish it should bear; and I cannot do better than to

give in the first instance publicity to the lucid remarks transmitted

to me by that gentleman :—

‘««<«'The Cassowaries for some time past have been known to exist

in the country about Rockingham Bay, but from their extreme shy-

ness and caution have up to this time managed to escape every

attempt to catch or kill them.

«The specimen shot is a male bird, and closely resembles the

Helmeted Cassowary, but is of smaller size, its greatest height when

standing in a natural position being not more than 44 feet. ‘The

head and neck are almost entirely bare of feathers, and the skin of

different shades of blue and red. On the top of the head is a horny

substance of dirty light-brown colour; the beak is black, the irides

of rich light brown; the skin from the beak along the top of the

head, and extending 5 inches down the back of the neck, marine-

blue; below this, still following the back of the neck down to the

point at which the feathers become thick, a length of 5 inches, the

skin is of a cinnabar-red tint, the underside of the head and throat,

from the beak downward, being of: ultramarine, and the small trian-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XVI.

242 LETTER FROM DR. MUELLER. [Feb. 28,

gular portion immediately adjoining the feathers of indigo-blue, and

fluted or puffed, as it were, in ridges. At the bottom of the throat

are two pendent caruncles of a bright red colour, very similar to

those of the common turkey-cock, and 4 inches in length.

«<«The wings are very small, and contain six quills resembling

those of the porcupine, the third pair from the upperside being

12 inches long, the pair immediately adjoining 11 inches, the next

pair 6 inches, and the lowest of all 2 inches and curved.

«««The leg, from the knee-joint downwards, measured 12 inches,

and is very stout and powerful, whilst two of the toes of each foot

are 5 inches, and the centre one 7 inches long. The inside toe is

armed with a long sharp and strong nail, with which, no doubt, a

serious wound might be inflicted. The feathers are of a deep black

colour, and similar in shape to those of the Emu; ata distance they

present the appearance of coarse hairs rather than of feathers.

“<*On the upper part of the breast the bone appears to be flat-

tened, and the skin is bare of feathers, and very thick and horny.

««The bird seems to confine itself almost entirely to the more

open parts of the scrubs, and seldom ventures far out on the plains.

During the months of July, August, and September its food consists

chiefly of an egg-shaped blue-skinned berry, the fruit of a large tree.

This, together with herbage, probably forms its diet, at least for that

portion of the year; but at present its habits have been so little ob-

served that hardly anything is known concerning them.’

“From these notes, and a sketch simultaneously received, it is

obvious that the Casuarius yohnsonii must rank asa separate species.

The size of the bird may be the same as that of the Indian Casuarius

galeatus; the former, however, has the neck coloured with two

shades of blue, and wants the broad squalid-violet vitta ; and while

in the Indian Cassowary the black hairy plumage commences imme-

diately below the oblique violet band, and covers the lower portion

of the neck quite along the scarlet posterior caruncle, the Australian

bird shows an indigo-blue line descending in a cuneate-deltoid form

to the thorax, quite as deep as the two cervical anterior appendages.

The short lower curved quill is not noticed by any writer on the

Casuarius galeatus, so far as | am aware, and seems, therefore, not

to exist in that species. The caruncular appendages towards the

sternum are given as pink in D’Orbigny’s ‘ Dictionnaire Universel

d’ Histoire Naturelle,’ while Mr. Johnson describes them as bright

red in the Australian species.”’

In referring to this letter Mr. Sclater called attention to the com-

munication he had made on the same subject to the Meeting on

December 13, 1866 (see P. Z. S. 1866, p. 557), and remarked that

the bird was, no doubt, the Casuarius australis, Gould.

The following papers were read :-—

1867. ] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SEA-BEAR. 243

1. On the Cause of Death of the Sea-Bear (Otaria hookeri)

lately living in the Society’s Gardens. By James Munin,

M.D., Prosector to the Society.

The loss which the Society’s Collection has recently sustained in

the death of the Sea-Bear, a species of Otaria, is one which cannot

readily be repaired.

The animal was attractive in a threefold manner,—its rarity in

the live state in this country, its curious mode of progression in the

water and on the land (differing much in this respect from its allied

neighbours the true Seals), and, not the least attractive point, if only

in a pecuniary sense to the Society, its remarkable intelligence and

docility serving at all times to gather round it a crowd of interested

visitors.

The anatomy of this O¢aria I shall treat of at length in a separate

communication, and in this confine myself alone to the symptoms

of illness and the morbid appearances disclosed, as an answer to the

_ very general question put to me, ‘‘ What did the Sea-Bear die of ?”’

Adolphe Lecomte, its keeper, reported to me that on Friday the

8th of February he first noticed the animal’s appearing to him dull,

out of sorts, and careless of food. On the day following (Saturday )

it exhibited decided symptoms of illness, besides continued want of

appetite. It lay on the straw in the little railed enclosure in front

of the outhouse, and, as he said, had swelling of the abdomen and

breathed unnaturally.

I myself saw the creature for the first time after the commence-

ment of symptoms of illness on the Sunday morning. The symptoms

then were as follows :—It lay on its right side, breathing at regular

intervals, taking each time a long inspiration, and which seemed

mainly abdominal ; the body and flippers felt unusually cold ; the

eyes were watery and languid, the pupils contracted; there was no

swelling of the abdomen, and there no tenderness on pressure, but

pressure at the posterior part of the thorax elicited manifestations of

uneasiness. Over this last region there was dulness on percussion ;

and auscultation revealed indistinct crepitation. Altogether there

existed no very evident symptoms of great pain.

There was thus a difficulty in exactly determining the nature of

the illness, and consequently the proper treatment. Some castor-oil

was given along with a fish, and afterwards a clyster, as Lecomte

believed the animal to be constipated. A mat having been laid over

the creature and the trelliswork well protected from the cold wind

with straw, the next day the body and the flippers had become

warmer; the breathing, however, was shorter and more oppressed.

During the night there had been a slight evacuation. On Tuesday

morning there passed along with other alvine matter a piece of

canvas rolled tightly together in a cord-like manner, and in this was

contained a bent fish-hook, which I now exhibit.

The symptoms were somewhat relieved, and there were hopes ot

amendment ; but towards night the animal became worse, and dicd

on the 14th inst. :

244 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE “ HWANG-YANG.” _—_‘[Feb. 28,

The body was opened a few hours after death, when it was found

that the stomach and intestines, especially the upper or duodenal

and jejunal parts of the latter, were intensely congested, and bore all

the aspect of acute inflammatory action. The piece of canvas evi-

dently had caused a stoppage in the alimentary canal; and the

secondary effects of this had been an enormous amount of secretion

of bile, the gall-bladder being excessively distended with it, the

vessels and ducts of the liver everywhere containing an unusual abun-

dance of biliary fluid, of which also traces existed in the duodenum

and stomach. No other foreign bodies were found in the intes-

tinal tract. The lungs were very much congested, but all the other

organs presented the appearance of health.

Thus it would seem that the Sea-Bear had in some unknown

manner obtained and swallowed the foreign bodies already spoken of,

which produced a stoppage in the alimentary canal, and by their ir-

ritation brought on a@ bilious, or, as it is sometimes called, gastric

fever, under which the poor creature succumbed.

On consideration, the symptoms bore out the post mortem exami-

nation. The reason of the chest or pneumonic symptoms may be

best explained by the fact of the foreign body’s lodgment in the first

part of the intestines, which in this animal are protected by the

posterior ribs ; and the unusual dulness on both sides of the infe-

rior (or posterior) part of the thorax was due to the lobes of the

liver occupying both the right and left hypochondriac regions.

Tenderness of the abdomen was thus absent. The cutaneous

coldness, no doubt, was produced by the biliousness. The laboured

respiration occurred from the long congestion.

In the present instance it may be said that a lesson ought to have

been received from the circumstance that on a former occasion multi-

tudes of fish-hooks were discovered in a Seal that had died in the

Gardens. It may be answered that great care has always been taken

on this score, every fish given to the Sea-Bear having been gutted.

How the canvas and hook came to be swallowed is involved in mystery.

2. Note on the “ Hwang-Yang,” or Yellow Sheep of Mon-

goha. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &e.

The ‘‘ Yellow Sheep,” of which Dr. Lockhart has sent two skulls

tothe British Museum*, has been described by Pallas under the name

““ Feb. 16, 1867.

* “ My pear Sir,—The horns I took to the Museum yesterday I brought with

me from Pekin. - The animal to which they belong is called Hwang- Yang, the

Yellow or Imperial Sheep. It is brought into Peking from Mongolia in large

numbers in a frozen state, and sold for food. The flesh is much esteemed for its fine

flavour and tenderness, and is eagerly purchased both by nativess and foreigners.

“ The European gentlemen in Peking used to go into Mongolia on shooting-

expeditions, for the purpose of hunting the Hwang- Yang. The animal, however,

is very wary, and generally keeps a long way out of range, so that the hunters

are not very successful. It is considered a great feat to kill one of them.

“Yours very truly,

““W. LockHart.”

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE “ HWANG-YANG.”” 245

Fig,

Horns of Procapra picticauda.

246 LETTER FROM MR. J. H. THOMSON, [ Mar. 14,

of Antilope gutturosa (Spic. Zool. vii. 14, t. 2, 3. f. 14-17). The

horns are like those of Gazella dorcas, but rather longer and with

more numerous and closer rings. “

The “ Yellow Sheep of Mongolia”’ (Procapra gutturosa) is known

from the nearly allied “‘Goa” of Tibet (Procapra picticauda of

Hodgson) by its larger size and the shortness and thickness of the

horns, which have their tips turned upwards. The two species agree

in the length, softness, and colour of the fur, and in having a distinct

white rump-spot. The horns of the Goa are much more slender,

compressed, and longer than those of the Yellow Sheep, and have

the tips bent rather forwards. The length of the horn, along the

curves, of the adult Yellow Sheep is 93 inches, of the Goa 114 inches.

The latter has about twenty-four or twenty-five, and the former only

twenty rings. There are also several differences in the skulls. The

aperture of the front blood-vessels at the base of the horn in P. gut-

turosa is very much larger than that in P. picticauda. Pallas de-

scribes the horns of P. gutturosa as “ lutescenti-opaca ;” but in the

two specimens in the British Museum they are of a dark blackish

horn-colour, in this respect very different from those of the ‘ Goa.”

March 14, 1867.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed to

him by Mr. J. H. Thomson, of New Bedford, Massachusetts :-—

“1 notice in the ‘ Proceedings’ (1565, pp. 390 &c.) some ac-

count of ‘ Deformity of the Lower Jaw of the Sperm-Whale,’ by Dr.

J. Murie. Such deformed jaws are by no means uncommon; there

are at this time some four or five specimens of such in the collection

of our High School and the Natural-History Society of this place,

and I have seen quite a number besides. As to the cause of this

deformity, whalemen generally attribute it to the fighting-propensi-

ties of the young ‘ Bull’ Whales. I have never seen a specimen

except from male Whales. The difference of teeth mentioned on

page 396, ‘ Proceedings’ (1865), is not in accordance with my ob-

servations. The lower jaws are very frequently brought home in

whalers, to use up as bone for manufacturers and for ornaments Xe. ;

you can find them lying about in a great many places in this vici-

nity. Ihave myself seen Sperm-Whale jaws with the sides of the

same jaw differing by one or two teeth—that is, one or two more on

one side than the other. The male Sperm- Whales in the rutting-

season are very jealous of each other; the old ‘bulls’ at that time

fight and drive off the young males from the ‘school’ or herd.

Their mode of fighting is with their jaws mostly, so much so that

you can approach a Whale directly behind to fasten or harpoon

1867.] | MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. 247

them. They use their ‘ flukes,’ or caudal fins, much less than the

Right or Whalebone Whales. They will often lock their jaws, and

turn on their sides and twist about. As to this being the cause of

deformity, of course it is only opinion, but the general opinion. Such

deformed Whales are generally fat; but this is accounted for by the

fact that they are generally ‘lone,’ or single Whales, and their food,

which is the Squid or Cuttlefish, can be nearly as easily captured by

the deformed jaw as by the other. The Sperm-Whale will often in

his ‘ flurry,’ or death struggle, vomit up large pieces of Squid. Our

place being eminently a whaling city, portions of the skeleton of the

Sperm-Whale, such as jaws, skulls, &c., are often brought home in

our whale-ships. Should any of these be of use to you, I will endea-

vour to send you such as you may require, or any other specimens of

natural history which may be of service to your honourable Society.

“T notice also a paper in the ‘ Proceedings’ (1864, p. 170) on the

Bonnet of the Right or Whalebone Whale. Such appendage or

bonnet is an invariable portion of the Right Whale from the North-

west Coast and Arctic Sea; it is a development of the cuticle, similar

to the nails of Mammalia, or the hoofs of the Ruminants.”’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Skull of Indris diadema.

By Sr. Grorce Mivart, F.Z.S. &e.

(Plate XVIII.)

INDRIS DIADEMA.

Propithecus diadema, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 20.

Macromerus typicus, A. Smith, South African Journal, 2nd. ser.

il. p. 49 (1833).

Lemur diadema, De Blainville, Ostéographie, Primates, Lemur,

pp. 23 & 37, pl. 8 (skull), pl. 11 (immature dentition).

Habrocebus diadema, Wagner, Schreber, Suppl. i. (1840), p. 260 ;

v. p. 141.

Brogirhects diadema, Lesson, Species des Mammiferes (1840),

p- 219; Van der Hoeven, Tijdschr. v. Nat. Gesch. xi. p. 44 (1844) ;

Isid. Geoff. St.- Hilaire, Catalogue des Primates, p. 68 (1851) ; Dahl-

bom, Studia Zool. p. 203; J. E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 133 ;

St. George Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 638, and 1866, p. 167.

In March 1866 I had the honour of laying before the Society a

description of a skin, a skull, and some other parts of the skeleton

of the Woolly Lemur (LZ. laniger of Linnzus). At the end of that

paper I gave the distinctive characters of that form and those of the

Indri, adding such ones of P. diadema of Bennett as I had been

able to gather from the scanty materials then accessible.

I am now enabled to complete that memoir, through the remark-

able kindness and liberality of Professor Peters of Berlin, who has

not only transmitted to me for examination a perfect and nearly

adult skull of the Propithecus diadema of Bennett, but has expressly

248 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. [| Mar. 14,

authorized me to communicate the results of my examination to the

Zoological Society.

Before proceeding to do so, however, I am desirous of correcting

an error of nomenclature in my previous communication. The

Woolly Lemur is there described under the generic name Micro-

rhynchus, which I had adopted because it was the original one pro-

posed by M. Jourdan in 1834. Professor Peters, however, has been

kind enough to call my attention to the fact that this generic term

was at the time of its proposal by M. Jourdan already appropriated,

it having been employed in the group Coleoptera as long ago as the

year 1823.

Under these circumstances I think the generic name Avahis should

have been adopted (as was done by M. Isid. Geoff. St.-Hilaire*),

as that term was proposed in 1835+; the other generic designa-

tions (Habrocebus of Wagnert and Semnocebus of Lesson §) having

both appeared in works which have each on their titlepage the date

1840. This question, however, is of little importance, if, as I now

believe, both terms must be abandoned. The examination of the

skull sent by Dr. Peters has convinced me that sufficient grounds

do not exist for the generic separation of the three forms|] of Indri-

sine, all of which I shall therefore henceforth designate by the old-

est 4] and very generally received generic name Indris,—the three

being respectively I. brevicaudatus, I. diadema (instead of Propi-

thecus), and I. laniger (instead of Microrhynchus or Avahis).

The subject of the present communication is, as is well known, as

yet a rare animal. Mounted skins, indeed, exist in the British

Museum, but no extracted skulls or other bones of the species are

preserved in the osteological collections either of that institution or

of the College of Surgeons. No adult skull or complete dentition

has hitherto been figured ; but the immature condition has been re-

presented by De Blainville**.

I find, as I strongly suspected++, that the cranium of this species

does closely resemble the crania of the other Indrisine; and, to

avoid repetition, it may be understood to correspond completely with

* Catalogue des Primates, p. 68.

t Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire, ‘Legons de Mammalogie,’ published by M. Gervais,

p- 23 (1835).

¢ Schreber, Suppl. i. p. 257.

§ Species des Mammiferes, p. 209.

|| This union has already been proposed by M. Vinso, who has described a

fourth form, under the name Jrdris albus; but as scarcely any osteclogical cha-

racters are given, I can only allude to it in the present communication. It may

be remarked, however, that if, as is asserted, the tail is somewhat longer than

that of the common Indri, it so far tends to justify the union of J. brevicaudatus

in one genus with the other /ndrisine (see Ann. des Sc. Nat. xix. p. 253; and

Revue et Mag. de Zoologie, 1862, p. 494). The muzzle is said to be shorter

than in /. brevicaudatus; but the form of the skull and the dentition appear to

be as in that species.

{| Proposed by Geoff. St.-Hilaire, ‘Mém. sur les Mavis’ (1796), where, how-

ever, it is without the final s, which appears in ‘ Tabl. des Quadrum.’ (1812).

Tlhiger’s term Lichanotus was proposed in 1811.

** Ostéographie, Primates, Lemurs, pls. 8 & 9.

tr P Z. S. 1866, p. 165.

1867.| MR. ST.GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. 249

the description before given of the dentition and skull of I. laniger,

except where the contrary is stated.

Of the two incisors in each premaxilla, the anterior one is very

considerably larger than the posterior one.

The upper canine is not yet in place in the skull transmitted by

Dr. Peters; but from the mounted specimens in the British Museum it

has already been determined to decidedly exceed the incisors in length.

The vertical prominence on the internal surface of the tooth is

(unlike that of the canine of J. laniger, and more like that of I. brevi-

caudatus) very much nearer to the anterior margin of the tooth than

to its posterior edge. ;

The anterior upper premolar is quite like that of I. laniger, and

has the anterior process more developed than is the case in the cor-

responding tooth of I. brevicaudatus.

Inside of left dental series. Scale, nat. size.

The posterior upper premolar differs from the anterior one just as

in I. laniger, and the internal cingulum is very marked indeed. It

also, of course, more resembles the second than it does the third

premolar of any Lemuroid*.

The first upper molar, as in J. laniger, is the largest grinding-

tooth in the upper jaw. The difference in size, however, between it

and the posterior premolar is not quite so great as that between the

second and third upper molars.

It may be said to have seven cusps, as, beside the four principal

ones, there are three developed from the external cingulum and

placed as in I. laniger. The posterior one of these three, however,

is (as in I. 6revicaudatus) much smaller relatively than in the Woolly

Lemur, and much smaller than the two anterior ones ; also the small

cusp, which in J. /aniger exists between the two large anterior ones,

is here wanting.

In other respects this tooth agrees with its homologue in the

Woolly Lemur, and has a similar slightly marked ridge running

from the postero-external cusp to the antero-internal one+t.

The second upper molar quite resembles the corresponding tooth

* Dr. Peters, in his very interesting memoir on the Aye-Aye (in the ‘Ab-

handlungen der Konig]. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin,’ 1865), in a note

(p. 87), observes that it is not always the homologues of the most anterior pre-

molars of one genus which are the first to disappear in another in which the

number is less. He refers, as examples, to the Phyllostomata and Rhinolophi.

t In the immature dentition of Zndris diadema, which is represented by

De Blainville in his ‘Ostéographie, Primates, Lemur’ (pl. 11), the first upper

molar is represented with the posterior cusp of the external cingulum quite ru-

dimentary. There is also an indication of the oblique ridge extending between

the postero-external and the antero-internal principal cusps.

250 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. [| Mar. 14,

in I. laniger, the third cusp of the external cingulum being more

developed than in the first upper molar.

The third upper molar is relatively smaller than in either of the

other genera of Indrisine. It has indeed two anterior cusps, one

external, and the other internal; but these are much smaller than

are the principal cusps of the more anterior molars. Behind these

the posterior part of the tooth has a slightly irregular surface and

margin, but is without any distinct cusps.

The inferior incisors and canines are quite like those of I. laniger,

except that the inner surface of each canine has a wider groove than

even in I. drevicaudatus, owing to the greater development of the

lateral external prolongation of the basal cingulum.

Fig. 2.

Inside of left half of mandible. Seale, nat. size.

The anterior lower premolar is very much like that of I. laniger,

but is more vertically and less antero-posteriorly extended than even

in I. brevicaudatus.

The posterior lower premolar is quite like that of I. Janiger, ex-

cept that the median longitudinal ridge does not extend upwards as

far as the external margin of the tooth does, though it does so rather

more than in the short-tailed form.

The first lower molar is distinctly quinquecuspidate, the two pro-

cesses of the antero-external cusp of J. laniger being here distinct

cusps. In other respects it quite resembles its homologue in that spe-

cies. The same is the case, at least sometimes, in J. brevicaudatus.

This tooth has a great resemblance to the lower molars of many

insectivora, the three anterior cusps together forming a triangular

prism with one angle turned outwards; while the postero-internal

angle of the prism is connected by a ridge with the molar’s postero-

external cusp.

The second molar resembles the first, except that there are but

four cusps (the most anterior of the three internal ones of the first

molar aborting), that the antero-internal cusp is more vertically ex-

tended, and the antero-external one less so, and finally that (as in

I. laniger) the anterior half of the tooth is not narrower transversely

than is its posterior half.

The third and last lower molar is like that of I. brevicaudatus,

and has its supplemental fifth (posterior) cusp rather more developed

than it is in I. laniger.

1867.| MR. ST.GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. 251

inch

Length of the anterior upper incisor............-..4.. ae

Breadth a pete Pe Rah Seed sees Sue ae ‘13

Length of the posterior upper incisor ...........- ea tiacas hele

Breadth bE get Oe i Sits Se bale Gen He: 10

Interspace between the two Median INCIRBELS css VSS eis es 10

Antero-posterior diameter of anterior upper premolar at its base* +19

Extreme antero- -posterior diameter of anterior upper premolar.. °25

Vertical extent of anterior upper premolar ..............+- °19

Breadth from within outwards)<. 5253.5 Sass as fe ene ate 12

Antero-posterior diameter of posterior upper premolar at its base :20

Extreme antero-posterior diameter of posterior upper premolar. °22

Vertical extent of posterior upper premolar. .............- °15

Breadth from within otiiwaraae 2.) eteteaies 6-2 = let aiebia as “1h

Antero-posterior diameter of first upper molar at its base .... *22

Extreme antero-posterior diameter of first upper molar ...... 20

Vertical extentief first. upper mGlarPoo. 2S. oo cee Me Ses se “14

Breadth from within outwards ........ S.Jyeee

Antero-posterior diameter of second upper molar at its base “21

Extreme antero-posterior diameter of second upper molar .... °27

Vertical extent of secondupper molar. 5 3:21) fe) alto aS eyeien sie 13

Breadth, from; within outwards 2d seek. shies ips byes Sasiowel op PDP

Antero-posterior diameter of third upper FOL Gpe 65 ssccyethnbe 17

Vertical extent of third upper molar.......... ieeiieity tes 09

Breadth Jfram-within- outwards: . W202 je sins sess ost ts vo teeske

Length of inferior incisor ...... whiainesred fa giowduel

Transverse diameter of inferior incisor .........+..-+++.+ +. 05

Antero-posterior diameter of inferior incisor.......... Sarasa “09

Lhenethvof inferior, canine, sig tus ais -be frstd sei Pg key ese Pt

‘Transverse diameter of inferior. canines <, .2 4/5) «+"s)-16 2a) 5 cet 09

Antero-posterior diameter of inferior canine ................ "13

Antero-posterior diameter of anterior lower premolar at its base +16

Extreme antero-posterior diameter of anterior lower premolar.. °23

Vertical extent of anterior lower premolar...... sated. take ay 22

Breadth from within outwards

Antero-posterior diameter of posterior lower premolar at its base 1 7

Extreme antero-posterior diameter of posterior lower premolar.. *25

Vertical extent of posterior lower premolar ...............- 15

Breadth from within outwards ...... . So eel

Antero-posterior diameter of first lower ag a iis ae ge Rei ea 529)

Extreme antero-posterior diameter of first lower molar ...... 27,

Wertieal extent:of first lower molar ..<;2., <. +..(+ i). :o500:a we bleh ate "16

Breadth from within outwards ...... SO ee ee age ey

Antero-posterior diameter of second ets er aici . ail Sa “2

Vertical extent of second lower molar ...............2-.0. SG

Bresdtharom withinoutwards .. 22.¢ 1.4L eee eee "16

Antero-posterior diameter of third lower molar ............ S25

Vertical extent of third lower molar ....:..0..0.cc%ee0.+ee-. a]

Breadth dronrwithin outwards»; 35... 1. .«<.. 2 Sdbemeb heheh - "16

* The dimensions of the upper canine cannot be given. it not being yet in place.

252 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. [Mar. 14,

Fig. 3.

Front view of skull. Scale, nat. size.

The skull.—De Blainville remarks* of the skull of this species, of

which he had only a very immature specimen,—‘ Tout ce que je

puis en dire, c’est qu’elle a la plus grande ressemblance avec une de

pareil age environ, provenant de |’Indri ordinaire ; seulement le

museau est notablement plus court, espace inter-orbitaire un peu

plus large, et l’os incisif plus développé.”’

The facial part is indeed very decidedly shorter than in I. drevi-

caudatus, though it is longer than in I. laniger; and the antero-

posterior extent of the anterior opening of the orbit falls short of

the length of the muzzle in front of it, though by no means so deci-

dedly so as in the former species.

As in I. laniger, the skull, when viewed from above, is seen to be

broadest between the outer margins of the orbits; while the greatest

width of the cranium proper is in a transverse line passing just be-

hind the posterior ends of the zygomatic arches.

The mastoidal region, as in the other Indrisina, is not inflated,

but the prominence just above the aperture of the external auditory

meatus, which is so marked in J. laniger, is represented by only a

very slight enlargement in the species now described.

The skull is not concave externally, either between the orbits or

elsewhere on its roof; but there is a flattening in the former situa-

tion, which may become a concavity with age, as this region in I.

brevicaudatus thus alters with time. The same may be said with

regard to the development of temporal ridges, which are not indi-

cated in the skull examined.

There is no interparietal.

The nasals are rather strongly convex, and become slightly nar-

rower transversely towards their upper ends. They are shut out

from the lachrymals by a tolerably broad process of the maxilla,

* Toe. cit. p. 23.

io an

1867.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. 253

the fronto-maxillary suture being a little anterior to their posterior

termination.

As in the other Indrisine, there is no malar foramen, and the

lachrymal opening is very near the margin of the orbit.

The floor of this latter part (the orbit) is not so large relatively

as in I. laniger ; but, as in that species, it is placed lower down than

in I. brevicaudatus, so as to be but little above the alveolar margin

of the upper jaw. -

The malar is wide and extends back very nearly to the glenoid

surface ; but its lower part does not offer a vertically ridged and

grooved space for the attachment of the masseter (though such may

very probably be developed with age), neither is there any process

given off from its posterior border above the zygomatic process of

the squamosal.

The glenoid surface and the post-glenoid process and foramen are

all as in the other Indrisine.

There are two small suborbital foramina; and the posterior pala-

tine foramina are also small, and are intermediate, as to their deve-

lopment, between the conditions presented by I. laniger and I. brevi-

caudatus respectively ; for the foramen behind the last molar and the

two in front of the posterior margin of the palate are all of moderate

size.

The anterior palatine foramina are rather large, and the palate is

much as in I. brevicaudatus, except that its posterior border is

scarcely at all thickened. The most anterior point of its posterior

border is in a line with the anterior margin of the last molar. There

is a small but distinct paroccipital process, and much smaller than

that of the last-named species; but in the union of the foramen

rotundum with the sphenoidal fissure, the conspicuous Vidian fora-

men, and the other points before mentioned* in describing J.

laniger, I. diadema agrees with both the other species of Indrisine.

I am unable to say, however, whether there is or is not a crista

galli.

A very large and conspicuous stylo-mastoid foramen opens imme-

diately behind and beneath the aperture of the meatus auditorius

externus.

In the form of the mandible, I. diadema presents an interesting

intermediate condition between I. brevicaudatus and I. laniger, the

posterior part of the articular surface of the condyle being much

flattened, but not vertically grooved, and the digastric fossa and

ridge above the mylohyoid foramen being more marked than in the

former species, but not so much so as in the latter one. The bend-

ing downwards of the angle of the mandible is also intermediate.

Dimensions. .

inch.

Length from anterior end of the preemaxilla to an-

terior margin of the foramen magnum ........ 2°35

Length from anterior end of praemaxilla to most an-

terior point of orbital margin ................ 0°65

* P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 162.

254 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. [ Mar. 14,

inch.

Length between vertical planes traversing the most

anterior and most posterior points of orbital margin 0°46

Length from orbital margin to posterior end of skull 1°66

Extreme width between outer margins of orbits.... 1°81

Extreme width behind posterior roots of zygomata.. 1°49

Width between nearest points of orbits .......... 0-61

Length of palate7e oy) ecntas citys cine eo te esate 1:20

Breadth of palate between first premolars ........ 0°45

Breadth of palate at its posterior end ............ 0°63

Eength, of nasals-.2-%..iGee. osmiceace a aerate ont g 06S

Breadth of nasalsi4 vee foxes ftp feel: ad eh 0°34

Length of lower alveolar margin from front of first

premolar to behind last molar ...... sans. eee 1-15

Length of symphysis {aio seer 5.1) edt. cae fie 0°80

Height of condyle above alveolar margin ........ 0:43

Height of coronoid process above alveolar margin.. 0°70

Of the rest of the skeleton of I. diadema I am entirely ignorant ;

but I have no doubt that when examined it will show an agreement

with the skeletons of the two other species, similar to that which

exists between their crania and dentition.

As I have before observed, I feel convinced that sufficient grounds

do not exist for the generic separation of the species now described,

the Woolly Lemur, and the Short-tailed Indri. The dental cha-

racters are all but identical; and as regards the crania the main di-

stinctions are those of the size of the entire skull, the proportional

length of the muzzle, and the development of the orbit—characters

which ip other genera of Primates vary considerably amongst species

of the same genus, especially when such genus contains species of

very different dimensions.

The tail is short indeed in I. brevicauvdatus, as compared with the

same part in either of the two other species ; but length of tail varies

much in Macacus and Cynocephalus, especially if, as I believe should

be the case, M. inuus be included in the former genus.

The posterior incisors in J. diadema are decidedly larger than the

anterior pair, while the reverse is the case in J. laniger ; but, as

before observed*, I. brevicaudatus appears to be subject to some

variation as to the relative size of the two pairs of upper incisors.

The shortness of the upper canine in J. laniger distinguishes it

(as far as my observations have gone, and judging from De Blain-

ville’s figure) from the two other Indrisine; but: Prof. Van der

Hoeven’s figure} and that of Prof. Vrolik ¢ leave it doubtful whether

this is not merely a sexual peculiarity.

In other points given in my former paper as characters distin-

guishing I. laniger trom I. brevicaudatus, we have seen that I. dia-

dema presents an intermediate condition ; and the characters offered

* P. Z. S. 1866, note in p. 154.

t Loc. cit. pl. 1. fig. 6.

+ Todd's ‘ Cyclopedia,’ iv. p. 215. fig. 136.

1867.] | MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON INDRIS DIADEMA. 255

by the three forms (which I consider together constitute but a single

genus) may perhaps be expressed as follows :—

InNprtisin&®. INoprRIs.

2—2 1-1 1 22 gst) 16

I=. C. 5. P.M.=. M.53=,= 30.

Characters.—Ears short; muzzle moderate, or rather or very

short ; hind legs much longer than the fore limbs ; index very short,

much shorter than the fifth digit ; pollex short and placed far back ;

hallux very long and covered with hair ; tail long, or very short and

rudimentary ; internal condyle of the humerus perforated; carpus

destitute of an os intermedium ; tarsus short; first upper molar with

four principal cusps, and from two to four supplementary ones ; last

upper molar with only two well-developed cusps ; each lower incisor

with its outer surface longitudinally grooved ; posterior lower pre-

molar much antero-posteriorly extended ; first lower molar with five

more or less distinct cusps; last lower molar quinquecuspid ; a pa-

ramastoid process ; no malar foramen; lachrymal foramen very near

the margin of the orbit; a process depending from zygoma in front

of, and external to, the glenoid surface; a glenoid foramen; ante-

rior palatine foramina very large; mandibular symphysis very long ;

condyle rounded, but very little transversely extended; articular

surface prolonged somewhat down the back of ascending ramus ;

digastric fossa more or less deep.

Hab. Madagascar exclusively.

INDRIS BREVICAUDATUS.

Characters.—Kars exserted ; muzzle moderately long ; tail short;

posterior pair of upper incisors not much larger, sometimes decidedly

smaller, than anterior pair; upper canine longer than first premolar ;

skull not concave between the orbits ; antero-posterior extent of the

anterior opening of the orbit less than the length of the muzzle in

front of that opening; no protuberance above the external auditory

meatus ; no process of the malar projecting over the anterior end of

the zygomatic process of the squamosal; floor of orbit considerably

above the upper alveolar margin ; a large palatine foramen behind

the third molar; palate with its posterior margin thickened ; man-

dibular symphysis much less than three times the length of the

lower incisors ; fossa for digastric not very deep; posterior part of

articular surface of condyle not grooved, nor always much flattened ;

angle very much bent downwards, making the inferior margin of the

mandible exceedingly concave.

Hab. Madagascar, but not St. Mary’s Island.

INDRIS DIADEMA.

Characters.—Ears short, in the fur; muzzle rather short; tail

long ; posterior pair of upper incisors much smaller than the ante-

rior pair ; upper canine larger than first premolar ; last upper molar

very small; skull not concave between the orbits; antero-posterior

256 PROF. ALLMAN ON POTAMOGALE VELOX. _ [ Mar. 14,

extent of the orbit about equal to the length of the muzzle in front

of that opening; a very slight protuberance above the external au-

ditory meatus ; no process of the malar projecting above the anterior

end of the zygomatic process of the squamosal ; floor of orbit not

much above the upper alveolar margin; all posterior palatine fora-

mina moderate; mandibular symphysis not much less than three

times the length of the lower incisors ; fossa for digastric very deep ;

posterior part of articular surface of condyle very much flattened ;

angle much bent downwards, making inferior margin of mandible

decidedly concave.

Hab. Madagascar.

INDRIS LANIGER.

Characters.—Kars very small and hidden in the fur; muzzle very

short indeed ; fur woolly : supinator ridge of humerus very large ;

posterior pair of upper incisors considerably larger than the anterior

pair ; upper canine (sometimes at least) scarcely exceeding first pre-

molar in vertical extent ; skull strongly concave between the orbits ;

antero-posterior extent of the anterior opening of the orbit exceeding

the length of the muzzle in front of that opening; a marked pro-

tuberance above the external auditory meatus; an obtuse process

projecting from the malar over the anterior end of the zygomatic

process of the squamosal ; floor of orbit very little above the upper

alveolar margin; no large palatine foramen behind the last molar ;

palate with its posterior margin not thickened ; anterior palatine

foramina very large ; mandibular symphysis nearly three times the

length of the lower incisors ; fossa for digastric very deep indeed ; a

vertical groove on posterior part of articular surface of condyle;

inferior margin of mandible only slightly concave.

Hab. Madagascar and St. Mary’s Island.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Upper surface of the skull of Zndris diadema.

2. Under surface of the same.

. Side view of the same.

. Side view of the outside of the mandible of /. déadema.

. Grinding-surface of the right dental series of the same.

(All the figures are of the natural size.)

Hq Cobo

lua |

2. Supplementary Note on Potamogale velox.

By Prof. Attman, F.R.S., Corr. Memb. Zool. Soc.

Mr. St. George Mivart having recently expressed a wish to inspect

the skull of the Potamogale velox, described by me at a former

Meeting of the Society*, I had much pleasure in placing it at his

disposal. Shortly afterwards I received from him a note reminding

me of the discrepancy between the number of teeth in the dental

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. pt. 1, June 1863.

1867.] PROF. ALLMAN ON POTAMOGALE VELOX. 257

formula of this animal as given by Prof. J. V. Barboza du Bocage* and

that in the formula given by myself, the Lisbon zoologist describing

ten teeth on each side in both jaws, while in my specimen only nine

were apparent on each side. Mr. Mivart, however, thought that he

saw indications of a tooth still confined within the mandible at the

extreme posterior end of each ramus, while a small, apparently frac-

tured, surface in the corresponding part of the maxilla appeared to

afford evidence of a portion of the upper alveolar margin with its

tooth having been here carried away.

I have now the satisfaction of being able to confirm in great part

the suspicion of Mr. Mivart. In the case of the mandible, it was

easy enough to set the question at rest. On removing a portion

of the side of the mandible, where the missing tooth was supposed

to be concealed, a small cavity was exposed, in which, with some

care, a minute calcareous point, the commencing calcification of

the dental papilla, still enveloped in the remains of its capsule, was

detected.

There can thus be no doubt of the presence of a rudimental tooth

on each side in the mandible of my specimen, behind the most pos-

terior of those previously described by me.

Of the existence of a corresponding tooth in the maxilla, no such

direct evidence can be adduced. There is certainly a very small

rough surface at the most posterior end of the alveolar’margin at

each side, and I agree with Mr. Mivart in thinking it probable that

a portion of this margin has been here broken off; the missing

fragment, however, must have been extremely small, and the tooth

which it contained must have been in at least as rudimental a state

as that of the mandible.

Had I become acquainted with Prof. Du Bocage’s determination

of the dental characters of Potamogale before my own communica-

tion had been printed, I should perhaps have made a search in the

same direction for the missing teeth; but as it was, my specimen

gave me no reason to suspect that it did not offer an exposition of

the complete series, though it is now plain that it had not yet deve-

loped its last molars.

The facts now stated render necessary a correction of the formula

which I had already given as that of the teeth of Potamogale, and

which must henceforth be regarded as applying to the dentition of

this genus before the adult state had been attained in the develop-

ment of the last molars. In the corrected formula the incisors and

premolars must remain as before, but to the true molars one must

now be added. The dental formula, as amended for the adult, will

accordingly stand as follows :—

3-3 0—0 3—3 4—4

i: 323° C. 0—0° E: 3—3° M. 4 = 40.

PS. Since the above note was communicated to the Society, I

have been enabled, through the kindness of M. Jules Verreaux, of

* Noticia acerca los Caractéres e Affinidades Naturaes de un novo Genero de

Mammiferos Insectivoros. Lisboa, 1865.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XVII.

258 DR.J.E GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID#. [ Mar. 14,

the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, to examine a skull of Potamogale in

which the entire series of teeth has been developed. It is that of a

specimen brought from the Gaboon by M. Aubry Le Compte, the

stuffed skin of which now forms part of the French Colonial Col-

lection in the International Exhibition, Paris.

In this skull the last molars have made their appearance, so that

there are ten teeth on each side in both upper and lower jaws. ‘The

most posterior molar of the mandible entirely resembles that in front

of it, except in its crown being on a slightly lower level. In the

maxilla the posterior molar is considerably narrower from before

backwards than the tooth which immediately precedes it, but in

other respects it resembles it.

By an error overlooked in correcting the proof of my former

paper on Potamogale velox, the first, second, and third true molars

of the lower jaw are stated to be equal in height to the second pre-

inolar; it ought to have been written the ¢hird premolar.

3. Notes on the Skulls of the Cats (Felide).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &e.

Having. had occasion, while revising the nomenclature of the spe-

cimens of Felid@ in the British Museum Collection, to examine a

large series of the skulls of the family, I herewith submit the result

of that examination.

The examination confirms the separation of several of the genera

that have been proposed, and shows the distinctness of some species

which it has been suggested should be united.

The British Museum Collection contains the skulls of a large

number of species of Melide—the largest series of skulls of that

group, I believe, that has ever been brought together—nearly twice

as many as are figured in M. de Blainville’s ‘ Ostéographie,’ which

embraces figures of all the species contained in the French collections,

in Paris and elsewhere. Of most of the species there are several

examples, and almost all of them are obtained from the skins of the

specimens in the collection; therefore there can be no doubt of the

accuracy of their determination ; and should any doubt arise it can ~

be solved by the examination of the skin from which the skull was

obtained. I have referred to the work in which the best figures of

the skull of each species is to be found, and I have added figures of

some of the more interesting forms, which, I believe, are now pub-

lished for the first time.

The form of the flesh-tooth of the Hunting-Leopard (Gueparda)

at once separates it from all the other Cats as distinctly as its long

slender legs and round face. The flesh-tooth of the upper jaw,

instead of being stout and having a more or less large but always

distinctly marked prominence with a conical crown on the front of

the inner edge, as is common to the skulls of all the Cats and Lynxes,

in the Gueparda, on the contrary, is thin, compressed longitudi-

1867.] DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDE. 259

nally, and has only a very slightly raised scarcely visible keeled ridge

on that part. This process is represented as rather more prominent

in M. de Blainville’s figure of the skull (Ostéographie, Felis, t. 9)

than it is in the specimens in the British Museum.

The peculiarity in the formation of the skull, which separates the

Lynxes from the Cats, is not very striking; but as it is common

to the skulls of all the species of Lynxes, both from the eastern and

western hemispheres, it shows how important it is to observe even

slight differences.

In the Felide generally the upper processes of the intermaxillee

and the front edge of the frontal bone on each side are provided with

a more or less elongated conical process, which separates a part of

the nasal from the maxilla; and in the Lynxes these processes are

very slender and so much elongated that those of the intermaxilla

and the frontals nearly or quite unite, and entirely separate the nasals

from the upper front edge of the maxilla. This is not altogether

peculiar to the Lynxes, the same structure being found in a Cat

which has been called F’. marmoraéa ; and the processes of the inter-

maxillary, often very long, reach up one-third the length of the side

margin of the nasal in some of the larger Leopards. But the lateral

processes of the frontal not being so long as in the Lynxes and J’.

marmorata, the two processes do not unite and separate the nasal

bones from the maxillee as is found in all the species of the genus

Lynceus.

The skulls of the species of true Cats are so similar and uniform

in their structure that they present very few tangible characters

for the separation of the species into groups. In looking at a small

series of skulls it is easy to perceive that some are remarkable for

having a broad rather lengthened nose and moderate-sized orbits,

and others a narrow, short nose, pinched up behind, and above with

a more or less distinct concavity on the sides in front of the orbits,

and the orbits generally large. The former structure is confined

to the skulls of the larger species, as the Lion, Tiger, Leopard,

Ounce; aud the second is more marked in the small kinds. If

a larger series of skulls is examined, the two forms gradually pass

into each other, and it is found that the intermediate gradation of

form occurs in the skulls of some of the species that are intermediate

in size between the two extremes; while some of the skulls of the

middle-sized species retain the characters of the larger broad-nosed

species.

In some species, while the skulls of the adult animals are similar

to those of the larger broad-nosed group, the skulls of the younger

or half-grown specimens have the sides of the nose more or less con-

eave and narrower behind, like those of the second group.

The skull of a Chinese Leopard, presented by Dr. Lockhart, from

Pekin, presents one of those anomalies in dentition which now and

then occur in most families of Mammalia. It has a small subcylin-

drical short tubercular grinder behind the flesh-tooth on one side

of the lower jaw, and none on the other, thus having on one side

the formula of dentition that is peculiar to the genus Canis. But

260 DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID. [| Mar. 14,

no one could make a mistake as to what it was, as the teeth are all

those of the Cats (Felidae).

The skulls of species of Felis which have the same system of

colouring are not always alike: thus the skulls of Felis uncia, F.

marmorata, and F’, macrocelis, of Felis viverrina, F'. bengalensis,

and F. nepalensis, and of F. pardina and F. macroura are very

different in form and structure. On the other hand, the skulls of

the Lion, the Tiger, the Leopard, and the Jaguar are nearly similar

in form and teeth, and chiefly to be distinguished by their size and

other slight characters.

Keyserling and Blasius have pointed out the differences in the

skulls of the Wild Cat and the Lynx of Europe. The characters

mentioned are common to most of the species of the genera Felis

and Lyncus; but Felis marmorata has a skull like that of the

Lynxes; and the Chaus group, which have the pencilled ears of the

Lynxes, but not their long legs, have a skull like that of the Do-

mestic Cat.

The Felis macrocelis has very long, rather compressed canine

teeth in the upper and lower jaws. Its skull presents the nearest

approach to those of the fossil Cats with very long sharp-edged ca-

nines, such as Felis cultridens of England, Germany, France, and

Italy, I. megatherion and FI. smilodon of Brazil. The latter has

exceedingly long sword-like canines in the upper jaw. These animals

form the genera Machairodus and Agnotherium of <u (see Blain-

ville, Ostéographie, Felis, t.17 & 20).

In most Felide the orbits are furnished with an imperfect bony

ring; in F. viverrina, F. subrugosa, F. planiceps, and some other

spotted Cats these orbits are complete even at an early age.

The Domestic Cat has nocturnal eyes, with an elongated erect

pupil, and this has been generally given as the character of the

entire genus; but the Lion, Tiger, Leopard, and some of the other

larger species have a round pupil, and do not, under any circum-

stances, ever contract their eyes into an erect linear shape; so they

may be called diurnal eyes.

The Domestic Cat, and the species of the genus that are known

to have nocturnal eyes with linear erect pupils when contracted, have

a very large eyeball and large orbits in the skull, while the eyeball

and orbit ae the skulls of the Lion and other Cats, which are known

to have diurnal eyes, have a moderate-sized eyeball and orbit to

the skulls.

Observing that the Cats, which are well known to haye vertical

pupils, hae large eyeballs and orbits in the skulls, I have taken it

for granted that all Cats which have large orbits in the skull have

vertical pupils. This is important, as we can observe the size of the

orbit in museums, while the form of the pupil can only be observed

in the living animal. The animals which have nocturnal ey es, gene-

rally have nae small faces to the skulls; but the Felis viverrina,

which certainly has nocturnal eyes, has a rather elongated nose to

the skull.

As regards the form of the pupil in the /elide there is a great

1867.] DR. J. E.GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDE. 261

want of information. Years ago I remarked that, contrary to the

general belief, the pupils of the larger species, such as the Lion,

the Tiger, the Leopard, the Jaguar and some other species, had a

round pupil, and I therefore separated them from the true Cats,

which had linear erect pupils; but the number of species that be-

longed to each group was left for further verification. Very few

zoologists have noted the form of the pupils in the species they

have described. Sometimes two observations on the same species

do not coincide: thus Burmeister describes the pupils of the eyes of

fF, jaguarondi and F. eyra as round; but Berlandier represents the

pupil of the latter (7. eyra) as linear and vertical. Then Mr.

Hodgson has figured the eye of F’. macrocelis as circular ; but Mr.

Bartlett says that in the example living in the Society’s Gardens it

is oblong erect.

Mr. Bryan Hodgson had prepared by native artists a series of

drawings of Nepalese animals from life, with the intention of pub-

lishing a ‘Fauna of Nepal.’ These drawings he presented to the

British Museum along with his large collection of specimens; and

I find that the eyes of the Leopard, the Ounce, the Tortoise-shell

Tiger (F. macrocelis), and the Murma Cat (I. murmensis) are re-

presented with round pupils. The Viverrine Cat of the Tarai (7.

viverriceps, Hodgs.), the small Nepal Cat (fF. nepalensis and F. par-

dochrous, Hodgs.), the F’. nigripectus, the Chaus (Chaus lybicus),

and the Lynx of Thibet (LZ. isadellina, Blyth) are all represented

with linear erect pupils.

Mr. Bartlett, in reply to my inquiries, kindly observes, ‘‘ A great

difficulty exists in determining the form of the pupils in the eyes of

many of the Cats, as in some lights and conditions they are all round.

It depends upon the light and other causes that you find them some-

times oblong ; but from a careful and oft-repeated observation of the

following list, I feel safe in saying that in the Ocelot, Puma, Jaguar,

Leopard, Tiger, Lion, and Cheetah they are round, and in the

Caracal, Clouded Tiger, Chaus, and Serval are oval.

“There are no others on your list that I can speak of with cer-

tainty.”

“P.S. In my former list I told you the Ocelot hada round pupil.

I have this day had the animal in the sunlight, and I must say the

pupil of the Ocelot is oblong when exposed to the bright sunlight.”

Section 1. Normal Cats.—The flesh-tooth of the upper jaw with a

well-marked prominent internal lobe on the front part of its

inner side. The legs moderate.

Tribe I. True Cats—FELINa.

The head oblong ; face slightly produced. Legs moderate, nearly

of equal length. The skull oblong; intermaxillee and frontal bones

with short processes, which extend between the ends of the nasal

bones and the maxillee. The front upper false grinder small (rarely

deciduous and wanting).

262 DR.J.E.GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDH. [ Mar. 14,

A. Diurnal Cats.—The eyes diurnal, with a round pupil. The

orbits of the skull moderate-sized, compared with the size of the

skull ; face of the skull elongate, high, broad, flattened above.

* Forehead of skull suddenly elevated above the line of the face.

1. Uncta.

Skull broad; face broad, short, flat above; forehead suddenly

raised; crown convex in front and on the sides, concave behind ;

nasal bones broad, short, not reaching so far back as the upper edge

of the maxillee ; upper processes of the intermaxillze rather elongate,

extending about one-third up the sides of the nasals; orbits mode-

rate, incomplete behind ; canines conical, moderate ; zygomatic arch

very strong and high.

This genus is at once known from the Lion, Tiger, Leopard, and

Tortoise-shell Tiger by the shortness and breadth of the face, and

the sudden elevation of the forehead. ‘ Pupil round.”— Hodgson.

Uncia 1rBis. (Fig. 1.)

Felis uncia, Schreb.

F. pardus, Pallas.

F. panthera, Erx!.

F. irbis, Ehr.

F. tulliana, Valenc.

F. uncioides, Hodgson.

Hab. Tibet (? Smyrna, Val.).

Skull imperfect behind, nearly to the occiput. Length 63 inches,

width 42 inches.

Uncia irbes.

1867.| DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID. 263

** Nose on the same plane as the forehead.

2. Leo.

Head, neck, sides of body, and legs maned. Tail elongate, tufted

at the end. Pupil round. Skull: nose on the. same plane as the

forehead ; nasals flat, nearly as long as maxillee. The orbits of the

skull moderate, incomplete behind.

LEO NOBILIS.

Felis leo, Linn.

Leo africanus et L. persicus, Swains.

L. gambianus, Gray.

L. goorgrattensis, Gmel. &ce.

Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 5 & 9.

Hab. Asia; Africa.

Skull: length 144 inches, width 92 inches.

3. Tiers.

Cheeks with spreading whiskers. ‘Tail elongate, tapering at the

end. Pupil round. Skull: nose on same plane as the forehead ;

orbits of the skull moderate, incomplete behind. Nasals very large,

reaching beyond the back edge of the maxille. Internal nostrils

broad. Palate truncated behind.

TIGRIS REGALIS.

Felis tigris, Linn.

Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 7.

Hab, Asia.

Skull: /length 14 inches, width 104 inches.

4, Lroparpws.

Hair of head and neck uniform. ‘Tail elongate (rarely shorter

than the body). Pupil round. Orbits of the skull moderate, in-

complete behind. Nose on same plane as the forehead. The upper

process of the intermaxilla very narrow, and much produced up the

side of the maxilla, often one-third the length of the nasal.

+ Large rose-spotted Leopards.

|. LeoparpbUs PARDUS.

Felis leopardus, I. varia, et I’. uncia, Schreb.

", pardus, Linn.

F’. panthera, Erxl.

F.. chalybeata, Herm.

FP. minor, Ehr.

I’, antiquorum, Fischer.

I’. pecilura, Valence.

I. paleopardus, Fitz.

Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 8; Temm. Monogr, t. 9. f. 1, 2

be!

264 DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDE. [Mar. 14,

Var. Black.—F. melas, Péron. F. fusca, Meyer.

Hab. Southern Asia; North, South, and West Africa.

Pupil round.— Bartlett ; Gray.

Very variable in the size and number of the spots. Skull: nasal

elongate, back edge on a line with back edge of maxilla; internal

nostril rather narrow. Length 93 inches, width 52 inches.

2. LeoparDUS JAPONENSIS, Gray, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 262, t. 33.

Hab. Japan.

Fig. 2.

Leopardus chinensis.

3. LEOPARDUS CHINENSIS. (Fig. 2.)

Skull (in British Museum) very like that of a Leopard, but shorter;

and the nose, instead of being nearly flat, is regularly arched before

the orbits.

Hab. Pekin, mountain-forests of the west.

Skull: length 6£ inches, width 42 inches. Nasal wide, flat ; apex

produced rather behind the back edge of the maxilla. Processes

of the intermaxilla very slender, short; forehead broad, convex.

This may be the skull of L. brachyurus. There are two or three

skulls of Leopards in the Museum received from Utrecht without

habitats, that rather resemble the Pekin specimen, which was pre-

sented to us by Dr. Lockhart.

4, LEOPARDUS ONCA.

Felis onca, Linn.

F’. panthera, Schreb. ; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. t. 34. f. 3, 4.

Jaguar, Buffon.

Var. Black.—Felis nigra, Erxl.

1867.] DR.J.E.GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDA. 265

Var. Leopardus hernandezi, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 278, t. 18;

Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 3.

Hab. South America.

Pupil round.—Bartlett.

Skull: nasals broad, their hinder end and the back edge of maxillze

nearly on a line; forehead convex; nose broad, flat above; orbit

with a prominence in the middle of the front or nasal edge. Length

9 inches, width 6 inches.

Var. Black.—Skull: length 93 inches, width 6% inches. Brazil.

+t Large one-coloured Cats.

5. LEOPARDUS AURATUS.

Felis aurata, Temm.

F. chrysothriz, Temm.

F. moormensis et F. murmensis, Hodgson.

Junior. F. temminckii, Vigors.

Hab. Himalaya, Sumatra; Borneo.

Pupil round.— Hodgson.

6. LEOPARDUS CONCOLOR.

Felis concolor, Linn.

F.. discolor, Schreb.

F. puma, Shaw.

F. fulva, Brisson.

Puma, Penn.

Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t.6; Baird, Mam. N. A. t. 71 (skull).

Var. Black.

Hab. North and South America.

Pupil round.— Bartlett.

Skull: length 72 inches, width 52 inches.

Nasals rather narrow, with a central sunken line rather behind the

back end of maxille ; cheeks in front of the orbits rather concave ;

the upper part of the intermaxilla much produced up the side of

the nasal for one-third the length of that bone.

5. NEOFELIS.

Skull elongate; face broad, rather produced, on the same plane

as the forehead. Nasal large, elongate. Orbit moderate, very in-

complete behind. Lower jaw truncated and high in front. Canine

teeth, upper and lower, very long, conical, with a sharp cutting

hinder edge; the front upper and lower false grinders distinct, early

deciduous. The front lateral process of the frontal bone rather

elongate. The hinder entrance to the nostrils very narrow, elon-

gate ; sides parallel; front edges rounded. Pupil round (IZodgson),

oblong erect (Bartlett).

This skull most nearly resembles that of the celebrated fossil Felis

smilodon (Blainy. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 20), with a very much elongated

upper canine.

266 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID#. [ Mar. 14,

Neofelis macrocelis.

1. NEOFELIS MACROCELIs. (Fig. 3.)

Felis macrocelis, Temm.

F. diardii, Desmoul.

F. macroceloides, Hodgson.

F. nebulosa, H. Smith.

Hab. Himalaya (Hodgson) ; Malacea (Temm.); Siam.

Pupil oval.— Bartlett.

Skull: length 7# inches, width 4? inches.

Var. Smaller. Skull: length 5 inches, width 33 inches (adult).

Hab. Siam.

2. NEOFELIS BRACHYURUS.

Leopaadus brachyurus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 352, t. 43.

Hab. Formosa (Swinhoe).

B. Nocturnal Cats.—The pupil of the eye oblong or linear erect

when contracted ; the eyeball large. The orbits of the skull

large for the size of the face. The nose of the skull generally

short, compressed above behind, with a more or less marked

concavity in front of the orbits. .

In some genera and species the orbits of the eyeballs are much

larger, compared with the size of the face and skull, than in others,

* Skull short and high.

6. PARDALINA.

Face round. Eyes moderate; pupil —? Skull short, high ; face

short; forehead arched im front; brain-case swollen, short ; orbits

moderate, incomplete behind. First upper false grinder small.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDE. 267

Canines conical, moderate. Hinder aperture to the nose truncated

in front.

This genus differs from Leopardus in having a much shorter-faced

skull.

Pardalina warwickii.

PARDALINA WARWICKII. (Fig. 4.)

Felis himalayanus, Warwick.

F. viverrina, var., Blyth.

Leopardus himalayanus, Gray, List Mam. B. M. p. 44.

Hab. Himalaya (Warwick). Probably from South America?

Skull, adult, from Mr. Warwick. Length 4}, breadth 3,1, height

22 inches.

/ =

/ 7. CaTOLYNx.

Head round. Ears rounded. Pupil oblong erect. Tail very

long, cylindrical. Skull ovate; face short, rather broad; nose slightly

flattened on the sides; forehead arched; the nasal bones moderate,

elongate, separated from the maxille by the long slender processes of

the intermaxillze and frontal bones. First upper false grinder small,

distinct. Orbits large, subcircular, complete or nearly complete be-

hind. Internal nostril narrow, arched in front.

This genus is peculiar for having the same form of the nose-bones

as the Lynxes.

1. CaTOLYNX MARMORATUS.

Felis marmoratus, Martin.

F. diardii, Jardine.

F. ogilbii, Hodgson.

F. longicaudata, Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 9 (skull).

Hab. India; Borneo.

268 DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID&. [ Mar. 14,

2. CATOLYNX CHARLTONI.

Felis charltoni, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 396.

Hab. Nepal; Darjeeling (Charlton).

The spotting of this species is rather different from that of F. mar-

moratus ; they may be only local varieties.

The separation of the nasals from the maxillaries is uniform in all

the six specimens of this skull in the British Museum Collection.

** Skull elongate ; face and brain-case elongate.

8. VIVERRICEPS.

Head rather elongate. Ears rounded, not pencilled. Eyes noc-

turnal ; pupil erect, linear. Fur spotted. Tail moderate, tapering.

Skull elongate; face produced, narrow above, concave on the sides

in front of the orbits ; orbits rather large, complete behind ; nasal

bones elongate, very narrow above. Canines conical, moderate.

Asia.

+ Skull elongate ; nose long.

1. VIVERRICEPS BENNETTII. (Fig. 5.)

Felis viverrina, Bennett, P. Z. 8. 1533, p. 68.

F. viverriceps, Hodgson.

F. bengalensis, B. Hamilton.

F. himalayana, Jardine.

F. celidogaster, Gray, List of Hodgson’s Collection, B. M. (not

Temm.).

Hab. East Indies.

Pupil linear erect. — Hodgson.

Skull: length 5 inches 5 lines, width 3 inches 8 lines.

Fig. 5.

V dverriceps bennettir.

1867.) pr. J. E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDA, 269

tt Skull: nose shorter, concave on sides.

2. VIVERRICEPS PLANICEPS. (Fig. 6.)

Felis planiceps, Vigors & Horsfield, Zool. Journ. vil. t. 2; Blainv.

Ostéogr. Felis, t. 9.

F.. diardii, Crawfurd.

Hab. Malacca; Sumatra; Borneo.

Skull elongate ; crown flat, rhombic ; face rather produced, broad ;

the orbits moderate, complete behind. Length of adult 3? inches,

width 2 inches 5 lines. Very like that of F. viverrina.

Fig. 6.

Viverriceps planiceps.

3. VIVERRICEPS ELLIOTI.

Leopardus ellioti, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p-. 260.

F. bengalensis, var., Blyth?

Hab. Madras.

Skull elongate; crown flat, rhombic; face concave in front of the

orbits ; orbits moderately complete behind.

The skull very like that of F. rubiginosa, but larger, 3 inches

10 lines long and 2 inches 7 lines wide.

4. VIVERRICEPS RUBIGINOSA.

Felis rubiginosa, 1. Geoffr. Voy. Bélanger, t.

Hab. India; Madras.

Skull 2 inches 10 lines long, 2 inches wide at the back of the

zygomatic arch; crown flat, rhombic.

9. PasyEROS.

Head elongate. Ears rounded. Pupil round?? Skull elongate

and swollen behind ; face short, broad ; orbits moderate, incomplete

270 =DR.J.E.GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID. [Mar. 14,

behind. The front upper false grinder very early deciduous, always

wanting in the half-grown skull.

The skull of the Pajeros is like that of the Common Cat; but

the orbits are small, as in the other diurnal Cats, and the face broader,

and the brain-case is rather more produced behind; but it differs

from that of the Leopards and Cats in the upper front false grinders

being very early deciduous, as in the Lynxes.

In the four skulls in the Museum the holes for these teeth are only

to be observed in the skull of a very young animal; in the other

three older skulls the holes even are obliterated.

PAJEROS PAMPANUS.

Felis pajeros, Desm. Mamm. p. 231.

Hab. South America; The Pampas. -

Skull elongated; face short, broad, slightly concave in front of

the orbits; nasal broad below, suddenly narrowed above; orbits

moderate, incomplete behind; brain-case rather swollen; forehead

slightly convex, rhombic. Length 4 inches 2 lines, width 2 inches

4 lines.

The skull differs from that of the common Felis domestica in the

orbits being smaller and the brain-case larger.

*** Shull ovate; face short ; brain-case moderate.

10. Feuts.

Tail cylindrical, elongate, sometimes shorter than the body. Ears

oblong, rounded at the tip, without any pencilling. Pupil erect,

linear. Skull moderate ; face short, conical ; nose moderate, narrow

above behind, concave in front of the orbits; brain-case oblong,

broad ; front upper false grinders distinct, small; orbits large, or

very large, incomplete.

+ Moderate-sized large-headed Cats, with lines of spots on the

sides. Pardalis.

Face of skull elongate.

Pupil round, oblong, erect in sunlight.—Bartlett.

1. Fexis parpauis, Linn.; Baird, Mam. N. A. p. 87, t. 72

(skull).

? F. armillata, F. Cuvier.

°F. grifithsti, AH. Smith.

Hab. America, tropical or subtropical.

Skull, adult: length 51, width 3} inches.

Bw?

2. FELIS GRISEA.

Leopardus griseus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 260, 1842.

Hab. Guatemala.

Skull, adult: length 51, width 32 inches. Nose rather concave

on the sides before orbits.

1867.] DR.J.E.GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID&. 271

3. FeLis MELANURA, Ball, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 1281

Hab. America.

Skull, adult: length 53, width 3} inches.

The skulls of these three species are very similar, only differing

a little in size; perhaps they are only local varieties of the same

species.

4, FELIS PICTA.

Leopardus pictus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 260, 1842.

Hab. Central America.

Skull: length 53, width 33 inches.

The skull of F. pardalis and the typical specimens of F. grisea

and F. melanura are very similar in shape, size, and structure.

The nasal bones vary in shape ; in some skulls they are short, broad,

and gradually attenuated; in others the nasal bones are longer,

very broad in front, and then suddenly narrowed at. about half their

length ; but the different skulls vary in this respect, and the two

forms gradually pass into each other.

The skull of an adult /’. pardalis is 5 inches long and 3% inches

wide, of the typical °. grisea 54 inches long and 32 inches wide ;

the nose rather concave on the sides behind. In the typical F. me-

lanura the length of the adult skull is 54 inches, width 3 inches

7 lines; intermaxillz elongated; orbits moderate, incomplete be-

hind; face broad, rather produced.

tt Smaller, small-headed, spotted American Cats. Margay.

5. Fextis mMacroura, Pr. Max. ‘Abhild. t.

F. wiedii, Schinz.

Var. Leopardus tigrinoides, Gray, Cat. Mamm.

Hab. Brazil.

Skull, adult: 4 inches long, 2 inches 2 lines wide. The nasals

narrow, with the outer edges curved inwards.

Length about 33 (imperfect behind), width 23 inches.

6. Fenris mitis (chati), F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithogr. t.

F.. chati, Griffith.

Jaguar, Buffon, H. Nat. ix. t. 18.

F. onea, Schreb. from Buffon.

Hab. Paraguay.

7. FELIS TIGRINA, Schreb. t. 100.

F. margay, Griffith.

F. guigna, Molina.

Margay, Buffon.

Hab. South America.

Skull as in F. macroura; the nasals rather wider, and the orbits

not quite so large, compared with the size of the skull. Length

about 33 (rather imperfect behind), width 2} inches.

272 DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID&. [Mar. 14,

See also—

8. Fexis ceorrroyi, D’Orb. Voy. Amér. Mérid. t. 13 (skull).

Hab. South America.

9. Friis coLocoutua, Molina; F. Cuv. Mamm. Lith. t.

Hab. South America; Chili (Molina); Surinam (1H. Smith).

ttt Smaller one-coloured American Cats.

10. FeLis sAGUARONDI, Lacép.

F.. mexicana, Desm.

F. calomitli, Baird, Mam. N. A. t. 74. f. 2 (skull, adult).

Hab. South America. Skull, B.M.

Pupil round.— Burmeister.

Nose much higher and forehead flatter than the skulls in the Bri-

tish Museum.

11. Freuis ryra, Desm.

F. unicolor, Trail, Baird, Mam. N. A. t. 73. f. 2 (skull, young).

Hab. Tropical America. Skull, B.M.

Pupil round.— Burmeister.

Pupil linear and vertical.— Berlandier.

+ttt Moderate-sized, African, spotted Cats. Skull: face rather

produced ; cheeks without the cheek-streaks. Serval.

12. Fexis SERvVAL, Schreb.

F’. capensis, Forst.

F. galeopardus, Desm.

Serval, Buffon.

Chaus servalina, Gerrard, Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 16.

Hab. South and West Africa.

Length of skull 5 inches, width 37 inches. Nasals large.

Pupil oblong, erect.— Bartlett.

13. Fevis rutTiza, Waterhouse, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 130.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Skull oblong; orbits incomplete behind. Length 43, width

31 inches. Very like that of F. serval, but smaller.

See also— '

14. Fevis NeGuecta, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1838, 1. p. 27.

F., servalina, Ogilby.

Hab. Gambia.

15. Fevis cELIpoGASTER, Temm. Monag.i. p. 140; Esquiss. Zool.

p. 87 (not Gray).

I’. chalybeata, H. Smith (not good).

Hab. Guinea (Mus. Leyden).

1867.| DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID2. 273

16. Fenis seNEGALENSIS, Lesson; Guérin, Mag. Zool. Mamm.t. .

Hab. Senegal.

Very like F. viverrina from India. Can it be the same?

+tttt Clouded or marbled Old World Cats. Orbits of skull

very large.

17. Fevts CAFFrra, Desm. :

? F. nigripes, Burchell; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 6.

Hab. South Africa.

Skull 4 inches 5 lines long, 3 inches 2 lines wide. Orbits sub-

quadrangular, 1+ inch high, incomplete behind.

Var. Hybrid with F. domestica.

18. FELIS INCONSPICUA.

Leopardus inconspicuus, Gray, 1844.

Felis torquata (Chat de Nepaul), F, Cuvier, Mamm. Lithogr. ii. t.

? F. bengalensis, Desm. from F. Cuvier?

Hab. India (domesticated, or perhaps a hybrid).

Skull: length 3 inches 2 lines, width 2 inches | line.

Face moderate, broad, rather concave in front of orbits; orbits

large, rather oblong, incomplete behind ; forehead slightly convex,

rhombic. Like skull of Chaus libycus, but smaller, and the forehead

not so convex.

tttttt Small-sized spotted Asiatic Cats,

19. Fexts minvuta, part., Temm.

F. undata, part., Fischer.

F. sumatrana, Horsfield, Z. Java, t

Hab. Sumatra. B.M.

Pig. 7.

Felis pardochrous.

Proc. Zaou. Soc.—1867, No. XVIII.

274 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELIDE. [Mar. 14,

20. Fexis parpocuroa, Hodgson, P. Z. 8.1856, p.396. (Fig.7.)

F. nepalensis, Hodgson, Icon.

Hab. Nepal.

Pupil linear, erect.—Hodgson.

21. FeLiIs CHINENSIS, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837!

F. bengalensis, var., Blyth, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 184.

Hab. China.

22. Frevis JERDONII, Blyth, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 185 (not described).

Hab. India.

23. Frxis JAVANENSIS, Horsfield, Zool. Java, t. ?

F. diardii, Griffith.

F. minuta, var., 'Temm.

F.. undata, var., Fischer.

Hab. Java.

24, Fe.is NEpALENSIS, Vigors & Horsfield, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 382.

Hab. India.

Perhaps a hybrid or domesticated.

25. FeLis MANICULATA, Riippell.

FP. riippelli, Schinz.

Hab. Tunis; Tangiers; Sennaar ; Cordofan.

Var. Pale whitish.—Felis pulchella, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837.

Skull 34 inches long, 23 inches wide. © Face short, broad; orbits

large, rather oblong, nearly complete behind.

26. Feuis catus, Linn.

Chat sauvage, Buffon, H. N. vi. t.1; Blasius, W. E. p.163. f. 102,

103 (skull); Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 10 (skull).

Hab. Europe.

Tail very thick.

Skull: length 33, width 22 inches. Orbits nearly complete, 1 inch

in diameter.

27. Fevis pomestica, Brisson; Blasius, Fauna, W. E. plb7.

f. 104, 105 (skull).

F. syriaca, Aldrov.

Hab. Syria?, and has been introduced as a domestic animal in

most countries.

The normal colour seems to be that of the Tabby Cat, grey with

black dorsal streaks and subconcentric bands on sides and thighs ;

sometimes all black from melanism, or grey, blue, yellow, or white, or

these colours more or Jess mixed. When black, white, and yellow,

it is called Tortoise-shell or Spanish Cat. The fur varies greatly in

length; it is very short, close, and almost erect from the skin in

the Rabbit Cats; it is very long, silky, and fluffy in the Angora (or

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID2. 275

Angola) Cat. The tail is usually long. It is very short or almost

entirely wanting in the Isle of Man Cats, or the Japan Cats of

Kempfer. The ears are generally erect; but they are sometimes

pendulous in the Chinese Cats.

Mr. Hodgson thinks the Domestic Cat (Felis domestica) is derived

from F. nepalensis (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, i. p. 341). Pennant

(Hist. Quad. i. p. 293) says the Indian Wild Cat breeds with the

Domestic English one. The Domestic Cats in India breed with F.

chaus and F. rubiginosa, Elliot, with F. ornata, Scott, and with F.

viverrina, Kelaart, in Ceylon. They breed with F. caffra, Layard,

at the Cape (see Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 184).

Skull not observed.

28. FeLis MANUL, Pallas.

F. nigripectus, Hodgson.

Hab. Tibet.

Pupil linear, erect.— Hodgson.

29. Friis meGatotis, Miiller.

Hab. Timor. Not seen by me.

11. Cuauvs.

Tail shorter than the body, reaching to the hocks. Ears pencilled

at the tip. Pupil oblong, erect. Skull: orbits very large, incom-

plete behind ; nasal bones narrow, close on the maxilla; front upper

false grinder distinct ; upper tubercular grinder small, transverse ;

the lobe on the inner side of the upper flesh-tooth moderate.

Forehead of skull convex ; face short.

1. CHAUS LIBYCUS.

Felis libyca, Olivier.

F.. chaus, Gildenst.

F. catolynz, Pallas.

F. affinis, Gray.

F. dongolensis, Hemp.

F, jacquemontii, 1. Geoff. Voy. Jacquemont, t. 3. f. 1, 2 (skull).

F. katas, Pearson.

fF, riippellii, Brandt.

F. marginata, Loche, Rev. Zool. 1858.

Lynceus erythrotis, Hodgson.

Chaus jacquemontii, Gerrard.

’ F. caligata, Bruce ; I. Geoff. Voy. Jacquemont, t. 3. f. 2 (skull).

Hab. Africa and Asia.

2. CHAUS ORNATUS.

Felis ornata, Gray, Illust. Ind. Zool. t. .

? F. huttonii, Blyth, MS.

Hab. India (Capt. Boys). B.M.

276 DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID. [ Mar. 14,

Legs long and slender. Skull, adult, imperfect behind. Animal

very different from Felis torquata, F. Cuvier. The skull sent from

the Salt-range by Mr. Oldham and marked F. Auttonii, Blyth.

Length 3 inches 10 lines, width 2 inches 7 lines. Orbits moderate,

incomplete behind, 1 inch in diameter; crown convex, shelving on

the sides; face rather short, broad; nasal very long, slender.

The orbits are much larger than in a skull of F. himalayana, of

a larger size.

Tribe II. Lynxes—Lyncrna.

Head short, subglobular. Legs elongate, the hinder ones longest.

Tail short, or very short. Ears pencilled at the tip. Pupils of eyes

oblong. The face of the skull short; the lateral processes of the

intermaxillee and the frontal bones elongate, nearly reaching each

other, and separating the nasals from the maxilla. The orbits in-

complete, large; the lobes on the inner side of the upper flesh-tooth

moderate-sized.

12. Lyncus.

Tail very short. Limbs elongate.

* Pads of feet overgrown with hair. Animal large. Lynx.

1. LyNcUS BOREALIS.

Felis lynz, Blainv. Ostéog. Felis, t. 3 (skull) ; Blasius, Faun. W.

E. p. 173. f. 106 (skull).

Hab. Northern Europe and Asia.

2. LyNcUS LUPULINUS.

Felis lupulina, Thunb.

Hab. Northern Europe ; Sweden.

3. LYNCUS CANADENSIS.

Felis canadensis, Geofir.

Hab. North America.

** Soles of feet nakedish. Animal small. Cervaria.

4. LYNCUS PARDINUS.

Felis pardina, Temm.

Hab. Southern Europe and Turkey.

5. LyNCUS ISABELLINUS.

Felis isabellina, Blyth.

F. lynx, Hodgson.

Hab. Tibet.

Pupil linear, erect.—Hodgson.

6. LYNCUS FASCIATUS.

Felis fasciata, Harlan.

Hab. North America, western part.

™MI

1867.| DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE SKULLS OF THE FELID#. 2

7. LYNCUS RUFUS.

Felis rufa, Gildenst. Voy. de la Venus, t. 9. f. 2-4 (skull).

Hab. North America.

8. LyNCUS MACULATUS.

Felis maculata, Vigors & Horsfield; Baird, Mam. N. A. t. 75

(skull of adult and young).

Hab. North America: Mexico; California.

13. CARACAL.

Tail cylindrical, reaching to the hocks. Limbs more equal. Pads

of feet bald. Pupil oblong. The skull is that of the Lynx; but

the processes of the frontals and intermaxillz are not quite so much

produced, and they do not entirely separate the nasals from the

maxille. The front upper false grinder is absent.. The orbits are

rather large, and incomplete behind. The lobe on the inner side of

the upper flesh-tooth small.

CARACAL MELANOTIS.

Felis caracal, Schreb.; Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 10; Wan der

Hoeven, Zool. t. 19. f. 2 (skull).

Hab. Southern Asia and Africa ; Persia and Arabia.

Section 2. Abnormal or Dog-like Cats.— The flesh-tooth of the upper

jaw compressed, without any lobe, and only with a very slightly

marked keel on the front part of the inner side. The legs

elongate, slender.

Tribe III. Hunting-Leopards—GurparpiNa.

Head short, subglobular ; face very short. Neck slightly maned.

Legs elongate, slender, subequal. Tail elongate. Ears rounded.

Pupil round? Skull: face very short, convex ; the processes of the

frontals and intermaxille very short, not separating the nasals from

the maxille ; the flesh-tooth of the upper jaw compressed, without

any lobe, but with only a very slightly marked keel on the front part

of the inner side; the front upper false grinder distinct, small ;

orbits incomplete, moderate.

14. Gueparpa, Gray.

Cynelurus, Wagner.

GUEPARDA GUTTATA.

Felis guttata, Herm.; Blainv. Ostéogr. Felis, t. 4 (skeleton), t. 9

(skull).

F.. jubata, Schreb.

F. venatica, A, Smith.

F. fearonis, A. Smith.

Cynelurus scemmeringii, Riippell.

Hab. Africa and Asia: Persia.

278 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Mar. 14,

4, List of Birds collected on the Blewfields River, Mosquito

Coast, by Mr. Henry Wickham. _ By P. L. Sciarsr,

F.R.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A., F.Z.S.

Mr. Henry Wickham, who has lately left England to collect ob-

jects of natural history in the little explored territory of Mosquitia,

has kindly requested his correspondents in this country to submit

his bird-skins to our determination. We have had great pleasure

in undertaking this task, the more so as we have as yet seen no col-

lections from this part of Central America.

The nearest point of the ornithology of which we have as yet any

ublished account is the vicinity of Greytown, Nicaragua, where

Mr. H. E. Holland obtained the small series described by Mr. Law-

rence in the ‘ Annals of the Lyceum of New York’ in 1865*.

Mr. Wickham’s present collection embraces thirty-nine species.

We have thought it advisable to give a complete list of these

(although the greater part are well-known Central American species,

and none are new to science) in order to furnish further data for

limiting the geographical range of the species. ‘The district is one

of considerable interest, as it is somewhere here that the remarkable

change must take place for the fauna of Guatemala to pass into that

of Costa Rica. We must await further additions before we draw any

conclusions from Mr. Wickham’s series ; but we may point out as of

interest the occurrence in it of several southern forms, such as Cotyle

uropygialis, Dendrornis lacrymosa, Copurus leuconotus, Myiozetetes

granadensis, Myiarchus nigricapillus, Prionorhynchus platyrhyn-

chus, and Porzana albigularis, not hitherto recorded so far north.

Mr. Wickham’s present collection contains the following species,

all collected during his voyage up the Blewfields River ;—

Fam. Turpip#.

+1. GALEOSCOPTES CAROLINENSIs (Linn.).

Fam. HirunDINIDz.

2. CoryLe URopyYGIALIS, Lawrence.

Agreeing with specimens from Panama and Ecuador.

Fam. TANAGRID&.

PyRANGA &STIVA (Gm.).

mm Ww

RAMPHOC@®@LUS PASSERINII, Bp.

i) ]

RaAMPHOC@LUS SANGUINOLENTUS (Less.).

Fam. FRINGILLIDA.

6, SPERMOPHILA CORVINA, Scl.

* Ann. Lye. N. H.N. Y. viii. p. 179.

1867. | * BIRDS FROM MOSQUITIA. 279

Fam. IcrERID&.

7. OsTINOPS MONTEZUMZ& (Less.).

8. IcreRUS BALTIMORENSIS (L.).

9. IcrERUS PROSTHEMELAS (Strickl.).

10. IcreERUS MESOMELAS (Wagl.).

11. Casstprx oryzivora (Gm.).

Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID2.

+ 12. DenpDRORNIS LAcRYMoSA, Lawr.; Sclater & Salv. P. Z. 8.

1864, p. 355.

Fam. TyRANNIDZ.

-.13. Copurus LEuCoNorTUS, Lafr.

-4.14, My1ozeTETES GRANADENSIS,. Lawrence, Ibis, 1862. p. 11.

The Myiozetete, allied to M. cayennensis, may be divided as fol-

lows :—

a. Species with a clearly defined white superciliary stripe.

a', Species with the primaries exter-

nally narrowly bordered with rufous, and

with the basal half of the inner webs of

both primaries and secondaries broadly

margined with pale rufous............ M. guianensis.

. M. texensis.+

. M. columbianus.

. M. cayennensis. +

. M. similis.

b. Species without white superciliary stripe 6. M. granadensis.

6'. Species without rufous edgings to

primaries, embracing four local forms,

which require further examination. ...

S71 we Oo Or

The synonymy of these Myiozetete is correctly given in Sclater’s

‘American Catalogue’ (p. 219). Mr. Wickham’s skins of M. gra-

nadensis agree with examples from Panama in Sclater’s collection.

-+-15. My1aArRcHUS NIGRICAPILLUS, Cab.

--16. TyRANNUsS SATRAPA (Cab. et Heine).

Fam. CoTINGID#.

+17. LirpauGus UNIRUFUS, Scl. & Salv.

1-18. LieauGus HOLERYTHRUS, Scl. & Salyv.

Fam. Momorip.

19. PRIONORHYNCHUS PLATYRHYNCHUS, Leadb.

Fam. ALCEDINID.

+ 20. CeryLe amazonia (Lath.).

+39.

ON BIRDS FROM MOSQUITIA.

CrERYLE CABANISI, Tsch.

CuryLe Torquata (L.).

Fam. CucuLip.

CROTOPHAGA SULCIROSTRIS, Sw.

PIAYA MEHLERI (Bp.).

Fam. RAMPHASTID.

RAMPHASTOS PiIsciIvoRus, L.

Fam. Picip2.

CENTURUS PUCHERANI (Malh.).

Fam. PsirTaciD&.

ConuRUs ASTEC, Souancé.

Fam. ACCIPITRES.

URvuBITINGA ZONURA, Shaw.

URUBITINGA ANTHRACINA, Nitzsch.

ACCIPITER FUSCUS.

Fam. STRIGIDE.

SyYRN1UM PERSPICILLATUM, Lath.

Fam. CoLuMBID.

COLUMBA NIGRIROSTRIS, Sel.

Fam. ARDEID&.

ARDEA VIRESCENS, L.

ARDEA CANDIDISSIMA, Gm.

ARDEA C2RULEA, L.

[ Mar. 14,

TIGRISOMA CABANISI, Heine, J. f. O. 1859, p. 407.

Fam. SCOLOPACID2.

GALLINAGO WILSONI, Temm.

Fam. RaALuip&.

ARAMIDES CAYENNENSIS (Gm.).

PorRZANA ALBIGULARIS, Lawr,

1867. | MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 281

5. On the Fishes of the Neilgherry Hills and Rivers around

their Bases.. By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

During the period Sir William Denison, K.C.B., F.Z.S., was Go-

vernor of Madras, the absence from the waters of the Neilgherry

Hills of all but an insignificant species of fish, Paradanio neilgher-

riensis, sp. nov., attracted attention. It was universally considered

desirable that fish should be introduced into the Ootacamund Lake,

which is 1} mile in length and 7600 feet above the level of the sea,

as well as into the Pykara River, which is only about 1500 feet

lower down. The presence of the finny tribes, it was surmised,

-would be very acceptable in this magnificent sanitarium, both as

affording sport for anglers and food for convalescents and the general

public.

To carry out this design, I was instructed early in 1866 to convey

Trout-ova in ice overland from England to Madras. This experi-

ment having failed from various causes, more especially the high

temperature of the water on the hills, some substitute appeared ne-

cessary ; and as on examiuation I found the fauna to be almost en-

tirely tropical, I suggested and obtained leave to remain four months

longer for the purpose of attempting the introduction of fishes from

the plains. Unfortunately about one month before the allotted time

had expired, when the best mode of carriage had been discovered,

after the species unadapted for transit had been ascertained, and

others successfully introduced, my services were required for tempo-

rary regimental duty at Kurnool, and there was no one available to

complete the experiment.

It appears advisable to record what has been accomplished, or at

some future date naturalists visiting these hills may be at a loss to

explain the presence of Eels, Ophiocephalide, and other fishes of

the plains at the summit of such an elevated plateau, and erroneous

deductions as to their geographical distribution might be the con-

sequence.

An account of this experiment, or the obstacles which had to be

surmounted, upon endeavours at first unsuccessful but finally over-

come, would be too long for recording here. So I will merely observe

that most of the Siluroids died of cold whilst being carried up the

ghawts, as the water in the earthern chatties in which they were

being conveyed became -cooled by evaporation or the direct action

of the cold cutting winds which at night time sweep those mountain-

ous roads; the Cyprinide and Ophiocephalide when large knocked

themselves about so much during their transit that they either

perished whilst ‘‘en route,” or a few days after reaching their desti-

nation; that finally a stock-pond had to be instituted halfway,

where the fish could rest before being carried into Ootacamund,

whilst only the young of the various species were taken, and that

several varieties appear to have been successfully introduced. It is

to be regretted that the experiment was not completed, to do which

two dozen more of each of the four following species ought to

282 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Mar. 14,

be placed in the Ootacamund Lake and the Pykara River :—the

Ophiocephalus marulius, O. striatus, Labeobarbus tor, and Pun-

tius carnaticus, all of which breed in the Bowany River, at the

foot of the Neilgherries, on the Coimbatore side. The period

to obtain the young fish is during the months of September and

October.

Whilst employed as stated I took the opportunity of investigating

and collecting all the indigenous varieties on the plateau, slopes, and

rivers flowing around the bases of these hills, except upon their

western side. During the course of my researches I obtained thirty-

six species, many of which appear to be new.

The almost complete absence of Acanthopterygians was very re-

markable; for, with the exception of the Eel-like Mastacembelide

and the Ophiocephalide, whose title to rank as such might almost

be open to dispute, none were captured ; even the Godzide, so uni-

versally distributed throughout India, seemed to be absent. On the

other hand, some species hitherto only recorded from Northern

Bengal and the Deccan obtained a place in my collection.

The fishes mentioned in this paper may be divided into :—those

of the upper plateau of the hills, from 5000 to 7000 feet elevation,

where only one species, Paradanio neilgherriensis, sp. nov., exists ;

secondly, those on the lower slopes, from 2000 to 4000 feet above

the level of the sea. From the rapids on the slopes of the Neilgher-

ries one small Roach (Nemacheilus guéntheri, sp. nov.), a little Carp

(Puntius grayi, sp. nov.), and what is commonly and erroneously

called “a Trout” (Barilius rugosus, sp. nov.), were taken. Besides

these species in the Seegoor River, which is not rapid, but nearly

3000 feet above the sea, and takes a long winding course into the

rivers of the plains, the Ophiocephalus gachua, Buch. Ham., the

Nemacheilus semiarmatus, sp. nov., the Garra gotyla, Gray, the

G. jerdoni, sp. noy., the Puntius carnaticus, Jerdon, and the Pa-

radanio aurolineatus, Day, were found to be indigenous. The

Bowany River, flowing along the base of the hills at an elevation

of only 1000 feet above the sea, contamed most of the foregoing

species, as well as twenty-seven others. For stocking the waters of

the hills those fish which were found to inhabit the highest levels

were preferred.

The following is a list of the species obtained, and specimens of

which I still possess :—

OPHIOCEPHALUS MARULIUS, Buch. Ham.

Poo verarl (Tam.). The flower of the Verarls.—

Bev) DEO SAPS OV AOS, ASS5. Ors 2 een.

6—7

bi ties ig 14°

The coloration of this species, when captured in the Bowany, agreed

with Colonel Sykes’s ‘ Fishes of the Dukhun,’ pl. 60. f. 3. The

young were greenish, with about five stripes passmg backwards on

the sides, and a yellowish ocellus on the posterior part of the dorsal

fin. A few of these were placed in the Ootacamund Lake.

1867. | MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 283

OPpHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bloch.

Curroopoo verarl (Tam.). The Black Verarl.

Beye. 42. P16! Vs Gus 24, Or las i lb.) Te. te, 2

10—8-

Both this and the last species commenced breeding in June, when

the south-west monsoon began. Large specimens are difficult to

convey long distances alive, because they knock themselves about,

aud cause such injuries that, if they reach their destination, they

generally die in a few days. Some young ones were placed in the

Ootacamund Lake.

OpHIOCEPHALUS GAcHUA, Buch. Ham.

Korava (Tam.).

B.v. D. 32. P.15. V.6. A.16. C.9. L.1 41. L. tr. 3.

This fish is exceedingly common in the Bowany, where it is fre-

quently captured up to one foot in length.

The very young has generally a light edging to its dorsal fin, but

no red colour is apparent except in the pectoral ; an ocellus is in-

variably present in the posterior portion of the dorsal fin. The adult

has its dorsal, caudal, and pectoral fins margined with bright orange,

most developed in the males.

At first difficulty was experienced in conveying these fish alive up

the ghawts ; but finally it was found that when one-fourth (or a little

less) of the chatty was first filled with mud and then water added

the difficulty vanished. .

The following incidents will show how exceedingly tenacious of

life these fish are :—At Culhutty, on July 19th, 1866, a Cooly acci-

dentally turned one out of a tin can of water; this took place at

6 p.M., when the temperature of the air was 69°; the occurrence

remained undiscovered until 8.45 p.m., or nearly three hours sub-

sequently, when the fish was found on the gravel-path outside the

house. It was quite well, had suffered no injury, and some days

later was placed in the Ootacamund Lake. A few days subsequently

a still more interesting circumstance occurred with one of these

fish :—On July 27th, 1866, I was riding from Mettapolliam to

Wellington, and on passing the Kullaar Bridge at 4.45 p.m. ob-

tained a young one of this species. Having nothing else in which

to place him, I moistened my pocket-handkerchiet, within which

I rolled him up, being careful to leave the head exposed. An hour

subsequently I took him out of my coat-pocket and put him into

a small stream of water by the side of the road; he gave three

gasps, was then as well as ever, and was again consigned to the

pocket. At 6.45 p.m. the dipping was repeated, and at 8.45 p.m.,

on my arrival at Wellington, he was quite well. The succeeding

morning he was put into the Coonoor stock-pond, and on August 2nd

removed, along with fourteen others, into the Ootacamund Lake.

The vitality must be great in a fish which, as in this instance, bore

an ascent of nearly 5000 feet, carried in a wet pocket-handkerchief

284 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Mar. 14,

only moistened twice by the way, especially as the time consumed

was four hours.

Nearly one hundred of this species were placed in the Ootacamund

Lake, and eighteen in the Pykara River.

MasTACEMBELUS ARMATUS, Lacép.

Allaree (Tam.).

Bovi. S71 (ae De cos oe ee nial

Not uncommon, but does not bear transporting well.

Numbers of young of this species were captured in the Bowany

during July and August.

Wa aco attu, Bloch.

Wahlah (Tam.).

Box: D/A Pos Ve 9 A oe Cory,

This fish is very common in the Bowany, where it attains a large

size, but does not extend its limits so high as Seegoor. In convey-

ing this species up the ghawts they generally died : some few reached

Coonoor alive; but all succumbed after they had been there a few

days.

WALLAGO MALABARICUS, Cuv. & Val.

Chota wahlah (Tam.). The small Wahlah.

B xv, Dae PS. V0. A. 73 Cal Nene

39°

Length of specimens up to 9 inches.

This species is numerous in the same localities as the last. Both

deposit their ova during the south-west monsoon, and by the end of

July young fish are common.

HemIpaGRus PUNCTATUS, Jerdon.

Psetta kultetee (Tam.).

Be xi, (Ds SO) PZ. VeG A. ll Ey.

Length of specimens up to 11 inches.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 4, of caudal 2, of base of first dor-

sal 1, of base of adipose dorsal ;';, of base of anal -/; of the total

length. Height of head +4, of body 4, of first dorsal ;2;, of anal 51>

of the total length.

Eyes transversely oval; horizontal diameter 4, vertical diameter 4

of the length of the head; two horizontal diameters apart, 1} from

end of snout.

Gape of mouth wide, being equal transversely to nearly half the

length of the head. Jaws of equal length. Summit of head de-

pressed, both it, the opercles, and shoulder-bones being furrowed.

Occipital process very narrow, and only extending about one-third

of the distance to the basal bone of the first dorsal, which is narrow.

A flat lance-shaped groove on the summit of the head, between the

1867. ] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 285

orbits, reaching anteriorly nearly as far as the intermaxillaries, and

posteriorly almost to the base of the occipital process. Nasal cirri

reach to opposite the posterior margin of the orbit ; the maxillary to

slightly behind the origin of the ventral fin ; the external mandibular

pair reach the base of the pectoral fin, whilst the internal are one-

third shorter.

Teeth villiform, and in numerous rows in both intermaxillaries

and lower jaw; on the vomer and palate they are of the same de-

scription, and arranged in an uninterrupted and slightly crescentic

band.

Fins. The first dorsal arises opposite to the posterior third of the

pectoral, the ventral below the posterior extremity of the first dorsal.

The anal commences rather nearer to the origin of the ventral than

to the base of the caudal. The adipose dorsal begins opposite the

middle of the anal. Dorsal spine weak, with about eight very slight

serrations posteriorly in its upper third and terminating in a soft

prolongation ; its rays longer than the spine. The pectoral spine

longer and stronger than the dorsal, flattened, rugose externally, with

about eighteen strong serrations internally. Adipose dorsal thin and

rounded. Anal slightly rounded. Caudal deeply lunated, the upper

lobe the longest.

Lateral line passes from the upper portion of the opercle direct to

the centre of the caudal.

Colours. Summit of head and back of a dark greyish olive, be-

coming yellowish from a little below the lateral line ; abdomen nearly

white ; about ten rather small and rounded black spots along the

lateral line ; both dorsals dusky, with darker margins ; caudal olive ;_

ventral and anal yellowish white; pectoral yellowish, tipped with

olive ; eyes olive, with a yellowish margin.

Not uncommon in the Bowany, where they are captured up to

18 inches in length, and are considered good eating.

HypsreLosBaGRrus cavasius, Buch. Ham.

‘ella kulletee, Tam. The White Bagrus.

Bot.) Di Os SP LUG Virb. Shell oy OF 16:

Grows to 18 inches in length.

GLYPTOSTERNUM LONAH, Sykes.

Kul kulletee, Tam. Stone Kulletee.

Baws Ds )/6e .R.ab/W.. .Vas700c As 3/8... Cals:

Length of specimens to 4 inches.

Not uncommon in the Bowany, where it gets under stones in the

fords.

NEMACHEILUS GUENTHER], NOV. Sp.

wee 2

Be Deel. V2 8. AL. Caalep

Length of specimens up to 4 inches.

286 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Mar. 14,

Length of head 2,, of pectoral ;2;, of base of dorsal 4, of base of

anal 54, of caudal 2; of the total length. Height of head 4, of

body 4, of dorsal +, of anal 7 of the total length.

Eyes not covered by skin ; diameter ? of length of head; 1 dia-

meter apart, 13 from end of snout.

Body elongated, anteriorly fusiform, in the posterior portion later-

ally compressed ; abdominal profile nearly straight.

Mouth rather below, lower jaw shortest; the cleft of the mouth

extending halfway to below the anterior end of the orbit. Lips

fleshy. ‘Two pairs of cirri on snout, not united at their bases. One

pair of fleshy maxillary cirri. All these cirri short, not reaching so

far as the orbit. Nostrils midway between the snout and the orbit,

the anterior tubular.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly anteriorly to the origin of the ventrals,

and is situated about the centre of the entire length of the fish. Anal

commences midway between the middle of the pectoral and the end

of the caudal. Dorsal nearly square. Anal slightly pointed. Caudal

with sharp lobes.

Seales over the whole of the body, none on the head.

Lateral line becomes indistinct in the last portion of the body.

Colours. Generally of a deep olive-brown, with three rows of round,

oval, or irregularly shaped flesh-coloured spots running along the

whole of the body of the fish, the superior row (along the back) and

inferior (along the abdomen) being much larger than the middle

series ; a black bar at the base of the caudal fin; all the fins reddish,

stained with orange in their external halves ; two rows of fine black

«dots along the dorsal fin, and one across the anal; two indistinct

blackish bands across either lobe of the caudal, which has also a

slightly black edge.

This very pretty little Loach I have named after Dr. A. Gunther.

NEMACHEILUS SEMIARMATUS, Nov. sp.

Bday Dia Bale. Vk. ee, Nee

Length of specimens up to 4 inches.

Length of head ;7;, of base of dorsal 3, of base of anal ;';, of pec-

toral ;2,, of caudal 2 of the total length. Height of head 3, of

body 57, of dorsal fin 7, of anal + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 7 of length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body elongated, fusiform anteriorly, compressed laterally, poste-

rior to the ventral fin. Profile from snout to origin of dorsal fin

convex ; abdominal profile almost straight.

Lower jaw shortest ; lips fleshy ; opening of mouth rather inferior,

and extending one-third of the distance to the anterior margin of the

orbit. Two pairs of cirri on snout; the external extend as far as the

orbit, whilst the internal pair are only half that length. The maxil-

lary pair of cirri extend as far as the posterior third of the orbit.

Nostrils one-third of the distance from anterior extremity of orbit to

the snout ; the anterior tubular. A cartilaginous and rudimentary

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 287

spine exists opposite the anterior inferior extremity of the orbit ; it

is present in both males and females.

Fins. Not scaled at their bases. The dorsal arises slightly anterior

to the origin of the ventral, the anterior extremity of its base being

nearly the same distance from the snout as its posterior extremity is

from the posterior extremity of the caudal fin. Pectoral rather large

and pointed. Ventrals subhorizontal, reaching as far as the anus,

which is a short distance anterior to the origin of the anal fin; this

last is short. Caudal lobed in its last half.

Scales apparent over the whole of the body, but not very distinct ;

none on the head.

Lateral line passes direct from opposite the eye to the centre of

the caudal fin.

Colours. Light brown, with numerous irregular-shaped spots and

bars proceeding from the back towards the lateral line; head brownish,

with a dark line from the snout through the orbit ; dorsal fin with

about three rows of dark spots; caudal irregularly barred; a dark

line runs down the centre of the back.

Hab. Bowany and Seegoor Rivers, as well as the Billicul Lake.

A few were placed in the ponds in the Government Gardens at.

Ootacamund.

NEMACHEILUS DENISONI, Nov. sp.

Bei Da Diem oll ae NV Sin As 2/4uinG 19%

Length of head 2, of pectoral 2, of caudal 2 of the total length.

Height of head 52;, of body 52; of the total length.

Back broader and more flattened than in the last two species.

The two pairs of cirri on the snout, as well as the maxillary pair, are

all short.

Dorsal fin commences slightly in advance of the ventral, and is

situated in the centre of the total length.

Colours. Of a rich light reddish-brown colour, having twelve

yellowish-olive bars passing across the back, and continued verti-

eally down either side of the body to the abdomen; before the dorsal

fin they irregularly coalesce across the back ; summit of head dotted

and marbled with black points; dorsal fin with three rows of fine

black dots; caudal irregularly dotted in bands; some dull spots on

anal and ventral fins ; pectoral with a darkish external edge.

Hab. Bowany River.

I have named this species after Sir William Denison, K.C.B.,

under whose auspices the Indian fish-experiment was commenced ;

and during whose governorship, had he continued in Madras, it

would most assuredly have been successfully completed.

Whilst engaged upon this experiment I communicated with Mr.

Assistant Apothecary Everard, stationed at Trichoor, my wish to

obtain some more specimens of my Platacanthus agrensis (P. Z. 8.

1865, p. 296), and he was good enough to forward me twelve. Being

taken during the breeding-season, their colours were much more vivid

than in the specimen which I described. I found two distinct sorts,

the markings of both being identical ; but in the one the pectoral

288 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Mar. 14,

spine was present, in the other it was absent. In dissecting seven

of these, four males and three females, the spine was present in the

former, absent in the latter. I am the more disposed to consider

this a sexual peculiarity, from having obtained a second Loach, in

which the same sexual difference exists. In this latter species, which

I shall describe at a future date, out of about forty specimens, I only

found the adult males thus armed.

In these fresh specimens of the Platacanthus agrensis all have

about fifteen marks or blotches along the lateral line, with rows of

irregular longitudinal pencillings above it, and a superior row of

blotches crossing the back. Caudal more emarginate than lobed,

with three or four bars upon it, and a jet-black spot at its base having

a light ring around it. A number of small black spots on the side

beneath the pectoral fin.

GarRa GOTYLA (Gray).

B. mi. D. 2/8. P. 1/3. V29. As 2/560 Cs 20 Tal ree

L.. tr. 4/3.

Length of specimens from 2 to 5,4; inches.

At least twenty or thirty were captured at each haul of a small

drag-net, in a stream at the foot of the Neilgherries. On July 20th

one large female was found full of ova ; but this was not the rule, the

breeding-season being apparently completed. There were many

young ones, and the transverse fissure was apparent across the snout,

even in the smallest specimens.

Hab. Common in the Bowany and most of the streams around

the base of the hills, but rarer in the Seegoor River.

GARRA JERDONI, sp. nov.

B. iti, D. 2/8. P.15. V.10.. As 2/5. CC. 20. Ligases.

L. tr. 5/4. Vert. u.

Length of specimens from 2 to 4;°; inches.

Length of head ;2,, of pectoral ;,, of base of dorsal 4, of base of

anal ;., of caudal 2 of the total length. Height of head §, of

body 2, of dorsal ;?;, of anal 3 of the total length.

Eyes nearer to the posterior than they are to the anterior extre-

mity of the head; diameter 7 of length of head, 2 diameters from

end of snout, 25 diameters apart.

The profile ascends im an almost regular curve from above the

snout, which is thick and prominent, to the anterior extremity of the

dorsal fin, whence it sinks to the base of the caudal. The abdo-

minal profile is not so convex as that of the back. Sides mode-

rately compressed.

Mouth below. Snout broad, becoming rather pointed anteriorly

(not rounded as in the Garra malabarica, P. Z, 8. 1865, p. 297),

and covered with mucus-pores, which remain persistent in the

adult.. The gape of the mouth equals the length of the base of the

anal fin. The two lips are united and moderately thick. Behind

the lower lip is a round suctorial disk, the diameter of which is one-

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 289

half more than that of the orbit. One short pair of cirri exist on

the snout ; a second pair at the angles of the maxille. Nostrils close

to the anterior superior angle of the orbit, the posterior round and

patent, the anterior tubular. Interorbital space rather convex from

side to side ; no furrow exists between it and the snout.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth small, curved, sharp, in three rows,

5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Fins. The anterior extremity of the dorsal is the same distance

from the snout as its posterior extremity is from the base of the

caudal; it is slightly in advance of the ventrals, and higher anteriorly

than it is posteriorly. Anal in the posterior fourth of the body.

Caudal lobed, with a broad and scaly base.

Lateral line nearly straight, from the centre of the orbit to the

centre of the caudal fin.

Colours. Olive-green, gradually fading into dirty olive on the ab-

domen ; a black spot sometimes exists on the scale behind the upper

piece of the opercle.

This and the last species rapidly-die when removed from streams ;

however, some were placed alive in the Ootacamund Lake. This

species is said to grow to 10 inches in length, and is much esteemed

for eating.

Hab. Very common in the Seegoor River; rare in the Bowany.

LaBeo kontIvus (Jerdon).

Currumunnee candee, Tam.

Bee Dae B15. Vel0w Av8/a, Le. 38 e+) betr 0),

Length of specimen 21} inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral a little above +, of base of dorsal

rather above 57, of base of anal ;'., of caudal nearly ? of the total

length. Height of head ;*, of body 4, of dorsal above 4, of anal §

of the total length.

Eyes nearly circular ; diameter nearly + of length of head, 3 dia-

meters apart, 23 diameters from end of snout.

Profile rather more convex along the abdominal than the dorsal

aspect; in the latter it rises considerably to the commencement of

the dorsal fin, beyond which it sinks.

Gape of mouth wide, arched, almost triangular, with the apex

above. Muzzle blunt and truncated. Cleft of mouth short, not ex-

tending quite half the distance to the anterior margin of the orbit.

Lower jaw shortest, almost angular. Lips fleshy, continued from

the upper to the lower jaws, and covered with mucus-pores. Snout

tuberculated, and a fleshy prolongation from it is extended laterally.

Upper surface of head smooth. Opercle high and narrow, its width

not being quite equal to half its height. Nostrils slightly in advance

of anterior superior angle of the orbit. Cheeks fleshy. No cirri

were observed in this specimen, neither did Dr. Jerdon perceive any

in his; but probably they were present, but minute. The specimen

being now stuffed, they cannot be detected. '

Fins. Dorsal commences over the ventrals, and nearer to the snout

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XIX.

290 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Mar. 14,

than it does to the base of the caudal. Anal begins midway between

the base of the pectoral and the posterior extremity of the caudal.

Dorsal fin highest anteriorly, the last ray divided at its base and

prolonged; upper margin of fin concave ; the first two undivided

rays minute, the second scarcely more than one-third of the length

of the third ray, which last is weak. Anal longest anteriorly ; first

undivided ray very minute, second one-third the length of the third,

all very weak. Caudal deeply lunated, lobes extended and pointed.

Seales moderate in size.

Lateral line in single tubes, passing nearly directly from opposite

the centre of the orbit to the centre of the caudal fin.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth small, placed close together, plough-

shaped, and hardly pointed, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Colours. Greenish brown along the back, fading to dirty silvery

white on the abdomen; fins reddish, the posterior and external mar-

gins of each stained darker ; a golden gloss over the opercles; eyes

golden.

This species is said to grow to a large size.

Hab. Bowany River, from which I only obtained this one spe-

cimen.

Lasso (? BANGANA) DussuMIERI, Cuv. & Val.

B. in. D.3/8." P15. VV. 9. An Sie abet: aa. eee

Length of specimens up to 7 inches.

Pharyngeal teeth as in the last species, 5, 4, 1/1, 4, 5.

I have placed this, according to Dr. Bleekev’s identification, as a

Labeo, but, whilst doing so, cannot avoid stating that it seems ques-

tionable whether Buchanan Hamilton’s genus Bangana, which has

no lateral lobes to the snout, can be identified with the genus Laéeo.

Both are extensively diffused in India. Some of this species were

placed in the Ootacamund Lake.

LABEOBARBUS TOR, Buch. Ham.

Poomeen candee, Tam.

Bi. D. 3/9. Pos. Vi9. Ay Shows Gy dGe oe coe

L. tr. 4/2.

Length of specimens from 3 to 7 inches.

Pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5, crooked and pointed.

This species, which is said to grow to a large size in the higher

regions of Bengal, is moderately common in the Bowany, where

young ones are easily obtained in August and September. I had

intended introducing it into the waters of the hills, to which it

would seem well adapted.

Puntius (BARBODES) GRACILIS, Jerdon.

Coatee candee, Tamil.

Bo iis © DL 4/95. PA Wit od Co. ein ee

Lister: 7/45 es

Length of head 1, of pectoral 4, of caudal +, of base of dorsal 4,

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 291

of base of anal +; of the total length. Height of head 4, of body ?,

of dorsal fin nearly 4, of ventral 4, of anal nearly + of the total length.

Eyes transversely oval, 2 of length of head, 17 diameter apart,

13 from end of snout.

Dorsal profile more convex than the abdominal, and ascending in

a regular curve from the snout to the commencement of the dorsal

fin, whence it gradually sinks.

Snout rather pointed; cleft of mouth extending scarcely half the

distance to below the anterior inargin of the orbit ; lower jaw slightly

the shortest. Nasal cirri extend to the anterior third of the orbit ;

the maxillary cirri to the posterior margin of the orbit. Preeorbital

rather elongated, with its apex anterior, and curved rather towards

the median line. Nostrils generic.

Fins. Dorsal arises immediately over the ventrals; base slightly

scaled.. First two undivided rays small ; third not quite half so long

as the fourth, which is bony, strong, broad, laterally compressed,

smooth, and nearly as high as the first soft ray ; last ray hardly more

than one-third the length of the first. Pectoral pointed, and reach-

ing as far as the base of the ventral. Anal eatirely posterior to the

dorsal, arising midway between the base of the pectoral and the ter-

mination of the caudal; its undivided rays articulated and weak,

when three exist the first is very minute. Caudal deeply forked in

its posterior two-thirds.

Seales largest in the anterior half of the body.

Lateral line in single tubes; commencing near the upper end of

the opercle, it bends gently downwards, and opposite the centre of

the pectoral it passes direct to the centre of the caudal.

Pharyngeal teeth crooked, pointed, 4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4.

Colours. Cheeks golden ; body generally silvery green superiorly,

becoming silvery white below the lateral line, the base of each scale

being the darkest. After death a darkish line appears along the

centre of every scale.

Hab. Bowany River.

A few of this species were placed in the Ootacamund Lake. It is

said to attain to a large size.

Puntivs (BARBODES) DUBIUS, Sp. Nov.

By ar. -D.A/9. VP. 17... Vn Ge, pls 3/ Say HJ. Foe ey

Length of head nearly 4, of pectoral 4, of caudal a little above 3,

of base of dorsal 4, of base of anal 5); of the total length. Height

of head 5°, of body nearly 4, of dorsal +, of ventral 4, of anal % of

the total length.

Eyes transversely oval; diameter 2 of length of head, 14 dia-

meter apart, and the same distance from end of snout.

Appearances the same as in the last species, from which it may be

only a sexual difference. Its cirri are muci shorter, its two pairs

being of the same length, and only equal to half the diameter of the

orbit. The third dorsal spine extends two-thirds the length of the

fourth. Snout more elevated, and scales smaller.

Hab. Bowany River.

292 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES, [Mar. 14,

Puntivus (BARBODES) CARNATICUS.

? Barbus carnaticus, Jerdon, Madras Journ. No. 35. . 3H

Poaree candee, or Saal candee, Tam.

B. iii. D. 4/8. P.15. V. 9. A. ==. C.19. L.1. 32. L. tr. 6/3.

Length of specimens up to 224 inches.

Length of head -? yp of pectoral -2 373, of base of dorsal 3, of base of

anal =i, of caudal 4 of the total length. Height of head nearly 1,

of body rather more Sen 1, of dorsal } 4, of ana 2 of the total length.

Eyes. Transverse diameter { of length of head, 2} transverse dia-

meters apart, 13 from end of snout.

Dorsal profile rather more convex than that of the abdomen.

Cleft of mouth extending nearly to beneath the anterior margin

of the orbit. Nostrils generic. Preorbital irregularly pentagonal,

the anterior margin the longest, the anterior superior the shortest.

Tn adults the summit of the head very rugose, and a slight depression

extends across the snout just anterior to the nostrils. Nasal pair of

cirri thin, reaching as far as anterior margin of the orbit ; maxillary

thicker, but slightly shorter.

Fins. The dorsal, nearly square, commences midway between snout

and base of the caudal, and is situated in the posterior half of the

body ; first entire dorsal ray minute, the second longer, the third

only two-fifths of the length of the fourth, which Jast is broad,

nearly as long as the first soft ray, strong, entire, and has a short

soft articulated termination ; the last soft ray is divided at its root.

Caudal deeply forked, lobes pointed.

Scales very large, nearly quadrangular, and in the adults having

very roughened margins ; some scales exist over the bases of the dor-

sal, anal, and caudal fins.

Lateral line first curves gently downwards for five scales, and then

roceeds direct to centre of caudal fin.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth pointed and slighted crooked at their

extremities, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Colours. Brownish green along the back, silvery white on the

abdomen; cheeks glossed with gold; dorsal fin dark grey; pecto-

rals, ventrals, and anal whitish, with a dash of pink; caudal grey-

ish; eyes golden.

Hab. Bowany and Seegoor Rivers.

This is the only large species of Puntius existing as an indige-

nous Species at so high : an elevation as 2900 feet ; the small Puntius

grayi, spec. nov., was also found at about the same height above

the sea. At Bilkent: about 5700 feet elevation, I found a existing ;

it had been introduced there some years previously ; and the first

fish I obtained was taken on a night-line, and nearly 43 Ib. weight.

Tn the Bowany it has been taken 25 1b. weight. Their conveyance

alive during the hot months is difficult, but during the cold weather

exceedingly easy. Upwards of two dozen were placed in the Oota-

camund Lake, where, however, more are necessary ; and no doubt

they would succeed in the Pykara River.

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 293

Puntivus (BarBopEs) GRAYI, sp. nov.

Beme Ds, 3/6, P: 15. V. 8: An2/55 °C 15. La. 20: Ls tr4/2.

Length of specimens up to 23 gee

Length of head 2, of pectoral 1, of base of dorsal 4, - base of

ine ie. of caudal 2 of the total length. Height of head 4 +, of body

4, of dorsal 2, of eal 1 of the total length.

Leyes. Diameter i of length of head, nearly 1 diameter apart, #

of a diameter from end of snout.

Profile of dorsal aspect considerably more convex than that of the

abdomen, there being a very considerable rise from the snout to the

anterior extremity of the dorsal fin, whilst from its posterior end

there is a rapid fall.

Cleft of mouth extends to under the anterior margin of the orbit.

Nasal cirri short ; the maxillary pair slender and equal in length to

the diameter of the orbit. Preeorbital longer than high, irregularly

pentagonal and directed forwards.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the base

of the caudal fin; the anal midway between the posterior extremity

of the orbit and the end of the caudal, which last fin is deeply

emarginate in its posterior two-thirds. Unbranched dorsal rays thin

and articulated.

Scales large; some extended over the bases of the dorsal, anal,

and caudal fins.

Lateral line in single tubes ; it passes nearly direct from the pos-

terior superior margin of the opercle to the centre of the caudal fin.

Pharyngeal teeth in three rows, curved, sharp, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Colours. Olive-green superiorly, with a dash of crimson, and be-

coming of a dirty reddish white on the abdomen. A broad black

band commences from under the whole extent of the base of the

dorsal fin, and passes downwards to just below the lateral line; a

second band begins four scales beyond the posterior extremity of the

base of the dorsal, and passes down to one scale below the lateral

line; there is also a slight blackish band, often indistinct, at the

base of the caudal fin. Dorsal, caudal, and anal pinkish; the pos-

terior extremity of the first black, whilst the anal is also margined

with black having an external white edge. In some specimens taken

from a high level (about 3000 feet) in a rapid stream the ground-

colour was of a brilliant crimson; in a few young specimens the

caudal had the outer third of its caudal crimson edged with black.

Hab. The Bowany and Kullaar Rivers, at the foot of the Neilgher-

ries, and other streams on the lower slopes up to 3000 feet elevation.

I have named this pretty little Carp after Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

PUNTIUS FILAMENTOSUS, Cuv. & Val.

Sawaal candee,Tam. ‘The Red-tailed Carp.

Bsa. Ds. 3/8 2 Pel 7 os V9 A. 2/5. Col. Ll, 20ers 5/4.

Common in the Bowany.

This species of Puntius is easily conveyed alive from place to

place ; six specimens were placed alive in the Ootacamund Lake.

294 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES, [ Mar. 14,

Puntivs ARuLIvS, Jerdon.

B. iu. D,3/8._P. 15, ¥.8. A;2/5;, ©. 18... 198. iL.42, B72.

Length of specimens up to 2 inches.

Length of head 1, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal 5, of base of

anal qs, of caudal ¢ Z of the total length. Height of head 4, of body

3, of dorsal fin +, at anal + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly 4 3 of length of head, # of a diameter apart,

3 a diameter from end of snout.

Profile of dorsal and ventral aspects about equally convex, the

greatest depth of the body being opposite the commencement of the

dorsal fin.

Cleft of mouth extending nearly to under the anterior margin of

the orbit. Nostrils generic. Preeorbital pentagonal. No cirri.

Fins. The dorsal commences midway between the snout and the

base of the caudal, and opposite the posterior third of the pectoral.

Anal arises midway between the centre of the orbit and the extremity

of the caudal, which last is deeply emarginate in its posterior three-

fourths.

Seales large, and extended over the bases of the dorsal, anal, and

caudal fins.

_ Lateral line in single tubes, first curving downwards to opposite

the posterior end of the pectoral, whence it proceeds direct to the

centre of the caudal.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth in three rows, crooked at their extremi-

ties and sharp, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Colours. Olive-green on the back, becoming silvery white dashed

with green on the abdomen. A black band of about two scales in

width passes from under the commencement of the dorsal fin, as low

as the lateral Ime; a second from just below the posterior extremity

of the dorsal to the base of the anal fin; and a third across the base

of the caudal. Dorsal, caudal, and anal pinkish; the first with a

black bar along its summit, whilst the caudal has also a slightly

black termination.

Hab. Bowany River.

AMBLYPHARYNGODON JERDONI, Day.

Bi. Ded/7.. P. ta. .V 9. A.dja. O29. 2 LOM ae pr ee

Length of specimens up to 35%, inches.

Differs slightly from the Malabr species in having a minute first

undivided ray in the dorsal fin, and in the latter being rather lower

posteriorly.

The colours also are not so bright, beg more of a bluish green

along the back, whilst the lateral ‘stripe is more of a steel-colour.

Hake Bowany River.

BaRILIUS RUGOSUS, sp. Noy.

Aart candee,Tam. River-Carp.

B. ii. D.3/8..P,.14.,Ve10; An B/14. Cal Bike b Abed. tese/s:

Length of specimens from 54, of an inch to 433; inches.

1867. ] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 295

Length of head nearly 7, of pectoral 4, of base cf dorsal J, of

base of anal 4, of caudal a little above + of the total length. Height

of head 4, of body 3, of dorsal fin 4, of anal 3 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 1{ diameter apart, | dia-

meter from end of snout.

Profile more convex on the ventral than on the dorsal aspect.

Cleft of mouth large, directed forwards and slightly upwards, ex-

tending posteriorly to beneath the middle of the orbit. The lower

jaw is received at its termination into a slight emargination formed

by the junction of the intermaxillaries. ‘The anterior surface of the

snout, and the sides of the intermaxillaries and of the lower jaw,

covered with large glands; some also exist along the inferior surface

of the lower jaw. Nostrils at anterior superior angle of the orbit,

nearer to it than to the end of the snout, and divided from one an-

other by a membranous valve; the posterior broad and patent, the

anterior semitubular.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between snout and middle of

caudal fin, and opposite the anterior third of the ventral, extending

posteriorly to above the third anal ray. Caudal moderately emar-

ginate, lower lobe slightly the longest. Anterior extremities of

dorsal and anal fins the highest ; the former with a slightly convex,

the latter with a convex and concave margin.

Scales moderately large, with from two to three raised lines on

each. The base of the dorsal scaleless, of the anal slightly scaled.

Two long free scales at the base of the ventral. Base of caudal scaled.

Lateral line in single tubes on each scale; it passes downwards

nearly to the abdominal profile, along which it runs parallel.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth in three rows, curved, slightly hooked,

and pointed at their extremities, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Colours. Head purplish silvery, generally of a shade of grey

glossed with purple, becoming silvery white along the abdomen.

About fifteen vertical greyish silvery bands pass from the grey of the

back to nearly as low as the lateral line; in the old males they are

more in the form of large oval spots. Fins greyish, the anterior extre-

mity of the dorsal and anal tipped with white. In a very few young

the body was marked with black bands in the form of the letter W.

The old males differ so much from the young and the females as

at first to appear like different species; in the latter the scales are

quite smooth, and but few glands around the jaws. Some of the

males, on the contrary, when full-grown, have from one to three

rough spots on each scale in the posterior half of the body, the

lateral line is indistinctly apparent, the caudal fin is comparatively

short, and its lower lobe considerably the longest.

This species differs from the Barilius bakeri, bemg of a more

slender shape, whilst the jaws are surrounded by large glands, and,

instead of a few distinct oval or round spots along the lateral line,

it has fifteen distinct stripes.

Fishes of this genus are invariably called Trout by Europeans.

Hab. The Bowany and Seegoor Rivers, and the rapid streams

along the lower slopes of the Neilgherries.

296 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Mar. 14,

Barixivs (Pacuystomvus) cocoa, Buch. Ham.

6. i. D.2/7.-P. 13, V9. A. 2/7. ©. 18. a ae, Aa. oy,

Length of specimens to 5 inches.

The existence of a short pair of nasal, and a second pair of maxil-

lary cirri about equally long was very apparent. Having captured

an identical fish at Kurnool, I have but little doubt that it is Bu-

chanan Hamilton’s fish, with which it exactly agrees.

Hah. Bowany River, where, however, it is not common.

PARADANIO AUROLINEATUS, Day.

Poarah cunjoo candee, Tam.

Boi, DS , P4. V7 ee 9; ee ee

*11—12° 15—16°

Length of specimens to 4,5; inches.

The coloration differs slightly from the Malabar species, in that

here there are some irregular vertical yellow lines on the fore part of

the body, and the blue between the yellow lines and the opercular

spot is less distinct. The lower half of the dorsal fin is also darker.

Hab, Billicul, where it was imported and breeds; also the Bowany

aud Seegoor Rivers. Some were placed in the Ootacamund Lake.

It grows to about 6 inches in length.

PARADANIO NEILGHERRIENSIS, Sp. Noy.

Cowlie, Tam.

B. iii, D. 5. P15. V.10. A. 2/10. C.20. 1.1.35. L. tr.

9/2. Vert. =.

Length of specimens up to 33 inches.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal 3, of base of

anal 2, of caudal 2 of the total length. Height of head 7%, of body

4, of dorsal 3, of anal 3 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 1q diameter apart, $ of a

diameter from end of snout.

Profile more convex on the ventral than it is on the dorsal aspect.

Body compressed.

Cleft of mouth extending to under the anterior margin of the

orbit, with the lower jaw directed rather upwards, and having a

slight knob at its termination, so that when the mojith is closed it

forms the anterior end of the fish. Nostrils at anterior superior

angle of the orbit, nearer to it than to the end of the snout, and di-

vided from each other by a membranous valve. .

Fins. The dorsal commences midway between the snout and the

middle of the caudal fin, and opposite the posterior third of the

ventral, extending to above the fourth anal ray. Caudal emarginate

in its posterior fourth. Anterior ends of dorsal and anal fins the

highest.

Scales of medium size; none over the bases of dorsal or anal fins,

but a few over the caudal.

Lateral line commencing from the upper posterior margin of the

1867. ] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 297

opercle, bends directly downwards to opposite the posterior extremity

of the pectoral fin, it then follows the curve of the abdomen to its

termination ; it consists of single tubes.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth crooked and pointed, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Colours. Back greenish, sides silvery, with a purplish tinge along

the abdomen, and a badly marked broad steel-blue stripe extending

from behind the eye to the caudal fin; it is bounded superiorly and

inferiorly by a narrow bright yellow band. Fins yellowish, with fine

black dots, the external portions of dorsal and anal the highest.

The colours vary in different places.

Hab. Ootacamund Lake, Pykara, Avelanche, and Kaity streams.

This is the only indigenous fish of the hills.

With short dorsal fin, and an elongated ray in ventral fin.

PARADANIO ELEGANS, spec. nov.

Buti? DiW/3. (Pola V.8e As 2/23.-Crlgs Li 1052.) Ls tr 8/2:

Length of specimens up to 34 inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral 7, of base of dorsal ;4, of base of

anal }, of caudal nearly 7 of the total length. Height of head 4, of

body ?, of dorsal 3, of anal ;°, of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, ? of a diameter from end of

snout, 17 apart.

Profile of dorsal aspect rises slightly to the base of the dorsal fin ;

along the abdominal surface there is a regular curve from the sym-

physis of the lower jaw to the end of the anal fin. Body strongly

compressed.

Cleft of mouth deep, oblique, and reaching to nearly under the

anterior margin of the orbit. Snout short. Upper jaw slightly

compressed; lower jaw the longest; both covered by thin lips.

Nostrils generic.

Fins. Dorsal commences over the middle of the anal. Ventral

with an elongated ray extending backwards as far as the middle of

the anal, which last fin is highest anteriorly. Caudal lobed, the in-

ferior lobe both largest and longest.

Scales with two or three diverging strie. Base of dorsal not

scaled, of anal scaled.

Lateral line in single tubes; it first curves round the base of the

pectoral fin, and just beyond the ventral attains within two scales

of the abdominal profile, which it follows as far as the posterior ex-

tremity of the anal, and then curves upwards to the centre of the

caudal.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth crooked at their extremity and pointed,

5, 4, 1/l, 4, 5.

Colours. Greenish, with a silvery band extending from opposite

the upper margin of the opercle to the upper portion of the caudal

fin. Abdomen silvery. Several irregular yellow bars pass down-

wards from the back to the abdomen. Cheeks silvery. Fins dia-

phanous. Eyes golden.

Hab. Bowany River.

298 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Mar. 14,

RASBORA NEILGHERRIENSIS, spec. Noy.

Ovaree candee, Tam.

Budi, D, 2(7..Bolde VB. Aveta, ©: 18; ucla acteaee

Length of specimens to 5} inches.

Length of head 52, of pectoral 3, of base of dorsal +5, of base of

anal 5!;, of caudal =2; of the total length. Height of head §, of

body 4, of dorsal 3, of anal 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 13 diameter apart, 1 dia-

meter from end of snout.

Profile more convex on the ventral than on the dorsal aspect,

which last is almost straight. i

Cleft of mouth extending to beneath the anterior margin of the

orbit; it is directed upwards, and there is a slight knob below the

anterior extremity of the lower jaw. Nostrils at anterior superior

angle of the orbit, nearer to it than to the end of the snout; the

posterior broad and patent, divided by a valve from the anterior,

which has elevated margins. Preeorbital irregularly pentagonal, its

anterior margin the longest, its anterior superior very short.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and centre of

the caudal fin, and over the middle of the ventral, extending back-

wards to opposite its posterior extremity. Caudal broad, slightly

lobed in its posterior fourth, in adults the lowest lobe being the

longest. Anterior extremities of dorsal and anal the highest.

Scales moderately large; none on the base of either the dorsal or

anal, some on the caudal.

Lateral line consists of single tubes; it makes a very gentle curve

downwards, from the posterior superior angle ot opercle to above the

ventral fin, whence it runs parallel with the abdominal profile.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth crooked, pointed, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Colours. Back dull greenish brown, fading to white glossed with

purple on the abdomen. Opercles silvery. A darkish silvery line

runs along the opercles and side of the body, having a broad silvery

band below it. Fins yellowish grey; base of caudal dark grey.

Eyes bluish green.

This species is said to grow to eight inches in length, and takes

either a fly or a worm. In the Billicul Lake (to which place it was

imported) it breeds very readily.

Hab. Bowany and Seegoor Rivers, also the Billicul Lake.

RASBORA WOOLAREE, spec. nov.

Woolaree candee, Tam.

Boi: Dl2/7. Pers. V8." A. 2/5. Core.” Wailodt. | Vator,

Length of specimens up to 3 inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal ;4, of base of

anal 5, of caudal 7 of the total length. Height of head 3%, of

body ;, of dorsal 4, of anal ;% of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 14 diameter apart, ? of a dia-

meter from end of snout.

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 299

Profile more convex on the ventral than on the dorsal aspect,

which last is nearly straight.

Cleft of mouth extending to under the anterior margin of the

orbit ; upper jaw broad; the lower jaw with a well-marked kuob at

its anterior extremity, and which is received into a rather deep

emargination in the centre of the upper jaw, where, when the mouth

is closed, it forms part of the upper profile. Upper surface of head

nearly flat. Nostrils generic. Preorbital irregularly pentagonal,

pointing downwards and backwards, its posterior margin the longest,

its posterior inferior margin the shortest.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the centre

of the caudal fin, and over the middle of the ventral, extending

backwards to over its posterior extremity. Caudal broad and deeply

lunated in its posterior half. First divided rays of dorsal and anal

the highest.

Scales moderately large, some on base of both anal and caudal fins.

Lateral line consists of single tubes; it makes a rather concave

curye downwards from the posterior superior angle of the opercle to

opposite the end of the pectoral fin, whence it passes parallel with

the abdomen to the lower third of the caudal fin.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth sharp, curved, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Colours. Olive-green superiorly, becoming lighter on the abdo-

men, with a purplish gloss. A leaden-blue stripe passes from the

eye to the centre of the caudal fin; it has a dull yellow edging above.

Fins orange.

Said never to exceed four inches in length. It is common in the

Bowany River.

This species of Rasbora differs materially from the R. neilyher-

riensis in its comparatively longer head, its larger eye, its mouth,

its preeorbital, its lateral line, and the shape of the caudal fin.

Fishes of this genus are avoided as food by the natives of some

portions of the Madras Presidency whilst cholera is present, as they

are considered to predispose the eater to attacks of this scourge.

Genus Esomus.

I have in this place introduced a fish of this genus, of which I

have been favoured with many specimens captured by Mr. Assistant

Apothecary Everard at Trichoor, near Cochin. It is exceedingly

interesting, because Valenciennes’s specimen was obtained from a

hot spring in Ceylon, and Dr. M°Cielland’s from a hot spring in

Bengal. Although not captured near the Neilgherries, I shall de-

scribe it in this place with reference to the next species.

EsoMUS MALABARICUS, Sp. Noy.

Ba Hs De 2 fc Bd] N Bes As 2/he Grd O, deel, G2 aieres,

Length of specimens up to 3 inches.

Length of head =7,, of pectoral 2, of base of dorsal 5),, of base of

anal ='5, of caudal 2 of the total length. Height of head 3, of body

3» of dorsal 4, of anal 4 of the total length.

300 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Mar. 14,

Eyes. Diameter 2? of length of head, 1} diameter apart, 1 dia-

meter from end of snout.

Profile from snout to anterior margin of dorsal fin almost straight,

then sinking along its base it again becomes straight. Abdominal

profile more convex. Body compressed.

Cleft of mouth short, oblique, not extending halfway to the orbit ;

the anterior surface of the lower jaw, when the mouth is closed,

forms part of the upper profile. Snout rather depressed. Lower

lip rather fleshy, not covering the tip of the lower jaw. The supe-

rior pair of cirri reach as far as the middle of the orbit; the inferior

pair extend from the angle of the mouth to beyond the base of the

ventral fin. Preeorbital triangular, apex below.

Fins. Dorsal short, placed opposite the anal, and commencing

midway between the anterior margin of the orbit and posterior

extremity of the caudal fin. Pectoral large, falcated, reaching to

the commencement of the ventral, which is short. Caudal deeply

lunated.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth slightly crooked and pointed, 5/5, in a

single row.

Scales of moderate size.

Lateral line absent.

Colours. Greyish silvery above, becoming silvery white below the

middle of the body, along which runs a silvery stripe, which has a

narrow yellow edge superiorly. In one specimen the silver stripe

was edged superiorly by a broad black band.

Hab. Trichoor in Malabar.

Subgenus Nurra.

Differs from Lsomus in the presence of a lateral line strongly

curved.

Esomus (NuRIA) MADERASPATENSIS, Sp. nov.

Be iiiDs 2i7—. (Bold V9 a A. B/S. dal S2i aw apes

Length of specimens up to 3 inches.

Length of head 52,, of pectoral 4, of caudal + of the total length.

Height of head +, of body 3, of dorsal 4, of anal + of the total

length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 1 diameter apart, ? of a dia-

meter from end of snout.

Cleft of mouth short, oblique, not extending above one-third of

the distance to below the orbit, and gape three times as wide as the

cleft is deep. Two pairs of cirri, as in the last species.

Fins. Dorsal short, its anterior half in advance of the origin of

the anal. Pectoral does not extend so far as the ventral; neither

does the latter reach the anal. Caudal deeply lunated.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth in one row, straight and sharp, 5/5.

Colours. Silvery white, with a silvery line extending along the

centre of either side. Fins diaphanous.

Hab, Bowany River. It is also exceedingly common at Madras.

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 301

CHELA ARGENTEA, Sp. Nov.

Wellachee candee,Tam. The White Carp.

Ba. oe. Fo lo. Vs os. Ao) i4, .C. 19. it. 40-45.

L. tr. 7/2.

Length of specimens to 52 inches.

Length of head nearly +, of pectoral a little above 1, of base of

dorsal 51, of base of anal above +, of caudal a little more than + of

the total length. Height of head +45, of body above 1, of dorsal fin

nearly 4, of anal nearly 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Orbits circular, their upper margin close to the profile.

Diameter not quite 3 of length of head, 1 diameter apart posteriorly,

? anteriorly, and the same distance from the end of the snout.

Profile rises to over the centre of the pectoral fin, whence it pro-

ceeds direct to the base of the caudal. Its abdominal profile is more

convex than its dorsal. Abdomen sharp, cutting anteriorly ; body

and head compressed laterally.

Cleft of mouth extending to beneath the anterior third of the

orbit ; the lower jaw is directed obliquely upwards, so that its ante-

rior extremity is nearly level with the dorsal profile. The lower jaw

has a knob at its symphysis, which is received into an emargination

formed by the intermaxillary bones. Nostrils generic. Preeorbital

nearly oval, its superior and inferior margins being twice the length

of its anterior and posterior ones.

Fins. Dorsal situated in the posterior third of the distance be-

tween the snout and the base of the caudal fin, and over the com-

mencement of the anal. Pectoral commencing under the posterior

extremity of the opercle, extends to rather beyond the base of the

ventral, which does not quite reach so far as the anal. Dorsal and

anal both highest anteriorly, with their external margins slightly

concave, their first undivided rays minute. Pectoral and ventral

pointed, the outer ray of the first strong and undivided. Caudal

deeply lobed.

Scales moderately large, and with six or eight well-marked lines

radiating from their bases towards their circumferences. <A few scales

exist along the anterior portion of the base of the anal and caudal fins.

Lateral line consisting of a single tube in each scale ; commencing

on a level with the upper margin of the opercle, it bends downwards

for about twelve scales, when it reaches above the base of the ventral

fin, from here it follows the curve of the abdomen to opposite the

lower third of the base of the caudal, when it suddenly ascends to

attain its centre.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth curved, pointed at their extremities, and

in three rows, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Colours. Brilliant silvery, with a brownish-green back, divided

from the abdomen by a broad green band, which extends from be-

hind the upper part of the orbit to the centre of the caudal fin.

Fins yellowish ; external portions of dorsal and caudal stained with

dark, due to numerous minute black spots. Outer margin of anal

also darkish,

esd

302 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW MALURUS. [Mar. 14,

Grows to about 8 inches in length, and is very numerous in the

Bowany. ;

Hab. The Bowany River.

Noroprervus PALLASIT, Cuv. & Val.

Ambutan wahlah, Tam. The Barber’s Wahlah.

B. viz, D. 9. Peis; A.08.> Via. 0. $3... dal, 2apd

Length of specimens from 4} to 10 inches.

Twenty-eight serrations along the anterior margin of the chest

and abdomen.

Its native name is derived from the form of the body being similar

to the knives which barbers employ for shaving.

BELONE CANCILA, Buch. Ham.

Coco meen, Tam. ‘‘ Long-nosed Fish.”’

Bes. DO9s15. PALL, A o/1bs eee

Very common in the Bowany River. It is reputed to be very

destructive to young fish.

Mur2&NA MACULATA, Buch. Ham.

Vellangoo, Tam.

Common in the Bowany. Upwards of a dozen and a half were

placed in the Ootacamund Lake.

6. Description of a New Australian Bird pertaining to the

genus Malurus. By Jonn Gounp, F.R.S.

MALURUS CALLAINUS. ‘Turquoisine Malurus,

Male in full nuptial dress :—

Entire crown of the head, mantle, and upper tail-coverts light

turquoise-blue ; ear-coverts similar in colour, but of a conspicuously

lighter hue; throat rich cobalt-blue ; entire abdomen and under

tail-coverts rich verditer-blue ; the turquoise-coloured feathers of the

crown are separated from those of the mantle by a band of jet-black,

while the mantle is again separated from the upper tail-coverts by a

conspicuous patch of the same colour; a lunate band of deep black

also separates the cobalt-blue of the throat from the verditer-blue

of the under surface ; tail-feathers dull green, each slightly tipped.

with greyish white ; wings brown, each feather tinged with greyish-

green on its outer web; under surface of the shoulder buff; bill and

legs brownish black.

Total length 43 inches, bill 4, wing 4, tail 23, tarsi 4.

Hab. South Australia.

Remark.—This very beautiful bird is closely allied to Malurus

melanotus and M. splendens; but on comparison the distinctive

characters of each become very apparent.

1867.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MAURITIAN SHELLS. 303

For this new species and many other fine objects I am indebted

to Mr. S. White, of Adelaide, South Australia, who procured them

in the interior of that country.

7. Descriptions of New Species of Shells collected by Geoffrey

Nevill, Esq., at Mauritius. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XIX.)

Vonvarra (VoLvaRINA) pusitua, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 1.)

V. testa fusiformi, pallida; spira elevata, apice obtusiuscula ;

anfr. 5, convexiusculis, ultimo antice attenuato, postice paulum

ascendente ; columella quadruplicata ; apertura angusta ; labro

incrassato, intus dentato.

Long. 5, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. Port Louis Harbour, Mauritius.

This small species of the genus Volvaria has much the appearance

of V. neglecta, Sow. ; but the outer lip is strongly denticulated, while

that of V. neglecta is smooth.

Macrocuiamys MinimA, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 2.)

M. testa subperforata, depressa, discoidea, tenui, viv striatula,

pellucida, nitida ; spira planiuscula, sutura profunda ; anfr. 4,

convexis, ultimo non descendente, bast convexo; apertura vix

obliqua, lunari; perist. simplici, acuto, margine columellari

superne reflexiusculo.

Diam. 14, alt. 3 mill.

Hab. Near Port Louis, Mauritius.

Although this species is so minute, it appears to be adult, and is

therefore deserving of record.

Macrocuiamys PERLUCIDA, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 3.)

M. testa anguste umbilicata, depressa, tenui, levigata, pellucida,

nitida ; spira brevissime conoidea, sutura marginata ; anfr.54,

convexiusculis, arcte convolutis, ultimo vie descendente, peri-

pheria rotundato, basi medio impresso ; apertura obliqua, lu-

nari; perist. simplici, recto, margine columellari superne re-

flexiusculo.

Diam. 6, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. Peter Botte, Grand Bassin, Trou-aux-Cerfs, Mauritius.

‘The animal of this species presents a very pretty appearance, the

mantle being of a bright-yellow colour spotted with black, and the

foot bright yellow, while the tentacles are entirely black.”’—G. Nevill.

SryLoponta (Ererra) rurocincra, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 4.)

S. testa viv perforata, conoideo-lenticulari, solidula, superne con-

fertim arcuato-striata, pallide rufa, fascia rufa supra carinam

alteraque suturali ornata ; spira parum elevata, apice obtusa,

304 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MAURITIAN SHELLS. [Mar. 14,

sutura leviter impressa; anfr. 6, planiusculis, lente accrescen-

tibus, ultimo antice breviter descendente, peripheria angulato,

basi modice convexo, sublevigato, leviter concentrice striato,

albido; apertura obliqua, rotundato-lunari ; perist. simpliet,

marginibus callo crasso junctis, columellari declivi, incrassato,

supra perforationem refiexo.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 12, alt. 73 mill.

Hab. On sandhills near the sea-shore, Coromandel, Mauritius.

StyLoponTa (ErEepra) NEviLuI, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 5.)

S. testa subperforata, depresso-conica, oblique costulis undulatis

granulosis remotiusculis munita, pallide fulva ; spira breviter

conoidea, apice obtusa, sutura impressa ; anfr.8, conveais, lente

accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, ad peripheriam suban-

gulato, subtus convexo; apertura obliqua, lunato-rotundato ;

perist. acuto, intus ladtato, marginibus callo tenui junetis, co-

lumellari incrassato, reflexiusculo.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 10, alt. 7 mill.

Hab. The Pouce Mountain, Mauritius.

This species has characters in common with both S. suffulta, Bens.,

and S. seéiliris, Bens., but is larger and less globose than the former,

and is without the prominent columellar tooth of the latter; while

from the latter it also differs in being larger, less umbilicated, and in

the absence of the undulate lines of hairs. I have much pleasure in

naming it after Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, a very enterprising young natu-

ralist, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of describing this

and the other species included in this paper.

Pura (PAGODELLA) venTRIcosA, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 6.)

P. testa profunde rimata, ovata, tenuiuscula, oblique striatula,

pallide fusca ; spira convexo-conica, sutura impressa ; anfr. 5,

convexiusculis, ultimo ventricoso, basi rotundato ; apertura

semiovali, plica parietali compressa, intrante, ef dente prope

insertionem marginis dextri munita ; perist. simplici, viz expan-

siusculo, marginibus callo junctis, dextro subsinuato, columel-

lari superne dilatato.

Long. 24, diam. 1? mill.

Hab. The Moka Ravines, Mauritius.

This singular little species I cannot satisfactorily refer to any of

the present subgenera of the genus Pupa, and I therefore propose a

new subgenus for it under the name of Pagodella, which may be

characterized as follows :—

Subgenus Pacopetza, H. Ad.

Testa rimata, ovata, opaca; anfr. convexi; apertura semiovalis,

plicis parietalibus 2; perist. tenue, rectum, vix expansiusculum,

marginibus callo junctis.

Gissus (GippuLiNnA) NeEvitLI, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 7.)

G. testa rimata, cylindracea, solidiuscula, oblique sinuato-costata,

1867.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MAURITIAN SHELLS. 305

albida; spira cylindrica, apice obtusa, sutura mediocri; anfr.9,

planiusculis, ultimo non ascendente, basi angulato ; apertura

parum obliqua, rhombeo-ovali, dente parietali compresso, in-

trante, et plica columellari obsoleta munita; perist. dreviter

expanso, margine dextro intus labiato, columellari patente.

Long. 24, diam. 6 mill.; ap. 63 mill. longa, 4 lata.

Hab. The Pouce Mountain, Mauritius.

“The foot of the animal in this species is orange; the mantle is

also orange, slightly mottled with black anteriorly, more densely so

posteriorly ; and the tentacles are black.’’—G. Nevill.

I have named this species in honour of Mr. William Nevill, the

father of Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, a gentleman well known as a mine-

ralogist.

Gispsus (GonipoMus) NEwTont, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 8.)

G. testa profunde arcuato-rimata, elongato-ovata, oblique costata,

pallido-lutea ; spira convexo-conica, sutura impressa; anfr. 8,

convexiuseulis, ultimo antice ascendente, basi compresso ; aper-

tura verticali, truncato-oblonga ; perist. breviter expanso, mar-

gintbus callo gunctis, dextro intus incrassato, columellari pa-

tente.

Long. 24, diam. 11 mill.; ap. 7 mill. longa, 6 lata.

Hab. Trou-aux-Cerfs, Mauritius.

“This species was first found by Mr. Caldwell at Trou-au-Cerf,

and I have since found it alive at the same place. The animal has

the foot of a greyish flesh-colour, the mantle light brownish grey

closely veined with longitudinal dark brown lines, and the tentacles

of a dull purple.” —G. Nevill.

EnneEA (GuLELLA) MopEsTa, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 9.)

K. testa profunde perforata, ovato-oblonga, tenuiuscula, conferte

et minute costulata, nitida, pellucida, corneo-hyalina; spira

ventrosa, sursum tumida, apice convexo-conica, sutura impressa;

anfr. 11, convexts, ultimo ascendente, basi rotundato ; apertura

verticali, ovali, plica compressa oblique descendente prope in-

sertionem marginis dextri munita ; perist. expanso, subsoluto,

margine dextro sinuato, intus tuberculifero.

. Long. 5, diam. supra medium 24 mill. ; ap. 14 mill. longa, 1 mill.

lata.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species. has hitherto been confounded with EZ. c/avulata, Lam.,

but appears to be distinct. Among many specimens that came under

the notice of Mr. G. Nevill there was not one of an intermediate form.

CycLostomus (TrRoprpopHoRA) MAURITIANUS, H. Ad. (PI.

XIX. fig. 10.)

C. testa anguste umbilicata, ovato-conica, tenuiuscula, pallide

fulva, strigis fulvis ornata ; spira conica, apice acutiuscula ;

anfr. 5, convexts, bicarinatis, inter carinas undique costis irre-

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1867, No. XX,

306 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MAURITIAN SHELLS. [ Mar. 14,

gularibus subdistantibus munitis ; apertura vix obliqua, subcir- ©

culari ; perist. simplici, marginibus approximatis, callo tenut

junctis, margine dextro recto, columellari mediocriter expanso.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 12, alt. 17 mill.

Hab. The Pouce Mountain, Mauritius.

CycLostomus scaBER, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 11.)

C. testa profunde umbilicata, globoso-turbinata, tenuiuscula, spi-

raliter costulis subdistantibus et longitudinaliter striis elevatis

decussata, basi costulis spiralibus propioribus, in umbilico re-

motioribus, pallide carnea, fascia rufa angusta infra periphe-

riam ornata; spira turbinata, apice obtusiuscula; anfr. 5,

convexis, ultimo rotundato; apertura verticali, circulart; perist.

simplici, recto, continuo, superne subangulato, breviter adnato.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 10, alt. 11 mill.

Hab. The Pouce Mountain, Mauritius.

OMPHALOTROPIS CosTELLATA, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 12.)

O. testa umbilicata, ovato-conica, tenuiuscula, spiraliter costulis

filiformibus subdistantibus, ctrea umbilicum remotioribus,

superne fere obsoletis munita, pallide carnea, versus apicem

rubida, strigis fulguratis rufis picta; spira conica, apice acu-

tiuscula, sutura profunda ; anfr. 7, convexiusculis, ultimo ro-

tundato, in umbilico liris equalibus munito; apertura subver-

ticali, ovali ; perist. recto, acuto, marginibus callo tenui junctis,

columellari subincrassato, expaniusculo.

Long. 10, diam. 7 mill. ; ap. 6 mill. longa.

Hab. The Pouce Mountain, Mauritius.

OmpHaLotropis picturaTA, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 13.)

O. testa perforata, ovato-conica, oblique confertim striatula,

corneo-rufa, maculis et strigis albis notata ; spira conica, apice

acuminata, sutura submarginata et crenulata; anfr. 6, con-

vexiusculis, ultimo rotundato; apertura subverticali, oblongo-

ovata; perist. simplici, margine dextro recto, columellari vir

expansiusculo.

Long. 6, diam. 3 mill.; ap. 2 mill. longa.

Hab. The Pouce Mountain, Mauritius.

‘The animal in this species has the tentacles yellow, tipped with

dark brown; the foot almost white; the mantle a kind of grey

(varying), with its sides dark brown, and the same colour between

the tentacles.” —G. Nevill.

CassipuLa parva, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 14.)

C. testa subperforata, ovato-conica, solidula, spiraliter confertim

costulata (prope suturam costulis majoribus), longitudinaliter

minute striaia, sordide alba; spira conica, apice mucronata ;

anfr. 6, convexiusculis, ultimo basi attenuato, antice crista ob-

tusa munito; apertura subobliqua, ovali; plica parietali 1,

compressa, subtransversa, nodulo supero obsoleto ; plica colu-

1867.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. 307

mellari paulo minore, illi parallela; perist. simplict, margine

dextro vix expunsiusculo, intus medio unidentato, columellari

calloso, dilatato.

Long. 4, diam. 23 mill.; ap. 2 mill. longa.

Hab. Port Louis Harbour, Mauritius.

PLECOTREMA ExIGuA, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 15.)

P. testa profunde rimata, ovato-conica, solida, spiraliter valde

sulcata, longitudinaliter striata, pallide fulva ; spira conoidea,

apice mucronata; anfr. 8, planiusculis, infra suturam sulco

profundo et lato exaratis, ultimo basi attenuato, pone apertu-

ram valde cristato ; apertura subobliqua, angusta ; plicis parie-

talibus 2, superiore tuberculiformi, altera bipartita ; plica co-

lumellart compressa, subhorizontali ; perist. simplict, margini-

bus callo crasso junctis, dextro intus incrassato, tridentato,

dente superiore minuto, columellari dilatato, patente.

Long. 6, diam. 34 mill. ; ap. 2 mill. longa.

Hab. Trou d’Eaux Douces, Mauritius.

8. Descriptions of New Species of Shells.

By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XIX.)

Nanina (?Rotuta) conutus, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. figs. 16, 16a.)

N. testa imperforata, trochiformi, tenui, oblique striata, superne

liris spiralibus obsoletissimis signata, rubello-cornea, ad cari-

nam et ad suturas pallidiore ; spira conoidea, apice obtusius-

cula, sutura distincta ; anfr. 6, convexiusculis, ultimo non

descendente, carinato, basi convexo; apertura subobliqua, te-

tragono-lunari; perist. recto, acuto, marginibus convergentibus,

columellari verticali, superne breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 10, alt. 12 mill.

Hab. Newera Ellia, Ceylon (Coll. F. Layard).

This species, which is closely allied to N. concavospira, Pfr., was

obtained by Mr. Frederick Layard from Newera Ellia, Ceylon, at an

elevation of 6500 feet above the level of the sea. I have referred it

with doubt to the subgenus Rotu/a, the animal of the typical species,

N. detecta, not being known. In the figure given of the animal, in

this case, the truncature of the foot is distinctly shown; while the

animals of certain Indian species, considered by Mr. W. T. Blanford

to belong to the same subgenus, are without such truncature, the

mucus-pore being above the flattened posterior extremity.

Buxtrmuvus (Ena) pusitius, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 17.)

B. testa sinistrorsa, rimato-perforata, cylindrico-turrita, tenut,

nequaliter striata, viz nitidula, olivaceo-fusca ; spira elongata,

sursum parum attenuata, apice obtusiuscula, sutura distincta ;

308 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. [ Mar, 14,

anfr. 7, convexiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis vie equante, basi

rotundato ; apertura verticali, semiovali; perist. recto, mar-

gine columellart subverticah, superne dilatato, patente.

Long. 5, diam. 2 mill.

Hab. Matelle, Ceylon (Coll. F. Layard).

This small species was collected by Mr. Frederick Layard at Ma-

tclle, Ceylon, and is peculiar from being, at least so far as I know,

the only sinistral land-shell that has yet been met with in the island.

Apicauta sciruLa, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 18.)

A. testa subulata, solidiuscula, subpellucida, politissima, alba,

fascia suturali subdiaphana ornata; spira attenuata, sutura

indistincta ; anfr. 12, apicalibus 3 stilinis, deinde planiusculis,

ultimo rotundato; apertura subovali; labio incrassato, tenui,

ealloso; labro valde sinuato, vix incrassato.

Long. 10, diam. 3} mill. ; ap. 3 mill. longa.

Hab. Borneo (Coll. H. Adams).

Couina pyommaA, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 19.)

C. testa pupiformi, tenuiuscula, flavida, strigis fulvis nonnullis

ornata ; spira medio inflata, sursum convexo-turrita, apice ob-

tusiuscula; anfr. 7, convexiusculis, longitudinaliter nodoso-

plicatis et transverse leviter striatis; plicis longitudinalibus

in anfractu ullimo fere obsoletis, stris transversis, ad suturas

moniliformibus, et fusco lineatis; anfractu ultimo 2 longitudinis

equante, contracto, et in medio subangulato; apertura semi-

ovali, canali brevi recurvo ; columella obliqua, arcuata, oblique

striata, vix callosa ; labro valde expanso, extrorsum incrassato.

Long. 10, diam. 3 mill.

Hab. Borneo (Coll. H. Adams).

This species is another interesting addition to the small genus

Colina. ‘The species I lately described as C. gracilis I find has been

since described by Mr. G. BY Sowerby under the name of C. co-

arctata.

Genus PAaRMELLA, H. Ad.

Testa haliotidea, tenuissima, epidermide cornea, extra testam

producta ; spira plana, vertice laterali ; anfr. paucis, ultimo

maximo; apertura ampla.

This peculiar form is probably closely allied to Parmacella; but

the shell of the latter is shown in Cuvier’s figure of the typical species

(P. olivieri) to have a posterior, terminal and rather prominent apex.

It is also somewhat similar to the South American genus Pel¢ella,

Beck (Geotis, Shuttl.), but differs in being more depressed, and in

the horny polished epidermis with which it is furnished extending

widely beyond the posterior part of the margin.

PaRMELLA PLANATA, H. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 20.)

P. testa depressissima, haliotidiformi, tenuissima, epidermide

1867. | MR. A. ADAMS ON NEW JAPAN SHELLS. 309

luteo-fulva cornea politissima induta, extra marginem postice

late expansa, strigis incrementi subplicata; spira minutissima,

plana, sutura distincta, vertice laterali, ad 4 diametri maximi

posito; anfr.3, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo maximo, horizon-

taliter compresso, peripheria rotundato; apertura subhorizon-

tali, ovato-lunari, spira intus conspicua.

Diam. maj. 15, min. 10 mill., epidermide exclusa.

Hab. Fiji Islands (Coll. H. Adams).

Buiimus (MeseMBRINUS) GEALEI, H. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 21.)

B. testa subperforata, oblongo-ovata, tenut, oblique striata, striis

spiralibus rugosis decussata, nitida, straminea, fasciis fuscis

interruptis plerumque ornata ; spira conica, acutiuscula, sutura

submarginata ; anfr. 6, planiusculis, ultimo spiram subequante,

basi rotundato ; apertura parum obliqua, ovali-oblonga ; perist.

simplici, recto, margine columellari superne appresso-reflexo,

perforationem fere claudente, basali arcuato.

Long. 29, diam. 14 mill.

Hab. Mexico. Collected by Mr. Boucard.

9. Descriptions of New Species of Shells from Japan.

By Artuur Apams, F.L.S. &e.

(Plate XIX.)

1. AGApIna GouLpI, A, Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 22.)

A. testa vix umbilicata, helicoidea, subinflata, tenui, pellucida ;

anfr. 34, rapide accrescentibus ; apertura obliqua, cucullata.

Diam. 13 mill.

Hab. Kino-Osima, in shell-sand.

This species is much smaller than 4. cucullata of Gould, which

he states is a quarter of an inch in diameter.

2. AGapina stimpsont, A. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 23.)

A. testa profunde umbilicata, planorboidea, depressa, tenut, albida ;

anfr. 34, lente acerescentibus ; apertura obliqua, campanulata.

Operculum tenuissimum, corneum, extus concavum, multispirale.

Diam. 1 mill.

Hab. Kino-Osima, in shell-sand.

This is much more depressed and planorbular than the former,

and the umbilicus is deeper and more open.

MANGELIA SPLENDIDA, A. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 24.)

M. testa elongato-fusiformi, solidula, subpellucida, nitida, longi-

tudinaliter plicata plicis obtusis inequalibus, spiraliter lineata

lineis elevatis subdistantibus, postice prominentibus et validi-

oribus munita ; albida, maculis fasciisque interruptis ferruyi-

neis ornata; spira turrita, apice submamillato, sutura im-

310 MR. A. ADAMS ON NEW JAPAN SHELLS. [ Mar. 14,

pressa; anfr. 11, convexiusculis ; apertura subovali, 3 totius

longitudinis ; columella rotundata, callo tenui induta; labro

acuto, sinuato, extus valde varicoso, intus levigato; canali

lato, brevi. J

Long. 24, diam. 9 mill.

Hab. Gotto Islands, Japan.

The largest and most beautiful species of the genus.

Genus Ionraa, A. Ad.

Testa tenuis, turbinato-turrita, umbilicata, seu rimata ; anfracti-

bus sculptis, convexis, transversim liratis; apertura ovata ;

plica parietali obsoleta aut celata.

I established this little group under the name of Jole in the ‘ An-

nals’ for 1860, founding my diagnosis on a single specimen. Since

then, however, I have succeeded in obtaining both J. scitula and

another species, I. amabilis, in greater abundance; and I find that

on breaking some examples the parietal plica exists, but is entirely

concealed. In J. amabilis it is conspicuous externally. The descrip-

tion and natural position of the genus, however, I still consider cor-

rect. I have altered the termination of the word Jo/e, as there is a

genus of birds under that name. The group differs from Oscilla in

being thin and turbinate, with the axis more or less perforated, and

with the parietal fold either obsolete or entirely concealed.

1. Iona sciruua, A. Ad. Annals, 1860.

Hab. Mino-Sima; Seto-Uchi; Akasi; Mososeki; Gotto.

2. Iota scuLPTILis, A. Ad.

Menestho sculptilis, A. Ad. Annals, 1861.

Hab. Mino-Sima; Yobuko.

In the young shells the axis is rimately umbilicated.

3. IoLaA AMABILIS, A. Ad.

I. testa turbinato-turrita, rimata, alba, tenui, subdiaphana ; an-

fractibus 6, convexis, transversim liratis, liris acutis, angustis,

elevatis, distantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter valde striatis,

suturis canaliculatis; apertura acuminato-ovata, antice pro-

ducta et effusa ; labio libero, arcuato ; plica parietali postica,

parva, inconspicua.

Long. 3, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. O-Sima; Tanabe ; Gotto, 48 fathoms.

A thin, semipellucid, exquisitely sculptured species, with chan-

nelled sutures.

Genus Osciuua, A. Ad.

Testa solida, ovata seu pyramidato-turrita, imperforata ; anfrac-

tibus transversim valde liratis ; apertura ovata aut subqua-

drata ; plica parietali valida, transversa, mediana.

1867. ] MR. A. ADAMS ON NEW JAPAN SHELLS. | 311

1. Oscruua LiraTa, A. Ad.

Odostomia ( Evalea) lirata, A. Ad. Annals, 1860.

Hab. Sado; O-Sima; Seto-Uchi ;. Tsu-Sima.

2. OsciLua suLcaTA, A. Ad.

Odostomia (Evalea) sulcata, A. Ad. Annals, 1860.

Hab. Tsu-Sima; Mososeki.

3. OsciLua crnGuxLaTA, A. Ad.

Monoptygma cingulata, A. Ad. Annals, 1861.

Hab. Takano-Sima.

4. OsciLLA ANNULATA, A. Ad.

Obeliscus annulatus, A. Ad. ; Sow. Thes. Mon. Obeliscus, pl. 171.

f..26-

Hab. Mososeki; Yobuko.

5. Osciuua crrcinaTA, A. Ad.

QO. testa elongato-ovata, rimata, tenuiuscula, alba, semiopaca;

anfractibus normalibus 5, planis, cingulis transversis angus-

tis elevatis regularibus ornatis, interstitiis longitudinaliter

concinne striatis; apertura oblonga; plica parietali valida,

acuta, mediana, transversa; labro margine crenulato, intus

sulcato.

Hab. O-Sima; Takano-Sima.

A very pretty semipellucid species, delicate in texture and neatly

sculptured.

Genus AMAURELLA, A. Ad.

Testa parva, ovata, imperforata, alba, nitida, apice submamillato;

apertura acuminato-ovata ; labio arcuato, simplici, subincras-

sato.

This little group of Japanese Mollusca will include a remark-

able shell I described as Macrocheilus japonicus, but which ap-

pears to have greater affinities with dmaura. I now add diag-

noses to two other shells, which seem to belong to the same type of

form.

1. AMAURELLA GLABRATA, A. Ad.

A. testa ovata, imperforata, solidiuscula, alba, semiopaca, levt,

nitida ; anfractibus 3, planiusculis, ultimo elongato, amplo ;

apertura oblonga, antice producta, subacuminata ; labio sim-

; plicit, arcuato, subincrassato.

Hab. Yakano-Sima.

2. AMAURELLA SEMISTRIATA, A. Ad.

A. testa ovata, imperforata, solidula, semiopaca, alba, nitida,

ore MR. A. ADAMS ON NEW JAPAN SHELLS. [Mar. 14,

vertice submamillato ; anfractibus 44, planiusculis, longitudi-

naliter oblique strigillatis, anfractu ultimo magno, superne gla-

brato, inferne transversim striato, striis subdistantibus, con-

spicuis ; apertura acuminato-ovata ; labio arcuato, incrassato,

antice subplanato.

Hab. Kino-O-Sima.

Genus Putiuua, A. Ad.

Testa turbinato-conoidalis, rimata, solida ; apertura subquadrato-

orbiculari; labio rectiusculo, incrassato, antice subeffuso, vix

dilatato.

Founded on a little, solid, robust, subpellucid shell, which will

neither be affiliated to Zulima nor any other recognized form.

Puritua Lucipa, A. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 25.)

P. testa candida, levi, glabra, sublucida, rimato-umbilicata,

solida ; anfractibus quatuor, convexis ; apertura ut supra.

Hab. Gotto Islands: 54 fathoms.

Fossarina prcta, A. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 26.)

F. testa turbinata, depressa, late umbilicata; spira parva; an-

Sractibus 4, convexis, spiraliter liratis, liris simplicibus, equa-

libus ; lutescente, maculis irregularibus atro-purpureis varie-

gata; anfractu ultimo magno, ad peripheriam rotundato ;

apertura orbiculata, patula ; labio arcuato, acuto ; labro pos-

tice dilatato, ascendente.

Diam. 3, alt. 23 mill.

Hab. Tanabe; Kino-O-Sima: on the shore.

A species very similar in form to the type, F. patula, Ad. & Ang.,

from Port Jackson ; but the lire are equal and simple, the aperture

is nearly circular, and the outline of the shell is more orbicular. It

is marked with irregular purple-black radiating blotches, and the

umbilical region is generally pale yellow.

AMATHINA NoBILis, A. Ad. (PI. XIX. fig. 27.)

A. testa capuliformi, solida, candida ; apice mediano, dextrorsum

inclinato, involuto, acuto; extus valde bicarinata; apertura

subcirculari, ampla, margine posteriore dilatato.

Diam. maj. 25, min. 22, alt. 17 mill.

fab. Cape Notoro, Island of Saghalien.

I found this very remarkable shell cast up on the shore after a

gale, in company with Pilidium commodum, Middendorff, Velutina

coriacea, Pallas, and many other fine molluscous exuvie. There are

now three species of this group—d. tricarinata, Chem., A. bicari-

nata, Pease, and A. nobilis.

Macrocuisma sinensis, A. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 28.)

Animal very large and elongated, bearing the shell in a sloping

1867. ] MR. A. ADAMS ON NEW JAPAN SHELLS. 313

direction, obliquely upwards, on the fore part of the body. The ten-

tacles are filiform and very long ; and the eyes, large, black, and con-

spicuous, are on slight swellings at their outer bases. The front

edge of the mantle is extended, and gives the appearance of a large

veil over the head. The mantle is not developed, nor does it cover

the shell as in some members of the Fissurellid@, and neither the

mantle-margin nor anal tube is frmged. The edge of the mantle is

furnished with short papillee, four on each side and two behind,

which are recurved over the edge of the shell. The anal tube is

elongate and cylindrical, and is directed backwards and a little up-

wards through the foramen in the shell. The foot, large and fleshy,

is produced behind, and tapers to a point; it is ovate in outline,

and the sides are simple and not furnished with cirri or papillee, as

is the case with some other genera of the family.

In progression the form of the foot varies considerably, sometimes

being greatly dilated at the sides, and at others extended in front

and contracted and pointed behind.

Hab. Tabu-Sima, Japan: dredged from 25 fathoms of water.

There are about a dozen species of this group already described,

but the animal has not hitherto been figured. The tentacles are

red ; the eyes black, with a light areola; the body is light brown,

lineated with darker brown.

Genus CaLoroma, A. Ad.

Operculum elatum, conicum, concavum, corneum, lamina spirale

cornea instructum. Testa subdiscoidea, late umbilicata ; pe-

ristomate simplici, superne subangulato.

[email protected] sAponicum, A. Ad. (Pl. XIX. figs, 29, 29a.)

C. testa turbinato-depressa, striata, castanea ; spira viv elata,

sutura profunda ; anfractibus 43, convexis, cylindracets, ultimo

antice subdilatato, descendente; umbilico lato, profundo; aper-

tura perobliqua, vie circulari, peristomate recto, superne sub-

angulato,

Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt. 64 mill.

Hab. Tsu-Sima. On dead leaves among stones in shady woods

and rocky places.

In this form of Cyclophoride the peritreme is similar to that of

Myzxostoma or Cyclotus, bemg nearly simple and continuous, and

without the peculiar notch of Péerocyclos. The operculum, on the

other hand, is very similar in form to that of Pterocyclos, being ele-

vated, conical, and hollow; but whereas in Péerocyclos the spiral

lamina is calcareous, and stands out horizontally from the margin of

the whorls, in Calopoma it is horny and closely imbricate.

While the animal is on the move, the operculum, which is car-

ried close to the body, is received into the cavity of the wide

umbilicus, and the foot tapers into a point beyond. This is the

same mollusk I described in the ‘Annals’ for 1861 as a species of

Pterocyclos.

314 MR. A. ADAMS ON NEW JAPAN SHELLS. [Mar. 14

The following is a list of the species of Cyclophoride found by me

in Japan, with two exceptions :-—

CycLoTUS CAMPANULATUS, Martens.

Hab. Yokohama (Martens).

CyYCLOTUS FORTUNE], Pfr.

Hab. Tsu-Sima.

[email protected] saponicum, A. Ad.

Hab. Tsu-Sima.

CYCLOPHORUS HERKLOTSI, Martens.

Hab. Tsu-Sima.

CYCLOPHORUS HALOPHILA, Bens., ? = musiva, Gould.

Hab. O-Sima.

JAPONIA BARBATA, Gould.

Hab. Tago.

JAPONIA CITHARELLA, Gould.

Hab. Sado.

Atyczvus JAPponicus, Martens.

Hab. Tsu-Sima.

ALYCEUS SPIRACELLUM, Ad. & Rve.

Hab. Tsu-Sima.

PuPprinopsis RUFA, Pfr.

Hab. Japan (Cuming).

PuPINOPSIS MINDORENSIS, Ad. & Rve. =japonica, Mart.

Hab. Tsu-Sima.

DirLoMMATINA ExIGuA, A. Ad.

Hab. Tsu-Sima.

TEREBRATULA DAviIpSONI, A. Ad. (Pl. XIX. fig. 30.)

T. testa ovato-globosa, levi, albida, laminis incrementi distinctis,

irregularibus, ad basin validioribus ; margine ventrali circu-

lari; rostro producto, recurvato; foramine parvo, perfecto ;

deltidio parvo, concavo ; apophysi simplici, + longitudinis teste

superante.

Long. 18, lat. 14, alt. 11 mill.

Hab. Satanomosaki, Japan: 55 fathoms.

This is the fourth recent species of Terebratula (as restricted)

known. It most resembles 7. uwva, from the Gulf of Tehuantepec,

but differs from it in its more solid structure and more globose form,

and in the foramen being smaller and entire.

1867.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LARUS FUSCESCENS. 315

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Volvaria (Volvarina) pusilla, | Fig. 15. Plecotrema exigua, p. 307.

. 303. | 16, 16a. Nanina (? Rotula) conu-

2. Macrochlamys minima, p. 303. . lus, p. 807.

3. perlucida, p. 303. 17. Bulimulus (Ena) pusillus, p.

4, Stylodonta (Erepta) rufocincta, | 307.

. 303. 18. Apicalia scitula, p. 308.

5. -—— (Erepta) nevilli, p. 804. | 19, Colina pygmea, p. 308.

6. Pupa (Pagodella) ventricosa, p. 20. Parmella planata, p. 308.

304: 21. Bulimus (Mesembrinus) gealet,

7. Gibbus (Gibbulina) nevilli, p. p. 309.

304. | 22. Agadina gouldi, p. 309.

8. —— (Gonidomus) newtoni, p. | 23. stimpsont, p. 309,

305. 24. Mangelia splendida, p. 309.

9. Ennea ( Gulella) modesta, p. 305. | 25. Putilla lucida, p. 312.

10. Cyclostomus ( Tropidophora) | 26. Fossarina picta, p. 312.

mauritianus, p. 305. 27. Amathina nobilis, p, 312.

11. scaber, 306. 28. Macrochisma sinensis, p. 312.

12. Omphalotropis costellata, p. 306. 29, 29a. Celopoma japonicum, p.

13. picturata, p. 506. 313.

14. Cassidula parva, p. 306. | 30. Terebratula davidsoni, p. 314.

March 28, 1867.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary called attention to two fine specimens of Boide

lately added to the Society’s collection of living Reptiles, namely :—

1. A specimen of the Carpet-Snake of Australia (Morelia varie-

gata, Gray), received from Queensland, purchased of a dealer.

2. A specimen of the Peruvian Boa (Boa eques, Hyd. et Soul.),

from Guayaquil, presented to the Society by Prof. William Nation,

of Lima, Peru, C.M.Z.S.

Mr. Sclater also called attention to the specimen of Larus fusces-

cens, Licht. (Clupeilarus fuscescens, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 221), living

in the Society’s Gardens, having been purchased, when in immature

plumage, in 1859, out of a vessel coming from Mogador, and pointed

out how very distinct, when seen alive and in full plumage, this bird

was from its near allies Larus fuscus and Larus argentatus. The

three species might be diagnosed as follows :—

L. argentatus. Major; pedibus pallide carneis: chlamyde ci-

nerea.

L. fuscescens. Medius: pedibus lete flavis: chlamyde nigricanti-

cinerea.

L. fuscus. Minor: pedibus pallide flavis: chlamyde nigricante.

In his recently published ‘ Musée des Pays-Bas’ (Lavi, p. 15),

316 MR. G. KREFFT ON AUSTRALIAN MAMMALS. [ Mar. 28,

Prof. Schlegel had united the two latter species together, which he

would hardly have done if he had seen the living birds.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Mammals and Birds of Cape York, with

Description of Two New Rodents of the Genus Hapa-

lotis. By Gerarp Krerrt, F.L.S8.; C.M.Z.S.

Some months ago I purchased for the Australian Museum a few

Mammals and Birds collected at Cape York, among which were

several specimens of a very large Hapalotis, for which I propose the

name of

HAPALOTIS CAUDIMACULATA*.

Fur harsh and coarse, reddish brown upon the back, and grey on

the sides, beneath white. The hair appears stiff and shiny, and

consists of some which is grey at the base, white or yellowish white

on the upper part, generally tipped with brown, and of much longer

and stiffer brown hairs, the tips of which are almost black. Thin

silvery hairs cover the feet; and an elongate patch of a darker hue

commences at the elbow, runs tapering along the outside of the arm,

and stops at the base of the third toe. A similar band is indicated

on the hind feet, extending from a little above the heel to the base

of the third toe; the marks are caused by the white hair being

tipped with brown. ‘The nails are large, very broad at the base,

and not very sharp, the animal frequenting rocks more than trees.

The first toe is very short, and has a broad blunt round nail. There

is a black elongate mark above and below the eye, and on each

corner the skin appears destitute of a hairy covering. The whiskers

are black, strong, and very long, reaching far beyond the ear, which

is of moderate size, flesh-colour, and covered with short hair. The

tail is quite nude, and the scales on it, which are large and coarse,

do not overlap each other. Various individuals differ in the colora-

tion of the caudal appendage ; but in all of them is the apical por-

tion white, but sometimes more or less spotted with black, and the

basal part black, and occasionally spotted with white ; though gene-

rally the tail is about half black and half white, yet there is one

specimen in which the black colour covers only one-third of the

whole. The measurements of one of the dry skins are as follows :—

inches,

From tip of nose to base of tail ......... hee 28

CEL $c seo con ae eae oes Spite Cae ae eee 133

Face to base of ear ....... worse: Sacae. aha aie ee

a5 cer sercores oe satekece <a> eae pices eae Re di

Fore leorto €liOWec 40 canserae ts 0 a ee eee

"Tarsus Al LOGS iste, .:ticte eres eerste See eee 24

* A subsequent communication from Mr. Kretft points out that this may be

the same as Dr. Gray’s Mus macropus (P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 221).— P. L. S.

ae a

1867.] MR. G. KREFFT ON AUSTRALIAN MAMMALS. 317

Figs. 1, 2, 5. Skull of Hapalotis caudi- | Fig. 6. Right upper molar series mag-

maculata. nified.

4. Incisor of ditto, n.s. 7. Lower ditto.

5. Lower jaw of ditto from above

318 MR. G. KREFFT ON AUSTRALIAN MAMMALS. [Mar. 28,

The skull of this Rat differs considerably from that of all other

species of Hapalotis with which I am acquainted. In the small

species the brain-cavity is dome-shaped, the parietals expand towards

behind, and the occiput is rounded off; the frontals almost form a

triangle, and are consequently very narrow between the zygomatic

arches. The present large species differs considerably, as will

be seen from the accompanying sketches by Miss Harriet Scott’s

encil.

The skull (figs. 1, 2, 3, p. 317) is elongate, not very broad, and

narrows considerably towards the occiput ; the frontals are depressed

and smallest in the middle; the parietals, also narrow and depressed,

form an oblong square, as long again as broad. The teeth (figs. 4-7,

. 317) (as usual, I. 2, M. a = 16 in number) are of moderate size,

p 2 3—3

the upper incisor forming more than the half of a circle. The

molars are much worn in the specimen before me; the first tooth

has three, the second two, and the last one fold. In the iower

jaw these worn-down tubercles or folds are four, three, and two

respectively.

Another, smaller Rat in the collection is probably a young indivi-

dual. The tail is similarly spotted, the whiskers are long and black,

but the fur appears softer and longer. I had no opportunity of

examining the skull.

HAPALOTIS PERSONATA, sp. nov.

This is also a coarse-haired Rat, similar in colour to the previous

species, but distinguished by a black mark from the side of the nose

to the eye, which is surrounded by it. The fur beneath is sandy

white ; and on the sides each hair is mottled with light-brown patches

(sometimes in the middle, and occasionally at the tip), giving the

fur rather a dirty appearance. The tail is about 63 inches long (the

body 9 inches), covered with coarse irregular scales, between which

a few stiff hairs are visible. The skull resembles that of Mus hir-

sutus. In the upper jaw the first tooth has three tubercles of almost

equal size, the second also three (the inner one very small), and the

third two (the inner less than half the size of the outer one). The

teeth of the lower jaw have four, three, and two tubercles.

A Bat probably referable to the genus Petalia, but not so large

as Scotophilus morio, was found in the collection ; and the Australian

Museum is in possession of another specimen from Rockhampton.

This Bat is tailless, has a pointed muzzle, and is provided with teeth

resembling those of the genus Péeropus.

I also obtained a single skin of a Perameles from the same loca-

lity, which differs from P. nasuta and P. obesula. It has the harsh

bristly fur of the latter, is, however, of a much lighter hue, and

beneath quite white. It is larger than P. obesula, but not so large

as P. nasuta. The dentition is very perfect and nct much worn;

but all the skulls of P. obesula or P. nasuta at my disposal have

the teeth so much ground down that comparison is impossible. I

consider this species identical with P. doreyana of Quoy and Gaim.

1867. j MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 319

The collection of birds contains nothing remarkable, except a

Pitta not hitherto recorded from Australia—P. mackloti, Temm. I

may also observe that the northern Pitta strepitans is not only a

much smaller bird than the southern one, but differs considerably in

the markings, and the shape of the bill and feet. The blue spot on

the shoulder is comparatively larger, the colour of the head lighter

brown, and, whilst the P. strepitans of New South Wales has from

three to four white spots on the primaries, the northern bird has

only two. I wish to draw the attention of ornithologists to these

facts, as I have seen only a single specimen of P. strepitans from

Cape York. .

2. Notes on the Birds of Chil. By P. L. Sctarzr, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. |

Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck, of the Museum of Santiago in

Chili, have been kind enough to supply me with typical specimens

of a certain number of the new species of Chilian birds recently de-

scribed by them in Wiegmann’s ‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ along

with other specimens of birds from that country. It has been of

the greatest interest to me to examine these specimens, and to com-

pare them with examples in my own collection and that of Mr.

Salvin ; and I beg leave to communicate to the Society the following

notes on them.

The most recent summary of Chilian ornithology is that given by

Dr. Hartlaub in ‘Naumannia’ for 1853. Dr. Hartlaub has there

enumerated the principal sources of our knowledge of the avifauna

of this country. As more recent authorities to be consulted on this

subject I may add :—

(1) Mr. Cassin’s article on the Birds obtained during the U.S.

Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere, under

the command of Lieut. Gilliss, published in the second volume of

the Report of that Expedition*. Washington, 1855.

(2) Herr v. Pelzeln’s volume on the Birds of the Novara Expe-

dition. Wien, 1865.

(3) Dr. Philippi and Herr Landbeck’s numerous articles in

Wiegmann’s ‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ +.

* Tn relation to this, consult my remarks, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 18.

+ The following are the titles of these articles, and the names of the new spe-

cies of birds described in them :—

(1) “ Ueber einige Vogel Chile’s, von Dr. R. A. Philippi,’ Wiegm. Arch.

1855, p. 9. (Phenicopterus andinus, sp. nov., Ardea cocot, Xanthornus cayen-

nensts, Circus macropterus. )

(2) ‘ Ueber einige Chilenische Vogel und Fische, von Dr. R. A. Philippi,”

Wiegm. Arch. 1857, p. 262. (fallus salinasi, sp. nov., Upucerthia atacamensis,

sp. nov., Zotanus chilensis, sp. nov., Culicivora fernandeziana, sp. nov.)

(3) ‘“ Pteroptochus albifrons, sp. nov., von Ludwig Landbeck,’ Wiegm. Arch.

1857, p. 273.

320 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

The nomenclature used in this paper, unless the contrary is stated,

is that of my ‘ Catalogue of American Birds.’

My friend Mr. Osbert Salvin has gone through the whole of the

Columbe, Grallee, and Anseres referred to in these notes, along with

me, and has brought his series of specimens for comparison. The

results arrived at under these heads are, therefore, as much his

conclusions as my own.

» Fam. Turpip#&.

- I have only seen two species of this family undoubtedly from Chili

—namely, Turdus falklandicus (from Chiloe, teste Darwin, Voy.

Beagle, Birds, p. 59; and Valdivia, Hartl. Naum. 1853, p. 212)

and Mimus thenca. Turdus fuscater, Lafr. & D’Orb., is stated by

Gay (Hist. de Chile, Zool. i. p. 331) to be one of the ‘‘ commonest

birds in Chili,” but Gay’s authority is utterly unreliable. Lieut.

Gilliss (U. S. Naval Astr. Exp. ii. p. 184) also states it to be “ex-

tremely common,”’ but does not say in what locality. Burmeister

met with this bird in the neighbourhood of Mendoza; but that is on

the other side of the Andes.

(4) “Kurze Beschreibung einer neuen Chilenischen Ralle, von Dr. R. A.

Philippi,” Wiegm. Arch. 1858, p. 83. (tallus uliginosus.)

(5) ‘Beschreibung neuer Wirbelthiere aus Chile, von Dr. R. A. Philippi,”

Wiegm. Arch. 1858, p. 3803. (Graculus elegans.)

(6) “Ueber zwei vermuthlich neue Chilenische Enten und tiber Fringilla

barbata, Mol., von Dr. R. A. Philippi,” Wiegm. Arch. 1860, p. 24. (Anas

topareia, sp. noy., Erismatura vittata, sp. noy., Chrysomitris barbata.)

(7) ‘ Beschreibung zweier neuen Chilenischen Vogel aus den Geschlechtern

Procellaria und Caprimulgus, von Dr. R. A. Philippi und Ludw. Landbeck,’’

Wiegm. Arch. 1860, p. 279. (Caprimulgus andinus, Thalassidroma segethi.)

(8) “Neue Wirbelthiere von Chile, yon Dr. R. A. Philippi und Ludw. Land-

beck,” Wiegm. ‘Arch. 1861, p. 289. (Upucerthia albiventris, Larus frobenii,

Larus cinerco-caudatus. )

(9) “ Ueber die Chilenischen Wasserhiihner aus der Gattung Fulica, Linn.,

von Ludw. Landbeck,” Wiegm. Arch, 1862, p. 215. (Ff. chloropoides, F. chilen-

sis, F. rufifrons.)

10) “ Beitrage zur Fauna von Peru, von Philippi und Landbeck,” Wiegm.

Arch. 1863, p. 118. (Synallaxis striata, Chlorospiza erythronota, Pitylus albo-

ciliaris, Sterna lorata, St. frobenii, St. comata, Leistes albipes, Recurvirostra

andina, Dasycephala livida, D. maritima.)

(11) “ Ueber die Chilenischen Ganse, von Dr. R. A. Philippi und Landbeck,”

ibid. p. 184. (Bernicla melanoptera, B. dispar, B. chiloensis, B. antarctica.)

(12) “Beschreibung einer neuen Ente und einer neuen See-Schwalbe, von

Denselben,” ibid. p. 202. (Querquedula angustirostris, Sterna atro-fasciata.)

(13) “ Beitrige zur Ornithologie Chile’s, von Dr. R. A. Philippi u. Ludw.

Landbeck,’”’ Wiegm. Arch. 1864, p. 41. (Acctpiter chilensis, Chlorospiza plumbea,

Sycalis aureiventris.)

(14) “ Beitrige zur Ornithologie Chile’s, von Luis Landbeck,” ibid. 1864,

p. 55. (Dendroica atricapilla, Arundinicola citreola.)

(15) “ Beitrage zur Ornithologie von Chile, von Dr. R. A. Philippi u. C. L.

Landbeck,” ibid. 1865, p. 56. (Pteroptochos castaneus, Certhilauda frobeni, C.

isabellina, Geobamon fasciata, et Muscisaxicole, sp. varie.)

(16) “ Beitrage zur Fauna Chiles, von Dr. R. A. Philippi u. L. Landbeck,”

ibid. 1866, p. 121. (Pteroptochos castaneus, Sterna luctuosa, Synallaxis masa-

fucre, Numenius microrhynchus.)

1867. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS, 324

Meyen (Nova Acta, xvi. Suppl. p. 74) says that Turdus rujiventris

oceurs in Chili. This is, in all probability, an error.

Turdus subcinereus, mihi (P. Z. S. 1866, p. 320), is said to be

from Chili, on dealers’ authority.

Fam. TRoGLODYTID.

Of this family I have likewise seen but two representatives from

Chili—Troglodytes magellanicus, Gould, and Cistothorus platensis

(Gm.), of both of which Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck have sent

me specimens. Of the former, which appears to be scarcely more

than a pale variety of the extensively diffused 7. furvus, Messrs.

Philippi and Landbeck’s skins are marked 7. platensis. But on-

referring to Buffon’s ‘ Planches Enluminées,’ 730. fig. 2, upon which

Gmelin’s name platensis was founded, it will be at once apparent

that the bird there depicted is the Cistothorus. The same error has

been committed by Burmeister (Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 137, and La Plata-

Reise, ii. p. 476). Burmeister has likewise described the Cistotho-

rus as new (Cab. Journ. f. Orn. vii. p. 252), under the name-C.

JSasciolatus. Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck’s specimens of this

bird are marked Troglodytes hornensis ; and it is certainly the spe-

cies described by Lesson (L’ Inst. 1834, p. 316) under this name,

although Gray and Hartlaub have referred Lesson’s name to 7’

magellanicus. Hence has arisen continual confusion between these

two very different birds. The Troglodytes magellanicus is stated to

be called ‘‘Cherean” in Chili; the Cistothorus platensis *‘ Chercan

de las Vegas.”

Fam. Moraci.uip#.

Four specimens of an duthus forwarded by Messrs. Philippi and

Landbeck are marked Anthus correndera, Vieill., and, as far as I

can tell, correctly.

Fam. MNIOTILTID.

Landbeck (Wiegm. Arch. 1864, p. 56) describes a Dendroica

atricapilla from Chili. I agree with Professor Baird (Rev. Am. B.

i. p. 193) in being unable to distinguish this supposed species trom

the North-American D. striata; and as this species goes as far

south as Bogota (Cf. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 143, and Baird, /. ¢.), it is

quite possible that an individual may occasionally wander onwards

to Chili.

Fam. HiRUNDINID&.

The only species of Swallow forwarded by Messrs. Philippi and

Landbeck is Hirundo cyanoleuca, Vieill.—a very wide-ranging spe-

cies in South America. But Hirundo meyeni (Hirundo leucopyga,

Meyen) also occurs near Valparaiso. I have specimens of it in my

collection which I believe to be Chilian.

Professor Baird has lately described a new species of Progne (P.

furcata, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 278) from “ Chili” (auct. Verreaux).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXI.

322 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

Fam. C@RrEeBID&.

Diglossa brunneiventris, Des Murs (Icon. Orn. pl. 43), is stated

to be from Chili upon Gay’s authority. But Gay’s authority is

worth very little, and the bird is not mentioned in Gay’s ‘ Fatma

Chilena.’ Moreover Lafresnaye (Rev. Zool. 1846, p. 318) gives

its locality as “ Peru,’”’ and Cassin (Pr. Acad. Phil. 1864, p. 274)

as ‘ Bolivia ;’’ either of which localities are much more likely to be

correct. °

Fam. FRINGILLID2.

Phrygilus gayi, P. alaudinus, and P. fruticeti are all well-known

Chilian species of the genus Phrygilus, which is characteristic of the

Chilian and Patagonian region of South America, and extends north-

wards along the Andes to Bogota. To these we may add Phrygilus

_ unicolor (Emberiza unicolor, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. p. 82), of

which Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck have forwarded specimens of

both sexes, from the Cordillera of Santiago, under the name Chlo-

rospiza plumbea*. These agree with my skins from Bolivia and

Ecuador. Diuca grisea, nob.}+ (Fringilla diuca, Mol.), is a closely

allied Chilian form.

Zonotrichia pileata (sive matutina), one of the most widely dis-

tributed of American Passeres, also occurs in Chili (testibus Meyen,

Darwin, &c.).

The only two remaining genera of Fringillidee which occur in Chili

are Chrysomitris and Sycalis, concerning each of which I must say

a few words, as there has been some confusion regarding them.

Of Chrysomitris, on which genus Mr. Cassin has lately given us

some excellent notest, there are two distinct species found in Chili

—C. barbata (Mol.), and C. uropygialis, mihi. The former has

been treated of by Dr. Philippi§, and its synonymy partly given.

It is not, however, the true Fringilla campestris of Spix, although it

is the bird so called by Des Murs. Mr. Cassin has lately shown us

that it is the Carduelis stanleyi of Audubon. The best figure of

this species is that given by the latter author in Gilliss’s ‘Astro-

nomical Expedition,’ pl. 17, under the name “‘ Chrysomitris margi-

nalis, Bp.’ Animmature skin from the Falklands in my collection,

spoken of by. Capt. Abbott (Ibis, 1861, p. 154) as C. magellanica,

and also referred to by me (P. Z. 8S. 1861, p. 46), appears to belong

to this species. It is very common in Chili, according to Dr. Phi-

lippi, and is the St/guero of the natives.

C. uropygialis is a well-marked species of the genus, described in

my ‘Catalogue of American Birds’ (p. 124, note). It is allied to

C. atrata, but is easily known by its yellow uropygium and upper

belly, which in C. atrata are deep black—only the lower portion of

the belly being yellow in C. atrata. Cassin, in Giiliss’s ‘ Expedition’

* As described by them, ‘Arch. f. Nat.’ 1864, p. 47.

t+ Cat. Am. B. p. 111.

t Pr. Acad. Phil. 1865, p. 89.

§ Arch. f. Nat. 1860, p. 27.

1867. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 323

(ii. p. 181), gives this bird as Chilian under the name C. atrata, as

he has himself stated (Pr. Acad. Phil. 1865, p. 91); and examples

transmitted from Chili by Mr. Leybold of Santiago bear the same

name upon them.

Of Sycalis, a genus closely allied to the African Canaries (Cri-

thagra), there are likewise two distinct species found in Chili, of

both of which I have received examples from Mr. Landbeck. The

larger of these is the Sycalis aureiventris, Ph. et Landb. (Arch. f.

Nat. 1864, p. 49), allied certainly to S. luteocephala (Lafr. et

D’Orb.) of Peru and Bolivia, as its describers justly observe, but

apparently well distinguished by the want of any yellow edgings to

the remiges and rectrices, and not, as far as I am aware, previously

described. The second is the Sycalis arvensis of my American

Catalogue (Fringilla arvensis, Kittlitz). The examples of this spe-

cies forwarded by Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck are labelled “ Cri-

thagra brevirestris, Gould’’—a name which apparently belongs to

a different species of the same genus. —

Fam. IcrerRID#.

Agelasticus thilius (Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 188) is a common

Chilian bird, and figured in Gay’s ‘ Historia’ under two names—

Cacicus chrysocarpus and Xanthornus cayennensis! (Cf. Philippi,

Wiegm. Arch. 1855, p.13). The female or young bird is brown

striated with black, as in Ageleus, from which this form is hardly

distinguishable generically.

Sturnella militaris and Cureus aterrimus are two other well-

known species, both belonging to this group. The former is widely

diffused over the extreme of South America and the Falkland

Islands ; the latter I have only seen from Chili.

Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID.

Of the genus Geositta I have met with three Chilian species,

namely :—

1. G. cunicularia (Vieill.); Certhilauda cunicularia, Ph. et

Landb. (/. ec. 1865, p. 59). ‘* Found in the provinces of Colchagua,

Santiago, and Aconcagua, on the Subandean plains and sea-coast

region.” The examples of this species forwarded by Messrs. Phi-

hppi and Landbeck are quite identical with those previously in my

collection, and thus named (Cat. Am. B. p. 146).

2. G. isabellina; Certhilauda isabellina, Ph. et Landb. J. e.

p- 63. Of this fine species Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck have

transmitted me examples of both sexes. It was not previously

known to me.

3. G. fasciata; Geobamon fasciata, Ph. et Landb. /. e. p. 68.

Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck have likewise sent me two exam-

ples of this species, of which I had previously an indifferent speci-

men in my collection, purchased of Parzudaki in 1854. This I had

referred doubtfully (and probably erroneously) to G. maritima,

Lafr. et D’Orb.; but I shall now adopt the name given by Messrs.

324 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

Philippi and Landbeck, at any rate until I have an opportu-

nity of inspecting typical examples of Lafresnaye and D’Orbigny’s

species.

ita Philippi and Landbeck place this bird m Burmeister’s

genus Geobamon. What this genus may be it is difficult to say from

the very short characters given; but the present species seems to me

to go very well as a Geositta, being hardly distinguishable in any

respect except by its straighter and rather stouter beak.

Certhilauda nigrifasciata, Lafr. Mag. de Zool. 1836 (not 1863,

as given by Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck), which these authors

take so much pains to discriminate from the present bird, is nothing

more than C. cunicularia. The name is dropped altogether by

Lafresnaye in the Synopsis of D’Orbigny’s birds, published in the

‘Magasin de Zoologie’ tor 1837; but I have seen specimens of C.

cunicularia marked with it.

Upucerthia dumetoria was observed by Mr. Darwin near Co-

quimbo. I have not seen typical specimens of U. atacamensis of

Philippi (Reise d. d. Wiiste Atacama, p. 162, pl. 3); but it is pro-

bably the same as my Cinclodes bifasciatus (P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 448).

Ochetorhynchus ruficaudus is described by Meyen from examples

obtained at a height of 10,000 feet, on the Volcano of Maypu,

Central Chili*. It is doubtful whether Cixclodes can be maintained

as a separate genus from this. Three species of the latter group

occur in Chili, namely :-—

(1) C. nigrifumosus (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Northern Chili, near

Coquimbo (Darwin).

(2) C. patachonicus (Gm.). Chiloe and Central Chili (Darwin).

(3) C. minor, Cab. et Heine. Araucana (Heine).

Of all these three species I have specimens in my collection re-

puted to be Chilian.

Of Synallaxine, the Chilian species are—

Sylviorthorhynchus des mursi.

Oxyurus spinicauda (Gm.).

Phleocryptes melanops (Vieill.).

Leptasthenura egithaloides (Kittl.).

Synallaxis humicola, Kittl.

S. anthoides, King.

S. sordida, Less.

Of the last species I have a skin, received from Leybold of San-

tiago, marked S. rufa, Landbeck, nov. sp. My specimen of the

nearly allied S. modesta, Eyton, distinguishable by its red throat-

spot and the black inner webs of the rectrices, is likewise marked

**Chili;”? but as the skin was purchased of a dealer, I am not sure

of the locality.

Of the typical Dendrocolaptine, Pygarrhichus albigularis (King)

of Southern Chili is, as far as I know, the only species that occurs

in the country.

* This species is erroneously inserted in my American Catalogue. I do not

possess it, and have never met with authentic examples of it.

1867.] MR, P. L., SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 325

Fam. PreroprocHiD.

This singular group of birds is one of the most characteristic

forms of the peculiar avifauna of Chili, nearly one-half of all the

known species of the group (some sixteen or seventeen in number)

occurring within the republic. The species definitely ascertained to

be Chilian are—

1. Scytalopus magellanicus (Lath.); G. R. Gray in Zool. Voy.

Beagle, ili. p. 74.—S. fuscus, Gould; Sclater, C. A. B. p. 168.—

Pteroptochos albifrons, Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1857, p. 273. This

species extends from Southern Chili, throughout Patagonia and the

adjacent Chonos archipelago, into the Falkland Islands. Messrs.

Philippi and Landbeck’s specimens are from Valdivia and Colchagua.

The white spot on the head of the adult is described by Mr. Gould,

and figured in Sir William Jardine’s plates ; so that there is no doubt,

I think, of Landbeck’s Pt. albifrons being the same bird as Gould’s

S. fuscus, whatever may be the case as regards Sylvia magellanica

of Latham, which I adopt as a synonym on Mr. Gray’s authority.

2. Scytalopus fuscoides, Lafr. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 149,

Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck send two examples, which I refer

to this species, under the name ‘‘ Scytalopus obscurus.” They are

from the province of Santiago. This species is immediately distin-

guishable from the preceding by its larger size, lighter, more cine-

reous colouring, and longer tail. It is more like S. senzlis, Lafr.,

of New Granada.

3. Triptorhinus paradovus (Kittl.); Cab. Orn. Not. p. 219; Bp.

Consp. p. 205.

Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck send a fine series of this curious

form from Valdivia, under the name “ Scytalopus magellanicus.”

4. Pteroptochos rubecula, Kittl. ex Chil. merid.

5. P. albicollis, Kittl. ex Chil. centr.

6. Hylactes megapodius, Kittl. ex Chil. centr. et bor,

7. Hi. tarnii (King) ex Chil. merid.

These are all four well-known species.

8. Pteroptochos castaneus, Phil. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1865,

pp. 96, 121.

This is a very fine species, most nearly allied to H. tarnii, and

belonging to the same section (Hylactes), with developed hind claw,

but quite distinct. I have long had a skin of it in my collection,

obtained years ago in Chili by the late Mr. Bridges, and had

wrongly referred it to H. tarnii*, which I do not possess. H.

castaneus is from the province of Colchagua, while H. tarnii has a

more southern range.

Fam. TyrRANNID&.

Genus AGRIORNIS.

A. livida (Kittl.) and A. maritima (Lafr. et D’Orb.) are both

well-known Chilian species of this genus. The former is abundant

* Cf. Cat. A. B. p. 170.

326 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [Mar. 28,

everywhere in Chili* ; the latter in the Andes, at a height of from

5000 to 10,000 feet.

Genus TH@NIOPTERA.

Tenioptera pyrope (Kittl.) is the only Chilian bird of this group ~

I am acquainted with. It is found along the coast as far north as

Copiapo, but is common in the south (Darwin). It is not a very

typical species of the genus ; and Messrs. Cabanis and Heine sepa-

rate it as Pyrope kittlitzii (Mus. Hein. il. p. 45).

Genus MuSCISAXICOLA.

Of this essentially Chilian genus I have lately given a synopsis

of all the species known to me in the ‘Ibis’+. The fine series now

transmitted by Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck does not affect the

determinations there arrived at upon the faith of skins received from

Herr Leybold. The Chilian species of the genus are the following :—

1. M. nigrifrons, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1865, p. 101.

2. M.*cinerea, Ph. et Landb. l. c. p. 80.

3. M. mentalis, Lafr. et D’Orb.

As I have already pointed out (Ibis, 1866, p. 58), M. macloviana,

of the Falklands, is a larger form of this species.

4. M. flavinucha, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 59 = M. flaviverter,

Ph. et Landb. /. c. p. 98.

5. M. rubricapilla, Ph. et Landb. J. c. p. 93.

6. M. rufivertex, Lafr. et D’Orb.

7. M. maculirostris, Lafr. et D’Orb.

Octhoéca chilensis, Hartl. (Naum. 1853, p. 212), has been already t

correctly referred to M. meniéalis (jr. av.), as I learn from a com-

munication from Herr Finsch.

Centrites niger (Bodd.), a form allied to Muscisaxicola, widely

distributed over the southern end of the American continent, occurs,

according to Mr. Darwin, as far north as Copiapo. Another iso-

lated type, nearly allied (Muscigralla brevicauda), is found on the

coast of Peru and Ecuador, and has been stated to occur in Chili

also§, but not upon very good authority. The locality of the skin

in my collection (1254a, Cat. A. B. p. 205) rests merely on dealers’

authority. I believe the specimen to be more probably from West-

ern Peru.

Mr. Landbeck sends me an example of Arundinicola citreola,

Landb. (Wiegm. Arch. 1864, p. 58), which is certainly very closely

allied to Hapalocercus flaviventris (Latr. et D’Orb). But my single

skin of the latter bird is not in very good condition, and I should

be unwilling to unite the two before examining other specimens.

* Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 156 ef seq.

+ Ibis, 1866, p. 56, ‘“ Note on the Species of the Genus Muscisaxicola.” See

also for the description of an additional species (MZ, fluviatilis), P. Z. S. 1866,

p. 187.

t Cat. Am. B. p. 205.

§ Cf. Gay, F. C. Zool. i. p. 388.

1867. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 327

Cyanotis azare (Naum.) (C. omnicolor, auct. ex Vieill.) is stated

by Gay to be found throughout Chili (op. cit. p. 321), although

not very abundantly. Lieut. Gilliss also notes its occurrence in

Chili*.

Serpophaga parvirostris (Gould) and dneretes parulus (Kittl.)

are both unquestionable Chilian species. Of the latter Mr. Salvin

has a skin received direct from Herr Leybold of Santiago. I have

reputed Chilian specimens of both these species, and have compared

those of the former with Mr. Gould’s types in the British Museum.

Of the difficult genus H/ainea but one species, as far as I know,

occurs in Chili. This is the bird called “ Llainea albiceps, D’Orb.,”

in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle” (iii. p. 47), and stated

by Mr. Darwin to be “occasionally found near Valparaiso in Cen-

tral Chile.” I have two examples of this species from Chili, one

of them received direct from Mr. Leybold; so that there can be no

doubt about the locality. They agree quite well with the typical

specimens of my /. griseigularis from Ecuador+, and are probably

of the same species. I am also now of opinion that they can hardly

be separated from EH. modesta, Tsch., although I have kept these

two species apart in my American Catalogue (p. 217). But I am

doubtful as to whether they have been rightly referred to EL. albiceps

(Lafr. et D’Orb.). The species I have hitherto placed under the

latter designation is decidedly distinct, being much larger in size,

though generally similar in colouring. The descriptions given of Z.

albiceps would apply nearly equally well to both of these birds ; and

I therefore propose for the present to retain modesta as the name of

the Chilian bird, until reference can be made to D’Orbigny’s types.

Fam. Puytroromip2#.

Phytotoma rara, the oldest and best-known species of this group,

is from Chili; and, according to D’Orbigny, is common in the ra-

vines in the environs of Valparaiso.

Order PICARLA.

Fam. ALCEDINID2.

Ceryle stellata (Meyen).

It seems to be very doubtful whether this Western-Coast form,

which Meyen first separated from C. torquata, is really specifically

distinct. Mr. G. R. Gray has reunited them (Zool. Voy. Beagle,

iil. p. 42; and List of Fissirostres, p. 61). I have a skin from

Cayenne, which appears to be quite as much spotted on the back

and wing-coverts as the Chilian bird.

Fam. CAPRIMULGID.

The only Chilian species of this family of which I have seen au-

* Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 186.

t P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 554, pl. 146. fig. 1.

328 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

thentic specimens is Stenopsis bifasciata (Gould)*, of which I have

skins sent by Mr. Leybold and Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck.

The Caprimulgus andinus of the latter gentlemanf is, as I have

already suggested t, and can now state positively from the examina-

tion of marked specimens received from the describer, merely the

young of S. difasciata.

Lesson has described a Capr. evilis from ‘‘ Chili’? (Rev. Zool.

1839, p. 45), but it is impossible to say what species he refers to.

Fam. TROCHILIDE.

The Humming-birds found in Chili are three in number, namely—

Oreotrochilus leucopleurus, Gould.

Patagona gigas (Vieill.).

Eustephanus galeritus (Mol.).

Of these the Oreotrochilus belongs to a strictly Andean genus, of

which the present bird is the most southern representative. Mr.

Bridges describes it as inhabiting a zone of elevation of from 6000

to 8000 feet above the sea-level; but near Hueso Predo Dr. Philippi§

assures us that it descends to 1000 feet above the sea-level. Pata-

gona gigas, which is common in Central Chili, ranges as far north

as Quito ; and Lustephanus galeritus southwards to Tierra del Fuego,

and northwards to the vicinity of Lima in Peru.

Fam. Picip.

Three Woodpeckers only, as far as I know, have been hitherto

recorded as Chilian, namely Campephilus magellanicus||, Picus lig-

narius, and Colaptes pitius.

Fam. Psirractp.

Three species of Parrots are likewise certainly correctly assigned

to Chili, namely Henicognathus leptorhynchus, Conurus cyanolyseos,

and C. smaragdineus:

Order ACCIPITRES.

Fam. VuLTURID&.

Sarcorrhamphus gryphus and Cathartes aura are well known to

be both abundant in Chile; C. atratus is stated by Mr. Cassin

(Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 173) to be “ occasionally met with in the inte-

rior,” though Mr. Darwin says (Zool. Beagle, ii. p. 7) that he never

observed it. The bird is certainly common in the vicinity of Men-

doza (Darwin, J. c. p. 7), whence, Bridges also states, it sometimes

crosses the frontier 4 into the province of Colchagua.

* Cf. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 140.

+ Wiegm. Arch. 1860, p. 279. t P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 140.

§ Reise d. die Wiiste Atacama, p. 160.

| Cf. Vigors, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 94.

q P. Z. 8S. 1843; p. 108.

1867. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 329

PoLyBORINZ.

Three species of this group are found in Chili, namely Polyborus

tharus, Milvago chimango, and M. megalopterus (Meyen). Of the

last of these Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck have transmitted adult

and young examples from the Cordillera of Santiago, under the name

“ Caracara montanus.” But according to Pelzeln (Birds of No- .

vara-Voyage, p. 3) the Chilian Milvago of this section is not the

same as Phalcobenus montanus (Lafr. et D’Orb.), which he ima-

gined to be the Bolivian form of this species, while he has proposed

to call the Chilian bird M. crassirostris*. But if the differences

between these two forms are allowed to be specific, we must never-

theless adopt for the Chilian bird the name megalopterus of Meyen,

the bird figured by Meyen (Nov. Act. xvi. Suppl. p. 64, pl. 7) being

undoubtedly a young bird of this form, and being stated by that

author himself to be from Chili.

BuTrEeONIN-.

Two species of this group seem to be undoubted natives of Chili,

namely Urubitinga unicincta (Lemm.) and Buteo erythronotus

(King). Whether Aquila braccata of Meyen is really different from

the latter we are not able to say at present. Herr von Pelzeln re-

gisters the two species as distinct (Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. 1862,

p- 142).

AQUILINE.

Geranoaétus melanoleucus (Vieill.) is found in the retired woody

and mountainous parts of Chili (Bridges, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 108),

but has also a wide range over the continent, extending as far north

as the vicinity of Bogota.

ACCIPITRIN&E.

Accipiter chilensis, lately described by Messrs. Philippi and Land-

beck (Wiegm. Arch. 1864, p. 43), and stated to be the only species

of this group known to them in the country (though no less than

five have been said to occur there), is, in our opinion, an excellent

species, allied to 4. cooperi, although readily distinguishable in the

adult dress. There are several examples of it in the British Museum,

obtained in Chili by Bridges, and the Magellan Straits by Capt. King.

Mr. G. R. Gray has registered these specimens as A. pileatus+, from

which, however, it is likewise distinct. Messrs. Philippi and Land-

beck have transmitted specimens of this bird in the immature plu-

mage to the Norwich Museum. We hope to be able to give a figure

of this species in an early number of ‘ Exotic Ornithology.’ Herr

von Pelzeln (Novara Voyage, p. 13), having had only young speci-

mens to judge from, has erroneously reunited this bird to A. cooperi,

to which in immaturity it is certainly very like.

* Sitz. Akad. Wiss. xliv. p. 9 (1861).

+ List of Accipitres, 1848, p. 72.

330 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

FALCONIN&E.

Three true Falcons only appear to occur in Chili, namely Falco

peregrinus, Linn., Hypotriorchis femoralis (Temm.), and Tinnun-

culus sparverius.

Falco nigriceps, figured and described by Cassin in Gilliss’s ‘ Ex-

pedition’ (ii. p. 176, t. 14), seems to have been intended to com-

prise the Peregries of Western America, both North and South ;

but Chilian specimens are not considered by Mr. Gurney to be sepa-

rable from the European F. peregrinus.

MILVIN2E.

Elanus leucurus, Vieill., a wide-ranging species in America, occurs

in Chili, as recorded by most writers. Salvin has a specimen re-

ceived from the vicinity of Santiago.

CIRCINZE.

Of this group one species only has been hitherto generally recog-

nized as Chilian, namely Circus cinereus (Vieill.), which extends

throughout Patagonia info the Falkland Islands, and on the eastern

side over La Plata up to Corrientes and the southern parts of Brazil.

Philippi (Wiegm. Arch. 1855, p. 14) records Circus macropterus,

Vieill., as also of occasional occurrence there; and more recently

Pelzeln (Novara Voyage, pp. 13, 14) mentions two other species as

having been obtained in Chili by the naturalists of that expedition,

namely C. poliopterus, Tsch., and C. megaspilus, Gould. The

former of these is doubtless a good species ; but the latter, as figured

by Gray (Genera, pl. 11), is probably a young bird, and is referred

by Schlegel (Musée des P.-B., Cirez) to the young of C. poliopterus.

Order COLUMB 2.

The following are the recognized species of this order inhabiting

Chili -—

(1) Columba araucana, Less.; G. R. Gray, List of Columbee in

B.M. p. 33.

(2) C. meridionalis, King ; Bp. Consp. il. p. 52.

(3) Zenaida auriculata (Gay); Bp. Consp. 11. p. 82.

(4) Melopelia meloda (Tschudi).

This species, which is stated by Gay* and Bonaparte+ to have

been met with in Chili during the voyage of the ‘ Bonite,’ is not in-

cluded in the zoology of that voyage; but Herr Landbeck informs

me, in a letter, that he has lately obtained an undoubtedly Chilian

specimen of it.

(5) Metriopelia melanoptera (Gm.); Bp. Consp. il. p. 75.

(6) Columbula strepitans (Spix); Pelzeln, Novara-Reise, Aves,

p- 109.

* Z. souleyetiania, Gay, F. Ch. Aves, p. 380.

t Consp. 11. p. 81.

1867. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 331

Order GALLIN ©.

Tinamous are the only representatives of the Gallinaceous order

in Chili, and of these Rhynchotus perdicarius (Kittl.), which is

said to be common all over the republic, is the only Chilian species

I am acquainted with. Gay describes a second species (Nothura

punctulata), which seems to be closely allied; and in the British

Museum is a specimen from Coquimbo belonging to a third species,

which is referred by Mr. Gray to Nothura cinerascens, Burm. But

I consider that these two last species require confirmation.

Order GRALLZ.

Fam. THINOCORID.

Thinocorus rumicivorus, Eschsch.

T. orbignyanus, Geoffr. et Less.

Attagis gayi, Less.

Chilian specimens of all these three birds are in Messrs. Salvin

and Godman’s collection. Thinocorus swainsoni of Lesson appears

to be only the male of 7. rumicivorus. Von Pelzeln (Novara-Reise,

Aves, p. 113) also gives 7’. inge@, Tsch., as Chilian—a species I am

not acquainted with.

Fam. CHARADRIID.

The Chilian species of this family are :—

Vanellus cayanensis (Gm.).

Charadrius virginicus, Borkh.

Eudromias modesta (Licht.).

Aigialites nivosus, Cassin.

It appears to be this species which is spoken of by Darwin (Zool.

Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 127) under the name Hiaticula azare from

Chili. Schlegel unites this species to the European &. cantianus ;

but, as far as I can tell from examination of skins in Mr. Salvin’s

collection, the two species are distinct, although no doubt closely

allied.

LEgialites falklandicus (Lath.).

Oreophilus ruficollis (Wagl.).

Aphriza virgata (Gm.)*.

Leptosceles mitcheilli (Fraser).

Fam. H&MATOPODID.

The Black Oyster-catcher of South America should be called

Hematopus ater, Vieill., as I have already pointed out (P. Z. 8.

1860, p. 386), niger having been applied by Pallas to the species

from the Northern Pacific. Prof. Schlegel considers the South

African niger (of Gray) identical with the South American species,

which may very likely be the case.

* Mus. Brit. ex Chili (Bridges), Gray, Cat. Gall. &e., p. 72.

332 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

Fam. ScOLOPACID2.

The South American Phalarope has been regarded as specifically

distinct by some authors, and is the Lobipes antarcticus, Less., and

Steganopus tricolor, Vieill. (ex Azara). But Fraser (P. Z. 8. 1843,

p- 118) and Pelzeln (Novara-Reise, Aves, p. 132) concur in iden-

tifying it with the northern bird, which Mr. Salvin has already traced

south as far as Guatemala. Schlegel also unites the two birds with-

out hesitation.

Gallinago paraguie (Vieill.).

Schlegel unites Scolopax magellanica, King, with this species, of

which he has Chilian specimens received from the Santiago Museum.

Gallinago paludosa (Gm.).

Schlegel unites Hartlaub’s Scolopax spectabilis from Valdivia

(Naum. 1853, p. 216) with this species.

Tringa bairdi, Coues.

Mr. Salvin has received three skins of this bird from Herr Ley-

bold of Santiago. They are all of immature birds, but appear to

agree with other specimens from New Granada, Panama, Mexico,

and North America. This is probably the bird referred to by Cassin

as Tringa pectoralis, Gilliss’s Exp. i. p. 195.

Tringa bonapartii, Schlegel.

This is the species usually called Tinga or Scheniclus schinzii,

and so named in the British Museum ‘ Catalogue of Gralle, &c.,’

p. 105. Mr. Bridges obtained specimens of it in Chili; and there

are examples of it in the Leyden Museum, sent by Prof. Philippi

from near Santiago (see Schlegel’s Musée d. P.-B. Scolopaces, p. 42).

Gambetta melanoleuca (Gm.).

This widely diffused American species has already been recognized

as occurring in Chili (Cf. Gray, Cat. Gall., &c., p. 99, & Schlegel,

Mus. d. P.-B. Scolopaces, p. 69; Hartlaub, Naum. 1853, p. 222).

A specimen of it, received by Mr. Salvin from Leybold, is marked

Totanus chilensis, and is doubtless the species so described by Phi-

lippi (Wiegm. Arch. 1857, p. 264).

Gambetta flavipes (Vieill.).

Gay’s Totanus stagnatilis may probably be intended for this

species, of which Salvin has a specimen received from Leybold of

Santiago ; and Dr. Segetho obtained examples in Chili during the

Novara Expedition*. Mr. Salvin has likewise Brazilian specimens

of this species, collected by Natterer ; and Darwin records its occur-

rence at Monte Video (Zool. Voy. Beagle, i. p. 129).

Limosa hudsonica (Lath.).

Chili (Bridges, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 118).

* Of. Pelzeln, Orn. Noy. Exp. p. 151.

1867. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS, 333

Numenius hudsonicus (Lath.).

Mr. Salvin has a Chilian specimen of this bird, received from Herr

Leybold. Darwin says it is common on the mud-banks of Chiloe

(Voy. Beagle, ili. p. 129).

Numenius borealis, Forst.

We have little doubt that N. microrhynchus of Philippi (Wiegm.

Arch. 1866, p. 129) is referable to this species, which, under its

synonym of NV, brevirostris, Temm., is already known to occur at

Buenos Ayres (Darw. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 129).

Fam. RALLIDe.

RaLLuS SANGUINOLENTUS, Sw. An. in Men. p. 335; Darwin,

Zool. Beagle, i. p. 133.

Rallus cesius, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 301; Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B.

Ralli, p. 8.

R. bicolor, Gay, F. C. Aves, p. 434.

R. ricordi, By. (teste Schlegelio).

Of this Rail, which appears to be peculiar to Chili, Mr. Salvin has

a skin received from Leybold. Dr. Schlegel appears to have quite

overlooked Swainson’s description of it, and his accurate distinction

of it from the nearly allied R. xzgricans of Eastern South America.

RALLUS ANTARTICUS, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 95.

Rallus rufopennis, G. R. Gray, MS.

R. uliginosus, Phil. Wiegm. Arch. 1858, p. 83.

A skin of this species in Salvin’s collection was received by Mr.

Gould from Dr. Philippi along with some Humming-birds. It was

not marked as belonging to the species described as R. uliginosus,

but appears to agree with the characters given J. c.

Porzana jamaicensis (Gm.).

Three skins of a Crake, received by Mr. Salvin from Dr. Philippi

through Mr. Gould, do not differ appreciably from northern speci-

mens of this species, of which I have also a specimen from the inter-

mediate locality of Lima, transmitted to me by Prof. Nation.

Hyprocicca MELANops (Vieill.).

Rallus melanops, Vieill. (ex Azara, 373).—Gallinula crassirostris,

J. E. Gray; Bridges, P. Z. 8S. 1843, p. 118.

Mr. Salvin has an example of this bird received from Leybold of

Santiago.

Three species of Fulica inhabit the fresh waters of Chili, and are

fully described by Herr Landbeck (Wiegm. Arch. 1862, p. 214) under

the names F’, chloropoides, F. chilensis, and F. rufifrons. Unfor-

tunately Landbeck was not acquainted with Dr. Hartlaub’s excellent

article on Fulica in the extra heft of Cabanis’s ‘ Journal f. Orn.’ for

1853, and has consequently misnamed them all. According to

Hartlaub FP. rufifrons, Landbeck, is F. leucopyga, Licht., which is

334 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

confirmed by Schlegel (Mus. d. P.-B. Ralli, p. 64), having marked

examples for comparison. Landbeck’s F. chilensis is, according to

Hartlaub, F. armillata, Vieill., and his F. chloropoides=F. strick-

landi, Hartlaub. But Schlegel makes F. stricklandi the young of

F. chilensis, Gay!

: Fam. ARDEIDZ.

Five species of this family have been recorded as Chilian, namely :

—(1) Ardea cocoi (Linn.) ; (2) Nycticorax obscurus, Licht. (Bp.

Consp. ii. p. 141), hitherto usually confounded with WV. garden ;

two White Egrets, namely (3) Ardea candidissima (Gm.) and (4) A.

egretta (Gm.) (deuce, Licht.) ; and (5) Ardetta exilis (Gm.). By

some authorities the last-named species is held to be distinct from

the North American form, and called A. erythromelas (Bp. Consp.

ii. p. 134). I have had no opportunity of comparing specimens.

Fam. CIconiip&.

Ciconia maguari (Gm.). An interesting note on the nidification

of this bird is given by Bridges (P. Z. S. 1843, p. 116).

Fam. PLATALEID.

The American forms of Ibis falcinellus (Linn.), usually called J.

ordi and I. guarauna, are stated by Schlegel to be inseparable from

the European J. falcinellus.

Fam. PH@NICOPTERID2.

Phenicopterus igni-palliatus, Geoffr. et D’Orb.— P. chilensis,

Bridges, P. Z. 8. 1843, p. 117. Abundant in the freshwater lakes

of Chili.

Phenicopterus andinus, Philippi, Ann. Univ. Chih, 1864, p. 337;

Wiegm. Arch. 1855, p. 10; Reise d. die Wiiste Atacama, p. 164,

Zool. t. 4 et 5; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 198. This species in-

habits the cordilleras of Copiapo in Northern Chili, according to its

discoverer, but does not go further south. Northwards it appears

to have been observed by Bollaert near Tarapaca in Bolivia.

Fam. ANATID&.

Two species of Swan occur in South America, Cygnus nigricollis

and C. coscoroba (Mol.). Lieut. Gilliss tells us that the former is

abundant in most of the small mountain-lakes of Chili.

Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck have given excellent notices of the

four species of Geese found in Chili, in ‘ Wiegman’s Archiv,’ 1863

(p. 185 e¢ seg.), but have wrongly identified some of them. They

should stand as follows :—

(1) Bernicla melanoptera (Eyton); Ph. et Landb. /. ¢. p. 185.

(2) Bernicla antarctica (Gm.); Ph. et Landb. l. e. p. 199.

(3) Chloephaga dispar (Ph. et Landb.).—Bernicla magellanica,

Cassin (nec Gm.).—B. dispar, Ph. et Landb. J, ¢. p. 190.

1867.4 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 339

(4) Chloephaga poliocephala, Gray, MS.; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1857,

p- 128; 1858, p. 290.—Bernicla chiloensis, Ph. et Land. J. c. p. 195.

I have already given full notes on these species of Geese in some

remarks on Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck’s paper on this subject

in the ‘Ibis’ for 1864 (pp. 121, 122), and need not repeat them

now.

The well-authenticated Chilian Freshwater Ducks are about twelve

in number, namely :—

1. Mareca chiloensis (King).

2. Anas iopareia, Philippi, Wiegm. Arch. 1860, p. 24. I have

not yet seen examples of this species.

3. Anas specularis, King. F

4. Anas melanocephala, Vieill. ; Cassin in Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 202,

te 20.

Mr. Salvin has specimens of both sexes of this species, received

from Herr Leybold. The male is well figured by Cassin J. ec. The

female has the throat white, the occiput blackish, and the sides of

the head marbled with brown.

5. Anas cristata (Gmm.) ; Gray, List of Anseres, p. 136 = A. pyr-

rhogaster, Meyen.

6. Querquedula torquata (Vieill.).

This species is not included by Gay in his work; but there are

specimens in the Paris Museum, labelled * Chili (Gay).’’.

7. Querquedula cyanoptera (Vieill.).

8. Q. versicolor (Vieill.).

9. Q. ereccoides (King).

Querquedula angustirostris, Phil. et Landb., Wiegm. Arch. 1863,

p- 202, from Peru, would appear to be Q. flavirostris (Vieill.) (the

true dnas oxyptera of Meyen), which is not the same as Q. cree-

coides. According to Hartlaub (Naum. 1853, p. 217) Q. flaviros-

tris also occurs in Chili; but there is some confusion between these

two species, which I am not able to rectify for want of specimens.

10. Dajfila bahamensis, Linn.

11. Dafila oxyura (Meyen).— Anas oxyura, Meyen; Cassin,

Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 202 ; Burm. La Plata, Reise, ii. p. 515.

Considered by Burmeister to be separable from, although nearly

allied to, the eastern 4. spinicauda, Vieill.

12. Spatula platalea (Vieill.) = Rhynchaspis maculata, Jard. &

Selb.

Of the group of Fuliguline only one species seems to have been

recorded as common in Chili, Fuligula peposaca (Vieill.) (Anas

metopias, Poppig); but Micropterus cinereus also occurs in the

southern provinces (Pelzeln, Novara-Reise, Aves, p. 139).

Erismatura ferruginea, Kyton, is the only Chilian species of this

genus I have met with. It inhabits the freshwater lakes of Central

Chili, according to Gay. Philippi’s £. vittata (Wiegm. Arch. 1860,

336 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

p- 26) seems to be only the young of this species, as far as I can

make it out.

Fam. PELECANID&.

Schlegel unites Pelecanus thagus sive moline with P. fuscus, and

also indicates Pelecanus philippensis as occurring in Chili! (Mus.

de P.-B. Pelecani, pp. 28, 35). In the former identification I be-

lieve he is wrong. In the latter also I think there must be an

error. The question is, are there two species of Pelican found in

Chili? If so, the second is more likely to be P. trachyrhynchus.

Dr. Hartlaub gives five species of Cormorants as occurring in Chili.

But P. gracilis seems, according to Bonaparte (Consp. 11. p. 173), to

be scarcely separable from P. brazilianus ; and P. albigula, Brandt,

is P. bougainvillii, Lesson. On the other hand we may add P.

cirrhatus and P. purpurascens, Brandt, if Bonaparte’s localities

(Consp. ii. pp. 174, 177) are to be trusted; and there will thus re-

main still five Chilian species, besides Graculus elegans of Philippi

(Wiegm. Arch. 1850, p. 303), which may possibly be the same as

one of the former.

Sula variegata of Tschudi, which was referred by Bonaparte,

doubtfully, to 8. eyanops, is recognized by Pelzeln (Novara-Reise,

Aves, p. 157) as a distinct species ; but is this view correct ?

Fam. PROCELLARIID.

Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck’s Thalassidroma segethi (Wiegm.

Arch. 1860, p. 282) seems to be identical with Thalassidroma gra-

cilis, Elliot (Ibis, 1859, p. 391), which name has the priority. Pro-

cellaria oceanica, Kuhl, and P. melanogastra, Gould, are also given

by Schlegel as having been obtained on the coast of Chili by D’Or-

bigny. Puffinus carneipes, Gould, and Thalassoica glacialioides

(Smith) are also Chilian, on the same authority. I follow Dr.

Schlegel also in referring the Halodroma of the western coast of South

America to H. garnoti.

Fam. LARID&.

Larus kittlitzii of Bruch is founded on a figure of a bird obtained

on the Chilian coast by Kittlitz, and may probably be the same as

Larus franklini, which was obtained by Burnett and Fitzroy at Val-

paraiso, and has been recently redescribed by Messrs. Philippi and

Landbeck as Larus cinereocaudatus (Wiegm. Arch. 1861, p. 293).

So we may strike L. Aitélitzii out of Dr. Hartlaub’s list, and in lieu

thereof put in Larus modestus, Tsch. (L. bridgesi, Fraser), obtained

by Bridges at Valparaiso. Larus scoresbii, Trail (hematorhynchus,

King), occurs in Southern Chili.

The only Terns which I can identify positively as occurring on the

Chilian coast are :—(1) Sterna cassini, nobis (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 391,

= S. antarctica, Peale, nec Less., nec Forst. = S. meridionalis, Cassin,

nec Brehm), allied to our S. Airundo and S. macrura; (2) a small

species, named in the British Museum “ Sterna exilis, Tsch.,” of

1867.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 337

which I have also lately received a skin from Lima*; (3) dnous inca

(Sterna inca, Less.) ; and (4) Hydrochelidon fissipes, Linn., spoken

of by Pelzeln (Novara-Reise, p. 155) as H. plumbea. I do not know

Sterna atro-fasciata, Ph. et Landb., Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 204,

nor S. ductuosa, ibid. 1866, p. 126.

Fam. Popicipip2&.

Dr. Hartlaub, in describing Podilymbus antarcticus (Podiceps

antarcticus, Less.) in his article in ‘ Naumannia,’ does not appear to

be aware that it is the same as P. brevirostris of Gray’s ‘ Genera.’

The error appears to have occurred from it not being stated on the

plate in the ‘Genera’ that the figure of P. brevirostris is reduced

in size.

The typical specimens of P. drevirostris were obtained in Chili by

Mr. Bridges. I cannot find any difference between them and speci-

mens of a Podilymbus collected on the lake of Atitlan in Guatemala

by Mr. Salvin; so that it would appear that this species ranges all

along the Andes into Central America.

Fam. SpHENISCID#®.

The only Penguin that I know of occurring on the Chilian coast

is Spheniscus humboldtii, Meyen, which ranges as far north as Peru,

aud, according to Meyen, is common in the harbour of Callao.

I conclude these notes with a nominal list of what I believe to be

the authentically determined species of Chilian birds, amounting in

all to 209, namely—

E, APASserest 258 ttri 37 .-2gs 263

DD oP abrarice "op 5. ee sal

METS ACCIPUTES s,s hanno oe

EV Colern bees 55.5 ds hc os 6

aS Renee” a ees

Wal Gralle jn eo Oe ace 47

MIE Auseress: 4) see 55

209

I. PASSERES.

1. Turdus falklandicus. 7. Hirundo cyanoleuca.

2. Mimus thenca. 8. meyent.

9. Progne furcata.

3. Troglodytes magellanicus.

4. Cistothorus platensis. 10. Phrygilus gayi.

ity alaudinius.

5. Anthus correndera. 12. —— fruticeti.

13. unicolor.

6. Dendreca utricapilla. 14. Diuca grisea.

15. Zonotrichia pileata.

* See below, p. 344.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1867, No. XXII.

SONA

MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS.

. Chrysomitris uropygialis.

barbata.

. Sycalis aurewwentris.

arvensis.

. Agelasticus thilius.

. Cureus aterrimus.

. Sturnella militaris.

. Geositta cunicularia.

isabellina.

fasciata.

. Upucerthia dumetoria.

. Ochetorhynchus ruficaudus.

Cinclodes nigrofumosus.

patachonicus.

minor.

. Sylviorthorhynchus desmursi.

. Oxyurus spinicauda.

. Phicocryptes melanops.

. Leptasthenura egithaloides.

. Synallaxis humicola.

anthoides.

sordida.

. Pygarrhicus albogularis.

. Scytalopus magellanicus.

5D:

. —— maculirostris.

. Centrites niger.

58.

. Cyanotis azare.

. Serpophaga parvirostris.

. Aneretes parulus.

. Elainia modesta.

[Mar. 28,

. Scytalopus fuscoides.

. Triptorhinus paradozus.

. Pteroptochus rubecula.

albicollis.

. Hylactes megapodius.

tarnit.

castaneus.

. Agriornis livida.

maritima.

. Tenioptera pyrope.

. Muscisaxicola nigrifrons.

cinerea.

mentalis.

flavinucha.

rufivertex.

rubricapilla.

Hapalocercus citreolus.

. Phytotoma rara.

Il. PICARIA.

. Ceryle stellata.

. Stenopsis bifasciata.

. Oreotrochilus leucopleurus.

. Patagona gigas..

. Eustephanus galeritus. -

Campephilus magellanicus.

Picus lignarius. |

Colaptes pitius.

9. Henicognathus leptorhynchus.

10.

Conurus cyanolyseos.

smaragdineus.

lil. ACCIPITRES.

. Sarcorhamphus gryphus.

. Cathartes aura.

atratus.

. Polyborus tharus.

. Milvago chimango.

. ——- megalopterus.

. Urubitinga unicincta.

. Buteo erythronotus.

. Geranvaétus melanoleucus.

. Accipiter chilensis.

. Hypotriorchis femorals.

. Tinnunculus sparverius.

. Falco peregrinus.

. Llanus. leucurus.

. Circus cinereus.

macropterus.

poliopterus.

. Glaucidium nanum.

1867.] MR. P, L, SCLATER ON CHILIAN BIRDS. 339

19. Athene cunicularia. 22. Bubo virginianus.

20. Syrnium hylophilum. 23. crassirostris.

21. Otus brachyotus. 24. Strix perlata.

IV. COLUMBZ.

1. Columba araucana. 4. Melopelia meloda.

2: meridionalis. 5. Metriopelia melanoptera.

3. Zenaida auriculata. 6. Columbula strepitans.

V. GALLINZ®.

1. Rhynchotus perdicarius. 3. Rhynchotus cinerascens.

2. punctulatus.

VI. GRALLE.

1. Thinocorus rumicivorus. 26. Limosa hudsonica.

2. orbignianus. 27. Numenius hudsonicus.

3. inge. 28. borealis.

4. Attagis gayi.

8 29. Rallus sanguinolentus.

_ 5. Vanellus cayanensis. 30. antarcticus.

6. Charadrius virginicus. 31. Porzana jamaicensis.

7. Eudromias modesta. 32. Hydrocicca melanops.

8. Aigialites nivosus. 33. Gallinula galeata.

9. Salklandicus. 34. Fulica leucopyga.

10. Oreophilus ruficollis. 35. armillata.

11. Aphriza virgata. 36. stricklandi.

12. Leptosceles mitchelli.

37. Ardea cocoi.

13. Strepsilas interpres. 38. Nycticorax obscurus.

14. Hematopus palliatus. 39. Ardea candidissima.

bs. ater. 40. egretta.

41. Ardetta exilis.

16. Himantopus nigricollis.

17. Phalaropus wilsont. 42. Ciconia maguart.

18. Gallinago paraguaie.

19: paludosa. 43. Platalea ajaja.

20. Rhynchea semicollaris. 44. Ibis melanopis.

21. Tringa bairdi. 45. Suleinellus.

22. bonapartit.

23. Calidris arenaria. 46. Pheenicopterus igni-palliatus.

24. Gambetta melanoleuca. 47. andinus.

25. flavipes.

. Cygnus nigricollis.

. Bernicla melanoptera,

om i b> —

VIL. ANSERES.

. Chloephaga dispar.

poliocephala.

Sarcidiornis regia.

Mareea chiloensis.

coscoroba.

BCOMIS oO

antarctiea.

340 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON PERUVIAN BIRDS.

9. Anas iopareia.

[Mar. 28,

. Procellaria melanogastra.

10. specularis. 34. Puffinus carneipes.

11. —— melanocephala. 35. Thalassoica glacialioides.

12. cristata. 36. Halodroma garnoti.

13. Querquedula torquata.

14, cyanoptera. 37. Larus belcheri.

15. —-— versicolor. 38. dominicanus.

16. ereccoides. 39. Sranklini.

17. Dafila bahamensis. 40. glaucotis.

18. oxyura. 41. modestus.

19. Spatula platalea. 42. scoresbit.

20. Fuligula peposaca. 43. Sterna cassint.

21. Micropterus cinereus. 44, ewilis.

22. Erismatura ferruginea. 45. atrofusciata.

23. Merganetta armatu. 46. luctuosa.

47. Hydrochelidon fissipes.

24. Pelecanus thagus. 48. Anous inca.

25. Phalacrocorar gaimardi. 49, Rhynchops nigra.

26. brazilianus.

27. cirrhatus. 50. Podiceps calipareus.

28. bougainvillir. 5. rollandi. =

2g: purpurascens. 52. leucopterus.

30. Sula variegata. 53. chilensis.

54. Podilymbus antarcticus.

31. Procellaria gracilis.

uceanica.

3. Ou the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. &e.

by Professor W. Nation, of Lima, C.M.Z.S.

Habits ;

(Part II.*)

. Spheniscus humboldti.

By Pi:

With Notes on their

(Plates XX. & XXI.)

A second small collection of birds received from Prof. Nation con-

tains examples of the following twelve species, several of which are

of great interest. I have added to my remarks on each bird Prof.

Nation’s notes on its habits :—

1. GEOTHLYPIS £QUINOCTIALIS (Gm.); Sclater, C. A. B. p. 27.

One example agreeing with specimens from Cayenne and Trinidad.

“Found amongst weeds, in company with Cyanotis omnicolor and

Troglodytes _ vus. It is rare. 1 have only obtained two speci-

mens.”--W.

~~ 2. Hrrunpo eryrHrocastra, Bodd.; Scl. C. A. B. p. 39.

“‘Very rare in Lima. I have only seen it twice in ten years, but

* Continued from P. Z. S. 1866, p. 100.

1867. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 341

have ascertained that it is common in the warm valleys of the Andes,

about forty miles away, and builds its nests in corners against the

walls, like our familiar species in England. Ten years ago I met

with a flock near here in a field of alfalfa (lucerne), and was fortu-

nate enough to kill the one I sent you. Last New-year’s day, in

the same field, I saw a flock of about two hundred, and killed four,

three males and a female.”,—W. N.

3. TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.

“<T have now one of these beautiful birds alive. It will not eat

seeds of any kind, only fruit.”,>—W. N.

4. SpERMOPHILA TELASCO (Less.); Bp. Consp. p. 496.

I have previously seen specimens of this scarce species only in the

Museums of Paris and Philadelphia.

‘*T have hitherto thought that this bird left us in winter, but have

recently discovered that its plumage is then so different as to have

led me to take it for another bird. The female lays two eggs, of a

bluish green.” —W. N.

— 5. Poosp1za BONAPARTIT. (Pl. XX. ¢ et 2.)

Poospiza dominicensis, Bp. Consp. i. p. 473 (°).

Supra cinerea, interscapulio brunnescente lavato ; capitis lateri-

bus nigris, superciliis elongatis albis: alis fusco-nigris, pri-

marus et tectricibus albo, secundariis fulvo marginatis : cauda

Susco-nigra, rectricum lateralium omnium pogoniis internis fere

omnino albis: subtus alba, torque gutturali nigro, lateribus

cinerascentibus, crisso medio rufescente: tectricibus subalari-

bus et remigum marginibus internis albis: rostro et pedibus

pallide corneis: long. tota 5 poll. Angl., ale 2°5, caude@ 1-9,

rostri a rictu 0°6, tarsi 0°8.

Foem. Supra fusca, nigricante substriata; alis caudaque nigro-

fuscis, brunneo marginatis ; superciliis elongatis, sordide albis :

subtus fulvescenti-albida, lateraliter cinereo flammulata, torque

niyro vix apparente.

Hab. in Peruvia occident. prope Lima (Nation).

Obs. Similis P. torquate (D’Orb. et Lafr.) sed crisso rufo vix

tincto et rostro crassiore longiore et ad basin carneo distinguenda.

This is a very distinct species of the genus Poospiza, quite un-

known to me, though it may possibly be identical with the bird de-

scribed in Bonaparte’s ‘ Conspectus’ as P. dominicensis. If this be

the case, however, the locality assigned is quite erroneous, and I pro-

pose to give the bird a new specific name.

P. bonapartii is most nearly allied to P. torquata, as I have

pointed out above, having a similar black breast-band, which is almost

obsolete in the female bird.

‘« Resident with us a few weeks every year, and usually met with

in company with Zonotrichie and Spermophili &c.”—W. N.

342 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. __ [ Mar. 28,

6. SYCALIS LUTEIVENTRIS (Meyen).

Prof. Nation’s specimen of this species agrees best with a skin

collected by Fraser at Cuenca in Ecuador, which I have hitherto

referred (Cat. A. B. p. 126) to S. arvensis of Chili. Chilian exam-

ples, however, are certainly rather larger in size, and not so bright

in colouring, so that it may.be necessary to separate the northern

form. In this case the latter may take the name luteiventris of

Meyen*, which is founded on Peruvian specimens.

«This bird does not reside with us all the year round, but breeds

here. I have one in a cage, and never heard any South-American

bird sing so sweetly.” —W. N.

7. EvupsiLosToMaA PUSILLUM, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, pp. 68, 283,

et Cat. A. B. p. 215.

These skins agree very well with the types described J. c., which

were collected by Fraser at Pallatanga and Babahoyo.

“This little bird is quite new to me. It is so small and so se-

cluded in its habits as to have hitherto escaped my notice. I have

lately found its nest, and, knowing its haunts, shall soon get a clue

to-its habits.”—W. N.

8. TyYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.

Agrees with the northern form called satrapa by Cabanis and

Heine, and in my ‘ American Catalogue.’

“Very rare in Lima. I found four birds on a dry branch of a

tree overhanging a mud wall, in which Mason-wasps (Pelopeus

flavipes) were making their nest. By the aid of a glass I observed

that every time a Pelopawus passed the Tyrants captured it, and re-

turned to the branch to eat it. I obtained two specimens,”’—W.N.

+-9. ANTROSTOMUS ZQUICAUDATUS (Peale).

Caprimulgus equicaudatus, Peale, Zool. Expl. Exp. Birds, p. 168.

** Stenopsis parvulus, Gould,” Cassin, ib. ed. 2. p. 188.

“‘Near Lima, and probably all along the Peruvian coast, we have

only the present species of Caprimulgus. Its favourite haunts are

dry stony places, where there is little or no vegetation, and no water

near. In such spots the colour of the earth harmonizes with the

plumage of the bird, so that even a hawk cannot see it at a few yards

distance. Nestled on the shady side of a stone or clot of dry earth

to protect it from the scorching sun, it must be almost trodden upon

before it takes to wing, and flies noiselessly to a few yards distance,

where it settles again on the ground without outspread wings. If

repeatedly disturbed it will fly to a greater distance, but returns to

its old haunts when alarm has subsided.

‘‘The female makes no nest, but lays one egg, of a bluish grey

marbled with brown, on the ground. Having observed that our Eu-

ropean species will remove its egg if touched, I was curious to see

whether this Goatsucker would do likewise. On finding, therefore,

* Nov. Act. xvi. Suppl. pl. 12. f. 3.

1867.} MR. P. L, SCLATER ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 343

an old bird sitting, I moved the egg on more than one occasion, but

never found the old bird carry away the egg. If the young bird is

moved it is sometimes taken away by the old birds. Last year, upon

one occasion, I found a young bird, and brought it home to draw.

Having finished, I took it back to the same spot and waited to see

whether the old bird would find it again. In about half an hour,

the low plaintive cry of the young bird brought the old one, who

carried it away to a distance of about 200 yards.’’—W. N.

In my notes on the American Caprimulgide, published in the last

volume of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’*, I remarked that I much

doubted whether Mr. Cassin had correctly united C. equicaudatus,

Peale, with C. parvulus, Gould. The specimen now sent me by Prof.

Nation proves that my suspicions were correct. There can be little

doubt that the present species is the same as that discovered by

Peale, as it agrees tolerably well with his figure and description, and

is also from the same locality, where also Prof. Nation tells us it is

the only species that occurs. It is, however, certainly distinct from

the true Antrostomus parvulus of Brazil and La Plata, having a longer

and more compressed bill, being much more sandy and paler above,

and wanting the distinct ocellated spots on the wings which distin-

guish the Brazilian bird.

The single specimen sent by Prof. Nation is a female, and has the

wing-band rufous, and the gular spot indistinct and fulvous.

~+10. PorzANA JAMAICENSI!S (Gm.).

**Found in the alfalfa-fields.”—W. N.

Does not seem to differ from Guatemalan specimens.

+11. PorzANA ERYTHROPS, sp. nov. (Pl. XXI.)

“Found in the ditches, where there is much vegetation.” —W. N.

I have not been able to find any description of this very well-

marked species, which may be described as follows :—

Supra fuscescenti-olivacea, alis et cauda concoloribus : capitis et

cervicis lateribus cum corpore subtus pallide plumbeis, gula

albicante: hypochondriis, alarum tectricibus inferioribus et

erisso nigricantibus albo transfasciatis: ano fulvescente : rostro

ad basin sanguineo, inde corneo, apice favo: pedibus flavidis :

long. tota 7°5, ale 4:2, caude@ 1:2, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 1-2,

dig. med. c. ungue 1°3.

Hab. in vicin. Lime in Peruv. transand.

This bird is of about the same size as P. carolina, and has the

bill of nearly the same form, but seems to be shorter and stouter in

general aspect. The wings are short and concave, the second and

third primaries being longest, and the next following gradually di-

minishing in length. But the most remarkable parts of the bird’s

structure are the feet, the tarsi being shorter and stouter, and the

toes much shorter than in any other Crake with which I am ac-

quainted. It may probably be necessary to institute a separate genus

ay re Ane L860, pals:

344 MR.-E. NEWTON ON NEW SEYCHELLES BIRDS. | Mar. 28,

for this bird ; but the single specimen sent is not in a very good state,

and does not permit a very accurate description of the feet to be

made.

12. Sterna ExI.is, G. R. Gray in Mus. Brit.

Sterna exilis, Tsch., Wiegm. Arch. 1843, p. 389, et F. P. Aves,

p- 306 (?).

Prof. Nation sends a single specimen of a well-marked species

of Tern “from the vicinity of Callao,” which is the same as one in

the British Museum from Chili, marked ‘‘ Sterna ezilis, Tsch.’’

Whether, however, it can really be Tschudi’s bird appears to me to

be very doubtful, as it does not accord well with his description.

The present species is of about the same size as Sterna superciliaris

of Eastern South America, but distinguishable by its long, thin,

pointed, and slightly incurved bill (which is yellow at the base and

black for the terminal half), its longer and deeply cleft tail, and its

grey colour underneath.

4, Descriptions of some New Species of Birds from the Sey-

chelles Islands. By Epwarp Newron, M.A., C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XXII.)

Before proceeding to name and describe some birds obtained by

myself during a stay of a month in the Seychelles Islands, from Ja-

nuary 24th to February 24th of the present year, I may state that,

previously to my visit, only the following Six land-birds had been

described as coming from those islands, and these, so far as is known,

are not found elsewhere. They are—

Tinnunculus gracilis (Less.) ; Desm., Ieonogr. pl. 25.

Nectarinia dussumieri, Hartl., Journ. f. Orn. 1860, p. 340.

N. seychellensis, Hartl., Orn. Beitr. Madag. p. 35 (an errore”).

Copsychus sechellarum, A. Newton, Ibis, 1865, p. 322, pl. viii.

Turtur rostratus, Bp., Consp. Av. i. p. 62.

Erythronas pulcherrima (Scop.) ; Temm., Pig. pl. 20.

The birds I have now to describe are—

HypsIPETES CRASSIROSTRIS: vulgo “ Merle.”

Hypsipetes H. olivaceo admodum similis sed rostro valde robus-

tiore, gula, pectore abdomineque flavescentibus.

Descr. maris adulti.—Supra fuscus, nonnihil ad olivaceum vergens,

ptleo nigro, subtus gula pectoreque cinereis flavo tinctis; ab-

domine albido-flavescente ; remigibus rectricibusque fuscis,

secundariis quibusdam externe rufis; rostro sordide aurantiaco;

pedibus fusco-flavis, unguibus nigris, iridibus fusco-rubris.

Long. tota 10°75, alee 5°3, caudz 4°5, acrotarsi 1°05, dig. med.

sine ungue 0°8, hallucis sine ungue 0°5, maxillee a fronte 1-1, ejus-

1867.} | MR. E. NEWTON ON NEW SEYCHELLES BIRDS. 345

dem a rictu 1°25, mandibule ab articulo 1°81; rostri altitudo ad

frontem 0°41 poll. Angl.

Descr. foeminz adultze.— Mari similis sed minor, secundariis om-

nino fuscis, et rectricibus albo terminatis ; rostro vivide auran-

tiaco ; pedibus flavis.

Junioris (mase.?) rostrum fuscum, pedes brunneo-flavi sunt.

Hab. in insulis Sechellis.

Mus. A. et E. Newton (exempla iii. ).

TcCHITREA CORVINA: vulgo “ Veuve.”

T. major: mas adultus omnino chalybeo-niger, mediis rectricibus

longissimis.

Femina et mas juvenis, capite chalybeo-nigro ; corpore supra cas-

taneo, subtus alho; remigibus fuscis, externe castaneo limbatis.

Descr. maris vestitu nuptiali.—Unicolor, chalybeo-nigra sic ut

Corvus, rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tota (rectricibus mediis exeeptis) circa 8°75, ale 3:45,

caude 11°5(!), acrotarsi 0°75, dig. med. sine ungue 0°5, hallucis

sine ungue 3°5, maxillee a fronte 0°53, ejusdem a rictu 0°99, mandi-

bule ab articulo 1°35 poll. Angl.

Haé. in insula Sechellarum “ Praslin’’ dicta.

Mus. A. et E. Newton (exempla v.).

ZOSTEROPS MODESTA.

Z. obscure fusco-grisea, annulo periophthalmico niveo, loris nigris.

Descer. maris adulti.—Supra olivaceo-grisea, subtus fusco murina ;

hypochondriis brunneo tinctis ; annulo periophthalmico niveo,

loris nigris; remigibus rectricibusque fuscis, illis externe griseo

limbutis, et interne albido marginatis ; rostro griseo ; pedibus

obscure plumbers.

Long. tota circa 4°8, alee 2°3, acrotarsi 0°72, dig. med. sine ungue

0°46, hallucis sine ungue 0°3, maxillz a fronte 0°41, ejusdem a rictu

0°58, mandibulz ab articulo 0:95 poll. Angl.

Foemina mari omnino similis.

Hab. in insula Sechellarum “ Mahé”’ dicta.

Mus. A. et E. Newton (exempla vii.).

ZOSTEROPS SEMIFLAVA: vulgo ‘ Serin.”’

Zosterops Z. poliogastrae* szmillima sed epigastrio abdomineque

omnino flavis, et hypochondriis badis.

Descr. maris adultii—Supra flavo-olivacea, uropygio flavo; subtus

flava, hyponchondrits badiis ; annulo periophthalmico niveo ;

remigibus rectricibusque atro-fuscis, illis externe flavo limbatis,

et interne albido late marginatis ; rostro pedibusque plumbeis.

Long. tota circa 4°3, alee 2°28, caudze 1°85, acrotarsi 0°75, dig.

med. sine ungue 0°39, hallucis sine ungue 0°3, inaxille a fronte 0°47,

ejusdem a rictu 0°64, mandibulee ab articulo 0°92 poll. Angl.

* Heuglin, Ibis, 1861, p. 357, pl. xiii.; Z. euryophthalmos, ejusd., Sitzungsb.

k.-k. Akad Wien, 1856, p. 276 (deser. nulla).

346 MR. E. NEWTON ON NEW SEYCHELLES BIRDS. [ Mar. 28,

Femina mari similis.

Hab. in insula Marianna Sechellarum.

Mus. A. et E. Newton (exempla ii.).

FoupiIA SECHELLARUM: vulgo “ Mangeur du riz.”

F. fusco-brunnea ; fronte, occipite et mento aureo tinctis (vestitu

hiemali).

Descr. maris adulti vestitu hiemali.—Supra fusco-brunnea, fronte

occipiteque aureo et nucha olivaceo tinctis; capitis lateribus

olivaceis ; subtus pallidior, mento et gula flavescentibus ; re-

migibus rectricibusque fuscis olivaceo limbatis ; rostro nigro ;

pedibus fuscis.

Mas juvenis vel foemina aureo caret colore in fronte et mento, aliter

colores vividiores, preesertim in remigum marginibus, habet ; rostro

pedibusque hepaticis.

Long. tota circa 4°9, ale 2° 95, caude 2°1, acrotarsi 0°85, dig.

med. sine ungue 0°52, hallucis sine ungue 0°41, maxille a fronte

0°65, ejusdem a rictu 0°67, mandibulze ab arheklo 0:98 poll. Angl.

Hab. in insula Marianna Sechellarum.

Mus. A. et E. Newton (exempla iii.).

Obs. Hujus avis vestitus nuptialis mihi ignotus est, forte caput

totum ea tempestate flavum est.

PAL#ORNIS WARDI: vulgo ‘ Cateau vert.”

Palzeornis P. alexandri similis sed rostro robustiore; fasciis hu-

meralibus pheniceo-rubris ; nucha sine fascia rubra.

Descr. adulti.—Pzleo et gula cerulescentibus, genis ochraceo-

viridibus, torque perignathico nigro a rictu ad nucham ducto ;

dorso alisque gramineo-viridibus ; uropygio vividiore ; singulis

fasciis latis humeralibus pheniceo-rubris ; remigibus et rec-

tricibus saturate viridibus ceruleo lavatis, his subtus flaves-

centibus, Suscis illis; gastreo flavescenti-viridi ; rostro vivide

coecineo, apice pallidiore ; pedibus fuscis.

Long. tota circa 16, alee 7°75, caudze 9, acrotarsi 0°75, dig. med.

sine ungue 0°95, hallucis sine ungue 0°5, maxille a fronte 1:4,

ejusdem a rictu 1°15, mandibulee ab articulo 1-4 poll. Angl.

Foemina vel mas junior mari adulto simillimus, sed coloribus ob-

scurioribus.

Hab. in insulis Sechellis.

Mus. A. et E. Newton (exempla iii.).

Obs. Ex dono SwinBpuRNE Warp, armigeri, totarum Sechella-

rum preefectus, et in ejuas honorem nominata.

CoRACOPSIS BARKLYI: vulgo “Cateau noir.” (Pl. XXII.)

Coracopsis C. comorensi quoad colorem admodum similis sed valde

minor.

Deser. maris adulti.—Brunneo-nigra, remigibus rectricibusque sa-

luratioribus ardesiaco tinctis ; rostro, cera pedibusque nigro-

Suseis.

Long. tota cirea 13, alee 81, caudee 6, acrotarsi 0°76, dig. med.

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 347

sine ungue 10, hallucis sine ungue 0°48, maxiile a fronte 0°95,

ejusdem a rictu 0°95, mandibulee 1°37 poll. Angl.

Foemina mari similis sed minor.

Hab. in insula Sechellarum “ Praslin”’ dicta.

Mus. A. et E. Newton (exempla iii.). Vivar. Soc. Zoolog. Lon-

dinensis, ex dono S. Ward.

Obs. In honorem Hewricrt BArkKty, ordinis honorabilissimi

Balnei equitis aurati, insulee Mauritiane et terrarum dependentium

proconsulis, scientiarum amici, nominata.

5. On some Fishes from the Wynaad.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

Whilst collecting the fishes which reside on and around the Neil-

gherries in 1866, I solicited from residents in neighbouring parts

contributions from the piscifauna of their localities. John Burnett,

Esq., of Cholady, Vithery, in the Wynaad, near Calicut, was good

enough to favour me with eight species, of which I propose giving

short descriptions. His coffee-estate is situated in the Wynaad range*

of hills, about 3000 feet above the level of the sea; and the water

from which these species were obtained is a small rivulet about 200

yards from his bungalow.

The following is a list of the specimens received, with the Tamil

names as applied in that locality :—Ophiocephalus gachua, Buch.

Ham. ; Hara malabarica, Day (Cutti meen, Tam.) ; Saccobranchus

singio, Buch. Ham.; a small Loach (Cul trum, Tam.) ; Homalo-

ptera brucei, Gray ( Cul candee, Tam.); a Garra (Cul korava, Tam.);

and three others of the Carp family, which I have previously de-

scribed as new :—Puntius melanampyx, Paradanio aurolineatus, and

Rasbora woolaree.

I think that the capture of the Homaloptera brucei in this part of

India is exceedingly interesting, when coupled with the fact that I

took the Garra_ gotyla in an adjacent locality, as described in my

. ‘‘ Fishes of the Neilgherries.”” It makes it exceedingly probable that

General Hardwicke’s drawings of these species came originally from

Buchanan Hamilton’s collection, and that the latter obtained his

specimens when travelling through this portion of the Madras Pre-

sidency, as described in his ‘ Journey through Mysore.’ Another

reason for believing this solution to be correct is, that these species

of fish do not appear to have been obtained since then in Bengal.

NEMACHEILUS STRIATUS, Sp. Nov.

Cul trum (Tam.).

15 FAT RBS) FAIR 5 SEMA c= ny PY FO

Length of head 4, of pectoral +, of caudal 1 of the total length.

Height of head +1,, of body 5}; of the total length.

Eyes not covered by skin. Diameter nearly 3 of length of head.

348 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. [ Mar. 28,

Dorsal profile more convex than that of the abdomen, which latter

is nearly horizontal. Body laterally compressed posterior to the

dorsal fin. Back moderately broad, and in the mesial line near the

caudal fin slightly elevated.

Mouth almost below, surrounded by fleshy lips. Two pairs of

cirri on the snout, the external reaching the posterior, and the in-

ternal the anterior margins of the orbit ; they are not united at their

bases. The maxillary cirri extend to beneath the anterior margin of

the orbit. There is no spine on the head. Nostrils generic.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly in advance of the ventral, and its base

is situated midway between the snout and the posterior extremity of

the caudal fin ; whilst the anal is in the posterior fourth of the body.

The caudal, which has a broad base, is slightly lobed at its posterior

extremity.

Scales well developed over the whole of the body, not on the head.

Lateral line passes direct from the centre of the orbit to the middle

of the caudal fin.

Colours. Reddish brown, with very narrow light-reddish vertical

bands, most distinct in the posterior part of the body, where there

are sixteen posterior to the commencement of the dorsal fin, and

several more between that and the head, which last is marked all

over with black lines and spots on a light reddish base. A very

black bar exists at the base of the caudal fin. Dorsal fin with a light

margin, bounded below by a jet-black band, and having a dark base,

between which two marks it is brilliant orange. Anal orange, with

some dull black spots. Caudal yellow, with some dull marks.

Grows to 23 inches in length.

Hab. Wynaad, at 3000 feet elevation.

HoMALOPTERA BRUCEI.

Balitora brucei, Gray, Ill. I. Z. pl. 41. f. 1; Cuv. et Val. xviii.

p- 101. :

Platycara brucei, MeClelland, J. A. S. xix. pp. 299, 428.

Platycara australis, Jerdon, Mad. J. L. & S. no. 35, p. 333.

Cul candee (Tam.). The Stone Carp.

Bm. Di3/8.. P19. Ve ae Ae) ae glia eee

Length of head 4, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal 7, of base of

anal =1,, of caudal 4 of the total length. Height of head +4, of body 4,

of dorsal 4, of ventral + of the total length.

Eyes directed upwards and outwards. Diameter } of length of

head, 2 diameters apart, nearly 3 diameters from end of snout.

Head posteriorly wide, and becoming rather pointed towards the

snout; anteriorly it is so much depressed that the dorsal profile is

slightly convex, whilst that of the abdomen is horizontal.

Mouth small, transverse, and on the abdominal aspect of the fish,

posterior to the snout; cleft very short, the upper jaw in advance

af the lower. Lips fleshy. Two pairs of short cirri are situated on

the anterior inferior aspect of the snout, their length being equal to

two-thirds of the diameter of the orbit. There is also a pair of cirri

1867. ] MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES, 349

at the angle of the mouth, thicker and slightly longer than the other

two pairs. The lips do not cover the jaws. Snout soft; nostrils at

anterior superior angle of the orbit, the posterior oval, the anterior

circular, the two divided from one another by a valve. Summit of

head smooth. Branchial aperture small, vertical. Isthmus wide.

Branchiostegal membranes concealed.

Fins. Dorsal situated midway between end of snout and the base

of the caudal fin, as well as opposite the ventral. Pectoral arises

nearly under opercles, and extends to the base of the ventral. The

anal is situated in the posterior fifth of the body. Dorsal fin highest

anteriorly. Pectoral subhorizontal, with a broad fleshy base, its an-

terior margin rounded.* Ventral also subhorizontal, and its front

margin rounded. Caudal lobed in its posterior third, and the infe-

rior rays produced.

Scales small, none above, or on the head, or anterior surface of

the abdomen ; a few before the anus (except in the mesial line),

which is situated opposite the posterior extremity of the ventral fin.

They are roughened in circular or horizontal furrows ; edges smooth.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth 5/5.

Lateral line straight from behind the orbit to the centre of the

caudal fin. It consists of single tubes in each scale.

Colours. Dul] olive, becoming yellow beneath, with deep-brown

blotches. Fins diaphanous ; dorsal with three rows of dark spots ;

ventral with three or four; anal with two; pectoral yellowish, dark

anteriorly, and with three rows of dots across it; caudal with three

irregular bands and black tips.

Out of eight specimens the largest was 33 inches long.

Hab. Wynaad, in streams.

GARRA ALTA, Sp. Nov.

Cul korava (Tam.). Stone Ophiocephalus.

Bziil. .D-2/8. P15. Vl 0.5 AV2/5. Cs 17 6 AyA. 32) Lvtrya/3.

Length of head 4, of pectoral above 4, of base of dorsal 4, of anal

j;, of caudal } of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 1, of

dorsal 4, of anal + of the total length.

Eye circular, situated near to the upper profile of the head, and

directed slightly outwards and upwards. Diameter 4 of length of

head, 2} diameters apart, 33 diameters from end. of snout.

The abdominal profile in this species is nearly horizontal, from the

anterior extremity of the snout to the base of the caudal fin; whilst

the dorsal profile is much elevated, forming a curve, from the ante-

rior margin of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin. The head at

the occiput is broad, whilst the snout is also comparatively wide.

Snout with a badly developed transverse cleft, and the whole

covered with very large glands. Mouth transverse and below, its

gape equal to two-thirds the length of the base of the dorsal fin. An

oval suctorial disk situated behind the lower jaw. One pair of cirri

on snout, equal in length to the diameter of the orbit ; the maxillary

pair only one-third of that length.

350 DR. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA MIRABILE. [ Mar. 28,

Fins. The anterior extremity of the dorsal is midway between the

snout and base of caudal; whilst the ventral is under its centre.

Anal is situated in the posterior fourth of the body. The caudal

has a broad base, and is lobed in its posterior half.

Colours. Rifle-green, with a bluish-green stripe along the centre

of the body and middle of the caudal fin. Abdomen greenish yellow.

Fins yellow; dorsal, pectoral, and ventral externally stained darkish.

Edges of scales darker than their centres. Eyes golden.

Hab. Wynaad, in rapid streams.

6. Additional observations on Hyalonema mirabile.

By J. S. Bowrersanx, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. &e.

Since my paper on Hyalonema mirabile, read January the 10th

at the Zoological Society, I have been favoured by my friend Mr.

Henry Lee with the loan of a specimen of that species singularly

illustrative of the nature and structure of the corium, the outer coat

of that organ having little or no sand or other extraneous matter

imbedded in it. At the first view this singular specimen might

readily be mistaken for a new species, the thin smooth corium quite

destitute of sand gives it an appearance so very unlike the usual

description of specimens ; but a close examination of its structural

characters quickly disabuses us of this idea. The cruciform and other

spicula imbedded in the corium ; the spiral column and the other

structures of the basal mass of the sponge, are identical with the

corresponding structures of the well-known specimens of Hyalonema.

It is the absence of the usual sand which alone makes the difference

between them, and at the same time greatly facilitates our knowledge

of the structures of these curious animals.

The whole of the corium in Mr. Lee’s specimen is divided into

lozenge-shaped areas of various sizes, a thin protuberant line forming

the common boundaries of the adjacent areas ; at éach side of this

line the motive filaments are based, and from these points they pass

in direct lines to the protuberant osculum in the middle of the area,

passing up the sides, and on to the apex, where they terminate in a

ring formed by the outer margin of the apical membrane of the os-

culum. The fibres are broad and flat at their bases, gradually at-

tenuate in breadth and slightly increase in thickness as they approach

their distal terminations.

Two of the oscular bodies which were raised but very little above

the surface of the corium, when mounted in water, exhibited the

radial arrangement of the fibres in their natural condition in a very

satisfactory manner: forty-four were counted ; but this was evidently

not the whole of them, as many others were indistinctly apparent

behind those which were counted. In another specimen in my col-

lection which has been soaked in solution of potass I counted sixty-

three ; and in one of the large areas containing an osculum in Mr.

Lee’s specimen I counted ninety-six motive fibres, radiating from the

1867.| DR. BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM. 351

apical portion of the organ to the distal portions of the area; while

in a smaller one from the same sponge there were only twenty-eight ;

so that it appears that no two of these organs are furnished with

precisely the same number of motive filaments, and that they increase

in number as the organ increases in age and size. The fibres on the

apices of the oscula of Mr. Lee’s specimen, when immersed in water

only, were not above half the diameter of those which had been oper-

ated upon with caustic potass.

The inner membrane of the corium in Mr. Lee’s specimen is very

thin ; in a portion of it removed and immersed in water for exami-

nation there were numerous minute lentiform cells and a considerable

number of gemmular bodies, identical in size, form, and structure

with those with which we are so familiar in Halichondroid sponges,

and which also occur abundantly in the genus Dactylocalyzx; but I

could not detect any traces of fibro-cellular organs.

The more repeatedly and closely we examine the curious protu-

berant organs on the corium the more strongly we are confirmed

in the opinion that every part of Hyalonema mirabile is of a purely

spongeous nature. The discrepancy in the numbers of the supposed

tentacula beneath the apices of the oscular organs (no two appearing

to have anything like the same number of fibres in their circular

series), the invariable attachment of both their basal and apical ter-

minations to their respective membranes, their complete immersion

in the parietes of the oscular organs, the firm and solid structure

of the fibres themselves, and the undoubted keratose structure of

the mass on which they are imbedded, all concur in proving them

to be anything rather than polypiferous organs. On the contrary,

in numerous specimens of Zoanthus sulcatus? in my possession,

dispersed in patches on the surface of Desmacidon Jeffreysii from

Shetland, the structure of the polypidom is widely different from

that of the protuberant organs of Hyalonema. In Zoanthus it is

simply formed of grains of sand cemented by coagulable lymph, as

in the sand-tubes of Terebella, and, like them, rapidly decomposing

after the death of the animal. In the polypidoms of the Zoanthus

on Desmacidon Jeffreysii no radiating fibres like those in Hyalonema

are to be found, nor could I detect any distinct remains of the

polypes that once inhabited them.

7. On Alcyoncellum speciosum.

By J. 8S. Bowrrsanx, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. &e.

ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM, Quoy et Gaimard.

Euplectella aspergillum, Owen, Trans. Zool, Soe. iii. p. 203.

E, cucumer, Owen, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xxii. p. 117, pl. 21.

A considerable number of this beautiful sponge have recently been

imported, and its natural history has again been the subject of much

interest among zoologists. The first notice of its existence occurs

352 DR. BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM. [Mar. 28,

in the ‘ History of the Voyage of the Astrolabe,’ the zoological por-

tion of which was written by MM. Quoy and Gaimard ; and as their

account of the sponge is short, it has appeared to me advisable that

the whole should be quoted, that we may obtain a clear comprehen-

sion of its early history ; and this course is the more necessary as

the original name has been supplanted by that of Huplectella asper-

gillum, apparently without any sufficient reason for such an altera-

tion, and coutrary to all our notions of the rights of priority in no-

menclature.

The authors of the ‘ Natural History of the Voyage of the Astro-

labe’ have referred this beautiful sponge to De Blainville’s genus

Alcyoncellum ; and in vol. iv. p. 302, pl. 26 (Zoophytes). f. 3, they

give the following description of it :—

‘Corps phytoide, sub-pierreux, solidifié par des spicules tricus-

pides ; 4 branches peu nombreuses cylindriques, fistulaires, terminées

par un orifice arrondi, @ parois épaisses, composées de granules re-

guliers, polygones, alvéoliformes, percés d’un pore a l’extérieur et a

lintérieur.—Bl.

** Aleyoncelle specieux.

‘* ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM, nob.

“Aleyoncellum cylindricum, cavum, extremitate rotundum, album,

reticulis lapidicis elegantissime contextum.

“Cette singulitre production donnant lien au genre ci-dessus repreé-

sente un cylindre creux de sept 4 huit pouces d’étendue, en forme

de phallus, arrondi et un peu dilaté 4 une extrémité, ouvert 4 l'autre,

4 parois minces, formées de filets trés déliés, lachement accolés les uns

aux autres, entrecroisés dans tous les sens de maniére a former des

nombreuses mailles arrondies, presque regulicres, comme celles de

la dentelle ou bien des siéges tissés en rotang. Ce qui fait que toute

la masse est a jour. En voyant ]’élégante blancheur et la régularité

d’un tel tissu, on a de la peine a se persuader qu'il est le produit

d’une réunion d’animaux. On aime mieux en voir un seul au fond

de la mer travailler a se faire ce logement pour un but quelconque,

en tirant de sa propre substance, comme le font certaine chenilles, la

matiére, qui se pétrifie aussitét qu’elle est en contact avec l’eau.

«Ce zoophyte habite, nous a-t-on dit, de grandes profondeurs d’ou

il a été amené par une sonde. Les éclats qu’on remarque a une de

ses extrémités indiquent qu'il doit étre fixé. Nous le devons a M.

Merkus governeur des Moluques, qui s’est plu a favoriser avec la

plus grande obligeance nos recherches @histoire naturelle pendant

le temps que nous avons passé dans les iles qu’il administre.”’

The generic and specific characters assigned to this sponge by

MM. Quoy and Gaimard, and those published in the second edition

of Lamarck’s ‘Animaux sans Vertébres,’ appeared to me to be so

vague and insufficient when I was preparing my paper on the “ Ana-

tomy and Physiology of the Spongiade,’’ published in the ‘ Philo-

sophical Transactions of the Royal Society’ for 1862, p. 1102, that

1867.] DR. BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM. 353

I proposed the following as an amended description of the generic

characters :—

Sponge fistulate ; fistula single, without a massive base. Ske-

leton—primary fasciculi radiating from the base in parallel straight

or slightly spiral lines; secondary fasciculi at right. angles to the

primary ones. Oscula congregated, with or without a marginal

boundary to their area.

I have lately acquired two fine specimens of the sponge, and have

been enabled{to examine the structure of the skeleton more minutely

than I could venture to do that of the rare and beautiful specimen

in the possession of the late Mr. Cuming; and I have ascertained

that the skeleton is not composed of fasciculi of spicula, as at that

time IJ believed it to be, but that it is a regular and very delicate

siliceo-fibrous structure. This fact necessitates a further correction

of the generic characters, which I propose to be as follows :—

Sponge fistulate; fistula single, without a massive base. Ske-

leton siliceo-fibrous; primary lines radiating from the base in parallel

straight or slightly spiral lines; secondary lines at right angles to

the primary ones. Oscula congregated, with or without a marginal

boundary to their area.

The siliceo-fibrous structure of the skeleton necessarily removes

this genus from the group of genera with which I had placed it, and

associates it with Dactylocalyx and other siliceo-fibrous sponges ;

and this asseciation will be seen, when we consider the specific

characters of the sponge, to be in very close accordance with the

peculiar interstitial and other remarkable spicula of that beautiful

group of sponges.

The siliceo-fibrous structure of Aleyoncellum decidedly separates

this genus from Polymastia, in which the primary and secondary

lines of the skeleton are invariably composed of elongate fasciculi of

spicula; and although in the latter genus the general arrangement

of the skeleton-structures are so similar to those of the former that

slightly magnified drawings of the one could scarcely be distinguished

from those of the other, the singularly beautiful forms of inter-

stitial spicula so abundant in A/eyoncel/um are entirely absent in the

corresponding portions of the structure of Polymastia. I will not

repeat my reasons for differing in opinion from Prof. Owen regard-

ing the alteration he has proposed of Quoy and Gaimard’s generic

name of Aleyoncellum to that of Huplectella, in his paper on that

subject, published in the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society of

London,’ vol. iii. pt. 2. p. 203, pl. 13, as I have fully discussed that

portion of my subject in my paper on the “ Anatomy and Physiology

of the Spongiadee ”’ (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 1862, p. 1102).

Having thus rectified the errors in the descriptions of the genus,

I shall proceed to consider the specific characters of the species A/-

cyonellum speciosum, Quoy et Gaimard (Luplectella aspergillum and

HE. cucumer, Owen) ; and in doing so I may state that my knowledge

of the beautiful structures I shall have to describe was derived from

the first specimen, imported by the late Mr. Hugh Cuming, who in

1856 cbliged me with the loan of the sponge for several weeks that

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXIII,

354 DR. BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM. [ Mar. 28,

I might make a searching investigation of the peculiarities of its

structure. Dr. A. Farre also allowed me the free examination of

his specimen, described and figured in the ‘ Transactions of the Lin-

nean Society of London,’ vol. xxii. p. 117, pl. 21, as Huplectella

cucumer, Owen. I have repeated these investigations on two other

specimens in my possession, of nearly the same size and form as

that formerly possessed by Mr. Cuming, but now in the British

Museum ; and I have found that the structure of their skeletons

and the curious and beautiful forms of spicula contained in their

interstices are perfectly identical even to the minutest form; so that

we may reasonably and safely conclude that there is but one species

of this beautiful sponge known to us at present in England, and that

it is identical with the species described by MM. Quoy and Gaimard

in their ‘Zoology of the Voyage of the Astrolabe.’ Neither of

the above-named authors, nor Prof. Owen in either of his descriptions

of the sponge, has given us a detailed statement of its specific cha-

racters ; I shall therefore proceed to endeavour to rectify this omis-

sion as follows :—

ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM, Quoy et Gaimard.

Sponge sessile, cylindrical, more or less curved, enlarging pro-

gressively from the basal to the distal extremity ; upper portion fur-

nished with numerous sharp ridges of interlacing fibres disposed

diagonally and somewhat symmetrically ; apex truncate, closed by a

coarse, ventricose, fibrous network, and encircled by a strongly pro-

duced fibrous ridge or frill. Base furnished with numerous fasciculi

of large and long prehensile spicula projected downward: spicula

attenuato-quaternate, barbed alternately for about one-third of their

length from the distal extremity. Oscula congregated, terminal.

Pores congregated; inhalant apertures symmetrically equidistant,

disposed in lines radiating from the base to the apex of the sponge.

Dermal membrane unknown. Skeleton symmetrical; primary

lines radiating from the base to the apex, equidistant ; secondary

lines at right angles to the primary ones ; interstitial structures inter-

lacing diagonally. Spicula of the membranes :—interstitial spicula

rectangulated, attenuated hexradiate spicula, short and stout, rarely

completely developed; and the same form with slender and delicate

radii, fully developed; also attenuated rectangulated triradiate, api-

cally spined. Spicula of the sarcode :—trifurcated attenuato-hexra-

diate ; and floricomo-hexradiate, very minute.

Colour, skeleton very light amber-yellow.

Hab. Philippine Islands, Island of Bohol, 10 fathoms (Mr. Hugh

Cuming) ; Island of Zebu, about 24 fathoms (Mr. R. Geale).

Examined in the skeleton state.

The form of the skeleton of the sponge is exceedingly graceful ;

it is that of an elongated Cornucopia, composed of a beautiful and

regular network of siliceous fibres. It has no solid base to retain it

in an erect position; but in lieu of this support it is furnished with

avast number of curious and beautiful retentive spicula, each acting

the part of a line and grapnel when their recuryo-quaternate heads

1867.] DR. BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM. 395

are immersed in the sand, as appears to have been the case with the

greater number of the specimens that I have examined, or when in-

serted in, or adherent to the tissues of another sponge, as in the case

of the specimen in the possession of Dr. A. Farre. The recurvo-

quaternate terminations of their distal ends are short and stout ; and

the terminal boss whence they spring is very strongly produced, so

as to give them great retentive power. There are usually but four

hooks; but in one instance I observed that number was doubled by

each ray being replaced by two somewhat smaller ones. The shaft

of the spiculum is barbed alternately at nearly regular distances for

about one-fourth of its length from the recurvo-quaternate apex, the

barbs pointing towards the smooth attenuating basal portion of the

shaft, and they decrease in length and number from the apex of the

spiculum downward. The structure of the apex of the fibre, com-

bined with the numerous stout spines of the distal portion of the

shaft, gives them remarkably strong prehensile power. ‘These organs

occur in large fasciculi, each consisting of numerous spicula, Their

basal portions are clustered around the primary lines of the skeleton

near their bases, and are firmly cemented to them for about a half

or one-third of their length, from which attachment they ulti-

mately pass off, diverging in various directions in search of points of

adhesion. Their length frequently exceeds 3 inches. Athough sili-

ceous, they are remarkably flexible and strong. The shaft consists

of numerous concentric layers containing comparatively a large

amount of animal matter.

The structure of the fibre of this sponge is solid and siliceous, like

that of Dactylocalyz ; but the mode of its disposition in the skeleton

is very different. The primary lines consist of nearly parallel con-

tinuous fibres anastomosing laterally at irregular distances; so that

in the aggregate they form a single circular series of strong and rigid

compound columns of support bounding the large tubular internal

cavity, and firmly braced in their proper positions by the secondary

series of similarly constructed fibres, placed at right angles to the

primary ones. This arrangement is further strengthened by nume-

rous small fibres disposed in various diagonal lines to the primary

and secondary series of the skeleton-tissues. ‘This admirable ar-

rangement produces a structure combining the greatest amount of

lightness, strength, and beauty that can well be conceived to exist

in nature. At a short distance above the ba%e of the sponge it is

further strengthened by numerous strongly produced angular ridges

of fibrous tissue disposed in lines which are always more or less dia-

gonal to the long axis of the sponge, and usually somewhat flexuous.

he ridges are but slightly produced near the base of the sponge,

but they increase both in height aud strength as they approach its

apex. ‘The summits of the ridges are composed of strong lines of

anastomosing fibres; and two or three such lines of fibres are fre-

quently to be seen beneath the outer one. ‘These ridges do not ap-

pear to have ever formed portions of the terminal ridge or frill of

the sponge, bounding the oscular area, although they agree perfectly

in the mode of their structure; and it is probable that the circular

356 DR. BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM spectosum. [Mar. 28,

ridge is coeval with a very early condition of the animal, and that

the increment of the sponge has taken place in the space existing

between its base and apex. In the type specimen formerly in the

collection of the late Mr. Cuming, a few ridges such as occur on its

outer surface were apparent on its inner one, a little below the os-

cular area; but I have not detected them in the corresponding situ-

ation in the specimens in my own possession.

The oscular area within its beautiful circular frill or ridge is en-

tirely filled with oscular orifices. The network of which it is formed

is simple and irregular in its structure; the rete is composed of nu-

merous closely compacted fibres, so arranged as to afford the greatest

amount of resistance in the least possible space. A transverse section

of one of these fibres would be like that of a double convex lens.

The excurrent orifice of this great terminal network is well indicated

by the absence of interstitial spicula within its area, although on the

inner surface of the oscular ridge bounding it they are in as great

abundance as on other parts of the body of the sponge. In the

living condition there is little doubt that the whole of the area would

be furnished with a stout dermal membrane containing the true

oscula of the sponge. In one of the areas of the. oseular network of

one of my specimens, near its margin, I found a fragment of such a

membrane, about an eighth of an inch in diameter, in a fine state of

preservation. It was furnished with a reticulation formed of nume-

rous long acerate spicula closely fasciculated together ; and in con-

junction with this network there was a layer of sarcodous membrane,

in which several of the well-known forms of the interstitial spicula

of the sponge were imbedded, thus verifying the reticulated struc-

ture as a portion of the tissues of Aleyoncellum; but the semi-

detached state of the fragment forbids our assigning it with certainty

to the dermal tissues of the sponge. The sarcode is abundant on

this fragment ; and, as in other smaller fragments of that substance

which I have found adhering to parts of the skeleton, the colour is

that of a full amber-yellow. ;

The series of equidistant circular apertures disposed in single lines

between the primary lines of the skeleton are evidently the inhalant

areas of the sponge; and above each of these in the living condition

there is most probably a congregation of pores, like those above the

intramarginal cavities in Geodia and Pachymatisma. The margins

of these apertures coisist of a stout ring of siliceous fibres, very like

those at the summits of the diagonal ridges on the body of the

sponge.

The interstitial spicula of this sponge afford a numerous and beau-

tiful series of objects for the microscopist ; and some of thein appear

to be peculiar to this species. In well-preserved specimens of the

sponge that have not been washed and bleached to make them look

pretty, they are so numerous and so closely packed together that in

some parts they entirely obscure the view of the skeleton-lines be-

neath them ; and, if we may judge by analogy, their office is to afford

points of adhesion to the interstitial membrane, and thus to vastly

increase the amount of surface of the nutrient membranes and sar-

1867.] DR, BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM. 357

code of the sponge. They consist of attenuated rectangulated hex-

radiate spicula and of rectangulated triradiate ones.

There are two well-characterized descriptions of the attenuated

rectangulated hexradiate spicula. The first has the radii compara-

tively short and very stout ; this ferm is exceedingly protean, the

full complement of rays being rarely developed. ‘They vary from

the form of an inequiacerate spiculum to the completely developed

hexradiate one, with intermediate incomplete forms in every imagi-

nable variety. They are dispersed abundantly on the outer surface

of the skeleton-tissues, especially near the bases of the diagonal

ridges. The varieties of this form of spiculum are described in de-

tail in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society’ for

1858, p. 309, pl. 25. figs. 24 to 33, and in ‘Monograph of British

Spongiadee,’ vol. i. p. 52, pl. 7. figs. 174 to 183.

The second form of attenuated rectangulated hexradiate spiculum

is much more constant in its development, an incomplete one being

of rare occurrence ; their proportions are more equable and slender

than those of the first description. Their radii are comparatively

long and slender ; and the basal ray of the axial portion is frequently

very much elongated, and has its termination somewhat clavate and

more or less spinous, while the distal and lateral rays are usually

acute and without spines. These spicula in situ are grouped together

in considerable numbers in the interstitial spaces of the skeleton,

their positions being coincident, and their axes frequently very nearly

touch each other. ‘Their office is apparently the same as those of

the larger and stouter description of the same form—that of afford-

ing points of attachment to the interstitial membranes, so as to pro-

duce innumerable surfaces for the multiplication of the nutrimental

membranes of the sponge. They are described and figured in the

‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1858, p. 310, pl. 25. fig. 34, and

in ‘Monograph of British Spongiade,’ vol. i. p. 260, pl. 7. fig. 184.

The attenuated rectangulated triradiate spicula are not the trira-

diate stage of development of a hexradiate spiculum ; their form is

a normal one, and their proportions are distinctly different from either

of the hexradiate ones. Sometimes the radii are attenuated and

smooth ; but usually the apices of the rays are more or less spinous,

and occasionally somewhat clavate. They are not so numerous as

the hexradiate forms. . They are described and figured in the ‘ Phi-

losophical Transactions’ for 1858, p. 313, pl. 26. fig. 7, and in

‘ Monograph of British Spongiade,’ vol. i. p. 260, pl. 9. fig. 198.

The sarcode of this sponge affords two of the most elegant and

complicated forms of spicula with which we are acquainted—the tri-

furcated attenuato-hexradiate, and the floricomo-hexradiate form.

The first is not peculiar to dleyoncellum, as it is also found abun-

dantly in the sarcode of Dactylocalyx pumicea and other siliceo-

fibrous sponges. The latter I have never found in any other sponge

than the one under consideration.

The trifurcated attenuato-hexradiate stellate spiculum, with a

power not exceeding four or five hundred linear, appears as a simple

multiradiate spiculum ; but viewed with a power of about 1000 linear

358 DR. BOWERBANK ON ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM. [ Mar. 28,

its structure can be distinctly made out. It consists of a central

primary rectangulated hexradiate spiculum, the rays of which are

short and stout, each furnished with three attenuating slightly radia-

ting secondary spicula, which terminate acutely. See ‘ Philosophical

Transactions,’ 1858, p. 311, pl. 25. fig. 39, and ‘ Monograph of Bri-

tish Spongiade,’ vol. i. p. 55, pl. 8. fig. 189.

The floricomo-hexradiate form is the most elegant and elaborately

constructed spiculum I have ever seen. It consists of six short pri-

mary rectangulated central radii of equal length and diameter, the

terminations of which are slightly expanded ; and from each of these

seven or more delicately formed petaloid secondary spicula radiate,

but not in straight lines ; each curves slightly outward from its base,

and then curves inward again until they nearly meet a little below

their distal terminations ; and then again they curve outwards, so as

to allow of the full expansion of their beautiful petaloid apices, the

margins of which are delicately dentate, the whole structure simula-

ting a beautiful flower. See ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ 1858,

p- 312, pl. 26. figs. 3 and 4, and ‘ Monograph of British Spongiadee,’

vol. i. p. 55, pl. 8. figs. 193 and 194.

This form of spiculum is by no means rare in Aleyoncellum, but

it is not frequently that a perfect one is obtained. I found them

abundantly at the base of the terminal fringe of the sponge, and also.

at the bases of the diagonal ridges. I have never found any of these

complicated forms of hexradiate spicula in any other sponges than

the siliceo-fibrous ones.

Alcyoncellum speciosum is not the only species of that genus known

to science. There is an imperfect specimen of very delicate texture

in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, from which I ob-

tained the bifurcated rectangulated hexradiate form of spiculum re-

presented in the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society’ for 1858, pl. 25.

fig. 38, and ‘ Monograph of British Spongiade,’ vol. i. p. 55, pl. 8.

fiz. 188. This singular form is peculiar to that species ; and there

are other forms of spicula and peculiarities of structure that unmis-

takeably stamp it as a distinct species from A. speciosum. ‘The large

longitudinal radial lines of the skeleton do not all pass into the great

terminal oscular area of the sponge; the greater portion of them

terminate when they reach the marginal ring of the oscular area ;

about one in every three or four pass the ring and form a portion of

the reticulation of that great area. The distal termination of this

sponge very closely resembles that of Aleyoncellum speciosum (Hu-

plectella aspergillum, Owen), figured in the ‘Transactions of the

Zoological Society,’ vol. ili. p. 203. The primary or radial lines of

the skeleton of this species are symmetrically parallel, and are nearly

straight from the lower part of the sponge to its apex. The secon-

dary or transverse series of skeleton-structures pass round its parie-

tes within the primary or radial lines of the skeleton, at about right

angles to them. ‘This species is designated by Prof. Valenciennes

Alcyoncellum corbicula. It was obtained in 80 fathoms off the

Island of Bourbon.

There is in the French Museum another specimen of Aleyoncellum,

1867.] MR.G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 359

which differs in its construction from all the other specimens of that

genus known to us either in the French Museum or in the English

collections. This sponge is about 8 inches in height, 23 inches in

diameter at the apex, and 13 inch at the base, and the body is cy-

lindrical. The parietes of the sponge are of about the same thick-

ness as those of 4. speciosum. The primary lines of the skeleton

are wide apart, irregular, and run diagonally and flexuously over its

surface. The basal end of the sponge is closed and rounded, and

one side of it is rather longer than the other, and there is not the

slightest indication of its having been furnished with prehensile spi-

cula similar to those of A. speciosum. The attachment of the sponge

is partly on one side, in the form of a thick incrustation, and partly

close to the base, by a similar patch of thickened tissue.

But the most striking and characteristic difference in its structure

is in the apical termination of the sponge, which is totally destitute

of the great marginal ring that surrounds the oscular area in A. spe-

ciosum, the sides and oscular area merging in each other insen-

sibly and without the slightest trace of a bowidary line. In this

character this species closely resembles the distal extremity of Poly-

mastia mammillaris and other species of that genus, which have not

the oscular area confined within a marginal ring. .

The specimen appears to have been too well washed, as no remains

of interstitial spicula could be discovered with a 2-inch lens. The

sponge is exceedingly beautiful, and the skeleton-structures appear

by the aid of the lens like twisted spun glass.

Beside those described above, there is another specimen of Alcy-

oncellum in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, which is also

named A. corbicula ; but it differs so much in its structural cha-

racters as to render it highly probable that it is a distinct species.

It is about 5 inches in height, 24 or 3 inches across at its apex, and

at the base it is 14 inch in diameter. The base is round and smooth,

‘but the body of the sponge assumes a square form. The texture of

the sponge is very much thickened and woolly in appearance, and

the spaces in its sides much larger than those in the other specimen

designated by the same name. ‘The primary lines of the skeleton

are rather flexuous towards the base of the sponge, but they become

more regular and straight as they approach its apex. ‘There are no

indications of elevated ribs either on the exterior or interior of this

sponge. I have had no opportunity of examining its structural pe-

culiarities ; but I have little doubt of their being different from those

of the sponge bearing the same name in the French collection.

8. On the Coleoptera of the Azores.

By Grorer R. Crorcn, M.A.

(Plate XXIII.)

The Azores, though not less interesting, have yet received a far

less share of attention, as far as their fauna is concerned, than the

360 MR. G. R, CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar. 28,

neighbouring groups of Madeira and the Canaries. The exploration

of these, however, is due almost entirely to the laborious and unre-

mitting exertions of Mr. T. V. Wollaston, who has devoted himself

to working out the Coleopterous fauna of the Atlantic region with a

care and perseverance that, unfortunately, finds too few imitators.

_The fourth group, viz. the Cape.de Verde Isles, have also been re-

cently explored by him, and have produced a magnificent series of

novelties. It is with considerable pleasure, then, that I am able,

through the kindness and liberality of Mr. Godman, to supplement

his researches with an enumeration of the Azorean Coleoptera. Our

previous knowledge of this group of islands was very limited, but

will be found admirably summed up in M. Drouet’s ‘ Eléments de la

Faune Acoréenne.’ Indeed it is to him and his companion M. Morelet

that we owe any detail of the insects, shells, &c. at all. Of Coleo-

ptera he enumerates fifty-nine, and comments upon their European

character, five only being peculiar ; these were described in part by

M. Tarnier in M. Morelet’s ‘ Notice sur l’histoire naturelle des iles

Acores ;? and one (Lapar. azoricus) by M. Drouet himself in his

‘Coleopttres Acoréens.’ The remaining species cited by him are of

the most ordinary character, and show certainly the cultivated state

of the islands. In 1865, however, Mr. Godman undertook a voyage

to these islands with a view to get a more satisfactory résumé of

their fauna; and in order that the Coleoptera might receive due

attention, he was accompanied by an energetic and well-known

English collector, Mr. J. A. Brewer. They arrived at S. Miguel

on the 2lst of March, and remained there a month. On the 2Ist

of April they visited Terceira for a day, and went on to Fayal;

thence they crossed, with some difficulty, to Flores and Corvo.

After this Mr. Godman was obliged to return; but his collector

(Mr. Brewer) subsequently visited Sta. Maria, though it was then

somewhat late in the season. The material thus amassed was libe-

rally placed in my hands by Mr. Godman to be worked out; and it

shows a very great advance upon that of MM. Drouet and Morelet,

including as it does 213 species, of which thirteen are new to

science, and thirty-seven new to the Atlantic district, and redeems

the fauna from its purely European character. Of the nine islands,

three remain practically unvisited—one, indeed (Pico), being pro-

bably the best island for characteristic species, bemg much the

most wooded.

Analogy would lead us to put the fauna at, at least, double the

present number; and much of the increase would consist of new

species, since, in comparing it with that of the other Atlantic groups,

it presents some singular features.

Thus of the 1450 species comprised in the ‘Coleoptera Atlanti-

dum’ one-fourth are European, one-fourth probably geographical

races, and one-half indigenous. Thus in the combined groups only

350 European species occur, while here we have already 160; hence

no great increase of this class can be expected. The proportions

here take the form of three-fourths European, and about one-tenth,

or less, indigenous. ‘This is no doubt due to this collection having

1867.] MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 361

been made more in cultivated districts and the neighbourhood of

towns than under canvas in remote ravines, as Madeira has been

worked ; still it shows that the prevailing Atlantic forms are here

only scantily represented. The characteristic genera Laparocerus,

Acalles, Tarphius, Atéalus (all containing eighteen or nineteen spe-

cies in the other groups) have only solitary representatives. The

prevailing genera are Cryptophagus (6), Homalota (11), Philonthus

(6), Lithocharis (5); but they contain almost entirely introduced

species. The two new genera of Rhynchophora, Asynonychus, and

Neocnemis barely redeem the general poverty of the fauna; both,

however, are very anomalous in their affinities. Two very abundant

Madeira forms (MMesites and Dasytes) are here represented by Eu-

ropean species (M, ¢ardii, Curt., and D. nobilis, Ul.), in place of

the cognate species found in the former group; and this is the more

singular, as so marked a connexion with Madeira exists in some

species*. The conclusions derived from M. Drouet’s lists of the

other classes accord with some of these deductions: thus the almost

total absence of peculiar Vertebrata (no Reptiles) would seem to show

that it had been under very different conditions from the Canaries.

In its land-shells, which afford a good parallel to the insects, out of

seventy-six species, one-half are peculiar, one-seventh Atlantic, and

one-third European ; among these Viquesnelia, peculiar to the Azores

and India, though found fossil in the Pyrenees, is the most remark-

able.

A detailed analysis of the 170 European species may throw some

light on their origin. I have distributed them into two groups (70

possibly indigenous, and 101 almost certainly introduced by colo-

nists), sorted into eight sections, those printed in italics being new

to the Atlantic fauna.

(1) Cosmopolitan species, which are introduced in articles of

commerce, especially provisions, to all parts of the world. These

are totally without significance in any fauna, their number depending

only on the assiduity with which search is made in warehouses &c.

in the sea-ports. Cutting off, therefore, the twelve here enumerated,

leaves the real fauna at 200 species.

Carpophilus dimidiatus. Anobium paniceum.

mutilatus. Calandra oryze.

Silvanus adyena. ¢ granaria.

Nausibius dentatus. Tribolium ferrugineum,

Corticaria serrata. ‘Tenebrio obscurus.

Ptinus testaceus. Alphitobius piceus.

(2.) Species also introduced by the medium of commerce, but

which may be characterized rather as frequenters of refuse: they

* The most striking group in the collection is, however, the Elateride, with

six fine species belonging to as many genera. When we remember that in the

Canaries and Madeira this family is represented by the ill-defined and inconspi-

cuous genus Coptostethus, Woll., this is very remarkable. Upon examination,

however, two appear to be American and two European, thus leaving only two as

really indigenous,

362 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA, [ Mar, 28,

are found, for the most part, in the débris of hay- or straw-ricks,

about hotbeds, and, indeed, in all vegetable refuse not too rotten*.

Latridius nodifer.

Corticaria fulva.

Typheea fumata.

Sericoderus lateralis.

*Ptenidium apicale.

Nitidula 4-pustulata.

colon. Myceteea hirta.

*Monotoma 4-foveolata. Dermestes frischii.

= spinicollis. Acritus minutus.

quadricollis. Carcinops pumilio.

'Trox scaber.

*Aolenus brunneus.

Blaps similis.

Cryptophagus dentatus.

affinis. Anthicus floralis.

* cellaris, Falagria obscura.

-~—— punctipennis. Philonthus eeneus,

saginatus. ——- umbratilis.

schmidtii. Leptacinus pusillus.

Xantholinus punctulatus. °

Stilicus affinis.

Lithocharis ochracea.

*Atomaria munda.

*Kpistemus gyrinoides.

Latridius minutus.

(3) Species introduced in old wood, &c., in houses,

Gracilia pygmeea.

Clytus 4-punctatus.

Leptura, sp. —?

Opilus mollis.

Anobium domesticum.

Hylotrypes bajulus.

(4) Species inhabiting dung. Here it may be remarked that if

islands are dependent on : colonization for their Mammalia, their co-

prophagous insects must also be introduced ; special attention should

therefore be paid to any new species having these habits. Of course

many of the decaying-vegetable feeders will take to dung under cer-

tain circumstances,

Spheeridium bipustulatum. Homalota atramentaria.

Cercyon obsoletum. melanaria.

Onthophagus vacea. * —— nigra.

taurus. Philonthus sordidus.

Aphodius granarius, seybalarius.

lividus. Oxytelus sculptus.

Aleochara nitida. complanatus.

puberula. —— nitidulus,

(5) Species introduced with pine trees, as in Madeira. In the

Canaries, where pines are apparently indigenous, the insects are all

cognate species.

Pissodes notatus.

Hylastes ater.

Hylurgus ligniperda,

Homalium pusillum.

* As an exemplification of the above, it may be interesting to mention that the

conditions under which these species thrive seem to have culminated in a small

shed used for picking fowls near Horta in Fayal. Under the feathers, &c., were

found ten of the species here enumerated, which, however, occurred nowhere else

in the islands.

1867.] MR. G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 363.

(6) Species found in water. These are very few in these islands ;

why, it is difficult to say; but with the exception of one Agabus,

which may be new, all are the most ordinary European forms. The

three new to the Atlantic fauna are probably introduced.

Hydroporus planus. Philhydrus lividus.

Colymbetes pulverosus.

(7) Species introduced with garden plants, &c., about cultivated

ground.

Melanotus dichrous? Sitones flavescens.

Athous obsoletus? lineatus.

Ceuthorhynchus nigrotermi- gressorius.

natus. Bruchus pisi.

Hypera variabilis. Psylliodes chrysocephala.

Otiorhynchus scabrosus. Flaltica ampelophaga.

sulcatus.

(8) Of the eighty-six European species remaining, the following

fourteen are probably mere recent introductions :—

Calathus mollis. Saprinus semistriatus.

Bradycellus distinctus. Ptilinus pectinicornis,

Phalacrus coruscus. Tomicus saxeseni.

consimilis. Hypoborus ficus.

Nitidula obsoleta. Coccinella 7-punctata. :

Anthrenus varius. Chilocorus bipustulatus.

Saprinus c@rulescens. Scymnus minimus,

(9) Sixteen species remain, now brought forward as new to the

Atlantic fauna, concerning whose origin I am not able to offer any

conjecture :—— .

Licinus brevicollis. Meligethes incanus.

Anchomenus parum punctatus. Psammodius plicicollis.

Pterostichus vernalis. Dolichosomus nobilis.

Harpalus ruficornis. ; Mesites tardit.

griseus. Coccinella 11-punetata.

Stenolophus Jrunnipes. Lithocharis ripicola.

luridus. apicalis.

Corytholophus sublevipennis. Trogophleeus swéfilis.

(10) M. Drouet enumerates a few species which have escaped Mr.

Godman, but which he appears to have found in some numbers :—

Calathus flavipes. Anobium tomentosum.

Saprinus rugifrons. Xantholinus g/abratus.

Coccinella variabilis.

(11) We then get the following thirty-two as being found in the

three Atlantic groups and South Europe, and representing perhaps

the remains of a common fauna :—

Dromius maurus. Anchomenus albipes.

Pristonychus complanatus. —— marginatus.

364 MR. G. R, CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar. 28,

Stenolophus teutonus. Opatrum hispidum.

Tachys 4-signatus. Anthicus hispidus.

Parnus prolifericornis. Homalota longula.

Dactylosternum abdominale. coriaria.

Cercyon littorale. Habrocerus capillaricornis.

-—— centromaculatum. Conosomus sericeus.

Saprinus apricarius. Philonthus nigritulus.

dimidiatus. Xantholinus besperius.

Psammodius porcicollis. Lithocharis ruficollis.

sabulosus. ~ debilicornis.

Mezium sulcatum. Stenus guttula.

Rhizobius litura. Platystethus spinosus.

Blaps gages. Trogophlceus riparius.

corticius. .

Hegeter tristis.

Their European connexion being thus analyzed, it only remains

to trace their affinities to the other Atlantic groups, and first with

Madeira.

The two have in common 140 species, or very nearly three-fourths

of the entire fauna: (1) 97 of these, however, are common to the

Azores, Madeira, the Canaries, and Europe, and are hence unessen-

tial; (2) 26 are found in Madeira and Europe, and of these 17 may

be considered introduced into both islands; the remaining 9 indi-

genous species are as follows :-—

Pterostichus nigerrimus. Bembidium rufescens.

Amara trivialis. Phlceophagus spadix.

Anisodactylus binotatus. Homalota luridipennis.

Harpalus rotundicollis. Sunius gracilis.

distinguendus.

(3) Eight are found in Madeira and the Canaries, but not in

Europe as yet, viz. :—

Cercyon inquinitum. Cryphalus aspericollis.

Lzemophlceus clavicollis. Apion chalybeipenne.

Paramecosoma simplex. Psylliodes vehemens.

Corticaria maculosa. Silaria proteus.

These represent the purely Atlantic species ; but the Parameco-

soma alone has strong claims to be considered really peculiar, or

“autochthonous,” to use Mr. Wollaston’s expression.

(4) Eight also have been found hitherto in the Azores and Ma-

deira only :—

Trechus fimicola. Scymnus durante.

Bembidium schmidti. Homalota oblique-punctata.

Malachius militaris. Philonthus proximus.

Phiceophagus tenax. Homalium clavicorne.

‘Lhese show the strong connexion with Madeira, since five of these

are modified into insular species in the Canaries, but reach here

1867.] MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 365

unchanged; the Homalium and Phlaophagus are the only two

* autochthones.””

Their connexion with the Canaries is very slight and little marked,

114 species only being common to the two groups. Of these—

(1) Ninety-seven are, as before, universal.

(2) Seven are common also to Europe; and four of them, at

least, are introduced.

Hydroporus planus. Anthicus humilis.

Gyrinus dejeani. Ocypus olens.

Dermestes frischii. Homalota nigra.

Trachyscelis aphodioides.

(3) Eight are, as before, common to Madeira.

(4) Two only remain as peculiar to the Canaries and Azores ;

and of these one (dnobium villosum) is a mere introduction; but

the other (Calosoma azoricum) is a very singular insect, representing

the C. madere of Madeira, and extending even to the Cape de Verde

Islands. ‘The Canaries are remarkable for possessing both forms,

though in separate islands.

With the little uninhabited rocks called the Salvages, the Azores

have two species in common (Harpalus rotundicollis and Phaleria

bimaculata), both occurring in some abundance.

But the most remarkable portion of the Azorean fauna remains

yet to be noticed, viz. those species which it has in common with

America. These are-—

Asolus melliculus. Teniotes sealaris.

Monocrepidius posticus.

The Heteroderes azoricus also is probably a mere modification of

an American species, which has succeeded in establishing itself here.

The Teniotes also appears thoroughly naturalized. Whether these

species owe their introduction to colonization and human intercourse

or to natural means must remain an open question. For the former

much is to be said. An open and continual communication exists

between S. Miguel and Bahia; and Mr. Godman informs me that

very large quantities of plants and trees are imported to form gar-

dens. This latter fact may account for the numerous European

species also. On the other hand, the occurrence of Clytus erythro-

cephalus on the desolate rocks of the Salvages, where it could not

have been introduced, suggests that, after all, the Gulf Stream may

have been the origin of these peculiar species. This is borne out by

the fact that they are all wood-feeding species, so that they would

readily come in logs in the pupa state without injury; and by the

fact that the //et. azoricus must have been introduced at a period

previous to the Portuguese colonization to account for its abundance

in several islands and its modified characters. Some light may be

thrown on this also by the occurrence of Cynthia huntera in the

Canaries.

Further, an African connexion is suggested by the Staphylinus

hesperus (a close ally of a Cape species), and by the very remarkable

366 MR. G, R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [Mar. 28,

Elastrus dolosus, which has congeners only in Madagascar, but in

external form simulates some Cape Elaters so as to be undistin-

guishable except by a close examination. This Madagascar con-

nexion is found also in the Cape de Verde Islands, which have two

or three species in common with it.

To sum up these affinities numerically, we find that of the 213

species 168 are European, 18 Atlantic, and 23 peculiar—or that

168 are common to Europe, 140 to Madeira, and 114 to the Cana-

ries. The proportions of the families vary a little from those observed

in Madeira and the Canaries.

Azores. Mad. et Can.

Brachelytra ...... b didiclacvaay . 48 215

Necrophapa: 2 caccis.« somone 219

Rhynchopuord., sas; ses0sia ae 282

Geodeplaga. . uit ocasen ction a. ee 188

PROGGIGER. Bh oa. te ciee aie g es 16 135

GOtdylecerate” oe oc .siele e's mesg 3 16 64

TACLETOMIELE. sob ae wage sc 56 oe 15 172

PHOUYOMOA co csseses bee bee 8 29

Pseudotrimera........ guawen en ld. 30

HaCerHta | sid <ipios 5s see yk 5 22

PHYtOphaea.. .:. ows Skapuee <5 glee 64

The most notable displacements here are the very great absence

of Phytophaga, the lowering of the standard of Rhynchophora,

always much the largest group in the other islands, and the singu-

lar paucity of Heteromera. The large development of Necrophaga

and Brachelytra is due to their containing many introduced species.

All this seems to show that, on the hypothesis of a connected con-

tinent, the fauna of the Azores was drawn from a much more north-

ern source than that of the other islands. This is particularly

evinced by the absence of Heteromera. The paucity of water-beetles,

notwithstanding their rainy condition, is less easily accounted for ;

but the same occurs in Madeira, where previously to the destruction

of the forests there must have been water enough, and yet even the

universal Gyrinus dejeani does not occur there. A more restrained

type of fauna is indicated by the solitary representatives of the

Atlantic genera (Yarphius &c.), which further south develope nu-

merous forms in each island; it may, indeed, have been that the

Azores formed almost the western boundary of land in this direction.

This brief sketch will show how full of interest the subject is, and

how much yet remains to be done even in the groups apparently

most explored. I shall now enumerate in order the 213 species at

present known as inhabitants of these islands, and describe those

which appear to be new, reproducing the novelties already described

by MM. Drouet and Morelet.

1. CALOsoMA AzoricuM, Heer.

Under stones in S. Miguel, Terccira, and Santa Maria, but rarely.

This agrees precisely with the specimens recorded by Mr. Wollaston

from Lanzarote in the Canaries, and forms the only link between

1867.] MR. G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 367

these two groups; it is not, however, confined to them, as it has

since been brought from the Cape de Verde Islands. M. Drouet

has erroneously identified it with C. oliviert, De}.

2. BLECHRUS MAURUS, Sturm.

Under stones in S. Miguel, not common. None of the examples

agree with the allied B. glabratus; but this form will also not im-

probably occur.

3. Licinus BREVICOLLIS, Dej.

Abundant on the sand-hills at Praya in Terceira. New to the

Atlantic fauna, but widely spread in the Mediterranean district. Its

localization suggests that it may be a ballast importation.

4, PRIsTONYCHUS COMPLANATUS, Dej.

Universal in the various Atlantic islands, including even St. He-

lena, and common also in parts of South Europe. Specimens are

before me from S. Miguel and Flores; but M. Drouet records it

from all the islands.

5. CALATHUS FLAVIPES, Payk. (ruLvirEs, Gyll.).

Recorded by M. Drouet from all the islands. There is nothing

in Mr. Godman’s material at all resembling it.

6. C. moxuuis, Marsh.

One specimen from the borders of the Lagoa das Furnas, S.

Miguel. M. Drouet records it also from Pico, saying that it is

common under stones near the sea. The single specimen before me

differs a little from the English form, being larger and with the

elytra more deeply striate. The occurrence of two European spe-

cies only of a genus which almost seems characteristic of the Cana-

ties and Madeira is very remarkable.

7. ANCHOMENUS APTINOIDES, Tarnier.

I have not seen this species, described on a unique specimen by

M. Tarnier. It would appear to be allied to 4. nichollsii, Woll.,

from the Canaries.

8. A. ALBIPES, Fabr.

Common in damp places in S. Miguel. Also not rare in Madeira ;

but in the Canaries it is confined to Fuerteventura.

9. A. MARGINATUS, Linn.

Margins of the Lagoa das Furnas, S. Miguel, common; M.

Drouet adds erceira. It is common in both the other Atlantic

groups.

10. A. PARUMPUNCTATUS, Fabr.

New to the Atlantic fauna. It is not rare in 8. Miguel, and also

(teste Drouet) in T’ayal and Terceira.

368 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar. 28,

11. Prerosticuus NIGERRIMUS, De).

Under stones on the sand-hills at Praya, Terceira, rare. It oc-

curs also in Madeira and South Europe, and is probably a race of

P. aterrimus, Hb.

12. P. vERNALIS, Pz.

New to the Atlantic fauna. M. Drouet records it from all the

islands; but I have only seen it from S. Miguel, where it appears

to be rare.

13. AMARA TRIVIALIS, Gyll.

S. Miguel and Flores ; but also in all the islands, according to M.

Drouet. This insect ranges over the whole northern hemisphere.

14. ANISODACTYLUS BINOTATUS, Fabr.

S. Miguel and Terceira. M. Drouet says that it occurs in all the

islands.

15. Harpatus (OpHONUS) ROTUNDICOLLIS, Fairm.

Common at Angra, Terceira, and Santa Cruz in Flores. M. Drouet

records one specimen from 8. Miguel. Previously one was known

from Madeira and one from the Salvages; hence its occurrence in

some numbers is interesting.

16. H. (PsEuporHoNvs) RUFICORNIS, Fabr.

This species abounds in S. Miguel under stones, also in the other

islands (Drouet). It is new, however, to the Atlantic fauna.

17. H. (PseuporHonus) GrisEvs, Panz.

Found rarely with the preceding, of which I am disposed to con-

sider it a variety. ‘The only two specimens I-have seen are from

Terceira and Fayal respectively. ‘They agree with undoubted Ku-

ropean specimens ; but I cannot think their separation justifiable.

18. H. pistincuEeNnpbws, Dufts.

This common Madeira insect is probably universal in the Azores.

I have seen it from 8S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal.

19. STENOLOPHUS TEUTONUS, Schrank.

S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal. Probably universal, as in the

Canaries.

20. S. (AcupaLrus) BRUNNIPEs, Sturm.

Not uncommon in 8. Miguel, Terceira, and Flores; also in 8.

Maria, according to M. Drouet. It takes the place of St. dorsalis,

which is common in Madeira and the Canaries, and of which I re-

gard it as a black variety. Its occurrence unmixed with the type

form is of considerable interest.

1867.] MR.G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 369

21. S. (AcupaLpus) Luripus, Dej.

On the coast in 8. Miguel and Terceira. This is new to the At-

lantic fauna ; and it is very curious that the pale form should occur,

whereas the dark form of the preceding is present.

22. BraDYCELLUS DistINCTUS, De}.

One specimen only, from the Lagoa das Furnas, S. Miguel. It is

new to the Atlantic fauna. Compared with English examples, the

elytra are more ventricose and have the interstices perceptibly flatter.

If further material should show that it is really distinct, I shall pro-

pose the name “‘azoricus”’ for it.

23. TRECHICHUS FIMICOLA, Woll.

One specimen, from Fayal. This does not quite agree with Ma-

deiran types in the British Museum, being distinctly paler, and with

more faintly striate elytra. Further material can alone decide

whether these characters are permanent or not.

24. Tacuys 4-s1ignatus, Dufts. (CuRVimMANUus, Woll.).

Not rare in S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal. Those from Terceira

are paler and more faintly striate. It is common in South Europe,

Madeira, and the Canaries; at least I am unable to distinguish be-

tween specimens from Spain and the latter locality.

25. Bemaipium (Ocys) RUFESCENS, Fabr. (puBtum, Woll.).

S. Miguel, Fayal, and Flores; also in Santa Maria (Drouet). A

careful comparison of it with English specimens and with Mr. Wol-

laston’s type in the British Museum has convinced me that they

should be referred to one species.

26. B. (Lorsa) scumiptir, Woll.

This insect, which assumes a different form in South Europe,

Madeira, and the Canaries, here appears to approximate most closely

to the Madeiran race; the coloration, however, is darker, the testa-

ceous patches being less developed. It is not common in 8. Miguel

and Fayal.

27. B. (Letra) HESPERUS, n. sp.

Two examples only, under marine rejectamenta at Praya in Ter-

ceira. It is most nearly allied to B. letum, Brullé.

28. Hyprovorus PLANus, Fabr.

Not rare in ponds in Terceira, Fayal, and Flores. It is darker

than the ordinary English form, but I am unable to detect any tan-

gible differences.

29. CoLyMBETES (RHANTUS) PULYEROSUS, Sturm.

New to the Atlantic fauna, but is probably introduced ; and when

one reflects on the introduction of goldfish, it is easy to see that

Proc. Zoou. Soc.-—1867, No. XXIV.

370 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar, 28,

some water insects at least must have accompanied them. The spe-

cimens before me are darker than English ones, a circumstance pro-

bably to be accounted for by the method of preservation adopted.

30. AGABUS GODMANNI, 0. sp.

This fine species is by no means rare in Terceira, Fayal, and

Flores; and it is with some doubt that I have ventured to regard it

as new; but it agrees with no published description that I have

access to.

31. GyYRINUS DEJEANI, Brullé.

Common in Flores and Santa Maria, as also in Teneriffe, though not

in Madeira. M. Drouet in his brief list records no Water-beetles.

32. PARNUS PROLIFERICORNIS, Rossi.

S. Miguel and Santa Maria; also in Graciosa and Flores (Drouet).

33. PHILHYDRUS LIvIDUS, Forst.

Not rare in Terceira, but new to the Atlantic fauna, representing

the Ph. melanocephalus of the other groups.

34, SPHZRIDIUM BIPUSTULATUM, Fabr.

Common in S. Miguel, Santa Maria, Terceira, and Flores, and is

probably, as all the dung species may be presumed to be, universal.

35. DAcTYLOSTERNUM ABDOMINALE, Fabr.

‘Two specimens, under dung in Fayal. It is somewhat curious

that this species should be so rare here, occurring as it does in the

Mediterranean, Madeira, and the Canaries.

36, CeRcyon oBsoLeTuM, Gyll.

At Ponte Delgada, 8. Miguel, and also in the higher parts of the

island, but not common.

37. C. LITTORALE, Gyll.

_ Fayal and 8. Miguel; one specimen only from each. This spe-

cies appears to decrease in abundance southwards.

38. C. InquiniTuM, Woll.

One specimen, at Ponte Delgada, 8. Miguel. A Madeiran insect,

but probably of wider range in reality.

39. C. CENTROMACULATUM, Sturm.

Flores and 8. Maria, not common. The name “‘nigriceps, Marsh.,”’

has been adopted by some for this species. The description is in-

applicable ; and he has in his collection placed specimens to repre-

sent four different species ; hence he could not have had a very clear

idea of its characters.

1867.] MR. G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 371

40. CorRYTHOLOPHUS SUBLZVIPENNIS, Duv.

Four or five specimens, from flowers at Horta, Fayal. It seems

to agree sufficiently with the European species described by Duval,

and is like our common species, but paler and obsoletely punctate.

41. SERICODERUS LATERALIS, Gyll.

S. Miguel and Fayal, in refuse.

42, PTENIDIUM APICALE, Sturm.

Fayal, in a shed, among feathers &c., with several other insects

of the same imported class.

43, PHaLacrus coruscus, Panz.

One specimen, from Santa Maria. It occurs also in the Canaries,

but not in Madeira.

44, P. (OLt1BRus) consimitis, Marsh.

Abundant in S. Miguel and Fayal; probably an introduced species.

45. CARPOPHILUS DIMIDIATUS, Fabr.

From decaying oranges near Ponte Delgada in S. Miguel.

46. ©. mutinatus, Fabr.

Two specimens, with the preceding; both seem nearly cosmopo-

litan.

47. MELIGETHES INCANUS, Er.

One, from flowers at Horta in Fayal.. It was identified by M.

Brisout de Barneville with the above species; and I think the M.

tristis of Mr. Wollaston’s work must also be referred to it.

48. Nitipuxa 4-pustuLata, Fabr.

One specimen, from Ponte Delgada, S. Miguel; clearly intro-

duced.

49. N. (Omosira) coton, L.

In 8. Miguel and Fayal, but always in the vicinity of towns.

50. N. (Epur#A) opsoxeta, Fabr.

S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal, under bark and refuse &e. In

comparison with Madeiran specimens it would seem to be more

strongly punctured, and with the thorax just perceptibly more emar-

ginate in front.

51. Monoroma 4-rovEoLaTa, Aubé.

In the fowl-shed at Horta, Fayal, abundantly.

52. M. sprnicouuis, Aubé.

Near Horta, Fayal, rarely.

372 MR. G, R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar, 28,

53. M. auaprico..is, Aubé,

Ponte Delgada, S. Miguel, one specimen only.

54, TARPHIUS WOLLASTONI, 0. sp.

In dead Euphorbie-stems near Santa Cruz, Flores, not rare. One

of the very few remnants of the old laurel-fauna.

55. AGLENUS BRUNNEUS, Gyll.

In the fowl-shed at Horta, Payal, abundantly.

56. LamMoryHLa@us CLAVICOLLIs, Woll.

One specimen, at Ponte Delgada, S. Miguel, but probably more

widely distributed.

57. SILVANUS ADVENA, Waltl.

At Horta, Fayal, in the fowl-shed, not rare.

58. NAvuSILIUS DENTATUS, Marsh.

One specimen, in sugar at Santa Cruz, Flores.

59. CRYPTOPHAGUS CELLARIS, Scop.

In the fowl-shed at Horta, Fayal, rare.

60. C. pentatus, Hb.

One specimen with the preceding, and one taken by sweeping in

S. Miguel.

61. C. arrrnis, Sturm.

Two specimens; one from S. Miguel, the other from Terceira.

62. C. PUNCTIPENNIS, Bris.

One specimen, at Santa Cruz, Flores. This was named for me by

M. Brisout himself, and is a species recently described from France,

63. C. saGINATUS, Er.

Santa Cruz, Flores, in houses.

64. C. scumiptTit, Er. ?

One specimen, taken with the preceding, appears to me not to differ

from the European species. It is new to the Atlantic fauna.

65. PARAMECOSOMA SIMPLEX, Woll.

Not rare under refuse in 8. Miguel and Fayal. This species has

not yet occurred in Europe, though pretty common in all the three

groups of islands.

66. ATOMARTA MUNDA, Er.

In the fowl-shed at Horta, Payal, abundantly.

1867.] MR. G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 373

67. Eptsromus Gyrinorpes, Marsh.

With the preceding, also under refuse in S. Miguel.

68. Larripius minutus, L.

One specimen only, at Santa Cruz, Flores. This insect positively

swarms in Madeira and the Canaries.

69. L. NoDIFER, Westw.

In decaying oranges at Ponte Delgada, San Miguel—and also at

Horta, Fayal, but rarely. This insect has been hitherto confined to

England, where it was some years ago of the utmost rarity ; now,

however, it is universally spread over the country, and in the greatest

abundance. It is probably a mere importatien into the Azores, but

is not without significance.

70. CorTICARIA MACULOSA, Woll.

At Ponte Delgada, 8. Miguel, three specimens only.

71. C. rutva, Com.

Two specimens only, in S. Miguel and Fayal respectively, and

both probably introduced.

72. C. seRRATA, Gyll.

One specimen, in the fowl-shed at Horta, Fayal.

73. C. curtA, Woll.

S. Miguel and Fayal, under refuse. This species occurs in many

parts of Europe, and is scattered in collections as C. truncatella,

Mannh.

74. TypHA FUMATA, L.

Abundant in S. Miguel and Fayal, under refuse.

75. MycetT2A uirtTa, Marsh.

Also not rare in S. Miguel and Fayal, in out-houses &c.

76. DerMesTEs FRIscHit, Kug.

S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal, in dead fish &c. All the speci-

mens I have examined are referable to this species ; but its congener,

D. vulpinus, must also occur.

77. ANTHRENUS VARIUS, Fabr.

Very common in flowers in Fayal and Flores, and very variable in

size and markings.

78. AcCRITUS MINUTUS, Hb.

In garden-refuse at Ponte Delgada, S, Miguel, rarely.

79. Carcrnops puMILIo, Er. (14-srriatus, Steph.).

One specimen, at Horta, Fayal. Mr, Wollaston has employed the

374 MR. G, R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [Mar. 28,

Stephensian name to designate this species, which, however, is pos-

terior to Erichson’s by five years.

80. SAPRINUS CHRULESCENS, Ent. H. (semrpunctatus, Fab.).

One specimen, from Ponte Delgada, S. Miguel, has been sent to

Mr. Godman since his return. M. Drouet records it from Terceira.

It is new to the Atlantic fauna. As the Fabrician insect was different

from Herbst’s (whose name he quotes), it is impossible to retain the

name.

81. S. semisrriAtus, Scriba (NITIDULUs, Fabr.).

S. Miguel, Fayal, and Terceira; also common throughout, accord-

ing to M. Drouet. Scriba’s name has eleven years of priority over

that of Fabricius.

82. S. apricaRius, Er.

Abundant in Fayal, under dead fish.

83. 8S. prmip1ATus, III.

Abundant with the preceding ; M. Drouet also records the species.

It must be very close to S. lobatus, Woll., if not identical with it,

84. S. ruegirRons, Payk.

“Under stones on the sea-shore in Terceira.”’—Drouet. I have

not seen any specimens of this species.

85. ONTHOPHAGUS TAURUS, Schreb.

Common in all the islands, and affording a good example of the

rapid distribution of an insect in a congenial locality.

86. O. vacca, Fabr. :

One only, from Angra, Terceira. M. Drouet also records one.

$7. ApHODIUS GRANARIUS, L.

S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal, abundant.

88. A. LIvipus, Oliv.

Not rare in Terceira and Fayal.

89. PsAmMopius sABuLosus, Muls.

One specimen only, from Praya, Terceira ; probably, however, not

rare.

90. P. puicicoutis, Er.

New to the Atlantic fauna; two specimens were taken at Horta,

Fayal.

91. P. porcicoxuis, I).

Abundant near Horta, Fava!,

1867.] MR. G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. Baa

92. P. casus, Pr.

Several specimens, from Flores, Terceira, and Fayal.

93. Trox scaBER, L.

Abundant in the fowl-shed at Horta, Fayal ; but clearly introduced.

In Madeira a single specimen only has been noticed.

94. Hereroperes azoricus, Tarn. (atLanticus, Cand.). (PI.

XXIII. fig. 2.)

Very abundant under stones, and probably universal. I have seen

specimens from 8. Miguel, Flores, Terceira, Fayal, and Corvo. M.

Drouet also records it from Santa Maria. Mr. E. W. Janson, to

whom I am indebted for a careful examination of this and the fol-

lowing Elateride, informs me that it is nearly allied to H. rufan-

gulus, Gyll., of Brazil. This and the remaining Elateride are en-

tirely new to the Atlantic fauna.

95. AoLUs MELLICULUs, Cand. (MoRELETI, Tarn.).

Mr. Janson informs me that the specimens taken by Mr. Godman

are not distinguishable from the original Dejeanian types of the above

South American species. It is very widely spread from Carthagena

to Buenos Ayres, according to Candéze. The 4. moreleti, Tarnier

(1860), is slightly different in coloration; but of the few specimens

before me no two are precisely alike. ‘They were all taken at Horta,

Fayal, under dead weeds.

96. Monocrepipivus posticus, Erichs.

A single specimen taken by Mr. Godman in Fayal is referable, as

Mr. Janson informs me, to the above common Brazilian species.

97. KLASTRUS DOLOSUS, n. sp.

One specimen only, in S. Miguel. This is probably the Ampedus,

sp.?, of M. Drouet’s catalogue.

98. MELANOTUS DICHROUS, Erichs.?

Mr. Janson refers a single specimen taken in Santa Maria to this

South European species. :

99. ArHouS OBSOLETUS, III. ?

Three specimens taken in a garden at Ponte Delgada, 8. Miguel,

appear to be identical with the above species, which is an inhabitant

of South Europe, and is new to the Atlantic fauna.

100. ATTALUS MINIATOCOLLIs, Tarnier.

Terceira and Fayal, common on flowers. M. Drouet records it

from Santa Maria. It is very closely allied to the Canarian A. rujfi-

collis, Woll.

101. Maxacuius miviraris, Woll.

A single female specimen, from flowers near the Furnas. It differs

376 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar. 28,

from Madeiran examples, communicated to me by Mr. Wollaston, by

the form of the thorax, which in them is slightly narrowed behind

and sinuate, whereas in this it is nearly quate: but the Se

tuation is nearly identical.

102. DoxicHosomvus Nositts, Ill.

Probably universal, as Mr. Godman brought it from Terceira, S.

Miguel, Fayal, Flores, and Corvo. M. Drouet also records it from

Santa Maria. Its occurrence is somewhat remarkable, since in Ma-

deira it is represented by the nearly allied D. i/lustvis, Woll.

103. Orrtus mous, Linn.

One specimen, from a house in Ponto Deleon S. Miguel. M.

Drouet speaks of it as common.

104, Prinus TESTACEUS, Oliv.

Two specimens in the fowl-shed at Horta, Payal.

105. Mezrum suucatum, Fabr.

In Terceira, Payal, and Santa Maria, not rare. This species is

probably universal, being very abundant in Madeira and the Cana-

rics, where it seems truly indigenous.

106. ANnonium pomesticum, Foure. (striatum, Oliv.).

‘Terceira and Santa Maria, in houses. .M. Drouet says that it

occurs throughout the group.

107. A. vittosum, Brullé ?

M. Drouet records A. tomentosum as common throughout the

group, referring probably to the above Canarian species; but I have

seen no specimens of it as yet.

108. A. paniceum, Linn.

From Flores only ; but doubtless universal in towns.

109. Prininus pectinicornis, Linn.

In houses atthe Furnas and other places in 8. Miguel, but clearly

introduced.

110. Hyuasters ater, Fabr.

From pine trees at Horta, Fayal. New to the Atlantic fauna.

111. HyLurGus LIGNIPERDA, Fabr.

With the preceding, but more abundant.

112, Tomicus sAxESEN], Ratz.

In abundance in one tree in S. Miguel.

113. Hypouonrus Ficus, Er.

Abundant in a dead fig-tree at Herta, Fayal. This is evidently

1867.] MR. G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. Shh

introduced from the Mediterranean, where it takes the place of the

Canarian genus Liparthrum. It is new to the Atlantic fauna.

114. CRYPHALUS ASPERICOLLIS, Woll.

With the preceding, but more rarely. This pretty little insect is

universal in the Atlantic groups, extending even to St. Helena.

115. Mesires Tarpi, Curt.

From Lrica-stems in S. Miguel, and afterwards from a dead Eu-

phorbia in Flores ; the latter locality, however, must be merely ac-

cidental. After a very careful comparison with English and Irish

specimens, I am unable to detect any difference between them, im-

probable as such identity would at first appear to be.

116. Puiua@oruacus spaprx, Hb. (sutcipennis, Woll.).

Under rubbish at Horta, Fayal; it occurs also in Madeira, and

was described by Mr. Wollaston; who, however, expressed his opinion

that it might prove to be only a geographical state of P. spadiv.

After comparing a large number of specimens, I think the characters

pointed out by him shade away insensibly.

117. P. renax, Woll.

Taken pretty abundantly in an Zrica-stem at the Furnas, S. Miguel,

also in Fayal. The specimens before me differ from Madeiran types

sent me by Mr. Wollaston in being less evidently punctate and more

rugose on the elytra. The sculpture of this genus, however, is liable

to considerable variation in this respect.

118. P. vARIABILIS, n. sp.

Common in 8. Miguel, Fayal, Flores, and Corvo, and assuming a

slightly different form in each island. It feeds on fig-trees and Eu-

phorbias, in a manner analogous to the P. daurineus, Woll., and, like

that, is more sparingly punctured when found on Euphorbias.

119. CALANDRA GRANARIA, L.

Two specimens from Terccira.

120. C. oryzH, L.

Very abundant in grain in 8, Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal.

121. CeEUTHORHYNCHUS NIGRO-TERMINATUS, Woll.

Not rare on flowers in 8. Miguel and Fayal. It occurs also in

Europe, and even in England.

122. ACALLES DROUETII, 0. sp.

This beautiful species was taken in tolerable numbers from some

decayed Kuphorbia-stems in Flores.

123. APION CHALYBEIPENNE, Woll.

By sweeping in Fayal and Flores, not rare,

378 MR. G. R, CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar, 28,

124. Pissoprs Noratus, Fabr.

From pine trees at Horta, Fayal; but evidently introduced.

125. LAPAROCERUS Azoricus, Drouet.

M. Drouet described this on specimens from Fayal; Mr. Godman,

howevel? found it abundantly in S. Miguel under stones. It repre-

sents acurious form of the genus, differing from the Canarian species

considerably in aspect.

126. OrrorHYNCHUS scABROsUS, Marsh.

_ Beaten from hedges at Ponta Delgada, 8. Miguel. New to the

Atlantic fauna.

127. O. sutcatus, Fabr.

One specimen, from the Lagoa das Furnas. M. Drouet records it

from Terceira. It is new to the Atlantic fauna, though doubtless

introduced.

128. Hyprra varrApiuis, Hb.

Under refuse in Terceira, not common.

129. ASYNONYCHUS GODMANNI, 0. sp.

Two specimens of this new and interesting form were beaten from

brambles at Horta, Fayal.

130. NEOCNEMIS OCCIDENTALIS, Nn. sp.

One specimen only was swept from flowers in Santa Maria by Mr.

Brewer.

131. SrroneEs LINEATUS, L.

In S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal, common. M. Drouet records

it also from Pico.

132. S. FLAVESCENS, Marsh.

One specimen only, by sweeping in Santa Maria. This is a curious

variety with a triangular pale sutural patch, not rare in South Europe.

It is, however, new to the Atlantic fauna.

133. S. Gressorius, Fabr.

Abundant in Terceira and Fayal, in cultivated grounds,

134. Brucuus pis, L.

Abundant in gardens in S. Miguel and Flores.

135. B. azoricvus, n. sp.

In S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal, not rare in flowers. This

species is probably not indigenous; but I have been unable to iden-

tify it with any described form.

1867.] MR.G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA, 379

136. B. BREWERI, Nn. sp.

Two specimens were taken by Mr. Brewer iu Santa Maria.

137. HyLorryrPes Basuuus, L.

Several specimens, in and about houses at Ponte Delgada, 8. Mi-

guel.

138. Crytrus 4-puncTATus, Fabr.

In a chestnut stump at Ponte Delgada, S. Miguel. It was ac-

companied by the variety C. griseus, where the ochreous pubescence

is replaced by pale grey. The occurrence of this species here throws

light on the question discussed by Mr. Wollaston as to its occurrence

in the Canaries. It would appear not improbable that Mr. Webb

did in reality obtain specimens either in Madeira or in the Canaries ;

but the C. webbii is obviously a mere variety of the type form.

139. GRACILIA PYGMA, Fabr.

One specimen, in a house at Horta, Fayal.

140. Tmnrores scauaris, Fabr.

This fine Brazilian species appears to have made good its position

in these islands, where it does considerable damage to the fig-trees.

It is most abundant in 8. Miguel; but M. Drouct states that it

occurs also in Fayal and Terceira.

141, Leprura, sp.?

This very European-looking Leptura was sent to Mr. Godman

after his return, but arrived in so fragmentary a condition that it is

almost impossible to identify it with certainty. It does not appear,

however, to agree with any European species exactly.

142, Haurica AMPELOPHAGA, Guér.

Abundant on the vines in Santa Maria, but has been clearly intro-

duced ; it is, however, curious that it should not have found its way

to Madeira or the Canaries.

143. PsyLLiopEs CHRYSOCEPHALA, L.

Apparently nearly universal, being found in 8S. Miguel, Terceira,

Fayal, and Flores. It is also common in Madeira.

144. P. vEHEMENS, Woll.

Not rare in Fayal, and probably in the other islands also.. It is

very abundant in the other Atlantic groups.

145. CocciNnELLA 7-PUNCTATA, L.

One specimen only, from Santa Maria.

146. C. 11-puncrata, L.

From S. Miguel, Terceira, and Flores ; also in Santa Maria, ac-

cording to Drouet.

380 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [Mar. 28,

147. C. varraBILis, Fabr.

M. Drouet states this insect to be common throughout the group ;

no trace of it, however, exists in the material now before me; yet it

is impossible to believe that so well-known a species can have been

confused with anything else.

148. CHILOCORUS BIPUSTULATUS, L.

One specimen only, from Santa Maria.

149. ScyMNUS DURANT, Woll.

Not rare on flowers in Terceira and Fayal. This species has been

hitherto considered peculiar to Madcira, and is represented by a cog-

nate form in the Canaries.

150. S. mrnrmus, Rossi.

A few specimens have occurred in Fayal and Santa Maria.

151. Rurzosius Litura, Fabr.

Very abundant in S. Miguel, Fayal, and Terceira, and presenting,

as usual, considerable variation in colour.

152. Buiaprs GAGES, L.

S. Miguel and Fayal, in gardens, cellars, &c., not rare. This has

been found on the Salvages.

153. B. srmr1is, Latr.

Very common in S. Miguel, Fayal, and Flores.

y 8 »

lat. 0b; sp.2

‘Two specimens were taken under a stone near the Lagoa das Farnas.

I am not able to refer this to any described species, but am unwilling

to add to the confusion already existing in the group by adding an-

other doubtful species.

155. Heceter Tristis, Fabr.

S. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal, but rare. This insect is exces-

sively abundant in Madeira and the Canaries.

156. OrpaTruM uisPipuM, Brullé.

Abundant in 8. Miguel, Terceira, and Fayal, and probably uni-

versal.

157. HELors AZORICUS, 0. Sp.

Under the bark of a poplar tree at the Furnas, S. Miguel. This

is very near one of the Madeiran species, but not, I think, identical

with it.

158. PHALERIA BIMACULATA, Herbst.

Abundant under dead fish at Horta, Fayal. M. Drouet records

1867.] | MR. G, R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 351

the P. cadaverina from Terceira and S. Miguel, but he evidently

means the present species.

159. TRACHYSCELIS APHODIOIDES, Latr.

One specimen only, on the sea-shore at Horta, Fayal.

160. TRIBOLIUM FERRUGINEUM, Fabr.

Recorded by M. Drouet from Santa Maria ; it is a cosmopolitan

insect, and hence of little interest.

161. TENEBRIO OBSCURUS, Fabr.

In S. Miguel, Santa Maria, and Graciosa, in bake-houses &e.

162. ALPHITOBIUS PICEUS, Oliv.

One specimen, with the preceding, from S. Miguel.

163. ANAsprIs (SILARIA) PROTEUS, Woll.

Abundant on flowers at Fayal. M. Drouet records 4. humeralis,

Fabr., from Santa Maria and S. Miguel; but [ feel no doubt that

he alludes to this species, which swarms in Madeira and the Canaries,

and is very closely allied to a South European form, if not identical

with it.

164. ANTHICUS FLORALIS, L.

One specimen of this common insect has occurred in Fayal.

165. A. numitis, Laf,

Not rare round the lake at Praya, Terceira.

166. A. nisprpus, Rossi.

Under refuse in 8. Miguel and Flores.

167. FaALAGRIA OBSCURA, Grav.

Not common, but found in 8. Miguel, Fayal, and Santa Maria.

168. ALEOCHARA NITIDA, Grav.

Abundant in dung in S. Miguel, Terceira, Fayal, and Flores.

169. A. puBERULA, Klug.

Only one specimen, from dung in Fayal.

170. HoMALOTA OBLIQUEPUNCTATA, Woll.

Several specimens, from the margins of the Lagoa das Farnas. It

agrees almost exactly with the Madeiran specimens ; but the oblique

markings are less evident.

171. H. turip1eENNIs, Mannh.

One specimen, taken near the Furnas in S. Miguel.

382 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar. 28,

172. H. toneuta, Heer.

Found, but very rarely, in the bed of a stream in Fayal.

173. H. arricriya, Er. (FLAviprs, Thoms.).

One specimen, from the coast at Ponte Delgada, 8. Miguel. This

species is new to the Atlantic fauna, and is interesting as showing

the wide distribution of these sea-weed infesting forms.

174. H. purrescens, Woll. ?

From Flores, under refuse. These are not in good condition ;

but appear to be near Mr. Wollaston’s species. They will almost

certainly prove to be European also.

175. H., sp.?

S. Miguel, under refuse.

176. H. corrarta, Kraatz?

Three specimens, from S. Miguel. This and the preceding are

both females, and 1am unable to identify them OLA AE Both,

however, appear to be European forms.

177. H. ntera, Kraatz?

This little species, which is not rare in dung, appears to agree with

the Canarian specimens referred to H. nigra, Kr., by Mr. Wollaston.

178. H. arRAMENTARIA, Gyll.

Not rare in dung in S. Miguel, Fayal, and Flores, and probably

universal.

179. H. me“Lanarta, Sahlb.

Abundant in dung in Terceira, Fayal, and 8. Miguel.

180. XENOMMA MELANOCEPHALA, ND. sp.

Two specimens were obtained from the rubbish in S. Miguel. It

is allied to the other Atlantic species, but is abundantly distinct from

them.

181. HaABROCERUS CAPILLARICORNIS, Grav.

Two specimens, from vegetable refuse in 8. Miguel. This would

appear to be a remnant of the old laurel-fauna.

82. CONOSOMUS SERICEUS, Latr. (pUBESCENS, Payk.).

i single mutilated specimen, from a Euphorbia-stem in Flores.

183. CREOPHILUS MAXILLOSUs, L.

Local, but occasionally abundant in 8S. Miguel and Fayal. M.

Drouet accords it also from Flores and Graco

1867.] MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 383

184, STAPHYLINUS HESPERUS, 0. Sp. ;

Abundant under stones near Terceira. It appears to be allied to

a Cape species.

185. Ocyrus oLens, Miill.

Common throughout the group, as it is also in the Canaries. Its

absence from Madeira is a very curious and important fact.

186. PuHitonruus ZNEUS, Rossi.

Rare in 8. Miguel and Fayal, and probably a mere introduction.

187. P. sorpipvus, Grav.

In vegetable refuse and dung in S. Miguel and Fayal.

188. P. umMBRATILIS, Grav.

Tolerably common in S. Miguel and Fayal. M. Drouet records

P. ventralis; but Iam inclined to imagine he had the present species

in view, notwithstanding the discrepancy in the thoracic punctures.

189. P. scyBALarius, Nordm.

Two specimens taken in Fayal are referable to this species.

190. P. nrierrruLus, Grav.

Very abundant in damp places in S. Miguel, Terceira, Flores, and

Fayal.

19]. P. proximus, Woll.

A single specimen, from a mountain-stream in Fayal. This species

was supposed to be peculiar to Madeira, where it is very rare.

192. XANTHOLINUS GLABRATUS, Grav.

According to M. Drouet this was found by M. Hartung under

stones in Graciosa. If this indication be correct, it is a species new

to the Atlantic fauna. Possibly he may allude to the analogously

coloured XY. marginalis, Woll., hitherto found only in the Canaries.

193. X. puNcruLatus, Payk.

Not rare in S. Miguel and Terceira.

194. X. HEespeRtius, Er.

In San Miguel and Fayal under refuse.

195. X. Linearis, Oliv.

With the preceding, and also in Terceira.

196. Lepracinus PUSILLUs, Steph. (LINEARIS, Grav.).

Under refuse at Ponte Delgada, 8. Miguel. Gravenhorst’s name

is inapplicable, having been adopted erroneously from Olivier.

384 MR. G. R. CRO[CH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [ Mar. 25,

197. Sriuicus AFFINIs, Er.

With the preceding, but rarer.

198. Sunius Gracitis, Payk. (ANcustatus, Pk.).

Under stones in 8. Miguel, Fayal, and Flores, not rare. Pay-

kull’s name “ angustatus’’ was preoccupied; hence we should use

the name he subsequently proposed for it.

199. LirHocHaRiIs RIPICOLA, Kraatz.

New to the Atlantic fauna. One specimen only, in S. Miguel.

200. L. aptcauis, Kraatz.

Two specimens, at Horta, Fayal, under refuse. Also new to the

fauna.

201, L. ocuracega, Gray.

One example only, from Fayal, with the preceding.

202. L. ruricou.ts, Kraatz (rr1coLor, Woll.).

Not rare in 8. Miguel, under stones &c. Mr. Wollaston has used

Marsham’s name for this species; but his description is quite value-

less, and moreover he adopted the name erroneously from Fabricius.

203. L. peBILIcoRNIs, Woll.

Not rare near Ponte Delgada, under refuse.

204. Srenus GuTruta, Mull.

At the roots of grass round the mountain-streams in 8S. Miguel,

but rare.

205. PLATysTETHUS SPINOsUS, Er.

Under marine rejectamenta in Terceira and Fayal. These agree

with the depauperated phase found in Madeira.

206. OxyTELUS SCULPTUS, Grav.

Very common in dung in 8S. Miguel, Terccira, Fayal, and Flores.

207. O. COMPLANATUS, Er.

With the preceding, and even more abundant.

208. O. niripuLus, Grav.

Widely spread over Terceira, Fayal, Flores, and S. Miguel.

209. TroGerHLa@us riIPARIUS, Lac.

Common in 8. Miguel, Fayal, and Flores, in damp places.

210. T. corticinus, Grav.

One specimen, from a stream at Horta, Fayal.

1867.] MR. G.R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 385

211. T. sustiuis, Er.

Two specimens, with the preceding. It is new to the Atlantic

fauna.

212. Homa.LiuM PusILLuM, Gray.

Two specimens only, from pines—one at Horta, and one at Santa

Cruz, Flores.

213. H. cuavicorne, Woll. |

Abundant in Euphorbia-stems in Flores ; it is also not rare in Ma-

deira.

Descriptions of the New Species.

ANCHOMENUS APTINOIDES, Tarn. (in Morelet, Nat. Hist. Ins.

Agor. 91).

A. elongatus, piceus, nitidus ; capite levi, biimpresso, ore antennisque

rufis ; his longitudine plus dimidio corporis, articulo 2° 3° dimi-

dio breviore; thorace oblongo testaceo, disco piceo, basi paullo

angustato, angulis posticis rotundatis, disco sat convexo longitu-

dinaliter impresso ; elytris ovatis, convexis, fuscis, sutura margi-

nibusque anguste rujis profunde striatis, interstitiis convexis, 3°

punctis 2, uno paullo ante medium, altero apicem versus, 8° punctis

plurimis impressis ; corpore subtus testaceo, tursis articulo pe-

nultimo fere bilobo. L. 12mm.

Hab. Ponte Delgada, in ins. S. Miguel, semel captus in mense

Junio (ex Drouet).

BEMBIDIUM HESPERUS, 0. Sp.

B. cupreo-eneum, nitens, creberrime subtilissime ruguloso-punctula-

tum ; cupite striis 2 juxta oculos ; thorace cordato, angulis posticis

rectangulis, fovea profunda haud punctata sed rugulosa, linea

discoidali vix abbreviata ; elytris punctato-striatis, stria 7° obso-

leta, interstitio 3° foveolis 2, una prope basin, altera ultra medium,

impressis ; antennis pedibusque testaceis, illis apice infuscatis.

BOAg tin.

Closely allied to B. etum, Brulle, but abundantly distinct by its

coloration. The reflexed margin of the elytra is of a bright copper-

colour; the suture also has a tendency to be cupreous. It would

seem very rare, only two examples having been captured in Terceira.

AGABUS GODMANNI, n. sp. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 3.)

A. niger ; capite antice, thorace disco infuscato elytrisque fulvis, an-

tennis pedibusque rufis ; femoribus posticis obscuris. L. 33 lin.

Q. Totus opacus, subtiliter denseque reticulatus.

Black, above fulvous. Head finely reticulate ; mouth, front, and

two spots on the vertex fulvous. Thorax short, finely margined,

very faintly reticulate, anterior margin punctated, and a few scat-

tered punctures along the sides; fulvous with a central cloud varia-

ble in extent, but frequently leaving only the margins pale. Scu-

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1867, No. XXV.

386 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [Mar. 28,

tellum smooth. Elytra extremely finely and slightly reticulate,

having almost the appearance of a sparse punctuation, with the three

series of impressed lines confused together in the posterior third.

In the female both elytra and thorax are coarsely but very closely

reticulated and opaque, the impressed punctures becoming invisible,

and the colour deepening to dark brown. Body beneath black,

margins of the segments paler. Legs and antennz red, the femora

and tibise sometimes infuscate.

This species, in its singular disparity of sex, approaches A. dispar,

Bold (uliginosus, Payk.) ; but this peculiarity is not always present,

at least not in other species. They both (A. dispar and A. congener)

have opaque females in England, though not in Sweden. Hydaticus

zonatus varies in the same way.

TARPHIUS WOLLASTONI, n. sp. (PI. XXIII. fig. 1.)

T. oblongus, brunneus, granulatus, setis fulvis erectis obsitus ; thorace

lateribus equaliter rotundatis, basi bisinuato; elytris distincte

nodosis, antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis. L. 14-13 lin.

Hab. In ins. Fayal infra euphorbiam emortuam sat copiose captus.

Head strongly granulated, sides swollen and elevated. Thorax

strongly granulated, sides bordered with stiff setze and broadly flat-

tened, towards the base somewhat contracted, in front produced,

acuminate; disk uneven, with a longitudinal channel at times very

well marked, but often obsolete. Elytra deeply punctate-striate and

transversely rugulose, the nodules well developed and clothed with

short pale sete.

I have named this species in honour of Mr. T. V. Wollaston, in

default of whose unwearied exertions our knowledge of this genus

would be still confined to its solitary European representative.

ELASTRUS DOLOSUS, nu. sp. (E. W. Janson in litteris). Pl. XXIII.

fig. 8.)

E. rufo-brunneus, nitidus, pubescens ; fronte convexa, antice rotun-

data ; antennis rufo-testaceis, articulo 3° 2° sesqui fere longiore ;

thorace latitudine longiore, a basi angustato, dense punctato, an-

gulis posticis breviter unicarinatis ; elytris brevibus, thorace haud

sesqui longioribus, striatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis,

parce punctulutis ; pedibus rufo-testaceis. L. 33 lin.

Reddish brown, shining, sparsely clothed with a short yellowish-

grey pubescence; head pitchy black; antennze, legs, and anterior

angles of thorax rufo-testaceous.

Mr. Janson, to whom I am indebted for the above description of

this interesting species, adds that it so closely resembles certain spe-

cies of Anchastus (A. rufivellus) as on a superficial inspection to be

mistaken for them. He goes on, however, to say that the total

absence of membranous tarsal appendages precludes its location

among the Myorhinites.

This genus is hitherto peculiar to Madagascar ; and its occurrence

in the Azores is hence somewhat remarkable.

1867.] MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 387

ATTALUS MINIATOCOLLIS, Tarnier (/.c.). (Pl. XXIII. fig. 5.)

A. niger nitidus, parce nigro pilosus ; capite piceo, bifoveolato ; tho-

race rufo, quadrato, postice valde rotundato, paullo convexo ;

elytris viridibus, parce punctatis, postice dilatatis ; pedibus nigris,

coxis anticis rufis; antennis nigris, articulis 3 primis apice ru-

Sescentibus. L. 13 lin.

Mas. Antennis longitudine plus dimidio corporis.

Hab. In insulis Terceira et Fayal, in floribus copiose lectus; in

ins. Santa Maria (Drouwet).

Nearly allied to the Canarian 4. ruficollis, Woll., but distinct by

its punctuation &e.

PHL@OPHAGUS VARIABILIS, Nl. Sp.

P. @neo-piceus ; capite parce subtilius punctato, rostro substrigoso ;

thorace antice subtilius, postice et lateribus fortiter punctato ;

elytris grosse punctato-striatis, interstitiis irregulariter biseriatim

punctatis. L. ld lin.

The above diagnosis will apply to nearly all the phases of this

variable species, which may be further characterized as follows :—

Var. a. Thorax finely and sparingly punctured, very shining ;

head extremely finely punctured ; elytra with the punctures in the

strie faint. From an elder-tree near the Furnas; very rare.

Var. 8. Thorax more coarsely punctured, but shining; elytra

with the punctures more deeply impressed, glossy seneo-piceous.

Very common in Euphorbia-stems in Flores and Corvo.

Var. y. Thorax much more strongly punctured, especially behind,

so that the interstices between the punctures no longer glisten ;

elytra with the striz hardly deepened, so that the punctures stand

out isolated. Smaller than the last. Abundant in old trees in S.

Miguel.

Var. 6. The extreme form in this direction, with the thorax almost

scabrous, and the rostrum strigose. It is also smaller in size. In

old fig-trees.

The above range of variation is paralleled in the Canarian P. lau-

rineus, which under similar circumstances runs through partly the

same changes. The lightly sculptured ones seem always attached

to the Luphorbie. It is somewhat curious that in the allied

genus Mesites, where some are found on laurel and some on Hu-

phorbie, the two form distinct sections, instead of merely varieties

as here.

ACALLES DROUETII, n. sp. (PI. XXIII. fig. 4.)

A. brunneus, squamis ochraceis densissime tectus ; thorace confertim

granulato, lateribus valde ampliatis carinatis, dense squamoso,

linea media cinerea, nodulis 2 discoidalibus marginibusque setis

erectis obsitis ; elytris punctis magnis seriatim dispositis, intersii-

tiis vage punctulatis, nodulis 2 anticis approximatis et 2 posticis

maximis setis erectis vestitis, totis dense squamosis fusco varie-

388 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [Mar. 28,

gatis, regione apicali cinerea ; pedibus dense ochraceo squamosis ;

rostro nudo strigoso, basi dense squamoso. L. 3-4 lin.

Hab. In ins. Flores intra euphorbiam emortuam sat copiose

lectus.

This very beautiful dcalles is one of the most striking insects

here described. The singular dilatation of the sides of the thorax

and the numerous erect sete render it unmistakeable. I have de-

dicated it to M. Drouet, to whom we are indebted for the first ex-

ploration of these islands and for a careful summary of the results

of his work, including three or four new species and eight not since

found.

Laparocervs azoricus, Drouet, Col. Acgor.19. (Pl. XXIII.

fig: 6.)

L. niger, nitidus ; capite fortiter punctato, fronte canaliculata ; tho-

race parce fortiterque punctato et subtilissime fulvo pubescente,

quadrato, antice paullo angustiore, lateribus rotundatis, linea

media abbreviata levi; elytris seriatim punctatis, interstitiis

fortiter biseriatim scabro-punctatis, ovalibus, humeris rotundatis,

sutura apice carinata, lateribus et apice pube fulva tessellatis ;

scutello nitido, levi, triangulari ; subtus pectore scabro, abdomine

punctato, segmentibus margine rufescentibus ; pedibus piceis, tar-

sis tibiisque fulvo ciliatis pallidioribus, femoribus inflatis ; anten-

nis piceis, parce ciliatis, clava pubescente.

Hab. Sub lapidibus in ins. Fayal mense Augusto copiosissime

lectus (Drouet); im iisdem locis in ins. 8. Miguel mense Martio

(Godman).

This fine addition to the Atlantic fauna is larger and stouter than

the Madeiran forms, or even than the Canarian, and bears more the

aspect of an insect fitted to live in arid places under stones than

near woods. ‘The outline is more that of the Herpysticus eremita,

Oliv. (Canaries).

ASYNONYCHUS%, n. g.

Rostrum as long as the head, subparallel, rounded at the anterior

angles, subemarginate in front, with a broad but shallow longitudi-

nal impression, scrobes oblique, not reaching the eyes, badly defined.

Antenne subterminal, smooth, slender; scape a little longer than

the head, abruptly clavate; funiculus with the first joint equal to

the third, second twice as long as the first, joints four to six sub-

equal, shorter than the third, seventh equal to the third; club

oblong ovate, slender, acuminate, articulated. Eyes rounded, pro-

minent. Thorax quadrate, cylindric, truncate before and behind.

Elytra ovate, base slightly emarginate, humeral angles rectangular.

Legs long, especially the anterior pair; anterior femora thickened ;

anterior tibice with the inner margin strongly serrate, having about

eight teeth ; corbeilles of posterior tibiz large, with their edge very

strongly ciliated ; tarsi broad, hairy, claws free.

* a privative, cvvdvvyxos, with connate claws; in allusion to these parts being

free in this case.

—_-.

1867.] MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. 389

Type A. godmanni, u. sp.

This genus must be placed next Brachyderes in the arrangement

of M. Lacordaire, to which it is allied in general appearance, but is

at once distinct by its free claws (very rare in the family) and its

serrate anterior tibie.

A. GODMANNI, n. sp. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 9.)

A.fusco-piceus, squamis rotundatis ochraceis sat dense vestitus ; capite

longitudinaliter canaliculato ; thorace subquadrato, crebre punc-

tato ; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, seriatim setosis ; pedibus

JSuscis, parce squamosis, tarsis pilosis. L. 3-34 lin.

Hab. Prope Hortam in ins. Fayal, duo specimina tantum lecta.

I have named this after Mr. Godman, in recognition of his un-

wearied and successful attempts to increase our knowledge of the

Atlantic fauna in all its branches.

NEOCNEMIS*, nov. gen.

Rostrum as long as the head, angular, slightly depressed longitu-

dinally, separated from the front by an obsolete elevation ; scrobes

very well marked, extending to the level of the inner margin of the

eyes. Antennze thick, pilose; scape as long as head, clavate; funi-

culus with the first joint longer than the second, the rest short,

obconic, subequal; club short, acuminate, . obsoletely articulate.

Eyes very prominent, conical. Thorax quadrate, sides rounded.

Elytra oblong-ovate, base subemerginate, shoulders rounded. Legs

moderate, fomora thickened ; tibize sinuate before the apex, with a

strong inwardly directed spine ; corbeilles but little defined, edge

ciliate ; tarsi short, claws soldered.

Type WN. occidentalis, n. sp. .

This genus is also a member of the ‘‘ Brachydérides vrais”’ of M.

ea be and must be placed next to Strophosomus, which it re-

sembles in the contour of its head; the tibial spines and almost

squamose corbeilles, however, readily distinguish it from any genus

in the family.

N. OCCIDENTALIS, n. sp. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 7.)

N. nigra, dense grisea. squamosa; capite thoraceque setis brevibus,

elytris longioribus sat dense obsitis ; capite linea longitudinali im-

pressa, postice emarginato ; thorace scabro, linea discoidali obso-

leta; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, squamis subalbidis tessel-

latis ; pedibus nigris, dense squamosis, femoribus mox ante apicem

annulo albido squamoso latiore. L. 2 lin.

Hab. In insula Santa Maria semel captus.

BRUCHUS BREWERI, Nl. sp.

B. niger, pube grisea dense vestitus ; thorace profunde parce punc-

tato, canalicula basali abbreviata ; elytris punctato-striatis, inter-

* yéos, new, Kyun, tibia, in allusion to the form of those parts being ab-

normal in the family.

390 MR. G. R. CROTCH ON AZOREAN COLEOPTERA. [Mar. 28,

stitiis fortiter seriatim punctatis, albido tessellatis ; pygidio rugu-

lose punctato. L. 13-2 lin.

¢. Antennis articulis 4 primis femoribusque rufis.

Q@. Antennis pedibusque totis rujis.

A pair of specimens, apparently male and female, were captured

in Santa Maria, on some flowers, by Mr. Brewer. It does not ap-

pear to belong to any of Schénherr’s species, but comes in his Sec-

tion I., with the femora dentate and thorax entire. The surface, on

removing the pubescence, is closely sculptured all over, as is gene-

rally the case with this genus. I have dedicated this species to Mr.

Brewer, as a slight testimony to his exertions in procuring fresh

contributions to the Atlantic fauna.

BRUCHUS AZORICUS, 0. Sp.

B. niger, pube fusca dense vestitus ; thorace profunde punctato,

macula alba ante scutellum ; elytris maculis 4 denudatis striatis

sat profunde transversim rugulosis; pedibus anticis tarsisque

intermediis rufis ; antennis nigris, articulis 5 primis rufis. L. 14—-

13 lin.

3. Tibie intermedia intus mox ante apicem dentate.

This species belongs to Schdnherr’s second section, having the

femora dentate and the sides of the thorax produced about the

middle into an abrupt tooth, but does not seem to accord with any

of those described in his work.

HELOPS AZORICUS, 0. Sp.

H. rufo-piccus; capite thoraceque creberrime punctatis, hoc subtiliter

marginato, quadrato lateribus rotundato, angulis anticis productis

acutis, basi leviter emarginato ; scutello transverso, vix punctato ;

elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis crebre sed obsoletius puncta-

tis; antennis pedibusque rufis. L. 63-7 lin.

This species belongs to the same typé as the Madeiran HZ. vul-

eanus, Woll., but cannot, I think, be referred to that protean species.

The elytra have an abbreviated sutural stria, which is represented

more or less obsoletely by a series of punctures the whole length

of the suture. The male has the usual long antenne of the genus,

the joints keeping the same proportion, viz. first and second very

short, third nearly twice as long as the fourth, fourth to eighth

subequal, two last short, obconic, last ovate acuminate ( ¢ ), or short,

obliquely truncate (2 ).

XENOMMA MELANOCEPHALA, 0. sp.

X. rufo-piceum; capite et abdominis segmentis 2°-4™ nigris, capite

et thorace nitidis, viz punctulatis, hoc postice foveolato ; elytris

thorace dimidio brevioribus, sat fortiter granulatis; abdomine

levi, apicem versus latiore ; antennis articulis transversis, ultimo

maximo ; pedibus pallidis. L. 1 lin.

Nearly allied to X. filiforme, Woll., from the Canaries, but appa-

rently distinct.

1867. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GIRAFFE. 391

STAPHYLINUS HESPERUS, N. Sp. .

S. ater, enescens, pube fusca sat dense vestitus ; capite crebre punc-

tato ; thorace creberrime subtiliter equaliter punctato, subtiliter

marginato ; scutello dense piceo tomentoso ; elytris thorace dimidio

brevioribus, crebre sat fortiter rugulosis; abdomine sat crebre

punctato, segmentis 2°-4™ macula aureo tomentosa basali ; pedibus

piceis, geniculis tarsisque rufescentibus, tibiis anticis aureo cilia-

tis; antennis piceis, articulo ultimo rufo. L. 6-7 lin.

Hab. Sub lapidibus prope Angram in ins. Terceira sat copiose

lectus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Tarphius wollastoni, n. sp., p. 386.

. Heteroderes azoricus, Tarn., p. 375.

. Agabus godmanni, n. sp., p. 385.

. Acalles drouetii, n. sp., p. 387.

Attalus miniatocollis, Tarn., p. 387.

Laparocerus azoricus, Drouet, p. 388.

Neocnemis occidentalis, n. sp., p. 389.

. Elastrus dolosus, n. sp., p. 386.

. Asynonychus godmanni, n. sp., p. 389.

SONAR op 69 bo

April 11, 1867.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

‘Mr. P. L. Sclater stated that the living Lyre-bird (Menura su-

perba) alluded to by Dr. Bennett in his communication to the Society

on this subject in March last year* had safely arrived in this

country a few days since in the ship ‘ La Hogue,’ under the care

of Mr. Ross, its proprietor, by whom it had been deposited in the

Society’s Gardens. From the statements in Dr. Bennett’s letter

it would appear that this bird was now about two years and seven

months oldt.

Mr. Sclater also reported the birth in the Society’s Menagerie on

the 17th ult. of a young male Giraffe, being the sixteenth that had

been bred in the Society’s Gardens. The event was of more than

usual importance, as the fire of the 6th of November last, and the

subsequent death of the adult male (aged 21 years) on the 22nd of

January, had reduced the Society’s stock to a single female. Mr.

Sclater laid before the Meeting the following list of the Giraffes that

* See P. Z. S. 1866, p. 167.

+ This bird has since been purchased for the Society’s collection.—P. L. 8.

392 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON BAZA SUBCRISTATA. _[Apr. 11],

had been living in the Society's Gardens since the first acquisition of

these animals :—

List of Giraffes which have lived in the Zoological Society's Gardens.

Noil Sex. Giese” Date. | How disposed of. Date.

| acquired. | |

| |

1 | Female .| Imported .| May 24,1836) Died .............. Oct. 15, 1852

2|Male ..| Imported .| May 24,1836) Died ...4..005 000s Oct. 29, 1846

3} Male ..| Impcrted .| May 24, 1836) Died ........0--0s Jan. 14, 1849

| 4|Male ..|Imported .| May 24,1836 Died .............. Jan. 6, 1837

| 5) Male ..| Born’ 2...) dune 1951839) Wied... ems «sheers - June 28, 1839

aac R | j Presented to Dub- }.

| 6 Male ..| Born ..../May 24,1841) | Sey gical Boe | June 14, 1844

| 7 Male. ..|Born \....| Heb, 2a G44 Died) © ei. cles. <n eter Dec. 30, 1853

| 8|Male ..|Born ....| Apr. 22,1846) Died .............. Jan. 22, 1867

| 9|Male ..| Born ....| Feb, 12,1849)Sold ............-. Apr. —_, 1850

10| Female .| Imported . June 29,1849 Died ........++..- Nov. 38,1856

| 11| Female .| Imported .| June 29, 1849 Sold .............. Oct. ,1853

'13|} Female .| Born ....) Apr. 25, 1853, Living in the Gardens .|

/14! Female .| Born ....|May 7, 1855 Destroyed by fire ....| Nov. 6, 1866

| 15] Female :| Born ....,.| July 16,1859 Died ..........1.... Dee. 2, 1859

|16| Female .| Born ....|May 20,1861,Suld ........-..... May _ , 1863

|17| Male ..|Born ....)/Oct. 7, TSG; Wiedwae -\ seit ereaveriene Dec. 18, 1861

118|Male ..| Born ....|May 8,1863 Sold ..............| Nov. , 1863

|19|Male ..| Born ....|Sept. 24,1863 Died .............. Apr. 21, 1864

/20\\ Male ~<|(Born ...:| Mar GI51860; Died” 20... se Apr. 3, 1865

|21| Female .|Born ....| Apr. 20,1865;Sold .............. May 31,1866

|22 Male ..| Born .... Sept. 14,1866 Destroyed by fire ....| Nov. 6, 1866

23 Male ..) Born .... Mar. 17, 1867 Living in the Gardens .|

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Nidification of Baza subcristata.

By E. P. Ramsay, C.M.Z.8.

During my recent trip to the North Richmond River, va Grafton,

I met with this rare species upon several occasions. I found it

giving preference to the edges of the scrubs on the Richmond and

Clarence Rivers, whence it would sally out to the more open parts

in the mornings and evenings in search of food, and not unfre-

quently visit the slaughtering-establishments in the vicinity of the

townships.

In plumage the sexes are alike ; but the male may be distinguished

by the occipital crest being more developed. I have two females,

one procured on the Clarence and the other on the Richmond River,

both of which have a slight wash of rufous round the ear-coverts and

on the sides of the neck,—and one male, which, having the centre

of the abdomen and under tail-coverts chestnut, has the bands on

the breast and flanks slate-brown ; whereas in other individuals these

bands are of a chestnut hue. Others, again, have the throat, under-

side of the neck, and chest slate-grey, with the rump and upper

1867. | MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON BAZA SUBCRISTATA. 393

tail-coverts of a bluish slate-grey. The irides in both sexes are of a

beautiful deep yellow.

I was fortunate enough to procure three eggs of this species, taken

by Mr. MacGillivray’s black fellow “Daddy.” Mr. MacGillivray

informs me that, when Daddy was taking the eggs, the female dashed

so close to him that he killed it with his tomahawk. The male bird

belonging to the nest had been shot the day before. The nest was

a comparatively small structure of sticks placed upon a horizontal

bough, at a considerable distance from the ground. It contained

three eggs, much smaller than I expected to find them. They have

the peculiarity of being very much rounded at the larger end, are

short upon the whole, and have the thin end pointed abruptly.

Their average length is 1,4; inch by 1,4, inch in breadth; the

ground-colour greenish white (the inside of the shell being of a pale

steel-green), very sparingly smeared and blotched or spotted with

light brown; one specimen has but two or three spots of a light

brownish tint.

I know of no districts frequented by so many species of the Hawk-

tribe as the brushes and flats in the neighbourhood of the Richmond

and Clarence Rivers. During the first fifteen days of our sojourn in

those parts we met with no less than fifteen species, well identified,

besides one or two others, the species of which I was not quite sure

of. Seven of these were skinned; others, being very common in the

neighbourhood, were allowed to remain in peace. The following is

the list of Hawks met with during our journey from the mouth of

the Clarence River, via Grafton, to Lismore on the Richmond

River :—

Aquila audax. Plentiful.

Poliotetus leucogaster. Several pairs seen.

Haliastur sphenurus. Shot.

leucosternus. Only one seen.

Falco lunulatus. Shot.

Mieracidea berigora. Shot.

Leucospiza nove-hollandie. Shot (iris blood-red).

Astur radiatus. Shot (iris bright yellow).

approaimans. Shot.

Accipiter torquatus. Shot.

Milvus affinis. Several seen.

Elanus axillaris. Shot (iris blood-red).

Baza subcristata. Shot (iris bright yellow).

Circus gardinit. Shot.

assimilis. ‘Two specimens seen.

To these may be added Milvus isurus, Falco melanogenys, and

Gypoictinia melanosternon, all of which, I believe, were procured by

Mr. MacGillivray in the Clarence River district. Of Astur radiatus

I only obtained one specimen, a male; it seems to be a very rare

species, and one which I had never before met with. Total length

23 inches. This specimen lost its life by coming too near our camp

in pursuit of some Parrakeets (Trichoglossus multicolor), which it

394 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELIDE. (Apr. 11,

was endeavouring to catch ; its flight is remarkably strong and rapid.

A pair of Falco lunulatus and a female of Accipiter torquatus com-

mitted the same rash act, and paid the penalty with their lives.

Haliastur leucosternus was one of the first birds that greeted us

as we entered the Clarence River, and, after flying round the steamer

once or twice, ascended the river before us. A fine specimen of this

species was shot by Mr. MacGillivray on the Clarence River during

1865.

2. Notes on certain species of Cats in the Collection of the

British Museum. By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray, F.R.S.,

VPS. Ls. &e:

(Plates XXIV. & XXV.)

Having to name some of the Cats recently received, it was requi-

site to compare them with those already in the collection ; and I here-

with send some observations that I made on them when so occupied.

The Leopard and the Serval of Africa are too well known to re-

quire any observation, except to remark that the Serval is by no

means so variable in the form and disposition of the spots as the

Leopard.

There is a series of Cats from the West Coast of Africa that are

very little known; and, fortunately, there are in the British Museum

the type specimens on which three of the species have been founded,

and of two of them other and better specimens of the skins than

those first described have been received and are in the collection,

showing the distinctness of the species, which were each described

from a single imperfect skin.

The three very distinct species of Spotted Cats from West Africa,

which have been described at different times by Mr. Waterhouse,

Mr. Ogilby, and myself, all differ from the one from Guinea de-

scribed by M. Temminck. My Felis neglecta agrees with F. celi-

dogaster in many particulars; but the spots are much smaller than

M. Temminck describes, they are by no means of a chocolate or

bright brown colour, and the tail is not ringed. These are just

the characters by which the three skins in the British Museum are

distinguished from each other. It is most probable that the F.

celidogaster of Guinea is distinct from the Cats from the Gambia

and Sierra Leone which are in the Museum. All the three, and,

indeed, very many other Spotted Cats, have the belly distinctly

spotted and the throat with a half collar ; so that the name F’. celido-

gaster would be equally applicable to any of them.

The three species in the Museum may be distinguished thus :—

1. Fetis NEGLEcTA, Gray, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 246; Mag. N. H.

1838, p. 27:

Grey; head and body marked with numerous small darker spots,

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID. 395

spots of the lower part of the sides rather larger; belly white, with

large blackish spots; tail quite half the length of the body, with a

dark line along the upper surface, sides paler, with obscure indi-

cations of darker bands.

Hab. Gambia (Rendal). The typical skin in British Museum.

2. FeLis SERVALINA, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 4.

Fur fulvous, beneath white, middle of the back darker, with very

numerous small black spots, spots on sides rather larger, on the belly

much larger; tail short, fulvous, with five or six imperfect black

rings and a pale tip.

Hab. Sierra Leone. Three skins in British Museum.

3. Fevis ruTiLA, Waterhouse, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 130.

Red-brown, with indistinct darker spots on the back ; belly white,

with large brown spots; tail moderate, nearly half the length of the

body, red-brown, with a dark central line down the upper surface,

paler with obscure indications of bands on the sides.

Hab. Sierra Leone. Type and two other specimens in British

Museum.

The skull of this species is in the British Museum. It is oblong ;

the orbit rather large, incomplete behind ; the intermaxillary pro-

duced and extending halfway up the side of the nasal; the upper

front false grinder very small.

Temminck has described a Cat purchased at the sale of Bullock’s

Museum in Piccadilly under the name of Felis celidogaster (Monogr.

Mamm. 140), stating that he believes that it inhabits Chili or Peru

(more lately it has been believed that it might be an Indian Cat—

the Felis viverrina of Bennett, for example) ; but no Cat of the kind

is known in those countries. In his ‘ Esquisses’ he has rede-

scribed the species from a specimen received from Guinea. The

following is a translation of his description :—

*« FELIS CELIDOGASTER, Temm. Monogr.i.140; Esquisses Zool.87.

“ Felis chalybeata, H. Smith, Griffith, A. K. i. t. (not good).

“Tail rather shorter than half the length of the body and head.

Length of body and head 26, tail 14 inches = 3 feet 4 inches.

«Fur short, smooth, shiny, grey, with a reddish tint, with choco-

late or light brown spots; spots on dorsal line oblong, the others

round ; cheek and lips whitish, with small brown spots; throat and

chest with six or seven half-circular brown bands; lower parts and

inner side of the limbs pure white, with large round chocolate-brown

spots; two bands of this colour on the inner side of the fore, and

four on the hind feet ; tail bay brown, with paler brown rings, end

black brown; outer face of the ears black ; claws white.”

Lesson, in the ‘ Magasin de Zoologie’ for 1839 (Mammiféres, t.10),

has figured and described a Cat under the name of Felis senegalensis,

which is said to have been brought from the river Senegal. It is

thus described :—‘‘ Felis rufo- fulyoque-griseus, subtus rufescenti-

396 . DR. J. E. GRAY ON. THE FELIDA, [Apro Pt;

albidus, auriculis latis intus albidis, supra nigerrimis cum lunula

nivea; dorso et lateribus tribus vittis nigris nec non lineis formatis

numerosissimis maculis atris,; cauda longa, rufescenti-grisea, nigro

maculata; facie rufa, duabus lineis et naso aterrimis; rostro albo;

pedibus rufo-griseo punctatis.”” The description and the figure do not

agree with any of the three Cats from Africa in the British Museum.

The Felis neglecta, like the Serval, has no dark streak on the

cheek, which is so generally found in Cats. In Lesson’s figure ouly

one throat-streak (the upper one in most other Cats) is marked, the

second streak mentioned in the description being from the side of

the forehead to the end of the nose. ‘The tail in Lesson’s figure is

longer in proportion to the body than the tail of the Serval, or of

any of the three African Cats here described; and the belly is not

white, as it is in all of them and in F. celidogaster of Temminck.

In some respects the Cat agrees with Felis viverrina of Bennett from

India (can there be any mistake in the African habitat?) ; but the

streaks on the side of the face are different from those of that Cat,

which has two in the usual situation; indeed the streak in Lesson’s

figure is so unlike the streak in any Cat that I have seen that I

almost doubt whether the artist has correctly represented it as going

from the orbit to the middle of the front edge of the ear.

GUEPARDA GUTTATA, jt. (Pl. XXV.)

The young Hunting Leopard (Gueparda guttata) I do not recol-

lect to have seen described. It is covered with long soft hair, of a

dark blackish brown colour, on the limbs, sides, and beneath, and

very obscurely spotted; the head, back of the neck, the back, and

the upper surface of the tail are pale brown; back of ears black ; an

angular line from the front of the orbit to the angle of the mouth

dark brown ; the lips, chin, and sides of the nose white.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

There are two Cats in the British Museum (one from India and

the other from Africa) which are peculiar for having the body marked

with transverse or, rather, perpendicular bands which are more or

less broken into spots ; and they have more marked, wider, and black

bands across the upper part of the fore and hind legs. The tail,

which is not quite so long as the body, is of the same colour as the

back, and has some narrow black rings near the tip, which is black.

The grey species comes from India. There is a single specimen

of it in the British Museum, which in the ‘ List of Mammalia,’ pub-

lished in 1842, I named the Waved Cat (Leopurdus inconspicuus),

p. 42, referring it to the Felis torquata (Chat de Nepaul, F. Cuvier,

Mamm. Lithogr. ii. t.) with doubt, because the tail of that species

is represented as of the same colour as the back, with a series of

triangular spots forming half bands on the lower surface for the

whole length, and there is only one streak (the upper one) on the

cheek, while our specimen, like almost all the species of Cats, has

two well-marked streaks. As no specimen like the figure has been

received from India, I am now inclined to believe that it is intended

to represent the Cat in the Museum, and that the differences are

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID. 397

perhaps the errors of the artist. Indeed it is doubtful if the figure

is not a copy of an Indian drawing, like several of the animals figured

in that work, said to have been received from M. Duvaucel. I

cannot agree with Mr. Blyth in thinking that F. torquata is the

same as F. ornata.

Mr. Hodgson sent from Nepaul a very large specimen, which

agrees with the typical specimen of F’, inconspicuua in its most essen-

tial characters, but is much larger, and the waved bands are more

broken into spots; these spots are all nearly of the same form. The

head and body of the stuffed specimen is 25 inches, and the tail

11 inches long. In the list of Mr. Hodgson’s specimens he asks

“is ita Tame Cat?” p. 6. Mr. Hodgson, in his MS. list, called

it Felis viverriceps. ‘There is a third, smaller specimen in the British

Museum, received through Capt. Boys from India.

The second, which varies from pale fulvous to grey, is the Fedis

maniculata of Rippell (Zool. Atlas, t. 1), from various parts of

Africa. There are several specimens of this species in the British

Museum. The largest and darkest, being grey with darker bands,

is a specimen from Tangiers, received from M. Verreaux, the body

and head 24, and the tail 14 inches long ; the darker bands are very

indistinct. There is a second example, not quite so large, with bands

darker, that lived several years in the Zoological Gardens, and was

sent from Tunis by Sir Thomas Reade—and a smaller one, similar

in colour, also from the Zoological Gardens, but without any special

habitat attached, and a dark grey kitten from Kordofan.

Two other specimens are pale yellowish, slightly grizzled, with the

streak and spot of the body rather darker yellow, and the rings on the

end of the tail are black. One of these, brought from Macassar by

Mr. Wallace, is rather darker than the other, and has the bands on

the legs nearly black, like the Tunisian specimen. The other, from

Kordofan, is rather paler, and the bands on the legs, like those on the

body, are yellow.

Very nearly allied to these, and probably only a variety, is a small

nearly white Cat, marked with pale yellow stripes, sent from Egypt

by Mr. Christie, which I described in the ‘ Magazine of Natural

History’ for 1837 under the name of Felis pulchella. It differs

greatly from all the other specimens of #. maniculata in the very

large size of the ears; but it resembles them so closely that I am

almost inclined to believe that it may be only a very pale variety of

that species. The size of the ears may have been produced by the

negligence of the stuffer ; but that can only be decided by the exami-

nation of fresh specimens. Mr. Blyth thinks that this specimen is

only “an Egyptian variety of the Common Cat” (P. Z. S. 1863,

p. 184, note); but I cannot agree with that theory.

The three large specimens in the British Museum of these Cats

come from South Africa. The largest was received from M. Ver-

reaux, the next largest from the Zoological Society’s Museum under

the name of Felis caffra (Felis nigripes of Burchell), the other from

Dr. Andrew Smith as Felis caffra.

The first two of these are dark grey, with distinct dark, blackish

398 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID#. [Apr. 1],

bands and spots. Dr. Smith’s specimen is much paler, yellow, with

very indistinct rather darker yellow bands and spots, and very broad

black bands on the legs. :

The large specimens from Tunis and Tangiers are very like the

largest dark one from the Cape.

A rather small specimen, received from Mr. Brandt of Hamburg

as I’. caligata from Africa, is only obscurely banded, is peculiar in

the tail being black at the tip for about an inch, and in only having

three or four very obscure narrow cross bands across the upper

surface of the hinder two-thirds of the length of the tail.

A small specimen, very obscurely banded and having a redder fur

with darker red streaks on the back, was received from Capt. Speke,

marked ‘« Menessa.”’ ’

The Felis caligata of Africa and the F. inconspicua of India are

nearly allied and very similar; but one is grey and the other more

fulvous and rather differently marked—so much so that I think they

are distinct. They and Felis indica, the ‘‘ Domestic Cat of India,”’

differ from Felis chaus of India (and Africa?) in the greater length

of the tail. The first two are almost always more or less distinctly

banded and spotted, the F. ehaus and F. indica being very obscurely

(if at all) banded, except on the legs and thighs.

I suspect that what have been called the African F’. chaus may be

only pale varieties of F. caligata; at least I have not seen any

specimens of the true F’. chaus from Africa. M. F. Cuvier’s figures

of I. chaus from Egypt are doubtful; for he describes the body and

head as being 2.feet 4 inches long, and the tail 9 inches long; but

the figure represents the tail as two-fifths, while the description

represents it as being only one-fourth of the entire length. In the

same manner the Chat aux oreilles rouges, figured by M. F. Cuvier,

Mamm. Lithogr., from a specimen from India, is said to measure

24 inches from the end of the nose to the base of the tail, and its

tail to measure 10 inches; and in the figure the tail is very nearly

half the length of the head and body. Can both or either of these

figures represent F’. chaus, which is known by its short tail?

I believe that all these African Cats are of one species, varying

greatly in size and colour. The synonymy will be as follows :—

Lynx, Bruce, Voy. vill. no. 30.

* Felis caligata, Bruce,’’ Temm. Monogr. p. 123.

? F. lybicus, Olivier, Voy. p. 41.

F. caffra, Desm. Suppl. p. 540, 1822.

F. nigripes, Burchell, Travels, 1822.

F. maniculata, Riippell, Zool. Atlas, i. t. 19 (pale variety).

?? Chat aux Oreilles Rouges ou Chat botte (F. caligata), ¥. Cuvier,

Mamm. Lithogr. t. (pale variety).

F. pulchella, Gray, Mag. N. H. (very pale variety).

F. chaus, Rippell, Atlas, i. t. 140.

? Chaus, F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithogr. t.

F. obscura, Desm. Mamm. p. 250 (black variety).

The ‘Chat noir du Cap,” F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithogr., and F.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELIDE. 399

caligata, f2, Fischer, Synopsis, p. 208 (from F. Cuvier’s figure), is

only a melanism.

The largest Cape specimen measures, body and head 30, tail 15

inches.

Most of the specimens of Felis caligata from Africa, like Felis

domestica, F. indica, and F. torquata and many other species, have

the hinder part of the feet black; but this is not a permanent cha-

racter ; for some of the smaller paler specimens of F’. caligata have

the hind feet paler than the back of the animal, and some of these

have the heels more or less brown or blackish on the outer edges.

In the British Museum there is a specimen of Felis domestica that

was collected, by Mr. Darwin, wild in the woods at Maldanado, men-

tioned in the ‘ Voyage of the Beagle,’ Mam. p. 20. It shows how

nearly the Domestic Cat is to the above species: it chiefly differs

from F. caligata in the tail being more slender and tapering, the

colours more intense and defined, and in the throat being pure

white. Itis dark grey, grizzled with black streaks and spots; the

streaks on the legs are wide, those of the fore legs more or less

confluent. The tail is grey for two-thirds of its length, with black

rings, the Hinder one being broadest ; the hinder third of the tail

is black, with a small pure-white tip. The stripes on the loins are

straight and parallel, not subspiral as in the Tabby Cats. The

cheek-streaks are black, the lower one indistinct and interrupted.

The toes are white.

The smaller Spotted Cats of the warmer parts of Asia have all

been regarded as one species by Mr. Blyth, following in the wake of

Temminck ; but it is to be observed that the latter naturalist only

had the specimens from Java and Sumatra to examine. Perhaps if he

had had in his museum specimens from Nepal, Bhootan, China, and

the various districts of continental India, he would not have regarded

them as belonging to the same species, as he did those from Java

and Sumatra. They, no doubt, are very similar, and we know that

the Spotted Cats, as the Leopard, the Jaguar, the Ocelots, and the

Kuichua, of Brazil are very variable; but then in a large series of

these specimens the varieties pass into each other, and the countries

where the different varieties come from are contiguous, and different

varieties come from the same locality. Now that is not the case

with the small Spotted Cats of India; and until we have a series suffi-

ciently large to show how the species do pass into each other, I

think it is safer to regard them as valid.

Some of the smaller-sized Spotted Asiatic Cats have a long head,

with an elongated skull, and complete bony orbits. The skulls are

longest and the orbits more developed in the Felis viverrina of

Bennett and the Felis planiceps of Vigors and Horsfield. But, be-

sides these, Melis rubiginosa of I. Geoffroy, in Bélanger’s ‘ Voyage,’

and the Cat which I described under the name of Leopardus ellioti

in the ‘Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ for 1837 (x. p. 260) have

a rather elongated skull and complete orbits, though Mr. Blyth

regards F’, ellioti as only a variety of his F. bengalensis.

Of the small-sized Spotted Asiatic Cats, which have an ovate

400 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELIDA. [Apr. 11,

skull and incomplete orbits, there are several specimens in the Mu-

seum which appear to be worthy of being noticed either as species or

well-marked varieties. They all have two well-marked streaks on

each cheek, and there is a pale or white streak up each side of the

forehead, and one between the cheek-streaks.

To this group belong Felis sumatrana and Felis javanensis of

Horsfield, Zool. Java; Felis nepalensis, Vigors and Horsfield, Zool.

Jour. iv. t. 39; and Felis chinensis, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837, from

China. To these I wish to add the following :—

FELIS PARDINOIDES. B.M.

Fur grey brown, with large black grey-varied spots; chin and

beneath white. Spots of vertebral line black ; of withers large, ob-

long ; of loins linear; of sides, shoulder, and rump large, roundish,

varied with grey hairs in the centre, making them appear somewhat

as if they were formed of a ring of smaller black spots; of thigh

and fore legs black, small, and there confluent into cross bands. Tail

with black rings. Length, body and head 19, tail 9 inches.

Hab. India (Capt. Innes; from Zool. Soc. Mus.).

Skull, length 354, width 2,4, inches; orbits moderate, oblong ;

hinder nasal opening oblong, with an angular front edge.

Fexis waGati. The Wagati. B.M.

Fur fulvous; nose, chin, throat, and underside of body, and

streak on forehead and cheek, pale yellow. Spots of body few, large,

irregular-shaped ; of withers large, elongate, broad; of loins elon-

gate, narrow, more or less confluent. ‘Tail with round spots.

Felis wagati, Elliot (fide Blyth).

Hab. India.

Differs from F. pardochroa and F. sumatrana in the large size

of the spots.

FEeuis parpocHROA. Nepal Tiger. B.M.

Fulvous, with various-sized and -formed black spots and streaks.

Spots of the loins oblong, separate; throat, chin, and belly white,

black-spotted. Tail irregularly and incompletely ringed.

Felis pardochrous, Hodgson, Cale. Journ. iv. p. 286; Horsfield,

P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 396.

F. nepalensis, Hodgson, icon ined.

Hab. Nepal (Hodgson).

Length, body and head 25, tail 12 inches. Skull, length 3 inches

11 lines, width 2 inches 8 lines.

Var. Fur shorter, closer. B.M.

Hab. Tenasserim ( Packman).

FELIS TENASSERIMENSIS. B.M.

Fulvous, black-spotted ; chin and beneath white. Spots of the

body large, angular; of shoulder round; of thigh oblong; of the

loins elongate, confluent ; of the back of the neck elongate, double

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID2. 401

at the hinder part, and on the withers nearly enclosing a lanceolate

brown disk.

Hab. India; Tenasserim (Packman).

Like F. pardochroa, but larger ; spots of withers and loins very

different.

FELIS SERVALINA. B.M.

Fulvous, black-spotted; streak on forehead and cheeks, chin,

throat, and beneath yellowish white. Spots small, unequal-sized,

far apart; of body oblong; of legs round; of loins elongate, some-

times confluent ; of withers oblong.

Chaus servalinus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B, M. 45 (excl. syn.).

Hab. India; Zanzibar.

Like sumatrana, but spots smaller and further apart.

FELIS JERDONI.

Fur grey, with a few small distant black spots. Spots of sides

and legs roundish ; of central line of the back linear, rarely confluent.

Tail and feet darker grey brown, scarcely spotted ; chin and beneath

white, black-spotted.

Felis jerdoni, Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 185 (not described).

Leopardus sumatranus (var. grey), Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 43.

Hab. Indian peninsula: Madras. Adult in British Museum.

“Very like &. bengalensis, but smaller; the ground-colour of the

upper part grey, untinged with fulvous” (Blyth). Size of F. rubi-

ginosa. The “kitten”? that Mr. Blyth refers to as being in the

British Museum is a nearly full-grown specimen.

The following rather short-tailed Indian Cat has not been well

understood. It has been most oddly mixed up by Mr. Blyth and

others with Felis torquata (the Chat de Nepaul of F. Cuvier, Mamm.

Lithog. ii. livr. 54), also named Felis bengalensis by Desmarest in

the Supplement to his Mammalia, which is a grey-waved Cat, nearly

like the English Domestic Cat, and is probably a half-bred Domestic

Cat of India, as is said to be the case with the /. nepalensis of

Vigors and Horsfield (Zool. Jour. iv. t. 39), which resembles this

figure in some respects.

As the wild Indian species has not been characterized, I here de-

scribe the specimen in the Museum :—

Friis ornata, Gray, Illustr. Ind. Zool. 1. t. 2.

Fur short, pale whitish brown, black-spotted. Spots small; on

the middle of the back smaller, linear; on the front part of the sides

larger, oblong ; on the hinder part of the sides small, round; on the

thighs and upper part of the legs confluent, forming interrupted

cross bands. ‘Tail reaching rather below the heel, pale at the lower

half, with some interrupted black rings at the end, which is whiter

than the rest of the tail, the tip black. Crown with lines of small

spots; cheeks with two narrow dark lines; chin, throat, and spot

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXVI.

402 DR. J. &. GRAY ON THE FELID. [Apr. 11],

over the orbits whitish ; belly with black spots, like those on the

side. Body and head 19, tail 8 inches.

Hab. India (Capt. Boys).

This Cat is at once known from all the other Indian species by

the length and slenderness of the tail, and the small size and equal

distribution of the spots. In this respect it resembles the Hunting

Leopard; but the band on the legs, the shortness of the tail, and

the terminal half of the tail being ringed at once distinguishes it

from that Cat and all the other species. The tail is somewhat like

that of #. chaus.

Mr. Blyth has kindly given to the British Museum a specimen

of the Domestic Cat of India, which is generally distributed there.

It agrees with Melis chaus in almost every character, but it is smaller

in size. The tail is rather longer compared with the length of the

body, has more narrow black rings, occupying full half of the length

of the tail, and there are two narrow pale cheek-streaks.

In the Museum there are two larger and rather darker specimens,

agreeing in almost every particular with the above. They are most

likely hybrids between F’. chaus and F’. domestica. The Wild F.

chaus is peculiar for having the cheek-stripes very indistinctly

marked, or one or both entirely wanting.

As regards South or Tropical American Cats, I may observe the

skull of the Jaguar (felis onca, Linn.) is known from the skulls of

all the other species of the genus Leopardus, and from the Lion and

the Tiger, by having a distinct, but more or less developed, tubercle

(probably for the attachment of one of the muscles of the eyeball)

on the middle of the inner or nasal edge of the orbit, and there is

also a well-marked half ovate notch in the middle of the truncated

front edge of the internal nostril, which is not so distinctly developed

in other large feline animals. f

The specimen which I described under the name of Leopardus

hernandesti in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (1857, p. 278,

Mamm. t. 58), from Mexico, has come into the British Museum col-

lection; and I cannot find any difference in the skull to distinguish

it from the other specimens of the Jaguar; so I suppose it must be

considered one of the varieties of that species, marked by the dis-

tance at which the small spots are placed from each other, only now

and then forming anything like a distinct ring or row of spots.

The Ocelots are extremely variable; and though there is a very

large series of specimens in the British Museum, I cannot make up

my mind whether they are all one, or whether there are three or

more species. There are two most distinct varieties as regards size

—the large Ocelots, with very large heads, and the smaller Ocelots,

with more moderate-sized heads; but each variety presents several

variations of colour, and there are examples intermediate in size.

The differences in the size of the Ocelots may depend on the tem-

perature, the geographical disposition, and the abundance or scarcity

of food in the district which they inhabit. I can well believe that

the large variety is as dangerous and destructive as the Jaguar, as

travellers assert.

1867. | PR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID. 403

My Leopardus pictus (Mag. N. H. x. 260, 1842) is one of the

larger kind, and it has the spots very different from those of any

other specimen in the collection ; but this is such a difference as one

may expect to find only a variation when one examines a large series

of specimens.

My Leopardus griseus (Mag. N. H. x. 260, 1842) differs from

the other Ocelots in having a grey fur with whitish sides. There

are several specimens which agree in this peculiarity. The grey

specimens offer several variations in the spotting, like the fulvous

specimens. One specimen has a rather yellow tint in the middle of

the back ; otherwise the grey colour seems permanent. Mr. Blyth

has observed that the smaller and darker Spotted Cats become more

fulvous as they attain full age; but that cannot explain the greyness

of these specimens, as there are adult as well as young specimens of

the grey colour.

Felis melanura (Ball, P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 128) is a most strongly

marked specimen, and in the whole series of specimens in the Mu-

seum stands alone for the intensity and clearness of the marking,

both black, white, and fulvous. It may be a variety in which the

colours, especially the black, are very much more developed than

usual, and therefore the spots have become confluent, until the whole

animal may be described as black with white and fulvous spots. It

is not the common melanism, where the whole fur has become more

or less black, the black spots being only a little more intense. We

have an Ocelot of this latter variety in the British Museum ; but it

bears no resemblance to the type specimen described by Mr. Ball,

which is also in the Museum collection.

In the British Museum there is a very small Spotted Ocelot,

which may be recorded as a species or variety under the name of

F. pardoides. The fur is grey, with a very large number of nearly

equal-sized round or oblong dark spots; the spots on the loins and

rump are larger, with a pale centre ; the cheeks and nape with black

streaks; belly white, with large black spots; tail ringed. Length

of body and head 26, tail 13 inches. Hab. Tropical America.

The species or varieties are to a certain extent permanent; the

young, in some instances at least, are like their parents; and the

markings do not change with age (that is to say, they are the same

on the kitten as on the adult); and there are adult specimens that

are grey as well as fulvous, or fulvous and white; so that the grey

colour does not depend on the youth of the specimen, as has been

suggested.

Three species of small Spotted Cats have been described as inha-

biting South and Tropical America. All these three species may be

distinguished from the Ocelots (/elis pardina) by the smaller size

of the head, and the spots not being united together in chains; but

the latter character is not to be observed in all Ocelots. As these

Cats, like the other Spotted Cats, vary greatly in the form, size, and

disposition of the spots, the determination of the species has been

attended with considerable difficulty, and it has been suggested that

perhaps there are more than one species of the long-tailed American

404 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID&. [Apr. 11,

Tiger Cat called /. macroura. There is a very large series of spe-

cimens of the long-tailed species in the British ‘Museum (two Chatis

and several Margays) from different localities. And if there were

not so many offering such different variations of the first species in

the collection (I had only a few selected specimens to describe from),

I should have been inclined to separate them into more than one

species; indeed, in 1842, when we had only four or five specimens,

I did name one in the ‘List of Mammalia’ as a distinct species

under the name of Leopardus tigrinoides.

These three species may be easily distinguished from each other

by the kind and colour of the fur, and the colour and length of the

tail. Thus /. macroura and F’. mitis have soft bright fulvous fur,

and tail distinctly ringed ; and F’. tigrina has a harsher grizzled fur,

and the tail marked with series of dark spots, not forming distinct

rings. They may be characterized thus :—

1. Fevis macroura, Pr. Max. Abbild. t. . The Kuichua.

F’. wiedii, Schinz.

“F, brasiliensis, Cuvier.’’

Fur soft, bright fulvous, black-spotted ; spots variable in shape

and size, often with a pale centre; tail elongate, cylindrical, longer

than the body, with from eight to ten broad, well-marked, often

interrupted, black rings, and a black tip.

Var. Paler, spots larger.

Leopardus tigrinoides, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1842, p. 42.

Hab. Brazil.

2. Fens mitis, F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithogr. t. . The Chati.

F. onea, Schreb. t. 102.

F.. chati, H. Smith.

Fur soft, bright fulvous, black-spotted ; spots variable in size and

disposition, often with a pale centre ; tail cylindrical, rather tapering

at the end, nearly the length of the body without the head, with six

well-marked, broad, eomeumes interrupted black rings, and a black tip.

Hab. Mexico? Paraguay ?

3. Frvis TIGRINA, Schreb. t. 106, from Margay, Buffon, H. N.

xiii. t. 38. The Margay.

Fur rather harsh, dull, grizzled, varied with black spots and rings

varying in size and form; tail moderate, nearly as long as the body,

cylindrical, rather thick, truncated at the end, ed with small

black spots often cdatluent but not forming continuous rings.

Hab. South America.

There is in the British Museum a Cat that was formerly alive in

the Surrey Zoological Gardens, and was there called the Himalayan

Cat, and which, in the ‘ List of Mammalia in the British Museum,’

published in 1842, I called Leopardus himalayanus. This animal is

figured, from the specimen at the Surrey Zoological Gardens, in Jar-

dine’ s ‘Naturalist’s Library’ as Felzs himalayanus, Warwick. The

1867. ] DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. 405

figure is by no means a characteristic one. The Cat has not been

brought from Himalaya by any of the numerous sportsmen and col-

lectors that have searched that country. Itis not known to Mr. Blyth,

nor to any other Indian zoologist to whom I have shown it ; indeed

Mr. Blyth states that he believes it to be a South American Cat.

The examination of the skull shows that it forms a group by itself ;

and in my paper, read at the last Meeting but one, I formed for it a

genus under the name of Pardalina. As the species has not been well

described, I herewith add a description of the type specimen : —

PARDALINA WARWICKII. (Pl. XXV.) B.M.

Fur short, dusky whitish brown; chin, streak on cheek, and

throat white; chest and underside paler, black-spotted ; crown and

nape with four, cheek with two, and between the withers one black

streak ; the four feet and body covered with very numerous, equi-

distant, nearly equal-sized small black spots; throat, chest, upper

part of the inside and outside of fore and hind legs black-banded ;

tail spotted at the lower half, ringed at the end, with a black tip ;

ears black, with a large white spot.

Leopardus himalayanus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. p. 44.

“ Felis himalayanus, Warwick,” Jardine’s Nat. Libr. t. 24 (not

ood).

: Hab. Himalaya (Cross, Warwick).

Skull short, broad, length 43 inches, width 3 inches 2 lines; face

short, broad; nasals moderately broad; forehead convex, rhombic ;

orbits rather small, incomplete behind. The skull is very unlike

that of Felis viverrina.

3. On the Tracheal Pouch of the Emu (Dromeus nove-hol-

landie, Vieill.). By James Muriz, M.D., F.G.S., Pro-

sector to the Zoological Society.

History.—Peter J. J. de Fremery, in a concise Academical Thesis

upon the Osteology of the Emu, published in 1819*, first pointed

out in this struthious bird the existence of an anterior aperture in

the trachea.

The late Dr. Robert Knox, when Lecturer on Anatomy at Edin-

burgh, independently discovered and communicated to the scientific

world as new the fact of this bird’s possessing a most remarkable

“large muscular bag’’ opening into the windpipe. His paper,

«Observations on the Anatomical Structure of the Cassowary of

New Holland,” was read before the Wernerian Natural History

Society on the 26th April, 1823, and subsequently published in the

‘ Edinburgh Philosophical Journal’ for 1823-24, vol. x. p.132. In

the same volume (p-137) he added “ Additional Observations on

the Structure of the Trachea in the Cassowary Emu of New Hol-

* “Specimen Zoologicum sistens observationes presertim osteologicas de Ca-

suario Noy Hollandiz.”’

406 DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. [Apr. 11,

land,” accompanying these by figures, comparing the trachea of the

Galeated Cassowary, the Emu, and Golden-eyed Duck.

A notice of Knox’s papers followed in ‘ Froriep’s Notizen,’ no. 127,

March 1824.

In the last-mentioned Journal, no. 177, in November of the same

year, a short account was given of a dissection performed by Dr.

Wedemeyer* in 1822, wherein the claim of the priority of having

discovered the tracheal sac in the Emu was asserted, evidently un-

aware of Fremery’s earlier observation.

A full translation of Dr. Knox’s two papers appeared afterwards

in Meckel’s ‘ Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologie,’ 1832, p. 263,

&e., with footnotes apparently by Meckel himself; for there suc-

ceeds the concluding part of a long Essay+ upon ‘the Anatomy of

the Indian Cassowary by hin, ale in which he alludes to the au-

thors I have above referred to. In his ‘Systematic Treatise on

Comparative Anatomy,’ Meckelt again recalls the opinions of the

previously cited observers.

At the Meeting of the British \amaueatidas in Bristol in 1836 (Re-

port, p. 97), Dr. Macartney laid before the Section of Zoology and

Botany “An Account of the Organ of Voice in the New Holland

Ostrich ;”” and as nothing is said respecting what had already been

published, I presume from his statement that he considered the fact

new to science. Professor Owen, in his ‘Memoir on the Anatomy

of the Southern Apteryx (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. p. 279, com-

municated in 1838)§, takes notice of Fremery’s discovery ; but he

did not find such a structure existing in the Apteryx. Wagner

mentions it in his ‘Lehrbuch der Zootomie.’ And, finally, Carus

figures it in his and D’Alton’s ‘ Tabule Anat. compar. illust.’ 1848,

pars vil. tab. 6. fig. 2.

I have been induced thus historically to call attention to accounts

of the tracheal pouch of the Emu, because I find that later writers

upon the Struthious Birds have not given sufficient importance to

these observations upon this singular organization. Such a structure

along with other anatomical dierencce. well pointed out both by

Meckel and Knox in the papers cited, should fairly be taken into

account and balanced with other characters, whether dermal or

osteological, in order to arrive at not only a natural classification of

the family, but its relation to allied groups.

Although the aforesaid sac has so often been made the subject of

remark, no one seems to have figured the most important feature in

epaesion with it—namely, ihe open anterior slit in the tracheal

rings. Dr. Knox’s illustration is defective, inasmuch as it is small,

* “Der mit der Luftrohre des Emu Casoars in Verbindung stehende musku-

lose Beutel,” Froriep’s Notizen, 1824-25, p. 7.

+ The first part of which appeared in the ‘ Archiv.’ for 1830, p. 200.

{ Traité Général D’Anatomie Comparée par J. F. Meckel, traduit de J’alle-

mand par Dr. Th. Schuster. Paris, 1838, x. p. 402.

§ The disposition of the sac to the trachea is therein correctly stated ; but in

Prof. Owen’s more recent ‘Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ 1866, ii. p. 220, a slip evi-

dently has occurred, in the statement that the cartilaginous rings are wanting

posteriorly (whereas anteriorly undoubtedly must have been meant).

1867. ] DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. 407

and the preparation with the distended sac is shown from behind.

Carus’s figure, of natural size and from an adult bird, only displays

the profile contour of the tracheal expansion.

I bring the present paper before the Members of our Society,

partly to give a figure supplying the deficiency just alluded to*

and partly to add fresh observation of facts connected with the size

of the sac in the young and old birds, with additional remarks on

its probable use.

Structure.—lI have been enabled to examine, in all, three birds,

which from time to time have died in the Society’s Gardens,—the

first an adult male, in which, unaware of the nature of the opening

in the trachea, I had grave doubts that it might have been occasioned

by faulty manipulation with the scalpel on my part. I, however, took

a photograph of the portion of the trachea and its deficient anterior

chink, which I exhibited at the meeting of the Society. The second

bird was an adult female. In this case I carefully examined the

trachea in order to ascertain whether the tracheal opening was a

natural condition. I subsequently made myself acquainted with the

labours of previous observers. The third bird was a young male,

and in this I found a very great difference in the size of the sac

compared with the older birds.

The descriptions of the several investigators spoken of corroborate

each other in the main, and to some extent agree with what I have

also seen in the adult Emu. I should consider it, therefore, super-

fluous to redescribe the entire structure, were it not that it enables us

to compare the condition of the sac in the old and the young bird, and

allows some part of the mechanism to be more fully explained.

In the adult female dissected by me the sac was of large size, and

occupied the lower and anterior surface of the neck, its lower end

reaching close to the sternum. Its exact shape when distended I

did not ascertain ; for, thinking I should be able to reflect the skin

and tissues covering the bag previous to inflation, I accidentally cut

into it while attempting this, the superincumbent coverings and its

own walls being very thin. The sac when opened presents an oblong

cylindrical form (as shown in fig. 1, 7. p. 7’. p!.). Hach end is nar-

rowed slightly and comparatively fixed, while the middle portion is

freer, thus permitting a certain amount of outward expansion, from

the anterior deficiency of the tracheal rings. This no doubt would

give it a more oblate spheroidal form when blown up. In Knox’s

figure, where the sac and trachea are seen from behind, it is repre-

sented as being of a globular shape. The trachea in his woodcut

appears considerably sae at the sac than above or below, because

of the distention of the parts. In the accompanying woodcut (tig. 1),

* Since the reading of this paper, Prof. Alfred Newton, of Cambridge, has di-

rected my attention to, and with his accustomed courtesy forwarded me, vol. vi.

of the ‘ Naturalist’ magazine (1856), where in the July number, p. 153, is a

““ Notice of a peculiar Organ in the Trachea of the Emeu,” communicated by Mr.

Robert Anderson. Two woodcuts accompany the short paper, and one of these

exhibits the tracheal chink; but both are very poor representations, and convey

no idea of the mechanism of the parts. The author states “ the opening extends

along ten of the rings and dilates at each extremity.”

408 DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. [Apr. 11,

which I have had drawn from nature, it will be seen, however, that

in the undistended condition of the pouch the margins of the tracheal

opening are not widely separated, the trachea itself being more or

less uniform in calibre, while the walls of the sac are rather cylin-

drieal than otherwise.

Lower portion of the neck of the adult 9 Emu seen in front, displaying the

tracheal pouch (7'p. 7. p’.) opened and dragged back on either side by

hooks. The feathers are cut short at the tips. ap. Aperture or deficiency in

the tracheal rings. c. d,s. Cul de sac of left upper end. f.. f.6'. Fibrous

bands which drag outwards the tracheal cartilages during inflation of the sac.

Dr. Knox has compared the size of the sac to that of a man’s

head; I have found it in the adult female to have the following di-

mensions when laid open :—Greatest length, taken upon the left side

of the trachea, 143 inches; but over the trachea itself it measured

only ll inches. A little pouch or cul de sac (fig. 1, ¢. d. s.) reached

upwards on the left side of the trachea for above 3 inches, giving

the increased length at this part. This sacculus appears to corre-

spond with a similar dilatation observable in Knox’s figure. The

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. 409

breadth about the middle of the sac, or its rough diameter, was

between 3 and 4 inches.

My examination of the structure of the wall of the sac agrees with

Wedemeyer and Macartney’s observations, and not with Knox’s, who

describes it as a muscular bag. I find it to be composed of mem-

branous white fibro-elastic tissue, overlaid, however, in part with

some very delicate and widely scattered transversely striped mus-

cular fibre, the remnants or representative of the platysma myoides.

(Professor Owen* names this the ‘constrictor colli ;’’ and remarks,

“this muscle is well developed in the Emeu, and acts when the

drum-like dilatation of the windpipe is sounded.”) The skin and

subcutaneous tissues form the anterior boundary of the sac; while

posteriorly it lies upon the vessels and muscles of the ventral surface

of the neck, some of the former appearing as raised cords on its

inner surface. Its fibrous envelope furthermore closely invests the

anterior surface of the trachea, and at the fissure, presently to be

described, appears almost to be continuous with the mucous tissue

of the lining walls of the trachea itself. Traced in this way it

seems like a kind of hernia of the lining membrane of the trachea,

strengthened by the surrounding fibrous and other tissues. But at

the same time it must be noted there is a visible though faint line

of demarcation around the opening, at 0°2 inch from its edge.

The opening from the trachea into the sac (fig. 1, a@p.), caused by

deficiency of the tracheal rings in front, is 2? inches long; and the slit

has an average breadth of 0°3 inch in the ordinary retracted condition,

but when pulled apart it becomes of a very much wider oval figure.

In the female bird in question its position was between the fifty-

fourth and fifty-ninth rings; in the young male between the fifty-

eighth and sixty-third. Knox asserts there are about thirteen tra-

cheal rings deficient, and that it commences at the fifty-second.

Fremery’s observation agrees more nearly with mine, as he notices

its occurrence between the fifty-third and sixty-second rings. Wede-

meyer gives 23 inches as the length of the opening.

As shown in fig. 1, on the right side there are six cartilaginous

rings which do not meet, but on the left side only five; this is oc-

casioned by the lowermost or fifth ring of the right side bifurcating

as it approaches the open interspace. In the first male bird exa-

mined by me, in a similar manner, there were seven rings on the

right side and six on the left. The photograph exhibited demon-

strated this peculiarity.

The edges of the opening are not perfectly straight, but wavy, from

the ring-cartilages projecting further than their fibrous interspaces.

The edge of the rings beneath and above the opening forming the

superior and inferior boundary of the vacuity are slightly emargi-

nated. Between the second and third upper cartilages of the fissure

on either side is a small fibrous band-like duplication of the wall of

the sac, which stretches outwards and upwards, and seems to bind or

form a stay and partial septum to the otherwise yielding wall of the

sac (fig. 1, f. 6.).

* Anat. of Vertebrates, 1866, vol. ii. p. 110.

410 DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. [Apr. 11,

If the sac were distended, these, from their position, would natu-

rally pull outwards, and thus retain the orifice of the tracheal rings

in an open state. The trachea itself, no doubt, is kept tense or re-

laxed according to the degree of contraction exerted by the sterno-

tracheal muscles (fig. 2, S. ¢. m'.).

The width of the trachea itself is about 27 inches; and it has a

rather flattened or low arched curve from side to side.

In proceeding to note the differences exhibited in the young male

I may say that this bird appeared as if little more than a third of

the size of the adult female; but its exact age was not known. In

this instance I managed to inflate the sac and raise the tissues from

above it, so that the front and distended view was perfect. This is

shown in the woodcut (fig. 2), where its diminutive size, as com-

pared with the older female, is very marked.

In the first place its shape was decidedly oval, and it barely reached

the borders of the trachea when fully blown out. Its greatest length

then was 1°3 inch, and its greatest diameter 1*1 inch. During in-

flation the rings composing the borders of the opening rose up and

became stretched outwards, giving an oval contour to the slit itself.

There were five rings on either side of the opening, and above this

fifty-eight rings, four rings lower therefore than in the adult female.

The walls of the sac in the young bird under consideration were very

thin and transparent, and seemed almost.a continuation of the areolar

tissue covering the trachea, but more directly springing from the

cartilaginous edges of the longitudinal slit. When uninflated the

sac could not be distinguished from the tissues of the trachea, and

the slit in the windpipe shone distinctly through. The distance be-

tween the upper larynx and the anterior end of the opening was

15 inches. The opening itself was 1*1 inch long and 0°2 broad,

and from its lower end to the sternum 3 inches.

This observation goes to prove that in the young Emu the tra-

cheal sac is insignificant in proportion compared with the size that

it afterwards attains. Its parietes then are also of extreme tenuity,

and do not show any trace of vascularity. Moreover the differences

existing in the two specimens here described, as also in the two birds

examined by Fremery and Knox, are evidence of the opening occur-

ring at no regular fixed ring, counting from above, the limits being

in these cases between the fifty-second and fifty-eighth rings.

Lastly, it exists both in the male and female sex, as found by

Fremery and myself. But Fremery has not noted whether the males

or females have the largest sacs, and my own observations do not

permit me to state positively regarding this point. In the adult male

the tracheal opening was certainly as large as in the female ; but, not

being aware of the nature of the sac before the parts were cut

through, I did not make sure of this point. It certainly was very

much smaller in the young male bird; but imperfect development

must be taken into account.

Function.—I have so far explained the appearances and differ-

ences in the stages of development of this remarkable appendage in

the young and adult Emu. When, however, the function which it

1867.] | DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. 4]1

performs in the animal’s economy is inquired into, greater difficulty

is found in satisfactorily demonstrating its definite nature and use

than in merely describing its structure.

Fremery, the original discoverer, supposed the tracheal opening

to be in some way connected with the well-developed thoracic air-

saes in this bird, and so to subserve the respiration and sanguifica-

tion of the blood while running at a high speed.

Portion of thorax and neck of young g¢ Emu partially dissected, and with the ribs

on the left side thrust outwards from the sternum (SS) to show the insertion

of the sterno-tracheal muscle (S. ¢.m. S.t.m’.). T.p. Tracheal pouch.

* points to the dotted line indicating the tracheal aperture. S. Sternum.

S.t.m. S.t.m’. Sterno-tracheal muscles (on the left side the pointer only

reaches the thoracic vein instead of the muscle lying beyond). C.a. Carotid

artery. C.v. Carotid vein. g. Gland. P/.m. Platysma myoides. Pn.s.

Pneumatic sac. CZ. Cl’. Clavicles. W.W’. Wings, cut short. H.s, Hyo-

sternal process (Geoff.) (costal process of some writers). Lz. Liver.

Dr. Knox has very oddly suggested the use of the sac as a swim-

ming-bladder. Alluding to the occasional sudden inundations of the

Australian plains and the termination of the rivers in marshes in that

country, he says :—‘‘ The Emu, forced to seek his food amidst these

fens, may, when obliged to have recourse to swimming (which must

often be the case), fill the muscular bag of the trachea with air, and

thus convert it into a swimming-bladder.”’

He further remarks it may be useful in running; for “by its

means and the precaution of shutting the glottis the bird will be

enabled to cause the air of one inspiration to pass and repass the

412 DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. [Apr. 1],

lungs, without being necessitated to allow it to escape, in order to

perform the act of inspiration” (ibid. pp. 136-139).

Wedemeyer was inclined to regard it as an air-reservoir for oxy-

genizing the blood, as did Fremery.

Meckel, in summing up the opinions of these authors, gives his

own to this effect :—That it has no connexion with the voice, that

more probably it facilitates running, and that in exceptional cir-

cumstances it may functionally answer as a swimming-bladder.

Dr. Macartney advances the idea that ‘‘ the peculiar sound be-

longing to the New Holland Ostrich is entirely occasioned by the

reverberation or resonance produced in the membranous bag con-

nected with the front of the trachea,” giving analogous instances in

the bird, horse, howling-baboon, and bull-frog.

Professor Owen, as already mentioned, at least considers there is

an existing relation between the sac and the sound. Dr. George

Bennett* states, “‘ the only sound emitted by the Emeu is a sort of

hollow booming note. It is considered to be produced in the female

by means of the expansion and contraction of a large membranous bag

surrounding an oblong opening through the rings of the trachea.”

Mr. Bartlett, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens, has made

many observations on the voices and habits of the Struthious Birds

living in the Society’s Menagerie.

On discussing the mooted question of the use of the sac with him,

he supplies me with the following information :—“I have no reason

to believe the sac and opening in the trachea in the Emu have any-

thing whatever to do with swimming, breathing, or running, but I

consider them as constituting simply the organ of sound employed

by both male and female during the breeding-season. Probably at

other times the sound produced by the female is louder and of a

more regular drumming kind than in the male bird, also the lower

part of the neck is inflated to a much greater extent in the female

than in the male during the time these sounds are emitted. I am,

moreover, unable to say whether the cavity is larger in the female

than in the male.”

In offering my own opinion upon the supposed function of this

very remarkable tracheal appendage, unknown in any other species

of bird, I must confess myself very undecided concerning its adap-

tation to one special use. Placing the opinions of the several au-

thorities in a tabular form they may be stated as follows :—

Ist. Respiratory purposes (oxygenation of the blood).

2nd. As a swimming-bladder.

3rd. As an air-reservoir in running.

Ath. For simple vocal resonance.

5th. Sexual organ of sound during the breeding-season.

With respect to the first of these assigned functions, this may be

looked at in a twofold view. The sac may either be regarded as a

membranous expanse, the vascularity of which permits it to deoxy-

genize the inspired air, as does the lung; or it may merely supply

the place of an air-reservoir to the lungs themselves. The first of

* Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australia (London, 1860), p. 219.

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. 413

these two considerations involves the idea of the sac’s possessing a

structure analogous to those found in the respiratory surfaces gene-

rally. But so far as tissue is taken into account, its examination, by

former observers as well as myself, does not show its texture to be

sufficiently rich in vascular network to perform the function of

aérification, at least such aérification as might be supposed to be

required in a warm-blooded vertebrate.

No doubt this tracheal pouch might correspond to the thoracic

and other pneumatic cavities which are present in this as in many

other birds, these, as some maintain (an opinion I am inclined to

adopt), subserving the purposes of respiration rather than that of

buoyancy in flight, which formerly was considered their function.

But as the act of filling the tracheal sac, unlike the other pneumatic

chambers, involves unusual and highly increased muscular efforts,

and as the sac does not, so far as has been observed in the living

bird, retain regularly or dilate synchronously with ordinary respi-

ration, it would follow that, in a mere occasional dilatation, so little

advantage would accrue that one can hardly believe it possible that

the physiological changes would be of the same nature as those

occurring in the bone-cavities &e.

Concerning the second use, namely, as a swimming-bladder, the

reasoning seems far-fetched. It is true that the Emu alone of all

the struthious birds is known to take readily to the water; but the

amount of buoyancy which such an air-sac would confer hardly

seems equal to the occasion. If the bird depended on such an appa-

ratus alone, muscular effort on its own part would far outbalance

such a structure; and, moreover, in swimming-birds generally no

such appliance is required, they remaining floating about for a long

period, while the Emu, at most, would, in the event of crossing a

swollen current, dash right through the watery element.

In considering the third suggested use, for running-purposes, if

we found its presence in all the species of Struthionide, or such a

structure in other animals noted for their speed of foot, we might

the more readily believe it a necessity and adjunct to fleetness of

progression. But this tracheal pouch, be it remembered, is strictly

confined to Dromeus nove-hollandia, and is found in no other spe-

cies of the group, and, as I shall hereafter show, it occurs in a well-

developed manner in slow-moving Reptilians, invalidating the idea

of its being an accessory to celerity of motion. Besides the pheno-

menon of inflation has not been observed to take place in rapid

movement, but rather at quieter times and at the will of the bird.

As for the fourth use, simple vocal resonance, this indeed may be

augmented by the chamber in question; but that it represents a

special organ of voice is, to say the least of it, doubtful. The com-

parison between the tracheal enlargement of Ducks and this sac

does not strengthen the argument, as it is remarkable that the females

of such birds often have the loudest voice, though no tracheal en-

largement is present ; whereas its presence in the males is not neces-

sarily conjoined with voluminous vocal powers.

Regarding the fifth assigned use, the sexual organ of sound during

414 DR. J. MURIE ON THE EMU. [Apr. 11;

the breeding-season, this seems a more reasonable one, inasmuch as

there are many instances of appearances and habits being temporarily

assumed in birds during the breeding-time—e. g. the wattles of the

Tragopan, and gular pouch of the Bustard &c. It agrees also with

the fact that inflation of the sac is more often noticed then, and the

peculiar drumming-noise is very frequent under sexual excitement.

The phenomena accompanying distention of this tracheal pouch

in the birds in the Society’s Gardens, as I have observed them, are

as follows:—The head and the neck are slightly raised, the latter

somewhat bent; then there appears a swelling in the lower part of

the neck, and the bird with partly opened mouth gives utterance to

a series of grunting-like sonnds, during which there is observable a

tremulous-like motion in the distended lower part of the neck, while

a certain compressed state of the glottis appears to take place. The

physiological action seems to be first a deep inspiration, followed by

expiration of a forced kind with total or partial closure of the glottis,

the tracheal pouch then fills, the aperture is more or less dilated,

and as the glottis is temporarily and successively relaxed the air

rushes from the lungs towards the open mouth, and, passing the

orifice of the sac in jets, gives rise to the peculiar hollow metallic

sounds, as does air when blown over the open bunghole of a cask.

When an organ or appendage admits of so many ingenious sup-

positions as to its function as have been assigned to the one here

treated of, it is not surprising that the precise one should remain

uncertainly known. Interpreting the nature of the tracheal pouch

from structure and position, as well as the mode and times of its

being called into action, with the fact that the sac increases from

the young to the adult stage, and that its maximum of size and ap-

parent use correspond with the period of the procreative faculty, the

tollowing seems to be its use :—that it serves as an organ of sound

employed by the bird under the phenomena incident to the passion

of lust, and hence is more powerfully brought into play durig the

breeding-season.

Homology.—It is not my intention in the present communication

to enter largely into the homology of this tracheal sac. Its wider

relations in a homological sense evidently possess as much of inter-

est as does the more limited study of its ceconomical function in the

Emu. I shall therefore only advert to the probable direction in

which its homology is to be studied, by referring to a note by the

French translators of Meckel’s ‘ Vergleichende Anatomie,’ ‘‘Ce sac

peut étre comparé aux sacs laryngiens des sauriens, a raison de l’in-

fluence qu’exerce la volonté de l’animal sur la distention de cette

poche par lair’ *. Among Reptilians, however, the Chameleon, as

is well known, possesses a dilatable tracheal sac, in many respects

closely resembling that existing in the Emu. In a specimen of this

animal which [ examined this pouch was of considerable size, and in

its textural structure quite like that of the Emu. Instead, however,

of being simple and ovoid or globular when distended, as in the

Emu, it was pyriform, and with a partially constricted sacculus at

* Hdition alieady cited, tome x. p. 400.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 415

its free or distal extremity. The communicating aperture also was

roundish, and placed high up in the trachea, close to the larynx, not

slitlike or so low down as in the Emu. It is also worth while here

to note that in the dead Chameleon the tracheal sac was with diffi-

culty dilated from the mouth, but pressure on the thorax (repre-

senting forced expiration) distended it with ease, a fact corroborative

of its mode of action in the living Emu.

With these homological remarks I have said enough to show that

the accessory tracheal pouch in the Emu bears out the Reptilian affi-

nities of the Struthionide which Huxley * and Parker+ more clearly

bring out from observations on their osteological development.

4. On the Classification of Birds; and on the Taxonomic

Value of the Modifications of certain of the Cranial

Bones observable im that Class. By Tuomas H. Huxzzy,

HRS. VPLS:

The members of the class Aves so nearly approach the Repriura

in all the essential and fundamental points of their structure, that

the phrase “ Birds are greatly modified Reptiles’? would hardly be

an exaggerated expression of the closeness of that resemblance.

In perfect strictness, no doubt, it is true that Birds are no more

modified Reptiles than Reptiles are modified Birds, the reptilian

and the ornithic types being both, in reality, somewhat different

superstructures raised upon one and the same ground-plan; but it

is also true that some Reptiles deviate so very much less from that

ground-plan than any Bird does, that they might be taken to repre-

sent that which is common to both classes, without any serious error.

A Lizard is not very far from being the centre of the circle, the

periphery of which is occupied by Chelonia, Ichthyosauria, Plesio-

sauria, Pterosauria, and Aves.

That the association of Birds with Reptiles into one primary

group of the Vertebrata, the Sauropsrpa, which I have proposed

elsewhere, is not a mere fancy, but that the necessity of such a step

is as plain and demonstrable as any position in taxonomy can be,

appears to me to be proved by an enumeration of the principal points

in which Aves and Reptilia agree with one another and differ from

Mammalia.

1. They are devoid of hair.

2. The centra of their vertebrae have no epiphyses.

3. Their skulls have single occipital condyles.

4. The prootic bone either remains distinct throughout life, or

unites with the epiotic and opisthotic after these have become anchy-

losed with the supraoccipital and exoccipital.

5. The ineus and malleus are not subservient to the function of

hearing as ossicula auditus.

* Elements of Comp. Anat. 1864, i. (and unpublished Hunterian Lectures, 1867).

f Philosophical Transactions, 1866, pp. 113-183.

416 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

6. The mandible is connected with the skull by the intermediation

of a quadrate bone (which represents the incus of Mammalia).

7. Each ramus of the mandible is composed of a number of sepa-

rate ossifications, which may amount to as many as six in all. (Of

these the articulare represents the malleus of Mammalia).

8. The apparent “aukle-joint”’ is situated not between the tibia

and the astragalus as in the Mammalia, but between the proximal

and the distal divisions of the ¢arsus*.

9. The brain is devoid of any corpus callosum.

10. The heart is usually provided with two aortic arches ; if only

one remains, it is the right.

11. The red blood-corpuscles are oval and nucleated.

12. The cavities of the thorax and abdomen are never separated

by a complete diaphragm.

13. The allantois, which is highly vascular, is very large, and en-

yelopes the embryo; but no villi for placental connexion with the

parent are developed upon it.

14. There are no mammary glands.

I attach less weight to the first of these characters than to the

rest, since the simpler kinds of feathers very closely approach hair

in structure and development; but the other thirteen are, for the

most part, of extreme importance, and define Birds and Reptiles, as

a whole, very sharply from Mammals.

Closely as Birds approach Reptiles, however, and small as the

divergence of the ornithic type from the reptilian appears to be, in

view of the great divergences of Reptiles from one another, there are

still a number of characters common to Birds which are absent in

all recent Reptilia, and, so far as our knowledge goes, in extinct

Reptiles—though it must be carefully borne in mind that our infor-

mation respecting the latter is limited to an acquaintance with their

osteology. Thus—

1. Birds possess epidermal appendages developed in sacs of the

dermis, and having the structure of feathers.

2. More or fewer of the anterior vertebrae have centra with cylin-

droidal articular surfaces+.

3. Although all birds possess a remarkably large sacrum, the

vertebrae, through the intervertebral foramina of which the roots of

the sacral plexus (and, consequently, of the great sciatic nerve) pass,

are not provided with expanded ribs abutting against the ilium ex-

ternally, and against the bodies of these vertebree by their inner ends.

In recent Reptiles, possessing well-developed hind limbs, the in-

tervertebral foramina through which the roots of the sciatic nerve

* See Gegenbaur, ‘Archiv fiir Anatomie’ (1863), and ‘ Untersuchungen zur

vergleichenden Anatomie’ (1864).

+ Archeopteryx way possibly prove an exception to this rule. When certain

of the vertebree of Birds (as in the Penguins, Larus fuscus, and others) have

centra with spheroidal articular surfaces, the anterior faces of the centra are con-

vex and the posterior concave, which is the rarest case among the Reptilia. The

proceelous form of vertebra, so common among the Reptilia, has not been observed

in the cervical or dorsal regions of the spine of Birds.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 417

pass* are wholly, or in part, bounded by vertebra provided with

thick and expanded ribs; and these ribs are connected, more or less

extensively, on the one hand, with the bodies of these vertebra, and

on the other with the iliac bones. The vertebrae in question, of

which there are ordinarily two, constitute the sacrum. In Birds the

arches of the vertebree which correspond with these in their rela-

tion to the nerves (and therefore must also be termed “sacral”’) give

off comparatively slender transverse processes, which seem to answer

to those which unite with the tubercles of the ribs in the dorsal

region; and it is by these transverse processes only that they are

connected with the ilia.

4. The broad and expanded part of the sternum, which imme-

diately follows the coracoidal articular surfaces, receives all the

sternal ribs. In all recent Reptilia which possess sternal ribs, some

of the latter articulate with narrow prolongations, which extend

back from the posterior angle of the expanded rhomboidal sternal

plate. The sternum in Birds ossifies in a manner which has not

been observed in any Reptile.

6. The ischia never unite in a median ventral symphysis; and

both pubes and ischia are directed backwards, approximately parallel

with one another and with the spinal column.

7. The proximal constituent of the tarsus is anchylosed with the

tibia into one tibio-tarsal bone}; the distal element of the tarsus

similarly unites with the second, third, and fourth metatarsal bones,

and gives rise to the tarso-metatarsal bone. The metatarsal of the

hallux is shorter than the others, and does not reach the tarsus.

Unless, as Gegenbaur has rendered probable, the hind limb of the

extinct reptile Compsognathus was similarly modified, these cha-

racters are diagnostic of birds. In any case they are highly charac-

teristic of them.

8. Birds have hot blood, a muscular valve in the right ventricle,

a single aortic arch, and remarkably modified respiratory organs ;

but it is, to say the least, highly probable that the Pterosauria, if

not the Dinosauria, shared some of these characters with them. The

amount of work involved in sustaining a Pterodactyle in the air would

seem, physiologically, to necessitate proportional oxidation and evo-

lution of waste products in the form of carbonic acid. If so, a pro-

portional quantity of heat must have been evolved, and there must

have been a ready means of eliminating the carbonic acid from the

blood. We know of no such means, except those which are afforded

by highly developed circulatory and respiratory organs; and there-

fore it is highly probable that the Pterodactyles had more perfect

* The sciatic nerve of the Crocodile is formed, for the most part, by a root

which leaves the spinal canal by the intervertebral foramen, interposed between

the two sacral vertebra, and which passes between the two expanded sacral ribs.

It receives a large accessory branch from the preceding, and a smaller from the suc-

ceeding, spinal nerve. In Gecko verus the root of the sciatic nerve, which passes

out between the two sacral vertebri, is smaller than that which lies in front of

it, between the anterior sacral and the last Jumbar vertebra.

7 See Gegenbaur, /. c.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXVII.

418 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

organs of this kind than their congeners, accompanied by the cor-

relative hot blood.

But since we know that the organs of respiration and circulation of

a Bat are very different from those of a Bird, it is quite possible that

those of a Pterodactyle may have been different, in detail, from either.

Having thus arrived at the conclusion that the class Aves, while

well enough defined from all existing Reptiles, is nevertheless far

more closely connected with the class Reptilia than with any other,

I proceed to inquire how Birds may be subdivided into orders, sub-

orders, and families, by characters equalling, or at any rate approach-

ing, in definiteness those which mark out the corresponding groups

among Mammals and Reptiles.

I propose to divide the class Aves into three orders: the Sav-

RURA, the Ratita#, and the CARINATA.

I. The Saurur#® (Haeckel) are represented by the solitary fossil

Archeopteryx, which seems to have been distinguished from all other

birds by the following characters :—

1. The metacarpal bones are well developed, and are not anchy-

losed together.

2. The caudal vertebrze are both numerous and large, so that the

caudal region of the spine is longer than the body, whereas in all

other birds it is shorter than the body.

The furculum is complete and strong, and the foot extremely pas-

serine in appearance. The forms of the skull and of the sternum

are unknown *.

II. The Ratrr# (Merrem), or the Struthious Birds, differ from

all others in the combination of the following peculiarities :—

1. The sternum is devoid of a crest, and ossifies only from lateral

and paired centres.

2. The long axes of the adjacent parts of the scapula and coracoid

are parallel or identical+. The scapula has no acromial process, nor

has the coracoid any clavicular process; at most there are incon-

spicuous tubercles representing these processes.

3. The posterior ends of the palatines and the anterior ends of

the pterygoids are very imperfectly, or not at all, articulated with

the basisphenoidal rostrum, being usually separated from it, and

supported, by the broad, cleft, hinder end of the vomer.

4, Strong “ basipterygoid’’ processes, arisg from the body of

the basisphenoid and not from the rostrum, articulate with facets

which are situated nearer the posterior than the anterior ends of the

inner edges of the pterygoid bones.

5. The upper, or proximal, articular head of the quadrate bone is

not divided into two distinct facets.

* The ‘‘retention of two unguiculate digits on the radial side of the metacarpo-

phalangeal bones modified for the attachment of the primary quill-feathers ”

(Philosophical Transactions, 1863, p. 46) is no distinctive character of drcheo-

pteryx, both Struthio and Rhea presenting ‘“ two unguiculate digits ” in the manus.

t+ My friend Professor Newton informs me he had already drawn attention to

this important point in his Lectures delivered at Cambridge last autumn.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS, 419

6. The barbs of the feathers are disconnected.

7. There is no inferior larynx, and the diaphragm is better deve-

loped than in other birds.

Though comparatively but few genera and species of this order

now exist, they differ from one another very considerably, and have a

wide distribution, from Africa and Arabia over many of the islands

of Malaisia and Polynesia to Australia and South America. Hence,

in all probability, the existing Ratite are but the waifs and strays

of what was once a very large and important group.

The Afro-Arabian genus Struthio is the type of one group of

this order, characterized by :—

1. The prolongation of the maxillary processes of the palatine

bones forwards, jeneats the maxillo-palatines*, as in most birds.

2. The thickening of the inner edges of the maxillo-palatines, and

their articulation with facets upon the sides of the vomer.

3. The shortness of the vomer, which does not articulate with

either palatines or pterygoids posteriorly.

4. The slight, or wanting, ossification of the prefrontal processes

of the primordial cranium.

5. The union of the bodies of the sacral vertebree with the ante-

rior ends of the pubes and ischia.

6. The presence of two shallow notches, on each side, in the

posterior margin of the sternum.

fane proportions of the fore limb. The humerus is about equal

in length to the distance between the pectoral arch and the ilium,

and is therefore much longer than the scapula. The antebrachium

is not half as long as the humerus. The manus possesses the ordi-

nary three digits ; and two of these, the radial and the middle, are

provided with claws.

8. The union of the pubes in a symphysis.

9. The abortion not only of the hallux, but also of the distal end

of the metatarsal bone and of the phalanges of the second digit of the

foot, whence the foot is two-toed.

10. The presence of thirty-five precaudal{ vertebre.

11. The feathers being devoid of aftershafts.

* By the term ‘“‘ mawiilo-palatines”’ I designate those processes of the maxil-

lary bones which extend, more or less horizontally, inwards and contribute to the

formation of the roof of the mouth and the anterior and inferior walls of the

nasal chambers. Nitzsch called them ‘‘ Muscheltheile.”” Mr. Parker has included

them, with the maxille of which they form a part, under the head of prevomers.

I conceive these maxillo-palatine processes to answer to the palatine processes

of the maxillary bones in the Mammalia.

+ This interesting fact was first noted by Nitzsch (‘ Osteografische Beitrage,’

p- 91), but has since been forgotten.

{ 1 regard as ‘‘ caudal” all those vertebr of the bird’s complex “ sacrum”

which lie behind the exit of the roots of the sacral plexus. The foremost of these

caudal vertebre are readily distinguished from the proper sacral vertebra, which

immediately precede them, by possessing inferior transverse processes, or, more

strictly speaking, anchylosed ribs, which, like fiying buttresses, pass from the

bodies of the vertebrae upwards and outwards to the roof of the “sacrum’”’ at its

junction with the ium.

420 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

Mig.

Under view of the skull of Struthio camelus. From a specimen in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons.

Pix, The premaxille. 2. The sphenoidal rostrum. Vo. The vomer. 7. The

palatine bone. Map. The maxillo-palatine plate of the maxillary. P¢. The

pterygoid.

A second group is represented by the South American genus Rhea,

in which—

1. The maxillary processes of the palatines are short, and unite

with the inner and posterior edges of the maxillo-palatines.

2. The maxillo-palatines are thin, fenestrated plates, which do not

articulate with facets on the edges of the vomer.

3. The vomer is as long as it usually is in birds, and articulates

behind with the palatine and pterygoid bones.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 421

4. The prefrontal processes are little ossified.

5. The bodies of the proper sacral vertebrae do uot unite with the

pubes or ischia; and the centra of the sacral vertebrae, which ossify

late, are extremely, elongated and slender.

6. The short sternum narrows posteriorly, and presents a notch in

the middle of its posterior edge.

7. The length of the humerus exceeds the distance between the

shoulder-girdle and the ilium, and is of course greatly longer than

the scapula. The manus has the same conformation as that of

Struthio.

Fig. 2.

Under view of the skull of Rhea americana.

Pmx. The premaxille. R&. The rostrum. Map. The maxillo-palatine. Vo. The

vomer. Pl. The palatine. P¢. The pterygoid. + The basipterygoid pro-

cess of the sphenoid.

422 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

8. The pubes are free ; but the ischia unite beneath the urosacral *

vertebra.

9. The hallux is absent ; but the second, third, and fourth digits

are complete.

10. There are only thirty-two precaudal vertebree.

11. The feathers are devoid of an aftershaft.

The Malayo-Australian genera Caswarius and Dromeus are mem-

bers of a third group, which may be defined as follows :—

1. The maxillary processes of the palatines are short, as in Rhea.

Fig. 3.

oo C

Nui

Under view of the skull of Dromeus nove-hollandig. From a specimen in the

Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters have the same signification as in the preceding figures.

5 5

* T term “‘urosacral’”’ those caudal vertebrae which unite with one another and

with antecedent vertebre to form the “sacrum ”’ of a bird.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 423

2. The maxillo-palatines are flat, imperforate plates, which unite

solidly with the preemaxille and the vomer.

3. The vomer is long, and articulates behind with the palatine

and pterygoid bones.

4. The prefrontal processes are large and well ossified.

5. The bodies of the proper sacral vertebrae do not unite with the

pubes or ischia ; and the bodies of the urosacral vertebrae are very

large, thick, and well ossified.

6. The sternum is long and escutcheon-shaped, at first widening

and then coming to a point behind.

7. The humerus is not nearly half so long as the distance between

the pectoral arch and the ilium, and is much shorter than the sca-

pula. The antebrachium -is not more than half as long as the hu-

merus. Only one digit, the median, is complete and bears a claw.

8. Neither the pubes nor the ischia unite in the middle line of

the body.

9. The hallux is absent, but the other digits are complete.

10. There are thirty-five precaudal vertebra.

11. The feathers have aftershafts as long as the principal shafts.

The extinct Dinornis of New Zealand differs from the other Ra-

titze, and thus represents a fourth group, in exhibiting :-—

1. A skull with high arched beak and projecting occipital con-

dyle.

Flat, imperforate maxillo-palatine plates, which unite solidly

with the preemaxilleze and probably with the vomer, as in Dromeus.

3. A Dromeine pelvis.

4. A broad sternum with two posterior notches.

5. A very rudimentary pectoral arch, which appears to have pos-

sessed no glenoidal cavity for the articulation of the humerus.

6. Three toes, the hallux being absent.

7. The feathers have an aftershaft*.

Lastly, the remarkable hving New Zealand genus Apteryz repre-

sents a fifth division, having :—

1. The palatines short and broad, and uniting by an oblique suture

with the expanded maxillo-palatines, which are flat, imperforate

plates uniting with the premaxillaries and the vomer.

2. The vomer long and uniting with the palatines and pterygoids

posteriorly.

3. The prefrontal processes very large and spongy.

4. The bodies of the proper sacral vertebrze not united with the

ischia or pubes; the urosacrals large and well ossified.

5. The sternum broad and with two posterior excavations.

6. The humerus longer than the scapula, and extending for about

half the distance between the pectoral arch and the ilium. The

antebrachium about half the length of the humerus, and the manus

possessing but one claw.

7. Neither the pubes nor the ischia united in the middle line of

* See Dallas, Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1865.

424 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

the body; nor are the pubis and the ischium of the same side united

by bone.

8. The hallux present, as well as the other three digits of the foot.

9. Only thirty-two precaudal vertebree.

10. The feathers without any aftershaft.

It will be observed that in each of these families of the Ratite a

particular form and arrangement of the bones of the palate accom-

pany the other distinctive characters.

Under view of the skull of Apterye australis. From a specimen in the Musewm

of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters as before.

III. The order Cantnat (Merrem) embraces all existing birds,

except the Ratitee. They have the following characters in com-

mon :—

. The sternum possesses a keel, and ossifies from a median centre

in aN keel, as weil as from lateral paired centres*.

* The sternum is thus ossified in all the Carinate which have yet been exa-

mined. The only apparent exception to the presence of a keel is the singular

genus Sfrigops. A knowledge of the ossification of the sternum of this bird is

greatly to be desired.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 425

2. The long axes of the adjacent parts of the scapula and coracoid

make an acute or a slightly obtuse angle, and are never, even ap-

proximately, identical or parallel*. The scapula always has a di-

stinct acromion and the coracoid a clavicular process.

3. The vomer is comparatively small, and allows the pterygoids

and palatines to articulate directly with the basisphenoidal rostrum.

In this order the bones which enter into the formation of the

palate are disposed in four different modes, which may be called re-

spectively the Dromeognathous, Schizognathous, Desmognathous,

and Aigithognathous arrangement.

I. The Dromeognathous Birds are represented by the single genus

Tinamus, which (as Mr. Parker has shown{) has a completely pais

Fig. 5.

Under view of the skull of Tinamus robustus. From a specimen belonging to

W. K. Parker, Esq., F.R.S.

The letters as before, except * the prefrontal, and + the basipterygoid, process.

thious palate. In fact the vomer is very broad, and in front unites

with the broad maxillo-palatine plates, as in Dromeus ; while behind

* The only genera in which, so far as I know, this angle is somewhat greater

than a right angle are Ocydromus and Didus.

t+ Tinamus perhaps affords an exception to this character.

t “On the Osteology of the Gallinaceous Birds and Tinamous”’ (Transactions

of the Zoological Society, vol. v., 1864). Sundevall, however, had already said of

Tinamus, Rhynchotus, and Crypturus, ‘ Struthiones parvos reférunt.”

426 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

it receives the posterior extremities of the palatines and the anterior

ends of the pterygoid bones, which thus are prevented, as in the

Ratitee, from entering into any extensive articulation with the basi-

sphenoidal rostrum.

The basipterygoid processes spring from the body of the sphenoid,

not from its rostrum, and they articulate with the pterygoids very near

the distal, or outer, ends of the latter bones. The head of the quad-

rate bone is single, as in the Struthious birds (Parker, J. c.).

But the sternum of Tinamus has a great crest, and the coracoid

and scapule have the arrangement and structure usual in the Cari-

nate. And though the ischium is not united with the ilium by

bone behind the acetabulum, so that the sciatic notch is not con-

verted into a foramen by bone, this character is not universal

among the Ratite, and, in Tinamus, a fibrous or cartilaginous bridge

does connect the two bones.

Though the most Struthious of all Carinate birds, then, Tinamus

cannot, I think, be removed from the order of the Carinate.

II. In the large assemblage of birds belonging to the Cuvierian

orders Gallinze, Grallee, and Natatores, which may be termed Schi-

zognathous, the vomer, sometimes large and sometimes very small,

always tapers to a point anteriorly ; while posteriorly it embraces

the basisphenoidal rostrum, between the palatines. But the latter

bones and the pterygoids are directly articulated with one another

and with the basisphenoidal rostrum, and are not borne by the di-

vergent posterior ends of the vomer.

The maxillo-palatines are usually elongated and lamellar; they pass

inwards over the anterior processes of the palatine bones, with which

they become united, and then bending backwards, along the inner

edge of the palatines, leave a broader or a narrower fissure between

themselves and the vomer, and do not unite with it or with one

another.

This Schizognathous arrangement of the palatine bones is ex-

tremely well displayed by the Plover, as the accompanying figure of

the parts in Charadrius pluvialis shows.

The palatine bone (fig. 6, Pl) presents an expanded part, which

may be called its “ dody,” the inner and outer edges of which are

produced into internal and external ‘‘lamine,”’ separated by a lon-

gitudinal groove or depression. In this bird the outer lamina de-

scends much further than the inner. The free edge of the outer

lamina joins the posterior margin nearly at a right angle, and thus

gives rise to the ‘‘postero-external angle.” The postero-internal

angle of the body of the bone is produced into a ‘‘ pterygoid pro-

cess,” which articulates with the pterygoid posteriorly, and with the

basisphenoidal rostrum internally. Superiorly the body of the pala-

tine bone passes into what may be termed its “ ascending process,”

which bends round so as to form the posterior boundary of the nasal

passage, and ends, on the inner side of that passage, in a slender pro-

longation which passes forwards and applies itself to one of the forks

of the vomer (fig. 8, Yo).

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 427

Fig. 6.

The inferior face of the skull, and a lateral view of the outer side of the right

ramus of the mandible, of Charadrius pluvialis; of the size of nature.

Pmx. The premaxilla. Mx. The maxilla. Map. Its maxillo-palatine process.

Pi. The palatine bone. P¢. The pterygoid bone. Qu. The quadrate bone.

x The basipterygoid process.

Pith.

A side view of the fore part of the skull of Charadrius pluvialis, enlarged.

Pmx, Mx, Mxp, Pl, as before. Na. The nasal bone. Fr. The frontal. Eth.

The ethmoid. JZ. The lachrymal. * The ossified prefrontal process of the

ethmoidal cartilage, which separates the orbital from the nasal chamber.

Anteriorly the body of the palatine gradually narrows into its “an-

terior” or “ mawillary process,” the origin of which is coincident with

the abrupt termination of the inner lamina. The slender anterior

428 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

Fig. 8.

Ga :

Under view of part of a skull of Charadrius pluvialis, partially dissected and

enlarged. The letters as before, except 22, the basisphenoidal rostrum. The

left palatine bone is removed, so as to expose the whole under face of the

maxillo-palatine and prefrontal processes, and the left half of the hinder

split moiety of the vomers.

extremity of this process coalesces with the maxillary and premax-

illary bones of its own side. The vomer is deeply cleft behind, and

embraces the sphenoidal rostrum by its two slender forks (fig. 8).

In front it becomes flattened and slightly decurved (fig. 7), ending

in a point opposite the level of the union of the palatines with the

maxillaries and premaxillaries. Immediately behind the place at

which the maxilla (Mz) gives off its ascending process to join the

external descending process of the nasal (Va), it sends a slender

stem of bone inwards ; and this almost immediately expands into the

oval, scroll-like, maxillo-palatine plate (Map), the convex face of

which looks upwards and inwards, while its concave face looks down-

wards and outwards. The maxillo-palatine has an abruptly truncated

posterior free edge, while in front it tapers off and becomes united

with the upper surface of the maxillary process of the -palatine

(fig. 8). In the middle line, its rolled edge, which lies on the inner

side of the maxillary process, comes very near that of its fellow; but

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 429

it- remains perfectly distinct from the other maxillo-palatine and

from the vomer. The plate is perforated by four holes, between

which a sort of St. Andrew’s cross of bone is left (fig. 8).

It follows from this description that, in the dry skull of the Plover,

the blade of a thin knife can be passed, without meeting with any

bony obstacle, from the posterior nares alongside the vomer to the

end of the beak.

On each side of its commencement the basisphenoidal rostrum

presents a small elevation, terminated by a flat oval facet (fig. 6, x),

which represents the basipterygoid process of the Ratite. A cor-

responding facet on the inner edge of the pterygoid bone, nearer its

anterior than its posterior end, articulates with this (fig. 6).

~The angle of the mandible is elongated into a slender process,

which bends abruptly upwards, and is frequently broken off (fig. 6).

The Pluvialine form and arrangement of the maxillary, palatine,

and pterygoid bones just described are substantially repeated in the

following Pressirostres and Longirostres of Cuvier :—Charadrius,

(Edicnemus, Vanellus, Hematopus, Cursorius, Scolopax, Numenius,

Under view of the skull of Grus pavonia. From a specimen in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters as before.

430 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

Rhynchea, Limosa, Tringa, Machetes, Phalaropus, Strepsilas, To-

tanus, Himantopus.

The Cranes almost always lack basipterygoid processes and the

corresponding facets upon the pterygoids, the only exception I have

met with being Grus antigone. The Rails are always devoid of

basipterygoid processes. In other points the palates of these birds,

of Eurypyga, of the Kagu, of Psophia, and of Otis are similar to

that of the Plover. The angle of the mandible, however, is obliquely

truncated, and not produced into an upwardly curved process.

In the Gulls, the Divers, the Grebes, the Auks, and the Penguins,

the bones which form the roof of the mouth have the same general

arrangement and form as in the Plovers. But they are devoid of

basipterygoid processes; and in the Penguins the pterygoids be-

come much flattened from above downwards.

Fig. 10.

Pre

Alca torda. Larus rissa.

Views of the inferior aspect of the skull in <Alca torda (fig. 10) and Larus rissa

(fig. 11), of the size of nature. The letters have the same signification as in

the figures of Charadrius, a comparison with which will bring out the fun-

damental resemblance of the three skulls better than a description can do.

But the Procellariide differ from the families which have just

been enumerated in the great expansion of the maxillo-palatines,

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 431

which become thick and spongy, and so closely approach the middle

line that, in the Albatroses, only a very narrow cleft is left on each

side of the vomer.

The front part of the vomer itself is much more strongly bent

downwards than in the Gulls; and the ascending process of the

palatine bone is greatly produced, and becomes anchylosed with the

vomer.

Procellaria gigas holds a sort of middle place between the Gulls

and the Albatroses, the maxillo-palatines being less swollen, and

the clefts between them and the vomer far larger than in Diomedea.

In this species again the basipterygoid processes are present, though

I have not been able to observe them in other Procellariide.

Procellaria gigantea.

Diomedea exulans.

Under views of the skulls of Procellaria gigantea and Diomedea exulans. From

specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters as before.

432 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

Among the Gallinaceous Birds, the Phasianide, Turnicide, and

Pteroclide all have basipterygoid processes, which are situated upon

the rostrum, and take the form of sessile, oval, articular facets for

the pterygoid bones. The palatine bones have long and slender an-

terior processes, and completely rounded-off postero-external angles.

They have generally small, and sometimes almost obsolete, maxillo-

palatines, and very imperfectly developed vomers, so that the vomero-

palatine clefts are wide and, usually, almost uninterrupted, through-

out their length, which is, relatively, very considerable.

The angle of the mandible is prolonged and bent upwards, some-

times, as in Tetrao, acquiring a prodigious length.

Fig. 14.

Ene

Under view of the skull of Tetrao urogallus. From a specimen belonging to

W. K. Parker, Esq., F.R.S.

The letters as before.

In the Megapodide (e. g. Talegalla) the maxillo-palatines take the

form of thin plates tapering to their free ends, which pass inwards

and then, before they reach one another, bend back at a right angle.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 433

The basipterygoid processes are as in the preceding genera; and the

mandible has a strong recurved angular process.

Fig. 15.

Lateral and inferior views of a skull of Crax globicera, in the possession of

W. K. Parker, Esq., F.R.S.

In the side view S denotes the ossified septum. The strong recurved angular

process of the mandible is well displayed; the vomer is lost, and is not

represented in the inferior view; and the right palatine bone is removed to

show the large maxillo-palatine plate of the maxillary (Mxp).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXVIII.

434 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [ Apr. 11,

In the Cracide the characteristic basipterygoid processes, the

produced and recurved angle of the mandible, and the form of the

palatines remain as in the last mentioned genera. But the maxillo-

palatines are large and scroll-like, stretching inwards, and in some

species (e. g. Crax globicera) even becoming united across the middle

line with one another and with a small ossification of the septum

narium.

All Columbide (except Didus) have basipterygoid processes, and

are completely Schizognathous. The maxillo-palatines are larger

than in the ordinary Gallinaceous birds, and are elongated from before

backwards, and spongy in texture, not scroll-like. The postero-ex-

ternal angles of the palatine bones are rounded off; but, in most of

the Columbide, their inner laminz are more prominent than the

outer, instead of being obsolete as in the Gallinaceous birds. The

basipterygoid processes are prominent and rather resemble those of

the Plovers than those of the last-named group. Finally, the angle

of the mandible is neither produced nor recurved, but is more or

less abruptly truncated. The vomer is very slender.

Fig. 16.

Under view of the skull of Columba palumbus. The letters as before.

Didus has no basipterygoid processes ; but the articular end of its

mandible resembles that of other Columbide.

Didunculus more nearly resembles the ordinary Columbide in pos-

sessing prominent basipterygoid processes ; but the palatine bones are

thick, their internal laminz being altogether obsolete. The distal

articular facet of the quadrate bone is elongated antero-posteriorly,

and nearly resembles the same part in a Parrot. The axis of the

fossa of the mandible which receives this facet nearly coincides with

that of the ramus of the mandible; while in the other Columbide

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 435

and in Didus it is nearly at right angles to the ramus of the mandible.

The form of the angle of the mandible in Didunculus is quite unlike

that observed in the other Columbide and in Didus. In these re-

spects, therefore, Didunculus departs further from the ordinary Co-

lumbide than the Dodo does.

I am indebted to Mr. E. Higgins for a skin of that singular

bird Opisthocomus cristatus, from which I was able to extract an

imperfect skull, the inferior face of which is represented in fig. 17.

The base of the cranium and the pterygoid bones are wanting.

The underside of the unossified nasal septum supports the slender

vomer (Vo), which expands and becomes bifurcated anteriorly, in

a manner unlike anything which I am acquainted with in other

birds*. The very slender anterior processes of the palatine bones

Bigsby:

Pxm S/H

Opisthocomus cristatus.

Under view of an imperfect skull. The letters as before.

(the bodies of which are almost entirely wanting in this specimen)

are overlapped by the short and broad maxillo-palatines, which

remain very distant from the vomer and from one another. The

angle of the mandible is slightly produced and bent upwards.

These are all the birds (leaving the Cracide aside) in which I

have noticed the Schizognathous disposition of the palate, which,

it must be observed, is characterized not only by the complete di-

stinctness of the maxillo-palatines from one another and from the

vomer, but by the slender and usually pointed form of the latter bone.

III. Those Cuvierian Grallze and Natatores which are not Schi-

zognathous, the Accipitres or Raptores, the Scansores, and, among

the Passeres, most of the Fissirostres, all the Syndactyli, and Upupa

may be termed Desmognathous.

In these birds the vomer is often either abortive, or so small that

it disappears from the skeleton. When it exists it is always slender

and tapers to a point anteriorly.

* Tn some of the Falcons the vomer has a nearly similar anterior termination,

but its connexions are different.

436 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

The maxillo-palatines are united across the middle line, either

directly or by the intermediation of ossifications in the nasal

septum.

The posterior ends of the palatines and the anterior ends of the

pterygoids articulate directly with the rostrum, as in the preceding

division. one ne

The desmognathous skull appears under its simplest form in

Palamedea and the Lamellirostres. In these birds each maxillo-

palatine is a broad, flat, and thin bony plate, which unites with its

fellow in the middle line of the palate. The septum may be more

Fig. 18.

Querquedula crecca.

Side and inferior views of the skull and mandible. The letters as before.

1867.]| PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 437

or less ossified. The basipterygoid processes are represented by oval

facets, sessile upon the rostrum, and placed so far forward that the

surfaces which articulate with them are situated close to the anterior

extremities of the pterygoid bones. In this respect, in the rudi-

mentary condition of the inner lamina of the palatine bone, and in

the circumstance that the.angle of the mandible is strongly produced

and upeurved, these resemble the Gallinaceous birds. They differ

from the latter not merely by their “desmognathism” but by the

absence of the rounding off of the postero-external angle of the pa-

latine, which is so marked in the Fowls, and by the great proportional

length of the region of the skull, which corresponds with the attach-

ment of the lachrymal bone (Ir to Na, nearly, in fig. 18).

In Ibis, Platalea, and Pheenicopterus the maxillo-palatines not

only unite across the vomero-palatine fissures, but, becoming enlarged

and spongy, fill the base of the beak. The basipterygoids, rudi-

mentary in Phenicopterus, are absent in Platalea and Ibis. ‘The

angle of the mandible of Phanicopterus has the same prolongation

Fig. 19.

Hi ih

i ii

bhi,

Under view of the skull of Ardea cinerea. The letters as before.

** - ¥

Riz t2020 ro ead Hi

Under and side views of the skull of Pelecanus onocrotalus ; two-thirds the size of

nature. The letters as before.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 439

and curvature as in the Lamellirostral birds; in Platalea and Ibis,

while still recurved, it is much shorter and more Plover-like.

~The Ciconiide and Ardeide have the maxillo-palatines disposed

as in the foregoing group. There are no basipterygoids; the angle

of the jaw is not prolonged and bent upwards ; and the palatine bones

are united for a considerable distance behind the posterior nares

(fig. 19). :

Under and side views of the skull of Phalacrocoraz carbo.

The letters as before. a. The palatine crest.

440 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

The same general arrangement is observable in the Cormorants

and the Pelicans; but the inner edges of the palatine bones unite

for a much greater distance behind the posterior nasal aperture,

and a median ridge is sent down from the line of junction of the

palatines. These birds thus present the most extreme modification

of the palatine apparatus which is to be observed in the whole

class.

In the Pelecanide the inferior edge of the ossified interorbital sep-

tum rises rapidly forward so as to leave a space at the base of the

skull, which is filled by a triangular crest formed by the union of

the greatly developed ascending processes of the palatines (fig. 20).

In the Cormorants, on the other hand, the inferior edge of the

septum is horizontal, and the crest in question is not developed

fig. 21).

ins aD che Raptorial birds the nasal septum is ossified for a greater

or less extent; and the vertical plate thus formed joins below, by

Fig. 22.

Under view of the skull of Cathartes aura. From a specimen in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters as before. + The basipterygoid processes.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 441

direct bony union, with the two maxillo-palatines, which are some-

times scroll-shaped, sometimes greatly swollen and spongy.

The vomer, sometimes slender, sometimes pretty broad, always

tapers to a point anteriorly.

The basipterygoids sometimes are and sometimes are not present.

The angle of the mandible is not produced and recurved.

Four modifications of the general type of palatine structure are

observable among the Raptorial birds :—

In the genera Cathartes and Sarcorhamphus the cleft between the

thin and scroll-like maxillo-palatines is very deep and wide, and the

ossification of the septum is small in extent, and only forms a sort

of bridge over the deep and wide valley between the maxillo-

palatines.

The basipterygoid processes are large and articulate with the

pterygoids (fig. 22).

In all the Owls the maxillo-palatines are thick and spongy, and

encroach upon the intermediate valley, though they never com-

pletely unite with one another across it or obliterate its upper part.

The basipterygoid processes are always present (fig. 23).

Fig. 23.

The base of the skull of Ofus vulgaris.

The letters have the same signification as before. The inferior and internal

margins of the spongy maxillo-palatines almost come into contact ; but their

inner faces are separated by a wide interval. x* The prefrontal processes.

The basipterygoid processes are not marked.

In the Secretary bird (Gypogeranus) the maxillo-palatines unite

with one another and with the extensively ossified septum, so as

to fill up the maxillo-palatine valley. There are well-developed

basipterygoid processes.

442 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

Fig. 24.

Pen iis

ME fil

{

€

Under view of the skull of Gypogeranus serpentarius; two-thirds the size of

nature. From a specimen in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters as before. + The basipterygoid processes.

In all the other Vultures, Hawks, and Eagles the maxillo-palatines

unite with one another and with the largely ossified septum, and

there are no basipterygoid processes.

These, therefore, are, so far as their cranial characters go, the

highest of birds of prey, or those which depart most completely from

the embryonic condition.

All the Parrots present wonderfully uniform cranial characters.

The rostrum is articulated with the frontal bones by a complete

hinge-joint. Not only is this the case, but the jugal arches and the

palatine bones are moveably articulated by ligamentous jomts with

the rostrum. There are no basipterygoid processes.

The maxillo-palatines are very large and spongy in texture, and

unite with one another and with the ossified nasal septum so as to fill

up almost the whole base of the beak. Above, however, a nasal

passage is left on each side; and, below, the maxillo-palatines stop

short, so that, in the dry skull, a passage, leading into the cavity of

the rostrum, is left on each side of the septum.

The palatine bones have a highly characteristic figure, being very

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 443

long, and for three-fourths of their length greatly flattened from side

to side, with more or less notched, or festooned, posterior free

edges.

Behind the posterior nares each palatine bone sends off a hori-

zontal plate, which unites with its fellow for a considerable distance.

In front of this plate the palatine bones become first rounded and

then flattened from above downwards, and, broadening out, articulate

by transversely elongated heads with fossee in the posterior margins

of the floor of the rostrum.

Under view of the skull of Cacatua galerita.

Pmzx, Mrp, Pi, Pt, as before. S. The ossified septum narium. @. The joint

between the palatine and the rostrum. 0. That between the jugal bone and

the rostrum. c. The joint between the rostrum and the frontal bones.

In the Musophagide (Musophaga and Schizorhis) there are no

basipterygoid processes. I have not seen the vomer; so that it is

probably very small and readily detached. The palatines are con-

siderably elongated, and their posterior external regions rounded

off as in the Owls, Pigeons, and Phasianide. The two spongy

maxillo-palatines meet in the middle line; and in these characters,

as in the form of the beak, the Musophagide present a certain re-

semblance to the Owls.

444 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. I],

The only Zrogon skull I have had the opportunity of examining

is that of T. reinwardti. It possesses basipterygoid processes, in

which respect it resembles Caprimulgus, and is unlike all the other

genera which remain to be mentioned. The palatines have a general

resemblance to those of the Musophagide. ‘The vomer seems to be

equally rudimentary ; and the maxillo-palatines, though less spongy,

unite in the middle line.

Under view of the skull of Cuculus canorus. From a specimen in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters as before.

Among the Cuculide, Cuculus canorus is devoid of basipterygoids ;

the palatines are rounded off postero-externally ; the internasal sep-

tum is well ossified and unites with the maxillo-palatines.

In Geococcyx the principle of construction is quite the same; but

the postero-external angles of the palatines are distinctly indicated,

and the beak is produced into an elongated triangular form. A slight

oblique ridge marks off the flat surface of the maxillary process of

the palatine from the excavated body of the bone. Leptosoma and

Phenicophaus present no important differences from Geococcyz.

In Bucco the general form and arrangement of the parts are as in

Geococcyx ; but the shorter palatines are produced postero-externally

into a distinct backwardly directed point ; the oblique ridge is much

more distinctly defined, and the antero-internal angles of the pala-

tines bend towards one another and nearly meet.

Galbula closely resembles Bucco; but the antero-internal angles

of the palatines completely meet.

In Rhamphastos the only important difference from Bucco lies in

the circumstance that the antero-internal angles of the palatines not

only meet, but are united by bone, while the oblique ridge of the

palatines is obsolete. The rostrum moves on the skull by a hinge,

almost as freely as in the Parrots.

1867.] | PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 445

Fig. 27.

Under view of the skull of Podargus humeralis. From a specimen in

Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The letters as before.

In Podargus the disposition of the parts is essentially the same as

in Bucco and Galbula; but the palatines are exceedingly broad, the

oblique ridge in each being very distinct and often having the appear-

ance of a suture. At its external termination the palatine is pro-

duced outwards and backwards into a strong process. The inner

edges of the palatines unite for a considerable distance; and the

form of the beak is completely changed, its great width giving it

somewhat the appearance of an ace of spades.

Buceros, leaving aside the mere form of the beak and its frontal

enlargement, resembles Geococcyx and Bucco in the structure of its

palate. There are rudimentary basipterygoid processes, but the

pterygoids do not articulate with them. The palatines have their

postero-external angles completely rounded off and enter into solid

union with one another and with the vomer, which has the form of

a thin vertical lamella. The internal lamine of the palatines incline

towards one another anteriorly, and meet in front of the posterior

nasal aperture, as in Galbula and Rhamphastes. Anterior to this

junction again are situated two considerable apertures (a) divided by

446 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

Fig. 28.

Buceros,

a. The apertures which lead into the cavity of the rostrum. 4. The posterior

part of the helmet. The other letters as before. [N.B. By mistake a * in-

stead of a + is put opposite the rudimentary left basipterygoid process. |

a median septum ; and these lead into the cavity which, for the most

part, occupies the interior of the rostrum. I cannot say whether

this septum is a prolongation of the vomer, or whether it belongs to

the large and spongy maxillo-palatines, which bound the apertures in

question and meet in the middle line with one another and with the

vomer. In this genus the external nasal aperture is placed, as is

well known, immediately in front of the anterior and upper part of

the orbit. It leads into a horizontal passage, with thin, but dense,

bony walls, which passes at first almost directly inwards, and then

turns forwards at a right angle. The inner wall of the forwardly

directed portion of the passage presents a rounded ridge, by which

its cavity is imperfectly divided into an upper and a lower passage.

The lower opens into the cavity of the rostrum; the upper bends

back and opens into a vaulted chamber, to the roof of which a small

pyriform “turbinal”’ is attached by its narrow end. From the inner

end of this chamber a passage leads directly downwards and applies

itself closely to that of the opposite side. At the level of the lower

margins of the external nasal apertures the partition between the two

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 447

terminates by a sharp, free, curved edge; and in the dry skull,

though probably not in the recent state, the nasal chambers of the

two sides freely communicate. Lower down they are separated by

the vomer, and terminate in the posterior nares.

Alecedo and Dacelo repeat the structure observed in Geococcyz,

with minor modifications. For example, the postero-external angles

of the palatines are even more produced backwards than in Bucco

(fig. 29).

Fig. 29.

Dacelo gigantea.

The palatine aspect of the skull. The letters have the same signification as before.

This is still more the case in Upupa. Here the postero-external

angle of the palatine is elongated into a slender, pointed process.

The septum is ossified and unites with the maxillo-palatines, which

form a transverse bony rafter across the palate.

448 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

In Merops the long and slender palatines are devoid of any postero-

external elongations. The maxillo-palatines are slender and ex-

panded at the end, as in Passerine birds, but they unite in the middle

line with one another and with the ossified septum. As the vomer

was absent in the specimen examined, I presume it to have been

small and slender.

Coracias has the vomer exceedingly attenuated ; and there are no

basipterygoid processes. The spongy maxillo-palatines unite and

form a thick transverse bar across the palate.

Eurystomus resembles Coracias, but has broader palatines:

It will be observed that all the genera of Birds which have been

mentioned after the Parrots have their palates constructed upon the

same principle as the Cuckoos. With one exception, basipterygoid

processes are absent. The maxillo-palatines are united with one

another, or with the ossified septum, or with both. The vomer is

rudimentary, very small, and readily detached.

In Picus viridis there are no basipterygoid processes. Each pa-

latine bone is flat and obliquely truncated posteriorly, the postero-

external angles not being produced. An elongated oval foramen,

filled by membrane in the fresh state, occupies the middle third of

its inner moiety, and is bounded, in front and internally, by a very

slender bar of bone (fig. 30, ¢). This bar is continuous with the

palatine by its anterior end. Posteriorly, in some specimens, it

appears to be continued directly into the ascending process of the

palatine ; but in one example I find it to terminate in a pointed end ;

and the slender bar which corresponds with its apparent continua-

tion in other specimens, is a perfectly distinct ossicle (Vo, fig. 30).

Fig. 30.

The palate of Picus viridis.

a. The ossified septum. 4. The transverse bar of bone connected with it.

Vo. The ossicles which probably represent the vomers. Pm«, Mxp, Pi, *,

as before.

1867.] PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 449

I am disposed to regard this ossicle and its fellow as the representa-

tives of the vomers, which, if this interpretation be correct, remain

exceptionally distinct from one another, but unite with the palatines.

The antero-internal angle of the body of the palatine bone sends

forwards a slender process, which forms the inner boundary of the

posterior half of the palatine foramen.

The maxillo-palatines are broad plates, which appear to terminate

by rounded internal edges close to and above the external margins

of the palatines. But a tough membrane extends inwards from the

free edge of each maxillo-palatine and meets with a delicate longitu-

dinal ossification of the septum (a, fig. 30). Opposite the anterior

termination of the external nasal aperture this ossification is con-

nected with a transverse bar of bone, which stretches from one pree-

maxilla to the other, and shuts off the cavity enclosed by the pree-

maxillze from the nasal chambers. The latter are greatly complicated

by the development of twisted “turbinal”’ plates in connexion with

the nasal and premaxillary bones and the ethmoid.

A prolonged and careful study of fresh specimens will be necessary

before the arrangement of the parts in Picus can be thoroughly un-

derstood. In the meanwhile it is clear that, in this genus, the palate

differs very widely from that observed in any of the preceding

“cuculiform”’ genera.

In Picus major the palatine bones have the same structure and

arrangement as in P. viridis, except that their posterior ends are

transversely truncated and the postero-external angles are even a

little produced. The maxillo-palatines are much smaller than in the

preceding species, and their inner rounded edges do not nearly reach

the level of the outer edges of the palatines.

Picus canus resembles the preceding; but the postero-external

angles of the palatines are rather better marked, and the maxillo-

palatines a little larger.

Picus medius presents no difference of importance, except that

the inner lamine of the palatines, obsolete in the other genera, are

a little better marked, especially behind.

In Picus minor distinct maxillo-palatines can hardly be said to be

present, the maxillary presenting only a slight dilatation at the point

where they should exist. Minute points of bone projecting from

the inner edges of the palatines alone indicate the position of the

process (c) in Picus viridis and of the prolongation of the antero-

internal angle of the body of the palatine. The ‘oval foramen”

consequently is indicated only by a slight excavation of the inner

margin of the palatine.

This species of Picus prepares one in some degree for the struc-

ture observed in Yune (fig. 31). Here the ascending processes of

the palatine bones are produced forwards into long and slender pro-

cesses, slightly swollen at their anterior free ends, which may represent

anchylosed vomers. The inner edges of the short and broad bodies

of the palatine bones approach so nearly as only to leave a cleft for

the posterior nares. The antero-internal angles are acute, but not

greatly prolonged. The anterior processes of the palatines are very

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1867, No. XXIX.

450 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. I],

Fig. 31.

View of the palate of Vane torguilla (x 2). The letters as before.

slender, and the inner edge of each is angulated near its anterior ter-

mination. ‘This angulation may represent the process ¢ (fig. 30) in

Picus viridis. The maxillo-palatines are represented by mere ridges

on the inner side of the maxillee, bounding a fossa. No ossification

of the septum remains in any of the skulls of Yuna I have examined.

I have discussed Picus and Yuna, in this place, because of the

general agreement among ornithologists that Péeus and its allies are

closely related to the Cuckoos and other ‘‘Scansores.” But it is

clear that nothing can be more different than the cranial structure

of the Pictde and that of any of the other ‘“Scansores;’’ and, indeed,

judging from the dry skull alone, the Woodpeckers are not even

desmognathous. But, as I haye already hinted, a question of: this

systematic importance cannot be finally settled without the careful

investigation of fresh specimens.

IV. The remaining Carinatz have a palatine structure which is

in some respects intermediate between that of the Schizognathous

and that of the Desmognathous groups, while in others it is peculiar.

This structure, which I term Kgithognathous, is well exemplified

by any of the typical Passerine Birds, as, for example, a Raven

(fig 32);

The vomer is a broad bone, abruptly truncated in front, and deeply

cleft behind, embracing the rostrum of the sphenoid between its

to)

forks. The palatines have produced postero-external angles. The

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 451

maxillo-palatines are slender at their origin, and extend inwards and

backwards obliquely over the palatines, ending beneath the vomer in

expanded extremities, which do not become united by bone, either

with one another or with the vomer. The anterior part of the nasal

septum (in front. of the vomer) is frequently ossified in Agithogna-

thous birds, and the interval between it and the preemaxilla filled up

with spongy bone; but no union takes place between this ossification

and the vomer.

Fig. 32.

Enz | %

Under view of the skull of Corvus corax, The letters as before.

This structure (which was first accurately described and its syste-

matic importance pointed out by Nitzsch*) is substantially repeated

in the great majority of Passerine birds, though with minor modi-

fications, which I suspect will turn out to be characteristic of the na-

tural subdivisions of this great group. At present I can only mention

two or three of these.

Menura differs from all the rest in possessing no ossified maxillo-

palatines whatever. The vomer, though broad and deeply cleft poste-

riorly, is more rounded off than abruptly truncated at its anterior end.

* See the article “ Passerine ” in Ersch and Griiber’s ‘ Encyclopedie,’ 1840,

and Nitzsch, ‘‘ Ueber die Familie der Passerinen,”’ in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir die ge-

sammten Naturwissenschaften,’ 1862.

452 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

In Tyrannus, in Cephalopterus, in Coracina (according to Bur-

meister), and perhaps in others of the American Passerines without

a singing-apparatus, the bases of the maxillo-palatines are broader

than their free ends, and there is no narrow stem.

Chasmorhynchus nudicollis, however, has maxillo-palatines of the

ordinary character; and in Pteroptochus megapodius they are long,

slender, and recurved.

In Gymnorhina the septo-premaxillary ossification and the maxillo-

palatines are confluent, though the latter and the vomer remain quite

distinct from one another.

In these and the majority of typical Passerine birds the palatine

bones are broad and comparatively flat posteriorly; but in the

Finches the outer lamina of each palatine acquires a great downward

development, and becomes a vertical plate, the free posterior edge

of which is more or less notched. The anterior process of the pala-

tine at the same time broadens out, and becomes connected by a

truncated edge with the rostrum, which attains great height and

breadth, and is sometimes hooked anteriorly.

The palate thus acquires a singular superficial resemblance to that

of a Parrot, from which it differs, however, in the separation of the

palatines in the middle line, in the form and size of the vomer, and’

in the slender, recurved, and separate maxillo-palatines (fig. 33).

Fig. 33.

Under view of the skull of Coccothraustes vulgaris. The letters as before.

Pipra erythrocephala and Tanagra cyanoptera are similar to the

Finches in the form of the palatines.

The Swallows completely agree with the other Passerine birds in

the general form and arrangement of the bones which enter into the

composition of their palates.

And the Swifts essentially resemble the Swallows, though the form

and proportions of the palatine bones are somewhat different (fig. 34).

The skull of Caprimulgus, though it retains the general features

of the Passerine cranium, departs from the typical Passerine struc-

ture still further than the Swifts, the body of the palatines having

become exceedingly broad and flattened out, while the vomer is

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 453

Fig. 34.

7 |

VAX?

Poros |i)

Af)

The palate of Cypselus apus ( x 2).

The anterior excavated end of the vomer has a crescentic shape, its angles ter-

minating in free horns above the palatine bones, by which they are con-

cealed in the figure. The inferior ends of the prefrontal processes (*) have

a very peculiar form.

Fig. 35.

Pint ae N

Under view of the skull of Caprimulgus ewropeus ( X 2).

The letters as before.

154 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDs. [Apr. 11,

Nyctibius jamaicensis.

View of the palate without the pterygoid bones. The letters as before.

onger and narrower than in the Swifts or the typical Passerine

irds.. The expanded inner ends of the slender and characteristically

Passerine maxillo-palatines are quite distinct from the vomer and

from one another.

Caprimulgus further presents a remarkable contrast to the Swifts

and all the true Passeres in having well-developed basipterygoid pro-

cesses. These are absent in dgotheles nove-hollandia, the palate

of which is intermediate between that of the Goatsuckers and that

f the Swifts.

Nyctibius closely resembles Caprimulgus, even to possessing the

very peculiar division of each ramus of the mandible into two por-

tions, the one of which is moveable upon the other, pointed out in

the latter genus by Nitzsch. But the slender anterior processes of

the palatines are closely approximated in the middle line, instead of

remaining widely separated as in Caprimulgus and Trochilus; and

the maxillo-palatines are closely adherent to them and to the vomer,

though a true anchylosis does not appear to have taken place.

Trochilus has the true Passerine vomer, with its broad and trun-

cated anterior, and deeply cleft posterior end. I have not yet been

able to obtain a perfectly satisfactory view of the structure and

arrangement of the palatine bones in the Humming Birds.

That the birds of which I have spoken under the four heads of

Dromeognathous, Schizognathous, Desmognathous, and Algithogna-

‘hous really possess the various arrangements of the palatine and

idjacent bones which I have described, is a matter of observation

vhich readily admits of confirmation or the reverse. It is another

ud very important question whether these cranial characters may

afely be taken as indications of natural affinities; and I now pro-

pose to make a few remarks on that point.

It will not, I think, be disputed by any ornithologist that the

Schizognathous birds constitute a very natural assemblage. Taking

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 455

the Plovers and their allies as the most central group of these birds,

we may pass, without a break of more than family importance, along

several distinct series, or gradations, of ornithic forms.

Thus, along one line, the Bustards are intermediate between the

Plovers and the Cranes; while Psophia and Rhinochetus lead from

the Cranes to the Rails.

Following another line, Hemipodius stands between the Plovers

and the Fowls; while Syrrhaptes inclines, on the one hand, to the

typical Gallinaceous birds, and on the other to the Columbide.

A third series is commenced by the Gulls. The osteological re-

semblances between a Plover, a Gull, an Auk, and a Diver are so

close that it is utterly out of the question to regard these Birds as

members of different orders. But the Gulls grade insensibly into

the Procellariide ; and, though the Apterodytide appear to be sepa-

rated by a broad gap from the Alcide, Alca impennis, in the form

of its humerus, in the mode of articulation of the radius and ulna

with the humerus, in the proportions and structure of the tarso-

metatarsal bone, shows itself to be an almost intermediate form.

I am acquainted with only two birds, Dicholophus and Cra glo-

bicera, the structure of the skull of which would lead me to regard

them as transitional between the Schizognathous and the Desmo-

gnathous sections, or, at any rate, as approaching the latter division.

Nitzsch and Burmeister have assigned to Dicholophus a position

near the Cranes and the Rails, and, no doubt, justly on the whole,

though I venture to think that they have underrated the points of

resemblance to the birds of prey, and especially to Gypogeranus.

In the skull of Dicholophus the internasal septum is ossified to a

very slight extent, and the maxillo-palatine processes may meet in

the middle line, in both of which respects it approaches the birds of

prey. But the ossified part of the nasal septum does not unite

below with the maxillo-palatines ; and in this respect Dicholophus is

unlike the Raptorial birds*.

Crax globicera, on the other hand, while it retains the charac-

teristically Gallimaceous basipterygoid articular surfaces, palatine

bones, angle of the mandible, and other peculiarities, has a partially

ossified nasal septum, which divides below and unites with the

maxillo-palatines, just as in the Raptorial birds.

The Cuculide and Alcedinide occupy nearly the same middle place

in the Desmognathous series that the Plovers have among the Schi-

zognathous families. The Musophagide bring them into relation

with the Raptorial birds, the Rhamphastide with the Parrots, the

Podargide with Cancromat+, and so with the Herons and Storks.

But these last are clearly affined, on the one hand, with the Cor-

morants and Pelicans, on the other with the Flamingos, and through

the latter with the Lamellirostres.

* Mr. Parker is inclined to lay a still greater stress than I have done upon the

many Raptorial characters of Dicholophus.

7 A hazardous suggestion, but one the temerity of which will perhaps appear

less after a careful comparison of the skulls of these two birds.

456 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

It is unnecessary to enumerate the arguments by which the close

affinity of the proper Passerine birds (which make up the great bulk

of the Aigithognathous section) may be demonstrated, as the emi-

nently natural character of this group is admitted by every one.

In their cranial characters, the Swifts are far more closely allied

with the Swallows than with any of the Desmognathous birds, the

Swift presenting but a very slight modification of the true Passerine

type exhibited by the Swallow. No distinction can be based upon

the proportions of the regions of the fore limb ; since in all the

Swallows which I have examined* the manus and the antebrachium,

respectively, greatly exceed the humerus in length, though the excess

is not so great as in Cypselus.

The modification commeneed in the Swift is greatly exaggerated

in Algotheles and Caprimulgus; while we have almost a transition

to the Desmognathous structure in Nyctibius.

But if palatine characters have the taxonomic value which the

facts just enumerated appear to indicate, it follows that the Drome-

ognathous structure, so different from what is to be seen in any

other Carinate birds, has as much value as the rest, notwithstanding

the small actual extent of the group in which it obtains.

It thus appears that the Dromzognathous, Schizognathous, Des-

mognathous, and Aigithognathous arrangements of the maxillary

and palatine bones, respectively, characterize divisions of the Cari-

natee, all the members of which are mutually affined in other re-

spects. And I propose to regard these divisions as suborders, and

to name them DromM#OGNATH4, SCHIZOGNATH&H, DESMOGNATHA,

and ANGITHOGNATHET.

The suborder DrRoM#OGNATH4, containing only one family, the

Tinamide, admits of no subdivision into groups of larger extent than

families; but the other three suborders are very extensive, and, I

think, may be so subdivided in an approximately satisfactory manner,

though any definition of these subdivisions which can be proposed

at present must be regarded as provisional and open to extensive re-

vision as our knowledge of the details of ornithic organization widens.

+ The ScutzocnatH#%. In addition to their cranial characters,

the birds composing this suborder often want intrinsic muscles in

the lower larynx, and never possess more than one pair of them.

With the exception of Podiceps, all the genera which have been

examined have two carotid arteries.

Six groups of allied families are distinguishable in this suborder.

These may be termed the CHARADRIOMORPH#, the GERANO-

MORPH, the CecomorrH&, the SPHENISCOMORPHS, the ALEC-

TOROMORPHA, and the PERISTEROMORPHA].

* Hirundo pacifica, H. riparia, H. rustica, H. urbica.

+ Dromeus, the generic name for the cassowaries; oxiZw, to cleave; deopos,

a bond; Atytfos, a sparrow.

+ NXapadpeds, a sea-lark, or plover; Pépavos,a crane; K1£,a gull; Spheniscus,

a genus of penguins; ’AXéxTwp, a cock; Ileptarepd, a dove; poppy, form.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 457

+ 1. The CHARADRIOMORPHE.

The rostrum is always elongated and comparatively slender. The

base of the skull possesses narrow and prominent basipterygoid pro-

cesses. ‘The maxillo-palatines are concavo-convex and lamellar, never

swollen or spongy. ‘The angle of the mandible is produced into a

slender and abruptly recurved process.

The sternum is sometimes singly, but, more usually, doubly

notched.

The hallux, always small, is sometimes absent.

The phalanges of the anterior toes diminish in length from the

basal to the penultimate.

The pterylosis of this group, which nearly corresponds with the

pressirostral and longirostral Grallee of Cuvier and with the Limicole

and Scolopacine of Nitzsch, has been carefully described by the

latter writer, who remarks that, “next to the Passerine and Galli-

nace@, this group appears to present the smallest pterylographic dif-

ferences”’ *, and that in the form of the tracts it closely approaches

Psophia and Grus. ’

_ The feathers always cease above the suffrago, though sometimes

the bare area is very small; and the webs between the front toes

are large only in Recurvirostra.

+ 2. The GeERANOMORPHS,

The rostrum is relatively stronger than in the preceding group,

and may even be short and arched.

Basipterygoid processes are absent (ex. Grus antigone).

The maxillo-palatines are concavo-convex and lamellar.

The angle of the mandible is truncated.

In the typical groups the sternum is comparatively narrow and

elongated, and may be deeply notched or entire.

The feet vary greatly, but the toes are never completely or even

extensively webbed ; and the ratio of the length of the phalanges

of the toes is as in the preceding division.

A greater or less space above the snffrago is devoid of feathers ;

but there appears to be nothing characteristic about the pterylosis

of this group.

I consider the Cranes and the Rails (between which Psophia and

Rhinochetus are intermediate) the typical forms of this group.

Otis connects it with the Charadriomorphe, and Dicholophus with

the birds of prey ; but it is a question whether these two genera

may be better included in this group, or made types of separate

groups.

~ 3. The CecomorpPH2.

The rostrum varies greatly in shape; but is very generally com-

pressed from side to side, and hooked at the extremity.

Procellaria gigantea alone has presented basipterygoid processes.

The maxilo-palatines are usually lamellar and concavo-convex as

* See Nitzsch, ‘ Pterylography ’ (Ray Society’s Edition), p. 134.

458 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [ Apr. 11,

in the preceding groups; but in the Procellartide they become

tumid and spongy, and may enlarge so much as to leave a mere cleft

in the place of each vomero-palatine space.

The angle of the mandible is not recurved.

The sternum varies extensively.

The hallux is weak, or absent, and (with the exception of the

Grebes) the anterior toes are completely, or very largely, webbed.

The ratio of the phalanges is as in the preceding groups.

This group contains the Laride (Longipennes, Nitzsch), the Pro-

cellariide, the Colymbide, and the Alcide. Nitzsch (J. ec.) remarks

that the pterylosis of the first-named family “approaches very closely

to that of the Scolopacinze, and can hardly be distinguished there-

from by any character ;”’ and the same may be said of the osteolo-

gical and other peculiarities of the Larid@, which come very near

the Charadriomorphe. The A/cid@, on the other hand, in their

pterylosis and other characters approach the Penguins—especially,

as has been noted above, through Alea impennis. The Colymbide

appear to be closely connected on the one hand with the Gulls,

and on the other, more remotely, but still really, with the Rails.

The Procellariide are aberrant forms inclining towards the Cor-

morants and Pelicans among the Desmognathe.

+ 4. The SPHENISCOMORPH.

The beak is straight and compressed, the rostrum being, at most,

slightly hooked at the tip.

There are no basipterygoid processes, and the pterygoids are flat-

tened from above downwards.

The maxillo-palatines are concavo-convex and lamellar.

The sternum is greatly elongated.

The shaft of the humerus is flattened from side to side, and its

distal end presents an obliquely truncated surface, with which the

similarly compressed radius andulna articulate—the former altogether

with the fore part, the latter with the hinder part of the humeral

articular surface.

There is no free pollex.

The pelvic bones are less firmly connected with the sacrum than

in any other birds.

The short tarso-metatarsus is perforated by two very large clefts

which lie between the middle and the lateral metatarsals. The small

hallux is directed inwards or forwards. The ratio of the phalanges

is as in the preceding groups.

The anterior toes are completely webbed.

This group answers to the Squamipennes of many authors, and

contains the single family Apterodytide, comprising the genera Lu-

dyptes, Spheniscus, and Apterodytes.

Nitzsch has pointed out that these birds have no remiges distinct

from the other feathers, which are distributed evenly over the whole

body, and, though small and scale-like, are provided with an after-

shaft.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 409

+5. The ALECTOROMORPH.

The rostrum may be slender and depressed, or high and arched.

Oval, flattened basipterygoid facets, sessile upon the basisphe-

noidal rostrum and articulating with corresponding surfaces upon

the pterygoids, are always present. The maxillo-palatines are

always lamellar, but vary greatly in size, being sometimes very

small.

The palatine bones are relatively long and narrow, with obsolete

internal laminze, and rounded-off postero-external angles.

The angle of the mandible is produced into a strong upcurved

process.

The sternum has either one or more, generally two, very deep

posterior notches on each side ; when there are two, the external late-

ral processes thus marked out are much shorter than the internal.

The feet vary considerably in the relative size and in the position

of the hallux, and in the development of spurs. They are never

completely, or even largely, webbed. The ratio of the phalanges of

the front toes is as in the preceding groups.

According to Nitzsch the feathers have aftershafts, and the ptery-

losis is remarkably uniform in all the genera except the Pteroclide,

a family which, in this and some other respects, but not in cranial

characters, approaches the Pigeons.

Except in Pterocles, the oil-gland is surmounted by a circlet of

feathers.

The inferior larynx is always devoid of intrinsic muscles.

Excluding the Pigeons and the Tinamide, this group corresponds

with the Galline of authors, and contains the families Turnicida,

Phasianide, Pteroclide, Megapodide, and Cracide.

The Turnicide approach the Charadriomorphee, the Pteroclide

the Peristeromorphe ; while the Cracideé have relations with the

birds of prey on the one hand, and with Palamedea and the other

Chenomorphee on the other.

+6. The PERISTEROMORPH2.

The rostrum is swollen at the tip, and provided at the base with

a tumid membranous space, in which the nostrils open.

The skull is provided with narrow, but prominent, basipterygoid

facets.

The maxillo-palatines are elongated and spongy.

The angle of the mandible is not produced and recurved.

The sternum has two posterior notches, the inner pair of which

may be converted into foramina. The external lateral processes

thus formed are, as in the Alectoromorphz, much shorter than the

internal lateral processes.

The hallux is on a level with the rest of the toes, and its meta-

tarsal is peculiarly twisted. The anterior toes are not at all webbed.

The ratio of the phalanges is as in the preceding groups.

The feathers have no aftershaft (? Didus), and the oil-gland is

devoid of a circlet of feathers.

460 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

The inferior larynx is provided with a single pair of intrinsic

muscles (? Didus).

The relations of the Peristeromorphe with the Alectoromorphze

are very close. On the other side they seem to be allied with the

Owls and the Vultures.

I have not been able to examine, for myself, more than an incom-

plete skull and the feet of Opisthocomus. The phalanges of the an-

terior toes (leaving the ungual phalanges out of consideration) are

nearly equal in length. The tarso-metatarse is similar to that of

the Alectoromorphe. But the extraordinary sternum, furcula, and

the many other peculiarities of this bird described by L’ Herminier,

Deville, and Gervais lead me to think that it must be placed in a

special subdivision of the Schizognathee.

The Desmoenatu4, like the Schizognathe, may be without in-

trinsic muscles of the lower larynx, or they may possess only one

pair, or they may have three pairs; but the lower larynx is never

constructed on the plan of that of the song-birds.

The carotids may be double or single.

Not fewer than seven groups of families appear to me to be clearly

distinguishable in this suborder, viz. the CoHENoMoRPHs, the Am-

PHIMORPHE, the PELARGOMORPH, the DysporoMoRPH4, the

AETOMORPH, the PstrracomMorPH4, and the CoccyGOMORPH2.

In addition to these undoubted Desmognathee I shall at the end of

this series consider the Woodpeckers under the name of CELEO-

MORPHE™*.

+], The CHENOMORPHE.

The lachrymal region of the skull is remarkably long.

The basisphenoidal rostrum has oval, sessile, basipterygoid facets,

like those of the Alectoromorphe.

The flat and lamellar maxillo-palatines unite and form a bridge

across the palate.

The angle of the mandible is greatly produced and recurved.

The sternum has a single pair of notches at its truncated posterior

margin.

The feet generally have a short hallux, and the anterior toes are

completely webbed ; but Palamedea and Anseranas are remarkable

exceptions to this rule. The phalanges of the anterior toes decrease

in length from the basal to the penultimate.

The oil-gland is surmounted by a circlet of feathers, and the larynx

has no intrinsic muscles (? Palamedea).

+2. The AMPHIMORPH.

The genus Phenicopterus is so completely intermediate between

the Anserine birds on the one side, and the Storks and Herons on

* Xijv,a goose; api, on both sides; HeAapyos, a stork; Dysporus, a generic

name applied to the gannets by Illiger; “Acros, an eagle; Wirraxos, a parrot ;

Koxkvé, a cuckoo; KéAcos, a woodpecker.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 461

the other, that it can be ranged with neither of these groups, but

must stand as the type of a division by itself.

Thus the skull has the long lachrymo-nasal region, the basiptery-

goid facets, the prolonged and recurved angle of the mandibles, the

laminated horny sheath of the Chenomorphz ; but the maxillo-

palatines are spongy, and the general structure of the rostrum is quite

similar to that found in the Storks and Herons.

The lower end of the crus is bare; but the feet are fully webbed,

and the pterylosis is said by Nitzsch to be ‘completely Stork-

like.”

+3. The PELARGOMORPH.

There are no basipterygoid processes, and the palatines usually

unite for a greater or less distance behind the posterior nares ; but

they send down no vertical plate from their junction.

The maxillo-palatines are large and spongy.

The angle of the mandible is truncated (except in Platalea and

Ibis).

The sternum is broad, and may have two or four posterior notches.

The hallux varies in its proportions, but is not turned forwards or

inwards, or united by a web with the other toes, the web between

which is always incomplete. The ratio of the phalanges is as in the

preceding groups.

The oil-gland is surmounted by a circlet.

The disposition of the carotids and the characters of the larynx vary.

I associate in this division the Herodie, Pelargi, and Hemiglot-

tides of Nitzsch. The last group, including the genera dis and

Platalea, differs from the rest in having a produced and recurved

mandibular angle, and in some other respects approaches Phenivo-

pterus. The typical forms incline rather to the succeeding group.

+4. The DyspoROMORPH.

The rostrum is long and pointed and more or less curved, and the

external nasal apertures are very small. There are no basipterygoid

processes. The palate-bones unite for a considerable distance be-

hind the posterior nares, and send down a vertical crest from their

junction.

The maxillo-palatines are large and spongy.

The angle of the mandible is truncated.

The sternum is broad, and its truncated posterior edge is either

entire or has a shallow excavation on each side of the middle line.

The hallux is turned forwards or inwards, and is united by a web

with the completely webbed anterior toes. The ratio of the pha-

langes is as in the preceding genera.

The oil-gland is surmounted by a circlet of feathers.

This group answers to the ‘‘ Steganopodes”’ of Illiger; and since

the appearance of the admirable memoir of Brandt, ‘ Zur Ostéologie

der Vogel,’ in 1840, no doubt can have been entertained as to its

extremely natural characters. The genera composing it are sharply

462 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. Il,

divided by the structure of the skull, described above, into two groups

—the one containing the Pelicans, the other the remaining genera.

Tr 5. The AETOMORPH2.

The rostrum is more or less arched and hooked at the tip, and at

its base there is a cere in which the nostrils are pierced. Basiptery-

goid processes may be present or absent. The maxillo-palatine pro-

cesses may be concavo-convex lamellz, or may be spongy and fill up

the base of the rostrum, but they are always united with an ossifi-

cation of the septum.

The breadth of the articular surface at the distal end of the qua-

drate bone is greater than its length, the outer condyle extending

about as far downwards as the inner.

The angle of the mandible is never recurved.

The sternum is broad, and has a strong carina. Its posterior edge

may be entire, or may have one or two notches on each side.

The pelvis and the tarso-metatarsus vary greatly. The feet always

possess a hallux; the fourth toe is never permanently turned back-

wards, and the anterior toes are never completely or even largely

webbed. In other respects they vary.

There are always two carotids.

The inferior larynx may be wanting, and when developed has not

more than one pair of intrinsic muscles.

The circlet of feathers may be present or absent upon the oil-

gland; and the contour feathers have, or have not, an aftershaft.

The division of the Aetomorphe is equivalent to the ‘‘ Raptores”’

of Cuvier—an eminently natural assemblage, and yet one the mem-

bers of which, as the preceding enumeration of their characters

shows, vary in most important particulars.

They appear to me to fall naturally into four well-defined primary

groups—the Strigide, the Cathartide, the Gypaetide, aud the

Gypogeranide. But this arrangement is so different from that or-

dinarily adopted, that I shall proceed to justify it by enumerating

the principal circumstances in which the members of the several

divisions agree with one another and differ from the rest.

In the Strigida, or Owls, the feathers want the aftershaft, and the

oil-gland is not surmounted by a circlet of feathers. The hallux is

more than half as long as the fourth toe, and on a level with the

other toes. The claws are long, curved, and acute, and the fourth

toe is reversible.

The first three phalanges of this toe are subequal and very short ;

all three together are not so long as the penultimate phalanx.

The basal phalanx of the third toe is not longer than the second,

and is far shorter than the penultimate.

The tarso-metatarsus is extremely flattened, with strong lateral

ridges, the inner edge being particularly thin; and, usually, there is

an osseous loop for the extensor tendons on its front face.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 463

The posterior face of the proximal end of the tarso-metatarsus

presents two ridges (of which the inner is very much stronger and

more prominent than the almost obsolete outer) separated by a deep

and wide groove.

The skull is broad, and the bones of the brain-case have a spongy

diploé. Basipterygoid processes are always present, and the tumid

and spongy maxillo-palatines are separated by an interval, which

may be wide throughout, or reduced to a cleft below.

The peculiarly spongy lachrymal remains distinct for a long time,

if not throughout life, from the frontal bones and the prefrontal

processes.

The external nares may be long, but are never pervious, the

septum being well ossified.

The sternum is commonly four-notched, and has a manubrial

process.

The proximal ends of the clavicles are comparatively little ex-

panded or recurved, and become very slender towards their sym-

physis. The clavicular process of the coracoid fits “nto an excava-

tion on the outer surface of the clavicle. The scapular process of

the coracoid is prolonged forwards to meet the clavicle. ‘The lower

larynx possesses one pair of intrinsic muscles.

The Cathartide comprise the Vultures of the New World (Ca-

thartes and Sarcoramphus)*. The feathers have no aftershaft, and

the oil-gland wants the circlet of feathers. The phalanges of the

hallux, taken together, are about half as long as those of the outer toe,

and the articular surface of its short metatarsal lies above the level

of the articular faces of the other metatarsals; the claws are blunt

and comparatively straight, and the fourth toe is not reversible.

The second and third phalanges of the fourth toe, taken together,

are as long as, or longer than, the basal phalanx.

The basal phalanx of the third toe is longer than either the second

or the penultimate, the two latter being subequal.

The tarso-metatarsus is thick, and its inner edge rounded and not

much thinner than the other.

The posterior face of the proximal end of the bone presents a

broad and prominent process, with a truncated posterior surface.

This surface has the contour of a heart with its apex downwards,

and is divided by a low longitudinal ridge into two slightly excavated

surfaces, of which the outer is the smaller. Below, the process

passes into a ridge, which runs down upon the middle metatarsal.

The skull is provided with basipterygoid processes, and has an

elongated rostrum. The valley between the lamellar maxillo-pala-

tines is both deep and wide.

The lachrymal bones are so completely anchylosed with the frontals

and with the broad prefrontal processes, that all traces of their pri-

mitive distiuctness are completely lost.

* T have examined skeletons of Cathartes fetens, C. aura, and C. californianus,

of Sarcorhamphus gryphus and S. papa, and compared them with species of Neo-

phron, Vultur, Gyps, Gypohierax, and Gypaetus.

464 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

The external nares are extremely long and are pervious, the septal

ossification not extending between them.

The sternum has, at most, a mere rudiment of the manubrial pro-

cess ; and its posterior margin exhibits either four slight excavations,

or two holes externally and two notches internally.

The proximal ends of the clavicles are greatly expanded and re-

curved ; and their outer sides present a deep and wide excavation, at

the bottom of which lies the pneumatic foramen. A great part of

this excavated surface is left uncovered in front of the clavicular

process of the coracoid when the bones are articulated together.

The scapular process of the coracoid is not prolonged forwards to

meet the clavicles.

The posterior or ischio-iliac edge of the os innominatum presents

a deep notch, which is not found in the other Aetomorphe.

No lower larynx is developed.

The group of the Gypaetide contains the Old World Vultures and

the other “ Raptores diurne,” except Gypogeranus.

With the single exception of Pandion (according to Nitzsch) their

contour feathers have aftershafts. The oil-gland is provided with a

circlet of feathers.

The phalanges of the hallux, taken together, are much more than

half as long as those of the fourth toe; and the articular surface of

the metatarsal descends to the level of the other or nearly so.

The second and third phalanges of the fourth toe, taken together,

may be longer or shorter than the basal; but the basal phalanx is

always much longer than the second.

The basal phalanx of the third toe is longer than the second pha-

lanx, which is sometimes (less commonly) longer, sometimes (more

commonly) shorter than the penultimate phalanx.

The tarso-metatarsus is greatly flattened, and its inner edge thin

and produced. On the upper part of its posterior face are two ridges

(of which the inner is the more prominent) separated by a deep and

wide groove. .

There are no basipterygoid processes. The maxillo-paiatines are

more or less spongy ; and narrow, or completely obliterate, the inter-

vening valley.

The lachrymals commonly remain long distinct (especially in the

Vultures).

The nasal apertures are usually little elongated, and are imper-

vious by reason of the ossification of the septum.

The sternum has a more or less distinctly marked manubrial pro-

cess. The posterior margin may be entire, and has not more than

two holes or notches.

The proximal ends of the strong clavicles are expanded, recurved,

and deeply excavated externally ; but the large clavicular process of

the coracoid fills the whole of the anterior moiety of this excavated

surface when the bones are articulated. The scapular process of the

coracoid sometimes is * and sometimes is not produced to the clavicle.

* E.g. in the Falcons proper and in Polyborus.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 465

The inferior larynx is present, and has one pair of intrinsic

muscles.

The division of the Gypogeranide consists of the single genus

Gypogeranus, which, though allied to the Falcons in some respects,

is so peculiar in others that it must be regarded as the type ofa

family apart. The feathers have an aftershaft, and the oil-gland a

circlet (Nitzsch). The phalanges of the elevated hallux, taken to-

gether, are not more than half as long as those of the outer toe.

The basal phalanx of the fourth toe is much longer than the distal,

and longer than the second and third together. These are subequal

and very short, shorter than the fourth phalanx.

The basal phalanx of the third toe is much longer than the second,

and the second is slightly longer than the third.

The shaft of the long tarso-metatarsal bone is prismatic, its antero-

posterior diameter being as great as, or greater than, the transverse.

The upper part of its posterior face presents a prominent process

terminated by an expanded cordate surface, somewhat as in the Ca-

thartide.

The skull has basipterygoid processes, and the spongy maxillo-

palatines are completely united, so as to obliterate the intermediate

valley. The lachrymal remains distinct ; and the long external nares

may be pervious, or not, according to the extent of the ossification

of the septum. The sternum is escutcheon-shaped, and elongated.

The posterior edge is convex, with two small emarginations on each

side. There is a distinct manubrial process.

The proximal ends of the clavicles are not expanded, and are

hardly excavated. A great median process extends from the sym-

physis of the clavicles, and becomes anchylosed with the sternum.

The scapular process of the coracoid is not prolonged to meet the

clavicle.

In the pelvis nothing is to be seen of that bending of the post-

acetabular region of the ilium downwards and forwards, which is so

strongly marked in most of the other Aetomorphe.

+-6. The PsirracomMorPH®.

The rostrum is arched and hooked at the extremity, and is regu-

larly articulated with the frontal region of the skull.

Basipterygoid processes are wanting.

The palatines are vertically elongated posteriorly, while anteriorly

they are horizontally flattened and moveably united with the rostrum.

The maxillo-palatines are spongy. The lachrymal and the post-

orbital bend towards one another and frequently unite below the

orbit.

The orbital process of the quadrate bone is very small; and its

distal end presents only one facet (which is compressed from side to

side and convex from before backwards) for the mandible. The rami

of the latter are deep, and pass into one another by a rounded trun-

cated symphysis.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXX.

466 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

The sternum is not notched, but may present two foramina pos-

teriorly.

The clavicles are relatively weak, and may be disunited, or absent.

When present, they are concave forwards as well as inwards.

The tarso-metatarsus is very short in relation to the tibia, broad,

and flattened from before backwards. Its outer distal articular

head is divided by a groove into two articular facets.

The fourth toe, articulated with this double facet, is permanently

turned backwards, The basal phalanges of the second, third, and

fourth digits of the foot are shorter than the penultimate.

The inferior larynx has three pairs of muscles, and is, in other

respects, peculiar.

The contour-feathers have a large aftershaft, and the oil-gland

when present has a circlet.

The Parrots constitute one of the best-defined groups of birds,

having affinities, though of no very close character, with the Aeto-

morphe and the Coccygomorphe.

+7. The CoccyecomorPH&.

The rostrum presents very various forms, and may be moveably

articulated with the skull. Basipterygoid processes are present only

in one genus (Trogon).

The maxillo-palatines are usually more or less spongy. The pala-

tines are not developed into vertical plates, but are, as usual, hori-

zoutally flattened.

The distal end of the quadrate bone has the ordinary form.

The sternum usually presents two notches on each side, and has

no bifurcated manubrial process (ex. Merops).

The clavicles are convex forwards, and without any process deve-

loped backwards from the summit of their symphysis.

The tarso-metatarsus is never remarkably elongated.

It does not appear that anything can be predicated in common of

the pterylosis or of the characters of the oil-gland in this group.

The larynx has not more than one, or at most two, pair of intrinsic

muscles.

The Coccygomorphe are readily divisible into four groups by the

characters of their feet, as follows :—

a. The first toe turned forwards, as well as the others.

Coliude.

b. The fourth toe temporarily, or permanently, turned backwards,

as well as the first.

Musophagide. Rhamphastide.

Cuculide. Capitonide.

Bucconide. Galbulide.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 467

c. The second, third, and fourth toes turned forwards ; the first

backwards.

Alcedinide. Meropide.

Bucerotide. Momotide.

Upupide. Coracide.

d. The first and second toes permanently turned backwards ; the

third and fourth forwards.

Trogonide.

This group, as I have already intimated, appears to occupy the

centre of the Desmognathous division—the Musophagide approach-

ing the Aetomorphe, the Trogonide the Cypselomorphe, and the

Alcedinide the Pelargomorphe.

It appears to me not improbable that it may hereafter be desirable

to divide this group into four, retaining the title of Coceygomorphee

for the second.

+ The CELEOMORPH.

The rostrum is straight and usually elongated, and there are no

basipterygoid processes.

The maxillo-palatines are short lamellz, which, when longest, do

not extend beyond the outer edges of the palatines, and are sometimes

altogether rudimentary.

The vomers are very delicate rod-like bones, which in some cases,

at any rate, remain permanently separate.

The quadrate bone is remarkably short.

The sternum has two notches on each side, posteriorly, and a forked

manubrial process. The carina extends to the summit of this pro-

cess, its anterior edge being little (or not at all) excavated.

The clavicles have no median process ; but their scapular ends are

expanded, as in the typical passerine birds. The scapula accessoria

has the same form as in the latter.

The upper and posterior process of the tarso-metatarsus is tra-

versed by a number of canals (five in Picus) for the flexor tendons ;

and the outer distal head of the bone is divided into two parts, the

fourth toe, which is articulated with it, being turned backwards.

In the second, third, and fourth toes the basal phalanx is shorter

than the penultimate.

The tongue is long, slender, and protrusible ; and there is only one

carotid.

The oil-gland is surmounted by a circlet of feathers.

In this group I comprehend only the Picide and Yungide.

It is very difficult to assign the Celeomorphe to their proper

place. Ordinarily they are associated together with the Psittaco-

morphe and Coccygomorphe in the ‘order’ Scansores; but seve-

ral ornithologists have pointed out the thoroughly unnatural cha-

racter of this assemblage; and it is more than thirty years since

468 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

Sundevall* proposed to break it up into the three distinct groups of

Pici, Psrrraci, and Coccyers,—the first to contain Picus and

Yunz; the last Pogonias, Bucco, Crotophagus, Pheenicopheus,

Coccyzus, Centropus, Cuculus, Galbula, Dacelo, Merops, Colaris,

Trogon, and Caprimulgus.

Sundevall calls these groups “orders ;”’ but, leaving the question

of taxonomic rank aside, the first two exactly correspond with the

Celeomorphz and Psittacomorphe of the present essay ; while the

third nearly answers to my Coccygomorphze,—a coincidence which

I the more desire to signalize, as the Swedish naturalist attends only

to external characters, while I have, almost exclusively, been guided

by the skeleton.

Kessler} takes very much the same view as Sundevall, though he

is inelined to put Bucco along with the Woodpeckers, instead of ar-

ranging it, as Sundevall more justly does, with the Cuckoos.

Not that the resemblances pointed out by Kessler do not exist ;

they are genuine enough, just as are others which might be pointed

out between the Woodpeckers and the Hornbills and other Coccy-

gomorphe ; but the structure of the skull affords a very definite

and complete distinction between the latter and any of the Gecino-

morphe.

The Woodpeckers, in fact, are not. Desmognathous, the palate in

these birds exhibiting rather a degradation and simplification of the

AEgithognathous structure. The vomers retain throughout lite the

condition which is transitory in the Coracomorphe. With the latter

the Celeomorphze have in common the shortness of the wing-coverts,

the conical scapule accessoria, the biturcate manubrium of the ster-

num, the multiperforate backward process of the tarso-metatarsus,

and the brevity of the basal phalanges of the toes as compared with

the penultimate.

Thus I conceive that the Celeomorphe are intermediate between

the Coracomorphe and the Coccygomorphe, and that they may be

best associated with the former as an aberrant group of the Aigitho-

gnathe, tending towards the Coccygomorphee as the Cypselomorphze

do in another way.

The other AGiTHOGNATH are divisible into two groups, the

CypsELOMORPH and the CoRACOMORPHE.

4—-The CypseLomorrua, like the Gecinomorphe, are annectent

forms between the Coracomorphe and the Coceygomorphe.

The vomer is truncated at the anterior end, and the maxillo-

palatines slender and disposed nearly as in the typical Coracomorphee

(2 Trochilus).

The sternum is broad and is devoid of a forked manubrium. Its pos-

terior edge may be entire, or may have two excavations on each side.

The furcula has no backwardly directed median process, or only a

* Ornithologiskt System af C. J. Sundevall, Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Handlingar,

1835, p. 68.

+ “ Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Spechte,” Bulletin de la Société Impé-

riale des Naturalistes de Moscou, 1844, pp. 331-340.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 469

rudiment of it ; and the scapular end of each clavicle is not expanded

and ‘T-shaped.

The lower larynx has not more than one pair of intrinsic muscles.

This group contains three very distinct families—the 77ochilide,

the Cypselide, and the Caprimulgide.

The first two families have a length of the manus and a brevity

of the humerus which is peculiar to themselves, being only ap-

proached by the Swallows, and ina less degree by the Caprimulgide.

In both Caprimulgus and Aigotheles the manus is slightly longer

be io: ulua, and the latter considerably exceeds the humerus in

ength.

Both the Swifts and the Goatsuckers have a slight rudiment of a

vertical process developed from the middle of the furcula. go-

theles approaches the Swifts more nearly than Caprimulgus does in

the form of its palatine bones, and in the absence of basipterygoid

processes.

The Cypselide are very closely related to the Swallows among

the Coracomorphe, while the Caprimulgide come near Trogon, and

more remotely approach Podargus and the Owls.

The CoracoOMORPH.

There are no basipterygoid processes.

The vomer, single in the adult, is truncated in front and deeply

cleft behind*. The maxillo-palatines are sometimes slender and

rod-like, sometimes broader, but are never concavo-convex lamelle,

or tumid and elongated as in most Schizognathe. The postero-

external angles of the palatines are always weil marked, and are fre-

quently produced backwards.

The sternum has a forked manubrium, a strong carina with an

~ excavated anterior edge, long costal processes, and, except in one or

two cases (Pteroptochus and Scytalopus), its posterior edge has a

single notch on each side.

The clavicles have expanded T-shaped scapular ends, and send back

a vertical process from their inferior junction (except in Menura).

There is a conical scapula accessoria.

The tarso-metatarsus has a tuberosity perforated by six distinct

canals for the flexor tendons.

The pollex is strong and turned backwards.

The basal phalanges are not longer than the penultimate, but

usually much shorter in the anterior toes. :

The contour-feathers have a small aftershaft, and the oil-gland

has no circlet of feathers.

There is only one carotid, the left.

The lower larynx presents every degree of complexity. It may

be wholly tracheal, or, as is more commonly the case, partly tracheal

and partly bronchial ; it may be devoid of muscles, or may have six

pairs, or may be enveloped in a muscular mass.

* Nitzsch (Art. Passerine, Ersch und Griiber’s ‘ Encyclopedie,’ 1840) was the

first to indicate this and many other distinctive characters of this group.

470 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 11,

This immense group of birds corresponds in great part with the

Passeres of Linnzeus and Cuvier, and wholly with the VoLucrEes

of Sundevall, who thus defines it :—

Alarum tectrices breves. Pollex validus solus retroversus. Ungues

compress.

Ale pennis cubiti magnis tectricibusque parvis instructe ; tee-

trices cubitales minorem quam dimidiam pennarum partem te-

gunt. Margo ale plicate non a pennis cubiti obtegitur ;

prima enim earum ad ultimam remigum applicata manet. Di-

giti semper 4. Pollex crassior vel longior semper volumine

major quam digitus internus. Unguis pollicis semper multo

major quam laterales sed in quibusdam non major quam medius.

Digitus externus toto articulo primo cum digito medio concre-

tus. Phalanx digitorum penultima reliquis multo longior ;

basales (in digito externo et medio) breves. Cutis pedum firma,

arcte applicata, antice scutata. Tarsus scutis 7: mediis lon-

gioribus, 2 infimis brevissimis superioribus et inferioribus oppo-

sita vice obliquis* ; raro plumatus, nunquam reticulatus. In-

terdum scuta omnia preter 2 infima in unum levissimum, suturis

obsoletis confluunt (tarsi caligati, Illiger). Digiti seutis pha-

langum 1 seu 2 longis, jguncturarum brevibus. Apparatus

musicus laryngis his avibus peculiaris.

The Volucres thus defined are divided into two “orders,” as

follows :—

Ordo I. Passeres. Rostrum crassius conicum capite brevius.

Mazvilla inferior marginibus validis inflexis convergentibus pos-

tice altioribus.

Rostrum a cranio paullo deflecum ewit sutura vie longiore quam

dorso rostri. Hine limes faciei rectus apparet, nec ut in se-

quentibus ad fauces longe retorsum angulatus. Mazilla inferior

ad semina frangenda constructa, ut nuper descriptum qua con-

formatione in rostro hiante fauces deflexe apparent. Lingua

parva subcrassa plerumque caret margine membranaceo. Ric-

tus mediocris. Pedes minores graciles.

Ordo II. Oscines. Rostrum varium marginibus maxille inferioris

simplicibus nec inflexis.

Ordo polymorphus et specierum ditissimus cujus deseriptio gene-

Palis adhuc fere tuntum negativa existit.

Now the “ Passeres’’ of Sundevall have all, so far as I have exa-

mined them, that peculiar form of the palatine bones which I have

described as characteristic of the Finches; while the ‘‘ Oscines”’

have the typical A’githognathous arrangement. And, thus far, cra-

nial characters appear to bear out the classification of Sundevall,

though I neither think that the groups have the value he assigns to

them, nor that their names are happily selected. It is quite impos-

* Scuta in Ptilonorhyncho, paucis Myotheris, Coracina et Chasmorhyncho 9.

In quibusdam inter longilingues majores 8 parallela, zqualia.

1867.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 471

sible, for example, to restrict a term so commonly used in a wide

signification as Passeres, to the sense in which Sundevall em-

ploys it.

Miiller divided the whole of the Ixsessores, according to the struc-

ture of the lower larynx*, into Oscrnes or Potymyop (of which

Sundevall’s “ Passeres”” form one family—the Fringillide), having

the lower larynx formed partly by the trachea and partly by the

bronchi, and possessing five or six pairs of muscles attached to the

ends of certain of the bronchial rings; TrRacurorHon#, with the

lower larynx formed exclusively by a modification of the lower part

of the trachea; and Prcarra, with the larynx either partly tracheal

and partly bronchial, or wholly bronchial and with not more than

three pairs of muscles.

Under the head of Picarize, however, Miller included the Cypselo-

morph, Coccygomorphe, and Psittacomorphe, as well as the two

Mgithognathous families Tyrannide and Ampelide; and thus a

group of “ Picariz’’ very different from that of Nitzsch was esta-

blished.

Later authors, adopting Miiller’s term of Tracheophonee, have

unfortunately extended the group so named to include the Tyrannide

and Ampelide, dividing the whole of the “ Passeres”’ into CANORE

and TRACHEOPHON2.

Burmeister, for example, proposes this arrangement in his excel-

lent monograph on Coracina seutata, and speaks of that bird as one

of the Tracheophone; whereas his account of its larynx shows

that it is altogether dissimilar to the tracheal lower larynx of the

Myjiotheride, Scytalopodide, and Anabatide, in which alone that

singular structure has been found. Miiller would have put Coracina

among his Picarize.

If for “ Picarize’”’ we substitute a name formed in a manner analo-

gous to Polymyode, viz. OLicomyop#, the Agithognathe would

be divisible according to their laryngeal structure into three groups ;

and it becomes an important question how far the three divisions

thus formed are natural, or present other differences beside those of

the larynx.

From this point of view, and regarded as primary subdivisions of

the Coracomorphee, it seems to me clear that they are not natural.

Burmeister has described Coracina ; I have examined Cephalopterus,

Tyrannus, Eurylaimus, Pteroptochus, and Chasmorhynchus ; and in

no one of them does the structure of the skull differ so much from

that of a typical polymyodian Coracomorph (e. g. one of the Cor-

videe) as does that of the also polymyodian Coccothraustes. Pipra

resembles the Finches.

The sternum in most of these genera has the same characters as,

and presents no greater varieties than are met with in, the Poly-

myodz. But among the Tracheophone the small group of Scytalo-

podide, as Miller originally stated, have two notches on each side of

* Though he wavers in his estimate of the taxonomic value of these divisions.

See his paper, “ Ueber die bisher unbekannten typischen Verschiedenheiten, &c.,”

Abhand. d. Berl. Akad. 1846, p. 367.

472 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. [Apr. 1],

the sternum, standing alone among the Coracomorphe in this par-

ticular *.

So far as their osteology goes, the Polymyodz, Oligomyodz, and

Tracheophone form one great group, in which the Finches and the

Scytalopidee alone are distinguishable from the rest by any very im-

portant characters.

But one genus, Menura, stands apart from all the other Coraco-

morphee.

The vomer in this singular bird is broad and rounded off in front,

and deeply cleft behind.

The maxillo-palatines are altogether obsolete, or at any rate un-

ossified—a condition which I have not observed in any other Coraco-

morph.

The sternum has a well-developed and forked manubrium; but

its posterior edge is strongly convex, and only exhibits a slight notch

on each side. It is unlike the corresponding bone in any of the

other Coracomorphe, in all of which the posterior edge is straight.

The furcula has no median process, and its scapular ends are com-

paratively little expanded.

The tarso-metatarsus has the typical structure; and the penultimate

phalanges are much longer than the basal ones in the anterior toes.

Thus, with my present information, I should be disposed to divide

the Coracomorphe into two primary groups—one containing Me-

nura, and the other all the other genera which have yet been exa-

mined. How the latter is to be subdivided is a difficult question, upon

the consideration of which I do not at present propose to enter.

In concluding this paper, I desire to offer my best thanks to my

friends Dr. Giinther, Mr. Parker, and Mr. O. Salvin for their kindness

in supplying me with specimens, to the Museum Committee of the

Royal College of Surgeons ard to Dr. J. E. Gray of the British

Museum for the opportunities of freely employing the collections

under their charge which I have enjoyed, and especially to Dr.

Sclater for many valuable suggestions upon points of nomenclature.

P.S. I find I have omitted to refer to a memoir by Kessler enti-

tled ‘“Osteologie der Vogelfiisse,’’ published in the ‘ Bulletin de la

Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou’ in 1841, which is full

of valuable information and suggestions. ‘This writer was the first

to draw attention to the great systematic value of the tarso-meta-

tarsus and to what I have spoken of as the ratio of length of the

phalanges. Kessler’s views are fully borne out by M. Alphonse

Milne-Edwards in the introduction to his great work on Fossil Birds,

now in course of publication.

* Inaspecimen of Pteroptochus megapodius from Chili, in the British Museum,

the two notches extend for fully half the length of the sternum, and the middle

and outer processes which bound them are very slender. There is a large bifur-

cated manubrium; and the costal process is long and pointed, being directed for-

wards and outwards.

1867.] LETTER FROM DR. G. BENNETT. 473

May 9, 1867.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the following

interesting additions to the Society’s Menagerie :-—

1. An example of the Parrot (Coracopsis barklyi) described by

Mr. Edward Newton at the last Meeting of the Society, from Pras-

lin Island, Seychelles ; presented to the Society by Swinburne Ward,

Esq., H.M. Commissioner to the Seychelles, on the 8th ult.

2. A Tortoise from Digué Island, Seychelles (Sternotherus sub-

niger, Gray, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 195); presented by the same gentle-

man on the 23rd of March last.

3. A pair of Ka Ka Parrots (Nestor hypopolius), from New Zea-

land; presented to the Society by the Acclimatation Society of Can-

terbury, New Zealand, on the 25th of April.

4. A Boatbill (Cancroma cochlearia), obtained in exchange from

the Zoological Gardens, Antwerp, on the 25th of April.

5. A male Ground-Hornbill, from West Africa (Bucoraz abyssi-

nicus) ; presented May 6th by C. B. Mosse, Esq., Staff-Surgeon ;

and very acceptable, as the Society’s collection had previously con-

tained three females of this rare and interesting species.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a skull of Tapirus bairdi, which had been

forwarded to him by Capt. J. M. Dow, C.M.Z.S. This skull had

been obtained on the side of the Volcan Viejo in Nicaragua, and

was of great interest in proving that this species of Tapir extended

its range northwards so tar. Mr. Sclater also remarked that it would

be of still greater interest now to ascertain to what species the Mexi-

can Tapir was referable, it being well ascertained that a species of

this genus occurs in the southern parts of Mexico*.

A letter was read from Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S., dated Sydney,

February 21st, and addressed to the Secretary, in which details were

given respecting the rediscovery of Casuarius australis in Queens-

land, and photographs were enclosed of a specimen of this bird re-

cently received by the Sydney Museum.

‘Dr. Bennett’s communication enclosed a copy of the following

letter, addressed to the Editor of the ‘Sydney Herald’ by Mr. W.

Carron, the only survivor of Kennedy’s Expedition, during which

the original example of Casuarius australis had been procured :—

‘‘ Botanic Gardens, Sydney,

8th February, 1867.

**Sir,—In the ‘ Herald’ of to-day is a letter from Mr. G. Krefft

* “Our Museum” (i. e. that of Copenhagen) “ possesses a very bad and much

mutilated skin (without any bones) of a Tapir from Mexico (Oaxaca), brought back

in 1843 by the late botanist Prof. Liebmann. It is indeed too bad to found any

decisive opinion upon it; but I cannot find any difference between it and the

common American Tapir ( Tapirus americanus).”—Prof. REINHARDT, in lift.

474 MR. E. BLYTH ON ROLLULUS SUPERCILIOSUS. [May 9,

of the Sydney Museum, giving the description of a Cassowary lately

obtained by Mr. G. Randall Johnson at Rockingham Bay, and also

alluding to one shot by Mr. Thomas Wall while on the expedition

to Cape York with the late Mr. E. B. Kennedy. .

‘IT have just seen the bird sent to the Museum by Mr. Johnson,

and think it is identical with that shot by Mr. Wall in the vicinity

of Weymouth Bay in November 1848; but the description given of

the latter as quoted from Gould’s work on ‘ Australian Birds’ is not

correct. Iam aware that in the few remarks on Wall’s bird, which

appear in my narrative of Kennedy’s expedition, there is an error as

to the colour of its helmet or comb, which was 6lack, not red (the

redness referred to the wattles), an error which I have before corrected.

As I was present when Wall’s bird was shot, and helped to eat it, I

had a good opportunity of knowing something about it. Instead of

going in flocks of five or six together, it is certainly a solitary bird,

and would appear to be very scarce, as only two others were seen by

our party during the whole journey from Rockingham Bay to my

furthest camp at Weymouth Bay, in latitude 12° 25'S. This bird

had shorter but larger legs, a heavier body, and shorter neck than

the Emu, the colour very dark, its habits, too, being unlike those

of the Emu. It appears to confine itself to the gullies in the thick

jungles with the Brush-Turkeys and Jungle-fowl, feeding on the

various fruits found there, even swallowing the large seeds of Casta-

nospermum and Pandanus. Mr. Wall took every care of the skin

he was able to do; but it was completely destroyed before he died,

together with my own specimens at Weymouth Bay. This bird was

certainly very large, and furnished our whole party with a better

supper and breakfast than we had enjoyed for some months, or than

poor Wall was destined to enjoy again (as he and all his companions,

with the exception of myself and one other, had died in six weeks

after from want of food) ; but there was not one in the party who

would not have eaten more if lie could have got it, every meal being

divided with the greatest nicety, and having been so for a long time.

**T am, Sir, yours, &c.,

*“W. CaRRON.”

A letter was read, addressed to Professor Owen by Sir Walter

Elliot, K.S.I., F.Z.S., and communicated to the Society by Prof.

Owen, containing some corrections of notes contributed by Sir Walter

Elliot to paper recently contributed by Prof. Owen to the Society’s

‘ Transactions ’*.

This letter will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. E. Blyth, C.M.Z.S., exhibited a skin of a Quail shot near

Missouree, new to the fauna of Continental India. This species had

been described and figured in the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ pt. 2, as

Rollulus superciliosus ; but Mr. Blyth considered that it belonged

* “On some Indian Cetacea collected by Walter Elliot, Esq.’’ By Professor

Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. (Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 17).

1867.] MR. HILL ON THE REPRODUCTION OF KANGAROOS. 475

more strictly to the true Quails, and should be made the type of a

new genus proposed to be called Malacoturniz.

A communication was read from Dr. A. Leith Adams, containing

a description of a new fossil Dormouse from the quaternary forma-

tions of Malta, proposed to be called Myoxus melitensis.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Dr. J. Murie read a memoir on the dermal and visceral structures

of the Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus), Sun-bittern (Hurypyga helias),

and Boatbill (Cancroma cochlearia), as observed in specimens of

these birds recently deceased in the Society’s Gardens.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Passage of the Young to the Pouch in the Kan-

garoos (Macropus and Halmaturus). By E. 8S. Hi.

Communicated, with Remarks, by Prof. Owrn, F.R.S.,

F.Z.S.,.&c:

[I have been favoured by an esteemed correspondent with the fol-

lowing letter, which, from past experience of his accuracy of obser-

vation, I confidently communicate as a document of genuine scien-

tific value, in elucidation of the interesting problem in animal-gene-

ration to which it relates.

I am not aware that the phenomena of the transport of the young

to the pouch have been previously observed in Kangaroos in their

native wilds; at least I know of no record of such observations.

What physiology has hitherto taught on this subject has been based

on experiments on Kangaroos in captivity made a few hours after

the uterine foetus had become a mammary one, and on the single

observation by the Knowsley superintendent of the parturition of a

captive Potoroo (Bettongia), recorded by the late Earl of Derby in the

‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for November 12th, 1844.—R. O.]

‘‘ Woollahra, Sydney,

23rd January, 1867.

‘* Recently I visited the caverns (breccia caves of Wellington Val-

ley) discovered by Sir T. L. Mitchell, our once Surveyor General,

situated about 280 miles from Sydney, for the purpose of reporting

whether it would be desirable to have a collection from that quarter.

Mr. Krefft, of our Museum, was sent, and what bones he got will

figure at the Paris Exhibition. Winter is the proper time to work

there, and not less than two months for the purpose.

‘* At the risk of being tedious, I am about to mention a fact which

occurred at the early part of last winter, one which may never occur

to me again, and which in all probability has not occurred before

under observation.

476 MR. HILL ON THE REPRODUCTION OF KANGAROOS. [May 9,

‘Many people in this country still entertain the popular tale that

the young of the Kangaroo is formed and grows on the teat, and

cheat themselves into the belief that it is a truth. Others more in-

dustrious still disseminate the tales of stock-men, who broadly assert

that they have watched the development, and have killed hundreds

of adults with the young in that state. Backed by the fact that these

young bled at the mouth when forced from the teat, it is very easy

to swell the ranks of believers in these popular notions, but difficult

to get any one to search out the truth or to alter their expressed

opinions.

“Hunting on the mountains at the time referred to, about 100

miles from Sydney, for the double purpose of getting specimens of

the Wallaroo (Macropus robustus) for our Museum, and entertain-

ing a couple of friends in the sport, I was quietly ensconced under

shelter of some rocks, waiting for any game which might be disturbed

from the back country by my aboriginals, who were sent around for

that purpose as soon as we had taken up our proper position to re-

ceive any coming within range. I had not been placed half an hour

before I heard the well-known sounds of game, and immediately

afterwards saw in the van a fine doe Wallaroo, followed at some

distance by half a dozen others of both sexes.

“‘T was perfectly secure, and down wind, and almost sure to get a

shot, but desired to have a large black male, which I saw among

the troop. So soon, however, as the doe came within 30 yards she

sat up for a moment, then squatted and put her head towards the

ground, and picked up, as I thought, a piece of stone with her lips ;

in an instant, with her hands back to back, she seized her pouch,

stretched it open and inserted her head, ears and all, to the very

neck, in which position she remained half a minute, then, with-

drawing her head and looking all round (the companions had halted

in the distance at the same time as herself) and seeing all safe, put

her head in again as before. Suddenly there was a move among

the lot, and to all appearance they were for another direction. I at

once shot the doe, examined the pouch, and found that her care and

solicitation had been bestowed on the young, just born, which had

been conveyed to the pouch by her lips.

«That, however, was not conclusive to one of my friends. In the

grey of the following morning, not far from our camp, very quietly on

a ledge of rocks sat a Wallaby (Halmaturus) engaged at her pouch :

it was shot; the young evidently had only just been conveyed there,

and had not hold of the nipple. In the course of the day fourteen

others were added to our bag, two females of which I dissected and

found a young one, or fcetus, in each. This was conclusive.

** Believe me,

“Very faithfully yours,

(Signed) “EK. S. Hin.”

[If reference be made to the ‘ Proceedings’ of our Society for No-

vember 26th, 1833 (vol. i. p. 132), the conclusions from the experi-

ments on Macropus major there recorded were ‘that parturition

1867.] DR. A. MACALISTER ON GLOBIOCEPHALUS SVINEVAL. 477

takes place in the erect and not in the recumbent posture,” “that

the fore paws were not used for the transmission of the foetus, but

to keep open the pouch ready for its reception, while the mouth

would be the means by which it would be deposited therein, and,

perhaps, held over a nipple until the mother felt the sensitive extre-

mity grasped by the young one.” I was led, also, to suggest, from

«the ease with which the mother could reach with her mouth the

orifices of the vagina and pouch,”’ that the young might be so trans-

ferred from the one to the other.

The superintendent of Lord Derby’s menagerie, however, reported

that the ‘ Bettongia,’ ‘backing as it were into a corner of her cage,

in this situation produced the young one, which, after its birth, she

took up in her fore paws and deposited in the pouch.”

Mr. Hill’s observations, in which I am disposed to place more

confidence, distinctly testifies to the lips or mouth as the instrument

of transport, the fore paws aiding precisely in the manner observed

in my experiments. The Knowsley observation accords with Mr.

Hill’s in the circumstance of the fcetus being dropped on the ground

when expelled from the vagina: as may be inferred, at least, from

the expression that ‘‘ after its birth she took it up and deposited it

in the pouch”’ (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p. 163). Whether this cir-

cumstance of the parturition is constant, viz. the dropping of the

foetus on the ground, or whether the foetus may, occasionally, be

received by the mouth from the vulva, I am still disposed to regard

as a matter for ulterior observations. But the main fact of the

conveyance of the foetus to the pouch by means of the mouth may

now be held as the more probable (at least the more usual, if not

the constant) way in the genus Macropus.—R. O.]|

2. On some Points in the Anatomy of Globiocephalus svineval

(Gray). By Atexanper Macatister, M.D., Demon-

strator of Anatomy, Royal College of Surgeons, Ireland.

Through the kindness of Dr. Carte, Director of the Natural His-

tory Museum of the Royal Dublin Society, I have had the opportu-

nity of dissecting some parts of a Cetacean belonging to the above

species, and in its structure I have found what I think are peculiari-

ties worthy of record. The individual was a very young one, caught

on the west coast of Ireland, near Ballina, north-west of co. Mayo,

and when recent measured nearly 6 feet in length. The skeleton

was but imperfectly ossified, the lateral and spinous processes of the

vertebree being yet cartilaginous and flexible for the most part.

Most of the soft parts had been removed before the specimen was

sent up to Dublin; but the pharyngeal and laryngeal apparatus was

untouched, as likewise were the anterior extremity and a few of the

spinal muscles ; it was of these few parts that I was enabled to make

a careful examination. (In the accompanying woodcut (p. 478) the

478 DR. A. MACALISTER ON GLOBIOCEPHALUS SVINEVAL. [May 9,

head is rotated a little, so that the under surface of the lower jaw

is turned forwards ; and the tongue is removed ; the latter was gone

before the animal was submitted to my notice.)

The observations which I have subjoined may be grouped into

three series: Ist, regarding the anatomy of the pharynx and larynx ;

2ndly, regarding the spinal muscles ; and 3rdly, regarding the struc-

tures forming the anterior extremity.

Globiocephalus svineval.

a. Scalenus posticus. 6. Scalenus medius. c¢. Scalenus anticus. d. Trachelo-

mastoid. e. Rectus capitis posticus major. f, f. Stylo-keraticus. g. Squamo-

keratic joint. h. Stylo-pharyngeus. 2. Carotid artery. 4. Sterno-thyroid.

i. Thyroid cartilage. m. Front of same. . Thyro-hyoid. o. Posterior

cornu of hyoid bone. p. Hyo-keratic. g. Superior constrictor. 7. Pterygo-

keratic. s. Superior constrictor. ¢. Stylo-hyoid.

The anatomy of the pharynx differs in many respects from that

of Balenoptera rostrata, and likewise from that of Delphinus and

Phocena ; in general, however, its modes of arrangement are more

closely allied to those of the latter species than to those of the former.

The pharynx is a wide ovoid bag with a large anterior opening

communicating with the mouth, from which, however, it was sepa-

rated by a thick round crescentic fold, which bounded the isthmus

faucium upon three sides, and was attached to the base of the tongue

below by the extremities of its cornua. This fold was smooth, but

showed no trace of a uvula in its centre; but on dissecting from its

surfa¢e the mucous membrane, a thick sphincter isthmi faucium or

palato-glossus muscle was brought into view. This muscle, in com-

mon with its fellow of the opposite side, arose from the middle line

of the velum pendulum palati, and was inserted into the side of the

base of the tongue ; this muscle, when it acted, was capable of oc-

cluding perfectly the oral aperture of the pharynx, a condition of

probable occurrence in the respiratory actions.

The openings of the posterior nares passed upwards and forwards

from the pharyngeal cavity above and behind the opening into the

mouth; these apertures were separated from each other by a septum,

which did not extend as far backwards as the lateral boundaries of

1867.] DR. A. MACALISTER ON GLOBIOCEPHALUS SVINEVAL. 479

the canal; so the tube was single at its pharyngeal end for a short

distance ; its mucous walls were thick and slightly moveable, having

a muscular ring subjacent to the lining membrane. This sphincter-

like arrangement arose from the median ridge of the basisphenoid,

and surrounded the aperture of the nares; from its position it was

evidently a displaced representative of the levator palati muscle ;

here, however, it is developed as a constrictor naris. Below, the

pharynx contained the tubular prolongation of the glottis, which in

this species resembled that of the Porpoise in the cohesion of its

sides, as the aryteno-epiglottidean folds were prolonged nearly to

the extremities of the arytenoid bodies and of the epiglottis ; these

folds contained the aryteno-epiglottic muscles. In Balenoptera

the glottis differs remarkably in being arranged in a freer manner,

as two-thirds of the prominent portions of the arytenoids and epi-

glottis are perfectly unattached to each other.

The opening of the cesophagus was marked by a sudden con-

striction, and was placed below the level of the cricoid cartilage,

which was deficient anteriorly.

The pharyngeal mucous membrane being removed, the three con-

strictors were exposed, arranged nearly in their usual manner. The

inferior had its origin from the posterior margin of the cricoid and

thyroid cartilages, and was inserted into the median raphe ; below

it were the inferior laryngeal nerves; and in shape it was quadri-

lateral and very narrow. The middle constrictor was rather thicker

and somewhat triangular; it arose from the posterior cornu of the

hyoid bone and by some fibres from the stylo-hyoid cornu (the latter

corresponding to the occasional syndesmo-pharyngeus of some ani-

mals, and rarely of man); its fibres ran backwards, expanding, and

were inserted into the median raphe, where they were wide and thin

and overlapped by the last described.

The superior constrictor, whose fibres were closely connected to

those of the palato-pharyngeus, formed a thick stratum surrounding

the anterior extremity of the pharynx; it arose from the inner sur-

face of the internal pterygoid plate, extending into the posterior

nasal orifice to a distance of 3 inches from the pharyngeal level of

that opening; its fibres likewise arose from the posterior border of

the palatine bone and from a dense fascia, corresponding to an in-

wardly displaced intermaxillary ligament, which extends from the

angle of the maxilla to the edge of the stylo-hyoid cornu ; from

these origins the fibres ran downwards, inwards, and backwards to

be inserted into the raphe. The most internal fibres were continued

over the others, and on a plane superficial to the middle and even to

the inferior constrictor; these, though in this instance inseparable

from the rest of the mass, yet, from the nature of their insertion, I

would judge to be the representative of the muscle not infrequent in

some animals, and called by Meckel azygos pharyngis. This muscle

sometimes occurs as an irregularity in human anatomy (Proceedings

of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. ix. pl. 5. f. 1a).

Within the constrictors, although there was no distinct posterior

faucial pillar in relation to the soft palate, yet there was a strong

480 DR. A. MACALISTER ON GLOBIOCEPHALUS SVINEVAL. [ May 9,

broad palato-pharyngeus muscle, which arose from the posterior

border of the palate bones opposite the median line of the velum

and above and behind the palato-glossus; from this point the muscles

of both sides diverged, and, passing beneath or on the inner aspect

of the superior constrictor, were inserted into the vertebral edge of

the thyroid cartilage. There was no trace of a tonsil ; nor anteriorly

could any rudiment of a salivary gland be found, even though I

searched in the locality corresponding to the place where Dr. Carte

and I found a rudimental parotid in Balenoptera rostrata.

In the dissection of the neck I found the following muscles con-

nected with the hyoid bone and larynx :—-1. Sterno-hyoid, arose from

the upper edge of the sternum and ran to the body of the hyoid bone.

2. Sterno-thyroid, from the back of the sternal extremity of the car-

tilage of the first rib to an angular line on the thyroid cartilage; in

direction it ran upwards and inwards, and it overlapped the common

carotid artery, This muscle was not found by Dr. Carte and my-

self in Balenoptera ; its costal origin is interesting, as a correspond-

ing attachment is sometimes its sole origin in Man, as described by

Hallett and others. 3. Thyro-hyoid, from above the oblique line

on the ala of the thyroid cartilage to the posterior border of the base

of the os hyoides. 4. Crico-thyroid, quadrilateral in shape, entirely

covered by the sterno-thyroid, passed from the front of the cricoid

cartilage upwards and forwards* to the posterior edge of the thyroid.

5. Hyo-keratic (xépas, cornu), probably a modified hyo-glossus, arose

from the anterior edge of the body of the hyoid bone, and was in-

serted into the hinder and upper edges of the stylo-hyoid cornu ;

this muscle was short, broad, and thick. 6. Stylo-keratic, arose

from the squamous bones, external to the articulation between the

stylo-hyoid cornu and the base of the skull; from this point it ran

downwards and backwards to be inserted into the upper third of the

stylo-hyoidean cornu. 7. Stylo-hyoid, a pyriform muscle remote

from the last named, arose from the squamous bone internal to the

afore-mentioned articulation, and was inserted into the posterior or

great cornu of the hyoid bone; its origin was placed on a plane in

front of the next muscle, stylo-pharyngeus ; its belly crossed over

the stylo-hyoid bone, and its tendinous insertion crossed the external

carotid artery and the lingual nerve. 8. Stylo-pharyngeus, arose from

that portion of the squamous bone behind the styloid articulation,

posterior to the last described, and was inserted into the superior

edge of the thyroid cartilage, upon which there was an oblique ridge

for its insertion. This muscle was narrow at its origin, and over-

lapped in its course the glosso-pharyngeal nerve, internal and external

carotid arteries, and the rete mirabile formed by the former vessel ;

its insertion was superficial to the middle constrictor of the pharynx,

and was separated from the attachment of the sterno-thyroid by a

small part of the origin of the thyro-hyoid muscle. For these

muscles I have preserved the name stylo, although they have in

reality no true styloid attachment. 9. Basio-thyro-hyoid, arose

* All these positions have reference to the animal as placed resting on its ven-

tral aspect.

1867.] DR. A. MACALISTER ON GLOBIOCEPHALUS SVINEVAL. 481

tendinous from the basilar process of the occipital bone, and ran back-

wards to be inserted into the posterior border of the thyroid carti-

lage, the thyro-hyoid membrane, and the posterior cornu of the

hyoid bone. This muscle underlay the last named, with which it

was partly continuous; it seemed to be an expanded representative

of the cephalo-pharyngeus of Theile (figured as a human muscle in

the Proc. R. I. A. vol. ix. pl. 6. f. 16).

Relating to the actions of these muscles, there are many points

very well worthy of note; but I refrain from making any observations

at present on the subject, as they will be detailed at length by Dr.

Carte and myself on a future occasion in connexion with the anatomy

of Balenoptera rostrata.

The muscles of the spine which remained in the specimen were :—

1. Depressor caudee. 2. A fragment of levator caude. 3. A small

part of latissimus dorsi; besides the following: —4. Scalenus an-

ticus, from the first rib to the front of the transverse processes of

the upper cervical vertebra. 5. Scalenus medius and posticus con-

joined, from the first and second ribs to the upper cervical transverse

and spinous processes; the portion attached to the latter was pro-

bably the germ of the serratus posticus superior, which otherwise

was not visible. 6. Trachelo-mastoid, from the transverse process of

the first cervical vertebra to the external side of the occipital bone at

the junction of the exoccipital and paramastoid elements. 7. Rectus

capitis posticus, from posterior part of the atlas to the hinder edge

of the foramen magnum and occipital bone above that level. 8. Rec-

tus capitis anticus, from the front of the bodies of the cervical ver-

tebrze to the basilar process of the occipital bone.

There were some points of interest in the dissection of the paddle

or fore limb. On removing its thick greyish-black integument, all

the bony elements of the typical anterior extremity were found in it,

although some, as the carpus, metacarpus, and phalanges, were

purely cartilaginous ; consequently the exact number of the latter

could not be distinctly reckoned. The dorso-scapular group of

muscles had been removed before the subject was examined; but

traces of a deltoid supraspinatus and infraspinatus existed, though

there was no sign of a teres minor or teres major, which are present

in Dolphins.

The subscapularis, which was attached as usual to the subscapular

fossa and inner side of the head of the humerus, was completely

intersected by eight tendinous planes slightly radiating towards the

posterior edge: this point is of interest, as in Balenoptera rostrata

there is hardly any sign of these intersections, otherwise so uniformly

found in so many animals. This muscle does not pierce the capsule

of the shoulder, nor is there a bursa beneath its tendon.

The coraco-brachialis was short and fleshy, arising from the front

of the coracoid process, whence it passed to be inserted into the cap-

sule of the shoulder and into the front of the neck of the humerus.

This corresponds to the short variety of this muscle described by

many anatomists, noticed by Mr. Wood and others as an occasional

occurrence in Man (Journal of Anat. & Phys. vol. i. p. 47. f. 2).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXXI.

482 MR. G. KREFFT ON A NEW CASSOWARY. [May 9,

I have seen it in Man, Cebus capucinus, Ateles, Cercopithecus,

Macacus, Horse, Seal (although Meckel denies its existence in the

latter animal); and it has been noticed by others in the Dog,

Cat, Ichneumon, Marmot, Ornithorhynchus, Deer, Porpoise, &c.

(for references vide Wood, loc. cit. p. 51). The chief interest of

this fasciculus consists in its being the fore-limb equivalent of the

pectineus in quadrupeds (or the adductor brevis according to Mr.

Wood).

There were no traces of any other muscles in the arm or forearm.

The triceps and forearm muscles present in the Balenoptera were

here represented only by intersecting threads of fibrous tissue totally

devoid of muscularity. The shoulder-joint had a distinct capsular

ligament lined by a synovial sac ; the former was not perforated by

any of the neighbouring tendons, and, though thicker below than

above, yet had no trace of the inferior scapulo-humeral accessory

ligament present in Balenoptera. No other joint in the upper limb

presented a synovial membrane, all being referable to the amphi-

arthrodial order of synchondroses. Of the other joints in the body, a

synovial capsule existed for the stylo-hyoidean articulation with the

squamous bone, but I could not find one for the lower jaw.

I did not notice any undescribed peculiarities in the skeleton

worthy of record; the stylo-hyoid cornu was jomed to the body by

a round arched ligament of some little length, not like the close

union which occurs in Balenoptera rostrata; the latter is repre-

sented (I believe, erroneously ) as possessing a long intervenient liga-

ment, in the article “‘ Cetacea”’ in Todd’s ‘ Cyclopzedia of Anatomy

and Physiology.’

3. Description of a New Species of Cassowary from Northern

Queensland. By Grrarp Krerrt, F.L.S., C.M.ZS.,

Curator and Secretary of the Australian Museum, Sydney.

The existence of a species of Cassowary in the northern part of

Australia has been known for many years, from native ornaments in

which Cassowary feathers form a part, and from the report of the

survivors of Kennedy’s expedition, who state that they actually shot

one of these birds. Mr. W. S. Wall, late Curator of this Museum,

has even gone so far as to give a very brief description of a Cassowary

in a defunct Sydney newspaper, published in June 1854. Gould has

quoted this description in his ‘ Handbook on the Birds of Australia,’

accepting the name proposed by Wall, of Casuarius australis, though

Wall’s description (?) was founded on nothing more than the remarks

of one of Kennedy’s men, that they had shot a bird unlike an Emu

with wiry feathers and a topknot or helmet.

The brief account which Wall gives us is as follows :—‘‘ The body

thickly covered with dark-brown wiry feathers; on the head is a

large prominence or helmet of a bright red colour, and to the neck

1867. | MR. G. KREFFT ON A NEW CASSOWARY. 483

are attached like bells six or eight round fleshy balls of bright blue

and scarlet.”

Mr. Carron, who gave some notes to Wall about this bird, has

assured me that this specimen had no red helmet, that its plumage

was not brown, but black, and that it was not true that twelve

hungry men made a meal of a single leg, and had enough and some

‘to spare. So much, therefore, for this very vague account quoted

by Mr. Gould.

The Cassowary which I am now about to describe was presented

to the Australian Museum by Mr. G. Randall Johnson, who informs

me that it was shot by him when on a visit to Messrs. Scott and Co.’s,

Herbert Station, in the Gawnie Creek Scrub, near Rockingham Bay.

Mr. Johnson has furnished me with a description of the appearance

of the fleshy part of the neck in the living bird, and is anxious to see

some former statements made by him through Dr. Ferd. Mueller

corrected ; and as the newspaper account eiven by Dr, Mueller will

probably be quoted by other writers, I call the attention of the Fel-

lows of this Society to the fact that it contains many inaccuracies.

When announcing the discovery of a Cassowary, Dr. Mueller sug-

gested that, if new, it should be named in honour of the Gaecorer

and acting upon this I beg to propose the name of Casuarius john-

soni for it.

* General plumage black, the feathers being brown at the base, and

black from about the middle to the tip; head surrounded by a com-

pressed helmet, the height of which is about equal to its base ; skin

of neck smooth, without any folds or hair-covered ridges like those

shown on the back of the neck of Caswarius galeatus; thin soft

hair-like feathers cover the neck ; on each side the lower part of the

neck is furnished with a few thick glandular fleshy ridges, which in

the living bird are deep blue; helmet horny colour (dirty light

brown in Mr. Johnson’s notes) ; irides rich light brown; the skin

from the bill along the top of the head and extending 5 inches down

the back of the neck marine blue; below this, still following the

back of the neck down to the point at which the feathers become

thick, the coloration is of a cinnabar-red ; the underside of the head

and throat from the bill downwards ultramarine blue; glandular

portion of neck dark blue. Wattles, two in number, bright red, and

4 inches long. ‘The rudimentary wings are provided on the right

side with five long smooth shafts; a sixth, nail-like and not more

than 3 inch in length, finishes the series. The left wing has four

long and straight shafts and a fifth curved one of about 2 inches in

length. Toes moderate, rather blunt, except the inner one, which,

springing from a broad base, is scarcely curved, and tapers towards

a sharp point.

This Cassowary, I am told, confines itself almost entirely to the

more open parts of the scrub, ‘and seldom ventures out on the plains.

During July, August, and September its food consists chiefly of an

ege- -shaped blue-skinned berry, the fruit of a large tree ; this, toge-

ther with herbage, probably forms its diet for at least that portion

of the year.

484 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON PONTOPORIA BLAINVILLIT. [May 9,

4, Preliminary Observations on the Anatomy of Pontoporia

blainvillii. By Dr. H. Burmeister, F.M.ZS.

Some weeks ago one of my friends brought me the dry body of

a specimen of Pontoporia blainvillit, which was taken living in the

mouth of the River Gueguen Grande, in 38° 33! S, lat. The body

had lost all the external flesh and the greater part of the viscera,

and could only be made use of for a skeleton, which is now exhi-

bited in the public museum of Buenos Ayres.

As the internal structure of this interesting animal is entirely

unknown, I beg leave to communicate to the Zoological Society my

observations made during the examination of the body, some of them

being very curious, and worthy, as I believe, to be known to science.

I will not speak of the general figure of the animal and its colour,

because most of the external surface was lost; but I may mention

that another entirely well preserved individual in our museum has no

trace of the white stripe on each side of the body which is repre-

sented in D’Orbigny’s figure (Voyage, Mamm. pl. 23). The upper

part of the whole body is blackish grey, and the whole underside white,

which colour extends halfway up the sides, and occupies also the

under jaw and the sides of the head. But the general figure of both

animals is the same, and therefore I cannot doubt that my species

is the same as that figured by D’Orbigny.

As the skull is already well known by the figure in the work above

mentioned, I will not enter into a description of that part of the

skeleton, especially since Mr. Flower, one of the best-informed ob-

servers of the skeletons of the Cetacea, is occupied with a compa-

rative description of the skulls of Pontoporia and Inia, the former

sent by myself to Dr. J. E. Gray for the British Museum.

I will therefore begin my description with the vertebral column,

which is composed of forty-two vertebrze, divided into seven vertebree

of the neck, ten of the back, seven of the lumbar portion, and

eighteen of the tail, of which the first five are provided with infe-

rior spines or heemapophyses.

The seven vertebree of the neck are all free, and none of them

anchylosed; they have together an extent of 1! 10'', each of the

first two being 5!” long, and the five others 23'". Only the second

vertebra has a strong reclined spinous process, and very broad thick

transverse processes ; the five following have no spinous processes,

but transverse processes of different size and form. ‘The transverse

process of the third vertebra is somewhat larger than the same part

of the fourth, and the fifth vertebra bas the smallest transverse pro-

cess of all; but on the lower margin of the body of the same ver-

tebra springs up another thick and short tubercle, which is already

indicated on the fourth vertebra, and presents itself also on the two

following. To this lower tubercle of the seventh cervical vertebra

is attached the capitulum of the first rib.

The ten dorsal vertebrae have together an extent of 6 inches, each

one being somewhat longer than its predecessor ; so that the first is

1867.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON PONTOPORIA BLAINVILLII. 485

only 3 lines long, and the last 10 lines. The spinous processes are

not very high, but tolerably broad ; the anterior one much inclined;

the posterior directed more perpendicularly, and double the breadth

of the former. The transverse processes decrease in length from the

first to the seventh, but increase in breadth ; and from there to the

tenth they become again longer, as well as broader, the tenth being

16 lines long, and the seventh only 7 lines. Each of these processes

has a projection on the anterior margin near the base, and an oblique

truncated tip, to which the rib is articulated.

The seven lumbar vertebre are the largest and strongest of all,

the first being |1 lines long and the seventh 12 lines. All have high

and large spinous processes, which become somewhat higher poste-

riorly, so that the three last lumbar vertebree are the highest of all.

The transverse processes of these same vertebree are extremely broad,

and not directed forwards as in the typical Dolphins, but rather

backwards: near the base on the fore and hinder margin of each pro-

cess is a prominent tubercle, which is stronger on the fore margin

than on the hinder; and by these projections the processes are

united to each other. Even on the fourth, fifth, and sixth lumbar

vertebrze the tubercles overlap each other, the hinder of the anterior

vertebra lying upon the fore ones of the posterior (see fig. 1), and

Pontoporia blainvillir.

The second and third lumbar vertebree, natural size, seen from below.

aa. Second vertebra. 2 6. Third vertebra.

forming in this manner a sort of secondary articulation between the

vertebree, which must make the movement of the lumbar portion of

the body very strong, and the vertebral column, if contracted, very

firm.

The eighteen caudal vertebree are of very different form and

size, and have together a length of 9 inches 8 lines. ‘The first five

have inferior spinous processes, and the same, with the sixth, also

superior spines ; but each one is somewhat smaller and lower than

the foregoing. The transverse processes are much shorter than in

the lumbar portion, and do not touch each other with their tubero-

sities ; they soon become smaller, and lose their prominent tip. This

decrease is so rapid, that already the fifth caudal vertebra has no

486 DR.H. BURMEISTER ON PONTOPORIA BLAINVILLII. [May 9,

longer a true transverse process, but only a sharp lateral crest per-

forated at the base by a perpendicular foramen. This perforation

is also seen on the sixth, seventh, and eighth vertebrae, but becomes

somewhat more directed to the centre of the vertebra. With the

ninth caudal vertebra these two perforating channels go to the cen-

tral part of the vertebral body, which is now only a circular piece of

3-4" in thickness, somewhat more truncated on the under margin,

and somewhat sharper on the upper. After the fourteenth vertebra

I can find no more perforations, the four last being very small and

short nodules of decreasing size. All these, as far as the twelfth

from behind, are enclosed in the axis of the caudal fin.

The animal has ten pairs of ribs attached to the dorsal vertebree.

The first pair is short, only 2! 4" long; the largest ribs are from the

fourth to the eighth, each of these is 6 inches; the last is 3" long.

The first four pairs have double attachments, and are divided at the

superior end into two prominent processes ; the lower, being the ca-

pitula costze, are attached to the body of the last cervical and three

first dorsal vertebre ; the upper are the tubercula costze, of broader

but shorter extent, and attached only to the transverse processes

of the first four dorsal vertebree. All the other ribs have only a

single superior dilatation attached to the transverse process, and. cor-

responding to the tuberculum of the former. At the lower end the

ribs are somewhat broader, and truncated, and united by a small

cylindrical sterno-costal bone with the breast-bone or sternum. This

bone is composed of two distinct pieces, the anterior of broad subtri-

angular figure, the hinder smaller and oblong. To the very promi-

nent parts under the fore edges of the first is attached the first pair

of ribs, and near the posterior retracted edge the second pair. The

second oblong piece of the breast-bone is united by a cartilaginous

substance with the first, and bears also on each side two pairs of ribs,

being united with them by sterno-costal bones. The first of these

bones is broad and flat, and 7 lines long; the others more cylin-

drical, thinner, and longer, the fourth being 1 10! long. The

fifth and sixth ribs have also sterno-costal bones, united to the end

of the sternum by elastic substance; but the hinder ribs have only

a short incurved conical cartilaginous epiphysis.

The bones of the anterior members or breast-fins are of the com-

mon cetaceous form. The scapula is triangular, with a curved

superior margin, 34 inches long, and has two large anterior pro-

cesses above the glenoid cavity, the superior or acromion being | inch

long, and the inferior or coracoid process 3 inch. In the upper arm

is a very strong bone, 13'' long; and in the forearm the two usual

bones of nearly equal size, the hinder or ulnar bone being somewhat

more prominent at both ends. The whole carpus is cartilaginous,

but includes four very small spherical bones, of which the largest,

like a pea, is situated in front of the junction of the radius with the

ulna, and the smallest, like a small shot, before the thumb. The two

others are placed between the connexions of the second, third, and

fourth metacarpal bones. These bones are tolerably strong; but the

same bone of the thumb or first finger is extremely small, and en-

1867.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON PONTOPORIA BLAINVILLII. 487

tirely attached to the cartilaginous carpus. It has only a short car-

tilaginous tip on the other end. The four following fingers have all

a large cartilaginous articulated axis, which includes in the first or

second articulation an ossified nucleus. The second finger has six,

the third five, the fourth three, and the fifth two articulations, the

last of all being only a thin conical prolongation. A similar carti-

laginous conical piece is situated between the third and fourth fingers,

in the substance of the fin near the exterior margin.

Of the posterior members I have found only the usual small pelvic

bones, situated on each side of the anal cleft.

From the fortunate circumstance that some parts of the viscera

were preserved in a dry state in the interior of the body, I had the

good fortune to be able to examine the larynx with the trachea, and

the esophagus with the stomach. I found in one of these parts a

curious peculiarity, which I will explain by the aid of the annexed

figure, of two-thirds the natural size.

The larynx (fig. 2, p. 488), which has the usual prolonged conical

form above (a), 1s very large below, the thyroid cartilage (4) being

extended on each side to a distant arch, which is united behind by

articulation with the cricoid cartilage (c). Beyond this cartilage

the trachea begins as a large channel or tube, which is surrounded

by three or four spiral cartilaginous rings of the construction usual

in all Cetaceans (Z). ‘Then it divides into three branches of unequal

size—two superior smaller, and one inferior wider. Of the two supe-

rior the left (e) is somewhat wider than the right (f), but of the

same construction as the commencing trunk and the central branch

of the trachea, and perhaps also of the same length; but both

branches were cut away in the specimen examined, the left being

13 inch long and the right only 1 inch. The longer, middle branch

(g) was preserved to the end, and had a length of 3 inches, then it

divided into two branches, of which the left (4) is also somewhat

wider than the right (4). There is no doubt that these branches

represent the two bronchi of the other air-respiring vertebrata ; but

it is curious that the difference in size is much greater than is usually

the case. I could follow both bronchi to their end, where they pass

into the cellular texture of the lung and lose their cartilaginous rings.

The right bronchus was shorter than the left. as well as narrower.

It would be very interesting to know whether the lungs are also

divided into four parts, or only into two as is the rule; but having

found no trace of this organ in the dry body I can say nothing of its

form.

Of the other viscera, I have found in sufficiently good state of pre-

servation the cesophagus and the stomach. The first is 6 inches long,

a large channel without any peculiarity ; but the second has also its

peculiar configuration. It is formed by a great oviform sac, which

is extended at both ends into a perpendicular pouch. The pouch of

the left side, near the entrance of the esophagus, is of the size of a

pigeon’s egg, but not very strongly separated from the central sac.

The internal surface is somewhat rugulous, but the wrinkles are very

fine and irregularly disposed. The central sac has a length of

488 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON PONTOPORIA BLAINVILLII. [May 9,

Larynx and trachea of Pontoporia blainvilliz, two-thirds of the natural size,

seen from above (dorsal side).

a. Epiglottis. 6, Lateral arches of thyroid cartilage. c. Cricoid cartilage.

d. Trunk of the trachea. e. Left branch. jf. Right branch. g. Continua-

tion of the trunk. %. Left bronchus. 4%. Right bronchus.

1867.] MESSRS. BAIRD AND ADAMS ON CHINESE SHELLS. 489

4 inches, is about 2 inches wide, and on the interior surface is pro-

vided with about six highly elevated folds, which have other, smaller

folds between them. Both begin and end on the entrances of the

two pouches at the ends of the stomach. The right pouch, situated

near the pylorus, is smaller, but of the same figure and construction

as the corresponding one of the other or left side. Over this pouch on

the right end a high transverse circular fold separates a small chamber

from the central stomach; and this part, after the fold, which is

separated into three different lobes by other folds, must be regarded

as a separate stomach, or a propylorus, because from it begins the

duodenum. There was only a short portion of this intestine ; but I

could observe soon after the beginning of it an expansion, like a

lateral pouch, which is also known in Phocena, and very well figured

by Rapp in his interesting work on the ‘ Cetacea’ (Tubingen, 1837-

38), pl. 6. f. 3f. I find thus a general resemblance in the stomach

of Pontoporia to that of Phocena, if we regard only the fundamental

type of both, and not the particular execution of this type in the

different genera.

In the pouch on the right side of the stomach I found some

teeth of a Cephalopodous animal, belonging to the family of Loligo,

and also the lenses of the eyes of animals of the same group. This

proves that Pontoporéa is a marine animal, and that it goes only

from curiosity or necessity in stormy times into the mouths of rivers.

The individual which we have had for a long time in the Museum

was taken near Maldonado, and is also a young animal; but we have

skulls of full-grown size, 16" long, which prove that the whole

animal may be 4 feet long, the skull being somewhat more in length

than the third part of the whole body. My young specimen is

30 inches long, and the skull measures 11 inches. Under these cir-

cumstances I cannot believe that the large Dolphin of 15 feet in

length, seen by Freminville on the coast of Brazil, which Dr. Gray

mentions in the ‘ Catalogue of Seals, &c.’ p. 232, was of this species.

Note.—As I propose to give an extended description of the ske-

leton and the other parts, illustrated by well-executed figures, in one

of the forthcoming numbers of the ‘ Ancles del Museo publico de

Buenos Aires,’ I have not thought it necessary to enter here into

any further details respecting their structure.

5. Notes upon some Interesting Chinese Shells, with a De-

scription of Two or Three New Species of Unionide, col-

lected at Shanghai by Jones Lamprey, M.D., 67th Regi-

ment, C.M.Z.S. By W. Barrp, M.D., and H. Apams,

F.L.S:

(Plate XXVI.)

Amongst a variety of land- and freshwater shells brought from

Shanghai by Dr. Lamprey, and lately added to our National Col-

490 MESSRS. BAIRD AND ADAMS ON CHINESE SHELLS. [May 9,

lection, there are several species which deserve some special notice,

besides two or three which appear to be undescribed.

Ist. Unio douglasie. In 1833 Dr. Gray shortly described and

accurately figured, in the twelfth volume of Griffith’s edition of Cu-

vier’s ‘ Animal Kingdom,’ a species of Unio which he calls Unio

douglasie. The type specimen of this shell has always been, and

still remains, in the collection of shells in the British Museum. Dr.

Lamprey has brought a considerable series of this Unio, which seems

to be not uncommon in the neighbourhood of Shanghai. Perhaps

from not knowing the shell as figured in Griffith, Mr. Lea some

years afterwards described and figured a species from China, which

he named Unio murchisonianus, but which, there is no doubt, is the

same as the U. douglasie of Gray. Still later, in the seventh volume

of his ‘Observations on the genus Unio,’ he describes and figures a

species from Shanghai, which he calls U. shanghaiensis. .A careful.

examination of the description and figures of the two last-named

species, with the type specimen of that described and figured by Dr.

Gray in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom,’ satisfies us that the three

species are identical. The name U. douglasie must therefore stand,

having the precedence over the others by some years.

2nd. Anodonta tenuis. Another species of the family Unionidae,

brought by Dr. Lamprey, appears to be the U. tenuis of Gray,

figured also in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom.’ In the list of the

figures of shells at the end of the twelfth volume of that work this’

shell appears twice, first under the name of Anodon tenuis, and

secondly under that of Unio tenuis. An examination of the speci-

mens brought by Dr. Lamprey shows that this species belongs more:

correctly to the genus Anodonta than to Unio, as no trace of teeth is

to be seen in it. A reference to the figure will also demonstrate this;

and this shell, therefore, though denominated in the plate Unio tenuis,

must be now, as indicated in the letterpress, called Anodonta tenuis.

From there being no lengthened diagnosis given with the figures,

these two last-named species are but little known under their original

names.

3rd. Glauconomya primeana? Two apparently distinct species of

Glauconomya are in the collection of Dr. Lamprey. One of these ap-

pears to resemble somewhat the G. chinensis of Gray ; and the other

more nearly approaches to one lately described and figured in the’

third volume of the third series of the ‘ Journal Conchyliologique,’

by MM. Crosse and Debeaux, under the name of G. primeana.

Several specimens of these shells occur ; and it is possible they may)

all be referred to this species, though they differ in some respects

from the figure given in the above-mentioned work.

4th. Anodonta gibba. A very interesting series also occurs of the

Anodonta gibba of Cantor and Benson, which shows how consider-

ably this species varies according to age. When adult it is much

more rounded, and appears shorter than the younger specimens.

5th. Nanina ravida. A very interesting series of a species of

Nanina was also brought by Dr. Lamprey. Several specimens un-

doubtedly represent the Nanina ravida of Benson, have a tolerably

—

1867.] MESSRS. BAIRD AND ADAMS ON CHINESE SHELLS. 491

open umbilicus, and are of a large size ; but along with these are a

number of specimens which differ in size and have the umbilicus

closed. In almost every respect the smaller of these shells resemble

the Nanina redfieldi of Pfeiffer ; but as there is one specimen with

a closed umbilicus, nearly of the same size as the true NV. ravida, and

agreeing with it in every other point, it appears to be very difficult,

with the exception of the closed umbilicus, to separate the two spe-

cies from each other. There is also a small species of Helix in the

collection, which appears to be an elevated variety of the H. ciliosa

of Pfeiffer.

6th. Among the Unionide are several specimens of the rather rare

Unio nodosus of Wood, and one valve, exactly similar to the Barbala

magnifica of Lea from Japan. Arconaia lanceolata (Triquetra lan-

ceolata, Lea) and one or two species of Melania, more especially

M. cancellata of Cantor, likewise occur in the collection. A single

specimen of Meretrix (Cytherea, Lam.) zonaria (a rare shell), and

several others might be enumerated.

7th. Another very interesting shell was brought by Dr. Lamprey,

a single specimen of a species of Unio, belonging to a form which,

till very lately, had only been observed in North America. This

may be the Unio tientsinensis of Crosse and Debeaux ; but as it differs

in some respects from the figure given by these authors, we are in-

clined to consider it distinct.

Unto (Lampsitis) susrortus, nob. (Pl. XXVI. figs. 1, 1 a.)

U. testa oblique ovata, valde inequilaterali, solida, ventricosa,

concentrice rugoso-striata, ad marginem dorsalem oblique no-

doso-plicata ; valvis subtortis ; umbonibus lateralibus, promi-

nentibus, erosis, ad apices tuberculosis ; margine dorsali con-

vexo; margine ventrali ovato; latere antico declivi, convexo ;

latere postico elongato, oblique ovato, obscure angulato ; epider-

mide olivaceo-fusca, sericea ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, du-

plicibus, subverticalibus, sulcatis, dente valve sinistre multum

majore ; dentibus lateralibus elongatis, subarcuatis, transverse

sulcatis, in valva sinistra duplicibus ; margarita albida.

Long. 55, alt. 50, lat. 28 mill.

Hab. Shanghai, North China (Dr. Lamprey).

The nodose plications on the dorsal edge are elevated, but

worn. ‘They appear almost to have been originally blunt spines.

The shell is longer than the species figured by Crosse, and not so

tumid.

Unro (DysnoMIA) LAMPREYANUS, nob. (PI. XXVI. figs. 2, 2a.)

U. testa subtriangulari, inequilaterali, solida, compressa, concen-

trice late et valde plicata; margine dorsali arcuato; margine

ventrali arcuato ; latere antico circulari ; latere postico oblique

ovato; umbonibus prominentibus, erosis; epidermide nitida,

luteo-olivacea, fusco-viridi radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus

crassis, verticalibus, duplicibus, sulcatis ; dentibus lateralibus

492 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

curvatis, elongatis, in valva sinistra duplicibus ; margarita ar-

gentea, iridescente.

Long. 49, alt. 41, lat. 24 mill.

Hab. Shanghai, North China (Lamprey and Harland).

ANODONTA HARLANDI, nob. (Pl. XXVI. figs. 3, 3a.)

A. testa transversa, elongato-ovata, inequilaterali, tenuiuscula,

inflata, concentrice striata; margine dorsali postice arcuato,

antice excavato; margine ventrali convexo; latere antico ro-

tundato ; latere postico oblique subtruncato, declivitate umbo-

nali obtuse angulato ; umbonibus antemedianis, inconspicuis,

suleatis ; epidermide fusco-olivacea ; margarita cerulea, callo.

sitate apicali livido tincta.

Long. 70, alt. 45, lat. 33 mill.

Hab. Shanghai, North China (Harland and Lamprey).

Specimens of this interesting species from China were first sent

over to the British Museum by the late Dr. Harland, to whose me-

mory we have dedicated this shell.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVI.

Figs. 1 la. Unio (Lampsilis) subtortus, p. 491.

2, 2a. (Dysnomia) lampreyanus, p. 491.

3, 3a. Anodonta harlandi, p. 492.

6. Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges, with the Descrip-

tion of some New Genera. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., &e-

(Plates XXVII., XXVIII.)

Dr. Solander, nearly a century ago, well observed that some

sponges are ‘‘composed wholly of interwoven reticulated fibres,

while others are composed of little masses of straight fibres of dif-

ferent sizes, from the most minute spicula to strong elastic shining

spines, like small needles of one-third of an inch long ; besides these

there is an intermediate sort between the reticulated and the finer

fasciculated kinds, which seems to partake of both sorts.’’—Zoo-

phytes, p. 182.

In the ‘ Annals of Philosophy,’ n. s. vol. ix. p. 431, 1825, I pub-

lished a short notice on the “Chemical Composition of Sponges,”’ in

which I pointed out from chemical analysis, I believe for the first

time, that the spicules of several sponges consist almost entirely of

pure silica.

This paper was very shortly followed by two papers by Dr. Ed-

mund Grant, entitled, Ist, On Caleareous Sponges,’ 2nd, “On

Siliceous Sponges,” published in the ‘ Edinburgh New Philosophical

Journal,’ i. pp. 166 & 341, for 1826.

Since the publication of my paper and his, Dr. Grant has pro-

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 493

posed to divide sponges into those with calcareous and those with

siliceous spicules, and those without any spicules and having only a

horny skeleton, and to call them respectively Spongia calcarea, S.

silicea, and S. keratosa.

Dr. Bowerbank and several zoologists have adopted this arrange-

ment, changing the names of one or more of the divisions.

The division between the calcareous and the siliceous sponges is

very distinct and natural; the separation between the siliceous and

keratose sponges, on the other hand, is very indistinct and separates

nearly allied genera. Some siliceous sponges are entirely formed of

siliceous spicules, covered with a very small quantity of sarcode; in

others the spicules are enclosed in a very thin coating of horny or

keratose matter; in others the horny matter increases in thickness,

and the spicules diminish in quantity until they almost entirely dis-

appear; and sometimes the place of the spicules in the horny fibres

is supplied by sand or other siliceous matter, which the fibres take

up as they are formed ; and the skeleton of some sponges is entirely

formed of horny matter; and the passage of these forms into each

other is so gradual that I believe it is better to unite the siliceous

and keratose sponges of these zoologists into one group or order.

The spicula that form the main part of the skeleton of these sili-

ceous sponges are of three shapes :—

Fusiform (acerate, Bowerb.), more or less cylindrical, and pointed

at each end.

Needle-shaped (acuate, Bowerb.), cylindrical, blunt at one and

sharp at the other end.

Pin-shaped (spinulate, Bowerb.), cylindrical, with a more or less

spherical head and a tapering point.

There are spicula of many other shapes which have been repre-

sented by Bowerbank, Quekett, Carpenter, Oscar Schmidt, and other

authors; but they are for special purposes, are found in certain

parts of the sponge, and are peculiar to certain forms of sponges.

Many spicula offer great variation in form in the same species of

sponge, and also in the different parts of the same specimen and

according to their state of development.

These spicules may be divided into three series, thus :—

(1) The spicula that Dr. Bowerbank calls retentive, and designates

as anchorate, (bi- or quadri-) hamate, umbonate, and bi- or tri-

rotulate, all belong to the same series, and each presents several mo-

difications, sometimes in the same species of sponge, and they all

gradually pass into each other.

In the same way (2) the stellate spicules and (3) the three-

pronged spicules each belong to a separate series offering many

modifications. The stellate are usually scattered in the sarcode ;

and the ¢hree-pronged are what Dr. Bowerbank calls ¢ension and

defensive spicules, supporting the outer surface of the sponge, and

sometimes for this purpose even extending beyond their surface.

The forms of the spicules are characteristic of the different fami-

lies, if they are not always absolutely peculiar to them, thus :—

The many-rayed stellate, with rays on all sides, and the three-

494 ‘DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

pronged or three-hooked elongate spicules are characteristic of the

Geodiade and Tethyade.

The anchorate and birotulate spicules and other forms of the series

are almost peculiar to the family Esperiade.

The six-rayed stars, often divided at the ends, are peculiar to the

Euplectellide and Dactylocalycide.

The four-rayed stars, with elongate simple rays, to the Carteria.

Dr. Bowerbank has described ‘and figured a large number of the

forms of spicules, and the manner in which they are arranged in the

different families and genera, in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for

1858, p. 274, and 1862, p. 747. The whole of these plates have

been rather coarsely copied in his ‘ Monograph of the British Spon-

giade,’ published by the Ray Society for 1864. And Prof. Oscar

Schmidt has also given some excellent figures of the spicules in his

work on the ‘ Adriatic Sponges,’ and the two Supplements to that

work, 1862 and 1866.

Various systems for arranging sponges have been proposed. The

following are the most important :—

M. Ducrotay de Blainville, in his ‘Manuel d’Actinologie ou de

Zoophytologie,’ 8vo, 1834, forms the sponges into a group he calls

ae AMORPHOZOAIRES (Amorphozoa), containing the genera :—

. Aleyoncellum (Alcyoncella in index). 2. Spongia. 3. Calci-

a 4. Halispongia. 5. Spongilla. 6. Geodia. 7. Calop-

tychium. 8. Siphonia. 9. Myrmecium. 10. Scyphia. 11. Hudea.

12. Hallirhoa. 13. Hippalimus. 14. Cnemidium. 15. Lym-

norea. 16. Chenendopora. 17. Tragos. 18. Mamon. 19. Icrea.

20. Tethium.

The names in zfalics have only been found in the fresh state.

He places Cliona of Dr. Grant with the Zoophytaires sarcinoides,

or Aleyonaires (dlcyonaria).

G. D. Nardo has published “ Auszug aus einem neuen System

der Spongiarien (Spongiariorum Classificatio) © in the ‘Isis,’ 1833,

p- 520, and ‘ De Spongiis,”’ ‘Isis,’ 1832, p. 714, in which he divides

sponges into three orders :—

I. Spongiaria fulcimentis natura cornea.

1. Spongia. 2. Ircinia (Sp. cavernosa, Linn.?). 3. Aplysia.

II. Spongiaria fulcimentis natura silicea, aculeiformibus aut granu-

losis et substantia animalis ope vario modo coalitis.

1. Grantia (Sp. canabina, Esper; Sp. lamia, Sp. dumicornis,

and Sp. lactuea, Esper, not Johnst.). 2. Raspalia (Sp. dichotoma,

Link). 3. Donatia (Sp. lyncurium, Sp. cydonium). 4. Rayneria.

5. Esperia. 6. Suberites (Ale. domuncula and A. ficus). 7. Lita~

mena.

Ill. Spongiaria fulcimentis natura calearea, ete.

1. Strangia= Aleyonium arboreum, Linn. 2. Vioa = Aleyonium

asbestinum, Linn.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 495

The two latter are Zoophytaria, and not sponges. The arrange-

ment is based:—‘‘E solidarum natura ordines, e contextura ge-

nera, e ceteris characteribus species et varietas.”

Almost all the species mentioned as belonging to the genera are

new and not described in this paper; so that it is impossible to de-

termine what they are except for such persons as have specimens

named by the author. When a described species is named it is

quoted after the genus in the above extract.

In the < Isis,’ 1834, Nardo changed the names of the genera, Aply-

sia to Aplysina and Ircinia to Hireinia; and in 1844 he added the

genus Spongelia, which is the same as Duseideia of Johnston, 1842.

In 1842 Dr. John Hogg (Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. 1842, p. 5)

proposed the following divisions of the ‘‘ Order Sponc1a%” :—

Division I. Spongie subcornee. The fibres of a somewhat horny

substance without any spicula. Spongia pulchella.

Division II. Spongie subcorneo-silicee. Fibres composed of a

somewhat horny substance with numerous sz/éceous spicula. No

British species.

Division III. Spongie subcartilagineo-calearee. Fibres of some-

what cartilaginous substance, with the spicula calcareous. Spongia

compressa, S. botryoides, &e.

Division IV. Spongie subcartilagineo-silicee. Fibres composed

of a somewhat cartilaginous substance with siliceous spicula.

Spongia tomentosa, S. palmata, and Spongilla fluviatilis.

Division V. Spongie subereo-silicee. Fibres of a corky sub-

stance with long siliceous spicula. Spongia verrucosa and S. pilosa.

“At theScientific Congress held at Lucca (1843) Dr.Nardo proposed

a new classification of the Spongiade, dividing them into five fami-

lies, under the names of Corneospongia, Silicospongia, Calcispongia,

Corneo-silicospongia, Corneo-calcispongia. 'These families contain

thirty genera.’—Morris, Ann. § Mag. N. H. iv. p. 242, 1849 ; from

the Atti della quinta unione degli Scien. Ital. tenuta in Lucca 1843,

. 436.

7 Hogg, in ‘Ann. & Mag. N. H.’ vii. p. 190, 1851, remarks, ‘ By

comparing these with my proposed division of the order Spongiz,

published two years before at pages 5 and 6 of the September num-

ber, 1841, of the ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (vol. viil.), it will be

seen that Dr. Nardo’s elassification is in most essentials much the

same as mine, the only new part appearing to me to be his last

and fifth family, which I suppose comprises those species wherein

horny fibres combined with calcareous spicula may have been de-

tected.”

Dr. Bowerbank, in his paper on Spongiade in the ‘ Philosophical

Transactions’ for 1862, p. 1091, gives the following tabular view of

the systematic arrangement :—

Class PORIFERA. Order I. Catcarrea: Grantia, Leucosolenia,

Leuconia, Leucogypsia.

Order II. Str1cea. Suborder !. Spiculo-radiate skeletons : Geo-

496 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

dia, Pachymatisma, Ecionemia, Alcyoncellum, Polymastia, Haly-

physema, Ciocalypta, Tethea, Halicnemia, Dictyocylindrus, Pha-

kellia, Microciona, Hymeraphia, Hymedesmia. 2. Spiculo-mem-

branous skeletons: Hymeniacidon. 3. Spiculo-reticulate skeletons :

Halichondria, Hyalonema, Isodictya, Spongila. 4. Spiculo-fibrous

skeletons: Desmacidon, Raphyrus. 5. Compound reticulate skele-

tons: Diplodemia. 6. Solid siliceo-fibrous skeletons: Dactylo-

calyx. 7. Canaliculated siliceo-fibrous skeletons: Farrea.

Order III. Keratosa. Suborder 1. Solid non-spiculate kerato-

fibrous skeletons: Spongia, Spongionella. 2. Solid semispiculate

kerato-fibrous skeletons: Halispongia. 3. Solid entirely spiculate

kerato-fibrous skeletons: Chalina. 4. Simple fistulo-fibrous ske-

letons: Verongia. 5. Compound fistulo-fibrous skeletons: Auliskia.

6. Regular semi-areno-fibrous skeletons: Stematumenia, &c. 7. Ir-

regular and entirely areno-fibrous skeletons: Dysidea.

This paper contains some most valuable observations on the struc-

ture of the skeleton or framework of the different genera, illustrated

by excellent figures made under the microscope by Mr. Lens Aldous.

Unfortunately the text is encumbered with a most complicated

system of terminology, which renders the descriptions very difficult

to understand. The names of the suborders quoted above is a good

specimen of this.

Though this work is preceded by a table of the genera of exotic

as well as British sponges known to the author, he does not refer to

any of the exotic genera which I have described in the £ Proceed-

ings of the Zoological Society’ from specimens in the Museum Col-

lection. This is the more remarkable as the Museum Collection of

Sponges has been frequently studied by the author ; indeed I placed

it at Dr. Bowerbank’s disposal, with the understanding that he

would make a monograph of all the species of the family, or they

would have been named some years ago.

The same arrangement is adopted in his work on ‘ British Sponges,”

published by the Ray Society ; but one or two new genera are added.

Dr. Oscar Schmidt, in his ‘Spongien des adriatischen Meeres,’

Leipzic, 1862, folio, with seven plates, divides the sponges into six

families :—

1. Calcispongie. 2. Ceraospongie. 3. Gumminee. 4. Cor-

ticatee. 5. Halichondriz. 6. Halisarcine.

Dr. Oscar Schmidt divides the Calcispongie thus :—

I. Form more or less regular.

Mouth of tube with simple vertical cilia ...... Sycon.

Mouth of tube with vertical and horizontal cilia DunsrerviLuia.

Month of tube. withoutelliat | one oe Ure.

II. Form of sponge irregular.

The wall of the sponge not periorated 25 ac: .%e GRANTIA

The wall of the sponge perforated............ NARDOA.

1867.] DR. J. E. tl ON SPONGES. A497

Dr. Oscar Schmidt gives the following synoptical table of his

genera of Ceraospongice :—

I. With only one kind of elongated, homogeneous, horny filaments.

Filament very elastic, difficult to split, and very

MARIE AEE GURGEGMESS: Sy si. 6m vn as gh. She ol orem) aol . Seonera.

Filament slightly elastic, of unequal thickness .... CAcospoNGIA.

Filament scarcely at all elastic, extremely brittle when

OL can) Se en io Men oe a e selec) oe SRONERSIN,

II. With only one kind of elongated, non-homogeneous filaments.

The bark and axial substance of the filaments different ArpLYSINA.

IiI. With two kinds of horny filaments.

The second kind forming a superficial network .... Direnua,

The second kind terminating in a little head.

Tissue of the finer filaments loose. <2. So. ss LL EREENEA,

‘Tissue of the finer filaments dense ............ SARCOTRAGUS.

The Halichondria he divides into genera thus :—

I. The firm horny substance evident, surrounding the spicules.

The whole sponge-body uniform, horny, and spicular.

Branches numerous, anastomosing ............ CLATHRIA,.

Branches slender, not anastomosing .......... Rasparra.

Part of the sponge horny and part crustaceous.

Sponge crustaceous ; the horny substance forming

irregular PIACESE RE ig spar it 2c Dri ee SCOPALINA.

Sponge branching; the horny substance only in

CHESERIS As 5,5: ciaj0 <5 arciatS am sihervianenitsvar ah oieg WRN

II. The horny substance none, or little evident.

The inhaling-pores in sieve-like groups .......... CRIBRELLA,

The inhaling-pores scattered.

Oseules on peculiar papilla 4... 15. . ..~ «n=», RAPILEINA,

Oscules various.

Skin-clothing very obvious, and alone pigmented .. ACANTHELIA.

Skin-clothing when present without pigment, or

with the parenchyma alone pigmented.

Spicules or needles blunt at the end, and generally

knobbed, with special hook-shaped corpuscles .. Esprrtra,

Spicules or needles blunt at the end, and generally

knobbed, without hook-shaped corpuscles ...... SuBEeRITES,.

Spicules or needles very simple, generally with both

ends pointed...... da Shon etee ae ReNIERI.

Spicules or needles) smooth ae notase: mucous, ge-

[atinOus?.., (ajttigieh daaels AREA,

ao Uvex

Boring into ecrae or Shells oa oe eee VIO Rs

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, Noe XXXII,

498 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

The Corticate into genera thus :—

I. The cortical layer with stellules.

Neédles uriiform, Simiplé 003. ea ese Ts ha te ee a TrerHya.

Needles simple and anchor-shaped .............. STELLETTA.

Il. The cortical layer with globules.

Cortical layer with globules only ...... csteviss oe CAMINGS

Cortical layer with globules and needles .......... Gropia.

III. The cortical layer without globules or needles... ANCHORINA.

Dr. Schmidt published a Supplement in 1864, and a second in

1866; in the latter he examined Dr. Bowerbank’s genera in his

work on ‘ British Sponges,’ and states the genera to which he would

refer them.

Dr. Schmidt’s criticism on Dr. Bowerbank’s genera is peculiar.

Dr. Schmidt forms genera on a very different system to Dr. Bower-

bank, and then refers certain species to the genera which he has

himself used, and observes that the other species of Dr. Bowerbank

belong to different genera.

Dr. Bowerbank might with equal fairness have criticised Dr. O.

Schmidt’s genera on the same system and with equal truth, except

that he would not have been able to place the name of Nardo after

the generic name; but this is also equally unfair, for, though the

genera may bear Nardo’s name after them, they are characterized

and restricted by Dr. O. Schmidt.

MM. P. Duchassaing and G. Michelotti, in their ‘ Spongiaires de

la mer Caraibe,’ Harlem, 1864, 4to, with twenty-five coloured plates,

published in the ‘ Natuurk. Verh. Holland. Maat. Wet. te Harlem,’

vol. xxi. 1864, proposed the following arrangement :—

Order I. DICTYOSPONGIL&. Keratose network furnished with

spicules ; fibres forming a network.

Tam. 1. Evsponcra. Keratose network well developed ; siliceous

spicules wanting or very rudimentary.

Subfam. 1. Penicillate. Uorny fibres forming nerves, pencils, or

columns, but are never distinctly separate as in the other sub-

families.

Subfam. 2. Helerogene. Fibres distinct, and of two kinds.

Subfam. 3. Homogene. Fibres horny, hollow, very rigid, equal,

and anastomosing into meshes, but never uniting into bundles.

Fam. 2. Lirnosroncrz., Keratose network formed by siliceous

fibres; texture decidedly stony.

Tam. 3. Hanysponcie. The spicules are siliceous and well de-

veloped, predominating over the others.

Subfam. 1. Armate. Spicules needle-shaped, forming a mesh with

others, which are anchor-shaped.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES, 499

Subfam. 2. Subarmate. Only one system of acuiform spicules.

Subfam. 3. Tricuspidate. With tricuspid spicules.

Order II. OXYSPONGLA. Keratose framework does not exist,

or is almost completely atrophied.

Subfam. 1. Imperforantes. Numerous spicules support the soft

portions of the sponge.

Subfam. 2. Perforantes. The spicules when developed only play a

secondary part in giving a support to the soft parts.

These three works describe many species of sponges, and present

genera formed on very different principles and characters. The work

of MM. Duchassaing and Michelotti pays much less attention to the

microscopic structure of the sponge and the form of the spicules than

either of the others. The characters of Professor Oscar Schmidt

are best; but the number of species which he describes is small, and

his system is artificially founded on a few prominent characters that

could be easily tabulated. The work of Dr. Bowerbank contains a

much more extended series of observations, and would be far supe-

rior to either of the others, if it were not deformed by his prolix

style and the extraordinary nomenclature that he uses. Though he

repeatedly says that external form is of no importance in a generic

point of view, yet some of his genera, indeed the most natural ones,

arise from his having been influenced by studying the forms and

other peculiarities of the sponge.

After many years attention to the study of sponges and their spi-

cula, and the study of the various works published on them, espe-

cially those of Drs. Bowerbank and Oscar Schmidt, I would propose

the following arrangement as bringing together the species which

seem most allied, and also as facilitating the study of these very diffi-

cult and anomalous animals. ‘The system was originally sketched

out in 1840, and put aside. The works of Dr. Bowerbank and Dr.

O. Schmidt and my subsequent observations have enabled me to

improve it, and have confirmed me in the belief that it is an im-

provement on those before proposed.

The spicules are organized bodies, and are doubtless the most im-

portant part of the sponge; they are sufficiently varied in form to

present excellent characters for the distinction of sponges into orders,

genera, and species.

To properly distinguish the species of sponges it is necessary that

all the kinds of spicules occurring in each species should be observed

and noted. ‘This being the case, the study of the sponges must be

facilitated by their being divided into groups according to the form

and structure of the spicules, subdivided according to the manner in

which the various forms are combined in each species.

It is much more easy to find the species characterized by these

spicules when the sponges are so arranged than to have to read the

descriptions of the species arranged into a few genera, as in Dr.

Bowerbank’s and Prof. O. Schmidt’s works, to discover which of the

500 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

species in these genera have the spicules of that form, or with the

forms so combined together. The modification of the forms and the

comparative sizes of the different forms as combined together afford

good characters for the distinction of the species of the genera or

subgenera.

There are more genera than I would willingly have made without

more materials; but I could not exhibit the system which I wished

to prepose without forming some genera on very imperfect materials,

as on a bihamate spicule figured in Bowerbank’s ‘ British Sponges.’

I have no doubt that some, indeed many, zoologists will complain

of the numerous genera into which the sponges are here divided ;

but I believe that sponges will never be properly distinguished into

species until they are even more closely divided into genera or sub-

genera than is here proposed. At least this has been shown to be

the case with Diatomacee, Algae, and the animals which require the

microscope to distribute them into groups or species.

No part of the sponge seems so well adapted for the purpose of so

dividing them as the spicules that form their skeleton, which afford,

both in their form and in the combination of one or more forms of

the same kind, the best characters for the separation of the sponges

into genera and the distinction of the species.

I may state that many of the names used for the genera have no

derivations, but are mere fortuitous combinations of letters, so that

compilers of indices of genera need not attempt to find derivations

for them, or to correct the formation of some of them, as being more

consistent with the derivations they may gratuitously assign to them,

as has been done with some generic names of the same kind by

Agassiz and others.

It is only necessary to look at Dr. Bowerbank’s work on ‘ British

Sponges,’ to show that some other system than that which he has

adopted is necessary ; for out of 193 species of British sponges no

less than 43 are referred to the genus [sodictya, 42 to Hymeniaci-

don, 28 to Halichondria, and 11 to Dictyocylindrus ;.so that 124

are referred to four genera, and the remaining 69 species are divided

into 26 genera.

Class PORIPHORA.

Spongia, Linn.

Amorphozoa, Blainville, Manuel Act. 1821.

Poriphera, Grant, Outlines of Anat. 1841.

Porifera, Bowerbank, Phil. Trans. 1850, p. 186; Brit. Sponges,

1862; Carpenter, Microscope, p. 536 (not Hogg, Ann, & Mag. N.

H. 1840, iv.).

Porophora, Hogg, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1849, iv.

Gelatinifera, Hoge, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1840, iv.

Spongioitista, Hogg, Atheneeum, 1867, p. 160.

Spongiade, Bowerbank, Brit. Sponges, 1864.

The sponges consist of a flesh or sarcode formed of aggregations

of ameba-like bodies, some of which are furnished with one or more

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 301

long cilia, supported by a skeleton consisting of calcareous or sili-

ceous spicules or horny network, The spicules have a distinct ani-

mal basis; hence it seems probable that each spicule was originally

a segment of sarcode which has undergone calcification or silicifica-

tion, and by the self-shaping power of which the form of the spicule

is mainly determined.

The mass of sarcode and spicules called the Sponge is permeated

by a series of canals having a distribution proper to each kind of

sponge. The ciliated cells seem to form the walls of the canals,

which may be said to commence in the small pores of the surface

and to terminate in the large vents or oscu/es ; and a current of water

is continually entering at the former and passing forth from the

latter during the life of the sponge, bringing in alimentary particles

and oxygen, and carrying out excrementitious matter (see Dr. Car-

penter’s ‘ Microscope,’ p. 530).

The sponges are reproduced or multiplied by gemmation, which

is effected by the detachment of minute globular particles of sarcode

(covered with a more or less distinct thin membranaceous skin) from

the interior of the canals, when they sprout forth as little protuber-

ances, whose foot-stalks gradually become narrower and narrower

until they give way altogether. These gemmules, like the zoospores

of Algee, possess cilia, and, issuing forth from the vent, transport

themselves to distant localities, where they lay the foundation of new

fabrics.

According to the observations of Mr. Huxley on the marine

genus Tethya (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vu. 1851, p. 370), a true sexual

generation also takes place, both ova and sperm-cells being found

imbedded in the substance of the sponge. The bodies distinguished

as capsules (ovisacs), which are larger than the gemmules, and which

usually have their investments strengthened with siliceous spicules

very regularly disposed, are probably the product of this operation.

They contain numerous globular particles of sarcode, every one of

which when set free by the rupture of the envelope (?) becomes an

independent amaba-like body, and may develope itself into a com-

plete sponge. The phenomena of sexual reproduction and develop-

ment have since been more particularly studied in the Spongille or

Freshwater Sponges, especially by Mr. Carter (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. xiv. 1854, p. 334, & xx. 1857, p. 21), and by Lieberkiuhn in

Miiller’s ‘Arch.’ 1856, in ‘ Reichert und du Bois-Reymond’s Arch.’

1859, abstracted in ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ xvi. 1856, p. 403,

and the ‘ Quarterly Journ. of Microscopic Science,” v. 1857, p. 212.

From the observations of Mr. Carter (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iv.

1849, p. 81) the sponge appears to begin life a solitary amoeba; and

it is only in the midst of an aggregation formed by the multiplica-

tion of these that the characteristic sponge-structure makes its ap-

pearance, the formation of the spicules being the first indication of

such organization.

In this essay I have made free use of the very accurate and ad-

mirable figures of the spicules in the plates that accompany Professor

O. Schmidt’s and, especially, Dr. Bowerbank’s works and papers,

502 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

having perfect faith in Mr. W. Lens Aldous’s accuracy. I can speak

of the accuracy of the plates of both these authors from the result

of my own observations ; and having full reliance on them, they seem

to be as available for my purpose as if I had myself repeated all their

researches.

The arrangement here proposed is to be regarded as an attempt to

divide the sponges into groups and genera, so as to enable the stu-

dent to discover the name and alliance of the species under his exa-

mination, which I have been repeatedly told the fpreceding systems

have failed to effect. It is only a prodromus, and a very imperfect

one, requiring revision, correction, and extension. For example,

the large reticulated horny sponges, which form the greater part of

collections in museums, and the external forms of which have been

figured in Esper’s, Duchassaing and Michellotti’s, and several other

zoological works, require to be microscopically examined and syste-

matically described.

The British Museum have received from Dr. Oscar Schmidt

typical specimens and preparations of the spicules of almost all the

species he has described from the Adriatic Seas.

The class is divisible into two subclasses, according to the chemical

constituent of the skeletons; in one the spicules are ca/eareous, and

in the other when present siliceous, or more or less mixed with a

horn-like animal material.

Subclass 1. PORIPHORA SILICEA.

The sponges provided with a siliceous or horny skeleton, or with

a horny skeleton strengthened with siliceous spicules.

Porifera keratosa et P.chalinida, “Grant, Tabular View, 1861;”

Bowerbank, B. Sponges, 1. p.154.

Porifera silicea et P. keratosa, Bowerbank, B. Sponges, i. pp. 155,

166.

Synopsis or FAMILIES.

Scetion I. Matacosrors (Soft-spored Sponges). Reproduction

by ova contained in a thin membranaceous ovisac not strength-

ened by siliceous spicules or by gemmules, scattered in the

substunce of the sponge.

Subsection 1. Netted Sponges (Dictryosponcim). Skeleton formed

of a continuous siliceous or horny network.

Order I, CORALLIOSPONGIA. Sponges hard, coral-like, entirely

formed of siliceous spicules anchylosed together by siliceous

matter into a network, Mass covered with a thin coat of sarcode

when alive.

Fam. 1. Dacrynocatycipa. Sponge massive, expanded or flabel-

late, reticulate, angular.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 503

Tam. 2. APHROCALLISTIDH. Sponge tubular; tubes reticulate, sub-

circular, closed at the end with a netted lid.

Order II. KERATOSPONGIA. Sponge elastic. Skeleton formed

of horny netted fibres, generally without, but sometimes more

or less strengthened with, minute siliceous spicules or grains of

sand.

Fam. 3. Sponerap#. Skeleton formed of one kind of reticulated

horny fibres, not enclosing any spicules or sand.

Fam. 4. Hircrnrapa. Skeleton formed of two kinds of horny

fibres :—the one, forming the base of the skeleton, thick, reticu-

lated, with a more or less distinct central line of minute spicules

or grains of sand; the other very slender, at the apex of the

branches, which do not anastomose.

Fam, 5. Dystpr1px. Skeleton formed of reticulated horny fibres

with sand or spicules of other sponges imbedded in the centre,

and covered with a more or less thick coat of horny matter.

Brittle when dry.

Fam. 6. Cuatinipa. Skeleton formed of reticulated horny ana-

stomosing filaments, which have one or more series of siliceous

spicules in the central line.

Tam. 7. OpnistosponGciap%. Skeleton netted horny, or expanded

skin-like fibres, covered with superficial spicules, forming an

irregular coat, or which are single or grouped, and divergent

from the surface.

Fam. 8. PHaketitrap#. Skeleton formed of closely reticulated

horny fibres, forming an expanded mass; spicules numerous, in

bundles, forming radiating, repeatedly branched lines, which do

not anastomose on the surface.

Subsection 2. Spicular Sponges (SprcuLosponai#). Sponge

fleshy, more or less strengthened by fusciculated or scattered

siliceous spicules, the bundle being sometinies slightly covered

with a thin layer of horny matter. The sarcode is generally

abundant ; in some few, as Euplectella, cé is thin, mucilaginous,

and deciduous.

Order III. LEIOSPONGIA. Sponge-spicules only of one kind,

often varying in size and shape in the same species.

Fam. 9, Haricnonpriap&. Skeleton composed of fusiform or

pin-shaped spicules variously fasciculated together, or rarely

united by a small quantity of horny matter. Sarcode granular

or fleshy.

Fam. 10. Potymastrapx. Sponge with tubular fistulous branches;

tubes open at the end, and formed of longitudinal and trans-

verse fascicules of fibres.

004 : DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

Fam. 11. Crion1Ap. Sponge living and making holes in shells,

corals, and limestone. Skeleton composed of pin-shaped fusi-

form and cylindrical spicules fasciculated together. Sarcode

granular.

Order IV. ACANTHOSPONGIA. Spicules of more than one form

or kind in the same sponge.

Fam. 12. EupLecTELLAp#. Sponge tubular. Skeleton composed

of longitudinal, transverse, and oblique bundles of spicules

intersecting each other and forming a network. Sarcode muci-

laginous, studded with many-rayed stellate spicules.

Fam. 13. Espertap®. Sponge massive. Skeleton composed of

fusiform and linear spicules, interspersed with anchorate, biha-

mate, or birotulate spicules. Sarcode soft.

Fam. 14. Ternyapm. Sponge subglobular or massive. Skeleton

consisting of simple filiform spicules, with three prongs or three

recurved points at the outer ead, and with more or less globular

many-rayed stellate spicules.

Subsection 3. Sand Sponges (ARENOSPONGIZ). Sponge consisting

of a subcircular disk of agglutinated sand or siliceous spicula,

with a series of diverging filiform spicules on the circumfer-

ence, and pencils of similar spicules on the mouth of the oscules

on the upper surface of the disk.

Order V. ARENOSPONGIA.

Fam. 15. XeENOSPONGIAD.

Section II. Cutamypospor# (Sponges with armed spores). Iepro-

duction by a thick ovisac, strengthened with siliceous spicules,

the ovisac often at length becoming solid spheres formed of si-

liceous spicules radiating from a central point.

Order VI. SPHASROSPONGIA. Ovisac composed of closely

packed fusiform spicules diverging from a centre, which, when

the ova are emitted, extend internally and fill up the cavity,

forming a nearly solid ball.

Fam. 16. Gropiapm. Globose or subglobose, fleshy; the ovisac

forming a hard external coat.

Tam. 17. Pracosponcrap%. Branched ; the ovisac forming a cen-

tral axis and external plates, separated by sarcode and fascicu-

lated spicules.

Order VII. POTAMOSPONGIA. Ovisae coriaceous, strengthened

with various-shaped spicules placed on, or in the substance of,

the ovisac. :

Fam. 18, SPONGILLAD.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON STONGES. 503

Synopsis or GENERA AND SPECIES.

Section I. MaLacosror#, or Sponges with soft spores or gemmules.

Reproduction by ova contained in a thin membranaceous ovisac

not strengthened by spicules or by gemmules, scattered in the

substance of the sponge.

These sponges are easily known by the absence of the hard sili-

ceous or siliceous-armed ovisacs that are to be found adundantly in

the substance of those of the following section.

Subsection 1. Netted Sponges (Dicryospone1%). Skeleton formed

of a continuous siliceous or horny network.

The fleshy part of the sponge is generally gelatinous and dried up,

leaving little to be observed in the dry sponges, and often easily

washed away.

Order I. CORALLIOSPONGTA.

Sponge hard, coral-like. Skeleton entirely formed of siliceous

spicules, anchylosed together by siliceous matter, forming a netted

mass covered with sarcode.

The skeleton is formed of large siliceous spicules anchylosed to-

gether by siliceous matter. The sponges in which the siliceous ele-

ment is the most developed are siliceous sponges par ewcellence.

Fam. 1. DacryLocALYCID&.

Sponge massive, expanded or flabellate ; the network with angular

meshes.

Lithospongia, Duchass. & Michel. Spong. Caraib. p. 25.

This beautiful family of sponges is at once known by having the

skeleton formed of continuous anastomosing fibres formed of con-

centric lamina of silica, forming a hard brittle network. When alive

they are covered with a continuous external skin, which is pierced

with oscules on the upper and sometimes on the lower surface.

As most of the species have been described at length in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Society,’ I only give a synopsis of the genera for the

purpose of bringing them together in one view.

* Network irregular, not symmetrical.

1. DactyLocALyx.

Dactylocalyx, Stutchbury, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 86; Bowerbank, B.

Sponges, i. p. 203; ii. p. 11 (Dactylochaliz, Bowerbank, in B. M.)

Iphyteon, Valenc. Institut.

Sponge expanded, with large sunken grooves and oscules on the

upper and lower surface. Spicules of skeleton tuberculated ; spi-

cular network rugose, tubercular. Sarcode with scattered radiated

or stellate spicules, divided into branches near the base, and with

knobs at the tip of the rays.

Sarcode studded with many-rayed stellate spicules; the six prin-

506 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

cipal rays diverging on all sides, and divided near the base into

several elongated cylindrical linear rays, which diverge from each

other, and are tipped with a small apical knob like the head of a

pin (see Bowerb. Brit. Spon, t. 8. f. 190-192).

]. DacryLocaLyx puMICcEA. (Pl. XXVII. fig. 2.) B.M.

Dactylocalyx pumiceus, Stutchbury, P. Z.8.1841, p. 86; Bowerb.

B. Sp. i. p. 204; ii. p. 11. f. 190, 191, 198, 275 (skeletons).

Iphiteon panicea, Valenc. Mus. Paris; Bowerb. B. Sp. f. 190,

191, 192, 275, 340, 341 (skeletons and gemmules).

Sponge broad, expanded; upper surface rather concave.

Hab. West Indies: Barbadoes (Stutchbury) ; St. Vincent’s, West

Indies (Mr. Ingall).

2. DaAcTYLOCALYx suBGLoBosA. (Pl. XXVII. fig.1.) B.M.

Sponge subglobose, with a deep central concavity above ; the outer

surface with irregular anastomosing oscules,

Hab. Malacca?

3. DacryLocaLyx PRATTII, Bowerb. B. Sp. i. p. 204. f. 52, 276,

278, 306 (spicular network),

Skeleton smooth in part, with crowded groups of tubercles, and with

stellate spicules in the dermal surface (see Bowerb. B. Sp.i. p. 52).

Hab. 2

2; Myurusia, Gray, P. Z. 8.1859, p. 439, t, 16,

The sponge conical, cup-shaped, pierced with numerous short

truncated tubes, forming raised folded anastomosing lamina on the

lower surface.

My ivsia CALLocyATHES, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 439, Radiata,

pl. xvi. B.M,

Hab. West Indies.

Var.? In the British Museum there is a second specimen of a

smaller size, very irregular in form, which is perhaps a second species.

Hab. West Indies. B.M.

Lithospongia torva, Duchass. & Michel. Spong. Caraib. p. 64,

t, 12. f. 3,4, from the West Indies, appears to be a species of this

family, with a skeleton of netted siliceous fibres with wide angular

meshes and without any spines.

There are two smaller specimens in the British Museum which

probably belong to the same species. The smaller one was collected

by the Rey. L. Guilding at St. Vincent in 1840; and the other was

received from the West Indies by Mr. Scrivener in 1842.

3. MacAnprewi, Gray, P. Z. 8.1859, p. 438, t. 15.

The coral expanded, cyathiform; the upper and lower surface

smooth, the upper surface with small oscules ; fibres of skeleton small,

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES, 507

with stellate spicules on the dermal surface. The stellate spicules

three-rayed ; the rays forked and reforked.— Bowerbank, B. Sp.f. 53.

- MacAnprewiA Azorica, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 438, Rad.

ply xv. B.M.

MacAndrewsia azorica, Bowerb. B. Sp. p. 204, t. 15. f. 274 (ske-

leton).

Deal bowerbankii, Johnson, P. Z.8. p. 186; Bowerb. B.

Sp. f. 53. B.M.

Dactylocaliz bowerbankii, Bowerb. B. Sp. p. 236. f. 53.

Hab. Azores: St. Michael (Macdndrew) ; Madeira (Johnson).

The specimen which Mr, J. Yate Johnson has described under the

name of D. bowerbankii is larger, more orbicular, and expanded than

the one I described years before as Macdndrewia azorica; but I

cannot see any other difference.

** Network symmetrical.

4, Farrea, Bowerb. B. Sp. i. p. 204, ii. p. 12.

Skeleton reticulate, symmetrical ; filaments regular, with a con-

tinuous central canal and conical granulated tubercles on each side

of the intersections. Sarcode with many fusiform and slender bi-

hamate scattered spicules.

Farrea orca, Bowerb. B. Sp. i. p. 204, il. p. 12. f. 114, 199,

200, 277, 311 (skeletons and sponges) ; Owen, Trans. Linn. Soc.

XN oe Sick OF Oe

' Hab. Seychelle Islands (Mus. Dr. Farre).

Fam. 2. APHROCALLISTID.

Sponge tubular; tubes closed with a reticulated lid; parietes

formed of agglutinated siliceous spicula, with round horizontal lateral -

pores ; inner surface strengthened with clustered longitudinal bundles

of elongated spicula.

This family is intermediate between Dactylocalycide and Luplec-

tellade ; it has the distinct agglutinated netted spicula of the former

lined within by the bundle of elongated spicula of the latter.

APHROCALLISTES, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 114.

Sponge tubular, closed with a lid, with smaller lateral tubular

branches, which are generally open at the end.

In the description of this sponge in the ‘ Proceedings of the So-

ciety’ above referred to, it is said by a slip of the pen to be calca-

reous, when it ought to have been siliceous. In all other respects I

have nothing to add to the description.

: APHROCALLISTES BEATRIX, Gray, P. Z, 8. 1858, p.114, Rad.

pl. xt.

Hab. Malacca (Belcher). . iM.

308 DR. J. E, GRAY ON SPONGES. [ May 9,

Order II. KERATOSPONGIA (Horny Sponges).

Sponge elastic. Skeleton formed of horny netted fibres, generally

without, but sometimes more or less strengthened with, minute sili-

ceous spicules or grains of sand,

These are the horny sponges par excellence, the skeleton con-

sisting of horny fibres, more or less strengthened by siliceous spicula,

which are generally of a small size.

Dictyospongie, Duchassaing & Michelotti.

Spongia keratosa, Bowerb. B. Sp.

Fam. 3. SPONGIAD.

Skeleton formed of one kind of reticulated horny fibres, not en-

closing any spicules or sand.

Euspongie, Duchassaing & Michelotti, 7. c. p. 25.

* Fibres of skeleton solid, homogeneous.

1. Sponera, Linn.

Sponge irregularly netted. Fibres of skeleton solid, cylindrical,

without spicules, very elastic, and nearly of equal thickness.

Spongia, Nardo, Isis, 1833, p. 321; Bowerb. B. Sp. i. p. 205;

O. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. Suppl. 11. p. 9.

Euspongia, Bronn.

SPONGIA OFFICINALIS. B.M.

Spongia officinalis, Nardo, Isis, 1833; Bowerb, B. Sp. i. p. 205,

t5a7, 4.070, t. 18. 4.2601,

See also—

S. quarnerensis, O. Schmidt, J. c. p. 22, t. 2. f. 2, t. 3. f. 1.

S. zimocca, O. Schmidt, l. c. p. 23, t. 2. f. 3, 4.

S. equina, O. Schmidt, U. c. p. 23, t- 2. f. 5.

S. mollissima, O. Schmidt, 7. e. p. 23.

2. SPONGIONELLA.

Sponge symmetrical, very elastic, netted; the primary fibres

thicker, radiating ; secondary thinner, horizontal.

Spongionella, Bowerbank, B. Sp. i. p. 206; O. Schmidt, Spong.

Adriat. Suppl. i. p. 9.

SPONGIONELLA PULCHELLA, Bowerbank, B. Sp. 1. p. 206, t. 37.

f. 380; ii. p. 359. B.M.

Spongia pulchella, Sow. Brit. Misc. p. 87, t.43; Johnson, B. S.

p: 167,t; 00. tela

Cacospongia scalaris, O. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. p. 27, t. 2.

f{. A.

Hab. British Seas.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 509

3. Cacosponera, O. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. 27.

Skeleton composed of hard, rather elastic, homogeneous fibres of

unequal thickness.

1. CacosponciaA MOLLIOR, O. Schmidt, p. 27. B.M.

Hab. Adriatic.

2. CacoseonGIA CAVERNOSA, O. Schmidt, p. 28. B.M.

Hab. Adriatic.

4. Srpnonta, Blainy. Man. Act. p. 536.

Sponge polymorphic, with a central apical aperture or cloaca, with

large longitudinal and smaller transverse canals ; composed of dense

fibres.

SIPHONIA TyPuUM, Blainv. Man. Act. p. 536, t. 95. f. 1.

Hab. Sicily. B.M.

** Hibres of one kind, the more solid axis being surrounded by a

softer cortical substance?

5. Aptysina, O. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. p. 25.

Sponge fleshy ; fibres of one kind, slightly elastic, consisting of a

solid axis, surrounded by a softer bark.

Aplisia, Nardo, not Linn.

1, ApLysina AEROPHOBA, Nardo; O. Schmidt, p. 25, t. 3. f. 2.

Hab. Adriatic. B.M.

2. ApLysina CARNOSA, QO. Schmidt, p. 26, t. 3. f. 3.

Hab. Adriatic.

EK Ti bres with a central tube.

6. VERONGIA.

Sponge irregularly netted ; the fibres with a central canal, without

spinules.

Verongia, Bowerbank, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi. p. 400, 1845;

Brit. Sp. i. p. 209; O. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. Supp. ii. p. 10.

Aplysia, Nardo, 1854.

Aplysina, Nardo, 1844, 1862; O. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat.

], VERONGIA FISTULARIS, Bowerb. B. Sp. i. p. 209, t. 13. f. 266.

Spongia fistularis, Lamk.

2. VERONGIA ZETLANDICA, Bowerb. B. Sp. ii. p. 280.

Hab. Zetland.

510 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

kkEK Fibres with numerous blind tubes.

7. AULISKIA.

Sponge massive, irregularly netted; fibres with a central canal,

which is furnished with small blind branches radiating in all direc-

tions.

Auliskia, Bowerb. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi. p. 405, 1845; Brit.

Sp. i. p. 210.

Auliscia, O. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. Suppl. 1. p. 10.

AULISKIA BOWERBANKI, Bowerbank, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi.

p. 405, t. 13. f. I, 23 -B. Sp. t. 14: $6267; 268.

Hab. ——?

Fam. 4. Hircinitapa.

Skeleton formed of two kinds of horny fibres :—the one thick, and

with a central line of spicules or grains of sand within, reticulated,

forming the base of the skeleton; the other very slender, forming

radiating spicular tufts, which do not anastomose.

Filifera, Lieberkithn ; O. Schmidt.

Treinia et Hireinia, Nardo.

1. Hrrerta, O. Schmidt, p. 32.

Sponge of a lax texture; skin less dense.

1. Hircrnta ruAvescens, O. Schmidt, p. 33, t. 3. f. 9, 12-14.

Hab. Adriatic.

2. HircintA DENDROIDES, O. Schmidt, p. 32, t..3.f.10. B.M.

See also—

Ophistospongia papilla, Bowerb. B. 8. ii. p. 378.

Hab. Guernsey.

2. SERIATULA.

Sponge massive. Skeleton of solid, cylindrical, horny, thick and

slender fibres, with small imbedded spicules. Spicules smooth, of

three forms—(1) broad needle-shaped, (2) pin-shaped, and (3) fusi-

form, slender, angularly bent.

SERIATULA SERIATA.

Spongia seriata, Grant.

Chalina seriata, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 376, f. 287 (outer surface) ;

O. Schmidt, Supp. ii. t. 167.

3. Ecryon.

Sponge massive, reticulated, of cylindrical horny fibres, with single

scattered or groups of diverging spicules. Spicules fusiform, verti-

cillated, spined.

1. EcTyon SPARSUS.

West-India sponge, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 275, t. 17. tf. 289.

Spicules scattered, or in pairs or threes.

Hab. West Indies.

2. ECTYON FASCICULARIS.

West-India sponge, Bowerb. B. 8. i. p. 276, t. 17. f. 290.

Spicules grouped together in fascicules.

Hah. West Indies.

3. ECTYON CARPENTERI.

Halichondria?, Carpenter, Microscope, p. 538, ity OAV

Hab. Madagascar.

See Diplodemia, Bowerb. B. S. f. 377; but it has armed ovisacs.

4, ACARNIA.

Sponge parasitic, membranaceous, with erect and recumbent c¢la-

vate spinose spicules. Spicules subcylindrical or subclavate ; ends

blunt, covered with spines.

ACARNIA CLIFTONI.

Hymeniacidon cliftoni, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 276, f. 70, 83, 291.

Hab. Freemantle, West Australia (G. Clifton).

516 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

5. NaNIA.

Sponge thin, with expanded spreading spicules. Spicules dispersed

over the membrane :—1. Fusiform, with a series of rounded distant

belts forming ovate knots. 2. Fusiform, blunt, with regular whorls

of smal! spines. 3. Cylindrical, with a large central longitudinal

slit on each end.

N4ENIA VERTICILLATA.

Hymeraphia verticillata, Bowerb. B.S. 1. p. 268, f. 238-240.

6. RAPHYRUS.

Sponge massive. Skeleton reticulated ; fibres formed of numerous

fusiform or needle-like spicules, irregularly crowded together without

order, and united by a very small quantity of horny matter.

Raphyrus, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 207, ii. p. 354; O. Schmidt, Spon.

Adriat. Supp. ii. p. 18 = Papillina, O. Schmidt.

1. RAPHYRUS CELATUS.

ITalichondria celata, var. a, Johnst. B.S. p. 125.

2. RapHYRUS GRIFFITHS, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 207, t. 13. f. 265,

li. p. 354.

Papillina subera, O. Schmidt, Sp. Adriat. 69, i. 18. B.M.

Hab. England.

Fam. 8. PHAKELLIADE.

Sponge expanded, cup-shaped or flabellate ; spicula in bundles,

cylindrical, numerous, with a closely netted horny skeleton, forming

branched and rebranched lines, which do not inosculate.

The structure was well described by Dr. Grant (Edin. New Phil.

Journ, i. p. 349).

PuHaketuta. (Sea Fan-Sponge.)

Sponge fan- or funnel-shaped, with numerous cylindrical bundles

of spicules, which branch and rebranch, radiating to the surface.

Spicules fusiform or needle-shaped, often flexuous.

Phakellia, Bowerb. B. 8.1. p. 186, il. p. 7; O. Schmidt, Spong.

Adriat. Supp i. p. 15.

PHAKELLIA VENTILABRUM, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 186, t. 33. f. 367,

ii. p. 122 (cyathiform) ; O. Schmidt, Supp. i. t.1. f. 16. B.M.

Spongia ventilabrum, Linn. 8. N.; Grant, Edinb. N. P. J. i.

349, aps A 22, tds 1.9.

S. cetlandica, Jameson.

S. ventilabriformis, Gray, B. P. p. 359.

Halichondria ventilabrum, Johnst. B.S. p. 107, t. 7.

H. ventilabra, Flem. B. A. p. 523.

Halispongia ventilabra, Blainv.

Spongia verampelina, Grant.

1567.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 517

Var. Spongia scypha, Mont. W. Th. ii. p. 107, t. 15. f. 1.

S. foliaceus, Gray.

See also—

Phakellia robusta, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 126, f. 367 (fan-shaped).

Subsection 2. Spicular Sponges (SprcuLospone1m). Sponge fleshy,

more or less strengthened by fasciculated or scattered siliceous

spicules, the fascicules being sometimes slightly covered with a

thin layer of horny matter. Sarcode generally abundant, gra-

nular or fleshy ; sometimes it is mucilaginous and early deci-

duous, as in Kuplectella.

Oxyospongie, Duchass. & Michelotti, Spon. Mer Caraibe.

The three principal families of this group are distinguished by the

absence or the presence of certain kinds of spicules; thus the Hspe-

riad@ have bihamate ‘defensive’ spicules, whilst the Tethyad@ have

three-pronged or three-hooked and stellate spicules, and all the

kinds are absent in the Halichondriade.

The Euplectellade and Polymastide are distinguished by the

textile structure of their tubular body ; the former has several kinds

of defeusive spicula, which are adsent in the latter family.

Order III. LELOSPONGIA, or Unarmed Sponges.

Sponge with all the spicules of the same kind, often varying more

or less in size and form, but they are always modifications of the most

simple kind of spicules.

The spicules are not all uniform in shape; but, if varying in shape,

they all belong to one type of form. Thus they may be either cy-

lindrical, fusiform, needle-shaped or pin-shaped, or any of the inter-

mediate modifications of these shapes, which sometimes insensibly

pass into each other. In some of these sponges all the spicules

are of one or the other of these modifications; others contain two,

and others again all three, of these forms combined together. They

are easily known from the sponges of the next order by the entire

absence (except in some very rare instances) of any of the spicules

that Dr. Bowerbank has called defensive and retentive spicules—that

is to say, bihamate, anchorate, birotulate, stellate, or three-pronged

spicules.

The fusiform, needle-like, pin-shaped, and cylindrical spicules be-

long to a series, and these forms gradually pass into each other ; that

is to say, there are all intermediate forms ; sometimes the spicules of

one sponge, or even specimen, present more than one form. These

spicules are smooth, or partially or entirely spiculated or tubercu-

lated, or they are furnished with smooth or rugose or spinous rings.

‘They are rarely angularly bent in the middle, or curved at each end

and bent in the form of an 8. I have never seen the two ends bent

up on one side, such double-hooked spines belong to the bihamate

series, and are generally undeveloped spicules of that form. With

518 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

these variations the forms of the spicules afford good specific cha-

racters, each species having a single form or a series of variations

peculiar to itself.

Fam. 1. HALICHONDRIAD. .

Sponge massive. Skeleton composed of cylindrical, fusiform, or

pin-shaped spicules, often varying in form in the same sponge, vari-

ously fasciculated together, or rarely single, and united by a small

quantity of horny matter. Sarcode fleshy or granular.

* Spicules fusiform or needle-like.

1. RENIERA.

Sponge massive, rugose. Skeleton reticulated, strengthened with

spicules. Spicules of one shape, fusiform or needle-like (varying in

size).

Reniera, O. Schmidt, Sp. Adriat. p. 72.

Hymeniacidon, Bowerb, Brit. Sp.

ReENIERA THOMASII.

Hymeniacidon thomasii, Bowerb. B. Sp. p. 150.

See also—

H. coccinea, Bowerb. ib. p. 196.

H. brettii, Bowerb. ib. p. 158.

H. fragilis, Bowerb. ib. p. 139.

H. reticulatus, Bowerb. ib. p. 159.

H. fallaciosus, Bowerb. ib. p. 160.

H. albescens, Bowerb. ib. p. 161.

HH. lactea, Bowerb. ib. p. 163.

H. membrana, Bowerb. ib. p. 165.

H. caruncula, Bowevb. ib. p. 166, t. 7. t. 372.

H. sanguinea, Bowerb. ib. p.168. Spongia sunguinea, Graut.

H. mammeata, Bowerb. ib. p. 170.

H. consimilis, Bowerb. ib. p. 172.

H, fallax, Bowerb. ib. p. 177.

H. viridans, Bowerb. ib. p. 178.

H. perlevis, Bowerb. ib. p.179. Spongia perlevis, Mont. (spi-

cules subpin-shaped).

H. aurea, Bowerb. ib. p.181. Spongia aurea, Mont.

H. armatura, Bowerb. ib. p. 183.

H. pachyderma, Bowerb. ib. p. 184.

H. crustula, Bowerb. ib. p. 185 (spicules subpin-shaped ).

H. virgultosa, Bowerb. ib. p. 193.

Reniera aqueductus,O.Schmidt, Sp. Adriat. p. 73, t. 7. f.6. B.M.

R. cratera, O. Schmidt, ib. f. 7. B.M.

R. alba, O. Schmidt, ib. f. 8.

R. nigrescens, O. Schmidt, ib. p. 74. B.M.

R. palmata, O. Schmidt, ib. p. 74. ? Spongia palmata, Solander

& Ellis. B.M.

1367. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 519

R. semitubulosa, O. Schmidt, ib. p. 75. ? Spongia semitubulosa,

Lamk. B.M.

R. luxurians, O. Schmidt, ib. p. 76. B.M.

2. HaLICHONDRIA.

Skeleton irregularly netted, scattered, or reticulated. Spicules

uniform, fusiform.

HALICHONDRIA PANICEA, Johnston; Bowerb. Brit. Sp. p. 229,

f. 300, 303.

See also—

H. servosa, Johnston.

. glabra, Bowerb. ib. p. 232.

. caduca, Bowerb. ib. p. 234.

. inconspicua, Bowerb. ib. p. 236.

. incerta, Bowerb. ib. p. 237.

. coalita, Johnst. t. 12. f. 1; Bowerb. ib. p. 238.

. simplex, Bowerb. ib. p. 246.

. subdola, Bowerb. ib. p. 247.

H. farinaria, Bowerb. ib. p. 269 (spicules spined).

H, distorta, Bowerb. ib. p. 240 (spicules fusiform and needle-like).

RAST es

3. DIcTYOCYLiINDRUS.

Sponge arborescent ; branches large, forked, rather hispid; skin

without spicules. Skeleton of fasciculated spicules. Spicules :—

~ 1. Needle-shaped or fusiform, long, slender. 2. Needle-like or sub-

pin-like, spinose.

Dictyocylindrus, Bowerb. B. 8. i. p. 185.

1. DicryvocyLinpRvus Hispipus, Bower. B. 8.1. p. 185, il. p. 108.

Spongia hispida, Mont.

2. D. venTILABRUM, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 100, f. 66.

3. D. ramosus, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 103, f. 366.

4, D. pumitus, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 114.

5. D. rucosus, Bowerb. ib. 1. p. 119, f. 369.

And other species described by Dr. Bowerbank.

4. AapTos.

Sponge fleshy, internally spiculose. Spicules all needle-shaped,

elongate, smooth (no anchorate spines, or globules, or stars).

AAPTOS ADRIATICA. B.M.

Ancorina aaptos, O. Schmidt, Supp. 1. p. 33, t. 4. f. 4.

Hab. Adriatic.

520 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

5. HALISARCA.

Sponge expanded, smooth, gelatinous. Spicules of two kinds :-—

1. Cylindrical, very slender, flexuous. 2. Slender, needle-like, spi-

nose.

HALISARCA DUJARDINIT, Johnston. B.M.

Hymeniacidon dujardinii, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 224.

6. LimnBERKUHNIA.

Sponge funnel-shaped, turbinate or globose. Texture entirely re-

ticulated. Spicules small, slightly arched, pointed at each end,

placed in series forming the fibres.

Lieberkuhnia, Balsamo-Crivelli, 1863; O. Schmidt, Supp. i.

p. 43.

LIEBERKUHNIA AGAGROPHLA, Balsamo, J. ¢. B.M.

Tieberkuhnia calix, O. Schmidt, Supp. ii. p. 43.

Espera calix, Nardo.

Reniera calix, O,. Schmidt, i. p. 76, t. 7. f. 12.

7. TEDANIA.

Sponge lobed, crested, with a lateral tube ending in an open mouth.

Spicules of three kinds:—1. Clavate, needle-shaped. 2. Fusiform,

very slender, elongate, sometimes flexuous. 3. Cylindrical, with

rather thicker, blunt ends.

]. TEDANIA DIGITATA. B.M.

Reniera digitata, O. Schmidt, p. 75, t. 7. f. 11.

2. TEDANIA AMBIGUA.

Reniera ambigua, O. Schmidt, Supp. ii. t. 4. f. 8.

8. OROIDEA.

Sponge massive. Spicules cylindrical, with regular whorls of

spines, truncated and torn at one end, and attenuated and pointed

at the other.

OROIDEA ADRIATICA. B.M.

Clathria oroides, O. Schmidt, Sp. Adriat. Supp. i. t. 4. f. 2.

9. PRIANOS.

Sponge massive. Spicules of two forms :—1. Cylindrical, blunt

and rounded at each end. 2. Cylindrical, slender, angularly bent

in the middle.

PRIANOS AMORPHUS. B.M.

Reniera amorpha, O. Schmidt, Supp. i. t. 4. f. 7.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 521

10. ScaMIpmTIA.

Sponge tuberose, or tuberoso-elongate, more or less pedunculate,

single, or two or three coalesced, with a central tube internally hol-

low. Parenchyma more or less netted. Spicules of five forms, all

smooth :—]. Thick, needle-shaped. 2. Fusiform. 3. Slender fusi-

form, thick. 4. Subcylindrical, curved, blunt. 5. Longer, pointed,

angularly bent at the end.

Schmidtia, Balsamo-Crivelli; O. Schmidt, Suppl. i. p. 42.

SCHMIDTIA FICIFORMIS.

Schmidtia ficiformis, S. clavata, et S. dura, Balsamo-Crivelli,

Mem. Soe. Italiana, 1863, vol. v.; O. Schmidt, Supp. i. p. 42.

Reniera ? dura, O. Schmidt, i. p. 76, t. 7. f. 13. B.M.

11 CreEwua.

Sponge crustaceous, tubercular ; pores confined in wedge-shaped

areas. Spicules of two kinds:—1. Fusiform. 2. Club-shaped, nodose.

Cribrella, O. Schmidt, p. 70 (not Agassiz).

CRELLA ELEGANS.

Cribrelia elegans, O. Schmidt, p. 70, t. 7. f. 1.

12. SopHax.

Sponge-coating rough ; oscules minute, dispersed. Skin spinu-

lose. Spicules :—1. Needle-like, long, slender, flexuous. 2. Needle-

like, minutely spined.

SoPpHAX FALLAX.

Microciona fallax, Bowerb. B. 8. i. p. 128,

13. EpPicues.

Sponge-coating thin, smooth. Skin pellucid, without spicules.

Spicules of two forms :—1. Needle-like, slender, in widely radiating

groups. 2. Subclavate, smooth or covered with minute spines.

EPICLES RADIATUS.

Hymedesmia radiata, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 149.

14. Euryron.

Sponge-coating hispid. Skin spiculated. Spicules of two kinds :—

1. Needle-like, long, slender, smooth. 2. Subclavate, spinulated

all over.

EurRYPON CLAVATUM.

Hymeraphia clavata, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 143.

15. BuBaris.

Sponge-coating cavernous, hispid. Skin spiculose. Spicules ot two

522 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES, [May 9,

kinds :—1. Needle-like, elongate. 2. Cylindrical or subfusiform,

vermiculoid, varying in the manner in which they are twisted.

BuBARIS VERMICULARIS.

Hymeraphia vermicularis, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 141, f. 5.

16. CrocaLyPTa.

Sponge cylindrical, massive, with numerous attenuated branches,

sometimes forked at the tips. Skeleton of compact interlaced spi-

cules, which divide into fasicules near the surface of the branches ;

the fascicules dilated at the end supporting the outer surface, and

having a series of small cavities below the outer coat. Spicules fusi-

form or needle-like, stout, variable in size.

Ciocalypta, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 179, i. p. 81, t. 30. f. 360, 361.

CIocALYPTA PENICILLUS, Bowerb. B.S. 1. p. 188, i. p. 81.

17. Rasautra.

Sponge incrusting or arborescent, branched. Spicules of two

kinds, united by a horny matter :—1. Needle-shaped, thick, tuber-

cular. 2. Pin-shaped, smooth.

RASALIA VIMINALIS.

Raspalia viminalis, O. Schmidt, p. 59, t. 5. f. 12. B.M.

18. Apocta.

Sponge sessile or branching and inosculating, smooth ; oscules on

the sides of the branches. Skin without spicules. Skeleton rather

irregularly netted. Spicules fusiform, stout, short.

ADOCIA SIMULANS.

Tsodictya simulans, Bowerb. B. 8. p. 308, f. 299.

19. PuHILorTia.

Sponge incrusting, smooth; oscules minute. Skin regularly netted,

spiculous. Spicules isolated, forming a network :—1. Fusiform,

slender. 2. Cylindrical or needle-shaped.

PHILOTIA VARIANS.

Isodictya varians, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 281, f. 309.

** Snicules pin-shaped.

20. ABILa.

Sponge branched, flexible. Spicules united with horny matter,

of three kinds:—1. Pin-shaped, smooth ; head rather marked,

large. 2. Pin-shaped, nodulous, small. 3. Fusiform, very slender,

arched or doubly arched.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 523

ABILA FREYERII.

Raspalia freyerii, O. Schmidt, p. 60, t. 5. f. 13. B.M.

21. Suserites, Nardo; O. Schmidt, p. 65.

Sponge massive, compact, fleshy, smooth, sometimes with project-

ing spicules. Skin with or without spicules. Spicules pin-shaped,

fasciculated ; fascicules often expanding near the surface.

+ Skin without spicules.

1. SUBERITES SUBERIA. B.M.

Spongia suberia, Montag.

Halichondria suberica, Fleming.

H., suberea, Johnston.

Hymeniacidon suberea, Bowerb. B.S. p. 200, f. 23.

2. SUBERITES CARNOSA. B.M.

Halicondria carnosa, Jolnst.

Hymeniacidon carnosa, Bowerb. B.S. p. 203.

3. SUBERITES GELATINOSA.

Hymeniacidon gelatinosa, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 222.

tt Skin with spicules like the flesh.

4, SUBERITES SULPHUREA.

Alymeniacidon sulphurea, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 208.

ttt Spicules in skin and flesh spinose. Flacius.

5. SUBERITES CLAVIGERA.

Hymeniacidon clavigera, Bowerb. B.S. p. 211, f. 83.

22. FIcunina.

Sponge massive; surface even; oscules few, large. Skin thin,

granular, spiculose. Spicules of three kinds:—1. Pin-shaped.

2. Fusiform. 3. Cylindrical, with central knobs, straight or rather

angularly bent.

FICULINA FICUS. B.M.

Halichondria ficus, Johnston.

Hymeniacidon ficus, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 206, f. 95.

See Isodictya anomala, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 293, f. 4.

23. RASPALIA.

Sponge ? Spicules short, thick, pin-shaped, nodulous.

Raspalia, Nardo; O. Schmidt, Sp. Ad. p. 59 (part.).

Raspauia typica, Nardo; O. Schmidt, p. 59, t.4.f.1. B.M.

524 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

24. Rapuiornora, Gray, B. M. 1840.

Sponge cup-shaped, friable, with a harder external case; pores

minute. Spicules pin-shaped, fasciculated.

RAPHIOPHORA PATERA. B.M.

Spongia patera, Hardwicke, Asiatic Researches, xi. p. 180, 1822;

Férussac, Bull. Sci. Nat. vill. p. 165, 1826.

Alcyonium poculum (Neptune’s cup), ‘‘ Everard Home, MSS.;”

Stutchbury, British Institution, on a plate by W. H. Baily.

Hab. Sumatra (Raffles) ; Singapore (Hardwicke).

25. SPINULARIA.

Sponge massive, depressed, minutely hispid. Oscules terminal,

slightly raised. Spicules of two kinds:—1. Fusiform, sometimes

curved. 2. Pin-shaped; head ovate.

SpINULARIA TETHEOIDES.

Tethea spinularia, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 94, f. 25.

26. ANTHO.

Sponge massive. Spicules of three forms :—1. Thick, pin-shaped,

rugulose. 2. Thick, cylindrical, torn at the apices. 3. Elongate,

needle-shaped, smooth.

ANTHO INVOLVENS. B.M.

Myzilla involvens, O. Schmidt, Supp. i. p. 37, t. 4. f. 6.

27 PRAT WAC

Sponge amorphous. Spicules:—1. Pin-shaped or subclavate,

stout, tubercular. 2. Pin-shaped, slender, slightly curved. 3. Cy-

lindrical, slender, clavate, and rounded at each end.

PITALIA FRONDICULATA. B.M.

Reniera frondiculata, O. Schmidt, Sp. Ad. Supp. t. 4. f. 10.

Fam. 2. CLIONIADZE.

« Forming excavations in shells and limestone. Cavity multilocular,

united by a small tube, forming a dichotomous or anastomosing line

of cells, and the inner surface shagreened or punctured. The sponge

fills the entire cavity and ramifications, and the oscules and papilla

correspond in size, number, and position with the external orifices on

the surface of the shell or stone enclosing the sponge.’’—Hancock.

The oscules and pores contractile. The pores when expanded

prominent, above the surface of the shell, top flat, with a radiated

opening. The oscules conical, tubular, with an open mouth.

Cliona, Grant; Leidy, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philad. vii. p. 162,

1856; Hancock, Ann. N. H. iii. p. 321 (1849), iv. p. 355 (1849) ;

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 525

Morris, Ann. N. H. iv. p. 239; Bianconi, Nuov. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bo-

logna, vi. p. 455, 1841.

Viou, H. Michelin, Revue Zoolog. 1841, p. 56 (not 1833); O.

Schmidt ; Duchass. & Michel. Sp. Caraib. p. 112.

Spongia terebrans, Duvernoy, Compt. Rend. A. S. Paris, ii. 1841,

pp. 683 & 1021; Lereboullet, Instit. ix. 1841, p. 131.

Hymeniacidon, sp., Bowerb. B. Sp.

Oxyspongie perforantes, Duchass. & Michelot. Sp. Mer Caraibe,

ele

¥ Not Vioa of Nardo, Isis, 1833, p. 523, who cites Aleyonium asbes-

tinum, Linn., as the type, which is a zoanthoid coral.

1. CxLiona.

Spicules uniform, pin-shaped, smooth.

Curona cevata, Hancock, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1867, xix. p. 237,

toto B.M.

Hymeniacidon celata, Bowevrb. B.S.

Hab. Europe.

See also—

Cliona yorgonsides, Hancock, l. c. p. 237.

C. globulifera, Hancock, U. ¢. p. 240, t. 8. f. 3.

Vioa viridis, O. Schmidt, p. 77, t. 7. f. 14. B.M.

2. PIoNE.

Spicules of three forms :—1. Pin-shaped, smooth. 2. Fusiform,

spinulose. 3, Cylindrical, sinuous, smooth, slightly or strongly spi-

nulose.

PIONE NORTHUMBRICA.

Cliona northumbrica, Hancock, /. c. p. 237, t. 7. f. 1.

Hab. Scotland and Northumberland.

See also—

Cliona vastifica, Hancock, /. c. p. 237, t. 7. f. 2

C. corallinoides, Hancock, 1. c. p. 238, t. 7. f. 3

C. gracilis, Hancock, J. c. f. 4. ;

C. howsei, Hancoek, f. 5.

C. mazatlanensis, Hancock, p. 240, t. 8. f. 1.

3. Myue.

Spicules of three kinds:—1. Pin-shaped, smooth, head globular,

terminal. 2. Fusiform, thick, smooth, sometimes angularly bent,

with a swollen belt at the angle. 3. Oblong, fusiform, small, spi-

nulose.

MyLe CARPENTERI.

Cliona carpenteri, Hancock, /. ¢. t. 8. f. 4.

Hab. Mazatlan.

526 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [ May 9,

4, SAPLINE.

Spicules of two kinds :—1. Pin-shaped, elongate, smooth. 2. Fusi-

form, smooth.

SAPLINE GRANTII. B.M.

Vioa grantii, O. Schmidt, p. 78, t. 7. f. 15.

Hab. Adriatic.

5. Ipomon.

Spicules of two kinds, angularly bent in the centre :—1. Pin-

shaped, head small. 2. Needle-shaped, one end truncate.

IDOMON ALDERI.

Cliona alderi, Hancock, J. e.

6. JasPis.

Spicules of two kinds:—1. Fusiform. 2. Stellate.

JASPIS JOHNSTONII.

Vioa johnstonii, O. Schmidt, p. 78, t. 7. f. 17. B.M.

Hab. Adriatic Sea.

7. PRONAX.

Spicules of two kinds:—1. Pin-shaped, head subterminal. 2. Cy-

lindrical, bent or sinuous, smooth or spinose.

PRONAX LOBATA.

Cliona lobata, Hancock, J. c. p. 239, t. 7. f. 6 (bent spicules spi-

nose).

Hab. Newcastle-on-Tyne.

See also—

Vioa duvernoyii, Duchass. Anim. Radiat. p. 27; Spong. Mer

Caraibe, p. 117, t. 25. f. 4.

V. dissociata, Duchass. ib. p. 27; Sp. Mer Car. p.117, “t. 22.

f. 5,67 (t. 25. f. 5, 62).

V. strombi, Duchass. Sp. Mer Car. p. 113.

Also the genus Euryphylle, which perforates the substance of

madrepores, forms irregular galleries with granules and spicules.

S08

cde

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 527

Euryphylle latens, Duchass. Sp. Mer Car. p. 114, t. 25. f. 7, 8.

E. dubia, Duchass. ib. t. 25. f. 5, 6.

Fam. 3. PoLyMASTIAD.

Sponge massive, with numerous open-mouthed erect tubes. Ske-

leton of the base of divergent fascicules of spinules; of the tubes

formed of longitudinal and transverse fascicules of slender cylindri-

cal elongated spicules.

Polymastica, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 371.

1. PENCILLARIA.

Spicules of the mass pin-shaped. The transverse fibres separate.

PENCILLARIA MAMMILLARIS.

Polymastica mammillaris, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 178, ii. p. 571; O.

Schmidt, Sp. Adriat. Supp. ii. t. 1. f. 12.

Spongia mammillaris, Miller, Z. D. t. 158. f. 3, 4. B.M.

S. pencillus, Montag. W. Trans. p. 93, t. 13. f. 7.

2. Potymastica, sp., Bowerb. B. 8.

Spicules needle-shaped. The transverse fibres fasciculated.

PotymastTica RoBusTA, Bowerb. B.S. 1. p. 178, t. 29. f. 358,

its pepGs3:

Alcyoncellum robustum, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 172, f. 257, 258.

See also—

P. ornata, P. bulbosa, P. brevis, and P. radiosa, Bowerb. ib. ii.

pp. 59, 61, 64, 68.

Order IV. ACANTHOSPONGIA (Armed or Hooked Sponges).

Sponge strengthened with various-shaped spicules, besides the

usual simple fusiform or needle-like spicules of the preceding order.

These sponges, besides having the cylindrical fusiform needle-like

or pin-shaped spicules found in the preceding order, are provided with

various shaped spicules, which are usually armed with some form of

hook or extended prickles that form a means of defence. These de-

fensive spicules vary considerably in shape, being either bihamate,

anchorate, three-pronged, or star-like ; and the various modifications

of these forms are present in the different genera.

Fam. 1. KupLECTELLADZ*,

Sponge tubular, isolated, with the tubes closed at the top with a

netted lid. The skeleton of the tubes formed of bundles of elon-

* Professor Wyville Thompson, to whom I am indebted for the photographs of

the species of this family in the Paris Museum here copied, in a letter, dated

22nd of May, 1867, observes, “As to the Euplectella, the two species (two species

528 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

gated cylindrical thread-like spicules placed in a longitudinal, trans-

verse, and oblique direction, crossing each other, and forming a more

or less regular network. Sarcode scattered with stellate spicules,

with the rays more or less divided.

A. Tube formed of longitudinal and transverse bundles of filiform

spicules, intersected with more slender oblique series of spicules,

and strengthened externally with transverse or oblique raised

ridges, the upper ridge forming a fringe between the end of the

tubes and the irregularly netted lid; the base of the tubes sur-

rounded with free filiform spicules, barbed at the end,

1. EUPLECTELLA.

The tubes regular, gradually wider above, formed of regular

longitudinal and transverse bundles of filiform spicules, which are

crossed in an oblique direction with more slender fascicules or sepa-

rate filiform spicules, and strengthened externally with transverse or

oblique elevated ridges ; the upper ridge forming a fringe at the top

of the tubes, between the edge of the tubes and the irregularly netted

lid. Sarcode thin, studded with many-rayed stellate spicules, with

long simple or trifid rays, or with short rays divided at the end into

several converging rays, forming a bell-shaped series.

The fringe on the end of the tube, between it and the lid, is only

found in the perfectly grown sponges; it is very small in the speci-

mens of Z. aspergillum that are not quite of the normal form—that is,

I certainly believe them to be) of the Jardin des Plantes are very closely allied.

It is not easy at first to catch a good microscopic character. Still there is a dif-

ference in the form of the small spicules especially. These two species are, how-

ever, utterly different from our Euplectella aspergillum. It would be impossible

to put the three even in the same genus. In the French species the network of

the wall is formed entirely of perfectly free spicules, very long, simply interwoven,

never anastomosing, held together by sarcodic substance alone, and perfectly

easily shaken separate by a needle or a hair-pencil in a drop of water. The spi-

cules are exactly of the same type as those of Hyalonema, and are netted together

precisely in the same way; in fact the French species would fit much better into

the genus Hyalonema than into Euplectella. They will not go into either genus,

however, and either you or I must concoct a special generic name for them.

“ Eup. aspergillum, again, reminds one strongly of the work you must have often

seen—ships, baskets, &c., made of spun-glass, by heating and netting it in and

out in all directions, attaching constantly the various points of contact. Thus,

while aspergillum is made quite rigid, the French species are absolutely flexible,

only firm encugh to maintain their form.

“It seems to me that we have now a series forming a very remarkable group,

graduating through Aphrocallistes?, Hyalonema, the French genus, Euplectella

(aspergillum and cucumer), into Iphiteon and Dactylocalyx. In these the form is

very different certainly; but the general plan of the small free spicules is the

same, and the interlacing siliceous tubing is very much as in Kup. aspergillum.

“ Schultze’s proposed group ‘ Lophospongiz’ cannot stand. It is founded upon

the long free spicules merely, and would only contain Hyalonema and Euplectella,

excluding Aphrocallistes and the French genus, which seem to me most charac-

teristic members of the series.

“‘ By-the-by could you give me a shred of dphrocailisies, I should like to com-

pare the small spicules.”

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 529

to say, in those that have an irregular edge to the upper part of the

tube, or other deformities of growth.

Euplectella, Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. il. p. 203, 1841.

Alcyoncellum, Bowerb. B. Sp. i. p. 176 (not Blainville, nor Quoy

and Gaimard).

The texture of Euplectella has been compared to woven lace.

The threads of the Huplectella were not first spun and then inter-

woven as in the case of human manufacture, but were formed as

interwoven, the two processes going on simultaneously, or part passu;

and this is further shown by the fact that, in a specimen that had

been pierced, the hole is filled up with interwoven fibres like a

darn. It is to be recollected that the beautiful object which we have

in our cabinet is but the skeleton of the sponge; and in its living

state this exquisite flinty framework is veiled by a delicate gela-

tinous enveloping organic tissue (see Owen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii.

p. 121).

1. EUPLECTELLA ASPERGILLUM, Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. it.

p- 203, t. 13 (upside down). B.M.

Euplectella speciosa, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1866, xviii. p. 487.

Alcyoncellum aspergillum, Bowerb. B.S. 1. p. 177, f. 174, 175, to

p- 184, f. 186, 189, 193, 194, 198, 253, 356, 357.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Cuming).

This species is liable to several variations; its form is sometimes

short, ovate, and straight like the following ; the regular longitudinal

and transverse bundles of spicules are distinctly marked, indeed

more so in the young specimens only a few inches long than in the

adult.

There is a good series of varieties of different ages in the British

Museum.

2. EuUPLECTELLA CUCUMER, Owen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. p.117,

t. 21; Bowerb. B. 8. 1. p. 237. f. 59.

Hab. Seychelle Islands (Capt. Etheridge).

Only known from the single specimen in the collection of Dr.

Farre. The absence of the fringe and the small size of the transverse

ridges may be dependent on the age or imperfect development of the

specimen, for that is the peculiarity of the younger specimen from

the Philippines.

I have not seen the specimen; but Dr. Bowerbank, who has exa-

mined it and its spicules, informs me that he regards it as only a

variety of H. aspergillum ; but the difference in the locality and the

peculiar form leads me to believe that it is a distinct species; and I

hope Dr. Perceval Wright, who has gone to the Seychelles to study

the natural history of those little-known islands, will bring home

specimens that may determine this and other interesting zoological

questions.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXXIV.

530 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

B. Tube formed of fascicules of filiform spicules placed in various

directions, forming an irregular network like the lid of the

tube, and not strengthened with any raised transverse or ob-

lique ridges or fringe at the edge of the aperture, aud without

any free barbed filament at the base.

2. CoRBITELLA.

The tube clavate, rather irregular, rounded at the end, formed of

slender fascicules of open elongate filiform spicules, placed in longi-

tudinal, transverse, and oblique directions, forming an irregular net-

work.

Alcyoncellum, Quoy & Gaim. (not De Blainville).

Euplectella, sp., Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1866.

This genus chiefly differs from Huplectel/a in the want of the

well-marked longitudinal and transverse bundles of spicules, which

are to be observed in all the specimens of different ages of #. asper-

gillum that have come under my observation.

CorBITELLA speciosa. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1.)

Aleyoncellum speciosum, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. p. 302, Zoo-

phytes, t. 26. f. 3, 1833 (very bad); Lamk. An. s. Vert. ed. 2, il.

p» 589; Bowerb. B. 8S. f. 185, 187, 188, 195?

Hab. Molucca (M. Merkus ; Mus. Paris).

Quoy and Gaimard thus describe the only specimen of this

sponge yet known in Europe :—“ Cette singulitre production re-

présente un cylindre creux, de sept 4 huit pouces d’étendue, en

forme de Phallus, arrondi et un peu dilaté a une extrémité, ouvert a

Vautre, A parois mince, formée de filets trés déliés, lachement accolés

les uns aux autres, entrecroisés dans tous les sens, de maniére A

former de nombreuses mailles arrondies, presque réguliéres comme

celles de la dentelle ou bien des siéges tissés en rotang.’’—Zoophytes,

i. p. 303.

Professor Wyville Thompson has most kindly sent mea photograph

of this specimen, which is here copied (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1), and

which shows that it is quite distinct from the Philippine Sponge.

MM. Quoy and Gaimard’s figure is very imperfect, and probably

misled Prof. Owen; for he observes, when describing Huplectella

aspergillum, that “If the éasal aperture of the cone were open, the

resemblance to some of the known Alcyonoid sponges would be very

close, especially to that called <Alcyonellum gelatinosum by M.

De Blainville (Aleyonellum speciosum, Quoy & Gaim.) ; its closure

by the reticulate convex frilled cap in the present instance establishes

the generic distinction.” — Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. p. 205.

But the specimen figured by MM. Quoy and Gaimard has a “ re-

ticulate convex cap.”’ And this is not the only mistake in this para-

graph; the “basal aperture”’ is the apex of the sponge. Aleyo-

nellum gelatinosum (which should be Alcyoncellum gelatinosum,

Blainville) has no affinity to Alcyoncellum speciosum of Quoy and

1867. ] DR, J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 531

Gaimard, one being a large conical siliceous sponge, and the other a

small branched calcareous one. And why are these sponges called

Alcyonoid? They have no affinity to Aleyonium, which are true

zoophytes.

3. HEeTERKOTELLA.

The tube short, rather irregular, conical, truncated, irregularly

netted. Skeleton formed of thick bundles of very numerous slender

spicules, placed in all directions, and forming an irregular network,

similar to the network of the lid of Huplectella.

HeTEROTELLA corBIcuLA. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 2.)

Alcyoncellum corbicula, Valenc. Mus. Paris; Bowerb. B. Sp. i;

p- 176.

Hab. Isle De Bourbon.

I am indebted to Prof. Wyville Thompson for having first drawn

my attention to the want of the regular longitudinal fascicule of spi-

cules in these two genera, and also for most kindly presenting me

with the photographs of the two sponges taken from the specimens

in the Paris Museum, which are here copied.

Fam. 2. EspERIAD-.

Skeleton composed of fusiform and linear spicules, interspersed

with anchorate, bihamate, or birotulate spicules, which are either

attached to the membranes or scattered in the sarcode, and form a

defence to the sponge.

The dihamate and anchorate spicula exist in large numbers on the

surface of the interstitial membrane. The dchamate are fusiform

spicula, bent at each end into the form of a hook, the curves being

in the same plane or at right angles to each other, the tips are

tapering and acute, or sometimes solid and club-shaped ; and rarely

they are expanded into circular plates.

The anchorate spicula always have their two terminations in the

same position as those of the bow of an ordinary ship anchor. In

some sponges they are tolerably uniform in shape and proportion ;

while in others they vary exceedingly, not only while in course of

development, but even when in their adult condition. They glide

so insensibly from one form into another that it is difficult to draw

a distinction between them, even when there are a sufficient number

of fully developed ones to exhibit the normal form.

In most cases, besides the large and fully developed anchorate

spicules, there is found accompanying them a secondary series, which

are very much smaller in size, and vary exceedingly both in sym-

metry and amount of development; they appear to be simply abor-

tive developments of the larger and more perfect of the normal spi-

cula. The anchorate spicula are gradually and progressively deve-

veloped. They are to be found at both sides of the membranaceous

skeleton, and are often very minute (see Bowerb. Phil. Trans. 1858,

pp. 205, 300, 303).

532 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

When the two ends are equally developed they are eqguianchorate,

when unequal ineguianchorate, and the ends are distinguished as

bidentate, tridentate, and palmate.

Simple forms of spicula have the same shape from the beginning

to the termination of their growth.

Synopsis of sections of family.

I. Defensive spicules unilateral, inequianchorate, attached to the

skeleton.

* Flukes entire, with central ridge (Genera nos. 1-4).

** Flukes palmate (Genus no. 5).

II. Defensive spicules unilateral, bi- or tripolicated, free in the

sarcode (Genera nos. 6 & 7).

III. Defensive spicules unilateral, equianchorate, free in the sarcode.

* Flukes divided into two or three spines at each end (Genera

nos. 8-19).

** Flukes oblong, concave, with a central apical tubercle (Genus

no. 20).

*** Flukes cup-shaped, acute at each side (Genus no. 21).

**** Spicules boat-shaped, with marginal sides (Genus no. 22).

IV. Defensive spicules compressed, bihamate, hooked at each end

(Genus no. 23).

V. Defensive spicules bihamate or contorted only (Genera nos.

24-30).

VI. Defensive spicules regular, with rotate rays at each end (Genus

no. 31).

I. Defensive spicules unilateral, inequianchorate, attached to the

skeleton.

* Flukes entire, with a single central ridge, with a spine at its base.

1. Esperia, Nardo (part.), O. Schmidt, p. 54.

Sponge branched, flexible, netted. Spicules of three kinds, united

in the horny matter :—1. Pin-shaped. 2. Bihamate—that is, slen-

der, cylindrical, bent up at each end, regular or tortose. 3. Equi-

anchorate, minute; flukes ovate, with a central ridge ending in a

spine below.

Esrreria Typica, Nardo.

Esperia contavenii, O. Schmidt, p. 54, t. 5. f. 2 (pin-shaped spi-

cules, double-headed, with a subbasal cross bar). B.M.

Hab. Adriatic.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 533

Esperia foraminosa, O. Schmidt, p. 54, t. 5. f. 3. B.M.

? BE. bauriana, O. Schmidt, p. 55. B.M.

E. tunicata, O. Schmidt, p. 55, t. 5. f. 4. B.M.

LE. bowerbankii, O. Schmidt, p. 55.

E.. anceps, O. Schmidt, t. d. f. gs

E. syrinx, O. Schmidt, p. 56, t. ae 6. B.M.

Ei. lorenzi, O. Schmidt, p. 56, i ated s B.M.

E. massa, O. Schmidt, p. 56, t. 8. B.M.

EL. modesta, O. Schinidt, p. 57, t 5. f. 9 (called Clathria coral-

loides in explanation of plates). B.M.

E. volutata, O. Schmidt, p. 57.

E. nodosa, O. Schmidt, Supp. i. p. 33, t. 3. f. 10. B.M.

E. basillaris, O. Schmidt, Suppl. i. p. 34. t. 3. f. 12. B.M.

2. MyYcALe.

Sponge massive, sessile. Oscules dispersed. Skin spiculose.

Spicules of three kinds :—1. Inequianchorate, of two sizes ; larger in

radiating groups, flukes cordate, with a central ridge, sere of flukes

dilated, “curled up on the sides and produced below ; smaller dis-

persed. 2. Fusiform, needle-like. 3. Bihamate, simple and con-

torted, minute.

MYCALE LINGUA. B.M.

Hymeniacidon lingula, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 187, f. 147, 148, 297.

See also—

Mycale grandis, O. Schmidt, Supp. t. 3. f. 11.

Hab. India. Flukes triangular, hastate.

3. ARGOGROPILA.

Sponge massive or coating, rugose. Oscules large, dispersed.

Skin spiculose. Skeleton reticulated; fibres formed of bungled

spicules. Spicules of four kinds:—1. Fusiform, needle-like, or

subclavate. 2. Contorted and reversed, bihamate. 3. Inequian-

chorate, bidentate. 4. Fusiform, tricurvate.

ARGOGROPILA VARIANS.

Halichondria egogropila, Johnston.

Desmacidon egogropila, Bowerb. B.S. il. p. 352, f. 264.

4, MENYLLUS.

Sponge sessile, closely laticed by round inosculating branches, mi-

nutely hispid. Skin with slender fusiform spicules, fasciculated and

forming a coarse irregular network. Spicules of three kinds:—

1. Slender, needle-like or fusiform, partially spined. 2. Inequian-

chorate, angulated. 3. Bihamate, malformed.

MENYLLUS INGALLI.

Halichondria ingalli, Bowerb. B. 8. ii. p. 258, f. 29, 30.

534 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

** Flukes divided into several palmate hooks.

5. GRAPELIA.

Sponge ? Spicules inequianchorate, in circular groups ; the

flukes divided into several unilateral palmate hooks.

GRAPELIA AUSTRALIS, Bowerb. B.S. f. 135.

Hab. West Australia.

Il. Defensive spicules unilateral bipolicated and inequianchorate,

Sree in the sarcode.

6. ALEBION.

Sponge branching, anastomosing; branches compressed, corym-

bose, rather hispid or parasitic. Spicules:—1. Inequianchorate,

bidentate. 2. Needle-like, spined. 3. Cylindrical, slender, flexuous.

4, Equianchorate, bipolicated.

ALEBION HYNDMANI.

Halichondria hyndmani, Bowerb. B. S. p. 264, f. 123-127.

See also—

? Alebion ? australis, Bowerb. ib. f. 131-134.

Hab. West Australia. With tripolicated unilateral spines.

7. IoPHON.

Sponge parasitic, smooth. Oscules dispersed. Skin spiculose.

Spicules :—1. Fusiform, cylindrical, spined. 2. Simple, bipolicated,

anchorate. 3. Inequianchorate, dentate, palmate, and bidentate.

1. IOPHON SCANDENS.

Halichondria scandens, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 299.

2. IlopPHON NIGRICANS.

Halichondria nigricans, Bowerb. ib. p. 266, f. 282.

Hii. Defensive spicules unilateral, equianchorate, free in the sarcode.

* Flukes divided into two or three spines at each end.

8. Isopicrya, sp., Bowerb. B.S. 1. p. 197.

Sponge sessile, minutely hispid, regularly reticulated. Spicules of

three kinds:—1. Needle-shaped, fusiform. 2. Bihamate, bicalca-

rate (Bowerb. f. 121). 3. Equianchorate or palate.

IsopIcryA NORMAN], Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 320, f. 121, 376 (type).

See also—

Tsodictya edwardsii, Bowerb. ib. p. 325.

f. paupera, Bowerb. ib. p. 328.

I. palmata, Bowerb. ib. p. 311.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 535

9. EmMPLocus.

Sponge incrusting, parasitic on Sertularia. Spicules of four

kinds :—1. Cylindrical, pin-shaped, both ends truncated, torn,

smooth. 2. Cylindrical, slightly tubercular, with one or three di-

verging conical points at one end, and irregularly truncated at the

other. 3. Cylindrical, curved, rather swollen, rounded at the ends,

with two elongate spines at each side of ends. 4. Equibianchorate,

two-pointed at each end.

EMPLOCUS TRIDENS.

Myzilla tridens, O. Schmidt, Supp. t. 4. f. 5. B.M.

10. ANCHINOE.

Sponge-coating thin, smooth. Oscules slightly elevated. Skin

Spiculose. Spicules:—1. Fusiform, large, long. 2. Clavate, slender,

entirely spined, of various sizes. 3. Equianchorate, bi- or tridentate.

ANCHINOE PERARMATUS.°

Hymeniacidon perarmatus, Bowerb. B.S. p. 164.

11. Microcriona, part., Bowerb. ib. i. p. 188, ii. p. 124.

Sponge thin; coating with columns of spicules that radiate from

the axis in every direction. Spicules of three kinds :—1. Subelavate.

2. Needle-shaped, spined. 3. Equianchorate, bidentate (or dentato-

palmate).

Scopalina, O. Schmidt.

MIcROCIONA SPINULENTA, Bowerb. B. S. p. 132.

See also—

EH. thompsoni, Bowerb. B.S. p. 248.

536 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [ May 9,

HI. albula, Bowerb. ib. p. 268.

H. irregularis, Bowerb. ib. p. 252.

HH. dickiei, Bowerb. ib. p. 253.

HT. pattersoni, Bowerb. ib. p. 255.

fl. batei, Bowerb. ib. p. 261.

HI. granulata, Bowerb. ib. p. 262.

13. Pronax.

Sponge sessile, rugose, and mammillated. Skin irregularly spicu-

lose. Spicules of four kinds :—1. Fusiform, large. 2. Equiancho-

rate, ending in three more or less unequal angulated spines, arranged

in circular groups or dispersed. 3. Needle-like, stout, spined, rarely

spineless. 4. Fusiform, spined.

PRONAX PLUMOSA. B.M.

Spongia plumosa, Montag.

Hymeniacidon plumosa, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 195, f. 141-143.

14. EurHymus.

Sponge ? Spicnles equianchorate, each end ending in three

nearly equal-sized attenuated acute lobes or teeth.

1, EUTHYMUS SHADBOLTIHI.

Sponge, Bowerb. ib. i. pp. 47, 250, f. 140.

2. Eurnymus ? Minor.

Sponge, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 250, f. 149.

15. Desmacipon, part., Bowerb. ib. i. p. 200, i. p. 345 (type).

Sponge massive, hispid, irregularly netted, with large tubular

cloaca ; filaments with imbedded longitudinal spicules. Spicules of

three kinds :—1. Needle-like. 2. Bihamate, simple, and contorted.

3. Equianchorate, bidentate.

DesmMacipon FRUuCTICOSUS, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 200, ii. p. 345;

O. Schmidt, Supp. il. t. 1. f. 19.

16. HAamMIGERA.

Sponge thick, subglobose. Pores in sunken oscule-like spaces.

Spicules of two kinds :—1. Simple. 2. Equibianchorate, with three

spines at each end.

HAMIGERA RUBENS. B.M.

Cribrella hamigera, O. Schmidt, 8. A. p. 70, t. 6. f. 13.

17. Hymepesmia, part., Bowerb. B.S.

Sponge-coating very thin, smooth, with fascicules of spicules.

Spicules of four kinds:—1. Cylindrical, slender, subclavate at each

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 537

end. 2. Needle-shaped, conical, strongly spined all over. 3. Equi-

anchorate, bi- or tridentate. 4. Bihamate.

HyMEDESMIA ZETLANDICA, Bowerb. B. 8. i. p. 190, ii. p. 152,

f. 296, 371.

18. TEREUS.

Sponge massive, sessile, smooth, regularly reticulated, with a

square mesh. Skin spiculose. Spicules of two kinds :—1. Needle-

shaped, thick, spinulate all over. 2. Equibianchorate, two-spined,

two-fringed, of various sizes.

TEREUS FIMBRIATUS.

Isodictya fimbriata, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 337, f. 150; O. Schmidt,

Supp. i. t. 1. f. 18.

19. Caria.

Sponge-coating thin, smooth. Oscules dispersed. Skin spiculose.

Spicules of four kinds:—1. Subclavate, needle-like, and very slender.

2. Fusiform, tricurvate. 3. Inequianchorate, bidentate, or subpal-

mate. 4. Bihamate, contorted.

1. CARMIA MACILENTA.

Hymeniacidon macilenta, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 176.

2. CARMIA FLOREA.

Hymeniacidon floreum, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 190.

** Flukes oblong, concave, of rather unequal length, with a single

central apical tubercle at each end.

20. CoryBas.

Sponge-coating lobate or branched, regularly reticulated externally.

Skin spiculose. Oscules dispersed. Spicules:—1. Needle-shaped,

short, and stout. 2. Needle-shaped, subcylindrical, slender. 3. Bi-

hamate, extra-umbonate. 4. Equianchorate ; flukes oblong, concave,

with a single central apical tubercle at each end (Bowerb. f. 139).

CoryYBAS LOBATA.

Isodictya lobata, Bowerb. B. 8. 11. p. 326, f. 139.

*** Flukes cup-shaped, acute on each side.

21. INGALLIA.

Sponge ? Spicules :—1. Equianchorate, with a hemispinal

cup at each end, abundant, recumbent ou the membraues.

INGALLIA CUPULIFERA.

Desmacidon, sp., Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 252, f. 151.

Hab. ?

538 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

**** Defensive spicules oblong, boat-shaped, concave on the sides.

22. NAVICULINA.

Sponge ? Spicules :—1. Equibianchorate, unilateral, ob-

long, concave, with a marginal rib on each side, and sometimes a

central keel-like one, abundant on membane near fascicules of slender

spicules. 2.

NAVICULINA CLIFTONI.

Hymedesmia, sp., Bowerb. B. 8. i. p. 252, f. 152.

Hab. West Australia, Freemantle (Clifton).

IV. Defensive spicules equibihamate, compressed, with a sharp edge,

hooked at each end, free in sarcode.

23. HaMACANTHA.

Sponge ? Spicules of two kinds:—1. Needle-shaped, slen-

der. 2. Equibihamate; hooks and inner edge of shaft sharp-

edged.

HAMACANTHA JOHNSONI.

Halichondria johnsoni, Bowerb. B. 8. 1. pp. 35, 127, f. 112, 293.

Hab. Madeira.

V. Defensive spicules bihamate, simple, or contorted, without any

bianchorate ones intermixed.

24. GELLIUS.

Sponge massive, minutely hispid. Skeleton regularly netted.

Spicules of two kinds:—1. Fusiform. 2. Bihamate, simple, and

contorted.

1. GELLIUS JUGOSUS.

Tsodictya jugosa, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 296.

2. GELLIUS ROBUSTUS.

Tsodictya robusta, Bowerb. il. p. 304.

25. BIEMNA.

Sponge massive. Skin rough, spiculose. Skeleton irregularly

netted ; fibres composed of longitudinal dispersed spicules, covered

with a thin coat of horny matter. Spicules:—1. Fusiform. 2. Bi-

hamate, simple, or contorted and reversed.

BIEMNA PEACHII.

Desmacidon peachii, Bowerb. B.S. p. 349.

See also—

Desmacidon constrictus.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 539

D. jeffreysii, Bowerb. ib. pp. 347-350.

Halichondria corrugata, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 242.

H. candida, Bowerb. ib. p. 251.

H. pulchella, Bowerb. ib. p. 256.

H. inornata, Bowerb. ib. p. 27.

26. Asycuis.

Sponge ? Spicules of two forms:—1. Fusiform, large.

2. Fusiform, slender, bihamate, simple (and contorted), large, and

small.

1. ASYCHIS FIBULATA.

Reniera fibulata, O. Schmidt, p. 73, t. 7. f. 9.

2. ASYCHIS VARIANTIA.

Halichondria variantia, Bowerb. B. 8. f. 11, 409.

Hymeniacidon varantia, Bowerb. ib. p. 174.

27. DymNuvs.

Sponge ——-? Spicules:—1. Simple, bihamate, with an umbo

on the inner or outer, or on the inner and outer sides of the middle

of the shaft.

DyMNUS SICULUS.

Sponge from Sicily, Bowerb. B. 8. i. p. 247, f. 115-117.

28. Damo.

Sponge ? Spicules bihamate, each of the ends clavate,

rounded, blunt (see Bowerb. B. S. f. 118, 119, 120).

DAMO BICLAVATA.

Sponge, Bowerb. ib. i. pp. 44, 247, f. 118-120.

29. ABILA.

Sponge-coating smooth. Oscules minute, dispersed. Skin spi-

culose. Spicules of three kinds:—1l. Fusiform, long, slender,

smooth. 2. Fusiform, tricurvate, stout. 3. Fusiform, stout, broad,

spined.

ABILA LEVIS.

Microciona levis, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 127.

30. OrINA.

Sponge massive, smooth. Outer skin with a network of spicules.

Spicules of two kinds:—1. Fusiform slender. 2. Fusiform trun-

cate.

540 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

ORINA ANGULATA.

Halichondria angulata, Bowerb. ib. il. p. 233.

VI. Defensive spicules regular, birotulate, with many rays at euch

end, free in sarcode.

31. CARTERIA.

Sponge massive, irregularly reticulated, shallow, formed of abundant

agglutinated filiform needle-like spicules, with four- and six-rayed

stellate, cruciform, and birotulate spicules.

Fyalonema, part., Bowerb.; Schultze ; Brandt (not Gray).

CARTERIA JAPONICA.

Hyalonema mirabilis, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 237, f. 60-65 ; p. 276,

f. 294, 295; Schultze, t. 3 & 4 (not Gray). B.M.

Hab. Japan.

Bowerbank’s figures (Br. Sp. 153-157) represent the spicules of

the corium that surround the filaments of Hyalonema mirabilis,

Gray, and have nothing to do with the smooth stellate or radiate spi-

cula of this sponge. They have been called Spongia octancyra,

Brandt, Hyal. p. 14; Spongia spinicruces, Brandt, Hyal. p. 23, t. 3.

f. 15,16. They are also figured in Schultze’s ‘ Hyalonema,’ t. 3.

f. 9-14.

Fam. 3. TeTHyAp&.

Sponge massive, suborbicular or subramose, fleshy. Skeleton con-

sisting of simple fusiform and of fusiform spicules with three prongs

or three diverging hooks at the distal or outer extremity, and with

more or less globular many-rayed stellate spicules, or of either of

the two kinds.

The stellate spicules are composed of few or many radii, emanating

from a centre in all directions. Their simplest form is when the bases

of the radii all proceed from a common point; in others the radu

spring separately and distinctly from a common central spherical or

oval base.—Bowerb. Phil. Trans. 1858, p. 307, 309.

Dr. Bowerbank calls the elongate spicules which are peculiar to

Geodiade and Tethyade connecting spicula. These spicula have a

long, stout, cylindrical, or attenuated shaft, terminating either

acutely or hemispherically at the base ; while the apex is divided

into three Stout equiangular radii, which assume in different species

a considerable variety as regards form and direction. The triradiate

apices are usually cemented firmly to the inner surface of the crus-

tated coat of the sponge; while the stout and elongated shaft is in-

termingled with and firmly cemented by keratode to the general mass

of the skeleton. The triradiate apices also serve to construct areas

in which are situated the proximal orifices of the intermarginal cavi-

ties, which are imbedded in the crustated surface of the sponge.—

Bowerb. Phil. Trans. 1858, p. 289.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 541

I. Sponge subglobose, with tricurvate internal spicules supporting

the outer surface.

* Sponge with stellate spicules on the skin or sarcode.

1. Donatta (part.), Nardo, Isis, 1833, p. 522.

Sponge fleshy, subglobose, warty. Spicules of three kinds :—

1. Stellate. 2. Subulate or fusiform, simple. 3. Club-shaped ; club

conical, truncated, with a conical process on one of the sides.

Tethya, Schmidt, Suppl. p. 43.

DonaTiA AURANTIUM, Nardo, Isis, 1833, p. 522. B.M.

Aleyonium aurantium, Pallas; Esper, t. 19. f. 4-8.

A. lyncurium, Gmelin, 8. N. p. 1295.

Spongia verrucosa, Mont. W. Tr. i. p. 117, t. 13. f. 45.

Tethea lyncurium, Lamk. A. s. V. 1. p. 592; Blainv. M. A.

p- 544, t. 91. f.3?; Johnst. B. Sp. p. 85, f. 13; Bowerb. B. S. ii.

p- 92, f. 342; O. Schmidt, S. A. p.44,t.4. 1-9 ; Suppl. ii. t.1..15.

Tethya verrucosa, Gray, B. P. i. p. 362.

T. spherica, Fleming, B. A. p. 520.

Hab. Coast of England.

See also—

Tetheya lacunosa, Lamk., Schw. Beob. t. 2. f. 17, 18.

Tetheum pulvinatum, Blainv. Man. @ Actinol. p. 544.

Tethia cavernosa, Lamk. Ann. du Mus. i. p. 71.

Tethya aspestella, Lamk. Ann. du Mus. 1. p. 71.

Tethya hispida, Bowerb. Canadian Naturalist, p. 304.

Tethia globosa, Duchass. & Michelot. Sp. Caraibe, p.104. Gua-

deloupe.

2. CoOLLINGSIA.

Sponge massive, depressed, uneven, rugged. Spicules:—1. Fusi-

form. 2. Stellate (attenuato- and cylindrico-stellate). 3. Fusiform,

ternate, recurved at the tips.

1. COLLINGSIA SARNIENSIS.

Tethea collingsii, Bowerb. B.S. p. 87, f. 48.

2. COLLINGSIA SCHMIDTII.

Tethea schmidti, Bowerb. ib. p. 89.

3. THENEA.

Sponge massive. Spicules:—1. Simple, not protruded beyond

the surface. 2. Large, furcate, ternate, with expanded long acute

rays. 3. Elongate, stellate, projecting beyond the outer surface.

THENEA MURICATA.

Tethea muricata, Bowerb. ib. i. pp. 25, 108, f. 35, 304, 305.

Hab. Norway, Vigten Island.

542 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

4, AMNISCOS.

Sponge subglobose. Spicules:—1. Fusiform. 2. Stellate ; stars

subglobose ; rays many, short, conical, broad at the base.

AMNISCOS MORUM.

Tethya morum, O. Schmidt, Sp. Ad. p. 44, t. 3. f. 26.

Hab. Corfu.

5. Sreuietta, O. Schmidt, Sp. Ad. p. 46; Suppl. 1.

Sponge globular or subglobular. Spicules of three kmds:—1. Stel-

late; rays three to seven, slender. 2. Simple, fusiform. 3. Fili-

form, two- or three-hooked.

1. STeELLETTA GRUBII, O. Schmidt, p. 46, t. 4. f. 2. B.M.

2, STELLETTA WAGLERI, O. Schmidt, p. 46, t. 4. f. 3. B.M.

3. SreLLeTTA BOGLICII, O. Schmidt, p. 47, t. 4. f. 4. B.M.

4, STELLETTA DORSIGERA, O. Schmidt, Supp. t.3.f. 6,7. B.M.

6. PeNARES.

Sponge subglobular. Spicules:—1. Fusiform, smooth. 2. Stel-

late; rays few, slender. 3. Elongate, end three-rayed; rays elon-

gate, bifid, diverging. Like Irate, but without any siliceous ovisacs.

PENARES HELLERI.

Stelletta helleri, O. Schmidt, Supp. i. t. 3. f. 8.

Hab. Adriatic.

7. Ecromemia, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 173.

Sponge branched. Spicules:—-1. Elongate, filiform, two- or

three-hooked at the distal end. 2. Stars very small, two- or four-

rayed ; rays cylindrical, blunt.

EcIoMEMIA ACERVUS, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 173, f.355 ; O. Schmidt,

Supp. ii. t. 1. f. 10 (stars).

See also—

? Eciomemia compressa, Bowerb. ib. il. p. 57.

Eciomemia ponderosa, Bowerb. ib. p. 56.

8. DeRcITUs.

Sponge massive, minutely hispid, flesh-like, dark purple. Spicules

of three kinds :—1. Cylindrical, spined above, minute. 2. Stellate,

three- or four-rayed; rays thick, diverging. 3. Tricurvate, few in

number.

DERCITUS BUCKLANDI.

Hymeniacidon bucklandi, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 226, f. 43, 44.

Hab. British Channel.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 543

** Sponge without star-like spicules.

9. Ancortna, O. Schmidt, p. 51.

Sponge subglobose or lobed, without any star-like spicules. Spi-

cules elongate, outer end two- or three-rayed, hooked, sometimes bifid.

1. ANCORINA CREBRA, O. Schmidt, p. 51, t. 3. f. 28.

2. ANCORINA VIRESCENS, O. Schmidt, p. 52, t. 3. f. 29.

Il. Sponge subglobose, with groups of triforked or tricurvate spicules

extended beyond the surface, without any internal tricurvate

or stellate spicules.

10. Teruya.

Sponge oval, hispid. Skin thin. Spicules of four kinds :—

1. Fusiform, elongate. 2. Fusiform, three-pronged, projecting be-

yond the surface. 3. Bihamate. 4. Clavate, with a short conical

flat head, with a conical process on one side.

Tethea, § 1, Bowerb. B.S. p. 83.

Ancorina, Schmidt.

1. Teraya crANtuM, Lamk.

Tethya cranium, Johnston, B.S. p. 85, t. 1. f. 1-8; Bowerb. B.

S.1. p. 183, i. p. 83, f. 77-82, 247, 251, 252, 343, 344, 362; O.

Schmidt, Supp. ii. t. 1. f. 14.

Aleyonium cranium, Miller, Z. D.

Spongia pilosa, Montag. B. S. p. 119, t. 13. f. 12. B.M.

Hab. North Sea.

2. TETHYA SIMILLIMA, Bowerb. B. S. p. 725.

Hab. Arctic Regions.

III. Sponge expanded ; coating marine bodies with external

spreading spicules with stellate tips.

11. Mersapos.

Sponge-coating hispid. Spicules:—1. Clavate, attenuated, large,

slender. 2. Clavate, cylindrical, smooth ; apex spinose, stellate.

MESAPOS STELLIFERA.

Hymeraphia stellifera, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 146, f. 370.

12, Laoruo#.

Sponge ? Spicules of three forms:—1. Fusiform, verti-

cally spined. 2. Clavate, elongate, slender, smooth. 3. Needle-

shaped, inflated, smooth ; apex divided, substellate.

LAOTHOE VERTICILLATA.

Hymeraphia verticillata, Bowerb. ib. p. 145, f. 249.

544 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

13. TIMEA.

Sponge-coating thin, hispid. Skin spiculose. Spicules of four

forms :—1. Cylindro-stellate, very minute in the skin. 2. Pin-

shaped, large, long, fasciculated. 3. Needle-shaped. 4. Very

slender, pin-shaped.

TIMEA STELLATA.

Hymedesmia stellata, Bowerb. B. 8. ii. p. 150.

14. ACARNUS.

Sponge reticulate. Spicules:—1. Cylindrical, fasciculated. 2.

Cylindrical, forming radiating groups, with stellate four-rayed ends ;

rays short, recurved.

ACARNUS INNOMINATUS.

Sponge, Bowerb. B. S. i. pp. 23, 33, 122, f. 292.

Hab. 2

15. FontTeIA.

Sponge ? Spicules of four kinds :—1. Subcylindrical, rather

clavate at each end. 2. Cylindrical, with a pin-like head at each

end. 3. Cylindrical, with a pin-like head at one end, and four short

recurved hooks at the other. 4. Cylindrical, clavate at one end,

and with four recurved hooks at the other.

FoNTEIA ANOMALA, Bowerb. ib. f. 73-76.

Hab. 2

IV. Sponge with stellate spicules in the skin or sarcode, without any

internal or external tricurvate spicules.

* Sponge massive.

16. PumMEx.

Sponge massive, subglobose, fleshy. Spicules:—1. Fusiform,

slender, smooth. 2. Subulate, spinulose, tapering from the flat head.

3. Stellate, rays many, slender.

PUMEX ADRIATICUS. B.M.

Tethya pumex, Nardo.

Stelletta pumex, O. Schmidt, Supp. i. t. 3. f. 9.

17. Corticrum, O. Schmidt, Sp. Ad. p. 42.

Sponge oblong, globose, smooth. Outer surface dense, fibrous ;

inner gelatinous, both spiculose. Spicules of two kinds :—l. Stel-

late, three- or four-rayed; rays slender. 2. Many-rayed, like a can-

delabrum.

CorTICcrIuM CANDELABRUM, O. Schmidt, p. 42, t. 3. f. 25; Supp.

ee a Pe B.M.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 54

18. Cuonpritta, O. Schmidt, S. A. p.39; Suppl. i. p. 36.

Sponge oblong or lobed. Outer surface formed of very closely

compacted fibres. Spicules stellate.

CHONDRILLA EMBOLOPHORA, O. Schmidt, p. 39, t. 3. f. 23, 23a.

B.M.

CHONDRILLA NuCULA, O. Schmidt, p. 39, t. 3. f.22, 22a. B.M.

** Sponge branched.

19. STELLIGERA.

Sponge branched, forked, flexible; surface stellate. Spicules

united by a horny substance, netted, of four shapes :—l1. Pin-shaped,

smooth. 2. Needle-shaped, smooth. 3. Cylindrical, elongate, blunt

at each end. 4. Spherical, stellate, with many acute rays (on sur-

face).

STELLIGERA FURCATA.

Raspailia stelligera, O. Schmidt, p. 60, t. 5. f. 11.

20.. VIBULINUS.

Sponge arborescent, branched, forked and reforked ; surface spi-

culose. Spicules:—1. Fusiform, needle-shaped, long, slender, often

fasciculated. 2. Stellate, spherical, or rather elongate, with nume-

rous acute rays, minute.

VIBULINUS STUPOSUS. B.M.

Spongia rigidu, Montag.

S. stuposa, var. damicenus, Mont.

Halichondria rigida et H. cervicornis, Johnst.

Dictyocylindrus stuposus, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 109, ii. p. 116, f. 208.

Hab. England.

See also—

V.. aculeatus = D. aculeatus, Bowerb. ib. 11. p. 109.

21. ADREUS.

Sponge arborescent, branched; branches forked, smooth. Spicules

abundant :—1. Needle-shaped, slender, often flexuous. 2. Needle-

shaped, stout, in radiating bundles. 3. Stellate, minute in the sar-

code,

ADREUS FASCICULARIS. B.M.

Dictyocylindrus fascicularis, Bowerb. B. 8. ii. p. 111.

Hab. English coast.

22. Axos.

Sponge branching, reticulated. Spicules stellate, nearly uniform

in size, formed of two flat three-rayed stars placed one on the other

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXXV.

546 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

so that the rays alternate ; the rays flat, short, broad, truncated, with

two, three, four, or rarely five subequal acute lobes at the ends.

AxoOs CLIFTONII.

Sponge, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 260, f. 197.

Hab. Australia, Nichol’s Bay (G. Clifton).

See Samus anonyma, Bowerb. B.S. f. 41, 42, in Clionide.

23. ACHINOE.

Sponge ? Spicules stellate, three-rayed ; rays much larger

than the small central body, with one or more whorls of acute coni-

cal tubercles.

ACHINO#E AUSTRALIS, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 268, f. 235, 236.

Hab. West Australia, Freemantle.

See also Bowerbank’s Brit. Sponges, f. 166. South Seas.

24. Cvyamon.

Sponge ?, spiculose. Spicules stellate, three- or four-rayed ;

rays from a central point, cylindrical, blunt, minutely spined all

over.

CYAMON VICKERSII.

Dictyocylindrus vickersti, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 267, f. 234.

Hab. West Indies.

See also a parasitic sponge, Bowerb. ib. p. 242, f. 88.

25. SOLINA.

Sponge ? Spicules stellate, three-rayed ; rays from a central

point, elongate, cylindrical, blunt, with regular whorls of many small

spines.

SOLINA ELEGANS, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 241, f. 84.

Hab. Indian Ocean ?

26. ?Euryapes, Duchass. & Michelotti, Sp. Caraibe, p. 106.

Sponge subglobose, lobed, horny, reticulated, with large concave

central oscules. Spicules large, tricuspid, rays acute.

EuRYADES NOTABILIS, Duchass. & Michel. ib. p. 206, t. 25. f. 3.

Hab. West Indies, St. Thomas’s.

Order V. ARENOSPONGIA.

Sponge consisting of a disk of agglutinated sand, with a series of

diverging spicules on the circumference of the disk, and a pencil of

similar spicules at the mouth of the oscules on the upper surface of

the disk.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 547

Fam. XENOSPONGIADZ.

XeEnosponea, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 230.

XENOSPONGIA PATELLIFORMIS, Gray, ib. Rad. pl. x11. B.M.

Hab. Torres Straits.

The genus Halicnemia (Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 184, t. 32. f. 363, 364,

ii. t. 96) has the same form as the former. It has a small pebble

imbedded in the centre ; but, from the description and the figures, I

have little doubt that it is distinct from the above, though it may

belong to the same family. It contains many imbedded short pin-

shaped spicules, and some oblong tubercular bodies like ovisacs (see

f. 364). But there are many differences in detail that show it must

be a very distinct genus; for example, the oscules are numerous on

the lower, concave surface, the upper surface is covered with extra-

neous matter, and the lower one clear of such impurities.

Section II. Cutamyposrpor&. Reproduction chiefly by ova con-

tained in defined ova-cells or “‘ovaria,” strengthened with

siliceous spicules, sometimes at length becoming solid spheres

formed of siliceous spicules radiating from a central point.

Order VI. SPHEROSPONGIA.

The ovisac cells composed of closely packed fusiform spicules di-

verging from the centre, which, when the ova are emitted, extend

internally and fill up the cavity, forming the ova-cells into nearly solid

balls, formed of spicules diverging from the centre to the circum-

ference, which are congregated together, and form a hard external

coat to the sponge.

Fam. 1. GEopDIAD&.

Sponge massive, fleshy, cellular within; pores with a regular con-

strictive valve. Ovisacs subglobose or oblong, with a thick coat

formed of spicules in lines, radiating from the axis to the circum-

ference, and at length becoming solid, congregated on the outer sur-

face, or scattered in the flesh. Spicules elongate; the larger ones

with two or three expanded or recurved branches on the outer ends;

smaller ones simple, often extending beyond the surface.

I. The ovisacs forming a thick external covering to the sponge.

1. Pacuymatisma, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 171, ii. p. 51.

Sponge massive, irregular. Ovisacs forming a continuous external

covering to the sponge. Spicules uniform, very slender ; outer ends

with two or three diverging branches.

PACHYMATISMA JOHNSTONIA, Bowerb. ib. ii. pp. 51, 172, f. 15,

1G, i7,5,20,;21,,45; 465935158, 159; 330. 331,332. s5a0

Halichondria johnstonii, Bowerb. B.M.

548 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

2. Gropia, Lamk. Ann. Mus. i. p. 334; Schweigger, Beob.

Sponge massive, with a central cavity covered with a netted or

perforated lid. Spicules elongate, with two or three recurved branches

at the outer end.

1. Gropra Grpsperosa, Lamk. Ann. Mus. p. 334; Blainv. Man.

Act. p. 535, t. 91. f.4; Duchass. & Michel. Sp. Car. p. 105, t. 26.

fivie

G. tuberosa, Schweig. Beob. t. 11. f. 18, 19. B.M.

Hab. West Indies.

2. GeopDIA CARIBEA, Duchass. & Michel. Sp. Car. p. 105, t. 25.

f, 8.

Hab. West Indies.

3. Cyponrum, Fleming, Brit. p. 516.

Geodia, sp., Johnst. B.S. p. 195; Bowerb. B. 8.1. p. 168, i1. p. 45;

O. Schmidt, S. A. Supp. ii. p. 11.

Sponge massive, without any central cavity, permeated by sinu-

ous canals. Ovisacs forming an interrupted external covering to the

sponge. Spicules of three forms:—1. Elongate, with two or three

diverging branches at the outer end. 2. Stellate, minute. 3. Fu-

siform, subulate, slender, sometimes extending beyond the surface.

1. CYDONIUM BARRETTI.

Geodia baretti (C. barretti), Bowerb. B.S. i. pp. 171, 236, f. 54—

58, 162, 250, 301, 302, 354.

Hab. Atlantic (MacAndrew). B.M.

2. CyDONIUM MUELLERT?, Fleming, B. A. p. 516.

Aleyonium miilleri?, Jameson, Wern. Mem. i. p. 363.

Geodia zetlandica, Johnston, B. 8. p. 193, t. 3. f. 3,4; Bowerb.

B.S. ii. p. 45.

Hab. North Sea. B.M.

See also—

Geodia macandrewii, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 235, f.47, 254, 325-329 ;

O. Schmidt, Supp. ii. t.1. f. 9.

G. ?? carinata, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 239, f. 71, 163; Phil. Trans. 1858,

p. 314, t. 36. f. 42.

G. placenta, O. Schmidt, p. 49, t. 4. fev.

G. gigas, O. Schmidt, p. 50, t. 4. f. 8,9; Supp.ii.t.1.f.3. B.M.

G. tuberosa, O. Schmidt, p. 50, t. 4. f. 10.

G. conchilega, O. Schmidt, p. 51, t. 4. f. 11.

See also—

1. TeruEea rosusta, Bowerb. B. Sp. i. pp. 51, 52, 231, f. 18,

160, 165, 167.

Hab. Australia (Brit. Mus. ; S. Stutchbury).

1867.] _ ‘DR. J. E, GRAY ON SPONGES. 549

Spicules:—1. Fusiform, with blunt ends. 2. Stellate, with small

centre and long cylindrical blunt rays. 3. Stellate, spherical ; body

large ; rays numerous, short, broad, conical; the rays often show a

central line.

2. TETHEA INGALLI, Bowerb. ib. i. pp. 51, 52, f. 161, 164.

Hab. ‘

Spicules stellate :—1. Rays few (seven or eight), cylindrical, blunt,

larger than the small central body. 2. Rays far apart (eight or

nine), conical, acute, about as long as the diameter of the central

body.

II. Ovisaes scattered in the flesh and outer surface of the sponge.

4. Eryuus.

Sponge expanded, mammillated, ending in an oscule. Spicules of

three kinds :—1. stellate; 2. ternate, rays forked; 3. subcylin-

drical, waved. With oblong ovisacs, formed of claviform spines.

ERyYLUS MAMMILLARIS.

Stelletta mammillaris, O. Schmidt, p. 48, t. 5. f. 1. B.M.

5. TRIATE.

Sponge irregular, tuberose. Spicules of two kinds :—1. stellate ;

2. ternate, with rays forked. Ovisacs roundish or elliptical, formed

of claviform spines.

TRIATE DISCOPHORA.

Stelletta discophora, O. Schmidt, p. 47, t. 4. f. 5. B.M.

(See also Bowerb. B. S. f. 50, 51.)

6. CaMINUS.

Sponge globose, with a large single subcentral cavity. Bark

netted. Spicules cylindrical, filiform, blunt at the end. Ovisacs ob-

long, elliptical.

Caminus vutcan], O. Schmidt, p. 48, t. 3. f. 27, t. 4. f. 6.

Hab. Adriatic Sea. B.M.

Fam. 2. PLACOSPONGIAD,

Sponge branched, coral-like, with a central axis and a hard outer

coat entirely formed of solidified ova. The axis and outer lamina

separated from each other by a layer of sarcode, strengthened with

bundles of spicules.

Pracosponeia, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867.

PLAcosPONGIA MELOBESIOIDES, Gray, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 128

(cum fig.).

Hab. Borneo.

aad

550 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

Order VII. POTAMOSPONGIA.

Ovisacs coriaceous, scattered in the tissue of the sponge, especially

near the base. The cells coriaceous, with a permanent central cavity,

strengthened externally with superficial spicules.

Fam. SPONGILLADZ.

Sponge massive or branched. Skeleton formed of a network of

spicula, more or less united together by horny matter; network

symmetrical, four-sided.

Living in fresh water.—Green.

Spongilla, Lamk. A. s. Vert. ii. p. 98; Carter, Journ. Roy. Asiat.

Soc. 1849, xii. p. 1.

Ephydatia, Lamx.; Gray, Brit. Plants, i. p. 353.

Tupha, Oken.

Badagia, Buxbaum in Sprengel, Syst. Veg. iv. p. 374.

I. The ovisacs thick, smooth, armed with birotate spicules, united

by a central shaft, placed at right angles to and extending

from the outer to the inner surface of the sac.

1. EpHypatia.

Sponge-spicules fusiform, smooth. The disk of the ovisac-spicules

entire or divided into lobes.

* Disk of ovisac-spicules divided into lobes.

1. EpHyDATIA FLUVIATILIS, Bowerb. B.S. f. 217, 218; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 7, t. 38. f. 1.

Hab. Europe. B.M.

2. EpuypaTIA MEYENII, Carter, Asiatic. Soc. Journ. xii. p. 4,

t.1.f.1; Bowerb. B. S. f. 219; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 10, t. 38. f. 4.

Hab. Bombay. B.M.

** Disk of ovisac-spicules entire.

3. EPHYDATIA LEIDYI.

Spongilla leidyi, Bowerb. P. Z. S. 1863, t. 38. f. 2 (disk of ovisac-

spicules entire, smooth).

4. EpuyDATIA CAPEWELLI.

Spongilla capewelli, Bowerb. P. Z. 8. 1863, t. 38. f. 2 (disk of

spicules of ovisacs tubercular).

2. DosiLia.

Sponge-spicules of two forms:—1. Fusiform, smooth. 2. Cylin-

drical, nodulose ; central nodules extending beyond the stellate, and

some spherical stellates with a group of recurved hooks at the ends of

1867. | DR. J, E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 551

the rays. Spicules of ovisacs birotate; rotule crenated; shaft spi-

nose, often rudimentary.

1. DostL1A PLUMOSA. B.M.

Spongilla plumosa, Carter, l.c. xii. p. 5, t. 1. f. 2; Bowerb. B. S.

f. 168-171, 208-212; P. Z.S. 1863, t. 38. f. 5.

Hab. Bombay.

2. DosILiA BAILEYI.

Spongilla baileyi, Bowerb. P. Z. S. 1863, t. 38. f. 6.

Hab. United States, North America.

See also—

Grantia asperum (Sycon asperum), O. Schmidt, Sp. Ad. p. 15,

t. 1. £4, 405: Supp.,i.-t..L. 1 3: B.M.

G. humboldtii (Sycon humboldtii), O. Schmidt.

G. raphanus (S. raphanus), O. Schmidt.

G. setosa (S. setosus), O. Schmidt.

2. Ure, O. Schmidt, 8. A. p. 16; Supp. p. 23.

Sponge tubular, solitary, sac-shaped or fusiform, more or less pe-

dunculated. Oscules terminal, not crowned with a series of cilia.

1. Ure caprruzosa, O. Schmidt, 8. Ad. p. 17, t. 1. f. 6.

Ute glabra, O. Schmidt, Supp. i. p. 23, t. 3. f. 1.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 455

2. UTE ENSATA.

Grantia ensata, Bowerb. B.S. i. pp. 29, 241, t. 4. f. 85, il. p. 25.

See also—

Ute chrysalis, O. Schmidt, Supp. i. p. 23, t. 3. f. 2.

Sycon (Ute) papillosum, O. Schmidt.

** Snonge tubular, with one or many terminal oscules.

3. ARTYNES.

Sponge tubular, compressed, simple or lobed above, with an oscule

terminating each lobe. Surface even. Mouth of oscule without cilia.

Spicules of outer surface clavate, bent. Skeleton three-rayed.

ARTYNES COMPRESSA. B.M.

Grantia compressa, Johnston, B. S. p. 174, t. 20. f. 1; Bowerb.

B.S. i. p. 162, ii. p. 17, f. 38, 39, f. 312-314, f. 3460.

Calcispongia compressa, Blainv.

Spongia foliacea, et S. compressa, Mont. Trans. Wern. Soc. p. 2,

til

Seypha foliacea, Gray, Br. Plants, i. p. 358.

#** Snonge massive, with a tubular cloaca.

4, Levcoso.enta, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 164; O. Schmidt, S. A.

Supp. ii. p. 8.

Sponge tubular, formed of a single layer of triradiate and other

spicula.

Nardoa, et Grantia, O. Schmidt, p. 41. ‘

+ Arborescent.

1. LeucosoLeniA BoTRYOIDES, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 164. B.M.

Spongia botryoides, Ellis & Solander.

Grantia botryoides, Fleming; Johnst. B.S. p. 178, t. 21. f. 1-5.

G. lieberkuhnii, O. Schmidt.

Calcispongia botryoides, Blainv.

Spongta complicata, Mont.

Scypha botryoides, Gray.

S. confervicola, Templeton.

See also—

Grantia clathrus, O. Schmidt, Supp. p. 24, t. 3.

+t Massive. Nardoa.

2. LeucosoLeNiA CoNTORTA, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 29.

3. LeucosoLentA Lacunosa, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 32.

Grantia lacunosa, Johnston, B. S. p. 176, t. 20. f. 23.

Nardoa lacunosa, O. Schmidt, Supp. p. 41.

556 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. [May 9,

+tt Incrusting spicula minute.

4, Leucosonenta corracea, Bowerb. B.S. ii. p. 34.

Spongia coriacea, Mont.

Grantia coriacea, Johnston, B. 8. p. 183, t. 21. f. 9.

G. multicava, Bean.

See also—

Leucosolenia pulchra, O. Schmidt.

Grantia striatula, Bowerb. B.S. i. p. 233, f. 38, 39.

G. ?, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 245, f. 100.

Hab. Australia (Harvey). Sponge minute, 3 inch only.

G. ?, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 245, f. 101.

Hab. Algoa Bay. Size of a large pea.

G. ——1?, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 268, f. 237,

Hab. West Australia, Freemantle.

5. Levuconta, Grant.

Sponge massive, permeated by sinuous canals, strengthened with

irregularly placed triradiate and other spicula.

Leuconia, coe B.S. i. p. 164, i. p. 32; O. Schmidt, S. Ad.

Supp. ii. p. 3

Medon, Duchass. & Michel. S. Car. iii. p- 186.

1. Levconta nivEA, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 36. B.M.

Spongia nivea, Grant, New Edin. Phil. Journ. i. p. 168, t. 2.

f. 14-16.

Gantia nivea, Fleming ; Johnston, B.S. p. 182, t. 21. f. 8.

Calcispongia nivea, Blainv.

Grantia solida, O. Schmidt, S. Ad.

Hab. Coast of England.

2. Leuconia risTuLosa, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 39.

Grantia fistulosa, Johnston, B.S. p. 191, t. 20. f. 7.

Hab. South coast of England.

3. Levconia pumiLA, Bowerb. B. S. ii. p. 41.

Hab. Guernsey (Norman).

See—

Medon imberbis, Duchass. & Michel. 8S. Car. p. 111, t. 25. f. 2.

Hab. West Indies.

Medon, sp., Duchass. & Michel. S. Car. p. 111, t. 25. f. 9, 10.

Hab. West Indies.

6. Levcocyersia, Bowerb. B. S. i. p. 165, ii. p. 2; O. Schmidt,

l. c. p. 8.

Sponge massive, with oscules on outer surface and no cloaca, formed

of irregularly disposed membranes and spicula.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPONGES. 557

1. Leucocypsia Gosset, Bowerb. ib. i. p. 12.

Hab. South coast of England.

2. LeucocyrsiA ALGOENSIS, Bowerb. ib. ii. p. 166, t. 26. f. 345,

350 (spicula).

Hab. Algoa Bay.

7. CLATHRINA.

Sponge branched ; branches slightly compressed, variously and

irregularly anastomosing. Oscules at the end of the smaller branches.

Spicules triradiate, rays blunt.

CLATHRINA SULPHUREA. B.M.

Grantia clathrus, O. Schmidt, 8. A. Supp. i. p. 24, t. 3. f. 3.

8. LELAPIA.

Sponge ? Spicules calcareous, elongate, fusiform, with two

more or less elongated nearly parallel branches at one end.

LELAPIA AUSTRALIS.

A new calcareous sponge, Bowerb. B. 8. i. f. 237.

Hab. West Australia, Freemantle.

Fam. 2. ALCYONCELLID&.

Sponge tubular, simple or branched. Outer surface tessellated,

formed of square perforated cells. Oscules terminal.

1. ALCYONCELLUM.

Sponge soft, subgelatinous, slightly branched.

Aleyonceilum et Alcyoncella, Blainville, Man. d’Actin. p. 529,

1832 (not Milne-Edwards, 1835; Bowerbank, nor Owen, Nardo,

nor O. Schmidt).

ALCYONCELLUM GELATINOSUM, Blainv. Man. d’Actin. p. 529,

t. SOY Te

Hab.

: B.M.?

2. DunsrervILuiA, Bowerb.; O. Schmidt, S. Ad. p. 6.

Sponge tubular, fusiform or globose, hispid. Surface even, tessel-

lated. Oscules single, terminal, surrounded with two series of cilia—

one vertical, and the other expanded horizontally. Spicules of ske-

leton three-rayed, rays equal; of fringe rigid, fusiform.

1. DUNSTERVILLIA TESSELLATA.

Grantia tessellata, Bowerb. B.S. i. pp. 29, 275, t. 4. f. 86, 286,

li. p. 26.

With the internal defensive spicules (clavate) curved towards

the mouth of the cloaca.

598 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [May 9,

2. DUNSTERVILLIA CORCYNENSIS, O, Schmidt, S. Ad. p. 16, t. 1.

f. 5; Supp. ii. t. 1. f. 6.

Fam. 3. APHROCERASID.

Sponge tubular, branched, formed of two coats; outer coat of

simple fusiform spicula, placed side by side in the longitudinal axis

of the stem and branches. Inner coat and network of interlaced

fibres, placed in all directions. Branches simple, attenuated and

open at the tip.

Apuroceras, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 113.

APHROCERAS ALCICORNIS, Gray, ib. p. 114, Rad. pl. x. f. 1, 2.

Hab. Hong Kong (Dr. Harland). B.M.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XXVIII. & XXVIII.

Puate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Dactylocalyx subglobosa (p. 506), of the natural size. From a specimen

in the British Museum.

2. Dactylocalyx pumicea (p. 506), one-eighth of the natural size. From a

specimen in the British Museum.

Puate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Corditella speciosa, p. 530.

2. Heterotella corbicula, p. 531.

(Both from photographs of specimens in the Museum of Paris.)

7. On some New or imperfectly known Fishes of Madras.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Madras Army.

The following descriptions refer to seven species of fish personally

obtained in the Madras Presidency during the last few months. The

freshwater ones are from the Toomboodra at Kurnool, the saltwater

ones from Madras. They appear to be either new to science or

imperfectly known, as none find a place in Dr. Gunther’s elaborate

‘Catalogue of Fishes,’ except where they are mentioned in notes

without a description, and with the synonymy only, as “species

either insufficiently described, or founded on characters so slight

that it is doubtful if they will stand as species.”” Sykes’s Pimelodus

gogra seems to form the type of a new genus, which I have desig-

nated Gogrius.

LETURINUS KARWA, Cuv, & Val.

BvD, 10/9, P.13. Veuor? ay see Seale Eh leea.

L. tr. 5/16.

Length of specimen 15 inches.

Length of head ;4:, of pectoral above 3, of caudal §, of base of

dorsal nearly 1, of base of anal + of the total length. Height of

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 559

head 4, of body 4, of hard dorsal -4;, of ventral 4, of anal 4, of the

total length.

Eyes circular ; diameter 2 of length of head, 1} diameter apart,

21 diameters from end of snout.

Jaws of equal length. Cleft of mouth extends two-thirds the

distance to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit. Preopercle

entire ; posterior limb nearly vertical and slightly emarginate, angle

rounded. Opercle with two very dull points. Sub- and inter-

opercles entire. Five rows of scales on the opercle, none on the

cheeks.

Teeth. Anteriorly in both jaws some canines, with several rows of

conical ones posterior to them, and molars with rounded crowns in

the posterior part of the jaws. No teeth on vomer or palate.

Fins. Dorsal spines moderately strong, extending over three-fifths

ot the base of the fin ; third and fourth spines the longest; a fleshy

sheath, thickest posteriorly, runs along the base of the fin. Third

anal spine the longest. Caudal lunated.

Colours. Olivaceous brown, becoming lighter on the abdomen ;

the centre of each scale having a cerulean-blue spot, which, reaching

almost across it, forms blue lines in the direction taken by the rows

of the scales. Pectoral flesh-coloured, with the base of the second,

a wide undivided ray, of bright blue. Ventral bluish slate-colour.

Dorsal and anal slate-coloured, margined with orange. Caudal

bluish. Eyes golden. The whole of the inside of the mouth and

fauces bright orange.

Hab. Madras.

SERIOLICHTHYS LINEOLATUS, Sp. NOV.

Bo vie. UP 0) 5/1. Pa2te Vo ey i

96. L. tr. 16/28.

Length of specimens 11,%; inches.

Length of head 1, of base of first dorsal -., of base of second

dorsal 4, of pectoral 1, of base of anal ;2,, of caudal 7 of the total

length. Height of head 4, of body 4, of dorsal spines ;4, of dorsal

rays 54, of ventral 4, of anal rays +4 of the total length.

Eyes. Transverse diameter slightly the longest, upper margin close

to the profile; a narrow adipose lid along either side of the eye.

Diameter 7 of length of head, 1 diameter apart, 14 diameter from

end of snout.

Body elongated and compressed, its greatest height being oppo-

site the origin of the soft dorsal.

Head compressed; snout rather produced. Gape of mouth slightly

narrow ; posterior margin of upper jaw reaches to below the anterior

margin of the orbit, and is partially hidden by the preorbital, which

has some elevated stellated ridges along its upper portion. A rather

high central longitudinal crest along the summit of the head, and a

smaller one passing backwards and slightly inwards from before the

anterior margin of the orbit. Nostrils midway between orbit and

end of the snout. Vertical limb of preeoperculum entire and directed

560 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [May 9,

slightly backwards; angle rounded ; horizontal limb entire. Gill-

opening cleft to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Pectoral commences opposite to the summit of the suboper-

culum ; ventral under the lower insertion of the root of the pectoral;

first dorsal over the posterior third of the pectoral, and terminating

close to the second dorsal. Anal, which has no free spines anterior

to it, commences under about the thirteenth dorsal ray. Dorsal

spines low, not strong, membrane deeply emarginate; spine of second

dorsal weak, the anterior portion of the fin the highest, its posterior

two-thirds being low and parallel to the back, divided by a short

interspace from two free rays, which are placed close together, the

last being elongated and reaching the root of the caudal. Pectoral

longest superiorly. Ventral pointed, and without any groove along

its base. Form of anal and the free rays posterior to it of the same

character as the dorsal. Caudal deeply lobed in its posterior three-

fourths.

Scales over body, upper surface of opercles, and cheeks ; a slight

groove along the second dorsal and anal fins.

Lateral line passes straight to opposite the commencement of the

second dorsal, then slightly descends, and from opposite the origin

of the anal proceeds direct to the centre of the caudal, on which it

is continued without any elevation to its end.

Colours. Back deep slate-colour ; abdomen white. A deep-blue

line runs from the eye to the posterior margin of the dorsal fin above

the tail, a second from the inferior margin of the orbit to the centre

of the caudal fin. Between these lines the colour is of a dull yellow;

below the inferior blue line at first yellowish, then gradually shaded

from bluish to white. Caudal yellowish green. Anal yellowish.

Pectoral slate-coloured, tipped with yellow. Dorsal darkish. Eyes

golden. Lips blue.

Two specimens were captured in March 1867, both of which dif-

fered from the S. bipinnulatus, more especially in having one ray

less in the dorsal fin, in there being no free spines before the anal,

and in the preeoperculum being entire.

Hab. Madras, where it is said to attain 2 feet in length.

CossYPHUS NEILLI, sp. nov.

B. vi... D: 12/10. P16. V.1/5. A. 3/12. C.d4e" Lada

Lh. traf 12:

Length of specimens 7,°; inches.

Length of head 3, of pectoral {, of base of hard dorsal a little

above 4, of base of soft dorsal 4, of base of anal 4, of caudal 3 of

the total length. Height of head 4, of body #, of hard dorsal 51,

of soft dorsal 54, of ventral, including prolonged rays, 4, of anal

spines 4, of anal rays g of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin not far from the profile. Diameter of length

of head, 1 diameter apart, 14 diameter from end of snout.

Body rather elongated ; snout produced ; the dorsal profile slightly

more convex than that of the abdomen.

1867. | MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 561

Mouth anterior, the posterior extremity of the upper jaw reaching

to under the anterior margin of the orbit, but almost concealed by

the preorbital and thick fleshy upper lip, which has a broad fold an-

terioriy. Posterior limb of the preeoperculum nearly vertical, but be-

coming slightly oblique towards its angle, and the whole very finely

serrated ; lower limb horizontal, entire. Operculum spineless, rather

higher than wide; sub- and interopercula entire.

Teeth. Four strong canines in the anterior part of either jaw, the

outer ones in the upper jaw curved outwards, as are also those of the

lower jaw, but to a less extent; a single row of pointed teeth along

the side of either jaw, and a posterior canine.

Fins. The dorsal spines anteriorly weak, the last being longest

and strongest and equal in length to the rays; the interspinous

membrane extended beyond the spines and deeply notched. Pectoral

rather pointed. Ventral with its first ray prolonged ; its spine weak

and nearly equal in length to the last dorsal one. First anal spine

weak, half the length of the second, which is about equal in strength

to, but not so long as, the third. Caudal with a broad base, and

slightly emarginate.

Scales cycloid, placed in horizontal rows along the body ; those on

the head smaller, and covering the interorbital space, the cheeks,

and opercula, but not the preorbital; also forming a sheath to the

dorsal and anal fins, and extended over the base of the caudal.

Lateral line composed of scales smaller than those contiguous,

consisting of a single tube on each scale branching posteriorly. It

is continuous in upper third of the body from the head to the centre

of the caudal fin.

Colours. Scarlet, extended over the whole of the body without

any dark markings. Anal yellow, its central rays scarlet ; the dorsal

red, with its last few rays yellow, its sheath also yellowish. Caudal

red. Pectoral flesh-coloured. Lips reddish. Eyes golden, with

red markings.

I have named this species after my esteemed correspondent A. G.

Brisbane Neill, Esq., F.Z.S.

Hab. Madras.

Piacusia Potous, Cuv.; Russell, pl. 73.

Bev. De OF V6 ASST CAS TE ase

Length of head 2 of the total length. Height of body 7 of the

total length.

Eyes on the left or coloured side, half of the superior being in

advance of the inferior, and the posterior margin of the lower orbit

being in the centre of the length of the head ; diameter +4; of length

of head ; 1 diameter apart.

Body elongated and lanceolate. Mouth cleft to slightly beyond

the posterior extremity of the lower orbit, its angle midway between

snout and gill-opening. The elongated hook of the snout ends below

a vertical line from the anterior extremity of the upper orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences the length of two diameters of the orbit

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXXVI.

562 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [May 9,

before the superior one, the eighth ray being over the centre of the

upper orbit. The anal arises under the posterior extremity of the

opercle ; both fins are joined to, but not amalgamated with, a pointed

caudal, the points of the rays project slightly beyond the membrane.

Scales ctenoid, decreasing in size from the centre to the side of

the body. Those on the right side of the body larger than those on

the left.

Lateral line commences just above the opening of the mouth, and

skirts the snout, becoming divided into three; the superior is con-

tinued along the upper seventh of the body to its termination at the

base of the caudal; the central one, passing above the eyes, goes

straight along the centre of the body to the middle of the base of

the caudal, whilst the inferior passes to between the orbits. The

middle line gives a second branch over the nape to join the superior

one, and slightly anterior to it another short descending one. Another

line passes along the lower jaw, and ends at the extremity of the

operculum, becoming convex en route. The central lateral line is

on scales smaller than those around it.

Colours. Darkish brown on the coloured side, yellowish white on

the blind side. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins with a white edging.

Hab. Common in Madras.

SYNAPTURA JERREUS, Cuv.

Jerre potoo, B. Russell, pl. 71.

Bu vi. D. 65-685, PB. W0n)) VeiGey, (A564) Co 16, qeleons

L. tr. 25/31.

Length of specimens from 4 to 5,5; inches.

Length of head + of the total length. Height of head 1, of body

+ of the total length.

Eyes close together, the anterior third of the superior one being

in front of the inferior one, whilst the distance from the end of the

snout equals its diameter.

Cleft of mouth narrow, twisted round to the left side. Nostrils

on the coloured or right side tubular, but not so on the left.

Teeth in jaws minute on the blind side.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite the anterior extremity of the

upper orbit ; it is continuous with the caudal, and also with the anal.

Occasionally the first dorsal ray is thickened and prolonged. Pec-

toral short, close to the gill-opening, and of equal length on both

sides, equal to about the diameter of the orbit.

Scales strongly ctenoid.

Lateral line passes direct from the posterior border of the opercle

to the centre of the caudal.

Colours. Of a greyish brown, with rich reddish-brown vertical

bands, commencing at the summit of the dorsal and extending to the

inferior margin of the anal fin-rays, on which they become nearly

black. From ten to eleven exist on the body, and two pass down

the head. Pectoral on the coloured side black. Caudal black, with

some irregular white markings towards its side and extremity. In

1867. ] MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 563

some specimens there are three bands on the head, and those in the

anterior part of the body divide into two at their lower halves.

Hab. Madras.

Genus GoGrivs.

Branchiostegals seven. Opercular bones with moveable articula-

tions. Bones on summit of head granulated and covered with thin

skin. Mouth wide, anterior; upper jaw mostly the longest. Two

pairs of cirri, the maxillary thin, the mandibular wide apart. Nos-

trils approximating, the posterior provided with a valve. Eyes not

covered by skin. Teeth in jaws slightly villiform anteriorly, but

posteriorly molars with more or less large rounded crowns; on the

palate also molars with globular crowns, placed in two widely sepa-

rated patches, converging anteriorly. ‘Two dorsals: the first with a

strong serrated spine and seven rays, and placed before the ventral ;

second dorsal adipose and small. Pectoral spine strong, serrated on

both edges. Caudal forked. Air-bladder present.

GoGRIUS SYKESII.

Pimelodus gogra, Sykes.

Ee vat» OD.) 0. P. 1/9. Vebs 04. V2 87.

Length of head 3, of pectoral +, of base of first dorsal 4, of base

of adipose dorsal 1, of base of anal ;4,, of caudal 4 of the total length.

Height of head 4, of body 4, of first dorsal 4, of adipose dorsal ;4,,

of ventral +, of anal + of the total length.

Eye. Situated slightly above the level of the cleft of the mouth,

directed rather upwards and outwards, transversely oval, and its

transverse diameter 2 of length of head ; eyes 13 transverse diameter

apart, 13 from end of snout.

Body stout ; cheeks puffed out. The dorsal profile more convex

than that of the abdomen, which last is almost straight. There is a

considerable rise from the snout to the commencement of the dorsal fin.

Summit of head rather compressed, whilst the snout appears to be

slightly produced, and the upper jaw the longest. Gape of mouth

wide, and equal to twice the extent of the cleft, which last does not

reach to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit. Snout rather

pointed. The intermaxillaries do not extend the whole width of the

gape. A shallow longitudinal groove exists between the orbits, only

extending one-third of the distance to the base of the occipital pro-

cess, which is roughened and of equal width, which is scarcely equal

to half its length, whilst it embraces the basal bone of the dorsal fin,

which is roughened and of a V-shape. Nostrils midway between

orbits and end of snout; they approximate, and are not furnished

with acirrus. Maxillary cirrus thin and extending to the base of the

pectoral fin. Mandibular cirrus wide apart from that on the oppo-

site side, commencing under the vertical from the anterior margin

of the orbit, and reaching to beneath the root of the pectoral fin.

Branchial membranes of the two sides coalesce in a wide band of skin,

which is not confluent with that of the isthmus.

564 MR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [May 9,

Teeth. In intermaxillaries villiform ; in lower jaw also villiform,

anteriorly in several rows, having posterior to them some with glo-

bular crowns, whilst all along the sides of the jaws are of this last

description, increasing in size posteriorly, where they play against

those of the palate, which are in one large patch converging ante-

riorly, whilst all have globular crowns.

Fins. The whole of the dorsal is placed anterior to the ventral,

which last does not extend to the commencement of the anal, over

which last is the adipose dorsal. Dorsal fin rather highest anteriorly,

its spine two-thirds of length of head, and ending in a soft point ; it

is strong, smooth, excepting posteriorly, where it is slightly serrated.

The pectoral, which commences under the opercle, has a very strong,

flat spine, a little longer than that of the dorsal; it is armed with

strong denticulations on both sides, which are largest internally,

where they are directed anteriorly, whilst the external ones are di-

rected posteriorly; it has a soft termination. Anal highest in its

centre, and its rays weak. Caudal lobed in its last half, both of

which are pointed.

Lateral line at first curves slightly downwards, then makes a curve

upwards opposite the ventral, and from the centre of the body pro-

ceeds direct to the caudal.

Colours. When first captured, of a canary-colour with dusky fins ;

having been some time out of the water it becomes of a dull brownish

yellow, and after soaking some time in spirits almost all the yellow

disappears ; it seems due to mucus with which the fish is covered.

Hab. Kurnool and the Deccan.

EUTROPIUS TAAKREE, Sykes.

B.vi.. Dig )0- PO1/8.0 V6; A S/48. 5 C218.

Length of head 4, of pectoral 4, of caudal ;?,, of base of dorsal 51,,

of base of anal } of the total length. Height of head $, of body -2;,

of dorsal 4, of ventral 4, of anal zs of the entire length.

Hye. Diameter 7 of length of head, nearly 2 diameters apart, 14

diameter from end of snout. They are so situated that more of the

eye is to be seen from the under than the upper surface of the head,

being directed outwards and partly downwards.

Body elongated and compressed, highest opposite the dorsal fin.

Profile of upper surface of the head a little concave, owing to aslight

elevation of the snout and another rise at the occiput. Abdominal

profile more convex than that of the back.

Gape of mouth moderately wide, its cleft rather concave, owing

to there being an elevation at the symphysis. Lower jaw slightly

the longest in adults. Occipital process long and slender, having an

intermediate bone between it and the basal bone of the dorsal fin,

the two forming the occipital process being five times as long as wide.

Central longitudinal groove shallow, commencing rather behind the

posterior extremity of the orbits, and continued, though but little

apparent, to the base of the occipital process. Nostrils transversely

oval, situated at a short distance (equal to their diameter) apart ;

1867. | MR. BLYTH ON AUSTRALIAN CROWS. 565

the anterior one on the front surface of the snout just internal to the

root of the maxillary cirrus, divided from the posterior by the nasal

cirrus ; the posterior nostril rather more than one diameter from the

median line of the skull. Nasal cirri thin, extending to opposite

the posterior margin of the orbit; the maxillary reaching to the

commencement of the base of the anal fin; the two pairs of labial

cirri arise close together, the root of the internal one slightly in front

of that of the external one, and both nearly under the symphysis,

whilst they reach to the first third of the pectoral fin.

Teeth in both jaws in numerous fine rows; those in the vomer

and palatine bones separated by a very short interspace in the central

line, and each of these again divided into two separate patches of an

almost oval form, so that their inner margin has three emarginations.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite the centre of the pectoral. Ven-

tral under the posterior third of the dorsal. Adipose dorsal over

about the thirty-second anal ray. First dorsal pointed; its spine

sharp, strong, rugose anteriorly, and serrated posteriorly in its upper

two-thirds, whilst it has a soft termination. Pectoral spine strong,

finely serrated internally, whilst it is one-fourth longer than the

dorsal spine. Ventral small, and extending as far as the anus.

Caudal deeply forked, with pointed lobes.

Lateral line nearly straight, dividing into two at the root of the

caudal fin.

Air-bladder large, simple.

Colours. Silvery, with a gloss of green along the back and head.

Caudal stained rather darkish. All the other fins diaphanous.

Grows to upwards of 13 foot in length, and is good eating.

Hab. Kurnool and the rivers of the Deccan.

May 23, 1867.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. E. Blyth, C.M.Z.S., exhibited a series of drawings of the

horns of various Indo-Chinese species of Deer (Cervus duvauceli,

C. schomburgki, &c.).

Mr. Blyth also exhibited two specimens of Crows from a collection

of skins sent from Australia, evidently of two different species, one

being considerably larger than the other, and differing in some other

particulars. The smaller kind was stated to be that figured in Mr.

Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia,’ vol. iv. pl. 18, as C. coronoides, Gould,

where the figure is stated to be of the natural size; but the specimen

exhibited had a longer wing, measuring 1 2 inches from the carpus, and

the lanceolate feathers of the front of the neck were considerably less

strongly developed than in Mr. Gould’s representation of the species.

566 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

The White-eyed Australian Crow at present in the Society’s Gardens,

the manners of which were exceedingly like those of the British

Jackdaw, was identical with this smaller kind. Length from bill to

gape 27 inches, of tail 7} inches, tarsus 27 inches, and middle toe

with claw 2 inches. The larger species was probably that noticed

by Mr. Ramsay in the ‘Ibis’ for 1865, p. 303, as being distinguished

by having a dark-coloured iris. The lanceolate feathers in front of

the neck were considerably more developed than in the other; and the

throat was bare of feathers to a much greater extent, having merely a

narrow central strip of them. Length of wing from carpus 143 inches,

tail 9 inches, bill from point to gape 22 inches, tarsus 24 inches, and

middle toe and claw 22 inches. In the smaller species the bill was

more distinctly angulated than in the other; but in other respects

the two bore a near resemblance.

The following papers were read :—

1. List of Birds collected by Mr. Wallace on the Lower

Amazons and Rio Negro. By P. L. Scratrser, M.A.,

F.R.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A., F.Z.S.

(Plates XXIX. & XXX.)

Mr. Wallace having kindly placed in our hands the collection of

birds remaining in his possession from his former travels on the Lower

Amazons and Rio Negro, we have had great pleasure in determining

the species and in compiling the subjoined list of them. As regards

the vicinity of Para and the Lower Amazons Mr. Wallace believes the

series now remaining in his hands to contain specimens of nearly all

the species collected, with the exception of the water-birds, some of

which have been altogether parted with. But a large part of the

collections made on the Rio Negro, as likewise nearly all those from

the Upper Amazons above Barra, were most unfortunately lost in the

manner mentioned by Mr. Wallace in the Preface to his ‘ Travels on

the Amazon and Rio Negro’ (Preface, p. 4). Some few specimens

of Upper-Amazons species still remain in Mr. Wallace’s possession ;

but we have not included their names in the present list, as the

country in which they were collected belongs to a different zoological

province.

Many naturalists have at different times passed up and down the

Lower Amazon and Rio Negro, and collected at various points on

their banks; but we are still without anything like a detailed or

connected account of the ornithology of the regions through which

they travelled. It is in fact only within the last few years that the

importance of giving exact localities to objects of natural history has

met with the appreciation it deserves. Coming as it does from

ground so repeatedly traversed, it was not to be expected that Mr.

Wallace’s collection would contain many novelties; and it is there-

fore chiefly with the object of elucidating the avifauna of this re-

gion, and fixing to exact localities species of which the precise patria

1867. ] THE RIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 567

was hitherto unknown, that this catalogue has been prepared. Mr.

Wallace has rendered it more valuable by adding notes on the habits

and range of certain species, which have his initials affixed to them.

The principal localities wherein the present collection was formed

were :—

1. Mexiana. An island situated in the main stream of the Ama-

zons, between the great Island of Marajo and the northern shore.

Mr. Wallace has given an account of his sojourn in this island in his

‘Travels,’ p. 86, where he speaks of it as follows : —

«‘ The Island of Mexiana is about twenty-five miles long by twelve

broad, of a regular oval shape, and is situated exactly on the Equator.

It is quite flat, and is all campo, or open ground, but dotted with

scattered trees and bushes, and with a little forest at the water’s

edge. It is celebrated for its birds, alligators, and ongas, and is

used as a cattle estate by the proprietor.”

2. Island of Marajo. A few specimens were collected at Jungcal,

on the northern side of this island (see ‘Travels,’ p. 107).

3. Para. The species marked “ Para” were all collected within

ten miles of the city. The forest commences within two miles of the

town. The whole aspect of the country is fully described in the

second chapter of Mr. Wallace’s interesting narrative.

4. Rio Tocantins. The species marked thus were collected be-

tween the mouth of the river and the first falls, during the excursion

spoken of in Mr. Wallace’s ‘ Travels,’ Chap. III. Some interesting

remarks on the same subject will also be found in Mr. Bates’s well-

known ‘ Naturalist on the Amazons,’ Chap. IV.

5. Rio Capim. This is a small river issuing into the Rio Para,

near the city of Para. Mr. Wallace gives an account of his excur-

sion up this river in Chap. V. of his ‘ Travels.’

€. Rio Negro. A full account of Mr. Wallace’s journey on this

river and its affluents will be found in Chap. VII. and four following

chapters of his narrative. It is much to be regretted that the species

from this district recorded in the present list form but a very small

portion of the number actually collected—the series reserved by

Mr. Wallace for his own use having been lost in the manner already

mentioned, and that transmitted to England dispersed without any

record having been kept of it.

Besides the specimens obtained at these localities, a few others

were procured at various points of the main stream on the voyage

up to Barra, chiefly at Montalegre and Santarem.

The following list gives the names of all the species remaining in

Mr. Wallace’s hands from the above-mentioned localities. A few

well-known species, identifiable without any chance of error from

Mr. Wallace’s notes, have been added to it—and a few others, of

which examples collected by Mr. Wallace are in Sclater’s collection

or in the British Museum.

The nomenclature adopted for the Passeres, Picarize, and Psittaci

is that of Sclater’s ‘American Catalogue,’ unless the contrary is

stated. The species described as new are three in number, namely

Hylophilus rubrifrons, Hylophilus semicinereus, and Heteropelma

568 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

wallacii. Mr. Wallace has kindly furnished us with notes upon

some of the species, which are indicated by his initials.

Fam. Turpipz.

1. Turpus pH#opycus, Cab. (Pl. XXIX.)

Cobati, Rio Negro, 1851, two examples, “eyes olive.’’ In Sclater’s

collection from Para.

The young of this species has a good deal of black colouring on

the edges of the breast-feathers, which wear off in the adult, and

leave the breast pure grey. One of Mr. Wallace’s skins is a bird of

the year and exhibits this plumage, which, however, is still more

strikingly shown in a still younger specimen in Sclater’s collection,

shot by Mr. C. Bartlett on the Maroni River, Surinam, in the spring

of 1866, and represented in Plate XXIX.

2. TURDUS ALBIVENTRIS, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 70, t. 69; Cab.

Mus. Hein. i. p. 4; Cab. in Schomb. Guian. ii. p. 666.

Turdus ephippialis, Sel. P.Z.S8.1862, p.109; Cat. A.B. App. p.358.

Mexiana, Dec. 1848, one example.

In reviewing the American Turdi for our proposed ‘ Index Avium

Americanarum’” we have clearly made out that Sclater’s Turdus

ephippialis is the true 7. albiventris of Spix, as determined by Ca-

banis, /.s.e. The bird hitherto called 7’. aléiventris by Sclater is T.

amaurochalinus, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 5.

3. Turpvus rumiGcatus, Licht.

Mexiana, Dec. 1848, one example.

4. DoNACOBIUS ATRICAPILLUS (Linn.).

Para, one example; also obtained on the Upper Amazons, June

1850, one example.

“This species frequents the reed-beds and low trees on the banks

of the Amazons, and has a very fine song.” —A. W.

Fam. TROGLODYTID2.

5. THRYOPHILUS LEUCOTIS (Lafr.).

Thryothorus leucotis, Lafr. R. Z. 1845, p. 338.

T. albipectus, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. i. p. 673, et Sclater, Cat.

A. B. p. 20.

T. galbraithi, Lawrence; Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 131.

Island of Marajo, Feb. 1849, one example.

This example agrees with Cayenne skins of the species hitherto

ealled 7’. albipectus in Sclater’s collection. But Lafresnaye’s name

is the oldest and must be adopted. As to the distribution of this

species, see our note, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 345.

6. TROGLODYTES FURVUS (Gm.).

Para, August 1848, one example.

1867.] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 569

Fam. MoraciLuip&.

7. AnTHUs cull, Vieill.

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

“‘Tolerably plentiful in the open dry plains of Mexiana.”—A. W.

Fam. MniIoriLTip&.

8. GEOTHLYPIS ZQUINOCTIALIS (Gm.).

Mexiana, Dec. 1848 and Jan. 1849.

Represented in the Brazilian fauna by the closely allied G. velata.

Fam. HirunNDINID.

Mexiana and Para, three examples.

These specimens do not differ from the Central American P. leu-

cogastra, which Prof. Baird has rae separated from the Antil-

lean P. dominicensis.

10. PrRoGNne TAPeRA (Linn.).

Rio Tocantins.

11. Hirunpo eEryTHROGASTRA, Bodd.

Mexiana, one example, juv.

12. HtruNDO ALBIVENTRIS, Bodd.

Para.

13. ATTICORA FASCIATA (Gm.).

Rio Negro.

“«Common on the banks of the lower and middle Rio Negro.”’”—

A.W.

Fam. VIREONIDZ.

14. VirEosyLvia AGILis (Licht.).

Para.

15. CycLORHIS GUIANENSIS (Gm.).

Para, March and June 1849.

Agrees with Cayenne examples; represented by C. ochrocephala

in the Brazilian fauna.

—16. HYLOPHILUS RUBRIFRONS, sp. nov. (Pl. XXX. fig. 1.)

Cinerascenti-olivaceus, dorso imo virescentiore : fronte angusta,

distincte rubra: secundariis extus flavescente rufo tinctis :

cauda rufa unicolore: subtus ochraceus, abdomine cinerascen-

tiore, lateribus virescente perfusis : subalaribus pallide flavis:

rostro superiore corylino, inferiore cum pedibus pallidis.

570 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ May 23,

Long. tota 4°3, alee 2°1, alee rem. prim. 1°3, caudze 1-5, tarsi 0°6,

rostri ab ang. oris 0°7 poll. Angl.

Hab. River Amazons (1850).

Obs. Species fronte rubra et cauda rufa insignis.

Of this apparently new Hylophilus, Mr. Wallace’s collection con-

tains unfortunately but one specimen. It is easily distinguishable

by its red front and rufous tail from every other species of the genus

known to us. HH. ochraceiceps has also a rufous tail, but of a much

more ochraceous tinge, and in other respects does not much resemble

the present bird.

The fourth, fifth, and sixth primaries of H. rubrifrons are nearly

equal and longest ; the third slightly exceeds the seventh ; the second

just equals in length the longest secondary. The exposed portion

of the first primary measures 0°7 inch.

-17. HyLopuHiLus SEMICINEREUS, sp. nov. (Pl. XXX. fig. 2.)

Supra viridi-olivaceus, nucha vix cinerascente: subtus pallide

cinereus, ventre medio albicante, crisso flavo tincto: subalari-

bus flavis : rostro lete corneo, pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 4° 5, alz 2-1, ale rem. prim. 1°2, caudee 1°7, tarsi 0°7,

rostri ab ang. oris 0°6.

Hab. Para (Wallace).

One example only of this Hylophilus also is in Mr. Wallace’s col-

lection, obtained at Para in May 1849. It is likewise a distinct

species of the genus, readily recognizable by its uniform pale cinereous

colour below. The first primary measures 0°75 inch from the insertion.

The second is 0°25 inch shorter than the third, fourth, fifth, and

sixth, which are nearly equal and longest.

Fam. Caresip&£.

18. Dacnis caAyANa (Linn.).

Para.

19. CaREBA CHRULEA (Linn.).

Upper Rio Negro.

20. Ca@resa CYANEA (Linn.).

Para, Feb. 1849, and Upper Rio Negro, Feb. 1850.

21. CERTHIOLA CHLOROPYGA, Cab.

Three Mexiana specimens of this variable bird do not seem to

differ from the Brazilian C. chloropyga. A fourth skin from Cobati,

Rio Negro, shows a small white wing-spot, but does not otherwise

differ. The last may be correctly referable to C. guianensis; but

we are at present unable to appreciate the differences between the

local races of this variable bird.

Fam. TANAaGRID#.

22. EKupHontia cAyAna (Linn.).

Para.

1867. | THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. o71

23. CALLISTE FLAVIVENTRIS (Vieill.).

In Selater’s collection from Barra (Wallace).

24, CALLISTE BOLIVIANA, Bp.

In Sclater’s collection from the Capim River (/Vallace).

25. TANAGRA EPISCOPUS, Linn.

Para, Aug. 1848.

26. TANAGRA PALMARUM, Max.

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

27. RAMPHOCGLUS NIGRIGULARIS (Spix).

Middle Amazons, 1850. In Sclater’s collection from Barra (Wal-

lace).

“This Tanager is found only on the right bank of the Rio Negro,

and is never known to cross the river to the Cayenne side. It is

found on both banks of the Upper Amazons above Barra.””—A. W.

28. RampHoca@ us sacaPa (Linn.).

Mexiana and Para.

“One of the commonest birds in gardens at Para, and generally

in the Lower-Amazons district.””—A. W.

29. EUCOMETIS PENICILLATA (Spix).

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

Sclater’s specimens referred to FZ. albicollis are not different from

the present bird, whatever Pyranga albicollis, Lafr. et D’Orb., may

be. It occurs also on the Ucayali (Bartlett) and Napo (Mus.

P. L. S.), and may therefore probably extend into the wood-region

of Bolivia.

30. TACHYPHONUS MELALEUCUS (Sparrm.).

Para, and Tocantins River.

31. TacHyPHONUS suRINAMUS (Linn.).

Para, March and May 1849. In Sclater’s collection from Guia,

Rio Negro, but here slightly different, and probably the same as

Mr. Lawrence’s 7’. napensis, Ann. L. N. Y. vii. (June 1864).

32. TacHYPHONUS CRISTATUS (Gm.).

Para, May 1849. Agrees with Brazilian specimens.

33. TACHYPHONUS CRISTATELLUS, Sclater.

One skin from Guia, Rio Negro, agrees nearly with the type of

this species from Bogota, except in rather smaller size. We have

not been able to compare it with Cayenne skins ; but the probability

is that the latter also belong to this form.

34. Nemosia prLeata (Bodd.).

Para, Jan. 1849.

572 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

35. ARREMON SILENS (Bodd.).

Capim River, June 1849.

36. SaLTraror MAGNUS (Gm.).

Para, February and May 1849.

37. SALTATOR MuTUS, Licht.

Mexiana, Nov. 1848 and Jan. 1849.

A young specimen has a strong olivaceous tinge on the back, wing-

edgings, and breast. Tanagra superciliaris, Spix, is probably the

same bird, though very indifferently figured.

38. PiryLus ERYTHROMELAS (Gm.).

Capim River, June 1849.

39. PiryLus virinis (Vieill.).

Para.

Represented in the Brazilian wood-region by P. brasiliensis.

Fam. FrRINGILLIDA.

40. Oryzoporvus TORRIDUS (Gm.).

Para, Oct. 1848.

41. SPERMOPHILA LINEATA (Gmm.).

Para, Oct. 1848 ; Mexiana, Jan. 1849; Amazons (north side).

42. SPERMOPHILA LINEOLA (Linn.).

Mexiana, Tocantins, and Amazons (north side).

The male shows less white on the rump than a Cayenne skin in

Sclater’s collection, and no white crown-spot. In this stage it more

resembles S. bouvronides (Less.) in Sclater’s collection, which, how-

ever, is probably merely a variety of the same species.

43, SPERMOPHILA GUTTURALIS, Licht.

Para, Oct. 1848.

44, VOLATINIA JACARINA (Linn.).

Barra and Guia.

45. ParoaRia GULARIS (Linn.).

Mexiana.

“Very common all about Para, on the banks of the rivers.” —A.W.

46. CoTURNICULUS MANIMBE (Licht.).

Mexiana.

47. EMBERIZOIDES MACROURUS (Gm.).

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

Rather larger than the Cayenne bird, and wings more olivaceous,

1867. ] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 573

also the uropygium lighter and less spotted ; intermediate between

it and the Brazilian HZ. sphenurus.

“Found among the grass on the campos near the ground.” —A.W.

48. SYCALIS BRASILIENSIS (Gm.).

North side of the Amazons.

Smaller than S. brasiliensis from Brazil, but not otherwise different.

49. SycaLis HILARII, Bp.

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

Fam. Icrerip#.

50. Ostinops viripis (Vieill.).

Para.

51. Cacicus persicus (Linn.).

Para.

“One of the commonest and most conspicuous birds in the Para

district. Lives in colonies, building beautiful long nests, generally

hanging over the water.” —A. W.

52. Cacicus H&MORRHOUS (Linn.).

Para.

‘‘The same in habits as C. persécus, but much more scarce.” —

A. W.

53. Icrerus CAYANENSIS (Linn.).

Island of Marajo.

«This bird is called the ‘ Rossignol’ or Nightingale at Para, and

is often kept in cages.” —A. W.

54. Motorurus sERIcEvS (Licht.).

Mexiana.

55. XANTHOSOMUS ICTEROCEPHALUS (Linn.).

Amazons, north side.

56. Listes GUIANENSIs (Linn.).

Amazons (north side) and Mexiana.

«Found only in open grounds, amongst grass.”—A. W.

57. CassipIx ORYZIVORA (Gm.).

Para.

Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID2.

—58. SCLERURUS CAUDACUTUS.

Thamnophilus caudacutus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. iii. p. 310, et Enc.

Meéth. p. 742.

574 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

Sclerurus brunneus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 17, et 1858, p. 62.

Capim River.

One example, fully agreeing with Sclater’s specimens from Bogota

and Cayenne, upon which he has founded his S. brunneus. On re-

vising the synonymy of this group, however, it appears that the

species indicated by Vieillot as Thamnophilus caudacutus was from

Guiana ; and it is, therefore, this Guianan species (and not the South-

east-Brazilian form) which ought to bear his name. The bird of the

Brazilian wood-region must therefore take the next earliest name

applicable to it, and stand as Sclerurus umbretta (Licht.).

+-59. ScLERURUS MEXICANUS, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, Pe 290, &

Am. Cat. p. 149.

Capim River.

A single specimen of Mr. Wallace’s agrees in every respect with a

considerable series of skins of this species in our collections from

Mexico and Central America. They are from the following locali-

ties :—Mexico, Cordova (Sallé), Jalapa (De Oca); Guatemala, Choc-

tum and Pacific slope (Salvin); Veragua (dreé). We have been

unable to refer to Swainson’s S. rujficollis, stated to be figured in his

‘Birds of Brazil.’ In all copies of this work to which we have had

access, this plate (t. 79) and also t. 78, where S. albigularis of the

same author is figured, are deficient. It is possible that this bird

may be the species figured in the first of these two plates, in which

case it should bear Swainson’s name.

60. SYNALLAXIS RUTILANS (Temm.).

An immature specimen, collected at Para in May 1849, of this

species.

61. LeproxyuRA CINNAMOMEA (Gm.).

Mexiana and Tocantins.

62. PHILyDOR ERYTHROCERCUS, Pelzeln.

Para, March and May 1849, three examples.

One of these skins (marked ¢ ) agrees very nearly with Sclater’s

Cayenne specimen of this species, and with a typical specimen of

Natterer’s from Barra, also in his collection. Two others are larger

and stronger, clearer white below, and with a more rufous tinge on

the wings. The superciliary stripes are absent, and the tail is longer

and more rounded. We are in some doubt whether these latter spe-

cimens do not belong to a distinct species.

+ 63. GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS, Licht.

Para and Capim River.

64. DenprocincLa FuMIGATA (Licht.); Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii.

p-.o-

Three specimens from Para, referable, as far as we can make out,

to this species.

1867. ] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 575

65. DENDROCOLAPTES CAYENNENSIS (Gm.); Buff. Pl. Enl. 621.

Para, two examples, April and May 1849.

Agreeing with Cayenne specimens of this species, but different

from the bird so named in Sclater’s collection, which is from the

Upper Amazons, and is probably undescribed.

66. DENDRORNIS OCELLATA (Spix).

Dendrocolaptes ocellatus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 88; D. guttatus,

ejusd. tab. 91. fig. 1.

One example, obtained at Para, agrees with a specimen in Sclater’s

collection, also from Para, collected by Natterer, and determined by

H. v. Pelzeln to be of this species.

67. DENDRORNIS EYTONI, Sclater.

Para, agreeing with the type obtained by Mr. Wallace, on the Rio

Capim, in Sclater’s collection. This species is closely allied to D.

rostripallens, Lafr.

68. DeENDROPLEX pPicus (Gm.).

Para.

69. XIPHORHYNCHUS TROCHILIROSTRIS, Licht.

“River Amazons, north bank: @, eyes dark blue.”

“‘Qbtained near Montalegre in a dry forest.”,—A. W.

Fam. ForMICARIID2.

70. THAMNOPHILUS MAJOR, Vieill.

Para, examples of both sexes, Oct. 1848.

71. THAMNOPHILUS LucTUosus, Licht., Doubl. p. 47.

One example, from the Rio Tocantins, Sept. 1848.

72. THAMNOPHILUS, sp. ?

One example from the Amazons (1849), agreeing with a skin of

Natterer’s in Sclater’s collection from the Rio Negro, marked

‘female’ (no. 928). We do not know the male of this species.

73. THAMNOPHILUS NIGRO-CINEREUS, Sclater.

Two males, from the Rio Tocantins and Mexiana, agreeing per-

fectly with Sclater’s type specimen, which is also evidently one of Mr.

Wallace’s skins.

74. THAMNOPHILUS AMAZONICUS, Sclater.

Specimens of both sexes from Para and Capim River.

+75. THAMNOPHILUS DoLiaTus (Linn.).

Island of Marajo.

576 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

76. THAMNOPHILUS RADIATUS, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 24, t. 35.

f.2.

Amazons. Perhaps different from the 7. radiatus of Vieillot (ex

Azara), as pointed out by Sclater (P. Z. S. 1858, p. 218), but evi-

dently the bird figured by Spix.

77. THAMNOPHILUS PALLIATUS, Licht.

Para.

78. DystITHAMNUS PLUMBEUS (Max.).

Amazons, examples of both sexes.

79. MyRMOTHERULA AXILLARIS, Vieill.

Capim River, examples of both sexes.

80. MyRMOTHERULA BREVICAUDA (Sw.).

Capim River.

81. MyrMoTHERULA HAWXWELLI, Sclater.

Capim River. A female of this species.

82. ForMICIVORA GRISEA (Bodd.).

Rio Tocantins, Sept. 1848. A single female of this species.

+83. RAMPHOCENUS MELANURUS, Vieill.

Capim River, July 1849.

84. PyRIGLENA ATRA (Sw.).

Para.

85. HypocNEMIS MELANOPOGON, Sclater.

Examples of both sexes of this species from Mexiana, Dec. 1848,

agreeing with specimens from Cayenne.

86. PirHys ALBIFRONS (Gm.).

Cobati, Rio Negro.

87. Pirays LEvuCASPIS, Sclater.

Cobati. A specimen, marked male, wanting the concealed dorsal

patch, which is probably only found in the female.

88. PHLOGOPSIS NIGROMACULATA (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Para, May 1849.

89. Formicartus crissatis, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1851, p. 96.

One example, from Para (Oct. 1848), agreeing in every respect

with Cabanis’s description. A skin in Sclater’s collection from Tri-

nidad (or Venezuela) is much darker below, and has the black throat

1867.] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 577

not so clearly defined. It is perhaps different. The present bird is

grey below, medially paler, just as described by Cabanis.

90. CorYTHOPIS ANTHOIDES, Sclater.

Para, May 1849. Easily distinguishable from its Brazilian re-

presentative C. calcarata.

Fam. TyrRaANNID&.

91. ATTILA THAMNOPHILOIDES (Spix).

Mexiana.

92. 'Ta#nioprera VELATA (Licht.).

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

93. FLUVICOLA ALBIVENTRIS, Spix.

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

94, CNIPOLEGUS UNICOLOR, Kaup, Journ. f. Orn. 185, p. 29 (?).

One example without exact locality attached. Resembles Kaup’s

description in having the entire plumage black, without any white

inside the wings ; but is of much smaller dimensions than those given

by Heine (Journ. f. Orn. 1859, p. 337) for Kaup’s species. Kaup

does not trouble himself with dimensions.

95. CoLoprerus GALEATUS (Bodd.).

Capim River, June 1849.

96. M1onecTES OLEAGINEUS (Licht.).

Para and Guia.

97. PHYLLOSCARTES VENTRALIS (Temm.) ; Cab. et Heine, Mus.

Hein. ii. p. 52.

Mexiana. Sclater has examples of this species from New Granada

and Ecuador.

98. PHyLLOMYIAS SEMIFUSCA, Sclater.

Mexiana, Jan. 1849.

+99. CAMPTOSTOMA FLAVIVENTRE, Sclat. & Salv. P, Z. 8. 1864,

p. 358.

Mexiana.

f-100. LeGATus ALBICOLLIs (Vieill.),

Para, Aug. 1848.

+101. MyrozerTeTes CAYENNENSIS (Linn.).

Para, Aug. 1848.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXXVII.

~ mC)

578 MESSRS. SCLATEK AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

+102. RuyNCHOCYCLUS SULPHURESCENS (Spix).

Para, Aug. 1848. Much smaller in dimensions than either Bra- — Hf

zilian or northern specimens of this species, but not otherwise dif-

ferent.

103. RuyNCHOCYCLUS RUFICAUDA (Spix).

Para, May 1849.

104. Prrancus suLPHURATUS (Linn.).

Para.

4-105. Prraneus Lictor (Licht.).

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

4106. MyropynasTEs aupax (Gm.).

Para, Aug. 1848.

+107. MEGARHYNCHUS PITANGUA (Linn.).

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

108. My1onius ERYTHRURUS, Cab.

Capim River.

109. EmpmpocHANEs otivus (Bodd.).

Muscicapa oliva, Bodd. ex Buff. Pl. Enl. 574. f. 2 (fig. pess.).

Mexiana. Distinct from the allied F. fuscatus (Muscipeta fus-

cata, Max.), with which Cabanis and Heine unite it. The latter

has much more strongly marked wing-edgings.

-+- 110. ConTorus BRACHYTARSUS, Sclater.

Mexiana. Agrees with skins in Sclater’s collection from Mexico

and Bogota, so probably a widely distributed species.

F111. Myiarcuus FERox (Gm.).

Mexiana, Dec. 1848.

112. Myrarcuus, sp.

Rio Tocantins. A species allied to M. wigriceps, Sclater, and

apparently identical with an unnamed skin in his collection from

Bogota (Cat. Am. B. p. 234. no. 1439).

113. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.

Para.

+114, Mitvunus Tyrannus (Lim.).

Guia, Rio Negro.

Fam. CoTinGIp.

115. Trryra cayana (Linn.).

Examples of both sexes from Para,

1867. ] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. a79

+116. Haprosromus MINOR (Less.).

Examples of both sexes from Para.

+-117, PacHYRHAMPHUS CINEREUS (Bodd.).

Island of Mexiana and Para.

+118. PachHyRHAMPHUS POLYCHROPTERUS (Vieill.).

Mexiana.

119. LirpauGus CINERACEUS (Vieill.).

Para. Agreeing with Cayenne skins. One skin has light rufous

edgings on the wings, and is probably immature.

+120. HeTEROPELMA WALLACH, sp. nov.

Pallide olivaceo-virens, fere unicolor, alis caudaque extus brun-

nescentibus : subtus dilutior, pectore rufescente vix tincto, sub-

alaribus cinerascenti-fuscis : rostro nigricanti-corneo, ad basin

pallescente: pedibus pallide fuscis.

Long. tota 6°3, alee 3:5, caudze 2°6.

Hab. in vic. urbis Para (Wallace, May 1849).

Obs. Aff. H. amazonum ex fl. Amazonum superiore et eyusdem

forme et stature, sed corpore supra magis virescente, nec rufo tincto,

et gula et abdomine pallidioribus et magis cinerascentibus diversa.

This bird appears to belong to a species different from any of the

four previously known members of this peculiar genus, concerning

which Sclater has written (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 467). It may possibly

also occur in Cayenne, but we have not yet met with any species of

the group from that country.

121. IlopOPLEURA ISABELLA, Parz.

Rio Tocantins. We should rather have expected to meet with

I. laplacit of Cayenne here. M., Parzudaki states that his type of

I. isabelle was procured on the Venezuelan Rio Negro; and the

species also occurs in the Upper Amazonian district.

122, PrpRA FILICAUDA, Spix.

‘Found in the wooded islands of the lower Rio Negro, on the lower

boughs of the forest-trees.”—A. W.

123. Pipra FLAVICOLLIS, Sclater.

Mexiana and north side of the Amazons. This form, which is

hardly separable from P. awreola of Cayenne, was originally described

by Sclater from specimens of Mr. Wallace’s said to have been from

Barra, but more probably from the same locality as the present

skins.

124, Prpra rascraTa, Lafr. et D’Orb.

Rio Toeantins. Another Peruvian form.

580 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

+125, Prera LevcociLua, Linn.

Para.

«This and P. auricapilla are the two commonest Manakins about

Para.”—A. W.

+126. Prpra auricapiuua, Licht.

Para and Barra do Rio Negro.

127. Prpra CYANEOCAPILLA, Hahn.

“‘Obtained in abundance on the Upper Rio Negro, on the right

bank. Iris red; bill and feet black ; lower mandible lead-colour.”’

—A.W.

128. CHIROXIPHIA PAREOLA (Linn.).

Para, Feb. 1849.

129. CHIROMACHERIS MANACUs (Linn.).

“*Common near Para.”—A. W.

130. PHa@NICOCERCUS CARNIFEX (Linn.).

Para and Guia, examples of both sexes. :

*‘ Found in the tops of the forest-trees, feeding on fruit.”,—A. W.

131. Ruptcoua crocea, Vieill.

Serra de Cobati, near Guia, Oct. 1850. See Mr. Wallace’s notes

in his ‘ Travels,’ p. 221.

132. CorinGa CH#RULEA (Vielill.).

Para.

* Tolerably abundant in the forests near Para.’’—A. W.

133. CoTinGa CAYANA (Linn.).

Abundant on the Rio Negro.

134. X1pHOLENA POMPADORA (Linn.).

Guia.

135. X1IPHOLENA LAMELLIPENNIS, Lafr.

Para.

‘*Shot in the forests within ten miles of Para.””—A. W.

+136. QuERULA CRUENTA (Bodd.).

Capim River.

137. HaMATODERUS MILITARIS (Lath.).

“Obtained by Mr. Bates at Cameta, at the mouth of the Tocan-

tins.”’—A. W.

138. CHASMORHYNCHUS NIveus (Bodd.).

‘Obtained on the Lower Rio Negro, about twenty miles above

1867.] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 581

Barra. Very difficult to shoot, from its sitting at the top of very

high trees. Also seen near Para (see Travels, p. 132).”,—A. W.

139. GyMNODERUS FeTIDUs (Linn.).

“Met with on the right bank of the Lower Rio Negro ; rather

plentiful on low trees on the banks of the river. Naked skin of the

neck dark ultramarine blue.” —A. W.

140. GyMNOCEPHALUS CALVUS (Gm.).

**One specimen of this bird was obtained at Guia, on the Upper

Rio Negro. The iris is blue black; the bare part of the head and

also the feet dusky lead-colour. Skin of the neck loose; trachea

dilated, and the voice very loud and remarkable.’”’—A. W.

141. CEPHALOPTERUS ORNATUS, Geoffr.

** Met with by me only in the wooded islands of Lower Rio Negro,

between Barra and the mouth of the Rio Brancho. Occurs again

on the banks of the River Uaupes, above the cataracts. It is also

found on the Upper Amazon near Ega (see Bates, Nat. on the

Amazon, li. p. 283). I have described its habits in an article pub-

lished in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1850, p. 206.”—A. W.

Fam. Momortip&.

142. Momorus BRASILIENSIS, Lath.

Para.

Fam. ALCEDINID&.

+-143. CeryLe Torquata, Linn.

Tocantins: Mexiana.

‘144, CeryLe aMazonta (Lath.).

Tocantins.

#145. CeryLe 1npa (Linn.).

Mexiana.

146. CeERYLE AMERICANA (Gm.).

Para; Tocantins; South bank of the Amazons.

147, CeryLe supErcitiosa (L.).

Mexiana.

Fam. GALBULID&.

148. GALBULA viripis (Linn.),

Amazons, north bank, 1850.

149. GALBULA RUFO-VIRIDIS, Cab.

Rio Tocantins.

582 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

150. GALBULA ALBIROSTRIS, Lath.

Guia, Rio Negro.

151. GALBULA CYANEICOLLIS, Cassin.

Capim River.

152. GALBULA LEUCOGASTRA, Vieill.

Guia.

153. UroGaLBa PARADISEA (Linn.).

North bank of the Amazons.

154. UROGALBA AMAZONUM, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1855, p. 14.

Para.

After some consideration we feel bound to resuscitate this species,

which Sclater, after having described it, was persuaded by Von Pelzeln

to reunite to the preceding. It is certainly readily distinguishable

by its much larger size, the hoary terminations of the head-feathers,

the less amount of black on the chin, and the greater extent of white

on the throat below, and requires a name.

155. BRACHYGALBA INORNATA, Sclater.

Baiao, Rio Tocantins.

+156. JACAMEROPS GRANDIS (Gm.).

Capim River and vicinity of Barra, examples of both sexes.

«This bird has more the habits of the Trogons than of the true

Galbule. While the latter are always found on the outskirts of the

forest, the Jacamerops keeps rather to the gloom, where it sits on

boughs hanging over the forest and captures insects.’ —A. W.

Fam. BuccOoNIDe.

157. Bucco couuaris, Lath.

Lower Amazons.

158. Bucco HYPERRHYNCHUS, Bp.

Para. Above Barra, on the south bank of the Amazons, Mr. Wal-

lace obtained the Peruvian species (B. napensis, Sclater). The loca-

lity of ‘“* Upper Amazons,’ commonly attributed to this species, is

very probably erroneous.

159. Bucco ramatTiA, Gm.

Three examples, without exact localities, agree with the Cayenne

bird. A fourth, from the Capim River, has the spots on the belly

crowded as in B. pulmentum of the Upper Amazons ; but the throat

is as dark as in the Cayenne bird, not pale as in B. pulmentum.

+160. Bucco Tectus, Bodd.

Para. Agrees with Cayenne specimens.

1867. | THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 583

161. MatacopTiLa Fusca (Gm.).

Upper Rio Negro.

162. MaLacopTiLa RUFA (Spix).

Para.

163. MONASA NIGRIFRONS (Spix).

Rio Tocantins.

164. CHELIDOPTERA TENEBROSA (Pall.).

Para.

** Abundant on the Lower Amazons and Rio Negro.”’—A. W.

Fam. TroGonip&.

+165. TroGon virinis, Linn.

Capim River.

+166. TROGON MELANURUS, Sw.

Para.

167. PHAROMACRUS PAVONINUS (Spix).

Trogon pavoninus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 47, t. 35.

Barra do Rio Negro.

* Found at Barra, on the left bank of the river.”’—A. W.

Fam. CAPRIMULGID&.

168. PopaAGeR nNacunDA (Vieill.).

Capim River.

169. CHORDEILES RUPESTRIS (Spix).

** Found sitting on sand and rocks in an island on the Upper Rio

Negro.” —A. W.

170. LurocaLis NATTERERI (Temm.).

Para. Intermediate in size between some skins of this species and

L. gouldi. Long. tota 8°3, alee 7°4, caudze 3°4.

171. ANTROSTOMUS NIGRESCENS (Cab.).

Para.

172. Hypropsauis TrIFuRCATA (Natt.); Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1866,

p- 141.

Rio Tocantins.

Fam. TROCHILID.

173. EUPETOMENA MACRURA (Gm.).

Island of Mexiana.

984 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

174. CAMPYLOPTERUS LARGIPENNIS (Bodd.).

Rio Negro. Agrees with Cayenne specimens.

175. CAMPYLOPTERUS OBSCURUS, Gould, Mon. Troch. i. t. 49.

Para, three examples, showing that this is the Lower-Amazonian

representative of the preceding species.

176. Topaza PYRA.

““Occurs on the Upper Rio Negro, where it is shot by the Indians,

and its feathers are used in making feather ornaments.”—A. W.

4.177. Lamprornis Manco (Linn.).

Mexiana; and Cobati, Rio Negro.

178. LAMPORNIS GRAMINEUS (Gm.).

Mexiana.

179. THALURANIA FURCATOIDES, Gould, Intr. Mon. Troch. p. 77.

Para.

Mr. Gould separates this bird from the 7. furcata of Cayenne ;

but the distinctive characters are not very appreciable.

+180. FLorisuGA MELLIVoRA (Linn.).

Para; and Cobati, Rio Negro.

181. HeLiorHrix auritus (Gm.).

Guia, Rio Negro.

182. Potytmus LeEucorRHOUS, Gould, MS.

A skin of this undescribed species in Mr. Gould’s collection was

obtained by Mr. Wallace at Cobati, Rio Negro. The bird very

nearly resembles P. viridissimus, of Cayenne, but has the crissum

white.

183. AGYRTRIA MILLERI (Bourc.).

Cobati, Rio Negro.

184. Acyrrria MACULATA (Vieill.).

Mexiana.

185. HyLocHaRis SAPPHIRINA (Gm.).

Para.

186. EvucePHALA CHRULEA (Vieill.).

Para.

187. EvcepHALA HyYPOocyANEA, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 306 ;

Mon. Troch. v. t. 334.

Cobati, Rio Negro.

A female, apparently of this species, and, if such be the case, of

1867.] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 585

great interest as indicating the correct locality of this Humming-bird,

which was unknown to Mr. Gould. The under surface of the pre-

sent specimen is sordid white, with slight marginations of bluish

green in some of the feathers. The upper tail-coverts retain the

characteristic bronzy colouring of the male bird.

Fam. Cucuip&.

+-188. CroropHaGa ANI, Linn.

Mexiana.

189. CrororpHaGA MAJOR, Linn.

Capim River.

190. Gurra prriricua (Vieill.).

Mexiana.

+191. DireLoprervus na&vius (Linn.).

Mexiana.

192. Praya cAyana (Linn.).

Para.

+193. Praya minuta (Vieill.).

Para.

Fam. OpIsTHOCOMID.

194. OpiIsTHOCOMUS CRISTATUS.

Para.

‘This bird abounds on the low shores of the river between Para

and the Tocantins. It is found in small flocks of from ten to twenty

individuals, and feeds on the leaves of the Arum arboreum, with

which its stomach is generally loaded. This gives it a very disagree-

able odour. Nothwithstanding its large wings, its flight is slow and

laboured. It is never seen on the ground or in high trees, but

principally sitting upon the drum. When alarmed it throws up its

crest exactly in the same manner as the Guira.”’—A. W.

Fam. RAMPHASTID&.

195. RAMPHASTOS TOCO.

‘Obtained in Mexiana, but not known at Para.”’—A.W.

196. RAMPHASTOS ERYTHRORHYNCHUS, Gm.

Para.

197. Rampuasros oscuLans, Gould.

Upper Rio Negro.

198. RAMPHASTOS ARIEL, Vig.

Para.

586 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

This is one of the few types of the Brazilian forest-region that in-

trude into the district of Para. On the north bank of the Amazons

it is replaced by the following species :—

199. RAMPHASTOS VITELLINUS, Licht.

North bank of the Lower Amazons.

200. PreroGLossus ARAGARI (Linn.).

Capim River.

201. PreEROGLOSSUS INSCRIPTUS, Sw.

Para.

202. PreROGLOssSUS BITORQUATUS, Vig.

Para.

203. SELENIDERA GOULDI, Natt.

Para, August, 1848.

204. SELENIDERA NATTERERI, Gould.

Upper Rio Negro. See Gould’s ‘ Monograph,’ ed. 2. t. 34.

Fam. CApIroNID&.

» 205. Caprro amazonicus, Deville et Des Murs; Sclater, Ibis,

1861, p. 186.

Guia, Rio Negro.

Fam. Picrp&.

206. CAMPEPHILUS ALBIROSTRIS (Spix).

Rio Tocantins.

207, CAMPEPHILUS TRACHELOPYRUS, Malh.

Capim River.

+-208. Dryocorus Lineatus (Linn.).

Para.

209. CELEUS JUMANA, Spix.

Picus jumana, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 57, t. 47.

Para.

Specimens of both sexes of this species, which is very distinct from

Celeus citreopygius (Bp. MS.) of the Upper Amazons, the latter being

darker in colouring, particularly on the flanks, and having xo cross

bands on the primaries or secondaries. Malherbe considers them

local varieties ; but they are in fact well-marked species. The nearest

ally of Celeus jumana is C. cinnamomeus of Cayenne. Sclater’s bird

referred to C. jumana (Cat. A. B. p. 336) is C. ettreopygius, Bp.

210. CELEUS MULTIFASCIATUS.

Celeopicus multifasciatus, Malh. Mon, Pic. ii. p. 16, t. 50. f. 4, 9.

1867. ] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 587

One example from the ‘‘ Amazons,’’ probably the lower part of the

river, appears to be a male of this species, as determined by Mal-

herbe. It is a close ally of C. rufus of Cayenne, but recognizable by

the dark rufous cap, and the black longitudinal lines on the nape,

sides of head, and throat: in Celeus rufus the markings are trans-

verse.

211. CHLORONERPES TEPHRODOPS (Wagl.).

Island of Mexiana.

212, CHLORONERPES HAMATOSTIGMA, Malh.

River Tocantins.

213. CHLORONERPES FLAVIGULARIS (Bodd.).

Para.

214. MELANERPES CRUENTATUS, Bodd.

Barra do Rio Negro.

Fam. Psirracip®.

215. ARA ARARAUNA (Linn.).

Mexiana.

216. Ara Macao (Linn.).

Mexiana.

217. ARA HYACINTHINA.

This species is not found in the Amazons valley proper, and appears

to be restricted to the slightly elevated plateau south of the Lower

Amazons. It was seen about 100 miles up the Tocantins*, and again

about the same distance up the Tapajost, where specimens were

procured by Mr. Bates.

218. ARA NoBILIs (Linn.).

Para.

219. Conurus LuTEvs, Bodd.

Para.

Very rare in the neighbourhood of Para, where it appears once a

year, when a particular fruit is ripe. I only saw one flock in one

particular tree, and obtained four or five specimens out of it.

220. Conurus auREvs (Gm.).

Island of Mexiana.

221. Conurus zRuGINosUs (Linn.).

Conurus chrysogenys, Mass. et Souanc. Rey. Zool. 1854, p. 72.

A skin of a Conurus, collected by Mr. Wallace at S® Isabel on the

* See Bates’s Amazons, vol. i. p. 153; Wallace’s Travels, p. 74.

+ Bates, /,c. p. 139,

588 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ May 23,

Rio Negro, exactly agrees with Sclater’s specimen, also from the

Rio Negro, called C. chrysogenys in his ‘ Catalogue,’ and with the

description of Souancé. We are not yet prepared to follow M.

Finsch in uniting under C. pertinaz the species named C. eruginosus,

C. chrysogenys; C. xantholemus,' CG. ocularis, and C. chrysophrys ;

but his remarks on this subject (Papageien, i. p. 506) are eminently

worthy of attention. Conurus rantholemus and C. eruginosus (so

labelled), now living side by side in the Society’s Gardens, are very

distinct species, and certainly not to be confounded together.

222. CONURUS PERLATUS.

Aratinga perlata, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 35, t. 20. f. 1.

Sittace lepida, Wag).

Conurus lepidus, Finsch, Pap. i. p. 543.

Capim River.

We see no reason for rejecting Spix’s name for this species in

favour of Llliger’s MS. term subsequently adopted by Wagler.

223. BROTOGERYS VIRESCENS (Gm.).

Conurus virescens, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 351.

Mexiana.

‘ Excessively abundant in the island, in flocks of several hundreds.”’

224. Brorocerys nortatus (Bodd.); Pl. Enl. 456. f. 2.

Brotogerys tuipara et B. notatus, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 352.

Para.

«Almost as abundant at Para as the latter species in Mexiana,

and also found in flocks.’”—A. W.

225. Curysortis FARINOSA (Bodd.).

Rio Tocantins.

+-226. Pronus menstrRuvs (Linn.).

Rio Tocantins.

227. Pronus viotaceus (Bodd.).

Para.

228. CAICA MELANOCEPHALA (Linn.).

Upper Rio Negro.

“ Found abundantly up the Rio Uaupes.’’>—A. W.

229. CaIcA VULTURINA, Kuhl.

Para.

“Very rare in the neighbourhood of Para. I only procured one

specimen.’ —A. W.

230. DEROPTYUS ACCIPITRINUS.

Rio Uaupes; Upper Rio Negro.

1867.] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS, 589

231. UrocHrRoMA PpuRPURATA (Gm.).

Capim River.

Fam. VULTURIDZ.

+-232. Gyparcuus Papa (Linn.).

The King-Vulture is found in the forests all along the Lower

Amazons.

233. CATHARTES AURA.

~(.234. CATHARTES ATRATUS.

Mr. Wallace states that both these species are found at Para.

From the Upper Amazons Mr. Wallace has a specimen of what ap-

pears to be C. urubitinga, Natt. (v. Pelzeln, Sitz. Ak. Wien, xliv.

p. 7), obtained on the south bank about 100 miles above the Rio

Negro.

_ Fam. Fatconip#.

+.235. IpycTER AMERICANUS (Bodd.).

Para.

236. IpycTER ATER (Vieill.).

Para.

237. PoLYBORUS BRASILIENSIS (Gm.).

Mexiana.

4-238. Mitvaco curmacuma (Vieill.).

Mexiana and Barra. —

= 1S

-239. UrusiTiInca zonura (Shaw).

Mexiana.

240. URUBITINGA MERIDIONALIs (Lath.).

Mexiana.

241. URUBITINGA NIGRICOLLIs (Lath.).

Mexiana.

+242, AsrurINa NiTIDA (Lath.).

North side of the Amazons.

243. ASTURINA MAGNIROSTRIS (Gm.).

Mexiana.

244. LEUCOPTERNIS SUPERCILIARIS.

Leucopternis kuhli, Bp. Consp. i. p. 19 (1850).

Buteo kaupi, G. R. Gray in Mus. Brit., unde Lecopternis kaupi,

Bp. Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 533. bit

Leucopternis superciliaris, Pelzeln, Sitz. Ak. Wien, xliv. p. 10.

590 MESSRS SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

Para, one example, killed in December 1849.

The only description of this well-marked species is that given by

Von Pelzeln ; and we feel bound, therefore, to adopt his name for it,

in preference to either of Bonaparte’s, which have no sufficient diag-

nosis attached to them. We have compared Mr. Wallace’s speci-

men with Buteo kaupi of the British Museum (of which there are

two specimens in the collection) and find them identical.

+245, Spizairus TYRANNUuS (Max.).

Capim River.

> 246. HerpETroTHERES CACHINNANS (Linn.).

Mexiana.

247, MicrastTuR GILVICOLLIs (Vieill.).

Para.

4 248. HyporriorcHIs FEMORALIS (Temm.).

Mexiana.

+249. HyporriorCHIs RUFIGULARIS (Daud.).

Rio Tocantins.

| 250. CymMInpDIS CAYANENSIS (Gm.).

Amazons.

+ 251. Icrrn1A PLUMBEA (Gm.).

Para.

Fam. Srricip.

++ 252. SyRNIUM PERSPICILLATUM (Lath.).

Amazons, north side.

+ 253. SyrnruM zonocercum, G. R. Gray, MS.

Para, May 1849. Agreeing with the Venezuelan birds thus de-

signated in the British Museum, but not with any described species

that we are acquainted with.

254. Lopuosrrix cristaTa (Daud.).

Para.

-++ 255. Scors cuoursa (Vieill.).

Mexiana.

Fam. CoLuMBID™.

256. CoLuMBA SPECIOSA (Gm.).

Para.

257. COLUMBA VINACEA (Temm.).

Capim River.

1867. ] - THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 291

~~ 258. CotumBa RuFINA (Temm.).

Mexiana.

259. ZENAIDA MACULATA (Vieill.) ; Bp. Consp. ii. p. 82.

Mexiana.

+260. CHAMMPELIA PASSERINA (Linn.).

Para.

261. CHAM&PELIA TALPACOTI (Temm.); Burm. S. U. iii. p. 297.

Rio Tocantins.

+262. GroTryGon montaANA (Linn.); Bp. Consp. ii. p. 72.

Upper Rio Negro and Para.

263. LepropriLa RUFAXILLA, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 73.

Mexiana.

Fam, TETRAONID.

264. ODONTOPHORUS GUIANENSIS (Gin.).

In Salvin’s collection, from the Capim River ( Wa/lace, June 1849).

Fam. CHARADRIID&.

+ 265. HorLoprerus CAyANus (Lath.).

South bank of the Amazons.

266. VANELLUS CAYENNENSIS, Gm.

Mexiana.

267. ASGIALITES SEMIPALMATUS, Bp.; Baird, B. of N. A. p. 694;

Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Cursores, p. 30.

Charadrius brevirostris, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 769 ; Schomb. Guian.

il. p. 750; Burm. 'S. U. iii. p. 359.

Mexiana.

+268. Aie1aLiTEs Couuaris (Vieill.).

Charadrius azare, Burm. 8. U. iii. p. 360.

Mexiana and Rio Tocantins.

Fam. SCOLOPACID.

+ 269. HimMsNToPUS NIGRICOLLIs (Vieill.).

Mexiana.

270. TrRinGa MInuTILLA (Vieill.); Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Sco-

lopaces, p. 48.

Mexiana.

271. TrinGa Bponaparttt, Schlegel.

Rio Tocantins.

592 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

272. EREUNETES PETRIFICATUS, IIl.; Baird, B. N. A. p. 724.

Mexiana.

273. GAMBETTA FLAVIPES, Gm.

Mexiana.

274. RuyACOPHILUs SOLITARIUS (Wils.).

Mexiana.

275. TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS (Linn.).

Mexiana.

Fam. Ravuip#&.

276. PorRZANA CAYENNENSIS (Linn.).

Para.

277. PorpHyrio PARvVUS (Bodd.).

Amazons.

278. PorpHyRio MARTINICUS (Linn.).

Amazons.

Fam. Psopu1ip#.

279, PsopHTA OCHROPTERA, Pelzeln.

Rio Negro (Wallace in Mus. Brit.).

Mr. Wallace has given some interesting remarks on the geogra-

phical distribution of the different species of Trumpeter in his

‘Travels’ (p. 473); but, from his specimens having been lost, he

has perhaps not quite accurately laid down the boundaries between

them. Von Pelzeln’s paper on the birds of this group collected by

Natterer* gives further details upon the subject, and enables us to

indicate what we believe to be the probable ranges of the known

species, which appear to be separated by rivers.

a. Species dorso cinereo aut albo.

(1) Ps. crepitans (Linn.). British Guiana, extending inwards as

far as the Rio Negro.

(2) Ps. ochroptera, Pelzeln, 1. c. p. 371. Upper Rio Negro, pro-

bably only on the right bank. Barcellos (Watt.).

(3) Ps. leucoptera, Spix. South or right bank of the Amazons

above the Madeira. Ega, Coari, and San Paolo (Wallace).

b. Species dorso viridt.

(4) Ps. viridis (Spix). South or right bank of the Amazons below

the Madeira, and extending up the right bank of the Madeira to the

Rio Mamoré (Natterer). Villa Nova (Spiw).

(5) Ps. obscura, Pelzeln. Right bank of the Amazon near Para.

The dividing river between this and the preceding species is not

known; it may be the Tocantins, the Xingu, or the Tapajos.

* Sitz. Ak. Wien, xxiv. p. 371 e¢ seq. (1857).

1867.] THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS, 593

Fam. Larip&.

280. STERNA MAGNIROsTRIS, Licht.

Mexiana.

281. STERNA SUPERCILIARIS (Vieill.).

Rio Tocantins.

“282. RaYNCHOPS MELANURA, Sw.

Mexiana.

Having thus concluded our list of species, we proceed to consider

what conclusions can be drawn from it as to the general character of

the avifauna of the localities whence they are derived. Of the whole

number of 282 species, 48 are from the Rio Negro, and, as far as

our information goes, are not found in the Lower Amazons district.

From this part of the series, presenting us as it does with such an

insignificant portion of the whole ornis, it would be useless to at-

tempt to draw any further conclusion than that the large majority

of the species recorded from this region are Guianan forms. Of

the 48 Rio Negro species, 37 are certainly likewise found in Guiana.

The remaining 11 are believed to be either peculiar to the Rio Negro

or intruders from the Upper Amazonian district. These are—

1. Ramphocelus nigrigularis. 7. Chordeiles rupestris.

2. Pithys leucaspis. 8. Topaza pyra.

3. Pipra filicauda, 9. Hucephala hypocyanea.

4, eyaneocapilla, 10. Capito amazonicus.

5. Cephalopterus ornatus. ll. Psophia ochroptera.

6. Pharomacrus pavoninus.

But these exceptions weigh little in the balance when we consi-

der the presence on the Rio Negro of such marked Cayenne types

as Gymnoderus fatidus, Gymnocephalus calvus, Rupicola crocea,

Aipholena pompadora, &e.

Let us now, therefore, turn to the portion of the collection from

the vicinity of Para and the Lower Amazons, and see what results

can be derived from its examination. The whole number of species

obtained in these localities was 242, two of which cannot be satisfac-

torily determined at present. The remaining 240 may be analyzed

as follows :—

1. Species of wide range, belonging to Cayenne, | 9G

Para, and South-east Brazil ................. [Reaenes Ns tr berg hie try, :

2. Species common to Para and Cayenne only,

40 (16 per cent. of whole number); and

species ranging west and north-west into } 88 (about 61 per cent.) |

the Upper Amazons, Venezuela, New Gra- |

nada, and Central America, 48 ; together ... ) L144

3. Species common to Para and South-east Brazil 15 (about 10 per cent.)

4. Species common to Para and Upper Amazons... 18 (about 12 per cent.)

4. Species found in Para alone -2222.2.....50..2.0.0- 23 (about 17 per cent.) )

240

The 96 wide-ranging species, which amount to about 40 per

cent. of the whole, comprise members of all orders, but are mostly

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1867, No. XXXVIII.

594 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [May 23,

Accipitres, Gralla, &c., which are mainly birds of wide distribution,

many of them extending over the whole neotropical region. Having

deducted these 96 we have left a residuum of 144 of more local

character as regards their range, an examination of which will at

once solve the question to which of the great zoological divisions of

South America the district of the Lower Amazons pertains.

Of these 144 species not less than 88 (or G1 per cent.) are identical

with species found in Cayenne, either belonging to ferms peculiar to

the Guianan province, or, if occupants of a more extended area,

ranging westward and north-westward into the Upper Amazons or

Venezuela, New Granada, and Central America, but riot extend-

ing southward into the wood-region of South-eastern Brazil. Not

only is this Guianan element noticeable for its numerical extent in

species, but also as exhibiting such well-marked forms as Pithys,

Phenicocercus, Hematoderus, Querula, Urogalba, Jacamerops, Opis-

thocomus, and Psophia, all of which are quite foreign to the wood-

region of South-eastern Brazil. The Guianan facies of the Para

district is further shown by an examination of the instances in which

the two provinces of Guiana and South-eastern Brazil are occupied

by corresponding representative forms. In almost every case the

Para form, when ascertained, is found to belong to the Guianan and

not to the Brazilian species. In the subjoined table, of fourteen

instances of this sort, it will be noted that there is only one positive

exception to this rule. In two other cases both Guianan and Bra-

zilian species occur within the Para district, and the River Amazons

appears to form the boundary between them, the Guianan oe

being found on the north bank and the Brazilian on the south*.

CAYENNE. PARA DISTRICT. Brazin.

1. G. equinoctialis.. | Geothlypis equinoctialis ...... G. velata.

2. C. guianensis .... | Cyclorhis guianensis............ C. ochrocephala.

3. T. episcopus ..... Tanagra episcopus ........ ..- T. cyanoptera.

A SwPgVArICIS) aeosese ec iBrtylus) yard Ss paen meee P. brasiliensis.

5. E. macrurus ...... | Emberizoides macrurus, va7.. E. sphenurus.

6. I. cayanensis ...... | Teterus cayanensis............ .- I. tibialis.

7. C. anthoides ...... Corythopis anthoides ......... | C. calearata.

toh 1H TOGSY, | o55 sosont coe Fluvicola albiventris............ F. albiventris.

OS SHelOliviise.: ssecen¥-€ Empidochanes olivus ........: | E. fuscatus.

; Sagem

10, G. viridis ......... eae edie RTT NG sceasoovititie

ial TUfSO-VITIAIS .....2.0.+4- Se) dl

LL. C. tenebrosa ...... | Chelidoptera tenebrosa ...... | C. brasiliensis.

12. P..aracgari ......... | Pteroglossus aragari............ P. wiedi.

(927: vitellinns 27,.| SB amBnneios Briel = apes aes |" R. ariel,

| | ILCLILAVULS:: sacle Semen eR J

14. C. flavigularis .... | ChESeHP aD flavigularis ...... | C. ‘srytlnopiee

The River Avaaron ptobable dive the range of the follc wing species :—

Pipra flavicollis from P. aureola.

Xipholena lamellipennis from X. pompadora.

Galbula rufo-viridis from G. viridis.

Vrogalha amazonum from U. paradisea.

Bueco hyperrhynchus from B. macrorhynchus.

Thalurania furcatoides from T. furcata.

Campylopterus obscurus from C. largipennis.

Ramphastos vitellinus from R. ariel.

Psophia obscura from DP. erepitans.

1867. | THE BIRDS OF THE LOWER AMAZONS. 595

The purely Brazilian forms which occur in the Para district and

are not known in Guiana are only 15 in number, or less than 10 per

cent. of the whole. A similar foreign element appears to have in-

truded itself from the Upper Amazons, 18 or about 12 per cent. of

species hitherto only known as inhabitants of the Upper Amazonian

district occurring near Para. It is worth noticing, however, that

about half these were procured on the Capim River or ‘l’ocantins,

where the Peruvian element would appear to be stronger than in the

vicinity of Para*.

There remain only to be considered the species peculiar to the

Para district as far as hitherto known, which amount to about 23,

or 17 per cent. of the whole, after excluding the species of wide

range. As shown by the subjoined table, these Para species are not

untrequently representatives of allied forms in Cayenne, in some

cases so closely allied as to be hardly distinguishable (e. g. Urogalba

amazonum, Thalurania furcatoides), in others so well marked as to

allow uo question as to their specific validity, such as A7¢pholena

lamellipennis and Celeus jumana.

Species peculiar to the district of Para.

1. Hylophilus rubrifrons. 13. Bucco hyperrhynchus.

2. semicinereus. 14. Campylopterus obscurus.

3. Saltator mutus. 15. Thalurania furcatoides.

4. Dendrornis eytont. 16. Pteroglossus bitorquatus.

5. Thamnophilus luctuosus. 17. Celeus jumana.

6. nigrocinereus. 18. —— multifausciatus.

7. Myrmotherula brevicauda. 19. Ara hyacinthina.

8. Heteropelma wallacit. 20. Conurus perlatus.

9, Pipra flavicollis. 21. Brotogerys virescens.

10. Xipholena lamellipennis. 22. Caica vulturina.

ll. Galbula cyaneicollis. 23. Leucopternis superciliaris.

12. Urogalba amazonum.

* In the subjoined list of species, registered from the Capim River and To-

cantins, the Upper Amazonian forms are printed in italics :—

Carim River.

Calliste boliviana.

Arremon silens.

Pitylus erythromelas.

Glyphorhynchus cuneatus.

Thamnophilus amazonicus.

Myrmotherula axillaris.

—_— brevicauda.

—— hawxwelli.

Ramphocenus melanurus.

Myiobius erythrurus.

Querula cruenta.

Galbula cyaneicollis.

Bucco tamatia, var.

Podager nacunda.

Pteroglossus wied1.

Campephilus trachelopyrus.

Urochroma purpurata,

Tocantins.

Progne tapera.

Tachyphonus melaleucus.

4 Spermophila lineola.

Leptoxura cinamomea.

Thamnophilus luctuosus.

—— nigrocinereus.

Formicivora grisea.

Lodopleura isabelle.

Pipra fasciata.

Galbula rufo-viridis.

Brachygalla tnornata.

Monasa nigrifrons.

Hydropsalis trifurcata.

Campephilus albirostris.

Chloronerpes hematostigm«.

Chrysotis farinosa.

Pionus menstruus.

596 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW LEMUR. [ May 23,

It seems therefore, from what has been above stated, to be mani-

fest that the mighty Amazons, though it may in some cases, as shown

by Mr. Wallace and as noted above, separate allied species, does not

constitute the true southern boundary of the Guianan avifauna, which

is so remarkably distinet from that of the wood-region of Scuth-

eastern Brazil. To arrive at this boundary we must proceed further

southwards nearly to the banks of the River Parnaiba, where the

Amazonian wood-region terminates, and the high open country which

forms the campos of Inner Brazil debouches upon the Atlantic. It

is obvious that the wood-inhabiting species which form so large a

proportion of the neotropical avifauna could never pass a barrier of

this character, which offers as complete a physical obstacle to their

passage as would a tract of sea of similar extent. We can therefore

fully agree with the conclusions corresponding to those arrived at by

Mr. Bates in his elaborate ‘“‘ Memoir on the Diurnal Lepidoptera of

the Amazon-valley’’*, namely :—

(1) That the Para district belongs to the same zoological province

as the Guianas, and has received its bird-population mainly from

that quarter.

(2) That in certain cases (amounting to about 7 per cent. of the

whole number of species after excluding those of general distribu-

tion) variation has taken place, which has resulted in the production

of new specific forms of greater or less degrees of distinctness.

(3) That in some of these cases the River Amazons has operated

as a physical barrier, and has isolated these derivative forms from

their Guianan allies, thereby leading to an accumulation of varia-

tions, which have ultimately resulted in the specific differences now

observable.

2. Note on a New Species or Variety of Lemur in the Society’s

Gardens. By Dr. J. HE. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

(Plate XXXI.)

PROSIMIA FLAVIFRONS, Sp. Nov.

Fur soft, silky, bright pale red brown; hinder part of the back

rather darker. Nose and feet dark red brown. Circumference ot

the face, side of the chin, the throat, and chest pale reddish yellow.

Iris of eyes grey. Male.

Hab. Madagascar; Zoological Society’s Gardens, May 15, 1867.

This is one of the Lemurs which differs from the other described

species only in a variation in the shade and disposition of the colours.

Whether these are varieties or distinct species must be left to be

decided by those who can study them in their native haunts. The

one here described is a full-grown male. The end of the tail in the

living specimen is imperfect.

* Trans. Entom. Soe. n. s. vol. v. pp. 223, 335.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON AUSTRALASIAN RATS. 997

3. Notes on the Variegated or Yellow-tailed Rats of Austra-

lasia. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., &c.

At the Meeting of this Society for May 8, 1866, I described a

large Rat with a black and yellow tail from North Australia, under

the name of Mus macropus*. We have since received another spe-

cimen of this Rat from Cape York; and Mr. Gerard Krefft has

informed me in a note that it is.evidently the animal which he has

proposed to call Hapalotis caudimaculata in a paper on Australian

animals recently sent to this Society t.

I may add to the former description that the cutting-teeth are

bright orange-yellow in front; the front side of the upper one is

broad, flat, and smooth, with a narrow, slightly shelving margin

on the outer side of each tooth,—and of the lower one narrower,

convex, with a single, subcentral, longitudinal, slightly impressed

groove.

The fur of this Rat is moderately soft, like that of Mus rattus, the

longer hairs being rather rigid and bristle-like.

The British Museum has lately received an adult and a young spe-

cimen of this Rat in spirits from Cape York. The feet of the young

specimen are as white, and, in proportion to the size of the specimen,

as thick and fleshy as those of the adult.

The groove in the front of the lower cutting-teeth, the large size

and pale colouring of the feet, and the nakedness of the scaly tail

seem to indicate a peculiar section in the Rats, which may be called

Gymnomys.

In the description above quoted I observed that there were two

other species of Rat in the Brittsh Museum, which had the tails

more or less varied with yellow, and that one of them was from North

Australia, but that it differed from M. macropus in having smaller

feet. I might have added that it also differed from M. macropus

from Cape York in being a spiny-furred Rat.

This Rat also belongs to the section Gymnomys. It differs from

M. macropus in the small size of the cutting-teeth and the feet, and

there is also a difference in the colouring of the fur. It was brought

from Menado, North Celebes, by Mr. Wallace in 1859.

This specimen might at first be regarded as the young of M.

macropus; but the size and colour of the feet, as well as the great

difference in the fur, at once set at rest such a theory. The hair

of the Celebes Rat is much softer and uniform in kind than that

of the Rat from North Australia, which is much more rigid, with

abundance of elongate black cylindrical hairs; and the shorter

fur is made up of soft slender crisp hairs, intermixed with a num-

ber of very narrow, slender, linear, rigid, white, flat, channelled

hairs.

* P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 221.

+ [See Mr. Krefft’s paper, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 316. The same animal has been

more recently described and figured by our Foreign Member Dr. W. Peters under

the name Uromys macropus (Monatsh, Ac. Berlin, June 1867).—P. L. 8.]

a98 DR. J. E. GRAY ON AUSTRALASIAN RATS. [May 23,

Mus (GyMNoMys) CELEBENSIS.

Grey brown, with rather rigid blackish longer hairs, most abun-

dant on the middle of the back and rump; sides of the nose, cheeks,

chin, middle of the throat, chest, underside of the body, and legs

pure white, divided from the dark colour of the upper part of the

body by a well-marked line ; tail elongate, basal third blackish, the

rest yellow; feet slender, brown, covered with short soft hair above ;

ears rather broad, naked. Length 10 inches, of tail 11 inches, of

hind foot about 1 inch 10 lines. (Female.)

Hab. Menado (North Celebes), 1859 (Wallace).

Mr. Wallace obtained at Sadong, in Borneo, in 1855, a female Rat

similar to the above in size, but varied with yellow and black hairs

above, whitish yellow below, and with an entirely black tail. The

cntting-teetk are yellow and smooth ; the lower one without any in-

dication of a longitudinal grove.

Mus xantuura. (Yellow-tailed Forest-Rat.)

Fur above yellow grey brown, yellow- and black-washed, especially

on the hinder part of the back; sides of nose, cheeks, chin, throat,

chest, underside of body, and limbs white ; the longer hairs of the

back black, rather rigid, those of the hinder part of the back much

longer, blacker, and projecting beyond the base of the tail; the hair

of the sides of the vent longer, yellow, with some stiffer longer black

hairs intermixed ; feet dark brown, hairy above ; tail elongate, nearly

naked, only with a few short hairs near the tip, black at the base

for about one-third of its length, the rest yellow ; upper cutting-teeth

flat and yellow in front; the lower very narrow, rather compressed,

white, smooth, without any indication of a central longitudinal

groove.

Hab. North Celebes ; Tondano (Wallace), 1859, female.

Mr. Wallace observes, ‘‘ This is a forest-rat, eats rice ; was taken

at an elevation of 3600 feet.” The long black hair over the rump

has an inclination to form two dark streaks, each ending im a black

point on the sides of the base of the tail.

ACANTHOMYS LEUCOPUS.

Grey brown above ; sides of nose, cheeks, chin, underside of body,

and legs white ; feet thick, large, white, slightly covered with short

close-pressed white hairs; tail elongate, naked, black, with two or

more yellow rings. The fur of the back with abundant flat, chan-

nelled, spinous hairs, and with a few scattered, elongate, black, cy-

lindrical bristles. The fur of the underside with similar spinous

hairs, those on the sides and back being often dark-tipped. ‘The

cutting-teeth are yellow and quite smooth in front; the upper ones

are flat ; the lower ones rather narrow and rounded in front. ‘The

ears are nearly naked. ‘The whiskers moderate, slender, flexible,

weak. Eyes small.

Hab. North Australia; Cape York (Mr. Damen).

There is an adult female of this species, with four lateral ventral

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON AUSTRALASIAN RATS. 599

and two pectoral teats well developed, and a young female in the

Museum Collection.

;

EcHIOTHRIX.

Head elongate. Nose elongate, compressed, concave on the sides ;

apex produced, acute ; underside with short close bristles and a small

central groove; nostrils apical, lateral. Fur soft, crisp, with abundance

of bristles, flat and channelled at the base, cylindrical and tapering

at the tip; those of the under part of the body being white and more

slender. Ears nakedish. Feet covered with short adpressed hairs.

Tail elongate, cylindrical, nearly bald, with rings of square scales.

Skull elongate ; face very much produced, elongate, compressed ;

palate rounded ia front, flat behind, with an elongated aperture

in the middle of its length, more than twice as long as broad; the

hinder part of palate with three equally long longitudinal grooves ;

nose flat above ; nasal bones very long, slender. Cutting-teeth white ;

upper short, with two well-marked subcentral longitudinal grooves ;

lower elongated, arched, rather compressed, rounded and smooth in

front. Grinders —, moderate-sized ; the front much the largest ;

the hinder smallest and subcircular ; the front upper rounded on the

inner, and with two folds on the outer side; the second upper with

one fold on the outer side, the lower front with a slight subcentral

fold on the inner side. Crowns of the teeth flat; the front upper

with two and the others with a single cross ridge, less distinctly

marked in the hinder teeth.

Hab. Australia.

Echiothria leueura.

The skull is very much longer and more slender than in any species

of Mus or of Muride in the Museum Collection. The face is very

slender, compressed, flat on the sides and above. The fissure on the

side of the nose from the base of the infraorbital foramen is short

and small, compared with those in the typical Muride. The grinders

are nearly erect ; the crowns of the grinders are worn and concave be-

tween the ridges of the enamel.

600 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE STILT-PLOVER. [May 23,

EcuHIOTHRIX LEUCURA.

Fur dark grey brown, varied with black-tipped hairs on the back

and sides; sides of nose, cheeks, throat, chest, and underside of

limbs white; feet moderate, covered above with dark-brown hair ;

tail yellow, black at the base; cutting-teeth white ; whiskers long,

black, rather rigid. Length of body and head 9} inches; tail im-

perfect ; hind feet about 2 inches.

Hab. Australia; British Museum, male? Tail imperfect.

4, Note on the Eggs of the Australian Stilt-Plover (Himan-

topus leucocephalus). By HK. P. Ramsay, C.M.Z.S.

As nothing seems to have been publisbed upon the nidification of

this fine species, I beg leave to offer a few remarks upon the sub-

ject. The Stilted Plover must be considered rather a scarce than a

rare bird in New South Wales, its visits being few and far between.

When it does come, however, which is usually in some very dry or

remarkably wet season, it appears in great numbers and in all stages

of plumage. In 1865 large flocks arrived, in company with the

Straw-necked and White Ibises (Geronticus spinicollis and Threshi-

ornis strictipennis), and took up their abode in the lagoons and

swamps in the neighbourhood of Grafton, on the Clarence River,

where, on my visit to that district in September last (1866) all three

species were still enjoying themselves.

A few days previously to my arrival in Grafton, a black in the em-

ploy of Mr. J. Macgillivray, and a very intelligent collector, discovered

a nest of this species containing four eggs, which have been secured

for our collection. The neat was a slight structure, consisting

merely of a few short pieces of rushes and grass, placed in and eoaend

a depression at the feot of a clump of rushes growing near the

water’s edge of a lagoon in the neighbourhood of South Grafton.

The eggs vary slightly i in form, two being pyriform, the other two

rather long. The ground- -colour is of a yellowish olive or light yel-

lowish brown, lighter when freshly taken—in some sparingly, in

others thickly blotched and spotted with umber and black, the black

spots running eo and on ming large patches on the thick ends.

Length from 13 3; inch to 1,4 inch; breadth 1 inch to 1+ inch.

The immature birds ee "the top and back of the head, back of

the neck, and shoulders grey, which parts become black, inter-

spersed with white feathers, before finally reaching the plumage of

the adult.

ee ane

1867.] DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS, 601

5. On some Points connected with the Anatomy of the Hip-

popotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius). By Epwarps

Crisp, M.D., F.Z.S. &c.

The animal, a part of the anatomy of which I am about to describe,

is the only one that has been dissected in this country. In France

one or two young Hippopotami at birth have been examined; but

the only record I have met with is in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Na-

turelles,’ 1860, p. 376, “‘ Recherches sur le systeéme sanguin de P Mip-

popotame,”’ by the late Professor Gratiolet, a paper I shall have to

refer to hereafter. It is probable that other accounts of the anatomy

of this animal may exist ; but I have not taken much trouble to find

them, as I prefer working the matter out in my own way. On

a recent visit to Paris I was told by Professor Milne-Edwards, to

whom I pointed out the presence of skin-glands and the colic-

gland, to be hereafter described, “that the anatomy of the Parts

specimen had not been completed.’ I saw casts of the external

muscles of this young animal and of the injected abdominal vessels

_at the Museum of Comparative Anatomy at the Jardin des Plantes,

the latter made, probably, for the purpose of illustrating Gratiolet’s

paper.

The Hippopotamus I have dissected was burnt to death at the

Crystal Palace at the end of last year ; its age was fourteen months

and a few days, and it weighed about seven or eight cwt. The

length from nose to anus was 68 inches ; the circumference in the

largest part of the body 82 inches, that of the neck behind the ear

44 inches. In consequence of the thickness of its skin, its interior

parts were for the most part intact and uninjured. I purchased the

dead animal, and had the advantage of dissecting it in my own gar-

den, where I took casts and drawings of all the important parts of

its anatomy. The skeleton is also in my possession. One side of

the animal was well roasted. I supplied some of my friends with

the meat cooked gipsy fashion, and I partook of it several times my-

self. Its flavour was excellent, and the colour of the flesh was whiter

than any veal I have ever seen. In Knight’s ‘ English Cyclopedia

of Natural History,’ under the article Hippopotamus, is the folluw-

ing: —‘‘ With regard to minor details, the flesh of the Wasser-ochs

is much esteemed as an article of food.” In the first catalogue of

the African Museum we read that it is much in request both among

the natives and the colonists, and that the epicures of Cape Town do

not disdain to use their influence with the country farmers to obtain

a preference in the matter of Sea-cow’s speck (as the fat which lics

immediately under the skin is called when salted and dried). In the

animal in question this fat was about 12 inch in thickness. And let

me here make another digression. It has been said that elephants

examined in this country are free from fat; but on the last I in-

spected, a female that died in the Society’s Gardens, the fat (of an

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XXXIX.

602 DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [May 23,

oily, liquid nature) was very abundant, but not deposited under the

skin as in the Hippopotamus, in the Hogs (Suide), and in some

other animals. Gordon Cumming speaks of the abundance of fat in

the inside of many elephants that he killed ; and the same remark is

made by other travellers. I purposely introduce these questions of

food and fat, as some of my hearers (who may not be anatomists)

may-think a digression of this kind a relief among dry anatomical

details.

For the better understanding of the subject, I have placed before

the Society drawings, of nearly the natural size, of the organs of all

the thoracic and abdominal viscera, as well as casts and preparations

by way of illustration.

Time will not allow me to describe all the anatomy of this animal ;

indeed the stomach alone, if properly studied, might form the sub-

ject of a long paper. TI shall therefore on the present occasion con-

fine myself to the visceral anatomy, or to such parts of it as I was

able to investigate, and to the skin-glands. In my next paper I will

remark on the peculiarities of the viscera of the Hippopotamus as

compared with those of the other pachyderms.

First, of the skin-glands. Mr. Tomes in 1850, soon after the arrival

of the first Hippopotamus at the Gardens, read a paper* ‘‘ On the

Blood-coloured Exudation from the Skin of the Hippopotamus.”

He says, ‘‘ We have, however, sufficient evidence to warrant the con-

clusion that the thick tenacious exudation, whether coloured or other-

wise, is poured out only during the time the skin is immersed in

water, and that it has an especial reference to the aquatic habits of

the animal. It appears for the time to convert the surface of the

body into a mucous membrane, and then, on the animal leaving the

water, to furnish by its inspissation an epidermis. The examination

of the structure of the skin will become a subject of great physiolo-

gical interest.”

When I discovered the glands I am about to mention I did not

know of Mr. Tomes’s paper, my attention having being subsequently

directed to it by Mr. Bartlett. Under the skin, about an inch or

more below the surface, are numerous small glands of a somewhat

rounded form, about 2 lines in diameter and 3 line in thickness ;

they are generally seated about 5 inch from each other, but in some

parts of the body they are further apart. From each generally pro-

ceeds two ducts, of a somewhat spiral form ; in other instances I have

been able to discover only one duct. In the preparation before the

Society some of these ducts are visible to the naked eye. The con-

dition of the skin from the application of heat has not enabled me

to make so satisfactory a microscopic examination of these organs as

I otherwise could have done.

The subjoined sketch which I have made gives a tolerable indica-

tion of the character of these glands and their ducts. Figure 1 re-

presents the glands of their natural size, and figure 2 shows the ducts

magnified about 10 diameters.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 160.

1867. } DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS, 603°

Figs. 1 & 2.

Skin-glands of the Hippopotamus.

The following are my notes of the dissection of the viscera :—

On opening the abdomen the mesentery is seen moderately co-

vered with fat ; but the large stomach, which is full of food, occupies

the chief part of the abdominal space. The length of the intestinal

canal, which is not furnished with a cecum, is as follows :—

fs “ine

(Esophagus .......... 2 10

NeomMAcChseEe ae ee Ot CTO

Small intestines ...... 99 8

Large intestines ...... OR eZ

Taal eh. ~. LIS 6

The commencement of the large intestines is indicated by a sudden

enlargement of the tube, and by the gland to be hereafter noticed.

The stomach (fig. 3, p. 604) has a very peculiar form, and differs

materially from that of any other pachyderm, indeed from that of any

other animal. The cesophagus (A), the ling membrane of which

is smooth, but arranged in slight longitudinal folds, terminates be-

tween the first and second stomachs (B, C). These cavities are of

about equal size, of a somewhat cylindrical form when distended. The

right cavity (B) measures 19 inches in length and 6 at its widest

part ; it will contain about three quarts of water. The left cavity

it is about the same as the last, as it is thinner and more distensible.

Proceeding from between these cavities is the third stomach (D), of a

cylindrical form, 20 inches in length and 5 at its widest part ; it holds

about three quarts. The fourth and last stomach (E) is of a rounded

form, 14 inches in length and 10 at its widest part ; its capacity is

about six quarts. The interior of these viscera present a remarkable

appearance. The cesophagus (A) appears to enter equally into both

the first cavities ; but in the right cavity is a strong muscular slip (1)

of a somewhat crescentic shape, extending for about 6 inches along

its upper part, the object of which appears to be to direct the food

into the left stomach ; but other observers may take a different view

of this question. The left cavity is furnished with about sixty-five

longitudinal rows of detached papillee of a rounded form, elevated

about a line above the surface, giving somewhat the appearance of

604 DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [May 23,

the rumen of aruminant. The coats of the right stomach are much

thicker than those of the left, especially where the before described

slip originates. The lining membrane is covered with papille, as in

the left cavity ; but they are thicker set, especially towards the ceso-

Stomach.

phageal end. In addition to the thick muscular slip before named

there is a large valvular projection below (2) serving to direct the

food into the third stomach. At the commencement of the third

stomach is a crescentic-shaped muscular valve occupying the right

vee

1867. | DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 605

side only, forming a rounded orifice, which measures about 2 inches

in diameter. The third stomach is also lined with small papille,

some of which, near to the cesophageal extremity, are pointed and

resemble those of some of the smaller ruminants. This cavity is

furnished with seven valvular slips (3, 3, 3), varying in length from

2 to 4 inches, so as to leave pouch-like projections between ; but these,

when the stomach is inflated, are seen to be of small size, although

in the adult animal their dimensions may be considerable. A long

crescentic-shaped valve (4) projects into the large opening between

the third and fourth stomachs. The fourth and last stomach (E),

like the fourth stomach of a ruminant, is quite smooth; but it pos-

sesses no longitudinal folds as seen in the digestive stomach of rumi-

nants; the pyloric valve is of moderate thickness. At the com-

mencement of the fourth stomach, for the space of about 10 square

inches, the lining membrane is smooth and white; beyond this it is

red and more elevated, so that these portions of the stomach evi-

dently perform a different function.

In the third stomach I found the large round solid mass of hay

and straw which I exhibit; it is about 5 inches in diameter when

dried, but when first examined it was of much larger size. The val-

vular slips and pouch-like divisions in this cavity, which I have

already described, would lead to the belief that the food might assume

a globular shape in this viscus. But such an accumulation as I have

mentioned must, I think, be abnormal; it will, however, be interest-

ing to examine carefully the contents of this cavity in an adult ani-

mal. I believe that the food passes from the third to the fourth

stomach in the forin of pellets, and that the dry and unnatural food

(hay and straw) occasioned the enlargement met with.

I have made the subjoined sketch of the stomachs when laid open,

the letters and figures already given indicate the various parts.

The microscopical appearances of the intestinal tube I reserve for

another paper.

The intestinal tube below the stomach is of moderate calibre ; the

small intestines when distended measure from 17 to 12 inch in dia-

meter. The large intestines when inflated are 3 inches in diameter,

the capacity of this part of the canal amounting to about thirty-three

quarts; this added to the capacity of the stomach and cesophagus

makes the total capacity of the intestinal tube about forty-nine quarts.

I do not speak with perfect accuracy, but the figures are not far

from correct. I scarcely need remark that the capacity after death,

and when the muscles are relaxed and viscera are unconfined by the

abdominal walls, greatly exceeds that during life.

As I have said, there is no cecum ; but the intestine enlarges about

10 feet from the anus; and at this part is seated a large gland

similar in appearance to that in the Giraffe, but of greater extent, as

the drawing now exhibited (see p. 606) shows. The preparation of

this gland in spirits before the Society is much contracted since its

immersion, so that it gives but a very imperfect notion of its original

appearance. It covers a space of about 6 square inches, and it is

about 6 inches in length. The crypts or sacculi amouut to about

606 DR. E, CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [May 23,

sixty, and these are divided into smaller compartments by slight

elevations of the mucous membrane; a few detached semilunar

crypts are also present, as seen in the accompanying sketch.

Colic gland

The duodenum and upper part of the mucous membrane of the

jejunum are covered with very small villi, giving the surface a velvety

appearance. In addition to the intestinal gland already named, there

are several aggregate glands in the jejunum and ilium ; these are of

an oblong form, and vary in length from 1 inch to 13 inch; those

in the latter intestine are to some extent miniatures of the colic gland.

1867.] DR. E, CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 607

In other parts of the small intestine the surface is studded with small

sieve-like patches, presenting a more regular appearance as to the

size of the crypts than those above described. The lining membrane

of the large intestine, with the exception of the colic gland, presents

nothing worthy of notice. There are no longitudinal bands externally,

and the tube is of nearly uniform calibre.

Pancreas.—The pancreas weighs about 18 oz. ; it consists of three

principal lobes, one of which terminates near to the pylorus; and

probably, as in many quadrupeds, a duct enters at this part, but I

omitted to make the inspection. The main duct enters the duode-

num with the biliary duct 8 inches from the pylorus, by a large canal

which passes obliquely through the duodenal coats for about 2 inch

before it enters the intestine. The structure of the pancreas affords

no peculiarity worthy of note.

Spleen.—The spleen is long and narrow, like that of the Hogs

(Sutde), Peccaries (Dicoteles), Tapirs (Tapiride), and Elephants

(Elephantide). It measures 17 inches in length and 3 in breadth ;

its weight is 91 oz. The vein makes its exit near to the abdominal

end. I cannot speak with certainty as to the presence of valves in

the veins, as the parts were left for some days, and were nearly de-

composed when I examined them.

Iaver.—The liver is unilobular; its length is 17 inches and its

greatest width 10 inches; its weight 7 lb. 6 0z. Although I have

called the liver unilobular, there is a large notch on the anterior part

that may be said to make it bilobular, although the division is not

very apparent. Assuming the bilobular character to be the more

correct term, that which may be called the right lobe occupies about

three-fourths of the weight of the organ. Between the lobes is an

elevated portion that may be said to represent the lobulus Spigelit

and a large anterior elevated quadrilateral portion that corresponds

to the lobus quadratus in Man; the caudate lobe and the pons he-

patis can scarcely be said to exist. According to the usual division

of the human liver into five lobes, the liver of the Hippopotamus

may be said to have four lobes; but I think the sooner these eleva-

tions on the under surface of the liver are disconnected with the lobes

the better; the depression on the right of the Spigelian promontory

is well marked, but there is no fissure for the inferior cava. There

is no gall-bladder ; but the duct dilates into a large sac at the edge

of the liver, which diminishes in size before it enters the intestine.

The ligaments are strong and well marked; the portal veins large.

As regards the structure of the liver I observe nothing worthy of

note.

Kidneys.—The left kidney is of an irregular shape, the form some-

what triangular with the base below; the right is more cylindrical

and regular in form; each externally consists of about twenty-six

lobes of unequal size. The lobular character is confined to the ex-

ternal surface, and probably in the adult animal it is much less

marked. About seven mammary processes are present; the pelvis

is rather small. In the left renal vein, close to its exit from the

gland, there are two valves, and one of larger size in the same situa-

608 DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [May 23,

tion in the right vein. A valve also exists in the vein of the left

renal body, near to its exit. The renal bodies (not suprarenal cap-

sules, as they are erroneously called) are of a triangular shape, with

a notch at the base of each; the left is placed 2 inches above the

kidney; the right is above, but closer to the gland. Each weighs

about 240 grains. The weight of the left kidney is 82 oz., that of

the right 7 oz.

Urinary Bladder.—The urinary bladder is very capacious; it will

contain about four quarts of water, and, with the exception of that

of the Wart-Hog (Phacocherus eliani), is proportionately larger

than that of any of the pachyderms I have examined.

Organs of Generation.—The testicles small, and within the ab-

dominal cavity ; the vesiculee seminales also small. The penis mea-

sured 124 inches; the extremity is large and globular, like that of

the Boars. Its diameter at the end is or inches, whilst in the middle

it is only ? inch. A large retractor muscle arises from the os pubis

and ischium (as in the ruminants), and is inserted into the left side

of the body of the penis 7 inches from its extremity, as seen in the

wax cast. The penis and other parts of the organs of generation

were removed by mistake, and therefore I am unable to give a more

minute description of them.

Tongue.—The tongue is very thick at its base, the anterior end

broad and round, the surface smooth and velvety; among the

small villi are numerous round light-coloured papille about the size

of a pin’s head. The base of the tongue is closely set with long-

pointed pear-shaped papillz about ; inch in length and 2 lines in

width in the centre, differing from those of the Hogs and other

pachyderms in their more pointed form.

Larynx, Trachea, and Os Hyoides.—The opening of the glottis

is somewhat like that of the Dolphin and Porpoise, the parts below

the glottis being of an irregular-shaped pyramidal form ; the thyroid

cartilage, however, is placed much higher than in these animals.

The laryngeal muscles are very powerful, especially the crico-aryte-

noidei postici. The os hyoides consists of nine bones—a central

nearly circular bone about | inch in diameter, and eight separate cy-

lindrical bones (six above and two below) articulated superiorly to

the styloid process of the temporal bone, and below to the thyroid

cartilage. ‘The united length of the four lateral bones is 9 inches.

As might be supposed from the age of the animal, none of these

bones are complete ; and the same remark will apply to the laryngeal

cartilages. The thyroid cartilage is of shield-lhke form, and pos-

sesses two cornua above and below. The inferior are about 1 inch

in length; the superior about 2 inch. The length of the cartilage

at its anterior part is 44 inches.

The cricoid cartilage has two large oblong articulating surfaces

upon its upper and lateral surface, for the arytenoid cartilages. This

cartilage is very thick posteriorly ; its anterior part passes obliquely

under the thyroid, forming a pointed ridge in front. It is narrow

anteriorly, and about 2 inches deep at its posterior face. The aryte-

noid cartilages are thick and of an irregular triangular form, ‘the

1867.] DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 609

posterior edges flattened and measuring 3 inch in width. The au-

terior edges, “which form the glottis, are thin ; and by their apposition

the glottideal slit is entirely closed. The vocal ligaments are very

slightly developed. The state of the larynx and of the surrounding

parts prevented my making a careful inspection of the laryngeal

muscles, an investigation that will fully repay future inquirers.

The trachea consists of twenty-three rings; it is of moderate

calibre (1 inch), less capacious than in many young non-aquatie ani-

mals; its size is nearly uniform ; and, as in most quadrupeds, it has

three terminal branches, the two on the right side being nearer to-

gether than usual. 1 have placed the larynx and trachea of the

Porpoise and Dolphin on the table to show the resemblance of the

upper part of these tubes to that of the Hippopotamus.

The heart is of a rounded form; it weighs 21 oz.; its length

from the root of the aorta to the apex 6 inches, and its width at the

base the same. The external course of the coronary arteries is well

marked, their mouths large and in the usual situation. The pul-

monary artery of very large calibre. The aorta also of large size,

its coats one-third thicker than those of the last-named vessel. The

first large primitive branch (innominata) is 1} inch from the semi-

lunar valves, the second (subclavian), about one-half its calibre, close

to it. The coats of the first-named arterial branch are of unusual

thickness. The aortic and pulmonary semilunar valves present no-

thing worthy of notice, except that they have no corpora Arantii.

The ventricles are nearly of equal size, the left being rather more

capacious. The sides of the right ventricle are generally smooth,

whilst those of the left are reticulated ; numerous cross bands are

present at the apex of this ventricle, all passing in the lateral di-

rection of the cavity. The parietes of the left ventricle measure

about 1 inch in thickness, whilst those of the right are only + inch.

The septum is very thick, measuring at its upper part 17 inch in

thickness.

The tendons of the mitral valve, fifteen in number, arise from

two fleshy columns, the posterior being much larger than the ante-

rior, although less prominent.

The tendons of the tricuspid valve, seventeen in number, spring

from three columns (so called), one prominent and nipple-like, the

others but little raised above the surface.

The cavities of the auricles are of about the same capacity; but

the appendix of the right auricle is larger, and its parietes thinner

and more distensible. In both appendices the musculi pectinati are

very numerous, those in the right forming a double reticulated layer

of bands, and presenting a very beautiful appearance. The foramen

ovale is deep and about the size of a shilling; it is perfectly closed,

and a small nipple-like process projects from its centre. The pro-

jection at the upper part of the circle (isthmus Vieusseni) is well

marked. The Eustachian valve is but imperfectly developed ; indeed,

with the exception of a slight semicircular elevation, it can scarcely

be said to exist ; there is no tubercle of Lower so-called. The open-

ings of the two coronary veins are seen an inch below the foramen

610 DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [May 23,

ovale; they are about } inch apart, and are unfurnished with valves.

There is only one superior cava; this vessel is short, thin, and very

capacious, measuring 1} inch in diameter. The inferior cava is also

very capacious ; I had not read the essay of Gratiolet, before alluded

to, and unfortunately did not examine its structure. The careful

inspection of the muscular band in the cava described by Gratiolet

will be very important in the adult animal.

The thyroid glands, of an oblong form, are in their usual situation ;

they are not connected by an isthmus. Their weight is 325 grains.

Lungs.—The lungs, which weigh 8 lb. 14 0z., present some fea-

tures of great interest ; they are nearly unilobular, each having only

a small pointed slip at the upper extremity near to the apex.

In considering the structure of the lungs it is necessary to take

into account the mode of death by burning, for it is possible that the

appearances I am about to describe arose from that cause. On in-

flating the lungs with air I was surprised to find that towards the

apices large air-cells existed that would hold a common-sized horse-

bean, as seen in the preparation before the Society. They presented

no appearance of recent rupture; but whether they are natural, or

whether it is an emphysematous condition produced by the mode of

death, future examinations will determine.

Another peculiarity in the lungs is their lobular division in many

parts, as shown in the preparations. The lung-tissue is subdivided

into lobules of a somewhat irregular form, about the size of large

Barcelona nuts. I have seen a somewhat similar appearance in the

lungs of the Dolphin, Porpoise, and Seal.

The bronchial tubes are thick and capacious, their parietes con-

sisting chiefly of unstriped circular muscular fibres.

The brain was removed from the skull piecemeal; it weighed

104 oz.

The eye, on the side towards the earth, was but little injured ; it

weighed about 200 grains.

In my next paper I will compare the form, size, and structure of

the viscera of the Hippopotamus with those of the members of the

pachyderm family and of some other animals.

The drawings which I have made of the viscera of the Hippo-

potamus (see fig. 5, p. 611) will better explain the form and rela-

tive size of the various organs.

P.S. After the above paper was read, my attention was directed to

a short communication by Dr. Peters (in his Naturwissenschaftliche

Reise nach Mossambique, Berlin, 1852, p. 180) ‘‘on the Visceral

Anatomy of the Hippopotamus.’ The animal examined by Dr. Peters

was an adult. The four divisions of the stomach are briefly described :

the right first stomach was found to be double the length of the left.

In a large full-grown animal the estimated length of the intestines is

138 feet. A gall-bladder was found long and flat placed across the

pancreas. I refer the reader to this communication. ‘The part of

greatest interest, I think, in Dr. Peters’s account is the large size of

the first stomach. As is well known, the rumen of the ruminant is

1867. | DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 611

Fig. 5.

EC ddinad nat:

Description of the figures:—1l. The tongue. 2. Os hyoides, 3. Larynx and

trachea. 4. Thyroid glands. 5. Lungs. 6. Heart. 7. Gisophagus, sto-

machs, and intestines. 8. Pancreas. 9. Spleen. 10. Underside of liver.

11. Kidney and renal body. 12. Penis and retractor muscle. 13. Testicle.

612 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ May 23,

comparatively small whilst the. animal is fed upon milk; the young

Hippopotamus I dissected took a large quantity of this fluid, and

hence probably the small size of the first gastric cavity. Judging

from the form of the stomachs and the character of the villi, one

would almost infer that a certain amount of rumination takes place

in this animal.

6. On the Lepidopterous Insects of Bengal.

By Freperic Moore.

[Concluded from Proe. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 98.]

(Plates XXXII. & XXXIII.)

Tribe GEOMETRES.

Fam. Urarreryp&, Guen.

Genus Uraptreryx, Leach.

URAPTERYX EBULEATA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 32.

U. muxtistricaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl.

v. p. 1535.

U. scrricaupartiA, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1480.

Darjeeling.

U. popaxiriata, Guen. Phal. i. p. 32.

U. MARGARITATA, N. Sp.

Female pearly white ; costa slightly convex ; apex acute; exterior

margin of fore wing obliquely straight ; exterior margin of hind wing

acutely angular and lobed in the middle: fore wing with two medial

transverse widely separated straight reddish lines, the inner line

crossing the hind wing and terminating upward on the abdominal

margin ; cilia and lobe-spot on hind wing reddish. Band on the

head and antenne reddish.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

U. TRIANGULARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female white, diaphanous ; costa convex, exterior margin

of both wings obliquely straight: hind wing much produced, extend-

ing to twice the length of the abdomen. Both wings with five trans-

verse cinereous lines, the four inner lines straight, the outer line wavy,

all proceeding to the anal angle. Cilia cinereous brown ; a black

exterior spot at anal angle.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

1867. | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. _ 613

U. crocorrerarta, Kollar, Higel’s Reis. Kasch. iv. p. 483.

me ruFivincraTa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p. 1747. y

Darjeeling.

U. QUADRIPUNCTATA, bi. Sp.

Female sulphur-yellow. Both wings with numerous short trans-

verse irregular cinereous streaks; an oblique transverse line, and a

reddish discal spot ; costa at the base and exterior margins reddish.

Palpi, band on head, antennz, and dorsal streak on abdomen reddish.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

U.? FALCATARIA, 0. sp.

Male and female very pale greenish white with a silky gloss.

Both wings with a cinereous discal spot and four transverse rather

indistinct bands, the first and second being medial, the others sub-

marginal; the third band joined to the second before reaching the

posterior margin: hind wing produced anteriorly, and falcated.

‘Underside paler. Legs blackish above ; a black apical spot on hind

tibiee.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Genus Eucuera, Hibn.

Syn. Cyclidia, Guen.

EucCHERA SUBSTIGMARIA, Hibn. Zutr. Exot. Schmett. f. 519.

Cyclidia substigmaria, Guen. Phal. 1. p. 63.

Abraxas capitata, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv. Geom.

p- 1121.

Genus Cuoropna, Walk.

CHORODNA EREBUSARIA, Walk. ib. xxi. Geom. p. 314, 2.

Darjeeling.

C. METAPHZARIA.

Yyclidia metaphearia, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1482, 3.

Erebomorpha semiclusaria, Walk. ib. p. 1552, 3.

Darjeeling.

. C. PALLIDULARIA, 0. sp.

Male yellowish testaceous, thinly and minutely speckled with dark

brown ; a blackish-speckled line from abdominal margin before a

large black discoidal spot, terminating in a curved series of brown

lunules near the middle of the costa, before which latter is an inner

similar series of lunules ; an irregular submarginal blackish-testaceous

line, wavy and bordered inwardly by a dusky band on the fore wing,

614 MR, F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23

and angulated in the middle on the hind wing, where there is a me-

dial series of black dots bordered without by a slight pale-brownish

suffused band; costa with a speckled spot to near the base and

another near the apex.

Female whitish testaceous, with the markings as in the male, but

aler.

F Expanse, d 34, 9 4 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. VULPINARIA, Nl. sp.

Female ferruginous, palest on the fore wing from the base; with

numerous short transverse black strigee, which near the base of the

hind wing are thickly disposed. Both wings with an inner trans-

verse blackish line, which on the fore wing is anterior to an oval dis-

coidal black spot, but on the hind wing the spot touches the line; a

transverse row of black pale-pointed discal spots, the series on the

fore wing being recurved and terminating in a lunulated line on the

hind margin, the discal space to the pale submarginal line being

dark tawny, the margin on the fore wing being paler hindward ; on

the costa contiguous to the discoidal spot is a short black streak, and

a short ascending streak near the base of the hind margin. Head

and thorax pale, and abdomen dark ferruginous.

Expanse 33 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson.

C. MURICOLARIA.

Cyclidia muricoloria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p. 1483, 2.

Darjeeling.

C. PLAGIDOTATA.

Cyclidia plagidotata, Walk. ib. p. 1483, Q.

Darjeeling.

C. RECTATA.

Cyclidia rectata, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1536.

Darjeeling.

C. PATULATA.

Cyclidia patulata, Walk. ib. p. 1537.

Darjeeling.

Dauima, n. g., Moore.

Male. Palpi small, compressed, pilose ; second joint broadly

pyriform ; third joint very short, hardly visible. Antenne bipecti-

nated ; pectinations formed of short pencils of delicate vibrissee.

Legs slender, smooth ; hind tibize armed with two pairs of apical

spurs. Body moderate. Abdomen slender, extending to near angle

of hind wing. Wings ample, elongated. Fore wings falcated ; costa

nearly straight at the base, very convex to the apex; apex acutely

1867. | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 615

angled ; exterior margin very oblique, slightly concave ; posterior

margin straight. Hind wings produced ; anterior margin extending

beyond angle of fore wing; apex truncated, excavated; exterior

margin nearly straight; anal angle somewhat acute.

Davima apicata, n. sp. (PI. XXXII. fig. 4.)

Male yellow; blackish-speckled, those at the base of fore wing

disposed close together, others on the exterior border forming a sub-

marginal and marginal banded series: fore wing with a broad elon-

gated testaceous patch occupying the apex from the middle of the

costa to below the angle; a blackish streak along base of the costa,

three costal spots, a series of three or four triangular spots with

whitish outer border, and a large round discal spot, all slightly white-

speckled ; a broad lunular black spot bordered with white on the

middle of posterior margin ; costa and posterior border slightly suf-

fused with testaceous: hind wing with a blackish round discal spot,

and two or three decreasing blotches from the anterior and posterior

angles, all whitish-speckled. Underside brighter-coloured ; mark-

ings as above, but more defined.

Expanse 3 inches. ~

Bengal (Sherwil). In Coll. F. Moore.

D. SCHISTACEARIA, ND. sp.

Male dark ashy brown: fore wing with a transverse wavy subbasal

ashy-white line, and a white line proceeding from the costa, one-third

from the apex, curving obliquely towards the exterior margin, and

then retracting in a straight line to the middle of posterior margin,

where it has a small inner contiguous black spot; a similar line

passes straight across the hind wing; middle of fore wing and base

of hind wing suffused with greyish white; exterior margin of fore

wing with a white line. Underside reddish, with numerous blackish

speckles thickly disposed on the fore wing, less so on the hind wing;

both wings with a submarginal blackish-speckled lunulated band.

2 inches.

Expanse 2:

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Co@ropes, Guen.

CHG@RODES TESTACEATA, 0. Sp.

Male pale testaceous, covered with numerous minute black speckles,

which are thickly disposed on the middle of exterior margin of fore

wing. Both wings with an inner transverse line, which on the hind

wing is blackish and passes through a discoidal spot, the line on the

fore wing being cinereous and exterior to a small black spot ; a broad

marginal suffused greyish-testaceous band retracted to the anterior

margin before the apex of both wings. Underside marked as above,

but all the markings are considerably more defined.

Expanse 33 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

616 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Genus Lacyra, Walk.

Syn. Chizala, Walk.

LAaGYRA MEGASPILA, Nl. Sp.

Male silvery grey: fore wing with two brown basal transverse

Junular lines; a third outer oblique line passing through a large dark

brown discal spot, the spot bemg marked with two white transverse

lunules: hind wing with two medial transverse brown lunular lines,

and a submarginal pale dusky band, which is apparent also on the

fore wing near posterior angle; both wings with a transverse discal

row of brown dots. Underside paler, with the markings less appa-

rent. Exterior margin of fore wing produced in the middle; hind

wing sinuous.

Expanse 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

L. ricgusaria, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p- 1485.

Larva feeds on the rose.—A. Grote, Esq.

Genus Cimicopes, Guen.

CIMICODES CASTANEARTIA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 1.)

Female bright chestnut-red, minutely black-speckled ; a narrow

white-outer-bordered black line from below the middle of abdominal

margin to near apex of fore wing, where it retracts to the costa one-

fourth from the apex: fore wing with a similar oblique subbasal

white-inner-bordered line; a blackish discal spot. Both wings with

a submarginal row of black dots. Cilia edged with white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

C. COSTALIS, Nl. sp.

Female purplish red, minutely black-fleckled : fore wing with an

oblique subbasal narrow blackish line; a pale red streak beyond the

middle ; costal margin and two large dentate medial spots yellow:

hind wing with a transverse medial blackish line ; anterior margin

yellowish.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C. CRUENTARIA, 0. sp.

Female yellow ; apex of fore wing produced to a poit ; a narrow

cinereous band from middle of abdominal margin to apex of fore

wing: fore wing blotched at the base, and spotted beyond with pink;

posterior and exterior margin and contiguous to the oblique band

also blotched and spotted with pink; a small discal spot and an

apical streak dark red, the latter white-marked ; a marginal row of

brown dots: hind wing blotched and spotted with pink exteriorly, a

* ae,

1867.] MR. ¥F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 617

few pink dots also at the base; a submarginal curved series of small

dark red spots. Head, thorax, and abdomen pink.

Expanse 24 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Auzra, Walk.

AUZEA APICATA, 0. sp.

Male dark greyish chestnut-colour, palest hindward; minutely

black-speckled: fore wing with an oblique pale line from the apex

to middle of posterior margin; costa before the pale line with two

outwardly oblique short dark streaks: hind wing with a medial pale

line, which is blackish, wavy, blotched, and white-lunulated by the

abdominal margin: both wings with a black discal dot, and fore

wing with a short transverse black lunule below the cell.

Female much paler, somewhat testaceous, less black-speckled, but

with the markings more apparent. Antenne in male slightly pecti-

nated, in female setose.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 12 inch. ©

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

A. TORRIDARIA, 0. sp.

Female pale testaceous, transversely fleckled with brownish-testa-

ceous exteriorly ; a narrow brown line from near base of abdominal

margin to costa before the apex, where there is a short oblique black

streak. Underside brighter-coloured exteriorly, the oblique trans-

verse line more apparent. Antennee slightly pectinated.

Expanse 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. ENNOMID&.

Genus LuxrariA, Walk.

LUXIARIA PHYLLOSARIA.

Drepanodes phyllosaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xx. Geom.

p. 82.

Genus DrePANopDEs, Guen.

DREPANODES CIRCULITARIA, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1489.

D. ARGENTILINEA, 0. Sp.

Male pale testaceous yellow: fore wing with a narrow silvery-white

band (which is brownish on its inner margin) obliquely from apex to

middle of hind margin, bordered exteriorly by one and interiorly by

two parallel pale brown bands, each of which cross the hind wing:

fore wing with a blackish discal dot. Underside paler yellow ; both

wings with a blackish discal dot, and numerous short transverse

brown strigee. Antenne minutely pectinated.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. EK. Russell.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XL.

618 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

D. TRILINEARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female whitish cinereous ; three brown-bordered white

lines obliquely from the apex to abdominal margin: fore wing

brownish from the costa and across the disk, and with a slight discal

dot. Underside paler, yellowish apically: fore wing dusky basally ;

the transverse lines slightly apparent.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

D. QUINARIA, 0. Sp.

Male white, minutely speckled with cinereous; five cinereous

lunular lines crossing both wings, the first and second contiguous

and disposed obliquely across the middle of the wing, the others sub-

marginal, the outer two being very narrow and also contiguous; a

cinereous marginal line with white points. Palpi, front of head, and

antenne brownish yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

D. FENESTRARIA, 0. sp.

Male whitish cinereous ; two widely separated wavy brown lines

from abdominal margin to costa before the apex, between which on

the fore wing is a diaphanous spot crossed by two veins; a submar-

ginal and marginal row of white lunules, the former being concave

exteriorly, the latter interiorly and bordered by a brown marginal line.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus DecetiaA, Walk.

DeEcCETIA CAPETUSARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xx. Geom.

p. 233.

Silhet.

Genus Agnipra, n. g., Moore.

Fascellina, part., Walk. Cat. Suppl. p. 1553.

Male. Palpi small, erect, pilose beneath ; second joint long; third

joint small, conical. Head broad. Antennee rather broadly bipec-

tinated to within one-fourth of the tip. Legs moderate ; femora

slightly pilose beneath, and tibize at the side; fore tibize thickly pi-

lose ; mid tibiee with a pair and hind tibize with two pairs of apical

spurs. Wings broad: fore wing falcated; costa slightly arched

before the apex, posterior angle rather acute: apex and anal angle

of hind wing slightly pointed ; exterior margin convex ; abdominal

margin elongated. Abdomen rather short, extending to within one-

third of the hind wing, tufted at the apex.

AGNIDRA SPECULARIA. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 2.)

Fascellina specularia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxyv. Suppl. v.

p. 1553.

1867. ] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 619

A. MUSCULARIA.

Fascellina muscularia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl. v.

p. 1554.

A. DISCISPILARIA, 0. Sp.

Male greyish ferruginous ; both wings with a large blackish grey-

speckled discal spot ; several transverse indistinct cinereous lunular

lines, and a submarginal row of dots; two small indistinct cinereous

spots before the discal spot within cell. Underside pale luteous ;

discal spot and spots before it less distinct.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Note.—The species subsequently described by Mr. Walker under

Fascellina do not belong to that genus, nor to dgnidra. The type

of the genus Fascellina (F. chromataria, Walk.) belongs to the tribe

of Noctuelites, where I have placed it, in the family Thermeside.

Genus HyperytTHra, Guen.

HyPERYTHRA LUTEATA.

Phalena-Geom. lutea, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 370. f. C, D.

2. Hyperythra limbolaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 101, pl. 3. f. 3, 4.

Aspilates susceptaria, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl.

v. p. 1664.

¢. Hyperythra penicillaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 101.

H. niguzartia, Walk. /.c. xx. p. 129.

Silhet.

H. virricosrata, Walk. l. c. xxvi. Geom. p. 1497.

Darjeeling.

H. spurcaTartia, Walk. J. c. p. 1498.

Darjeeling.

H. catcearta, Walk. J. c. xx. Geom. p. 132.

H. TRILINEATA, 0. sp.

Female pale yellowish cinereous, palest on the hind wing, covered

with numerous minute red speckles: fore wing with three oblique

transverse equidistant reddish lines, the exterior line the brightest ;

between first and second line is a subdued discal spot ; a marginal

row of blackish-red dots: hind wing with two transverse reddish

lines, and a marginal row of dots. Palpi black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Genus CaustoLoma, Lederer.

CAUSTOLOMA ENNOMOSARIA.

Hyperythra ennomosaria, Walk. 1. c. xxvi. Geom. p. 1498.

Darjeeling.

620 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ May 23,

Genus ANGERONA.

ANGERONA PALLICOSTARIA, ND. Sp.

Male greenish grey: fore wing with the exterior margin broadly

ashy black, bordered within with blackish fleckles, which are also

dispersed along the posterior margin on a reddish ground ; two short

yellow streaks from the posterior angle; remiform mark distinct:

hind wing ashy black, somewhat whitish basally, with a broad yel-

lowish anal band. Head, thorax, and abdomen greenish grey, the

latter fleckled with black. Underside paler; both wings minutely

speckled with black on their basal half; each with a rather large

black discal spot.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Omiza, Walk.

Om1za pacuiARia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xx. Geom. p. 247.

Genus Panisaa, n. g., Moore.

Male. Palpi small, compressed, densely pilose ; third joint mi-

nute, conical. Antenne very broadly pectinated to near the tips.

Legs slender, smooth ; hind tibize incrassated in the middle, armed

with four long spurs. Body slender; abdomen extending to three-

fourths the length of the hind wing. Wings broad: fore wing trun-

cated at the apex ; costa nearly straight; exterior margin very ob-

lique, slightly convex in the middle; angle rather acute: hind wing

subquadrate ; exterior margin truncated and concave anteriorly to

near the middle, where it is angled, thence to the anal angle nearly

straight.

PANISALA TRUNCATARIA, Nl. Sp.

Male brownish testaceous, darkest exteriorly, minutely black-

fleckled : fore wing with two reddish-black transverse oblique sub-

basal lines, and a double anteriorly bent discal line ; a submarginal

row of whitish dark-exterior-bordered lunules, before which on the

posterior margin is a whitish patch: hind wing with one subbasal

and a double discal reddish-black line, the former parallel with the

second line on the fore wing; a submarginal row of white lunules

with black exterior borders. Both wings with a small black discal

spot.

Expanse 23 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus EuryMEng, Dup.

EURYMENE INUSTARIA, 0. sp.

Female yellow: both wings covered with transverse narrow partly

confluent ferruginous strigee, which are darkest on the middle of the

posterior margin upward, whence there is an outwardly oblique

pale-bordered streak extending towards the apex ; a small blackish

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 621

spot at the apex ; cilia ferruginous ; strigee on the underside crim-

son, mostly confluent before the apex and on the hind wing. Head

and front of thorax blackish.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus OponTorTERA, Steph.

ODONTOPTERA DISCOSPILATA, 0. Sp.

Male and female dark green: both wings with a transverse sub-

basal and two discal whitish-bordered dark-green lunular lines, the

former with the points of the lunules inward, those of the latter being

opposite to each other; each wing with a large black discal spot en-

circled by a narrow yellow line; cilia dark brown, edged with white.

Palpi and front of head blackish. Thorax and abdomen green, the

latter with black dorsal spots. Underside testaceous, with numerous

short transverse black strigsze; both wings with a transverse black

discal band ; cilia black, edged with white.

Expanse 21 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Genus Seventa, Hiibn.

SELENIA DECORATA, n. sp. (PI. XXXII. fig. 9.)

Male and female pinkish grey, brightest exteriorly ; with nume-

rous minute black speckles: fore wing with a subbasal transverse

curved sinuous narrow red line, bordered within by a dark green-

fleckled line ; a transverse discal narrow lunular red line bordered

exteriorly by red and green lunules, assuming patches below the

apex and near the posterior angle: hind wing with a red basal line

and transverse discal narrow sinuous line; a lower submarginal

straight white line bordered above by green lunules extending to the

anterior angle, where the exterior margin is black-lunuled. A black

discal spot on each wing. Underside grey, minutely black-speckled;

discal spot and transverse lines less defined.

Expanse, ¢ 155, 2 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Genus Enpropia, Guen.

ENDROPIA BASIPUNCTA, 0. Sp.

Male and female dark testaceous red, thinly black-fleckled ; ex-

terior margins sinuous ; a small black-marked white spot near the

base of both wings: fore wing with two transverse bands of black

fleckles, the first band subbasal, the other medial; a submarginal

row of distinct black dots, exterior to which beneath the apex is a

black-fieckled patch ; a similar patch at the posterior angle: hind

wing with an inner fleckled band and discal sinuous fleckled line.

Expanse, ¢ 17, 2 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

622 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Genus Crocatts, Treit.

CROCALIS OBLIQUARIA, 0. Sp.

Female bright yellow: fore wing slightly blotched with reddish

yellow; a black discal spot ; a straight dusky pale-yellow-exterior-

bordered band obliquely from posterior margin to the costa before

the apex; a row of black marginal dots: hind wing yellowish white,

with a blackish discal spot, and two slightly apparent outer yellowish

bands. Head and thorax bright yellow. Abdomen pale yellow.

Underside paler, marked as above.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E, Russell.

C. BIVITTARIA, 0. sp.

Male and female bright yellow: fore wing with a few minute red

scattered fleckles; a slightly apparent subbasal red-fleckled curved

band; a brighter dark-exterior-bordered red nearly straight band

from the posterior margin one-third from the angle obliquely to the

costa before the apex ; a blackish discal ringlet: hind wing yellowish

white. Head and thorax reddish yellow. Abdomen yellow. Under-

side pale yellow; both wings with a small discal ringlet and slight

reddish oblique band, those on the hind wing being slightly visible

from the upperside.

Expanse, ¢ 2 inches, 2 2,3, inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Cc: LENTIGINOSARIA, N. Sp.

Female dark yellow: fore wing with numerous minute blackish

speckles and cinereous blotches; two medial transverse cinereous

lines, the inner line curved and but slightly apparent, the outer line

oblique, between the lines is a white-centred black discal ringlet; a

submarginal row of diffused cinereous luvules; a marginal row of

black dots: hind wing numerously studded with cinereous speckles

exteriorly, showing also a slight cinereous discal spot and two outer

bands. Underside paler, marked as above.

Expanse 22 inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

C. ANGULARIA, N. sp.

Female yellow: fore wing scalloped below the apex; with nume-

rous small dark-centred reddish blotches; two dark reddish trans-

verse lines, the first line subbasal, much curved; the other recurved

and exterior to a black discal ringlet ; a marginal row of black dots:

hind wing with a few reddish fleckles and a row of blackish dots

along exterior margin ; a black discal spot, and outer reddish wavy

streak from abdominal margin. Underside paler, marked as above.

Ciha of fore wing reddish.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

1867.]| MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 623

Genus Ennomos, Treit.

ENNOMOS VIRIDATA, li. Sp.

Female pale green: fore wing with three transverse pale brown

lines, the first subbasal, the second beyond a small blackish discal

ringlet, the third or outer line very oblique and joining the second

at its base on the middle of posterior margin ; a submarginal row of

blackish partly confluent spots, and marginal dots: land wing with

a transverse line passing through the discal spot, and a medial outer

sinuous line; exterior margin ‘with a row of black dots and some

short transverse delicate black strigee. Cilia blackish. Exterior

margin of hind wing slightly sinuous, produced and sharply angled

in the middle.

Expanse 2% inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell,

E. TESTACEARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female testaceous, minutely black-speckled: both

wings with a transverse curved subbasal ill-defined blackish sinuous

line and an oblique broader discal line, beyond which is a transverse

series of black dots, and an irregular submarginal row of broad dif-

fused dusky-speckled lunules. Some white irregular speckles exte-

rior to the discal line on fore wing. A small black discal spot on

each wing. Exterior margin of hind wing scalloped.

Expanse 2% inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Garaus, n. g., Moore

Male. Palpi suberect, compressed, projecting beyond the front

of the head, pilose; third joint cylindrical, decumbent. Antennze

bipectinated. Legs slender, smooth; hind tibiz with four apical

spurs. Body robust ; thorax broad. Abdomen extending to the

angle of the hind wing. Wings moderate: fore wing with the costa

elongated, slightly arched at the base and apex, faleated ; exterior

margin oblique, rounded, scalloped ; posterior margin nearly straight:

hind wing rather broad, extending to the posterior angle of the ‘fore

wing ; exterior margin rounded, deeply scalloped.

GARZUS SPECULARIS, n. sp. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 3.)

Male bright ferruginous, with cinereous-black short transverse

basal strigze and exterior speckles ; a diffused cinereous-black oblique

discal band and a less-defined submarginal line crossing both wings ;

a similar-coloured narrow indistinct band near the base of the wing;

middle of both wings yellowish-streaked, the fore wing having a black

discal spot and two lower small white semitransparent spots conti-

guous to the outer band: hind wing with two white semitransparent

medial spots, the upper spot being very large and enclosing a black

discal spot; two smaller less-distinct whitish submarginal spots.

624 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Cilia edged with white. Palpi, front of head, and front of thorax

fringed with white.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

Genus Lycimna.

Lycrmna potyMesaTa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xx. Geom.

p- 215.

Silhet.

Genus EreBomorpHa, Walk.

EREBOMORPHA FULGURITA, Walk. ib. xxi. Geom. p. 495.

E. rutgurartia, Walk. ib. p. 495.

Genus Lirsapa, Walk.

LirBaDA SERICEARIA, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1571.

Silhet.

Fam. GiNoCHROMID&.

Genus MerGana, Walk.

Syn. duaima, Walk.

MERGANA £QUILINEARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxi, Geom.

p. 292.

Auxima trilineata, Walk. ib. xxxy. Suppl. v. p. 1576.

M. RESTITUTARIA.

Auxima restitutaria, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1527.

M. DEBITARIA.

Auxima debitaria, Walk. ib. p. 1527.

M. BILINEATA, 0. sp.

Male whitish ferruginous, with numerous short transverse cine-

reous strigee ; two dark ferruginous narrow oblique transverse lines

crossing both the wings, the outer line with a white inner border,

the space exterior to both the lines suffused with brighter ferrugi-

nous; cilia ferruginous. Underside pale pinkish-whitish ferruginous;

strigze as above ; with medial transverse dark brown line, and an in-

distinct pale outer line, the latter with inner row of black points.

Expanse 2% inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Cororta, n. g., Moore.

Male and female. Palpi rather stout, porrect, densely pilose ;

second joint projecting beyond the head ; third joint short, cylin-

drical. Antennze—male ‘pectinated to near the tip; female seta-

ceous. Legs slender, smooth; hind tibiee with four long spurs.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 625

Body rather stout. Wings moderate: fore wing slightly falcate at

the tip; costa nearly straight; exterior margin sinuous below the

apex, oblique hindward ; posterior margin slightly convex : hind wing

rounded exteriorly ; outer margin slightly sinuous anteriorly.

CoROTIA CERVINARIA, n. sp. (PI. XXXII. fig. 10.)

Male and female pinkish fawn-colour, thinly and minutely trans-

versely black-fleckled: fore wing with a broad medial oblique trans-

verse pale chestnut-brown band, the borders with a whitish dot on

each vein, enclosing a large grey discal spot; two or three marginal

black spots below the apex: hind wing with a dusky discal spot and

outer tansverse line. Underside greyish fawn-colour, black-fleckled ;

discal spots distinct, blackish; transverse line pale-bordered : hind

wing with marginal black dots, those on the fore wing being at the

apex only. Shaft of antennze yellowish, with black spots.

Expanse 1? inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

Fam, AMPHIDASYD.

Genus AMPHIDASYS.

AMPHIDASYS BENGALIARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 210.

Silhet.

Genus Buzura, Walk.

Buzura MULTIPUNCTARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi.

p- 1531.

Larva feeds on Citrus and Cinnamomum.—A. Grote.

Fam. BoarMIp&.

Genus AmptycuiaA, Guen.

AMBLYCHIA ANGERONARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 215, pl. 4. f. 9.

Genus HEMEROPHILA, Steph.

HeEMEROPHILA CREATARIA, Guen. ib. p. 217.

Darjeeling.

H. strixaria, Guen. ib. p. 217.

Silhet.

H. maurartia, Guen. ib. p. 218.

Elphos parisnathi, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p- 1545.

H. OBJECTARIA.

Boarmia objectaria, Walk. ib. xxxy, Suppl. v. p. 1583.

Darjeeling.

626 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ May 23,

H. cuPREARIA, 0. sp.

Male greyish black, with a cupreous tinge: fore wing with trans-

verse curved subbasal and straight discal sinuous black lines ; a black

discal ringlet ; a coppery-yellow submarginal line, which is straight

hindward and wavy to the apex, adjoining which are some broad

black lunules ; a black wavy marginal line: hind wing with a blackish

sinuous discal line, a small spot, and wavy marginal line; a submar-

ginal coppery-yellow line similar to that on the fore wing. Head

and thorax greyish black. Antenne brown. Underside pale greyish

black, darkest along exterior margins ; discal line and spot and mar-

ginal line black.

Expanse 1,8; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E, Russell.

Hl. NIGROVITTATA, N. sp.

Male pale testaceous brown, with numerous short transverse black

strigee: both wings with a black subbasal transverse line, rather

straight on the hind wing, and wavy on the fore wing, in the middle

of which it is joined by a broad black longitudinal streak proceeding

to the base of the posterior margin; avery oblique transverse discal

sinuous black line, which is bent before the apex and broadly bor-

dered exteriorly to near the apex by blackish brown; a submarginal

white line, which is rather straight hindward and sinuous forward,

where there is a short white longitudinal streak ; exterior margin

with a row of narrow black lunules. Head blackish ; thorax and

abdomen blackish-streaked. Antennze blackish; shaft luteous, black-

speckled. Underside paler, with indistinct blackish- brown subbasal

line, discal spot, and broad submarginal band, the latter touching

the exterior margin below the apex. Legs biackish, with yellow

spots.

Expanse 1% inch.

Bengal. In Coll..A. E. Russell.

H. BASISTRIGARIA, N. sp.

Male and female pale ferruginous brown, with numerous short

very thin black transverse strigee, which at the basal third of the

wings are thicker, more or less confluent, forming exteriorly trans-

verse bands; a black discal dot; beyond the middle is a transverse

pale-bordered black line, irregular on the fore wing and sinuous on

the hind wing, exterior to which the strigee are more or less con-

fluent ; a submarginal irregular interrupted pale line and a black

marginal lunulated line; cilia blackish, with a pale inner line.

Expanse 1¢ inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

H. 1INTERRUPTARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female greyish testaceous, palest along the costal border;

with numerous black narrow short transverse strige ; blotched with

brighter testaceous: fore wing with oblique exteriorly greyish-bor-

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 627

dered diffused black submarginal wavy line; a double lunular discal

line, and two short subbasal bands, their interspaces being somewhat

dusky, each being equidistant and arising from the posterior margin,

becoming evanescent at some distance above the middle, but reap-

pearing, slightly in the male, prominently in the female, on the

costa: hind wing with two indistinct subbasal black lines, a discal

spot, and outer greyish-exteriorly-bordered transverse double lunular

line ; exterior margin with a row of black lunules.

Expanse 23 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

H. RETRACTARIA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 7.)

Male and female dark greyish testaceous, with numerous closely

disposed, short, very narrow black strige : fore wing grey at the base

and along the costal border; a zigzag blackish band obliquely from

base of hind margin retracting to the costa at one-third of its length,

bordered exteriorly by a black line; a parallel black-inner-bordered

greyish-black submarginal band, which also retracts to the costa

before the apex, emitting a black streak from the retracted angle to

exterior margin ; a black discal spot: hind wing with a basal black-

ish band, discal spot, and submarginal black-inner-bordered greyish-

black band, exterior to which on both wings, in the female, the space

is pale or greyish ; a black marginal line. Cilia broad, dark testa-

ceous. Body greyish, with blackish waist-band.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W.S. Atkinson.

H. HUMERARIA, 0. Sp.

Male pale whitish testaceous : hind wing with closely disposed very

narrow transverse ferruginous strigee ; a black line bordered within

by a parallel ferruginous line from base of hind wing, ascending the

fore wing parallel with the costa to beneath a black discal spot, before

and above which it twice retracts and then proceeds to the base of

the wing along the costa, the space within being whitish grey : fore

wing with three slightly apparent ferruginous bands obliquely from

below the apex to hind margin; exterior margin with a suffused

dusky-grey patch near the apex and posterior angle: hind wing with

a black discal dot; a slightly apparent narrow inner and broad sub-

marginal band, formed of partly confluent ferruginous lines, the latter

bordered inwardly by a fine black sinuous line, and outwardly by a

straight white line. Head and collar of thorax testaceous; thorax

greyish white. Abdomen yellowish ferruginous, with blackish waist-

band, and narrow segmental borders.

Expanse 23 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Hi. ATROSTIPATA.

Scotosia atrostipata, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxv. Geom.

p. 1354.

628 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Genus CieorA, Curtis.

CLEORA VENUSTULARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxyv.

Suppl. v. p. 1579.

Darjeeling.

C. pecussaTA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 4.)

Male and female white: fore wing with a broad transverse medial

white band bordered on each side by a narrow black line, and con-

taining a large upper and lower black spot, the upper one centred

with a white dot, the outer line outwards anteriorly and posteriorly,

the outer space to exterior margin being pale testaceous, and tra-

versed by a wavy submarginal white line with a diffused black inner

border and outer subapical and posterior black streaks ; inner line

of the band also bent outwards posteriorly, the space thence toa

short subbasal transverse black streak pale testaceous, the extreme

base of the wing being white: hind wing with indistinct dusky discal

spot, transverse maculated line and streak from anal angle; a mar-

ginal lunular line. Body with blackish spots. Underside pale white;

markings as above, but less defined.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. RUFOMARGINATA, 0. sp.

Male and female pale greyish brown, with numerous short trans-

verse blackish strigze: fore wing pale ferruginous along posterior and

exterior borders ; two transverse black lines, the inner line consider-

ably curved, the other abruptly curved outwards below the costa and

outwardly dentate near posterior margin; exterior border black-

patched, traversed by a submarginal zigzag greyish-white line ; discal

spot black, elongate, confluent with the costa: hind wing with three

ill-defined blackish partly transverse lines, and discal spot. Extericr

margins with a row of black lunules. Cilia pale, with a black medial

line. Underside yellowish ; discal spots distinct: fore wing with

broad blackish marginal band; other markings similar. Legs with

black spots.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. FIMBRIATA, 0. sp.

Male and female dark ferruginous: hind wing greyish at the

base: fore wing blotched with black along the costa and exterior

border ; two oblique transverse black lines, which are rather close

together, between which is a black discal spot, the outer line bordered

by a row of black spots: hind wing with two transverse diffused

blackish lines, enclosing the discal spot, the outer line traversed by

a sinnous greyish-white line; exterior border with black strige ; a

marginal row of black lunules. Cilia black, with alternate ferrugi-

nous streaks. Underside cinereous brown, with blackish discal spot

and outer transverse sinuous line.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

sel

1867. ] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 629

C. MEGASPILARIA, N. sp.

_ Male and female blackish cupreous brown, palest on the hind

wing, slightly greyish across the disk; with numerous short trans-

verse delicate black strigee: fore wing with a black transverse sub-

basal and exterior pale-outer-bordered spotted lines, which curve

outwards to the middle of the wing and thence obliquely descend

inwardly to posterior margin; discal spot very large, black, ascend-

ing to the costa; a submarginal narrow sinuous whitish line bor-

dered on both sides by longitudinal black streaks: hind wing with a

small indistinct discal spot, and transverse spotted line. A marginal

row of black lunules on both wings. Underside yellowish, with

blackish cinereous similar markings ; the exterior border of fore wing

blotched. Cilia with pale inner line.

Expanse 1? inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. ALBIDENTATA, 0. sp.

Female testaceous, with numerous short transverse black strigz :

fore wing with a black transverse subbasal irregular curved line, and

outer obliquely straight sinuous line; discal spot narrow; a submar-

ginal row of pure white marks, the middle one being a large round

spot, the others dentate spots: hind wing pale greyish brown, with

three short transverse sinuous blackish lines from abdominal margin.

Both wings with a blackish marginal line. Underside paler, thickly

studded with short transverse cinereous strigee; transverse discal

spot and outer line indistinct. Legs with blackish spots.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

C. PANNOSARIA, 0. Sp.

Female brown: fore wing with a broad purplish brown exterior

band extending by a broad longitudinal streak to a white narrow

discal spot, which it encloses, the space above and beneath the streak

being yellowish, the inner margin of the band and the base of the

wing green; two transverse subbasal reddish contiguous lines; several

short transverse red strigee on posterior margin; exterior band tra-

versed by a row of purplish-grey lunules: hind wing pale brown,

with several short darker strigze ; a small brown discal spot, and

short streaks from abdominal margin ; a broad pale purplish-brown

marginal band traversed by pale lunules. Exterior margins with a

row of black lunules. Cilia yellowish. Underside yellow, marked

as above.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C. SEMICLARATA.

Selidosema semiclarata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv. p. 1029.

Scotosia quadrifera, Walk. ib. xxxyv. Suppl. v. p. 1687.

Darjeeling.

630 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Genus Boarmia, Treit.

BoARMIA ALIENARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxi.Geom. p.370.

9. Boarmia gelidaria, Walk. ib. xxvi. p. 1537.

B. vicarta, Walk. ib. xxi. Geom. p. 371.

Silhet.

B. rmparata, Walk. ib. p. 372.

Darjeeling.

B. aveipartiA, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1582.

Darjeeling.

B. susiavariA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 256.

B. rrispinariA, Walk. ib. xxi. Geom. p. 378.

Silhet.

B. rranscissa, Walk. ib. p. 380.

Silhet.

B. reparava, Walk. ib. p. 380.

B. OBLITERATA, 0. Sp.

Female greyish white, minutely fleckled with pale brown: fore

wing brownish along the costa and from the apex to the middle of

exterior margin, beneath which from the angle is a broad lunular

streak ; four transverse equidistant very indistinct brownish lunu-

lated lines ; a marginal row of brown lunular spots. Head and front

of thorax brownish; thorax white. Abdomen pale luteous. Under-

side whiter; a blackish streak below the costa; a large black discal

spot, and an apical-and posterior patch. Cilia white. Body pale

luteous ; legs brownish, with pale spots.

Expanse 25 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

B. PERSPICUATA, Ni. Sp.

Male and female pale luteous brown, minutely black-fleckled,

most numerous at the base.

Male. Fore wing with three obliquely transverse slightly smuous

black lines, the first line curved, the second embracing a discal ring-

let, the outer line outwardly bent near each end, the interspaces

being somewhat whitish : hind wing with two transverse black lines,

between which is a discal spot: both wings with a submarginal

medially broad black lunular band with whitish outer border; a mar-

ginal lunular line ; the inner transverse line of the fore wing in the

female is hardly separable from the contiguous black fleckles, the

next being indicated only by a discal spot extending to the costa.

Thorax with blackish collar. Abdomen with white waist-band and

blackish dorsal bands; anal tuft in the male yellowish. Underside

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 631

pale yellowish ; the markings less apparent, and with a large apical

patch on the fore wing, are dark cinereous. Legs with cinereous

spots.

Expanse 1? inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

‘B. CONTIGUATA, 0. sp.

Maie greyish white; with two transverse subbasal blackish-cine-

reous sinuous lines, and four exterior broader lines, the two outer

separated by a white sinuous line; a medial sinuous line enclosing a

whitish discal spot ; a marginal row of blackish lunules. Abdomen

with cinereous bands. Underside with large blackish discal spot,

and broad submarginal band, which joins the exterior margin in the

middle.

Expanse ]3 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Remark.—Allied to B. propulsaria, Walk., from Borneo.

B. COMBUSTARIA.

Gnophos combustaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl.

v. p- 1598.

Darjeeling.

Genus Tepurosia, Boisd.

TEPHROSIA SCRIPTARIA, Walk. ib. p. 1590.

Darjeeling.

T. COMPARATARIA.

Boarmia comparataria, Walk. ib. p. 1582.

Darjeeling.

T. MUCIDARIA.

Boarmia mucidaria, Walk. ib. p. 1581.

Darjeeling.

T. DENTILINEATA, 0. Sp.

Male and female cinereous white, minutely brown-speckled : fore

wing with a subbasal transverse oblique row of three or four small

dark brown spots, and a discal partly double interrupted row of den-

tiform marks; a small discal spot; a submarginal pale sinuous brown-

bordered line twice streaked with dark brown at the apex on the

inner side: hind wing with small dark brown discal spot, adjacent

line to abdominal margin, and transverse discal sinuous line; a sub-

marginal pale line with brown borders. Both wings with an exterior

marginal row of blackish lunules. Underside paler, without mark-

ings.

Expanse |} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

632 MR. ¥F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Genus Hyrocuroma, Guen.

Hyrocuroma pispeNnsaTA, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxi.

Geom. p. 435.

Balasore.

H. poarmrartia, Guen. Phal. i. p. 282.

Boarmia inconclusa, Walk. ib. p. 382.

Darjeeling.

H. muscrcotoraria, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1543.

Darjeeling.

H. nycremerata, Walk. ib. xxi. Geom. p. 444, xxvi. p. 1943.

Larva feeds on Xanthium indicum and Zizyphus.—A. Grote.

H. virIDARIA, 0. sp.

Female yellowish green, with numerously disposed short trans-

verse darker green confluent strigze ; a slightly apparent imner and a

blackish outer obliquely transverse straight sinuous line, the latter

with whitish exterior border and a submarginal black-speckled red-

dish streak ; a small blackish discal spot and wavy marginal line.

Body minutely black-speckled. Underside cinereous white ; a black

discal spot and broad blackish-cinereous submarginal band: fore

wing reddish exteriorly, where there are numerous blackish fleckles ;

a marginal row of black lunular spots.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

H. IRRORATARIA, 0. sp.

Female white, covered with very numerous minute speckles, which

are blackish basally and pinkish exteriorly: fore wing with a sub-

basal transverse subdued blackish thrice-waved line, a waved discal

streak, and outer black acutely sinuous line, the latter extending

across the hind wing: both wings with a submarginal wavy white

line and marginal lunules, and a narrow blackish marginal lunular

line. Underside white, bright yellow at the base, an elongated

blackish discal spot on fore wing, and broad blackish submarginal

band to both wings, which is slightly confluent with the exterior

margin on the fore wing.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal; Silhet. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

H. BASIFLAVATA, 0. sp.

Male sap-green: fore wing fleckled with black ; a short black ob-

liquely descending streak at the base; a submarginal row of red

lunular spots; exterior margin with short black longitudinal lines:

hind wing golden-yellow, with a broad marginal blackish band, tinged

with cupreous, from abdominal angle. Cilia green. Head and ab-

domen pale yellow, the latter with brown dorsal tufts. Thorax sap-

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 633

green. Underside—both wings bright yellow, with broad blackish

outer band, palest and slightly whitish along the exterior margin.

Palpi and legs black-speckled.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. EK. Russell; F. Moore.

H. VARICOLORARIA, 0. Sp.

Male dark cinereous: fore wing with numerous short transverse

cinereous, pink, and yellow strigze, those of the latter colour predo-

minating in the middle of the wing between two pale-bordered black

transverse discal lines, those of the darker colour being confluent at

the base and along exterior border; beneath the apex and at the

posterior angle is a pale patch ; discal spot blackish: hind wing with

the strigee most thickly disposed along exterior border, and across

the veins from the base; an indistinct inner transverse line and

darker black outer sinuous line: both wings with a marginal blackish

line lunulated with white; cilia pink, paler beneath, slightly spotted

with cinereous on the fore wing. Head luteous. Thorax cinereous.

Abdomen luteous, with four dorsal tufts laterally edged with black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

H. TENEBROSARIA, ll. Sp.

Male dark cinereous brown, with numerous short transverse

greyish-white strigze, which are most thickly disposed across the

middle of the fore wing: fore wing with a transverse indistinct ob-

lique subbasal blackish sinuous line, a discal spot, and an outer more

clearly defined sinuous line: hind wing with a similar outer sinuous

line: both wings with a submarginal indistinct whitish wavy lunular

line. Underside cinereous white ; both wings with a cinereous-black

discal spot, a transverse outer row of lunulated spots, and a broad

marginal band with a pale spot at the apex.

Expanse 21 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

H. COSTISTRIGARIA, N. sp.

Male greyish green: fore wing with a subbasal transverse blackish

line, which is bent outward near the costa; an exterior transverse

widely sinuous greenish-black line, which is medially curved out-

wards and bordered with greyish white ; along the costa between the

lines are numerous short transverse black and pale-testaceous strigee,

which also extend down the inner portion along the subbasal line ;

discal spot diffused brown; some transverse black spots at the base

of the wing and some short blackish strigze from the costa before the

apex to the exterior margin below it : hind wing with pale-brown and

testaceous strigze at the base; a diffused blackish discal spot, and

narrow blackish outer whitish-margined sinuous line: both wings

with an indistinct submarginal row of whitish lunules; cilia edged

with white. Front of head jet-black; top and thorax green. Ab-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLI.

634 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

domen pale luteous. Underside white, the base bright yellow; a

black discal spot on fore wing; a submarginal black band confluent

with the outer border below the apex on both wings.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

H. LEOPARDINATA, 0. Sp.

Male yellow: fore wing nearly covered with short transverse black

strige ; a black streak at the base; two medial irregular transverse

broad blotchy black-fleckled bands, between which is a narrow black

oblique discal spot, the exterior band being bordered by reddish

brown; exterior margin of the wing with black strige and yellow

spots: hind wing with the base and a medially interrupted submar-

ginal band blackish cinereous, the latter having similar-coloured ex-

terior strigee; a marginal line of black lunular spots. Head and

body yellowish. Underside yellow, with large blackish-cinereous

discal spot and interrupted submarginal bands.

Expanse 23 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Barcosa, Walk.

Petelia, H.-Scheeff.

BarGosa FASCIATA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 8.)

Female chocolate-brown, with numerous short transverse darker

strigee, those on the costa being blackish; four or five transverse

diffused greyish fascie, the last two on the submargin of the fore

wing crossed before reaching the costa, the others being straight; a

grey-centred blackish discal spot; a marginal row of black dots.

Underside pale greyish brown, with short brown strigze, blackish

discal spot, and broad marginal brown band ; exterior margin with

row of blackish dots.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

XANDRAMES, n. g., Moore.

Palpi small, densely pilose, porrect ; third joint minute, conical,

hardly visible. Antennee rather long, pectinated in both sexes.

Legs slender, smooth; hind tibize incrassated in the middle, with

four apical spurs. Body robust. Abdomen long, extending to the

length of hind wing. Wings large, broad: fore wing elongate, tri-

gonal; costa convex towards the apex, which is somewhat acute ;

exterior margin very oblique, nearly straight: hind wing rounded

exteriorly, slightly produced in the middle.

XANDRAMES DHOLARIA, N. Sp.

Male and female dark cupreous brown: fore wing with numerous

blackish short transverse strigee along the costa, and others of a

blackish brown and narrower, disposed closely, and broadly extending

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 635

along exterior border, the inner portion of the wing and posterior

border being minutely speckled; a broad irregular-margined sub-

apical transverse oblique white band bordered with interrupted broad

black streaks, another streak similar to that anteriorly on its inner

border running obliquely from the costa near the base, its exterior

border posteriorly also having a similar straight streak, which is most

prominent in the female; base of the wing greenish brown, the space

before the band and at the apex being dark cupreous brown; some

streaks along middle of posterior margim and a short basal streak

black: hind wing uniform dark bright cupreous brown, palest in the

female ; with an indistinct discal wavy narrow band; exterior margin

white anteriorly, with numerous short transverse dark strigee thence

to the abdominal angle. Palpi, sides of head, and a narrow band on

side of thorax extending beneath, and streaks on legs black. Under-

side uniform dull cupreous brown, the whitish transverse band and

border on hind wing being more prominent.

Expanse 32 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

X. ALBOFASCIATA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 5.)

Male dark brown: fore wing dark saffron yellowish green, with

thickly disposed more or less confluent transverse black strigee, di-

vided by an oblique transverse subapical irregular-margined yellowish-

white narrow band, which is partly yellowish green on its lower outer

half: hind wing dark fuliginous brown; exterior border yellowish

anteriorly, with similar-coloured strigze extending thence to abdominal

angle. Palpi, head, and thorax rufous brown, which colour extends

beneath in front of the thorax; sides of thorax in front black.

Abdomen fuliginous brown. Underside uniform yellowish fuliginous

brown; subapical band and border on hind wing clear yellow.

Expanse 23 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

Genus OpHTHALMODES, Guen.

OPrHTHALMODES DIURNARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 284.

O. rnFusartiA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxi. Geom. p. 448.

Silhet.

Genus Expos, Guen.

ELPHOS HYMENARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 285, pl. 16. f. 4.

E. PARDICELLATA, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1044.

Genus Gnoruos, Treit.

GnopuHos MuscosartA, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1596.

- Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson.

G. oprecTarta, Walk. ib. p. 1597.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson.

636 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Fam. GEOMETRID&.

Genus Grometra, Linn.

GrOMETRA AVICULARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 342.

Geometra pennisignata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxii. Geom.

p- 516.

Darjeeling.

G. VIRIDILUTEATA, Walk. ib. p. 515.

Darjeeling.

G. HALIARIA, Walk. ib. p. 518.

G. decoraria, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1601.

Darjeeling.

G. DENTISIGNATA, N. sp.

Female subdued green, with several delicate reddish fleckles basally

and short transverse strigee exteriorly ; a cinereous-outer-bordered

white line from the middle of abdominal margin extending across

both wings obliquely to within one-third of the costa; a reddish-

bordered black dentate discal spot on the fore wing; costal margin

yellow ; an irregular transverse subbasal narrow indistinct reddish

line. Underside pale green.

Expanse 23 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Closely allied to G. haliaria, Walk.

G. vITTATA, 0. sp.

Male and female greyish green, with darker green, but not very

prominent, transverse bands: fore wing with two straight subbasal

bands and three oblique bands exterior to a discal spot, the second

subbasal band joined posteriorly to the third, which with the outer

two cross the hind wing, the three outer bands having a pale or

whitish exterior border. Underside greenish yellow, with a darker

discal spot and narrow outer band. Legs and antenne yellowish.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

G. pLaGiATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1602.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson.

G. usta, Walk. ib. p. 1602.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson.

G. penTATA, Walk. ib. xxii. Geom. p. 518.

“ Larva feeds on Zizyphus and Izora, attaching pieces of leaf to

itself apparently for the purpose of hiding its pupa-case ; but it com-

mences adorning itself for some days before changing.” —A. Grote,

Esq.

1867.) MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 637

Genus TuaLassopes, Guen.

THALASSODES INAPTARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi.

Geom. p. 1560.

Silhet.

T. MAcRURARIA, Walk. ib. p. 1561.

Silhet. .

T. MACARIATA, Walk. ib. p. 1562.

T. czLataria, Walk. ib. xxii. Geom. p. 552.

T. pissImULATA, Walk. ib. p. 551.

Larva feeds on Terminalia catappa.—A. Grote.

T. pistincTariA, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1607.

Darjeeling.

T. URAPTERARIA, Walk. ib. p. 1608.

Silhet.

T. DISSITA.

Geometra dissita, Walk. ib. xxii. Geom. p. 519.

T. OPHTHALMICATA, 0. Sp.

Female dull greyish green, with a few indistinct yellowish-brown

fleckles ; a narrow yellowish-brown band crossing the disk of both

wings, which on the fore wing is nearly straight, and on the hind

wing slightly curved ; a similar-coloured partly upright subbasal line;

a small blackish-brown discal spot on fore wing, and a larger brown-

bordered grey eye-like discal spot on the hind wing. Underside

pale greenish cinereous, with indistinct transverse discal band. Front

of head and second joint of palpi above blackish brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

T. SINUATA, Nl. Sp.

Female clear grass-green above, whitish beneath: fore wing with

the costa whitish; two medial widely separated transverse sinuous

purple-red lines, between which is a small blackish diseal spot: hind

wing with a single similar sinuous outer line and discal spot. Mar-

ginal line purple red. Cilia and antenne pale purple red.

Expanse 1, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. Grote, Esq.

‘* Larva feeds on Boswellia serratifolia.’—A. Grote, Esq.

Genus THALERA, Hiibn.

THALERA BIFASCIATA.

Thalassodes bifasciata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p- 1562.

Silhet.

638 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 235

T. cuavcarta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl. v.

p- 1613.

Darjeeling.

T. ancurartia, Walk. ib. p. 1614.

Genus Berta, Walk.

BERTA CHRYSOLINEATA, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1621.

Genus Comisana, Hiibn.

Com1pana pivapata, Walk. ib. xxii. Geom. p. 575.

Larva feeds on Lawsonia inermis and on Melaleuca cajeputi.’—

A. Grote, Esq.

C. SANGUILINEATA, Nl. Sp.

Male green, exterior borders white: fore wing with four equi-

distant white spots below the costa, and a fifth spot below the basal

one ; from the apical penultimate spot proceeds a transverse narrow

white band, which extends outward, passing downward, is again bent

inward, and then curves to the posterior margin; a pale crimson

submarginal line, which is bent beneath the white band, and is ter-

minated by two blackish spots near the posterior angle : hind wing

with a contorted transverse white band, anteriorly bordered by a short

dark red exterior streak; a parallel submarginal narrow dark-red

band diffusely terminated at the anal angle: both wings with a very

narrow dark-red exterior marginal line; cilia yellow. Underside

pale greenish white, with a marginal row of black dots: fore wing

with an indistinct discal spot, and a short blackish streak from the

posterior angle; a submarginal blackish-maculated line on hind

wing.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C. HYALINATA, 0. Sp.

Male and female purplish hyaline: fore wing with an imperfect

basal, and a subbasal band with a discal point, and an irregular sub-

marginal band with an inner or reverse discal point, crossing both

the wings, reddish brown, this colour also extending along the veins

and outer marginal border line, dividing a row of white lunules ; cilia

brownish white. Body and antenne reddish brown. Legs yellowish.

Expanse 1,2; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C. MACULATA, 0. sp.

Pale green; costal line pale pinkish white, exterior marginal line

pale brown. Cilia pale lemon-yellow. Both wings with a brown

discal spot with white-speckled centre and yellow outer border; two

subbasal and a transverse discal series of pale yellow spots, the latter

each with a brown outer speck. Underside much paler, without

1867.4 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 639

markings. Body beneath, autennze, and legs yellowish. Front of

head reddish.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. FENESTRARIA, 0. Sp.

Male very pale golden-yellow: both wings with a pale brown-

bordered oblique subbasal double line, which extends by a short black

streak on the costa and curves widely outward and then descends to

the posterior angle, the middle of the wing being irregularly hyaline

and marked only by a minute discal spot ; a submarginal silvery-

white line and two outwardly oblique silvery fasciz from the costa

before the apex ; two small brown streaks on abdominal margin and

another below the discal spot. Underside as above, but paler.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C. CHALYBEATA, 0. sp.

Male pale green, with several delicate pale white short transverse

strigee : fore wing -with two pale chalybeate upright transverse me-

dial lines, which indistinctly cross the hind wing and conjoin in a

slight crimson streak at the anal angle; base of fore wing and ex-

terior border of both wings suffused with chalybeous. Costal margin

and band across thorax and antennze pale ochreous. Front of head

and palpi beneath whitish. Palpi above pale pinkish ochreous.

Underside pale greenish chalybeate-white.

Expanse 1-); inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Genus Acatutia, Guen.

AGATHIA LYCZNARIA.

teometra lycenaria, Kollar, Hugel’s Reis. Kasch. iv. p. 486.

G. albiangularia, Herr.-Scheeff. Samml. exot. Schmett. pl. 61.

aha discriminata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxii. Geom.

i ies feeds on Nerium odorum and Strophanthus dichotomus.”’

A. HEMITHEARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 381.

Silhet.

A. HILARATA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 381.

Silhet.

A. cATENARIA, Walk. J. c. p. 591.

Larva feeds on Nerium oleander.—A. Grote, Esq.

A. QUINARIA, 0. Sp.

Male bright green, white beneath ; bands reddish fawn-colour :

640 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

fore wing with a transverse basal band, an outwardly oblique hind-

ward-bent medial band, and an oblique subapical band, which in-

cludes the exterior margin to the posterior angle and extends round

a green apical ovate spot: hind wing with outer marginal band run-

ning parallel with posterior angle of fore wing, its inner border straight

and sinuous and ascending to the abdominal margin above the anal

angle ; an elongate oval upper marginal green spot, beneath which

is a white streak.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

A. ARCUATA, 0. Sp.

Female bright green, whitish beneath: fore wing with fawn-

coloured costa, basal streak, a narrow band from the costa before the

middle which crosses to middle of posterior margin, the green space

outside attenuated hindward and extending only half across the wing,

its exterior border being sinuous, the outer space broadly fawn-

coloured ; apical green spot indented anteriorly on both sides; be-

neath this are two succeeding very small green spots and then a

larger yellow spot: hind wing with a broad fawn-coloured margin ;

the green space occupying the base from the middle of its anterior

margin and descending outward to the middle of the wing and then

reascending to near the middle of abdominal margin, its border being

sinuous ; a green apical marginal patch and another above anal angle,

both being partly divided ; a short narrow yellow streak above the

marginal angle.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. PALYAD&.

Genus Eume ea, Duncan.

EUMELEA ROSALIA,

Phal. Geom. rosalia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 368. f. F.

Eumelea rosaliata, Duncan, Jardine’s Nat. Hist. Libr. Exot.

Moths, pl. 29. f. 4.

E. FevicraTa, Guen. Phal. i. p. 393.

Silhet.

E. AURELIATA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 394, pl. 22. f. 6.

Fam. Eruyrip&.

Genus An1IsopeEs Guen.

ANISODES OBLIVIARIA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxii. Geom.

p- 643.

> A. puuristriaria, Walk, ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1581.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 641

A. pLynusaRiA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Geom. xxvi. p. 1581.

Silhet.

A. uyRiaAriA, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1617.

Darjeeling.

A. SANGUINARIA, 0. Sp.

Male yellow: fore wing with several confluent crimson blotches

and speckles at the base, and two larger submarginal blotches with

contiguous confluent speckles to exterior margin; discal spot and

largest blotches tinged with purple: hind wing speckled with crim-

son, and with larger blotches along exterior and abdominal margins;

a purplish discal ringlet; a band on front of head and on thorax

and base of abdomen crimson. Underside paler.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

A. PALLIVITTATA, 0. Sp.

Male and female pale yellowish testaceous, minutely blackish-

speckled: fore wing with a testaceous discal spot and four obliquely

transverse rather indistinct lunular lines, the third and fourth lines

submarginal; the second, third, and fourth extending across the

hind wing, the third with a parallel inner row of blackish spots; a

marginal row of dark spots ; cilia with a dark inner spot at the mar-

ginal angles. Palpi, front of head, and pectinations of male antennz

black. Underside paler, marked as above.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

A. SIMILARIA, N. sp.

Male pale brownish cinereous, minutely but densely black-speckled:

fore wing with an indistinct darker discal spot and four oblique bands,

the two outer bands being submarginal, which with the third extends

across the hind wing; both wings with a sinuous discal testaceous

line, which has two small outer testaceous patches: a dentiform

discal spot with testaceous border on hind wing: both wings with

a marginal row of blackish spots; cilia black-speckled, and having a

black inner spot at the marginal angles. Underside paler; discal

sinuous line and spot on hind wing distinct ; a well-defined dark mar-

ginal line; cilia with blackish spots.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

A. DIFFUSARIA, 0. sp.

Male yellow, with thickly disposed crimson speckles and strigz.

Both wings with a diffused testaceous-grey transverse discal streak

with sinuous outer border and black points, from the middle of which

proceeds a similar-coloured streak, which descends inwardly across

the base of hind wing and the abdomen, and outwardly to the middle

of exterior margin: an oblique subbasal indistinct testaceous-grey

642 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

band and small black spots on fore wing, and a similar-coloured sub-

marginal streak on both wings; a black discal spot and marginal

row of dots on both wings. Underside yellowish cinereous, with

darker bands as above.

Allied to 4. pluristriata.

Expanse 22 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

A. ? VINACEARIA, 0. Sp.

Male vinaceous ; palest at the base: both wings with three equi-

distant transverse indistinct crimson wavy lines, and darker marginal

line; a blackish discal spot; cilia crimson. Front of head brown.

Underside as above, but darker-coloured.

Expanse 1,2, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Fam. ACIDALID#.

Genus DrareToDEs, Guen.

DrapetopEs MiITARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 424, pl. 18. f. 6.

Anisodes platycerata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p- 1586.

Genus TryGopeEs, Guen.

TRYGODES DIVISARIA.

Mecaria divisaria, Walk. ib. xxiii. Geom. p. 927.

T. VAGATA.

Mecaria vagata, Walk. ib. p. 927.

Genus Hyrta, Steph.

HyriA BICOLORATA, N. Sp.

Reddish fawn-colour, with a few short black streaks on the veins:

fore wing with three equidistant transverse zigzag yellow bands com-

mencing before the apex, each having an outer border and a medial

parallel line of crimson joined by upper and lower longitudinal crim-

son streaks; some short crimson streaks below the apex: hind wing

with a narrow outer transverse sinuous yellow band with crimson

borders. Underside cinereous brown; bands indistinct.

Expanse ;®, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

H. TRILINEATA, 0. sp.

Male and female cinnamon-brown, with a few short transverse

yellow strigee; three equidistant transverse narrow orange-yellow

slightly curved bands, the two outer bands crossing the hind wing.

Cilia, antennee, and head yellow. Underside paler; bands less defined.

Expanse 1 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

1867.] MR. ¥F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 643

H. oRNATA, 0. sp.

Male greyish fawn-colour: exterior margin of both wings exca-

vated below the apex and produced in the middle: fore wing with

three transverse bright crimson-streaked and -bordered yellow wavy

bands, which are broad at the costa and attenuate to the hind mar-

gin, the first and second bands contiguous and hardly separable, each

somewhat blackish-bordered: hind wing with slight crimson basal

band and outer yellow-spotted crimson wavy band with blackish

inner border ; an indistinct discal blackish spot and contiguous line.

Abdomen with a reddish waist-band. Underside cinereous brown,

with ill-defined paler bands as above.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

H. ? PLURISTRIGATA, 0. Sp.

Cinnamon-brown; exterior margin sinuous: fore wing with two

straight transverse medial and a narrow basal pale yellow bands with

short transverse similar-coloured intervening streaks : hind wing with

a single medial transverse yellow band and basal streaks: both wings

with some orange-yellow submarginal streaks. Cilia pale yellow.

Underside paler; markings less defined and whitish.

Expanse + inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus AcipDALIA, Treit.

ACIDALIA BICAUDATA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 12.)

Male and female white: a transverse discal narrow wavy blackish-

margined ferruginous band, with confluent fuliginous-brown exterior

margin, which is slightly blackish-streaked, and having a black medial

marginal dot on hind wing; a row of small dark brown transverse

subbasal spots, and a few short strigee on base of costa of fure wing.

Palpi and front of head dark brown. Cilia white, with brown patches

on fore wing. Hind wing bicaudate anteriorly.

Expanse | inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

A. RATA, 0. sp.

Male and female brassy yellow, with broad basal and marginal

cinereous-brown bands with intervening cinereous speckles. Cilia

broad, yellow. Antenne, head, and front of thorax, abdomen, and

legs yellow; thorax cinereous. Underside as above.

Expanse | inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

A. TEPHROSARIA, 0. sp.

Male very pale whitish testaceous, with numerous short trans-

verse narrow pale brown strigz: fore wing with three equidistant

black spots on the costa, from the outer of which proceed a trans-

644 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

verse oblique series of several black dots bordered exteriorly by a

slight brownish line, the inner spots having a similar series of two or

three dots ; a medial subdued brownish trausverse line contiguous to

a similar-coloured discal spot: hind wing with a small discal spot,

subdued inner line, and outer transverse row of black dots: both

wings with an exterior marginal row of blackish dots. Underside

paler; strigze numerous along the costa and exterior margins; a

blackish discal spot and adjoining sinuous line; submarginal line

double, sinuous, and on the fore wing interspaced with yellow, that

of the hind wing with three outer blackish spots; a marginal row of

black dots. Tip of palpi and legs above blackish.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Remark.—This species is allied to Acidalia contigara, Walk., from

Northern India.

A. ?GEMMIFERA, 0. Sp.

Male reddish brown, studded with minute brilliant silver speckles ;

exterior margin of hind wing very deeply scalloped: fore wing

_with medial transverse irregular blackish line terminating on the

hind margin in a red ringlet; apex of the wing white, with brown

medial streaks and outer lunules; an indistinct blackish basal streak

and discal spot: hind wing with a yellowish-white base and diffused

discal band, the exterior margin being pure white and with a row of

brown lunules ; a slight reddish discal spot. Cilia of fore wing white

anteriorly, the rest brown; that of the hind wing white, except at

the tip of the angles, which are brown. Abdomen yellowish white,

with brown anal patch. Underside paler, similarly marked, but not

speckled.

Expanse 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Timanpra, Dup.

TIMANDRA CONVECTARIA, Walk. Cat. Lepid. Het. B. M. xxiii.

Geom. p. 800.

T. AVENTIARIA, Guen. Phal. il. p. 3.

Silhet.

T. SUBOBLIQUARIA, Nl. Sp.

Male pale greyish fawn-colour ; a straight dark cinereous-brown

band, with paler outer border crossing both wings from the costa

one-third from the apex to the middle of abdominal margin : fore

wing with some cinnamon-brown lunules at the base, and a black

discal spot: a cinnamon-coloured submarginal wavy line to both

wings, and a marginal row of black dots. Underside cinereous brown,

marked as above, but of a dusky colour.

Expanse | inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

1867. ] MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 645

Genus SomATINA, Guen.

SoMATINA PLURILINEARIA, 0. sp.

Male and female pale testaceous yellow: both wings with two

medial obliquely transverse equidistant wavy brown lines ; the inner

line retracted to the costa, between which and bordering the outer

line are three paler parallel lunular lines, and on the fore wing near

the costa is a small round black discal spot ; three pale lunular lines

crossing the base of the wings ; two darker similar submarginal lines,

and an outer row of small pure-white spots, those on the upper part

of fore wing with a diffused blackish border, which colour also ex-

tends in a short longitudinal medial streak to the outer transverse

line; exterior marginal line dark brown. Tip of palpi, spots on

head, and collar in front of thorax dark brown.

Expanse 17 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8S. Atkinson.

S. ? PICTARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female cinereous white: fore wing with a ferruginous-

brown basal patch and two transverse bands, the outer band angu-

lated before the costa, both confluent along the costal half in the

female ; between the bands is a small dentiform blackish discal spot ;

several delicate silvery-white evanescent lines crossing the wing, be-

tween which on the exterior border are two or three parallel pale

cinereous-brown narrow bands, which are darkest at the apex: hind

wing with two medial and two submarginal pale cinereous-brown

bands, the latter with silvery-white outer margins. Palpi, head, and

thorax ferruginous brown. Abdomen cinereous white. Legs cine-

reous brown. Underside paler: fore wing with cinereous-brown

markings as above.

Expanse 1,2; inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Genus ArGyris, Guen.

ArGyris MysticaTa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiii. Geom.

p- 1617.

Darjeeling.

A. OCELLATA.

Caloptera ocellata, Friv. Herr.-Scheeff. Samml. eur. Schmett. ii.

p- 97, pl. 23. f. 125; Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. vi. Bomb. p. 1377.

Argyris ocellata, Walk. ib. xxii. Geom. p. 807.

A. ommatophoraria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 13.

A. INSIGNATA, 0. Sp.

Female white ; costa considerably arched from the base: fore wing

with four cimereous obliquely quadrate spots on the costa, an irregular

broad discal transverse band, which is traversed hindward by two

short wavy streaks, and a submarginal series of small spots; the

marginal line at the posterior angle blackish: hind wing suffused

616 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

with orange-yellow on the lower part of exterior border ; a brownish-

cinereous submarginal band, maculated anteriorly and traversed

posteriorly by two parallel white lines, beneath which are three short

black streaks ; two similar-coloured streaks above it on the abdominal

margin; on the exterior margin is a black conical white-speckled

lower spot, and three smaller anterior contiguous cinereous spots,

each with an outer narrow lunule. Palpi, front of head, and broad

band on abdomen brownish cinereous. Cilia edged with cinereous.

Underside white, with two narrow outer maculated bands, and basal

patch on fore wing dark cinereous.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. Micronip#&.

Genus MicroniA, Guen.

Micronia GANNATA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 26.

Calcutta; Silhet.

M. acutxata, Guen. ib. pl. 13. f. 8.

Silhet.

M. FASCIATA.

Phal. Geom. fasciata, Cram. Pap. Exot. il. pl. 104. f. D.

Phalena caudata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2. p. 63.

Micronia caudata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 25.

M. osrusata, Guen. ib. pl. 5. f. 6.

M. sIMPLICIATA, 0. sp.

Male and female silky white, paler beneath: fore wing with some

short delicate cinereous strigee along the costa; a cinereous discal

streak and five transverse simple bands, the three outer crossing the

hind wing; first and second band subbasal ; third broadest, medial ;

the other two submarginal; a black marginal line to both wings,

which at the medial angle on the hind wing has two narrow spots.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

M. sparsaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiii. Geom. p. 818.

Silhet.

M. strraTartiA, Linn. (Clerck, Icon. pl. 55. f.4; Walk. ib. p. 818.)

Genus Myrreta, Walk.

MyrtTeta PLANARIA, Walk. ib. p. 831.

Genus Erosia, Guen.

EROSIA CERVINARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female cinereous brown or fawn-colour.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 647

Male. Fore wing dark cinereous brown, with very indistinct

blackish discal spot, and transverse sinuous line with whitish border;

costa and exterior marginal liue reddish brown: hind wing very pale

at the base; a white-speckled line at anal angle; exterior marginal

line reddish brown ; cilia blackish, edged with cinereous.

Female brownish fawn-colour on the fore wing: hind wing as in

the male. Underside paler; costa reddish brown; a very indistinct

dusky transverse discal line.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 9 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Fam. CABERIDZ.

Genus CABERA.

CABERA PLATYLEUCATA.

Acidalia platyleucata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl.

v. p. 1628.

C. MARGARITA, 0. Sp.

Male and female pearly white, minutely speckled with cinereous.

Both wings with a black discal spot and an indistinct cinereous discal

band. Costal line yellow. Antenne, front of head, and legs brownish

yellow.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

Fam. Macarip&.

Genus Macarta, Cuttis.

Syn. Evarzia, Walk.

MaACARIA METAGONARIA.

Alzelina metagonaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p. 1518.

Darjeeling.

M. PERSPICUARIA, N. Sp.

Female pale yellowish testaceous, with thinly dispersed short de-

licate blackish strigee: fore wing with two subbasal oblique wavy

testaceous lines, the outer line crossing the hind wing ; a submarginal

narrow blackish double red band crossing both wings obliquely from

below the apex to above anal angle, the apical portion of the inner

end abruptly retracted to the costa one-third from the apex; the

marginal space on the fore wing blackish: hind wing with an exte-

rior medial reddish spot and contiguous upper streak: both wings

with a narrow black marginal line. Two dorsal rows of black spots

on abdomen. Underside paler, with minute strigze as above, and the

double band broadly bordered exteriorly with bright testaceous, and

on the fore wing by a diffused blackish streak ascending from near

648 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

posterior angle to below the apex. Cilia black below the apex.

Legs black-speckled.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Remark.—Allied to Evarzia ozararia, Walk.

M. emersariA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiii. Geom. p. 925.

M. ELEONORA.

Phalena eleonora, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 288. f. E-G.

Macaria eleonorata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 89.

Larva feeds on Mimosa-flowers.—d. Grote, Esq.

M. nora, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxii. Geom. p. 934.

M. srrRENIATARIA, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1646.

M. sTRENUATARIA, Walk. ib. p. 1647.

M. permorarta, Walk. ib. xxiii. Geom. p. 929.

KrananpA, n. g., Moore.

Male and female. Palpi porrect, slender, compressed, pilose ;

third joint small, cylindrical. Proboscis moderate. Antenne slender,

minutely serrated, set with fascicles of very fine hairs in the male,

simple in the female. Legs short, rather stout, smooth; hind tibize

incrassated and armed with four spurs. Body moderate; abdomen

extending to the length of the hind wing. Wings long, broad exte-

riorly: fore wing with the costa nearly straight to two-thirds its

length, where it is considerably arched to the end, the apex being

faleate ; exterior margin scalloped, produced in the middle and at

the posterior angle: hind wing, anterior margin concave before the

end; the apex much produced, being formed into an elongated pro-

cess; exterior margin nearly straight, slightly scalloped.

KRANANDA SEMIHYALINA, 0. Sp.

Male and female greyish testaceous, darkest on the hind wing,

with several short transverse darker strigee: both wings hyaline to

beyond the middle, with irregular exterior margin, that of the fore

wing defined by a blackish line, the band with thinly dispersed

transverse strigee, and with a short darker streak medially on both

the anterior and posterior margins ; a submarginal row of whitish

semidiaphanous lunular spots; exterior margin defined by a delicate

dark line: base of fore wing partially covered with dark speckles,

and bordered by a double subbasal transverse dark line; extreme

base of hind wing with a dark streak. Cilia with a pale inner line.

Palpi, front of head, stripe on vertex, and another on top of the thorax

bright testaceous. Thorax and abdomen grey. .

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 23.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

1867.] MR. ¥F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 649

Fam. Fivonip&.

Genus Sterrua, Hiibn.

STERRHA SACRARIA, Linn. (Guen. Phal. ii. p. 175).

Genus Docirava, Walk.

Docrrava #QuILINEATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi.

Geom. p. 1635.

D. uvARIA.

Aspilates uvaria, Walk. ib. p. 1681.

Anaitis vastata, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1700.

Darjeeling.

Genus Aspinates, Treit.

ASPILATES FALCONARIA, Walk. ib. p. 1665.

Darjeeling.

A. OBLIQUARIA, N. Sp.

Male pale yellowish: fore wing minutely speckled with brown; a

brown discal spot and two others obliquely beneath it; an oblique

transverse straight discal dark brown paler-outer-bordered line and

an interrupted parallel series of submarginal streaks: hind wing

white, with two short brown streaks from abdominal margin, one

medial, the other near anal angle: both wings with a marginal row

of blackish dots. Underside yellowish white; closely speckled with

brown along the costa and on the hind wing; both wings with two

exterior reddish-brown lines and blackish discal spot and marginal

dots.

Expanse 1$ inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus CapritiaA, Walk.

CAPRILIA VESICULARIA, Walk. ib. Suppl. xxxv. p. 1569.

Male with a colourless vitreous spot near the base of the fore wing,

which is blind and smaller in the female.

Expanse l inch. ~

Cherra Poonjee; Debroghur, Assam. In Coil. A. E. Russell ;

W.S. Atkinson.

C. spECULARIA, n. sp. (PI. XXXIII. fig. 11.)

Bright yellow, blotched and fleckled with pale ferruginous yellow,

some of which have a darker central speck. Male with a vitreous

oval spot at the base of the wing, which is smaller and blind in the

female. Fore wing with dark ferruginous lunular marks at the base

of the costa, an oblique spot on its middle, and another before the

apex ; beneath the latter is a pale ferruginous-yellow patch; on the

posterior margin are two dark ferruginous outwardly ascending

streaks, the inner one large and concave exteriorly: hind wing with

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLII.

650 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

two small dark ferruginous streaks on the anterior margin, and a

lunular exterior marginal line. Palpi, a band in front of thorax, and

a spot on the base of abdomen dark ferruginous. ~

Expanse 154; inch.

Assam. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson ; F. Moore.

Remark.—Differs from C. vesicularia in having longer wings,

which are narrower in proportion. The fore wing is not falcated at

the tip, and the exterior margin is much more oblique. In the hind

wing the anterior margin is convex to the extreme apex, whereas in

C. vesicularia the apex is truncated, with the angle beneath.

Genus Zom1a, Moore.

Syn. Omize, Walk.

ZOMIA INCITATA.

Omiza incitatu, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv. p. 1084.

Genus Ostcerpba, Walk.

Syn. Celesdera, Walk.

OsICERDA ALIENATA, Walk. ib. xxiv. Geom. p. 1084, d 2.

9. Celesdera schistifusata, Walk. ib. xxvi. Geom. p. 1749.

Larva feeds on Ivora.—A. Grote, Esq.

O. COSTIMACULATA, 0. sp.

Male pale greenish grey : fore wing minutely fleckled with brown ;

with rather large triangular costal spots before the apex; a small

brown spot on posterior margin near the angle ; cilium brown, except

in the middle, where it is yellow: hind wing luteous ; a short ob-

liquely ascending brown streak at the abdominal angle. Abdomen

luteous. Antennze blackish, shaft luteous.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

O. TRINOTARIA, N. sp.

Male pale greenish luteous: fore wing with three equidistant black

costal spots; the first basal and small, the others larger and trian-

gular, the costal border between them being fleckled with black :

hind wing with a transverse cinereous discal line. Underside lute-

ous, with several short transverse black strigee ; both wings with a

discal streak and transverse black line. Antenna, tibize, and tarsi

blackish. Cilia blackish.

Expanse 1°, inch.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Nosirta, Walk.

Nositia TuRBATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv. Geom.

p- 1098.

1867.] MR. F. MOOKE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 651

Genus Marcata, Walk.

Marcata rentvorata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p. 1764.

Fam. ZERENID!.

Genus Ruyparta, Hiibn.

Ruyparta puctaria, Walk. ib. xxiv. Geom. p. 1111.

R. MACULATA, 0. sp.

Male cinereous white: fore wing suffused with cinereous in the

middle; a row of cinereous-brown spots along each vein from the

base, a submarginal and marginal row of contiguous spots ; some

quadrate paler spots on the costa, and smaller spots on posterior

margin: hind wing with three transverse curved rows of similar

spots. Head and palpi above blackish. Antenne brown. Thorax

and abdomen black-spotted. Underside paler, marked as above.

Legs blackish above.

Expanse 15% inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

R. rransectata, Walk. ib. p. 1112.

Genus Perenta, Guen.

PERCNIA FELINARIA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 216, pl. 19. f. 1.

Genus Netcynpa, Walk.

NevcynpDa rectTiFicaTA, Walk. J. c. xxiv. Geom. p. 1142.

Genus Aspraxas, Leach.

ABRAXAS TIGRATA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 202.

A. TIGRATA, var.

Female white ; costa and exterior border of both wings yellowish:

fore wing with numerous small confluent blackish-cinereous spots at

the base and on posterior margin; a large medial spot, exterior to

and above which is a large confluent discal and costal spot ; a sub-

marginal recurved series of spots, and a rather broad marginal im-

perfectly maculated band interspersed with yellow: hind wing with

several small spots along anterior border, a large discal spot, a sub-

marginal series and marginal row of transversely narrow contiguous

spots and strige. Head and body yellow, black-spotted above and

beneath. Palpi with black tip. Legs blackish.

Expanse 3 inches.

Bengal (Capt. J. Lind Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

A. MARTARIA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 205.

A. LEOPARDINATA, Kollar, Hiigel’s Reis. Kasch. iv. p. 490; Guen.

Phal. ii. p. 206.

652 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

A. PARDARIA, 0. Sp.

Male white, markings pure grey, darker beneath: fore wing with

a large lower basal spot, a double incomplete medial band of irre-

gular conjoined spots, and a submarginal medially interrupted more

complete band, the base of which crosses the hind wing; a broad

apical patch having a costal spot, which continues interruptedly along

the exterior margin of both wings; the spots on posterior border of

fore wing speckled with reddish brown. Tip of palpi, head, and an-

tennze black. Thorax ochreous. Abdomen whitish, with four rows

of black spots ; tuft yellow. Legs blackish. Body beneath ochreous.

Expanse 27 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

A. PICARIA, Nn. sp.

Male and female white, markings blackish: fore wing with a

blackish-spotted yellow basal patch and transverse discal recurved

band; a medial series of less contiguous spots, including a larger

discal spot, which is somewhat yellow; some small medial submar-

ginal spots: hind wing with a transverse discal more or less yellow

double maculated band, a small discal spot and a few spots along ab-

dominal margin: both wings with lunular marginal spots. Top of

palpi and front of head black; thorax and abdomen yellow, with

black spots, the latter with dorsal and two lateral rows. Legs

blackish.

Expanse |? inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

A. IRRORATA, 0. sp.

Male yellow: fore wing minutely irrorated with black ; base of

wing orange-yellow ; an oblique transverse narrow orange-yellow in-

distinct band: hind wing white, with a small blackish discal spot

and outer maculated line. Head and thorax orange-yellow, spotted

with black. Abdomen pale cinereous, with dorsal row of blackish

spots. Antennze brown. Underside pale dull yellow; speckles on

fore wing, discal spots, and transverse lines on both wings cinereous

brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

A.? uapsartrata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. xxiv. Geom. p. 1121.

A.? TENEBRARIA, 0. sp.

Male and female pale dull green: fore wing densely fleckled with

blackish brown, variously interspersed with white fleckles ; four ob-

liquely transverse equidistant medially interrupted ill-formed black-

fleckled bands, the outer or submarginal band with a row of white

spots: hind wing pale yellowish cinereous, with pale cinereous

fleckles ; a blackish-brown discal spot and two outer narrow lunular

bands: exterior margins with a row of lunular spots. Cilia alter-

ei) eee

1867.] MR. ¥F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOFTERA. 653

nate black and pale yellow. Underside pale, markings as above, but

more confluent. Head and thorax greenish brown. Abdomen cine-

reous, with brown bands. Legs blackish, spotted.

Expanse, ¢ 24, 2 22 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Vinpusara, n. g., Moore.

Palpi moderate, flat, porrect, hardly extending beyond the head,

densely pilose beneath ; third joint minute, conical. Legs smooth ;

hind tibize very long, pilose at the side, incrassated in the middle

(less so in the female) with two pairs of spurs. Antenne broadly

pectinated to within one-third their length in the male, simple in the

female. Body robust ; abdomen extending rather beyond the hind

wing in the male, and tufted. Wings large, broad; fore wing tri-

gonal; exterior margin very oblique, posterior angle rounded: hind

wing rather produced at the apex and in the middle of exterior mar-

gin, which is angled anteriorly.

Vinpusara composiraTA. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 6.)

Abraxas compositata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 207.

V. METACHROMATA.

Abrazas metachromata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv. Geom.

p. 1122.

Fam. LARENTIDZ.

Genus Oporasra, Steph.

OpoRABIA MACULARIA, 0. sp.

Female rufous grey, slightly brown-speckled: fore wing with four

series of three or four contiguous narrow brown transverse lines, with

darker brown spots along the veins; exterior margin with a line of

double spots: hind wing white. Underside paler: fore wing greyish

cinereous. Fore legs blackish above, with white spots.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Larentis, Dup.

LARENTIA VARIEGATA, 0. sp.

Male dull sap-green, whitish-speckled: fore wing with a broad

medial obliquely transverse white sinuous-bordered band, containing

several parallel blackish lunular lines, their interspaces varied blackish

ochreous and green; base of wing and exterior border with several

transverse whitish-bordered black lunular lines with varied-coloured

interspaces ; a well-defined submarginal lunular line: hind wing

cinereous brown, with darker outer border, narrow white submarginal

lunular lines, and dark brown marginal lunules.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

654 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

L. [RATA, n. sp.

Male and female pale glossy brassy yellow: fore wing numerously

and minutely speckled with dark brown; three equidistant oblique

transverse wavy brassy-yellow lines with blackish borders, the inter-

spaces each with a transverse row of purplish-grey spots; a distinct

black discal spot: hind wing cinereous brown, with a slight brassy

gloss; a submarginal and marginal row of pale yellowish lunules.

Cilia brassy yellow, alternated with dark brown. Underside paler ;

both wings minutely speckled and with greyish white spots: fore

wing cinereous brown basally: hind wing with a distinct black discal

spot and narrow band. Palpi, antenne, thorax, and legs yellow,

numerously black-speckled. Abdomen cinereous brown above, yel-

lowish beneath.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Genus Evrityecia, Curtis.

EuPITHECIA SEMICIRCULATA, 0. sp.

Male and female fuliginous brown, somewhat fleckled: fore wing

with two medial transverse black lunular whitish-margined lines,

within which is a quadrate anteriorly-speckled yellowish costal patch,

contiguous to which is a black discal spot ; a marginal row of black

lunules with testaceous borders: hind wing with a large black round

evanescent spot with a semicircular white-outer-bordered line at the

anal angle ; a black discal dot and contiguous transverse streaks ; a

testaceous line with black lunular streaks along the abdominal and

exterior margins. Underside paler, indistinctly marked as above.

Antennee of the female white-spotted ; antennze in the male broadly

but thinly bipectinated to near the apex.

Expanse 5°; inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Ki. FERRUGINARIA, Nl. sp.

Male and female greyish ferruginous : fore wing with three bright

ferruginous transverse irregular zigzag equidistant bands, the two

inner bands traversed by a single and the outer band by a partly

double yellow lunular line; base of wing, discal spot and adjoining

streaks to the costa, and a streak on exterior margin black; a paler

submarginal ferruginous and yellow band, and a marginal row of

black dots: hind wing with a black discal dot and marginal row of

dots; a submarginal transverse ferruginous and yellow lunular band.

Head, thorax, and base of abdomen black.

Expanse / inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

E. COSTIPANNARIA, 0. Sp.

Female greyish testaceous, duller beneath: fore wing with an ob-

lique basal black patch and a triangular patch on the middle of the

costa, both with pale borders ; exterior margin with some small black

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 655

spots below the apex and above the posterior angle, bordered by an

inner whitish ime ; some very indistinct whitish lines obliquely cross-

ing the disk: hind wing pale cinereous along the anterior border ;

some dark streaks from abdominal margin, and a whitish line ex-

tending upward from middle of posterior margin. Cilia whitish,

with blackish inner line and streaks. Palpi, head, and thorax black.

Abdomen testaceous. Underside: fore wing with small black obli-

que discal spot and spots on the middle of the costa: hind wing with

discal spot and outer transverse indistinct line of points.

Expanse 1,1; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Sauris, Guen.

Sauris DECussATA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 10.)

Female bright green: hind wing and abdomen uniform cinereous

brown: fore wing with a medial transverse band of diffused black

lunular lines enclosing a small discal spot ; base of the wing and ex-

terior border with narrow black less-distinct lines ; two short longi-

tudinal black streaks below the apex ; a marginal row of black-pointed

lunules, and an intermediate outer row of marks like the letter X,

which cross the cilia; costal margin ochreous. Antennze ochreous,

black-spotted. Palpi, head, and thorax bright green. Underside

cinereous brown, with indistinct blackish costal streaks, discal mark,

and outer transverse wavy line. Legs black, white-spotted.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus Mevaniere, Dup.

MELANIPPE CATENARIA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 9.)

Male ferruginous brown: fore wing with a broad partly transverse

oblique whitish medial band, containing several blackish lunular

parallel lines, the middle line being chain-like ; exterior border with

a series of white spots below the apex, a large medial spot, and a

smaller spot at the posterior angle: hind wing white, with short

blackish-cinereous lunular streaks from abdominal margin; an ex-

terior marginal lunular line. Palpi, head, and thorax ferruginous

brown; two black metallic tufts on lower part of thorax. Abdomen

white, with transverse cinereous streaks. Cilia alternate white and

brown. Underside cinereous white: fore wing with three cinereous-

brown transverse discal lines, and broad marginal band with a sub-

marginal row of white dots: hind wing with a curved discal spot

and three indistinct cinereous-brown outer sinuous lines, a submar-

ginal line, and darker lunular marginal line.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

M. CUPREATA, 0. sp.

Male glossy cupreous brown: fore wing with several basal trans-

656 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

verse white sinuous lines, exteriorly bordered by a dark brown indi-

stinct band, their interspaces being white-speckled ; exterior border

of the wing varied with yellow and white lunules and speckles, and

traversed by a submarginal double series of brown dots: hind wing

pale cinereous brown. Underside paler; hind wing somewhat yel-

low exteriorly ; both wings with indistinct whitish lunular submar-

ginal lines and dots.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus ANTICLEA, Steph.

ANTICLEA CUPREARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female pale cupreous brown: fore wing with two narrow

subbasal transverse darker brown bands, the first band with an outer

and the next with an inner black-bordered line, the interspace being

greyish and traversed by three darker lines; across the disk is a

narrow line, which is posteriorly lunular and anteriorly straight and

black-bordered, and is indented before the costa; across the middle

of the wing and exterior border are some indistinct pale narrow

blackish-brown irregular lines: hind wing pale cupreous white, with

a narrow brown marginal line and brown cilium from anal angle.

Abdomen with a black waist-band.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8S. Atkinson.

Genus Coremia, Guen.

CoREMIA MEDIOVITTARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female cinereous brown: fore wing with a rather broad

medial transverse dark brown band, narrowest hindward, and which

is traversed by two black lines with grey interspace ; base and outer

border of the wing with transverse pale Junular lines ; a submarginal

row of indistinct small whitish spots: hind wing pale cinereous, with

three or four bright-brown marginal narrow lunular bands.

Expanse 1 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

Genus ScorosiA, Steph.

ScorostA MINIosATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxv. Geom.

p. 1354.

S. arrostrpaTa, Walk. ib. p. 1354.

S. VITREATA, 0. Sp.

Male and female dark vitreous green, with a cupreous gloss, with

numerous short transverse black strigee: fore wing with the veins

slightly yellowish and speckled; two medial transverse irregular

sinuous black lines with chalybeate outer borders, between which is

a black discal ringlet ; the space at the base of the wing and across

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 657

the disk pale, the latter with a wavy transverse lunular chalybeate

band with a glossy cupreous border: hind wing with two transverse

sinuous blackish lines, and a submarginal lunular chalybeate line with

cupreous border: both wings with black lunular marginal line.

Underside dark cinereous, with greenish tinge; both wings with

slightly apparent blackish discal spot and outer sinuous line. Fore

legs black-streaked. Antennze ferruginous, setaceous in both sexes.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 2} inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. LATIVITTARIA, 0. sp.

Male and female dark cinereous brown: fore wing with a broad

dark brown transversely curved medial irregularly-sinuous-margined

whitish-bordered band; some diffused dark brown transverse basal

lunular lines ; a white-pointed submarginal sinuous dark brown line

and a short apical sinuous streak ; marginal line dark brown alter-

nated with small white spots: hind wing witk an indistinct brown

discal line with whitish spots, a submarginal row of white spots, and

brown marginal line alternated with white spots. Underside duller

cinereous brown. Both wings with a transverse discal whitish-

spotted lunular indistinct line and a submarginal row of white spots.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. OBLIQUISIGNATA, N. Sp.

Male cupreous brown; hind wing orange-red: fore wing with a

transverse subbasal straight cinereous narrow line; a broad trans-

verse medial blackish pale-bordered band, which contains an oblique

oval discal ringlet, and is traversed within by three parallel reddish

lines along the outer, which is sinuous; on each side of the band are

three or four parallel lines, those of the inner side being reddish, of

the outer cinereous ; a submarginal cinereous line bordered exteriorly

by blackish ; a black lunular marginal line; veins of the wing red-

dish-lined throughout: hind wing with cinereous brown broadly

along abdominal margin, below which are three black marginal

lunules ; a narrow brown discal ringlet. Underside pale orange

yellow, base and apical patch on fore wing and discal streaks cinere-

ous brown. Cilia cupreous brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Darjeeling.- In Coll. A. E. Russell.

S. VENIMACULATA, 0. Sp.

Male glossy luteous brown: fore wing with numerous blackish-

brown uniform narrow transverse bands, which are somewhat sinu-

ous anteriorly, and lunular posteriorly, those forming the usual broad

medial band defined by being blackest ; veins along exterior border

with short luteous-white streaks, and a submarginal row of similar

streaks: hind wing with several indistinct darker rather broad exte-

rior bands; veins with short luteous-white streaks: marginal line

658 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

to both wings luteous white. Underside paler, indistinctly marked

as above.

Expanse 23 inches.

Bengal (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

ARICHANNA, n. g., Moore.

Palpi small, compressed, moderately clothed with long hairs ; third

joint minute, conical. Antennze—male bipectinated, the pectinations

formed of fasicles of fine short hairs; female simple. Legs slender,

smooth; mid tibiz with one pair and hind tibiz with two pairs of

long spurs. Abdomen slender, tufted at the apex, not reaching to

the angle of the hind wing. Fore wing elongate-trigonate ; costa

straight at the base, arched near the end; apex angled; exterior

margin oblique, slightly convex ; hind margin nearly straight. Hind

wing convex exteriorly, slightly scalloped.

ARICHANNA PLAGIFERA.

Scotosia plagifera, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl. v.

p- 1686.

Darjeeling.

A. RAMOSA.

Scotosia ramosa, Walk. ib. p. 1688.

Darjeeling.

A. TRAMESATA, n. sp. (PI. XXXIII. fig. 2.)

Male and female pale yellowish cinereous: fore wing with nume-

rous short transverse blackish-brown confluent strigz ; a yellowish

longitudinal medial line from the base to exterior margin, crossed by

two narrow white contorted transverse inner bands, and outer sub-

marginal lunular line; an oblique yellowish streak from the apex to

the discal band; strigee thinly disposed along the outer margin of

discal band ; a distinct discal spot formed of confluent black strigze ;

exterior margin with a row of black lunular spots: hind wing with

indistinct discal spot and outer transverse strigze ; a row of marginal

lunules. Body dark-speckled. Underside paler, the dark markings

of fore wing cinereous brown: hind wing thickly speckled with brown,

discal spot distinct. Exterior margins with black spots. Cilia alter-

nated with black.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Remark.—This species is allied to both 4. ramosaria and A. pla-

gifera.

A. MACULATA, 0. Sp.

Female yellowish white: fore wing with several obliquely trans-

verse bands of large white spots with some smaller spots parallel

between them, the whole of the interspaces being deep black, the

spots divided longitudinally into three distinct series: hind wing

‘

i? :

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 659

cinereous white, with a small blackish discal spot, narrow transverse

oblique straight subbasal, recurved discal, and irregular submarginal

bands, and wavy marginal line. Cilia white, alternated with black.

Base of palpi, front and top of thorax, dorsal line, and lateral bands

on abdomen black. Antennze black. Underside cinereous white ;

markings as above, but more subdued. Body and legs pale; legs

with black spots.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

A. MARMORATA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 3.)

Male and female white, with thinly dispersed short reddish strigze:

fore wing with an oblique basal, double subbasal, and submarginal

transverse ferruginous bands, a streak (which also forms a discal

ringlet) longitudinally from the subbasal band to exterior margin,

where there are some pointed lunules of the same colour: hind wing

with a subbasal oblique band and narrow wavy ferruginous discal

line, the latter with lower exterior border and pointed lunules of the

same colour: exterior margins with a narrow wavy ferruginous line.

Body ferruginous ; spot on tegulze and dorsal streak on abdomen

white. Underside pale cinereous brown, with slightly apparent

blackish discal and submarginal streaks on fore wing, narrow discal

spot, subbasal and outer transverse lines on the hind wing, and wavy

marginal line. Antennee and legs blackish-streaked.

Expanse 1 inch,

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Genus Psyra, Walk.

Psyra cunrata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxi. Geom. p. 483.

P. ANGULIFERA.

Scotosia angulifera, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1687.

Darjeeling.

P. sIMILARIA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 1.)

Male pale greenish saffron-yellow: fore wing with three submar-

ginal jet-black spots; the first small, triangular, and near the apex ;

the next nearly midway beneath, elongated, bidentated exteriorly ;

the third the largest and near the posterior border, triangular with

the angle pointing to the base, and slightly excavated exteriorly ; a

transverse discal series of black dots, a distinct discal spot; three

subbasal transverse spots, the lowest triangular, and a single spot at

the base: both wings with a marginal row of black dots, most di-

stinct on the fore wing: hind wing pale cinereous yellow, with cine-

reous speckles and discal spot, and two outer curved cinereous bands,

the inner band narrow, the outer distinct. Palpi and three spots on

top of the thorax black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore,

660 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Remark.—Allied to P. cuneata, but may be distinguished by the

exterior margin of both wings not being angled in the middle, and

by the cinereous bands of the hind wing being curved and not straight

and broadly diffused as in P. cuneata.

GANDARITIS, n. g., Moore.

Male. Palpi ascending, pilose, compressed; third joint small,

conical. Thorax moderate. Abdomen long, attenuate. Antennze

simple. Wings very large, elongated, broad: fore wing arched ;

apex slightly faleate; exterior margin oblique, posterior angle rounded ;

hind margin straight: hind wing produced, extending considerably

beyond the posterior angle of fore wing; anterior margin convex,

apex rounded. Legs smooth, long ; hind tibize with four apical spurs.

GANDARITIS FLAVATA, 0. sp.

Male yellow: fore wing with a ferruginous-yellow dark-brown-

bordered medial transverse band, the inner border oblique and wavy,

the outer border extending obliquely towards the exterior margin

and then retracting to the posterior margin close to the inner border;

both borders of the band with a contiguous less-distinct brown line,

and near the costa is a brown discal spot ; base of the wing streaked

with ferruginous ; a brown lunular line from the angle of the band

to the apex of the wing, beneath which the exterior margin is cine-

reous ; a submarginal pale lunular line diffused within beneath the

angle of the band with yellowish ferruginous: hind wing with a fer-

ruginous medial transverse lunular line; exterior border suffused with

ferruginous. Palpi and antenne brown. Head and body ferrugi-

nous yellow. Underside much paler: fore wing with an oblique

brown streak from middle of the costa, and another below the apex :

hind wing speckled with brown; a blackish patch on the middle of

anterior margin, and another above the anal angle. Legs partly

blackish brown.

Expanse 3 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Genus CrpariA, Treit.

CrpaRIA SuBSTITUTA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. xxxv. Suppl. v.

prl6gie

Darjeeling.

C. INTERPLAGATA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 461.

Darjeeling.

C. inextricata, Walk. /.¢. p. 1691.

Darjeeling.

C. ARGENTILINEATA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 5.)

Male and female cupreous brown: fore wing with a silvery-white

transverse subbasal narrow curved line, near which is a double slightly

1867. ] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 661

sinuous line; three submarginal wavy lines, the two outer lines

slightly diffused, and an outer imperfect series of lunules ; two short

lines at the apex; submedian veins slightly lined with white: hind

wing and abdomen dark cinereous. Underside cinereous brown, with

indistinct whitish transverse submarginal lunular lines and marginal

row of spots.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. AURANTIARIA, n. Sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 8.)

Male and female dark brown; hind wing bright orange-colour :

fore wing with two pale cinereous-yellow subbasal transverse lines ;

an oblique line from the costa beyond extending to below the middle,

where it is indented opposite the exterior margin, returning again to

the costa at one-third from the apex; a similar oval line beneath

this on the posterior margin, both being outwardly bordered by a

parallel line and a submarginal lunular line, the latter extending out-

ward to the costa close to the apex; another line curving from the

apex to the middle of exterior margin, beneath which to the posterior

angle are some longitudinal streaks: hind wing with cinereous-brown

abdominal margin and anal streaks, where also the exterior margin

has a blackish line. Abdomen cinereous. Underside paler: fore

wing with a repay ase subapical diffused whitish band.

Expanse 1,4 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W.S. Atkinson.

C. SIGNATA, 0. sp.

Male and female dark cinereous brown: fore wing with a broad

transverse medial band, which is exteriorly constricted below the

middle, and having a narrow white lunular bordered line; within the

band is a black oheae recurved transverse discal streak ; at the base

of the wing and contiguous to the outer border of the band are some

transverse paler white lunular lines; a straight submarginal white

line, and a short longitudinal white streak below the apex; a mar-

ginal row of double dots with white borders: hind wing and under-

side paler CRESTS brown.

Expanse 1,2, inch.

Darjeeling. “Tn Coll. A. E. Russell; W.S. Atkinson.

C. VIRIDATA, 0. sp.

Male and female bright sap-green: fore wing with a broad medial

transverse white-bordered cinereous black band having two inner

parallel lunular black-bordered green lines, between which is a green

discal spot; base of the wing and exterior border partly blackish,

and with transverse blackish lunular lines: hind wing pale cinereous

brown. Cilia pale ochreous, alternated on the fore wing with black.

Abdomen cinereous brown.

Expanse ;°, inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll, W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

662 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

C. RETICULATA, 0. Sp.

Female blackish brown: fore wing with several prominent pale

chocolate-brown irregular bands, each with a yellow-bordered line,

the bands disposed transversely, those at the base intersecting each

other and joined to the outer by a longitudinal subcostal band, which

latter and the outer band contains small dark brown spots with yel-

low borders, the outer band emitting a lower inner point, and out-

wardly narrow yellow streaks to the exterior margin of the wing:

hind wing cinereous, with three indistinct narrow outer brown bands.

Cilia yellow, with brown points and inner line. Body dark brown,

with cinereous streaks. Underside cinereous brown, darkest at the

base, with narrow blackish-brown sinuous discal band with narrow

white outer border.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C. CINEREATA, N. sp.

Male and female cinereous white: fore wing with a dark ferru-

ginous-brown base and apical patch, the latter somewhat blackish

and crossed by a whitish lunular line, a transverse post-medial black-

speckled ill-defined band with white lunular bordered line ; middle

of the wing minutely black-speckled ; a small black discal spot ; a

short ferruginous streak ascending from a black streak from posterior

margin near the angle: both wings with marginal brown spots.

Cilia pale yellow. Palpi, head, and thorax ferruginous brown. Ab-

domen cinereous. Underside paler; base and apex of fore wing

blackish cinereous, with oblique subapical pale band: hind wing with

a discal dot and indistinct outer line.

Expanse 17 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Remark.—Allied to Cidaria russata.

C. CALAMISTRATA, n. Sp. (PI. XXXII. fig. 6.)

Male and female dark ferruginous brown, slightly white-speckled :

fore wing with a broad medial band with sinuous black borders, the

outer border margined with white, the band being blackish at the

sides and white along the middle, the colours being separated by a

transverse sinuous black line with white outer margin; on the white

ground is a short black discal streak and some lower ringlet marks ;

near the base of the wing is a narrow blackish band, and below the

apex are some black patches traversed by a sinuous white line; a

black exterior marginal line: hind wing pale cinereous white, with

slight cinereous exterior border and darker marginal line. Cilia alter-

nate brown and cinereous white. Underside cinereous white; exte-

rior border of fore wing, an oblique broad subapical streak, and con-

tiguous discal spot blackish cinereous : hind wing with a slight cine-

reous discal spot, outer sinuous line, and straight marginal line.

Expanse 15%, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. W. 8S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Remark,—Allied to Cidaria russata.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 663

C. SUBAPICARIA, 0. Sp.

Male and female ferruginous brown: fore wing with a narrow

blackish transverse subbasal band, and a broad medial band, the

inner border of which is upright, the outer border irregularly ex-

tending towards the exterior margin; a short whitish oblique sub-

apical streak and a ferruginous-white patch at the apex; a submar-

ginal series of short black longitudinal streaks; a black marginal

line; a medial band with some indistinct black markings and a

discal spot: hind wing pale cinereous, with brown marginal line and

discal dot. Underside—fore wing blackish cinereous, with a bent

subapical whitish oblique streak: hind wing paler, with a blackish

discal dot and outer sinuous indistinct line. Legs with whitish

spots.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. 8. Atkinson.

Remark.—Allied to Cidaria russata of Europe.

C. TRISIGNATA, Nl. Sp.

Male dark brown: fore wing cinereous-fleckled, with several indi-

stinct transverse sinuous black lines ; a basal and a broad medial trans-

verse bands with black-bordered sinuous line and whitish outer mar-

gin; in the middle band are three black-divisioned whitish discal

spots ; a cinereous streak at the apex and another at the costal end

of the band indistinctly joined by a lower whitish streak ; marginal

line black, with some white spots: hind wing cinereous brown, with

indistinct discal spot ; anterior border and two submarginal lunular

lines cinereous white ; marginal line as on fore wing.

Expanse 22 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C. CHALYBEARIA, 0. Sp.

Female cinereous brown: fore wing chalybeate-speckled along the

exterior border, and in patches across the disk and at the base; a

broad medial transverse band formed of blackish diffused lunular

lines, the middle somewhat paler and containing a black dentate

discal mark, before which is a white spot; base of the wing and ex-

terior border with indistinct blackish lunular lines; a submarginal

row of white lunules with black points: hind wing paler, with a short

whitish lunular streak from the anal angle. Underside uniform

cinereous brown, with a submarginal row of white dots on both

wings.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling; Cherra Poonjee. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. opscuRATA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 7.)

Male dark luteous brown: fore wing with a broad medial trans-

verse darker band with narrow yellowish black-bordered lines, the

inner line bent inward below its middle, the outer line lunular with

he points extending inwardly along the veins ; within the band are

664 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEEIDOPTERA. [May 23,

two black transverse lunular lines and a medial series of circular

marks ; two similar transverse lines near the base of the wing, and

two submarginal irregular but less distinct lines, the latter black-

streaked before the apex and along the outer border ; some black

spots between the second and third basal lines : hind wing cinereous

brown basally, partly luteous exteriorly, with submarginal lunular

luteous lines. Underside paler ; costa and subapical patch luteous

yellow; two black spots before the apex: hind wing with a black

discal spot and indistinct outer sinuous lines.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. CERVINARIA, Nl. Sp.

Male blackish fawn-colour: fore wing with a dark velvety-brown

transverse subbasal and a discal band, both with irregular margins

and with a narrow yellow-bordered line ; some similar-coloured spots

between the bands posteriorly and others anteriorly on the costa; a

small similar spot on the costa near the base, and three others before

the apex; interspace before and exterior to the discal band diffused

with ferrugirious: a dark marginal line to both wings: anal tuft

yellowish. Underside paler: fore wing with some blackish costal

spots and pale-bordered discal transverse line: hind wing with a

black discal spot and outer sinuous pale-bordered line. Cilia brown,

with yellowish inner line.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

C, AURATA, 0. sp.

Male bright golden-yellow: fore wing with a broad basal and a

posteriorly narrow medial transverse dark brown band, bordered by

a pure-white sinuous line and traversed by some narrow white streaks;

exterior border of the wing dark brown, with a yellow streak below

the apex and a spot on middle of exterior margin; a submarginal

and a marginal line of pure-white lunules: hind wing cinereous

yellow, with some indistinct rows of whitish spots. Underside duller-

coloured; bands on the fore wing indistinct, hind wing with several

transverse white-speckled lines, and a marginal row of white spots

to both wings.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Fam. EvBo.ip2.

Genus Anaitis, Dup.

ANAITIS MEDMARIA.

Orsonoba medmaria, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. Geom.

p. 1521.

Eubolia reciproca, Walk. ib. xxxv. Suppl. v. p. 1698.

Darjeeling.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 605

Tribe CRAMBICES.

Fam. GALLERID.

Genus Propacuys, Walk.

PROPACHYS NIGRIVENA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. xxvii. p. 7.

P. LINEALIS, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 17.)

Male yellow. Labial palpi massive, broad, compressed, squamose;

joints compact. Maxillary palpi slender, clavate, slightly pilose.

Proboscis stout. Antenne setulose. Body robust ; abdomen extend-

ing beyond the hind wings. Legs stout; fore tibie fringed beneath;

middle and hind legs long; hind tibize with four long spurs. Fore

wings elongated, narrow, slightly rounded at the apex; hind wing

broad, apex acute. Fore wings pale yellow, with a blackish-red nar-

row line between each vein: hind wings pale golden-yellow. Cilia

whitish, that of the fore wing with a blackish-red inner line.

Expanse 1), inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

P. FASCIALIS, 0. sp.

Female. Fore wing bright chrome yellow; a narrow black line

along the exterior veins, and a similar line between each vein, the

black forming a suffused fascia from the middle of the outer margin;

a black line from the base of the wing below the cell: hind wing and

abdomen blackish purple. Palpi, head, thorax, and antenne chrome

yellow. Underside as above. Legs blackish.

Expanse | inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Tocco.os1pA, Walk.

ToccoLosipA RUBRICEPS, Walk. Cat. Lep. B. M. xxvii. p. 14.

Silhet. In Coll. W. W. Saunders, Esq.

ApsarASA, n. g., Moore.

Palpi stout, erect, projecting above the head; second joint broad,

compressed, covered with dense adpressed short hair-like scales ;

third joint cylindrical, naked, two-thirds the length of the second.

Antenne setulose. Head broad, prominent, with a short acute

conical point projecting forward from the vertex. Body stout; ab-

domen long, extending one-third its length beyond the hind wings ;

apex tufted. Legs stout, squamose; fore legs slightly pilose be-

neath ; mid tibize with one pair and hind tibiee with two pairs of stout

spurs, one in each pair short; tarsi set with short bristles beneath.

Fore wings elongate ; costa convex at the base; apex rounded; ex-

terior border very oblique, convex, forming a rounded margin to one-

third of the hind border: hind wings short, trigonate; apex rounded,

exterior border convex, excavated below the apex.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLIII.

666 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

APSARASA RADIANS.

Apatela radians, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 28. f. 4 (1847).

Glottula radians, Walk. Catal. Lepid. Het. B. M. Noct. pt. xv.

p- 1668. ;

Remark.—I am uncertain about the position of this genus, and

place it here with doubt.

Fam. CRAMBID2.

Genus Escuata, Walk.

Syn. Cherecla, Walk. Suppl. p. 634.

EscHATA GELIDA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. Noct. p. 133.

Darjeeling.

Genus ApuriMA, Walk.

APURIMA XANTHOGASTRELLA, Walk. ib. xxvii. p. 194 (1863).

Rupela degenerella, Walk. ib. xxviii. p. 524.

Lithosia cramboides, Walk. ib. xxxi. Suppl. i. p. 230 (1864).

Genus ScIRPOPHAGA.

SciRPOPHAGA AURIFLUA, Zeller, Monogr. Chilo. et Cramb. p. 2

(1863).

Calcutta.

S. ginvinersis, Zeller, ib. p. 2 (1863).

Brriuaspa, n. g., Moore.

Male. Labial palpi porrect, slightly recurved, slender, smooth,

pointed at the apex ; second joint twice the length of the third.

Maxillary palpi less than half the length of the labial, fringed. An-

tennze minutely pectinated; basal joint thick. Head narrow, pro-

truding in front, conical. Thorax stout. Abdomen attenuated, com-

pressed at the sides; apical tuft prominent. Legs smooth, slender,

long ; hind legs very long (the tibia and tarsus together being three-

quarters of an inch); hind tibiz with four long spurs. Wings elon-

gate, broad: fore wing acute at the apex; costa arched at the base;

exterior margin slightly convex, oblique: hind wing produced at the

apex; exterior margin slightly recurved ; anal angle rounded. Cilia

broad.

BRIHASPA ATROSTIGMELLA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 13.)

Male pure white, glossy: fore wing with a black curved bar or

brand at the base of the costa, beneath which is a small black spot ;

two black spots at the end of the cell, and an oval spot beneath

them near the posterior margin; two pale yellow maculated trans-

verse streaks obliquely before the apex, and two similar-coloured

1867. | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 667

spots above the anal angle of the hind wing. Labial and maxillary

palpi and eyes black. Fore legs blackish.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Ramita, n. g., Moore.

Male. Labial palpi porrect, slender ; second and third joints ot

equal length ; third joint pilose, pointed. Maxillary palpi extending

beyond the head to near the tip of the labial, pilose, tufted at the apex.

Proboscis small. Head large, broad, prominent, projecting consider-

ably beyond the eyes, oval in front. Antenne minutely serrated. Body

rather stout ; abdomen extending beyond the hind wings. Legs mode-

rate ; fore tibie incrassate, pilose beneath ; hind tibize with four rather

long spurs. Fore wings elongate ; costa nearly straight ; apex much

produced and slightly falcate ; exterior margin straight, very oblique,

angle rounded ; posterior margin convex in the middle: hind wings

trigonate ; apex produced and slightly faleate ; anal angle truncate.

RAMILA MARGINELLA, 0. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 16.)

Male silvery white: fore wing with numerous short tranverse lu-

nulate iridescent wrinkles ; a narrow cupreous-brown marginal band

along the costa ; two oblique transverse narrow brown lines, the outer

line submarginal and irregular, the inner line rather indistinct and ter-

minated by two small brown discal spots, another similar spot being

situated some distance within the cell. Two short transverse narrow

brown lines crossing the lower part of the hind wing. Both wings with

a narrow black lunular line to the exterior margin. Cilia of both wings

pale ferruginous, edged with cinereous, the division being by a narrow

black lunular line. Sides of head in front and palpi above brown.

Fore legs partly brown ; tarsi brown at the base of each joint.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Genus CRAMBUS.

CRAMBUS CONSOCIELLUS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvii. p- 159.

Note.—North America is given in the ‘ Brit. Mus. Catalogue’ as

the habitat of this insect. This I have ascertained to be an error.

Genus Acara, Walk.

ACARA MOROSELLA, Walk. ib. p. 199.

Silhet.

Genus ScH@NoBIUvs.

SCHENOBIUS MINUTELLUS, Zeller, Monogr. Chilo. et Cramb. p. 5

(1863).

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

S. PUNCTELLUS, Zeller, ib. p. 4 (1863).

Calcutta (W. S. Athinson).

668 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Genus CaLamoTropHa, Zeller.

CALAMOTROPHA ATKINSONI, Zeller, ib. p. 9 (1863).

Calcutta (W. 8. Atkinson).

Tribe TorTRICEs.

Fam. NycTrreouip.

Genus Hytopuita, Hiibn.

Hytopuita Faucata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl.

ve p. 1772:

Darjeeling.

H. CHLOROLEUCA.

Tyana chloroleuca, Walk. ib. p. 1777.

Darjeeling.

Genus Tyana, Walk.

TYANA CALLICHLORA. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 14.)

Tyana callichlora, Walk. ib. p. 1776.

Darjeeling.

TYANA SUPERBA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 15.)

Fore wing pearl-white ; costa, a transverse subbasal band, and an

oblique subapical irregular band dark saffron-yellow, the latter en-

closing a white spot at each end, and both bands black-bordered,

the subbasal on its outer margin, the other on its inner margin;

costal margin at the apex and cilia anteriorly black ; cilia posteriorly

saffron-yellow, with black spots: hind wing white. Head and front

of thorax saffron-yellow. Thorax white. Abdomen yellowish.

Antenne and palpi brown, with white spots. Legs white, fore and

middle legs with yellow spots.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. F. Moore.

Genus Apnustia, Walk.

? Farias, H.-Sch.

APHUSIA SPEIPLENA, Walk. ib. xi. Noct. p. 770 (1857).

Micra partita, Walk. ib. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 799 (1865).

Fam. TorTRiciD&.

Genus CErace, Walk.

CERACE STIPATANA, Walk. ib. xxviii. p. 422.

C. onusTana, Walk. ib. xxviii. p. 423.

Silhet ; Darjeeling.

1867.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 669

Genus ASMENE, Walk.

ZEMENE TaPROBANIS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. Bombyces,

p- 942.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Tribe TINEINES.

Fam. TINEID2.

Genus TinEA.

TINEA LONGICORNIS, Stainton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. v. n. s.

p- 113. .

Calcutta.

Genus Porsica, Walk.

Porsica 1nGens, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. Suppl. v.

p. 1823.

Genus ALAvona, Walk.

ALAVONA BARBARELLA, Walk, ib. xxviii. p. 515.

Fam. HyPoNOMEUTID.

Genus Atreva, Walk.

Syn. Améblothridia, Wallengren; Corinea, Walk.

ATTEVA NIVEIGUTTA, Walk. ib. ii. Bomb. p. 526.

Corinea niveiguttella, Walk. ib. xxviii. p. 542.

Larva feeds on Ailanthus excelsus, residing in a common very fine

web. At times a perfect pest, denuding the tree of its leaves. —Dr.

Bonavia.

HyPONOMEUTA LINEATONOTELLA, ni. sp. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 18.)

Fore wing dark cream-white, marked with four black longitudinal

subcostal lines, one basal and two subbasal black spots, a series of

six subapical spots, and a row of spots along the apical and exterior

margins; base of costa also black: hind wing cinereous brown.

Cilia white. Head, thorax, palpi and legs cream-white, with black

spots. Abdomen pale ferruginous. Antenne white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. F. Moore.

Fam. PLUTELLID.

Genus Cerostoma, Latr.

CEROSTOMA RUGOSELLA, Stainton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. v.

n. spells.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

C. ALBOFASCIELLA, Stainton, ib. y. u.s. p. 114.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

670 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Fam. GELEcurip”.

Genus Derressaria, Haw.

DEPRESSARIA RICINI, Atkinson; Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 115.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on the castor-oil plant (Ricinus communis), rolling up

the edge of a leaf.—W. S. Atkinson.

D. zizyput, Atkinson; Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 115.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Zizyphus jujuba.—W. S. Atkinson.

D. ? r1cINELLA, Atkinson; Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 110.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Ricinus communis, rolling up the edge of a leaf.—

W. S. Atkinson.

Genus Brnsitta, Walk.

? Cryptolechia, Zell.

BINSITTA NIVIFERANA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxix. p. 832.

Genus GevLecuia, Zeller.

GeLecuia uisiscl, Atkinson; Stainton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

v. n. 8. p. 117%

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on the tops of the yellow Hizbiscus.— W. S. Atkinson.

G. PUBESCENTELLA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 117.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

G. SIMPLICIELLA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 118.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus Parasia, Dup.

PARASIA APICIPUNCTELLA, Stainton, ib. v. n. s. p. 119.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus AnarstA, Zeller.

ANARSIA CANDIDA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 114.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus GcorHora, Zeller.

CEcoPpHORA SUBGANOMELLA, Stainton, ib. v.n. s. p. 119.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus BuTA.ts, Treit.

BUTALIS TRIOCELLATA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 120.

Calcutta (WW. 8. Atkinson).

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 671

Fam. GRACILLARIDE.

Genus GraciLuARtiA, Zeller.

GRACILLARIA AURICILLA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 120.

Calcutta (W. 8. Atkinson).

G. FALCATELLA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 121.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

G. USTULATELLA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 121.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

G. RESPLENDENS, Stainton, ib. i. 3rd ser. p. 294, pl. 10. f. 4.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

G. QUADRIFASCIATA, Stainton, ib. p. 295, pl. 10. f. 5.

Calcutta.

Larva mines the underside of the leaves of Urena lobata.—W. 8S.

Atkinson.

G. GEMONIELLA, Stainton, ib. p. 297, pl. 10. f. 6.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

G. TERMINALIA, Stainton, ib. p. 298, pl. 10. f. 8.

Calcutta.

Larva mines the underside of the leaves of Terminalia catappa.—

W. 8. Atkinson.

G. NITIDULA, Stainton, ib. p. 299, pl. 10. f. 9.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus Coriscium, Zeller.

CorIsCIUM ORIENTALE, Stainton, ib. il. n.s. p. 301.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on the flower-buds of a species of Bauhinia.—W. 8.

Atkinson.

Genus Orn1ix, Zeller.

ORNIX ALBIFRONS, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 122.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Fam. ELACHISTID2.

Genus LozosromMa.

LOZOSTOMA FLAVOFASCIATA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 124.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

L. SEMISULPHUREA, Stainton, ib. y. n.s. p. 120.

Calcutta (IV. S. Atkinson).

672 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Genus Cosmopreryx, Hiibn.

CosMOPTERYX ASIATICA, Stainton, ib. v. n. s. p. 122.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

C. SEMICOCCINEA, Stainton, ib. v. n.s. p. 123.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

C. ZNEELLA, Stainton, ib. v. n. s. p. 124.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

Genus ATKINSONIA, Stainton.

ATKINSONIA CLERODENDRELLA, Stainton, ib. v. n. 8. p. 125.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on the tops of Clerodendron, drawing together the

leaves with a white web.—W. S. Atkinson.

Fam. LirHocoLLETID.

Genus Liraoco.uetis, Zeller.

LirHOCOLLETIS BAUHINI#&, Atkinson; Stainton, ib. ili. n. s. p.303.

Calcutta.

Larva mines the upper cuticle of the leaves of Bauhinia purpurea.

—W. 8. Atkinson.

Fam. LYoONETIDz.

Genus Puyxiuocnistis, Zeller.

PHYLLOCNISTIS CITRELLA, Atkinson ; Stainton, ib. iii. n. s. p. 303.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on a species of Citrus.—W. S. Atkinson.

Additional Species.

Tribe PAPILIONES.

Fam. PAPILIONID.

PAPILIO ELEPHENOR, Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 305 ;

Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 31. f. 2, 3.

Silhet.

P. Bootes, Westw. Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 38; Are. Ent. pl. 31.

P. cyas, Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 11. f. 1.

P. evan, Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 235; Gen. Diurn.

Lep. pl. 2. f. 1; Westw. Orient. Ent. pl. 31. f. 1.

Silhet.

P. mecarus, Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 52. f. 3.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 673

Fam. Pirrip&.

Pieris seta, Moore, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 102, pl. 44. f. 3, 2.

Fam. Danaip.

EupLa@a ALcATHos, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178.

Fam. NyMPHALID.

MESSARAS ALCIPPE.

Papilio alcippe, Cram. iv. t. 389. f. G, H.

Silhet.

ATELLA SINHA, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 438.

Atella egista auctorum.

Neptis rapHA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 166, pl. 4a. f. 4.

N. soma, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 9, pl. 49. f. 6.

Silhet.

ATHYMA RANGA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 175, pl. 5a. f. 6.

Ditipa MoreiAna, Westw. (Moore, ib. i. p. 201, pl. 6a. f. 5).

Khasia Hills (Dr. Jerdon).

ApouiAs apma, Moore, ib. i. p. 194; Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. v.

n. 8. p. 76.

A. JAHNU, Moore, ib. p. 192; ib. v. n.s. p. 74.

A. EVELINA, Stoll, Cram. Suppl. v. t. 28. f. 2, 2B.

A. sancaRA, Moore, /. c. i. p. 195; Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. y.

nN. 8. plo-9. ff. I:

A. tvA, Moore, J. c. i. p. 195; ib. v. ns. pl. 8. f. 2.

NyYMPHALIS DELPHIS, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1843,

p- 217, pl. 7.

AMATHUSIA AMYTHAON, Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 175;

Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 19. f. 1-3.

Silhet.

ENISPE cycnus, Westw. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 212).

THAUMANTIS NOURMAHAL, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iv.

n.s. p. 178, pl. 18. f. 1, la.

Fam. SATYRID#.

NEORINA KRISHNA.

Cyllo krishna, Westw. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 361.

674 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Desis BHAIRAVA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 217.

D. scanpa, Moore, ib. i. p. 218.

D. napa, Moore, ib. i. p. 218.

D. xansa, Moore, ib. i. p. 219.

D. stnor1x, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. 1862, pl. 131. f. 19, 20.

Mycatesis saANATANA, Moore, /. c. i. p. 231.

YrpuHTHIMA HYAGRIVA, Moore, ib. i. p. 236.

Y. narastnGHA, Moore, ib. i. p. 236.

Metaniris tats, Fabr. (Cram. ii. t. 110. f. A, B).

Fam. Erycinip&.

Dopvona vipa, Hewits. Exot. Butt. 1865, pl.

D. aponrra, Hewits. ib. pl.

Fam. Lycanip&.

Genus PoLtyommatus, Latr.

PoLyomMMatTUwS LAIvs, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. 319. f. D, E.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Zizyphus.—W. 8. Atkinson.

Genus CurysopHANus, Hibn.

CHRYSOPHANUS TIMZUS.

Papilio timeus, Cram. Pap. Exot. t. 146. f. E, F, 9 -

Genus ILerpa, Doubleday.

ILERDA ANDROCLES, Doubl. Gen. Diurn.’Lep. pl. 75. f. 2, 3.

Darjeeling.

I. moore1, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep. Lye. pt. 2. p. 58, d.

Genus Apunaus, Hiibn.

APHN2US IcTIS, Hewits. ib. p. 61, pl. 25. f. 8, 9.

Calcutta.

Genus AmBLypop1A, Horsf.

AMBLYPODIA QUERCETORUM, Boisd. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C.

i. pl: Paste

Darjeeling.

A. periMuTA, Boisd. (Moore, ib. i. p. 42).

Silhet.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 675

? AMBLYPODIA RAMA.

Thecla rama, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 412, t. 4. f. 1, 2.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

A. FuLGIDA, Felder.

Genus Myrina, Godart.

MyrinA AMYNTOR.

Papilio amyntor, Herbst, Pap. t. 300. f. 5, 6.

Silhet (W. S. Atkinson).

M. onyx.

Thela onyx, Boisd.; Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 30.

Myrina syrinx, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien (1860); Hewits.

Ill. Diurn. Lep. Lye. pt.i. p. 34, pl. 14. f. 32, 33.

Darjeeling.

Fam. SPHINGID2.

CaLyMNIA PANOPUS, Cram. pl. 224. f. A, B; Westw. Cab. Orient.

Ent. pl. 6. f. 2.

Silhet.

MAcROSILA NYCTIPHANES, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. vii.

p- 209.

Silhet.

PANACRA AUTOMEDON, Walk. ib. p. 154.

Silhet.

P. mypon, Walk. ib. p. 155.

Silhet.

P. varioxosa, Walk. ib. p. 156.

Silhet.

P. scaputaris, Horsf. (Walk. ib. p. 157).

Thyreus elegantulus, H.-Scheeff. Lep. Spec. Nov. 1. f. 479 (1856).

Silhet.

P. truncata, Walk. ib. p. 160.

Silhet.

P. assaMENsIs, Walk. ib. p. 160.

Silhet.

PHILAMPELUS SERICEUS, Walk. ib. p. 181.

Silhet.

Exi1s1A poxticuus, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 30. f. 1.

Silhet.

676 MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Darapsa HYPOTHOUS, Cram. pl. 285. f. F.

Calcutta.

Feeds on Nauclea kadamba; pupa in folds of leaves.—A. Grote,

Esq.

PERIGONIA MACROGLOSSOIDES, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M.

xxxv. Suppl. p. 1851.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

Cu@rRocaMPaA PALLICcoSTA, Boisd. (Walk. ib. viii. p. 145).

C. eLreenor, Linn.

Macroctossa TRIoPUS, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 6. f. 4.

Silhet.

Note.—Add the synonyms as follows to the species of Sphingide

described in ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1865, pp. 793, 794.

BASIANA SUPERBA, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 793.

Syn. Basiana bilineata, Walk. 1. c. Suppl. v. p. 1857 (1866).

AMBULYX SUBSTRIGILIS, Westw. (P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 793).

Syn. Ambulyx maculifera, Walk. 1. c. Suppl. v. p. 1851, 2.

PerGESA CASTOR, Boisd. (P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 794).

Syn. Pergesa velata, Walk. J. c. Suppl. v. p. 1853.

Tribe BomByCcEs.

Fam. AAGERIIDE.

LENYRA ASTAROTH, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 6. f. 5.

Sikkim (Lieut. Beavan).

Fam. ZYGZNIDZ&.

ZYGHZNA CASHMIRENSIS, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 459,

pl. 19. f. 6.

Darjeeling (A. Grote, Esq.).

Fam. AGARISTIDE.

EvuseMIA AMATRIX, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 33. f. 4.

E. aruna, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 288, 2.

E. proxima, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. i. p. 50.

Assam.

E. pasavis, Walk. ib. p. 53.

1867.| MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 677

E. vetuua, Hiibn. Zutr. f. 657.

Silhet.

PH#GoRISTA CATOCALINA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv.

Suppl. v. p. 1859.

Bengal (collected by A. E. Russell).

Fam. LiryHosip2.

PERIDROME ORBICULARIS, Walk. ib. ii. p. 445.

Aganopis subquadrata, Herr-Scheeff. Lep. Spec. Nov. p. 70, f. 501.

Cherra Poonjee (Col. Buckley).

EvpLocia MEMBLIARIA, Walk. /.c. i. p. 448.

NEOCHERA DOMINIA, Cram. t. 263. f. A, B.

Cherra Poonjee (Col. Buckley).

N. mMarMmoREA, Walk. ib. vii. p. 1674.

Silhet.

Hypsa SILVANDRA, Cram. t. 369. f. D.

Silhet.

Puitona rnops, Walk. J. c. ii. p. 457.

Silhet.

Lrrnosta servia, Walk. ib. ii. p- 506.

L. TeETRAGONA, Walk. ib. ii. p. 510.

Silhet.

L. vacesa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 304.

Darjeeling.

Cyana petriTA, Walk. l.c. ii. p. 529.

Silhet.

Douicue GEeLipA, Walk. ib. ii. p. 529.

Silhet.

BarsIneE LinGA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 301.

Darjeeling.

AGRIsIvs GuTTIVITTA, Walk. /. ¢. il. p. 723.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

SESAPA EXCURRENS, Walk. ib. xxxi. Suppl. i. p. 255.

Cherra Poonjee.

S. DECURRENS, Walk. ib. p. 255.

Darjeeling.

‘

678 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Bizone siGna, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxi. Suppl. ii. p. 550.

Silhet.

B. arama, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 306, pl. 7a. f. 10.

NuparIA suBcERVINA, Walk. J. c, xxxi. Suppl. i. p. 274.

In Coll. W. S. Atkinson, Esq.

N. MARGARITACEA, Walk. ib. p. 275.

In Coll. W. S. Atkinson, Esq.

N. MARGARITARIA, Walk. ib. p. 275.

In Coll. W. S. Atkinson, Esq.

Fam. CHALCOSIID.

CycLosia FULIGINOSA, Walk. ib. ii. p. 418.

Silhet.

C. virernauis, Herr.-Scheff. Lep. Exot. Spec. Nov. i. f. 4.

C. subcyanescens, Walk. J. c. 11. p. 417.

Silhet.

Mixionia GLavuca, Cram. t. 363. f. D.

Silhet.

CHALCosIA ADALIFA, Doubleday (Walk. J. c. ii. p. 421).

Silhet.

C. zeuma, Herr.-Schff. Lep. Exot. Spec. Nov. i. f. 3.

Silhet.

Laurion crrce, Boisd.; Herr.-Schff. Lep. Exot. Spec. Nov. i.

f. 2

L. metallica, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 426.

Cherra Poonjee (Col. Buckley).

EreRvsIA TRICOLOR, Hope, Tr. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 445, pl. 31.

f. 4.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson, Esq.).

E. risa, Doubleday, Zoologist, ii. p. 468.

Silhet.

E. rasa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 320, pl. 8a. f. 2.

Darjeeling.

E. PULCHELLA, Walk. /. c. ii. p. 431.

Darjeeling.

SYNTOMIS OCHSENHEIMERI, Boisd. Monogr. Zyg. pl. 7. f. 4.

1867.| MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 679

S. aon, Cram. t. 248. f. E.

Silhet.

S. pivisa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.i. p. 131.

Silhet.

S. mezas, Walk. ib. p. 133.

S. virrea, Walk. ib. p. 1594.

Silhet.

Hyporo.a THELEBAS, Cram. pl. 150. f. D.

PHAUDA FLAMMANS, Walk. J. c. i. p. 257.

SoriT1A LEPTALINA, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 462.

Silhet.

RETINA RUBRIVITTA, Walk. /. c. ii. p. 439.

Silhet.

Herpa venosa, Walk. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. 8a. f. 6),

CELERENA Divisa, Walk. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. i. p. 72.

Silhet.

NyYcTEMERA CENIS, Cram. t. 147. f. E.

N. interlecta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 400.

Cherra Poonjee.

N. PLAGIFERA, Walk. ib. p. 400.

Silhet.

EvuscHEMA FLAVESCENS, Walk. ib. p. 406.

Silhet.

DyscHEMON NEDA, Klug, Neue Schmett. Le. p. 6, pl. 4. f. 3.

Silhet.

Fam. Liparip&.

PANTANA DISPAR, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. iv. p. 820.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

GENUSA BIGUTTA, Walk. ib. p. 818.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

G. DELINEATA, Walk. ib. p. 818.

Silhet.

G. comparaTa, Walk. ib. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 340.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

680 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Aroa socrus, Geyer, Hiibn. Zutr. f. 837, 838.

A. substrigosa, Walk. ib. iv. p. 794.

Silhet.

Bazisa pDETECTA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii. Suppl. ii.

p- 399.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

ARTAXA SUBFASCIATA, Walk. ib. p. 332.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

A. DIGRAMMA, Boisd. Icon. Rég. Anim. Ins. p. 508, pl. 86. f. 4.

A. guttata, Walk. ib. iv. p. 795.

Calcutta (W. S. Atkinson).

A. sustic1a, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 352.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on A’schynomene sesban, Duranta, Zizyphus, and

Justicia.—A. Grote, Esq.

CHARNIDAS LiTuRA, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. iv. p. 797.

Penora situetica, Walk. ib, xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 341.

Silhet.

OpaGRa DEvEstTITA, Walk. ib. p. 402.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

Evproctis tunata, Walk. ib. iv. p. 837.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Combretum.—A. Grote, Esq.

E. MELANOPHILA, Walk. ib. xxxii. Suppl. il. p. 349.

Leucoma latifascia, Walk. ib. iv. p. 831.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

E. METAMELANA, Walk. ib. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 349.

Cherra Poonjee (W. S. Atkinson).

E. cama, Walk. ib. vu. p.1731.

E. mapana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 348.

PsEUDOMESA QUADRIPLAGIATA, Walk. J. c. p. 923.

Silhet.

Pipa Apica.is, Walk. ib. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 400.

Darjeeling.

DasycHIRA GROTE!, Moore, /. ¢. il. p. 338.

D. converGeEns, Walk. /. ¢. iv. p. 868.

Silhet.

1867. | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 681

D. maruta, Moore, J. ¢. ii. p. 339.

Darjeeling.

GAZALINA vENoSATA, Walk. ib. xxxii. Suppl. p. 398.

G. APSARA.

Dasychira apsara, Moore, /. c. ii. p. 341.

OLENE MENDOSA, Hiibn. Zutr. f. 293, 294.

Rilia lanceolata, Walk. ib. v. p. 1075.

ENOME AMPLA, Walk. (Moore, /. ¢. i. pl. 9a. f. 4, 3).

Calcutta. Female apterous.

LyMANTRIA LINEATA, Walk. ib. iv. p. 875.

Silhet.

L. munpa, Walk. ib. iv. p. 875.

Cherra Poonjee.

L. BEATRIX, Stoll, Cram. Suppl. v. pl. 40. f. 2,9.

L. marginata, Walk. ib. iv. p. 877.

Silhet.

L. aryama, Moore, l. c. ii. p. 345.

Dreata HADES, Walk. ib. iv. p. 908.

Silhet.

JANA PALLIDA, Walk. ib. iv. p. 912.

Silhet.

TAGORA PATULA, Walk. ib. v. p. 1189.

Silhet.

Apua suspives, Walk. ib. v. p. 1180; Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C.

ipl La, £4.

Silhet.

A. LANuGINOSA, Walk. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 3rd ser. i. p.os3

Cat. Lep. B. M. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 512.

Silhet.

Fam. ArcTIIDa.

Gianycus tnsoxitus, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. iii. p. 635.

Silhet.

HypERCOMPA PLAGIATA, Walk. ib. p. 655.

Silhet.

H. tonerrennts, Walk. ib, iii. p. 655.

Silhet.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1867, No. XLIV.

682 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Il. umpiera, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxi. Suppl. i. p. 286.

In Coll. W. S. Atkinson, Esq.

Ef. impertALis, Walk. ib. ii. p. 655.

ALOA LACTINEA, Cram; t. 133: £..D.

Bombyx sanguinea, Fabr. (Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. 53).

AMERILA ASTR&A, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 28. f. 4.

In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Sprtosoma surFrusa, Walk. J. c. iii. p. 677.

S. copara, Moore, /. ¢. ii. p. 356, pl. 9a. f. 11.

ARCTIA ImBUTA, Walk. /. c. ili. p. 614.

ALPHEA ABDOMINALIS, 0. Sp.

Male and female. Differs from A. fulvohirta in having the spots

larger and more regular in shape, and their interspaces jet-black ; the

hind wing being ochreous yellow, with two marginal series of black

spots, which are smaller and run more or less into one another ; the

thorax in front is jet-black, and has three rounded white spots and

an oval spot above on each side, the tegule or shoulder-piece having

only a small black central spot; the abdomen is reddish ochreous,

longer, and is not hairy, and has the tip, the anal tuft, and a dorsal

and lateral row of spots jet-black.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 9 2 inches.

Darjeeling (Sherwill). In Coll. F. Moore.

Fam. NoropoNTID&.

MeENAPIA XANTHOPHILA, Walk. Cat. Lep. B. M. xxxii. Suppl. ii.

p- 462.

CyPHANTA XANTHOCHLORA, Walk. ib. xxxiil. Suppl. i. p. 856.

Creroua DEeNTATA, Walk. ib. v. p. 1016.

PHALERA SANGANA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 433.

P. crotet, Moore, ib. il. p. 434.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Cesalpinia and Cassia fistula.—A. Grote, Esq.

P. cossoiprs, Walk. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. i. p. 80.

Silhet.

IcHTHYURA FULGURITA, Walk. Cat. Lep. B. M. xxxii. Suppl. ii.

p. 433.

-Caleutta.

1867. | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 683

NeERICE PALLIDA, Walk. ib. v. p. 1077.

APELA Divisa, Walk. ib. v. p. 1093.

GARGETTA CosTIGERA, Walk. ib. xxxil. Suppl. ii. p. 455.

Darjeeling.

SyBRIDA INORDINATA, Walk. ib. p. 466.

Darjeeling.

Fam. BomBycip2.

THEOPHILA BENGALENSIS.

Bombyzx bengalensis, Hutton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. p.322.

Neighbourhood of Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Artocarpus lacoocha.—A. Grote, Esq.

T. sHERWILLII, Moore.

Bombyx sherwillit, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. p. 423,

ple22o% Te

Bombyx TExToR, Hutton, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. p. 309.

The Boro-pooloo Silkworm.

B. crest, Hutton, ib. p. 312.

The Nistry or Madrassee Silkworm.

B. rortunatus, Hutton, ib. p. 312.

The Dasee Silkworm.

B. stnensis, Hutton, ib. p. 313.

The Sina or Cheena Silkworm.

B. revicios#, Helfer, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vi. p. 41.

The Joree or Deo-mooga Silkworm.

OcrnaRA LACTEA, Hutton, /. c. p. 328.

Fam. DREPANULID2.

: See EXTENSA, Walk. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. lla.

O. suffusa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 1167, 2.

O. ostusa, Walk. ib. v. p. 1167.

Silhet.

Fam. SaTuRNIIDA.

ArTaCus GUERINI, Moore, P. Z.S. 1859, pl. 65. f. 3.

Acrias LeTo, Doubleday, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. v. p. 51.

Darjeeling (WV. S. Atkinson).

684 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

SATURNIA PYRETORUM, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 24. f. 2.

S. crposa, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. ii. p. 423,

pl. 22. f. 2.

Darjeeling.

S. tinp1A, Moore, ib. p. 424, pl. 22. f. 3.

Rinaca ZuULEIKA, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soe. xix. pl. 11. f. 5.

Darjeeling (WV. S. Atkinson).

ANTHERZA ROYLEI, Moore, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 256, pl. 64. f. 1.

Darjeeling (Dr. Jerdon).

CALIGULA THIBETA, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 166.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

Note.—Loepa miranda, Atkins., Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1865,

. 424, has been placed by mistake under the genus Antherea (see

Aa 1869, pb. G18).

aoe)

Fam. Limacopip&.

ScoPELODES VENOSA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 1105.

Silhet.

MrrESA BREVILINEA, Walk. ib. xxxii. Suppl. ii. p. 475.

Darjeeling (W. S. Atkinson).

CHILENA stMILis, Walk. ib. v.p. 1071.

Lastocampa strigilis, Walk. ib. xxxiil. Suppl. ii. p. 563.

NysstA HERBIFERA, Walk. ib. v. p. 1136.

N. uatirascra, Walk. ib. vy. p. 1136.

PaRASA LEPIDA, Cram. ii. pl. 130. f. E.

Limacodes graciosa, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. p. 24. f. 4.

Larva feeds on Eugenia and Mangifera.—<A. Grote, Esq.

P. punica, Boisd., Herr.-Schff. Lep. exot. Spec. Nov. i. f. 177.

Silhet.

P. 1sABELLA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 415.

Larva feeds on the Sal (Shorea robusta).

P. LALEANA, Moore, ib. ii. p. 417.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Amona rohitula, Ixora longiflora, and Mussenda

Srondosa.—A. Grote, Esq.

1867.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 685

P. NARARIA, Moore, ib. ii. p. 415.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on a species of Creseentia.—A. Grote, Esq.

P. unicotor, Moore, ib. ii. p. 415.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Ochna squamosa.—A. Grote, Esq.

Limacopgs apica.is, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 1150.

Silhet.

Fam, LASIOCAMPID.

BrRAHMZA CERTHIA, Fabr. (Walk. ib. vi. p. 1316; Butler, P. Z.S.

1866, p. 119. f. 1).

Bombyx wallichii, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 39. ~

B. spectabilis, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. pl. 31. f. 3.

Sikkim (JV. 8. Atkinson).

B. wuiTet, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1866, p.119. f. 2, ¢.

B. hearseyana, White, MS.

Sikkim (W. S. Atkinson).

Lasrocampa vitrata, Walk. /. c. vi. p. 1440.

OpONESTIS BHEROBA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p.424, pl. 12a.

iano.

Darjeeling.

TRABALA L&TA, Walk. (Moore, ib. pl. 12a. f. 7, 7a, 6 2).

LEBEDA NANDA, Moore, ii. p. 423, pl. 12a. f. 3, ¢.

L. unpans, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. vi. p. 1448.

Silhet.

L. Latirennts, Walk. ib. vi. p. 1457.

Calcutta.

Larva feeds on Nyctanthes arbortristis and Lagerstrcamia indica.

—A. Grote, Esq.

Pa:cILOCAMPA UNDULOSA, Walk. ib. vi. p. 1477.

Sikkim (Lieut. Beavan).

Mur.ipA LINEosA, Walk. ib. vi. p. 1440.

Fam. Cossip*.

ZENZERA LEUCONOTA, Steph., Walk. ib. vii. p. 1537.

Dum Dum, near Calcutta (Frith).

686 MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 27,

Z. CONFERTA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1536.

Silhet.

Z. pAucIPUNCTATA, Walk. ib. vil. p. 1537.

Silhet.

Fam. HepiaLip#&.

Hepravus NIPALENSIS, Steph., Walk. ib. vil. p. 1557.

Puassus pamor, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 437.

P. anor, Moore, ib. i... p. 437.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XXXII. & XXXIITI.

Puate XXXII.

Fig. 1. Cimicodes castanearia, p. 616. | Fig.6. Vindusara compositata (¢),

. Agnidra specularia, p. 618. | p- 653.

. Gareus specularis, p. 628. | 7. Hemerophila retractaria, p.627.

. Dalima apicata, p. 615. 8. Bargosa fasciata, p. 634.

. Xandrames albofasciata, p. 635. | 9. Selenia decorata (9), p. 621.

0. Corotia cervinaria, p. 625.

Ste Oo ho

Fig. 1. Psyra stimilaria, p. 659. Fig. 11. Caprilia specularia, p. 649.

2. Arichanna tramesata, p. 658. 12. Acidalia bicqudata, p. 643.

3. marmorata, p. 699. 13. Brihaspa atrostigmella, p. 666.

4. Cleora decussata, p. 628. . 14. Tyana callichlora, p. 668.

5. Cidaria argentilineata, p. 660. 15. superba, p. 668.

6. calamistrata, p. 665. | 16. Ramila marginella, p. 667.

fe obscurata, p. 663. 17. Propachys linealis, p. 665.

8. aurantiaria, p. 661. 18. Hyponomeuta lineatonotella,

9. Melanippe catenaria( @ ), p.659. | p- 669.

10. Sauris decussata, p. 655. |

June 27, 1867.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P.Z.S., in the Chair.

Dr. J. Murie read a memoir on the anatomy of the Pilot Whale

(Globiocephalus melas). Dr. Murie’s observations on this animal

were based upon a specimen recently captured off the coast of

Scotland.

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. P. L. Sclater, Secretary to the Society, called attention to the

following noticeable additions to the Society’s Menagerie since the

Jast Meeting, all of the species being novelties to the collection :—

1, Two Eyton’s Tree-ducks (Dendrocygua eytonz), presented by

1867. | MR. BARTLETT ON THE RUFOUS TINAMOU. 637

the Acclimatization Society of Sydney, New South Wales, being the

specimens referred to by Dr. Bennett in his letters (P. Z. S. 1866,

pp- 149, 417): received May 11th.

2. Two young Night-herons in immature plumage, purchased

May 14th, being apparently the young of Nycticorax cucullatus

(Wagl.) of Western Africa.

3. Two Yellow-rumped Parrakeets (Platycercus flaveolus, Gould)

from Australia, purchased May 27th.

4, A young Kite, supposed to be the young of the Square-tailed

Kite (Milvus isurus, Gould) from Australia, purchased May 27th.

5. Three Maugé’s Ground-doves (Geopelia maugzi, Temm., Bp.

Consp. ii. p. 94), purchased June 4th, said to have been received

from Australia, but more probably from Timor.

6. Two Brazilian Tree-ducks (Dendrocygna fulva, Gm.) from

Brazil, received June 6th.

7. A male Rosy-billed Duck (Axas peposaca, Vieill.) from South

America, received June 6th.

8. An Arabian Bustard (Otis arabs, Rupp.) from West Africa,

received June 6th.

9. A Senegal Bustard (Otis senegalensis, Vieill.) from West Africa,

received June 6th.

Mr. P. L, Sclater exhibited a specimen in spirits of a rare Snake

(Siphlopis fitzingeri, Tsch. F. P. Rept. p. 57, t. 8), which had been

transmitted alive to the Society by Prof. Nation, C.M.Z.S., of Lima,

but had unfortunately died before reaching England. Prof. Nation

stated the habitat of this species to be the coast of Peru, from the

sea-level to about 700 feet elevation. As there was no example of

this Snake in the National Collection, Mr. Sclater proposed to pre-

sent this specimen to the Trustees in the name of Prof. Nation.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited on behalf of Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.,

a nest and four eggs of the Nutcracker (Nucifraga caryocatactes),

taken in the Hochanger Alp, in the north of Styria, in a pine-

forest about 3500 feet elevation, and forwarded to Lord Lilford by

Mr. E. Seidensacher of Cilli.

Mr. A. D. Bartlett made some remarks on the breeding of the

Rufous Tinamou (Rhynchotis rufescens) in the Society’s Aviaries,

which had taken place for the first time this year.

Mr. Bartlett believed this to be the first instance recorded of any

species of this genus breeding in captivity: the interesting fact of

the male bird performing the Gite of incubation was supposed to

be likewise hitherto unrecorded.

A more detailed account of the number of eggs laid, period of in-

cubation, and particulars of other birds which have bred in the

Society’s Gardens during the present year was promised at a later

Meeting.

688 MR. BARTLETT ON THE HABITS OF THE LYRE-BIRD. [June 27,

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Habits of the Lyre-bird in Captivity.

By A. D. Barrier, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

On the 9th of April last, the Society acquired a fine example of

the Lyre-bird (Menura superba). It was a young bird, having been

reared from the nest, and was consequently in immature plumage ;

we therefore were unable to determine its sex. This bird, consi-

dering its size, is perhaps the most active and quickest-moving bird

known; its large and powerful legs and feet enable it to run with

amazing swiftness ; it also jumps or hops not only with great rapi-

dity, but to almost incredible distances. These facts have been

repeatedly stated by persons who have seen the bird in its native

haunts ; and its shy and wary habits have been frequently described.

Notwithstanding the well-known wildness of the species when at

liberty, the individual now under consideration is most remarkable

for its tameness; it will come readily to the call of the keeper and

perch upon his hand or arm, and in the most gentle manner search

his hand or anything he may hold in it for food. In doing this it ex-

hibits a great amount of inquisitiveness and intelligence; if the closed

hand is held near the ground the bird will grasp it with its foot, and

in a very quiet way try to open it in order to obtain what may be

held in the hand. The bird runs or hops upon the ground or upon

the perches with equal ease; that is, it runs along the perches that

are horizontal. It scratches on the ground, using the nght and left

foot alternately, grasping the clods of earth and pulling them over,

examining the roots and underparts most minutely for the smallest

seeds or insects.

The strength of the legs and feet will be better understood from

the fact that the bird will drag about large clods of peat, earth, and

roots upwards of 7 lb. weight. This I have ascertained by weighing

the lumps of earth after the bird had so moved them. Unlike the

gallinaceous birds, the Lyre-bird washes freely, and has never been

seen to dust itself. It has a loud and fine voice ; and, although I

cannot say I have heard its song, the keepers, upon whose veracity

I can place every confidence, assure me that the bird has frequently

sung ; and its notes are described to resemble those of a Thrush or a

Blackbird in the commencement, but gradually become much

louder. Its food consists of finely chopped meat mixed with a small

quantity of bruised hempseed, earthworms, mealworms, ants’ eggs,

and grasshoppers, together with a small quantity of canary and

millet seed. Like most insect-eating birds, the Lyre-bird throws

up the pellets, usually called castings, of the indigestible portion

of its food, such as the wing-cases and legs of beetles and other

insects.

liaving made myself tolerably well acquainted with the habits of

this bird since its arrival in the Gardens, I feel inclined to offer an

opinion with reference to its affinities ; and in so doing I beg to refer

to the habits as noticed in No. 45, vol. ii. of ‘ Land and Water,’ in

1867. | DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 689

which the writer describes the meeting of a number of male birds of

this species, which he supposes were fighting and, as he says, making

a most abominable noise.

A similar meeting of male birds is mentioned by Mr. Wallace as

taking place with the great Bird of Paradise. Mr. Wallace says the

male birds assemble together upon the tops of the tallest trees and

utter their loud and not very pleasing notes.

This, together with what I have observed in captivity, both of the

Menura and the smaller kind of Bird of Paradise, induced me to

consider and search for other characters on which to found an opi-

nion; I therefore take the habits, voice, feathers, and their arrange-

ment (see Nitzsch’s Pterylography, pl. 3. figs. 11-13), together with

the skeleton. Having examined the skeleton of the Menura toge-

ther with that of the Bird of Paradise and a true Corvus, I must say

in general that the Menura and Bird of Paradise present a stronger

likeness to each other than either of them exhibit towards the

genus Corvus. In the breadth and form of the skull the Menura

and Bird of Paradise resemble each other remarkably.

In conclusion, I have to remark that the strong and well-marked

resemblance between these birds consists in the voice, food, and mode

of breeding, the large size of the legs and feet, the form of the skull

and skeleton, the structure of the feathers, and their arrangement on

the body; and to this I may add, the bird belongs to the same

geographical range as the true Paradise-bird: I regard it as an aber-

rant form, or rather as the terrestrial form, the true Paradise-bird

being the arboreal form of the same group.

2. On the Form, Size, and Structure of the Viscera of the

Hippopotamus, as compared with the same parts in the

Members of the Pachyderm Family and in some other

Animals. By Epwarps Crisp, M.D., F.Z.S. &¢.—

Part II.

The inquiry I am about to institute is one of great interest ; time,

however, will only permit me to take a superficial glance at the sub-

ject. I may premise that, with the exception of the Rhinoceros and

Babirussa, | have examined the visceral anatomy of all the pachy-

derms, weighed the various organs, and measured their size and ca-

pacity. I have also in my museum casts and drawings of the dif-

ferent viscera.

I will proceed with the examination as the subjects are arranged

in my last paper. Of the skin-glands of the pachyderms I am un-

able to make a comparative estimate, either from my own inyestiga-

tions or from the observations of other anatomists ; but in all these

thick-skinned animals, especially in the Elephant, Rhinoceros, and

Tapir, it is probable that large glands exist somewhat similar to those

in the Hippopotamus, although I believe that none of the members

690 DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [June 27,

of this family have the same kind of coloured secretion from the cu-

taneous surface.

The description I have given of the stomach shows that it is one

of the most remarkable, both in form and structure, among the ter-

restrial mammals. In addition to the small woodcut in my last paper

I have placed a drawing before the Society representing the interior

of this viscus of the natural size, so that its peculiarities can be readily

seen. I also exhibit casts that I have made of the stomachs of the

Porpoise and Dolphin, with other viscera, so that a comparison may

be made of the gastric cavities of these animals. I likewise place

before the Society a new method of teaching comparative anatomy

(a plan I have shown at the present Paris Exhibition*). It consists

in modelling the viscera in clay to scale, and then taking casts of the

various parts, so that in a small compass (in the space of 10 or 12

square inches) the whole visceral anatomy of the animal is seen, as

shown in the specimen of the viscera of the Hippopotamus before

the Society. I do not apologize for this digression, as the subject

is intimately connected with all anatomical and physiological in-

quiries, and it is one, I believe, that may be turned to great prac-

tical account. :

Since my paper was brought before the Society, I have seen the

following in the article “ Pachydermata,”’ in ‘ Todd’s Cyclopedia,’

vol. il. p. 871:—‘*The stomach of the Hippopotamus, or, at all

events of the foetal Hippopotamus, dissected by Daubenton, presents

a very remarkable conformation. Externally it seems to be com-

posed of three parts. The principal portion, extending from the car-

diac extremity to the pylorus, was much elongated, resembling more

a portion of intestine than an ordinary stomachal receptacle. Besides

this central part, extending from the cesophagus to the pyloric valve,

were two long appendages like two czecums, one arising on the right

side of the cesophagus and running along the exterior of the stomach

throughout almost its entire length and then folding backwards, the

other and shorter cul de sac issuing from the posterior aspect of the

cardiac extremity of the stomach and projecting towards the right

side. The construction of the interior of this stomach is still more

extraordinary than its external appearance; for it is so divided by

septa that food coming into this viseus through the cesophagus may

pass by different channels either into the central portion, which

seems properly entitled to the name of stomach, or into either of the

great diverticula appended to it. The inferior walls of the central

stomach have nine or ten cavities in them, something like those of

the Camel and Dromedary. The lining membrane both of the sto-

mach and diverticula is granular and wrinkled, except by the pylorus,

where the parietes become smooth and folded into numerous plicze

somewhat resembling those of the third stomach of a ruminant,

although there is no probability that rumination occurs in the animal

under consideration.”

It will be seen from my account, judging only from the specimen

I have examined, that the parts described by Daubenton as appen-

* Viscera of the Gorilla, and other specimens.

1867. | DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 691

dices are true and separate stomachs, that the cavities in the third

stomach are not pouches like those of the Camel and Dromedary,

and that there are no folds in the fourth stomach. In the new-born

Hippopotamus, as in a young ruminant at birth, it is probable that |

the stomach would present some peculiarities not observed at a later

eriod.

For the better understanding of this subject let me take a hasty

glance at the gastric organ and parts of the intestinal apparatus in

the various mammalian groups. In the quadrumana the stomach,

except in the Semnopitheci that have three gastric cavities, is for

the most part simple. The same may be said of the Cheiroptera

and Carnaria. Among the Marsupiata the Kangaroos and Potoros

(Hypsiprymnus) have two stomachs, with numerous pouch-like dila-

tations externally. Among the rodents the stomach in most is par-

tially divided, and the caecum generally is very large. In the Eden-

tata the Bradypi (Sloths) have a very large stomach, with four divi-

sions. In the Pangolins (Manis) there is a slight division of the

gastric organ. The ruminants, as is well known, have the most

complicated form of stomach, not only as regards the shape of the

four cavities, but more especially in relation to the numerous papillee,

villi, and folds on the mucous surface. The Cetacea present some

of the most remarkable and unaccountable differences as regards the

complication of the stomach. The stomach of the Porpoise and the

Dolphin on the table fully exemplify this. In the former, which is

19 inches in length, there are four divisions—the two first rugous,

the two last smooth. In the stomach of the Dolphin, which is nar-

row and 25 inches in length, there are seven divisions. The stomach

of the Porpoise may be taken generally as a model for that of the

larger Cetacea, four cavities being the usual number. It is very re-

markable that the flesh-eating Dolphins should have a more com-

plicated stomach than the herbivorous Cetacea, such as the Manatee,

Dugongs, and Stellerines.

I now come to the Pachydermata ; and it will be seen that great

differences exist in the form of the stomach, as well as in the intes-

tinal appendages, ceca, rugee, villi, and intestinal glands. In the

Pigs (Suide) the stomach is partially divided. The Peccaries (Di-

cotyles) have a sacculated stomach, with three principal divisions.

The Rhinoceros has a simple stomach, as have also the Elephants

and Tapirs. ‘The stomach of the Hyrax has two compartments. In

the Horses (Hquide) the gastric cavity is simple. None of the pa-

chyderms can be strictly said to have simple stomachs; for in all

there is a division; but 1 use the term simple when there are no

distinct valves or muscular folds to denote the boundaries.

On comparing the stomach of the Hippopotamus with that of the

other pachyderms it will be seen that the viscus affords but little

resemblance to any of them; nor does it to that of the other animals

I have named with complicated stomachs. Probably, as regards ex-

ternal form, the stomach of the Manatee (Manatus americanus), trom

the forked appearance given by the two appendices, resembles that of

the Hippopotamus more than any other animal; but the interior,

692 DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [June 27,

both as regards shape and the arrangement of the valves and ruge,

differs materially from the stomach of the Hippopotamus, which has

a greater resemblance, in the distribution and form of the villi and in

the appearance of the fourth cavity, to the villi and the stomach of a

ruminant; indeed, looking to the mechanical arrangement of the

muscular valves in the first three stomachs, it may naturally be asked

does this animal ruminate ?

Another important peculiarity in the Hippopotamus is the absence

of a cecum, the animal in this respect differing from the other pa-

chyderms. As is well known, this cavity in the Elephant, Tapir,

Horse, Zebra, Quagga, and Rhinoceros is very large, whilst in the

Pigs it is of moderate size. In the little Hyrax it is very capacious,

with two additional appendices towards the rectum. The villi, in-

testinal folds, and glands differ also materially from those of the

other members of this family. The long villi and folds in the intes-

tines of the Rhinoceros, the mucous folds in the stomach and small

intestines of the Elephant, the rugous caecum of the Tapirs, and many

other peculiarities and differences might readily be pointed out.

I may here remark (and I speak from numerous and extensive

examinations) that in the various orders of mammals none of them,

as regards their visceral anatomy, have so great a general resemblance

to each other as the ruminants.

Length of the intestinal canal.—All the pachyderms have a long

alimentary tube, as will be seen by the following table of animals in

which I have measured it :-—

feet. in.

Male Asiatic Elephant* .. 0.2.0.0... 20 106 0

Female Asiatic Elephant................ 123 0

Common Hog (Sus serofa):...........4% 86 0

Wart Hog (Phacocherus ethiopicus) .... 36 4

APlian’s:Hogi( Pehant)es wr Da ee SZ

Red River-Hog (Potamocherus), about the same length.

Masked Hog (Sus larvatus), young ...... 29 2

Japanese Hog (S. japonensis)........-... 50 7

Barbary, Hlogtissssc i Gort een Sees ER AGENG

Peccary, Collared (Dicotyles torquatus) .. 31 0

Peccary, White-lipped (D. labiatus) ...... 28 0

Hyraxe(Hyrax capensis) oes 2s Pe

Tapir (Tapirus americanus) ........+... 72 0

Papin (ox. 2 Arent l. Cake Uy San ee Ze.

Dray. Horse; -oldyini 2728 A Rea cit OSD

Blood Mare, soldaes tiisti08 S22 eRe ee EO

Zebra (higuus sebrayouy. ot Hes ICI 67 0

According to Professor Owen the length of the alimentary canal

of the Rhinoceros dissected by him was, in the female 73 feet, in the

male 96 feet (Trans. 1862).

* In the article ‘‘ Pachydermata,” in ‘ Todd’s Cyclopzdia of Anatomy and Phy-

siclogy,’ p. 871, the prodigious extent of the intestinal canal of an Elephant seven-

teen years of age is said to be 58 feet 6 inches.

1867. | DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 693

Judging from the length of the intestinal tube in this young animal,

and assuming that the rate of increase would be somewhat similar

to that of the Giraffe, the old Hippopotamus would possess an ali-

mentary tube from 180 to 206 feet in length, far longer than that of

any other pachyderm. Whilst upon this subject I may mention that

the alimentary canal of the male Giraffe that died recently at the

Gardens measured 245 feet.

The spleen, like that of the Hogs, Tapirs, Elephants, Rhinoceros,

and Peccaries, is long and narrow, whilst in the Solidungula it is tri-

angular. In the little Hyrax its shape is nearer to that of the

Equide.

In the article ‘“‘ Pachydermata,” in ‘Todd’s Cyclopeedia,’ p. 871,

it is said “that the spleen in pachydermatous animals differs in no

noticeable respect from that of other quadrupeds.”” But the spleen

of the pachyderms is so peculiar as regards its form, in the situation

of the vein, and in the arrangement of the venous valves, that it can

scarcely be mistaken for that of any animal of a different class.

Indeed this organ presents such a uniformity in shape, in the va-

rious divisions of the vertebrata, that the family to which the animal

belongs may generally be told by it—a remark that will not apply to

any other viscus.

The pancreas in the Hippopotamus, as might be supposed from

the complicated stomach, is more branched than in the other pachy-

derms, and one portion of it is placed close to the pylorus, where

probably a small duct enters; but, as I said in my first paper, I

omitted to examine this part.

The liver in the pachydermata presents some curious differences

in the number of its lobes; and in speaking of these I reckon only

the main lobes that are seen on its upper surface, the elevations on

the under part, as I have said before, not properly coming under the

term lobe.

In the Hippopotamus, as I have stated, the organ is but slightly

divided ; in the Elephant it is also bilobular.

In the Rhinoceros (Owen) there are three lobes. The Hogs

have a liver of four main lobes, and generally a pointed slip that

may be called a fifth lobe. The liver of the Peccaries consists of

four main lobes and of four smaller lobes; that of the Tapirs of

three main divisions and of three supplementary lobes; whilst the

liver of the little Hyrax has six main lobes. In the Horses (Zquide)

there are four chief lobes.

Gall-bladder.—The Hippopotamus*, Rhinoceros, Tapirs, Pecca-

ries, Hyrax, and the Equide have no gall-bladder; but it is present

in all the Pigs. In the Wart-Hog (Phacocherus) it is very thick,

and partly imbedded in the substance of the liver. In the Elephant,

as figured in ‘'Todd’s Cyclopzedia,’ it is seated between the coats of

the duodenum, and has four compartments.

* Professor Owen (Trans. vol. iv. p. 44), “ On the Anatomy of the Rhinoceros,’’

attributes the absence of the gall-bladder in this animal to the small size of the

stomach; but this explanation will scarcely apply to the Hippopotamus, nor will

it, I think, to vertebrates generally—the Deer (Cervide) for example.

694 DR. E. CRISP ON THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [June 27,

Kidney and Renal Body.—The kidney in the Elephant and Rhi-

noceros, like that of the Hippopotamus, is generally lobate; whilst

in the Pigs, Tapirs, Peccaries, Hyrax, and members of the equine

family it is entire. The renal body in the Hippopotamus is placed

further from the kidney than in the other pachyderms, in which it

is generally in contact with this organ. In the two Elephants that

I examined (Proceedings, 1855, p. 187) the kidneys of the female

were lobated, whilst those of the male were entire.

Organs of Generation.—All the animals belonging to this family

have the generative organs largely developed. In the Pigs the tes-

ticles and seminal vesicles are very large. The penis is also large in

all, that of the Tapir proportionately larger, I believe, than in any

other of the class. The age of this animal precludes a comparative

estimate as regards size; and the accidental loss of the organs, as I

have said before, prevented my making an accurate dissection.

The tongue, like that of the Wart-Hog (Phacocherus ethiopicus)

is thin and broad at its anterior part. The white papille I have

mentioned are seen in all the Pigs and in the Tapirs; but the form

of the basal villi differs from that of the other pachyderms.

Larynx and Trachea.—One important difference in the larynx of

the Hippopotamus is the pyramidal form of its summit and the great

development of the laryngeal muscles. The os hyoides consists of

the usual number of bones. The trachea is composed, as I have

stated, of twenty-three rings, rather widely separated at the posterior

part, as is seen in the dried larynx before the Society. ‘The number

of rings in the Horse and Zebra varies from 45 to 52; in the Ele-

phant —, Rhinoceros (Owen) 30, Common Hog 28, Wart-Hog 28,

Peccaries 33, Tapir (American) 32, and Hyrax 30.

So that, judging from this young animal, the Hippopotamus has

the smallest number of tracheal rings of any of the pachyderm family.

The thyroid glands were perfectly distinct ; whereas in some of

the pachydermata, as in the Horse, there is a connecting isthmus as

in Man.

The lungs consist chiefly of two lobes, as in the Seal, Dolphin,

and Porpoise; in the Elephant —, Rhinoceros (Owen) 5, Tapirs 6,

Hogs 6, Peccaries 7, Hyrax 6, and Horse 5. In some of these a very

small lobe exists in addition.

The lobular divisions I have before described, I believe, are pecu-

liar to the lungs of this quadruped, and are not found in the other

pachyderms. In the above description both lobes are spoken of.

The heart, with the exception of that of the Elephant, is of a less

rounded form in the other members of this group. The opening of

the two superior cavee into the right auricle only exists in the Ele-

phant. There are also some important differences in the appendages

to the muscular walls of the heart; but want of space prevents me

from alluding to them on the present occasion. The most interesting

point in connexion with the heart is its bifid character in the newly

born animal, as mentioned by Gratiolet in the paper before cited ;

he says “‘C’est peut-étre un indice de cette division du coeur qui

a été signalé dans la Rhytina, les Duyongs, et les Lamantins.”

1867.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON PLETHODON PERSIMILIS. 695

In the heart of the Hippopotamus dissected, a very faint mark

existed of the above-named division, but this would be entirely obli-

terated, I believe, in the adult animal. Dr. J. E. Gray places the

Hippopotamus under Llephantide, and thinks that the form is allied

to the Halicoride; but I fail to see the resemblance. The muscular

band in the inferior cava described by Gratiolet is probably not found

in the other pachyderms.

Brain.—All the pachyderms, with the exception of the Elephant,

have small brains; that of this young Hippopotamus, as before

stated, weighed 10} oz., and probably in the adult animal it would

not exceed 20 oz. In an Elephant, weighing about 3 tons, I found

the weight of the brain to be 12 1b. Ina Tapir (7. americanus),

weighing about 140 lb., the cerebral mass was 7 oz. 380 gr. In the

Horse the brain weighs about 16 oz. In the Pigs it varies from 5

to 7 0z. In the Rhinoceros, as described by Professor Owen (Trans.

1862), the brain weighed 1 lb. 143 0z. In the other members of

the Hog family, and in the Babirussa, Peccaries, Hyrax, Zebra,

and Quagga, judging from the skull-cavities, the brains are of small

size, indicating to a great extent the slight amount of intelligence of

these animals.

From the above comparisons, as regards the visceral anatomy of

the Hippopotamus, it will be seen that the animal differs in many

important particulars from the other members of the pachyderm

family. In my next paper I hope to investigate the microscopic

anatomy of the intestinal tube, and to compare the osteology of the

Hippopotamus with that of the other pachyderms.

3. On Plethodon persimilis of Gray.

By Sr. George Mivart, F.L.S.

In the Zoological Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1859* Dr. Gray

described and figured a species of Newt, said to be from Siam, under

the name Plethodon persimilis. The author justly remarked its

striking similarity in size, form, colour, &c. to Plethodon glutino-

sus of North America, adding that he was at first inclined to believe

that the specimens described were really American, and had been

sent to Siam. From its great resemblance to the last-named species,

Dr. Gray included the new one in the genus Plethodon.

Dr. Giinther, in his ‘ Reptiles of British India’+, described again

the typical specimens ; but while noticing certain differences between

them and Plethodon glutinosus, yet retained the species in the genus

Plethodon.

Having recently had occasion to examine the specimens of Urodela

preserved in the British Museum, when I came to the type speci-

mens of Pl. persimilis, while struck with their similarity to specimens

of Pl. glutinosus, I was startled by their alleged habitat.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 230, pl. xrx. f. 2.

t 1864, p. 439.

696 MR. ST.GEORGE MIVART ON PLETHODON PERSIMILIs. [June 27,

That a Newt from the south-eastern coast of Asia should resemble

some North-American tailed amphibian could not have been so sur-

prising, considering the American affinities of the Japanese forms ;

but that a species from Siam proper should resemble almost com-

pletely a genus otherwise exclusively North American and posses-

sing no representative in the Paleerctic region* was a circumstance

truly remarkable.

Mr. Wallace has indeed suggested an explanation (by means of

certain presumed geographical mutatious+) of the discrepancy exist-

ing between the ophidian and batrachian populations of Japan; but

it seemed to me difficult to account in any similar way for the phe-

nomenon under consideration.

It is true that though Plethodon is unrepresented in the Old

World, unless by the so-called Pl. persimilis, yet the North-American

genus Spelerpes has a near relative in Europe in the Geotriton genet

of I'schudif, and has recently been extended to the Neotropical re-

gion by Professor Peters§ ; yet this hardly lessens the anomaly pre-

sented by the appearance of such a genus as Plethodon in the true

Indian region. Accordingly I applied to Dr. Giinther for any addi-

tional information I could obtain concerning the typical specimens.

He at once, with great kindness, placed me in possession of facts

which considerably altered the aspect of the question.

Mr. Mouhot, from whom the specimens were received, terminated

his collections in the mountains of Laos, a very lofty region, to the

north-east of Siam proper. The last specimens received from Mr.

Mouhot were from that locality, and were without any notes, having

been brought down after his death by his servants. The typical

specimens of P/. persimilis were received also without any notes ;

and Dr. Giinther entertains no doubt that they formed part of his

last collection, 7. e. that they came from the Laos Mountains.

Supposing, as I have little doubt, that such was really the case,

then the probability of finding American forms is largely increased,

as we are, in these mountains, no longer in Siam proper, and, more-

over, at an altitude such as fairly to warrant the expectation of the

appearance of Palearctic animals. That Japanese forms (i. e. Uro-

dela allied to certain American kinds) should here make their ap-

pearance would not then be so surprising, the more so as Dr. Gin-

ther informs me that the reptiles of the island of Formosa have con-

siderable American affinities ; and though Newts have not yet been

* Dr. Gimther, in his highly interesting and instructive paper on the ‘ Geo-

graphical Distribution of Reptiles,” says, speaking of Batrachians, “‘ Palzearctic

and Nearctic regions resemble each other more than any third” (P. Z. 8. 1858,

. 390).

i + Nat. Hist. Review, vol. iv. 1864, p. 114.

t+ Batrach. pp. 59 & 94, t. 2. f. 3.

§ Namely his Spelerpes (Gdipus) adspersus from Bogota (Monatsberichte der

k. p. Akad. der W. z. Berlin, 1863, p. 468). But as allied forms are being dis-

covered in the tableland of Mexico (e. g. Spelerpes cephalicus, S. osculus, and 8S.

lineolus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1865, pp. 196,197), it is not improbable

that other species will be found to have extended into, or to be represented by

modified descendants in, the mountain-regions of Northern South America.

1867.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON PLETHODON PERSIMILIS. 697

found there, yet he fully expects that such will eventually be dis-

covered. Nevertheless, though the appearance of some American

tailed amphibians was thus rendered less unlikely, yet the appearance

of such a genus as Plethodon, which has no representative in Japan, *

was somewhat startling, and I therefore examined the specimens

with great interest and as carefully as I could.

Dr. Giinther, as before said, has detected several differences be-

tween Pl. g/utinosus and the species under consideration ; he gives

the distinctions thus :—

“* Pl. glutinosus.

Limbs feeble.

The length of the fore limb is

considerably less than one-half of

the distance between fore and

hind limbs.

The length of the hind limb is

one-half of the distance between

fore and hind limbs.

The third and fourth toes are

much shorter than the cleft of

the mouth.

Trunk with thirteen lateral

cross folds.

Tail subcylindrical at the base.

Tongue large, covering the

whole bottom of the mouth, its

hind margin being free.

The series of palatine teeth is

distinctly interrupted in the

middle.

Pl. persimilis.

Limbs well developed.

The length of the fore limb is

one-half the distance between the

fore and hind limbs.

The length of the hind lmb

is considerably more than one-

half of the distance between fore

and hind limbs.

The length of the third and

fourth hind toes equals that of

the cleft of the mouth.

Trunk with twelve lateral cross

folds.

Tail compressed at the base.

Tongue narrow, elliptical, not

covering the whole width of the

bottom of the mouth, without

free posterior margin.

The series of palatine teeth is

subcontinuous.

“Tn other respects both species are very similar, the Siamese form

being black, with small scattered whitish spots.”

In addition to these differences, I find that the Asiatic species is

entirely destitute of sphenoidal teeth, which, on the other hand, are

characteristic of the genus Plethodon. The species which un-

doubtedly belongs to the latter genus have, moreover, the first digit

of each extremity extremely short, which is not the case with P.

persimilis of Gray. Finally, in the Asiatic species (P. persimilis)

the phalanges of the manual digits (counting from the radial to the

war side) are 2, 2, 3, 2 respectively, and the pedal digits (counting

from the tibial to the peroneal side) have 2, 2, 3, 4, 2 phalanges ;

while in Plethodon glutinosus the numbers are 1, 2, 3, 2 in the

manus, and 1, 2, 3, 3, 2 in the pes.

These differences, when taken into consideration with the peculiar

geographical conditions, fully warrant the generic separation of the

species now under consideration from the Plethodon glutinosus,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLV.

698 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON PLETHODON PERSIMILIS. | June 27,

Fig. 4. Fig. 3.

Fig. 1. Dorsum of right manus of Pectoglossa persimilis.

2. Dorsum of right pes of Pectoglossa persimilis.

3. Dorsum of right manus of Plethodon glutinosus.

4, Dorsum of right pes of Plethodon glutinosus.

Indeed I believe there may be more grounds for associating it with

the Japanese form Onychodactylus than with the last-mentioned

American species, an arrangement which would harmonize weil with

the facts of geographical zoology. Nevertheless, as it has not nail-

like processes on the digits, nor yet a precloacal fold, both of which

exist in the last-mentioned genus, I think it better to place it ina

genus by itself, for which I propose the name Pectoglossa*, retaining

of course the specific name chosen by Dr. Gray; so that the species

will be named Pectoglossa persimilis.

Figsos

Fig. a Inside of mouth of Pectoglossa persimilis.

. Inside of mouth of Plethodon glutinosus.

In the fixed condition of the posterior part of the tongue Pecto-

glossa agrees with both Hynobius and Onychodactylus ; but the

transverse position of the palatine teeth causes it more to resemble

the latter genus.

I am inclined to think that when the skull comes to be examined

it will be found that there are two distinct premaxillary bones. The

characters of the genus may perhaps be thus expressed :—

PECTOGLOSSA.

Toes 4/5, first of each manus rather long, first of each pes not

very short; digits with rounded ends and no simulation of nails ;

* TIynxros, yhwooa.

1867. | MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 699

phalanges of four digits of manus 2, 2, 3, 2, of five digits of pes

2, 2, 3, 4, 2; no fold in front of the cloacal aperture; tail rather

thick, yet compressed at base; no parotids; twelve costal folds on

each side between axilla and groin; palatine teeth forming a trans-

verse, slightly undulating, but subcontinuous series ; no sphenoidal

teeth ; muzzle not projecting beyond the end of the mandible;

tongue entirely fixed, behind as well as in front, and only somewhat

free at each side; no postorbital arch or process (?); two pre-

maxillee (?); carpus and tarsus ossified (?).

Hab. Laos Mountains?

Thus, if the generic distinctness of this form is to be considered

established, we shall have that degree of relationship to American

forms which, under the circumstances above mentioned, is not ano-

malous, while we shall not have that close affinity to a peculiarly

American form which was at first suspected to exist, and which

would be so very anomalous if found in a species belonging to the

true Indian region, whence P. persimilis was at one time supposed

to have come.

4. On some New or imperfectly known Fishes of India.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.8., F.L.S., Principal

Medical Storekeeper, Madras Army.

During the last month I have obtained the following species of

fish, amongst many others, from the sea and fresh waters in the

neighbourhood of Madras.

SERRANUS RADIATUS, Sp. Nov.

Bevin. Doi las P19. Vil/s. AC 3/8 ©. 15, Wy. l above 120.

Length of specimen 4 inches.

Length of head 1, of pectoral 3, of base of dorsal spines 2, of base

of dorsal rays 1, of base of anal 4, of caudal } of the total length.

Height of head 2, of body ?, of dorsal spines 3, of dorsal rays +, of

ventral ;2,, of anal + of the total length.

Eye transversely oval, its upper margin near the profile ; diameter

2 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout, 3 a diameter apart.

General appearance rather elongated, and the dorsal profile slightly

more convex than the abdominal.

Lower jaw the longest ; the posterior extremity of the upper jaw

reaches to beneath the posterior margin of the orbit. Praopercle

slightly oblique posteriorly, which is serrated, three strong denticu-

lations at its angle, its horizontal margin entire. Sub- and inter-

opercles entire. Opercle with three flat spines, the central one of

which is the longest.

Teeth in strong recurved villiform rows in both jaws, and a canine

on either side of the centre of the upper. Teeth on vomer and palate

in villiform bands, but much smaller than those in the jaws.

700 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. [June 27,

Fins. Dorsal spines moderately strong, and nearly as high as the

rays, the interspinous membrane but slightly emarginate. Anal—

first spine half as long as the second, which is of equal length but

weaker than the third. Caudal wedge-shaped, its central rays being

slightly the longest.

Scales small.

The lateral line is parallel with the back in the upper third of

the body.

Colours. For the most part greenish olive, becoming dull yellow

on the abdomen. An irregularly shaped, broad, whitish blue band

passes from the posterior superior margin of the orbit across the

occiput to meet a similar one from the opposite side. Two more

pass from the lower and posterior margins of the orbit to the base of

the pectoral fin. Another proceeds from the upper margin of the

preeopercle, at first backwards; and opposite the posterior third of

the pectoral it curves upwards to the middle of the hard dorsal, on

to which it is continued. A small patch of colour similar to these

bands is present in front of the base of the dorsal. Another band

proceeds from the posterior extremity of the pectoral to the anterior

portion of the soft dorsal. Two more similar vertical bands cross

the base of the tail, and several shorter marks exist over the body.

Hard dorsal nearly black ; soft dorsal and other fins yellow. Eye

golden.

SERRANUS GRAMMICUS, sp. nov.

Bi vi’ DI 12 POV 1/5. LAB AC. O75 Sr MS90:

Length of specimen 15 inches.

Length of head 2, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal spines nearly 7,

of base of dorsal rays +, of base of anal 4, of caudal + of the total

length. Height of head 4, of body #, of dorsal spines -},, of dorsal

rays a little more than 4, of anal spines 74, of anal rays } of the

total length.

Eye. Upper margin close to the profile; diameter + of length of

head, 1 diameter apart, 14 diameter from end of snout.

Body rather elongated ; dorsal and anal profiles equally convex.

Cleft of mouth rather deep; posterior extremity of upper jaw

extending to beneath the posterior margin of the orbit. Vertical

limb of przeopercle slightly produced at its angle, finely serrated in

its upper two-thirds, becoming coarser lower down, and with five

moderately large denticulations at its angle; horizontal limb entire,

as are also the sub- and interopercles. Operculum with three spines,

the central one of which is much the strongest.

Teeth villiform in both jaws, becoming most developed in the

centre, and a small canine on either side of the upper jaw. Villiform

teeth on vomer and palate in size about equal to the smallest on the

jaws. .

Fins. Dorsal spines moderately strong, the fourth being the long-

est, the last being two-thirds the height of the first ray; the soft

portion of the fin slightly rounded posteriorly. Pectoral rounded.

1867.] MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 701

Ventral rather pointed. Anal—first spine short, second strongest,

the last one-fourth the longest ; soft portion rounded. Caudal cut

nearly square.

Scales small, in rows passing obliquely upwards and backwards

above the lateral line, and horizontally below it.

Lateral line in upper fifth of body.

Colours. Greyish, with a golden gloss about the head. A narrow

black line passes from the upper margin of the orbit to the last

dorsal spine. A second line passes downwards from the upper third

of the orbit to the superior spine of the operculum, whence it pro-

ceeds to the base of the sixth dorsal ray. A third and similar band

commences at the lower margin of the orbit, and, passing beneath

the central spine of the operculum, is continued to the upper third

of the caudal fin, where it takes the form of rounded blotches.

Dorsal fin with a row of black spots along its centre, and a black

external edging. Caudal with numerous black spots, and a black

margin. Anal black-tipped. Eye golden.

This description is that of a male specimen.

MESOPRION RUSSELLI, Bleeker.

Antika doondiawah, Russell, pl. 98.

Bayitn, eesOjl 4s” AB LG Vie boa .1 Ae/Be etl po Aa leoee

Lo tr., 9/20.

The length of a varies up to 13 inches.

Length ‘of head 2 2, of pectoral i, of base of. dorsal spe: more

than 7, of base of dorsal rays 4, of base of anal 3, of caudal + of the

total length. _ Height of head rather more than 2 a body 4 4, of

dorsal spines g» of dorsal rays ;1,, of ventral 4, of anal spines 4, of

anal rays 3 of the total length.

Eyes rather longer than “high ; diameter z of length of head, 1

diameter from end of snout, 2 of a diameter apart.

Body ovoid, compressed. spar sal profile rather more convex than

the abdominal.

Lower jaw slightly the longest; the posterior extremity of the

maxilla extends to beneath the anterior third of the orbit. Prze-

vpercle with a very shallow emargination in the lower third of its

vertical limb, which has also a few small serrations upon it; hori-

zontal limb crenulated. Scapular serrated.

Teeth. An external row of widely separated conical teeth in either

jaw, those in the lower the largest, and increasing in size posteriorly.

A pair of large canines in upper jaw, with a smaller one contiguous.

A row of very fine villiform teeth in both jaws posterior to the co-

nical row. Villiform teeth in vomer and palate.

Fins. Dorsal spines rather weak, the third much the longest ;

iuterspimous membrane rather deeply emarginate ; last spine not so

long as the first ray. Pectoral pointed. Ventral pointed, spine

weak. First anal spine short and weak, two last of equal length,

but the middle spine much the strongest. Caudal emarginate, its

base broad.

702 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. [June 27,

Scales in oblique rows, passing backwards and upwards above the

lateral line, and in horizontal rows below it. Some exist over dorsal

and anal rays.

Lateral line follows the curve of the back in the upper fourth of

its course ; it is in single tubes.

Colours. Rosy, with four oblique brilliant golden lines passing

from the lateral line upwards and backwards, impinging on two rows

of scales, leaving two intermediate rows without such lines. Four

similar golden lines are also present below the lateral line: the first

proceeding from the posterior margin of the orbit to the lateral

finger-mark ; the second from the middle of the operculum to op-

posite the end of the soft dorsal, where it is lost on the lateral line ;

the third from beneath the orbit to the base of the caudal fin; the

fourth from the lower margin of the base of the pectoral to the base

of the anal. A large, deep black finger-mark exists on the lateral

line opposite to the commencement of the soft dorsal. Pectoral,

ventral, and anal yellowish. Dorsal and caudal pinkish. Eyes

silvery, with a dark mark below the pupil.

Following the opinion of Cuvier and others, and not having seen a

specimen of Russell’s fish, I had previously considered this tu be the

Genyoroge notata,C. & V. Since my arrival in Madras I have had

ample opportunities of investigating the species, which I find to be

a Mesoprion, and apparently the M. russelli of Dr. Bleeker.

UPENEOIDES BiviTratus, Cuyv. & Val.

This fish is very similar to the U. vittatus, C. & V., with which,

indeed, Dr. Gunther has placed it. But there are certain evident

differences, which I propose adverting to.

Its barbules extend to beyond che posterior margin of the oper-

culum; its caudal is more deeply lobed; its Tafeedl line is more

raised ; and it possesses a rather thick and large air-bladder, which

the U. vittatus is without.

The coloration likewise differs. The Upeneoides bivittatus is

darker along the back; its golden stripes are not so well marked ;

and the caudal has two horizontal brown lines on either side of its

centre, and three oblique bands running across the upper lobe and

two across the lower lobe.

In the Upenevides vittatus the caudal has six yellowish-brown

bars with dark edges across the upper lobe, and a black extremity,

whilst on the lower lobe there are also three oblique bars, and the

extremity is white. The first dorsal is also black-edged.

Uranoscorpus MARMORATUS, C. & V.

Bavie ) Ds 4/ 2): Palsy, loo ane ean

Length of specimen 5,3, inches,

Length of head nearly 2 be of pectoral +, of base of first dorsal =!,,

of base of second dorsal 2 qs Of ease of anal 3, of caudal 2; of the

total length. Height of head 51, of first dorsal |, of second dorsal

1, of anal {), of ive total length.

1867. | MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 703

Eyes directed upwards and slightly outwards, $ of a diameter from

end of snout, and rather more than | diameter apart.

Body, in circumference largest anteriorly, gradually decreasing

towards the tail. Head depressed. Body compressed.

Mouth oblique, closed anteriorly by the under Jaw, so that it is

directed upwards ; the posterior margin of the upper jaw extends to

beneath the centre of the orbit. There are five preeopercular spines

at equal distances apart, the anterior of which is directed forwards.

The upper surface of the head nodulated, a moderately large supra-

scapular, and very large humeral spines. Preorbital roughened,

large, and slightly constricted where its anterior joins its middle

third.

Teeth villiform in jaws, vomer, and palate.

Fins. Ventrals jugular. Pectoral large and rounded. Caudal

rounded.

Scales minute, and having raised edges.

Lateral line proceeds backwards from suprascapular spine, and,

passing along parallel with the back, arrives at the upper third of

the base of the caudal fin, when it bends down to its centre, but is

not continued between its rays.

Colours. Chestnut-brown, becoming bluish white on the abdomen.

The whole of the upper half of the head, front of lower jaw, and

body covered with bluish-white spots. Fins darkish grey, edged

with white. Ventral and anal lighter; the upper three-fourths of

the first dorsal deep black. Eyes golden.

SCORPAZNA ROSEA, Sp. Noy.

Boy. Usil/ wk, tee Ve dyoo oo MC. tony le Wee

Lettesd [lie

Length of specimen 5 inches.

Length of head 4, of base of dorsal spines nearly }, of base of

dorsal rays 1, of pectoral 2 z, of base of anal qa, of caudal + a the

total length. Height of head 3, of body 3 3» ‘of dorsal spines 4, of

dorsal rays +, of ventral 2 , of anal spines 3, of anal rays + of the

total length.

Eyes. Orbits raised, with depressions anterior and posterior to

them, having also a deep concave interorbital groove, with an ele-

vated line on either side an does not become spiny. Diameter

of eye 7 of length of head, ? of a diameter from eye to eye, 1? dia-

meter from end of snout.

Dorsal profile more convex than the abdominal. Head com-

pressed.

Snout rather elevated, a transverse depression between it and the

orbits. Cleft of mouth oblique; posterior extremity of the maxilla

extending to beneath the centre of the orbit ; lower jaw the longest.

Posterior nostril circular, situated in the transverse groove behind

the snout, and having a short sharp spine a short distance ante-

rior to it; the anterior nostril tubular, just anterior and external

to this spine, and having a broad fleshy tentacle above it, which is

704 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. [June 27,

fringed externally. A short distance external to the posterior nos-

tril is a sharp spine, leading backwards from which to above the

angle of the praeoperculum is a spiny ridge containing five more

directed backwards. Along the angle and lower border of preeoper-

culum are three denticulations—the superior a strong spine, the

others blunted ; there are also three fleshy tentacles along its border,

and one on the side of the preoperculum. Interoperculum with a

blunt spine and tentacle. Operculum with a bony ridge along its

centre, ending in two spines. A ridge containing three spines passes

from the posterior inferior margin of the orbit to the upper margin

of the opercle and commencement of the lateral line, and has two

minute spines below it. Another spiny ridge extends from the pos-

terior superior margin of the orbit backwards, and one spine between

it and the ridge below it. Orbit with a strong spine at its anterior

superior margin, one at its posterior superior margin, and one at its

superior margin, which has attached to it a long wide tentacle on a

narrow base. Several fleshy tentacles exist along the edge of the

snout, a large one above the angle of the mouth, and two on the

extremity of the upper jaw; there are also three rather large ones

on the lower jaw.

Teeth villiform, in numerous rows in both jaws, also in a V-shaped

patch on the vomer, but none on the palate.

Fins. Dorsal spines moderately strong, the third the longest ;

interspinous membrane rather deeply cleft, and extended beyond

each spine. Pectoral broad at its base, its twelve lower rays un-

branched, and minute fleshy appendages attached to them. Ventral

spine strong. Anal—first spine short, second and third of equal

length, but the second twice as strong as any in the fish. Caudal

cut square at its extremity.

Scales in rows proceeding backwards and upwards. Some on the

upper part of the operculum ; head otherwise scaleless.

Lateral line in twenty-three or twenty-four tubes.

Colours. Of a general rose-colour, marbled with greyish; the

spines on the head are darker than the surrounding parts. One or

two irregular grey bands with dark edges exist on the tail. The

dorsal and anal are also banded; and the pectoral has numerous

bands on it.

This species differs from the S. venosa, C. & V., which has no

orbital tentaele, and of which the third anal spine is the longest and

strongest, and the caudal fin is rounded, &ec.

CARANX NIGRESCENS, Sp. Nov.

Bvt. D.7/g. Be 19.) Val Sees Bee L- Wer adiglado.

Length of specimen 24 inches.

Length of head nearly 1, of pectoral 2, of base of first dorsal +1,,

of base of second dorsal 4, of base of anal #, of caudal 2 of the total

length. Height of head 2, of body 2, of first dorsal ;1;, of second

dorsal 3, of ventral 54, of anal 3 of the total length.

Eyes with very narrow adipose lids; diameter + of length of head,

1867. | MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 705

13 diameter from end of snout, 1} diameter apart, and ? of a dia-

meter from the dorsal profile.

Body compressed. Dorsal and abdominal profiles equally convex.

Head compressed, and having an elevated central ridge. Preeorbital

wide, equal in extent to 1} diameter of the orbit. Praeopercle—its

posterior limb rather oblique ; its lower margin lineated towards the

edge, which is crenulated. Sub- and interopercles also crenulated.

Teeth in numerous villiform rows, of equal size in both jaws, with

a slight interval at symphysis. A triangular patch of villiform teeth

on the vomer ; and a long narrow band of the same character on the

palate.

Fins. Pectoral rather in advance of the origin of the dorsal and

ventral; anal arises under about the sixth ray of the second dorsal.

First dorsal nearly triangular ; second dorsal highest anteriorly, its

upper margin rather concave in its first portion, subsequently

parallel with the back. Pectoral falciform, reaching to opposite the

tenth dorsal ray. Dorsal spines weak, the first very short, the third

and fourth the longest. First ray of second dorsal the longest in

the fin; the last does not quite reach the base of the caudal. Anal

spines weak, the second the longest.

Scales cover the body, under the eyes, and the upper portion of

the opercles ; there are none on the chest. here is a moderately

high sheath to the dorsal and anal fins.

Lateral line with a very moderate curve to opposite the thirteenth

dorsal ray, whence it becomes straight. The keel is slightly deve-

loped—in fact, being only very distinct on the last eight scales. A

lateral ridge on either side of the keel on the root of the caudal.

Czecal appendages very numerous.

Colours. Of a dusky greyish, with innumerable fine black points,

and generally glossed with purple. A well-marked black spot upon

the operculum. Fins nearly black, especially the dorsal.

This description is that of a male specimen.

Of the genus Panchaz, Cuv. & Val., I have obtained two species

at Madras, and one from Malabar. Before describing these, | may

remark that I have not as yet met with the Panchax (Esoxr) pan-

chax, Buch. Ham.

The Panchaz lineatum, C. & V., is exceedingly common in Mala-

bar; but I have not taken it as yet on the Madras side of the

Western Ghawts.

The Panchax (Aplocheilus) rubrostigma, Jerdon, and another

species which I am unable to refer to any existing description, and

have therefore considered new, are both exceedingly common in all

tanks, streams, and pieces of fresh water around Madras.

These two species are very dissimilar in their appearance; and I

have kept a number in an aquarium, where they grow rapidly and

become very tame. ‘They are carried in water with great difficulty,

and rapidly die when out of their native element. They swim very

close to the surface of the water, and appear to require a large

amount of oxygen.

706 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. [ June 27,

PANCHAX ARGENTEUS, sp. Nov.

Boiv, D. 6.0P.15. Ve 6. AS20. 2s 27 Se eee

Length of specimens from 4 to 1,7; inch.

Leneth of head nearly j Re of pectoral j, of base of dorsal =4;, of

base of anal 7 2, of caudal j of the total length. Height of head 4,

of body j, of dorsal fin 4, “of ventral 3, of anal 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 2of a diameter from end of

snout, nearly 1 diameter apart.

Teeth in a narrow villiform row, directed at first almost horizon-

tally, and bent near their extremities.

Fins. Dorsal is situated over the last few rays of the anal, which

iast commences midway between end of snout and termination of

the caudal fin, which is cut square. Ventrals, if laid forwards, just

reach to the opercles ; if in their natural position, they extend beyond

the vent to the first anal ray.

Scales on the top of the head with smooth edges and not fes-

tooned ; those on chest much smaller than those on the body.

Body very compressed ; back wide and flat.

Colours. Of a dullish green along the back, becoming dirty white

along the abdomen. The back and also between the rays of the

anal and caudal fins finely dotted with black points ; otherwise the

fins are diaphanous. Eyes blue.

This species, which appears never to grow to a large size, seems

allied to the Panchax cyanophthalmus, Blyth, which, however, is

said to have 22-23 anal rays. It differs from the Panchaz (Pecilia)

latipes, Schleg., in the length of the head, and in the number of

the dorsal and anal rays, in the number of scales, and in the posi-

tion of the ventral fin. It may be the Panchax m‘clellandi,

Bleeker ; but as that species is only known from a drawing, it is

impossible to decide the question.

PANCHAX RUBROSTIGMA, Jerdon.

Bay. Das. "Poe VW 60, Ae A152 AC 15 ie. ye eee

Length of pigs from 15%, to 1,5; inch.

Length of head § 2, of pectoral 4 4, of base of dorsal Tt! of base of

anal +, of caudal ;?; of the total length. Height of head +, of body 4,

of dorsal 1 +, of a 4, of anal 4 oe the total length.

Ey es oval, 2 of length of head, 2 of a diameter from end of snout,

1} diameter apart.

Body elongated ; back moderately flat from the snout to the base

of the dines fin ; ons compressed.

Length of intermaxillaries in central line equal to about half the

diameter of the eye. The posterior extremity of the maxilla extend-

ing to beneath the centre of the orbit. Angle of preeoperculum

rounded, but not produced.

Teeth in both jaws villiform, recurved, and in a narrow band.

Fins. Anal commences midway between snout and termination of

caudal fin. The dorsal begins over the last four anal rays. Caudal

wedge-shaped, its central rays the longest.

1867.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FINNER WHALE. 707

Scales cycloid ; two rows between eye and angle of preeoperculum ;

those on the summit of the head with their posterior border fes-

tooned.

Colours. Of a dull green on the back and sides, and dirty white

along the abdomen. Numerous small and brilliant blue spots along

the sides, alternating with rusty-red ones when the fish is alive and

in good health, but they fade after death. A light spot on the

summit of the head, which is sometimes absent. Dorsal fin white,

with a large black spot along its base. Anal orange. Eye silvery.

3. Preliminary Description of a New Species of Finner Whale

(Balenoptera bonaérensis). By Dr. H. Burmetster,

F.M.Z.S., Director of the Public Museum, Buenos Ayres.

The animal which I now bring before the notice of the scientific

public was found dead, floating on the river Plata, near Belgrano,

about ten miles from Buenos Ayres, by a fisherman, who brought the

body on shore on the 5th of February of this year, and informed me

ou the next day of his discovery. I was then confined by illness to

my room, and was unable to go to see the body until fourteen days

later. Putrefaction had already destroyed the Whale’s external ap-

pearance ; but as I found the body lymg on the ground near the

shore I was able to take a sufficiently accurate measure of it by steps.

It was then 16 paces long, of which nearly 4 belonged to the head,

and 12 to the trunk with the tail. Calculating my steps in moderate

walking as equal to 2 feet, I made the whole body 32 feet long; and

now measuring the skull alone I find it is 7 feet long, leaving 25 feet

for the trunk and tail. This 25 feet is divided in the skeleton in

such a manner that 1 foot is occupied by the seven vertebre of the

neck, 34 feet by the eleven dorsal vertebra, 83 feet by the twelve

lumbar, and 10 feet by the nineteen of the tail, the 4 additional feet

being for the external parts of the animal—the skin, the cellular

covering under it, and the intervertebral cartilages.

As the surface was already destroyed by putrefaction, I could not

see distinctly the eyes, the ear-openings, or the nostrils. I only

observed that the under jaw was about 4 inches longer than the tip

of the skull and surrounded the upper jaw in its whole circum-

ference.

Ten paces from the tip of the nose was a triangular falcate dorsal

fin about 1 foot high and 13 foot long; and on the tip of the tail

a large caudal fin with the usual two lobes, about 63 feet distant

from each other at the hinder ends, and each 5} feet long, and

13 foot broad at the beginning.

The pectoral fins I could not examine very exactly—the one being

already destroyed, and the other covered by the body ; but they ap-

peared to have the usual triangular form, and a length of from 3 to

4 feet. The rest of the oaa8 was of a dark black-grey colour, like

the old clay-slate, but lighter and nearly white-grey on the under-

708 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FINNER WHALE. [June 27,

side. Here I observed the usual deep furrows from the inner edge

of the under jaw to the middle of the body ; each furrow was 3 inch

deep, and the flattened intervals 1 inch broad.

The animal was a male, with two hinder longitudinal openings—

the former (somewhat in advance of the position of the dorsal fin)

being the sexual opening, and the hinder (under the same fin) the

anus. On the fore side of this second opening are the two small

mammarial fissures.

Of the internal organs nothing was to be seen, these being already

destroyed by putrefaction and eaten by some millions of larve of

Musce, which resembled living waves consuming the whole organic

substance of the carcass.

Even the whalebones of the mouth had fallen out, and no trace

of them was to be seen on the shore; but one month later we had

the good fortune to find one side of them very well preserved in the

ground of the river some miles higher up.

The fisherman told me that when he found the body the mouth

was already open, and without whalebones, the tongue being very

much swollen, like a balloon. This may have forced the whale-

bones from their position.

Since this first inspection I have visited the body from time to

time to preserve the bones for the Museum. During the last week

all the bones were brought to the establishment, and have been ar-

ranged in such a manner that I can give a short description of the

whole skeleton.

Beginning with the skull, I will not describe its general form,

which is very well shown in the figure of the skull of the European

Balenoptera rostrata in the ‘Voyage of the Erebus and Terror,’

Mammalia, pt. 2, and the description given by my friend Dr. J. E.

Gray in the same work.

Comparing the skull of this new species with his figure, I find that

it is certainly much larger, but presenting the same relation between

the two principal portions, being from the tip to the nasal bones

4' 4" long, and from these to the occipital foramen 2! 8". But there

is some difference in the construction of this hinder portion, as the

fore end of the vertex reaches to the hinder end of the nasal bones,

covering entirely by its middle prolonged protuberance the small

frontal bone from above. Much smaller also in my skull is the

lateral part of the same bone, which forms the orbital cavity, and

somewhat stronger the hinder lateral process of the temporal bone

to which is attached the under jaw.

These differences leave no doubt that the two animals belong to

different species. . The transverse extent of the front part imme-

diately before the nasal bones is 2' i0", that of the hinder angles of

the frontal bones behind the orbit is 4’, and that of the vertex behind

across the occipital foramen 2! 6. The lower jaw is, including the

curve, 7! 5! long on the outside.

The whale-bone, which was attached to the underside of the large

excavated maxillary bones, is of the usual form and construction.

We have the left side nearly complete, wanting only a small portion

1867.| DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FINNER WHALE. 709

of the hinder end. The remaining part is composed of 192 plates ;

and from the form of the last it may be supposed that a series of 30

or 40 plates is lost on the hinder end, so that the whole series of

plates may have been from 230 to 235. The first plates are very

small, not higher than 3 inches, of which 2 inches are long bristles ;

but the hinder plates are 12 inches high without the bristles, and the

bristles here are more than 3 inches long. These hinder plates have

a base 7 inches broad and an elongated triangular figure, the side

with the bristles being the largest, like the hypothenuse of the tri-

angle, and somewhat curved to the exterior.

It is well known by the description of different authors* that there

are three or even four series of plates in the internal basal margin of

the larger external series. In my specimen the second series of

plates is preserved, but the two or three smaller most internal series

are lost. The plates of this second series are of the same triangular

figure, but no higher than 3 to 3 inches, with short bristles of 4 inch

on the inside. All these interior plates are of a white colour in my

specimen; and of the same colour is also the whole inside of the

large external series, every plate of that series being black on the

outer margin for a space of 2 inches.

The neck is composed in the usual manner of seven small vertebre,

of which the second, third, and fourth are united together by the

bodies and by ossified commissures on the central portion of the

arch. The first or atlas (fig. 1, anterior surface) is much broader

Fis 1:

Anterior surface of atlas of B. bonaérensis.

than high, the horizontal diameter between the transverse processes

being 15? inches, and the perpendicular in the middle only 93".

Projecting these diameters in lines, the transverse diameter is situate

somewhat above the middle of the perpendicular. The articular

surfaces for the occipital condyles are together 73 inches broad and

each 5" high.

The three following united vertebrae are figured in fig. 2 from

* [ find a very correct description of the whalebones of the European species

by Ravin in the ‘ Annal. des Sciences Naturelles,’ 2° sér. Zool. t. v. p. 266, pl. 11.

710 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FINNER WHALE. [June 27,

behind. Each one has a large transverse process, which is perfo-

rated in the middle bya great elliptical opening. In the very strong

second vertebra this opening is the smallest, and the horizontal dia-

meter of the opening shorter (43 inches) than the outer end of the

transverse process (5; inches) ; but in the two others the opening

occupies nearly the whole process, surrounded only by a small osse-

ous ring. The upper part, including the vertebral canal, is broader

Second, third, and fourth vertebra of B. bonaérensis.

than high ; and this canal is of a depressed triangular figure. The

arch is very strong and thick on the second vertebra, and, in each

of the three, armed with three small upright spines, of which the

middle is the processus spinosus. The fifth vertebra of the neck

has quite the same form ; its lateral process is a closed osseous ring ;

but the sixth differs by being open in the middle of the under part

of this ring, near the enlarged point, and the seventh by having no

under part to the ring, but only the upper half circumference with

the enlarged point at the end.

In most of these characters the species differs from the European

B. rostrata, as this has only in some cases the second and third cer-

vical vertebrae united, and open rings on all, after the second, of

which open ring the upper part is smaller than the under, and not

provided with the enlarged point at the end, which is present in all

the cervical vertebrze after the second of my new species.

The small erect spines on the vertebral arch are also wanting in

the European species, and the lateral processes are much shorter in

comparison with the transyerse diameter of the bodies of the verte-

bree. As an individual character of my specimen I must remark

that the upper parts of the lateral processes of the sixth and seventh

cervical vertebra are united together on the left side in their whole

extent, which seems to me a consequence of disease during the

1867. DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FINNER WHALE. 711

life of the animal; the same circumstance may have also united the

first and second dorsal vertebree, which are also anchylosed to each

other at some points of the arch and the upper part of the body.

As the animal is a very old one, having no epiphyses separated in the

whole skeleton, I must believe that it was wounded when young on

the left side of the neck, perhaps by the harpoon of a whaler.

The eleven dorsal vertebrzee have the usual form, and increase in

size from before backwards rapidly, the body of the first vertebra

being only 14 inch, and the eleventh 5? inches ; they have all long

lateral processes, to an excavation on the hinder edge of which are

attached the ribs.

The spinous processes increase gradually in height to the middle

of the lumbar portion of the vertebral column.

There are eleven pairs of ribs. The first is broader than the others

and 2 feet long. The longest is 4 feet in a straight line, and in the

middle of the series. The first pair is attached to the sternum, which

has a very peculiar form. It is (fig. 3) like a cross, resembling the

Fig... 3.

Sternum of B. honaércisis.

same bone of the European species ; but the upper, short branch of

the cross is, unlike that of B. rostrata, divided into two large parallel

lobes. No bone proves more convincingly the distinctness of the

712 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FINNER WHALE. {June 27,

species than the sternum. As my figure gives a clear view of this

bone, I will not describe it more, adding only the measurements.

The length in the median line is 17 inches, and the transverse dia-

meter in a straight line 13!; the outside is curved downwards and

very rough, the inside excavated and smoother.

Of the twelve lumbar vertebra, the first is 6 inches long, and the

last 9 inches; this vertebra is the largest of all. They have higher

spinous processes than the dorsals, but shorter and broader lateral

processes, this process of the ninth and tenth dorsal vertebre bein

the longest of all, 7. e. 1 foot. The spinous processes of the middle

lumbar vertebra are 17" high; but the lateral processes are only 9!

long and 7" broad. They have all thin sharpened outer margins,

not an expanded tip for the attachment of the ribs like the dorsals.

The tail is composed of nineteen vertebrae, of which the twelve an-

terior are very strong, but the last six in the axis of the tail-fin ex-

tremely small. To the nine anterior caudal vertebre are attached

inferior spinous processes; on the following nine they are wanting.

The transverse processes of the first are not perforated. The fifth is

the last vertebra with an indication of such a process. The sixth,

seventh, and eighth have short spinous processes ; but all the others

are without either. As far as the thirteenth they have the body

perforated. The six last are very small and of a peculiar triangular

figure.

The skeleton of the arm-fin is of the usual construction, but has

also some peculiarities. The bladebone is rather large, 32 inches

broad at the upper margin in a straight line, and 18" high from the

glenoid cavity to the same margin. The acromion is 7" long, com-

pressed, and somewhat curved above, with an attenuated end, which

is not enlarged as usualin Whales. ‘The coracoid process is, on the

contrary, thicker at its end, and rounded like a club, and 43" long.

The very strong humerus is short, only 11" long ; but the forearm-

bones are tolerably long, being 23", and the radius somewhat stronger

than the ulna, which has a large olecranon like a high crest, of semi-

circular figure, which is surrounded by thick and strong cartilage.

The carpal bones are seven on each side, all enclosed in thick carti-

laginous matter, which united them with the forearm-bones and

with the metacarpus of the fin. Two of these seem to be the free

lower epiphyses of the radius and ulna, and the remaining five the

true carpal bones.

The hand has four fingers, wanting the first or thumb, as usual in

the Fin-whales. Each finger has a large metacarpal bone, and the

two outer ones two other osseous phalanges ; but the largest (second)

finger has four phalanges, and the following three. There have been

more cartilaginous articulations, but all these are lost. The first

phalangeal bone of the second finger is the largest bone of the hand,

being 5 inches long. They have no osseous epiphyses on either end,

but have been united only by cartilaginous substance.

We have also the small bone of the pelvis, which is 74 inches long

and 13 inch broad in the middle, and of a lanceolate form, being nar-

rowed at both ends. No vestige of an attachment of another bone

1867. ] MR. J.Y. JOHNSON ON A NEW SHARK. 713

to any part of its surface is visible; and it is the same with the

European species, according to the observations of Eschricht and

Reinhardt.

The hyoid bone is of the same form as that figured in Cuvier’s

‘Ossem. Foss.’ vol. i. pl. 25. f. 13, being only somewhat larger in the

middle, where the two cornua hyoidea are attached. The transverse

diameter is 20 inches, and the longitudinal in the middle of one of

the two points 7 inches. The cornua have a more curved form than

that figured by Cuvier, and are 12 inches long. *

Finally I should mention, what I omitted before, that in the cra-

nium is a distinct lachrymal bone on each side in the prolongation

of the orbit at the fore end, like that in Cuvier’s figures (pl. 26), to

which is attached the zygomatic bone, as Cuvier figures the Rorqual

of the Cape of Good Hope (fig. 1 of the same plate). The tympanic

bone is persistent and firmly united with the cranium ; and the vomer

rather short, not longer than in the same figures of Cuvier, and di-

vided at the fore end by a longitudinal fissure into two parallel lobes

23 inches in length.

6. Description of a New Genus of Spinacide, founded upon

a Shark obtained at Madeira. By Jamus Yate JOHNSON,

C.M.ZS.

The Shark which forms the subject of the present communication

is closely allied to those members of the family Spinacide which

constitute the genus Centrophorus; but since it possesses a mesial

tooth in the lower jaw it cannot be assigned to that genus, and I

therefore propose to found upon it a new genus named

MaAcHEPHILUS.

Body elongate, prismatico-triangular in section; lead depressed,

not distinct from the body ; nostrils on the inferior side of the head ;

spout-holes large, furnished with valves, and situate on the upper

side of the head above the eyes; a deep groove at the commissure

of the lips. Scutella (scales) stalked. Two dorsal fins, each sup-

ported by a strong spine. No anal fin. The teeth of different form

in the two jaws; those of the upper jaw consisting of triangular

cusps on subquadrate bases; those of the lower jaw composed of

cusps on subquadrate bases, the cusps being more and more inclined

backwards as the teeth approach the back of the mouth, thus pre-

senting oblique incisorial edges. A mesial tooth, consisting of an

upright equilateral cusp on a quadrate base, in the lower jaw.

MaAcCHEPHILUS DUMERILLI, ¢.

Of a uniforin brownish-grey colour. Head rather broad, depressed,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLVI.

714 MR. J. Y¥. JOHNSON ON A NEW SHARK. [June 27

concave between the eyes and spout-holes; cheeks convex ; snout

short, rounded in front, flat above and below. Nostrils large, reach-

ing to the sides of the snout. Eye-slit almond-shaped. Spout-holes

transversely oval, placed above the eyes. Mouth wide; the jaws

slightly but evenly convex; the upper jaw protrusile from beneath

the scaly skin. ‘The shit or groove at the commissure advances to

the vertical from the middle of the eye, leaving a considerable space

between the opposite grooves. The posterior part of the slit is very

shallow, and does not extend beyond the vertical from the posterior

edge of the spout-holes.

The teeth of the upper jaw are composed of sharp narrow upright

conico-compressed cusps on subquadrate bases; and several rows of

them are in use at once. In the lower jaw there are two rows of

teeth, formed of broad flattened cusps on subquadrate bases, which

have a ridge down the middle. The cusps, as the teeth approach

the back of the mouth, become more and more inclined backwards,

but their apices bend upwards and form an acute point; thus only

part of one edge of the cusp presents an incisorial edge, at the

middle of the lower jaw, having both its sides in front of the adjacent

teeth. It is formed of an upright equilateral cusp with acute edges

placed on a quadrate base.

The five branchial openings are large, and are situate in front of

the pectoral fin, the hindmost embracing the anterior part of the root

of that fin.

All the fins are clothed with scales. The first dorsal fin is nearer

to the pectoral fin than to the ventral fins, and has in its front part

a strong spine more than half as high as the fin, which is so much

worn in the specimen that its shape cannot be accurately stated.

The second dorsal fin is rounded in front, where it 1s higher than the

anterior fin. It is also armed with a strong spine (which, however,

is not quite so large as the spine of %e first dorsal), and it is acumi-

nate behind and prolonged in a dire. nearly parallel with the tail.

The ventral fins have two-thirds of vue total length of the fish in

front of them. Their anterior angles are rounded off, their posterior

angles prolonged and pointed. The cau¢al fin is shaped much like

that of the true Centrophori. The tail bends upwards inside the

upper lobe, and the lower lobe is well developed. The upperside of

the tail behind the dorsal fin is concave. The lateral line is high up

on the side of the body and straight. The claspers are furnished

with a slender spine.

The seutella or seales are stalked, and have subrotund lamin

continuous with their stalks, each lamina being marked by two lateral

and a median crest, which projects behind as an equilateral tooth.

The hinder edge of the lamina is minutely serrulate.

The species is named in compliment to Professor Auguste Dumeéril

of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, the author of a valuable work

describing the known genera and species of Sharks.

The dimensions of the single example obtained (which has been

added to the collection of the British Museum) are given below.

1867.| PROF. W. LILLJEBORG ON HALCROSIA AFZELII. 715

inches.

Total length...... Pai, vee Ree An eS

Height under first dorsal. . 1 nO SRY |

Head, width at spout- Sis a oF

WAVE aM POE | Sa cych eee cen > slo ins, ye Reet ae

, distance from sian, Sate 24

Spout- holes, AE reer re hace Raine ee

Mouth, Sn dieeines from snout .... 32

Pectorals, width: of bas@=ch 5 2st sed e256 ss Z

—, distance from snout.......... 9%

Bicst dorsal; lengthof base. 6s 264 2 Oe

=, verticalsheieht oie saci. ace 23

Second dorsal, length of base.......... 33

—- - , wertical height: ......<.: 2p

Ventrals, widthia& base® 227.2%ss5 << 213 asi 12

———, distance from snout .......... pi

Candal, lengtligje sos sand tetnate ots oldie 93

7. Description of Halcrosia afzeli*, a new Crocodile from

Sierra Leone, West Africa. By Witueim Litiezore,

Professor of Zoology in the University of Upsala,

F.M.ZS.

Length from the point of the nose to the tip of the tail about 4!

(Swedish workmen’s measuref, 7. e. with 12 inches to the foot).

Length of the head from the os quadratum 73"; breadth of the

head at the back part 43"; its length from the posterior extremity

of the under jaw 3", from the orbits to the point of the nose 32";

breadth of the nose over the nin! 1 tooth, the widest part of the upper

jaw, 2,4". Length of the 1-2". The head’s length in proportion

to its breadth marks it as a short broad form; the nose is, however,

much narrower than in the Halerosia frontata (Murray) f, as is evi-

dent by the proportion of .ae breadth above the uinth tooth to the

distance between the orbit and the tip of the nose, the former being

but about two-thirds of the latter. According to Murray’s figure

this breadth amounts to three-fourths of the above-mentioned dis-

tance. With respect to the form of the nose, it appears to be in-

termediate between Halerosia frontata and Crocodilus vulgaris.

The fossee supratemporales are small, and their lower openings

very small, situated in front, and directed outwards and forwards.

The supratemporal or sincipital plane is somewhat concave in the

middle, and the forehead between the orbits destitute of keel.

* With this name we call to remembrance the late Professor Adam Afzelius

of Upsala, who brought home to Sweden from Sierra Leone this specimen, toge-

ther with many other interesting specimens of animals and vegetables.

f Swedish feet and (workmen’s) inches are reduced to English by multiplying

by 0°9741, or dividing by 1:0266.

t Gray, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 213.

716 PROF. W. LILLJEBORG ON HALCROSIA AFZELII. [June 27,

From the anterior angle of the orbits a tolerably highly raised ridge

passes over each of the ossa lacrymalia, and extends somewhat more

than a third of the nose’s length ; and these ridges converge as they

approach the tip of the nose. The nasal bones extend so far into

the cavity of the nostrils as almost entirely to constitute the division

between them, and leave only a very small space occupied by carti-

lage between themselves and the back-turned processes of the inter-

maxillary bones. The head, when looked at in profile, exhibits

almost the same strongly marked concavity over the nose as the

1867.) PROF. W. LILLJEBORG ON HALCROSIA AFZELII. vay)

Halcrosia frontata. The edges of the jaws are strongly sinuated ;

and the upper jaw has on each side a deep hollow, to receive the

seventh tooth of the lower jaw, which in this instance is the largest,

and its two foremost front teeth do not pass through the intermaxil-

lary bone. The teeth are “7. The back teeth of the under jaw

do not project in between those of the upper jaw, but within them,

as in the case of the Alligators.

Hind foot of Halcrosia afzehi.

Our specimen being imperfect, we have, as regards the feet, the

opportunity of examining only one of the hind feet (fig. 2). The

web is well developed, but the exterior edge of the foot is not fringed.

It has but one row of four somewhat large keeled scales, which do

not form any prominent lobe or fringe. The remainder of the outer

side of the foot is covered with keeled scales of various sizes.

With regard to the plates of the skin, this genus, as is known, is

especially distinguished by the peculiar form of the upper plates of

the nape. These have also in this species a characteristically broad

form, with almost horizontally outstanding keels, and are particularly

large ; but there are but two pairs, and a considerable interval sepa-

rates the posterior from the anterior dorsal plates ; they have in the

middle of their upper surface a shallow longitudinal groove. The

cervical plates are six in number, forming a curved transversal row,

and are oval and strongly keeled. The dorsal plates form four con-

tinuous longitudinal rows, of which the outermost on each side is

distinctly, the inmost indistinctly, keeled ; there is, moreover, on each

side a couple of imperfect rows, and several scattered plates on the

sides of the body. The back and loin have eighteen transversal rows

of plates, including the foremost exceedingly small ones. The tail

has twelve similar rows between the base and the strongly projecting

serrated lobe, or crista. All these plates are as it were sculptured

with fine concentric raised lines, as is also the case with the plates of

the head and feet. As the end of the tail is missing I am unable to

give the number of plates in its crista. The ventral plates are ossified.

The colour is indistinct, but seems to have been a very dark brown.

718 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS MYCALESIS. [June 27,

The animal in its general habit closely resembles the Alligators,

and was on this account, by the late Professor Thunberg, in the

University’s collection, named Lacerta alligator. The specimen,

which is imperfect, was brought from Sierra Leone, West Africa, by

the late Professor Adam Afzelius, and was, together with his other

collections, presented many years ago to this University’s Zoological

Museum.

8. Remarks upon the Fabrician species of the Satyride Genus

Mycalesis; with Descriptions, and Notes on the named

varieties. By Artuur G. Butisr, F.Z.S.

The scarcity of figures of the Fabrician insects, and the culpable

carelessness noticeable in the descriptions of that author, more espe-

cially the bad habit which he had of describing the same species

twice under separate names, has made the determination of his species,

at all times, a work requiring much time, labour, and patience.

The existence of several types in the Banksian collection, of course,

affords most important assistance to the student; but as the labels

upon these types have in some cases been transposed, it is at all times

necessary to compare the insects carefully with their descriptions.

Fig. 1. Mycalesis sirius. | Figs. 3,54. Mycalesis terminus.

)

blasius.

perseus. 4.

{ have recently been working out the genus Mycalesis, and I find

that little or no notice has been taken of the Fabrician specimens,

the necessary consequence of which has been that several of his

species have been referred to genera with which they have no con-

nexion, whilst the insects themselves have been redescribed, and thus

1867.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS MYCALESIS. 719

the synonymy of this extensive group of Butterflies has been use-

lessly increased.

As, by a careful comparison of the types and typical descriptions

with the specimens in our collection, I have succeeded in satis-

factorily determining several of the above species, I hasten to lay the

result of my investigations before the Society.

Sp. 1. MycaLesis MELUSINA.

Papilio melusina, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 240. n. 750

(1793).

Hab. Sierra Leone. B.M.

This has been already placed with P. dorothea of Cramer, with

which it is doubtless identical: it in almost every point agrees with

the insect from Old Calabar, described by Mr. Hewitson under the

name of M. raesaces. I have pointed this out to Mr. Hewitson ;

and he agrees with me that his species can be nothing more than

the Calabar form of the insect from Sierra Leone.

18, MycaALesis MIRIAM.

Papilio miriam, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. pt. 1. p. 242. n. 794

(1793).

Hab. Angola. B.M.

“* Alis dentatis fuscis subtus cinereis : anticts ocellis duobus, pos-

ticis septem. Habitat in Indits.’’—Ent. Syst.

This only differs from the preceding in being entirely brown on

the upperside, and in having the markings of the underside much

more distinctly visible.

Sp. 2. Mycauests Perseus. (Fig. 2, p. 718.)

* Papilio perseus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 483. n. 199 (1775).

Papilio tabitha, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 243. n. 756 (1793).

Hab. North India. B.M.

** Ale antice fusce, mox immaculate, mox ocello parvo, pupilla

alba ante apicem. Postice fusce, immaculate. Subtus omnes

basi fusca, apice dilutiores, anticis punctis tribus, posticis

septem albis subocellaribus.’—Syst. Ent. ;

** Ale supra omnes nigre anticis ocello parvo atro, pupilla alba.

Subtus pallidiores striga e punctis ocellaribus minutissimis pu-

pilla alba.’’—Ent. Syst.

This is of course only another of the many varieties of M. otrea

of Cramer: the underside of the wings is represented by Donovan in

his ‘ Insects of Asia;’ but the colouring is so extravagant that the

figure rather hinders than aids the determination of the species.

2°. MYCALESIS CLERIMON.

Papilio clerimon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. pt. 1. p. 217. n. 678

(1793).

Hab. ——?

* The type is in the Banksian collection.

720 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS MYCALEsIS. [June 27,

This appears to be another variety of otrea, but it does not quite

agree with any specimens that I have seen.

In the ‘ Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ M. tabitha is placed in

the genus Satyrus (p. 391. n. 34); M. elerimon, with a query, in

the genus Lastommata (p. 387. n. 16).

Sp. 3. Mycauests Buastus. (Fig. 4, p. 718.)

Papilio blasius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. v. p. 426. n. 488, 489

(1798).

Hab. East Indies (Fabr.); Philippines. B.M.

“« 4le omnes integerrime, supra fusce, immaculate: subtus vie

pallidiores striga media obliqua, alba. Antice pone strigam

ocellis tribus atris iride flavescente pupillaque alba, intermedio

minuto. Ocelli annulo communi reniformi includuntur. Margo

strigosus. Postice ocellis septem inequalibus strigis duabus

undatis utrinque coeuntibus cinereis inclusis. Margo strigosus.”

—Ent. Syst.

This seems to be identical with the M. samba of Mr. Moore’s

‘Catalogue,’ p. 233. n. 498; it differs from Jalassis, Hew., in having

smaller and less distinct ocelli, and not so many in the front wings ;

it is also rather smaller.

Sp. 4. MycaLesis MEDUS.

Papilio medus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 488. n. 198 (1775).

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Fabricius) ; Borneo. B.M.

Fabricius has made a mistake as to the locality of this species ; it

is evidently identical with P. doris of Cramer ; the latter is said to

be from China, and is only a variety of M. hesione.

Sp. 5. Myca.esis MaRTIUS*.

Papilio martius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. pt. 1. p. 219. n. 686

(1793).

Hab. Java. B.M.

“ Ale omnes supra nigre, immaculate, subtus itidem nigre mar-

gine pallidiore et in hoc margine ale antice ocelli quatuor, 2.4.

minutissimt, postice ocellis septem tertio majort.” —Ent. Syst.

This species is closely allied to M. nala of Felder, the mamerta

of Moore’s ‘ Catalogue ;’ it is, however, slightly smaller, and differs

in the width of the margin and the number and relative size of the

ocelli.

Sp. 6. Mycauesis Terminus. (Figs. 3, 3a, p. 718.)

+Papilio terminus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. im. pt. 1. p. 220. n. 687

(1793).

Hab. New Holland. B.M.

* Felder has recently described and figured a variety of this species, only dif-

fering in the number of the ocelli of the front wings, as M. moorei, Feld.

t+ he type is in the Banksian collection.

1867.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS MYCALESIS. 721

This species has been figured by Donovan in his ‘ Insects of New

Holland,’ pl. 28. f. 4; however, I found it in the collection as the

remulia of Godart, and confounded with the remulia of Cramer, from

which it is very distinct.

There are two forms of terminus, the one having small and nearly

regular ocelli (as in the type), the latter with ocelli varying in size

as in remulia ; but in both forms the undulating marginal lines and

the subbasal line of the underside are very conspicuous. We have

remulia from North Ceram.

Sp. 7. Mycatesis strivs. (Fig. 1, p. 718.)

* Papilio sirius, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 488. n. 201 (1775).

Hab. New Holland. B.M.

‘* Ale antice obscure rufe, apice fuscescentes, ocellis duobus fer-

rugineis, iride fusca, annulo atro cincta pupillaque alba ; subtus

glauce, arcubus duobus strigaque ferrugineis, apice obscuriores,

ocellis sex, quinto majort. Postice obscure rufe, margine fusco,

strigis obscurioribus. Ante marginem ocelli quatuor, inter-

mediis majoribus ; subtus basi glauce arcubus duobus strigaque,

medio ferrugineis, apice obscurioribus, ocellis septem, ultimo ad

angulum ani minutissimo.’—Syst. Ent.

This is a common and very variable Australian species ; the spe-

cimens chiefly differ in the number of their ocelli, though the females

are sometimes remarkable for having the bands of the underside

margined with yellow. Mycalesis daidis, Hew., from North Ceram,

and manipa of Boisduval are varieties of this insect, differing in the

number of ocelli alone.

7°. MYCALESIS ZACHZUS.

Papilio zacheus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ui. pt. 1. p. 217. n. 679

(1793).

Hab. ? (Fabr.) ; Australia. 6: 9'7 BM:

** Ale omnes supra fusce ocellis duobus pupilla alba. In posticis

interdum adhuc minutus ad angulum ani, subtus itidem fusce,

anticis ocellis quatuor, posticis sex, omnibus pupilla alba.’—

Ent. Syst.

This description exactly agrees with a slight variety of the pre-

ceding, in the National Collection.

Professor Westwood has placed M. sirius in the genus Ceno-

nympha (p. 398. n. 26); zacheus is placed with a query in the genus

Lasiommata (p. 387. n. 17).

Sp. 8. Mycaesis NARCISSUS.

Papilio narcissus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. v. p. 428. n. 672,

673 (1798).

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Fabricius); Mauritius. B.M.

This insect has been carefully described by Boisduval; on the

upperside it is much like M. ita of Felder.

* In the Banksian collection.

722 DR. J.C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. [June 27,

9. On some New Species of Australian Land-Shells. By

James C. Cox, M.D., F.R.C.S. Edin., Secretary of the

Entomological Society of New South Wales.

Since the issue (in 1864) of a ‘Catalogue of Australian Land-

Shells’ in my collection, in which many supposed new species were

described, I have from time to time transmitted, for publication in

the ‘Proceedings’ of the Society, descriptions of such others as

appeared to me to be novelties; and I now send a further contribu-

tion to the same effect. I mention that a work which I am now

preparing for the press, in which all the Australian Land-Shells

known to me will be described (in English) and represented by

coloured plates, will, I trust, be published before any considerable

number of new shells can have come before me, even supported as I

have been and still am by the contributions of collectors in all the

Australian colonies. However, by next mail I hope to be able to

send descriptions of some more undescribed species.

1. Hevrx LAMPROIDES, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, convexo-depressa, tenui, conferte et irregu-

lariter costato-striata, supra vir nitida, infra nitidiore, corneo-

rufescente, subtus pallidiore ; spira parvula, convexiuscula, ob-

tusa; anfr. 4, celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente,

supra depresso, infra convexo, obtuse angulato ; apertura obli-

qua, rotundato-lunata ; peristomate simpliei, tenui, marginibus

conniventibus, dextro recto, antice angulato, columellari arcuato,

non dilatato, nec reflexo.

Diam. maj. 0°57, min. 0°50, alt. 0°22 une.

Hab. North-western coast of Tasmania.

Closely allied to H. lampra, Pfr., but more coarsely sculptured

and wanting the extreme polish of that species, besides being ob-

tusely carinated, and having the aperture angular externally.

2. Hetrx HAMILTONI, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, subdiscoidea, convexo-depressa, tenui, con-

ferte subarcuatim costulata, interstitiis tenuissime filosis, liners

minutissimis spiralibus ceteras decussantibus, factem (sub

lente) lineato-granulatam exhibente, haud nitida, pallide rufes-

cente-cornea ; spira parva, vix prominente, interdum planata,

sutura impressa; anfr. 5, celeriter accrescentibus, planato-

convexiusculis, ultimo subinflato, rotundo-convero, non antice

descendente, ad os supra modice planato, basi striis minoribus

munito ; umbilico perspectivo, fere + diametri @quante ; aper-

tura diagonali, ovato-lunari ; peristomate simplici, tenui, recto,

marginibus conniventibus, columellari supra modice dilatato

et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 0°53, min. 0°45, alt. 0°20 une.

Hal. Mount Wellington, Macquarie Harbour, and north-eastern

coast of Tasmania.

1867.] DR. J. C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. poo

A small dark variety from the last-mentioned locality has the de-

cussating strize nearly obsolete. This species may be associated with

H. bombycina, Pfr., although not very closely allied to it.

3. HELIx DIEMENENSIS, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, depresso-orbiculari, discoidea, tenui, trans-

lucida, costulis perplurimis prominulis subarcuatis munita, non

nitente, sordide lutescente, fasciolis plurimis pallide rufis ra-

diatim ornata; spira parva, vix prominente, sutura mediocri ;

anfr. 43, lente accrescentibus, convexiusculis, ultimo regulariter

rotundo-convexo, non descendente; umbilico + diametri equante;

apertura obliqua, lunata ; peristomate tenui, recto.

Diam. maj. 0°37, min. 0°33, alt. 0°14 une.

Hab. Tasmania.

The two specimens in my collection are both imperfect in the

mouth, so that I cannot describe the upper part of the columella.

4. HELIx WELLINGTONENSIS, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, depresso-orbiculari, subdiscoidea, tenui, cos-

tulis filosis subarcuatim radiantibus munita, sepe usque ad

umbilicum extendentibus, non nitente, vitreo-albo ad sordide

luteum variante ; spira parva, viv elevata; anfr. 4, lente ac-

crescentibus, modice convezis, ultimo prominente, convexo, non

descendente ; umbilico perspectivo, 4 diametri equante ; aper-

tura modice obliqua, lunata; peristomate simplici, tenui,

recto, margintbus conniventibus, columellari non dilatato, nec

reflexo.

Diam. maj. 0°27, min. 0°23, alt. 0°14 une.

Hab. Mount Wellington, Tasmania.

Closely allied to H. diemenensis, but with fewer and more thread-

like ribs, besides differing in other respects. This shell and H. ha-

miltoni were both presented to me while iu Tasmania with the spe-

cific names now given (by whom I know not) attached ; but I have

no reason to suppose that descriptions of them have ever been pub-

lished.

HELIX ALBANENSIS, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, depresso-convexa, arcuatim acute fleruoso-

costata, solidiuscula, haud nitida, flavescente, superne fasciis

plurimis rubro-fuseis brevibus radiantibus ornata ; spira modice

cenoidea, obtusa, sutura impressa ; anfractibus 5, lente accres-

centibus, subconvexis, ultimo rotundato, ad os subinflato ; um-

bilico perspectivo, + diametri occupante; apertura rotundato-

lunata, modice obliqua ; peristomate tenut, simplici, marginibus

conniventibus, callo tenui junctis.

Diam. maj. 0°20, min. 0°18, alt. 0°12 une.

Hab. Port Albany, Western Australia (Masters).

This would come under the subgenus Discus, along with H.

fo)

cygnea, Bens., and H. sublesta, Bens., of the same colony, but is

724 pDR.J.C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. [June 27,

not very closely allied to either. The red markings are very cha-

racteristic.

6. HeLix PENOLENSIS, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, subgloboso-depressa, tenuiuscula, striatula,

pallide cornea, nitidiuscula ; spira late et obtuse conica ; anfr.A,

planato-convexis, ultimo obtuse carinato, non descendente, subtus

convexiore ; apertura angulato-lunari; peristomate simplici,

recto, margine dextro vix curvato, ad carinam angulato, tum

arcuato, fere semicirculum formante, columellari superne cal-

loso, breviter dilatato, et paululum reflexo, umbilicum parvum

semitegente.

Diam. maj. 0°15, min. 0°13, alt. 0°08 unc.

Hab. Penola, South Australia (Rev. J. EL. Terrison Woods).

A rather dull, horny, broadly semiconical species, allied to H. tur-

riculata, mihi.

7. HELIX TURRICULATA, mihi.

H. testa minute umbilicata, semigloboso-conoidea, pallide corneo-

vitrea, nitidiuscula, tenuissima, undique tenuiter striatula ;

spira conica, obtusa; anfr. 6, lente accrescentibus, convexius-

culis, ultimo carinato, non descendente, basi leviter declivi,

striatulo ut supra, sed nitidiore ; apertura modice obliqua, an-

gulato-lunata ; peristomate simplici, tenui, antice leviter angu-

lato, margine columellari supra modice dilatato et fornicatim

expanso.

Diam. maj. 0°15, min. 0°13, alt. 0°10 une.

Hab. Miriam Vale, Port Curtis, Queensland.

A delicate, glassy, conical species, the very regular spire of which

is thrice as high as the base. It may be regarded as belonging to

the section Conulus, and is nearly allied to the less trochiform and

hyaline, but more coarsely sculptured JZ. umbraculorum, Cox.

8. Hrexix aviporum, mihi.

H. testa profunde umbilicata, depresso-globosa, tenui, parum

nitente, radiatim rugoso-striata, et (sub lente) subtilissime gra-

nulata, corneo-lutescente; spira parva, late depressa; apice

obtusa, sutura impressa; anfr. 43, convexis, ultimo peramplo,

rotundato, tumido, basi pallidiore et leviore ; apertura lunato-

circulart, peristomate tenui, recto, reflexo, marginibus conniven-

tibus, columellari basi modice dilatato, umbilict semissem ob-

tegente.

Diam. maj. 0°55, min. 0°45, alt. 0°30 unc.

Hab. Clarence River, New South Wales (under logs in open iron-

bark ranges, burrowing in wet weather) (MacGillivray) ; Brisbane,

Queensland (Masters).

9. HerLIx MARCESCENS, mihi.

H. testa anguste et profunde umbilicata, depresso-orbiculari, tenut,

translucente, nitidiuscula, levissime rugoso-striata et (sub lente)

1867.] DR. J.C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. 725

subtilissime granulata, corneo-lutescente; spira convexa, ob-

tusa, sutura mediocri, tenuiter rufo teniolata; anfr. 5, lente

accrescentibus, convexiusculis, ultimo rotundo-convexo ; aper-

tura lunari-rotundata ; peristomate recto, tenvi, marginibus

subconniventibus, columellari supra dilatato et fornicatim re-

flexo.

Diam. maj. 9°63, min. 0°57, alt. 0°30 unc.

Hab.. Clarence River, about South Grafton (under bark and logs)

(MacGillivray).

A thin horny semitransparent shell, like a starved miniature H.

grayi, Pfr., and approaching next to H. avidorum, mihi, a much

more globose shell with an impressed suture. The reddish streak

along the suture is not always present.

10. Hetix PACHYSTYLOIDES, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, globosa, solidula vel tenui, nitida, corneo-

lutescente, striis incrementi levibus, rugatis, confertissime rugis

irregularibus decussata ; spira brevi, obtusa, sutura crenulata ;

anfr. 5, convexis, celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo permagno, in-

flato ; apertura fere diagonali, rotundato-lunata ; peristomate

extus flavo, intus pallide carneo (interdum albido), recto, tenuiter

expanso, marginibus subconniventibus et callo tenui junctis,

basali expansiore, columellari supra dilatato, intus subcalloso,

externe umbilicum profundum semioccultante.

Diam. maj. 1°20, min. 1, alt. 0°85 une.

Hab. Cape York (Damel).

This varies considerably in solidity, being sometimes even a deli-

cate thin and horny shell, then most nearly allied to the very small

but exumbilicated variety of H. pachystyla.

11. Hetix mucosa, mihi.

H. testa umbilicata, depresso-orbiculari, subdiscoidea, irregula-

riter et conferte rugoso-striata, solidiuscula, oleoso-micante ;

spira latissime conoidea, apice submersa ; anfr. 44 lente accres-

centibus, convexiusculis, ultimo subito antice deflexo, obsolete

carinato, basi convexo, rugoso-strigato ut supra, sed levius ;

umbilico perspectivo, fere 4 diametri equante; apertura ro-

tundo-lunari ; peristomate simplici, recto, marginibus subcon-

niventibus, columellari supra valde expanso et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 0°30, min. 0°25, alt. 0°14 une.

Hab. Clarence River (MacGillivray).

Belonging to the section Discus, but not closely approaching any

species known to me. I hope the name mucosa will stand, although

there is already a mucida.

12. Hewtx pexa, mihi.

Il. testa umbilicata, depressa, Jere discoidea, tenui, translucente,

regulariter et conferte arcuato-costata, costis apparentibus ut

binis coalescentibus, interstitiis non (sub lente) striatis, pallide

lutescenti-cornea ; spira plana, sutura mediocri ; anfr. 4, con-

726 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. [June 27,

vexis, ultimo angusto, rotundato, basi subnitido, costulis in um-

bilicum perspectivum et + diametri e@quantem descendentibus ;

apertura fere diagonal, lunari; peristomate simplici, tenui.

Diam. maj. 0°08, min. 0°07, alt. 0°04 une.

Hab. Greystanes, New South Wales (Coz).

Easily distinguished from the nearly allied H. cochlidium, Cox,

by the difference in colour, and the fineness of the minute riblets,

which are also much more numerous than in its white plicately-

ribbed ally.

10. Notes on the Specimens of Calyptreide in Mr. Cuming’s

Collection.. By Dr. J... EH. Gray, FBS. Jee Ase.,

P.1,S., &c.

Mrs. Gray having kindly undertaken to place some of the shells

of the late Mr. Cuming’s collection on tablets, the specimens of

certain families have come under my supervision, and I have been

induced to make some observations that I thought might tend to

the better understanding of the species. I herewith send my notes

on the shells of the family Calyptreide, and this paper may be

followed by some others of a similar character.

I shall preface these notes by some observations on the collection

itself.

I certainly should have considered the following observations un-

necessary if most exaggerated statements had not been published

respecting the collection, which are likely to mislead the public—such,

for example,-as that each specimen had not only its name and its

special locality attached to it, but also the depth in the ocean at

which it was found, and that the specimens are in all instances the

actual types of the species from which the descriptions have been

taken. As this is not the case, it is necessary that some account of the

collection as it was received by the British Museum should be given,

in order that it may be properly understood by the scientific concho-

logists who may hereafter consult it. I have not the least intention

by the following remarks to depreciate the value of Mr. Cuming’s

labours as a collector, or of his collection ; for every conchologist, both

scientific and amateur, is very greatly indebted to him for having

collected one of the largest and most perfect collections of shells ever

brought together ; for he not only collected extensively himself, but

he excited others to collect, and he left no stone unturned to obtain

from other collections in all countries such specimens as he wanted,

or from which, as types, species had been described ; and he also,

in the most free and liberal manner, opened the collection to the use

of such conchologists and iconographers as would fall into his views

as to the describing and naming of species.

When I first saw the collection, fifteen or sixteen years ago, as

may be seen by my report to the Trustees of the British Museum,

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. — 727

which is published in some of the Parliamentary Papers relative to

the Museum, the collection was without any names or habitats to the

species. The names have been added since Mr. Cuming’s recovery,

and gummed to the mouth of one of the specimens of each preserved

species. These names were not affixed by the original describers

and figurers of the species, but by two well-known conchologists ;

and as they must be considered to rest on identification by the

latter and not by the original describers, this rather detracts from

their authenticity as absolute types of the species described. It

is to be regretted that when these uames were attached the special

habitats of the specimens were not also marked on them.

I am informed that as soon as any specimens were described

Mr. Cuming was in the habit of destroying the habitats sent with

them, as he said they could be discovered by looking at the work in

which they were described. This is certainly a very inconvenient

and roundabout way of arriving at the information required: if the

species was procured from two or more localities, one is not able to

discover which specimen belonged to each special locality.

In many of the specimens, especially those that have not yet been

determined or named, the habitat, written on a small paper label, is

stuffed into the mouth of the shell.

As yet I have not observed any indication of the depths in the

ocean whence the specimens were obtained. Indeed it was only

the specimens which Mr. Cuming or a few other collectors them-

selves dredged to which such an addition could be made; and I

suppose that Mr. Cuming would also say that this could be obtained

from the work in which the species are described. But here, again,

the same uncertainty prevails; which are the specimens that were

obtained at the depth indicated? Perhaps all those that were referred

to when first described have been replaced by other and better spe-

cimens obtained at a very different depth ; for shells vary in size and

colour according to the depths at which they may have happened to

live.

It was of necessity impossible that Mr. Cuming could have ascer-

tained the depth at which the shells lived that he obtained from

the various collections he selected from, or from other dealers*.

* Indeed I am not willing to pay so much regard to the depth at which species

are said to have been obtained as some geologists appear to do, except when the

specimens are obtained at some special dredging. My faith was shaken by the

following fact :—A collection of shells was offered to me for sale, at the time that

geologists were interested in the depth at which mollusca live, which I carefully

examined; but as it contained many duplicates I declined it, and it was purchased

by a respectable dealer. And what was my astonishment, when the collection was

offered to me to select from, to find that each species was marked with the depth

at which it was obtained, for which there was not the slightest authority ; but the

subject of depth was exciting interest at the time, and its being attached to the

specimen was supposed to give them an additional value; and | regret to say I

have seen these pretended depths quoted in a geological work as if they were true.

Persons who have theories to propose or support are often not sufficiently alive

to the great necessity of examining the authority of the statements which they

receive and quote as facts, or the readiness with which persons, when money is to

be made by the subject, are willing to stretch a point to suit their purpose.

728 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDZ. [June 27,

Though, in the vast majority of cases, the shells more recently

named are to be regarded as the type specimens of the species described

and figured from Mr. Cuming’s collection, unfortunately, from Mr.

Cuming’s habit of replacing shells in his cabinet by better specimens

when they occurred, there is a certain amount of uncertainty as to

these shells being the types of the species described, the accuracy of

the determination resting in such cases on the accuracy of Mr. Cum-

ing’s determination of their identity with the shells replaced; but

there is no doubt that in the distinction of species and varieties Mr.

Cuming was very acute and is to be generally depended on.

There is also another source of uncertainty. Mr. Cuming was in

the habit of sending to Dr. Pfeiffer, Reeve, Sowerby, and other de-

scribers and figurers of the species certain specimens from his dupli-

cates marked with the same number as that attached to his own

specimens ; and the determination of the species depended on the ae-

curacy with which these numbers were reported. I have observed

a few undoubted mistakes arising from this system, and therefore

believe that there may be others, though probably the number is not

large; but these show the necessity of depending im all these eases

on the shell named agreeing with the description, rather than on the

fact that the specimens are so named in the collection.

A very large number of species in the collection have been sepa-

rated on very slight characters, or on the slightest variation of form,

state, and colour. This has greatly arisen from the description and

figuring of shells lately made known chiefly falling into the hands of

dealers, like Mr. Reeve and Mr. Sowerby, or of persons employed

by dealers, who select for their purpose those who are ready to fall

into their views and make as many new species as possible; and the

dealers are ready to repay such work with specimens to increase the

describer’s collection, or in other ways.

A shell with a new name is much more valuable in a pecuniary

point of view than one with an old and well-known name.

The value dealers attach to new names is proved by an incident

that occurred to myself a few days ago, when a dealer offered me a

new Volute for ten guineas. I said it was not new, only a slight

variety of a well-known species. At length he admitted that he had

nine specimens of the Volute, and ended by offering to present me

with the best of the series if I would describe it as a new species! I

am told that at length he found a person to fall into his views, and

sold all his specimens at or above the price first mentioned. A short

time ago a gentleman was induced to purchase a Volute at a high

price, on the understanding that if he purchased it it would be de-

scribed, figured, and named after him. This was done, though the

shell is only a slight variety of a well-known not uncommon South

Australian species. Fortunately the description was printed only on

a flyleaf with the plate, and it 1s not likely to be preserved.

The paying for the description of species of animals is no new

source of trade, for it is recorded that John Reinhold Foster was

paid threepence a species for describing new British insects for a

scientific zoologist ; but dealers can now afford to pay better, as is

lod

1867.] " DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTRAID. 729

shown by the offer that was made to me respecting the new Volute ;

and private collections have been much enriched by such labours.

No one knew better than Mr. Cuming the value of a new name

to his specimens, as shown by his enmity to any one who doubted

the novelty of the species described. He would not allow me to see

his collection for many years after his return from South America,

because I had pointed out to him at one of the meetings of this

Society that some of the shells which Messrs. Sowerby and Broderip

had described as new were well-known species, and well figured by

Chemnitz. Indeed I was not allowed to see any part of his col-

lection until it was first offered to the British Museum for sale,

during his illness about sixteen years ago.

Since that period Mr. Cuming refused a well-known conchologist,

who had previously described several shells from his cabinet, any

further use of his collection, because he refused to admit that cer-

tain specimens which he sent to him to be described were new to

science, or different from species already described.

The system that Mr. Cuming adopted of selecting three specimens

of each variety or species most alike tended to prevent the number

of nominal or presumed species from being observed during a casual

examination of the,collection, as it excluded those specimens which

showed the transition from one variety to another which occurs in

any given species—more especially as the species were not arranged

in the drawers so that the most allied or presumed species were near

to each other, but, on the contrary, the two or more variations of

the same species were often placed as species in distant parts of the

series.

The fact of a naturalist having the power of merely adding his

name after the name of an animal or plant described has been sup-

posed to have influenced many in attempting to establish species, or

in altering the names of old species on very slight grounds; but if

we add to this little vanity the greater inducement of an increase

in the value of the specimens themselves and the collection in which

they are contained, or of increasing the sale of the book in which

they are described and figured, or, further, if a naturalist is to be

paid so much per species for all the species he can describe from a

collection, it is not difficult to believe, under these various circum-

stances, that the number of the species in such a collection are very

needlessly increased.

This has caused so many nominal species to be created by col-

lectors of ferns and other plants and by nurserymen ; but such names

are rarely regarded as of any authority by scientific botanists.

I have had the shells of the Cumingian collection placed on tablets

so that they may be arranged in the same series as the other shells

in the British Museum; but each tablet is marked in such a manner

that it may be at once distinguished from the rest of the collection,

so that there can be no doubt about which are the types or the

presumed types of the species described from the collection. 1

feared that, if the shells were not placed on tablets, the specimens of

the same species might be separated from their allies and mixed with

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLVII.

730 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. [June 27,

those of other species, and thus the identity of the nomenclature

might be destroyed or rendered doubtful.

It is to be hoped that some day this magnificent collection of shells

in the British Museum may be studied scientifically, and all their

nominal and dealers’ species be reduced to synonyms, and eventually

allowed to drop out of the catalogue, to which the greater part of

them ought never to have been admitted. To attempt to do this to

some extent in certain families is the one of the objects of this paper.

I have not attempted in these notes to give a general synonymy

of the species ; but I have only added after the name of each species

a list of the names and their authors that are attached to the speci-

mens of the species described in Mr. Cuming’s collection, which are

to be presumed to be the types of the species described or figured

under these names by the author quoted. In some instances the

state of the specimen named by the author renders the determi-

nation uncertain; then I have added a mark of doubt before the

names.

At the commencement of this century shells were generally ar-

ranged according to the Linnean system, and Dillwyn’s ‘Species of

Shells’ was one of the best works published, and Wood’s ‘ Illustrated

Catalogue’ was a useful and cheap collection of figures; and the

system suited very well for the small number of species then known.

Some of the older collectors preferred to use Humphrey’s cata-

logue, in which many modern genera were sketched out, rather than

the heterogeneous collection of species that were crowded in the Lin-

nean genera.

Whenever a person had a large collection to arrange he found, like

Humphrey, that the shells fell into natural groups that were recog-

nized by the public, who had given them vernacular names.

Thus Lichtenstein in Berlin, Schumacher in Copenhagen, and

Lamarck in Paris, each having a large collection to arrange, pro-

posed new groups of species, or genera, and a new arrangement of

the genera.

Lamarck, who had been educated as a botanist, set to work to de-

scribe the species in the genera which he proposed ; and that gave a

preponderance to his system.

The use of the Lamarckian system was first introduced into Eng-

land by my predecessor, Mr. Children, who arranged the shells in

the British Museum on that system, and published a translation of

Lamarck’s ‘ Genera,’ illustrated with a figure of each. Sowerby and

Couch published similar works. And more lately the late Mr.

Woodward, who seems to have been disturbed at the rapid progress

that the knowledge of the animals and shells were making in this

country, published his manual, which is written chiefly from a

paleeontologist’s point of view, trying to stem the current; and the

manner in which his work has been received, and is still spoken of,

is a proof that he well understood the calibre of the collectors both

of recent and fossil shells.

When the collection of shells was arranged in the eastern gallery

of the British Museum, which had been built for the National Gallery,

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREID&. 731

then used for the mineral collections, and at length given up to

the zoological collections in 1840, I arranged the species in what

appeared to me natural groups, and took care to find out the names

that previous writers had given to those groups, and gave the cha-

racters of the groups and genera in a ‘Synopsis’ which was sold in

the Hall fora shilling. This proceeding at first excited the anger

of the persons who had adopted the Lamarckian system, some

of whom had a vested interest in works written on that system.

Knowing but little of the history of the science, they persisted in

believing that all the groups were creations of my own, and de-

nounced me as the manufacturer of an immense number of useless

genera. Thus in Sowerby’s ‘Manual of Conchology’ there are

numbers of genera referred to me which were formed when I was a

child, or even before I was born, and which often are only quoted to

be objected to. Yet that manual is a very useful work for any one

commencing the study of conchology, as it contains a very good series

of figures of many more genera than are to be found in any other

English work on the subject.

Observing the ignorance that generally existed on the subject, I

compiled a list of genera of recent shells, giving the type of each

genus. This was published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society

for 1847, and contained in a few pages a condensed account of the

labours of most conchologists that had written before that date.

This showed how many minds had been occupied with the arrange-

ment of shells,—and also that there were 810 well established genera,

many having several names, and that only a very small proportion

of them had been separated or named by myself. About the same

time Mrs. Gray published, for the use of students, etchings of the

animals of shells which she had been collecting for my use from

various sources.

The publication of these two works, and the almost simultaneous

appearance of a work ‘On the Synonyma of the Genera of Mollusca’

by Hermannsen, gave a great impulse to this study both in this

country and the continent.

Dr. Philippi, during his voyage to Chili, compiled a ‘ Manual of

Mollusca,’ chiefly based on my ‘ List of Genera.’

Then the Messrs. Adams commenced a work on the ‘Genera of

Mollusea,’ based on the same list, and on the collection arranged

according to it in the British Museum. And more lately, Dr. Chenu

seems to have felt that the time had arrived when the French con-

chologists might be inclined to progress beyond the system proposed

by Lamarck, and published a ‘ Manuel de Conchyliologie,’ in 2 vols.

8vo, illustrated with figures of several thousand species. This work

is based on my ‘ List of Genera,’ and on the ‘Genera’ of Messrs.

Adams, and is certainly one of the cheapest and most useful manuals

for the use of the shell-collector and malacologist that have yet been

compiled.

The collection of shells exhibited in the British Museum first

showed to the conchologist and the paleontologist the advantage of

the more scientific arrangement of the mollusea and their shells into

732 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. _— [June 27,

smalier groups, and according to the structure of the mollusca and

their teeth and anatomy, the opercula, and the shells.

The dealers were at length convinced (as Humphrey had been

many years before) that the use of a larger number of genera ex-

tended their trade, as it produced a crop of customers (besides those

who merely bought shells for their beauty or variety) who purchased

the less conspicuous shells for the purpose of obtaining one or more

examples of each genus; and the general students were gradually

induced to adopt the improvement.

The students of fossil shells seem inclined to lag behind the

knowledge of the day. They have some excuse, as fossil shells do

not afford them all the means of study to be obtained from recent

species ; but they might do much more than they have done, and

they never can derive all the advantages in geology that the study

of the fossil mollusca can afford them until they study their shells

with the same attention as has been applied to the recent species,

and revise the heterogeneous genera into which they are now

grouped. Mr. Searles Wood, long ago, set an example of the right

course to be pursued in his paper ‘ On the Crag Fossils ;”’ but few

have followed him. I think that the faith they place in Woodward’s

‘ Manual’ is one of the causes of their want of progress.

The iconographers, such as Lovell Reeve and Mr. Sowerby, ave

published illustrated monographs of many genera of shells on the

modern system ; but unfortunately they do not seem to think it is

enough to figure each species, but they figure even slight varieties

under the name of species. This has rendered their works so ex-

peusive that they are only to be regarded as works of luxury for the

libraries of the rich; while the number of the varieties they figure,

and the want of system in the arrangement of the species, render

them very difficult to use by the scientific conchologist. You may

almost buy a good collection of shells for the price of these works ;

and every one would learn more from the shells themselves than

from works on them of such an unscientific character.

Fam. CALYPTR#ID.

The shells of Calyptreide are peculiar as being spiral shells which

have the edge of the mouth so expanded behind as to cover the

hinder part of the foot of the animal. The front side of the last

whorls of the shell, which lies on the upper surface of the foot, being

protected from external injury Py this extension of the margin ot

the mouth of the shell, is thin and polished externally, like the rest

of the inner surface of the cavity of the shell, of which it seems to

form a part.

When we have observed the rationale of the structure, the differ-

ence between the two families Calyptraide and Capulide, which

have animals of a very similar structure, is easily understood.

In Capulide the shell is a very short cone, with a large open sub-

circular mouth and an incomplete edge; it has the shell attached

to the body of the animal by an adductor muscle near the hinder

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREZID&. 733

edge of the aperture, like most shells of the kind with a very large

open mouth—this muscle, of a very large size and extent, leaving

an impression of a horseshoe-shape, as is also the case with Patella

and other shells of the short conical form.

In the Calyptreide, on the contrary, the adductor muscle, which

attaches the animal to the shell, is affixed to the inner surface of

the outer lip of the shell, near the margin, as in other spiral shells

—that is to say, those that are formed of an elongated shelly cone,

spirally twisted round an imaginary axis.

This character is constant, though the shells in the different genera

assume such different forms and are sometimes so flat as to be spiral

only in name ; and it is the adductor muscle that is attached in the

same situation, though the outer lip may be in the form of a shelly

plate or of a large cup attached to one of the sides of the simple coni-

eal cavity of the conical shell, which has only a very minute spiral

nucleus, showing that the animal, which when adult forms a conical

Patella-like shell, had a spiral shell on its back with a moderate-sized

mouth when it was first hatched.

The structure of the shells is not usually understood. The front

of the last whorl is rudimentary in the entire family. It is most

developed and most nearly in the usual form in the genus Trochita,

and is in a much more rudimentary condition in Crucibulum and

Calyptra. In the genus Mitrella the pillar-lip is reflected and sol-

dered on itself, as in most shells with an imperforated axis; but the

cavity beneath the reflexed portion in the different species and groups

is gradually enlarged, until the shell has what in other shells is

called an umbilicated axis. In Dispotea and Crucibulum the cup is

a very largely dilated umbilicus, surrounded by a very rudimentary

front of the whorl. Anomalous as the form of the Cup-and-Saucer

Limpet appears, the study of the series shows that it is only an

easily understood modification of the usual form of shells.

The structure of Hrgea is most peculiar. I cannot call to mind

any shell showing the same peculiarities. The front of the whorls

is as rudimentary as in Dispotea and Crypta; as in the genus

Galerus there is a small compressed perforation extending up to the

apex of the cavity ; but this perforation, instead of being on the

edge of a twisted central column as in that genus, is on the surface

of a transverse plate. This plate somewhat resembles the front of

the whorl of the genus Crypta; but in that genus the aperture and

the front of the whorl are as wide as the shell, and the axis of the

shell is marginal, and not marked externally.

Comparing the structure of Hrgea with that of Galerus, I believe

that it chiefly differs from the latter genus in that the front of the

inner lip, after being reflexed over the imaginary axis of the shell as

in Galerus, torming the perforation, is again reflexed and continued

on to the other side of the cavity of the shell, where it is attached ;

the right side of the plate is broader and rounder, and the left side

shorter and narrower. The generality of conchologists have so little

estimation of this kind of comparison, that in studying the explana-

tion of the structure of the genus I am laying myself open to the

734 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTRAID. [June 27,

observation that Mr. Lovell Reeve made on the remarks that I

made respecting the development of the shell of Humphreyia, “That

if the shell could speak it would be astonished at what was said

respecting its structure.”

When the structure of Trochita, Crypta, Crucibulum, and Mi-

trella are studied in a series, it is easy to understand and to trace

out how the varicus forms gradually pass into each other; and the

peculiarity by which the genera are separated is chiefly a modifica-

tion of the inner lip. And from analogy one is convinced that the

curved plate at the top of the cavity of Calyptra must be a modifi-

cation of the same part of the shell. As yet we have not discovered

any shells which show how the modifications have been brought

about, or which show any intermediate form between the piate and

the cup-like appendage of Crucibulum, or the spiral lamina of Mi-

trella, which is most developed in Trochita. It has been suggested

that it is half of the internal cup of Crucidulum: but this is a

mistake ; for the adductor muscle is attached to the outer surface

of the cup of Crucibulum, and to the front of the inner surfaces of

Calyptra; so that, if it is any modification of that cup, it must be

that the two sides of the cup are compressed together, and the cup-

like concavity destroyed. We only know that the spiral shell that

covers the just-hatched animal, instead of being extended in its spiral

form, is developed into a nearly symmetrical conical shell without

the least appearance of a spire, and that the inner lip of the nucleus

is dilated into a curved subsymmetrical appendage attached to the

apex of the upper part of the cavity, to the front or inner surface

of which the adductor muscle which fixed the animal to the shell is

affixed.

As Trochita is the most spiral, and indeed exhibits the most normal

form of the shell of the family, so Calyptra is the most abnormally

formed shell of the group. The simple conical form of the shell

and its cavity gives it some resemblance to the shell of Capulus ;

and Calyptra differs from all the other genera of the family to which

it is referred by the animal forming an niece valve or shelly plate,

as the animal of Hipponyx does among Capulide ; but the position

of the adductor muscle shows that the genus, though so abnormal,

is properly referred to Calyptreide.

Tribe I. Shell conical, circular, spiral; apex central; whorls seve-

ral, regular; nucleus spiral; cavity circular, spiral, with an

oblong four-sided mouth. 'Trochitina.

1. Trocurra, Schumacher; Adams.

Trochatella, Lesson.

Infundibulum, D’Orb.

Shell conical, circular, spiral. Apex central. Whorls several,

well developed. Base circular, concave. Mouth moderate, oblong,

four-sided, transverse. Axis central, imperforated, not exposed to

view.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. 735

The shells are rarely flat when the animal has affixed itself over a

cavity in stones or shells.

TROCHITA RADIANS.

Trochus radians, Desh.

Var. Dark chestnut (Chenu, Man. f. 2343).

T. spirata, Forbes,

Shell solid; whorls flat, with oblique ribs ; margins of base den-

tated.

Var. Shell distorted, nearly flat; whorls indistinctly marked.

Hab. Coast of Peru; Valparaiso; Straits of Magellan.

2. CLYPEOLA.

Shell conical, circular, spiral, thin. Apex central. Whorls several,

well developed. Base concave, circular. Mouth large, oblong, four-

sided. Axis central, imperforated, spiral, exposed to the apex of the

cavity. Periostraca horny, thin, lamellar.

A Trochila with somewhat the appearance of a Mitrella.

* Skull depressed, smooth.

1. CLYPEOLA MAGELLANICA.

Trochita clypeolum, Reeve.

Shell thin, conical, depressed, smooth, covered with laminar folia-

ceous periostraca ; base nearly flat.

Hab. Magellan Straits.

2. CLYPEOLA TENUIS, 0. S.

Shell thin, conical, depressed, smooth.

Hab. New Zealand.

** Shell high, conical ; whorls costate.

3. CLYPEOLA CORRUGATA.

Trochita corrugata, Reeve.

“T’, spirata, var.,” Reeve; Chenu, Man. f. 2347, 2348.

Calyptrea pileus, Lamk.; Deless. Icon. t. 34. f. 2.

Shell high, conical, acute ; whorls flat, obliquely costate, or nearly

smooth ; base deeply concave.

Hab. Peru.

Var. Jevis. Shell smooth and thin ; the spire of the column of

one specimen more exposed and open.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

3. TROCHELLA.

Shell obliquely conical, depressed. Apex subcentral. Whorls

well developed, covered with a horny lamellar periostraca. Nucleus

736 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTRAIDE. [June 27,

spiral. Base oblong, concave. Aperture very large, oblong, four-

sided, not quite so wide as the shell. Axis deeply concave on the

right side of the base.

1. TROCHELLA MACULATA.

Calyptrea comma-notata, Sowerby (Galerus chinensis (!), Chenu,

Man. f. 2350, 2351; Calyptrea maculata, Quoy).

Shell convex, oblique, conical, rather solid ; inside purple.

Hab. New Zealand.

2. TROCHELLA CALYPTRAFORMIS.

Trochus calyptreformis, Lamk.

Shell thin, depressed, concentrical, striated ; spire purplish.

Hab. 2

I cannot find in the Museum Collection (including those received

from Mr. Cuming) any shell that agrees with Mr. Sowerby’s figure

of Calyptrea dilatata (Chenu, Mam. f. 2349). Some specimens

of Trochella maculata are oblong or elongate, but they always

have a deep impression on the right side of the hinder part of the

cavity.

Mr. Swainson formed a genus for C. dilatata under the name of

Haliotoideus, which has been adopted as a subgenus by Adams and

Chenu.

Tribe II. Shell oblong ; apex posterior or subposterior, with a

transverse plate on the hinder side of the cavity dividing it

into two parts. Cryptaina.

1. CREPIPATELLA, Lesson.

Crepipatella, sp., Adams.

Shell subcircular. Internal lamina concave below. Lip sharp,

semicircular, separated from the columellar edge by a broad trian-

gular slit.

1. CREPIPATELLA DILATATA.

Crepidula dilatata, Lamk.; Brod. (C. peruviana, Lamk.; Chenu,

Man. f. 2352).

C. foliacea, Brod.

C. nautiloides, Lesson.

Hab. Valparaiso ; Straits of Magellan; Peru.

Var. 1. C. rugulosa, Dunker.

Var. 2. Shell subcircular, flat. C. strigata, Brod.

Var. 3. Shell oval, thin, more convex, white. C. pallida, Brod.

2. CREPIPATELLA FOLIACEA, Brod.

Shell lamellar, rugose.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTRAIDE. 737

3. CREPIPATELLA LINGULATA, Brod.

The internal plate with a subcentral radiating fold, forming a notch

in the margin of the lip.

4. CREPIPATELLA DORSATA, Brod.

The apex rather above the margin.

Hab. Vancouver Island.

2. Crypra, Humphrey.

Crepidula, Lamk.

Sandalium, Schum.

Shell oblong, elongate. Apex submarginal, subspiral. Internal

lamina concave, covering about half the cavity. The lip transverse,

nearly straight, or with a slight subcentral notch.

Messrs. H. and A. Adams formed the genus Inacus for the white

flat specimen of this genus. All the specimens of the different species

that take up their residence in the inside of the shell assume this

form and colour. It has been suggested that, instead of being de-

pendent on the accident of locality, their living in such places is a

habit peculiar to the species, and a proof that they are of a distinct

kind. This theory is set at rest by the fact that some specimens of

the shell show the two states; that is to say, an animal growing on

the outside of a shell has moved to the inside, and an animal that

commenced life on the inside of a shell has moved to the outside.

In the first case the apex of the shell is convex and brown, and the

circumference white and flat ; and in the other the apex is flat and

white, and the circumference brown and convex. I have seen one

specimen in which the animal has moved twice, and the shell has a

brown lip and margin and a white flat intermediate space.

The change of form, surface, and colour of the shell of this

family was described in my paper, published in the ‘ Philosophical

Transactions’ for 1838, and reprinted in Johnston’s ‘Letters on

Conchology ;’ so there is less excuse for the formation of species,

much less genera, on such characters.

* Apex lateral, posterior, subspiral. Crepidula.

1. CRYPTA ACULEATA,

Crepidula aculeata, Lamk. Patella aculeata, Gmelin.

C. echinus, Brod.

C. hystrix, Brod.

C. californica, Nuttall; Chenu, Man. f. 2355, 2356, 2359.

Surface with spiral lines of spines or small scales.

Hab. Jamaica; Rio Janeiro; Honduras; California; Australia ;

Sydney; Kurrachee; Natal; Japan.

2. Crypra costata, Deshayes (Chenu, Man. f. 2353).

Shell with broad spiral ribs, sharp-edged above.

738 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. [June 27,

Var. 1. Shell convex, with brown spiral streaks.

Var. 2. Shell flat, pure white.

3. CRYPTA PORCELLANA, Adams; Lamk.

Shell smooth, often irregular, costate, tubercular, or granulated

from the form of the surface of the body to which they are or were

attached.

Var. 1. Shell convex, coloured, varied with stripes or spots; on

the outside of shells or on rocks.

Patella porcellana, Linn.

Crepidula porcellana, Lamk.

Crepidula fornicata, Patella fornicata, Linn. (Chenu, Man.

f. 23547).

. arenata, Brod.

. excavata, Brod.

. aplysioides, Reeve.

. onyx, Sow.

. marginalis, Brod.

QAI '>

Var. 2. Shell flat, often concave above, white; living inside of

shells or in cavities.

C. nivea et C. squama, Brod.

C. navicelloides, Nuttall.

C. glauca, Say.

C. unguiformis, Lamk.

C. exuviata, Nuttall (see Chenu, Man. f. 2360, 2362).

Surface altered by the body to which it is attached :—

Crepidula lirata, Reeve.

C. rugosa, Nuttall.

Hab. ?

In Messrs. Adams’s ‘ Genera of Shells,’ the species here united

are scattered among the three subgenera Crypta, Crepipatella, and

Tnacus, the latter being formed from the specimens that happen to

take up their abode in the cavities of shells. It was this extraordi-

nary distribution of species so nearly allied as to be regarded as

derived from the same brood or set of eggs, that induced me to under-

take to make notes on them. More than one species may be com-

bined in these synonyms, which may be distinguished by some dif-

ference in the teeth or other organs of the animal, where the animals

from different localities have been examined and compared ; and if the

specimens from different localities prove to be distinct, each doubtless

will furnish the varieties in shape and surface produced by the form

and surface of the body to which they may happen to be attached.

4, CRYPTA SITCHANA.

Shell smooth, covered with a paleaceous periostraca ; inner lip

flat, arched inwards.

Crepidula sitehana, Middend.

Hab. Sitcha.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTR 1D, 739

5. CrRYPYTA LESSONI.

Shell whitish, varied with brown or white; outer surface with

concentric expanded lamina.

Crepidula fimbriata, Reeve.

C. lessonii, Brod.

Hab. Monterey ; Upper California; Vancouver Straits.

** Anex of shell subcentral ; portions rather produced, acute.

6. Crypra INCURVA.

Shell dark brown (rarely white); apex acute, rather produced,

subcentral ; the outer surface with close, regular, small, spiral or

longitudinal ribs.

Crepidula incurvata, Brod,

Tlab. Honduras. Var. 2. ?

7. Crypra HEpatica, Deshayes.

Shell dark brown, smooth, with a white ray on each side of the

apex; apex acute, subcentral, produced.

Crepidula hepatica, Desh.

Hab. ?

Messrs. Adams refer the first of these species to the subgenus

Crypta, and the second to Crepipatella.

3. GarnoTiA, Gray.

Shell conical, cup-shaped ; apex acute, posterior, above the margin ;

the internal lamina flat, shelving to the level of the apex, leaving a

conical cavity beneath the lip, arched inwards or subtransverse.

GARNOTIA ADUNCA, Sow.

Shell smooth or subcostate, dark brown, with a small white spot

on each side of the lip; inner lip pale.

Crepidula rostrata, C. B. Adams: junior?

Hab. Vancouver’s Island.

Tribe III. Shell oblong, transverse, depressed ; apex scarcely raised,

posterior, submarginal; nucleus distinct; spiral cavity ex-

panded, shallow, with a transverse plate occupying about two-

thirds the width on the left or pillar side of the hinder half of

the cavity, and attached by each of the sides to the inside of

the shell, and with a radiating fold on the lower surface, form-

ing a radiating thickened rib, ending in a concavity like a

muscular scar near the edge; the front edge on the right side

of the fold short, forming a deep notch; on the left side ex-

panded and rounded, with a notch near the pillar or right

edge of the shell. Ergzeina.

The fold in the plate is evidently analogous to the fold and

740 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. [June 27,

cavity in the shelly plate of Mitrella; but the plate is attached by

each of its side edges.

The more convex species might be confounded with Crepipatella;

but they are always known by the fold forming a subcentral ridge

on the lower surface of the plate, and ending in the small shallow

pit like the scar of a muscle.

This group has been regarded as a subgenus of Crypéa; but it is

more allied to Mitrella.

1. Ercaa, Adams; Chenu.

Shell nearly flat ; apex posterior, marginal ; nucleus spiral ; whorls

rapidly enlarging.

The shells when they live in cavities are concave externally,—and

when living on a rough surface, corrugated like other Calyptreide.

ERG#A WALSHI.

Crepidula walshi, Hermannsen. (C. plana, Chenu, Man. f. 2364.

Var. distorted and rugose, C. plana, Adams & Reeve.)

Hab. Ceylon; Bombay.

2. Noicta.

Shell subcircular or oblong, convex, spiral; whorls one and a half

or two; the apex subcentral, subposterior; nucleus spiral ; cavity

concave, deeper under the apex; internal plates concave, thin, with

the fold forming a narrow linear cavity open to the apex of the shell.

NoIcIA CHINENSIS, n. s. (in Cuming’s Collection).

Shell pale brown, smooth, or slightly concentrically striated.

Hab. China.

Var. Shell very thin, convex; the internal plate thin, with the

fold only slightly marked and solid.

Tribe IV. Shell conical, spiral; spire of few rapidly enlarging

whorls ; cavity conical, with a well-developed oblique subspiral

lamina on one side, from the tip, which has the inner or pillar-

edge reflexed, forming a pit or solid rib. Mitrellina.

1. Mirre.ua.

Shell conical, like Poculina ; but the internal plate is oblique and

subspiral ; the reflexed part of the pillar-lip is closely applied to the

plate, and only forming a thickened edge to the plate, there being a

small impression like the sear of a muscle at the lower part of it.

1. MirreLua CHINENSIS.

Shell white or rosy; outer surface with minute tubular spines or

tubercles.

Patella chinensis, Montagu.

Calyptrea chinensis, Lamk., &e.

Hab. Coasts of Europe.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTRAIDE. 741

2. MITRELLA SPINIFERA, ni. s. (not named).

Shell depressed, pellucid, orown-spotted, rugose, with oblique ra-

diating ridges armed with tubular spines.

Hab. Kurrachee. Internal lamina imperfect.

See Trochita spinulosa, Chenu, Man. f. 2344.

3. MrrreLLa SUBREFLEXA.

Calyptrea subreflexa, Carpenter.

Pale brown, smooth, pellucid.

Hab. California.

4. MiTRELLA PELLUCIDA.

Calyptrea pellucida, Reeve.

Shell very thin, transparent, smooth.

Hab. 2

2. TROCHILINA.

Shell like former; but the internal plate is much more oblique

and spiral, and the reflexed part of the upper portion of the pillar-

lip is united to the surface of the plate, forming a short deep com-

pressed perforation near the apex of the cavity.

1. TROCHILINA CONICA.

Calyptrea conica, Brod.

Shell conical, rather thin, pale, brown-spotted, smooth.

Hab. ?

This shell varies greatly in the extent of the internal lamina: in

most specimens it occupies much more than one whorl; but in

another, which may have been injured, the plate does not occupy

more than one-third of a whorl.

2. TROCHILINA FASTIGIATA.

Calyptrea fastigiata, Gould.

Shell conical, circular, smooth, with a smooth pale-brown perios-

traca.

Hab. Vancouver’s Island.

3. TROCHILINA ADSPERSA.

Calyptrea adspersa, C. B. Adams.

Shell depressed, pellucid, brown-dotted.

Hab. ?

4. TROCHILINA MAMILLARIS.

Calyptrea mamillaris, Brod.

Shell solid, white, smooth, opaque, with a red or purple tip;

internal plate very thin, transparent.

Hab. California.

742 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. [June 27,

5. TROCHILINA SOLIDA.

Calyptrea solida, Reeve.

Shell high, conical, solid, smooth, opaque, white ; inner surface

and apex purple brown; internal plate very oblique, white.

Hab. Conchagua (C. A.).

6. TROCHILINA LICHEN.

Calyptrea lichen, Brod.

Shell very depressed, white, with a few obscure reddish dots,

smooth.

Hab. 2

3. PocuLiIna.

Shell conical; base circular, deeply concave ; apex acute, central;

nucleus spiral; cavity conical, with an oblique triangular subspiral

lamina on one of the sides, which has the pillar bent back so as to

form a large deep concavity or umbilicus extending to the apex of

the cavity.

This genus is distinguished from Mitrella by the apex being dis-

tinctly spiral.

1. PocuLINA UNGUIS.

Calyptrea unguis, Brod.

C. solida, Brod. (Chenu, Man. f. 2340).

Shell solid, high, conical, smooth, brown.

Hab. 2

2. PocuLINA POCULUM.

Calyptrea poculum, Reeve.

Shell thin, conical, smooth, white or pale brown.

Hab. 2

3. POCULINA AURITA.

Calyptrea aurita, Reeve (Chenu, Man. f. 2336).

Shell depressed, conical, broad, thin, pale brown; outer surface

closely and regularly radiately striated.

Hab, ?

Tribe V. Shell conical, subspiral ; the cavity simple, conical; the

enternal lamina moderate, oblique, irregular, with the edge of

the pillar-lip reflexed, forming a narrow elongated deep mar-

ginal cavity.

GaLeRus, Humphr.; Adams.

Mitrella, Leach.

Mitrula, Gray.

Infundibulum, J. Sow.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDZ, 743

Shell circular, conical; apex acute, central; nucleus spiral, erect ;

cavity circular, regular, conical, with an oblique plate projecting into

the cavity on the pillar side, which has a narrow, conical, compressed,

cup-shaped cavity on its outer margin.

1. GALERUS EXTINCTORIUS, Adams.

Calyptrea extinctoria, Lamk.

C. morbidum, Reeve.

Shell smooth, white, with diverging brown lines; the lamina as

wide as the width of the cup-shaped cavity.

Surface distorted. C. verrucosum, Reeve. (C. levigata, Chenu,

Man. f. 2337.)

Hab. Molucea ; Tranquebar ; China.

2. GALERUS LIVIDUS.

Calyptrea lividum, Reeve.

Shell dark brown, horn-colour, pellucid; the lamina near the

cup-shaped cavity very narrow, not nearly so wide as the cavity.

Hab. g :

Tribe VI. Shell circular, regular, conical, subspiral ; apex central,

acute; nucleus spiral ; cavity regular, conical, with an oblique

or spiral lamina from the apex, which is elongate, with a slightly

reflexed edge near the apex of the cavity, or shorter, oblique,

with the pillar-edge refleced, making a more or less deep and

large cup-like appendage. Dispoteana.

The passage from the small, slender, deep perforation under the re-

flexed portion of the pillar-lip to the large cup-like appendage of the

Cup-and-Saucer Limpet (Cruciéulum) is very gradual.

* Cup-like cavity large, compressed, narrow, close on the inner sur-

Jace of the shell.

1. NeLerta.

Shell subcireular, conical, depressed ; apex acute, central; nucleus

spiral, radiately costate ; cavity circular, conical, with a narrow com-

pressed deep cup-shaped concavity on the side, attached to the shell

by the whole of its inner surface, open to the tip; the side next to

cavity of the shell not thickened or rounded.

Very different from the young of Crucibulum scutellatum, and

from Catellina pectinatum, by the compressed form of the cup, and

by the cup not being callous at the tip.

NELETA SERRATA.

Calyptrea serrata, Brod.

Shell conical, depressed ; cone rather thin, pellucid, strongly ra-

744 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTRAEIDS. [June 27,

diately costated ; the internal cavity small, compressed, open to the

apex of the shell.

Hab. 2

2. TRELANIA.

Shell circular, depressed, conical; apex nearly central, acute ;

nucleus subspiral ; cavity circular, conical, with a narrow lunate deep

compressed cup-shaped cavity attached to the inner surface of the

shell by the apex and one of the sides, rest free ; the edge of the

cavity complete and free from the inner surface of the shell.

TRELANIA RADIATA.

Calyptrea radiata, Brod.

Shell brown-rayed, with numerous narrow, close, regular, radiating

striz.

Hab. California.

** QOup-shaped appendage large, broad, triangular.

** Cup-and-Saucer Limpets.”

1. CATILLINA.

Shell oblong, conical, radiately ribbed ; the apex acute, subcentral,

recurved ; nucleus regular, spiral, of one whorl and a half; the cavity

conical, with a broad trigonal cup on the left side under, but not

extending to, the apex of the cavity, filled with a callous deposit at

the. tip ; the part of the cup next to the inner surface of the shell

scarcely thickened and not raised up.

CATILLINA PECTINATA.

Shell conical, high, solid, thick; the cup large, open, triangular,

with the upper part filled with a thick calcareous deposit.

Calyptrea pectinata, Carpenter.

C. concamerata, Reeve. (Chenu, Man. f. 2337, 2339.)

Hab. ?

Very like a small Crucibulum scutellatum. The upper part of the

cup is always partly filled up by a calcareous deposit, and the edge

of the cavity next to the inner surface of the shell is not thickened

or raised.

2. Dispotea, Adams.

“* Calypeopsis, Lesson.”

Shell circular, conical ; the apex acute, posterior, recurved consider-

ably above the edge; nucleus subspiral, lateral ; the cavity conical ;

apex subspiral, with a broad large trigonal cup-like cavity under the

apex, attached to the cavity by one of its sides, the edge of which is

not raised or thickened ; the outer or right lip of the cup straight,

spreading, cavity open to the tip.

This chiefly differs from the former genus in the inner lip not

being reflexed over the cavity of the cup.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTRAZIDA. 74

* Cup conical, deep; shell striated, edge crenated.

1. DispoTea striata, Adams.

Calyptrea striata, Say; Chenu, Man. f. 2342.

Shell circular, radiately costated ; costz interrupted by the smooth

lines of growth ; the cup conical, deep ; the right edge straight, even.

See D. cancellata, Adams & Reeve.

** Cup concave, shallow ; shell smooth, edge even.

2. DIsporeA BILOBATA.

* Calyptrea bilobata, Gray.”

Shell thin, oblong or ovate, white, brown-rayed, smooth, minutely

rugulose, sublaminal; the cup concave, shallow, the right lip flexu-

ous, two-lobed.

Hab. California.

2. CruciBuLuM, Schumacher; Adams.

Biconia, Swainson.

Calyptropsis, Brod. (not Lesson).

Dispotea, Say.

The shell circular, depressed, conical ; apex nearly central, acute ;

nucleus subspiral ; cavity circular, conical, with a broad subtrian-

gular cup-shaped cavity attached by the upper part of one of its sides,

but with the edges free from the cavity of the shell on every side.

In the young shell the internal cup is imperfect, consisting of a

narrow triangular curved subspiral cavity, without any shelly deposit

on the inner side of the cup next to the surface of the shell. As the

shell enlarges, the width of the side of the cup decreases, and the edge

is completed and at length elevated from the inner surface of the shell.

* The internal cup broad, rather longer than broad.

1. CRUCIBULUM SCUTELLATUM.

Calyptrea scutellata, Gray.

Crucibulum imbricatum, Brod.

C. umbrella, Desh. (shell very flat).

C. lignaria, Brod.

C. corrugatum, P. Carpenter.

C. ferrugineum, Reeve.

C. trigonale, Adams & Reeve.

C. rugosum, Deshayes.

C. tenuis, Broderip.

Dispotea spectrum.

Shell solid, brown (or pale, with brown rays), with broad flat ra-

diating and concentric ridges, or more or less smooth and closely

radiately striated (Chenu, Man. f. 2332, 2335, 2338).

Hab. West Coast of America; Valparaiso; Chiloe; Gulf of Cali-

fornia.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLVIII.

746 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREIDE. —[ June 27,

The smooth specimens sometimes have costated or eancellated

tips, and the converse. The surfaces of the different varieties and

the form of the shells are often altered by the form and surface of

the body to which they are attached.

2. CRUCIBULUM AURICULATUM.

Patella auriculata, Chemn. Dispotea auriculata.

Shell white, brown-spotted, and varied with distant regular sharp-

edged radiating ribs ; inner surface white or brownish.

Hab. West Indies; St. Thomas’s ; Cumana.

The Atlantic form of the preceding.

3. CRUCIBULUM VIOLACEUM, Carpenter.

Shell white, brown-varied, with close regular round-topped ra-

diating ribs ; inner surface purplish.

Hab. Ceylon.

4. CRUCIBULUM MACULATUM.

Calyptrea maculata, Brod.

Shell white, solid, brown-spotted, with very close, round-topped,

nearly regular radiating ribs.

Hab. 2

5. CRUCIBULUM TUBIFERUM.

Dispotea tubifera, Say.

Crucibulum spinosum, Sowerby.

C. hispidum, Brod.

Chenu, Man. f. 2333, 2334.

Shell solid, brown, or brown white-rayed ; closely radiately striated,

and often with more or less close radiating ribs furnished with

tubular spines.

Hab. Peru; Gulf of California.

Tribe VII. The shell conical, subcircular ; apex central, acute;

cavity regular, conical, with a folded plate at the top of the

cavity, free from the sides; the foot of the animal secreting a

lower calcareous plate. Calyptrina.

Catyprra, Humphrey; Adams.

Calyptrea, Lamk.

Calyptrus, Mont.

Mitrularia, Schum.

Calyptria, Lithedaphus, et Iitholepas, Owen.

* Shell entire, without spines.

1. CaALyprrRaA CoRRUGATA, Adams; Chenu, Man. f. 2326, 2328.

Calyptrea corrugata, Brod.

Var. smaller. C. layardi, Reeve. %C.umbo, Reeve. ©

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CALYPTREZIDA. 747

Shell solid, with high, compressed, edged, distant radiating ribs.

Hab. ?

2. CALYPTRA ADAMSII, Reeve.

Calyptra depressa, Adams & Reeve.

Shell thin, with close, sharp-edged, regular radiating and concentric

ridges, minutely striated between the ridges.

Hab. :

3. CALYPTRA ALVEOLATA, A. Adams.

Var. 1. Small. C.umbo, Reeve. C. vanikorensis, Quoy. C.can-

cellata, Reeve.

Var. 2. Thick, flat. C. varia, Brod.

Shell solid, with close, radiating, sharp-edged ribs, and more or

less distinct low concentric ridges.

Hab. Philippines ; Galapagos Islands.

4, CALYPTRA EQUESTRIS, Chenu, Man. f. 2322, 2323.

Patella equestris, Linn. ?

Calyptra papyracea, A. Adams.

? C. radiosa, Gould. (Bad state, with another species.)

C. scutulum, Reeve.

Shell solid, with sharp-edged radiating ribs, and small radiating

lines between them.

Hab. Philippines.

5. CALYPTRA STELLA, Reeve.

Shell depressed, solid, with very close, flat-topped, radiating ribs,

which are sometimes alternately smaller.

Hab. ig

6. CALYPTRA TECTUM-SINENSE, Gray, 1824.

Calyptra cepacea, Brod.

C. martiniana, C. diaphana, C. scabies, C. domitoria, C. tortilis,

C. cornea, C. stallonia, C. cicatricosa, C. ossea, C. saccharimeta,

C. balanoides, C. uncinata, C. hipponiceformis, C. porosa, C. cya-

thella, et C. fibulata, Reeve.

C. depressa, Adams & Reeve.

Shell thin, very finely, regularly, radiately striated.

Var. with expanding concentric lamina.

Patella tectum sinensis, Chemn.; Chenu, Man. f. 2324, 2325.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

I am by no means certain that the six species here distinguished

are distinct. C. stella seems most distinct from the rest ; but there

is only one specimen, and Mr. Cuming has mated it with a small

specimen of C. equestris. They all seem to live together at the

Philippine Islands.

748 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON ~ [June 27,

** Shell with tubular spines.

7. CALYPTRA TUBIFERA.

Shell thin, pellucid, smooth, with distant, short, tubular spines

formed on the edge of the shell, and closed up below as the shell

enlarges.

Hab. Honduras. A single specimen, which was not named in the _

cabinet. :

11. Catalogue of Birds collected by Mr. E. Bartlett on the,

River Huallaga, Eastern Peru, with Notes and Descrip-

tions of New Species. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S:, and Ospert Satvin, M.A. &c.

(Plate XXXIV.)

Mr. E. T. Higgins having kindly allowed us to examine Mr. W.

Bartlett’s second collection of birds from Eastern Peru before its

dispersal, we have the pleasure of submitting the following account

of it to the Society. .

The present collection was formed during the excursion spoken of

in the letter of which an extract is given in the Society’s ‘ Proceed-

ings’ for January 1867*, and was mainly amassed at three locali-

ties—Yurimaguas, Xeberos, and Chyavetas.

Yurimaguas is an Indian town on the Huallaga, about sixty miles

from its embouchure into the Amazon, mentioned in Herndon and

Gibbons’s ‘ Exploration of the Amazon’ (p. 171).

Xeberos is an Indian village, about fifty miles north-west of Yu-

rimaguas, on a small river (the Aypena) which flows into the Amazon

just above the Huallaga.

Chyavetas, or Chayavetas, is situated about seventy miles west of

Yurimaguas.

All these three places are marked in the copy of the Spanish map

(of 1790) attached to Herndon’s volume.

The whole collection consists of nearly 1000 skins, referable to

205 species. Of these but very few are new to science, almost the

only noticeable exception being the new Chetura described below.

This may probably arise from the fact that Mr. Hauxwell collected

largely at Chamicuros (a village situated upon the opposite bank of

the Huallaga, but in the same neighbourhood) in 1854, and that

his collections appear to have been widely dispersed in Europe. In

comparing the present collection with the former collection from

the Ucayali, we find only 94 species common to the two, while 112

species are in the Huallaga collection which had not been previously

obtained by Mr. Bartlett.

The following is a list of the species of birds collected at the three

* See anted, p. 2.

aes st f

1867.) > “THE BIRDS OF EASTERN PERU. 749

localities above mentioned in a tabular form, the necessary notes

being added subsequently *. The nomenclature employed is that of

Sclater’s ‘ Catalogue of American Birds.’

S| @

g| 27) $s

3 | £1 &

2 & Bw

o 5 a

Usa deledy tS,

TuRDIDz.

fice Durcustpheopye usw. lec ders els 4k SObne Oo | cera ar

2. AMgUurochalinUss).' ss ele ates ie see] *

TROGLODYTID2£.

3. Cyphorhinus modulator ......... asiase adeeb le aon eel

t4. Troglodytes tessellatus ..... peieg rece eetere pol Mu hae sales

SYLvicoLip%. |

t5. Basileuterus uropygialis ............ silence rie, eee

| |

Hirunvinipx.

6. Progne tapera........ Pawe Ses gh es eet rail ie |

itive IGIerie 65 ood boo aD EOD OUEe UU0 eo *

SueAtticoraltasciataice <acis tet on cite oer simi oon dn ese

gh (yeoliten Sobrissanccespppncsccondoce ee eae Lee

10. Stelgidopteryx ruficollis: <<. 00.2 .2..-5....0. Bae

VIREONID#. |

1S Wineosylvinvagilig .'ci. 5.0 fees aias 4 = Fass SSeS PM gil as

CmrEBID-£.

12 Hemidacnis albiventris:...).4+ + )-,. sete a *

Las Dacnisicayana £408 stv deess sepa ore Alpes

14. Melanotisr seis, cya poe s eT Ae Nail are |

Los @eerepal crerulea. 5 24 Says custom acts a *

16. CY ANCA: cercate nyse are entail Somereeegety uae dP

17. MULT Ee eS aS a tae Eee ant eae eMC CISL?

18. Chlerophanes atricapilla .................-| *

TANAGRID®. | |

19.” Procnias occidentalis’: 7 Ja: «os, --h ya ctieetrlex | |

20: Huphonig, mintata’ yess «seh as. eieisy a vcioloe sid ft ae |

21. RUMMVOM GEIS este a tere, Gereishsl oh siseteey tek elie |

Has Callinher vente x teieps <n singars t)tevedni=,einges- Spies aaa mete ce a

23. SGUMANIRT eta aces rks ys cheer oe seyailel ey hare

24. (2 90) Fo} L6 eee RC RNR EIST | oye] eee alti

2p. Panagra, CBlestis <i... ai< cle shells: a slot clee eayaial ie

26. mnclawoptera ts .c. <0. 0 foatdtovact ae tice |

27. Ramphoceelus jacapa .............2+e0eeee 0s] |

ZO ee heenicoubraupis rulotcan in syctyeistlststerciebese eee Mieka lie ae * |

| t29. Tachyphonus pheeniceus .............--+++| *

30. PALE MOMTISI irs chosersyeleaiace” <bostess ia sioncioneal Ma ererec Rae Te

{Sl (—— ‘surmatntig, Fcc 3s ee ta a edo [6 de eel

* The collection contained also thirteen skins from Nauta, amongst which

were Ocyalus latirostris, Waterh., Psittacula passerina (Linn.), Buteogallus ni-

gricollis (Lath.), Herodias egretta (Gm.), and Nycticorax pileatus (Lath.), not

before mentioned from this locality.

790

MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON

o> dNemasiaiauricollis’s oq cee ece ae eres

33. Chlorospingus flavigularis -.....--....--.-

O4, Missopisimedialic. .1 2. te atts cere ieenae ered

OD. Sal baton MACMUS\-c elie cele cles ee ie eens ore

FRINGILLIDE,

+ 36. Guiraca cyanoides ......... SR ht ae

i. Oryzoboruscrassirostris: 22.14.50 ose ert 3b

38. COLMICUS* +. ce tee nee a ee ete |

39, Spermophila luctuosay —22.-s. neo see see |

40. Volatinia jacarina ........-..-.. Abeer E |

4V" Coturmiculus peruanus’ y7s..2-10-6 een eee oe |

Tereripe.

425" Clypicterus Oseryi =:\.17.).1-11-1ic- ee oe vere oe

AS. Ostanope eristatua’? : x. .aheg be cee wee teal

44. VATICIS. Ab tn cities con atsteeane ee tee Peete

45. Leistes) puiamensis <-1e1...16.9s-) it ate el

CorviD&.

46. Cyanocorax violaceus........00..--¢0sseece |

DENDROCOLAPTID.

{47. Selerurus mexicanus! .< 2< se. e01--se se ee eee

48. CAUGRCULTIS:f./ creme ieteleinicletol te orehe iets Eve

2Ne isharclbaulh tle isn cseobogm eam oo cobo odor

50. Ancistrops lineaticeps ...-...... ees Be ee

Sl Antomokus selaterttst 1-1 -taeie- ee eerie

52. Glyphorhynchus castelInaudi.........-..-.--

+53. Xenops approximans..0- 026 oe. c= elec

54. Dendrocolaptes radiolatus............-+..--

+55. Dendrornis ocellata ......-.......6.-.. tek

56. SSpeinGh eeepc cee ret eee er ee rere aR

Formicarupx,

+57. Thamnophilus fuliginosus......-.--....-.-.)

58. TELAT UNUGY <tecryescicd chr tothe tose eee

+59. ANIUNTWUS Fe 15 fore a 'e te) *e erehazcraluns tote scies Sane peril

60. Pygoptila maculipennis.................-.-

61. War paribatal ov nv crete telePele ei tele evens

+62. Dysithamnus schistaceus ........--..-.---5|

+63. AVACSIACUS) - \. irate hore lore tatoretedel alee tet Stereo el

64. Thamnomanes glaucus .........---...--+---|

65.4Myrmotherula pygmma........---.--------

166. hem abonotar hc rrac-+-rh1, ete ee ee ee

67. TNE] SOTA ae rake soho 1 4oke Sele hesore. SHINN wn OIE

68, ——— Gineretventris...4....). 2 eee ee ee

69. aux wells tr wntic traci ois tia lele ot wie

70. Ramphoceenus melanurus........-...---+--!

7]. Cercomacra cinerascens: 2. asec: oes wate e

+72. Myrmeciza hemimeliena ...............-+-

fo.

. ——anyiotlierin ae rine ions eite ies tetera

. — theres

Hypocnemis cantator

* ON DOK | Xeberos,

[June 27,

| Yurimaguas.

Chyavetas.

eK OK ee

HK OK OR OK OK OK OK OK

* OK

1867.]

THE BIRDS OF EASTERN PERU.

‘al

(G-sPithyst albinos he.» © civijs «e+ wn alate el ele re

Lite MONICA SPUSK fs ee /or 56 «lovers “ciel Sis eles eee wae

(oo. Miynmelastessplumbens).'. << «<1... + «)leuelasls *

os WOPTHICSTINE, ANALG. 72. «/s% % sic ss se's >< ors clalsiehe *

TYRANNIDA.

foOrsbusearGhmusispiciter .\..o5. ¢: selec se ts s:010)s 0 *

Ol Miaenectes oleatineus' <<< «06-5 «oe ou « selects *

182. Leptopogon peruvianus..........-.--seee “¢

Bee. dipmannyl is Glatgits sie aye C0154 wine binin a a ale ae

She IDENT HOUT So Sood once dao cacde cladel sor x

85. Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens ............-+ | x

86 MOEPACE PANS, cate -/Js stele Oe | x

bh S7e Patangurisyl phuratuss acest nai ce or eee

88. Myiodynastes solitarius.......02.cecceeeues | x

SOT May Obs ery uns S olay ire o = ole cle’ ela > eee tele iey x

90. arbahus’. ewes. cide les sceeke Bate wich x

OLS Pyrocephalus Tubineus) «rc. 1 serie eles: x

92. Empidochanes fuscatus............--...... | x

93. sp A EOTE Udit c's wie a'a, ei Oe Se ee a a ae .

94. PSR. dGNS xs oho it aes arthe ¢3-g Seeman *

t95. Tyrannus aurantio-atro-cristatus............) x

96. melancholicus Be *

Corincipx.

+07. Vityra‘albitorques) s...<, .'-.0)2 ste ss see waeane arr

98. Pachyrhamphus atricapillus.............. *

09)” Tapanpus lateralis: ns, 2 35/cSs sic seins Sete Wels

+100. Todopleura isabelle ........-... 2.020000 ee]

101. Pipra auricapilla =: stone) AR eata tah aS

102 AOUCOCUIR, vet's, «a= ara. 3 rycen See *

103. COLUM GAR OF ete ster ot, a are asa averckrej rae tee Ges

LOA ——Seyancvea pillars. 60m 56 on oe cee icteaer ate eee

ROS FHA A A oS eeca ao, 5 a3 io ae SET Ne | x

O63 Chioropipa, sp. ign, 9: 7..5 2Ja.ineeeens fh sie

107. Macheropterus striolatus ..............06.. *

108. Chiromachzris manacus ««.. 06.642 sie esam is ae

109. Phoenicocercus nigricollis .... 00. eeces eee %

BLO. “Rupicols pertiwiana sas « vas 5 <'cta wits ceielotel ae

TRE Cote cayann oto i olen wesw a poten a *

| 112..Cephalopterus ornatus ....!.....% 0issctm Seas ot

Monorip.

DES 3 MEOMIGhES IARI, | o sarch oie taje vaio ceases ae Pete

ALCEDINID.

114. Ceryle superciliosa........... :

GALBULID#.

Hib sGalbuls albinostris <5 (22-04% ee iea ts ee x

Bucconiw2.

1G: Bupca;collariss ais scscs dems fee e yee bese a

117 MmaGKodachy lis /2'o)45 asec bis ae US *

| Yurimaguas.

Chyavetas.

7 OK

KK OK K KK

* OK OK

KK KK KK OK OK

751

06. Ramphastus ambiguus .........+......++05

MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON { June 27,

ee | oO |

5 a

3| | 3

° Ss o

El e| é

3 ly ee

an al 1S)

» Malacoptile Tash wso..aiap inn oa 324 eee *

Y Nonmaila trontalis' 25, socecec ces ars.2 cia ono seo ae *

i Monasa HavinOstrisi os =. va «cbse otal ninvs) eee fe *

“AEN Nge dei Ge 55 St orem Gotib de 25.4 9c bare *

2. Chelidoptera tenebrosa ..........-+-2-.00...| % *

TroGonipD&.

Do UPOPOn WAPIGIS, sia =o \-\q) 16 efalsteaj ates ete ee tr hele ae

STE LATIUTUB os 01 oc orc .ce ae a oR EEE Roe cee Be

CAPRIMULGID. :

25: Ny ctidromus,albicollise-. cies strate nee

26. Antrostomus parvulus .........¢..00sdssccee| #

CypsELiD&.

. Chetura zonaris....... ca FU bcs ME NE | DEoteot Eeey al mee

brachycercay Sp. MOw.s. sujal mer sees *

. Cypselus squamatus:cs .- «a2 o4.teeerer eee *

TROCHILIDS.

) Pa ehhOrnis Na) BTIS: vars par -s arena cnerewcnshaneney. tatoos ¥, sae, *

2 —=—— DOUCIED 20s: vies seine eee Re ee? Pe eae le 3

PY SMOLNISIAMAULAs vee\or--iyvseke ate Oe COE sal iments a

MIO TICIM CHAS a -\- 5) eve telgye\o ore acura pee eee) |

. Glaucis affinis......... arekin ae hike nk Whiketehctel WEE x *

. Campylopterus sequatorialis... .-:..4. ssa. .8ce| ee | ia. all oe

» Aphantochnon: rularis’. %).scietonelelstatete ct te tet-ieterell te eka eee ae

<p LUAMNPOFMAS AU LO eyesscsve-7-:syatoue atalonste witecrele oad EN

py DOFVLera ONAN yeieeuucucatoye ss. ee *

OF (Dhaltrania tseluG it 242 c.,.co« -\-cstps-se0c see en ae *

Pblonsnga mellivoraas. i i-tokt-steieuen-s siee ene *

5 CaS ULI OEM coco gopn concyevsnexckarancterstenaaerseas ere EMTS *

> Polemistria verreauxd ; -<.02.05-0:c)1.- 21h rhein toe ee | Mae

Gouldiallangedorfitsj.-txi-1121-tte eee Soa ceca (lea

4, Calliphlox amethystina ...:.2-..... 5. .ce~ eras cPECRI EJ, al Wee

“ Polytmus Jeucorrhouss .:.tc1n. eit ete ere eee

: (Clytaleema; auxescens’::.s.1. <<) = Sieiotevete ee te travail neta em

. Heliomaster longirostris ..-......:..-.0.... AAAS,

pL yLOCM AMIS CY ANCA sa ve-r cay ects ohet eee scoot eshte = * |

Sj VoMEpS cea codaaasocacacdceAsocas * |

DF Thanmantias fluviatilis. c-c.s1- oovenice le tes steel ese

. Ohrysuronia josephine =. -.-.-2-.--. 2a. ens * |

2a Hucephalaceerml ealsregenir\aci/ ire ities tetra: =Noleall aoe

CucuLipe. |

Sp BE a leioaaisls oesinn cohen vlouadp alae vic | See oe

AMelanoPasETA. 2/610 a: oe ore wie meielee Bee eae Teh ee tae

5). Coccyzus melanocoryphus............-..--. 1 eam doe ed tye

RAMPHASTID.E.

CUVIONL >» k cesctas bao? Seale Om Pee eee a

TN Cas acta cera ae oe a See 5 Ge aE al

2K OK OK

1867.] THE BIRDS OF EASTERN PERU.

aps

. oe oS

Hq} aw] S

160, Pteroglossus pluricinctus ..... Focerecnoaguc *

161. ATHEANENO LUGS operas) oie, shchaye. aiisyai Or eusitetpateasiseer aie. 3¢ *

162. THE RTTEZO)S ia NcROIS oR OE DO eek ene on *% |

163. Selenidera reinwardti..... sob oonecsclae eeets ¥

Caprronip.

NGA: Capito) PExUViaNUsy sce.» clarciel a +)« 4) s\0 feels calles

165. ALO VETCTIS Te avelerarclel snes ele eeetchensinnes siete Searets ¥

Pic.

166. Campephilus trachelopyrus ......... agcOeac *

167. BUDIORERISE « o1-brve) sleleioll eter cr aio ats sty lh seal

168. Celeus citrinus athonanocunesneeoaccn|| er"

+169. CUE ORI ONRIN okays) io a ae anne age yarns ee ate

170. Chloronerpes heematostigma.............+.. * ¥

lifes Mielanerper crientapus tt. «...)-'e 2c arte aoe *

PsirTacip&.

(2, AWA INA CAO Mead oe A845 aPote me Selo mus alia shored tate Ee i

ijd~ ConuruscyanoOpterus. «o> 5-46 2.8 stesso idl | Sd | fers

174. BOWMAN CHET Rey aein cao aietera ale) sheceie ares thet open aba Me oe

lie BrovoperysjUsulatises «i121 eys101ssyect rerio ice Par

L7(G2Chrysetis-amazonica cin. 0 vel aa aoe ee Re

177 +-Bionus menstruusi) ic sae. ges dee aes aie) se

LiZSnCarca melanocephallay a. /-7.12)2) 0 yneekee tel deters su nae

179 parva nanan x, s.ys 5 sbensisyalsiec siete see. chere ov creek ees *%

PlSOnUrochromarhuetiter tejpete oer te aba opal x

VuLtTurIp”.

BOL. Gy ParehOs PAPA. . ffs. wa detest caeia alge he x

182. Cathartes aura Lee OUR e Ses

Fanconi.

Neer. Ebycter americanus: 22). S210... sce starches open oe *

164 Morphnusssuianensis.:. 0 3. fs. oak sees ate es *

LSS Urubitined:zonmurane. (1. ster aees otciae oe ine oe 56 ee

186. Herpetotheres cachinnans................+. *

US ieeSPIZActus OLMALUS-\ oso cuslelelarbetelets ole) teleteh i= 3 *

sion psisnviaiae gee ernerings) MGomoonDob ana he boos * *

(filS92*Micrastursmirandollin ©. <-)5. <p ots)o cite ns tase ¥

WOO pias papnerbidentatns:’.j. 6.3 os -'s'3= 00) gira *

IO Migaiaiey jalan yes, Aadocsucoboacanedtcocdunct *

STRIGIDH.

[SPO Sibi el re en Rein era or ran aren *

esse SVE ME SY) LO TIeee etn ces, a eee etal oor er ceet ot keed ot a *

. CoLUMBID#.

UGS Colum bays peciosaimetcietcicltaiteieitasletesiciores At *

| 195. Chamepelia amazilia....... 2.22255 cece econ *

Loe? -Peminteracineren. | arse ajo cee ch 6:2 <ic,6 o's 3.cs cia *

ht EO Te GeOcRy sor WGNtANA, os cinjes lies elaine, 2/110 65 * *

| PERDICIDE.

| 198. Odontophorus stellatus ............-eeeeee. *

794 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [June 27,

= s

ai | $8

9 s @

Da =I e

o “o s

aI 5 e

eo Aa a

wi} Rh] Oo

: po ak ee | ed

TINAMID&.

199. Tinamus parvirostris....-.....-+-+ eee! & x

Rawiip«.

200. Porzana cayanensis ......-.-+--+++sseeeees * |

COE Heliomis fiwhica ee «je secele aire share eemsieneians EP SP opal OL An,

ScoLoPAciDX.

202. Tringites rufescens .......----sseeeeeee eens * |

203. Tringa maculata ....-....--.eee sence ee eees *

ARDEID&.

204. Ardea agami .. 2.2... 0.2 ett eee eee neces amet Fete 3

Larip®.

205. Rhynchops melanurus ..-.-----++++++++e+: | ¥

The following notes apply to such of the above-mentioned species

as are marked (+) :—

(1.) Turpus pH#opyeus, Cab.

Chyavetas. Three examples; rather darker on the back than

Cayenne specimens.

(4.) TroGLopytes TESSELLATUS, Lafr. et D’Orb.

Four examples from Xeberos and Chyavetas. Rather more ful-

vous below than in Panama specimens.

(5.) BAstLeuTERUS UROPYGIALIS, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 128,

et 1866, p. 286, t. x. f. 2.

One example from Chyavetas, agreeing with the type in Sclater’s

collection. This is a singular locality for the species, as we had be-

lieved it to be peculiar to Panama.

« (7.) Proene Leucocastra, Baird.

Many skins from Xeberos and Yurimaguas. ‘“‘ Generally seen in

flocks about the church at Yurimaguas.”’—E. B.

(29.) TAcHYPHONUS PHENICEUS, Sw. An. in Menageries, p. 311;

Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 116.

Three examples of this scarce species from Xeberos. Natterer

obtained specimens on the Madeira.

(31.) TACHYPHONUS SURINAMUS (Linn.).

Many specimens from Xeberos and Chyavetas of both sexes of

local form of J’. surinamus, which is probably the bird indicated by

Lawrence (Ann. L. N. Y. viii. p. 42) as 7. napensis. It differs from

1867. | THE BIRDS OF EASTERN PERU. 755

the Cayenne bird principally in its smaller size and darker uropygial

band. The females seem also different from those of the typical form,

being of a brighter ochreous behind, and having the yellow circlet

round the eye much less defined—in some specimens hardly apparent.

Specimen ¢ of Tachyphonus surinamus (from Guia) of Sclater’s col-

lection (Cat. A. B. p. 85) also belongs to this form.

(42.) Cuypicrerus oseryi (Deville).

Cassicus oseryi, Deville, Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 57; Des Murs, Zool.

Voy. Casteln. p. 66, pl. 18. f. 3.

Clypicterus oseryi, Bp. Consp. i. p. 426.

One example of this fine species, not quite adult, from Xeberos.

It is the first time we have met with it.

--(47.) ScLeRURUS MEXICANUS, Sclater.

See our observations on this species (anted, p. 574). It is in-

teresting to meet with a second southern specimen, confirming our

views there expressed.

+-(53.) XENOPS APPROXIMANS, Pelzeln, Sitz. Ak. Wien, xxxiv.

p- 113 (1859).

Two examples of this form from Chyavetas, agreeing with one of

Natterer’s typical skins of this species in Sclater’s collection.

+- (54.) DENDROCOLAPTES RADIOLATUS, Sclater, MS.

One example from Yurimaguas of a species in Sclater’s collection

allied to D. cayennensis and D. sancti-thome of Central America.

It may be characterized as follows :—

Similis D. cayennensi, sed major, supra et subtus omnino fasciolis

nigris distincte transradiolatus : alis et cauda ferrugineo-rufis,

alarum tectricibus nigro transradiatis : rostro pallide corneo;

pedibus fuscis: long. tota 12°5, ale 5:0, caude@ 4°7, rostri a

rictu 1°9 poll. Angl.

Hab. in Peruv. orient. Yurimaguas (Bartlett).

In D. sancti-thome the lower back is rufous, unbarred ; the ra-

diations are much closer, the bill is smaller and nearly black, and

the whole bird is smaller.

A fourth species of this group (the only other with which we are

acquainted) is the newly described D. concolor, Pelzeln.

(55.) DeNDRORNIS OCELLATA, Spix.

Dendrocolaptes ocellatus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 88, t. 91. f. 1.

A single specimen agrees with a skin (determined by Pelzeln to

belong to Spix’s species) in Sclater’s collection, collected by Natterer

on the Rio Negro.

(57.) THAMNOPHILUs FULIGINOsUS, Gould.

A female, probably of this species, from Xeberos. A somewhat

similar specimen is in the British Museum.

756 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [June 27,

+. (59.) THAMNOPHILUS MURINUS.

Thamnophilus murinus, Natt. MS. sp. no. 923.

Xeberos. Specimens of both sexes of this species, of which

Sclater has three examples in his collection under Natterer’s mee

name. They may be characterized as follows :—

Schistaceus, subtus valde dilutior, ventre medio pene itor: ma-

cula dorsi medii celata alba: he Suscescenti- ochraceis, macu-

lis tectricum terminalibus albis: cauda schistaceo-nigra, apt-

cibus rectricum anguste albis : long. tota 5°3, ale 2:4, caude@

2:1, rostri a rictu 0°8. :

Foem. Fusea; subtus dilute ochracea, medialiter albescens: pileo

alis et cauda rufescentibus: maculis tectricum terminalibus

ochracescentibus.

Hab. Cayenne (Mus. P. L. S ); Marabitanas et Barra do Rio Negro

(Natterer) ; Xeberos (Bartlett).

Obs. Species parva; aftinis Th. cerulescenti et Th. amazonico,

sed sane distincta.

(62.) DystrHamnus scuistaceus, D’Orb.

Yurimaguas and Chyavetas. This appears to be the true Tham-

nophilus schistaceus of D’ Orbigny (figured Voy. t. 5. f. 1 under the

name Th. fuliginosus); but it is not the same as the species referred to

by Sclater in his articles in P. Z. 8. (1858, pp. 66, 222) and American

Catalogue. The latter is distinguishable by its white dorsal spot,

Harken cinereous colour below, fal the narrow white terminations of

the tail-feathers. For this species, of which one female skin is like-

wise in Bartlett’s collection, we propose the new name Dysithamnus

ardesiacus.

(66.) MyrkMOTHERULA H&MATONOTA, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1858,

p. 234; Sclat. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 185.

Xeberos and Chyavetas. Several specimens of this interesting

species, and of each sex.

+ (68.) MyRMOTHERULA CINEREIVENTRIS.

Myrmotherula cinereiventris, Sclater, MS.

3. Cinerea, paulo pallidior, unicolor : tectricum alarum apicibus

nigris albo terminatis: cauda nigro-cinerea, apice vir pees

cente: long. tota 3°5, ale 2:1, caude 1°1.

Q. Supra cinerea, capitis lateribus et corpore subtus cinnamomeis.

Hab. Cayenne (Mus. P. L. 8.) ; Surmam if Bartlett) ; Rio

Napo (Verreauz) ; Eastern Peru, Chyavetas (2. Bartlett).

Obs. Species, affinis M. axillari et ejusmodi forme, sed corpore

toto subtus cinereo ab aliis prorsus notabilis.

Mr. E. Bartlett’s. collection contains many examples of this spe-

cies, which appears to be undescribed. Sclater’s collection contains

several skins of it from various localities.

L867.4) 7 THE BIRDS OF EASTERN PERU. 757

(72.) MyRMECIZA HEMIMELENA, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1858, p. 249.

A single skin, agreeing with the typical specimen in the British

Museum.

(74.) HyeocNeMIS MYIOTHERINA (Spix).

A series of ten specimens of this species proves, what we had long

suspected, that ‘‘ H. melanosticta, Sclater, 3” (as figured P. Z.'S.

1854, pl. Lxxii1.), is the young male of this bird before the black

throat is attained; and “ H. melanosticta, 2,’ the female of this

species. H. elegans, Sclater, of Bogota, is also probably merely the

female of the same bird rather more deeply coloured below.

(80.) EvuscaRTHMUS SPICIFER (Lafr.).

See our remarks on this species, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 137.

+-(82.) LEprovpoGoN PERUVIANUS, sp. nov.

Similis L. amaurocephalo, ex Brasilia or. merid., sed minor :

pileo saturatiore, et cauda brunnea unicolore: long. tota 475,

ale 2°3, caude 2:0.

Hab. Peruv. orient. Chyavetas (Bartlett).

Dr. Cabanis has lately separated the northern form of this species

as L. pileatus (Journ. f. Orn, 1855, p. 414). This is a third local

form, resembling L. peleatus in the deep colour of the head, but

smaller than either of the others, and without any green edgings to

the tail-feathers. The bill of the single specimen sent is rather

stouter, and the chest somewhat darker.

(92.) EMprpocHANEs FuscaTus (Max.).

See our remarks on this bird (anted, p. 578). We should rather

have expected to find here the Cayenne form £. olivus.

(95.) TyRANNUS AURANTIO-ATRO-CRISTATUS, Lafr. et D’Orb.

See P. Z. S. 1866, p. 190.

+(97.) Tiryra aALBiIrorQues, Du Bus.

This is the true Z%tyra albitorques of Du Bus (Bull. Acad. Brux.

xiv. p. 104); and we are now for the first time enabled to compare

it with the Mexican and Central American form, which we have

hitherto referred to the same species. They are decidedly separable

as local forms; and the northern bird, being the Psaris fraseri of

Kaup, may be called Tityra fraseri. It is larger than the present

species, has a much longer bill, and the black bar on the tail much

broader.

(99.) Lipaucus LaTERALIs, G. R. Gray; Sclat. et Salv. Ex.

Orn. p. 6.

In our synopsis of these birds in ‘ Exotic Ornithology’ we have

kept the present Peruvian form separate from the Brazilian L.

hypopyrrhus. The specimens in Bartlett’s collection do not tend to

confirm this view, and the point requires further examination.

758 ON THE BIRDS OF EASTERN PERU. [June 27,

(100.) IopopLeuRA ISABELL#, Parz.

Both sexes and the young of this fine species are in the collection.

The female is distinguished by the want of the violet side-tufts (as

in I. pipra).

(106.) Cutororrpo, sp. —?

A female, probably referable to a species of this genus. Sclater’s

collection contains a similar skin from Ecuador.

+-(128.) CHa&TuRA BRACHYCERCA, sp. nov. (Pl. XXXIV.)

Aineo-nigra: dorso inferiore uropygio et cauda tota cum tectrici-

bus caude@ superioribus et inferioribus fuscescenti-cinereis ; rec-

tricum rachidibus acuminatis nigris : cauda brevissima : rostro

et pedibus nigris : long. tota 4-0, ale 4:6, caude \-2, tarsi 04.

Hab. Peruv. orient. Xeberos (Bartlett).

This is a new and very distinct species of the small group of Ameri-

can Cheture, remarkable for its short tail. Mr. Bartlett’s collection

contains nine specimens of it, all from Xeberos. The sexes are alike.

(145.) Potyrmus LeEvcorrHovs, Gould.

See our remarks on this species (anted, p. 584). Many speci-

mens of it are in the present collection.

(153.) PriayaA MEHLERI, Bp.; Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Cuculi,

p- 57.

Piaya nigricrissa, Sclater.

It appears from Schlegel’s recent researches that Sclater was

mistaken in considering Bonaparte’s type of P. mehleri referable to

the Mexican form of this species (cf. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 285), and

that the specimen in question was from Bogota. It follows, there-

fore, that this bird must be called Piaya mehleri.

7-(154.) Praya MELANOGASTRA (Vieill.).

Cuculus melanogaster, Vieill. N. D. viii. p. 236, et Enc. Meéth.

p. 1337.

Cuculus cayanus, var., Gm. 8. N. i. p. 417.

Macropus caixana, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 54, t. 43.

Piaya brachyptera, Less. Trait. p. 140; Bp. Consp. i. p. 111.

P. melanogastra, Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Cuculi, p. 59.

Pyrrhococcyx brachypterus, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. ii. p. 714.

Several examples of this bird from Chyavetas. Mr. Eyton’s col-

lection contains a skin of the same species from Guia (Wallace).

(169.) CeLEvs CITREOPYGIUS, sp. nov.

Celeus citreopyyius, Bp. MS.

Celeo-picus jumana, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 27 (partim).

i ,

3. Luride badius: secundariis et interscapulio cum ventre ino

et crisso castaneis: dorso postico aurantiaco: primariis extus

et cauda nigricantibus : subalaribus citrino-flavis haud fascia-

<a.

1867.] LIEUT. R. C. BEAVAN ON THE PANOLIA DEER. 799

tis: macula mystacali coccinea: long. tota 12:0, ale 6:0,

caude 4:0, rostri a rictu 1°4.

Foem. Macula mystacali nulla.

Hab. Peruv. orient. Yurimaguas (Bartlett).

We have already alluded to the existence of this species in our

notes on the true Celeus jumana (Spix)*, with which it has hitherto

been confounded. It is perhaps, however, strictly more nearly allied

to Celeus citrinus than to C.jumana, having the under wings and

underside of the primaries entirely unspotted, as in the former

species.

Sclater has a male specimen of this bird in his collection marked

** Celeus citreopygius, Bp. MS.,” which we accordingly adopt as its

specific name. Malherbe’s figure 1 (pl. 55) looks very like the

present bird ; but in his figure 3 and letterpress he clearly indicates

the barred under surface of the primaries, which does not exist in

this speciest.

(180.) Urocuroma HveETI (Temm.).

Psittacus hueti, Temm. Pl. Col. 491.

Urochroma hueti, Bp.

We were not previously acquainted with the true habitat of this

beautiful species.

+ (189.) Micrastrur MIRANDOLLU.

Astur mirandollei, Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. i. p. 130, et Mus. d.

P.-B. Astures, p. 27.

Micrastur macrorhynchus, Pelzeln, Reise d. Novara-Exp. Vogel,

p- ll.

A single skin (marked female) from Chyavetas appears referable

to this recently described species. Sclater has lately seen in the

Musée des Pays-Bas the typical example of Schlegel’s Astur miran-

dollei, and has little doubt of its identity with Pelzeln’s Micrastur

macrorhynchus, a mounted skin of which, received from the Vienna

collection, stands beside it. The present example agrees well with

Pelzeln’s description.

12. Notes on the Panolia Deer or Thamyn (Cervus eldi).

By Lieut. R. C. Bravan, C.M.Z.S.

Lieut.-Col. Blake, Commandant 9th Madras Native Infantry, has

kindly furnished me with the following information concerning this

Deer :—

*“ As regards the exact localities of the ‘Thamyn,’ I can only say

* Anted, p. 586.

t I have examined Malherbe’s type-specimens of his C. 7~mana since the above

was written, and found that one of them belongs to the true C. jwmana, and the

other to C. citreopygius. These specimens are now in the collection of M.

Turati of Milan.—P. L. 8.

760 LIEUT. R. C. BEAVAN ON THE PANOLIA DEER. [June 27,

where I have found them and where not. As far as I know they do

not occur to the south of Moulmein; but from within a short dis-

tance of Thabyoo Point, the south-western headland of the Marta-

ban district, to Sittang, bounded to the eastward by the forest line,

they are found in large herds. Again, on the opposite side of the

Sittang River, to the south and west of Pegu, they are also found

in large numbers. How far they extend in a westerly and northerly

direction, from the mouth of the Rangoon River, and in the Bassein

district, I do not know; but f{ have heard that they are common

even as high up as Munneepore. :

“From Pegu to the north they are found in very small parties,

the ground not suiting them until you cross the ‘ Koon’ creek or

river, the separating boundary between the Martaban and Thounghoo

districts, and from this to within a few miles of Thounghoo they

occur in large herds.

“* Sometimes the plains or open spaces between the ‘ Eng*’-forests’

will be covered with them, and three or four hundred may be seen

at one time. Under these circumstances they are shy and very dif-

ficult to approach. Strange to say, although the ground appears

quite as favourable for thein, I have never seen a single one to the

eastward of the Sittang River, north of Sittang. From the above

you will see that in habits they are gregarious. During the night

and early morning and evening they frequent the plains, and where

the forest jungle is not distant they retire into it during the heat of

the day.

“Their food, I imagine, consists of grass. I cannot call to mind

having seen more than ove fawn with its mother.

«The colour of the young, as well as that of the females, is what

is termed light fawn-colour. The males are sometimes of the same,

and sometimes as dark as the male of the Sambur (Cervus hippela-

phus). I know not if any change takes place in their coats with

the change of seasons.”

Colonel D. Brown, Officiating Commissioner at Moulmein, has

noticed them to range along both banks of the Irrawaddy, on the

proper right bank up to Meanoung, and on the left bank as far as

Meaday on the British frontier, N. lat. 19° 40’, E. long. 95° 20!

(approximately). He has also observed them as plentiful at Theeg-

wen near Bassein, a few at Padoung opposite Prome, and more

sparsely scattered through the Thanawaddy district.

For most of the following information I am indebted to the courtesy

of J. Davis, Esq., Superintendent of Police in the Martaban district,

an officer well known for his intimate acquaintance with the Burmese

language ; hence his services as interpreter were invaluable when

Burmese and Karen shikarees had to be questioned.

Pioneered by him, early in October last, 1 visited the haunts: of

the Thamyn near Thatone (a town about forty miles north-west of

Moulmein) ; and although, owing to the dense nature of the vegeta-

tion covering the plains at that time of year, I was only able to see

* Dipterocarpus grandifolia, Wall., ‘“‘ Wood-Oil-tree,’”’ Mason’s ‘ Burmah,’ edit.

1860, p. 493.

1867.) LIEUT. R. C. BEAVAN ON THE PANOLIA DEER. 761

a few scattered females and young of the second year, yet the in-

sight thus afforded into their habits and economy more than repaid

me for the severe attack of illness I subsequently incurred by expo-

sure to the heat and wet.

This plain of Yengyaing was then, owing to recent and heavy falls

of rain, one large swamp. Nearly the whole of its unbroken extent,

which embraces an area of fourteen miles in length with an average

breadth of ten, could be traversed in a small canoe, except here and

there where mud and vegetation combined obliged one to resort to

a very unpleasant system of half wading in water and half sticking

in deep slime. A continuation of this plain, broken here and there

by belts of jungle, extends for several hundred miles up the Burmese

coast, and has evidently been formed by the gradual retirement of

the sea, which at one time doubtless dashed its waves against the

Martaban and other continuous ranges of laterite hills. It is now,

at Yengyaing, some eight to ten miles distant from the hills, and

seems to be still retiring, since the water along the coasts of the Gulf

of Martaban is very shallow, and studded here and there with sand-

banks. For the primary cause of this we may doubtless look to

the immense amount of silt brought down by the waters of the

Salween, Beeling, Sittang, and Rangoon rivers, all of which dis-

charge themselves into the Gulf of Martaban. As the sea retires,

a belt of mangrove-jungle, about a mile in width, appears to travel

with it, and the plain is thus enclosed by a barrier of vegetation

on one side and the mountains on the other. This strip of man-

grove-jungle gives cover to numberless Hog-deer, Tigers, Leopards,

and Pigs, but ig never entered by the Thamyn, except where some-

what open; nor on the other side do they ever attempt to penetrate

into the mountains. The plain is intersected by numerous tidal

creeks, which, in the hot weather, when deprived of water from the

hills, appear to dry up to a great extent ; and those still open at that

time of year contain no admixture of fresh water, so that it is evident

that for two, if not three, months in the year the Thamyn must be

entirely deprived of fresh water*; whilst during the rainy season,

for six months at least, they may be said to live in water. It ap-

pears wonderful how they can manage to exist in such extremes of

heat and wet.

With the exception of a few stunted trees here and there, and a

fringe of Hibiscus bushes along the creeks, the plain is covered with

nothing but grasses and paddy, of which latter both the wild and

cultivated varieties are abundant. Owing to the paucity of the po-

pulation and the consequent demand for labour in this immediate

neighbourhood, perhaps only one-fourth of the whole area is under

cultivation for paddy; the crop succeeds here admirably, and the

grain forms one of the staple articles of expoit from Moulmein and

other Burmese ports.

The remaining three-fourths is covered with the indigenous un-

cultivated plant, which in seasons of scarcity is reaped and used for

food. This forms a vast grazing-ground both for the Thamyn and

* The Burmese assert that during this period the animal drinks urine !

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. XLIX.

762 LIEUT. R. C. BEAVAN ON THE PANOLIA DEER. [June 27,

- for Jarge herds of tame Buffaloes, which are during the rains pas-

tured here by the Karens, but withdrawn into the heavy jungles near

the hills when in April and May the whole of the vegetation on the

plain becomes parched up and devoured by jungle-fires.

At the time of my visit vast flocks of waders and other water-birds

were arriving from the north, and the creeks were filled with Pele-

cans of several species, whilst the mud-flats absolutely swarmed with

Stints, Sandpipers, Egrets, and especially the Rosy Tantalus. Here

and there, stalking gravely amongst the flowering paddy, might be

seen pairs of the Siris Crane (Grus antigone), or a troop of Adju-

tants, both of which birds breed in the neighbourhood. Occasion-

ally the rarer Javan Adjutant was met with, and the Jabiru Stork

(Mycteria australis).

The rutting-season of this Deer commences in the middle of

March, and lasts throughout April to the middle of May. The

female gestates nearly seven months, and brings forth her young

amongst the jungle-paddy in October and November, the paddy

being then flowering or im seed and at its greatest height. The female

has only one young one at a time, which frequently stays with its

mother until the second year*, The females have only four teats.

In colour they are much like the female Sambur, but perhaps a little

lighter. The young are at first spotted or menilled, but these mark-

ings disappear with age. The females are hornless. Both sexes

begin to breed at about eighteen months old. The young males

first begin to acquire horns im the second year+. After two years

they get two tines, and when about seven years old are in their prime,

with twelve tines (including the brow-antler). The colour of a full-

grown buck is dark brown, especially about the back and neck, with

underparts lighter. As far as I can ascertain there is no trace of a

mane; and the texture of the coat varies considerably with the sea-

sons. More exact information on these points is, however, needed.

The natives have a vague idea that two distinct species, ‘ the lesser

and the greater Thamyn,” are to be found in the same herds, dis-

tinguishable only by differences of the size of the horns and of co-

lour; but this of course is to be accounted for by the individual

distinctions common to all races of animals. The horns are per-

fectly developed in March, and shed in the middle of the rainy

season—that is, about September.

The average weight of the male is from 50 to 60 visst, that of a

female 40 viss. Four men can carry a male with ease when disem-

bowelled and quartered§. The male averages 3? feet in height at

the shoulder; the female a little less. The very largest males do

not exceed 44 feet in height.

The flesh is much liked by the Burmese, and always finds a ready

sale in the neighbouring villages. The Karens, however, will not

* The mother will breed a second time eighteen months after bringing forth,

so that the young of two seasons are not unfrequently seen with their parent.

+ As noticed above by Blyth, on Major Tickell’s specimen at Moulmein.

t A viss is equal to 140 tolahs.

§ As noticed by Blyth, the Burmese always quarter deer with the skin on.

1867.] LIEUT. R. C. BEAVAN ON THE PANOLIA DEER. 763

eat the meat, because they think it will bring on cholera. It is rarely

brought into Moulmein. In the country the wholesale price* of a

doe is rupees 3, a buck is rupees 4, which is of course less than the

usual retail bazaar rate. The flesh is said to smell a little about the

end of March, when the weather is very hot; it is best for food

‘about November and December.

The range of the Panolia Deer, according to Mr. Davis, is as fol-

lows:—In the Martaban district they inhabit exclusively the open

grassy plains between the sea and the mountains. In the Pegu plains

they are perhaps more abundant than in any other part of Burmah ;

next to these the Yengyaing plain in Martaban produces most ; near

Rangoon they are found in the Dallah plain. About Pegu and Yeng-

yaing they are found in herds of from fifty to a hundred in the month

of March; but when hunted they congregate much more, and as

many as two hundred may then be seen together. In habits they

are essentially gregarious, and associate with no other species,

although Hog-deer abound in the grass and jungle along the edges

of the plain; nor will they allow the tame Buffaloes to come nearer

to them than about 100 yards. In habits they are very wary and

difficult of approach, especially the males. They are also very timid,

and easily startled; the males, however, when wounded and brought

to bay with dogs get very savage and charge vigorously. On being

disturbed they invariably make for the open, instead of resorting to

the heavy jungle like Hog-deer and Sambur. In fact the Thamyn

is essentially a plain-loving species; and, although it will frequent

tolerably open tree-jungle, for the sake of its shade, it will never

venture into dense or matted underwood—~. e. “ bush-jungle,” in

contradistinction to ‘ tree-jungle.”’

Indeed I was credibly informed of a large stag which, being driven

into a corner of the plain last year by herd-boys with pariah dogs,

and finding no means of escape, took refuge in heavy jungle, where

its horns got entangled in an (Hédiscus bush, and so was actually cap-

tured alive. Its captors, however, soon put an end to its existence

with a sharp ‘ dhar.”

When first started the pace of the Thamyn is great. It com-

mences by giving three or four large bounds like the Axis or Spotted

Deer, and afterwards settles down into a long trot, which it will keep

up for six or seven miles on end when frequently disturbed. This

is when the vegetation on the plain is comparatively short. In the

rains they do not go far before they find a hiding-place in the long

paddy. Their powers of leaping are highly developed. On the

Yengyaing plain alone there are at the present time about a thou-

sand head, on the Thatong plain, a little further to the north-west,

perhaps a hundred head only, which go about in small herds of seven

and eight. At Yengyaing the annual number killed amounts to

about forty-five, including those bagged by Europeans; and about

five natives gain their livelihood in that place almost entirely by the

sale of its flesh. They are least gregarious in the rainy weather.

The females have mostly then retired in twos and threes into quiet

* The price quoted is what a shikarry usually expects to realize. .

764 LIEUT. R. C. BEAVAN ON THE FANOLIA DEER. [June 27,

spots, and the herds are altogether more scattered, owing to the in-

creased density of the vegetation.

They feed both during the day and night, chiefly in early morning

and evening. Their food consists principally of jungle-paddy ; during

the night they do a great deal of damage to the cultivated variety,

treading down more than they eat. They also feed on grass, and

the leaves of two jungle-trees called in Burmese the “ seay”’ and

the “‘thameh,’” the scientific appellations of which I am unable to

resolve. Ina tamed state they will eat plantain-leaves.

The call of the female uttered when disturbed is a short barking

grunt, that of the males is louder and more prolonged. It is most

frequently heard in the rutting-season, during which period the males

have frequent and severe battles. A pair have been known to have

been captured whilst so engaged with their antlers interlocked.

About the end of January the first jungle-fire sweeps over the

plain and destroys the dry herbage, leaving small patches here and

there about the edges of swamps. The second burning takes place

about the end of March, and leaves scarcely a blade of grass behind

it; the plain is then almost entirely bare, and the deer, having no

cover, congregate in large herds. They are then to be seen on all

sides, and, the Buffaloes having previously been withdrawn to the

tree-jungle, are left alone in their glory, and, as noticed before by

Colonel Blake, become at this time excessively wary. From the

middle of February until the first showers fall at the end of April

they apparently subsist without water; they he in the salt-swamps

during this period, and get the benefit of heavy dews at night.

Their only enemy appears to be man; but an epidemic occasion-

ally breaks out amongst them and destroys large numbers. The

last occurred in 1563, and some fifty or sixty head fell victims. The

cause of this murrain is unknown ; it is probably analogous to that

which yearly in Burmah, during the rains, causes such havoe amongst

domestic cattle. The Burmese readily eat the diseased flesh, and

experience no bad effects from doing so. The disease attacks old

and young alike, apparently, causes great emaciation and loss of

strength, and the animal at last dies of pure weakness. It will pro-

bably be found to be some swelling or affection of the throat and

lungs which prevents the animal from eating.

There seems to be no doubt that in Burmah this species is gra-

dually decreasing, and will at no distant date be excessively rare.

This can be accounted for by the gradual but steady increase in the

population, and the greater area of country (which mustnaturally

increase yearly) which is taken up for the cultivation of rice. Un-

fortunately for the Thamyn, the whole of their favourite locale is

excessively well adapted to the cultivation of rice; and there is no

doubt that where the indigenous wild plant is found there also the

cultivated variety will flourish. The rice-trade of Burmah is yearly

increasing in extent; and a few years bid fair to see the present

haunts of the Thamyn not unlike the present state of the greater

portion of the rice-producing plains of Lower Bengal.

-An intelligent Burmese shikarry, who has been a hunter from his

1867.] | LIEUT. R. C. BEAVAN ON THE PANOLIA DEER. 765

youth upwards and is now an elderly man, tells me that in former

years, before Martaban was taken by the British, the Thamyn were

much more abundant than they are now, and that the natives used

to destroy them wholesale at battues. A large number of men would

assemble from the surrounding villages, and gradually encircle three

or four moderate-sized herds with long strings, upon which plan-

tain-leaves were tied so as to flutter in the wind. The circle, origin-

ally formed at some distance, was gradually lessened as the deer,

afraid to pass the scarecrows, got gradually driven together, until

they were completely surrounded and at the mercy of the hunters.

The object was to get them into a corner near the heavy jungle, into

which, if they attempted to run, they either became entangled or

allowed their pursuers to get up quite close. As many as 150 to

200, my informant tells me, he has himself seen killed in one battue

in former years. To sucha length was this system carried, and such

enormous havoc was thereby created, that the Burmese Government,

fearing the species would be utterly exterminated, wisely put a stop

to the practice. This shikarry informed me that twenty-five years

ago he has seen as many as 500 head in one herd ; and his account

was confirmed by others. At the present day vast mounds of their

bones in every stage of decay exist on the Thatong plain, the site of

many a battue in former times. The value of a whole carcass then

was only 4 annas, or 2 tical weight of Burmese silver, equivalent to

8 or 10 annas of our coinage at the present day! Several intelligent

men are living now in the vicinity of Thatong and Yengyaing who

formerly took part in these wholesale slaughterings, and, like many

others of the present generation, are apt to look back fondly to those

good old times.

These battues or kydwine were preceded by all sorts of ceremonies

and sacrificial rites, offerings being previously made to ensure suc-

cess to the tutelary nats or deities of the woods and plains.

In addition to these battues, and the recent increase of cultivation

and population, we may account for their gradual decrease by the

great increase that has taken place of late years in the number and

use of firearms. Nearly every Burman can shoot, and a large pro-

portion have each their matchlock or cheap gun.

It is excessively difficult to catch the Thamyn alive, even a young

one, owing to the open nature of the country they frequent ; and

several officers in the Burmese commission have for some time past

been endeavouring, without success, to procure young individuals of

both sexes for the Zoological Society of London. Major Tickell, as

narrated by Blyth, had one alive for some time in Moulmein; but

it was eventually killed by pariah dogs, who got into its enclosure

at night. My informant, the shikarry, tells me he had one also

tame some years since. He caught it when about three months

old, fed it on milk at first, afterwards on grass and plantain-leaves.

After a short time it became so tame that it would follow its owner

about, and never attempt to leave the dwellings of man. After

an interval of two years it got a small pair of horns, shaped like

those of the adult, but much smaller, and afterwards, like most

766 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

pets, met with an untimely end, being stolen and killed for food by

rapacious Burmese officials. By this the species appears to be capable

of easy domestication, although said by some invariably to pine away

and die after capture.

The horns of the species are, if large, kept by the natives for making

handles for sickles; if small, they are of no value, and either thrown

away or cut up and used as pegs. As to medicinal qualities, when

a buffaloe is bitten by a snake, the horn of the Thamyn ground to

powder is mixed with a solution of the leaves of the “ yekazoon fi

(Ipomea, sp.), or wild convolvulus, and given internally as a dose.

It is said to cure the bitten animal immediately. No other part of

the beast appears to be used medicinally, and the above-mentioned

nostrum is of no avail for the human race.

13. Notes on the Myology of Iguana tuberculata. By Sv.

Grorce Mrvart, F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative Ana-

tomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

The muscles of Saurian Reptiles (in which group I by no means

include the Crocodilia) have not hitherto, as far as I know, been

described in any detail, and have scarcely at all been figured. Many

facts have certainly been recorded by Meckel*; and Heusingert

has also published interesting notices (mainly referring, however, to

those forms in which the limbs are rudimentary); but the greatest

and most accurate record of saurian myology as yet accessible is that

given in the second part of Professor Stannius’s new edition of his

«Anatomy of the Vertebrata’f.

It has been suggested to me that a series of notices, accompanied

by woodcuts, of the main peculiarities presented by the myology of

different oviparous vertebrates would be a not undesirable contribu-

tion to comparative anatomy ; and I have now the honour of laying

before the Zoological Society the results of my dissection of a fine

specimen of Iguana tuberculata, for the opportunity of making

which I am indebted to the rich stores of the collection of the Royal

College of Surgeons, and to the kindness of my friend Mr. W. H.

Flower.

A correct determination of Saurian muscles, especially those of

the posterior extremity, is not to be hoped for in a first attempt.

I have therefore thought it well to begin with the Iguana, because

it is a common species, readily procurable, on which account my

errors and misinterpretations will be the more easily rectified.

* Traité général d’Anatomie comparée, par J. F. Meckel: traduit de V’alle-

mand par MM. Riester et Alph. Sanson (Paris, 1829): tome vy. 1** partie, et

tome vu.

t In Zeitschrift fiir organ. Physik. Bd. ii. Hft. 5. p. 481.

+ Handbuch der Zootomie, von Siebold und Stannius. Zweiter Theil. Die

Wirbelthiere. Zweite Auflage. Zweites Buch. Die Amphioien (Berlin, 1856),

pp. 100, 117, 122, 126, 135.

he ele

1867. | MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 767

Fig. 1.

Superficial muscles of outer side of thorax and arm, and of extensor surface of fore-

arm,—the gular pouch being cut to show more of the sterno-cleido-mastoid.

B. Biceps. B. A. Brachialis anticus. D.1. First part of deltoid. D. 2. Second

part of deltoid. D.M. Depressor mandibulx. #. O. External oblique.

£. R. Extensor carpi radialis. £. U. Extensor carpi ulnaris. FU. Flexor

carpi ulnaris. JZ. D. Latissimus dorsi. M.H. Mylo-hyoid. P. Pectoralis

major. P. My. Platysma myoides. S.C. MZ. Sterno-cleido-mastoid. SS. L.

Supinator longus. Zz. Trapezius.

Musctes or THE HEAD AND TRUNK.

Mylo-hyoid (fig. 1, M. H.). This is a thin muscular layer, arising

from the outside of the posterior part of the mandible and from the

inferior margin of the middle and more anterior portion of the bone.

It does not, however, extend to its anterior end. Descending inside

the skin of the gular pouch its fibres gradually become lost.

Fibres similarly disposed below, but ending above in the fascia

768 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

covering the trapezius, constitute a more posterior layer of superfi-

cial fibres having no connexion with the mandible ; these may per-

haps represent the platysma myoides (fig. 1, P. My.).

On removing the mylo-hyoid a muscle becomes visible which is

of rather large size, and descends from the middle of the lower border

of the inner surface of the mandible to the cornu of the os hyoides.

This is the cerato-mandibulur (fig. 2, C. M.).

The depressor mandibule, which may perhaps represent the di-

gastric (figs. 1, 2 & 2a, D. M.), arises from the posterior margin of

the parietal process. Descending, it is inserted into the extreme pos-

terior end of the mandible.

The temporal muscle is very thick and large, and fills the tem-

poral fossa. It arises from the outside of the parietal process and

from the front surface of the os quadratum*. It is inserted into the

coronoid process of the mandible, and into the upper border of the

bone behind that process.

Internal pterygoid. This large, thick muscle takes origin from the

inner side of the pterygoid, and is inserted into the inside and pos-

terior extremity of the mandible.

The external pterygoid arises outside the pterygoid, and is inserted

into the inner surface of the mandible rather in front of the insertion

of the internal pterygoid and behind the coronoid process.

Trapezius (figs. 1 & 2, Tz.). This muscle, as Meckel observes f,

is very extensive. It lies beneath the platysma myoides, but super-

ficial to the levator clavicule ; and the lowest part of its insertion

overlaps that of the omo-hyoid (fig. 2, 7'z., O.H.). It forms a

very delicate muscular layer, especially above, but becomes thicker

towards its insertion. It arises, by aponeurosis, from the middle

line of the back, from the last cervical to the fifth dorsal vertebra,

and more anteriorly from the superficial fascia of the neck, and also

from the margin of the parietal process, towards which part it is

intimately united to the sterno-cleido-mastoid. The fibres converge,

and are inserted into about the upper half of the clavicle between

the deltoid and the insertions of the levator claviculee, omo-hyoid,

and sterno-cleido-mastoid. The most anterior and posterior fibres

antagonize each other.

The rhomboid is wanting, unless it be represented by some part

of the muscle described as the serratus magnus.

Latissimus dorsi (figs. 1 & 9, I. D.). This is a large muscle, and

arises from the spines of the dorsal vertebree from the first to the

ninth, and from the last three cervical spines. Its fibres, converging,

end in a strong tendon, which is inserted into the outer side of the

summit of the humerus below, passing rather in front of, the in-

sertion of the infraspinatus, covered moreover by the third head of

the triceps. The tendon of the latissimus dorsi gives off another

small tendon from its inferior margin (fig. 9, ¢.), which joins the

triceps just where the two long heads of that muscle unite together.

* The part arising from the os quadratum and columella is considered by

Stannius to be the massefer.

oT; Loe. cit. p- ol ik

1867.) MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 769

Longissimus dorsi. This is small and very indistinctly separable

from the sacro-lumbalis. It partly arises from the posterior end of

the crest of the ilium; partly it is the anterior continuation of the

dorsal series of caudal muscular cones, or rather to the halves of

those cones. Passing forwards it is inserted into, and takes fresh

origin from, the spines and adjacent parts of the vertebrae.

The sacro- -lumbalis, though wide, is very thin, except at its poste-

rior end, and it is very imperfectly separable from the last. It arises

from the crest of the ilium, and appears to be partly continuous with

the supracaudal muscular mass. It is inserted, in an indistiuct

manner (by tendinous intervals which become more marked from

behind forwards), into the ribs, including the cervical ones, as it

passes insensibly into the cervicalis ascendens.

Complexus major (figs. 2 & 24, C.Ma.). This is an elongated

muscle arising by tendinous fibres from the spines of the first and

Fig. 2.

Le. Ty Oda COMix

Fig. 2

Muscles of neck and shoulder, the trapezius and deltoid being cut short.

B. Biceps. £&. A. Brachialis anticus. C. M. Cerato-mandibular. C. Ma. Com-

plexus major. C. M7. Complexus minor. D.1. First part of deltoid.

D.2. Second part of deltoid. D.M. Depressor mandibule. £. H. Epi-

coraco-humeral. J. S. Infraspinatus. Z.C. Levator clavicule. 0. H.

Omo-hyoid. P. Pectoralis. S.C. M. Sterno-cleido-mastoid. S. Mg. Ser-

ratus magnus. 7.1. External long head of triceps. 7.3. External hume-

ral head of triceps. Zz. Trapezius. «. Fasciculus from complexus minor.

The muscle between D. 2, S. Mg., and 7.1. is the subscapularis.

Fig. 2.4

Deeper muscles of right side of neck, the levator clavicule being cut short, the

sterno-cleido-mastoid cut and reflected forwards, and the complexus major

cut and raised.

C..A. Cervicalis ascendens. C. Ma. Complexus major. C. Mi. Complexus mi-

nor. JD. M. Depressor mandibule. R.A. M. Rectus capitis anticus major.

R. P. M. Rectus capitis posticus major. Se. Scalenus. S. C. M. Sterno-

cleido-mustoid. 2. Fasciculus from complexus minor.

770 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

second dorsal vertebrae, and from the transverse processes of the

last four cervical vertebrae. It is inserted into the supraoccipital and

into the parietal process.

Complexus minor (figs. 2 & 24, C. Mi.). A muscle placed exter-

nally to the last arises from the transverse processes of the last four

cervical vertebrae. It is inserted, by strong tendinous fibres, into the

end of the parotic process, but gives off from its outer side a fasci-

culus (figs. 2 & 2, x) which passes to the postero-external end of

that depending process of the basioccipital which bounds internally

the posterior part of the eustachian aperture.

Cervicalis ascendens. 'This (fig. 24, C. A.), as has been said, is

the continuation forwards of the sacro-lumbalis. It is inserted by

tendinous fibres into the outer sides of the cervical ribs and into

the transverse processes of the four anterior cervical vertebre (in-

cluding the atlas), which have no ribs.

Spinalis colli (fig. 2a, S.C.). The innermost portion of the

deep part of the dorsal extensor mass fills the groove between the

spinous and articular processes of the cervical vertebrae. It ends at

the occiput, where it enters the deep fossa between the supraoccipital

and the diverging parietal processes.

Rectus capitis posticus major. A more or less distinct muscular

fasciculus (fig. 2a, R. P.M.) arises from the spinous process of the

axis, and is inserted into the supraoccipital.

Scalenus. The scalene muscles appear to be represented by a very

obscurely separable small muscular mass, which extends from the

transverse processes of the first four cervical vertebre to the anterior

margin of the first cervical rib. It lies between the cervicalis as-

cendens and the rectus capitis anticus major (fig. 24, Sc.).

The longus colli arises from the ventral surfaces of the bodies of

the atlas and two following cervical vertebree. It is inserted into the

same surfaces of the next four cervical vertebrz and into the last

three cervical ribs near their origins.

Rectus capitis anticus major (fig. 2a, R..A.M.). This muscle

arises from the posterior end of the under surface of the basioccipital,

and largely from the process bounding internally the posterior end

of the eustachian aperture. Passing backwards it is inserted into

the bodies of the cervical vertebrae from the fourth to the seventh

inclusive, and finally into the anterior margin of the deep surface of

the rib of the seventh cervical vertebra.

Rectus abdominis. The abdominal muscles are largely developed,

both as regards superficial extent and number, as there appear to

be no less than three layers of the external oblique muscle. The

rectus is broad, but rather ill-defined superficially as to its outer

margin, which, however, is readily seen on its internal surface. It

arises by a strong tendon from the posterior end of the ventral sur-

face of the symphysis ischii (figs. 13 & 14, R.). Thence it runs

forwards along the middle line of the belly, and is inserted into the

posterior margin of the last sternal rib, whence it is continued to the

last sternal rib but one, where it is conterminous with the pectoralis

major (fig. 6, &.), which is apparently its anterior prolongation.

1867. ] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 771

The lateral superficial margins of the muscle are indistinguishably

blended with the external oblique, which sends oblique tendinous

fibres right across the superficial surface of the rectus.

External ohlique. This muscle seems to consist of three parts *:—

(1) The most superficial portion arises by tendinous interdigita-

tions with the dorsal extensor muscles, from the last cervical and all

the thoracic ribs. It is a very delicate layer, and ends below by

blending with the upper margin of the rectus, with which it becomes

inseparably united. It is also inserted (by a tongue of muscular

fibres) just above the very strong tendon of insertion of the third

portion. It has five tendinous intersections.

(2) The second part arises, beneath the first, by less marked di-

gitations from all the thoracic ribs. Passing downwards and back-

wards, its most anterior portion is strongly inserted into the fifth

thoracic rib; elsewhere it ends in a delicate aponeurosis, which is

connected with the sixth thoracic rib, and blends with the inner

surface of the first or most superficial layer of the muscle.

(3) The third part of the external oblique (fig. 1, H.O., and

fig. 13, Hv. o.) arises from the posterior surface of the last thoracic

rib and from the lumbar fascia. It is inserted, by a very strong

tendon, into the spine of the pubis.

This muscle appears to continue backwards the upper, or ex-

ternal, intercostals.

The internal oblique is of great extent, lining the whole of the

thorax. It arises from the inner surfaces of all the thoracic ribs,

beginning by a tendinous aponeurosis which is attached to them

along a line nearly corresponding to the outer edge of the dorsal

extensor muscular mass. It also takes origin from the lumbar fascia

just behind the third part of the external oblique. It is inserted by

muscular digitations into the inner surfaces of the sternal ribs and

(in the abdomen) into the margin of the rectus.

This muscle is evidently not continuous with the internal (or

sternal) ¢ntercostals, as these are superficial to the fleshy insertions

of the internal oblique, the fibres of which, moreover, run more

parallel to the sternal ribs themselves than do the fibres of the in-

ternal intercostals.

Transversalis. This muscle is also very extensive, arising by a fascia

extending from the pelvis to the last but one cervical rib. Indeed

the fascia is continued on into the neck, where it passes beneath the

nerves of the brachial plexus, which are external to it, like the ab-

dominal nerves which pass between it and the internal oblique. It

is inserted into the border of the rectus and the inner sternal part of

the thorax.

Internal intercostals. These extend between the sternal thoracic

ribs, reaching vertically to the vertebral ribs, and underlying for

some distance the external intercostals.

External intercostals. The external ones extend between the cer-

vical ribs, as well as those of the trunk. In the thorax they only

* Stannius considers that the external oblique and internal oblique each con-

sist of two layers (oc. cit. p. 104).

772 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

extend down to the junction of the vertebral ribs with the sternal

ones.

Pigs 3

Subvertebral muscles of right side.

Q. L. Quadratus lumborum. 2. C. Retrahentes costarum.

Retrahentes costarum. A. very remarkable muscular layer*

(fig. 3, R. C.), which is tendinous at its insertion and at the posterior

part of its origin, but muscular elsewhere. It has a certain resem-

blance to the diaphragm, as it is internal to all the other body-

muscles.

It arises from the sides of the ventral surfaces of the bodies of nine

vertebree, beginning with the first dorsal. The muscular fibres pro-

ceed forwards and ventrad, and are inserted into the ribs of the seventh

and eighth cervical vertebree, and into the seven following ribs. The

insertion of the aponeurosis is close to the origin of the fascia of the

transversalist.

Pyramidalis (fig. 14, Py.). This muscle is largely developed,

and is placed beneath the rectus. It arises from the ligamentous

arch extending back from the spine of the pubis; and its fibres ad-

* The m. retrahentes costarum of Stannius (/oc. cit. p. 103).

t As Stannius remarks (/oc. cit. note 4 to p. 103).

1867. ] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 773

vance obliquely forwards towards the middle line of the body, those

arising most anteriorly being the longest. The muscle extends for-

wards more than halfway from the pubis to the sternum.

Transversus perinei (fig. 14, T. Pr.). This is a thick triangular

muscle, arising from the side of the os cloace and from the tendi-

nous arch before mentioned passing to the ilium. It fuses more or

less completely with the posterior part of the origin of the semimem-

branosus.

CaupauL Muscuxs.

The essential nature of the ¢7we caudal muscles is best seen at about

the middle of the tail (fig. 4). There the muscular mass of each

lateral half of the tail, is easily demonstrated to consist of four lon-

gitudinal series of muscular and tendinous cones, the series being

placed one above another, and all the cones having their apices di-

rected forwards.

Diagram of caudal muscular cones of the right side of the tail.

1. Dorsal lateral cone. 2. Upper median lateral cone. 3. Lower median late-

ralcone. 4. Ventral lateral cone. 4. Inferior spine. N. Neural spine.

¢. Transverse process. 2. Zygapophyses.

Four such cones appear to spring from each side of each caudal

vertebra; but their length generally exceeds that of two such ver-

tebree. The base of each cone is aponeurotic, with the superficial

part glisteningly tendinous. The apex of each cone is muscular.

Each cone being hollow, it receives into its cavity the muscular apex

of the cone next behind. ‘The repetition of this serial enclosure

gives rise to te four longitudinal rows of cones; and as the aponeu-

rosis of each cone is more or less incomplete on its external surface,

the tendinous margins of the aperture appear as two glistening lines,

which converge anteriorly ; moreover, the bases of the cones being

on the same vertical line, the appearance of numerous acutely zigzag

774 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

lines results, four points being directed forwards and three backwards

(fig. 4, 1,2, 3,4). Of the four vertically superimposed cones of each

vertebra, the topmost one, or the dorsal lateral cone (fig. 4,1),

arises from the neural spine (N.) and the zygapophysis (z.). The

cone next below, or the upper median lateral cone (fig. 4, 2), takes

origin also from the zygapophysis; but below from the transverse

process or (in more posterior caudal vertebree) from the strong fascia

which takes its place (¢.). The next cone below, or the lower me-

dian lateral cone (fig. 4, 3), arises from the same transverse process

or fascia and from the root of the inferior spinous process. The

lowest, or ventral lateral cone (fig. 4, 4), springs from (A) the infe-

rior spinous process itself.

This arrangement continues forwards to about the fourteenth

caudal vertebra. Then the bases of the cones become excluded

from the articular processes and from the roots of the hemal spines

by the intrusion and backward prolongation of a supracaudal

muscular mass coming from the trunk (the sus-caudien externe of

Meckel, vol. v. p. 284), and by that of the femoro-caudal below

(fig. 5, S.C. and F.C.); so that the series of cones, being thus

modified, come to form a muscular sheath for these intruding muscles,

the sheath being strongly attached still to the ends of the transverse

processes and of the neural and hzemal spines.

Muscles of right half of a transverse vertical section of the tail at the seventh

caudal vertebra, showing the separation of the caudal cones from the vertebra

by the intrusion of the supracaudal above and of the femoro-caudal below.

A, Superior lateral caudal cones. B. Inferior lateral caudal cones.

F.C. Femoro-caudal. S.C. Supracaudal.

The two series of median lateral cones more and more approxi-

mate as they approach the trunk, and, ultimately coalescing, are in-

serted strongly into the first caudal transverse process (fig. 15, x).

The dorsal lateral cones, much modified, continue on as the longis-

simus dorsi.

The ventral lateral cones terminate mainly by a very strong ten-

don implanted into the posterior end of the tuberosity of the ischium

(close to the origins of the two parts of the semimembranosus), a

portion, however, running on into a sphincter cloace*@

Of the intruding muscular masses the femoro-caudal, inserted into

the femur, extends for about one-sixth of the length of the tail, as

Meckel says+, or to about the thirteenth caudal vertebra.

* Meckel, loc, cit. p. 285. t Loc. eit. p, 286.

1867.] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 775

The dorsal mass or supracaudal muscle is in part the continuation

backwards of the sacro-lumbalis, in part takes fresh origin from the

posterior surface of the ilium. It extends backwards also to about

the thirteenth caudal vertebra.

Superficial muscles of front of thorax, of inside of right arm, and of flexor

surface of right forearm.

B. Biceps. B.A. Brachialis anticus. C. 6.2. Second or long part of coraco-

brachialis. D.1. First part of deltoid. #. O. External oblique. £. U.

Extensor carpi ulnaris. /. P. D.1. First part of flexor profundus digitorum.

F. P. D.2. Second part of flexor profundus digitorum. FR. Flexor carpi

radialis. FF. S..D. Flexor sublimis digitorum. P. Pectoralis. P. 7. Pro-

nator teres. £. Rectus abdominis. S.C. M. Sterno-cleido-mastoid. S. L.

Supinator longus. 7.4. Fourth part of the triceps.

Muscues or THE Pecrorat Lis.

Pectoralis major (figs. 1, 2, 6,8 & 10, P.). This muscle is largely

developed, and arises from the sternal part of the sixth thoracic rib,

and from the sternum and interclavicle, from the posterior end of

the former to the anterior extremity of the latter.

From this extensive origin its fibres converge, and are inserted into

the most prominent part of the radial tuberosity of the humerus,

just opposite the insertion of the deltoid, but separated from the

776 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

latter by the summit of the brachialis anticus and by the insertion

of the epicoraco-humeral. Externally the pectoralis major is inti-

mately connected with the outermost layers of the external oblique,

while posteriorly, as Meckel remarks*, it is similarly united with the

rectus abdominis, of which, indeed, it has every appearance of being

the anterior continuation.

Costo-coracoid (figs. 7 & 9, C.C.). A thin sheet of muscular

fibres arises from the anterior margin of the first sternal rib, and is

inserted into the deep surface of that strong tendon which is described

below asin part the origin of the internal long head of the triceps.

This tendon passes from the posterior end of the inner surface of

the sternum (close to the hinder end of the edge by which it articu-

lates with the coracoid), upwards to the anterior border of the scapula,

between the spinous process projecting from that border and the

point of attachment of the clavicle, and dividing the anterior (or

lower) part of the subscapularis from its posterior portion.

This muscle answers no doubt to that which, in the Echidnat,

goes from the first rib to the coracoid ; for I have found such a muscle

in Alligator luctus, and it is noticed by the Rev. Dr. Haughton in

the Crocodilet under the name ‘“‘ pectoralis secundus’’—a term I

would readily adopt, but that Iam inclined to think that the muscle

may be the homologue of either the pectoralis minor or the sub-

clavius. Stannius§ speaks of it as the sterno-scapular; but this

name has been applied to a muscle widely different ||.

Serratus magnus and levator anguli scapule (figs. 2 & 7, 8S. Mg.).

Several small sheets of muscle proceed from certain ribs to the pos-

terior margin and inner surface (towards the superior margin) of the

scapula. These may perhaps include, besides the true serratus mag-

nus, not only the levator anguli scapule, but also the rhomboideus,

though I am inclined to regard the latter muscle as absent in the

Iguana, not having succeeded in finding the muscle which Meckel

speaks of 4] as having the same disposition in that animal as in the

Chameleon, though absent in Polychrus marmoratus.

There appear to be four principal portions of this complex

muscle :—

(1) The largest and most posterior portion arises from the outer

surfaces of the last two cervical ribs (7. e. those of the eighth and

ninth cervical vertebree) near their free euds. Each rib gives rise to

a distinet muscular layer; and these layers are inserted, in common,

into about the upper half of the posterior (or axillary) border of the

scapula (fig. 7, S. Mg.1). At the lower end of its insertion it is

slightly embraced by fibres of the subscapularis, a few of which arise

externally to it.

* Loc. cit. p. 843.

+ Trans. Linn. Soc. 1866, vol. xxv. p. 382.

+ Scientific papers read before the Royal Irish Academy, and published in its

‘ Proceedings,’ 1866, vol. i. p. 702.

§ Loe. cit. p. 122.

| Proe. Zool. Soe. 1865, p. 338, and 1866, p. 398 and figs. 2 & 3, S.s.

{| Loc. cit. p. 312.

1867. ] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 777

Muscles of the inside of the right half of the scapular arch.

C. C. Costo-coracoid. D.1. First part of deltoid, curving over anterior (upper)

margin of coracoid. £. 8. C. External sterno-coracoid. J. S. C. Internal

sterno-coracoid. J.- Intercostal. JZ. C. Levator clavicule. O.H. Omo-

hyoid. §.1. First part of subscapularis. S.2. Second part of subscapu-

laris. S.C. M. Sterno-cleido-mastoid. S. Mg.1-S. Mg.4. Four parts of

serratus magnus.

(2) The second and smallest portion (and which some might

take to represent the rhomboideus) arises from the last but one cer-

vical rib, but considerably higher up than the first portion of the

serratus magnus. It is inserted (fig. 7, S. Mg. 2) into the inner sur-

face of the posterior (inferior) vertebral angle of the scapula.

(3) The third portion arises from the outside of the ribs of the

sixth and seveuth cervical vertebrae. It is inserted (fig. 7, S. Mg. 3)

along the inside of the cartilaginous summit of the scapula, not far

from its vertebral margin, and extending along the greater part of

the extent of that margin. This portion is double at its origin, each

rib giving rise to its own layer of muscle; but the two have a com-

mon insertion.

(4) The fourth part of the serratus magnus springs from the out-

side of the seventh cervical rib, below the origin of the third portion

of the serratus. It is inserted (fig. 7, S. Mg. 4) into the inner side

of the cartilaginous part of the scapula close to the anterior (supe-

rior) vertebral,angle, between the most anterior parts of the origin

of the subscapularis and of the insertion of the third portion of the

serratus.

Deltoid (figs. 1, 2, 7 & 8, D.1 and D.2). This muscle is very

large, and, in the specimen examined by me’%*, is easily separable

into two parts, which, however, have a common insertion :—

(1) The lower portion consists also of two layers, superimposed

one on the other,—the superficial layer arising from about the lower

(or sternal) half of the posterior part of the deep surface of the cla-

vicle, and from a similar extent of the hinder border of that bone,

posterior to the attachments of the trapezius, omo-hyoid, and sterno-

* This was not the case in Meckel’s specimen (/oc. cit. p. 340).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. L.

778 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

cleido-mastoid. The deeper layer of the same part of the deltoid

springs from the anterior part of about the sternal third of the su-

perficial surface of the clavicle, and just in-front of the attachment

of the two last-mentioned muscles, which, passing forwards, hide it.

It then curves over the anterior margin of the clavicle, and passing

backwards, between that bone and the epicoracoid, appears to join

the first or more superficial layer.

When the scapular arch is looked at from within, this layer is

visible (fig. 7, D. 1) immediately above the lower (anterior) portion

of the subscapularis, and nearer the observer than the omo-hyoid

and sterno-cleido-mastoid muscles.

(2) The upper and larger portion of the deltoid arises from the

deep surface and posterior border of the clavicle for rather more than

its upper third, and from the outer surface of the scapula for the

whole extent between the lower part of the attachment of the levator

claviculee and the hinder (or axillary) margin of the bone. It does

not extend upwards to the superior margin of the cartilaginous

upper portion of the scapula (fig. 2, D.2),—that part presenting

externally a space to which no muscle is attached between this upper

or second portion of the deltoid, the serratus magnus, and levator

claviculee.

The two parts of the deltoid are together inserted into the outer

side of the radial tuberosity of the humerus, just opposite to the in-

sertion of the pectoralis major, but separated from that muscle by

the insertion of the epicoraco-humeral.

Infraspinatus (?). This rather small muscle (fig. 2, J. S.) arises

from the outer surface of the spinous process of the scapula, and

from the membrane intervening between that process and the first

or upper spur of the epicoracoid ; it takes origin almost down to

the margin of the glenoid cavity. ‘Thence it passes downwards in

front of the long head of the triceps, and is inserted into the outer

side of the humerus just below the head of the bone and between

the summits of the external and internal humeral heads of the tri-

ceps. Its insertion is mainly superior to that of the latissimus dorsi,

though the tendon of the latter slightly overlaps it.

The infraspinatus is as it were strapped down by a strong liga-

mentous band, which passes from the lower part of the axillary

margin of the scapula to the outside of the head of the humerus,

underneath the epicoraco-humeral and above the ifsertion of the

deltoid.

The epicoraco-humeral is very largely developed, and arises from

the two spurs of the epicoracoid and from the intervening membrane

which closes the fenestra. It is inserted (figs. 2, 8 & 10, F. H.) into

the summit of the radial tuberosity between the insertions of the

pectoralis major and deltoid. It is covered externally by the lower

part of the deltoid and by the pectoralis major; and its inferior margin

is much connected with the adjacent part of the coraco-brachialis.

This muscle appears to me to answer to that which I have called

by the same name in the Hehidna (Traus, Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. 1866,

p. 383, and pl. 52. fig. 2, #. #7.).

1867. | MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 779

Muscles of inside of right arm, the pectoralis and deltoid being cut short and

reflected.

B. Biceps. B.A. Brachialis anticus. C.B.1. First, or short, part of coraco-

brachialis. C.B.2. Second, or long, part of coraco-brachialis. D.1. First

part of deltoid. D.2. Second part of deltoid. £. H. Epicoraco-humeral.

f.S. Infraspinatus. P. Pectoralis. S.C. M. Sterno-cleido-mastoid. 7.3.

Third, or external humeral, head of triceps. 7. Tendinous fascia of origin

of sterno-cleido-mastoid extending, between epicoraco-humeral and pecto-

ralis, backwards to the true sternum.

Subscapularis. This muscle is enormously developed, and is di-

visible into two parts (fig. 7, S. 1 and S. 2) :—-

(1) The first portion arises from the whole internal surface of

the coracoid and epicoracoid, the spinous process of the scapula, and

the membrane of each fenestra. The fibres converge, and towards

its insertion this portion fuses with the second part.

(2) The second portion arises from the lower part of the internal

surface of the scapula and from the lower half of its posterior, or

axillary, margin. It becomes tendinous towards its insertion, and,

fusing with the first part, is attached to the ulnar tuberosity of the

humerus and to the capsular ligament. This muscle is shown in

fig. 2 (though its letter has been accidentally omitted), between D 2,

S.Mg., T. 1, and the band binding down J. S.

Internal sterno-coracoid (fig. 7, I. S. C.). The specimen examined

by me had had the whole ventral surface of the body medianly di-

vided from behind forwards, so that I cannot define the inner limit

of this muscle. It arises, however, from the deep surface of the

sternum, internal to the line of its junction with the coracoid and to

the attachments of the ribs, and is inserted, by tendinous fibres, into

the deep surface of the coracoid and lower part of the epicoracoid

(i. e. to the deep surface of its lower spur), where it is contiguous

to the inferior margin of the first portion of the subscapularis.

External sterno-coracoid (fig. 7, E. S. C.). This is a much smaller

muscle than the preceding, which overlaps it when the inner surface

of the scapular arch is looked at. It arises from the deep margin of

that furrow (on the outer edge of the sternum) which receives the

coracoid, and is inserted into the coracoid and epicoracoid, passing

between those bones and the tendon of the internal sterno-coracoid,

780 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

The sterno-cleido-mastoid is of large size (figs. 1, 2, 2a, 6 & 8,

S.C. M.). It arises by muscular fibres from rather more than the

lower half of the outer margin of the anterior surface of the clavicle,

and by a-very strong tendinous fascia (fig. 8, ¢.) from the anterior

part of the true sternum. This strong fascia extends forwards (co-

vered by the pectoralis major); and the muscular fibres springing

from it arise in a point between the pectoralis major and the lower

portion of the deltoid. The muscle passes forwards, overlapping

first the omo-hyoid, and afterwards the levator clavicule. It then

becomes intimately united with the outer side of the anterior part of

the trapezius, and is inserted into the outer half of the postero-

superior margin of the parietal process and into the postero-external

end of the parotic process.

Sterno-hyoid. This was so much injured in my specimen that I

am unable to describe it ; according to Cuvier* and Meckel+, how-

ever, it proceeds from the outer part of the sternum to the os hyoides.

The omo-hyoid (figs. 2 & 7, O. H.) is rather large, and arises from

rather more than the upper half of the clavicle, where externally it

is adjacent to the trapezius and sterno-cleido-mastoid and internal

to the deep layer of the first part of the deltoid. It is mainly in-

serted into the posterior cornu of the hyoid; but some fibres pass

(nearer the middle line of the body) to the body of the os hyoides.

Levator clavicule. This large muscle has a strong tendinous

origin from the transverse process of the atlas. Passing backwards it

emerges from beneath the sterno-cleido-mastoid (figs. 2 & 7, L. C.),

and, spreading out, is inserted mto the summit (or acromial end) of

the clavicle and into the anterior margin of the scapula. About the

lower half of its insertion is conterminous, posteriorly, with the origin

of the upper (or second) portion of the deltoid; internally this

muscle is in close juxtaposition with the second part of the subsca-

pularis and the fourth part of the serratus magnus (fig. 7, L. C.).

The triceps (figs. 1, 2, 6, 8, 9 & 10) arises by four distinct heads f,

of which two are long, descending from the seapular arch :—

(1) The first part or external long head (which appears to answer

to the ordinary long head of this muscle in mammals) arises from

the strong, tendinous strap, or ligament before described as passing

from the axillary margin of the scapula to the head of the humerus

and as binding down the infraspinatus. Thus the head may be said

to arise by a bifurcating tendon like that of the rectus femoris of

Man (figs. 1, 2 & 9, 7.1).

(2) The second part, or internal long head (fig. 9, 7. 2), takes

origin by a long and rather slender tendon, which also bifurcates

above,—its lower bifurcation being attached to the postero-internal

angle of the deep surface of the coracoid, while its upper bifurcation

fuses with that before- described tendinous arch into which the costo-

coracoid muscle is inserted.

This second head of the triceps soon joins with the first head, and

at its union with the latter receives a small tendinous slip (fig. 9, ¢.)

* Loc. cit. vol. iv. part 1, p. 531. } Loc. cit. vol. viii. p. 135.

t Meckel, /oc. cit. p. 564.

1867.] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 731

from the tendon of the latissimus dorsi. Is this head the homologue

of the dorso-epitrochlear, which sometimes, as in Hyrax*, takes

origin from the scapular arch, but normally springs from the tendon

of the latissimus dorsi?

(3) The third, or external humeral head, arises from the whole

outer surface of the humerus below the head of the bone, extending

as it does above the insertions of the deltoid and infraspinatus

(figs. 1, 2, 8 & 10, T. 3).

(4) The last, or internal humeral head (figs. 6, 9 & 10, T. 4),

similarly arises from the internal surface of the humerus to the head

of the bone. At its summit this part of the muscle has contiguous

to it, antero-internally, the short part of the coraco- brachialis and

the insertion of the subscapularis, while the tendons of the latissi-

mus dorsi and infraspinatus are contiguous to it on its postero-

external side (fig. 9).

Muscles of inside of right arm, the scapular arch being detached, and the

costo-coracoid muscle (C. C.) being cut short and reflected.

B. Biceps muscle. C. Sternal margin of coracoid bone. C. 2.1. First, or short,

part of coraco-brachialis muscle. C. B.2. Second, or long, part of coraco-

brachialis. C.C. Costo-coracoid. #. R. Flexor carpi radialis. FF. U.

Flexor carpi ulnaris. JL. D. Latissimus dorsi. S.2. Second part of sub-

scapularis. 7.1. First, or external long, head of triceps. 7.2. Second, or

internal long, head of triceps. 7.4. Fourth, or internal humeral, head of

triceps. ¢. Tendon from latissimus dorsi to triceps.

All these four portions are united together at above the middle of

the arm, and are together inserted into the proximal end of the ulna

and into the patella-like sesamoid immediately above it.

Coraco-brachialis. This muscle consists of two parts :—

(1.) The first of these, or shorter portion, is a broad muscle, and

much resembles the short coraco-brachialis of the Hehidnat. It

arises, by muscular fibres, from the whole outer surface of the cora-

coid, from the lower spur of the epicoracoid, and from the membrane

* Proc. Zool. Soe. 1866, p. 340, fig. 5, D.e.

t Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 380.

782 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE | June 27,

intervening between these, and is inserted into the front of the hu-

merus from the head and internal tuberosity to the middle of its

shaft. The limit of its insertion begins above at the insertions of

the epicoraco-humeral and pectoralis major, and below is conter-

minous with the origin of the brachialis anticus (figs. 8, 9 & 10,

C.B.1). From the extent of its insertion this portion appears to

me to answer both to the coraco-brachialis proprius vel medius and

to the rotator humeri or coraco-brachialis superior vel brevis of

Mr. Wood*.

Flexor surface of right upper arm, the biceps and pectoralis major being

cut short.

B. Biceps. B.A. Brachialis anticus. | C. B.1 &2. Coraco-brachialis, £. H.

Epicoraco-humeral. P. Pectoralis major. S.Z. Supimator longus. 7.3 &4.

Triceps.

(2) The second, longer portion (figs. 6, 8, 9 & 10, C. B. 2), which

seems to answer to the coraco-brachialis longus of Mr. Wood*,

arises, by muscular fibres, from the posterior end of the sternal

border of the coracoid, and is inserted into the internal condyle of

the humerus and into the shaft of the bone for a very slight distance

above that condyle. There is a glistening tendon on the side next

to the bone of the lower half of this portion of the coraco-brachialis.

The biceps (figs. 1, 2, 6,8, 9, 10 & 12, B.) has, as in the Eehidnat,

but a single head §, which takes origin, by a very broad tendon (with

an aponeurotic longitudinal interval), from the anterior (not sternal)

margin of the coracoid and adjacent part of the epicoracoid, and

passes backwards so as to be immediately superficial to the short

part of the coraco-brachialis. It soon fuses with the brachialis

anticus, and is inserted in common with that muscle (by a very

strong tendon, which slightly bifurcates below) into the upper parts

of both radius and ulna; but the fibres continuous with the dzceps

Journal of Anat. and Phys., Cambridge, 1866, vol. 1. pp. 48, 49.

Loe. cit. p. 49.

Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 385.

ate

§ Unless what I have named brachialis anticus be a humeral head of the biceps,

1867. | MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 783

appear to go mainly to the ulna. Thus its insertion has much re-

semblance to that of the same muscle in the Lehidna.

The brachialis anticus (figs. 1, 2, 6, 8 & 10, B. 4.), which may

be, as Meckel appears to think*, a humeral head of the biceps,

springs from the front of the shaft of the humerus, immediately below

the insertions of the deltoid, epicoraco-humeral, and pectoralis major.

It soon fuses with the biceps, and is inserted in common with it into

the upper ends of the flexor surfaces of both radius and ulna. The

fibres of this muscle, however, appear to be connected mainly, if not

exclusively, with the radius.

Supinator longus. This muscle (figs. 1, 6, 10 & 11) is exceed-

ingly large, and, as Meckel observes}, arises by two heads, which

do not unite till far down the forearm (fig. 1, 8. Z.). Indeed I find

that that head which has the more posterior (lower) origin may be

again divisible at and near its origin into two portions, of which the

anterior (upper) one is much the smaller; all these parts, however,

arise from the external condyle, and have a common insertion into

the radial margin of the radius for almost its whole length, and

therefore side by side with the pronator teres as far as the latter

extends. The head, which has the more posterior (lower) origin, is

intimately connected with the radial extensor.

The extensor carpi radialis, which appears to answer to both the

longior and brevior of mammals, arises by tendinous fibres from the

outer and posterior surface of the external condyle, immediately super-

ficial to the posterior (lower) part of the origin of the supinator

longus, with which, for some distance, it is very intimately connected.

Passing downwards (fig. 1, H.R.) it divides into three parts, which

are inserted, each by a tendon, into the proximal ends of the dorsal

surfaces of the second, third, and fourth metacarpals.

Extensor communis digitorum. As Meckel observestf, this muscle

has, as it were, “‘descendu a la main” (fig. 11, #.C.). It is small,

arises from the carpus, and is inserted into the bases of the digits.

It is much subdivided, there being more or less distinct fleshy cam

dles for the several digits.

The extensor carpi “ulnaris (fig. 1, #. U., and fe 1; 2. CsU ais

rather indistinct. It arises indeed by deerme: fibres from the

posterior surface of the external condyle; but its insertion is into

the adjacent border of another muscle, the flexor carpi ulnaris.

Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. 'This is a rather thick muscle

which arises from the posterior surface of rather less than the distal

half of the ulna. It is inserted into the metacarpal of the pollex

(Geol 2M P.),

Pronator teres (figs. 6 & 12, P.T.). The origin of this muscle

is by a very strong tendon attached to the summit of the internal

condyle. Its fibres spread out, and are inserted into the lower two-

thirds of the radial margin of the radius.

The flexor carpi radialis (figs. 6, 9, F. R., and fig. 12, F.C. BR.)

arises from the internal condyle immediately Relaw the origin of the

* Loc. cit. p. 362. T Loe. cit. p. 367,

t Loe. cit. p. 391.

784 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

pronator teres. It is inserted into the carpal bone, which articulates

with the radius, and also by a small tendon running on (figs. 6 & 12)

into the radial side of the metacarpal of the pollex.

Fig. 11.

Deep muscles of extensor surface of right forearm.

E. C. Extensor communis digitorum. Z. C. U. Origin of extensor carpi ulnaris

and common insertion of extensor and flexor carpi ulnaris. #. M. P. Ex-

tensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. S.Z. Supinator longus. P. Q. Pronator

quadratus.

Deep muscles of flexor surface of right forearm, the flexor carpi radialis, flexor

carpi ulnaris, and flexor profundus digitorum being cut and reflected.

B. Biceps. F.C.R. Flexor carpi radialis. #7. C. U. Flexor carpi ulnaris.

F.P.D. Flexor profundus digitorum. PP. A. Pronator accessorius. P. Q.

Pronator quadratus. P, 7. Pronator teres. S.A. Supinator accessorius.

S. Z. Supinator longus.

Pronator accessorius (fig. 12, P. A.). A muscle I so name provi-

sionally, arises from the anterior surface of the internal condyle,

immediately beneath the humeral origin of the flexor profundus digi-

torum. It is inserted into the radius between the insertion of the

pronator teres and that of the pronator quadratus.

1867. | MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 785

Supinator accessorius (fig. 12, S.A.). Another muscle, which I

also provisionally distinguish by a new name, arises from the internal

condyle immediately below, but somewhat superficial to the pronator

accessorius. It expands as it descends, and is inserted into about

the proximal half of the ulnar margin of the ulna.

The pronator quadratus (figs. 11 & 12, P. Q.) is broadest below,

and becomes very narrow towards its upper end. It arises from the

flexor surface of the distal half of the ulna and from the whole radial

ere of that bone, and it is inserted into the flexor surface of the

radius.

Flexor carpi ulnaris (figs. 1, 6 & 9, F. U., and fig. 12, F. C. U.).

This forms a large muscular sheet, which, as usual, has the ulnar

nerve passing between its double origin—that from the internal

condyle and that from the olecranon. It is inserted into both the

pisiforme and fifth metacarpal, as Meckel observes*. This muscle .

receives on its postero-external side the insertion of the extensor

carpi ulnaris, the two together forming a layer of muscle which

wraps round the ulnar side of the forearm.

The flewor sublimis digitorum (fig. 6, F. S. D.) is a thin muscle

entirely confined to the hand+. It arises from the annular ligament,

and is inserted into the second phalanges of the digits, being perfo-

rated in each case by a tendon of the flexor profundus digitorum.

Flexor profundus digitorum (figs. 6 & 12, F. P. D.). This is a

very thick muscle, and has four, more or less distinct heads of origin.

The first head arises from the internal condyle, immediately beneath

the origin of the flexor carpi radialis ; it very soon unites with the

portion arising from the ulna (fig. 6, F. P. D.1).

The second head also springs from the internal condyle, just below

the first head ; it also joms the portion arising from the ulna (fig. 6,

BOP D22).

The third portion takes origin from the greater part of the flexor

surface of the ulna.

These three portions unite and give rise to a very strong tendon

(in which is a palmar ossicle); and into the deep surface of this

tendon are inserted muscular fibres, which spring from the carpus

and constitute the fourth head of the muscle.

From the distal margin of this tendon proceed the five perforating

tendons, one going to each digit.

Lumbricales. I have only observed six lumbrical muscles :—

One going from the ulnar side of the index tendon to the ulnar

side of the second digit.

Two from the tendon of the third digit (one on each side), in-

serted into each side of the third digit.

Two from the tendon of the fourth digit (one on each side), in-

serted into each side of the fourth digit.

One from the radial side of the fifth digit, inserted into the radial

side of the same digit.

Interossei. There are dorsal interossei which arise from the car-

pus, and are inserted one on each side of the proximal phalanx of

* Loe. cit. p. 383. +t Meckel, Joc. cit. p. 392.

786 . MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

each digit, except the pollex, which has a large bundle of fibres in-

serted into the dorsal side of the ulnar border of its metacarpal!

Palmar interossei also spring from the carpus, and are inserted one

on each side of the proximal phalanx of each of the three middle

digits. Another rather large fasciculus is inserted into the radial

side of the fifth digit, and, no doubt, represents one or more of the

spinal muscles of that digit. Finally, a considerable number of

muscular fibres are inserted into the proximal phalanx of the pollex

and into the palmar side of the ulnar border of its metacarpal.

These fibres, no doubt, represent the flexor brevis and opponens

pollicis of higher animals.

Right pelvic limb. Superficial muscles of the anterior surface of the thigh and

of the flexor surface of the leg.

EL. LL.D. Extensor longus digitorum, x. O. External oblique. G. Gracilis.

Go. 2. Gastrocnemius externus. Go. 7. Gastrocnemius internus. G. Mz.

Gluteus maximus. J.1&2. Tliacus and psoas. #. Rectus abdominis

R.F. Reetus femoris. JZ. A. Tibialis anticus. V./Z. Vastus internus.

1867.] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 787

Musctes oF THE Petvic Lime.

Psoas and Iliacus. 1 am inclined to regard the complex muscular

mass which goes from the inside of the pelvis, passing over its brim

to the femur, as the homologue of the psoas and iliacus. I find

present four muscular bundles. The first (figs. 13, 14 & 16, I. 1)

arises inside the pubis, from a median raphé separating it from its

fellow of the opposite side and also takes origin from the most ven-

tral portion of the pubis, overlapping its brim. Its upper (or pos-

terior) margin is conterminous with the inferior (or anterior) margin

of the second part of the muscle, and lies superficially to the third

part. Passing over the brim of the pelvis, above the spine of the

pubis, it is inserted into the tendinous arch going from the front of

the acetabulum to the symphysis ischii, and into the upper half of

that part of it which is between the acetabulum and the spine of the

pubis. It is intimately connected with the second and third parts

of this complex muscle and with the tibial adductor.

The second part of the muscle (figs. 13, 14 & 16, I. 2) lies above

(z. e. nearer the vertebral column than) the first part. It arises also

inside the pelvis, from a median raphé which separates it from its

fellow of the opposite side. It is inserted in common with the third

portion, and is indeed, in part, only with some difficulty separable

from the first portion, with the upper (or posterior) margin of which

its lower (or anterior) margin is conterminous.

The third portion is a very broad muscular layer, which lies hidden

by the first and second portions of the muscle. It arises from the

internal surface of the pubis, ischium, and obturator foramen; and

the upper (or posterior) part of its origin is easily separable from

the more ventral (or anterior) portion. It is inserted into the tibial

side of the upper part of the shaft of the femur, internally to the

summit of the crureus, just above the insertion of the adductor, and

slightly overlapping the tendon of insertion of the femoro-caudal.

It is, however, mainly inserted by a strong tendon, which passes

across the front of the upper end of the shaft of the femur, beneath

the summit of the vastus externus, to the insertion of the gluteus

medius, which slightly overlaps it. Thus, the tendinous insertion

being on the peroneal side of the bone, while the muscular fibres

(inserted with those of the two preceding portions of the zdiacus) are

attached rather to the tibial side, the upper part of the femur

comes to be more or less embraced.

The fourth and smallest portion of the complex muscle (fig. 16,

I.4) springs from the surface of that upper (or more posterior)

division of the origin of the third part already spoken of (namely

that division of the third which arises from the ischium and obtu-

rator membrane, and which might be cailed a fifth portion), and lies

nearer the vertebral column than do the other parts. It is inserted

in common with the muscular insertion of the third part of the

muscle just described ; but its fibres are partly continuous with those

of the crureus, crossing over the tendon of insertion of the third

part of the psoas and iliacus.

788 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

Quadratus lumborum. This muscle (fig. 3, Q. LZ.) is very thick

at its origin, but thins out anteriorly. It arises from the crest and

anterior part of the internal surface of the ilium, and is inserted into

the transverse processes of the lumbar ribs, and also of all, or of

almost all, the thoracic ones. Besides the short ribs, it is separated,

in the lumbar region, from the superimposed dorsal extensor mass

by a strong fascia.

Gracilis. The muscle which appears to me to represent, possibly,

the gracilis of mammals is a superficial one on the antero-internal

surface of the thigh (figs. 13, 14 & 15, G@.). It arises from the ischi-

atic symphysis, and from the long tendinous arch which passes from

the front of the acetabulum, round behind the pubic spine, back to

the symphysis just mentioned. It is inserted into the outer side of

the upper part of the tibia, and at its insertion is intimately united

with the semitendinosus. At the lower border of the insertion is a-

strongish tendon (fig. 14, G.), which is common to both muscles,

muscular fibres from each being inserted into it.

Second layer of muscles of anterior surface of right thigh. The gracilis is cut

away short above and reflected below. The rectus abdominis is hooked on

one side to show the pyramidalis.

A, Adductor magnus. G. Gracilis. G. Ma. Gluteus maximus. J. 1&2. Ilia-

cus and psoas. Py. Pyramidalis. &. Rectus abdominis. F. . Rectus

femoris. SS. Tibial adductor. S.M/. Semimembranosus. S. 7. Semiten-

dinosus. 7. Pr. Transversus perinei. V.JZ. Vastus internus.

The tibial adductor is a muscle which arises, beneath the gracilis,

from about the upper half of the tendinous arch just mentioned as

extending from the front of the acetabulum to the ischiatic sym-

1867. ] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 789

physis (figs. 14, 16,17 & 18, S.). It is slightly connected, at its

origin, with the first part of the iliacus, and some fibres spring from

the brim of the pelvis just below the tendon of the rectus femoris.

Passing downwards between the rectus femoris and the adductor,

and passing peronead of the first part of the semimembranosus, it

goes very deeply into the popliteal space (between the two heads of

the gastrocnemius), and, uniting with the second part of the semi-

membranosus, is inserted by a tendon into the peroneal side of the

head of the tibia above and behind the insertion of the tendon of

the biceps. This muscle is easily separable longitudinally into two

arts.

" Semimembranosus. This muscle consists of two portions so distinct

in insertion that they may well be considered two separate muscles:—

(1) The first portion (figs. 14, 15, 17 & 18, S. M.1) arises from

the tuberosity of the ischium, and from the tendinous arch which

passes from the posterior end of the ilium to the spine of the pubis.

Its origin is nearly in the same vertical line as, though ventral to,

the common origin of the biceps and semitendinosus. Thick and

fleshy, it is inserted into the back of the leg, embracing the inner

head of the gastrocnemius, some fibres passing beneath the internal

lateral ligament, while others extend along the posterior margin of

the summit of the tibia.

(2) The second portion (figs. 15,17 & 18, 8. .M. 2) arises in

common with the first portion, and is inserted by a tendon (common

to it and to the tibial adductor) into the summit of the peroneal

surface of the tibia.

The semitendinosus (figs. 14, 17 & 18, 8. 7.) springs in common

with the biceps from the strong tendinous arch just mentioned as

passing from the posterior end of the ilium to the spine of the pubis,

behind and a little above the tuberosity of the ischium. It is inserted

by a strong tendon, common to it and to the gracilis, into the inside

of the upper part of the tibia, at the lower end of the internal lateral

ligament. ‘The insertion is mainly superficial to the last-mentioned

ligament ; but a few tendinous fibres appear to pass inside it.

Biceps (figs. 15, 17 & 18, B. F.). This arises, in common with

the muscle last described, from the strong ligamentous arch passing

from the ilium to the spine of the pubis, and arching over the great

femoro-caudal tendon. It is inserted by a slender tendon, which

goes very deeply into the popliteal space (between the two heads of

the gastrocnemius), and, passing between the tibia and fibula, is in-

serted into quite the anterior aspect of the outer (peroneal) side of

the tibia a little below its upper margin and below and in front of ©

the insertion of the tendon common to the second part of the semi-

membranosus and the tibial adductor.

The biceps becomes intimately united with the gastrocnemius, as

it gives off a strong tendon (fig. 18), which runs down just internal

to the outer border of the inner head of that muscle.

Ilio-peroneal (figs. 15, 16, 17 & 18, I. P.). A long and strong

muscle, which arises from the posterior part of the outer side of the

ilium, covered by the posterior portion of the tendinous origin of the

790 . MR.ST.GEORGE MIVART ON THE . [June 27,

gluteus maximus, and even a little overlapped by the gluteus medius.

It is inserted by a strong tendon (which dips in between the pero-

neus primus and the outer side of the outer head of the gastrocne-

mius) into the outer side of the fibula, near its summit*.

Fig. 15."

Right pelvic limb. Superficial muscles of the posterior surface of the thigh

and of the extensor surface of the leg.

B.F. Biceps femoris. /. B. 1-5. Extensor brevis digitorum. £. L. D. Extensor

longus digitorum. F.C, Femoro-caudal. G. Gracilis. G. Mz. Gluteus

maximus. Go. E. Gastrocnemius externus. J. P. Ilio-peroneal. P.1,

Peroneus primus. P.2. Peroneus secundus. Pf. Pyriformis. S.M.1&

S.M.2. Semimembranosus. 7. A. Tibialis anticus. V. Ev. Vastus exter-

nus. 2. End of the two median series of lateral caudal cones.

Pectineus’ Three portions of muscle seem more or less to re-

present the pectineus :—

(1) A very small part, which arises from the ligamentous arch

before mentioned as passing from the front of the acetabulum, round

* Meckel, Joc. cit. p. 428.

1867.) MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 79)

by the spine of the pubis, to the ischiatic symphysis. It is inserted

into the summit of the trochanter below, and superficial to, the other

two portions (fig. 17, Pe. 1).

(2) The second part (fig. 17, Pc. 2) arises from the down-turned

lip of the pubis, from the acetabulum to the symphysis. It is in-

serted immediately beneath the preceding portion.

(3) The third part (fig. 17, Pe. 3) arises from the symphysis

pubis, backwards to the middle of the obturator foramen. At the

posterior end of its origin the obturator externus is superficial to it

and overlaps it. It is “inserted into the summit of the trochanter

immediately behind the second part.

The adductor magnus (figs. 14 & 17, A.) is a rather large muscle,

which arises, by strong tendinous fibres, from the anterior part of

the strong tendinous arch before mentioned which ends in front at

the pubic spine. It is inserted into the inner side of the shaft of

the femur (for about the second and third fifths of its vertical ex-

tent) between the vastus externus and the vastus internus.

Rectus femoris (figs. 13, 14, 16-& 17, R. F.). 'This muscle arises,

by a very strong and rather broad tendon, from the ventral side of

the acetabulum. It blends with the other extensors of the leg and

with the aponeurosis of insertion of the gluteus maximus.

Vastus internus. A rather small muscle (figs. 14 & 17, V.I.)

arising from the inside of the shaft of the femur, about as high as the

bottom of the uppermost third of the insertion of the adductor ;

below it blends with the crureus and other extensors of the leg.

Vastus externus (fig. 15, V. Ez.). This is exceedingly small, and

so intimately connected with the crureus as scarcely to admit of de-

finition. It arises from the lowest two-fifths of the postero-external

surface of the shaft of the femur, and is inserted with the rest of the

extensor mass.

Crureus (figs. 16 & 17, C.). This muscle is so intimately con-

nected with the last as to be separable from it only with great diffi-

culty. It arises from the front of the femur, its origin extending

up near to the head of the bone. It is inserted into the patella

along with the rest of the extensor muscular mass. At its summit

it is, in part, continuous with the fourth portion of the iliacus.

Gluteus maximus (?). A muscular layer, which may perhaps re-

present the gluteus maximus of mammals*, arises by a very strong

tendinous fascia from the outer side and upper margin of the ilium.

It covers the antero-external side of the thigh, becomes intimately

united with the rectus femoris, and is inserted by aponeurosis into

the outer surface of the vastus externus (figs. 13, 14, 15 & 16,

G. Mz.).

The gluteus medius arises trom the outer surface of the ilium, be-

tween the origins of the gluteus maximus and ilio-peroneal. It is a

small muscle, and is inserted into the outer side of the upper part

* T am very doubtful as to whether this muscle and the next are really glutei ;

but the condition of these muscles in Echidna inclines me to name them so, pro-

visionally at least (see Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. 1866, p. 391, and pl. 53. fig, 2.

G.mx. and G.md.).

792 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

of the shaft of the femur behind and external to the summit of the

origin of the vastus externus. The upper part of its insertion is into

the lower portion of the trochanteric fossa (fig. 16, G@. Md.).

Fig. 16.

Deeper muscles of extensor surface of right pelvic limb. The gluteus maximus

and the extensor longus digitorum are each cut short and reflected at both

ends. _

C. Crureus. £, B.1—-5. Extensor brevis digitorum. J. Z.D. Extensor longus

digitorum. /F.P.D. Flexor longus digitorum. G.Md. Gluteus medius.

G. Mx. Gluteus maximus. J. 1-4. Tliacus and psoas. J. P. Ilio-peroneal.

P.1. Peroneus primus. P.2. Peroneus secundus. Pp. Popliteus. P. 7b.

Peroneo-tibial. R. F. Rectus femoris. S. Tibial adductor. 7. A. Tibialis

anticus. 7. P. Tibialis posticus.

1867.| MYOLOGY OF 1GUANA TUBERCULATA. 793

Deepest muscles of right thigh ; ventral aspect. The gracilis is entirely removed.

The tibial adductor, the semimembranosus, and the adductor magnus are

cut short and reflected.

A, Adductor magnus. £B./F. Biceps femoris. ©. Crureus. F.C. Femoro-

caudal. Go.1. Gastrocnemius internus. J. P. Ilio-peroneal. O.E. Ob-

turator externus. O.J/. Obturator internus. Pe. 1-3. Pectineus. Pf. Py-

riformis. &./. Rectus femoris. S. Tibial adductor. S.M@. Semimem-

branosus. SS. 7. Semitendinosus. V./. Vastus internus. y. Tendon of

insertion of femoro-caudal given off from the larger tendon and going to

the popliteal space.

Obturator externus*. This is very fleshy, and arises from the

ischium and the outside of the obturator membrane (fig. 17, O. #.).

It is inserted into the trochanteric fossa immediately above the sum-

mit of the insertions of the gluteus medius and pyriformis.

The obturatar internust (fig. 17, O. I.) arises from the posterior

part of the deep surface of the ischium. Curving round the outer

margin of that bone (between the acetabulum and the tuberosity), it

is inserted, by an ewceedingly strong tendon, into a pit on the outer

side of the articular head of the femur.

Pyriformis (figs. 15 & 17, Pf.). This musclet arises from the

under surfaces of the first four caudal transverse processes, between

the large femoro-cauda] muscle on the inside and the conjoined in-

sertions of the two median series of lateral caudal cones on the out-

side. It is inserted into the strong tendinous arch passing from the

ilium to the pubis and enclosing the tendon of the femoro-caudal

muscle. Thence taking fresh origin, and accompanied by an ante-

rior fasciculus coming direct from the caudal vertebre, it is finally

* This appears to answer to the m. guadratus femoris of Stannius (p. 134.

no. 10).

+ The obturator internus of Stannius (loc. cit. p. 184. no. 5) is a part of my

iliacus.

t Itis the m. subcaudalis of Stannius (/oc. cit. p. 133, no. 4).

Proc. Zoot. Soc.— 1867, No. LI.

794 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

attached to the base of the back of the trochanter, immediately next

to the insertion of the gluteus medius on the one hand and of the

femoro-caudal on the other.

Femoro-caudal (figs. 15 & 17, F.C.)*. This exceedingly large

muscle arises from the infero-lateral aspect of the caudal vertebree,

where it separates from the vertebral column by its backward intru-

sion (fig. 5, F.C.), the contiguous parts of the ventral, and infero-

lateral series of caudal muscular cones. It is inserted, by a very large

and strong tendon, into the base of the trochanter on its extensor

aspect and above the insertion of the adductor. A little before its

insertion this large tendon gives off, nearly at right angles, a long

delicate one, which, passing down the thigh into the popliteal space

(figs. 17 & 18 y), is inserted into the interarticular cartilage be-

tween the femur and the tibia, as Stannius has statedf.

The tibialis anticus (figs. 13, 16 & 18, T. A.) arises from the front

of the tibia, the part above the middle of the bone springing mainly

from its peroneal aspect, and the part below the middle from its

inner aspect. It ends in a single tendon, which is inserted into the

tibial side of the distal end of the metatarsal of the hallux.

Extensor longus digitorum. ‘This muscle arises, by a strong ten-

don (figs. 13, 15 & 16, #. L. D.), from the anterior surface of the

external condyle of the femur. It continues fleshy down to the

metatarsals, when it suddenly narrows and gives off two small ten-

dons, which pass, one on each side of the middle metatarsal bone,

near its proximal end. Of these two tendons, the peroneal one

curves round tibiad, and is inserted into nearly the middle of the

plantar surface of the third metatarsal. The other one is similarly

implanted into the second metatarsal.

Extensor brevis digitorum. This muscle may be said to consist

of five portions :—

(1) The first part (figs. 15 & 16, #. B. 1) is an oblique slip, pro-

ceeding forwards and inwards, which arises from the peroneal aspect

of the lower end of the fibula, and is inserted into the dorsum of the

hallux.

(2) The second part (figs. 15 & 16, #. B. 2) is similar in size and

direction. Jt arises from the fibula, below the last, and is similarly

inserted into the index digit.

(3) The third portion (figs. 15 & 16, #. B.3) arises, by a strong

though small tendon, from a pit in the middle of the anterior surface

of the astragalus. Passing between the two tendons of the extensor

longus digitorum, it is inserted into the dorsum of the third digit.

(4) The fourth part (figs. 15 & 16, #. B.4) arises in common

with the preceding, but does not pass between the tendons of the

extensor longus digitorum. It is inserted into the dorsum of the

fourth digit.

(5) The fifth and last part arises, by a strong tendon, from the

bottom of the anterior face of the astragalus (figs. 15 & 16, H. B.5).

It is also inserted into the dorsum of the fourth digit.

* This is the ‘“ sows-caudien profond” of Meckel (loc. cit. p. 285).

t Loe. cit. p. 133. no. 3.

1867. | MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. 7995

Peroneus primus. This muscle (figs. 15, 16 & 18, P. 1) arises, by

a strong tendon, from the summit of the outer side of the external

condyle of the femur. Passing downwards, it becomes tendinous

just below the outer mialieoias. and ends in a tendon which is in-

serted into the peroneal border of the fifth metatarsal bone, a little

above its middle. Behind the ankle its tendon expands into a broad,

strong, ligamentous fascia, which binds down the flexor muscles,

being attached internally to the internal margin of the hinder sur-

face of the astragalus.

Peroneus secundus. A muscle, somewhat larger than the prece-

ding (figs. 15 & 16, P. 2), arises from the antero-external surface of

the fibula for almost its entire length. It is inserted close above

the insertion of the preceding muscle.

Gastrocnemius. Two distinct muscles compose the gastrocne-

mius :—

(1) The first of these (figs. 13, 17 & 18, G.I.) arises from the

internal condyle of the femur, where it is closely connected with the

insertion of the first part of the semimembranosus, which embraces it.

It is also attached to the tibial margin of the tibia, close to the in-

sertion of the semitendinosus. Passing downwards, it soon receives a

strong tendon from the biceps, which tendon runs down just internal

to its outer border. At the ankle it becomes aponeurotic, and con-

stitutes the most superficial and external part of the plantar fascia.

(2) The second head (figs. 13, 15 & 18, G. #.) arises from the

femur, immediately above the external condyle. Below it becomes

a large muscle, considerably greater than the inner head of the

gastrocnemius, which latter passes down superficially to this second

portion. Becoming aponeurotic at the ankle, it contributes to form

the superficial plantar fascia, especially that part which underlies

the three peroneal metatarsals, its fibres, indeed, appearing to form

as it were perforated tendons to the third and fourth digits.

Plantaris. This muscle is at its origin so intimately connected

with the outer head of the gastrocnemius that it is with some hesi-

tation that I describe it by a distinct name. About the middle of

the leg it separates somewhat from the gastrocnemius externus, and

thence widens to the ankle, where it receives a reinforcement of a

few muscular fibres from the fifth metatarsal bone, in the distal

end of the outer surtace of which is implanted a tendon which passes

along the peroneal edge of the muscle. In the sole this muscle ap-

pears as three fleshy bellies (fig. 18, P.L.Ad.), which form the per-

forated tendons of the second and third digits, and perhaps of the

hallux also.

The popliteus arises from the tibial aspect of the head of the fibula,

and is inserted into the posterior surface and tibial margin of almost

the upper half of the tibia (figs. 16 & 18, Pp.).

Flexor longus digitorum (fig. 16, F. P. D., and fig. 18, F. Z. D.),

This rather large muscle arises (1) partly, in common with the last,

from immediately above the external condyle of the femur, (2) from

the upper third of the posterior surface (or margin) of the fibula,

and (3) from almost the upper half of the tibial side of the fibula,

796 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

where it is closely connected above with the peroneal side of the

popliteus. The second and third portions arise side by side and are

closely connected together. Beneath the astragalus this muscle

ends in a wide tendon, which divides into five narrow ones, one of

these going to the last phalanx of each digit.

Ss [_-_—=

Wey)

LET

Syed

OBE

DIDO Jams

eeadceas’

pBDy Pa

NispyDDDND)

hic

PPPS 556: i

SAAT es

DED}

ry]

Ceettry

Sept

srs SS

PD.

Sper

BI ener.

as ae

Seb

nents

—

$i).

Cos

Flexor surface of right leg; the two heads of the gastrocnemius being cut off

short above, and the plantaris reflected below. ‘The semimembranosus, the

biceps and semitendinosus, the ilio-peroneal and the tibial adductor are cut

and variously reflected.

A. H. Abductor hallucis. A. Q. Abductor ossis metatarsi quinti. B.F'. Biceps

femoris. F. A.1& F..A.2. Flexor accessorius. FL. D. Flexor longus di-

gitorum. J. M. Flexor minimi digiti. Go. E. Gastrocnemius externus.

Go. I. Gastrocnemius internus. J. P. Ilio-peroneal. LZ. 1.& LZ. 2. Lumbri-

cales. P.1, Peroneus primus. P.L.A. Plantaris. Pp. Popliteus. S.

Tibial adductor. S.M.1&S.M.2. Semimembranosus. 9. 7. Semitendi-

nosus. TA. Tibialis anticus. 7. P. Tibialis posticus. y. Tendon of in-

sertion of femoro-candal.

1867. ] MYOLOGY OF IGUANA TUBERCULATA. vhs

The tibialis posticus is very narrow above and very broad below.

It arises from the lower half of the posterior surface of the fibula,

and its fibres pass downwards and tibiad. It ends inferiorly in a

broad expanded tendon, which is inserted into the posterior process

and whole posterior border of that tarsal bone which fits into the

concavity on the under surface of the astragalus (figs. 16 & 18, 7’. P.).

Peroneo-tibial. A remarkable muscle connects together rather

more than the lowest two-fifths of the tibia and fibula. Its fibres

pass from the posterior surface and tibial border of the last-named

bone to the peroneal margin, and to a very little of the anterior

margin of the tibia (fig. 16, P. 7%.). This muscle is unlike any with

which I am acquainted, unless it be the very similar one found in

the leg of the Wombat.

Flexor accessorius. 'Two small muscular bands, which may per-

haps be so named, are thus conditioned :—

(1) The first springs from the plantar aspect of the os calcis, and

is inserted into the peroneal side of the tendon of the flexor profun-

dus digitorum before its division.

(2) The second part from the tibial aspect of the ridge on the

plantar surface of the fifth metatarsal, and is inserted into the

tendons of the second, third, and fourth digits (fig. 18, F. 4. 1 and

Fe Ae2).

Lumbricales. I have only detected two muscles which appear

thoroughly to answer to mammalian lumbricales.

These arise from the plantar surfaces and tibial sides of the per-

forating tendon of the third and fourth digits, and go respectively

to the tibial sides of the same digits (fig. 18, Z. 1 and LZ. 2).

Three other narrow flat muscular bands go from the deep surfaces

of the perforating tendons of the third, fourth, and fifth digits to the

plantar surfaces of the proximal phalanges of the same digits.

Abductor hallucis (fig. 18, 4. H.). This is a flat muscular band,

which arises from the plantar surface of the naviculare, very near to

the proximal end of the first metatarsal, and is inserted into the

preximal phalanx of the hallux.

The abductor ossis metatarst quinti (fig. 18, 4. Q.) is a similar

flat muscular band arising from the distal end of the os calcis, and

inserted into the peroneal border of the distal end of a groove on

the deep surface of the fifth metatarsal bone. Next the surface of

this groove is a strong tendon.

Flexor minimi digiti (fig. 18, F. M.). This small muscle arises

from the tibial aspect of the ridge on the plantar surface of the

fifth metatarsal, and is inserted into the proximal phalanx of the

fifth digit.

Interossei. There are dorsal and plantar interossei in the pes

very similar to the corresponding muscular fasciculi of the manus;

but besides these there is a superficial layer of plantar muscular

fibres. This layer takes origin from the tibial side of the cuboid

and fifth metatarsal, and is covered superficially by the second part

of the flexor accessorius. Spreading out in a fan-like manner, it is

inserted into the three middle digits.

798 DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

14. On the Platyrhine Wombat (Phascolomys platyrhinus,

Owen). By James Muriz, M.D., F.G.S., Prosector to

the Society.

(Plate XX XV.) :

In a former paper*, which I had the honour of laying before this

Society, I endeavoured to prove, froma study of the skulls and skins,

that the genus Phascolomys was represented only by three living

species, viz. P. wombat, P. platyrhinus, and P. latifrons, and that

among fossil species one, P. magnus, could alone with propriety be

considered distinct from the recent animals.

I then proposed that on a future occasion I should treat of the

comparative differences exhibited in the other parts of the osteology

of these three mentioned living species.

Several circumstances have caused me to delay putting together

in the form of a communication the material then collected as notes.

Recently, however, I have obtained four more Wombats for compa-

rison. These afford such evidence of the general correctuess of my

previously asserted views that I no longer defer completing my un-

finished labour.

On my first investigation into the specific differences of the genus

Phascolomys 1 was much indebted to Mr. A. D. Bartlett for aid.

Again I have to express acknowledgements to him, as through his

kind mediation the four specimens of Wombat in question were gene-

rously placed at my disposal.

Captain Smart, of the ship ‘ Murray,’ received (in Adelaide, South

Australia) five living specimens of the Broad- fronted Wombat (P. da-

tifrons), which he endeavoured to bring in safety to this country.

During the voyage three of them unfortunately died. The bodies,

however, were preserved by him in a strong brine, and one of them

reached me in such fair condition as to permit a tolerable minute

dissection of it to be made. Of the two others only the skeletons re-

mained perfect. One entire skin and the cranial portions of the skin

of its two companions | produce as satisfactory testimony that they

all three possess the hairy muzzle, smooth silky fur, and prominent

ears characteristic of P. latifrons. The skulls (which I now exhibit)

also help to remove any existing doubts, if such there should be, as

to error in the species. The two remaining living specimens, at pre-

sent in the Gardens, cannot be mistaken specifically, and they agree

in characters with the above-mentioned skin.

Besides the three carcasses spoken of, a still more acceptable boon,

because of its rarity, was granted me—namely the examination of the

body of a noble-sized Wombat, a thorough representative of P. pla-

tyrhinus. This animal had been purchased alive by a gentleman in

Sydney, New South Wales. During transport to this country it also

died. Partially preserved in brine along with the specimens of P.

* “On the Identity of the Hairy-nosed Wombat (Phascolomys lasiorhinus,

Gould) with the Broad-fronted Wombat (P. latifrons, Owen), with further Obser-

vations on the several Species of the Genus,” P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 838. _

1867.] DR. J.MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 799

latifrons, it nevertheless has sufficed, through Mr. Bartlett’s skill in

taxidermy, for a mounted skin to be prepared.

The skull, the skeleton, and the skin of this large Wombat, as I

shall hereafter point out, correspond in all essentials to what on the

former occasion I was led to regard as Phascolomys platyrhinus.

But, before entering into a consideration of the differentiation pre-

sented in the axial and appendicular skeleton of the existing species

of Wombat, I deem it necessary to revert to some of my former

statements, and to append some fresh information concerning the

ostensible relation between the skins and crania of the three species.

Exterior Aspect.

Under the head of colour and general external appearance I shall

chiefly confine my remarks to those distinguishing the Platyrhine

from the Common Wombat; for the Hairy-nosed or Broad-fronted

species (P. latifrons) is not so readily confounded with either of the

first-mentioned ones as those two are between themselves.

The accompanying lithograph (Pl. XX XV.) of the large specimen

in question from Sydney and another, smaller, browner-coloured ani-

mal conveys a tolerable good idea of P. platyrhinus, at least of the

more distinguishing features of the species. This large animal is seen

to possess an intermediate gradation of colour between what I formerly

termed the ‘‘ pale” and “‘brown”’ varieties. Thus, while more nearly

approaching the colour of the “big yellow fellow” of the Austra-

lian natives (P. latifrons, Gould* and P. setosus, Gray+) on the

sides &c., it still retains upon the back a partial likeness to Dr. Gray’s

P. angasit.

As the illustration shows, the limbs and sides of the body in it are

more or less of a yellowish (isabelline) colour, which towards the back

assumes a darker and browner shade. The nape of the neck, as

formerly described in Mr. Bush’s specimen of P. platyrhinus, is

darkest, the hairs there being more tipped with black, and, as in it

(which I here give as an example of the brown variety), the median

line of the back exhibits a continuation of the dark colour backwards

to the rump.

The three varieties of P. platyrhinus respectively denominated by

me the “pale,” the ‘‘ brown,” and the “black”? would seem, there-

fore, in this later-acquired specimen to be further proved to graduate

the one into the other—that is to say, if the living animal in the

Society’s Gardens, which Mr. Gould has named P. niger, should,

as I suppose, turn out to be only a black variety of P. platyrhinus

—a fact yet to be ascertained by an examination of its skeleton.

I find, moreover, that in each of the three species of living Wom-

bat there is a certain tendency to variation in the shade of colour. As

regards the Platyrhine Wombat, I have already mentioned this, and

shall only add that there is a tiny young one in the British Museum

of a perfect (isabelline) yellow tint. Of the specimens of Common

* Mammals of Australia, 1863, vol. i. text, and plates 57, 58.

+ Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. 1863, vol. xi. p. 457.

800 DR. J.MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

Wombat some are darker than others; and this fact is seen even in

two very young animals of this species in the same collection.

Comparison of the Hairy-nosed Wombats shows also that some of

them assume a browner hue than others.

There is one point which the recent acquisition of the specimen

of P. platyrhinus confirms, namely, the entire absence of the grizzly

greyish tint, which is so very strongly marked and constant in the

common species (P. wombat).

The peculiar silky structure of the fur of P. latifrons was ad-

verted to in my former paper. P. platyrhinus possesses the very re-

verse, the fur being coarse (almost bristly) to the touch. P. wombat

has it of an intermediate fineness. So perceptible is this difference

that the three species might almost be identified by touch alone.

Osteology.—The Skull.

The object of the present paper is not so much a perfect and de-

tailed description of the entire osteclogy of Phascolomys platyrhinus

as of differentiation and specific distinction between it and other

forms of the genus; I have therefore limited my remarks chiefly

to those points elucidating variety or otherwise in its osseous confor-

mation. Besides, the skeleton of the Common Wombat is well known,

and has been sufficiently figured by Prof. Owen* and others; so that

P. platyrhinus, possessing only minor distinctions, needs not length-

ened descriptive repetition.

Phascolomys latifrons, on the other hand, shears off from the

common form of Wombat, and reverts to the true marsupial type in

several particulars. Its skull has been well illustrated in vol. ii. of

our ‘ Transactions ;’ and the graphic seizure of its salient points pre-

cludes the necessity of reiteration. As Prof. Owen has there clearly

shown, the skull of P. latifrons presents such marked characters as

to entitle it to specific distinction solely thereupon.

But between the skulls of the remaining two (P. platyrhinus and

P. wombat) no such clear line of demarcation exists. I find, after a

careful reexamination of a more extensive series of crania, that these

last-mentioned forms have very close resemblances to each other—or

rather, I should say, that they glide together so insensibly by inter-

mediate forms that the osteologist might find difficulty in assigning

some specimens to their proper species, were it not that size lends

aid to the determination.

Nevertheless, although freely admitting the tendency to gradation

observable in a series of skulls of P. platyrhinus and P. wombat

(those examined by me were some twenty in all), I have still the sa-

tisfaction of finding that such distinguishing characters as I pointed

out in the published paper referred to, in the main hold good. But

be it observed that while in mo ways asserting that the skull of a

young specimen of P. platyrhinus can at once and with certainty be

distinguished from that of an adult but loosely connected cranium

of P. wombat, I have yet reason to believe that with specimens of

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. pl. 68.

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 801

an equal age (e. g. adult to adult or young to young) the same diffi-

culty would not be encountered.

In my former paper (P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 847) I have set down the

specialities of P. platyrhinus, as compared with P. wombat, to be

these four :—(a) The greater size of the cranium. (4) The greater

relative breadth of the nasal bones. (¢) The moderately deep tym-

panic excavation. (d) The more triangular form of the posterior

palatine foramina.

In elucidation of the proportional magnitude of the crania of the

three species of Wombat I append the subjoined table. The first

column represents the lately acquired skull of P. platyrhinus (the

larger animal figured in Pl. XXXV.), and the two next columns

those of the specimens of P. latifrons. They are each taken in inches

and lines, and correspond to the table of admeasurements of skulls |

given in my former paper. The remaining columns respectively

show in twelfths of an inch the average of seven specimens of P.

platyrhinus, six of P. woméat, and four of P. latifrons.

al a aa of Skulls bee Series of Average Proportions.

= a | Sn gs Ge ES

woe S [tog S| asec} zee re nas

Ox | $94 $°7 | ona 2eis|e8eSs

SSeS] See) Sao] woes | oc 8's oe

Bes) 265| BES |EFLS| SFE8| FSS5

MSs | Mok | Msh | FETS SERN | EE ES

a oR HAS | Hee | Sag Sida lk 4B ERY

Sy (| aeS | aes] sea] oes! oS

x at Alas tae ke Boo

Es Bal iE eer nee ls =

| in. lin.) in. lin.) in. lin.! lines lines. lines

| Total length of cranium ..............c.c0s0008- 8 9/6 6 92 7d (76

1 : ° « A |

Greatest width, which is at the tee 15 9/4 914 33]. 67 Be tle Be

|__ part of the zygomatic arch ............... |

| Width of skull behind orbits, where con- 9211 Phi 6 24 18 18

|__ tracted by temporal fosse ...............

| Width at anterior part of zygomatic arch... 4 7/310 > 3 63) 53 43 | 45

| Length from occipital crest to temporal fossa 23) Ee TIOAP EL | 4.26 21 23

ben eihvot nasalebonesiy. s.0ne- ested ces seis ee eeee Ho) wil) ae on eoemelenl) Grea 28 25

| Wadthtofisamerbebindl: 27. 2-.-.c0e0 secees- sees }2 3/2 44/2 2). 26 INS) |e ees:

| Width of same near apeX............6.s0sssnee0 OMe Ss ele tay ole) 10 7 13

| Lensth oftfrontal:bones” ....0.5..52-.csn0-~-.4- 3 5|2 441.2 2 34 27, | --28

| Width. of same between orbits.............-.++. 2G | Decoy 2h. } 29 23 32

| Width of each intermaxillary bone as seen | | o11}0 2/0 23 8 7 9

EROMAVADOVO seerarcscu sare Se= sore eRecer eae J} i

|. Renathnot palates i: . wc c32.08++<cerduenaamt one ie Ak fas ay (0G il 38 | 43

| Width between anterior molars ..............- PO GVO or On tae + 4%) 5

Width between posterior molars..............- |} 1 0/0 103|0 93, 10 Sei LO

Width of both superior incisor teeth ......... 0 83/010/0 8} 9 ile oe

Depth of same taken singly ........+.........++- On Gar Oe cri Oer el ped 3 3

Distance between incisor teeth (upper jaw) | | ero | Eee (eure we 14 19

andvmolars: Saaseceneccseteent neces ess tea ‘lel | ; ‘

Total extent of row of molar teeth ............ Zi>3d-| 110) 110 26 23 22

eneth of lower awie. see. -eerase ees soesen | Gind-|. 5, oa 409 71 d3 oT

Greatest breadth of same...............<.-...--- Lo hi 2" os) 40 13). 68 dd 51

Height in a vertical line dropped from | | 3 7/13 1h Sea 26 35 | 36

COLONOIG! Process sense see suse hes eee ae [

Wiadthiot lower incisorsgee-sseesrescest scene Q 72) 0. Ge) 0. ati 7 Ja | 6

45/6 3s { 3 3

i Depthror the same. .2> opts ers cche- «ane 0

802 DR.J.MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

First.—As to the greater relative size of the cranium, the above

average measurements bring out that the proportion of breadth (at

the posterior part of the zygomatic arch) to the length in

P. platyrhinus is as 73 to 100

P. wombat x3 * 40 toe LOO

P. latifrons » foto LOO

Again the proportion of breadth to length at the anterior part of

the zygomatic arch in

P. platyrhinus is as 57 to 100

P. wombat 3s. (DT to 100

P. latifrons a Dostonlkoo

The mandible bears correspondence to the first of these propor-

tions ; in it the breadth is to the length in

P. platyrhinus as 95 to 100

P. wombat ;, 104 to 100

P. latifrons _,, 89 to 100

From these results, then, it would appear that, besides absolute

greater length, P. platyrhinus and P. latifrons agree in having rela-

tively a narrower skull than P. wombat at the hinder part of the zygo-

matic arch, while P. platyrhinus and P. wombat resemble each other,

again, in the comparative narrowing at the front part of the zygoma.

Second.—The shape and greater relative breadth of the nasal bones

is a point which, if constant, would serve admirably as a differentia-

ting characteristic. For instance, in six examples of P. latifrons,

of various ages, the skulls of which I placed side by side, there was

only one which exhibited a very slight perceptible difference in the

nasals. It, as well as all the others, was of an extremely regular

equilateral triangular form. The exceptional specimen (No. 1843,

Osteological Series, College of Surgeons*) had a slight break in the

basal line of the forehead, wherein was wedged a narrow sharp-pointed

process of the frontal. In other respects the straightness of the

contour basal line was not altered.

A similar inspection of crania of P. platyrhinus does not, however,

afford the same striking uniformity. At first sight there is seem-

ingly a great irregularity in the form of the nasals; but these devia-

tions resolve themselves into three kinds: one of these approaches

the equilateral triangular figure found in P. latifrons ; another merges

into what is more commonly obtained in P. wombat (namely a kind

of spear-headed pattern); and the third is of an inconstant and

intermediate grade between these two extremes.

The proportional breadth of the two nasal bones at their hinder

ends is to their length in

P. platyrhinus as 76 to 100

P. wombat 3) OS: tosl00

PP tatiyrons 11246, 000

* Owen's type specimen, for a representation of which, of the natural size, see

‘Trans. Zool. Soc.’ vol. iii. pl. 37. f. 4.

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 803

Towards the anterior ends of the nasals the breadth in proportion

to length is in P. platyrhinus as 29 to 100

P. wombat 5, 20 to 100

P.latifrons ,, 52 to 100

The relation of breadth to length in P. platyrhinus is manifested

most distinctly in the first and third forms. In these the fronto-

maxillary suture approaches nearer the orbits, and the width of the

nasals continues forward generally beyond their middles; in the

first the nasals begin to narrow only at the anterior third. Jn the

pattern which most nearly approaches that of P. wombat (i. e. spear-

headed), the fronto-nasal articulation, from its angular setting, gives

the nasals a certain narrowness; the naso-premaxillary sutures

also early (at the posterior one-third) run towards each other, and

continue narrowing forwards, so that the anterior two-thirds, com-

pared with the posterior one-third, is very narrow.

It is this very far backward narrowing, therefore, wherein consists

any real difference between P. wombat and P. platyrhinus; so that

the breadth of the anterior half of the nasals, compared with the

corresponding adjoining premaxillaries, is in a series relatively greater

in P. platyrhinus than in P. wombat. The reverse or greatest rela-

tive breadth at the top of the premaxillaries is in favour of P.

wombat. But this rule has occasional exceptions, which, however,

do not militate against the generai correctness of the proposition.

Third.—As to the moderately deep tympanic excavation in P. pla-

tyrhinus, this obtained, with modifications, in six of the seven skulls

of this species examined. The converse was observed in P. wombat,

where one out of nine alone possessed a tendency to deep and broad

excavation of the supratympanic region.

Fourth.—The more triangular form of the posterior palatine fora-

mina. ‘This character, as so expressed, requires modification, inas-

much as in the Platyrhine Wombat, although it is generally large

and has an elongated and somewhat triangular form, yet this is sub-

ject to variation. In the Common Wombat it is even more incon-

stant, more often, however, round and small.

The Vertebral Column.

The regional distribution of the vertebral column in the genus

Phascolomys is as in Marsupials generally ; but the total number of

vertebral elements in the dorsal, lumbar, and caudal regions varies

so far as P. latifrons is concerned. P. platyrhinus and P. wombat

agree, excepting in the former of these two possessing occasionally

an additional caudal ossicle. P. /atifrons, on the contrary, seems

always to have two less dorsal vertebrae, which come to be reckoned

as additional lumbar ones, while the caudal vertebra may be said to

be more than either of the other mentioned species.

The vertebral formula, according to my investigations, is repre-

sented as follows :—

P. platyrhinus Cy. 7, D. 1:

E wombat + x7 Cyif5. Ds V5;

Potatifoons:, --Cv.75 Us 05

48,4. Cdat 2 =42-

4; 8.4, Cd10.t6) 11540 or 41.

eG nese 4, Cd. 15 to 16,=45 or 46.

eallon

804 DR.J.MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

Cervical Vertebre.—lIt has been remarked by Prof. Owen* that in

the Koala and Wombat the body of the atlas remains permanently

cartilaginous. This observation appears not to be exceptional in the

case of Phascolomys platyrhinus and P. latifrons, where the bony

ring is incomplete in both. In the specimens examined by me of

P. platyrhinus the bony separation was as much as 0°4 of an inch,

and in P. latifrons, as in P. wombat, about 0°3".

The first cervical vertebra in P. platyrhinus, besides slightly larger

dimensions, has a sensibly higher arched lamina than either P.

wombat or P. latifrons, and there is the rudiment of a neural

spine. The breadth from before backwards of the neural arch is

usually greatest in P. latifrons; but this is not constant. The

transverse processes seem also relatively longer and broader in P.

platyrhinus, although this may only appear to be so from the gene-

rally increased size of the vertebree. They, however, are flatter in

P. latifrons, in this respect approaching to the shape found in the

Koala.

The greatest diameter to the tips of the transverse processes in the

specimens compared respectively measured 2-6 in P. platyrhinus

and 2-2 in P. wombat and P. latifrons.

The antero-posterior diameter of the body of the axis in P. lati-

frons is comparatively greater than in either P. platyrhinus or P.

wombat.

In P. platyrhinus, however, the perforated transverse processes

extend considerably beyond the body, whereas they are short in P.

wombat and P. latifrons, where they barely reach outside the ante-

rior articulating surfaces.

The peculiar feature of the neural spine of the axis in P. latifrons

is its possessing only in a slight degree the anterior projection, which

is strongly marked in P. platyrhinus, and even relatively more so

in P. wombat. The superior border from this to the summit of the

spine is also very perpendicularly inclined in its arch in P. latifrons ;

and both behind and before the neural spine and laminee there are not

such deep concavities as in the two other species. In this manner

the neural spine has a sharper and half-crescentic form, distinguish-

ing it from the other species.

The two specimens of P. platyrhinus examined varied, inasmuch

as one had a spine of the shape attributed to P. latifrons ; the other

reverted to what is found in P. wombat—namely, where the spine is

derived from broad laminz whose anterior and posterior edges are

deeply concave.

In the succeeding cervical vertebrae P. wombat has the neural spine

of the fourth slightly longer than those of the third, fifth, sixth, and

seventh, which last are all about equal in length. In P. platyrhinus

the third cervical has only the rudiment of a spine, which is bifid

and corresponds to a tubercle on the posterior arched concavity of

the neural spine of the axis. The four cervical vertebree posterior to

the third have their spines nearly alike in length; the seventh, how-

ever, is perceptibly the longest. In P. latifrons the seventh neural

spine is by far the longest (with the exception of that of the axis) ;

* Op. cit. p. 394.

1867.| DR.J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 805

the four neural spines in advance of it are subequal in length, be-

sides being shorter.

Dorsal vertebr@a.—Among the Marsupialia the dorsal vertebrze

are thirteen in number, except in Phascolomys wombat, which has

fifteen. P. platyrhinus, then, agrees with the latter in this respect ;

but P. latifrons, on the other hand, disagrees with its two allied

specific forms, and reverts to the usual marsupial character.

In the three species of Phascolomys the number of dorsal and

lumbar vertebree taken collectively are nineteen. Of these, in P. pla-

tyrhinus and P. wombat, as the preceding formula shows, there are

fifteen dorsal and four lumbar ; but in P. /atifrons there are only

thirteen rib-bearing dorsal, and consequently six lumbar vertebre.

The bodies of the dorsal vertebree in P. platyrhinus and P. wom-

bat resemble each other, excepting in size. The under surfaces of the

centra are slightly laterally compressed, which gives the appearance

of increased vertical depth, which they otherwise do not possess ;

this is most marked in the large adult male of P. platyrhinus.

The bodies increase in antero-posterior thickness from the first to

the last.

In the size of the bodies of the dorsal vertebree P. latifrons agrees

most with P. wombat. One specimen of P. latifrons presented a

peculiar flattening of the under surface of the bodies.

In the largest P. platyrhinus the laminar arches are flatter and

altogether broader. A better comparison is made between P. wombat

and P. latifrons, on account of the equality of size; this brings out

the fact that in the latter the neural lamin, as seen from above,

are relatively narrower than in the former species.

In one specimen of P. latifrons the neural spine of the first dorsal

possessed a bifid tip, in all the other specimens of this and the two

species compared it was single. In P. platyrhinus the same spine

at its upper half has considerable antero-posterior flattening. This

terminal flattening is just observable in P. wombat; but in P. lati-

frons, excepting the divergence of the bifid extremity, the spine is

laterally compressed.

The remainder of the neural spines are relatively longer and more

laterally compressed in the species P. latifrons ; their antero-posterior

diameter is also greatest.

In the powerful body of P. platyrhinus the dorsal spinous pro-

cesses have each a bulbous extremity, and the sides of each spine are

marked by grooves for the attachment of muscles.

All three species have the first dorsal spine the longest, those

behind diminishing gradually until they reach the shorter and broader

neurapophyses of the lumbar region.

In the Common Wombat, as Owen has mentioned*, the metapo-

physis rises suddenly from the outside of the prozygapophysis of

the twelfth dorsal, increases in length to the second lumbar, dimi-

nishes by degrees to the second sacral, and is rudimental in the fol-

lowing sacral and caudal vertebree. The same remarks apply to the

Platyrhine Wombat.

* Osteological Catalogue Coll. Surg. vol. i. p. 330 (1853),

806 DR.J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

In P. latifrons, from the altered distribution of the dorsal and

lumbar vertebre, the metapophyses, commencing sometimes at the

eleventh and sometimes at the twelfth dorsal vertebra, continue to

increase in size to the fourth lumbar, after which they diminish as

in the other species.

The anapophyses, which in P. platyrhinus and P. wombat are

first observable on the eleventh dorsal, in P. latifrons make their

appearance very rudimentally on the eighth and ninth dorsal. The

diminution of these processes in the lumbar and disappearance in

the last of the series are alike in the three species.

Fig. 1.

Bones of the pelvis of P. platyrhinus. One-third nat. size.

Lumbar Vertebre.—From these being only four in number, as

well as from their having a wider stretch of transverse processes, P.

platyrhinus and P. wombat possess short, broad loins ; whereas in

P. latifrons the lumbar region is narrow, elongated, and conical in

shape. The average proportional length of the lumbar region be-

tween the three species is respectively 43, 43 and 62 inches,—the

dorsal region contrariwise measuring 123, 10 and 97 inches in the

1867.] | DR.J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 807

Bones of pelvis. Fig. 2. P. latifrons. Fig. 3. P. wombat. One-third nat. size.

808 DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

same specimens. In P. latifrons the same flattening underneath of

the bodies of the lumbar vertebre occurs as in the dorsal region, but

the bodies altogether seem stronger than in similar-sized Wombats.

In P. platyrhinus the transverse processes of the lumbar vertebree

are immensely long. ‘The first and last are shorter than the two

middle ones. The hindmost three are wider than the sacrum.

Compared with those of P. latifrons they are narrower antero-poste-

riorly and somewhat rounder. The size being less in P. woméat,

they otherwise correspond to what has been said of P. platyrhinus.

All the examples of P. latifrons, none of P. platyrhinus, and only

one of P. wombat exhibited short suturally connected pleurapophy-

ses resting upon the diapophyses of the first lumbar vertebra.

If other proof were wanting of the termination of the dorsal and

commencement of the lumbar vertebree in P. latifrons, the presence

of these pleurapophyses in P. wombat, where fifteen ribs exist, would

satisfy objections which might be raised, that in P. latzfrons their

more regular occurrence indicated a greater number than thirteen

ribs as the normal condition.

Sacrum.—In defining the number of sacral vertebrze present in

specimens of the Common Wombat, Prof. Owen remarks*, “ If we

regard those vertebree only as sacral which join the ossa innominata,

then there are but three ’’—more often, it will be found, only two.

If, on the other hand, anchylosis is the test, then the sacral vertebre

may vary from 3 to 4—5, or even as many as 7, in number in different

specimens. I am inclined, however, to agree with a further state-

ment of the same anatomist, that four are the normal number of

bones (Cat. Coll. Surg. p. 330).

Besides the fact that the four vertebree succeeding the lumbar

ones have transverse processes directed almost straight outwards, or

the posterior two of them even somewhat forwards, in contradis-

tinction to the vertebree behind, which have transverse processes in-

clined at an angle backwards, there is the still more cogent reason,

that the sacral plexus passes through the three foramina, bounded

by the usually coalesced four sacral elements.

This division between true sacral and caudal vertebre is remark-

ably well seen in specimens of P. latifrons, where the transverse

processes are shorter and less liable to anchylosis than in either of

the other species.

The sacral vertebree of P. platyrhinus are chiefly distinguishable

from those of P. wombat by the greater width of the transverse pro-

cesses and by their unusual flatness both on the pelvic and dorsal

surfaces. The extent of the auricular surface abutting against the

ilia is relatively greater ; and, as compared with most specimens of P.

wombat, the base of the sacrum and anterior edge of the first trans-

verse process reach somewhat further forwards on the ilia. These

conditions appear to give greater lateral and longitudinal capacity to

the cavity of the pelvis; indeed it is the width and flattening

of the dorsal surface of the sacral region of the pelvis continued

backwards towards the tail which produces the characteristic hinder

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 396.

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 809

truncation of the body or shield-like flattening so very remarkable

in the living Platyrhine Wombat.

P. latifrons differs from the other species in having the transverse

processes of the sacral vertebree shortening from the first to the

fourth ; in other words, the sacrum narrows behind, whereas in P.

platyrhinus and P. wombat it is as broad, if not broader posteriorly

than anteriorly.

Caudal Vertebrea.—In all the species the first six have transverse

processes, the seventh vertebra in each presenting a rudimental one.

The processes generally of the remaining caudal vertebra are very

obscure, and the last two or three are little better than tiny ossicles.

In P. platyrhinus the great length and breadth of the backwardly

inflected transverse processes of the first three or four caudal verte-

bre is somewhat remarkable. These almost reach the tuber ischii,

so that the sacral and these anterior caudal vertebree taken together

present a long, broad, and flat shield, which in the live animal (P.

néger of Gould) in the Gardens is very conspicuous.

The Common Wombat, though very much resembling P. platy-

rhinus in its caudal elements, seems to have the transverse processes

relatively shorter, and consequently to present a greater interspace

between their tips and the inner border of the ischium.

P. latifrons is readily distinguished by the very much shorter and

pointed nature of the caudal transverse processes; but these are,

moreover, comparatively broader antero-posteriorly at their roots

than in P. wombat and P. platyrhinus.

From this shortening of the outstanding transverse processes, and

a more or less greater length in the vertebrae themselves, the caudal

region in P. édatéfrons entirely wants the short truncated aspect pre-

sent in the other two species.

In all the animals when alive the tail is very short; but it is more

perceptible in the Hairy-nosed Wombat than in Common and Pla-

tyrhine species.

Sternum and Ribs.

Sternum.—I have found the bones of the sternum of the specimens

of the Platyrhine and Hairy-nosed species, except in one instance,

four in number, as is the case in the Common Wombat. In the ex-

ceptional example (a portion of a disarticulated skeleton of P. pla-

tyrhinus in the College of Surgeons, at present labelled P. wombat)

there are five bony pieces composing the sternum. ‘This peculiarity

in the number of sternal elements is a reversion to what obtains in

the Petaurus taguanoides.

The sternal bones of P. platyrhinus are altogether much the largest

of the three, but those of P. latifrons are relatively the stoutest.

The hindermost bone, that to which the xiphoid cartilage is attached,

is broadened posteriorly in P. platyrhinus, the fifth rib-cartilages

abutting against the lateral protruding portions. In P. latifrons

this bone is obtusely pointed, and in P. wombat more abruptly trun-

cated posteriorly.

Ribs.—The Common Wombat has been regarded as very anoma-

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1867, No. LI.

810 DR.J.MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

lous among the Marsupials, by reason of its having fifteen ribs, in

contradistinction to the other genera of its family, which have

thirteen, excepting the Petaurists, where they are twelve in number.

The Phascolomys latifrons, however, reduces this anomalous cha-

racter to specific variety, for in it we have a return to the usual

Marsupial number of thirteen. This diminution in the number of

ribs may of itself be regarded as a marked character, fully justifying

and carrying out Prof. Owen’s proof, from the skull, of the specific

distinctnness of the animal.

This circumstance, however, is unfortunate for the Professor’s rea-

soning upon the adaptive design of Wombats having fifteen pairs, as

opposed to other genera of the Marsupiata. He remarks*, ‘‘ The

pressure to which the trunk of the Wombat must occasionally be

subjected, in its subterranean burrowings, is probably the condition

of the development of the additional pairs of ribs in that species.”

But in P. latifrons we have a doubtless burrowing Wombat wherein

no more than the usual developnrent of ribs in the Marsupials is

found; for Mr. G. F. Angas’s observations+ lead to the belief that,

so far as scratching and burrowing are concerned, the Hairy-nosed

Wombat is a thorough adept in the art.

The ribs in the Platyrhine Wombat bear a proportion to its much

more strongly built body ; and anteriorly the grooves for the attach-

ment of the intercostal muscles are well marked. Both the Common

and Hairy-nosed species have rounder as well as weaker cost. In

all the species the first rib is the flattest and shortest one.

Bones of the Fore Limb.

Scapula.—There is a distinct and well-marked difference in the

form of this bone in the three species of Wombat, and such as would

not occur by mere growth from a younger towards an older condi-

tion—that is, supposing that P. wombat were but an immature stage

of the larger-sized P. platyrhinus.

For example, the proportional breadth to length is in P. platy-

rhinus as 72 to 100, in P. wombat 53 to 100, and in P. latifrons

56 to 100, the preponderance of breadth to length, then, being

greatly in favour of the Platyrhine species.

In P. platyrhinus the scapula approaches to a square form, and

is not oblong as in P. wombat, or irregularly oblong as in P. lati-

frons. The total length of the bone is more nearly alike in the

three species ; but the relative breadth in the first named is almost

one-third greater. The entire bone in P. platyrhinus is immensely

strong and massive, and the free margin of the spine is unusually

broad for attachment of the muscles.

In P. latifrons this bone does not conform to the remarkably

regular oblong quadrate figure which Prof. Owen has pointed out to

be characteristic of P. wombat +, where the superior and inferior costz

run nearly parallel the one to the other.

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 396. + P.Z. 8.1861, p. 270.

t Trans, Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 399.

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 81)

Scapula of the three species of Wombat. Two-thirds nat. size.

Fig. 4. P. latifrons. Fig. 5. P. wombat. Fig. 6. P. platyrhinus.

The scapular spine is likewise more arched and higher in the Broad

fronted Wombat than in the common species, the curvature com-

mencing closer to the base, rising almost two-tenths higher opposite

to the root of the neck, and falling again as it forms the acromion,

which last is much more elongated, and ends at the clavicle in a

812 DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

sharper-pointed inwardly curved process. The free border of the

spine is not thick posteriorly ; but it becomes equal to that of P.

platyrhinus and almost broader than that of P. wombat at the pos-

terior half of the acromion process.

The coracoid process is bent downwards and inwards, as usual in

P. wombat; but the groove where the biceps tendon is lodged is in

P. latifrons shallower. Towards the neck it rises with a convexity,

and with a roughened elongated pit for the insertion of the tendon

of the biceps.

In the Common Wombat the supra- and infraspinous fosse are

very flat ; whereas in P. /atifrons and, to a lesser extent, in P. platy-

rhinus they are concave, more especially the infraspinous fossa. The

subscapular surface of the bone in Wombat has shallow ridges and

furrows, but in the other species these are much more marked.

Clavicle.—In the Platyrhine and Common Wombats this bone

equally has a double curvature, being by far the stronger and more

grooved in the former animal.

In the Hairy-nosed Wombat the clavicles are somewhat straighter

than in the others. Of abont equal length to those of the Common

species, they, in consequence of their straightness and also more in-

ward projection of the acromion processes, give an apparently greater

breadth of chest to the Hairy-nosed species.

Humerus.—The humerus of P. platyrhinus is 4,8; inches leng, of P.

latifrons 4,2,, and in the specimen of P. wombat examined 4%, inches.

Excepting in the inequality of size, this bone m the first two species

is hardly to be distinguished; but in P. wombat, although bearing a

close resemblance to them in general outline, it has nevertheless

pointed differences. Its breadth, both in shaft and extremities, is

relatively one-third less; the deltoid ridge is not so prominent ; and,

moreover, in P. platyrhinus and P. latifrons this has its outer margin

rolled backwards so as to give a greater depth behind to that portion

of the shaft. The posterior part of the articulating surface of the

head of the humerus in the two latter curves considerably backwards,

which is not the case in P. wombat, neither has this last such rough

processes for the attachment of muscles. In neither of the speci-

mens under consideration was the interspace of the condyles perfo-

rated*, as is said occasionally to be the case in P. wombat.

Ulna and Radius.—These bones in P. platyrhinus and P. lati-

frons approach closely to each other, both in the bend of the bones

and in the muscular grooves and ridges.

The separation distinctive between these two species is one only of

size; the ulna of the first, from the olecranon process to the styloid

process, is 6", the same measured in the second is 5'"5. The Com-

mon Wombat has this bone 5/8 long, but not at all so broad and

strong as in them, neither has it such a deep exterior muscular groove,

and its sigmoid notch is also relatively smaller in size.

As to the radius, its length bears an analogous proportion to the

other bones of the fore limb—in P. platyrhinus 4''"4, in P. latifrons

4-1, and in P. wombat 4'"2. In the last the shaft is not so strong

* Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. p. 401.

1867.] DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. 813

and thick, and presents a lesser curve, the interosseous interspace

being in consequence narrower ; the two former, moreover, have a

considerable forward bend in the shaft, which must admit of greater

strength in the bones, and also give increased power to the muscles.

Metacarpal Bones.—Of the bones of the fore paw P. platyrhi-

nus agrees with P. wombat in that the metacarpals are somewhat

longer as compared with the digits than is the case in P. latifrons.

Bones of the Hind Limb.

The Pelvis.—Yhe sacral portion of this has already been referred

to in connexion with the region of the spine.

In P. platyrhinus the entire pelvic bones correspond with the

powerful build of the body, being uncommonly strong and of great

breadth and length. In the general form of the ilium, ischium, and

pubis P. platyrhinus more nearly resembles P. wombat than these

two species do P. latifrons.

Between P. platyrhinus and P. wombat, besides difference in size,

the former has more marked muscular ridges and depressions: The

anterior spinous process of the ilium in the first sweeps well out-

wards and backwards, and the ischium is unusually broad and flat

at its tuberosity, the inner prominent border bending more towards

the transverse processes of the caudal vertebrae. The axis of the

pelvic bones, taken in a line from the spine of the ilium to the

ischium, is somewhat straighter in P. wombat than in P. platyrhinus.

Possibly this may be due to sex more than to specific divergence.

In P. latifrons the very narrowed condition of the transverse pro-

cesses of the sacral and caudal vertebre give a characteristic appear-

ance to the pelvic region as seen dorsally. The tuberosities of the

ischia not only seem wider apart, but, in comparison with the size of the

bones, are substantially wider than in P. platyrhinus or P. wombat.

The ventral surface, corresponding with the false pelvis of human

anatomy, of each ilium in P. /atifrons is more deeply grooved; and the

anterior border of the bone, more unusually prominent, points down-

wards, and not outwards as in the Platyrhine and common species.

The anterior spinous process has a somewhat inward and forward

curve—in this manner less backwardly falciform than in the two

other species. The symphysis and the arch of the pubis are narrow-

est in P. latifrons ; but the rami and tuberosities of the ischia diverge

outwards and upwards (backwards). Thus each ischium has a very

narrow and laterally compressed tuberosity compared with that of P.

wombat and P. platyrhinus, in the latter of which the enormously

expanded and roughened ischial tuberosities forcibly indicate great

muscular attachment and increased volume and strength in the

hinder parts.

Marsupial Bones.—These are proportionally the longest in P. la-

tifrons, and in breadth and thickness agree with those of P. wombat.

P. platyrhinus has them relatively the broadest. In this last also

there is usually a larger interspace or foramen where they arch

between the symphysis and the ilio-pubie ridge.

Femur.—The femur of P. wombat and that of P. platyrhinus are

814 _- DR. J. MURIE ON PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS. [June 27,

most like each other in form and size: in two specimens the first

measured 5,5, inches in its long diameter, the second 6''; but in P.

platyrhinus it is considerably the stronger and thicker, the shaft

being somewhat compressed from before backwards, whereas it is

nearly round in wombat.

The length of the femur in P. /atifrons is 5;4, inches, but, although

shorter than in P. wombat, it is much stouter; the shaft is also

straighter. The prominent antero-posteriorly compressed outer ridge,

which extends downwards from the great trochanter, so as to forma

kind of third trochanter in P. wombat and P. platyrhinus, is absent

in P. latifrons ; aroughening behind the shaft merely represents this.

Tibia and Fibula.—P. platyrhinus and P. wombat again approxi-

mate in the form of the tibia; it is much the broader antero-poste-

riorly in the former, while the shaft is straighter in the latter. The

shaft of P. latifrons is still more laterally compressed ; and about

the centre of the shaft the anterior edge is slightly bent outwards,

which also takes place in a less degree in P. platyrhinus, but not in

P. wombat. The lengths of these bones are respectively 4!'-7, 4"'-5,

and 4"-4. The articulating surfaces in P. latifrons are abruptly flat-

tened and spread out, but they are more sloping in the other species.

The tibia seems to be reversed, and differs in length, being 5%;

of an inch shorter in P. latifrons; and the shaft is rather more

compressed laterally ; at least it is broader and stronger antero-poste-

riorly, the strong sharp ridge continued in front, the head rising to

be a roughened protuberance in the upper part of the middle one-

third of the shaft, as Owen has described in the Koala *.

The fibula is of about equal length in P. wombat and P. latifrons,

but the shaft is straighter and stouter in P. latifrons; the inter-

osseous space is also wider in it, giving a greater breadth for the

origin of the anterior muscles of the leg.

Metatarsal and Phalangeal Bones.—In the hind foot P. platy-

rhinus and P. wombat agree in having the index digit somewhat

shorter than the third, and in having its proximal phalanx decidedly

shorter than the metatarsal; whereas in P. latifrons the index is

the longest, and has its proximal phalanx and metatarsal of almost

equal length. This circumstance gives the hind foot of P. latifrons

quite a characteristic shape.

Conclusion.

In reviewing the observations contained in the present paper it is

necessary to take into account the results of my former communica-

tion on the Hairy-nosed Wombat and the species of Phascolomys

generally.

What the axial and appendicular skeletons further show is, that

P. wombat and P. platyrhinus are closely related in several parti-

culars, and that P. latifrons differs decidedly from them both.

Phascolomys platyrhinus, it would seem, can only be recognized

as specifically distinct from P. wombat in a zoological sense.

Size and colour, which last varies considerably, point out a de-

parture from the type of P. wombat.

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 405.

1867.] MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 815

The skull separates the animal individually from P. wombat by

the characters previously defined ; but these, the later examination

proves, are occasionally inconstant, so that the more unstable ground

of size has to be called into aid.

Hence P. platyrhinus does not present such permanent broadly

marked osteological characters as would afford the paleontologist

arguments for holding it up as a specific type. But when the external

characters are brought to bear upon the question along with the .

osteological variations, most naturalists, as species are at present

defined, would admit its separation.

Analogous instances occur in the Felide. Many other examples

might be given where, although it is difficult rigidly to define dif-

ferential characters from the skeleton alone, yet zoologists freely

admit specific distinction.

P. latifrons is clearly specifically different, and may be generically

so, although I have only given it the rank of a subgenus.

This last animal possesses many peculiarities, and fills up a gap

between the Wombats and other genera of the Marsupials.

In the excellent volume on the Marsupiata by Waterhouse*, that

author is ‘inclined to regard the genus Phascolomys as presenting

an aberrant form only of the Phalangistide.’ ‘The present obser-

vations concerning the skeleton of the genus Phascolomys lend

weight to his opinion; for in a number of points P. /atifrons bears

affinities to the Phascolarctus cinereus, and in P. platyrhinus we

even find a peculiarity in the number of sternal bones belonging to

the genus Petaurus.

If we admit a general diminution in the size of recent Mammalia,

compared with many of the old fossil forms, and wonder how such

alteration in magnitude and proportions has been brought about,

whether by natural selection or otherwise, we have in these Wom-

bats a curious illustration of the phenomenon.

The postpliocene of Australia gives up its Phascolomys magnus,

a gigantic Wombat. In some beds of the same deposits comes P.

platyrhinus, which seemingly yet lives; lastly, we find now predo-

minant the but slightly altered and comparatively diminutive form

P. wombat.

November 14, 1867.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater, Secretary to the Society, called attention to the

following noticeable additions to the Menagerie, which had been

made during the past summer :—

1. An adult specimen of the Golden Tiger-cat of Sumatra (Felis

* Nat. Hist. Mammalia, vol. i. (1846), p. 16.

816 MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Noy. 14,

aurata, Temm.)*, received June 19th in exchange from the Zoolo-

gical Society of Amsterdam, where the animal had lived several years.

A drawing by Wolf (Plate XXXVI.) was exhibited representing this

animal, which had not been previously represented in the Society’s

collection.

2. A Mortier’s Tribonyx (Tribonyx mortieri, Du Bus), purchased

July Ist.

Mr. Sclater had already communicated to the ‘Annals of Natural

Tribonyx mortiers.

* For synonyms of the species sce Dr. Gray's paper, aniea p. 265.

1867.] MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 817

History’ * a note respecting this scarce bird, which he believed to be

the true Tribonyx mortiert of Du Bus, while the bird figured under

that name by Mr. Gould (B. Austr. vi. pl. 71) appeared to be dif-

ferent, and had been proposed to be called Tribonyx gouldt.

3. Seven Ground-squirrels (Xerus getulus), from the province of

Haha in Morocco, presented to the Society by Sir John Drummond-

Hay, K.C.B., C.M.Z.S.+

4. A young Hornbill from West Africa (Buceros elatus, Temm.

Pl. Col. p. 521), purchased Angust 19th.

5. A pair of Sémmerring’s Antelopes (Gazella scemmerringi,

Cretzschm. Riipp. Zool. Atlas, tab. 19), purchased August 21st.

A’ drawing by Mr. Wolf (Plate XX XVII.) was exhibited repre-

senting this beautiful species, which had not been previously exhi-

bited in the Society’s Menagerie.

6. A fine example of the black variety of the Leopard (Felis leo-

pardus, var. nigra), presented to the Society by Major James Langford

Pearse, Madras Staff Corps, August 30th. This animal was stated

to have been formerly in the menagerie of the Rajah of Mysore.

7. A Bear, presented September 14th by Mr. William Scott Stone-

hewer, of Ada Lodge, Old Shoreham, Sussex.

Head of Ursus piscator.

* Ser. 3. vol. xx. p. 122 (Aug. 1867).

+ This is the Xerus trivittatus of Dr. Gray (Ann. N. H. vol. x. p. 264, et ser. 3,

vol. xx. p. 334), but is certainly the species known on the continent as the Sezurus

getulus of Linneus. Dr. Peters and M. Milne-Edwards, to whom I have shown

specimens, both recognize it as such.” It is the only species of the group found

in Northern Africa that I am acquainted with.—P. L. S.

818 MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 14,

This Bear was imported into London in a vessel coming from

Northern China, and was stated to have been brought from the

interior of that country. Its general appearance was that of the

Brown Bear (U. arctos); but it was distinguishable by its broader

face, ears filled with long dense hair, and short beard. Dr. Gray

had proposed to found a new species on this example, and to call it

Ursus lasiotus* ; but Mr. Sclater regarded it as the same animal as

that figured by M. I. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire in the ‘Zoology of the

Voyage of the Venus’ (Mamm. t. 4) as “Ursus arctos, var. du

Kamschatka,” upon which M. Pucheran had established his Ursus

piscator (Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 392).

8. A Formosan Bear (Ursus formosanus, Swinhoe), obtained for

the Society by Mr. R. Swinhoe, and received September 24th. This

animal did not appear distinguishable externally from the Ursus

tibetanus of Northern India and China.

Referring to this subject, Mr. Sclater read extracts from letters

received trom Mr. R. Swinhoe, F.Z.S., dated British Consulate,

Amoy, June 10th and August 6th, 1867, stating that the Bear sent

by him to the Society in October 1866, and spoken of by the Secre-

tary (P. Z.S. 1866, p. 418) as typical of Ursus formosanus, Swinhoe,

was not from Formosa, but from the Port of Chefoo, on the Shan-

tung Promontory, in Northern China. It was, therefore, the species

referred to by Radde (Reisen in O. S. Saug. p. 12) as Ursus tibe-

tanus, and not Ursus formosanus, which Mr. Swinhoe still regarded

as a good species.

9. A female Swinhoe’s Deer (Cervus swinhoii, Sclater) from For-

mosa, very acceptable as being the first female received of this spe-

cies. This animal had likewise been obtained for the Society by Mr.

Swinhoe, and received along with the Bear.

10. Two pairs of the Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa, Georgi),

purchased September 24th—an importation which it was hoped

would lead to the addition of this beautiful species to the list of ac-

climatizable Waterfowl.

11. A young specimen of the Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga

jubata) from Brazil, presented to the Society October 4th by Dr.

John A. Palin, C.M.Z.S., from Brazil.

A second specimen of the same animal from Bogota had been pre-

sented to the Society by Perey Brandon, Esq., of Bogota, on the

8th of November.

12. A young Cape Penguin (Spheniscus demersus (Linn.), pur-

chased October 26th, from the Cape.

13. A Black-headed Partridge (Caccabis melanocephala, Rupp.),

from Abyssinia, purchased October 30th.

14. A Bourke’s Parrakeet (Huphema bourkii, Gould), purchased

October 30th.

15. A young male Walrus (Trichechus rosmarus, Linn.), purchased

on the Ist instant, of Messrs. Alexander Stephen and Co. of Dundee,

for the sum of £200.

This animal had been captured in Dayis’s Straits by Captain

* Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xx. p. 301.

1867.] | MR.SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 819

Richard Wells, of the steam whaler ‘ Arctic,’ belonging to Messrs.

Alexander Stephen and Co., on the 28th of August last, under the

following circumstances :—A herd of from 200 to 300 of these ani-

mals was met with on the ice by the ‘ Arctic’ in lat. 69° N., long.

64° W. A boat’s crew was landed on the ice, and the herd attacked

and several individuals killed, amongst which was a large female.

The body of the latter, being attached to the boat and rowed towards

the vessel, was followed by a young male, who swam and dived around

and refused to quit his deceased parent. This being noted, he was

captured by a noose swung over his head and one fore limb from the

ship and hauled on board. For some days the captive was kept tied

to a ring-bolt on deck, and refused food altogether. Subsequently

he was induced to swallow thin slips of boiled pork, and was thus

fed until the vessel reached the Shetlands, when a supply of fresh

mussels was provided for its use. A large box with openings at the

sides was fabricated ; and the animal, secured therein, was brought

safely into Dundee on the 26th ult. From that port to London the

Walrus had been conveyed in the steamer ‘Anglia,’ under the care of

the Society’s Superintendent. The animal was a male, with partially

developed tusks, about the same size as the Sea-bear lately in the

Society’s Gardens, but more bulky in appearance. Although proba-

bly not a year old, it was 8 feet long, and weighed perhaps 23 ewt.

The only specimen of the Walrus previously acquired by the So-

ciety had been a young individual received in 1853, which had been

brought home, in a vessel engaged in the seal-fishery on the coast of

Spitzbergen, by Capt. Henry of Peterhead. This animal was, how-

ever, in a moribund state on its arrival, and lived only a few days in

the Gardens*.

With reference to the present specimen of the Walrus the follow-

ing remarks were addressed to the Meeting by Mr. A. D. Bartlett,

the Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens :—

**In the fifth volume of Sir Everard Home’s Supplement to the

‘ Lectures on Comparative Anatomy,’ at page 4, on the organs of di-

gestion of the Walrus, it is stated that the food of this animal eon-

sisted principally of a species of seaweed; it is, however, remarked

that the stomach of this animal differs from all others fitted for

this purpose. A figure of the stomach is given in vol. vi. pl. 1; the

dimensions are also given in the letterpress and on the plate to scale.

According to these figures the stomach is no less than 16 feet in

length and 4 feet wide; which wonderful blunder appears to have

escaped notice.

** As regards the present animal, I may state that on my arrival

at Dundee on the 29th of October, I found the young Walrus in a

very restless state, and, as I thought, hungry; it was being fed

upon large mussels; about twenty of these were opened at a meal ;

and the poor beast was thus fed about three times a day.”

**T immediately told the owners that I thought the animal was

being starved, and suggested that some fish should be tried. To

* See, for figures taken from this animal, Wolf and Sclater, ‘ Zool. Sketches,’

vol. i. pl. 18.

820 MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 14,

this Mr. Stephen at once agreed, and a codfish was procured from

the neighbourhood, and by me cut into long thin strips. On offering

these pieces of cod to the animal, he greedily devoured them. Since

that time I have fed the Walrus upon fish, mussels, whelks, clams,

and the stomachs and intestines and other soft parts of fishes, cut

small; for I find that it cannot swallow anything larger than a walnut.

- Iam now convinced that the food of the Walrus is strictly animal

substance ; and from what I have observed during the last seventeen

days I feel certain that the creature will feed freely upon almost any

kind of animal matter.”

“IT am also inclined to believe that even carrion or decomposed

flesh would not be refused. This probably has led to the frequent

remarks upon the disgusting state of the contents of their stomachs.

May not these creatures be the scavengers of the Arctic Seas, the

vultures among mammals? ‘lhe remarkable dentition reminds one

of the carrion-feeding Proteles. May not the strong bristles on its

muzzle have much to do with this kind of food as well as shrimp-

catching, the mode of brushing backwards and forwards with these

bristles the food and other substances on the ground, and sucking

everything up it swallows ?”’

“TI notice that indigestible portions or substances taken with its

food pass off in the excretion; and probably in the adult animal,

when shell, seaweed, and other substances are collected, these crea-

tures, like other carnivorous animals, have the power of ejecting these

indigestible bodies from the stomach.”

‘“*The fragments of shell, small stones, the byssus of the mussels,

and the opercula of whelks, together with fragments of seaweed

attached to the byssus of the mussels, pass freely from this animal.

The terminal portion of the intestines must be of large size, judging

by the size of the excretion.”

Mr. Sclater also reported the return to this country on the 6th of

August last, by the ship ‘ Marian Moore’ from Calcutta, of Mr.

Clarence Bartlett, the Society’s agent, with a collection of animals,

of which the most noticeable were :—

2 Black Tibetan Wolves (Canis laniger, Hodgs.). Presented to

the Society by Lieut. Alexander A. Kinloch, 2nd Battalion Rifle

Brigade, and Lieut. J. Biddulph, 19th Hussars*.

1 Female Gayal (Bos frontalis, Lambert). Presented by the Babu

Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

2 Pelicans (Pelecanus, sp. inc.). Presented by the Babu Rajendra

Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

4 Demoiselle Cranes (Grus virgo). Presented by the Babu Ra-

jendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

2 Polyplectrons, 9 (Polyplectron chinquis). Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 White Fruit-Pigeon (Carpophaga luctuosa). Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

* These Wolves were obtained in the beginning of June 1866, by Lieut. Kin-

loch, from some wandering Tartars near the Tshommeriri Lake in Tibet.

1867.] LETTER FROM DR. G. HARTLAUB. 821

1 Fruit-Pigeon (Carpophaga @nea). Presented by the Babu

Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Fruit-Pigeon (Treron sphenura). Presented by the Babu

Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus). Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi). Presented by A. Grote, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Presented by A. Grote,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Hemipode (Turntx pugnax). Presented by A. Grote, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Indian Badger (dretonye collaris). Presented by Dr. J. An-

derson.

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Presented by Dr. J.

Anderson.

8 Water-Tortoises (Zmys, sp. var.). Presented by Dr. J. An-

derson.

The total number of animals brought home by Mr. Bartlett

amounted to upwards of thirty, and their value was estimated at

- about £760.

The Secretary read the following communication from Mr. Edward

Newton with reference to a misprint in the last published part of

the Society’s ‘ Proceedings :’—

**A singular and somewhat important error was introduced into

my recent paper (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 344) during its passage through

the press.

“‘T had stated that prior to my visit to the Seychelles only five

species of land-birds were known to inhabit those islands, and I then

proceeded to give their names.

“The word ‘ five,’ which stood rightly enough in the proof, has

now been altered into ‘six,’ the corrector of the press apparently not

having understood that I intended to quote Nectarinia seychellensis

as a synonym of N. dussumieri. A reference to the authorities I

have cited both in this passage and in my longer paper ‘On the

Land-birds of the Seychelles Archipelago’ (Ibis, 1867, pp. 336, 337)

will show the necessity of these corrections.”

The following communication was read from Dr. G. Hartlaub,

For. Memb. :—

«In the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1866, p. 421, Prof. Schlegel

writes, ‘that Semiophorus vevillarius of Gould is based upon speci-

mens (of Caprimulgus longipennis) freshly moulted, when part of

the long quills has not yet been used.’ Now all this is merely and

foolishly theoretical. If Prof. Schlegel had ever compared speci-

mens of Macrodipteryx longipennis and of Semiophorus vevillarius,

he would have convinced himself, even primo aspectu, of the enor-

mous difference between these two birds. This difference does not

only consist in the very different size and the very different colouring

of the two birds, but is structural. In Macrodipteryx longipennis

822 LETTER FROM DR. G. HARTLAUB. [Nov. 14,

the curious long quill-feather is a supernumerary one. It is inserted,

as Swainson very accurately remarks, immediately between the pri-

mary and secondary quills, and the naked basal or insertional part

of it is curiously curved. The apical webs of these feathers are

very broad, and show some broad _ black indistinct bands on a dark

blackish ground.

« Now in Semiophorus vexillarius there is not even a trace of all

this. The long ornamental wing-feather is the regular ninth quill,

regularly webbed throughout, and getting more and more narrow

towards the tip, where it becomes gradually very narrow ; the colour

of this feather is a pale brownish grey with whitish shafts on the

upperside, and of a uniform brown with the shaft brown on the

underside. The eighth quill-feather is double the length of the

seventh.

“ Semiophorus vewillarius is a much larger bird. I give some of

the relative dimensions :—

S. vewvillarius. M. longipennis.

Long. rostr. a fr..... OlLeM a niQhe Bue

= ee eee i 0 627 0

= "pandee) 24.6. 4 9 See

—_— tarsus ...... Dek Q-<29

««The colour of the wings is totally different in these birds, not less

so than their form. In M. longipennis all the quills are alternately

banded with black and rufous; there is no white on the wing of this

species. But the contrary is the case in S. vewillarius : in this species

the colour of the remiges is of a brilliant black ; the outer web of the

first has the great middle portion white ; the basal portion of all and

the apical margin of the smaller quills is pure white, as well as the

tips of the larger tectrices.

“The middle of the abdomen, the vent, and the under tail-coverts

are pure white in S. vewillarius, while these parts are fulvous and

darkly fasciated in M. longipennis.

«The ground-colour of the underside of the tail is whitish in S.

vevillarius, pale rufous in M. longipennis.

‘‘So much about S. vewillarius being the freshly moulted M.

longipennis. It is sufficient to compare the figures of these species

in Swainson’s ‘ West African Birds’ and in the ‘Ibis.’ It is really

not necessary to compare actual specimens. An ornithologist of

three days’ experience will discover the truth of what we have just

demonstrated.

« Fine specimens of both these birds are in the Bremen collection.

“« By-the-by, I must say with Swainson that I cannot subscribe

to the opinion that the lamine in the naked part of the long pen-

feathers in M. longipennis have been rubbed or worn off. M. longi-

pennis is a common bird in collections. Amongst dozens of speci-

mens examined by me I have never seen a bird where the naked parts

of the shaft have shown a trace of webs. What may(?) be true in

Prionites &c. is, | believe, not applicable to these Caprimulgi.

“‘When Prof. Schlegel in the same communication pretends that

-1867.] DR. G. HARTLAUB ON THE BIRDS OF ZANZIBAR. 823

Ardea elegans, Verr., is identical with A. garzetta, he is certainly

greatly mistaken. A. elegans, of which two fine adult specimens

are in the Bremen collection, has nothing whatever to do with A.

garzetta. It belongs to another group of the 4rdee—to that of A.

comata. The structure of the long dorsal plumes is very different ;

and so is the colour of the two birds, 4. elegans having the head,

neck, and the long dorsal plumes of a fine fulvous-isabelline hue,

which colour may possibly disappear in specimens which have been

for a length of time exposed to the light. Ardea elegans is also a

much smaller bird than 4. garzetta. The dimensions of our spe-

cimens are:—Rostr. 2" 4!", al. 8! 3!", tars. 2" 3!', dig. med. cum

une: 2!) ol.

** Again, when Prof. Schlegel says that Ploceus sakalava certainly

does not come from ‘ Madagascar,’ I should like to know from what

source he gets his knowledge. Certainly not from M. Pollen’s travels,

this traveller having explored only a comparatively small portion of

that large island. I can only say this, the specimen, of which I

possess a full and good description in an old MS. of my friend Jules

Verreaux, was given to that ornithologist by M. Victor Sganzin on

his return from Madagascar to the Cape. He collected it during his

prolonged stay on that island. Mr. G. R. Gray, when he directed

my attention to the specimen in the British Museum, told me that

he believed it came from Madagascar. It is of a very different form

from Nelicurvius pensilis.”

Mr. W. H. Flower read a Memoir on the Osteology of the Ca-

chalot, or Sperm-Whale, completing his account of the osseous

structure of this animal. Mr. Flower came to the conclusion that

there was no sufficient evidence of the existence of more than one

species of Sperm-Whale, for which he was of opinion Linnzeus’s

name, Physeter macrocephalus, ought to be retained.

This paper will appear in the Society’s ‘'Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Report on a Collection of Birds formed in the Island of

Zanzibar by Dr. John Kirk. By Dr. G. Harriaus*.

1. ELANUS MELANOPTERUS (Daud.).

2. Srrix FLAMMEA, L.

3. CypseLus pARvus, Licht.; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865,

p- 601.

Two adult specimens and a younger bird. This latter shows the

* This collection was sent home to me by our Corresponding Member Dr.

Kirk, with a request that I would get the specimens worked out and an account

of them put in the ‘ Proceedings.’ Dr. Hartlaub has most kindly undertaken

this task. Dr. Kirk states that of two raptorial birds (Haliaetus vocifer and

Milvus egyptius) which are common at Zanzibar he has not thought it worth

while to transmit specimens.—P. L. 8.

824 DR.G.HARTLAUB ON THE BIRDS OF ZANZIBAR. [ Nov. 14,

mottled appearance of the throat ; and the external tail-feathers are

shorter and much less attenuated at the tip. The dimensions of the

adult bird are :—Long. tota 6" 3!", alee 4! 9'’, rectr. ext. 3! 8!",

4. Coractss CAuDATA, L.

Zauzibar seems to be the northern frontier of this fine species, on

the east coast of Africa; whereas, on the opposite side, it does not

proceed further up than Angola. Speke collected it in Uzaramo,

‘near the junction of the Kurgen and Myeta Rivers.’ J. Verreaux

mentions a specimen from Kurrichaine. The range of this bird does

not extend much further south than the latitude of Natal.

5. Haucyon strriouata, Licht.

The well-known widely distributed species. For the somewhat

smaller northern form (H. chelicuti) I cannot admit specific sepa-

ration.

6. IRRISOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS, Lath.

There still remains much uncertainty about these birds. Whether

the western and the southern birds are really distinct, as Sir W.

Jardine pretends, is still an undecided question to me. I also believe

that the colour of the beak is incident to age or season. But the

form of that organ is also very variable and individually different.

As to the white on the wing, it is curious that the Zanzibar bird has

the larger white spots of the western race and the yellowish-green

reflexions of the southern individuals. In the end Irrisor erythro-

rhynchus and I. senegalensis may turn out to be one and the same

species (conf. Jard. Contrib. 1852, p. 344; Hartl. West Afr. p. 42).

7. NECTARINIA JARDINII, Verr.; Hartl. West Afr. p. 47.

One adult specimen.

Zanzibar is a new and interesting locality for this species, all the

known specimens of which came from the west coast, where it occurs

from Gaboon to Benguela (cf. Barb. du Boc. Possess. Portug. p- 73).

There is no difference whatever between the Zanzibar bird and a

specimen from Angola in the Bremen collection.

8. NeECTARINIA COLLARIS, Vieill.; Jard. Monogr. Nect. pl. 6;

Hartl. West Afr. p. 52.

Many years ago this species was collected by Boyer on the island

of Zanzibar (Mus. Vindob.). On the west coast it extends from Se-

negambia to the Equator. There is no difference between eastern and

western individuals.

9. NECTARINIA GUTTURALIS (L.).

Certhia brasiliensis nigricans, Briss. 11. 658 ; Shaw, Natur. Mise.

Ps 9%e

Cereba gutturalis, Gr. & Bp. Consp. p. 400.

Nectarinia natalensis, Jard. Monogr. pl. 12; Contr. Orn. 1850,

p- 62, c. fig. med.

1867.] DR. G. HARTLAUB ON THF BIRDS OF ZANZIBAR. 825

Cinnyris discolor, Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mos. iii. p. 32.

C. bianconii, Hartl.

It was my friend Mr. Otto Finsch who directed my attention to

the fact of this beautiful species being the old Brissonian bird! No

doubt about it. It is difficult to understand how Gray and Bona-

parte could have made a Cereda of it.

There is no material difference between Natal and Zanzibar speci-

mens, though a more eastern species, N. gutturalis, has been col-

lected of late by Dr. Welwitsch and.others in Loanda (conf. Barb. du

Boc. Poss. Portug. p. 7).

10. CisTICOLA SCH@NICOLA, Bp.

Quite the same as the European bird.

11. Ixos niGRICcANS, Vieill.

Several adult specimens.

12. ANDROPADUS FLAVESCENS, 0. sp.

Supra olivaceus, cauda et alis dorso concoloribus ; subtus flaves-

cens, gutture et lateribus olivaceo adumbratis ; margine alari

et subalaribus late flavis; rostro plumbeo ; pedibus nigrican-

tibus.

Long. 6" 4'", rostr. 6!"’, ale 3! 1!", caudee 2" 10!", tars. 9!"

Very similar in colour to Andropadus insularis from Madagascar,

but considerably smaller. There are now eight species of Andro-

padus known, viz. Andropadi importunus, latirostris, graciliros-

tris, curvirostris, virens, erythropterus, insularis, and flavescens.

13. ANTHUS RAALTENII, Licht.

A. campestri simillimus, sed notai coloribus omnino intensiori-

hus ; gutture confertim et conspicue maculato.

Eone.rostr. 6! alee 3! 10", caudas: 1 10" tars. Pia

14. Dryoscopus arFinis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1837, p. 489;

Hartl. West Afr. p. 111.

Originally described from a Zanzibar specimen. Not rare in Ga-

boon collections.

15. DryYOSCOPUS ORIENTALIS, Swains.

Two specimens, exactly corresponding with the description given

by Swainson (Menag. p. 342), in Heine’s collection from South

Africa (Mus. Hein. 1. p. 68).

16. Dryoscopus suBLACTEUS, Cass. ?

Av. jun. Supra obscure fuliginoso-nigricans ; tergi et uropygit

plumis longis, laxis, mollibus, maculis oceultis anteapicalibus

rotundatis albis ; uropygii fascia ochroleuca ; alarum tectrici-

bus macula minuta rufescente terminatis ; subtus albidus, pec-

tore, abdomine imo, crisso, subcaudalibus et cruribus pallide

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LIII.

826 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON THE BIRDS OF ZANZIBAR. [Nov. 14,

rufescentibus ; rectrice extima apice rufescente ; rostro et pe-

dibus nigricanti-plumbeis, mandibula bast pallida.

Long. circa 74", rostr. 10", alee 3" 3!", caudee 2" 11!, tars. 133!".

A young bird, probably of the above-named species. Wants

further inquiry.

There is a Dryoscopus from Gaboon in the Bremen Museum exactly

like D. major, but much smaller, my D. picatus. The dimensions

are :—Long. tota 8", rostr. 93!" (1 1!" maj. ), alee 3" 3!" (3" 11!" maj.),

caudee 3" (3! 11!" maj.), tars. 14!" (154! maj.).

We EupLectes FLAMMICEPS, Sw.

A Zanzibar specimen of this bird, obtained by Boyer, is in the

Vienna collection. Monteiro calleeheil this species at Pembe, and

Dr. Welwitsch at Golungo, also in the interior of Angola (Barb. du

Boc. Poss. Portug. p. Th):

18. Munta oryzivora (L.).

We hope that Dr. Kirk will explain under what particular cireum-

stances he collected this common but exclusively Indian bird?

19. SPERMESTES FRINGILLOIDES (Lafr.); Hartl. West Afr. p.147.

A rare and less typical species, not quite without pretensions to

generic separation. Senegal and Liberia, on the slave coast, are

western habitats of this bird.

20. SPERMESTES CUCULLATA, Sw.=S. seutata, Heugl.

Extensively distributed over the African continent. No material

difference between specimens from the Upper White Nile and those

from Angola.

21. HypHANTORNIS SUBAUREUS, Sm.

Three specimens.

A nearly allied species (H. royrei, Verr.), a description of which

was published by me in Cabanis’s ‘ Journal,’ is very probably not

distinct from H. aurantius, Vieill.

22. PassER DIFFUSUS, Sm. Rep. of an Exped. p. 50; Hartl. West.

Afr. p. 150.

Pyrgita spadicea, Licht. Verz. Vog. Kafferl. p. 15.

Zanzibar is a new locality for this bird. On the west coast it has

not been observed higher up than Angola.

23. PsiTTACUS FUSCICAPILLUS, Verr.

Two fine specimens.

24. CHRYSOCOCCYX AURATUS, Gm.

25. CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS, Riipp.

Schlegel may be — in taking this bird for a younger state of

C. monachus, R.

1867.| DR. G. HARTLAUB ON THE BIRDS OF ZANZIBAR. 827

26. TRERON DELALANDII, Bp.

27. PeRISTERA AFRA (L.).

28. TurTUR ALBIVENTRIS, Gray, =T. semitorquatus, Swains. ;

Hartl. West Afr. p. 196.

29. ‘TURTUR ERYTHROPHRYS, Swains. = 7. semitorquatus, Riipp.;

Hartl. West Afr. p. 195.

30. FRANCOLINUS KIRKII, N. sp.

Mas ad. (calear.). Diversus a F. pileato, cui valde affinis, sta-

tura minore; rectricibus lateralibus nigris; uropygit plumis

tectricibusque caude superioribus pallide flavescentibus, ma-

culis anteapicalibus subtriquetris nigris ; plumis lateralibus

pectoris et epigastrti ochraceis, stria intermedia nigra, albido

marginata ; remigibus saturate fuscis, scapis intense fuscis ;

subcaudalibus latius transversim variis,

Long. rostr. 9!", alee 5", tars. 143'", dig. med. c. ung. 16!,

One specimen. I know few things more annoying and disagree-

able than to describe and characterize a new bird from a poor and

incomplete skin. This is exactly what I am doing now. Super-

ficially seen from above, this Francolin is no other than a small F.

pileatus. By a more accurate inspection it is not difficult to discover

several important discrepancies. The arrow-shaped black spots of

the upper tail-coverts would alone suffice to characterize this bird as

distinct from F. pileatus. But the whole under parts, which are

very defective and mutilated in our specimen, appear to be differently

coloured, &c. Besides it is altogether a smaller bird.

31. SQUATAROLA HELVETICA (L.).

32. CHARADRIUS HIATICULA, L.

33. CHARADRIUS GEOFFROYI, Wagl.; Schleg. Mus. Pays-Bas,

live. 7..p. 39.

The coasts of the Red Sea have been hitherto the only known

African localities for this rather Indo-Australian species.

34. NuMENIUs PHzopvus, L.

35. ACTITIS HYPOLEUCA (L.).

36. LimNoOCORAX FLAVIROSTRIS, Sw.

37. ARDEA PUSILLA, Vieill. (4. minuta australis, Schleg.).

38. ARDEA GULARIS, Bosk.

39. ARDEA ATRICAPILLA, Afzel.

40. ArvDEA comaTa, Pall.

41. ANAS ERYTHRORHYNCHA, Gm.

828 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC. [Nov. 14,

42. Poptcers minor, L.

Of the forty-two Zanzibar species here enumerated there are only

three exclusively eastern—Psittacus fuscicapillus, Andropadus fla-

vescens, and Francolinus kirkii. Six are essentially South African

— Dryoscopus orientalis, Ixos nigricans, Coracias caudata, Passer

diffusus, Hyphantornis subaureus, and Treron delalandii; two of

these, Coracias caudata and Passer diffusus, extend up the western

coast to Angola. Most of the remaining species have a wider distri-

bution. As occupying a very extensive range we may name Cypselus

parvus, Halcyon striolata, Irrisor erythrorhynchus, Spermestes cu-

cullata, Chrysococcyx auratus, Centropus monachus, Turtur albi-

ventris, Turtur erythrophrys, Limnocorax flavirostris, Ardea gularis,

Ardea atricapilla, and Anas erythrorhyncha.

2. On a Collection of Birds from some less-known Localities

in the Western Pacific. By Dr. G. Harriavs.

(Plate XXXVIIL.)

The collectors of Mr. Johann Cesar Godeffroy of Hamburg have

of late touched at some localities not before explored by scientific

expeditions. These localities are the Pelew or Palaos group

(Western Caroline Islands), the Matelotas with the Island of Yap,

the more northern Mackenzie Islands, and the Echiquier or Bou-

gainville group near the northern coast of New Guinea. The col-

lection contains twenty-three species, four of which are very pro-

bably new, and will prove an interesting addition to our knowledge

of oceanic ornithology.

1. PANDION HALIAETUS, var. LEUCOCEPHALUS, Gould.

One adult specimen from the Echiquier Island. Other oceanic

localities for this widely distributed species are the Isle of Pines,

where the Forsters observed it (Descr. Anim. ed. Lichtenst. p. 257),

’ and Tonga-Tabu (G. R. Gray, Tropic. Isl. p. 1). Not yet observed

on the great island of New Guinea.

2. TRICHOGLOSSUS MASSEN&, Souancé.

One adult specimen from the Echiquier Island. In every respect

similar to a specimen from the Salomons in the Bremen Museum.

‘« Ryes red, with a yellow ring.”

3. HaLcyon aLsiciLia (Cuyv.).

Five specimens from the Pelew group. These specimens show all

the different states of plumage mentioned by Dumont and Lesson

in birds collected on the Marian Islands by Quoy and Gaimard.

Whether these differences are sexual or dependent on age is yet

uncertain. In one of the Pelew birds the whole upper head is of

1867.| DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC. 829

the fine greenish-blue colour of the back ; a second has the forehead

and superciliaries white; in another the crown of the head is white,

with some bluish feathers in the middle, the auricular region and a

very narrow interrupted nuchal collar being of the same colour; in

a somewhat younger specimen there is only one dark spot on the

white cap, and the colour of the back is an obsolete dirty green.

For the complete synonymy of this species, conf. Cab. Mus. Hein.

ii. p. 159. ‘*Tanatick’’ ine.

The only existing original figure is that of Gould’s (Haleya yon sau-

rophaga), in the ‘ Zoology of the Sulphur.’ It shows the head all

white.

H. albicilla has been collected on the Marian Islands, New Ire-

land, New Guinea, Batjan, Morotay, and the Pelew group.

4. MyZoMELA RUBRATRA, Less.

Two ad. spec., Pelew group and Carolines. ‘‘Sisebanjo”’ inc.

The Pelew group has been already indicated by G. R. Gray as a

locality for this species. Von Kittlitz observed it on the island of

Ualan, and gives interesting details about its manners, propagation,

&e. We consider the Muzomela major of Bonaparte to be a merely

nominal species (conf. Von Kittl. Reise, i. p. 381).

5. COLLOCALIA VANICORENSIS (Q. & G.).

It is extremely difficult and uncertain to find out definite differen-

tial characters between some of these Collocalie. A fine specimen

of the true C. fuciphaga from the island of Réunion, in the Bremen

collection, resembles in almost every respect our Collocalie from the

Viti and Pelew group!

Inc. “Cobusock.”” Von Kittlitz mentions this bird under the

name of Cypselus inquietus. He describes it as observed on the

island of Ualan (Reise, ii. p. 26).

6. MonARCHA GODEFFROYI, n. sp. (Pl. XXXVIII.)

Ad. Alba; capite toto cum mento et gutture, alis et cauda nigris ;

subalaribus et subcaudalibus nigris ; rectricibus nonnullis late-

ralibus macula alba minuta viz conspicua apicali notatis ; rostro

plumbeo, tomits et apice pallidioribus ; pedibus nigricantibus.

Long. circa 73", rostr. a fr. 7!", alee 3! 2", caudee 3", tars. 10!"

Jun. (foem.?). Dorso nigro alboque vario; collo toto albo; capite,

alis, cauda, pectore et abdomine nigris.

Juv. Supra sordide cinerascens, fulvo lavata; tergo uropygioque

magis fulvescentibus ; remigibus et tectricibus fulvo marginatis ;

gastreo ochroleuco.

Perhaps confined to the island of Yap, where the three specimens

here described were shot. This fine new bird is nearly allied to

Monarcha rugensis, from the much more eastern Hogoleu group.

But the distribution of the black and white colour is altogether dif-

ferent.

830 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC. [Noy. 14,

7. MonARCHA FULVIVENTRIS, 0. sp.

Pallide cinerea, alis et cauda subfuscescentibus ; pectore, abdo-

mine, subalaribus et subcaudalibus dilute fulvo-cinnamomeis ;

rostro plumbeo, tomiis et apice pallidioribus ; pedibus, ut vide-

tur, pallidis ; iride rubra.

Long. 8", rostr. a fr. 7", alee 3! 4", caudee 2" 9", tars. 9!"'.

One specimen from the Echiquier group. Perhaps a female.

Nearly allied to MZ. inornata of Lesson, which I have not seen. But

the colour of the abdomen is by no means a “ brun marron,” and

the secondary remiges are without a trace of the ferruginous margin

so conspicuous in the figure given by Lesson and Garnot (Zool. Coq.

pits. FAL):

Another bird of very similar colouring is Monarcha cinerascens

(Temm.), of Timor.

8. CALORNIS KITTLITzI1I, Finsch & Hartl., Beitr. z. Faun. Central-

Polyn. p. 109.

Lamprotornis columbinus, Kittl.

Four specimens from the Caroline Islands. ‘ Kinis” ine. Iris

yellow.

An Ualan specimen is in the Bremen collection. The younger bird

is more brownish, and has much less of the greenish metallic gloss.

The naturalists of the ‘ Novara’ Expedition collected this species

on the island of Puynipet, Semiavin group. It seems to be distri

buted over the whole archipelago of the Carolines.

9. CARPOPHAGA OCEANICA, Less.

Two specimens from the Pelew group. ‘“ Kajep” incol. ‘ Eyes

red, with a yellow margin.”

For interesting biological details of this widely distributed Pigeon

see Von Kittl. Reise, i. p. 377; for a full account of it conf.

Finsch et Hartl. Beitr. Faun. Central-Polyn. p. 142.

A good reduced figure is given by Kittlitz (Kupfert. t. 33. f. 1).

10. MrGAPODIUS SENEX, 0. sp.

Ad. Pileo et nucha dilute canis, nonnihil brunnescentibus ; capitis

lateribus colloque toto in fundo nudiusculo rubro sparsim plu-

mosis; colio et interscapulio nigricanti-schistaceis ; corpore

reliquo obscure plumbeo-olivascente ; rostro gracili, flavo ; pe-

dibus flavis, digitis et unguibus nigris.

Long. circa 11", rostr. a fr. 7!", alee 6" 3!", caudee 2" 1", tars.

2!) Si edie med. \caung. 2a.

One specimen from the Pelew group. All my efforts to reduce

this species to any of the described have been fruitless.

11. MEGAPODIUS EREMITA, 0. Sp.

Dorso, alis et cauda olivascenti-fuscis, cauda distinctius rufes-

cente; collo et gastreo toto magis cinerascentibus ; abdomine

1867.| DR.G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC. 831

inferiore, crisso et subcaudalibus magis in olivaceum vergenti-

bus ; capitis lateribus gulaque nudiusculis, rubicundis, sparsim

plumosis ; vertice et occipite plumis rarioribus obscure cineras-

centibus ; sincipite nudiusculo, rubro, nigro, subpiloso ; rostro

flavo, basi obscuro ; pedibus obscuris ; tride rubra.

Long. circa 122", rostr. a fr. 63!"', alee 8", caudee 23", tars. 23",

dig. med. c. ung. 2" 1!"",

One specimen from the Echiquier Island. Ine. ‘‘ Apagei.”

12. RALLUS PHILIPPENSIS, auct.

Two specimens from the Pelew group. ‘Tareth” incol. Iris

red. :

13. Ravina rasciaTa, Raffi.

One specimen from the Pelew Islands. ‘Olaratta”’ inc. “ Eyes

red, with a yellow ring.”

In every respect like Javan specimens. The geographical distri-

bution of this species is certainly a curious fact amongst the Rallide.

It has been observed in the islands of Java and Sumatra, in the

peninsula of Malacca, in the Philippines, and now for the first time

in the Pelew group.

14. Arpea sacra, Gm.

One specimen, a younger bird, from the Matelotas.

15. NuMENtus pH£opws, L.

Specimens from the Pelew and Matelotas Islands.

16. STREPSILAS INTERPRES, L.

A young bird in winter dress from the Pelew group.

17. STERNA LUNATA, Peale.

Two young birds from the Pelews.

Fronte, abdomine et interscapulio albis, vertice nigro-maculato,

nucha et collo postico largius nigro variis ; dorso, alis et cauda

cinereis, dorso pallidiore, alis obscurioribus, subfuscescentibus,

scapis remigum fasciaque lata longitudinali pogonii interni

albis ; rectricibus pallide cinereis, pogonto interno versus basin

albis ; margine alari et subalaribus albis ; rostro nigro.

18. Dysvorus suxa (L.).

An adult specimen from the Pelew Islands.

19. Dysporus piscaTor (L.).

Pelew group.

20. TACHYPETES MINOR (Gm.).

One specimen from the Mackenzie group.

832 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON A NEW CALLENE. |{ Nov. 14,

21. Gyeis ava (L.), Pall.

Pelew Islands. Von Kittlitz describes the very young bird (Reise,

ii. p. 158).

22. ANAS SUPERCILIOSA, L.

Two pullets in spirits from an uncertain locality.

23. PuFFINUS OPISTHOMELAS, Coues.

Four specimens from the Pelew Islands. ‘‘ Kokeio”’ incol.

Var. minor: subcaudalibus totis nigro-fuliginosis.

The type of Coues’s description from Cape St. Lucas is a some-

what larger bird; but, there being no other difference between it

and our Pelew bird, I prefer considering this latter a smaller race.

The dimensions of our specimens are :—Long. tota 11-113", rectr.

12-122", alee 3!" 4-7", tars. 17".

3. On a New Species of Callene from the Pulney Hills in

Southern India. By Wituiam T. Buanrorp, Assoc. Roy.

School of Mines, C.M.Z.S. &c.*

(Plate XX XIX.)

The Rev. S. Fairbank has sent to me for description a very inter-

esting new species of bird which he has recently shot upon the

Pulney Hills, a lofty portion of the great range which stretches along

the southern parts of the western coast of India, from the remark-

able gap of Paulghatcherry, which divides the range from the

Nilghiri hills, to Cape Comorin. This fine tract of hill country, about

150 miles in length and, in its northern portion, 60 to 70 miles

broad, contains a very interesting fauna having, as might be ex-

pected, close affinities with that of Ceylon, and also with that of the

Nilghiris, but still containmg many peculiar forms. It has, how-

ever, hitherto been neglected in the most remarkable manner, and

there is no portion of the Indian peninsula concerning the zoology

of which so little is known. This may appear opposed to Dr. Gun-

ther’s statement in the ‘ Reptiles of British India,’ in which he as-

serts that the southern corner of India with Ceylon, including Tra-

vancore, the Nilghiris, Mysore, &c., is one of the best-explored parts

of the country. Most Indian naturalists will probably be inclined to

think that ‘‘best-explored”’ is a misprint for ‘‘worst-explored ;” but,

in fact, the mistake is one which few naturalists who had no personal

knowledge of India would have avoided. The fauna of Ceylon, thanks

* Along with the present communication Mr. Blanford sent specimens of the

bird described and its eggs for exhibition to the Meeting,—also skins of Salpornis

spilonota, Franklin, Emberiza huttoni, Blyth, and Hirundo fluminicola, Jerdon.

—P.LS.

1867.| MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON A NEW CALLENE. 833

to its large European population and the number of energetic natu-

ralists who have devoted themselves to the investigation of its zoo-

logy, has been very fairly made known; that of the Nilghiris has

also been pretty well ascertained, the Reptilia especially having been

very thoroughly worked out by Dr. Jerdon and Captain Beddome ;

and the Reptilia and Mollusca of a small portion of the southern

range have been collected by Captain Beddome, almost the onl

naturalist who has ever penetrated the Anamallay hills (which ad-

join the Pulneys) ; but of the fauna of the great range I have just

described in general, less is known than of that of Bhotan or of the

hills of Arakan.

It is therefore not surprising that the first ornithological novelty

which has been obtained from Southern India since the publication of

Dr. Jerdon’s list of the birds in the years 1839-44 in the ‘ Madras

Journal of Literature and Science’ should have been procured from

the Pulney hills, a group 7000 feet in height, forming the north-

eastern corner of the mountainous tract above described. It is very

interesting, however, to obtain from these hills a third representa-

tive form of the genus Callene (formerly Cinclidium) of Blyth, pro-

posed first for a species inhabiting the Eastern Himalayas (C. fron-

talis, Blyth), and made by Jerdon, undoubtedly with justice, to in-

clude a Nilghiri bird first discovered by himself (C. rufiventris,

Blyth). This distribution illustrates one of the most remarkable

peculiarities in the fauna of Peninsular India, a peculiarity to which

I will refer after first giving the description of the new species.

CALLENE ALBIVENTRIS, Fairbank. (Pl. XXXIX.)

Fusco-cyanea, mento lorisque holosericeo-nigris, fascia frontali

albescenti-cerulea, rectricibus remigibusque fuscis cerules-

cente marginatis, abdomine medio albo, lateribus cinerascenti-

bus; rostro nigro, pedibus fuscis, iridibus brunneis.

Long. tota 6, alee 3:1, caudze 2°6, rostri a fronte 0°5, a rictu 0°75,

tarsi 1*1 poll. Angl. et dec.

Hab. Montes Pulney dictos Indie meridionalis, ad alt. circa

6000-7000 ped. Angl. in dumetis et sylvis.

C. albiventris is similar in form to the Nilghiri C. rufiventris,

Blyth ; but it is rather smaller and differs widely in colour, being

much bluer above, with a distinct light-blue, almost whitish, frontal

band, instead of the faint indication which alone exists in C. rufi-

ventris. There is no trace of the ferruginous abdomen of that species ;

and the white in the new species is not, like the rufous colour in C.

rufiventris, spread over the whole lower parts from the breast down-

wards, but is almost confined to the centre of the abdomen and the

lower tail-coverts, shading gradually into slaty on the flanks.

C. frontalis, Blyth, of the Sikkim and Nipal Himalayas, is a still

larger bird than C. rufiventris, with a longer tail. The frontal band

is of a darker and richer blue than in C. aldbiventris, and the abdo-

men is grey. The blue of C, albiventris is purer and less dusky

than that of either of the two other species, and, so far as can be

judged by the somewhat faded specimens in the Asiatic Society’s

834 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON A NEW CALLENE. ([Nov. 14,

Museum in Calcutta, resembles rather the colour of Brachypteryx

cruralis.

The sexes do not appear to differ. In the two specimens sent by

Mr. Fairbank the female is a little the paler; but this appears due

to the male being in brighter and fresher plumage.

Callene albiventris inhabits the thick patches of forest (called

Sholas), which are so remarkable a character in the hills of Southern

India. It appears to be scarce. The eggs, two of which are sent,

are two in number, of an olive-brown colour, darker at the larger

end, measuring 0°92 and 0°63 inch in their greater and less dia-

meters. Mr. Fairbank writes thus :—‘‘ The nest I found in a small

hole, just big enough for it, in the trunk of a tree a yard above the

ground. It was neatly made of moss and fibrous roots. I surprised

the female on the nest several times. She laid two eggs in April,

and was incubating when I discovered and took them. In June

another nest was built in the same hole, and two eggs were laid,

and then the bird began to sit........ The song is sweet and

loud (not so loud as that of Merula simillima or Trochalopteron

jerdoni) and varied, though it is generally confined to four notes—

sol, la, si, do.’’

We have thus, on the Nilghiri and Pulney hills in Southern India,

two representatives of an Eastern Himalayan form, with, like most

Eastern Himalayan forms, strong Malayan affinities. This case is

the type of many others; and the remarkable peculiarity to which

I alluded above is the representation of Himalayan types with Malay

affinities, which are wanting throughont the plains of India, in the

higher hill-groups of the southern portion of the peninsula and of

Ceylon.

The fauna of the plains of India has very nearly as marked affi-

nities with that of Africa as with that of Malaynesia, as is shown by

the occurrence of antelopes, the nylgai, gazelles, the lion, the hunt-

ing-leopard, Felis chaus, F’. caracal, hyenas, wolves, foxes, bustards,

sand-grouse, &c. &c., not one of which is represented to the east-

ward, or is found in the hills of Southern India and Ceylon. In

those hills, however, are numerous representatives of the Malay

fauna of the Himalayas, such as Trochalopteron and Garrulax among

the birds, Diplommatina and Alyceus among the land-shells ; and

it is to this representation of Himalayan forms, as I have before

pointed out with reference to the land-shells, that I believe the

greater portion of the affinity, where such really exists, between the

fadaia of Ceylon and that of Malaynesia i is due. ‘This subject, how-

ever, which has not received the attention it deserves, is one to which

I hope to recur before long.

P.S. Since writing the above I have seen the specimens of the

bird referred by Mr. Fairbank to Trochalopteron jerdoni, Blyth, and

I am strongly inclined to believe that, although very closely allied

to that species, it is a distinguishable race.

1867. | MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASIATIC DEER. 8395

4. Notes upon Three Asiatic Species of Deer.

By Epwarp Buryrn.

Upon a former occasion I exhibited at a Meeting of this Society

(see P. Z.S. 1863, p. 155) some loose horns of a species of Deer be-

lieved to inhabit Siam, which I named in honour of my late friend

Sir Robert H. Schomburgk, who at that time filled the position of

H.B.M. Consul at Bangkok. When that accomplished naturalist

returned from Siam he brought a miscellaneous collection of objects

of natural history from that country, many of which were disposed

of by auction after his decease. It contained two splendid pairs of

horns of Rucervus schomburgki, and one very fine pair of horns of

the Siamese variety or distinct race of Panolia eldi, which has been

designated P. platyceros by Dr. Gray, as distinguished from his P.

acuticornis. Those three pairs of horns were purchased for the

British Museum, and I have there had photographs taken of them,

which, with some other photographs and drawings illustrative of the

different forms of Rucervus, Hodgson, and Panolia, Gray, I here-

with submit for publication in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ *,

Figs. 1, 2, 3 represent three pairs of horns of the Indian R. du-

vaucelli, the lowermost being those of an aged buck with extra-

ordinarily developed ‘crown,”’ in the museum of the Asiatic Society,

Calcutta. Fig. 4 represents the finest pair of horns of this species

that I have seen, and which I sketched many years ago when in the

possession of the late Frank Russell, Esq., of the Bengal Civil Service.

Fig. 5 represents a pair in which the near affinity of Rucervus to

Panolia is at once recognized.

Figs. 6 to 12 (inclusive) represent the horns of R. schomburgki,

fig. 6 being the only pair of the series which is still attached to the

frontlet. This pair and that represented in two aspects of view by

figs. 7 and 8 are the two pairs which belonged to Schomburgk, and

I regard the last referred to as a genuine pair, although detached

from the frontal bones. Figs. 10 and 11 I consider to represent

odd horns matched, as also figs. 9 and 12. These three fine pairs,

or rather series of six odd horns, were rescued from the stock

of a cutler in Sheffield, who said that he had converted many like

them into knife-handles. Both figs. 6 and 11, it will be remarked,

have forked brow-antlers; and the near resemblance of several of

these beautiful horns to the largest of the three which I formerly

figured and restored conjecturally when first bringing the species to

notice, will not fail to excite attention. The characteristic style of

ramification is prominently observable. With regard to the animal,

I have not been able to learn anything whatever, excepting that I

have been assured that a living buck of the species is at this time

living in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris.

Figs. 13 to 16 (inclusive) represent four specimens of P. eldi

* Three additional fine pairs of horns of R. schomburgki have been subse-

quently received, and are now in the national collection. These I have also had

photographed, as the pair with branching brow-antlers (fig, 11).

836 MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASIATIC DEER. _ [ Nov. 14,

Horns of Rucervis duvaucelli.

(misprinted eedii in the British Museum Catalogue) from Pegu, and

a small specimen (fig. 17) from the valley of Munipur, which is

wholly unbranched. I am assured by Col. Guthrie, formerly of the

1867.] MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASIATIC DEER. 837

Figs. 4, 5. Horns of Rucervus duvaucelli. Fig. 6. Horns of R. schomburgki.

Bengal Engineers, who first brought this species to notice and dedi-

cated it to his friend Lieut. Eld*, that he once possessed the horns

* Caleutta Journal of Natural Iistory, vol. ii. p. 415 (1842), pl. 12.

MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASIATIC DEER.

Horns of Rucervus schomburghi.

[ Nov. 14,

1867. j MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASIATIC DEER. 839

Horns of Rucervus schomburghki.

of a mature animal, from Munipur, similarly unbranched, and with

the line of the beam continuous with that of the brow-antler. ‘“‘ The

generality of the stags of Munipur,”’ however, according to Lieut.

840

MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASTATIC DEER.

Horns of Panolia eld.

[Nov. 14,

1867.] MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASIATIC DEER. 841

Horns of Panolia eldi.

Eld, “have from six to ten branches or snags; but I have killed

very old ones,”’ he adds, ‘‘ with no less than sixteen clearly defined

branches,” 7. e. on the pair. I have seen numerous specimens both

from Munipur and Pegu, which are essentially similar in character.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1867, No. LIV.

842 MR. E. BLYTH ON THREE ASIATIC DEER. [ Noy. 14, -

They have commonly a prominent vertical snag near the base of the

brow-antler, as represented in figs. 15 and 16. This particular race

is the Panolia acuticornis of Dr. Gray, being identical with Cervus

frontalis, M‘Clelland, and C. lyratus, Schinz; also, as I believe,

with C. dimorphe, Hodgson, figured and described in the ‘ Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vol. xxii. p. 897,—the horns in

that specimen, which is now in the British Museum, being somewhat

abnormally developed in a state of captivity. Further to the south,

in the province of Mergui and in that of Quedda, the horns of this

animal appear to be constantly shorter, and have commonly two or

three prominent vertical snags on the brow-antler. In figs. 18 and

19, a characteristic example of this variety (procured from Quedda

by the late Dr. Cantor, and now in the India Museum) is figured

in two aspects of view. In the Museum of the Asiatic Society,

Calcutta, there are several specimens of similar character from

Mergui, and I have never seen an example with more elongated

beam from that province. A third and more strongly marked

variety is that from Siam, of which the particular horn upon which

Dr. Gray founded his P. platyceros is represented in figs. 22 and 23;

while figs. 20 and 21 represent a head of this variety from the col-

lection of the late Sir R. H. Schomburgk. The brow-antlers, as

will be observed, have several vertical snags; and the crown is late-

rally much flattened and remarkably serrated, with a series of small

tines on its posterior margin. I have seen, probably, more than

a hundred pairs of horns of the preceding varieties, but none even

approaching in the form of crown to this Siamese race, which Dr.

Gray has perhaps rightly discriminated, though further knowledge

of the animal is required to decide how far it may be worthy of dis-

tinction by a separate name. It is not improbably a well-marked

second race of Panolia, as Rucervus schomburgki is undoubtedly a

second race of that subtype; and in the latter instance the geogra-

phical area inhabited by the ordinary P. e/di intervenes between the

range of distribution of Rucervus duvaucelli and that_of R. schom-

burghi.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES.

Rucervus duvaucelli.

Figs. 1,2, 5. Ordinary well-developed horns.

4, Remarkably fine.

3. Horns of an aged individual.

Rucervus schomburgki.

6. Horns on frontlet, procured by Schomburgk.

7,8. Another pair, procured by Schomburgk.

9-12. Series of odd horns, imported for commercial purposes.

Panolia eldi.

13-17. Pegu and Munipur variety.

18, 19. Mergui and Quedda variety. Specimen procured from Quedda by

the late Dr. Theodore Cantor.

20, 21. Siamese race (P. platyceros, Gray). Specimen procured by Schom-

burgk.

22,23. Type specimen described as P. platyceros.

1867.] PROF. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 843

5. Batraciens nouveaux de |’Afrique occidentale (Loanda et

Benguella). Par M. J. V. Barsoza pu Bocacs, F.M.Z.S.

1. Rana ancuietTz. (Fig. 1.)

Téte large, & museau allongé et pointu; narines placées un peu

ies prés du bout du museau que de ceil; tympan a peine égal aux

2 du diamétre de l’ceil; dents vomériennes ‘en deux petites. s€ries,

situées précisément. au- devant des arritre-narines et séparées par un

large intervalle. Aux membres antérieurs les 2° et 4° doigts égaux,

le 3° le plus grand ; orteils palmés jusqu’a la base de la dernitre

phalange, excepté le 4° dont les deux derniéres phalanges sont libres.

Un seul tubercule sur le métatarse 4 son bord interne. Quatre plis

longitudinaux de la peau, de chaque cété du dos, étroits et distincte-

ment granuleux ; le dessus de la téte et les intervalles des plis dor-

saux parsemés de petits tubercules; des tubercules plus gros et

confluents couvrent les flancs, le partout de l’anus et la moiti¢ pos-

térieure du dessous de la cuisse. La peau est lisse en dessous sans

aucune trace de granulations ni de pores.

Rana anchicte.

Régions supérieures d'une teinte grisatre ou olivatre, marbrées de

brun ou variées de petites taches brunes plus ou moins distinctes ;

sur la face externe des membres des bandes transversales d’un brun

plus foncé; un petit trait noiratre du bout du museau a l’ceil en

passant par la narine; une tache allongée du méme couleur s’¢tendant |

de l’ceil & l’épaule par-dessus le tympan. la face pgstérieure des

cuisses est d’un brun rougeatre ou couleur chocolat, avec de petites

taches rondes et de vermiculations jaunes. Parties inférieures

blanches ou d’un blane jaunatre. Sur quelques individus la face

inférieure des cuisses se montre coloriée d’un jaune vif.

844 PROF. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE ON NEW BATRACHIANS. [ Noy. 14,

Dimensions (d’un individu male): Du bout du museau 4 l’anus

48 millimétres, memb. ant. 28 millim., memb. post. 86 millim.

Hab. Benguella, d’ot nous avons recus plusieurs individus par M.

d’Anchieta.

Ressemble par la taille et par l’ ensemble des formes a la R. bibrani,

Hall. (R. supraciliaris, Giinther), mais les caractéres indiqués ci-

dessus me semblent suffisants pour la bien distinguer.

2. Hyrerouius insients. (Fig. 2.)

Tympan caché, téte courte & museau court et arrondi; langue

large, fendue en arriére ; yeux gros et saillants ; peau lisse sur le dos

et sur les flancs, granuleuse sur la gorge et la face inférieure du trone

et des cuisses; un petit amas de granulations vers l’angle de la ma-

choire; doigts réunis 4 la base par une petite palmure, orteils com-

plétement palmés, 4 l'exception du 4° dont la derniére phalange est

libre. Couleur générale (dans l’alcool) d’un jaune teint de rouge ;

sur le dos deux larges bandes longitudinales d’un bleu noir lisérées

de rouge vif, confluentes chez queiques individus sur le museau au-

devant des yeux ; une raie plus étroite de la méme couleur, également

lisérée de rouge va de l’ceil 4 l’épaule, et :avance plus ou moins inter-

rompue jusqu’a l’aine; sur les bords de la machoire supérieure des

petites taches bleues bordées de rouge; d’autres taches semblables,

mais plus grandes et irréguliéres, couvrent la face dorsale des mem-

bres antérieurs et postérieurs, 4 l'exception des cuisses qui sont uni-

colores. La gorge pointillée de noir.

Fig. 2.

Hyperolius insignis.

La coloration d’un certain nombre d’individus ne parait pas sensi-

blement altérée par leur scjour dans l’alcool, tandis que d’autres,

conservés dans le méme bocal, présentent la teinte bleue remplacée

par un gris cendré terne; cependant le liséré rouge y reste toujours

bien distinct.

Dimensions: Du bout du museau a l’anus 37 millim., memb. ant.

21 millim., memb. post. 58 millim.

Hab. Benguella. Plusieurs individus envoyés par M. d’ Anchieta.

L’espéce est connue des naturels sous le nom de “ Gimbots,”’ qwils

donnent également 4 d’autres petits batraciens. |

1867.] PROF. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 849

3. Hypreronius routsonu. (Fig. 3.)

Tympan caché; téte large A museau court et arrondi; langue

petite, cordiforme, fendue en arritre; peau lisse en dessus, granu-

leuse en dessous et sur les flancs; une trés-petite palmure 4 la base

des doigts ; orteils réunis par une membrane jusqu’’ la base de la

derniére phalange.

Hyperolius toulsonii.

Coloration (dans l’aleool): En dessus, sur un fond d’une teinte

de plomb, trois larges bandes longitudinales blanches, Pune sur la

ligne dorsale du bout du museau 4 l’anus, les autres naissant de

chaque coté derriére l’ceil et se dirigeant le long de la partie supé-

rieure des flancs; les cuisses couleur de plomb uniforme; la jambe

en dessous et le pied, ainsi que la face inférieure des membres anté-

rieurs et la main, d’un brun foncé; région gutturale et ventre blancs ;

sur la face dorsale des membres antérieurs et de la jambe des larges

taches arrondies blanches; un trait noiratre, bordé de blanc en des-

sous, du bout du museau 4 la tempe, en traversant l’ceil; bord de la

machoire supérieure couleur de plomb.

Dimensions: Du bout du museau 4 l’anus 26 millim., memb. ant.

16 millim., memb. post. 39 millim.

Hab. Loanda. Un individu envoyé- par M. Toulson.

4. Buro sprnosus, nov. sp.?

Téte large, déprimée, plane ; bords orbitaires supérieurs non sail-

lants ; parotides allongées, étroites, paralléles a la ligne dorsale, trois

fois plus longues que larges; pas de glande sur la face supérieure de

la jambe ; tympan distinct, égalant presque le diaméetre de ceil ;

doigts libres, le 3° beaucoup plus long que le 2° et le 4°, qui sont

égaux ; orteils réunis par la membrane jusqu’a moins de la moitié de

leur longueur, le 4° d’un tiers plus long que le 5°. Les callosités du

talon plus volumineuses que celles de la paume de la main; un pli

de la peau, bien prononcé, au bord interne du tarse ; sans tubercules.

La peau des parties supérieures, 4 exception de celle qui couvre le

milieu du crane et le museau, est partout couverte de gros tubercules

garnis d’épines cornées noiratres; les plus gros de ces tubercules

portent au centre une épine beaucoup plus forte que les autres.

846 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [Nov. 14,

Parotides et régions supra-orbitaires également couvertes d’épines.

En dessous la peau est granuleuse.

‘Coloration: En dessus d’un brun cendré avec des taches brun

foneé bordées de noir, distribuées plus ou moins réguliérement sur la

téte, le dos et la face supérieure des membres; en dessous, d’un

brun jaunatre uniforme sur le ventre et la face inférieure des mem-

bres, et d’un noir fuligineux pointillé de jaunatre sur la gorge.

Dimensions: Téte et trone réunis 68 millim., memb. ant. 46

millim., memb. post. 83 millim.

Hab. Benguella. Un seul individu par M. d’Anchieta ; il porte

le nom vulgaire de ‘‘ Minongo.”

Ce crapaud se rapproche beaucoup du B. tuberosus, Giinther

(Batr. Salientia, p. 60, pl. 3. fig. C), dont il semble différer par la

forme des parotides, par des épines moins fortes sur les tubercules

cutanés, par l’existence d’un pli de la peau au bord interne du tarse,

tandis que chez l’espéce de Fernando Po ce pli n’existe pas et est

remplacé par des tubereules, &c. Cependant pour arriver & une

opinion décisive il conviendrait de pouvoir comparer les deux espéces.

6. The Fishes of Seychelles. By Lieut.-Colonel R. L.

Prayrarr, F.Z.S., H.M. Consul-General in Algeria.

(Plates XL. & XLI.)

The Seychelles Archipelago is included in the region the ichthyo-

logy of which was described in ‘The Fishes of Zanzibar.’ Since the

ublication of that volume I have paid another visit to those remark-

able islands ; and during a stay of nearly two months there I have

been enabled to add very considerably to my former collections. I

have obtained fifty-five additional species, of which five are new to

science, and I have observed many others not previously known to

exist there. In all Iam enabled to publish a list of 211 species,

only fifteen of which are given on other authority than my own ob-

servation.

I cannot refrain from recording the obligation I owe to Swinburne

Ward, Esq., H.M. Civil Commissioner, whose interest in everything

connected with sport and natural science is as unbounded as his

hospitality.

ACANTHOPTERYGII.

PERCID#.

1. ETELIS CARBUNCULUS, C. & V.

2. APRION VIRESCENS, C. & V.

3. ANYPERODON LEUCOGRAMMICUS, Reinw.

‘Two specimens of this fish were obtained at Seychelles,—the first

1867. | THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. _ 847

exactly identical with those previously described; the second an

adult male, 21 inches long, differing in coloration only.

It is brownish on the back, lighter on the belly ; the entire body

and fins, including even the thick outer membranes of the eyes,

covered with round red spots ; these are largest on the body, smallest

on the occiput and snout, and hardly conspicuous on the pectoral

rays. The white lateral bands were quite inconspicuous in the fresh

state, but after maceration in spirits for several weeks a faint trace

of them has become visible.

4, SERRANUS LOUTI, Forsk.

5. S. eryvTHrezus, C. & V.

6. S. CYANOSTIGMATOIDES, Blkr.

7. S. miniatus, Forsk.

8. S. GUTTATUS.

Perce miniate var. B, Forsk. p. 41.

Bodianus guttatus, Bl. t. 224.

Serranus myriaster, Cuy. & Val. ii. p. 3635; Riipp. Atlas, Fische,

p- 107, t. 27. f. 1; Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. p. 653, pl. 3. f. 1;

Less. Voy. Coqu. pl. 37.

S. guttatus, Pet. Wiegm. Archiv, 1855, p. 235; Ginth. Fish. i.

p. 119 (not C. & V.).

The specimens from Seychelles have exceedingly fine denticula-

tions to the preeoperculum, and five or six darker cross bands on the

body behind the termination of the pectorals. Length 9 inches.

9. SERRANUS SONNERATI, C. & V.

10. S. surtuus, C. & V.

11. S. pispar, Playf.

S. MARGINALIS, Bl.

13. S. HoEVENI, Blkr.

S. HEXAGONATUS, Forst.

15. S. FLAVO-CHRULEUS, Lacép.

16. S. GAIMARDI.

Serranus gaimardi, ? Bleek. Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. 1853, Batav.

p. 455; Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. Poiss. p. 656, pl. 3. f.3; Gunth.

Fish. i. p. 150.

In ‘The Fishes of Zanzibar’ I considered S. gaimardi, Blkr.,

identical with S. longispinis, Kner; but I have obtained another

example at Seychelles which leads me to doubt the propriety of

having done so. The Zanzibar specimens exactly correspond to that

described in the ‘ Voyage of the Novara,’ while the Seychelles one

848 LIEUT COL. PLAYFAIR ON [ Nov. 14,

agrees with that in the ‘ Voyage of the Astrolabe.’ The latter is

distinguished not only by the form, number, and distribution of the

spots, but by the greater height of the body, and the shape of the

spinous portion of the dorsal.

Diagnosis. —Caudalis with rather convex posterior margin. The

length of the head is contained thrice and three-quarters, and the

height of the body four times in the total length. Diameter of the

eye one-fifth of the length of the head. The upper maxillary does

not extend as far as the posterior margin of the orbit. Praeoperculum

serrated, with four or five stronger denticulations at the angle; sub-

and interoperculum entire ; operculum with three points, the upper

of which is minute, and the middle one very Jong. Scales ciliated.

Third dorsal spine longest, but not half the length of the head. The

third anal spine longest ?

Colour.— Brownish, with numerous small yellow spots, which are

smaller and more distinct on the head than on the body. Spinous

dorsal with indistinct yellowish spots, soft portion with a yellow

margin and two series of distinct and one (the basal) series of in-

distinct large round brown spots, about eight in each. Anal and

caudal blackish, with numerous large dark brown spots, the latter

with a yellow margin. Ventrals and pectorals similarly spotted.

Length 14 inches.

17. S. AREOLATUS, Forsk.

There is not the slightest doubt that the fish described in Giin-

ther’s ‘ Catalogue,’ and quoted in ‘ The Fishes of Zanzibar,’ is the

true S. areolatus of Forskall, and of the ‘ Hist. Nat. des Poissons.’

On a recent visit to the Paris Museum, specimens of this species

were shown to me bearing the name of angularis, Cuv. Probably

these were not the typical specimens of angularis, but were con-

founded with it at some later period. Cuvier’s description of the

latter agrees perfectly with a specimen in the British Museum.

18. S. cHLorostiema, C. & V.

19, S. cyLinpRicus, Gthr.

20. PLECTROPOMA MACULATUM, Bl.

21. PoGONOPERCA OCELLATA.

Pogonoperca ocellata, Ginth. Fish. 1. p. 169.

Two specimens of this remarkable fish were obtained at Seychelles,

where it appears quite unknown to the fishermen. Only two other

examples are known to exist, one in the British and the other in the

Paris Museum.

22. GENYOROGE SEB&, C, & V.

23. G. BENGALENSIS, C. & V.

24. G. rivuxata, C. & V.

1867. | THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 849

25. G. civis, C. & V.

26. MESOPRION ARGENTIMACULATUS, Forsk.

27. M. Gemsra, Schn.

A specimen from Seychelles is remarkable as having an indistinct

black blotch on the lateral line, below the first rays of the dorsal,

occupying about five or six series of scales. Length 124 inches.

Creole name ‘‘ Giblot.”’

28s. M. mMacHAs.

M. machas, Cuv. & Val. vii. p. 446; Giinth. Fish. i. p. 260.

D.a. A. =e L. lat. 58-60. LL. trans. 7/17.

Diagnosis.—Height of body nearly equal to length of head, and

contained from thrice and two-thirds to four times in the total length.

Diameter of eye about one-fourth of the length of head. Upper

profile of head descending at a slight angle, rather straight ; jaws

equal in front ; upper maxillary not reaching as far back as centre

of eye. Suprascapular and preoperculum entire, the latter slightly

notched; a small knob on the interoperculum, which is entirely

covered with scales. Caudal truncate ; , pectorals reaching as far as

vent ; dorsal spines feeble, the fourth longest; the third of anal

rather longer and stronger than the second.

Colour.—Olive, with yellow oblique streaks above the lateral line,

and three longitudinal ones below it, of which the second, from the

posterior of orbit to back of tail, is broadest. Dorsal, anal, and

caudal fins yellow ; upper half of pectorals yellow, lower half rosy.

Length 113 inches.

29. M. FuLVvIFLAMMA, Forsk.

30. M. ERYTHROGNATHUS, C. & V.

31. M. tursanus, C. & V.

32. M. vittra, Q. & G.

33. M. ERYTHRINUS.

Diacope erythrina, Ripp. N. W. Fische, p. 92, t. 23, f. 2.

Mesoprion erythrinus, Ginth. Fish. i. p. 199.

ee a >: L. lat. 65.

The specimen observed at Seychelles differs slightly from that de-

scribed by Ruppell; but there is little doubt of their identity.

Diagnosis.—Height of body twice and four-fifths, and length of

head thrice and two-thirds in the total length. Upper profile of

head gibbous above the eyes. Snout elongate, pointed ; lower jaw

prominent. Diameter of eye one-sixth of the length of the head.

Preoperculum finely serrated, with a shailow notch ; knob of inter-

operculum not very prominent. Pectorals pointed, reaching to vent.

Caudal subtruncated.

850 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [ Nov. 14,

Colour.—Bright red; dorsal, caudal, and anal with very narrow

black margins ; ventrals stained with blackish.

Length 18 inches. Creole name “ Bourgeois.”

Hab. Seychelles; Red Sea. :

34. PRIACANTHUS SPECULUM.

Priacanthus speculum, Cuv. & Val. vii. p.471 ; Régne Anim. Ill.

Poiss. pl. 11. f. 1; Gimnth. Fish. i. p. 221.

D. 4. A.s. L. lat. 84.

Diagnosis.—Caudal crescent-shaped, the exterior rays being some-

what produced. The height of the body is contained thrice and

fourth-fifths, and the length of the head rather more than four times

in the total length. The diameter of the eye is equal to the length

of the snout, and is contained twice and two-thirds in the length of

the head. Przoperculum finely denticulated, with a small serrated

spine at the angle. Operculum, sub- and interoperculum entire ;

the first with two small spines. The posterior opening of the nostril

is a long narrow slit, four times as long as broad. Dorsal spines

increasing in length posteriorly, the last being twice the height of

the second ; the fifth ray is longest. The first three spines and all

the rays have a rough surface. The middle rays of the anal are

nearly half as long as the body is high; both spines and rays are

striated. Ventrals elongated, reaching to the third anal spine.

Colour.—Red ; all the fins except the pectorals have blackish

edges.

Length 11 inches. Creole name “ Miroir.”

35. Priacantuus FAx, C. & V.

36. AMBASSIS COMMERSONII, Forsk.

37. A. UROTANIA, Blkr.

38. A, DussUMIERI, C. & V.

39. ApoGon HYALOSOMA, Blkr.

40. A. rascratus, White.

41. A. cyanosoma, Blkr.

42, Dues Fuscus, C. & V.

PRISTIPOMATID.

43. THERAPON sERVUS, Forsk. .

44. PristrPoMA LEUCURUM, C. & V.

45. DIAGRAMMA AFFINE, Gthr.

16. D. eriseum, C. & V.

Several specimens of this fish were caught in a mountain-torrent

1867.] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 851

in Seychelles, which loses itself in a sand-bank without reaching the

sea. The only direct communication between the two is after un-

usually heavy floods; so that it would appear that this salt-water

species not only visits, but habitually lives, in fresh water.

47, DIAGRAMMA PUNCTATISsIMUM, sp.n. (Pl. XL.)

D.. A.>. L. lat. 90-95.

Allied to D. pardalis and D. gaterina, but differing from these

_ principally in the size of the scales.

Diagnosis.—Height of body thrice and two-thirds in the total

length ; length of head four times in the same. Diameter of eye a

_ fourth of the length of the head. Lips thick, swollen. The upper

maxillary barely reaches the vertical from the anterior nostril. Pre-

operculum with the posterior limb slightly inclining forwards, with

a very shallow emargination in the middle, and, together with the

angle, moderately denticulated. Dorsal fin rather deeply notched,

the fourth and fifth spines longest ; they are contained twice and a

half in the length of the head, and are longer than the longest ray.

The second and third anal spines are about equal in length, but the

former is much the stronger ; they are hardly shorter than the fourth

dorsal ray. Caudal truncated. ‘The free portion of the tail below

the termination of the dorsal is less than the distance thence to the

base of the caudal.

Colour.—Grey ; the upper two-thirds of the head and trunk, the

soft dorsal, anal, and caudal covered with rather large, crowded,

blackish spots, occupying from two to five series of scales. The

spinous dorsal with a broad black margin, and a series of large black

spots along the middle, the largest being half the diameter of the

orbit. Soft dorsal with a narrow black margin. Pectorals grey,

with a red black-edged spot at the axil, one or two reddish black

spots on the base, and the membrane behind the base red. Ventrals

with two red spots on the base superiorly.

Length 16} inches.

48, DiaGRAMMA CENTURIO, C. & V.

49. SCOLOPSIS FRENATUS, C, & V.

50. S. PH2OPS.

Scolopsides pheops, Bennett, Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc, i. p. 165.

Scolopsis pheops, Giinth. Fish, i. p. 398.

Hab. Seychelles ; Mauritius.

31. PENTAPUS AUROLINEATUS.

Sparus lineatus, Lacép. iv. p. 132.

Pentapus aurolineatus, Cuv. & Val. vi. pp. 269, 559, pl. 157;

Giinth. Fish. i. p. 381.

Hab. Seychelles; Mauritius; Molucca Sea; Louisiade archi-

pelago.

852 LIZUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [ Nov. 14,

52. APHAREUS FURCATUS.

Labrus furcatus, Lacép. iii. pp. 424, 477, pl. 21. f. 1.

Caranxamorus sacrestinus, Lacép. v. p. 682.

Aphareus caerulescens, Cuv. & Val. vi. p. 487, pl. 162 6.

A. furcatus, Giinth. Fish. i. p. 386.

Creole name “ Vivant au grande gueule.”’

Hab. Seychelles; Mauritius.

53. Camsio srriatus, Rupp.

54. C. MACULATUS.

Cesio maculatus, Cuv. & Val. vi. p. 439; Ginth. Fish. i. p. 391.

D. i. A. .. L. lat. 65. LL. transv. 7/14.

Diagnosis.—Height of body four and a half, and length of head

four and two-thirds in the total length; diameter of eye thrice and

four-fifths in the length of the head, and rather shorter than the

interorbital space. The entire vertical fins scaly; only two anal

spines.

27 SRE je blue above; each scale with a lighter centre, an

indistinct yellow band from suprascapular, along the series of scales

next but one above the lateral line. A black band along each caudal

lobe. Axil black.

Length 12 inches. |

SQUAMIPINNES.

55. CHXTODON SETIFER, Bl.

56. C. ZANZIBARENSIS, Playf.

57. C. rrirasciatus, Mungo Park.

58. HENIOCHUS MACROLEPIDOTUS, L.

59. HoLacANTHUS IGNATIUS, sp. n. (PI. XLI.)

ey As =. L. lat. ca. 72.

ear

Diagnosis.—Preopercular spine smooth, shorter than the diameter

of the eye. Preeoperculum slightly serrated on the posterior edge,

a few minute spines on the anterior portion of its lower limb. Other

opercles entire. A few conspicuous denticulations on the inferior

edge of preorbital. Dorsal and anal fius much produced posteriorly,

extending beyond the posterior of caudal. Anal spines long, the

third nearly equal to the longest of the dorsal, Caudal rounded.

Scales small, very irregularly arranged, about seventy-two between

upper angle of operculum and root of caudal.

Colour.—Dull yellowish ; the body densely spotted with black ;

head and breast without such spots; a blue streak along the median

line of snout; another from occiput, skirting anterior margin of

orbit, to middle of lower preeopercular limb. Vertical fins spotted

with pale blue, and with a few undulating lines along their base.

are

1867.] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 853

Dorsal and anal with a narrow blue margin, the extreme points of

the produced portions being yellow. Caudal with a very narrow

white margin. Ventrals with a few more or less interrupted blue

lines along the rays.

Length 7} inches. Creole name “ Ignace.”

MULLID2.

60. Muuuvus vittratus, Forsk.

61. M. BarBertnus, Lacép.

62. M. oxycerHauus, Blkr.

63. M. Lutevs, C. & V.

64. M. pispriurus, Playf.

65. M. rratercutus, C. & V.

66. M. FLAVOLINEATUS.

M. flavolineatus, Lacép. iii. p. 406.

Upeneus flavolineatus, Cuv. & Val. i. p. 456; Ripp. N. W

Fische, p. 101, t. 26. f. 1.

Mulloides flavolineatus, Bleek. Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. 1852,

Ceram, ii. p. 697; Giinth. Fish. i. p. 403.

Hab. Seychelles; Bombay; from Red Sea to Chinese Seas.

67. M. cycLostroma.

M. cyclostomus, Lacép. iii. p. 404, pl. 19. f. 3 (bad).

Sciena heptacanthus, Lacép. iv. pp. 308, 312.

Upeneus cyelostomus, Cuv. & Val. ili. p. 472; Rupp. N.W. Fische,

p- 101; Giinth. Fish. i. p. 409.

Hab, Seychelles ; from Red Sea, through Indian Ocean, to East-

Indian archipelago.

SPARID&.

68. CANTHARUS GRANDOCULIS, C. & V.

69. LeTHRINUS LonerRostRIs, Playf.

7). ? LETHRINUS GENIVITTATUS.

? Lethrinus genivittatus, Cuv. & Val. vi. p. 306, pl. 159; Stein-

dachner, Verhandl. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1866, p. 478; Playf. in

Fishes of Zanzib. p. 144.

D. > A. -. L. lat. 50. L. transyv. 5/15.

Diagnosis.—No true molars; teeth conical, moderately strong.

Height of body equal to length of head, and one-fourth of the total

length. Diameter of eye about one-fourth of the length of the head,

and half that of the snout, which is pointed and conical. The maxil-

lary does not nearly reach the vertical from the anterior nostril.

The interspace between the eyes is about equal to their diameter.

854 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [Nov. 14,

Third dorsal spine longest, and twice and a half in the length of the

head.

Colour.—Olive, each scale with a darker margin. The naked parts

of the head, including the opercular margin, dark; a bright pink

spot, half as large as the eye, at the angle of operculum ; sometimes,

a small pink blotch at the root of the pectoral, and on the middle of

its superior margin. Caudal with a pink posterior margin.

Length 11 inches. Creole name “ L’éclair.”’

71. LerHRINus RAMAK, Forsk.

72. L. NEBULOSUS, Forsk.

73. L. STRIATUS.

L. striatus, Steindn. Verhandl. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1866, p. 479,

pl. 5. f. 3; Playf. in Fishes of Zanz. p. 145.

A specimen of this species was observed at Seychelles, correspond-

ing exactly to Dr. Steindachner’s description, and very distinctly

different from the specimen of ZL. nedulosus obtained at the same

place. Creole name “ L’éclair.”’

74. L. c@Rueus, C. & V.

75. L. crocorprerus, C. & V.

76. CHRYSOPHRYS SARBA, Forsk.

77. SPHZRODON GRANDOCULIS.

Sciena grandoculis, Forsk. p. 53.

Chrysophrys grandoculis, Cuv. & Val. vi. p. 134.

Spherodon grandoculis, Riipp. N. W. Fische, p. 113, t. 28. f. 2;

Ginth. Fish. i. p. 465.

Hab. Seychelles ; Red Sea.

78. CHRYSOPHRYS SARBA, Forsk.

SCORPENID.

79. SCORPENA POLYPRION.

Scorpena polyprion, Bleek. Natur. Tydsch. Neder. Ind. 1849,

Scleroparei, p. 21; Verhand. Batavy. Gen. xxii. Bali, p. 5; ibid.

Sclerop. p. 7; Giinth. Fish. ii. p. 115.

Creole name “ Laf.”

Hab. Seychelles ; East-Indian archipelago.

’ TEUTHIDIDA.

80. TEUTHIS CORALLINA, C. & V.

81. T. suror, C. & V.

82. T. rostrata, C. & V.

1867.] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 855

83. T. MARGARITIFERA.

Amphacanthus margaritifera, C. & V. x. p. 145.

Teuthis margaritifera, Ginth. Fish. iii. p. 317.

Diagnosis.—Height of body rather more than one-third of the

total length. Caudal emarginate, the lobes pointed.

Colour.—Brown, with rather large pale blue spots, those in the

middle of the sides are largest and have brown centres. Fins imma-

culate.

Length 11 inches. Creole name ‘“ Cordonnier.”’

Hab. Seychelles ; East-Indian archipelago.

BerRYCcID#.

84. MyriprisTiIs PRALINIvS, C. & V.

85. HoLoceNTRUM RUBRUM, Forsk.

86. H. sprnirervum, C. & V.

87. H. ptapema, Lacép.

88. H. Lave.

H. leve, Giinth. Fish. i. p. 47, pl. 6. f. B.

The specimen from Seychelles differs slightly from those in the

British Museum in the formula of the fins &c.; the former has :—

D.105. A.z. L. lat. 42. L. transv. 3/8.

Hab. Seychelles ; Louisiade archipelago ; Salomon Islands; Am-

boyna.

89. HoLoceNTRUM CAUDIMACULATUM.

Holocentrum spiniferum, Cuv. & Val. ii. p. 206, vil. p. 498;

Riipp. Atlas, Fische, p. 86, t. 23. f. 1 (not N. W. Fische).

Holocentrus caudimaculatus, Riipp. N. W. Fische, p. 97.

Holocentrum caudimaculatum, Ginth. Fish. i. p. 41.

D.11|14. A.>. L. lat. 40. L. transv. 3/7.

Diagnosis.—Height of body contained thrice and a half, and length

of head thrice and two-thirds in the total length ; interocular space

five times and a half in the length of the head. Operculum with

two flat spines, the upper of which is largest. Third and fourth

dorsal spines longest ; the soft portion higher than the spinous, but

less than half the height of body. The upper maxillary bone does

not reach as far as the centre of eye. Upper caudal lobe longest, and

contained five times and a third in the total length. Third anal

-spine much longer and stronger than the fourth. Length of snout

equal to diameter’ of eye.

Colour.—Red, each scale with a vertical silvery crescent-shaped

stripe. A large silvery spot on the back of tail, behind termination

of dorsal. A dark red spot behind angle of preoperculum. Fins

rosy ; the points of the lobes of the spinous dorsal, the anterior mar-

856 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [ Nov. 14,

gin of soft portion, the exterior margins of caudal, the membrane

between the third and fourth spines of anal, and the superior mar-

gin of pectorals darker. A white red-edged spot at axil of pectorals.

Description of the specimen.—Form rather elongate. Snout long,

equal to diameter of eye. The interocular space is contained five

times and a half in the length of the head; the two central bony

ridges distant from one another and parallel. The groove for the

process of the intermaxillary bones goes as far back as the anterior

third of the eye, and is equal to the length of the snout. The tur-

binal bone terminates in front in two spines, the upper of which is

directed forward, the lower downward ; it does not cover the inter-

maxillary. The upper maxillary bone reaches below the anterior

third of the eye, the diameter of which is contained thrice and a half

in the length of the head, the operculum and spine included.

All the opercles are striated and denticulated, as also are the sca-

pular and humeral bones.

The preeopercular margin is inclined forwards, terminating in a

large and strong spine, longer than half the margin above it, which

is coarsely denticulated. The opercular spines are broad and flat,

the upper being the longer. Suboperculum entire, except on the

upper third, where the strize are produced beyond the edge. Inter-

operculum strongly and irregularly denticulated.

Dorsal spines moderately strong, the third and fourth longest, but

shorter than the soft portion, which is less than half the height of

body. First spine of anal minute; the second is one-fifth of the

third ; the third is very long and strong, much more so than the

fourth, or than any other spine or ray in the vertical fins; it is half

the height of the body, and nearly one-fifth of the total length ; the

fourth can be entirely hidden in the groove of the third. Superior

lobe of caudal longest, and contained five times and one-third in the

total length. Pectorals contained five times and two-thirds in the

same, and about equal to the ventrals; the spine of the latter is two-

thirds of its length ; the longest ray reaches to the thirteenth scale

of the lateral line, and is remote from the vent.

Scales not striated, but strongly serrated on the edge, and having

numerous pores or perforations.

Length 8$ inches.

Creole name of this and the other species of Holocentrum and

Myripristis, “ Lion.”

Hab. Seychelles ; Red Sea.

PoOLYNEMID.

90. PoLtyNEMUS SEXFILIS, C. & V.

XIPHIIDE.

91. HistropHorvus BREVIROSTRIS, Playf.

92. H. GLADIUS.

Scomber gladius, Brouss. Mém. Acad. Se. 1786, p. 454, pl. 10.

1867.] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 857

Istiophorus gladius, Lacép. ii. pp. 374, 375.

Xiphias ensis, Lacép. ii. p. 296.

Mistiophorus indicus, Cuy. & Val. vili. p. 293, pl. 229; Cuv. Rég.

Anim. Ill. Poiss. pl. 53. f. 1.

HI. americanus, Cuy. & Val. viii. p. 303.

HI, gladius, Ginth. Fish. ii. p. 513.

I am indebted to Mr. Ward for the head, portion of the skin, and

the entire fins of a very interesting specimen of Histiophorus cap-

tured at Mahé. This differs from H. gladius in several important

points, such as the depressed shape of the rostrum, which in H.

gladius is conical and of much greater length; nevertheless, as my

specimen is so incomplete, and as there is so strong a resemblance

between the two, I hesitate to describe this as a new species. The

following is a description of the specimen : —

Di 427. WS ites Nor (Pig.

The first three dorsal spines short and closely united to the

fourth, which is roughly granulated and considerably longer than

the produced portion of the rostrum; the next seven spines do not

differ greatly in length; the fifteenth to the thirty-sixth are much

produced, the longest being longer than the length of the head ; the

last six are short, the longest being less than half the diameter of

orbit, Second dorsal fin emarginate above ; the first and last rays

longest, and longer than any of the spines after the thirty-sixth.

Second anal similar to second dorsal ; the first is more elevated, the

longest spine being one-half the length of the fourth of the dorsal.

The ventral consists of a single ray, its length is equal to the distance

from the centre of orbit to end of snout. Pectorals much shorter,

about half as long as head. ‘Two conspicuous keels on each side of

base of caudal. The caudal lobes are about one-fourth of the total

length, measured from end of snout to fork of caudal.

The upper profile of head descends nearly in a straight line ; upper

jaw depressed, much broader than deep. The distance from the end

of snout to posterior margin of orbit is about two-thirds of the length

of the entire head. The produced portion of rostrum about equal

to the distance from the extremity of the mandible to the posterior

limb of the preoperculum.

Dermal productions numerous, lanceolate, hidden in the skin.

Membranes of first dorsal fin with numerous round light spots.

Creole name ‘‘ L’empereur.”

ff; In.

Total length, to fork of caudal ated sO}

Lenmti oe Neaee se OE OOD Sree oes se OG

of produced part of upper jaw ...... ln .2

of upper jaw from angle of mouth.... 2 2

Oly DECLOMHIB tits go ciiu a ia eke or ae ae

EAS TELS Co NS le i et Sa. ie Se

Greatest height of dorsal...... oO

Length of caudal lobes 1g

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LV.

858 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [ Nov. 14,

ACRONURID&.

93. ACANTHURUS TRIOSTEGUS, L.

94. A. matorpes, C.& V. (Fig. 1.)

A remarkable specimen of this fish was obtained at Seychelles,

with a very protruding profile, approaching that of Naseus ; in other

respects it is identical with the specimens formerly observed on the

east coast of Africa.

Acanthurus matoides.

95. A. vELIFER, Bl.

96. Nasreus BReEvirostRis, C. & V.

CARANGID.

97. CaRANX CRUMENOPHTHALMUS.

Scomber crumenophthalmus, Bl. t. 343.

Caranx crumenophthalmus, Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 62 ; Gimth. Fish.

ii. p. 429.

C, plumieri, Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 65.

O. mauritianus, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Freye. Zool. p. 359.

1867.] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 859

O. macrophthalmus, Riipp. Atlas, Fische, p. 97, t. 25. f. 4.

Hab. Seychelles; Mafiritius; Red Sea; Indian Ocean ; Poly-

nesia; west coast of Africa; Atlantic coasts of Tropical America.

98. CARANX VENATOR, sp.n. (Fig. 2.)

D.7 =~ A-.0—155,,- L. lat. 39.

Diagnosis.—First dorsal little developed, the spines feeble and

hardly connected together by membranes. Anal with sometimes

one, generally no free spine. Teeth in both jaws in a single series

without canines; teeth on vomer, palatine bones, and tongue.

Height of body contained thrice and a third in the total length ;

length of head four times and three-quarters in the same. Breast

naked. Lateral line slightly bent, becoming straight in the vertical

from middle of soft dorsal. Plates strong, occupying nearly the whole

of the straight portion. Snout subtruncated, lower jaw not promi-

nent. Maxillary reaches the vertical from anterior margin of orbit.

Caranx venator.

Colour.— White, bluish above, with a few small yellow spots scat-

tered over the body. No opercular spot. Posterior margin of caudal

blackish. During life there are several broad transverse bands on the

side, as in C. speciosus ; but these invariably disappear after death.

Description of specimen.—-Body compressed, elliptical ; the upper

profile of the head much more curved than the lower one (in which

respect it differs from C. helvolus). The greatest depth is between

the origin of the soft dorsal and anal fins, where it is contained thrice

860 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [Nov. 14,

and a third in the total length. Head longer than high, its length

contained four times and three-quarters ih the same. Eye mode-

rately large, its diameter contained once and a half in the length of

the snout, which is obtuse. Lower jaw not prominent; cleft of

mouth slightly oblique, low down in snout. Maxillary reaches to,

or slightly beyond, the vertical from front margin of orbit. The

interorbital space is equal to the length of the snout. Diameter of

the eye contained four times and a half in the length of the head ;

no adipose eyelid. Teeth in both jaws in a single series, without

canines; those on the vomer in a rather large tetrahedral patch,

those on the palatines and tongue in elongated bands.

The first dorsal is little developed, the spines feeble, and hardly

connected together by membranes ; its origin is nearer to the roots

than to the points of the ventral fins. The origin of the second

dorsal is nearer to the snout than to the fork of caudal; its anterior

rays, as well as those of anal, produced (in this also it differs from

C. helvolus). Caudal deeply forked; the lobes are equal, their

length contained four times and a half in the total length ; a keel on

each side of its base. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal. Veutrals in-

serted behind the pectorals, and reaching a little beyond vent; their

length is contained thrice and a half in that of the pectorals, which

are long, falciform, and extend to the seventeenth dorsal ray.

Scales small, breast naked. Lateral line slightly arched, becom-

ing straight below the sixteenth dorsal ray ; the straight portion is

armed with about thirty-nine spiniferous plates, those on the free

portion of the tail being very strong and well developed.

Length 16 inches. Creole name ‘‘ Carangue chasseur.”’

99. CaRANX HASSELTH, Blkr.

100. C. xantHurus, K. & v. H.

101. C. vomerrnus, Playf.

102. C. maLaparicus, Sehn.

103. C. Basan, Forsk.

104. C. rutvocurratus, Forsk.

105. C. speciosus, Forsk.

106. C. rtppe.yi, Gthr.

107. C. MELAmpyGus, C. & V.

108. C. SANSUN.

Scomber sansun, Forsk. p. 56; Russell, 11. p. 33, pl. 144.

Caranz sansun, Riipp. Atlas, Fische, p. 101; N. W. Fische, p. 48,

t. 13. f. 3; Giinth. Fish. 1. p. 447.

Hab. Seychelles; Mauritius; Red Sea; coast of India.

109. C. arnmarus, Forsk.

1867. ] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 861

110. SeRIOLICHTHYS BIPINNULATUS, Q. & G.

111. CHoRINEMUS TOLOO.

Toloo-parah, Russell, ii. p. 29, pl. 137.

Lichia toloo-parah, Ripp. Altas, Fische, p. 91.

Chorinemus toloo, Cuv. & Val. viii. p. 377 ; Giinth. Fish. ii. p. 473.

Hab. Seychelles ; Red Sea to Indian Ocean.

112. Tracuynortus ovatus, L.

113. T. Bartiontit, Lacép.

114. PLarax VESPERTILIO, BI.

115. P. retra,. Forsk.

116. P. orBICULARIS.

Chetodon orbicularis, Forsk. p. 59.

C. pentacanthus, Lacép. iv. p. 454, pl. 9. f. 2.

Platax orbicularis, Cuv. & Val. vii. p. 232; Rupp. Atlas, Fische,

p- 67, t. 18. f. 3; Giinth. Fish. i. p. 490.

P. pentacanthus, Cuv. & Val. vii. p. 235.

Creole name of all the species of Platax ‘* Poule d’ or.”

Hab. Seychelles ; Red Sea; East-Indian archipelago ; north-west

coast of Australia.

117. EQuuLA FASCIATA.

Equula fasciata, Russell, i. p. 51), pl. 66.

Clupea fasciata, Lacép. v. p. 463.

Equula filigera, longispinis, carak, et fasciata, Cuv. & Val. x.

pp- 92-97, pl. 84.

E. fasciata, Giuth. Fish. ui. p. 498.

Hab. Seychelles ; Red Sea; Indian Ocean and Archipelago.

118. Gazza minuTa, Bl.

CorYPHENIDE.

119. CoryPpH2NA HIPPURUS, L.

SCOMBRID.

120. ScoMBER MICROLEPIDOTUS, Rupp.

121. Tuynnus THuNNINA, C. & V.

122, ECHENEIS NAUCRATES, L.

TRACHINID&.

123. S1~nLAGo s1HAMA, Forsk.

PEDICULATI.

124. ANTENNARIUS MARMORATUS, Gthr.

862 LIEUT.-COL, PLAYFAIR ON [Nov. 14,

125. A. MULTIOCELLATUS.

Chironectes multiocellatus, Cuv. & Val. xii. p. 420.

Antennarius leucosoma, Bleek. Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. 1854,

Floris, p. 328.

Chironectes leprosus, Kyd. & Soul. Voy. Bonite, Zool. i. p. 187.

Antennarius multiocellatus, Ginth. Fish. iii. p. 194.

Var. ad. D3 | 13. A.7. Be 10;

Colour.—Blackish, marbled with lighter and with red; the upper

part of the body with numerous large black ocelli, the lower part

thickly covered with small black spots. Feur large black ocelli

along the edge of the soft dorsal, two on anal, and four on caudal.

Length 5 inches.

Var. 62 Ds3| 12 °° Aes, Pano:

Colour.—Whitish, dotted all over with blackish, especially on the

belly ; three or four large spots on the sides, one at the base of the

third dorsal spine, three along the margin, and two along the base of

anal, and three arranged as a triangle on the caudal.

Length 4 inches.

Hab. Seychelles; Caribbean Seas; East-Indian archipelago ;

Sandwich Islands.

GoBiip&.

126. GoBrus ORNATUS.

Gobius ornatus, Riipp. Atlas, Fische, p.135; N.W. Fische, p. 137;

Ginth. Fish. ii. p 21.

G. ventralis (Ehrenb.), Cuv. & Val. xii. p. 113.

G. interstinctus, Richards. Voy. Ereb. & Terr. Fish. p. 3, pl. 5.

f. 3-6.

Hab. Seychelles ; Red Sea; East-Indian archipelago ; Philippine

Islands ; north-west coast of Australia.

127. G. caninus, C. & V.

128. PERIOPHTHALMUS KOELREUTERI, C. & V.

129. ELEoTRIS OPHIOCEPHALUS, K. & v. H.

130. E. rusca, Schn.

131. E. soarest, Playf.

132. E. cYANOSTIGMA.

? Eleotris cyanostigma, Bleek. Natur. Tydschr. Nederl. Ind. 1855,

Kokos, iv. p. 452; Giinth. Fish. iii. p. 119.

? Eleotriodes cyanostigma, Bleek. Enum. Sp. p. 112.

D.6;. A.;- L. lat. 26-28.

Diagnosis.—The third dorsal spine produced into a filament.

Nine series of scales between the root of posterior dorsal and anal.

1867. ] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 863

Head scaly, with the exception of the snout. Body compressed.

Height of body equal to length of head, and a quarter of the total

length. Eyes close together, the diameter of one of them being

longer than the snout, and one-third of the length of the head. Jaws

equal ; the maxillary hardly extends beyond the anterior margin of

the eye. Teeth in villiform bands, those in the outer series being

enlarged. No canines in the lower jaw. Scales ctenoid.

Colour.—Greenish, marbled and spotted with darker and lighter,

each scale with a silvery dot. Vertical fins brownish ; the second

dorsal, anal, and caudal with silvery spots.

Length 13 inch.

Hab. Seychelles ; East-Indian archipelago.

BLENNIID.

133. SALARIAS VERMICULATUS, C. & V.

134. S. rascratus, Bl.

SPHYRENIDE,

135. SPHYRAZNA JELLO, Russ.

136. S. COMMERSONII.

S. commersonii, Cuv. & Val. iii. p. 352; Ginth. Fish. 11. p. 338.

Hab. Seychelles; Mauritius ; East-Indian Ocean.

ATHERINIDE.

137. ATHERINA PINGUIS.

Atherina pinguis, Lacép. v. p. 372, pl. 11. f.1; Bleek. Act. Soc.

Se. Indo-Neerl. viii. Sumatra, vill. p. 24; Ginth. Fish. iii. p. 399.

A. affinis, Benn. Proc. Comm. Zool. Soe. i. 1831, p. 166.

A. pectoralis, Cuv. & Val. x. p. 447.

Hab. Seychelles; east coast of Africa; Bombay ; coast of Au-

stralia.

138. A. AFRA.

A. afra, Peters in Wiegm. Arch. 1855, p. 244; Giinth. Fish. iii.

p- 378.

Hab. Seychelles; Mozambique.

MuGILip&.

139. MuGIL AXILLARIS.

? Mugil avillaris, Cuv. & Val. xi. p. 131.

Mugil axillaris, Bleek. Natur. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. iv. 1853, p. 266 ;

Act. Soc. Sc. Indo-Neerl. viii. Sumatra, ix. p. 3; Gunth. Fish. iii.

. 444.

: M. parsia, Bleek. Natur. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. iii. 1852, p. 166.

Hab. Seychelles ; Mauritius ; East- Indian archipelago.

864 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [ Nov. 14,

140. M. caruLeo-macutatus, Lacép.

141. M. rRoscHELII.

M. troschelit, Bleek. Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. xvi. p. 277; Act.

Soc. Se. Indo-Neerl. vi. Sumatra, viii. p. 80; Giinth. Fish. iii. p. 448.

Hab. Seychelles; Ceylon; East-Indian archipelago.

FIsTruLARIID2,

142. FisruLariA SERRATA, Bl.

CENTRISCID.

143. AMPHISILE PUNCTULATA, Biane.

LABYRINTHICI.

144, OsPHROMENUS OLFAX, Commers.

PHARYNGOGNATHI.

POMACENTRID&.

145. PoMACENTRUS BANKANENSIS, Blkr.

146. GLtypnHipDODON Ca@LeEstiINus, Soland.

147. G. SEPTEMFASCIATUS.

G. septemfasciatus, Cuv. & Val. v. p. 463 ; Guuth. Fish. iv. p. 40.

The specimens obtaiied at Seychelles do not materially differ from

those previously described, except in the great width of the inter-

orbital space, which is once and a half the diameter of the eye.

Length 8 inches.

148. G. sorpipus, Forsk.

149. HELIASTES CINCTUS, sp. n.

D. = A. = L. lat. 29. L. transv. 2/8.

Diagnosis.—Height of body contained twice and a half in the

total length, or twice in that without caudal; the length of the head

is contained four times and two-thirds in the former, or thrice and

three-fifths in the latter. Teeth in the jaws in a single series, with an

outer series of larger ones in the front of the lower jaw. Width of

preorbital more than half the diameter of the eye. Breadth of in-

terorbital space equal to the diameter of the orbit. Posterior limb of

preoperculum straight, not emarginate ; the cheek-scales are in three

series, and do not cover the preeopercular margin. Przeorbital naked.

Spines of dorsal slender, the middle being slightly longer than the

posterior ones ; they decrease gradually in length from the seventh to

the first; the soft portion is higher than long; one of the longest

rays is more than once and two-thirds the length of the longest spe.

1867. ] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 865

Caudal forked, with the lobes rounded. Second anal spine longer

than any of the dorsal.

Colour.—Dark violet, with a yellowish transverse band crossing

the body below the fifth and sixth dorsal spines, its breadth is equal

to that of two lateral series of scales; in immature specimens (1 inch

long) it crosses the entire body ; in adults (3°9 inches) it extends

over the upper two-thirds of its height. Dorsal fin yellowish, with

a black margin ; a black white-edged ocellus on the base posteriorly,

extending on to the top of the tail; and in immature specimens a

large similarly coloured ocellus on the last spines, extending slightly

on the body. Caudal yellowish, with a brighter cross band near the

base. Anal and ventrals blackish. Pectorals yellow, with a small

spot on axil.

LABRID.

150. CHEILINUS TRILOBATUS, Lacép.

151. C. puncratus, Benn.

152. ©. rascratus, Bi.

153. EprBuLus INSIDIATOR, Pall.

154. STETHOJULIS STRIGIVENTER, Benn.

155. Jutis tunaris, L.

156. J. rrttopata, Lacép.

157. Corts CuvIERI, Benn.

158. C. rormosa, Benn.

159. C. ANNULATA, Lacép.

160. ScaritcutTuys auritus, K. & v. H.

161. S. caruLeoruncratus, Riipp.

162. CALLYODON VIRIDESCENS, Riipp.

163. Pseuposcarus HARID, Forsk.

164. P. macuxosus, Lacép.

165. P. pussumiert, C. & V.

166. P. nucuipuncratus, C. & V.

167. P. cyanocnatuus, Blkr.

168. P. rALcIPInnis, sp. n. (Fig. 3, p. 866.)

D2. Az. P.14.

Closely allied to P. janthochir, but differing from it in coloration

and in the shape of the pectoral fin, which, in this species, is falei-

866 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON (Nov. 14,

Fig. 3.

Pseudoscarus falcipinnis.

form, with the point rounded, and unusually long, reaching to the

origin of the anal.

Diagnosis.— Jaws green, rather strong, with a posterior conical

tooth in the upper jaw. Lips broad, covering more than half of the

1867. ] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 867

upper jaw. Forehead straight. Two series of scales on the cheek,

with a single one below, the lower preeopercular limb being entirely

naked. Caudal with the lobes much produced. Pectorals long,

reaching to anal, falciform, with the point rounded.

Colour.—General colour of the body dirty green, each scale with

a brownish margin. A broad green patch on the head below the

eye, continued as a band across the snout, above the upper lip and

below the lower one, leaving the lips and an irregular spot on each

side of the symphysis of the lower jaw of a dirty fawn-colour ; it is

also continued as a patch on the body, between the roots of the pec-

torals and ventrals, and as a series of spots from the latter to the

origin of the anal. Dorsal blue, with vertical yellowish bars on the

membranes. Anal bluish green, with a narrow, wavy, yellowish

median band. Caudal green, with a broad yellowish band along

each lobe. Ventrals with a similar band parallel to the first ray.

Length 19 inches.

169. GreRRES LINEOLATUS, Gthr.

170. G. ARGYREUS, Forst.

Sciena argyrea, Forster.

Gerres waigiensis, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Freyc. Zool. p. 292.

G. argyreus, Cuv. & Val. vi. p.478; Giinth. Fish. iv. p. 263.

The specimens from Seychelles have the second dorsal spine two-

thirds of the height of the body. Creole name “ Beau temps.”

Hab. Seychelles; Mozambique; Red Sea; East-Indian archipe-

lago; Port Jackson.

171. G. port, C. & V.

PLEURONECTID2.

172. RHOMBOIDICHTHYS PANTHERINUS, Rupp.

173. PLAGUSIA MARMORATA, Blkr.

PHYSOSTOMI.

SILURID.

174. PLorosus ANGUILLARIS, Bl.

SCOMBERESOCID&.

175. BELONE ANNULATA.

Belone annulata, Russell, pl. 175; Cuv. & Val. xviii. p. 447,

pl. 550; Cant. Mal. Fish. p. 244; Ginth. Fish. vi. p. 240.

Hab. Seychelles; Indian Ocean; Friendly Islands.

176. Hemrrampuus bussumiERI, C. & V.

177. H. crores, CSV.

868 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON [Nov. 14,

178. H. pispPar.

H. dispar, Cuy. & Val. xix. p. 58, pl. 558; Bleek. Natur. Tydsch.

Ned. Ind. vi. p. 498; Giunth. Fish. vi. p. 274.

Zenarchopterus dispar, Bleek. Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. i. p. 164.

Creole name “ Aiguille.”’

Hab. Fresh waters of Seychelles ; East Indies.

179. Exoca@tus Evouans, L.

180. E. souanpri, C. & V.

181. E. aAFrFrinis.

E. afinis, Ginth. Fish. vi. p. 288.

Hab. Fast coast of Africa, between Cape Guardafui and Sey-

chelles; Atlantic.

CyPRINODONTID.

182. HapLOCHILUS PLAYFAIRII, Gthr.

CLUPESOCID.

183. Buryrinus GLOssoponrtis, Forsk.

GONORHYNCHID.

181. Luropr1RA CHANOS, Forsk.

185. L. CHLOROPTERUS.

L. chloropterus, Russell, pl. .

Chanos chloropterus, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 195.

Russell states that this fish is found only in water entirely fresh,

and never in that which is even brackish. Valenciennes observes,

‘Cette observation se rapporte a celle faite aux Séchelles sur une

autre espéce donnée par M. Dussumier.”’

I have observed two species of this genus in considerable numbers

at Seychelles, but never in fresh water. They are generally captured

in drawing the seine on the sandy beaches of the various islands, and

sometimes in bays which receive the small mountain-streams, which

are the only fresh water found there.

CLUPEID&.,

186. ALosa vENENOSA, C. & V.

187. ENGRAULIS BOELAMA, Forsk.

ANGUILLIDE.

188. ANGUILLA AMBLODON, Gthr.

MuRANIDE.

189. Mur#NA CHLOROSTIGMA, Kp.

190. M. nuspixa, Richards.

1867. ] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. 869

191. M. varieGaTa.

M. variegata, Forster, Des. An. p. 181; Rich. Zool. Ereb. & Terr.

Fish. p. 94, t. 47. f. 11-16.

M. ophis, Ripp. Atlas, Fische, p. 116, t. 29. f. 2.

Pecilophis variegata, Kaup, Cat. Ap. Fish. p. 98, t. 13. f. 6, 7.

Echidna variegata, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Mureen. p. 80, t. 168. f. 2.

Hab. Seychelles; Indian Ocean.

PLECTOGNATHI.

OsTRACIONID.

192. OsTRAcION Arcus, Schn.

GYMNODONTID®.

193. Diopon ReETICULATUS, Will.

194. TErTRODON ARGENTEUS, Lacép.

195. T. parerna, Richards.

196. T. sreLLatus, Lacép.

197. T. rwmacutatus, Lacép.

BALISTID.

198. BauistEs nicer, Osbeck.

199. ALEUTERES scriptus, Osbeck.

LOPHOBRANCHII.

200. SYNGNATHUS FASCIATUS, Gray.

201. S. pracuLeatus, BI.

CHONDROPTERYGIL.

202. CARCHARIUS ACUTUS.

Carcharius acutus, Riipp. N. W. Fische, p. 65, pl. 18. f. 4; Mill.

& Henle, Plag. p. 29; Cant. Mal. Fish. p. 399; Dum. Hist. Poiss.

1. p. 345.

Snout pointed, the distance between its extremity and the nostrils

equals two-thirds of the distance of the latter from the angles of the

mouth. The first dorsal nearer to the pectorals than to the ventrals ;

the posterior edge of the former emarginate, their breadth is two-

thirds of their length. Base of anal about once and a half the length

of that of second dorsal. Distance between caudal and anal double

the length of the base of the latter. Caudal low, the superior lobe

very obliquely cut at the free extremity, which has a cutaneous fold.

=A, Dum:

Creole name “ Requin.”’

Hab, Seychelles ; Indian Ocean; China; Brazil.

870 LIEUT.-COL, PLAYFAIR ON [ Nov. 14,

203. CARCHARIUS BLEEKERI.

Carcharius (Prionodon) bleekeri, Dum. Hist. Poiss. i. p. 367.

Preeocular portion of snout a little less than the width of the inter-

ocular space. Nostrils equidistant between the point of the snout

and the anterior of the mouth. ‘Teeth different in each jaw; those

in the upper jaw are oblique, with a reentering angle on the exterior

side, and are denticulated both on the point and base; those in the

lower jaw are straighter and more finely denticulated. The first

dorsal commences a short distance behind the interior angle of pec-

torals, and is more than four times as high as the second, which is

situated immediately above the anal, and, like it, has the posterior

angle much prolonged. Caudal one-fourth of the total length ; its

upper lobe is twice the length of the lower one. The extremity of

the pectorals, particularly underneath, the superior angle of the

second dorsal, but not the first, and the angle of the inferior lobe

of caudal are marked with deep black.— 4. Dum.

Length 3! 10".

Hab. Seychelles; Pondicherry.

Two typical specimens of this species exist in the Paris Museum ;

length respectively 1™°3] and 0™78.

204. ZYGZNA MALLEUS, Shaw.

Creole name “ Marteau.”’

205. TRIZ&NODON OBESUS.

Squalus obesus, Riipp. N. W. Fische, p. 64, pl. 18. f. 2.

Trienodon obesus, Mill. & Henle, Plag. p. 55, pl. 20; Dum. Hist.

Poiss. i. p. 386.

Snout short, rounded. Nostrils equidistant between the anterior

edge of the mouth, which is broader than high, and the extremity of

the snout. They have a transverse valvule, small, and without cirrhus.

Teeth with an elongated median point, and with one or two toothlets

on each side of the base; some have a double toothlet on the inner

side. First dorsal nearer the ventrals than the pectorals.. Anal

opposite, and nearly equal to the second dorsal. A semicircular

groove at the top of the root of the caudal. Lower caudal lobe about

half as long as the upper.

General colour grey; the superior angle of both dorsals and the

points of both caudal lobes of a milky white— 4. Dum.

Creole name “ L’endormi.”’

Hab. Seychelles; Red Sea.

206. GALEOCERDO TIGRINUS.

Galeocerdo tigrinus, Mill. & Henle, Plag. p. 59, pl. 23; Dum.

Hist. Poiss. i. p. 393.

Snout flat, rounded, and rather short. Nostrils lateral, equi-

distant between the extremity of the snout and the anterior of the

mouth. Circular spout-holes behind the eyes. Median tooth of

1867.] THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES, 871

both jaws smooth at the point, denticulated at the base; the others

strongly denticulated along the entire edge. First dorsal much

nearer the pectorals than the ventrals; the base of the second once

and a half as long as that of the Le aie Lower caudal lobe short,

hardly a third of the length of the upper one.

Colour yellowish grey, darker superiorly, marked with spots and

vertical bands of a darker colour on the back, sides, and tail; on the

last they are rounded.—4. Dum.

Creole name “ Damoiselle.’’

Hab. Seychelles ; Indian Ocean.

207. RuyYNCHOBATUS L&VIS.

Raia djeddensis, Forsk. p. 18. no. 17.

Rhinobatus levis, Bl. Schn. p. 354, pl. 71; Russell, pl. 10.

R. djeddensis, Riipp. Atlas, Fische, p. 54, t. 14. f. 1.

Rhynchobatus levis, Mill. & Henle, Plag. p.111; Dum. Hist.

Poiss. i. p. 433.

Snout long, pointed. Nostril very oblique, the interior angle

almost reaching the anterior margin of mouth; their length is one-

fourth more than the space between them, and three times that

between their external angle and the edge of the disk. The pec-

torals have their exterior angles almost right ones. The superior

lobe of the caudal is a third longer than the inferior one.

The colour varies with age. Young examples have a yellowish-

olive ground and a small brown spot on each side of the end of the

snout; a band of the same colour on the edge of the eyelid; a large

brown spet surrounded with small ones on the root of each pectoral;

white spots on the rest of the body, those on the flanks being some-

times disposed in bands. In mature specimens these markings dis-

appear, and the fish assumes a uniform brown colour.—d. Dum.

Creole name “ Violon.”’

Hab. Seychelles; Red Sea; Indian Ocean.

208. URoGYMNUS ASPERRIMUS.

Raja asperrima, Bl. Schn. p. 367. no. 24.

Urogymnus asperrimus, Mill. & Henle, Wiegm. Arch. 1837,

p- 400, 434; Dum. Hist. Poiss. i. p. 580.

Anacanthus asperrimus, Mill. & Henle, Plag. p. 157, pl. 60.

Disk ovate, rhomboidal, almost as broad as long, the exterior and

posterior angles rounded. Snout slightly prominent ; its length in

front of eyes is equal to the interorbital space. Tail hardly longer

than the disk, having a groove on its lower side containing a cuta-

neous fold.

The middle of the upper surface from the interorbital space to the

tail, and for more than one-third of its breadth, covered with a mo-

saic of tubercles closely set together, between which rise here and

there spines with stellated bases, the branches of which, frequently

divided, surround several of the adjacent tubercles. On the re-

mainder of the disk there are scattered pointed tubercles, often as

872 ON THE FISHES OF SEYCHELLES. [Nov. 14,

large as the others, but with a circular or oval base. Underside

smooth.

Colour above yellowish green; below white.—d. Dum.

Hab. Seychelles ; Indian Ocean.

209. TryGon vARNAK, Forsk.

The specimen obtained at Seychelles differed only from that found

at Zanzibar in having much smaller tubercles on the median region

of the back, and in having the upper surface immaculate.

210. HyrpoLoPpHuUSs SEPHEN.

Raja sephen, Forsk. p. 17; Russell, i. p. 2, pl. 3.

Trygon sephen, Riipp. Atlas, Fische, p. 52.

T. forskalii, Riipp. ib. p. 53, pl. 13. f. 2.

Hypolophus sephen, Mill. & Henle, Plag. p. 170; Dum. Hist.

Poiss. i. p. 616.

Disk rhomboidal, broader than long, the edge almost straight or

slightly convex ; angles rounded, except the anterior, which is very

obtuse. Ventrals united on the median line; the anterior angle

rounded, the exterior one sharp. Tail about twice and a half as long

as disk, depressed as far as the spine, below which commences a cu-

taneous fold, which occupies about a third of the lower edge. Supe-

rior median region from head to tail covered with scales closely placed

together. On the middle of the scapular region there are three

tubercles much larger than the others.

Colour above of a reddish brown, except the scaly portion, which

is leaden grey. Lower parts light ; caudal fin dark.—4. Dum.

Hab. Seychelles; Red Sea; Indian Ocean.

211. ASTOBATIS NARINARI.

Narinari brasiliensibus, Maregrav, Hist. ver. Natur. Brasil. in

Piso Hist. Nat. Brasil. pp. 175, 176.

Raja quinqueaculeata, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Freye. p. 200, pl. 43.

£738

Eel tenkee, Russell, i. pl. 18.

Myobatis celtenkee, Rupp. N.W. Fische, p. 70, pl. 19. f. 3 (teeth)

Stoasodon narinari, Cant. Mal. Fish. p. 1416.

Aitobatis narinari, Mill. & Henle, Plag. p. 179; Dum. Hist.

Poiss. 1. p. 641.

Disk twice as broad as long, the anterior edges a little convex, the

posterior ones concave. Anterior angle pointed, posterior one

rounded. Snout with an obtuse prominence, broader than long.

Lobes of nasal valvule broad, rounded and toothed on their free

edges. Dental plate on lower jaw curved, prominent. Caudal fin

commencing on the level of the extremity of the insertion of the

ventrals. ‘l'ail three or four times the length of disk.

Colour brown, with round white spots edged with black distri-

buted irregularly over the back. Lower side white.

Hab, Seychelles; Brazil; Red Sea; Indian Ocean.

1867. } MR. A..G. BUTLER ON NYMPHALIS CALEDONIA. 873

7. Note on the Nymphalis caledonia of Hewitson.

By Artuur G. Burter, F.Z.8.

In the first part of his ‘ Exotic Butterflies’ (p. 86, pl. 43. f. 3, 4)

Mr. Hewitson has described and figured a new Butterfly under the

name of Nymphalis caledonia (incorrectly printed calydonia). It is

one of the most beautiful of the species of Nymphalide, and has until

quite recently been unique in the collection of Mr. A. R. Wallace.

Mr. Hewitson says of this insect, “This glorious butterfly is be-

yond description. Both of the posterior wings are so much injured

that I have had to imagine part of the outer margin, but have little

doubt that, if we ever have the good fortune to see a perfect example,

it will prove to be of nearly the same form as N. derenice of Drury.”

As it has fallen to my lot to see the seeond specimen of this beau-

tiful species in the collection of Lieutenant H. Roberts, I have

asked his permission to figure the hind wing; he has kindly con-

ceded to my wishes, and I am thus enabled to give a correct drawing

of the outline*.

The hind wings of N. caledonia are certainly somewhat similar to

those of the female of N. berenice; they, however, more nearly re-

semble those of Prothoé francki (Nymphalis franck of Godart) :

moreover the markings and general colouring of the underside ap-

pear to be a modification of the markings and colouring of that spe-

cies; therefore, though NV. berenice and N. caledenia have hitherto

been looked upon as species of Charaxes (Nymphalis of Westwood),

and are as such included in my monograph of that genus, I should

recommend that they be henceforth referred to the genus Prothoé,

the great size of the thorax being the only character that I can dis-

cover to warrant their admission into the genus Charazes.

Hind wing of Nymphalis caledonia.

The synonymy of N. caledonia must therefore stand as follows :—

PROTHOE CALEDONIA.

Nymphalis calydonia (misprint), Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. 1. p. 86,

pl. 43. f. 3, 4 (1855).

* Since writing the above a third specimen has arrived from Labuan (Borneo),

It is now in the collection of Mr. Hewitson.

+t P. Z. S. 1865, pp. 637, 638.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1867, No. LVI.

874 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID&. [Nov. 14,

Charazes calydonia, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 638.

Hab. Malacca (Colls. Wallace, Roberts, and Hewitson).

The specimen of this butterfly lent to me by Mr. Roberts differs

from that. figured by Mr. Hewitson in its greater size, and in having

the upperside of the hind wing more suffused with greenish: on the

underside the markings are slightly different, the basal red bands

being broader, the central band whiter, the discal red band nar-

rower, darker, and rather more irregular, the submarginal green

band duller, and the blue lunulate line more irregular and not so

deeply margined with black ; the large black caudal spot is, of course,

wanting in the original figure.

8. Additional Observations on the Species of Cats (Felide)

in the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,

ViPZ:8.,, 2.82, &e:

The followimg memoranda were accidentally omitted from my

former paper on the Cats in the British Museum (see P. Z. 8. 1867,

p- 258).

To the species of the restricted genus Felis mentioned in the

former paper I may add the Manul (Felis manul of Pallas). This

was regarded as a new species by Mr. Hodgson under the name of

Felis nigropectus, and is beautifully illustrated in the drawing of his

Nepalese animal in the British Museum. In the British Museum also

is a fine specimen of this Cat, presented by Mr. Hodgson, under the

latter name. It has many characters in common with the other wild

species of the restricted genus Felis ; but it is at once known by its

very long, soft hair, the pale whitish colour only varied by a slight

black wash on the upper part of the legs and the black on the chest.

Fischer, who only worked from books, considers it a variety of Felis

domestica ; but it is a very distinct and well-marked species.

The Wild Cat of Europe (Felis catus) is distinct from the African

and Asiatic species of the restricted genus Felis in the British Mu-

seum. It is at once known by its thick cylindrical truncated tail ;

but it is so well known, and has been so often described, that I need

not add any further observations respecting it. It is said that it

breeds with the domestic Cat, and that the skull of the hybrid, as

well as the coloration of the fur, is more or less modified by the in-

terbreeding.

Having confidence in the declaration of M. F. Cuvier, that the

skins he had received from Malabar were exactly like those of the

animal named by M. Geoffroy in the Museum Catalogue I’. chaus

which came from Egypt, and with those that M. F. Cuvier figured and

described under the same name that were received from North Africa,

and also in Mr. Edward Blyth’s observation (see P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 181), that ‘‘the Egyptian specimen (of . chaus) now living in

the Society’s Gardens is absolutely similar to the common animal of

Bengal,”’ | was misled and adopted their conclusion,

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE FELID&. 875

These authors must have examined their specimens very cursorily,

and cannot have paid any attention to the length of the tail and the

distribution of the bands when present. It will be seen by my pre-

ceding observations, founded on the examination of the specimens

in the British Museum received from all parts of Africa—from Tunis

and Egypt in the north, Abyssinia in the east, and the Cape of

Good Hope in the south, that these Cats are all of one species, and of

a species easily distinguished from the Chaus of Asia by the greater

length and development of the tail.

Of the genus Chaus (as defined by the shortness of the tail),

which appears to be confined to Asia, there are what I am inclined

to regard as three distinct species in the Museum Collection. *

The largest species is the animal that I figured in the ‘ Illustra-

tions of Indian Zoology’ under the name of Felis affinis, having

convinced myself that it was a distinct species years ago, when I was

studying the animals of India from the Hardwicke Collection of

Drawings. I have little doubt that this is the Cat described and

figured by Pallas in the ‘ Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica,’ t. 2, under

the name of Felis catolynx. It is certainly the Lyucus erythrotis

of Hodgson, whose drawings for his ‘ Nepal Fauna’ contain several

good figures of it. It may be the Felis kutas of Pearson. It inha-

bits, according to Mr. Hodgson, the central and lower regions of

Nepal. There is a well-stutfed adult specimen of this Cat in the

British Museum ; it is a magnificent animal.

It is known by the bright yellow colour of the fur, without any,

or with only very indistinct, indications of darker streaks across the

body, which, when present, are only to be seen when the body is

looked at at certain angles.

Guldenstadt’s (Nov. Comm. Acad. Petrop. xx. p. 483, t. 14) de-

scription and figure of the Felis chaus from the shores of the Caspian

agree with this animal in most particulars, and represent the short tail

of the genus Chaus, the tail being rather more than one-fourth of the

entire length of the body, or one-third of the length of the body and

head (30+11). The fur is described as ‘ fusco-lutescens, gule et

regionis umbilicalis albidus ; pectoris et abdominis dilute rufescens.”’

In the figure the under part is represented as much paler than this

description justifies, or than may have been intended. Otherwise it

is a good representative of the Nepal animal. I have not seen any

specimen from the Caspian. The red ear is common to the Nepal

I. affinis and most specimens of F’. caligata from Africa.

In the British Museum there are two small specimens of the genus

Chaus with short tails from India which have more distinct dark

bands across their body and legs, and which are without doubt the

Cats that MM. F. Cuvier and Blyth have confounded with the

longer-tailed Felis maniculata of Africa.

‘This Cat was figured, from a specimen then alive in Exeter Change,

under the name of the Bangalore Cat (F". chaus), in my ‘ Spicilegia

Zoologica,’ t. 2. f. 1. It is probably the Felis yacquemonti of M.

Isidore Geoffroy, in the ‘ Zoology to Jacquemont’s Voyage,’ the skull

of which is figured t. 3. f. 1. Unfortunately the specimens in the

876 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRIDA. [ Nov. 14,

Museum are few in number, and not in a very perfect state; but I

can scarcely think that this Cat can be the young state of Felis

afinis from Nepal. It is doubtless the Cat that Mr. Blyth con-

founds with the Egyptian Cat (Ff. chaus, Geoff.), stating that it is

«the common animal of Bengal” (see P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 186), and

that, as in the case of many common animals, its skins are rarely

brought to Europe. It seems spread over various parts of India, as

the specimens in the British Museum were sent from the Matoralla

territory by Sir Walter Elliot, and from Gangootra.

The third species of Chaus in the British Museum is the beautiful

animal that I figured in the ‘ Illustrations of Indian Zoology’ as

Felis ornata. 'The small specimen of the species in the British

Museum is not in a very good state. Chaus ornatus is of a pale,

more or less bright, yellow-brown colour, with transverse bands of

nearly uniform-sized roundish blackish spots on the body. The

spots are larger, darker, and closer together on the thighs and upper

parts of the legs. ‘The tail has some black rings near the end, and

a small black tip.

Hab. Northern India (Capt. Boys).

This does not appear to be a common Cat in India, as we have

only received a single half-grown example, which was purchased at

the sale of Capt. Boys’s speeimens ; and I do not find it described in

any systematic work, nor do I recollect to have seen any specimens

of it in continental collections.

In his crude paper on the Asiatic species of the genus Felis (P.Z.S.

1863, p. 185), Mr. Blyth places Felis ornata under Felis torquata,

observing that the figure is “‘very bad.” If he had comparedathe

specimen in the British Museum with the figure, he must have re-

versed this note; for it is very characteristic, but is taken from a

larger and brighter specimen. Mr. Blyth, when he saw the speci-

men in the Museum collection, in his usual offhand manner, said it

is only one of the numerous varieties of the common Indian Cat.

This species is quite distinct from the Cat that Sir William Jardine

afterwards figured as Felis ornata in the ‘ Naturalist’s Library,’

Felide, t. 28.

9. Notice of a New Species of American Tapir, with Ob-

servations on the Skulls of Tapirus, Rhinocherus, and

Elasmognathus in the Collection of the British Museum.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., F.LS.

(Plate XLII.)

The British Museum having recently received the skulls of some

specimens of American Tapirs in different states of development, I

have been induced to reexamine the series of skulls in the collection,

and herewith send the notes which I have made during the process.

Mr. Sclater has kindly presented to the Museum the skull of an

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIKIDE. 877

adult Baird’s Tapir from Central America, which had been sent to

him by Capt. Dow*; and more lately Mr. Salvin has obtained for

the Museum the skin and the skull of a half-grown specimen of

the same animal. Thus we have the skull of this interesting genus

in two very distinct states of development. Mr. Sclater has also

kindly shown me a photograph of the very young animal, in its

spotted and banded state, which is on its way to the Gardens of the

Society. These materials have enabled me to study this very inter-

esting animal in considerable detail. To understand its characters

more completely I have compared the skull with the series of skulls

of Tapirs in the British Museum and in the Museum of the College

of Surgeons, and with the figures of the skulls to be found in Cu-

vier’s ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ and De Blainville’s ‘ Ostéographie.’

These examinations have enabled me to point out the craniological

characters by which the species may be distinguished, and also to

record the differences which occur in the skulls of the different kinds

as the animal passes from youth to adult age.

These researches have induced me to believe that one of the skulls

of Tapirs in the British Museum indicates the existence of a South-

American species that has not yet been observed in the living state.

This. is not extraordinary when we recollect that the 'Tapir of

Central America, which belongs to a peculiar group, was not distin-

guished from the common Tapir until the very peculiar formation

of its skull was observed and figured.

Fam. TAprrip&.

Nose produced into a short proboscis. Toes two or three, sub-

equal, all reaching the ground, without any prehensile process on

the upper edge, nail short; each with a separate hoof. Face not

horned. Neck short. Cutting-teeth in each jaw, erect, normal.

Tapirina, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 184.

Multungula genuina, Giebel, Saugeth. p. 177.

Onguligrades, Blaiayille.

There is a peculiarity in the change of the teeth of the Tapirs

which I do not find noticed in Owen’s ‘ Odontographia,’ or in De

Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie,’ or in any work that has occurred to me.

In most mammalia the second series of the cutting-teeth are deve-

loped rather within the base of the milk series; but in the Tapirs

they are developed so far within their hinder edge that, when the

milk series are about to be shed and the permanent series are just

about being developed, there are two distinct series of apertures to

be observed in the intermaxillaries and the front edge of the lower

aw.

The skulls of the American Tapir and of Baird’s Elasmognathus

in the British Museum show this peculiarity.

The skull of a young American Tapir in the Museum Collection

shows the same peculiarity. In this specimen, which has lost all its

* See Mr. Sclater’s remarks on exhibiting this skull, anfea, p. 473.

878 -sDR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRID&. [ Noy. 14,

milk-teeth, the development of the alveoles is not so uniform, the

cavities left by the milk-teeth being much larger and more or less

broken away on the outer edge; while the inner series of pits, from

which the permanent teeth are to be developed, are much smaller,

shallower, and far apart; perhaps they would have been larger and

more developed if the animal had been allowed to live until the per-

manent teeth were more developed.

The space between the two series is much larger in the skull of

the Elasmognathus bairdi. The skull of the younger ‘specimen of

E. bairdi in the British Museum has lost all its milk cutting-teeth

in each of the jaws, each leaving a well-marked, regular, circular,

conical cavity on the edge of the jaw. Just within these cavities,

but well separated from them by a bony plate, and alternating with

the cavities of the milk-teeth, is placed a regular series of six well-

developed similar, but not quite so large, circular, conical cavities.

At the base of each cavity is to be observed the commencement of a

tooth, being the teeth of the permanent series. The front of the

lower jaw exhibits the same peculiarity ; but the cutting-teeth of the

lower jaw are more unequal in size, the cavities of the central series

being the largest, and gradually diminishing in size to the outer one.

In the skulls of the young American Tapir and of the E. bairdi

there is a second cavity on the inner side of the base of the milk-

canine. In the skull of 7’. americanus one of the milk-canines is

remaining ; it is of a very small size, and compressed lancet-shaped

in form. In the Z. dairdi the milk-canines are shed.

In the skull of the young Tapirus americanus in the British Mu-

seum, which has shed its cutting-teeth, there is an abnormal tooth

(probably a false grinder) to be observed on each side of the maxilla,

rather in front of the middle of the space between the base of the

canine and the front edge of the first grinder. They are each placed

on the outer side of the jawbone, near the lower edge, and are co-

vered with well-developed enamel, and are similar in form and size.

Are these teeth similar to the front or false grinders in Anoplo-

therium?

The family may be divided into two groups or tribes :—

Tribe I. TAPIRINA.

The nasal aperture elongate, gradually contracted into a narrow

opening in front, extending nearly to the root of the upper

canines. The upper jaws only united in front as far as the

root of the canines; the upper part on the sides of the nasal

aperture broad, rounded. The internasal cartilage only ossified

at the hinder part under the nasal bone.

M. Cuvier, in the ‘Ossemens Fossiles,’ vol. 11. p. 145, gives the

osteology of the American Tapir (7'. americanus) with considerable

detail, and devotes a chapter to the comparison of the bones of the

Indian Tapir (7'. indicus) with those of the American Tapir (p. 156);

he figures the skeleton and skull of the two species and some of the

other bones. The figures of the separate skull and of the skeleton

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRID. 879

of the American species are very incorrectly drawn; they are very

unlike, and both give a very false idea of the form of the.nose. It

is to be observed they are some of Cuvier’s earliest works, drawn

and etched by Cuvier himself, and certainly not to be compared with

those drawn and engraved by his humble but talented colleague M.

Laurillard.

Blainville, in his ‘ Ostéographie,’ ‘‘ Mammiféres Onguligrades,”’

figures :—the skeleton of Tapirus indicus (t. 1), and the details of the

skull (t. 2), details of the members (t. 4), and of the dentition (t. 5) ;

the skull of Tapirus americanus (t.3), details of the members (t. 4),

and of the dentition (t. 5); the skull of Topirus pinchacus (t. 3),

and details of the dentition (t. 5).

1. Tapirus.

The internasal cartilage ossified just at the hinder part under the

base of the nasal; foramen maximum nearly circular. Occipital crest

narrow, high. Forehead small, narrow. Canines in the maxilla

just behind the intermaxillary suture. The hinder upper edges of

the intermaxillaries produced behind, and forming part of the upper

margin of the nasal aperture.

3—3 ro 4—4 3—3 * 4—4

Teeth 42:—In. —. C. j=. Pm. 3-3. M. =. Milk-molars —.,

Hab. South or Tropical America.

Tapirus, Cuv. Oss. Foss. iv. p. 293; Owen, Odont. p. 604, t. 96.

{4,3

Rhinocherus, part., Wagner, Syst. Amph. p. 19.

These animals are generally brown, with white edges to the ears.

The hinder part of the back above the tail is generally more or less

destitute of hair.

1. TAPIRUS TERRESTRIS.

Fur short, dark brown, rather paler beneath. Skull with a high

regularly arched crest over the brain-case; nasal bones over the

back of the orbits elongate, triangular, acute; the front edge of the

cavity of the internal nostrils in a line with the hinder edge of the

sixth grinder in the adult series, or with the back edge of the last

well-developed grinder in the imperfect series of grinders; the front

part of the nasal apertures contracted, and gradually tapering in

width towards the front end; face rather elongated; the space be-

tween the grinders and canines rather longer than the length of the

outer edge of the two true grinders; the occipital end of the skull

triangular, arched above, higher than broad; lower jaw with an

arched lower edge.

Var. 1. The front edge of the cavity of the internal nostrils in a

line with the middle of the inner edge of the penultimate or sixth

grinder in the complete series.

Var. 2. The space between the grinders and the canines larger.

In other respects both these skulls are exactly like the normal skull

of T. terrestris.

880 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRIDA. [Nov. 14,

Var. 3. With a small additional premolar close in front of the

base of the usual first premolar on the right side of the lower jaw.

Hippopotamus terrestris, Linn. 8. N. p. 174.

Tapirus americanus, Schreb. Saiugeth. t. 319; Cuvier, Oss. Foss.

ili. p. 277, t. 66-68; Blainv. Ostéog. Ongulig. t. 1,5; P. Z.S.

1850, p. 102; 1851, p. 121; 1859, p. 51; 1860, pp. 181, 261.

T. anta, Zimm.

T.. terrestris, Gray, List Mamm, B. M., p. 184; Gerrard, Catal.

Bones, B. M. p. 275.

T. suillus, A. Wagner, Schreb. Saugeth. iv. p. 777, t.319; P.Z.8,

1860, p. 261.

Tapirete, Marcg. Bras. p. 229, fig.

Tapirou lanta, Buff. HW. N. xi. p. 444, t. 43.

Junior. Cabani éléphantipede, Geoff. Mus. Paris; Desm. N. Dict.

H.N. p. 503.

The British Museum possesses six skulls of this species. Four

skulls are of full-grown or nearly full-grown animals; one is young,

with only four grinders ; and another is young, with only the milk-

teeth.

These skulls show that this species is found in Brazil (where it was

obtained by Mr. Miers), and also in Berbice and Demerara. The

specimen from the latter country was obtained by Sir Robert Schom-

burgk.

The skull of the younger animal, which has only the four or

five grinders developed (even when the other grinders are being de-

veloped), has the front edge of the hinder nasal aperture in a line

with the hinder edge of the last well-developed grinder—that is to say,

the fourth or fifth, as that tooth may happen to be the last well-

developed one. A skull in this state is figured by Cuvier, Oss. Foss.

ii. t. 2. f. 2; but the last or fifth grinder, canines, and cutting-teeth

are represented more developed than they ought to be to agree with

our specimens. ‘This position of the aperture has been verified in a

series of five skulls of animals with the teeth in five different states of

development. ‘The aperture is figured in its proper position in the

adult skull.

In the skull of the nearly adult animal, in which the last or

seventh grinder is not completely formed, but of a moderate size and

nearly ready to pass through the gums, the front edge of the internal

nasal aperture is in a line with the back edge of the sixth or penul-

timate grinder, as in the skulls of the adult animals which have cut

the last or seventh grinder. The internal nasal aperture probably

slightly changes its place when the animal increases in age, or 1s

sometimes liable to variation.

In the skull of an adult (perhaps rather aged) animal, which has

all the seven grinders well developed, in the British Museum, and

which. agrees with the adult skull of the common Brazilian Tapir, the

front edge of the hinder nasal aperture is rather more forward than

in the other adult skull; that is to say, the front edge is in a line

with the middle of the sixth or penultimate middle grinder... The

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRIDE. 881

skull figured by M. de Blainville in his ‘ Ostéographie,’ t. 3, as that

of Tapirus americanus agrees much better with this skull than with

any of our skulls of 7’. americanus, as, in this skull, the face is more

elongated and slender. The upper line of the central crest of the

skull 7 is regularly arched, and not arched in front and with a nearly

straight line on the hinder part of the crown. It differs from the

skull of 7. /aurillardi in the nasal bones being long, tapering, and

acute, as in the skull of the normal 7’. ee

The length of the space between the hinder edge of the canine

and the front edge of the first grinder in the figure agrees with that

found in the 7’. americanus ; that is to say, it is only rather longer

than the length of the first two grinders.

There is a P kull of an American Tapir in the Museum of the Col-

lege of Surgeons which is rather more elongate than the rest of the

skulls; and in this respect it bears some resemblance to the skull of

Tapirus laurillardi.

2. TAPIRUS LAURILLARDI. (Fig. A.)

Skull with a high, regularly-arched crest over the brain-case ; the

nasal bones over the back of the orbit very short, broad, broader

than long, and with rounded ends ; the front edge of the cavity of

the internal nostrils in a line with the middle of the last or seventh

grinder in the complete series ; the face rather elongate, the space

between the canines and the grinders as long as the length of the

outer side of the first three grinders; the front part of the nasal

aperture suddenly contracted, and then continued as a narrow linear

groove to the front of the nose; the occipital end of the skull tri-

angular, arched, higher than broad ; the lower edge of the lower jaw

slightly arched, the front part rather produced and cee the

grinders are rather small, the complete series being about 1 inch

shorter than in the former species, being 53 inches in T oe

lardi, and 53 in T. terrestris.

The skull here described was purchased of Mr. Brandt of Ham-

burg in 1852 as that of ‘* Tapirus americanus from South America,”

without any more special habitat. I know that Mr. Brandt hada

collector in Venezuela; so it may be he who ‘‘shot and skinned him-

self’’—that is, the animals from that country; and Dr. Seemann

says he has seen many Tapirs in that province.

I have named this species after M. Laurillard, the Assistant in the’

Museum of Comparative Anatomy of Paris, who made most of the

drawings of M. Cuvier’s ‘Ossemens Fossiles.’ He was a most kind,

attentive, modest man, who was always willing to give assistance to

all students, and devoted much time to assist others in their labours;

it is to his industry and accuracy that great part of the value of the

‘Ossemens Fossiles’ is to be attributed. Iam personally indebted

to him for great kindness and an unceasing desire to facilitate any

researches that I might have in hand. He was one of those men

who seem satisfied—so that the work of science progressed, auy one

might claim the reputation of doing it; and few men have done

more for osteology and paleontology ‘than M. Laurillard.

882 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRID&. [Noy. 14,

Fig. A.

Ve Ife

Skull of Tapirus laurillardii.

This skull, in the length of the front of the face and in the com-

parative straightness of the lower edge of the under jaw, agrees in

some respects with the skull figured by De Blainville under the name

of Tapirus pinchacus (t. 3). It differs from the figure of that skull

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRID&. 883

_ Fig. B.

. The nasal bones and upper part of the skull of 7. lawrillardi.

. Internal nasal opening of 7. daurillardi.

. End of the upper jaw of 7. laurillardi.

. End of lower jaw of 7. laurillardi.

Front of the upper jaw of Tapirus terrestris, showing the rudimentary

premolar.

Cun Cobo ee

in the shortness and breadth of the nasal bones, and also in the front

of the upper jaw not being so much produced, and in the lower edge

of the lower jaw not so straight, and in the narrow linear form of

the grooves between the maxillee forming the internasal cartilages.

The position of the internal nostril on the palate at once separates it

from the other American Tapirs.

S84 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRIDZ. [Nov. 14,

3. TAPIRUS PINCHACUS.

« Neck round, without fleshy crest. Body covered with very close

blackish-brown hair, which is darker at the tips. Chin with a white

spot, which is elongated behind, and bent up to the middle of the lip.”

Tapirus pinchaque, Roulin, Ann. Sci. Nat. xvii. 1829, p. 107 ;

Wagner, Schreb. Saiugeth. vi. p. 392; Goudot, Compt. Rend. A.S.

Paris, xvi. 1843, p. 331.

T. pinchacus, Blainv. Ostéog. Ongulig. t. 1—5.

T. roulini, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. p. 606; Giebel, Saugth. p. 182.

T. villosus, Fischer.

Hab. Cordilleras.

Shull, as figured by De Blainville, depressed behind, the crest

being nearly straight over the brain-case ; the nasal bone is elongate,

acute over the hinder part of the orbit; the front edge of the cavity

of the internal nostril is in a line with the back edge of the sixth or

penultimate grinder in the complete series; the space between the

canines and grinders is rather longer than the jength of the outer

side of the first two grinders; the occipital end of the skull low,

broader than high; the lower jaw is nearly straight beneath.

I have never seen this species, and only knowit from M. Roulin’s

description and the figures of the two skulls in De Blainville’s

‘ Ostéographie.’

2. RHINOCHG@RUS.

The internasal cartilages ossified at the hinder part; the bony

plate extending above nearly the whole length of the nasal, not so

far below; foramen maximum subquadrangular, large. Occipital

crest. very broad, flat-topped. Forehead and crown broad. Lower

jaw straight beneath.

Hab. Asia.

Rhinocherus, part., Wagner.

1. RHINOCHG@RUS SUMATRANUS. ‘The Kuda, Ayer. B.M.

Fur very short, black ; back and sides white.

Tapirus indicus, Desm. Mam. p. 411; F. Cuv. Oss. Foss. iii.

. 297, t.69, 70; Giebel, Saugeth. p. 183; Blainv. Ostéogr. Ongulig.

t. 1-5.

T. sumatranus, Gray, Med. Repos. p. 1821.

T. malayanus, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiv. p. 270; Griffith, A. K.

iii. t.; Horsf. Zool. Journ., Zool. Java, t.; Gerrard, Cat. Bones,

BoM..p.270.

T. bicolor, A. Wagner, Schreb. Saugeth. vi. p. 400.

Cuvier (Oss. Foss.) states that the Malay Tapir was discovered in

India by M. Duvaucel. It does not inhabit India; and M. Du-

vaucel only knew the animal from the drawing of it that was in

General Hardwicke’s collection, from a specimen obtained by Major

Farquhar in Malacea, and from a skull which he obtained from

the same source.

—

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TAPIRID&. mv 2 See

The upper hinder edge of the intermaxilla triangular, narrow,

produced, with a part of the maxilla on the inner side separating it:

from the margin of the internasal aperture. The front edge of the

cavities of the internal nostrils in a line with the hinder edge of the

sixth tooth when all the seven grinders are developed, and in a line

with the back edge of the fifth grinder when the sixth grinder is

being developed, and also when it is completed and the seventh

grinder is being developed. This last or seventh grinder is developed:

very late in life ; indeed I have not seen any skulls, either in the Bri-

tish Museum or in the College of Surgeons, where it is dekelnaei

There are three in each of these collections. f

De Blainville (Ostéographie, Tapirus, pl. 2) figures the skull of

an adult animal with all the seven grinders developed; and he re-

presents the front edge of the hinder nasal opening as in a line with

the hinder edge of the sivth or penultimate grinder, as in the skull

of Tapirus americanus.

The skull of the skeleton figured in plate 1 of the same work, like

the skull in the British Museum, has only six grinders in the upper

(and five in the lower).

2. RHINOCHERUS ME.

Me des chinois, Remusat, Ann. Sci. Nat. xviii. p. 5, t. 1.

Hab. China.

Tribe Il. ELASMOGNATHINZA.,

The nasal aperture short, broad, subcordate, and truncated in

Sront by the bony ridges of the maxilla. The upper jaw with

a high sharp-edged crest on the upper inner edge, embracing

the sides of the very large internasal cartilages, which early

become entirely ossified into a bony plate, permanently dividing

the nasal cavity, and forming a high bony crest on the front

of the skull.

ELASMOGNATHUS.

The internasal cartilages ossified nearly the whole length, the bony

part produced beyond the end of the nasal.

Elasmognathus, Gill.

ELASMOGNATHUS BAIRDI. (Pl. XLII.)

Fur very short, close, dark black brown ; lower part of the cheeks

and sides of the neck bay brown; chin, throat, chest, and front edge

ot the shoulders greyish white.

Young, born with pale stripes, Verrill, Silliman’s Amer. Journ. Sci.

July 1867; Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1867, xx. p. 232.

Elasmognathus bairdii, Gill(?), fide Verrill.

Hab. Panama; skull, Mus. Coll. Surgeons; Brit. Mus., adult

and young skull.

The internasal septum is continued between the elevated sharp

upper edges of the maxillee, and even between the upper edges of the

886 REV.H.B.TRISTRAM ON NEW SOUTH-AFRICAN BIRDS. { Nov. |4,

intermaxilla. It remains cartilaginous until it reaches its adult size,

and then becomes ossified, forming a thick bony erect plate.

In the younger skull the cartilaginous septum is produced nearly

to the root of the cutting-teeth ; but in the older skull, where the

septum has become ossified, the front parts of the intermaxilla are

produced, and the septum ends over the root of the canines. The

shortness of the nasal cavity and the sharp-edged crest of the

maxillz distinguishes the skull from those of the Tapirs in all ages.

The sides of the face of the skull are flattened ; the zygomatic

arch and the front of the orbit over the preorbital foramen is ex-

panded, flattened, and compressing the foramen into an oblong erect

shape; the upper edge of the orbit is narrow and flat, not produced

into lobes as in the American Tapir ; the nasal bones are narrow,

longer than broad at the base, with an oblong deep concavity on

each side of their base, which is continued upwards behind it, so

as to be only separated by a sinall central ridge; the hinder pala-

tine nasal opening varies in size in the two sexes, or it becomes much

wider and broader in front as the animal increases in age. In the

skull with the cartilaginous internasal septum, and only four grinders

in each side, the concavity containing the internal nostrils is narrow

and oblong. In the older skull with the septum entirely bony, and

with seven grinders in each side, the concavity containing the inter-

nal nostrils is much broader, being nearly as wide as long, and the

vault is more evenly rounded.

The young animal, like the young of the Brazilian and other Tapirs,

is spotted and striped with white. Mr. Sclater has kindly lent me

a photograph of a young Panama Tapir, which is on its way to the

Society’s Gardens ; and a copy of the photograph has been added to

Mr. Wolff's figure (Pl. XLII.) of the half-grown animal, which Mr.

Salvin has obtained for the British Museum.

The young animal is described by Mr. Verrill as above quoted ;

and the description is printed in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural

History’ for 1867, xx. p. 232.

The animal is similar to the Brazilian Tapir externally ; indeed

all the naturalists and zoologists who bave observed it at Costa Rica

regarded it as the same as that species until the skull was examined;

and it is said that one was exhibited alive in the Jardin d’ Acclimata-

tion at Paris for some time as a Brazilian Tapir; but it is easily

distinguishable by the bay cheek and white chest.

10. On New Species of Birds from South Africa.

By Rev. H. B. Tristram, M.A., F.L.8., C.M.Z.S.

Among a collection of birds recently sent to me from the Cape

Colony by Mr. E. L. Layard I find two specimens of a Swift labelled

by Mr. Layard Cypselus melba.

These birds are clearly distinct from C. meléa. In size and form

there is no difference, excepting that the wing of the South-African

1867.] REV. H. B.TRISTRAM ON NEW SOUTH-AFRICAN BIRDS. 887

bird is a trifle smaller than that of most of my European and Asiatic

specimens; but the coloration is very distinct. The whole of the

upper plumage is a uniform brown black, very much darker than

that of C. meléa; the white of the throat is much less in extent, and

gently blends into the brown of the pectoral collar. In C. meléa the

pectoral collar is a narrow gorget of about 3 inch in diameter. In

the South-African species it extends for a breadth of about 2 inches,

leaving only the abdomen white; while the flanks, white in the

northern species, are brown in this.

It may seem strange that so well-marked a species should have

hitherto nearly escaped observation ; but a Swift is a bird more often

seen than obtained, and the only author I have been able to ascer-

tain as speaking of the present species from personal examination is

Levaillant. Mr. Gurney has not received this bird from Natal; and

I am unable to discover a South-African specimen in any museum,

except the British Museum, to which I have had access.

I should have dedicated it to Mr. Layard, to whom ornithologists

are deeply indebted for his persevering and almost unaided researches

in the fauna of South Africa, but for Vieillot’s name of C. gutturalis

having been specially applied to Levaillant’s figure.

CypsELUS GUTTURALIS, Vieill.

Magnitudine C. melbee, sed supra eneo-niger, nec fuscus : gutture

medio albo, lateraliter grisescente: pectore toto et lateribus

metallice grisescentibus: abdomine medio tantum albo.

Mus. H. B. Tristram.

I have also received from Mr. Layard several specimens of a Swift,

labelled C. apus, but which differ from our Common Swift, exactly

as described by Dr. Sclater in P. Z.S. 1865, p. 599, in their

lighter colour above, particularly on the secondaries and scapulars,

in the white feathers of the gular patch (which is much smaller, pre-

senting a narrow black central line), and in the feathers of the lower

back, belly, and under wing-coverts being narrowly margined with

white. Mr. Gurney’s specimens from Natal have the same charac-

teristics.

As all the specimens known from South Africa agree in these pe-

culiarities, [ venture to submit that Temminck’s MS. name ‘in the

Leyden Museum should be recognized, and that the South-African

representative of Cypselus apus should be acknowledged as Cypselus

barbatus, as has been already suggested by Dr. Sclater.

Specimens in the same collection have also enabled me to recog-

nize a new species of the Saxicoline genus obtained by Dr. Kirk on

the Zambesi. Dr. Kirk, in his paper on the ‘ Birds of the Zam-

besi Region”’ (Ibis, 1864, p. 318), mentions ‘‘Campicola pileata,

among the rocks of the Murchison Rapids, common ; in other situa-

tions not observed.” This is the only Chat obtained in those regions.

I possess one of Dr. Kirk’s type specimens, and, on comparing it

with skins from the Cape of Good Hope, find it clearly a distinct

species, though representative of Campicola pileata (Gm.). The

dimensions are smaller in every way; the white on the forehead is

much more contracted; the black does not descend so low on the

occiput ; the back is rather darker in hue; while, instead of a broad

pectoral band of deep black extending from the white throat to the

abdomen, there is merely a narrow black gorget between the throat

and the breast. I propose therefore to describe the species as

_ CAMPICOLA LIVINGSTONII, 0. sp.

Campicole pileato similis, sed minor: fronte vix albo notata :

capitis colore nigro non in occiput descendente: tergo cinna-

momeo-fusco: gula alba, zona nigra contracta a pectore divisa,

neque scuto lato nigro, ut in C. pileato: pectore albo, in rufo-

cinnamomeum descendente: abdomine, lateribus, caudaque sic

ut in C. pileata.

Long. tota 6 pull., alee 3°7, caudee 2°5, rostri a rictu 0°7, tarsi

1-15.

Hab. Murchison Falls, Zambesi River.

Mus. H. B. Tristram.

11. Descriptions of Six New Species of Helicide, from the

Solomon Islands, Western Pacific. By Grorcr FRENCH

Aneas, F.L.S.; C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XLIII.)

1. Grorrocuus GAMeELIA. (Pl. XLIII. figs. J, 2, 3.)

. Shell imperforate, flatly conical, thin, obliquely, faintly, and irre-

gularly plicately striated, white, rather broadly banded with dark

brown at the suture and periphery, the lower edge of the sutural

band sometimes diffused and paler, and with a spiral band of the

same colour at the base; spire conical, rather obtuse at the apex ;

whorls five, nearly flat, the last more or less descending, subangulate

at the periphery, convex at the base; columella sloping, moderately

wide; aperture diagonal, truncately oval; peristome thin, the mar-

gins distant, the right flexuous and slightly expanded, the basal

slightly reflexed.

Variety. With the basal band very broad, columella and lip

brown, and an additional narrow band on the three lower whorls.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 10, alt. 10 lin.

Hab. St. Stephen Island and Ysabel Island, Solomon group.

2. Grorrocuus Eros. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 4, 5, 6.)

_. Shell umbilicated, subtrochiform, rather solid, obliquely striated,

on the last whorl decussated with very fine sloping rugose strize, pale

fawn-colour, banded with white at the periphery, and ornamented

with-two rows of irregular. chestnut blotches; spire conoidal, apex

rather obtuse and rose-coloured ; whorls four and a half, slightly

convex, the last a little descending, keeled at the periphery, convex

1867.] MR. G. F, ANGAS ON NEW HELICIDE. 889

at the base, which is also ornamented with two partially interrupted

spiral chestnut bands; aperture oblique, rhomboidally ovate ; peri-

stome rose-coloured, the margins distant, the right slightly flexuous

and expanded, the basal reflexed, arcuated and obsoletely toothed

within.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 73, alt. 64 lin.

Hab. St. Stephen Island and Ysabel Island, Solomon group.

3. Georrocuus AmBRosIA. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 9, 10.)

Shell imperforate, globosely conical, moderately thin, very finely

obliquely striated, whitish, ornamented with two purplish brown

bands, the lower one broader, and frequently mottled with irregular

opaque bluish-white oblique blotches ; spire convexly conical, apex

rather obtuse; whorls five, convex, the last descending, convex at

the base, which at the front part is purplish brown, from which a

third band of the same colour extends a little below the periphery ;

columella sloping, rather wide, nearly straight, flattened; aperture

diagonal, truncately oval; peristome white, the margins distant, the

right slightly expanded and flexuous, the basal reflexed.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 83, alt. 10 lin.

Hab. Galera, or Russell Island, Solomon group.

4, Georrocuus coxianus. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 7, 8.)

Shell imperforate, trochiform, rather thin, obliquely finely striated,

polished, creamy white, the lower whorls ornamented with irregular

chocolate-brown spots; spire conical, apex rather obtuse; whorls

six, flatly convex, the last scarcely descending, obtusely angled at

the periphery, convex at the base, the umbilical region pale purplish

brown, with the central portion chocolate-brown ; columella sloping,

flattened, chocolate-brown ; aperture very oblique, ovate ; peristome

chocolate-brown, the margins approximate, slightly thickened and

expanded, the right flexuous above.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 93, alt. 11 lin.

Hab. Ysabel Island, Solomon group.

I have named this beautiful species in honour of Dr. Cox of

Sydney, whose indefatigable exertions in the cause of science have

made us acquainted with many new Australian and Polynesian shells.

5. GEoTROCHUS MENDANA. (PI. XLIII. figs. 11, 12.)

Shell perforate, conical, solid, obliquely finely striated, pale brown,

ornamented with a whitish sutural band and two chestnut bands, the

upper contiguous to that at the suture; spire conical, apex acute ;

whorls seven, slightly convex, the last not descending, obscurely

angled at the periphery, convex at the base, which is broadly banded

with reddish brown; aperture diagonal, truncately oval; peristome

white, widely expanded and reflexed, the columellar margin trian-

gularly dilated and reflexed, almost covering the perforation.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 13 lin.

Hab. Ysabel Island, Solomon group.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LVII.

890 MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Novy. 28,

6. TROCHOMORPHA PARTUNDA. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 13, 14, 15.)

Shell widely and deeply umbilicated, somewhat conically lenticular,

rather solid, obliquely striated, pale horn-colour, broadly banded with

dark chestnut; spire convexly depressly conical, apex obtuse, suture

narrowly margined ; whorls five, rather convex, the last a little de-

scending, acutely keeled, slightly convex at the base, which is some-

times brown, the colour extending to within a short distance of the

keel, at other times broadly spirally banded with brown; umbilicus

conical, nearly one-fifth the diameter of the shell ; aperture diagonal,

truncately oval; peristome nearly straight, the margins converging,

the right slightly flexuous, the basal a little thickened.

Diam. maj. 64, min. 6, alt. 4 lin.

Hab. Galera, or Russell Island, Solomon group.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLIII.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. Geotrochus gamelia, p. 888.

4, 5, 6. eros, p. 888.

7, 8. coxianus, p. 889.

9, 10. —— ambrosia, p. 889.

Mulel2: mendana, p. 889.

13, 14, 15. Trochomorpha partunda, p. 890.

16, 17. Celiaxis ewigua, p. 907.

November 28, 1867.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater read notes upon some recent remarkable addi-

tions to the Society’s Menagerie, namely :—

(1) A specimen of the Black-headed Partridge (Caccabis melano-

cephala)* from Abyssinia, purchased October 30th ; not previously

exhibited in the Society’s Avaries.

(2) Two Red-billed Hornbills (Toceus erythrorhynchus), pur-

chased October 30th. This addition increased the Society’s series

of Bucerotide to eleven in number, representing the following six

species :—

Buceros bicornis, Linn., ex. Ind.

rhinoceros, Linn., ex Malacca.

elatus, Temm., ex Afr. oce.

atratus, Temm., ex Afr. occ.

* Perdix melanocephala, Ripp. Wirb. Abyss. i. p. 11, t. 5.

1867.] PROF. OWEN ON DINORNIS. 891

Toccus erythrorhynchus, Temm., ex Afr. occ.

Bucorvus abyssinicus (Gm.), ex Africa.

(3) A specimen of the very rare Australian Parrot lately described

by Mr. Gould in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1861, p. 100) under

the name of Geopsittacus occidentalis, presented to the Society by

Dr. Ferdinand Miiller, of Melbourne, C.M.Z.S., and received No-

vember 17th by the ship ‘ Essex,’ under the special charge of Capt.

Ridgers, the obliging commander of that vessel.

Dr. Miller, who had forwarded this bird to the Secretary under

the impression that it was undescribed, had supplied the following

particulars concerning it :—

“This peculiar Parrot was presented to me by Mr. Ryan, on

whose sheep-station, on the Gawler ranges west of Spencer Gulf, it

was obtained. The most extraordinary circumstance connected with

this bird is, that it is nocturnal! It lives in the rocky caves of the

ranges, and comes out at night to feed.”

Mr. Sclater stated that it was evident from observations made

upon this bird since it had reached the Society’s Gardens that Dr.

Miiller’s account of its nocturnal habits was correct.

Mr. P. L. Sclater also exhibited a skin of the Lesser Sheathbill

(Chionis minor, Hartlaub), being that of an individual of this species

which had been transmitted living to the Society by Mr. E. L.

Layard, F.Z.S. This bird had been brought from the Crozet Islands

by Capt. Armson, and had been for some time in the Aviary of Mr.

Searle of Cape Town, who had kindly parted with it in favour of the

Society.

An extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by

Capt. J. M. Dow, Corr. Memb., dated Panama, 10th September,

1867, announcing that, after many endeavours, he had succeeded in

procuring for the Society a young living specimen of the newly dis-

covered Tapir of Panama (Tapirus bairdi), and was intending to

transmit it to the Society at an early opportunity. Capt. Dow en-

closed some photographs of the animal, which were exhibited to the

Meeting*.

Prof. Owen communicated two memoirs on the extinct birds of

the genus Dinornis of New Zealand, forming the eleventh and twelfth

of a series of papers on this subject. These were entitled “On

Dinornis (Part XI.), containing a description of the integument of

the sole and tendons of a toe of the foot of Dinornis robustus ;” and

“On Dinornis (Part XII.), containing a description of the femur,

tibia, and metatarsus of Dinornis maximus, Owen.”

These papers will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

* See Dr. Gray’s remarks, anted, p. 886.

892 MR. G. DAWSON ROWLEY ON ZPyoRNis. _ [Nov. 28,

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Egg of Apyornis, the Colossal Bird of Madagascar.

By Grorcz Dawson Row ey, M.A., F.Z.S. &e.

The first notice of the remains of this bird was the paper in 1551

by M. Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire (Comptes Rendus, no. 4, 27 Jan-

vier). Succeeding that came Professor Owen’s in the ‘ Proceedings’

of this Society (1852, p. 9). In 1863 Professor Bianconi put

forth a long and painstaking discussion upon the fragments of the

metatarsal which were discovered with the other bones. I had in-

tended to have a full translation of this made from the Italian; but

the result of the first part was not equal to my expectations; I

therefore did not go on to the next, but believe Professor Bianconi

arrives at the conclusion that Zpyornis might be allied to the Vul-

tures—a notion which I do not think I need dwell upon.

In 1864, having purchased the only specimen of the egg which,

as far as I know, ever came to England, I published a brochure on

the subject.

This year, in August, I met M. Alfred Grandidier in Paris, and

had some conversation with him respecting 4ipyornis maxima ; and

he in September read a communication on it to the French Academy,

displaying at the same time fresh fragments of eggs, which he had

himself dug up at Cape Sainte Marie in Southern Madagascar, as shown

in the map which he has drawn and sent me, along with some of the

same fragments and his article upon them. I now have the satis-

faction of placing these before you. They are nine in number, one

having been apparently broken in coming. It is to this broken por-

tion to which I wish to direct your attention. The granulation is, ina

marked degree, different from that of the other pieces ; the difference

may easily be seen by the eye alone, and is still more apparent through

a magnifier. ‘The air-pores, which in the other specimens seem

much like a comet with a tail, are here only small indentations with-

out any tail; the shell also is only half the thickness, is much finer,

and presents an aspect so diverse that the difference is detected by

the most careless observer, even when the pieces are all mixed. These

fragments belonged to the egg of a much smaller bird, the embryo

of which required less strength in the shell. Yet the colour, quality,

and locality of that shell clearly point to a bird of the same family

as Apyornis maxima—in short, a smaller and more delicate 4/pyor-

nis. For this species I propose the name A/pyornis grandidiert.

The number of eggs of A/pyornis discovered up to this time I take

to be as follows :—Four in the museum of the Jardin des Plantes, of

which I exhibit casts of the two first found, sent me by M. E. Ver-

reaux, and also casts of the three portions of bone discovered with

them. ‘Iwo more eggs were shown by M. C. Talavande in the

Venezuelan department of the Paris exhibition, both with very large

holes, having probably been used by the natives for holding water.

I took their dimensions, which are as follows :—No. 1, great circum-

ference 332 inches, small circumference 292 inches; this egg was

1867.] MR. G. DAWSON ROWLEY ON ZPYORNIS. 893

cracked, but with the granulation and the surface perfect. No. 2

measured 332 and 282 inches respectively ; the surface was not so

well preserved. I regret that I can give no history of these. I

offered to purchase them, and am now informed that I may have

both for the small sum of £320, or one for £200!

The ‘Journal de Toulouse’ states that M. Nau, who had been

thirteen years a prisoner among the Hovas, has brought to Toulouse.

a specimen with diameters 12 inches and 10 inches, found in a recent

alluvial deposit at a depth of 43 feet. This one I have not seen. I

believe it to be different from one mentioned to me in a letter by

Count Raoul de Baracé, at Nantes. M. Grandidier speaks of one or

two other eggs in a letter I have just received from him, making ten or

twelve in all. I am bound also to state that he doubts any having

been found except at Cape St. Marie, the village of Ampalaze and

Machichora, all in close proximity on the shore of South Madagascar.

To his opinion I attach the greatest weight. It is therefore quite

possible that the statement I received in French, naming Mananzari

as one locality, may be founded upon an error. M. Grandidier’s

letter goes on to say, ‘‘ All the southern tract, where these ports are,

is only a plateau without the smallest hill, without a ravine, without

a cave, where one digs in a bed of sand as smooth as the surface of

the table.” The eggs have been found “in the places I mention,

only on the sea-shore, on the abrupt rise of the dunes, even on the

surface of the sand, when there is a crumbling of the earth, or when

tropical rains heave up parts of the sand.” He has deposited in the

museum the following specimens of the strata:—‘‘ No.1. Un cal-

caire quaternaire, which does not rise above the sea-level, and serves

as a base to the dunes. To this calcareous stratum are joined speci-

mens of modern breccia. No. 2. Sand of the dunes, composed of

impalpable fragments, shells, and grains of quartz. No. 3. Land-

shells, which are found along with the remains of the eggs of Aipy-

ornis. No. 4. Fragments of calcareous rolled stones mixed with

shells. All the subfossil shells that are mixed up with the remains

of eggs would probably be still found alive, and are land-shells.

For fossils I have tried without hope of success, and I do not think

any further efforts can be made.” In my first paper I located the

Aipyornis in modern times; and each new discovery confirms the

idea. There is every reason to believe, from M. Grandidier’s account,

that it was extant in or about Flacourt’s period, 7. e. 1658. All the

eggs found have been taken from recent strata, modern alluvia—

whole ones deeper, and fragments on the surface, the latter in great

abundance, showing that these Apyornithes were by no means

uncommon. M. Grandidier says that the recent stratum in which

he found his remains contained also land-shells, which partially

retain their colour and still exist in Madagascar. M. Grandidier

concludes his most interesting paper thus :—‘‘I am led to acknow-

ledge that this gigantic bird was living at a recent period, since its

remains are found in the most modern formations, the deposition of

which is still in progress. Possibly it existed at the beginning of our

era; but when the country was peopled it became speedily exter-

894 MR. G. DAWSON ROWLEY ON &PyoRNIs. _ [ Nov. 28,

minated, as in the case of the Moa (Dinornis giganteus) in New

Zealand.”

It is true that the pieces themselves present a subfossil appear-

ance ; but this condition by no means indicates antiquity in all cases.

I know a spring in the Isle of Wight which quickly gives any object

a lithological aspect ; and many others there are of the same kind.

One thing is certain, the bird does not exist now. M. Grandidier

is positive on this head. One most singular circumstance is, that

all the seven eggs which J have seen (and I suppose it is the same

with the others) were never hatched. I can only account for this

on the supposition of their being what the Bechuanas of Africa call

(in the case of the Ostrich) “ Lesetla,’? and the Spaniards of South

<merica (in that of the Rhea) “ Nuachos,” viz. solitary and aban-

doned eggs. This habit of the Struthionide has not been assigned

to any satisfactory reason. The pyornithide may have had the

same propensity. As regards the size of the largest AZpyornis and

Dinornis, if we compare the dimensions of the Zpyornis egg and

that of au Ostrich, (I quote a writer in the ‘ Field’) ‘ bearing in minu

that similar solids are to each other in the triplicate ratio of their

dimensions, we see that if the egg of the Ostrich measures 63 inches

and that of Apyornis 127 inches in the direction of their major axes,

the os of the latter as compared with the former is (63) : (123)

pies ae ee

In certain cases, I admit, the height and bulk of the bird is not

proportioned to the size of the egg. In two very different species

(Cuculus canorus and Apteryx manéelli) they are not so. These

are, however, special adaptations of nature, for purposes of her own,

which are apparent to every one. In Cuculus the egg has to be

hatched by a very small bird. In Apteryzx it is necessary to retain

the embryo long, as its apterous and defenceless condition requires

it to be strong enough to escape danger at once.

I confidently affirm it to be axiomatic to ornithologists, that large

eggs produce large birds.

But here Professor Owen steps in and takes us out of the region

of Oology into the sober scene of comparative anatomy. He com-

pared the dimensions of the portions of the right and left metatarsal

with the corresponding ones of the Dinornis, and at the same time

the fragment of the fibula (casts of these are now before you), and

he justly admits that it is hazardous to judge of the entire length of

the metatarse from the breadth of the distal end. Strickland ob-

serves, in his work upon the Dodo, “ No argument as to the general

affinities of a doubtful ornithic genus can be drawn from the relative

proportions of the tarso-metatarsal, the posterior metatarsal, and the

proximal phalanx ; these proportions vary in each genus according

as its habits are more or less cursorial, ambulatory, or insessorial.”

I have not gone over Professor Owen’s measurements ; they are, no

doubt, correct; and he says the fibula of A/pyornis is smaller than

that of Dinornis, indicating a smaller leg-bone than the latter. This

is so. But more ample experience of these eggs leads me to suppose

that there were not only two species of Hpyornithide, but several ;

1867.] MR.J. Y. JOHNSON ON NEW CRUSTACEANS, 895

and to which of them the bones belonged, who shall say? The full-

sized specimen of Dinornis has been selected for comparison; and

if, as would certainly appear, the bones might have belonged to a

smaller bird, I contend that they are not those of the bird which

laid an egg eight times the volume of that of the Ostrich, but some

smaller species of Apyornis ; it may be of Apyornis grandidieri, or

another. We ought to bear in mind that these osseous remains and

the eggs bear indications of disturbance, and therefore it is probable

of mixture of species. No authenticated egg of Dinornis giganteus

has yet been discovered ; those put forward as such may belong to

some of the smaller kinds of that bird, or may not. We have no

certain knowledge to go upon, and I have made no scientific exami-

nation of any.

2. Descriptions of a New Genus and a New Species of Ma-

crurous Decapod Crustaceans belonging to the Peneide,

discovered at Madeira. By James Yate Jonnson,

C.M.Z.S.

One of the two forms of Crustaceans I am about to describe belongs

to the genus Peneus; whilst the other, though closely allied to that

genus, is so remarkable for the peculiar structure of the mandibles,

that I propose to make it the type of a new genus named Funchalia.

In the normal species of Peneus the jaws compose a combined cut-

ting- and crushing-apparatus, each having externally an acute edge

with teeth ; whilst outside the mouth the jaws are so formed as to

constitute a tuberculated implement for breaking or pulping by pres-

sure any substance introduced between them. But in the crustacean

on which the new genus is founded the jaws are represented by a

pair of long sickle-shaped shears, which cross each other from op-

posite sides of the mouth. ;

FUNCHALIA WOODWARDI, gen. et sp. n., 2.

Colour a uniform red. Carapace compressed and studded with

minute warts, which bear short downy hairs. A median erest com-

mences near the posterior border, and projects in front as a rostrum.

The surface of the carapace is unarmed ; but there is a blunt tooth

at the outer side of the ocular excavation, and another at each an-

terior lateral angle of the carapace, each of these teeth being the ter-

mination of a crest or ridge, the upper one of which, after bending

so as to form an elbow at a point which is a little in advance of the

middle of its course, runs backwards to the posterior border of the

carapace. Eyes ? The basal joint of the superior antenne is

excavated for the reception of the eyes; and the inner border of the

excavation carries a lamellar-fringed appendage ; whilst the outer

border is beset with long hairs, and terminates in a weak acute tooth.

The second joint is trigonous and shorter than the first, but longer

896 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON NEW CRUSTACEANS. [Nov. 28,

than the third, which is cylindrical. Filaments ? The cylin-

drical peduncle of the inferior antennze does not extend quite so far

as the basal joint of the superior antennee. It carries a single fila-

ment. The lamellar palp is narrowly oval, and reaches beyond the

peduncle of the superior antennz. Its upper surface is marked by

a deep longitudinal groove. The basal joint is unarmed.

The external jaw-feet are pediform and slender. They extend

beyond the peduncle of the inferior antenne, but not so far as the

distal extremity of the superior antenne. They are furnished with

a many-jointed palp as long as the feet, fringed with hair on both

edges. The second joint has a sharp exposed edge ; and the lamellar

appendage attached to the basal joint is bifid and similar to the ap-

pendages of the ambulatory legs. The next pair of jaw-feet are

flattened, and are much shorter than either the external pair or their

own palps, which are not quite so long as the palps of the external

pair. The three remaining pairs of jaw-feet are elongate, imperfectly

divided into joints and very thin. The mouth is destitute of the

powerful cutting- and crushing-jaws which characterize the species of

the genus Peneus ; but it is furnished with a pair of long sickle-like

shears, which cross each other from opposite sides. At each side of

the mouth there is a broad lamellar appendage.

None of the ambulatory legs is multiarticulate. They are slender,

and the order of their length is 4, 3, 5, 2, 1, the fourth pair being

the longest. The legs of the three anterior pairs are didactyle ; and

at the base of each of these legs there is a lamellar bifid fringed ap-

pendage. The legs of the two anterior pairs carry a spine at the

distal extremity and at the underside of the second and third joints.

The other legs are unarmed, but have hairs on the undersides or

edges of their joints. The legs of the third pair extend the furthest

forward, but they do not reach so far as the distal extremity of the

peduncle of the inferior antennze. The orifices of the oviducts are

on tubercles upon the inner side of the basal joiut of these legs. The

sternum is very narrow, and has a protuberance between each of the

fourth and fifth pairs of legs.

The unarmed abdomen is compressed and clothed with short hairs

on the less exposed parts. The sides are corrugated and project

over the bases of the false feet. The first segment is the highest,

the sixth the longest. A low median crest commences on the third,

and is continued on the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments. At the

sides of the anterior five segments there are ridges of irregular form.

On the sixth there are four straight longitudinal ridges in addition

to the median crest. At each side of the posterior margin of the

sixth segment there is a small projecting lobe, and a small tooth is

seen at each posterior angle. To the anterior five segments are

attached well-developed false feet with stout peduncles, bearing

(except in the case of the first pair) two many-jointed fringed palps,

the outer one being the longer. The false feet of the first pair have

only one palp that does not extend beyond the middle of the cara-

pace. The second, third, and fourth pairs of false feet are longer

than the first. The seventh abdominal segment, or middle caudal

1867.] MR. J. ¥. JOHNSON ON NEW CRUSTACEANS, 897

plate, is shorter than either the sixth segment or the lateral swim-

ming-plates. It is narrow and pointed, furnished with a deep lon-

gitudinal groove on its upper surface and a small marginal tooth at

each edge, nearer the base than the posterior extremity. The lateral

swimming-plates are narrowly oval, and those of the inner pair are

marked on their upper surfaces by two longitudinal ridges, those of

the outer pair by four similar ridges. There is a tooth at the outer

side of the latter pair of plates, not far from the posterior extremity.

The imperfect condition of the single individual obtained prevents

me describing the rostrum, the eyes, and the filaments of both pairs

of antennz. It may be stated, however, that the rostrum appears

to have carried a crest at each side, that the longer filament of the

superior antennee is thickened at the base and setiform above, whilst

the shorter filament of these antenne is setiform throughout, and

that the filament of the inferior antennz is compressed below. It

may be further stated that the median carapacial crest appears to

have carried a small tooth at a point distant about three-tenths of

the length of the carapace from the anterior border.

The species is named in compliment to my friend Mr. Henry

Woodward of the British Museum, well known for his labours

amongst fossil crustacea.

The following are the dimensions of the specimen, which is now

in the British Museum :—

inches,

Total length’ from anterior border of carapace to end

Gl CHEGAL DMILCS swine wcities natn ce ee PA gen 63

Carapace, length of side .......... es Deen ame

eee MEN L cpe ace oaiery nce ans Caesars Ei ede Sear saya

my AIGKNOSE 30 = crrtovi -chlptae's eur te se cee oa deme

Lamellar palp of inferior antenne ..............4. le

Jaw-feet, length of external pair............... He eond

Ambulatory legs, length of fourth pair .......... .. it

————-— —, length of third pair.............. 18

————- —, length of first pair .............. 19

False feet, length of second, third, and fourth pairs.. 12

PENZUS EDWARDSIANUS, sp. 1, 2.

Colour a brilliant crimson, with an obscure fuscous cross band on

the hinder part of the carapace and on each abdominal segment.

Carapace somewhat compressed, shining, hairless, its surface un-

armed, with a low obtuse median crest commencing near the poste-

rior border. This crest rises gradually, and projects in front as the

rostrum, which is long, pointed, compressed, rather slender, and

curved obliquely upwards for its anterior half. At each side of its

basal portion there is a rounded crest. It extends beyond the pe-

duncles of both pairs of antennze, and beyond the lamellar palp of

the superior antennz ; but it is considerably shorter than the cara-

pace. It carries two small teeth—one a little in advance of its base,

and a second further in front, separated from the first by a distance

equal to one-fourth of the length of the rostrum. About the same

898 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON NEW CRUSTACEANS. [Nov. 28,

distance behind the posterior rostral tooth there is a tooth on the

median crest of the carapace. The under edge of the rostrum is

destitute of teeth. There is a fringe of hair in the neighbourhood

of the rostral teeth, and on the under edge of the rostrum as far as

the upper fringe extends. At the front border of the carapace there

are four small teeth—one over the exterior base of each of the supe-

rior antenneze, and one over the base of each of the inferior antenne.

Fach of these teeth forms the termination of a ridge; and of these

ridges the two nearer the lateral margins of the carapace are higher

and longer than the other two. About the middle of the height of

the carapace there is another ridge on each side, but it does not ex-

tend backwards beyond the middle of the length of the carapace.

Between the two principal ridges the carapace is concave ; and there

is a furrow on the upperside of the exterior ridges; these furrows

extend backwards to about the middle of the length of the carapace,

and they then bend obliquely downwards towards the lateral borders.

At the bend another furrow commences, which widens backwards and

upwards until it reaches nearly to the posterior border of the cara-

pace. An intramarginal furrow extends round the carapace, except

in front; and the sides have a broad membranous border.

The eyes are black, round, large, and of greater diameter than the

stalk. The eye and stalk together are less than half as long as the

peduncle of the superior antennz, and do not reach so far as the

base of the filament of the inferior antenne.

The basal joint of the superior antennze is excavated to receive the

eye; there is a blunt recumbent tooth on the external edge of the

excavation, near the base, and a second tooth, which is sharp, near

the distal extremity ; the inner edge is thickly set with hair, and

bears a small tooth near the base. The third joint is shorter than

the second, which is cylindrical, and the second than the first. The

lower of the two filaments is very long, being about equal to the

total length of the animal ; whilst the other is compressed and very

short, being much shorter than the carapace. The peduncle of the

inferior antenne is cylindrical ; and its single filament is slender and

very long, being much longer than the animal. The antennal scale

or lamellar palp extends beyond the peduncle of the superior an-

tenn; on its upper face there is a deep longitudinal groove near

the outer margin, and a small tooth on the outer border near the

extremity ; the inner border is fringed with hair. The joint to which

this scale is attached is stout, and carries a strong tooth on its under-

side.

The external jaw-feet are large and pediform; they are more

than twice as long as the multiarticulate ciliate palp, and they reach

to the distal extremity of the lamellar palp of the inferior antenne.

The next pair of jaw-feet are much shorter, and are only half as long

as their very elongate multiarticulate ciliate palps. The third joint

of these jaw-feet is much compressed and broad. Each of the jaw-

feet of the two outer pairs is furnished with a ciliate lamellar appen-

dage at the base; the remaining three pairs of jaw-feet are short,

and are furnished with several lamellar appendages.

1867. ] MR. J. ¥. JOHNSON ON NEW CRUSTACEANS. 899

The jaws are powerful, each consisting of an external cutting edge

and a tuberculated crushing-apparatus inside. On the upperside of

the mouth there is a large membranous lip.

The sternum is very narrow, and between each of the fourth and

fifth pairs of legs there is a large transverse deltoid tooth. All the

ambulatory legs are slender and unarmed, except by their termina-

ting nails; the order of their length is 3, 5, 4, 2, 1, those of the

third pair being the longest. The legs of the three anterior pairs

are didactyle, with smooth hands and slender fingers. On the

underside of the first pair of legs are some long bristly hairs.

The two posterior pairs are monodactyle. None of the members

are multiarticulate. To the basal joint of all except those of the

last pair is attached a lamellar appendage, which lodges under the

carapace.

The abdomen is hairless, shining, sparsely puncturate, subcom-

pressed in front, much compressed behind; the sides of the seg-

ments project over the bases of the false feet. On the third seg-

ment commences a low median crest, which becomes more and more

conspicuous on the posterior segments ; and this crest projects a small

tooth at the posterior border of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth

segments. The three anterior segments are marked by a deep trans-

verse groove in their anterior halves; and there is a small notch at

each side of the posterior border of the first, second, fourth, and

fifth segments, whilst at the same place on the sixth there is a large

rounded lobe. A small tooth is seen at the posterior angles of the

segments from the second to the sixth inclusive. The false feet of

the five anterior segments are well developed; their peduncles are

stout ; and all (except in the case of the first) carry two many-jointed

ciliate palpi, one of which is much longer than the other. The

single palp of the first pair of false feet is longer than the other

palps. The inferior surface of the abdomen is covered with mem-

brane. Between the bases of the first three pairs of false feet there

is a deltoid process terminating in a tooth. The middle caudal

plate or seventh abdominal segment is narrow, and terminates in a

Spine; its sinuous borders are fringed with hair. The middle of

the upper surface is depressed, and the sides are marked by two low

ridges. The lateral swimming-plates are narrowly oval, and extend

beyond the middle plate; those of the outer pair are fringed with

hair on the inner edge, whilst the upper surface is marked with two

longitudinal furrows near the outer margin, and there is a small spine

on the outer edge near the extremity. The inner pair of plates are

fringed with hair on both edges. At the middle of the upper sur-

face there are three longitudinal furrows.

A single specimen of this fine crustacean, the largest and hand-

somest of its genus, was obtained at Madeira, where it appears to be

of rare occurrence; but in the fish-market of Algiers I have fre-

quently seen considerable quantities of a red Peneus which, after

careful examination, I do not hesitate to assign to the same species,

notwithstanding a few differences of minor importance.

900 MR. J. ¥. JOMNSON ON NEW CRUSTACEANS. [Nov. 28,

The species is dedicated to Dr. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, of the

Jardin des Plantes, Paris, the son of the celebrated author of the

‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacées,’ and himself the author of several

valuable contributions to carcinological science. ;

The following dimensions were afforded by the Madeiran specimen,

which has been added to the collection of the British Museum :—

inches.

Length from tip of rostrum to end of caudal plates . 134

OliroetrwMis so ke eo eos hin ms oe ee 23

Carapace, length from base of rostrum to middle of

posterior margin 2) Leer Je ont, nae

—, width near the middle ,........... .00. 13

pheiehte fos 3 22 See pat an eters beers 12

Eyes with their stalks, length 2... secs ue. <3 s 0 4

Superior antennze, length of peduncle............ 13

Inferior antennz, length of lamellar palp.......... 12

pV EE <, Sra ee eee mate eke eee Z

Jaw-feet, length of external pair .......... BAe

7 LENO GGT CXL TAIN). user cmet tu renga hate ale

Bees, lenehh: Of Ak Wane. oe oo toe eee ee een ate

sleneth Of third pair’... ss 4 see Tee ann ae

, length of hand and fingers of third pair......

Abdomen, length to end of caudal segment ........

False legs; lenoth of first priv... 5 . «pes 9% sscue ae

s OR@el; OL IASESpAMh ) oh.) te aa een nes ees

Middle caudal seament, leneth’. 202.3 2s. ss

ep hoaronwwnw &

DR OO|CoHB | O[ HB |-00 aH [CoH

Prenzus BocaGEI, mihi, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 255.

I will take this opportunity of stating that the Peneus of the

Tagus, described by me under the name of P. bocagei, is identical

with the P. longirostris of M. Lucas (Exploration Scientifique de

VAlgérie: Crustacées, p. 46, Atlas, pl. 4. f. 5), as I have ascer-

tained by an examination of specimens obtained at Algiers, and b

a study of M. Lucas’s description. Dr. Camil Heller (Die Crus-

taceen der siidlichen Europa) is of opinion that P. longirostris is

itself identical with P. membranaceus, Risso, and thinks that Dr.

Milne-Edwards, in his ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacées,’ vol. ii.

p- 417, has inadvertently attributed to the P. membranaceus of

Risso some of the characters of P. stphonocerus, Philippi (Archiv

der Naturgeschichte, 1840, p. 19, t. 14. f. 3), which has a very short

rostrum, whilst the true P. membranaceus has a long one. If Dr.

Heller’s views are correct (and I have no reason to suppose that they

are not), it will be seen that the range of P. membranaceus, Risso

(not Milne-Edwards), is not, as has been hitherto believed, limited

to the Mediterranean.

It may be useful to point out how the five known species of Me-

diterranean Pena@i may be distinguished from one another by means

of their rostra.

1867.] DR. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. 901

A. Rostrum shorter than peduncle of superior antennx

. (six teeth on upper edge) ......scsecsacesconenaneas P. siphonocerus, Phil.

B. Rostrum longer than peduncle of superior antenne,

but shorter than carapace.

a. Teeth on the under edge (filaments of su-

perior antennz shorter than peduncle)... P. caramote, auct.

6. No teeth on the under edge.

* Three teeth on upper edge, including

carapacial crest (no spines on swr-

face Of CAVAPACe) .......cccnscseeoeees P. edwardsianus, J. Y. J.

** Nine teeth on upper edge, including

ee nie crest (four spines on

surface of carapace, two on each

SUE) ie seid a xpucaecnslssehosan qsol'ynes Some P. membranaceus, Risso.

C. Rostrum equal to carapace in length ............00006 P, foliaceus, Risso.

3. On Hyalonema lusitanicum.

By J.S. Bowrersank, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. &e.

On January 24th, 1867, Dr. Gray read a paper at the Zoological

Society entitled “‘ Notes on Hyalonema lusitanicum, and on the

Genus in general,” announcing that Prof. Bocage had presented to

the British Museum a specimen of the above-named species. The

author adds, “I am enabled to state that I believe it to be a most

distinct species from the Hyalonema sieboldii of Japan,” or, in other

words, from the species he formerly described as H. mirabilis, the

structural specific differences said by the author to exist between the

two species consisting of differences in the number of spicula in the

spiral axis, and their diameter as compared with each other in the

respective species; but as these differences in length, number, and

diameter of the spicula exist to a very great extent between young

and old specimens of H. mirabile, such characters cannot certainly

be admitted as specific distinctions. His observations on the size

and form of the so-called polypes are equally vague and uncertain ;

and the varieties in structure cited may be as readily found in dif-

ferent specimens of H. mirabile as in Prof. Bocage’s specimen of

Hi. lusitanicum.

There is an aphorism in natural history that no two individuals

of the same species are ever exactly alike ; and this observation ap-

plies with greater force to the protean forms of the Spongiade than

to any other class of animals existing. If the author had but care-

fully studied the axial columns of the numerous specimens of H.

mirabile in his possession, he could not but have rejected such very

uncertain characters as those he has adopted. The above are the

only organic characters cited by the author in behalf of his opinions ;

and he then takes flight into the realms of imagination in support of

his purely speculative ideas on the structure and habits of the inter-

esting animal under consideration.

Sterne took his hypothetical prisoner and shut him up in a dun-

geon, aud then described all his imaginary woes and sufferings most

pathetically ; so the Doctor took his Hyalonema, denuded him of

902 DR. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA LuSITANICUM. [Nov. 28,

the most important portion of his body, his basal spongeous mass,

turned him upside down, so that his so-called polypes were situated

at his supposed base, instead of at the upper part of his spiral column,

and then turned him adrift a denizen of the wide ocean. With this

imaginary constitution the poor animal could no longer be considered

a Hyalonema; but this difficulty was readily to be got over, and

the Doctor, with his usual facility in such operations, soon devised

a new genus, founded on the imaginary characters he had himself

created, which he has denominated Hyalothriz, and which he thus

characterizes :—

“The polypes with forty tentacles in several concentric series, the

outer series the largest. The axis, covered to the very base with the

polype, bearing bark strengthened with cylindrical filiform siliceous

spicules, and with a smooth external coat without any imbedded

granules.”

Having thus imagined his animal, and fitted him with a new genus,

the Doctor, with an artless simplicity that is really very charming,

observes, “This genus is at once distinguished from Hyalonema by

the coral not living with its base immersed in a sponge. It lives

evidently free; but how it keeps itself in an erect position so that

all the polypes round the axis may obtain food is yet to be dis-

covered.” °

But alas for the stability of this ingenious natural-history ro-

mance! ‘The irresistible logic of facts has destroyed the whole edi-

fice ; for scarcely could the ink have dried with which Dr. Gray’s

imaginations were printed before Prof. Bocage announced that he

had at last obtained a specimen of his H. lusitanicum with the basal

sponge embracing the proximal uncovered end of the spiral column

in the same manner as in the Japanese specimens. All reasoning

upon Dr. Gray’s imaginary animal now becomes superfluous, and we

have only to deal with Prof. Bocage’s specimens of Hyalonema lusi-

tanicum.

Shortly after I had learned from Dr. Gray that Prof. Bocage had

acquired a specimen of his species with the basal sponge adhering

to it, I wrote to him on the subject, enclosing a small portion of the

spongeous base of my specimen of HH. mirabdile, figured in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society,’ Part 1, Pl. IV. f. 2, for the year

1867, that he might compare its organic structures with those of the

basal sponge of his H. lusitanicum, and begging the favour of a small

portion of the basal sponge of his specimen. To this request he

replied with much kindness and liberality, enclosing a piece of the

sponge 4 lines in length by about 3 in width—a quantity, as it will

be seen, amply sufficient to demonstrate accurately the structural

characters and relations of the two species. The fragment of sponge

is apparently from the surface of the specimen, as it is enveloped in

the remains of a rather stout brown membrane. After examining

the specimen in water, I disintegrated about half of it, and mounted

the spicula in Canada balsam, and then mounted the remaining por-

tion in the same material, in the state in which I had received it.

The results of my examinations of it were most satisfactory. In the

1867.] DR. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. 903

piece mounted in its natural state the structure of the skeleton was

distinctly exhibited, exactly resembling, in the forms of its component

spicula and in the mode of their arrangement, those of the skeleton

of the spongeous base of H. mirabile. In the disintegrated portion

I found no less than eight forms of spicula which exist in the basal

sponge of H. mirabdile, and which I have figured in the plates illus-

trating my paper on that species (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 18).

The spicula found were those represented in Plate V. by figures’ 2,

4, 6, 7, 8, 9,18, and those of the skeleton. The only difference

between the forms of spicula found in Prof. Bocage’s specimen and

those from H. mirabile is that those of the former are rather more

slender in their proportions, indicating a young and not fully deve-

loped state of its organization.

The skeleton-spicula of H. lusitanicum are of about the same

length as those of H. mirabile, but somewhat less in their diameter,

and they have the same malformations of their apices that so com-

mouly occur in those of the last-named species. In truth, the spi-

cula of H. lusitanicum are so identical in form with those of H. mi-

rabile that, without knowing whence they came, it would be impos-

sible for an observer to say from which species they had been ob-

tained. With these slight differences in the organization of the two

specimens under consideration, there is little doubt in my own mind

that they belong to one and the same species; and the slight discre-

pancies now apparent in the structure of H. dusitanicum will probably

disappear when other perfect and more fully developed specimens

are hereafter obtained and compared with H. miraéile; and in the

consideration of these slight differences of structure the influence of

their widely separated localities must also be taken into consideration.

Another strong argument against H. lusitanicum being a species

distinct from H. mirabile is, that no form of spiculum can be de-

tected in the spongeous base of the former that is not abundantly

present in the corresponding parts of the latter. As regards organic

structure, there is no true specific distinction existing between them.

Their differences amount only to those of development and such as

may naturally arise from variations in climate and locality.

I have seen the specimen of Hyalonema lusitanicum in the British

Museum that was presented by Prof. Bocage, through the sides of

the glass tube in which it is carefully preserved. It is 21} inches

long, and has 10 inches of the distal portion of the column covered

with corium. The specimen is about 24 lines in diameter. There

is the same paucity of sand in the crust that is observable in Mr.

Lee’s specimen, described by me in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’

(1867, p. 350); and, as in that case, each osculum is situated in an

elongate-oval area, in which, by the aid of a lens of 2 inches focus, the

radiating fibres are readily to be seen. The oscula are none of them

elevated to the same extent as in the Japanese specimens, but, like

those in Mr. Lee’s one, they project very slightly. The oval areas

do not all coalesce at their respective boundaries; in some there is

a small space of smooth corium separating them from each other.

Having disposed of his new genus Hyalothriz, Dr. Gray proceeds

904. DR. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. [Nov. 28,

to reiterate his belief that ‘ Hyalonema is a type of a peculiar family

of Corals, formed by zoanthoid polypes, characterized by forming for

their support a siliceous axis formed of many thread-like spicules

coiled together into a rope-like form, each formed of numerous con-

centric laminze, and surrounded and separated from one another b

the corium of the community of polypes.” I should not have

noticed this reassertion of his opinions if he had not endeavoured to

establish certain laws which are in themselves essentially false, and

on which he bases his reasonings in favour of his own theory. In

the first of these Dr. Gray asserts, ‘‘ Silica is not exclusively secreted

by sponges, as the advocates of the sponge-theory seem to believe,

but is found mixed with corneous matter (as it is mixed in Hyalo-

nema and Euplectella) in Gorgonia and Antipathes, and with calca-

reous matter in Madrepores.”’

In the first place, no one, to my knowledge, has ever asserted that

silica is exclusively secreted by sponges; nor is the silica to be ob-

tained from Corals and Gorgonias in the same state as it is in Hya-

lonema and Euplectella. In the former two it has never been dis-

covered in an organized condition, while in the latter two it is always

in that state.

Dr. Gray quotes the analysis by Mr. Children of Gorgonia flabel-

lum, in which he found silica enough to form ‘‘a globule before the

blowpipe ;’ and the Doctor says, “This proves that silica is found

in the coral of Aleyonaria or polypes with pinnate tentacles.”’

But the results of this analysis by Mr. Children do not bear

effectively on the point in dispute, which is whether polype-bearing

animals secrete silex as well as carbonate of lime in an organized

form as portions of their bony skeletons. There is no doubt that

corals, Gorgonias, and zoophytes living in waters continually charged

with minute grains of sand and with silex in solution would receive

and retain within their fine pores numerous grains of that substance

which would only be liberated and recognized by the chemical disso-

lution of those bodies. But this adventitious acquisition of silex by

creatures whose organic structures are essentially calcareous is no

proof of their power to secrete and organize silex as well as carbo-

nate of lime ; and Dr. Gray does not produce a single example of any

polypiferous animal, either among the bony corals, the Gorgoniadee,

or zoophytes, secreting and organizing silex as part of their skeleton-

structure. The difficulty of the purely siliceous structure of all parts

of the skeleton and internal siliceous organs of Hyalonema, con-

sidered by Dr. Gray a coral, still remains to*be solved by him;

and among all the beautiful siliceous organized forms so familiar to

microscopists of the present day there is not one that can be assigned

to any polype-bearing animal, described or undescribed ; and I be-

lieve that the animal power of organizing siliceous matter to form

either an internal or an external skeleton will be found to be strictly

confined to the great subkingdom of the Protozoa.

The second law that Dr. Gray enunciates is, ‘“ The structure of

the siliceous spicules of sponges is very similar to, almost identical

with, the structure of the axis of Gorgonia among the sclerobasic

1867.] DR. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. 905

weyenci and of Antipathes among the sclerobasic zoanthoid po-

ypes.”

The fact of the general law of increment by means of concentric

layers being common to the spicula and fibres of sponges and to the

horny axes of the Gorgoniade, upon which the author lays so much

stress, no more proves their relationship to each other than it would

to the trees and herbs of the vegetable kingdom, or to the bones of

the mammalia; and the reasonings deduced from this aphorism are

So inconsequential as to render it quite unnecessary to pursue this

portion of the subject any further.

The third position assumed by the author is, that ‘The spicules

of sponges are only covered with sarcode ; while the spicules of the

Hyalonema are each surrounded by a layer of corium exactly like

the inner surface of the bark or corium of the polypes.”

The law thus attempted to be laid down is essentially incorrect,

and could never have been enunciated by any one even moderately

acquainted with the anatomy and physiology of the Spongiade. In

all Halichondroid sponges, where the spicula are connected with each

other the junctions are formed not by sarcode, but by masses of

keratode closely enveloping the adjoining points of the spicula, much

after the fashion of a plumber’s joint; and in some genera, as in

Chalina, the spicula are entirely immersed in the keratose fibres of

the sponge, as represented in figures 262 and 263, pl. 13, vol. i.

of ‘Monograph of the British Spongiade.’ The same structure

obtains in the genus Diplodemia, as represented in pl. 14. f. 273,

and also in the genera Desmacidon and Raphyrus, represented by

figs. 264 and 265, pl. 13, of the same work. The premises attempted

to be established by the author thus being proved to be essentially

false, it is unnecessary to follow him through the series of reasonings

which he has based upon them.

The fourth position assumed by the author is, that ‘‘ The essential

character of a sponge is, that it is permeated by canals for the circu-

lation of the water, which is emitted by oscules ; and there is no such

structure in Hyalonema.”’

This law, as far as it concerns the structure of a sponge, is cor-

rect ; but as regards the assertion that “there is no such structure

in Hyalonema,” I must leave my readers who are acquainted with

the papers of Professors Brandt and Max Schultze and myself to

form their own opinions on the subject.

The author’s fifth law is, that ‘‘‘The attachment to the sponge ap-

pears to be the habit of a single species ; for the Portuguese species,

which agrees with the Japanese in most of its essential characters,

lives free in the sea, and has the small end of the coral, which in the

Japan species is sunk in the sponge, covered with polypes like the

rest of the surface.”

This position, after our knowledge of the acquirement by Prof.

Bocage of a specimen of his H. lusitanicum with the basal mass of

sponge attached to it, is effectually negatived by the inexorable logic

of facts.

Dr. Gray, in his paper on ‘“* Hyalonema lusitanicum,” read January

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LVIII.

906 DR. BOWERBANK ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. [ Nov. 28,

24th, dismisses the consideration of my paper on “ Hyalonema mi-

rabilis,’ read on the 10th of January, in not the most courteous

style imaginable. Ina short note to his paper (p. 120) he observes,

‘Dr. Bowerbank has written a long and diffuse paper to attempt to

prove his position, when a cut in the polype-cell would have settled

the question. It is a pity he did not recollect King Charles’s ques-

tion about the fish and the water.’ This style of pooh-poohing

disputed facts in natural history is neither just nor gentlemanly, and

in the present case it is at variance with the truth. Dr. Gray was

invited by me to be present at the reading of the paper on the 10th

of January, but he declined to appear on that occasion. Had he

been there he would have known that I had, not once only, but re-

peatedly, cut into his supposed polype-cells, and that the results of

their examinations were duly described and their anatomical pecu-

liarities figured in illustration of the descriptions of them. Neither

then, nor since, has Dr. Gray attempted to disprove a single fact

advanced by me in that paper.

In conclusion I may observe that, since the reading of a short

supplemental paper on March 28th, entitled ‘‘ Additional Observa-

tions on Hyalonema mirabile,”’ I have been fortunate in obtaining

from Mr. Jonathan Couch, of Polperro, several dried specimens of

Zoanthus couchii, in which the polypes were living when dredged up

at Shetland, and in which the motive fibres passing from the polypes

have their distal extremities attached in a circle to the inner surface

of the polype-case of the animal. The terminal portions of these

fibres have a stout, dilated-cylindrical, and very fleshy appearance.

They are attached to the inner surface of the mouth of the polypi-

dom by their apices only; and from these points they pass inward

to the upper part of the polype to which their bases are attached,

and down the sides of which each of them may be traced for a con-

siderable distance, gradually diminishing in diameter as they pass

downward on the body of the animal.

As the end to be attained by means of these organs, in both

Zoanthus and Hyalonema, is precisely the same, that of opening

and closing a purse-like orifice on the apex of a cylindrical tube,

Nature, as might have been expected, has adopted nearly the same

mode of action in either case—that of a series of motive fibres, the

distal ends of which are attached in a circle around the orifice to be

contracted ; and there is just that difference in their structure and

mode of disposition that is appropriate to the conditions of each

separate animal.

In Hyalonema, destitute of polypes, they are imbedded between

the outer and inner tissues of the corium of the organ on which they

are destined to operate; while in Zoanthus they are not immersed

in the tissues of the case or polypidom of the animal, but are parts

of the enclosed polype within it, and their distal ends only are at-

tached to the oral opening of the external case, while the remaining

portions of these organs are attached to the outer integument of the

retractile polype within the polypidom.

These organs in Zoanthus are few in number, and very much

1867.] MESSRS. ADAMS AND ANGAS ON A NEW LAND-SHELL. 907

stouter than those of Hyalonema. No tentacles of the Zoanthus

could be detected, the skin of the polype and the motive organs only

remaining within the polypidom in a favourable condition for obser-

vation.

4. Description of a New Species of Land-shell belonging to

the Genus Celiavis, H. Ad. and Angas. By H. Apams,

F.L.S., and G. F. Aneas, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XLIII.)

In a paper read at the Meeting of the Society on the 10th January,

1865, we gave a description of a new species of Land-shell from the

Cape of Good Hope, for which the subgeneric name Celiaxis was

proposed. Adult specimens of a second species, possessing a con-

tinuous peritreme and distinct parietal plate, have since been re-

ceived by us from the Solomon archipelago, from which it would

appear that Celiaxvis must be considered a distinct genus, having

more affinity with Gidéulina and Ennea than with Subulina, to

which we at the time referred it. Of the species upon which.Celiazis

was founded, only two examples, in the British Museum Collection,

have the apertures at all complete. In one of these there is no trace

of any parietal plate; while in the other, which is rather more ma-

ture, a callosity or tubercle, considered at the time accidental, exists,

thus rendering it probable that in quite mature examples of this

species the parietal plate will also be found distinctly developed, and

the peritreme of the aperture continuous.

Genus Ca@xiaxis, nob. (char. emend.).

Testa umbilicata, turrita, oblique costulata; spira plerumque

decollata; apertura plica parietali vel tuberculo munita; perist.

continuum, simplex, rectum.

Ca@uiaxis Exieua, nob. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 16, 17, p. 890.)

C. testa anguste et profunde umbilicata, cylindraceo-turrita,

tenui, oblique costulato-striata, pallide fulva; spira decol-

lata, superne attenuata; anfr. superst. 11, subplanatis, ultimo

costa basali sulcum interiorem angustum formante ; aper-

tura subverticali, rhomboidea, plica parietali spirali in medio

posita; perist. simplici, continuo, soluto, margine columellart

expanse.

Long. 17 mill., diam. 4 mill., ap. 4 mill. longa.

Hab. Solomon archipelago.

908 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

5. On a New Genus and some New Species of Marine Mol-

lusca from Port Jackson, New South Wales. By Grorcr

Frencu Aneas, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. &e.

(Plate XLIV.)

Genus Axicra, Angas.

Shell inequivalve, transversely ovate, thin, slightly compressed,

not gaping; beaks entire, interior subnacreous. Hinge composed

of a posterior more or less prominent callus in the right valve, fitting

into a corresponding depression in the left valve, and an anterior

elongated marginal lamellar tooth or ridge; cartilage internal, situ-

ated perpendicularly under the umbones, and covered by a large tri-

nuated.

This genus has much the appearance externally of Periploma, but

the ossicle is large and triangular as in Lyonsia. It differs from both

genera in the cartilage not being supported by projecting spoon-

shaped processes, and in its being perpendicular to the umbones.

AuiciA ANGuSTATA, n. 8. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 1.)

Shell elongately oblong, white, surface of valves (under the lens)

very finely decussated, inequilateral; anterior side five-sixths the

length of the shell, rounded at the extremity, the dorsal margin

slightly convex ; posterior side truncate at the extremity, the dorsal

margin incurved, umbonal slope angulated; ventral margin almost

straight. The hinge with the posterior callus in the right valve

prominent and tooth-like, and the corresponding depression in the

left valve bordered by a slightly raised ridge. Pallial sinus.deep,

extending to half the length of the shell.

Long. 63, alt. 3, lat. 13 lines.

Hab. Port Jackson. Dredged inside South Head Reef.

ALICIA ELEGANTULA, n. 8s. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 2.)

Shell oblong, white, obsoletely concentrically plicate, very minutely

decussated, inequilateral; anterior side three-fifths the length of

the shell, rounded; posterior side roundly truncate, the dorsal mar-

gin concave, umbonal slope angulated ; ventral margin convex. The

hinge with the posterior callus almost obsolete. Pallial sinus deep,

extending to the umbones.

Long. 54, alt. 3, lat. 13 lines.

Hab. Port Jackson. Dredged between Watson’s Bay and “ Sow

and Pigs” reef.

THRACIA MopDESTA, n. 8. (PI. XLIV. fig. 3.)

Shell ovate, thin, white, rather ventricose, surface of valves irre-

gularly concentrically striate, inequilateral, beaks posterior ; anterior

side rotundate ; posterior side obliquely truncate, the dorsal margin

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 909

nearly straight, the umbonal slope angulated ; ventral margin convex.

The hinge with the cartilage processes small. Pallial sinus extend-

ing beyond the umbones.

Long. 7, alt. 43, lat. 23 lines.

Hab. Dredged off Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, in 15 fathoms.

Dostnia PUELLA, n. 8s. (PI. XLIV. fig. 4.)

Shell small, orbicular, rather thick, moderately convex, whitish,

finely and closely irregularly concentrically striated ; umbones some-

what produced and approximate ; ligamental area but slightly exca-

vated ; lunule small, superficial, not impressed.

Long. 6, alt. 6, lat. 3 lines.

Hab. Botany Bay, New South Wales.

SUNETTA ADELIN#,n.s. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 5.)

Shell smooth, elongately ovate, anterior side rounded, posterior

slightly truncate ; ventral margin somewhat bulged in the middle, a

little tumid towards the umbones, whitish, painted with angular cho-

colate markings along the posterior slope, with a few of the same

description, but fainter, proceeding downwards from the umbones,

and covered towards the margins with a very slight pale olive epi-

dermis ; ligamental area narrowly excavated ; lunule strongly defined

and narrow, with the lips projecting beyond the line of the dorsal

slope ; interior white, tinged with flesh-colour, edges of the valves

finely crenated within.

Long. 8, alt. 6, lat. 3 lines.

Hab. Dredged in deep water near Port-Jackson Heads.

This species differs from Meroé hians, Reeve (from Cochin China),

in being smaller, much less tumid, more rounded at the ventral mar-

gin, and somewhat truncate posteriorly ; the lunule also is prominent

and projecting, whereas in M. hians it is flat; and the dark purple

spot so characteristic of the interior of the latter is wanting in the

species described above.

SPISULA CRETACEA, 0.8. (PI. XLIV. fig. 6.)

Shell triangularly ovate, solid, rough, chalky-white, rudely con-

centrically striated; umbones nearly central, acute, approximate ;

basal margin arcuate ; anterior side rounded ; posterior side slightly

angled, and obtusely keeled from the umbones; the dorsal area

broad, with the margin slightly arcuate; lateral teeth elongate and

strongly cross-ribbed on both sides.

Long. 9, alt. 63, lat. 5 lines.

Hab. Dredged at Port Stephen, off Tarlee.

SprsuLA propucTA, n.s. (PI. XLIV. fig. 7.)

Shell small, rather solid, ovately cuneiform, white, finely irregu-

larly concentrically striated, and covered with a thin membranaceous

epidermis towards the sides and basal margin ; umbones tumid, acute,

approximate; anterior side rounded, shorter; posterior side pro-

910 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

duced, somewhat beaked, obtusely keeled from the umbones ; lateral

teeth finely serrated.

Long. 7, alt. 5, lat. 3 lines.

Hab. Johnson’s Bay and Parramatta River, Port Jackson.

This species resembles in external appearance the Mactra late-

ralis of Say, from South Carolina; it is, however, flatter and less

sharply keeled, with the posterior dorsal slope longer and straighter,

and the umbones closer together, whilst the serrated character of the

lateral teeth would alone distinguish it from the American shell.

LorIPEs ASSIMILIS, n. 8S. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 8.)

Shell somewhat triangularly orbicular, rather inflated, slightly

superficially excavated at the anterior side, solid, whitish, concen-

trically very finely elevately striated throughout ; margins crenate ;

cartilage in an oblique groove of the hinder hinge-margin.

Long. 6, alt. 6, lat. 33 lines.

Hab. New South Wales; and Hobson’s Bay, Port Philip.

This species differs from L. icterica, Reeve, in being more solid

and inflated, more strongly concentrically ridged, and in the absence

of the diverging radiate strice of the latter.

Mysia (FELANIA) ADAMSI, n. s. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 9.)

Shell depressly orbicularly elongate, white, shining, covered with

a very thin transparent horny epidermis ; concentrically very finely

irregularly striated, smooth and polished at the umbones; lunule

very small; margins simple. Hinge with two teeth in each valve,

one of which is bifid.

Long. 6, alt. 63, lat. 33 lines.

Hab. Port Jackson. Dredged in deep water.

Mysia (FELANIA) JACKSONIENSIS, n. 8. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 10.)

Shell triangularly depressly orbicular, posterior side rounded, an-

teriorly somewhat obliquely produced, pale rosy flesh-colour, covered

with a light-green shining epidermis; umbones produced, approxi-

mate; concentrically finely irregularly striate, the lines of growth

strongly impressed at intervals ; interior pinkish.

Long. 4, alt. 47, lat. 23 lines.

Hab. Dredged in deep water in Port Jackson.

Lrerron apDAmsi, n.s. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 11.)

Shell triangularly ovate, rather convex, inequilateral, milky white,

somewhat transparent, thin, shining; surface of valves finely con-

centrically striated, and minutely shagreened anteriorly and poste-

riorly, smooth in the middle; anterior side short, rounded ; poste-

rior side ovate, widely plicate towards the margin; umbones pro-

minent and slightly oblique; superior margin convex ; the inferior

margin straight.

Long. 63, alt. 5, lat. 22 lines.

Hab, Port Jackson.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 911

MopiovaRiA BARBATA, 0.8. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 12.)

Shell small, oblong-ovate, more or less convex, whitish, covered

with a yellowish-green horny epidermis, which becomes long, thick,

and fibrous posteriorly ; the valves very finely concentrically irregu-

larly striated, and decussated with elevated radiating ribs, which are

obsolete near the middle.

Long. 5, alt. 2, lat. 13 lines.

Hab. Botany Bay, New South Wales.

OsTREA VIRESCENS, n.s. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 13.)

Shell solid, orbicular, inequivalve, with the margins of the valves

crenulately frilled. Superior valve smaller, flattened, radiately

plicate, and laminately scaled, whitish, irregularly striped with

purplish brown; inferior valve larger, the cavity deep; interior

greenish olive, paler at the margins; cardinal area large, triangular,

and flattened.

Long. 13, lat. 14 inch.

Hab. Attached to rocks and madrepores at low spring tides at

Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson.

CROSSEA CONCINNA, n.s. (Pl. XLIV. fig. 14.)

Shell narrowly umbilicate, turbinate, rather solid, white, semipel-

lucid; spire raised, suture distinct ; whorls five, rounded, the first

three transversely ribbed and longitudinally striated, the remainder

transversely punctate-striate ; umbilicus bordered by a rounded cal-

lus; aperture circular, with a channelled angular projection in front;

outer lip simple, the margin acute. ;

Diam. 2 lines, height 1}.

Hab. “Sow and Pigs”’ reef, Port Jackson, from 2 to 4 fathoms.

This species has much the form of C. dellula, A. Ad., but differs

in size, being considerably larger, and in the sculpture of the whorls;

the angular projection of the aperture also is not so strongly deve-

loped. The only two species of the genus hitherto known were ob-

tained by Mr. Arthur Adams from the Gotto Islands in Japan.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLIV.

Fig. 1. Alicia angustata, p. 908. Fig. 8. Loripes assimilis, p. 910.

2. elegantula, p. 908. 9, Felania adamsi, p. 910.

3. Thracia modesta, p. 908. 10. jacksoniensis, p. 910.

4. Dosinia puella, p. 909. 11. Lepton adamsi, p. 910.

5. Sunetta adelina, p. $09. 12. Modiolaria barbata, p. 911.

6. Spisula cretacea, p. 909. 13. Ostrea virescens, p. 911.

rfp producta, p. 909. 14. Crossea concinna, p. 911.

912 MR, G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

6. A List of Species of Marine Mollusca found in Port Jack-

son Harbour, New South Wales, and on the adjacent

Coasts, with Notes on their Habits &. By Grorcs

Frencu Anaas, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. &c.—Part I1L.*

[The length, as given in inches or lines, must be understood to represent the

extreme measurement of the shell.

Those species marked with an asterisk (*) have been described from speci-

mens in my own collection.—G. F. A.]

Class CONCHIFERA.

Order PHOLADACEA.

Fam. GASTROCHANIDZ.

1. Bryopa (Dacosta) AUSTRALIS.

Clavagella australis, Sow.

Found burrowing in sandstone rocks, at very low tide, near Port-

Jackson Heads. The tube, which is simple, projects outwards from

1 to 2inches. The valves are hidden in the dilated hinder part of

the tube, below the surface of the rock.

2. HUMPHREYIA STRANGEI.

Aspergillum strangei, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 91, pl. 15. f. 5.

Of this singular form three or four specimens were obtained by

the late Mr. F. Strange, and one by myself, at Watson’s Bay, Port

Jackson. The tube, which is merely an expansion and modification

of the valves, is curved and obtusely carinated on each side. It is

found attached to the flat surface of rocks at the bottom of pools,

projecting upwards amongst the pebbles and sand, at extremely low

spring tides. Length of the tube 2 inches 4 lines.

Fam. SOLENIDE.

3. SOLEN SLOANII.

Solen sloanii, Gray, in Brit. Mus., Hanley, Sp. of Shells, p. 12.

? Solen philippianus, Dunker.

A pretty species, mottled with purplish flesh-colour like S. vagi-

noides, Lam., from Tasmania; it is, however, a narrower shell, and

not curved like the latter. Length 37 inches. Burrowing in the

sand at Middle Harbour Xe.

4. CULTELLUS AUSTRALIS.

Cultellus australis, Dunker, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 423.

Dredged in Lane-Cove River, Port Jackson. Length 13 inch.

Found also at Moreton Bay and Port Curtis, where it attains the

length of 3 inches.

* Continued from p. 233.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 913

Fam. SAXICAVIDZ.

5. SAXICAVA AUSTRALIS.

Sazicava avsiralis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 153.

Found amongst crevices of rocks at low water in Port Jackson.

It is extremely variable in form, like the other species of the genus.

Length 10 lines.

Fam. CorBULID&.

6. CoRBULA TUNICATA.

Corbula tunicata, Hinds, P. Z. 8. 1843.

This fine species has the left valve, which is much the largest,

deeply grooved over its entire surface. The right valve is grooved

near the umbo only. Dredged in 5 to 7 fathoms in Port Jackson.

Also from the Philippines (Cuming), and the Straits of Macassar

and L’Agulhas Bank (Hinds). Length 1 inch.

7. CORBULA NASUTA.

Corbula nasuta, Sow. P. Z. S. 1833.

It is impossible to separate this species from C. nasuta, Sow.,

which comes from the Gulf of Nicoya. Dredged in Port Jackson.

Length 10 lines.

8. CorRBULA SCAPHOIDES.

Corbula scaphoides, Hinds, P. Z. 8. 1833.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 6 lines.

9. CORBULA ZELANDICA.

Corbula zeylandica, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol.

? C. catlowe, Reeve, P. Z. S. 1844.

Dredged in Middle Harbour. Length 6 lines. It occurs also in

New Zealand and at Moreton Bay.

Fam. ANATINID.

10. ANATINA CRECCINA.

Anatina ereccina, Valenciennes, MS. in Mus. Cuming; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Anatina, pl. 2. f. 12.

In this species the posterior portion of the valves is widely gaping

and curved upwards. It is found in sandy mud at Illawarra Lake,

Port Stephen, and Port Jackson. Length 1 inch 10 lines.

11. ANATINA TASMANICA.

Anatina tasmanica, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Anatina, pl. 3. f. 20.

More ovate than the preceding, with the umbones nearly central.

From sandy mud in Port Jackson, Length 2 inches.

914 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Noy. 28,

12. ANATINA PROLONGATA.

Anatina prolongata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Anatina, pl. 4. f. 28.

A thin narrow species, with the valves produced posteriorly and

ridged throughout. Dredged in sandy mud near Spectacle Island,

Parramatta River. Length 9 lines.

13. *ALICIA ANGUSTATA..

Alicia angustata, Angas, antea, p. 908, Pl. xxrv. f. 1.

In this genus the ossicle is large and triangular as in Lyonsia; but

the cartilage is not supported by projecting spoon-shaped processes,

and is perpendicular to the umbones. The shells externally some-

what resemble periploma, and are thin, white, and abruptly truncate

at the posterior side. Dredged inside South Head reef. Length

64 lines.

14. *ALICIA ELEGANTULA.

Alicia elegantula, Angas, anted, p. 908, Pl. xxiv. f. 2.

More rounded than the preceding species, with the umbones more

central. Dredged between Watson’s Bay and the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs”’

reef. Length 53 lines.

15. THRACIA ANATINOIDES.

Thracia anatinoides, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Thracia, pl. 3. f. 12.

Roundly ovate, thin, and convex, shortly angled posteriorly, and

broadly rounded in front. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 1 inch.

16. THRACIA AUSTRALICA.

Thracia australica, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Thracia, pl. 3. f. 13.

A somewhat depressed species, with the aspect of a periploma.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 9 lines.

17. *THRACIA MODESTA.

Thracia modesta, Angas, anted, p. 908, Pl. xutv. f. 3.

A small ovate species, with the posterior side very obliquely trun-

cate. Dredged off Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, in 15 fathoms.

Length 7 lines.

18. Negara (RHINOMYA) RUGATA.

Rhinomya rugata, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. xiii.

p- 207.

An elegant little shell, largely rostrate, and concentrically ridged

throughout. Dredged at the “ Sow and Pigs” reef. Length 33 lines.

The type specimen of this species was dredged by Mr. A. Adams at

Tabu Sima, in Japan.

19. THEORA NITIDA.

Theora nitida, Gould, ‘ Otia,’ p. 162.

A thin, hyaline shell, with the valves attenuate posteriorly ; the

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 915

hinge with a small spoon-shaped process projecting inwards. Dredged

in Port Jackson, in deep water. Length 6 lines.

20. Myopora CRASSA.

Anatina crassa, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. v. p. 100, Tab. Suppl.

43 $506:

A thick, triangular species, with both valves transversely ribbed.

Dredged in Middle Harbour. Length 6 lines.

21. MyoporAa PANDORZFORMIS.

Anatina pandoreformis, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. v. p. 99, Tab.

Suppl. 43. f. 3, 4.

The strize on the right or flattened valve are very fine and smooth.

Dredged in Middle Harbour on a sandy bottom. Length 10 lines.

22. MyoporRA OVATA.

Myodora ovata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Myodora, pl. 1. f. 4.

Shorter than the preceding species, with the striz on both valves

raised and prominent. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 7 lines.

This species occurs in Port-Adelaide Creek, South Australia; and

also in the Philippines, according to Cuming.

23. MyoporA BREVIS.

Anatina brevis, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. v. p. 99, Tab. Suppl. 43.

fie.

A very elegant, thin, triangular-shaped shell, with the left valve

flexuously striated anteriorly. Dredged in Lane Cove, Farm Cove,

and Mossman’s Bay. Length 1 inch.

24, MyocHAMA ANOMIOIDES.

Myochama anomioides, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. v. pl. 42. f. 1-4.

This remarkable shell is usually found attached to the living shells

of Trigonia lamarcki. It varies in form, is of a pinkish colour, and

in its sculpture partakes somewhat of that of the shell on which it

is parasitic. Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs’’ reef, in Port Jack-

son. Length 9 lines.

25. MyocHAMA STRANGEI.

Myochama strangei, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1852, pl. 15. f. 2.

An oblong, wrinkled species, of a blackish colour, found attached

to stones or dead shells. Dredged in Port Jackson (inside the North

Head), but of very rare occurrence. Length 1 inch.

26. CHAMOSTREA ALBIDA.

Chama albidu, Lam.

Cleidotherus chamoides, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. p. 98, Tab.

Suppl. 42. f. 5-8; Sow. Gen. of Shells, f. 1-3.

This curious genus, of which one species only is known, is pecu-

916 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

liar to Australia. The valves are connected internally by an ossicle

in the cartilage, are rough outside, and somewhat pearly within.

The left valve is nearly flat and triangular; whilst the right one is

convex, and attached by its front slope to the upper surface of flat

sandstone rocks which are laid bare at low water. It occurs near

Port-Jackson Heads. I have also procured fine large specimens from

Port Lincoln, in South Australia. Length 2} inches.

Order VENERACEA.

Fam. Mactrip&.

27. TRIGONELLA CONTRARIA.

Mactra contraria, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1854; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Mactra, pl. 17. f. 86.

Somewhat like M. rufescens, Lam., but flatter and more beaked

at the sides, with the umbones smooth, and stained with two violet

rays. Rare in Port Jackson. Length 1? inch.

28. TRIGONELLA LUZONICA.

Mactra luzonica, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1854; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Mactra, pl. 16. f. 81.

A neat species, more or less rayed with brown, and tinged with

purple at the umbones. Dredged in Middle Harbour on a sandy

bottom, also in Botany Bay. Length 1 inch 3 lines.

29. TRIGONELLA PUSILLA.

Mactra pusilla, A. Adams, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 226.

A pretty, little, shining species, either white or rayed with brown.

Dredged in Middle Harbour along with the foregomg. Length

7 lines.

30. *SpisULA CRETACEA.

Spisula cretacea, Angas, anted, p. 909, Pl. xx1v. f. 6.

A dull-white, chalky-looking shell, not unlike in form to the Bri-

tish S. subtruncata. Dredged in Port Stephen. Length 10 lines.

31. SpPIsULA CORBULOIDES.

Mactra corbuloides, Desh. P. Z.S8. 1854; Reeve, pl. 19. f. 103.

? Mactra rostrata, Spengler, Skrift. Nat. Selsk. v. p. 115.

A stout, gibbous, trigonal species, strongly keeled from the um-

bones, and covered with a pale greenish-olive epidermis. Dredged

in Illawarra Lake. Length 11 lines. A dwarf variety is found

in Rushcutter’s Bay, Port Jackson, and also at Moreton Bay; it

measures 5 lines in length.

32. *SpISULA PRODUCTA.

Spisula producta, Angas, anted, p. 909, Pl. xxiv. f. 7.

A small, whitish, triangular, somewhat compressed species, pro-

1867. | MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 971

duced posteriorly. Found in the mud at Johnson’s Bay, and on the

banks of the Parramatta River. Length 7 lines.

Subfam. LuTrRARIINz&.

33. LuTRARIA DISSIMILIS.

Lutraria dissimilis, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1854; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Lutraria, pl. 2. f. 8.

Like L. rhynchena, Jonas, but less curved and gaping. In sandy

mud, Middle Harbour. Washed up on the beach at Edward’s Bay

occasionally after storms. Length 3 inches 9 lines.

34. ?STANDELLA OVALINA.

Mactra ovalina, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 104.

A smooth, ovate, whitish shell, rather gaping posteriorly, with the

hinder slope narrowly keeled. Dredged in Middle Harbour. Length

] inch 5 lines. This species occurs also at Port Phillip.

35. ZENATIA ACINACES.

Iutraria acinaces, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. iii. p. 545,

t. 83. f. 5,6; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Lutraria, pl. 4. f. 14.

A large, oblong, compressed shell, resembling a flattened Lutraria,

with the umbones anterior ; covered at the sides with an olive-brown

epidermis. Botany Bay, very rare. Length 4 to 5 inches. Also

from New Zealand, according to Quoy, Earl, and Dieffenbach.

Fam. TELLINIDZ.

36. Gari (PSAMMOCOLA) TOGATA.

Psammobia togata, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 318.

A large ovately transverse shell, obliquely truncate posteriorly,

white, and clothed with a strong olive-green epidermis, more or less

eroded at the umbones. Length 3} inches. Port Jackson, Port

Essington, and the Philippines.

Externally this shell has somewhat the aspect of a Glauconomya,

and may be regarded as the type of a distinct group of the family

Tellinide.

37. GARI MALACCANA.

Psammobia malaccana, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 6. f. 42.

A shining white species, delicately sculptured with oblique grooved

strie, which suddenly terminate on the posterior side. Length

1 inch 3 lines. Dredged at Lane Cove, Port Jackson; also Port

Denison, and Malacca (Cuming).

38. GARI ZONALIS.

Psammobia zonalis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 182.

A compressed species, of a pale livid-brown colour, rayed with

white. Length 1 inch. Middle Harbour; also Tasmania.

918 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [ Nov. 28,

39. Gart (AMPHICHENA) MENKEANA.

Psammobia menkeana, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 6. f. 43.

A pretty little species, somewhat resembling the British P. telli-

nella, Lam., of a yellowish or purplish white, faintly rayed with pale

rose-colour. Length 11 lines. Dredged near the “Sow and Pigs”’

reef and in Middle Harbour.

40. HiATULA EPIDERMIA.

Soletellina epidermia, Desh. ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 1. f. 3.

A somewhat rounded species, livid purple or orange near the um-

bones, and covered with an olive epidermis. Length 23 inches.

This species ranges commonly from Port Jackson to Swan River.

41. HIATULA BIRADIATA.

Solen biradiatus, Wood, Gen. Conch. pl. 33. f. 1.

Flatter and more elongated than the preceding species, zoned with

livid purple, with two white rays posteriorly and an olive-green epi-

dermis. Length 1 inch 9 lines. Middle Harbour. This is a com-

mon species in the South-Australian gulfs.

42. HiaTULA FLORIDA.

Psammobia florida, Gould, Expedition, Shells, Proc. Boston Nat.

Hist. Soc. 1846.

Soletellina donacioides, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 11, 1857.

A transversely oblong thin species, livid purple, paler anteriorly,

with two faint posterior rays, and covered with a dark transparent

horny epidermis. Length 15 lines. Dredged in [lawarra Lake in

brackish water.

43, TeEvuina (TELLINELLA) DELTOIDALIS.

Tellinu deltoidalis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 206.

T. lactea, Quoy.

A flattened, rounded, white shell, beaked posteriorly. Dredged

in Illawarra Lake and Botany Bay. Length 13 inch. This species

varies greatly in size and aspect, and has a wide range over the

southern portion of Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand. All the

specimens obtained in the Illawarra Lake are tinged with flesh-colour.

44, *TELLINA (ARCOPAGIA) ELLIPTICA.

Tellina elliptica, Sow. in Conch. Icon. Tellina, pl. 39. f. 223.

A small, white, ovate, and somewhat flattened species, with the

posterior side the shorter. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length

3 lines.

45. *Teviina (? MacoMa) SUBELLIPTICA.

Tellina subelliptica, Sow. in Conch. Icon. Tellina, pl. 39.

f. 220 a, 6.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 919

Rounder and more inflated than the preceding, with the umbones

central ; finely concentrically ridged ; white or livid purple. Dredged

at Watson’s Bay in 3 fathoms. Length 5 lines.

46. *TrLuina (MRA) SEMITORTA.

Tellina semitorta, Sow. in Conch. Icon. Tellina, pl. 39. f. 221 a,b.

A small, elongately ovate, bean-shaped species, very short poste-

riorly, and finely concentrically grooved throughout, pale yellowish

or pinkish white. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 6 lines.

47. TeLLIna (ANGULUS) TICAONICA.

Tellina ticaonica, Desh. P. Z. 8S, 1854, p. 358.

A nearly smooth, pale rose-coloured, shining species. Dredged

at Lane Cove. Length 5 lines, Found also in the Philippines.

48, *TELLINA TENUILIRATA,.

Tellina tenuilirata, Sow. in Conch, Icon. Tellina, pl. 39. f. 219.4, b.

A small elegantly shaped shell, somewhat beaked and truncate

behind, and finely lirate throughout, white and shining, some-

times carnelion-red. Dredged at the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs” bank. Length

6 lines.

49, *TELLINA (ANGULUS) UNIFASCIATA.

Tellina unifasciata, Sow. in Conch. Icon. Tellina, pl. 29. f. 156.

A thin flattened species, smooth and shining anteriorly, and deli-

ceately one-rayed, with pink at the posterior slope. In aspect very

hike 7. ewilis, Lam., from Japan, which is pink, with two white rays

posteriorly. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 53 lines,

50. TeLurna (ANGULUS) LILIUM.

Tellina lilium, Hanley, P. Z. S. 1844; Thes. Conch. Tedlina,

pl. 58. f. 85.

A pure-white species, nearly smooth, with the posterior area

grooved. Dredged at Lane Cove. Length 8 lines.

51. *TELLINA SEMIPLANA.

Tellina semiplana, Sow. in Conch. Icon. Tellina, pl. 39. f. 222a, 6.

A smooth, flattened, white species, with but little character.

Dredged in Port Jackson. Length | inch.

52. *TELLINA SEMIFOSSILIS.

Tellina semifossilis, Sow. in Conch. Icon. Tellina, pl. 41. f. 237.

A rough-looking, somewhat ovately formed species, more or less

eroded at the umbones, yellowish white, here and there rudely con-

centrically ridged. Johnson’s Bay, Port Jackson, on mud at low

water. Length 9 lines.

920 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Noy. 28,

Subfam. Donacinz.

53. Donax (LATONA) DELTOIDES.

Donaz deltoides, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 241.

D. epidermia, Lam.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Donaza, pl. 1. f.4 a, 6.

This fine species is abundant on most of the sandy beaches of

Australia which are exposed to the surf. It ranges from Swan

River to Moreton Bay. In colour it varies from greenish olive to

purple, and sometimes orange-yellow. Outer Manly Beach, in sand

at low water. Length 23 inches.

Subfam. PAPHIIN®.

54. DONACILLA ELONGATA.

Mesodesma elongata, Desh.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mesodesma,

eel Lg Ea

Triangularly elongated, and at the posterior side short and trun-

cated ; covered with a shining yellowish-olive epidermis. Buried in

sand at low tide. Botany Bay. Length 1 inch 1 line. This species

has a wide range to South Australia, Tasmania, and Swan River.

55. *DONACILLA OBTUSA.

Mesodesma obtusa, Crosse & Fischer, Journal de Conch. 1864,

p. 350.

An ovate species, of a waxy white, roundly truncate behind, and

compressed and wedge-shaped in front, with a light-brown epidermis

towards the margins. From the Sand-spit, Middle Harbour.

Length 9 lines. This species is common at Port Lincoln, in South

Australia.

Fam. VENERID.

Subfam. VENERIN&.

56. VENUS LAQUEATA.

Venus laqueata, Sow. Thes. Conch. xi. pl. 153. f. 15; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Venus, pl. 6. f. 20.

This noble species is characterized by the concentric ridges form-

ing erect crenated frills, the interstices between which are regularly

longitudinally ribbed. Colour pale fulvous, sometimes rayed with

four indistinct brown bands. Dredged in sandy mud in Port Jack-

son. Length 3 inches. Found also at Moreton Bay.

57. CHIONE STRIATISSIMA.

Venus striatissema, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 44, pl. 157. f. 103-105;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Venus, pl. 26. f. 135.

A pretty little pointed ovate species, cancellated with concentric

waved ridges and longitudinal striz; in general aspect somewhat

like the British V. ovata, Penn. Dredged at Watson’s Bay Xe.

Length 8 lines.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 921

58. Car1one (Ci1RCOMPHALUS) ROBORATA.

Venus roborata, Hanley, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 161; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Venus, pl. 23. f. 113.

A solid, rounded species, less inflated than V. calophylla, of a

waxy-white colour, with the concentric ridges very numerous, thick-

ened, and curved inwards. A single example only of this shell was

dredged at the ‘‘Sow and Pigs”’ bank, Port Jackson; in Tasmania

it is of frequent occurrence. Length 1 inch 2 lines*.

59. CuHione (CIRCOMPHALUS) CALOPHYLLA.

Venus calophylla, Hanley, Recent Shells, App. p. 361, pl. 16.

f. 26; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Venus, pl. 23. f. 114.

A very elegant species, with distant, thin, erect frills, the surface

of the valves between which is smooth; white or pale fiesh-colour. °

Dredged in black mud at the mouth of Lane Cove, and at Port

Stephen. Length 13 inch. This shell may at once be distinguished

from the still more beautiful ”. lamellata, Lam. (from South Au-

stralia), by its rounded form, smaller size, and the erect frills being

nearly smooth, and not grooved on their undersides.

60. Catone (CrRCOMPHALUS) ALATUS.

Venus alatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Venus, pl. 18. f. 83.

A solid, nearly smooth species, broadly rayed with pale brown,

with a few erect ridges at the posterior side. ‘The young shells are

more or less distantly ridged throughout. From deep water on the

coast, at Wollongong, Port Stephen, &c. Length 2 inches 3 lines.

I obtained several specimens of this species on the beach at Porirua,

Cook’s Straits, New Zealand.

61. Catone (TIMOCLEA) AUSTRALIS.

Venus australis, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 48, pl. 157. f. 111, 112;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Venus, pl. 22. f. 107.

A pretty, ovate species finely ridged and cancellated, and blotch-

rayed with chestnut. Interior rose-purple. Dredged at Watson’s

Bay. Length 1 inch 3 lines. It occurs also in South Australia and

at Swan River.

62. Cutone (MARCIA) FUMIGATA.

Venus fumigata, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 102, pl. 159. f. 152-155 ;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Yapes, pl. 7. f. 31.

A somewhat inflated, ovate species, acuminately produced poste-

riorly, smooth, and of a light olive-grey colour throughout, with the

posterior slope of the dorsal margin grooved. Dredged in Illawarra

Lake. Length 14 inch.

* The Venus isabellina, Phil. (Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 23. f. 112), stated to come

from ‘‘ Sydney,” I have never met with there. My specimens are from Port

Curtis. It seems to be intermediate between /’. calophylia, Hanl., and V. dysera,

Chemn., the latter a well-known Chinese species, which Mr. Reeye curiously ignores.

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1867, No, LIX,

922 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

63. Catone (MARCIA) LAVIGATA. —

Venus levigata, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 103, pl. 159. f. 156-158.

Flatter and less beaked than the preceding species, painted with

two or three zigzag rays from the umbones, and wanting the charac-

teristic grooving of the posterior dorsal slope. Dredged in mud in

Port Jackson and Port Phillip (Hobson’s Bay). Length 13 inch.

64. CALLISTA DISRUPTA. ,

Cytherea disrupta, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 117, pl. 163. f. 208, 209.

A transversely ovate shell, with the dorsal margin arched ; smooth,

or very finely concentrically striated, yellowish, and painted with

purplish-brown zigzag bands and flames. Dredged at Watson’s Bay

&e. Length 1} inch. Found also at Moreton Bay, on the banks

off Stradbroke Island.

65. CALLISTA RUTILA.

Cytherea rutila, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 116, pl. 163. f. 205.

More rounded and larger than the preceding species, smooth, and

painted with irregular interrupted bands of chestnut, and tinged with

rose-colour round the posterior side and ventral margin. Dredged

at Watson’s Bay, and found on the beach at Cabbage-tree Cove,

outside the north head of Port Jackson. Length 1 inch 9 lines.

I have received specimens from the east coast of Tasmania 2 inches

3 lines across.

66. TrvELA UNDULOSA, var.

Venus undulosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 370.

V. variabilis, Sow. P. Z. S. 1835; Thes. Conch. Venus, pl. 158.

f, 142-146.

This species varies considerably in shape and markings. At Swan

River, where it is very abundant, the shells are richly rayed and

marked with angular and undulating brown lines ; occasionally they

are white. The Port Jackson specimens, which are of rare occur-

rence, are smaller, more trigonal, painted sparingly with narrow ful-

minating lines, and clothed with a thick, silky, fibrous epidermis.

Dredged at Watson’s Bay. Length 1 inch.

67. *SUNETTA ADELINE.

Sunetta adeline, Angas, anted, p. 909, Pl. xxiv. f. 5.

A pretty little species, less tumid than Meroé hians of Reeve (from

Cochin China), with the lunule pinched outwards and projecting.

Length § lines. Dredged in deep water near Port-Jackson Heads.

68. CrRCE UNDATINA.

Cytherea undatina, Lams; Sow. Thes. Conch. Circe, pl. 138.

f. 22-26.

A fine species, more ventricose than C. seripta, Linn., and ele-

gantly painted with broad rays, blotches, bands, and zigzag lines of

1867.] MR. G.F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 923

brown on a whitish ground. Dredged off Spectacle Island, Parra-

matta River, Port Jackson, in sandy mud. Length 2 inches.

Subfam. Dosin1in zm.

69. DostniIA SCULPTA.

Artemis sculpta, Hanley ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Artemis, f. 52.

This species may readily be distinguished by its concentric strize

being decussated at the sides by fine radiating lines. Dredged in

Port Jackson. Length 1 inch. At Moreton Bay it attains a larger

size. Some of the Port Jackson specimens are slightly tinged with

rose-colour at the umbones.

70. DosiINIA SCABRIUSCULA.

Artemis scabriuscula, Phil. Abbild. und Besch. Conch. i. p. 230;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Artemis, pl. 3. f. 14.

I have only met with young examples of this fine species in Port

Jackson. Japan, Ceylon, and North Australia are cited as its habi-

tats. Full-grown shells measure nearly 2 inches across.

71. *DostIntIaA PUELLA.

Dosinia puella, Angas, anted, p. 909, Pl. xxiv. f. 4.

A small, solid, orbicular species, with the lunule superficial, and

the valves finely concentrically ridged. Length 6 lines. Botany

Bay.

72, CLEMENTIA MORETONENSIS.

Clementia moretonensis, Deshayes, P. Z. 8S. 1853, p. 18.

A transversely oblong species of a dull white hue, with the surface

of the valves rudely concentrically plicate. Length 1 inch 9 lines.

Dredged at Mossman’s Bay and off Spectacle Island. This species

was tirst obtained by the late I’. Strange at Moreton Bay ; hence its

name by Deshayes.

Subfam. TAPESIN.

73. TAPES INFLATA.

Tapes inflata, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 8, pl. 19. f. 3.

A fine ovately transverse species, irregularly concentrically sul-

cated, and smooth at the umbones; of a rufous fawn-colour, more

or less radiately mottled with grey, and shining. Dredged in mud,

at the mouth of Lane Cove and Parramatta River. Length 22 inches.

Allied to 7. suleosa, Phil., but much more ventricose and polished,

with the suleate ridges obsolete in the young shells.

74. TAPES UNDULATA, Vat.

Venus undulata, Born.

Tapes rimosa, Phil. Abbild. t. 7. f. 7.

This is a curious variety of the well-known 7. undulata from the

924 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

China seas, in which the prevailing colour of the valves is greenish

olive, passing into purple on the ventral margins, where alone the

zigzag markings are visible. The dorsal area is strongly crossed with

purple lines. Dredged in mud in the Parramatta River. Length

2 inches.

75. TAPES TURGIDA.

Venus turgida, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 352.

? Tapes turgidula, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 8.

A fine species, more or less finely concentrically ribbed, of a pale

brown colour, ornamented with zigzag purplish lines, or three faint

bands. Length 3} inches. In mud at low water, Middle Harbour,

Rose Bay, and Parramatta River.

76. RUPELLARIA MITIS.

Venerupis mitis, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 5.

A small species, not unlike V. irus of Europe. Length 8 lines.

Botany Bay.

77. RUPELLARIA CRENATA.

Venerupis crenata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 164.

A fine species, imbricately sculptured, and laminately frilled at the

posterior side. It may be recognized by its peculiar chalky appear-

ance blotched here and there with pale lilac. Found in crevices of

rocks at low water in various bays in Port Jackson. It occurs also

in Tasmania, and in South Australia, at the roots of mangrove trees.

Length 14 inch.

Fam. Perricouip &.

78. *CHORISTODON RUBIGINOSUM.

Naranio rubiginosa, A. Ad. & Ang. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 425, pl. 37.

7.17.

This very interesting species is a thin ventricose shell, finely di-

varicately sculptured, rayed with brown and purple at the umbones,

passing into white towards the ventral margin. I only obtained one

living specimen and a single valve; the former was enclosed in a

nodule of clay, dredged at 4 fathoms in Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson.

Length 10 lines.

Fam. GLAUCONOMYID&.

79. GLAUCONOMYA ANGULATA.

Glauconome angulata, Reeve, P. Z. 8S. 1844; Conch. Teon. Glau-

conome, pl. 1. f. 5.

A much smaller species than G. rugosa, Hanley (which is found

at Moreton Bay), in which the green epidermis is peculiarly shri-

velled and wrinkled in the middle, whilst in G. angulata it lies in

ridges parallel to the lines of growth. From sandy mud at low water,

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 925

Parramatta River and Lane Cove. Length l inch. Both these

species occur also at the Philippine Islands.

Fam. CarpiiD&.

80. Carpium (ParyRIDIUM) PAPYRACEUM.

Cardium papyraceum, Chem. Conch. Cab. vi. p.190, pl. 18. f.184;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardium, pl. 2. f. 9.

A thin whitish species, faintly mottled with flesh-colour, =

tinged with deep purple at the umbones; the valves are radiately

impressedly striated, and minutely g oranulated anteriorly, thus distin-

guishing it from C. muticum, which the elder Sowerby has figured as

a variety in his ‘ Conch. Ilustr. f. 55. Dredged in Middle Har-

bour. Length 1} inch.

81. Carpium (PAPYRIDIUM) TENUICOSTATUM.

Cardium tenuicostatum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 572; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Cardium, pl. 10. f. 50.

A thin, light, somewhat ventricose shell, radiately very numerously

finely ribbed, the epidermis bristling along the summit of the ribs;

more or less waved with flesh-coloured painting, and purple at the

umbones. Dredged in Port Jackson, Botany Bay, &c. Length

13 inch.

82. CARDIUM PULCHELLUM.

Cardium pulchellum, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardium, pl. 8. f. 42.

C. striatulum juv., Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 45.

This beautiful little species is finely striated and armed with sharp

tubercles posteriorly ; its colour is whitish, handsomely rayed with

orange. OC. striatulum, Sow., from Cook’s Straits, New Zealand, is

very similar in its sculpture, but it is a much larger shell, and wants

the characteristic orange rays. Dredged inside Port-Jackson Heads

in deep water. Length 7 lines.

83. CARDIUM AUSTRALIENSE.

Cardium australiense, Reeve, P. Z. 8. 1844; Conch. Icon. pl. 5.

A singular form of the genus, having much of the aspect of a

Donaz externally. Length 1 inch 6 lines. Deep water, Broken

Bay, Port Stephen, and Moreton Bay.

Fam. CHAMID&.

84. CHAMA SPINOSA.

Chama spinosa, Brod. Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 505, pl. 38. f. 8, 9.

A pretty little species, concentrically frilled with rows of short,

irregular, imbricate spines; white, tinged with brick-red. Found

attached to rocks at low spring tides. Length 1 inch.

926 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Noy. 28,

Order LUCINACEA.

Fam. Lucinip&.

85. LuCINA SIMPLEX.

Lucina simplex, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 11.

A neat white species, finely concentrically ribbed, and cancellated

with very fine longitudinal strie. Botany Bay. Length 9 lines.

In North Australia this species attains the size of 15 to 18 lines.

86. Lucrna (CoDAKIA) RUGIFERA.

Lucina rugifera, Reeve, Conch, Icon. pl. 1. f. 1.

A solid elaborately sculptured species, allied to Z. tigrina and L.

exasperata, white within and without. Found at low water amongst

the rocks at Watson’s Bay and Middle Harbour, Port Jackson ; and

at Wollongong and other rocky places along the coast. Length

3 inches.

87. Lucrna (CopAKIA) PARVULA.

Lucina parvula, Gould, ‘ Otia,’ p. 174.

This little species is somewhat produced anteriorly, concentrically

ridged, and divaricately sculptured at the sides: yellowish white.

Dredged in Port-Jackson and Botany Bays. Length 4 lines, The

localities of Gould’s types are China and Japan.

88. LorIPES TUMIDA.

Lucina tumida, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Lucina, pl. 5. f. 22.

An orbicular, swollen, thin shell of a dull white colour, super-

ficially concentrically striated, and covered at the sides with a very

fine epidermis radiately wrinkled here and there. Dredged in Port

Jackson. Length 1 inch.

The Lucina ovulum of Reeve appears to be only the young state

of this species.

§9. LorIPES OVUM.

Lucina ovum, Reeve, Conch. Icou. Lucina, pl. 5. f. 21.

Less inflated than the preceding species, more truly orbicular in

outline, and of a clear yellowish white. Dredged in Botany Bay.

Length 11 lines.

90. LoRIPES ICTERICA.

LIucina icterica, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Lucina, pl. 10. f. 60a, b.

A small white species, finely concentrically and (under the lens)

radiately striated. The ligament, in this as well as in the following

species, is situated in an oblique internal pit. Botany Bay; also in

St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia. Length 5 lines. ~

91. *LoRIPES ASSIMILIS.

Loripes assimilis, Angas, anted, p. 910, Pl, xurv. f. 8.

1867. | MR. G. F, ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 927

More solid and inflated than the preceding, with the concentric

ridges stronger, and the radiate sculpture wanting. New South

Wales and Port Phillip. Length 6 lines.

Fam. UNGULINID&.

92. Mysia SPHARICULA.

Diplodonta sphericula, Deshayes.

A thin, smooth, globular species, very much swollen towards the

umbones, pearly white, covered with a fibrous olive epidermis towards

the margins. Dredged in the Parramatta River and mouth of Lane

Cove, in black mud in 3 or 4 fathoms. Length 10% lines.

93. Mys1A GLOBULOSA.

Diplodonta globulosa, A. Adams, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 226.

A rounded species, of a dirty-white or horn-colour, not unlike

D. janeirensis, Reeve. Dredged in Port Jackson. Length 7 lines.

94, *Mystra (FELANIA) ADAMSI.

Mysia (Felania) adamsi, Angas, anted, p. 910, Pl. xxiv. f. 9.

A depressed, orbicularly elongate, shining white species. Length

6 lines. Dredged in deep water. Port Jackson.

95. *Mysia (FELANIA) JACKSONENSIS.

Mysia (Felania) jacksonensis, Angas, anted, p. 910, Pl. xnav.

f. 10.

Of a pale rosy flesh-colour, covered with a light-greenish epidermis.

Length 4 lines. Dredged in Middle Harbour.

Fam, LASEID.

96. LASEA SCALARIS.

Poronia scalaris, Phil.

A minute shell, broadly concentrically ribbed, haying somewhat

the aspect of a Venus. Length 2 lines. Gregarious, in crevices of

rocks at low water in Port Jackson.

97. LASEA AUSTRALIS.

Poronia australis, Souv. Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 287, pl. 12.

£8)

_ Larger than the preceding, nearly smooth, and tinged with rose-

violet at the margins. Length 3 lines. In crevices of rocks, at low

water, Port Jackson; New Caledonia (Montrouzier).

98. KELLIA ROTUNDA.

Erycina rotunda, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 181.

A small, horny, triangularly orbicular species. Length 4 lines.

Port Jackson; Newcastle, New South Wales; and Moreton Bay.

928 MR, G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

99, KELLIA CYCLADIFORMIS.

Erycina cycladiformis, Desh. Trait. Elém. pl. 11. f. 6-9.

More oblong than the preceding, pearly white, with a thin oliva-

ceous epidermis. Length 5 lines. Port Jackson.

Fam. Lerronip&.

100. *Lrrron ADAMSI.

Lepton adamsi, Angas, anted, p. 910, Pl. xxiv. f. 11.

A very beautiful species, triangularly ovate, of a pearly white, with

the anterior and posterior sides finely shagreened and smooth in the

middle ; the posterior margin widely plicate. Length 62 lines. Port

Jackson.

Fam. GALEOMMID.

101. ScINTILLA STRANGEI.

Scintilla stranget, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 181.

A thin, semipellucid, white, shining, transversely ovate shell.

Found nestling under rocks and stones at very low spring tides in

Port Jackson. Length 9 lines. This is one of the largest species

of the genus Scintil/a, which was founded by M. Deshayes, and now

includes nearly fifty species.

102. ScINTILLA ANOMALA.

Scintilla anomala, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 181.

A small, rounded, and somewhat flattened, thin, shining, trans-

parent white species. Found under stones at low water. Length

4 lines. M. Deshayes’s types in the Cumingian collection are from

Borneo.

Fam. ASTARTIDA.

103. *GouULDIA AUSTRALIS.

touldia australis, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 409.

A little subtriangular shell of a purplish-fawn colour, sometimes

faintly two-rayed, with the umbones darker, having externally the

aspect of a minute Venus. Dredged in Port Jackson in 5 fathoms.

Length 3 lines.

104. MyTILICARDIA EXCAVATA.

Cardita excavata, Desh. P. Z. 8S. 1852, p. 100, pl. 17. f. 1-3.

An elongately transverse shell, broadly radiately ribbed, the ribs

armed with vaulted projecting scales. Found under stones at low

water. Length 1 inch 2 lines.

Fam. MyTiLip2.

Subfam. MytiLinz.

105. Mytitus (AULACOMYA) HIRSUTUS.

Mytilus hirsutus, Lam. Anim, sans Vert. vii. p. 38; Reeve, Conch.

Icon, Mytilus, pl. 3. f. 8.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 929

Dark brown, elevately radiately striated throughout, and clothed

with a long fibrous epidermis, the shafts of which are beset with

small prickly spines. Amongst rocks and under stones at low water.

Length 24 inches. This species is found also in South Australia

and New Zealand. The interior is iridescent green and purple.

106. MytTiLus DUNKERI.

Mytilus dunkeri, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mytilus, pl. 5. f. 17.

? Mytilus planulatus, Lam.

This species is so like M. galloprovincialis, Lam., that it may be

regarded as its southern analogue. Length 2? inches. New South

Wales, Port Philip, and Tasmania.

Subfam. CRENELLIN#.

107. CreneLia (MoprovariA) STRIGATA.

Modiola strigata, Hanley, P. Z.S. 1844, p. 15.

A pretty species, of a greenish horn-colour, richly painted with

zigzag purplish-brown markings, and radiately striated at the ante-

rior and posterior sides. Length 6 lines. Dredged in sandy mnd

in Port Jackson. Mr. Reeve, in the ‘ Conch. Icon.’ has erroneously

given the description and figure of a totally distinct shell as repre-

senting Mr. Hanley’s M. strigata; it is a species of Volsella from

the Philippine Islands, for which I would propose the name Vol-

sella reevet. M. concinna, Dunker, is probably a variety of M. séri-

gata.

108. *CRENELLA (MoproLarRiA) BARBATA.

Modiolaria barbata, Angas, anted, p. 911, Pl. xurv. f. 12.

A small oblong ovate species, with the epidermis long, thick, and

fibrous posteriorly, having somewhat the aspect of Modiola opifez,

Say, from Brazil. From the ‘‘Seven-mile” beach, Botany Bay.

Length 5 lines.

109. PERNA AUSTRALIS.

Modiola australis, Gray, Appendix to King’s Voy.; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 5. f. 21.

Not unlike M, tulipa, Lam. The young shells are prettily tinted

with yellow and crimson. Common on the Australian coasts gene-

rally. Length 3 inches.

110. PERNA GLABERRIMA.

Volsella glaberrima, Dunker, P. Z. 8S. 1856, p. 363.

Modiola glaberrima, Reeve, Couch. Icon. Modiola, pl. 8. f. 48.

A somewhat triangularly elongated, shining, thin, horny shell,

banded and lined with bronze-purple and green. ‘This species spins

a sort of nidus, in which it dwells in black mud in Parramatta River.

Dredged at 6 fathoms. Length 2 inches.

930 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Nov. 28,

Fam. VuLSELLIDE.

111. VuULSELLA TASMANICA.

Vulsella tasmanica, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Vulsella, pl. 1. f. 3.

A rusty-brown species of irregular growth, covered with minute

flattened scales arranged in concentric ridges. In sponges &c.,

Port Jackson. Length 1 inch.

Fam. MopioLaRcip&.

112. Mop1oLARCA SUBTORTA.

Modiolarca subtorta, Dunker, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 365.

Modiola subtoria, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 10. f. 70.

A small, brown, trapezoid shell, with the valves unequal and

slightly twisted. Cook’s River, Botany Bay. Length 4 lines,

Fam. AvICULID&.

113. AvicULA PULCHELLA.

Avicula pulchella, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Avicula, pl. 8. f. 22.

A semitransparent, horny species, painted with more or less inter-

rupted reddish flames radiating from the umbones. Attached to

sea-weed, in deep water, Botany Bay and Middle Harbour. Length

1 inch.

114. MARGARITIFERA FIMBRIATA.

Avicula fimbriata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Avicula, pl. 9. f. 25.

A very variable species, both in colour and sculpture. Sometimes

it is nearly smooth, at others broadly furbelowed towards the margin

with long spout-shaped laminar scales. It is flattened, very broad

at the upper part, and squarely ovate. The colour varies from dark

horn or purple to whitish, more or less rayed with irregular purple

bands and blotches. The interior is brilliantly nacreous. The Avi-

cula placunoides, Reeve (Conch. Icon. pl. 17. f. 68), is probably only

a variety of this species. Found under pieces of rock at low water,

at Middle Harbour and Watson’s Bay. Length 3 inches,

115. MALLEUS ALBUS.

Ostrea malleus-albus, Chem.

The ordinary “ Hammer-oyster” of Australia, which ranges from

Port Lincoln to Moreton Bay. It occurs on the sandy flats in Broken

Bay; and I obtained a young specimen in Middle Harbour, Port

Jackson.

116. PINNA ZEYLANICA.

Pinna zeylanica, Gray, Appendix to Dieffenbach’s Travels.

This common Australian species is found at Brisbane Water.

1867. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 931

Order PECTINACEZ.

Fam. TRIGONIID.

117. TRIGONIA PECTINATA.

Trigonia pectinata, Lam. Aun. du Mus. iy. p. 355, pl. 67. —

Trigonia lamarcki, Gray.

This beautiful shell, so remarkable for the brilliant purple, silver,

or orange nacre of the interior of its valves, was at one time easily

obtained by the dredge on the ‘* Sow and Pigs” bank, in Port Jack-

son. The wreck of a coal-laden vessel has, however, interfered with

its favourite resort, and it is now more difficult to procure than

formerly. Length 1 inch 2 lines.

The valves both of this species and 7’. margaritacea, Lam. (from

Bass’s Straits), are manufactured into elegant brooches and ear-orna-

ments by the London jewellers.

118. TRIGONIA STRANGEI,

Trigonia strangei, A. Adams, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 91.

An extremely rare species, at once distinguished by the wart-like

nodules which cover the ribs. It was dredged near the entrance to

Port-Jackson Heads, in deep water, by the late Mr. Strange, whose

name it bears. A few odd valves, much worn, have been washed

ashore at Long Bay and on the beach at Wollongong. Length

13 inch.

Fam. ARcIDa.

Subfam, ArcIN«z.

119. BARBATIA FASCIATA.

Arca fasciata, Reeve, P. Z.8. 1844; Conch. Icon. pl. 15. f. 99.

A remarkably flattened species, rust-stained, and with an erect

bristly epidermis at the posterior end. Found under stones and in

the crevices of rocks at low water. Length 1 inch 9 lines.

120. Barpatra (ACAR) PUSILLA.

Arca pusilla, Sow. P. Z. 8. 1833.

A small whitish species, belonging to the same group as A. di-

varicata. Common under stones at low water about Watson’s Bay

and Middle Harbour. Length 6 lines.

121. ANOMALOCARDIA TRAPEZIA.

Arca trapezia, Desh. Mag. de Zoologie.

Arca lobata, Reeve, P. Z. 8.1844; Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 19.

This is the common ‘“ Mud-cockle” of the colonists. It is

found abundantly half buried in the mud in most of the sheltered

bays of Port Jackson, at low water, especially in Wooloomooloo

and Rush-cutter’s Bays, and along the Parramatta River. Length

3 inches.

932 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Noy. 28,

Subfam. AXINIIN&E.

122, AXINIA HOLOSERICA.

Pectunculus holosericus, Reeve, P. Z.S. 1843 ; Conch. Icon. pl. 4.

£18.

This species is covered with an olive epidermis of a peculiar close

velvety softness. Dredged at Watson’s Bay and inside the South

Reef, &c. Length 2 inches,

123. AXINIA GRAYANA.

Pectunculus grayanus, Dunker, P. Z,. 8. 1856, p. 357.

Somewhat resembling the European 4. glycimeris in character,

but more globose, with the valves superficially longitudinally striated.

Newcastle, Port Stephen, and cast ashore on the sands at the mouth

of the Manning River. Length 1 inch 9 lines.

124, AxInIA (PECTUNCULUS) TENUICOSTATUS.

Pectunculus tenuicostatus, Reeve, P. Z. S. 1843; Conch. Icon.

Pectunculus, pl. 6. f. 35.

The valves of this species are covered with thread-like ribs, the

interstices of which are finely grooved, the roots of epidermis spring-

ing from them in rows. I have only hitherto met with young shells

of this species in Port Jackson, my adult specimens being from

Moreton Bay. Dredged off the “Sow and Pigs” reef. Length of

adult examples 1 inch 4 lines.

Fam. NucuLip#£,

125. NucuULA STRANGEI.

Nucula strangei, A. Ad. Thes. Conch. pl. 229. f. 125.

A very oblique species, of a pale olive-green colour, smooth and

shining. Dredged in Port Jackson and Port Stephen. Length

5 lines.

126. *“NucuLA CONSOBRINA.

Nucula consobrina, A. Ad. & Angas, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 427.

sp. ll.

Less oklique than the preceding, of a dull yellowish olive, with

the valves more or less concentrically ridged and finely crenate.

Dredged in Parramatta River and Port Stephen. Length 33 lines.

Fam. Lrepip&.

127. LEDA DOHRNI.

Leda dohrni, Hanley.

A pretty little horn-coloured species, with the valves nearly smooth

anteriorly, and ridged, keeled, and birostrate posteriorly. Dredged

on the ‘Sow and Pigs’’ bank. Length 3 lines.

1867.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALTAN MOLLUSCA. 933

Fam. Precrinitp2&.

128. PecTEeN TEGULA.

Ostrea tegula, Wood, Index Test. Supp. p. 7, pl. 2; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 30. f. 136.

This fine species is distinguished by the irregular foliaceous scales

that ornament the ribs. It varies considerably in colour, from yel-

lowish orange, purplish grey, and dull red, to a fine rich chocolate-

brown, with whitish scratch-like lines towards the umbones. Found

amongst rocks and under stones at low water in Port Jackson.

Length 23 inches. It is also met with at Moreton Bay and New

Caledonia.

129. VoLA FUMATA.

Pecten fumatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Pecten, pl. 7. f. 32.

The right valve is very convex and broadly ribbed ; and the left

valve concavely flattened, rayed with twelve narrow, raised, rather

distant ribs, and immersed in the right valve. The deep smoky-

purple colouring and the produced recurved beak of the right valve

are peculiar. Dredged in sandy mud in Lane Cove and Middle

Harbour. Length 37 inches.

Fam. RapuLip&.

130. RaApDULA LIMA.

Ostrea lima, Linn.

Lima squamosa, Lam. ; Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 21. f. 17, 18.

This widely distributed species is not uncommon amongst rocks

and under stones at low water in Port Jackson, and at Wollongong

and Port Stephen, &c. Length 2 inches.

131. Rapuxa (LIMATULA) BULLATA.

Ostrea bullata, Born.

Lima fragilis (var. 6), Lam.; Sow. Gen. of Shells, f. 3.

A narrow, inflated, nearly equilateral, white shell, longitudinally

ridged, with the? ears almost equal. Under large stones and slabs

of rock at low water in Watson’s Bay and Middle Harbour &c.

Length 1} inch.

The animals of L. dullata form a sort of nest amongst the frag-

ments of breken shells and corals in the rock-pools, where they

dwell gregariously.

Fam. ANoMIIDZ.

132. PuacuNANomIA (Monta) IONE.

Placunanomia ione, Gray.

This fine species differs from P. macrochisma, Desh. (from the

Gulf of Tartary), in having the plug large and triangular. It is

found attached to the under surface of rocks at low water near Port-

934 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MoLLUSCA. [Noy. 28,

Jackson Heads. Length 2 inches 4 lines. The interior of the lower

valve is of a peculiar horny green colour.

Fam. OsTREIDz.

133. OsTREA PURPUREA.

Ostrea edulis, var. purpurea, Hanley, Conch. Miscel. pt. 3.

This is the common “ Mud-oyster,” which supplies the Sydney

markets. Mr. Hanley regards it as a variety of Ostrea edulis, Linn.,

a species that varies extremely according to its station in salt or

brackish waters. On careful comparison of the Port Jackson shells

(especially the young) with those of Europe, I am of opinion that

the former may be separated as a distinct species under the name

purpurea. The laminate scales are much larger, more regularly

frilled, and the valves are dentate at the margins; the purple

colouring prevails more or less throughout, and in the young shells

exhibits a radiate style of painting. It occurs in various parts of

Port Jackson and the other harbours of New South Wales. My

largest specimen is from Johnson’s Bay, and measures 6 inches

across.

134. OsTREA MORDAX.

Ostrea mordax, Gould, Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. iii. p. 346;

United States Exploring Expedition (Mollusca), pl. 43. f. 575 a, 6.

The “ Rock-oyster”’ of the colonists. ‘The horizontal digita-

tions of the upper valve fitting into the erect canine teeth of the

lower valve, together with the denticles within, and the black elevated

cicatrice, may serve to identify this species.” —Gould. The interior

is white, stained with blackish purple towards the margins. It is

excellent eating and of a delicious flavour. Common everywhere,

attached to rocks between tide-marks. Length 2 inches; breadth

1 inch 7 lines.

135. OsTREA CIRCUMSUTA.

Ostrea circumsuta, Gould, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. iii. p. 346 ;

United States Explormg Expedition, pl. 43. f. 5764, 6.

This is a species of rare occurrence; it is of a narrow elongated

form, denticulated and tinged with violet around the margin. The

interior is pearly white, with the scar of the adductor muscle violet.

Botany Bay. Length 2 inches; breadth 1 inch.

136. *OsTREA VIRESCENS.

Ostrea virescens, Angas, anted, p. 911, Pl. xuiv. f. 13.

A handsome species, very orbicular, frilled round the margins,

with the cardinal area large, flat, and triangular, and the interior of

a peculiar green hue. Attached to rocks and madrepores at low

tides in Watson’s Bay. Length 13 inch.

1867.] SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES OF MADRAS. 935

Class BRACHIOPODA.

Fam. TEREBRATULIDE.

Subfam. TEREBRATULINZE.

137. WALDHEIMIA FLAVESCENS.

Terebratula flavescens, Lam. Auim. sans Vert. vii. p. 330.

T. australis, Quoy et Gaim.

This fine species varies considerably in form and sculpture. It is

found gregarious, attached to the under surface of flat-shelving rocks

at low tide, in many parts of Port Jackson, especially at that extre-

mity of the Government domain known as ‘ Lady Macquarrie’s

Chair,” where I have obtained a large number of specimens. Length

14 inch.

Subfam. Macasina.

138. MaGas CUMINGI.

Terebratella? cumingi, Davidson, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 78, pl. xiv.

f. 10-16.

Dredged in deep water outside Port Jackson Heads. Length

5 lines. [New Zealand (Cuming).| An interesting recent analogue

of a fossil form abundant in the sandstone cliffs of the Murray.

139. KRAUSSIA LAMARCKIANA.

Kraussia lamarckiana, Davidson, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 80, pl. xiv.

f. 22-93.

This pretty little species, which is strongly radiately ribbed, occurs

attached to the under surface of stones in most parts of Port Jackson.

Length 4 lines.

Fam. LINGULIDZ.

140. LinGuLA HIANS.

Lingula hians, Swainson, Zool. Illus. ii. pl. 2.

This species may bé distinguished by its sharply pointed, elevated,

widely gaping beaks; the valves are semitransparent, horny, and of

a bright pale green tinged with rust-colour. In sandy mud, Middle

Harbour. Length 1} inch. It occurs also at the Figis, New Cale-

donia, China, and the Philippines.

7. On some New or imperfectly known Fishes of Madras.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Principal

Medical Storekeeper, Madras Army, &c.

Among the fishes lately brought to me here at Madras several

appear to be new or imperfectly described species; and I accord-

ingly beg permission to lay detailed descriptions of them before the

Society.

936 SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES OF MADRAS. [Nov. 28,

APOGON NOTATA, Sp. Nov.

B. vii. D.6|j. P.13. V.1/5. A.2/16. C.17. L.r. 20.

Length of specimens up to 3 inches.

Length of head ,4,, of pectoral 4, of base of first dorsal 4, of base

of anal 3, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 4,

of first dorsal ;};, of second dorsal +, of ventral 4, of anal 2 of the

total length.

Eyes circular, diameter $ of length of head; 3 a diameter apart,

2 of a diameter from end of snout.

Body rather elongated and compressed. Mouth moderately wide,

lower jaw slightly the longest ; the posterior extremity of the maxilla

reaches to beneath the centre of the orbit. No spines around the

margin of the orbit. Angle of preeoperculum rather produced and

rounded, lower limb with a single line of serrations just above the

lower edge of the horizontal limb, which, however, is entire. Oper-

culum without a spine, but ending in a soft prolongation,

Teeth villiform, in numerous closely set rows in both jaws, but

smallest in the upper; a row of rather larger teeth in the palatines,

and a small patch on the vomer.

Fins. First dorsal with very weak spines, the third of which is the

longest, whilst the interspinous membrane is rather deeply emargi-

nate. A short interspace exists between the two dorsal fins; the

second dorsal highest anteriorly. First anal spine nearly half the

length of the second, which is two-thirds that of the first ray.

Scales deciduous.

Lateral line nearly straight.

Colours. White, with a pink tinge along the abdomen and on the

fins. A rather large black finger-mark on the lateral line at the root

of the caudal fin. Opercles silvery.

In Malabar I never procured an Apogon, but the Ambassis abounds.

In Madras, on the contrary, the former appear to be numerous,

whilst the Jatter are comparatively rare.

PRISTIPOMA NEILLI, Sp. Nov.

Biwi. D.12/lay Peay. VW. 1/30 AL By C9 et Oe

L. tr. 10/15.

Length of specimen 7 inches.

Length of head 3, of pectoral 3, of base of dorsal spines rather

more than 3, of base of dorsal rays 1, of base of anal +, of caudal +

of the total length. Height of head 4, of body rather more than 3,

of dorsal spines 4, of dorsal rays 4, of ventral 4+, of anal spines 7%,

of anal rays + of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin near the profile, diameter 3 of length of

head; ? of a diameter apart, nearly 1 diameter from end of snout.

Body ovoid, moderately compressed. A rather considerable rise

from the snout to the base of the dorsal fin.

Jaws of about equal length, a deep groove under the symphysis of

the lower jaw, with a small facet on either side of its anterior portion.

1867.] SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES OF MADRAS. 937

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends nearly as far as to

beneath the anterior margin of the orbit. The posterior limb of the

intermaxillaries extends to opposite the anterior margin of the orbit.

Przeorbital two-thirds as wide as the orbit. Preeoperculum a little

emarginate, its angle slightly produced, serrated in its whole extent,

but coarsest at the angle, the lower limb two-thirds as long as the

vertical one, and with some few serrations along its posterior part.

Teeth villiform, in several rows anteriorly, becoming a single one

posteriorly, some also on vomer and palate.

Fins. Dorsal spines strong, every alternate one broadest, inter-

spinous membrane slightly emarginate; fourth spine the longest ;

last spine three-fourths as high as the first ray. Pectoral pointed.

Ventral spine not very strong, its first ray with a short filamentous

prolongation. First anal spine weak, and one-third as long as the

second, which is strong and one-fourth longer than the third, which

is striated anteriorly and laterally, and has a smooth keel anteriorly

half the width of the spine. Caudal slightly lunated.

Scales in horizontal rows, except to the first seven dorsal spines,

to which they ascend irregularly upwards and backwards. ‘There

are some fine scales between the dorsal and anal rays.

Lateral line follows the course of the back.

Colours. Greyish, becoming white along the abdomen. A brilliant

yellow band passes along the centre of a row of scales from opposite

to the centre of the orbit to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

A similar one passes a short distance along the centre of the row above

it. Dorsal and caudal fins greyish, soft dorsal with a light margin.

Pectorals, ventrals, and anal yellowish. Eye golden.

I have named this species after my esteemed correspondent A. C. B.

Neill, Esq., F.Z.S.

PRISTIPOMOIDES AUROLINEATUS, Sj). NOV.

Biss DE Toft4y “Peis Ve Vor Ae 3/t2." @, Poe Saeke eos

L. tr. 8/16.

Length of specimen 3,3, inches.

Length of head 54, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal spines 4, of base

of dorsal rays 4, of anal ;=7;, of caudal rather above + of the total

length. Height of head 4, of body 2, of dorsal spines 2, of dorsal

rays -\;, of ventral 1, of anal spines +/;, of anal rays +1; of the total

length.

Eyes circular, upper margin close to the profile, diameter 4 of

length of head ; # of a diameter apart, } a diameter from end of snout.

Body rather elongated and compressed ; head slightly depressed.

Mouth anterior, lower jaw the longest ; posterior extremity of the

maxilla rather wide, extending to beneath the anterior third of the

orbit ; the posterior limb of the intermaxillaries likewise extends back-

wards in the central line to opposite to the same place. Preeorbital

long, narrow, and at least three times as long as wide, and with ele-

vated strize upon it. Preeoperculum wide, its horizontal wider than

its vertical limb ; both striated at their edges, and irregularly serrated,

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1867, No. LX,

938 SURGEON F, DAY ON NEW FISHES OF MADRAS. [Nov. 28,

Operculum with a moderately strong spine. Two rows of scales

upon the cheeks. No pores on the lower jaw, but a long very shallow

central groove under the symphysis.

Teeth villiform, in one or two rows, the outer being the largest

and rather recurved, especially about the centre of both jaws ; none

in the centre of the upper jaw, nor on the vomer or palate.

Fins. Dorsal spines weak, third and fourth the longest ; interspi-

nous membrane very slightly emarginate ; rays all about equal length. —

Pectoral rather pointed, reaching to opposite to the anus. Ventral

pointed. First anal spine one-quarter the length of the second,

which is of equal strength, but slightly shorter than the third.

Caudal deeply lobed, the lower being the largest and longest.

Scales ctenoid ; a few present along the base of the dorsal and anal

fins, which have shallow grooves, also on the caudal almost to its

termination.

Lateral line in the upper fourth of the body, following the curve

of the back.

Colours. Above the lateral line a beautiful light lake, whilst from

the eye to the root of the tail proceeds a brilliant shining golden

_ band three scales deep near the head, decreasing in width to one at

the base of the tail; below this band the colours are pinkish white.

Ventrals white, the other fins pinkish white, the caudal being tipped

with black.

UpENEOIDES GUTTATUS, Sp. NOV.

Biv. D. 72; P, 1b.” Vj A/c. Ay len Manes eee

Ti, tr. 3/5.

Length of specimens to 4,4; inches.

Length of head rather above 7, of pectoral +, of base of first

dorsal +, of base of second dorsal 3, of base of anal +5, of caudal +

of the total length. Height of head 4, of body i, of first dorsal ,

of second dorsal 1, of ventral nearly 7, of anal + of the total length.

Eyes transversely oval, the upper margin near the profile, dia-

meter 2 by + of length of head; 17 transverse diameter from end of

snout, nearly 1 transverse diameter apart.

Body rather elongated, and with a considerable rise from the snout

to above the orbits. .

Snout rather obtuse; the pesterior extremity of the maxilla extends

to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit. The barbles extend

to beneath the posterior margin of the preeoperculum, which last is

entire. Preeorbital entire, its width equal to the transverse diameter

of the orbit.

Teeth in five villiform rows in either jaw, on vomer and palate.

Fins. First dorsal triangular, the second spine the longest, inter-

spinous membrane very slightly emarginate. Four rows of scales

between the termination of the first and the commencement of the

second dorsal fins, the latter of which is twice as high anteriorly

as posteriorly, its spe half the height of the first ray. First

anal spine minute; the second more than half as long as the first

1867.] | SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES OF MADRAS, 939

“ei ” the fin twice as high anteriorly as posteriorly. Caudal deeply

obed.

Scales in parallel horizontal rows.

Lateral line follows the curve of the back, in the upper fourth of

the body. It consists of a single tube in each scale, with branching

roots, which are most distinct superiorly.

Air-bladder absent.

Colours. Chestnut along the back, becoming golden on the abdo-

men. Head reddish; a silvery stripe from the eye to the centre of

the caudal fin, with a row of red spots above it, and another below it.

Two reddish bars cross both the dorsal fins. Caudal with four oblique

reddish bars across the upper lobe, whilst the lower is reddish and

without bars. Pectorals, ventrals, and anal fins yellowish. Eye silvery.

OroxiTHUS ANEUS, Bloch.

B. yi. D. 10a, Pyle. Vy Abele B/7ei 1S aes

L. tr. 9/15.

Length of specimens up to 85; inches.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 2, of base of first dorsal =2;, of base

of second dorsal 2, of base of anal ;=4,, of caudal 4 of the total length.

Height of head 2, of body nearly 2, of first dorsal g of second dorsal

ay of ventral 4, of anal 1, of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter } of length of head ; 1 diameter apart, 1 diameter

from end of snout.

Body rather compressed, and about equally convex along both its

dorsal and abdominal profiles.

Mouth oblique, the posterior extremity of the maxilla extending

to beneath the centre of the orbit ; interorbital region rather convex.

Both vertical and horizontal margins of the preeoperculum crenulated,

angle slightly rounded. Two weak spines on operculum.

Teeth. An external row of ten or twelve conical and rather re-

curved teeth in the upper jaw, and an internal row of villiform teeth

which are strongest in the posterior portion of the jaw. Also villi-

form teeth in the lower jaw with some conical ones intermixed, which

are largest opposite to the symphysis. There are no large canines as

in the O. ruder.

Fins. First dorsal somewhat triangular ; the second dorsal parallel

to the back. Pectoral pointed, extending to opposite to the third

or fourth dorsal ray. The anal commences under the posterior third

of the second dorsal. Caudal cut rather square. Dorsal spines

weak, the first short, second and third the longest; interspinous

membrane very slightly emarginate. Dorsal rays only branched in

their upper third. Second anal spine the longest, but rather weak ;

it is two-thirds the length of the first ray.

Scales over head, opercles, cheeks, and preeorbitals passing in rows

backwards and upwards above the lateral line, and in much the same

direction below it.

Lateral line in upper fourth of body, in single tubes with branch-

ing roots superiorly, and extending along the tail to its extremity.

940 SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES OF MADRAS. [Nov. 28,

Colours. Silvery grey, becoming dirty white along the abdomen.

First dorsal tipped with black ; second dorsal greyish, lightest along

its centre. Pectorals, ventrals, and anal yellowish. Caudal tinged

with grey.

I have referred this to Bloch’s species, although he gives the

dorsal formulary as follows:—D.8|=; but his engraving shows

D. 9 ls and the first short spine is evidently omitted. This would

give D. 10 | op as I find to be the case at Madras. His specimen

was received from Tranquebar.

Gostus BREVIFILIS, C. & V.

Biv. De6l-. P.17. Ves Aa92 Gea eee

ds. teak.

Length of specimens to 4 inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral 4, of base of first dorsal nearly 4, of

base of second dorsal +, of base of anal 4, of caudal + of the total

length. Height of head 4, of body 2, of first dorsal 7, of second

dorsal 4, of ventral 1, of anal 51; of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head; 2 of a diameter from end of

snout, + of a diameter apart.

Body rather compressed; profile from the snout to above the

orbit forming almost one-fourth of a circle.

Gape of mouth rather wide, and cleft deep, the posterior extre-

mity of the maxilla extending to beneath the anterior third of the

orbit. Snout obtuse, rounded. Interorbital space very narrow, and

slightly concave. Occipital crest indistinct. Posterior limb of pree-

operculum almost vertical, and not quite so long as the horizontal

one; angle rounded and entire.

Teeth in several pointed villiform rows in both jaws; an external

row of larger recurved teeth in the anterior third of either jaw. °

Fins. Base of pectoral wide; all the rays branched, the central

ones the longest. The second spine of the first dorsal elongated and

filiform, as is also the third, but not to so great an extent; inter-

spinous membrane moderately emarginate. Rays of the second

dorsal fin of about equal height along its whole extent. Eight rows

of scales between the posterior extremity of the second dorsal and

the base of the caudal. Ventrals united. Anal low, its last ray

slightly elongated; and seven rows of scales between its base and

that of the caudal, which last is wedged-shaped, the central rays

being the longest.

Seales finely ctenoid, none on the head.

Colours. Buff clouded with black; a large black blotch extending

from between the two dorsals to the middle of the body, three more

under or just beyond the second dorsal, and a large black blotch at

the root of the tail. First dorsal with two rows of black spots;

second dorsal with three rows. Caudal irregularly spotted, and with

a dark margin. Pectorals buff-colour. Ventrals slate-colour. Anal

buffy brown, edged with black.

1867.] SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES OF MADRAS. 941

APOCRYPTES PUNCTATUS, sp. nov.

Be ive (DD, S5o2". Patas Vo0 Ay 2404 Ce,

Length of specimens up to 6 inches.

Length of head +, of pectoral 4, of base of first dorsal +4, of base

of second dorsal 2, of base of anal 4, of caudal { of the total length.

Height of head 4, of body 4, of first dorsal 2, of second dorsal 4, ot

ventral 4, of anal 54 of the total length.

Eyes elevated, interorbital space concave ; 1} diameter from end

of snout, nearly 1 diameter apart.

Gape of mouth wide, cleft deep; the posterior margin of the

maxilla extending to beneath the posterior margin of the orbit.

Lower jaw broad, elevated at the symphysis. No crest on the head.

Opercles unarmed. On either side of the snout the skin is extended

into a slight lobe.

Teeth in a single row in the lower jaw, directed outwards and

curved upwards at their extremities. A. single row also in the upper

jaw, with four to six canines in the centre, the external of which on

either side is the largest.

Fins. Ventrals united, unattached to abdomen, except at their

base ; they arise under the middle of the operculum. Pectoral with

a broad fleshy base ; it commences posterior to the opercles ; its outer

rays are shorter than its central ones, which are the longest. The

first dorsal consists of elongated, filiform spines, with a deeply emar-

ginate interspinous membrane. The distance between the posterior

end of the first dorsal and the commencement of the second dorsal

equals the length of its base. The first five rays of the second dorsal

shorter than the remainder ; its last ray extends as far as the base

of the caudal fin. Anal rays all branched and short. Caudal with

very short external rays, its central ones being the longest.

Scales minute over head, and rather smaller in the anterior than

in the posterior half of the body.

Colours. Greenish, with seven or eight black vertical bands de-

scending from the back as low as the abdomen, which is of a reddish-

brown colour. The whole of the body covered with opaque but

bright blue spots, which are sinaller and rounder on the head and at

the base of the pectoral fins. Dorsal fins spotted in the same manner,

those on the second dorsal being larger than those on the first.

Pectoral orange, with a black edge. Caudal and anal blackish.

Ventrals with a purplish tinge.

This fish climbs up rocks, and even on to pieces of wood; living

in shallow estuaries, it is drowned in deep water. On land it pro-

gresses rapidly by means of its pectoral fins and tail, and snaps at

anything which is placed near it. It is not uncommon.

PLATACANTHUS MACULATUS, Sp. Nov.

B. iy "DES PES ON SEP AL 3/6, CPZ.

Length of specimen 2 inches.

Length of head +2, of pectoral ;*;, of base of dorsal j, of base of

942 MR. G. KREFFT ON NEW AUSTRALIAN FIsHES. [Nov. 28,

anal +, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 4, of body {,

of dorsal 4, of ventral 4, of anal } of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1 of length of head; nearly 1 diameter apart, 2

diameters from end of snout.

Body elongated and slightly compressed, the upper profile ascends

considerably from the snout to the commencement of the dorsal fin.

No raised adipose keel along the back.

Mouth inferior, overhung by the snout. One pair of cirri on

snout, as long as the orbit; two pairs on maxille, and two on the

lower jaw. A free, bifurcated suborbital spine under the anterior

third of the orbit. Anterior nostril tubular, divided by a valve from

the posterior.

Fins. Pectoral arises under the operculum ; it is as long as the

head, and terminates at a distance equal to that from the snout to

the posterior margin of the orbit from the commencement of the

ventral, which does not quite reach the anal. Dorsal arises rather

anterior to the termination of the pectoral, and ends just before the

commencement of the anal. Dorsal fin highest anteriorly, with an

elevation about its centre. Caudal nearly square, but with a slight

emargination from its third to its sixth ray. Internal pectoral ray

bony, with an enlarged extremity.

Scales minute, covering the body.

Colours. Greyish, becoming dirty white below the centre of the

body. A dark line passes from the eye to the centre of the tail ;

along its first half are six black spots, whilst the whole extent of the

back is irregularly lineated. Fins yellowish. Dorsal with four dark

bands along it. Caudal with three bands, and a black margin. A

black mark at the base of the tail, with a smaller one above and

another below it.

This pretty little Loach was kept upwards of a month in a vase

of water. When at rest it usually remained on the sand or rock-

work supported by its two pectoral and its anal fins, its abdomen

not touching the ground. When frightened it burrowed under the

sand with great rapidity. It consumed animal or vegetable food

indifferently, and grew considerably whilst in confinement.

8. Descriptions of some New Australian Freshwater Fishes,

By Gerarp Krerrr, F.L.8., C.M.Z.S., Curator and

Secretary of the Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S. W.

Fam. Percip®.

MIoNORUS, n. g.

Seven branchiostegals; all the teeth villiform, without canines ;

teeth on the vomer and on the palatine bones ; tongue smooth. ‘i'wo

dorsals ; the first with six, the anal with two spines. The leaves of

ihe mou without denticulation. Opereulum without spines; scales

moderate.

1867.) MR, G. KREFFT ON NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES, 943

MIONORUS LUNATUS.

B.7. D.65. A. 3.

The height of the body is equal to one-third of the total length

without caudal; cleft of mouth obliquely running upwards, as in the

genus Huro; the length of the head is contained twice and one-half

in the total length ; the diameter of the eye is less than the length of

the snout, and equal to the space between the eyes. The pectorals

are rather narrow at the base, with eleven rays, situated just above

the ventrals, which are furnished with one spine and five rays. The

anal has two spines and nine rays. There are only six spines in the

first dorsal, the first of which is the smallest, the last being about

as long again as the first; the third spine is the longest, and is but

slightly larger than the diameter of the eye. A short space, about

the length of the last spine, divides the first from the second dorsal,

which has one spine and nine rays. ‘he scales are of moderate size,

thirty on the lateral line.

Coloration uniform brownish; all the scales dotted with small

black spots forming crescent-shaped and triangular marks on the

sides. Caudalis truncated.

Hab. Cox’s River, County Philip, New South Wales.

DULES VIVERRINUS.

DG. A.3- P.15. V. >. L. lat. 58 to 60.

The height of the body is one-third of the total length (without

caudal fin) ; the diameter of the eye is equal to the length of the

snout, as iong as the space between the eyes, and nearly one-fourth

of the length of the head. There are two spines on the operculum,

the lower one with two points. Caudalis truncated ; the fourth and

fifth dorsal spine longest.

Coloration uniform silvery on the sides; the lateral line divides

the brownish and silvery hues; all the scales dotted with fine black

spots, those of the sides having a free space in the centre. Fins

black-dotted, and the first ray of the ventral fin tapering into a long

filament, which is equal to the length of the head.

Hab. Murray River and its tributaries.

Fam. GALAXIZ.

GALAXIAS WATERHOUSII.

H.. .k 12 Ai Ba BS Vs

Body stout, its depth in front of the dorsal fin being nearly one-

eighth of the total length without caudal. The length of the head

is one-sixth of the total without caudal, and equal to the height of

the body. Eye of moderate size, one-fourth of the length of the

head, and equal to the extent of the snout. The length of the pee-

toral fin is one-third of the space between its root and that of the

ventral; the ventrals are of the same length, and almost in the

middle between the vent and the root of the pectorals. The anal, if

944 CAPT. T. HUTTON ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL — [Noyv. 28,

laid backwards, does not reach the base of the caudal. The distance

between the dorsal and ‘caudal fin is much greater than the least

depth of the tail.

Coloration uniform brownish ; back and sides finely black-dotted.

Operculum with a golden tint.

Total length 7 inches.

Hab. Creeks in South Australia.

9. On the Geographical Range of Semnopithecus entellus.

By Capt. T. Hurron, C.M.Z.8.

The particular species of Monkey to which the name of Hoo-

noomaun now more especially and properly applies is known to

naturalists as the Semnopithecus entellus ; and notwithstanding the

frequent and dogmatic assertions of travellers as to its occurrence

throughout all India, from Cape Comorin to the Himalaya, the

species is entirely and absolutely restricted within narrow limits to

the hot tropical plains of the south-western Gangetic provinces,

where, from the degree of protection which its imputed ‘ odour of

sanctity ”’ is so well calculated to cast around it, as well as from the

numbers in which it frequently occurs, it becomes a perfect nuisance

in those parts of the country where the superstitious veneration for

it most strongly prevails» In many places, where the natives from

religious motives are in the habit of feeding and protecting them,

the roofs of the village huts are at certain hours of the day literally

crowded with them, and the depredations committed in grain-shops,

gardens, and among the neighbouring crops are most destructive

and unsaintlike.

Mr. Blyth speaks of the frequent occurrence of troops of these

Monkeys around Kishnagur in Lower Bengal, and observes that he

never met with them eastward of the Hooghlee ; this is a slight error,

as Kishnagur is itself to the eastward of that river. If he meant to

say that they were not in their natural habitat to the eastward of

the Hooghlee he would be correct, as the animal was purposely

introduced into Kishnagur by devotees. The fact is that Mr. Blyth

confounds the Hooghlee with the Jellinghee river, the former ori-

ginating only in the junction of the Bhagiruttee and Jellinghee a

little below Kishnagur, and thence proceeding to Calcutta and the

sea. Kishnagur itself is situated on the left bank of the Jellinghee,

which bounds the eastern side of the island of Cossimbazaar or

Moorshedabad ; and the Bhagiruttee bounds the western side,—both

these Gangetic offshoots forming a junction to the south of the

island a little below Kishnagur, and about sixty miles or so above

Calcutta. The Entellus having been purposely introduced into that

locality some years ago proves that the animal is not a native of that

side of the river, but is wholly confined by nature to the right banks

of the Ganges and Hooghlee. Mr. Blyth likewise remarks with

reference to the Entellus ;—“ I know of one locality where the whole

1867. ] RANGE OF SEMNOFITHECUS ENTELLUS. 915

numerous community of Bengal Hoonoomauns appears to consist of

males only of different ages, from half-grown or less to adults ; and the

natives of that part say that furious battles are frequent among them ;

whereas the great majority are females in the other locality that has

been spoken of, and it is understood that each male attached toa

flock of females allows no other male, even halt-grown, to approach

them. Though a stream navigable for boats passes through the

jungle inhabited by the latter community, or probably series of

communities, with plenty of Hoonoomauns on each side of it, the

natives of the place informed me that they had never known one to

pass across, or, in fact, to enter the water” *.

There is in this an abundance of credulity on the one side, and

of fiction on the other! Cross the water they will not—a proof

that Nature restricts them to the range I have herein pointed out.

But if all the males remain on one side of a stream and all the

females on the other, as this statement would seem to imply, how

does Mr. Blyth propose to carry on the great work of Nature?

The story is evidently one of those tales in which native shortsight-

edness is clearly apparent ; nay, it contradicts itself; for Mr. Blyth

states that in one flock the majority were females, thus admitting

the presence of several males, and yet alleges that each male attached

to a flock will allow no other male, not even half-grown, to approach

the females. The fact appears to be that the troop on one side has

evidently been introduced to the locality, while the other is on its

proper side, and is prevented by the stream from crossing to the

bank where Nature never intended it to reside. The entire account

as given by the natives is opposed to the habits and manners of the

genus; for at Bindrabun, Muttra, and various other places where I

have seen them the males and females are promiscuously intermixed ;

and although quarrels will sometimes occur, yet as a general rule

the whole community lives together in peacefulness. With the

Himalayan species the custom is the same, the males and females

remaining together at all seasons, even when the females have young

ones at the breast, or are followed by yearlings. The only approach

to a separation at any season consists in the males of a troop keep-

ing together and the females doing the same if there are very young

ones among them ; but the two divisions form but one troop; and I

am not even yet quite sure that such a trifling division really takes

place.

According to the same authority we learn that Dr. Jerdon, of the

Madras Army, has stated of the Entellus that, on the western side

of India, ‘it is peculiar to the dense forests of the western coast.

It abounds at the base of the Nilghirries, in Malabar, Travancore,

&c., living in small troops, and has the usual loud ery of the others

of this genus. The true Entellus,’’ he adds, ‘I have found chiefly

in the neighbourhood of large towns, frequenting groves—also,

however, in forest in Goomsoor, and open jungle in the Deccan.”

Colonel Sykes speaks of the animal as being common in the Western

Ghauts, where the Mahrattas call it Makar, and do not venerate it.

* J. A.S. B, vol. xii. p. 174.

946 CAPT. T, HUTTON ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL _ [ Noy, 28)

As there can be no doubt but the forest is the natural haunt

of this and other species, the fact of its being now so frequently

found in groves in the vicinity of towns and villages is owing chiefly,

if not entirely, to the veneration which often prompts the : supersti-

tious natives to introduce the creature into such places, where they

are sure to be well fed and protected. This is clearly enough seen

in the case of the Kishnagur Monkeys above mentioned by Mr.

Blyth, which were introduced to that place many years ago by de-

votees, and have now increased and multiplied to such an extent

as to have become a perfect pest. This fact was lately reported in

‘The Delhi Gazette’ of the 2nd of March, 1867, wherein a letter

from a Calcutta correspondent states that a petition was presented

by a large number of the native community praying that measures

might be taken by the municipality to destroy some of the too nu-

merous Monkeys that infested the station, causing fearful havoe

amongst the fruit and grain. An order was issued, and five hun-

dred Monkeys were killed. ‘There must be many thousands,”

continues the writer ; “and all are descended from one pair originally

brought to Kishnagur and let loose. ‘This was soon succeeded by

another petition from a different section of the native population,

for the cancelment of the order to kill what they described as their

long-deceased ancestors.’

The true Entellus does not occur at all in Ceylon, although such

has been stated to be the fact, but is entirely confined to the main-

land, the name of Hoonoomaun being applied in Ceylon to another

species, as it is on the continent of India to several others—and

hence, in part, the confusion that prevails in regard to the true range

of the Entellus.

Sir Walter Elliot gives the measurements of an adult male from

the Southern Mahratta country as being. “from the muzzle to os

insertion of the tail 1 ft. 105 in.; length of the tail 3 ft. 23 in.

height from heel to crown 3 ft. 24 in.; weight 22 lbs.” To this

Mr. Blyth adds the colours as ‘ constantly black hands and feet ;

the forearm, and leg externally, with the croup are of a pale chocolat-

au-lait colour, extending more or less over the back, humerus, and

thigh; and the rest is of a light straw-colour, or pale isabelline,

with occasionally a tinge of ferruginous on the belly.”

With regard to the distribution of the Entellus, the species is

entirely restricted by nature to the right or southern banks of the

Rivers Ganges and Jumna, the latter, as I think, bounding its northern

range. It thus occupies parts of the southern Gangetic provinces,

the Dukhun, and the Carnatic, down to the Malabar coasts, which

form together a wide triangular geographical area. It has, indeed,

been said to occur in Assam, which would carry it far across the Ganges

to the eastward ; but there is, I believe, no reliable instance on record

of its having been procured from that eastern province. All that Mr.

Blyth veritures to say on the subject is, that he has been ‘assured of

its occurrence in Assam, though he never saw a specimen from that

province.’ [am therefore inclined to think that some other species,

probably Semnopithecus pileatus, has there been mistaken for it,

a eee oe

1867. ] RANGE OF SEMNOPITHECUS ENTELLUS. 947

since there is among all these black-faced and long-tailed species so

great a general resemblance, that it would be quite impossible, at

any distance, for a mere casual observer to say with any degree of

certamty what the animal seen might be. Moreover it is this very

confounding of several distinct species in different parts of the

country, under the long venerated title of Hoonoomaun, that has

led compilers of works on natural history to declare that the range

of that species extends from the sea-coast of the southern peninsula

up to the northern ranges of the Cis-Himalaya. If, then, the En-

tellus has ever been seen in Assam, it is net because that province

forms part of its natural range, but because, as elsewhere, it has been

purposely introduced from religious motives; but, from all that re-

cent writers on Assam and Bhotan have observed, I strongly doubt

even whether any such introduction of the species has there occurred.

The grounds on which its occurrence in Assam has been asserted I

shall presently expose to view. How far up the country in a

northerly direction the animal may be found is not easily determined,

although I am inclined to doubt its occurrence indigenously higher

than Allahabad, at the junction of the Jumna with the Ganges,

through which point I would draw as nearly as possible a straight

line across the country to the westward, as far as a little below Boon-

dee, as the northern limit of its range. South of Boondee, and a few

miles above Neemuch, the animal used to occur in a grove surround-

ing some Hindoo temples; but as I never heard of its occurrence

elsewhere in the neighbourhood, I suspect it to have been introduced

there from Muttra or Bindrabun. .

That the Entellus has sometimes occurred abundantly at Bindra-

bun and also at Muttra does not militate against this view, inasmuch

as, both being holy cities with hosts of bigoted devotees and fakirs,

the animal has been purposely introduced to those localities, where

it has always been held in great veneration, and has sometimes mul-

tiplied into many thousands in the gardens and groves surrounding

the temples, while in the outlying neighbourhood it does not occur

at all, except as an occasional straggler from the sacred band. That

it is not indigenous there is proved by the fact that, although it has

often been introduced, it never lives long in those localities, but from

time to time dies out altogether. Johnson, in his ‘Indian Field

Sports,’ tells us that when he visited Bindrabun there were then no

monkeys of this species, but only the common brown Bunder or Rhe-

sus. Here, then, we have a proof that the animal had been previously

introduced and had died out; for Johnson’s book was published in

1839; while in the spring of 1836, only three years before, when I

passed a day at Bindrabun, they were numerous.

Turner in 1800 wrote that he had seen the Entellus at Muttra;

in 1836 I also saw it at Bindrabun; yet in 1839, when Johnson’s

book was published, there were none left. In 1843 it was again

brought into Muttra, and died out in a couple of years, while I am

informed by a gentleman now residing in Muttra that at present, in

the current year of 1867, while the Rhesus swarms there, the En-

tellus is altogether absent,

948 CAPT. T. HUITON ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL [Nov. 28,

This clearly shows that the animal cannot bear even so slight a

change of climate northward as Muttra and Bindrabun, and that it

is certainly not indigenous in the neighbourhood ; it accounts like-

wise for the difficulty of preserying the animal alive for any time in

Europe.

These facts might be allowed to settle the question of range; for

it is certain that the Entellus does not voluntarily cross the Jumna,

or the Ganges, and therefore cannot wander up to the Himalaya

mountains—besides that it could not live in such a climate, being

seldom able even to round the Cape of Good Hope, and never long

surviving its arrival in Europe.

The itinerant showmen from Meerutt declare that the Entellus

may be seen at present in small parties between that place and Delhi,

and that there are a few at Agra; but then, at the same time, they

candidly acknowledge that the animal has been recently introduced

there by fakirs and devotees.

In the extensive province of Oudh, stretching far along the left

bank of the Ganges, the Entellus does not occur indigenous. This

I have ascertained from several natives of that country, who declare

that, if ever seen, it is near some temple where the fakirs have intro-

duced them. One man informed me that, when he was quite a boy,

he once saw one of these animals which was supposed to have crossed

the Ganges accidentally on some boat or uprooted tree, the animal’s

advent being regarded by the natives as an auspicious event, and

crowds assembling to see and to salaam to it. This appears to prove

that the left bank of the Ganges is not the natural habitat of the

species, since no notice would have been taken of the arrival of a

single solitary individual had the species been common in the pro-

vince. The long-tailed monkeys sometimes seen in the Nipal Terai

are nothing more than the Himalayan Lungoor, a totally distinct

species, known as Semnopithecus schistaceus ; and, indeed, another

native of Oudh informs me that, while the common Bunder is abun-

dant throughout the province, the Entellus does not occur there, and

that the long-tailed monkey sometimes seen in the Nipal Terai, or

forest at the foot of the mountains, was the Hill Lungoor, and the

only one of the genus to be met with.

There is, again, good reason to think that much of the confusion

which prevails in regard to the geographical range of the species may

have arisen from the fact that many of the natives have got into a

habit of applying the name of Hoonoomaun to the common Rhesus,

which actually does extend from Bengal, not exactly into the Hima-

laya, but up to the outer or southern boundary of the Dehra Doon,

at perhaps a distance from the mountains of twenty-five to thirty

miles.

In the Punjab, again, the Entellus does not occur; and I am

inclined to restrict its range, somewhat loosely perhaps, to between

10° and 25° of north latitude, and 75° to 88° of east longitude,

forming with the line drawn across the country from Allahabad to

Boondee, a triangular range entirely south of the Rivers Jumna and

Ganges. It does not, therefore, approach the foot of the Southern

1867.} RANGE OF SEMNOPITHECUS ENTELLUS. 949

Himalaya within 200 miles of their outlying ranges known as the

Siwaliks.

With regard to its alleged occurrence in Ceylon, Cassell, in his

‘ Popular Natural History,’ has been completely misled by trusting

too implicitly to the lying legends of the Ramayau, in which the

exploits of Hoonoomaun, in that island, are recounted. The species

which in that locality bears this name is not, as we learn from the

indefatigable labours of Mr. Blyth, the continental Entellus, but the

Semnopithecus thersites, Elliot, a totally distinct species, which is

restricted to that island; and the only other Monkeys there found,

if we except those which may have been imported as captives, are the

S. cephalopterus, S. priamus, S. ursinus, and Macacus pileatus*.

Then, again, as to its alleged occurrence in Nipal and Bhotan,

Cassell erroneously informs us (and not Cassell only, for Mr. Ogilby

long since did the same before him) “ that, though a native of the

hot plains of India, it is able to sustain the rigors of a much colder

climate.”

I have shown, however, above, that it cannot bear even the slight

change to Muttra and Bindrabun. ‘The monkeys of this species,”

continues Cassell, “‘ ascend the Himalaya wherever wood is to be had;

they are found in Nipal, a lofty mountain ridge, a great portion of

which is always covered with snow, for its most elevated peaks are

the highest mountains on the globe; and Turner even informs us

that he met with these monkeys on the Alpine Plains of Bhotan.”’

Yet all this, although somewhat confident and high sounding,

becomes in reality perfectly worthless when we call to mind the fact

that Turner was no naturalist, and has evidently fallen into the

fashionable error of confounding with the Entellus of the plains

either the mountain Lungoor, or the Semnopithecus pileatus, or S.

barbei (the two latter restricted to the south-eastern mountains )—an

error from which Cassell evidently could not relieve him, and which

has been repeated since Turner’s day, by more competent observers,

when the above-mentioned species had not, as now, been all recog-

nized as distinct.

Now it was this very tenderness of constitution and inability of

the Entellus to bear up against great changes of climate and tem-

perature that made me, several years ago, contend in epistold, with

certain naturalists, against supposing the mountain S. schistaceus to

be identical with the lowland Hoonoomaun, as likewise that the

Rhesus should, on the score of climate, be held to be distinct from

the supposed diminutive Rhesus of the mountains. My reasoning

was not then admitted as conclusive ; and as my opponents were men

of weight, I temporarily gave in and bided my time. Yet the Lun-

goor is now acknowledged to be distinct from the Entellus, and I

have acquired the means of proving the Rhesus of the plains to be

equally distinct from the Bunder of the mountains. Nipal, however,

is not exactly ‘“‘a mountain ridge, a great portion of which is always

covered with snow,” but is, on the contrary, a rather warm valley

of no great elevation, situated far to the south of the snowy ridge,

* J. A.S. B. xvi. p. 1271; Cat. Mamm. Mus, As. Soc. Bengal.

950 CAPT. T. HUTTON ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL [ Noy. 28,

with a wide belt of mountain-forests between them ; and the Entellus,

as previously observed, being entirely restricted by nature to the

warm lowland regions below Allahabad, and to the right or southern

bank of the Ganges, cannot very well ascend to the snowy ranges.

The late Dr. Griffiths, who accompanied Captain Pemberton’s

mission to Bhotan in 1837-38, does not throw much light on this

subject, as he merely says, speaking of the animals, “ Monkeys, as

usual, abound on the lower ranges, on which the Hoolock of Assam

likewise occurs. Some long-tailed monkeys occurred above Bulphai,

at 8200 feet above the sea; and in January I likewise saw a flock

of noble ones not far from Tongsa, at an elevation of 5800 feet ; these

were white, and in form and size resembled the Lungoors’’*.

This is all very loose writing, and not a single species is deter-

mined—besides that the name of Lungoor is applied to more than one

species, although Dr. Griffith bemg a Madras officer may have had

the Entellus in his mind. The matter is thus left in doubt, and we

know not to what species he alludes, to say nothing of the fact that

neither the Entellus nor the Lungoor of the north-west is ‘ white’”’t,

the colour of adults in the latter species being of a dark slate-colour,

while the Entellus is of a rusty chocolat-au-lait. Moreover the

north-western Lungoor is not by any means likely to occur in the

hot regions where the Hoolock of Assam is common, especially

when, in the latitude of 30° north, it does not descend lower than

2000 feet even in the depth of winter.

Dr. M¢Clelland, who visited Assam in 1839, makes no allusion

whatever to the Entellus, although he notices the Hoolock anda

species of monkey allied to the Rhesus, under the name of Macacus

assamensis.

All things considered, then, I am inclined to regard the species

seen by Turner on the heights as neither the Entellus (which as.

suredly does not occur there) nor the mountain Lungoor, but a

totally distinct animal, which Mr. Blyth has described in the ‘Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vol. xii., under the appropriate

name of Semnopithecus pileatus, which ‘‘ abounds on the skirts of

the Tipperah hills, retiring far into the interior during the rains, and

is common also on the Naga hills and mountainous regions-of Sylhet

and Chittagong.’ It is, therefore, by no means difficult to perceive

that the next step would carry it to the adjacent region of Bhotan

itself; and as Turner was no naturalist, he would in all probability

have been deceived by a general resemblance in colouring.

When speaking of the Entellus, Mr. Blyth remarks that M. Du-

vaucel observes, ‘that the appearance of that species in Lower

Bengal takes place principally towards the latter end of winter ;”” upon

which, Mr. Martin notes that it appears to migrate from the upper

to the lower provinces of this part of India. I can only state, con-

tinues Mr. Blyth, ‘‘that I have found them equally numerous in

July and January in the particular locality adverted to, and I have

seen them in June close to Calcutta on the opposite side of the river.

* J. A.S. B. viii. p. 722.

+ S. barbet has shoulders and arms externally silvery !

1867.] RANGE OF SEMNOPITHECUS ENTELLUS. 951

With regard to the alleged migration of the Himalayan species also,

Captain Hutton mentions that ‘this species is found at Simla all

the year through; but when the snow falls during the winter it

seeks a warmer climate in the depth of the khuds, returning again

to the heights as it melts away.’ I have seen them, however, on a

fine sunshiny day, even with the snow on the ground, leaping from

tree to tree up and down the hill of Jakti at Simla, which is about

8115 feet. Royle is mistaken when he says that the Entellus alone

ascends in the summer months as high as 9000 feet. I have seen

them at Nagkunda in August at that elevation, and in winter on

Hattti Mountain, which is 10,655 feet—and in winter at Simla, with

snow 4 or 5 inches deep and hard frosts at night, as high as 8000

feet. The Macacus rhesus was also repeatedly seen during the

month of February, when the snow was 5 and 6 inches deep, at

Simla, roosting in the trees at night on the side of Jaki, and appa-

rently regardless of the cold’’*.

There is in all this a great deal of error, for part of which I am

responsible, and which it is high time should be corrected.

In the first place, then, I am fully convinced, as Mr. Blyth also

appears to be, that there is no true migration of the Entellus, in the

proper sense of the word, from the upper to the lower districts of

Bengal. The animal will vary in numbers at different seasons,

according as food is scarce or plentiful; and wherever this is most

abundant and most palatable, there it is probable will the Entel-

lus be found in abundance also. I have already shown that the

animal’s constitution will not permit it to live long even at Muttra

and Bindrabun, and consequently that its existence in the Himalaya

is utterly impossible. At the time when I, and Dr. Royle before

me, confounded the Entellus with the Himalayan Lungoor, the

species were not admitted by naturalists to be distinct ; for although

I stated my own doubts of their identity, yet I had, in 1837, against

me the weighty authority of Mr. Hodgson in Nipal and of Dr. J. E.

Gray in England ; so that, being myself but a tyro, I was compelled

to give in. The same error arose also in regard to AL. rhesus, which

is not found within the mountains. My remarks, as it now appears,

refer to more than one species of Bunder, which are distinct from

the Rhesus and confined to the Himalaya.

It was necessary to say thus much regarding the Entellus in order

to correct the erroneous notion that prevails respecting its occurrence

in the Himalaya, the base of which it does not approach within

several degrees. In the north-western portion of those hills it is

replaced by the so-called Lungoor, while to the south-east occur the

species now known as Semnopithecus pileatus and S. barbei, it being

very doubtful, from what I can learn, whether the Lungoor extends

its range so far to the eastward, or, indeed, beyond the eastern fron-

tier of Nipal.

And now a word, in conclusion, as to the alleged occurrence of the

Entellus in Assam. The error in this respect appears to have en-

tirely originated in the unauthorized change of a name used by M.

* J. A.S. B. xii. p. 174.

952 LETTER FROM DR. J. KIRK. [ Dec. 12,

Duvaucel. Mr. Ogilby, in his ‘ History of Monkeys,’ when remark-

ing upon M. Duvaucel’s adventures with the Entellus, informs us

that by “ Gouptipara,”’ the name of the place where the animal was

shot, ‘‘ he appears to mean the city of Goalpara.”” On the contrary,

however, he appears to mean nothing of the kind; for he distinetly

states that the city of Gouptipara, where he shot the animal, was a

holy place with many temples, and situated on the river Hooglee,

somewhere near Chandernagore in Lower Bengal, and therefore not

far from Calcutta; whereas Goalpara is situated on the Burham-

pooter river in Assam, about 200 miles away. ‘The fact is that Mr.

Ogilby, being better acquainted with menageries than with the geo-

graphy of India, took upon himself to alter the names of the places,

and by so doing gave rise to the erroneous idea that the Entellus

occurs in Assam. But besides giving us the River Hooglee and

Chandernagore as guides to the locality, M. Duvaucel likewise

plainly speaks of his having been thwarted by ‘the Bengalese,”’ who

constantly scared away the monkeys; whereas, had he alluded to

Goalpara, he would have called the people ‘ Assamese.”

Hence the error in this respect appears to be entirely owing to

Mr. Ogilby’s ignorance of the geography of the country, and to his

unwarrantable alteration of the name furnished by M. Duvaucel.

The remarks now made, founded upon long and patient research

into the history of the animal, will, I trust, not prove unacceptable

to my brother naturalists in Europe.

December 12th, 1867.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the Se-

cretary by Dr. token Kirk, C.M.Z.S., dated Zanzibar, Sept. 7th :—

«In the collection of animals in spirits now ready for transmis-

sion to England by the first opportunity, I have placed several spe-

cimens of the Galago of the island of Zanzibar; which, I can now

assure you, is very different from that of the opposite coast. I have

kept specimens of both here: the colour, form of snout, size of ears,

&c. are very distinct. The species of the coast is, no doubt, G.

crassicaudatus, while I presume the island one is G. agisymbanus,

of which there are no specimens in England.

«T am not satisfied regarding the little Antelopes of this island,

whether there are not two species; the texture of the fur varies

much, also the size of ears; but I have not had an opportunity of

comparing a sufficient number of specimens to be certain.

“I have only three species of Bats from Zauzibar ; this is singular,

time

1867.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON OREAS CANNA. 953

as in Zambezia there are so many. Of Butterflies I have not col-

lected above forty kinds; but some of these are very fine.

“From Mozambique I have a valuable collection of Snakes and

Insects, perhaps nothing new, but representing rare species.

«This has not been to me a year productive in specimens of

natural history ; but I hope in two months to get off for a few days

to Lamoo, where are the Numida vulturina and other nice things.

A tame hen of this Numida lived for some time at the French Con-

sulate here, but has been stolen lately ; it was an extremely hand-

some bird. They seem to be common at Lamoo. When the ‘Syria’

was there the officers saw several in the market, and killed them for

the table, keeping only the skin. I had asked them to look out for

it; but they mistook the bird when they saw it, thinking they were

to seek for something much more rare.”

Dr. Peters communicated a note on the relation of the tympanic

bone to the mandible in the Marsupials, stating that he had found

in a young Halmaturus bennettii (85 millim. long without tail) and

in a young Didelphys, that the former bone is inserted into the

cavity formed by the angle of the latter. He considered that this

temporary glenoid surface is to be compared with the permanent

glenoid cavity in birds, or at least to a part of it, as it is well known

that relations which are permanent in lower animals are often re-

presented by a temporary condition during the period of evolution

in higher classes. In the author’s opinion this observation tends to

confirm the view that so important and constant a bone as the tym-

panic is in the Mammalia does not disappear at once in other verte-

brates. It also obviates one of the principal objections urged against

the homology of the os tympanicum with the quadrate bone of birds

and reptiles, viz. that it is never united to the lower jaw; at the

same time it explains the peculiar form of the angle of the lower jaw

in the Marsupials.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the important fact of a fat male

Eland (Oreas canna), bred by Lord Hill, at Hawkstone, Shropshire,

being exhibited at the cattle-show of the Smithfield Club, and being

about to be offered for sale at the close of the show for the market

—the first event that had ever happened of this kind. The animal

was stated to be a male, aged six years and seven months, and to

weigh alive 1760 lb.

In answer to some inquiries on the subject made last summer, Lord

Hill had forwarded to Mr. Sclater the following communication :—

‘JT wish I could send you an account of the Elands I have bred»

and disposed of since I purchased the pair from the Zoological Gar-

dens, as the return*would be most satisfactory. Unfortunately I have

kept no record, which I have often regretted ; but I can state that I

have not had a single case of disease among them, that the females

have bred as regularly as possible, except on one occasion (when I used

too young a male, about a year and a half old), and that the losses

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXI.

954. MR. W. H. FLOWER ON HYOMOSCHUS AQuaTicus. [Dec. 12,

by accident have been very trifling. The male I originally pur-

chased at the Gardens I fattened and shot. Its meat I thought ex-

cellent. The female that came at the same time died in the park,

from overeating dried leaves. Another male injured his shoulder,

and I was obliged to make away with him. One calf also, this last

year, broke its hind legs by some means ; and another died soon after

its birth about two years ago. These are all the casualties I can

recollect, and I really am not able to tell you how many I have dis-

posed of; but I have parted with several pairs to Zoological Socie-

ties on the Continent, and others in England. I have now five

females remaining (all, I believe, in calf), and three others born last

summer, with two males—the one I got from the Gardens about two

years ago, and an older one which [| shall be glad to dispose of;

he is feeding well, and would either do for the butcher or for stock-

purposes.

‘It has long been a surprise to me that nobody else has taken a

fancy to the Eland. It is unquestionably a noble animal, and re-

quires no more attention than a cow, living well upon the same food,

out the whole year with merely a shed to run under, and acclimatized

as much as any animal can be. I am very sorry I cannot send you

_ amore detailed statement; but any questions you may ask I shall

be happy, if possible, to answer.”

The herd of Elands in the Society’s Gardens was stated to consist

at this time of seven individuals, namely :—

No Sex

ec” TLS I See CEN eee Born in the Gardens............... | Dec. 20th, 1861. |

| 2. }Hemale ......... | Born in the Gardens............... Feb. 22nd, 1866. |

Mawes Henle ce cect 7S Born in the Gardens............... | Feb. 28th, 1866. |

Ova Mialewetesccsceere Born in the Gardens............... | April 15th, 1867.

GS7>)|sHemaley as. .as-: Born in the Gardens................ May 8th, 1867.

lis

IRemale #s..-o--- Born in the Gardens...............| Dec. 5th, 1867. |

| ell e

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Hyomoschus aquaticus.

By W. H. Frownr, F.R.S. &c., Conservator of the Mu-

seum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

Of the aberrant family of the Tragulide, situated on the confines

of the great order RumrnanrTIA, and leaning strongly in the direction

of the ARTIODACTYLA OMNIVORA, the African genus Hyomoschus

has generally been considered the most aberrant and pig-like form.

This opinion has been founded chiefly upon the structure of the ex-

tremities, as the visceral anatomy is at present entirely unknown.

It was with much interest, therefore, that I availed myself of the

opportunity of investigating certain points connected with the orga-

nization of this animal, afforded by the acquisition, by the Museum

1867.) MR. W. H. FLOWER ON HYOMOSCHUS AQUATICUS. 955

of the Royal College of Surgeons, of the body of a young female

Hyomoschus aquaticus, which died in June last, in the Gardens of

this Society.

The animal was not quite full-grown, the milk-teeth being still in

place, with the first and second permanent molars. The various

organs were compared during the examination with those of a speci-

men of Tragulus javanicus of the same age and sex.

The tongue is 3i inches long, and 55; inch in average breadth,

rather fleshy, with sides nearly parallel, flat above, and obtusely

pointed at the tip. Along the anterior half is a median linear de-

pression. Numerous white, flat-topped, circular, circumvallate pa-

pillze are scattered irregularly over all parts of the surface, those at

the hinder part being rather larger than the others. Quite at the

root is a group of large, closely set, sharp-pointed, conical papillz.

These seem to be of the same class as the minute pointed papille

with which the entire surface of the organ is beset developed to an

unusual degree. On each side of the upper surface, near the poste-

rior end, is a long, narrow, and deep groove, ;%; inch in length, placed |

obliquely, so that the posterior end inclines towards the middle line.

The edges of this groove are thickened, white, and free from papillee ;

and within it is a linear papillary elevation, with a faintly notched

free border, projecting slightly above the level of the surrounding

parts. This, which appears to be a modification of a circumvallate

papilla, occurs also in Tragulus javanicus.

The larynx presents a peculiarity in its construction which is not

met with in 7ragulus, or, as far as my knowledge extends, in any

other ruminant. The whole organ is remarkably large and promi-

nent—a circumstance mainly caused by the extraordinary develop-

ment of the thyroid cartilage (a, fig. 1, p. 956). This is formed as

usual, by two broad lateral plates united at a very salient angle in front.

The entire length of the cartilage in the middle line is 1, inch.

Its upper border has three distinct triangular projections—one in the

middle line, broader and shorter than the others, and one on each

side, attached to the inferior cornua of the hyoid. The lateral mar-

gins, ;$; inch in length, are gently and regularly excavated, and ter-

minate below in a short, pointed triangular process for articulation

with the cricoid cartilage. Below this point the thyroid is continued

downward ; and instead of being open below as usual, its sides are

united across the middle line, so as to form a considerable, rounded,

compressed pouch, placed in front of the commencement of the

trachea.

In Tragulus javanicus the whole vertical depth of the thyroid is

but 5%; inch, and it is widely open below, and presents no anterior

prominence. In the larynx of the Sheep there is a well-marked pro-

jection of the anterior edge of the thyroid rather below the middle,

but offering only a slight indication of that which is so remarkably

developed in Hyomoschus.

The cricoid cartilage (4) forms a strong shield behind, 75 inch

in length, and the same in breadth. Its thickened upper margin is

hollowed in the middle line, and on each side presents a large oblique

956 MR. WwW. H. FLOWER ON HYOMOSCHUS AQuatTicus. [Dec. 12,

articular surface for the corresponding arytenoid cartilage. The

lower border has a long pointed median prolongation. From each

side stands out a short triangular process for articulation with the

lateral processes of the thyroid; and from the same part descends,

very obliquely downwards and forwards, a long, rather slender pro-°

longation of the cartilage, which, meeting its fellow in the middle

line in front, eompletes the ring.

i Wy ple

Side view of larynx of Hyomoschus aquaticus. Nat. size.

a. Thyroid cartilage. 5. Cricoid cartilage. c. Arytenoid cartilage. d. Epi-

glottis. e¢. Thyrohyal. f Basihyal. g. Stylohyal.

The arytenoid cartilages (c) are flattened plates almost quadri-

lateral in figure, ;4; inch in diameter; the aryteno-epiglottidean

ligament is attached to the middle of their upper margin, the

thyro-arytenoid ligament (vocal cord) to the antero-inferior angle ;

and they are articulated to the cricoid cartilage by their posterior

inferior angle.

The cavity in the interior of the larynx may be divided into two

parts—a direct uninterrupted passage to the trachea posteriorly, and

in front of this a capacious but laterally compressed pouch or diver-

ticulum, situated within the expanded thyroid cartilage. Owing to

1867.] MR. W. H. FLOWER ON HYOMOSCHUS AQUATICUS. 957

the great antero-posterior breadth of the base of the arytenoid car-

tilages and their distance apart, the vocal cords are placed nearly

vertically in the sides of the larynx, and thrown unusually far from

its posterior wall, so that when they are brought into contact a cylin-

drical tubular air-passage remains open behind them, but the com-

munication between that passage and the thyroid pouch is shut off.

These cords are exactly 4 inch in length, and tolerably prominent.

There are uo lateral membranous pouches or sacs connected with

the larynx.

Knowing little of the habits of the animal during life, I am un-

able to throw any light upon the mode in which this singular modi-

fication of the vocal organ is rélated to its economy.

Each lung consists of a single lobe, of general triangular form,

with a flattened tongue-shaped projection arching forwards from the

apex. This projecting lobule is much larger on the right side than on

the left, and has a distinet bronchial branch from the trachea, given

off 5 inch above the bifurcation, wanting on the left side. The

right lung has, moreover, a small accessory lobule projecting for-

wards from the internal border just below the root of the lung.

The lungs thus conform in the general principle of their construc-

tion with those of Tragulus javanicus; but in the latter they are

rather more subdivided by notches, and the upper and lower ac-

cessory lobules of the right lung are relatively larger and more

distinct.

The heart presents nothing unusual: the great vessels arise from

the arch of the aorta as in Tragulus: viz., the first, nearly 3? inch

long, gives off the right subclavian, and then divides into the right

and left common carotid; the second branch, arising close to the

last, is the left subclavian.

The stomach (fig. 2, p. 958) consists of three principal compart-

ments, as in Tragulus. The cesophagus (a) opens directly into the

middle compartment or reticulum (¢), which is a pyriform or egg-

shaped sac, with the small, obtusely pointed end turned forwards and

to right. When moderately distended it is 4 inches long and 23 inches

wide at the base. The honeycomb-like reticulations are distinctly

seen all over this compartment, from the exterior, as faint white

lines forming hexagons, very much larger at the pointed free end

than near the base. he broad end or base is directly continuous

with the rumen (4), being only marked off from it by a slight con-

striction. The last-named cavity is a long cecal pouch, having a

sigmoid flexure, and being partially divided, by constrictions at the

concavities of the bends, into three compartments. Its greatest

length (in this folded state) is 9 inches. 4 inch to the right of the

entrance of the cesophagus the true digestive stomach or abomasus

(e) commences by a very constricted tube not more than 1} inch in

diameter. This speedily dilates into an elongated tubular sac, largest

near its proximal end, and gradually narrowing towards the pylorus.

In its natural state this stomach is sharply curved upon itself, and

puckered at its upper border or lesser curvature; but when the

membranes are detached this curvature and all the foldings disappear,

958 MR.W.H. FLOWER ON HYOMOSCHUS aquaTicus. [Dec. 12,

except one natural rectangular bend upwards near the pyloric end.

The length of this compartment when straightened is 7 inches, its

greatest diameter 27 inches.

Fig. 2

Anterior surface of stomach of Hyomoschus aquaticus. One-fourth of nat. size. +

a. (Esophagus. &. Rumen. c. Reticulum. d. Rudiment of psalterium.

e. Abomasus. f. Biliary duct. g. Spleen.

On opening the cavities the villi on the internal surface of the

rumen were seen to be long and narrow, Espeeially towards the base

of the compartment ; they. measured mostly 52; inch in length. In

the reticulum the villi are very sharp-pointed, as usual. The passage

along the top of the reticulum from the cesophagus to the orifice

leading to the true stomach is smooth, # inch long, and bounded by

oes but not very prominent folds of membrane. This orifice is

+ inch in diameter. The part which immediately follows the ori-

fice (¢), though it cannot be called a distinct compartment as in

ordinary ruminants, is ;5, inch in length, slightly dilated and marked

off by a faint constriction from the remainder of the abomasus, from

which, moreover, it is most distinctly separated by a thick opaque

epithelium with short villi, like those covering the lamin of the

psalterium in other ruminants ; there are also indications of longi-

tudinal plications of the mucous membrane. The remainder of the

last cavity has (as usual) a smooth soft lining membrane, free from

villi.

There is thus a decided indication or rudimentary condition of

the psalterium or third compartment of the ruminant’s stomach ;

and contrasting this with the statement by Alph. Milne-Edwards, in

his valuable monograph on the Chevrotains, that in the genus 7’ra-

1867.| MR. W. H. FLOWER ON HYOMOSCHUS AQUATICUS. 939

gulus, ‘Ce dernier estomac [the abomasus] nait directement du

bonnet [reticulum] sans qu’il y ait 4 son origine, dans aucune des

quatre espéces que j’ai disséquées, le moindre indice de l’existence

d’une partie comparable au feuillet {psalterium] des Ruminants or-

dinaires’’*, it might be inferred that in the structure of the sto-

mach Hyomoschus formed a link between Tragulus and the true ru-

minants, instead of inclining in the opposite direction as commonly

supposed. But the Tragulus javanicus, which I dissected for com-

parison with the present animal, showed precisely similar indications

of a rudimentary psalterium ; and the same may be observed in a

preparation of the stomach of a T’ragulus kanchil in the College

Museum, No. 554, Physiological Series, thus correctly described in

the Catalogue+ :—‘“ The passage leading trom the cesophagus to the

third cavity is bounded by two low parallel ridges ; the longitudinal

lamellze, which are the characteristics of this cavity in other rumi-

nants, are wanting; but as it appears to have had a cuticular lining,

we may regard it as a rudimentary form of this cavity, and distinct

trom the fourth cavity, from which it is partially separated by a

semilunar fold.”

The stomach of Hyomoschus presents, therefore, no obvious cha-

racter by which it can be distinguished from that of a member of

the allied genus Tragudus. The same may be said to be the case

with all the other portions of the alimentary canal.

The small intestine is about 16 feet in length; the large intestine

6 feet, not sacculated, scarcely wider than the small intestine, ave-

raging rather less than 4 inch in diameter when fully distended. In

the last foot of its length it gradually widens, attaining nearly 1 inch.

The czecum is perfectly simple, 34 inches long.

The spleen lies on the diaphragmatic surface of the stomach, in

the groove which divides the reticulum from the rumen (fig. 2, g).

It is flattened and pyriform, the largest end being turned forwards

and to the right. Its lengih is 2 inches, its greatest breadth 3 inch.

On the left margin, rather behind the middle, is a deep notch; the

portion behind this is thinner and flatter than that in front.

The liver presents a smooth upper surface, irregularly oval in out-

line, the broadest end to the right, 4; inches long from side to side

and 2# inches in greatest antero-posterior width, undivided, except

by a notch on the anterior border separating a smaller left from a

larger right lobe. On the under surface the left lobe has no further

subdivisions. The right iobe has two accessory lobes :—the smaller,

but most distinct, pointed and tongue-like, close to the longitudinal

fissure, near the centre of the organ; the other, broader and with

the free extremity more obtuse, close to the right lateral margin.

The transverse fissure lies between these. ‘The gall-bladder is large,

and projects freely beyond the anterior margin of the right lobe.

* «Recherches Anatomiques, Zoologiques, et Paléontologiques sur la famille

des Chevrotains, Paris, 1864, p. 62.

+ ‘ Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Physiological Series of Com-

parative Anatomy contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,’

London, vol. i. 2nd edit. 1852, p. 168.

960 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID&. [ Dec. 12,

The liver is thus formed on the same general principle as that of

Tragulus, but it is rather more simple ; the fissure between the right

and left lobe and that for the gall-bladder are less deep. The middle

accessory lobe is broader and shorter and less distinctly marked off

from the rest of the organ; and, especially, the right accessory lobe

is relatively larger.

[ Postscript.— Since these notes were communicated to the So-

ciety, I have had an opportunity, through the kindness of Professor

Huxley, of examining the body of an adult female Hyomoschus, sent

to him in spirit from the west coast of Africa. In all its principal

anatomical characters it agreed perfectly with the specimen above

described. The larynx was of the same form and dimensions. In

the stomach the rudimentary psalterium, as distinguished from the

abomasus by the different character of its ming membrane, was

equally distinct. The vagina was 5 inches in length; the uterus

32 inches to the point of bifurcation, sharply bent back on itself

near the upper end, and terminated in a pair of rather short, closely

curled cornua.—February Ist, 1868. }

2. Additional Notes on the Osteology of the Lemuride. By

Sr. Grorce Mivart, F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative

Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

When, in November 1864, I had the honour of laying before the

Zoological Society my notes on the crania and dentition of the Le-

muride*, | regretted my inability to determine certain points, owing

to the want of the requisite specimens.

During a recent yisit to Paris I have had, through the kindness

of Professor Milne-Edwards and of his son M. Alphonse Milne-

Edwards, the opportunity of supplying some of these omissions by

an examination of the specimens preserved in the National Collections

at the Jardin des Plantes. In addition to this, simce my return,

M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards has had the great kindness to have

extracted from the skin and sent to me the bones of a specimen of

the Cheirogaleus furcifer of Isid. Geoff. St. Hilaire, including the

tarsus—a part I so much regretted, three years ago, not being able

then to examine.

The specimen in question forms part of the extremely valuable

collection lately brought from Madagascar by M. Alfred Grandidier,

a gentleman to whom science is very much indebted already, but who,

in spite of the attractions of a Society he is so well calculated to

adorn, has just again set out for three years’ more labour in the same

interesting field of biological research.

Amongst the zoological rarities preserved at Paris, and as yet ab-

sent from our own collections, is the skeleton of Hapalemur. This

* P. ZS. 1864, p. 611.

1867.) MR.ST.GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID. 961

I found to exhibit all those cranial and dental characters detailed in

my former paper, except certain trifling differences resulting from

the immature condition of the specimen. This immature condition,

however, enables me now to affirm that there zs no interparietal bone,

and that the praemaxilla 7s exceedingly small.

The cervical region is elongated, and the dorsal region is short ;

but the neural lamine of the cervical vertebrae do not exceed those

of the dorsal vertebree in antero-posterior extent. The atlas has but

one continuous posterior articular surface for the axis; its transverse

processes are not large; and it has no neural: spine.

The axis vertebra has a considerable spinous process, but it is

not produced backwards. All the other cervical vertebrae have small

neural spines.

There are twelve dorsal and seven lumbar vertebree, and these

much resemble the corresponding vertebrae of Lemur.

The scapula closely resembles that of the last-named genus; the

carpus is provided with an os intermedium ; and the fourth digit of

the manus is the one extending furthest forwards.

The ilium is very much like the ilium of Lemur; its posterior

inferior (the inferior anterior of Man) spinous process is well marked.

The femur has a slight indication of a third trochanter, and the

patella is elongated.

The tarsus is short, and decidedly less than one-third the length

of the tibia, showing no approximation to the structure presented

by Microcebus pusillus, still less to that of Galago.

The fourth digit of the pes projects most.

inches

Length of the femur....... Retard ase EAU

——— of the tibia .................. 4:3

= Of thes Galeises 255.050. 293

— of the cuboides................ ‘41

At the Jardin des Plantes are also preserved the skeletons of Chez-

rogaleus milit and of Microcebus pusillus.

The former is the typical specimen of the genus Chetrogaleus ;

aud the latter is the type of the genus Microcebus, being the speci-

men which was ultimately named Microcebus rufus by Geoffroy St.

Hilaire *.

In my former paper I expressed a doubt as to whether the genus

Microcehus would not have to be merged altogether in the older

genus Cheirogaleus}. ‘The examination, then, of these two typica:

specimens should go far to decide this question ; for if they show

well-marked and not inconsiderable differences, then the generic di-

stinction may be provisionally retained, unléss some other species be

found to exhibit so completely intermediate a structure as to do away

with the value of the differential characters.

Now, on comparing these two specimens, I find that not only is

* Cours de Hist. Nat. Mamm. lecon vi. p. 26, 1828. That author had, how-

ever, previously named it pustdlus (see Mag. Encyc. i. p. 48, 1776).

7 P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 619.

962 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURIDE. [Dec. 12,

it true that there is in C. milii, as De Blainville remarks*, a certain

elongation of the astragalus as compared with the other tarsal bones,

but the naviculare is quite short comparatively, instead of being

much elongated as it isin M. pusillus. Indeed, in the latter species,

the naviculare is absolutely as well as relatively longer, although in

it (¢. e. in M. pusillus) the length of the dorsal and lumbar regions

together is only 2°75 inches, while the same part in C. milii is

5 inches in length.

vee 5 C. mili. M. pusillus,

inch. inch.

Length or euboitt "5 eis ee ae 2/1 “16

of os enlers =. Sees ener “52 36

of dorsum of naviculare .... *17 -20

of astracales * occ > cee os °35 20

The dimensions of the tarsal bones of M. myoxinus are almost the

same as those of M. pusillust+. In addition to this distinction in

the tarsus, the palate has no defects of ossification in C. milii; the

fifth cusp of the hindmost lower molar is rudimentary, instead of

being distinct ; there is a small malar foramen, while in M. pusillus

there is none. The carotid foramina on the dasis cranii are also

very conspicuous, instead of being almost hidden by the auditory

bulle ; the pterygoid fossze are also larger; and, lastly, the first

upper premolar is slightly caniniform and considerably longer than

the second one, instead of being smaller and slightly shorter than

the second one as in M. pusi/lus.

On the other hand, C. mili agrees with M. pusillus in having the

palate prolonged, the posterior palatine foramina large, a distinct

interparietal bone, in the absence of any enlargement of the mastoidal

region of the periotic, and in the other characters before assigned to

Microcebusf.

In both skeletons there are thirteen dorsal and seven lumbar ver-

tebrz ; but neither the axial nor the appendicular skeletons present

any noteworthy characters in either specimen.

The close affinity of the M. myoxinus of Peters$ to M. pusillus

being as unquestionable as is their specific distinctness, it is desirable

to know if it presents any characters tending to bridge over the gap

separating the last-named species from C. milit.

Now M. myoxinus differs from M. pusillus, besides external cha-

racters (as has been pointed out by Dr. Peters||), in its shorter and

less-pointed muzzle, in the greater production forwards of the pre-

maxillz, the larger size of the openings in the palate, and also, pos-

sibly, in the somewhat longer symphysis of the mandible. More-

over the contour of the anterior nares, viewed in profile, is less con-

cave, and the palate is less prolonged backwards, Again, the first

premolar is quite as extended, vertically, as is the second, instead of

* Ostéographie, Lemur, p. 12.

t Professor Peters has been kind enough to send me the exact length of the

tarsal bones of his M. myoxinus.

t P. ZS. 1864, p. 640.

§ Reise nach Mossambique, p. 14. | Ibid. p. 19.

1867.] | MR. ST.GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID4, 963

being somewhat less so, as is the case in M. pusillus. This short-

ness of the first premolar is not the effect of immaturity, as I before

thought might be the ease, as the typical specimen of M. pusillus

is fully adult. The predominance in size, on the other hand, of the

first over the second upper incisor is greater in M. myovxinus than in

pusillus. Finally, the tarsus, which, in M. pusillus, is only as 11*7

to the length from the snout to the root of the tail, taken at 100, is

in M. myoxinus 14:6 to the same dimensions similarly estimated.

Thus in the greater inequality of size between the two upper in-

cisors on each side, and in the greater equality of length of the first

two upper premolars, M. myowinus is intermediate between M. pu-

sillus and C. milii ; but these differences are slight in comparison to

the points of resemblance between it and M. pusillus, its tarsal

structure (as has been said) agreeing, in size and the proportions of

its parts to one another, altogether with that of the last-named

animal.

With regard to Cheirogaleus furcifer, part of the skeleton of which,

as I before said, has been so kindly transmitted to me by M. Al-

phonse Milne-Edwards, I find that its skull and dentition agree (as

far as the worn condition of the grinders permits comparison) with

the imperfect specimen in the British Museum as to the characters

enumerated in my former paper*, except that there is a small malar

Pier 1,

Cheirogaleus furcifer. Scale twice nat. size.

foramen on each side, that the angle of the mandible is decidedly

produced downwards as well as backwards, and that there is no trace

of a fifth cusp to the last inferior molar.

I find also conspicuous carotid foramina placed, as in C. mili, near

* P. ZS, 1864, p. 622.

964 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID#. [Dec. 12,

together, and not at all hidden by the auditory bulle. The ptery-

goid fossa also is much elongated from behind forwards, but very

narrow from side to side, the true pterygoids extending back much

more nearly to the same distance, as do the ectopterygoid plates,

than is the case in the smaller species (JZ. minor). Compare fig. 2

with the figure of the latter species in P. Z. S. 1864, p. 615.

Cheirogaleus furcifer. Scale twice nat. size.

The extent of the preemaxilla cannot be ascertained, the suture

being completely obliterated. As regards the skull, then, C. furcifer

agrees altogether with C. milii, and even carries still further those

characters (length of first upper premolar and smallness of last lower

molar) in which the latter species differs from M. pusillus and M.

mYOXiNUs.

Cheirogaleus furcifer. Scale twice nat. size.

1867.] | - MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURIDE. 965

Fig. 4.

Cheirogaleus furcifer, Scale twice nat. size.

As regards the tarsus, however, there is a great difference, as the

following dimensions show :—

inches

sextreme lene th Ol -the tibldy . ocr <. ste ele eee

Extreme length of the cuboides ......... seat iete 0°27

Extreme length of the os calcis .......... mantel 0-74

Length of dorsum of naviculare ...............- 0°36

Length from proximal end of calcis to distal end of

BAVAGUIAEG ce ete s ek te nin ale ee oe ee cis fe sa an A

PEW INC SDE RIS ns ele sgse ce x tre age te onl 3 0°37

Breadth of os calcis and naviculare, measured across

CHEN TATTOWESE, PAEG 22 5 e's pec. rsis sate 2,22 anes 0-22

Thus, instead of the dorsum of the naviculare being a little less

than half the extreme length of the astragalus, it nearly equals it ;

while the latter bone is only half the length of the os calcis, instead

of being equal to about two-thirds of its length ; moreover the cuboid

is considerably shorter than the dorsum of the naviculare, instead

of being somewhat longer than the latter. In all these respects the

tarsus of C. furcifer closely resembles that of M. pusillus*, aud

differs widely from the tarsus of C. milii. The distinction therefore

between Chezrogaleus and Microcebus, based upon tarsal structure,

falls to the ground, unless C. furcifer be placed (as I placed in

18647) in the latter genus along with M. pusillus and M. myowinus.

But since I have examined the skin and skeleton of C. mili I can

no longer be satisfied with such an association, as there can, I think,

be no doubt but C. mili and C. furcifer are very closely allied

forms.

It will nevertheless be possible (and perhaps even useful) still to

retain, provisionally at least, the distinction between Cheirogaleus

* As I anticipated that on investigation it would turn out to do (P. Z.S8.

1864, p. 623).

+ Guided by its apparently elongated foot, as seen in the mounted skin in the

British Museum.

966 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURIDE. [Dec. 12,

and Microcebus, though reposing mainly, if not exclusively, on a

few cranial and dental characters. Perhaps, however, the newly

described species M. coquereli* may furnish grounds for the aban-

donment of this distinction.

I find in C. furcifer a distinct os intermedium and the ulnar con-

dyle of the humerus perforated.

There remain to be noticed the three forms described by Dr.

Gray under the names (1) Galago minor+ (or Lepilemur murinust),

(2) Chetrogaleus smithii§, and (3) Cheirogaleus typicus ||.

The first of these, the skull of which has been figured in the

‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’4], agrees completely with

Dr. Peters’s M. myoxinus, except in the reduplication of the palatal

defects of ossification, and in a slightly less degree of backward pro-

longation of the palate. It also agrees with M. myoxinus in points

by which that species differs from M. pusillus, and which have been

enumerated above.

The tarsus I have not been able to examine; but it, no doubt, is

also similar.

The two skins of Galago minor (my Mizrocebus minor) in the

British Museum agree with M. myoxinus, and differ from M. pu-

sillus, in the greater size of the ears; and Dr. Gray remarks**,

“The figure of Dr. Peters agrees pretty well with our specimen ;

but the whole colour of the fur is rather darker, and the ears are

larger.” The latter difference is trifling indeed, considering the

contraction of the ears in drying-—a distortion the frequent occur-

rence of which, as also of its converse “ stretching,’ Dr. Gray pro-

ceeds almost immediately afterwards to notice.

M. minor, however, is very much less red than M. myoxinus, being

a “pale grey,’’ whereas the usual colour in the last-named species,

according to Dr. Peters, is rusty brown; and this difference is so

striking that for the present it will be better to treat these forms as

specifically distinct.

As regards Cheirogaleus smithii, the typical specimen (which is

in the British Museum) differs from M. myoxinus and agrees with

M. pusillus in the following points :—in the smaller size of the ears,

and in having the first upper premolar rather less vertically extended

than the second. It may therefore be the case that C. smithii is

nothing else than M. pusillus (Le Rat de Madagascar)—and the

more probably so, as Dr. Gray himself remarks+f that Buffon’s

figure of that animal well represents his (Dr. Gray’s) C. smithiv.

On the other hand, in C. smithii the upper incisors are as unequal

as in M. minor or as in M. myowinus.

Dr. Gray describes the type of his C. smithii as being “ pale bay,”

* Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar, par M. H. Schlegel et M. Francois

P. L. Pollen, (Leyden, 1867) p. 12, pl. 6.

+ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, x. p. 257.

t P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 143. § P. ZS. 1863, p. 143.

| PB. Z. S. 1863, p. 142.

{| 1860, p. 144, and 1864, p. 615.

*#* PZ. S, 1863, p. 144. tt P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 143.

1867.|. MR.ST.GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID. 967

whereas the usual colour of M. pusillus is a very red brown. But

all the specimens in the Paris Museum are not alike in colour, and

one especially is very pale. The difference in colour alone should

not, therefore, I think, prevent the union of C. smithii with M. pu-

sillus ; but, on account of the incisors, I think it better to keep the

two forms distinct for the present, till it is proved that the propor-

tions of the incisors are subject to a certain individual variation as

they are in Indris brevicaudatus*.

The specimen in spirits in British Museum, which was named by

Mr. Waterhouse ‘ Microcebus pusillus”’ + (but which is now labelled

Cheirogaleus smithii, and has been described by Dr. Gray under that

namet), has the upper incisors subequal, and in all probability was

rightly named at first.

The third form, Cheirogaleus typicus, the typical specimen of

which is also in the British Museum, agrees with C. milii of Geoffroy

in the caniniform first upper premolar, in the great predominance

in size of the first over the second upper incisor, also to all appear-

ance in the relative shortness of the tarsus, and, finally, in the short

ears. It is described by Dr. Gray§ as “reddish brown; cheeks,

throat, and beneath white.”’

The Paris specimens, on the other hand, have the underparts

white, but the back is of a delicate fawn-brown; but the difference

does not seem to me of such moment as to render it other than

probable that C. ¢typicus and C. milii are one and the same species.

The fact that the typical specimen of C. ¢ypicus is not quite adult

should not be forgotten, as age may produce some change in the

colour. In size it very nearly indeed equals the specimens of C.

milit of Paris.

Thus it may be that the seven species which I before enumerated

(but which separate enumeration I stated to be only provisional, and

by no means intended to imply my conviction of their specific di-

stinctness ||) will have to be reduced in number if the approximations

above indicated turn out to be really necessary. Taking M. pusillus

as the type of Microcebus, M. minor and M. myozinus will be the

second and third species of that genus.

C. furcifer, on the other hand, will range itself side by side with

C. milit in the genus Cheirogaleus, where it was placed by Isidore

Geoff. St.-Hilaire {—an approximation evidently natural when the

two skins are viewed side by side, and not to be disputed by any one

unprepared to erect C, furcifer into a new and distinct genus, on the

ground of its very elongated first upper premolar and its before de-

scribed tarsal structure. But even M. pusillus and M. myoxinus

differ from each other as to these points (though in a less degree) ;

so that if the new species (M. coquereli of Pollen) presents another

* See P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 154, note *.

t+ The specimen came from the Museum of the Zoological Society, and while

there was so labelled by Mr. Waterhouse (see Cat. of Mus. of Zool. Soe. 2nd edit.

p- 12. no. 89).

t Loc. cit. p. 143. § L. ¢. p. 142.

|| P. Z. S. 1864, p. 637. “| Cat. des Primates, p. 77.

968 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID&. [Dec. 12,

intermediate condition, then those who would make C. furcifer the

type of a new genus on such grounds may find themselves logically

compelled to make a separate genus of each species.

This new form has recently been described and figured by MM.

H. Schlegel and Francois P. L. Pollen (in the first number of their

Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar, 1867, p. 12, pl. 6). The

authors remark that it is “ plus voisine du Microcebus typicus de

Smith que des autres espéces;’’ but add that Dr. Peters found it,

although similar in size, to differ from the latter species by its tail

washed with black, by the absence of the black circles about the

eyes, and by the length of its ears, which are one-third longer than

those of the so-called M. ¢typicus. The skull, unfortunately, is not

yet figured; and in the absence of any description of it, or of the

dentition, it is impossible to say definitively whether it should be

placed in the genus Chetrogaleus or in Microcebus. Its resemblance.

to the British-Museum specimen, however, would suggest its loca

tion in the former genus; and, as before said, it may be that its

characters may justify (if they offer a certain intermediate structure )

the fusion of the two genera into one by the abolition of the term

Microcebus altogether.

The next form to be noticed is one of great interest, namely Lepi-

lemur, a genus still absent (as far as I know) from all the collections

in this country. In Paris there is a skin (the type of the genus and

species) of LZ. mustelinus, also the skull extracted from it, and a

skull of the new species (ZL. ruficaudatus) recently characterized *

by M. Alfred Grandidier.

Lepilemur mustelinus has recently been described and figured by

Messrs. Schlegel and Pollen (in their work above referred to, at p. 10,

pl.4). L. ruficaudatus is as yet unfigured.

In the skulls of both these species there is no trace of any upper

incisor ; and the specimens show the correctness of M. Gervais’s

Lepitemur mustelinus.

Copied from Gervais’s ‘ Hist. Nat. des Mammifeéres.’

* Rev. Zool. July 1867, p. 256.

Cinerco-rufescens, capite nigrescente ; artubus posterioribus pallide cine-

reis. Caudarufa. Jugulo fulvescente, abdomineque albido.

Long. tot. 56”, corp. 31”, caud. 25”.

1867. | MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID E. 969

figure * as regards the large fifth tubercle to the .ast lower molar,

the shortness of the palate, and the inconspicuousness of the poste-

vior palatine foramina. But not only do they differ from Microcebus

and Chetrogaleus as regards the two points last mentioned ; they

differ also both from Lemur and Hapalemur in that the mastoidal

region of the periotic is enlarged and inflated.

As in Microcebus and Chetrogaleus, each upper premolar has but

one external cusp}; but the third upper premolar is relatively larger

than in those genera, so that each upper dental series increases in

size from before backwards to the penultimate molar in a more gra-

dual manner.

The skull, when viewed from above, is seen to be broadest between

the outer margins of the orbits, and the cranium proper to be so

just behind the posterior roots of the zygomata.

The muzzle is longer than the antero-posterior extent of the ante-

tior margin of the wide orbit. The upper surface of the skull is

concave between the orbits; there is a more or less marked sagittal

ridge ; and a rather deep depression exists on each side of the muzzle

immediately in front of the lachrymal foramen{, which last is placed

well upon the cheek.

The sphenoidal fissure and the foramen rotundum are together

represented by a single opening. There is no carotid foramen in

the Sasis cranit ; and the malar foramen is very minute. The poste-

rior palatine foramina are small, and there are no defects of ossifica-

tion on the palate ; but the anterior palatine foramina are large. The

posterior margin of the palate extends but little backwards, its middle

being in a line with the anterior end of the posterior third of the

upper penultimate molar. The postglenoid process is large, and

behind it is a postglenoidal foramen.

The premaxilla is (as might be expected from the absence of

upper incisors) very small, and quite, or all but, invisible when the

skull is viewed in profile ; yet it sends up a small process which joins

the nasal; and the latter bone is separated, on each side, from the

lachrymal by an ascending process of the maxilla. There is no par-

occipital process. The mandible has a lofty coronoid process, and

the angle is produced downwards as well as backwards.

The dentition ie be expressed by the formula :—

I—1 3—3 14

I. C. S, P.M. =, M. = —y == 32.

The upper canine is very large, with a strongly marked vertical

internal groove and a posterior basilar process. The three upper

premolars decrease (from before backwards) in vertical extent, but

increase in breadth. Each of the first two upper molars consists of

two well-marked external cusps, of a very large antero-internal cusp,

connected with the postero-external one by an oblique ridge, and of

* Hist. Nat. des Mammiferes, p. 170.

+ As noticed by Messrs. Schlegel and Pollen, /. c. p. 11.

+ A similar depression exists in C. milii and C. furcifer, and is relatively

deeper and still more sharply defined in MW. minor.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXII.

970 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURIDZ. ([Dec. 12,

a rudimentary postero-internal cusp. There is also an external cin-

gulum. Perhaps, however, the molars may be better described as

consisting each of three cusps (one internal and two external) con-

nected by ridges, and supplemented externally by a cingulum, and

internally, except the last one, by an internal cingulum placed be-

hind the internal cusp and resembling a postero-internal one.

In the lower jaw the incisors and canines have the form and ar-

rangement common in the Lemuride. The first lower premolar is

very large and caniniform, but with a strongly marked process pro-

jecting from its anterior margin. The second and third lower pre-

molars are exceedingly like the second lower premolar of Indris la-

niger (see P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 157. f. 4). Each has only one external

cusp. *

‘The first two lower molars consist each of two internal and two

external cusps, with a rudiment of a median fifth posterior cusp.

The antero-external cusp is considerably larger than, but not so high

as, the antero-internal cusp. The postero-internal cusp is much

smaller than the external one.

The last lower molar is nearly similar to the two teeth in front of

it; only the fifth cusp has become very large and distinct.

Its tarsal structure is unknown to me; but the tarsus appears to

be but little elongated.

As to the affinities of Lepzlemur, it is, I think, impossible to say

that it has any marked relationship to any other genus. Perhaps,

as MM. Gervais, Schlegel, and Pollen concur in remarking, it

rather approximates to Hapalemur than to any other form. ‘The

production of the anterior margin of the first lower premolar, as also

the form of the two following teeth, recalls to mind (as has been said)

the teeth of Indris laniger.

The structures exhibited on.the one hand by Fapalemens and on

the other by C. furcifer, render necessary some slight changes in the

characters before given of the groups to which they are allied.

Thus, if the genus Lepilemur is to form part (as I think it must)

of the subfamily Lemurine, it will be necessary to expunge from the

characters of that group the non-inflation of the mastoidal region*,

and the characters of Lepilemur, Cheirogaleus, and Microcebus will

be as follows :—

pained

on 7 = a0 14

L, Ce sae be et Sates ae =, == 32.

Tail shorter than ae body ; a longer than the orbit ; first

upper premolar more vertically extended than the others ; premolars

with only one external cusp ; last lower molar with a large fifth cusp ;

praemaxille very small; an interparietal bone; palate very short ;

* P. Z, §. 1864, pp. 638 & 639

+ Isid. G. St.-Hil. Cat. des Prim. p. 75; Dahlb. Studia Zool. p. 220; Gray,

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 144; Wagner, Schreber, Supp. vy. p. 147; St. Geo. Mivart,

P. Z. 8. 1864, pp. 623 & 642; A. Grandidier, Rev. Zool. July 1867, p. 256;

Pollen and Schlegel, Rech. sur la Faune de Madagascar, p. 10, pl. 4.

1867.] MR. ST.GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID&. 971

posterior Piha forarhina small; a small malar foramen ; sphenoidal

fissure and foramen rotundum together represented bya single open-

ing; no conspicuous carotid focamelt on the basis cranii; “angle of

mandible produced downwards as well as backwards; mastoidal re-

gion of periotic inflated ; tarsus short ; number of dorsal and lumbar

vertebrae ?

e: Madagascar.

. [. mustelinus. From the north-west of Madagascar. Native

name ‘ Fitiliki.”’

. L. ruficaudatus*, Native name “ Bovenghé.’’

CHEIROGALEUST.

2—2 = 3—3 3—3 18

1 Oe ee

Upper ae very silat the ee reetiie much the larger ;

third upper premolar very much smaller than the first molar, and

with only one external cusp ; first upper premolar decidedly, some-

times very greatly, exceeding the second in vertical extent ; upper

molars with an oblique ridge from the postero-external to the large

iternal cusp, the postero-internal cusp being very small or absent ;

fifth cusp of last lower molar obsolete or rudimentary ; palate much

prolonged beyond the last molars, with no defects of ossification ;

premaxille largely developed, joining the nasals for more than a

quarter of their (the nasals’) extent ; an interparietal bone; a small

malar foramen; carotid foramen conspicuous on basis cranii; pte-

rygoid fossze elongated; ectopterygoid plates subparallel; angle of

mandible bent downwards, or not so bent; seven lumbar vertebrze.

Hab. Madagascar.

1. C. miliit. First upper premolar decidedly, but not very greatly,

exceeding the second in vertical extent ; lower incisors not as long

as the mandibular symphysis; angle of mandible not produced

downwards; muzzle not much elongated ; length of dorsum of navi-

culare less than half the length of the astragalus; astragalus about °

two-thirds the length of the os ealcis ; cuboides somewhat longer

than the dorsum of the naviculare.

From the east coast of Madagascar.

De C. furcifer §. First upper premolar exceedingly long, ie a

shorter second canine; lower incisors as long as the mandibular

* Rev. Zool. July 1867, p. 256.

+ Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. t. XIX. p. 171; Isid. G. St. -Hil.

Cat. des Prim. P 76; Wagner, Schreber, Suppl. i. p. 273, and v. p. 147; Dahlb.

Studia Zool. p. 221; Gray, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 142; St. Geo. Mivart, P. Z. 'S. 1864,

>». 642.

+ Geoff. St.-Hil. Cours sur les Mamm. 1828, p. 25; Isid. G. St.-Hil. Cat. des

Prim. p- 77; Gray, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 142; St. Geo. Mivart, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 642.

Cheirogaleus typicus? A. Smith, 8. Afr. Journ. ii. p. 50; Gray, P. Z. S. 1863,

9. 142.

§ Isid. Geoff. St.-Hilaire, Cat. des Prini. p. 77. Lepilemur furcifer, Gray,

P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 145. Microcebus furcifer, St. Geo. Mivart, P. Z. S. 1864,

pp- 621 & 642; Pollen and Schlegel, /oc. cit. p. 8, pl. 5

972 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURIDH. [Dec. 12,

symphysis; angle of mandible produced downwards; muzzle elon-

gated ; dorsum of naviculare nearly equal in length to the astragalus;

astragalus only half the length of the os caleis; cuboides consider-

ably shorter than the dorsum of the naviculare.

From the west of Madagascar. One native name “ Walouwy.”’

3. C. coquereli*. From the forests of Congony, inside the bay

of Passandava. Called by some of the natives * Sietui.”

Microcesustf.

2-2 I coe fs 18

I. ee ee) P.M. 3=3? M. 3—3? =B=36.

Upper incisors unequal, the anterior pair the larger ; third upper

premolar very much smaller than the first molar, and with only one

external cusp ; first two upper premolars of subequal vertical extent ;

upper molars with an oblique ridge from the postero-external to the

large internal cusp, the postero-internal cusp being rudimentary or

absent ; fifth cusp of last lower molar distinct ; palate more or less

prolonged beyond the last molars; posterior palatine foramina very

large ; palate with defects of ossification; preemaxille largely deve-

loped, joining the nasals for more than a quarter of their (the nasals’)

length ; an interparietal bone; no malar foramen; carotid foramen

not very conspicuous, but more or less hidden by the eustachian

process of the auditory bulla; pterygoid fossee very short; ecto-

pterygoid plates diverging widely backwards ; angle of mandible not

bent downwards; seven lumbar yertebre; tarsus always with the

naviculare more elongated than the cuboides.

Hab. Madagascar.

1. M. pusillust. First pair of upper incisors very slightly larger

than the second pair; first upper premolar not quite so extended

vertically as the second; defects of ossification in palate very small ;

snout much produced; profile of anterior nares very concave.

Colour bright red-brown.

From the east coast of Madagascar.

2. M. smithii§? First upper incisor much larger than the second.

Colour pale bay.

3. M. myoxinus||. First upper incisor much larger than the

second; first upper premolar quite as vertically extended as the

* Pollen and Schlegel, Joc. cit. p. 12, pl. 6.

' Geoff. St.-Hil. Cours sur les Mamm. 1828, leg. vi. p. 26; Isid. Geoff. St. -Hil.

Cat. des Prim. p. 79, &e.

$ Lemur pusillus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Mag. Encye. 1796, i. p. 48. Microcebus rufus,

Geoff. St.-Hil. Cours de I'Hist. Nat. lecon vi. p. 26; Isid. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat.

des Prim. p. 80. Galago madagascariensis, Gray, P78. 1865, p. 149. M.

pusillus, Waterhouse, Cat. of Mus. of Zool, Soc. 2nd edit. p. 12. no. 89; and St.

Geo. Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 641.

§ Cheirogaleus smithii, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1842, x. p. 257, and P. Z. =

1863, p. 143.

|| Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, p. 14, and St. Geo. Mivart, 1864, p. 640.

Lepilemur myoxinus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 144.

1867.] MR.ST.GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID#. 973

second; defects of ossification in the palate large, one on each

side; profile of anterior nares only slightly concave. Colour rusty

brown.

From the south-west coast of Madagascar. Native name

* Tsitsihi.”’

4. M. minor*. First upper incisor much larger than the second ;

first upper premolar quite as vertically extended as the second; de-

fects of ossification in the palate large, two on each side; profile of

anterior nares only slightly concave. Colour grey.

In addition to the foregoing, it may also be remarked that the

distinctness of the Galagos from the Lemurine is somewhat lessened

by the discovery of a genus of the latter family (namely Lepilemur)

in which the mastoidal region of the periotic is inflated, also by the

fact that the foot in Cheirogaleus furcifer has such an elongated navi-

culare and os calcis that the length of these bones compared to their

breadth differs but little from the proportions in some Galagos.

Still the proportion of the cuboides both to the os calcis and to the

naviculare in C. furcifer is greater than even in Galago crassicau-

datus, a species in which the naviculare is relatively less elongated

than in the species before selected for comparison with Mierocebus.

Fig. 6. Fig, 7.

Fig. 6. Tarsus of C. furcifer.

7. Tarsus of G. crassicaudatus.

A. Caleaneum. 8B. Cuboides. C. Naviculare. The caleaneum and cuboides

are together represented of the same total length, and also of the same length

as the tarsi of Microcebus and Galago formerly figured (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 624).

Moreover, even in C. furcifer, the os calcis does not exceed

one-third of the length of the tibia, as it appears constantly to do in

& Galago minor, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1842, x. p.257. Lepilemur mu-

rinus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 148. Microcebus minor, St. Geo. Mivart, P. Z. 8.

1864, p. 640.

974 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE LEMURID#. [Dec, 12,

Galago. I find in G. crassicaudatus the dimensions to be as

follows :—

inches.

Length of tibia) 92.380) 25 Oe Pe Se ee 3°40

ft OP tAPSHS ee ue es es om 1°65

Of Gs-caleis® 2A Ieee ere sine e. ok eee

+ of enboides siie0) ue Nextel (ee de ee 0°40

from proximal end of os calcis to distal end

of enuboidéss4 2% fect. seek Seta. sds ikea Pah 1°50

of axtrapalus:..[sii . se irekhal Aeon aa 0°59

of dorsum of naviculare «: ; e's) St) eh 2k 0°71

Least transverse dimensions of both os calcis and na-

wiculares‘ee. a ficcsk. een ALTA Ree Sees 0°33

I am not disposed to consider the elongated tarsus of C. furcifer

a sign of any really close affinity between that form and Galago ;

for a still more elongated tarsus distinguishes the genus Tarsius

(remote enough from either Cheirogaleus or Galago), and the Chezro-

galei, so closely allied in other respects, differ greatly in the propor-

tions of this part. Moreover the distinction as to geographical dis-

tribution between Cheirogaleus and Galago is very striking, although

it may be remarked that C. furcifer is an inhabitant of the west coast

of Madagascar. Finally, the difference which, according to Dr. Peters,

exists in the position of the gall-bladder must not be forgotten.

It is interesting to note the great variation as to tarsal structure

exhibited by these nearly allied species‘from Madagascar, compared

with which the differences exhibited by the various species of Galago

are quite trivial. There are overwhelming reasons for believing that

in Madagascar we are near (or at least probably nearer than im any

other land now above the sea-level) to the locality where the original

forms of the whole suborder Lemuridea first arose. Subsequent mo-

difications, however, such as the exaggerated tarsus now. found only

in Africa on the one hand, or in Borneo and Celebes on the other,

might have arisen in some more or less remote locality. The co-

existence, however, of closely allied forms, in Madagascar, differing

so much from one another in tarsal structure, seems to me to indi-

cate that this peculiar conformation of the tarsus (unknown in any

other group of animals) also took its rise in the same region, and

that modified descendants, diverging east and west, there carried still

further this remarkable peculiarity, which culminates, and is accom-

panied by the maximum of lemurine abnormalities, in the most

remote region to which any species of the Lemuroidea has, as far as

yet known, ever extended.

The inflation of the mastoidal region of the periotic, which causes

Lepilemur to differ from the other Lemurine, and assimilates it to

Galago, is not, I think, a character of any great importance. It

exists in the Nycticebine as well as in Galago ; and in the genus

Indris an enlargement above the posterior root of the zygoma (which

seems to answer to the mastoidal swelling of Galago) is present in

I. laniger, while it is absent in I. brevicaudatus*.

* P. Z. S. 1866, p. 160.

’

1867. | MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW CLIMACTERIS. 975

Before concluding this paper I wish to call attention to the new

and fourth species of Indris, lately discovered by M. A. Grandidier*,

and described and figured by him, under the name Propithecus ver-

reauxi, in a publication entitled ‘Album de Vile de la Réunion,’

1866-67. It is from the arid south and south-west coasts of Mada-

gascar, and is called by the natives “ Sifak.”’

A fine specimen of this animal has been recently acquired by the

British Museum from Paris. Its anterior teeth (the only ones visible)

agree with those of the other Indrisine, especially with those of J.

diadema, the anterior pair of upper incisors being considerably larger

than the posterior pair. That agreement I fully expect will be found

to extend through its whole organization; but before long M. Al-

phonse Milne-Edwards will supply us with full information on the

subject. The more I have of late considered the species of Indris,

the more I am disposed to think that the great peculiarities of the

dentition, the remarkable structure of the carpus (without an os

intermedium), and of the pelvis and vertebral column may hereafter

be found to accompany other differences, together warranting the

elevation of the group to the rank of a distinct family of the Lemu-

roidea. But on this question we shall be able soon to form a well-

grounded judgment, as amongst the treasures lately brought by M.

A. Grandidier from Madagascar is a specimen of the group pre-

served in spirit. It is a matter of congratulation that so interesting

an object should have fallen into the able hands it has; and thus a

form closely allied to that originally described by Bennett under the

name Propithecus diademat will, like Cryptoprocta feroz (also ori-

ginally described and named by the same naturalist{), receive its

full elucidation from the labours of M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards §.

3. On the Australian Genus Climacteris, with a Description

of a New Species. By Joun Gouxp, F.R.S. &e.

Few of the genera constituting the avifauna of Australia are more

distinct and remarkable than that named Climacteris, the members

of which, like the Certhza familiaris of our own island, are especially

adapted for creeping over the surfaces of large trees; they are, how-

ever, as structurally distinct from our well-known Creeper as they

are from the Sz¢t@ or Nuthatches, of both of which genera no species

has yet been found in Australia. Their food principally consists of

insects, which they procure among the interstices in the bark of the

trees, or on the ground around the base of their boles.

* I have now (February 1868) received letters from M. Alphonse Milne-Ed-

wards and from M. A. Grandidier, informing me of the discovery by the latter

gentleman of a new Lemuroid, which has been named by him Chetrogaleus sa-

matt. 'The species is remarkable for an immense accumulation of fat in the tail,

—recalling to mind the well-known African Sheep.

tT P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 20.

{ Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. i. p. 137, pl. 21.

§ Memoir by Messrs. A. Milne-Edwards and A. Grandidier, Ann, des Se. Nat

1867, vol. vii. series 5, p. 321.

976 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW CLIMACTERIS. [Dee. 12,

The species are :—

CLIMACTERIS SCANDENS.

Generally distributed over the south-eastern portions of Australia.

CLIMACTERIS RUFA.

Inhabits the neighbourhood of Swan River, Western Australia.

CLIMACTERIS ERYTHROPS.

The interior of New South Wales.

CLIMACTERIS MELANOTA.

The Gulf of Carpentaria.

CLIMACTERIS MELANURA.

The north coast of Australia.

CLIMACTERIS LEUCOPH ZA.

New South Wales.

Thus every colony of that vast country, with the exception of Tas-

mania, is inhabited by a species of this singular form. When I com-

menced the study of the Australian birds, now nearly thirty years ago,

only two species were known, namely C. scandens and C. leucophea.

In the interval the four others above named have been discovered; and

I now give the description of a fifth, from a skin sent to me two years

since by Mr. E. P. Ramsay of Dobroyde, in New South Wales, and

which I should have characterized earlier, but for an impression that

it was an example of C. leuwcophea in an abnormal state of plumage ;

I now venture to do so in consequence of a second inquiry from Mr.

Ramsay as to what I have called the red-rumped Climacteris.

The name I propose for it is

CLIMACTERIS PYRRHONOTA.

Crown, forehead, and wings brown, the feathers of the former

edged with a lighter tint of the same colour ; some longitudinal tear-

drop-like streaks of buffy white on the scapularies; wings crossed

by a band of light buff; rump and upper tail-coverts rust-red, form-

ing a conspicuous mark ; throat and chest white ; on the hinder part

of the cheeks a patch of rust-red ; centre of the abdomen buffy white ;

flanks deep brown, with the ceutre of each feather greyish white ;

under tail-coverts fawn-white, each feather crossed by two irregular

lines of black; tail grey, the five outer feathers on each side centred

with black and tipped with greyish white.

Total length 54 inches, bill 3, wing 33, tail 23, tarsi 3.

In favour of its being distinct, I may remark, first, that I found

the C. leucophea very common in New South Wales, and killed

many examples of both sexes without finding a trace of red on their

rump-feathers ; secondly, that we rarely find rust-red to be the pre-

cursor of the fine blue-grey of a subsequent change; and thirdly,

that rust-red is a prevailing tint in some of the other species of the

genus. It assimilates in size and general appearance (except in the

1867.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON AMAZONIAN BIRDS. 977

rust-red of the lower part of the back, rump, and upper tail-coverts)

to the female of C. lewcophea, even to the rusty spot on the cheeks.

Mr. Ramsay’s specimen has “ Springfield, Jan. 1, 1865,’’ marked

on the label attached to it.

An apparently immature example of this bird is in the collection

at the British Museum.

4, List of Birds collected at Pebas, Upper Amazons, by Mr.

John Hauxwell, with Notes and Descriptions of New

Species. By P. L. Scuater,.M.A., Ph.D:, F.R.S., and

Ospert Sanvin, M.A., F.Z.S.

(Plate XLV.)

After several years of inaction as regards zoological pursuits, Mr.

Hauxwell has again transmitted to this country one of his beautifully

prepared series of bird-skins from the Upper Amazons. Having been

recently engaged on Mr. Bartlett’s collections from the same neigh-

bourhood, it has been of great interest to us to examine Mr. Haux-

well’s series, which embraces examples of 135 species. These are

all from the vicinity of Pebas, a town situated on the north bank of

the main Amazons, some way below the mouth of the Napo. Four

of them appear to be new to science, namely Oryzoborus melas,

Tyranniscus gracilipes, Percnostola fortis, and Porzana fasciata.

The following is a complete list of the species, the nomenclature

adopted, where no additional reference is given, being that of Sclater’s

‘American Catalogue,’ except in the case of the Trochilide, which

have been determined by Mr. Gould, and are named according to

the catalogue in the Introduction to his Monograph of that family :—

TROGLODYTIDA. 12. Huphonia melanura.

1. Microcerculus marginatus. 18. - rufiventris.

2. Thryothorus coraya. 14. Calliste yent.

US: schranki.

HiRUNDINIDE. 16. —— wxanthogastra.

3.¢Hirundo equatorialis. lft boliviana.

Wie 18. Ramphoceelus jacapa.

: : tee 19. nigrogularis.

4. Vireosylvia agilis. 20. Tachyphonus cristatellus.

C@REBID. 21. Nemosia pileata.

. Dacnis cayana. 22. Saltator magnus.

23. —— azare.

6 melanotis.

7s flaviventris.

8. Chlorophanes atricapilla.

24. Cissopis media.

FRINGILLIDE.

. Cereba cerulea. z

Saeed - 25.tOryzoborus melas, sp. nov.

+ 26. —— forridus.

TANAGRID&. 27. Spermophila castanewventris.

11. Proenias occidentalis. 28. Coturniculus peruanus.

978 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON AMAZONIAN BIRDS. { Dec. 12,

IcTERIDZ.

29. Ostinops cristatus.

30. Cassiculus solitarius.

31. Xanthosomus icterocephalus.

32. Cassidix oryzivora.

CorvID&.

Cyunocorax violaceus.

DENDROCOLAPTID.

34. Furnarius torridus (?)*.

35. Leptowyura cinnamomea.

36. Philydor pyrrhodes.

37. Dendrornis ocellatat.

FoRMICARIIDE.

38. Cymbilanius lineatus.

39. Lhamnophilus melanurus.

radiatus.

“41. Dysithamnus schistaceus§.

42. Cercomacra cinerascens ||.

43.+Percnostola fortis, sp. n.

44.4 Myrmelastes plumbeus.

45. Myrmotherula cinereiven-

tris].

axillaris.

t+ 47. pygmed.

48. Hypocnemis cantator.

mytotherina**.

50. Grallaria brevicauda.

TYRANNIDS.

51. Fluvicola albiventris.

52. Arundinicola leucocephala.

53. Todirostrum maculatum.

54. Mionectes oleagineus.

55.¢Tyranniscus gracilipes, sp.n.

56. Tyrannulus elatus.

57. Elainea pagana.

caniceps.

, Sp. ign.

60. Myiozetetes cayennensis.

61. Pitangus sulphuratus.

62.

63.

64.

Rhynchocyclus megacepha-

lus.

—-—-, sp. ign.

Myitodynastes solitarius.

63.t Muscivora castelnaud.

66.

Pyrocephalus rubineus.

67.:Lmpidochanes fuscatus.

68.

69.

70.

88.

89.

90.

91.

* See Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 183.

§ See antea, p. 756.

“| See anted, p. 756.

tf See Sclater, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 144.

§§ Cf. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 141.

Myiarchus, sp. ign.

Tyrannus melancholicus.

Milvulus tyrannus.

CoTINGID.

. Pachyramphus niger.

atricupillus.

. Pipra auricapilla.

cyaneocapilla,

. Macheropterus striolatus.

Chiromacheris manacus.

. Phoenicocercus nigrigularis.

. Cotinga cayana.

ALCEDINID&.

. Ceryle torquata.

amazona.

americana.

superciliosa.

GALBULID&.

. Galbula tombacea.

leucogastra.

5. Brachygalba inornata.

. Galbaleyrhynchus leucotis.

Bucconip.

87. Monasa nigrifrons.

TROGONID.

Trogon melanurus.

CAPRIMULGID&.

Podager nacunda.

Nyctidromus albicollistt.

Hydropsalis trifurcata§§.

t See anted, p. 575.

|| See P. Z. S. 1866, p. 186.

** See anted, p. 757.

1867.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON AMAZONIAN BIRDS. 979

+ 116

TROCHILIDA.

. Glaucis affinis.

. Threnetes cervinicauda.

. Phaéthornis oseryi.

malaris.

nigricinctus,

. Campylopterus equatcrialis.

. Lampornis mango.

. Tolema schreibersi.

. Thalurania nigrofasciata.

. Florisuga mellivora.

. Polemistria verreauai.

- Gouldia langsdorfi.

. Heliothriz auritus.

. Clytolema aurescens.

. Heliomaster longirostris.

. Leucippus chlorocercus*.

. Thaumantias fluviatilis.

. Chrysuronia josephine.

- Hucephala cerulea.

. Hylocharis sapphirina.

. Chlorostilbon napensis.

CucuLIDz.

. Piaya melheri.

rutila.

. Coceyzus melanocoryphus.

CAPITONID&.

. Capito amazonicus.

Picip&.

. Chrysoptilus speciosus.

PsiTTacip#&.

118." Ara severa.

119. Brotogerys wanthopterus.

ACCIPITRES.

120. Ibycter ater (Vieill.).

121. Urubitinga schistacea

(Sund.).

122. Harpagus bidentatus

(Lath. ).

123. Gampsonyx swainsoni,Vig.

HERODIONES.

124. Ardea cocoi (Linn.).

125. Nyeticorax pileatus(Lath.).

126. Tigrisoma brasiliense(Linn.).

Raut.

127. Eurypyga helias (Pall.).

128,>Porzana fasciata, sp. n.

129. Heliornis fulica (Bodd.).

LimicoL”.

130. Hoplopterus cayanus(Lath.).

131. Acteturus bartramius(Wils.).

132. Tringites rufescens (Vieill.).

133. Totanus solitarius (Wils.).

Larip&.

134. Sterna magnirostris, Spix.

ANSERES.

135. Catrina moschata (Linn.).

The following notes refer to the species marked with an f.

3. HrrunpDo #QUATORIALIS, Lawr. Ann. L. N. Y. viii. p. 400.

Several examples of this form of H. albiventris are in the collection.

As far as we can tell from specimens before us, it appears to be readily

distinguishable. We should doubt, however, whether it really occurs

near Quito, as stated by Mr. Lawrence.

—25. ORYZOBORUS MELAS, Sp. nov.

Nitenti-niger: speculo alari, tectricibus subalaribus et rectricum

duarum mediarum macula basali albis: rostro albo: pedibus

Juscis : long. tota 6 poll. Angl., ale 2°7, caude 2-4. 2. Cine-

rascenti-fusca, subtus fulvescentior, gula albicante: rostro et

pedibus fuscis.

Hab. in Peruv. orient. Pebas (Haurwell).

* Cf. Gould, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 194.

980 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON AMAZONIAN BIRDS. [ Dec. 12,

Obs. Affinis O. crassirostri, sed rostro multo minus crasso ; crissi

plumis intus non albo notatis et speculo alari latiore.

— +43. Percnosroia Fortis, sp. nov. (PI. XLV.)

Nigricanti-cinerea, fere unicolor, pileo subcristato et corpore

subtus ad medium pectus nigris: campterio alari albo: long.

tota 7°3, ale 3°3, caude 2°7, tarsi 1°4, rostri a rictu 1°15.

Q. Obscure cinerea, pileo alis et cuuda extus ferruginets, dorso

et hypochondriis fulvescentibus : campterio albicante.

Hab. in Peruvia orient. Pebas (aucwell) ; Chyavetas (Bartl.).

Obs. Forma et habitu P. funebri affinis, sed differt statura majore

et alis extus immaculatis.

NAN

Perenostola fortis.

Two skins, those of an adult male and young male, of this species

are in the collection, and have enabled us to make out the female of

this species which was in Bartlett’s last collection, and which we

were previously unable to determine. The form is more nearly that

of Percnostola funebris than any other bird of the group with which

we are acquainted, but it is larger and stronger. The wings are short

and rounded, the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth primaries

being nearly equal, and forming the wing-end. The tarsi are not quite

so strong as in typical Thamnophili, and are proportionally longer.

1867.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON AMAZONIAN BIRDS, 981

44. MyRMELASTES PLUMBEUS.

Recent researches have convinced us that Gould’s Thamnophilus

hyperythrus is the female of this species. As, however, the term

hyperythrus is only applicable to one sex, it will be more convenient

to use the more recent name. A pair of this species are in the pre-

sent collection, procured on the same day, and with the sex of each

marked.

+55. TyRANNISCUS GRACILIPES, sp. nov.

Tyranniscus gracilipes, Sclater, MS.

Olivaceus, pileo obscure cinereo : loris albidis : alis nigris, secun-

dariis et tectricibus flavo marginatis: cauda nigricante, oli-

vaceo extus marginata: subtus pallide flavus : rostro nigricante,

pedibus plumbeis: long. tota 4:3, ale 2, caude 1°9, tarsi *55.

Hab. in Peruv. orient. Pebas (Hauzwell).

Three specimens of this species agree with an indifferent skin in

Sclater’s collection (No. 1317 of his ‘ American Catalogue’), said to

be from Venezuela. Two of them are somewhat shorter in the wing

than the described specimen, which is marked male. The nearest

described species seems to be 7. parvus, Lawrence (Ibis, 1862,

p- 12), which is of about the same size, but has the throat and breast

white.

65. Musctvora CASTELNAUDI.

Onychorhynchus castelnaudt, Deville, R. Z. 1849, p. 57.

A single specimen of this bird is in the collection, but does not

appear quite adult. It presents some of the distinctive characters

pointed out by M. Deville ; but we should prefer to see further speci-

mens before guaranteeing the species as distinct from M. regia.

+128. PorRZANA FASCIATA, Sp. Nov.

Corethrura, sp., Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 200.

Castanea: dorso et alis extus brunnescenti-olivaceis : ventre toto

cum hypochondriis et subalaribus nigro transfasciatis : rostro

nigro, pedibus rubellis: long. tota 6°8, ale 3°8, caude °9,

tarsi 1°6, rostri a. rictu *9.

Hab. Peruvia orient. Pebas et Chamicurros (Hauawell); fi. Uca-

yali (Bartlett).

Obs. Similis P. castanee, Cuv., sed ventre fasciato diversa.

A single specimen of this Rail was in Mr. Bartlett’s Ucayali col-

lection and is now in the British Museum. In the same collection

is a second example, obtained some years ago by Mr. Hauxwell at

Chamicurros.

The species appears to be unnamed, but it is a very distinct one,

and belongs to the group Rufirallus of Bonaparte. We propose to

give a figure of it in a forthcoming number of our ‘ Exotie Orni-

thology.’

982 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Dec. 12,

5. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. Whitely. By

P."L:. Sciatrer, “MA.) Ph.D! FOR.S:, “and (Oseune

Satvin, F.Z.S.—Part I.

(Plate XLVI.)

The present paper contains an account of the first collection of

birds formed by Mr. Henry Whiteley, junior, during his new expe-

dition to South-western Peru.

The following are extracts from several of Mr. Whitely’s letters,

relating to his journey and the countries visited :—

(Letter I., Islay.) ‘I left Southampton April 2nd of the present

year, and, after a fine voyage, arrived at Islay, vid Panama, on the

evening of the 6th of May. I went out on the following day and

shot my first bird in Peru, which in habits was very similar to our

Wheatear*. In a few days I intend to make sonie excursions to

the hills after Humming-birds, as the Gulls and Terns are all away

from here at this season. From the residents of Islay I have re-

ceived the greatest kindness and assistance.

“‘] have made two trips to the ‘ Lomas.’ These ‘ Lomas’ are

hills about six miles from Islay. Between them are valleys in

which there are running streams of water. In these valleys there is

plenty of vegetation, small flowering shrubs, fir trees, olive-trees, &c.,

which are frequented by numerous species of birds. Here also I

obtained nearly all the specimens of Humming-birds sent in the first

collection.”’

(Letter II., Arequipa.) “TI left Islay for Arequipa at 12 a.m.

on the 19th, being accompanied part of the way by some good friends

from Islay. We parted company at a house on the hills, and I then

went on with my guide. I had two horses with me for the journey.

My luggage will be sent up on mules.

*« After making a gradual ascent up the hill for about 3000 feet,

we came to a large plain, which extends for about forty-five miles.

As soon as you get on this plain you can see the voleano of Arequipa,

which is covered with snow at the top—and also some of the high

peaks of the Andes, which are also covered with snow.

“In the centre of the plain there is a very respectable sort of an inn,

kept by an Englishman. We arrived here at 6 o’clock in the even-

ing; I had some refreshments, and then went to bed and slept five

hours, and left the inn at half-past one in the morning. We galloped

along the plain until we got to the foot of the hills, which we reached

at half-past three a.m. I then slept until six o’clock, and started

for Arequipa. In the plain there are some most peculiar mounds

of sand in the shape of a horseshoe, which must have been blown

from a considerable distance, as there is no sand of the same colour

anywhere on the plains. The colour of the sand on the mounds is

a dark lead, whilst the sand of the plains is of a reddish colour.

«After ascending and descending several times, we at last caught

* It was Muscisaxicola mentalis (Lafr. et D’Orb.).—P. L. 8.

1867.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 983

a glimpse of Arequipa. What a glorious sight it was, with its white

stone houses, and the green fields extending for miles round the

city. Arequipa is 7800 feet above the sea, and a distance of ninety

miles from Islay. The journey took me twenty-four hours, and I

was rather tired when I arrived.”

(Letter I1V., Arequipa.) ‘On the 15th of July Mr. Gibson and

myself started for a trip to Salinas, a salt-lake at an elevation of

14,000 feet. We had three servants with us and two pack-mules.

At some distance from Islay we commenced to ascend, and arrived

the first day at the village of Chihuata, at an elevation of 9000 feet.

Here we were hospitably received in the house of one of the resi-

dents, and slept the night. The next morning we started early ; and

now commenced the worst part of the journey, the road being a

gradual ascent of mountains for 5300 feet. The way, however, was

enlivened by the sight of numerous birds, and especially, for some

2000 feet, by the movements of the Giant Humming-bird (Patagona

gigas).

‘Qn arriving at the highest part of our journey, a glorious sight

burst on our view, the volcano being in active eruption, and vast

volumes of smoke coming up from the crater and spreading over

the country. We had now to descend about 300 feet, and came

upon the lake, which was nearly all dried up, and was quite dazzling

to the sight, the whole surface being covered with layers of salt.

After a ride of about six miles round the lake, we came to some

Indian huts, and also a small chapel, where we intended to sleep.

By this time it was getting dark and very cold. The next day we

had some shooting, and got some Ducks and also three Flamingos,

but unfortunately they had the hind toe*. I will not trouble you

with all details; it is sufficient to say we shot altogether ninety-five

birds, out of which I selected the best for preserving.

‘We stayed here two days, and then returned to Chihuata, slept

there the night, and the next morning I was out early and shot a

large Humming-bird ( Patagona 9 gigas), the dark one with the patch

of green upon the throat ( Metallura cupreicauda), and the one with

the green throat and chestnut patch on the belly (Oreotrochilus

estella). We returned the same day to Arequipa.”

The specimens of birds collected by Mr. Whitely at Islay and

Arequipa and during the above- mentioned excursion to Salinas be-

long to fifty-eight species, of which a list is subjoined. Although

mostly species of great interest and some rarity, there 1 is little actually

new to science amongst them.

They are mostly species described in D’Orbigny’s well-known

‘ Voyage,’ and in T'schndi’s ‘ Fauna Peruana.’ Many Chilian species

also Se thus far north; and the general aspect of the avifauna

of Western Peru is decidedly Chilian, having no features in common

with the eastern wood-region of Peru. We reserve, however, our

general remarks on this subject until the receipt of further collections,

which will give us more materials for forming a judgment on it.

* | had particularly requested Mr. Whitely to look out for Phenicopterus an-

dinus, which has no hind toe.—P. L. $

984 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Dec. 12,

1. Turpvus cu1Gguanco, D’Orb. et Lafr.

Islay and Arequipa, May and June, several specimens varying a

little in size. ‘‘ Bill bright yellow; eye reddish hazel; legs, toes,

and claws bright yellow.”

2. TROGLODYTES TESSELLATUS, Lafr. et D’Orb. Mag. de Zool.

1836, p. 25; D’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 232.

Arequipa, several examples.

3. AnTuHus RUFUS (Gm.); Baird, Rev. A. B. i. p. 156.

Two specimens from Islay.

4. Hirunpo anoicota, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Ay. in Mag. de

Zool. 1837, p. 69.

Two examples from Arequipa, May. These skins are the first

we have seen of this distinct species. The feet are proportionally

small, and the middle toe adheres to the outer fully to the end of

the basal joint. The nostrils are lateral, and partially overhung.

The tarsi are quite nude. The tail is very nearly square, the middle

rectrices being barely shorter than the outer. The species does not

appear to fit any of the subdivisions given by Baird, R, A. B. p. 271.

5. ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA (Vieill.); Baird, R. A. B. p. 310.

Petrochelidon cyanoleuca, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 40.

Two specimens of this widely distributed species from Arequipa.

6. ConIROSTRUM CINEREUM, D’Orb. et Lafr. Mag. de Zool.

1838, p. 25; D’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 374, t. 59. f. 1; Cassin, Pr. Acad.

Phil. 1864, p. 272.

Arequipa, many specimens of both sexes. The females are of a

browner and more olivaceous tinge. The bird figured by D’Orbigny

appears to be a male. We cannot quite agree with Mr. Cassin in

considering Selater’s C. fraser identical with this bird. C. fraseri

has the superciliaries and body below of a pale rufous, and the head

is much darker. But the two species are certainly near allies. The

irides of this species are noted “dark hazel.”

7. DIGLOSSA BRUNNEIVENTRIS, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1846, p. 318;

Des Murs, Icon. Orn. t. 43; Cassin, Proc. Acad. Ph. 1864, p. 274.

Chihuata, alt. 9000 feet ; one example, July 1867, marked male.

See Sclater’s remarks upon Des Murs’s incorrect locality for this

bird, anted, p. 322.

8. TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.

Several examples of this species from Arequipa. ‘“‘ Eyes pinkish

hazel.”

9. PHEUCTICUS CHRYSOGASTER (Less.).

Two examples, from Arequipa and Islay (May and June), appa-

rently immature male and female, of this species.

—.,'—< *

1867.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 985

10. PuHryeriius arriceps (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

One example from Chihuata, in the plumage figured by D’Orbigny,

but marked Female.

11. PHRYGILUS FRUTICETI, Kittl.

Specimens of both sexes of this species, from Chihuata and Are-

quipa. D’Orbigny has already recorded its occurrence in La Paz

under the name Emberiza luctuosa (Syn. Av. in Mag. ‘de Zool.

1837, p. 80).

12. PuryeiLus aLaupinus (Kittl.).

Several specimens from Islay and Arequipa (May and June), with

the head striated, as in the female, perhaps a seasonal variation.

** Bill yellowish brown ; eyes dark brown ; legs and toes light chrome-

yellow.”

13. PHRYGILUS SPECULIFER (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Diuca speculifera, Sclater, C. A. B. p. 111.

Four specimens from Salinas. ‘‘ Eye dark hazel.”

14. ZonorricHia PILEATA (Bodd.).

Many specimens from Islay and Arequipa.

t 15. Curysomirrtis capiTatis, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 160.

Many examples (from Islay and Arequipa) of this western form

of C. icterica, agreeing with Sclater’s examples from Ecuador.

16. StuRNELLA BELLICOsA, De Filippi.

Many specimens from Arequipa. MM. Philippi and Landbeck

have lately redescribed this bird as Leistes albipes (Wiegm. Arch.

1863, p. 128).

17. Geosirra cunicuLaRia (Vieill.).

Islay, May. ‘Two examples, agreeing with specimens from Chill.

18. CrncLopes Fuscus (Vieill.).

A single skin of this species from Chihuata, rather whiter below

than others in Sclater’s collection, but not otherwise different. A

skin, belonging to the Smithsonian Institution, from Conchitas,

Buenos Ayres, is also undistinguishable, which shows that Azara’s

bird is the same.

19. CINCLODES NIGRIFUMOSUS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Two specimens from Islay, September. ‘“‘ Eye dark hazel.’’

20, SYNALLAXIS HGITHALOIDES (Kittl.).

Two examples from Islay. ‘“ Legs and toes black ; bill black ;

eye dark hazel.”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXIII.

986 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Dec. 12,

21. SYNALLAXIS ORBIGNII (Reich.).

Synallaxis humicola, Lafr. et D’Orb. Mag. de Zool. 1836, p. 24 3

1’ Orb: Voy.Ois. p. 249, ts lets 2.

Bathmidurus ad’ orbignyi, Reich. H. d. Sp. Orn. p. 163.

Synallaxis crassirostris, Landb. J. f. O. 1865, p. 401.

This species has been wrongly referred by Lafresnaye and D’Or-

bigny to the S. humicola of Kittlitz. It is readily distinguishable on

comparison by its thicker bill, rufous throat-spot, and the clear rufous

colour of the outer webs of the external tail-feathers. D’Orbigny’s

specimens were from the ravine of Palca, Western Bolivia. Those

described by Landbeck as S. crassivostris were obtained by Leybold

in the vicinity of Mendoza. Mr. Whitely sends us two examples

from Arequipa. Sexes (as marked) alike.

22. OcTHOECA LEUCOPHRYS.

Fluvicola leucophrys, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av. in Mag. de Zool.

18375-p. 60.5: IY Orbs Vayeps 345, 4.2382 fale

Octhoéca leucophrys, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 28; Cab. et Hein.

Mus. Hein. ii. p. 48.

Two examples of this fine species from Islay and Chihuata. ‘ Eyes

dark hazel; bill and feet black.” In Sclater’s ‘Catalogue’ Fluvi-

cola leucophrys is wrongly referred to a very different bird—the

Tyrannula setophagoides of Bonaparte.

23. MUSCISAXICOLA ALBIFRONS.

Ptyonura albifrons, Tsch. F. P. p. 167, t. 12. -f. 2.

Muscisazicola albifrons, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1865, p. 78.

One example of this bird from Salinas shows that Sclater has been

in error in uniting it to Tenioptera alpina, Jard., of Eeuador*.

The present species is much larger in size, in fact the giant of the

genust. The upper coloration is also paler, and the head slightly

rufescent, instead of being darker than the back. The front is white

in M. albifrons, which is not the case in M. alpina; and the outer

webs of the outer tail-feathers are distinctly edged with white. The

species from Ecuador will therefore stand as M. alpina (Jard.).

The eyes of M. albifrons are noted as “ dark hazel.”

24. Muscisax1coLa MENTALIS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Skins from Islay. ‘‘ Female: eye dark hazel; legs, toes, and

claws black.”’

25. MuscisaxICOLA RUBRICAPILLA, Ph. et Landb. (Pl. XLVI.)

Muscisaxicola albilora, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 60 (7).

Muscisaxicola rubricapilla, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1865,

p- 90; Sclater, Ibis, 1866, p. 58.

Supra fuscescenti-cinerea, loris et regione oculart albescentibus ;

* See P. Z. S. 1860, p. 78, and Ibis, 1866, p. 57.

+ M. albifrons: long. tota 9:0, alz 6-0, caude 3:8.

M. alpina : A 6:8); 00h "t, eeone

1867.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 987

vertice obscure rubro: alis extus dorso concoloribus, remigibus

obscurioribus: caude tectricibus superioribus fuliginosis :

cauda nigra, rectricibus duabus externis albo extus margi-

natis: subtus grisescenti-alba fere unicolor ; tectricibus sub-

alaribus albis : rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 7:0, ale 4:6,

caude 3°1, tarsi 1:15, rostri a rictu 0°8.

Hab. in mont. Peruviz occident. merid. et reipubl. Chilensis.

Two examples of this species of Musctsaxicola were obtained at

Salinas in July 1867. The eye is noted as “dark hazel.’? The

species is nearly related to M. rujfivertex of Lafresnaye, but is evi-

dently distinct, and forms a second species of the red-head section.

See Sclater’s synopsis of the genus, ‘ Ibis,’ 1866, p. 57.

We are inclined to consider that Lafresnaye’s M. albilora is pro-

bably identical with this species.

26. CENTRITES NIGER (Bodd.).

One example, male, from Salinas. ‘ Eyes dark hazel.”

27. PyYROCEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).

Several specimens, obtained in the Catarindos valley, a little south

of Islay. These are quite as large as some eastern examples of P.

rubineus, and induce us to believe that the supposed western form

P. nanus is not really different.

28. ANZRETES ALBOCRISTATUS (Vig.).

Two examples from Arequipa, agreeing well with D’Orbigny’s

figure of Culicivora reguloides. Eyes marked “ dark hazel.”

29. ANTROSTOMUS ZQUICAUDATUS (Peale); Sclater, P. Z. S.

1867, p. 342.

A single skin of this species from Islay, obtained September 13th.

30. OREOTROCHILUS ESTELL® (D’Orb. et Lafr.) ; Gould, Mon.

ee Sj |

One example from Chihuata, alt. 9000 teet, July 19th, ¢.

31. Myris FRANCESC# (Less.); Gould, Mon. iii. t. 151.

Two examples, a female and a young male, from Islay.

32. THAUMASTURA COR (Less.) ; Gould, Mon. iii. t. 153.

Many specimens from Islay and Arequipa.

33. RHODOPIS VESPER (Less.).

Many examples from Islay and Arequipa, and two from Chihuata.

Eyes in one marked “ dark hazel.”’

34. METTALLURA CUPREICAUDA, Gould, Mon. iii. t. 191.

Two specimens of this fine species, from Chihuata (alt. 9000 feet).

** Byes dark hazel.”

988 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALYIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Dec. 12,

35. PETASOPHORA IOLATA, Gould, Mon. iv. t. 226.

A young bird, probably referable to this species, from Arequipa.

36. Paracona Greas (Vieill.) ; Gould, Mon. iv. t. 232.

Three skins from Arequipa.

37. CONURUS AURIFRONS (Less. ).

One example from Chihuata, of a nearly uniform green, apparently

a young female of this species.

}-38. CATHARTES AURA.

Arequipa, one skin. ‘‘ Eyes white.”’

39. MitvaGo MEGALOPTERUS, Meyen.

Adult and young bird in change, of this species, agreeing well with

D’Orbigny’s figure and description of Phalcobenus montanus. We

have compared them with Chilian specimens aliuded to by Sclater

(anted, p. 329), and cannot distinguish them in any way. The points

of distinction given by Von Pelzeln between his proposed new spe-

cies M. crassirostris and M. montanus are very slight, and they do

not appear to hold good with our specimens. For example, im Mr.

Whitely’s adult specimen the first primary is decidedly shorter

than the sixth. This is given by Von Pelzeln as a distinguishing

characteristic of the Chilian “‘ M. crassirostris.”

40. Burro ERyYTHRONOTUS (King).

One skin in the immature plumage, called by Gould Buteo varius,

from Arequipa. ‘‘ Female, eyes white.”

+-41. Hyporriorcnis Femoratis (Temm.).

Arequipa, a single female, ‘‘ Eyes dark hazel.”

42. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (Linn.).

Arequipa, one skin belonging to the variety without the red patch

on the crown. ‘“‘ Eyes chocolate-colour.”’

43. Circus poLioprerus, Tsch.F. P. Aves, p.113, t. 3; Schlegel,

Mus. d. P.-B. Circi, p. 6.

A single skin of an adult female. ‘‘ Eyes bright yellow.’ Ob-

tained near Arequipa. Schlegel (Mus. de P.-B. Circi, p. 6) sug-

gests that C. megaspilus, Gould, may be the young of this species ;

but by a recent inspection of the type specimen in the British Mu-

seum we have ascertained that such is not the case, and that C. me-

gaspilus is a long-winged bird, probably referable to the young

dress of the C. macropterus.

44. Srrix perwata, Vieill.

Arequipa. ‘‘ Eyes dark hazel, nearly black.”

ig eo le

1867.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 989

45. PHoLteoprynx cunrcuLaria (Mol.).

Catarindos valley. ‘“ Eye light yellow.”

+46. Grauciprum inFuscatum (Temm.).

Arequipa, one specimen, marked female.

47. ZENAIDA AURICULATA, Gray; Bp. Consp. il. p. 82

: A single example from Arequipa, marked “male: eyes dark

rown.

48. Metriopetia AyMARA, Knipet Prev. ; Bp. Consp. il. p. 76.

One skin of this scarce species, from Salinas.

49, CHAMHPELIA ERYTHROTHORAX (Meyen).

Two specimens from Arequipa. ‘‘ Eyes dark blue.”’ We believe

that this species, which has been hitherto called Chamepelia anais

(Less.)*, has an older name in Columba erythrothorax, Meyen, Acta

Leopoldino-Car. vol. xvi. Suppl. p. 98, t. 16 ( Chamepelia monticola,

Tsch. F. P. pp. 45, 276; Columbula erythrothorax, Bp. ii. p. 80).

The only discrepancy to be discovered is that Meyen’s figure does

not shew the naked eye. Meyen’s specimen is stated to have been

obtained from the Andes above Arequipa.

50. CHAMZPELIA CRUZIANA (Knip et Prev.); Sclater, P. Z. S.

1866, p. 100.

Columbula cruziana, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 80.

Several examples of both sexes from Arequipa.

51. TrNAMOTIS PENTLANDI, Vigors, P. Z. 8S. 1836, p. 79; Gray

& Mitch. Gen. of B. t. 138.

One skin of this remarkable bird from Arequipa.

52. OREOPHILUS RUFICOLLIS (Wagl.).

Charadrius ruficollis, Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 653.

Oreophilus totanirostris, Jard. & Selb. Ill. Orn. iii. p. 151.

A single male specimen in adult plumage, from Islay.

53. Turinocorus rRumicivorus, Eschscholtz.

A specimen of this bird from Islay is much smaller in dimensions

than Chilian and Argentine examples, and agrees in this respect with

a skin recently received by Sclater from Lima (Prof. Nation). It

is also rather paler in colouring. .

54. THINOCORUS ORBIGNYANUS, Geoffr. et so. Cent. Zool.

p. 137, t. 48, 49.

Three examples of this species, from Salinas. Eyes of male speci-

men marked “ dark hazel.’

* Cf. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 100.

990 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDs. [ Dec. 12,

Tschudi has described a Thinocorus inge (Av. Consp. p. 387, et

Faun. Per. pp. 48, 279), from the highlands of Peru, which we be-

lieve to be the same as the present species. We are not able to

distinguish Mr. Whitely’s skins from other examples from Chili

and La Plata. Tschudi lays stress upon the presence of a black

breast-band in his 7’. inge ; but this band is also present in southern

specimens. He also states that the white throat is peculiar to 7’.

d orbignyanus; but this is also present in one of Mr. Whitely’s

specimens.

55. RALLUS RYTHIRHYNCHUS, Vieill.

Rallus rythirhynchus, Vieill. N. D. xiii. p. 521, et E. M. p. 1060

(ex Azara, sp. 372).

Aramides rythorhynchus, Burm. La Plata- Reise, i. p. 504.

Rallus cesius, Tsch. F. P. Aves, pp. 52, 301; Schlegel, Mus. d.

P.-B., Ralli, p. 8; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 194.

Rallus sanguinolentus, Sw. An. in Men. p. 335; Bridges, P. Z. 8S.

1843, p. 118; Darwin, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 133 ; Sclater, P. Z.S.

1867, p. 333.

Rallus bicolor, Guy, Faun. Chil. Aves, p. 434.

Aramides zelebori, Pelzeln, Novara-Reise, Vog. p. 133 (7).

After comparing Mr. Whitely’s example of this Rail with speci-

mens of Rallus sanguinolentus of Chili, and skins of the Rallus

rythirhynchus of Buenos Ayres, we have come to the conclusion

that they all belong to one rather variable species. The present

example is shorter-billed than Mr. Salvin’s specimen from Leybold,

alluded to P. Z. S. 1867, p. 333. We suspect that Von Pelzeln’s

A, zelebori is the same species from Southern Brazil.

Rallus rythirhynchus must, however, be carefully distinguished

from R. nigricans (= R. cesius), with which some authors have

confounded it, being at once recognizable by its incurved bill and

the red spot at the base of the lower mandible.

56. ANaAs cristata (Gm.).

Anas pyrrhogaster, Meyen, Nov. Act. xvi. Suppl. p. 119, t. 25.

Several skins of both sexes of this fine species, which are coloured

alike, obtained at Salinas (alt. 14,000 feet).

57. QUERQUEDULA OXYPTERA.

Anas oxyptera, Meyen, Nov. Act. xvi. Suppl. p. 121, t. 26.

Querquedula oxyptera, Tsch. F. P. pp. 55, 309.

Querquedula angustirostris, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863,

p. 202.

One example from Salinas, the receipt of which has enabled us to

clear up the confusion alluded to by Sclater in his notes on Chilian

birds, anted, p. 335. There are two closely allied species of Quer-

quedula—the present bird and Q. flavirostris (Vieill.). Messrs.

Philippi and Landbeck have correctly pointed out the differences

between them ; but they have renamed the present species, not under-

13867.] DR. HECTOR ON THE EGG OF GREAT MOA. 991

standing that-it is the true oryptera of Meyen, who obtained his spe-

cimens in the highlands of Southern Peru, the same locality as that

of Frobeen’s specimens, and of the bird now before us. Q. flavi-

rostris is the oldest name for the species better known as Q. crec-

coides (King). Its synonyms are correctly given by Burmeister (La

Plata-Reise, ii. p. 516), if we strike out ‘“dnas oxyptera, Meyen.”

58. Larus BELCHERI, Vigors.

Leucopheus belcheri, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 232.

Skins of this species from the coast near Islay. A female is

marked ‘bill at the base light yellow, at the point black tipped with

red; eyes dark hazel; legs and feet yellowish green.”

6. Notice of an Egg of the Great Moa (Dinornis gigantea),

containing remains of an embryo, found in the province

of Otago, New Zealand. By Dr. Hecror, F.R.S., Go-

vernment Geologist.

This highly interesting specimen was discovered last year by a

party of workmen when excavating the alluvium of the Upper Chitha

Plains, near the township of Cromwell in Otago, and was secured by

Mr. Charles O’ Neal, who transmitted it to the Colonial Museum.

When found the egg is reported to have been perfect, but was ac-

cidentally broken in the process of removal from the sandy loam in

which it was imbedded at a depth of 2 feet below the surface.

At about 1| foot distant and 3 inches deeper was discovered another

egg of equal size, but too far decomposed to admit of its removal.

Many of the fragments, both of the shell and of the contained

bones, were unfortunately lost in consequence of the friable nature of

the specimens, not more than half the shell having been preserved.

The fragments, about twenty in number, when fitted together, com-

prised nearly one complete side of the egg. Its dimensions (as

restored) are as follows :—

Long diameter 8-9 inches, short diameter 6-1 inches.

The texture of the shell is chalky and pulverable, the external

surface having been a good deal eroded by the solvents in the soil,

so that it has a rough granular surface, but still showing distinctly

the characteristic linear pores of the Moa egg-shell.

A portion of the shell was analyzed, and was found to contain only

0-9 per cent. of organic matter, while a fragment of a recent Emu’s

egg-shell analyzed at the same time gave 7°89 of organic matter,

thus showing approximately the changes which the Moa’s egg has

undergone in the soil.

The bones of the chick, which were contained in the egg, are of a

rich brown colour, and have an extremely light spongy texture ;

they adhere to the tongue, and are completeiy free from traces of

membranes, ligaments, or other attached organic matters.

992 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW ATELES. | | Dee. 12,

In the Museum there is a specimen of an Emu’s egg containing

the chick-bones at about the same stage of development.

On comparing these two specimens, the principal difference con-

sists in the dense brittle character and white colour of the Emu

bones as compared with those of the Moa chick, and in the enor-

mous disproportion in the massiveness and form of the bones of the

extremities in the latter case, with the very slight difference in the

size of the cranium and total relative height of the embryos.

The specific gravities of these bones are respectively—

Moa*chick.!? "Poe ae = 1-538

RvCinek se et 19577

Bone of old Moa ...... 1-700 to 1-979

The comparative length of the principal bones of these chick-ske-

letons are as follows : — Mon ole lini eksal!

inches. inches.

Gsaniunas eens Sec eh Sayeed | 2-0

Pelyae UOnGS. 6. siti. o tl vg 2°6 1°6

Remur! 2) AMIS Eee ey 1:2

(Diameter of shaft °35 in.) (Diameter of shaft *28 in.)

Mahia etree cae eke ee 3°0 2°]

(Diameter of shaft *35 in.) (Diameter of shaft -16 in.)

Fabula! 4.922227 CG Waa 2:0 LS

Tarso-metatarsus .......... 19 1°8

Probable total length of Moa chick 14°5 inches.

Probable total length of Emu chick 13:0 inches.

Weight of bones of extremities and pelvis—

Invthe Moa chick =e. 22.2% 167-0 grains.

lontthe Biniutechick e220 nee 40°5 grains.

Or in the proportion of 4 to 1.

7. Description of Ateles bartlettii, a New Spider Monkey

from the River Amazons. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,

V.P.ZS. &e.

(Plate XLVIT.)

One of the most important zoological results of Mr. Edward Bart-

lett’s exploring excursion up the River Amazons has been the disco-

very of a new Spider Monkey *, which differs from all the species of

this usuaily lugubrious genus in the brightness and beautiful dis-

position of its colours. Mr. Wolf has made a beautiful drawing of

this specimen, which is now in the British Museum collection.

ATELES BARTLETTII, sp. nov. (Pl. XLVII.)

Fur abundant, long, and soft. Black; the cheeks white; a band

across the forehead over the orbits bright reddish yellow ; the chest,

* See Mr. Kartlett’s notice of the discovery of this species, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 2.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON CATILLUS. 993

belly, inner side and front and back part of the limbs, and the side

and under surface of the tail yellow.

Hab. Eastern Peru, near Xeberos (2. Bartlett; Brit. Mus.).

The black part of the hands and legs near the yellow colour is

varied with more or less abundant yellow hairs.

I have named this fine species after Mr. A. D. Bartlett, the Super-

intendent of the Society’s Gardens, and his son Edward (who dis-

covered it).

8. Notes on Catillus, Humphrey, or Navicella, Lamarck,

with Descriptions of Two New Genera. By Dr. J. E,

Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., F.LS., &e.

Linneeus and Bory St. Vincent referred this shell to the genus

Patella. Chemnitz properly removed it to Nerita; and De Roissy

considered it a species of Crepidula of Lamarck. Other authors

have regarded it as the type of a genus. Thus Humphrey called it

Catillus, Schumacher Sandalium, Férussae Septaria, and Lamarck

Navicella.

Lamarck and Férussac divided their shells into two or three spe-

cies :—the one having an oval, convex, more or less thick, solid shell,

and more or less acute spire, which was called N. elliptica, Lamk.,

and Septaria borbonica, Férussac; the other a narrow oblong thin

shell, more or less rounded at each end, called N. lineata, Lamk.,

and Septaria nuvicula, Férussac. ‘These two species are the types

of two forms, each of which has been divided into several species.

The forms are generally distinctly marked; but there are a few spe-

cimens which seem to be more or less completely intermediate be-

tween them.

Mr. Lovell Reeve, in his ‘ Conchologica Iconica,’ has divided the

specimens into thirty-three species, or pseudo-species (most, if not

all, of them figured from specimens in Mr. Cuming’s collection),

separated from each other by slight modifications in the form of the

shell and of the inner lip, and in the distinctness and distribution

of the colours. I think I may state, without any fear of contradic-

tion, that it is utterly impossible to distinguish a large proportion of

the species proposed in this work by the specific characters, or even

by the figures given. Such characters and figures are merely to

satisfy the rule that a species is not established unless it is charac-

terized ; but surely that implies that it shall be characterized so that

it may be distinguished ; otherwise, as in this case, it is a mere pre-

tence, and theretore best avoided. :

Mr. Reeve does not give figures of or describe the operculum of

any of the species, which is the less excusable as Mr. Cuming’s

collection, from which the figures are taken, contains the opercula®

of more than a third of the shells which he has regarded as species ; ~

and the opercula of the different specimens present such modifica-

994 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CATILLUS. [Dec. 12,

tions of form and structure that they at once distinguish the species,

and serve to divide them into most natural groups. The non-

attention to such particulars greatly diminishes the value of the

‘ Conchologica Iconica,’ and removes it from the category of scien-

tific works. It is the less excusable, as the opercula could in this

and in very many cases have been added with scarcely any appre-

ciable additional trouble. The fact is that I suppose Mr. Reeve

intended it for a mere shell-dealer’s catalogue, and not a scientific

conchological and malacological work.

The species that are in a perfect condition (that is to say, that

are accompanied by their opercula) in Mr. Cuming’s collection may

be arranged as in this essay. An operculated shell without its

operculum is in a very imperfect condition, as the operculum is most

important in the organization and economy of the animal, and it

often affords most important characters for the distinction of the

species and the determination of the genus to which the animal and

shell is to be referred ; so that an operculated shell not accompanied

by its operculum must be regarded as wanting one of its most

important organs.

Messrs. H. & A. Adams, in their ‘ Genera’ (p. 386), divide Na-

vicella into three subgenera, according to the position of the nucleus

of the spire:—I. Apex of spire straight, on the edge of shell.

II. Septaria: Apex of spire submarginal, entire, as N. cookie.

Ill. Elana: Apex slightly elevated above the edge, and recurved

laterally, as N. /apeyrousii. These characters appear to me of very

slight importance ; and the form of the apex of the spire varies in

specimens from the same locality, which I should be inclined to re-

gard as the same species. The operculum of the genus is described

by them as quadrangular. This would exclude Navicella lineata,

which these authors referred to the second subgenus. These sub-

genera are adopted by Chenu in his ‘ Manual’ (p. 338).

Adams figures the animal of Catillus lineatus (t.42.f. 4) and the

shell and operculum of Catillus porcellanus (t. 42. f. 4 a, 6, ¢).

The family Neririnip& may be thus divided into two tribes :—

I. Neririnrna. Aperture of shell moderate; spire conical; oper-

culum the size of the aperture of the shell, horny, with a shelly

plate nearly of the same size as the horny operculum.

II. Cariuuina. Aperture of the shell very large, ovate; spire ru-

dimentary ; operculum small, horny, with a shelly plate pro-

duced beyond the edge of the horny operculum, which with the

operculum is much smaller than the aperture of the shell.

The operculum of Catillina, as in other shells which are said to

have a shelly operculum, consists of two parts :—1, the horny plate,

which is affixed to the hinder part of the foot of the animal; 2, the

shelly part, which is on the outer side of the horny plate, or érue

operculum, and which, as it increases in size, is produced beyond the

end of the foot; the free end is generally bifid, with a produced

erate

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON CATILLUS. 995

marginal process. The outer surface of the shelly part of the oper-

culum is generally radiately and concentrically striated, and furrowed

with two more or less distinct ribs radiating from the nucleus to the

outer edge; the ribs across the middle of the plate generally end in

a rounded lobe ; that on the right margin of the plate is much more

distinct, narrow, linear, and ends in a projecting spine. The inner

surface of the plate is smooth, or with a few concentric marks show-

ing how the shelly matter was deposited as the plate increased in

size and thickness. The shelly plate of the operculum in the larger

number of species is more or less quadrangular, with the horny

operculum oblong, occupying the broadest part of the base and

forming a fringe to that edge. In others the shelly plate is oblong

elongate, with the horny operculum triangular, and occupying one

of the halves of the lower half of the entire operculum.

Tribe I. Cartziina. Operculum subquadrangular; the horny

(true) operculum oblong, transverse, occupying the broader

end; the other more or less dilated, two-lobed, the marginal

lobe acute, linear. Shell elliptical, mouth wide.

1. CATILLUS.

Shell elliptical, mouth wide; inner lip flat, shelving, transverse,

or slightly regularly arched; operculum shelly plate subquadran-

gular.

A. The operculum as broad as long ; the right rib well marked, se-

parated from the margin by a granular space, which is broader

near the nucleus ; the right edge near the base denticulated ;

the nucleus rugose, granular; the terminal lobes unequal—

one broad, the other linear, spine-like. (Figs. la, 16.)

Fig. la. Fig. 16.

Fig. la. Outer surface. Fig. 14. Inner surface.

* Operculum large, thick, dark coloured.

lL. CarrLLus JANELLI, Reeve, Icon. f. 1. (Operculum, Fig. 1.)

Hab. Philippines.

** QOperculum moderate, thin. Eiana.

2. CATILLUS CLYPEOLUM, Reeve, Icon. f. 24.

Catillus affinis, Reeve, Icon. f. 15.

Hab. Philippines.

996 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CATILLUS. [Dee. 12,

3. CaTiLLus Cooki., Récluz; Reeve, f. 14.

Hab. Philippines.

4. CATILLUS ORBICULARIS, Sowerby; Reeve, f. 5.

Hab. Philippines.

5. CaTILLUS LAPEYROUSH, Récluz.

Hab. 2

6. CATILLUS SUBORBICULARIS.

Habs-——t

7. CaTILLUS BOUGAINVILLUI, Récluz; Reeve, Icon. f. 30.

Catillus ornatus, Adams and Angas.

Hab. New Ireland.

8. CATILLUS VARIABILIS.

Hab. ——?

9, CATILLUS MACROCEPHALUS, Reeve, f. 28.

Hab. Feejee Islands.

10. CaTiLLus pEpREssus, Lesson; Reeve, f. 3.

Hab. Tahiti.

1}. Carititus maGNiFicus, Reeve, f. 16.

C. searabeus, Reeve, f. 12.

? capuloides, Reeve, f. 19.

Hab. Australian Seas; Harmond’s Islands.

12. CaTILLUS HAUSTRUM, Reeve, f. 18.

Hab. New Caledonia.

13. CaTILLUS SANGUISUGA, Reeve, f. 17.

Hab. New Caledonia.

14. CaTILLUS PORCELLANUS, Reeve, Icon. t. 2. f. 6.

Patella porcellana, Linn.

Septaria borbonica, Férussac.

Sandalium pictum, Schum.

Navicella bimaculata, Reeve, Icon. t. 1. f. 2.

N. elliptica, Lamk.

Hab. Mauritius; Isle of France, Bourbon.

B. Operculum moderate, as long or longer than broad, thick ; upper

lobes subequal, obtuse or acute; the right rib indistinct and

separated from the margin by a granular space, which is widest

in the middle of the edge ; nucleus obscure, punctured. Laodia.

(Figs. 2a, 2 6.)

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON CATILLUS. 997

Fig. 2d.

Fig. 2a. Outer surface. Fig. 26. Inner surface.

15. CaTiLLus CUMINGIANUS. (Operculum, Fig. 2.)

Navicella cumingiana, Récluz; Reeve, f. 7.

_ N. luzonica, Schlegel; Reeve, f. 11.

- Hab. Philippines.

The opercula of this species are very variable in shape: some are

much longer than broad, and have very acute lobes; this is espe-

cially the case in the smaller specimens.

There are several other species figured by Mr. Reeve that pro-

bably belong to this species; but as they are destitute of opereula

it is not possible to determine their true place in the system, or their

affinity to the other species. . Like other fluviatile shells, they are

liable to great variations in size, form, and colour.

2. Paria, n. g.

Shell elliptical, mouth wide; inner lip flat, shelving upwards,

produced and truncated in the middle, with a roundish notch on

each side near the margin of the cavity ; operculum —shelly plate

subquadrangular, lower edge straight, transverse, with a flexible flap,

the upper edge with two lobes, the marginal lobe elongate, linear.

* Shelly plate of operculum broad, flat, thin.

1. PARIA FREYCENETI.

N. freyceneti, Récluz; Reeve, Icon. t. 1. f. 4.

Hab. New Hebrides.

** Shelly plate of operculum narrow, high, solid, thick.

2. PARIA PSITTACEA.

N. psittacea, Récluz; Reeve, Icon. f. 23.

Haé. Australian Islands.

Tribe Il. Stenopomina. The operculum oblong elongate, nar-

row; the horny (true) operculum triangular, very oblique as

regards the axis of the shelly plate (occupying the triangular

right half of the hinder half of the entire operculum), acute

near the nucleus, and rounded at the end; shelly plate of the

operculum elongate, thin, with two elongated ridges on the

upper end, the marginal one produced into a spine, with a

998 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CATILLUS. [ Dec. 12,

notch on its left margin (Figs. 3a, 36). Shell elongate, mouth

elongate, narrow.

Fig. 3a. Outer surface. Fig. 34. Inner surface.

The operculum has a very thin brittle shelly plate, which is sepa-

rated from the horny (or true) operculum by a distinct straight line

running from the centre of the right side of the operculum to the

outer side rather above the base. The outer surface of the shelly

plate is slightly convex, smooth, very finely concentrically striated,

with a diverging rib from the nucleus to the upper edge, and with

another more distinct linear rib on the right margin, which ends in

a slender spine; the space between the diverging ribs is depressed

and striated, like the rest of the surface. According to the figure

of the animal in Adams’s ‘ Genera’ (p. 386, t. 42. f. 4), the end of

the operculum is produced beyond the end of the foot.

STENOPOMA, N. g.

STENOPOMA LINEATUM. (Operculum, Fig. 3.)

Navicella lineata, Lamk. E. M. t. 456. f. 2; Reeve, t. 8. f. 31.

N. tessellata, Lamk.; Reeve, t. 6. f. 27.

Septaria navicula, Férussac, Bull.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

Lamarck divided these shells into two species, according to the

coloration, calling one /ineata and the other fessellata; but the two

systems of coloration gradually pass into each other in the different

specimens ; and some specimens present the two kinds of coloration

each well marked: for example, one was C. /ineata when young,

and became C. ¢essellata afterwards ; so that the upper part of the

shell is of one species, and the margin of the other.

The specimens from the same locality present considerable varia-

tion in the general form of the shell, some being much narrower and

more convex than others, and also in the form, position, and extent

of the hinder lip.

These shells have a general external resemblance to the com-

pressed Limpets (Patelle), that live in the cavities which they eat

out at the base of the roots of Alge, or on the cylindrical stems of

those plants. They do not appear to derive their form, like those

shells, from adapting themselves to the form of the body to which

they happen to be attached; and, indeed, Mr. Cuming states that

the specimen which he procured in the Philippines lived on stones,

like the Catilli. Though they are compressed and oblong, the base

of the cavity is flat and even, as much so as the circumference of

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON CATILLUS. 999

the cavity of the ovate Catil/i; while the compressed Limpets have

the base arched ; that is to say, the side of the shell that embraces

the cylindrical stem, or fits into the concavity in the roots of the

large Fuci, is produced to fit the form of the body to which it is

attached. The Limpets, when placed on a flat board, rock from end

to end.

The small thin shell of the small species that lives in Calcutta

differs from the others in having the side of the cavity rather pro-

duced, like the Limpet above described. They are said to have been

obtained in the Botanic Gardens and in the ditches near the city ;

but it is not stated if they live on stones, or if they live on the stems

of the plants ; if the latter, that may explain the peculiarity of their

form.

The following species probably belong to this or the following

genus; but their opercula have not been observed or kept :-—

1. NAVICELLA ENTRECASTEAUXII, Récluz, Rev. Zool. 1841, °

p- 380; Reeve, t. 8. f. 32.

Hab. Australia, Point Entrecasteaux, King George’s Harbour.

2. NAVICELLA ORIENTALIS, Reeve, Icon. t. 8. f. 33.

Navicella cerulescens, Reeve, Icon. t. 7. f. 29.

Hab. India: Calcutta, in the Botanic Gardens (on plants ?).

3. NAVICELLA ExIMIA, Reeve, Icon. t. 6. f. 26.

Navicella reticulata, Reeve, Icon. t. 5. f. 20.

Hab. Ceylon (Ff. Layard).

Tribe III. OrtHoromtIna. Operculum oblong, rather elongate ;

horny (true) operculum triangular, rather oblique as regards

the axis of the horny plate; shelly plate half oblong, rather

narrowed above and rounded at the upper edge, with a very

slight fold diverging from the nucleus to the left upper mar-

gin; the anterior cartilaginous flap large, broad (Figs. 4a, 46).

Fig. 4.

Fig. 4a. Outer surface. Fig. 4d. Inner surface.

OrTHOPOMA, 2. g.

Shell Z

This form is described from a single operculum which was found

separated from the shells in the drawer of Navicella in Mr. Cuming’s

collection. I have no doubt it belongs to some shell in the col-

lection, and most likely one named and figured by Mr. Reeve.

Mr. Cuming, fortunately, in some instances attached an operculum

1000 pR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW GENUS OF MOLLUSKs. [Dec. 12,

(and sometimes two or three) to the cavity of one or more shells of a

species, so that there is no doubt of the operculum belonging to that

species ; but in general, as he kept his shells lying loose on cotton-

wool, so he placed the opercula on the cotton-wool under the shells

to which they belonged. Untortunately, under these circumstances,

an operculum becomes easily separated from its shell, as must have

occurred in this case. Sometimes he preserved more opercula than

specimens of the shell; but in this case there is only one operculum

of the form in the drawer. The operculum is no accidental varia-

tion of either of the other forms; it is destitute of the two diverging

rays which are so characteristic of each of them. In the angularity

of the lower edge, compared with the rest of theyshelly plate, it is

between the two forms before described. In its* ry wide cartilagi-

nous flap it is like the second form, or that of the’genus Stendpoma.

‘had

9. Description of Saulea, a New Genus of Ampullariade from

Sierra Leone. By Dr. J. HE. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &e.

The British Museum has received a specimen of Ampullaria from

Sherboro, near Sierra Leone, where it was collected. It differs from

all the species of the family in being beautifully variegated, and

more like a terrestrial Bu/imus than a freshwater shell. It is, at

the same time, peculiar for the thinness of the shell and operculum,

these not being thicker than thin writing- paper.

The regularity of the colouring shows that it is not an accidental

variation, but a normal state of the species.

The species is also well marked by its form, having a more pryo-

duced conical spire than most of the species of the genus, and the

upper whorls of the spire are peculiar for being obscurely keeled.

The keel gradually becomes less visible, and the later ones regu-

larly rounded.

Saulea vitrea.

SAULEA.

Shell ovate, subglobose, very thin, parehment-like, elastic, dark-

coloured, covered with a very thin, hard, olive periostraca. Spire

ie Te ees

1867.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. 1001

conical, whorls rapidly enlarging ; upper whorls minutely keeled, the

others rounded ; axis imperforate. Aperture ovate, periostraca thin.

Opercules ovate, size of the aperture, shelly, thin, elastic like the

shell, concentrically striated externally, nucleus near the margin of

the middle of the columella side.

Hab. Africa.

This shell differs from all the other Ampulariade in its extreme

thinness and elasticity, in the keeled upper whorls, and in the sur-

face being variegated. The substance of the shell contains so much

animal matter that when bruised a depression, and not a hole, is

formed in the surface.

I have named this genus of beautiful shells after my friend Miss

J. Saul, who has the finest private collection of shells in the country.

SAULEA VITREA.

Shell ovate, subglobose, very thin and light, smooth, blackish

brown, variegated with bright yellow blotches from interrupted flexu-

ous transverse bands ; spire conical, about two-thirds the length of

the aperture; apex rounded; upper whorls obscurely keeled: last

whorls regularly rounded ; axis imperforate ; peristome thin; oper-

culum shelly, very thin, with the nucleus ‘near the middle of the

inner or columellar margin.

Helix vitrea, Born, Mus. 383, t. 15. f. 15, 16; Chemn. xi. 282,

t. 210.-4..2072: 2073:

Ampullaria vitrea, Reeve, Conch. Icon. f.

Hab. River Sherboro, Sierra Leone. B.M.

10. Observations on Dr. Bowerbank’s Paper on Hyalonema

lusitanicum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.ZS.,

F.L.S., &c.

Dr. Bowerbank read a paper at the Society’s Meeting on the 28th of

November in which he concludes, *‘ from microscopical examination,

that Hyalonema lusitanicum, which has lately been elevated to the

rank of a genus by Dr. Gray, and proposed to be called Hyalothriz,

is not even specifically distinct from H. mirabile of Japan.”

When Dr. Bowerbank prepared and read that paper, he had not

seen, much less microscopically examined, the specimen on which

my genus Hyalothrix was established, which is the only specimen of

Hyalonema lusitanicum in this country.

It appears that he had examined a part of the sponge that was

found attached to one out of the twelve specimens of this coral that

M. Bocage had obtained. Finding that sponge very similar to that

attached to the Japanese Hyalonema, he pronounced the two corals

to be of the same species.

Admitting that the sponge, the twisted axis, and the polypes are

one sponge, “which Dr. Bowerbank believes, though it is against the

universal opinion of all other zoologists, ‘it surely i is a very rash

Proc. Zoou: Soc.—1867, No. LXIV.

1002s DR. J. E. GRAY ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. [Dec. 12,

proceeding to pronounce that the specimens from Lisbon and from

Japan are the same, after simply examining and comparing one part

of the specimens, viz. the sponges attached to their bases, more espe-

cially since M. Bocage has shown that the spicules of which the

rope-like axis is formed, and the palythoid animal on the bark, are

differently constructed.

It is to be observed that my genus Hyalothria was established on

characters quite independent of the sponge examined by Dr. Bower-

bank ; for at the time it was proposed no specimen of the coral with

a sponge attached to it had been obtained ; and the similarity or

non-similarity of the sponge of the Portuguese and Japanese speci-

mens can have no influence on the generic or specific characters of the

two corals, part of the characters being the difference in the number

and disposition of the tentacles (that Dr. Bowerbank will not see),

characters sufficient to separate the animal into genera, whether the

animal is a parasitic Palythoa, or is the animal that forms the rope-

like siliceous axis. They are characters observed not by me, but by

M. Bocage; so that, in fact, Dr. Bowerbank’s attempt, in which he

says “‘ he has smashed me,”’ does not bear very heavy on my head.

I have seen Palythoe affixed on shells containing Bernhard

Crabs, from several localitities at a distance from each other; I have

never seen these Palythoe on any other habitat. No one can believe

that the three were one animal, as is Mr. Bowerbank’s theory with

regard to Hyalonema.

The Palythoa, the shell, and the Bernhard Crab (Pagurus) from

each locality are peculiar, and always of the same species—the shell,

crab, and Palythoa being the species peculiar to the locality, viz.

Great Britain, United States, Sierra Leone, and Australia; so that

the fact of animals living in the same communities and circumstances

in different countries is no proof they are of the same species.

Dr. Bowerbank, when he came to see the specimen of Hyalonema

lusitanicum the day after the paper was read, observed that he had

not been able to find one kind of spicula in the Portuguese sponge

that is found in the Japan one; so that probably the result of Dr.

Bowerbank’s paper will be to show that there are two species of

sponges belonging to the genus Carteria, one Portuguese and the

other Japanese, instead of proving that the Japanese and Portuguese

Hyalonema are of one species. That is, if we can place reliance in Dr.

Bowerbank’s microscopical examinations ; for, as, when he heard

that a sponge had been found attached to one of the Portuguese

specimens, he had predicted that it would be found to be the same

as the Japanese one, he is as desirous to find that it is so, for fear

he may loose his character as a prophet, as he is not to see the ten-

tacles and gonidia in the animal of Hyalonema, which, therefore,

he does not see! though Brandt, Schultze, and Bocage have seen,

described, and figured them, and many other microscopical observers

have seen them at the late soirée of the Microscopical Society. Such

capricious faculties of seeing and not seeing make one lose one’s

faith in Dr. Bowerbank’s later observations.

Mr. Lee has kindly shown me the specimen of Hyalonema sie-

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID#. 1003

boldii on which Dr. Bowerbank made his observations, stating that

the bark was smooth and the polypes of an oblong form as in H. lu-

sitanicum. It is simply a specimen of the Japanese coral from which

the bark has been stripped off, and then again artificially attached

to the axis, the bark having lost its external granular coat in the

process, so that only the smooth inner layer of the bark is shown.

The external form of the polypes has been altered in the manipula-

tion ; and I am convinced, from the irregular form that they exhibit,

that if the specimen were soaked in water the animal would assume

its regular circular form, and be exactly like the animal of the other

Japanese specimen. I have seen some others similarly artificially

altered. They are very unlike the close, regular, oblong-shaped

animal of H. lusitanicum; and I am convinced that if Dr. Bower-

bank had seen the type specimen of the latter before he wrote his

paper he would not have made such a mistake.

11. Observations on the Preserved Specimens and Skeletons

of the Rhinocerotide in the Collection of the British

Museum and Royal College of Surgeons, including the

Descriptions of Three New Species. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &e.

The Rhinocerotes of Asia and Africa are known by the conforma-

tion of their jaws. The African species are easily distinguished by

the form of the head and of their nose-horns. The species of Asia,

on the other hand, are very difficult to separate from each other by

any external character, and are only to be characterized by the form

of their skulls and the locality which they inhabit, each zoological

district having a peculiar species; and very probably there are yet

species to be described, as the Rhinoceroses of China, of Beloochistan,

and other countries have not been examined by zoologists.

The British Museum contains a good series of preserved specimens

of this family, and a large series of skeletons, skulls, and horns;

and there is also a very rich collection of skulls from different loca-

lities in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,—the two

collections affording good materials for the revision of the species of

this group. I have to thank the Council of the College of Surgeons,

and Mr. Flower, the energetic Curator of their Museum, for their

kindness in allowing me to examine the skulls in their collection.

In the British Museum there are specimens of five species, viz.

one R. unicornis and two R. javanicus trom Asia, and four speci-

mens from Africa (viz. two R. bicornis, one R. simus, and one R.

keitloa), the three latter species being the animals that were collected

and preserved under the superintendence of Sir Andrew Smith.

The Indian species (R. unicornis) has been often figured from

life, amongst others by Dr. Parsons, in the ‘ Phil. Trans.’ 1742,

L743~ t: 1, 2 2; R. sumatranus by Mr. Bell from life in the ‘ Eilgo-

1004 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. _[Dec. 12,

phical Transactions ;” and R. javanicus, by Dr. Horsfield; and the

two latter also by Solomon Miller, in his ‘ Verhandlung,’ who gives

good figures of the adult and young.

Three African species have been well figured by Dr. AndrewSmith,

in his ‘ Illustrations of the Animals of South Africa,’ and two of

them by Capt. Cornwallis Harris, in his ‘ Portraits of the Wild Ani-

mals of South Africa,’ t. 16 & 19; so that the external appearances

of these animals are well known.

The osteology of the species has been well represented by Camper,

by Pallas (in ‘Nov. Com. Petrop.’ 1777), by Cuvier (in the second

volume of his ‘Ossemens Fossiles’), and further illustrated in De

Blainville’s valuable ‘ Ostéographie.’

In the British Museum there are three skeletons and ten skulls

of the Asiatic species, and four skulls of the African Rhinocerotes.

The osteological collection in the British Museum is quite a modern

creation, and has been made under great difficulties and with very

limited funds. The Trustees at first objected to have any skulls or

other bones; but it was proved to them that mammalia and other

vertebrates could not be studied without a collection of skulls. The

fact was, one of the Trustees, Sir R. Inglis, was also a Trustee of the

Hunterian Collection (certainly offices that are not incompatible with

each other; for my uncle, Dr. E. W. Gray, one of my predecessors

in my present office, was, on the purchase of the Hunterian Col-

lection, named one of the Trustees); and he stated to me that he

was urged to prevent the collection of osteological specimens in the

British Museum, as being a rival and injurious to the collection at

the College of Surgeons. The difficulty was to a great extent re-

moved when Mr. Bryan Hodgson offered the Museum his very large

collections of skins and skeletons from the Himalayas, which were to

be accepted together or declined together. Since that time the col-

lection has rapidly increased, and, though it was much depreciated

by Professor Owen in his evidence before the Royal Commissioners

on the affairs of the British Museum, was then, and I believe is now,

the best-determined and largest osteological collection in Europe.

As to the rivalry, if any exists, it is to the benefit of both collections,

for it is conducive to the activity of the Curator of each; but I have

always felt, and the present Curator of the Museum of the College

of Surgeons believes, that they are able greatly to assist each other.

I only know that I take almost as much interest in the collection of

the College as in that under my own care.

In the British Museum there is a skull belonging to the Indian

one-horned type ; it is the skull of a young animal with premolars

of the milk series and the first permanent grinder appearing. It is

considerably larger than the skulls of the Indian species of the same

age, and therefore indicates a species fully as large as that animal.

The skull is so different from that species in its compressed form

and proportion that there can be no doubt that it belongs to a very

distinct species, which has not before been observed. There are also

two skulls from Borneo, which belong to a distinct and hitherto

undescribed species.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID#. 1005

The Museum of the College of Surgeons contains two skeletons

and thirteen skulls of the Asiatic and three skulls of the African

Rhinocerotes. One of these skulls is very interesting ; it belongs to

the one-horned Indian group, and is much like that of R. unicornis

in general characters. It is an adult skull, with all the permanent

teeth ; and it is so much smaller than the skull of the adult or even

a half-grown animal of that species, that it indicates an animal not

more than half, or perhaps one-third, of the size of the common

Indian Rhinoceros.

There are generally one or more skulls of the animals of the genus

to be seen in the larger local museums, as, for example, at Man-

chester, Leeds, and York. If these skulls could be collected together

and compared, they would form a most interesting collection for

study ; unfortunately they are generally without any certain history

as to habitat &c.

Cuvier, in his essay above quoted, has given an excellent résumé

of the history of the former knowledge of the animals; and I have

only to observe that he did not discover that the skull figured by

Camper, which he copied (t. 2. f. 7) and regarded as the skull of

the adult Rhinoceros bicornis, is the skull of the Rhinoceros keitloa.

He mentions R. simus as a distinct species, from M. de Blainville’s

note on the animal (from Mr. Burchell’s MS.) in the ‘ Journal de

Physique.’

The horns of these animals attracted the attention of Dr. Parsons,

who figured several of them in a paper in the ‘ Philosophical Trans-

actions’ for 1742 and 1743, among the rest the horns of some Afri-

can species, which have, since Cuvier’s time, been determined, chiefly

by the form of the horn, to be distinct species. Some of these

horns are still in the British Museum.

t. 3. f. 4, 5. Rhinoceros bicornis, in B. M.

t. 3. f. 6. Rhinoceros simus, in B. M.

t. 3. f. 7. Rhinoceros oswellii, in B. M. -

t. 3. f. 8,9. Rhinoceros keitloa?

In the British Museum and in the Museum of the College of

Surgeons there is a large series of the horns of both the Asiatic and

African species.

Fam. 3. RHINOCEROTID.

Nose simple. Upper lip subprehensile, with one or two horns

on the central line. ‘Toes three or five, united into a broad clavate

foot, each with a separate broad nail-like hoof. Teeth :—Incisors

variable or wanting, C. — P.M. —, M. — =28. Molar teeth

with distinct roots.

Rhinocerina, Gray, Am. Phil. 1825; Cat. Mamm. B. M. 186.

Rhinoceroten, Giebel, Saugeth. 191.

Rhinoceratide, Owen, Odont. 587; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. 332,

1845.

Rhinoceratina, Bonap. Prodr. Mast. 11.

Rhinocerosidie, Lesson, N. Tab. R. A. 1858.

1006 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDH. [Dec. 12,

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA.

I. The skin divided into shields by well-marked folds. Skull with

the intermaxillary free, elongate; upper cutting-teeth long ;

nasal bones produced, conical. Asiatic Rhinocerotes.

1. Ratnoceros. Horn single, anterior. Lumbar- and neck-folds

of the skin well developed. Part of the occipital bone, near the

occipital condyle, and the condyles themselves prominent.

2. Ceratoruinus. Horns two, one behind the other. Lumbar and

neck-folds of the skin rudimentary. Occipital end of the skull

flat. Condyle not prominent.

II. Skin uniform, not divided into shields. Horns two. Skull :—

internasal cartilaginous ; intermaxillary free, very small ;

upper cutting-teeth none ; nasal bones broad, rounded. African

Rhinocerotes.

3. Rurnaster. Head short, compressed; upper lip with a central

prominence. Skull short behind; occiput erect; nasal bones

rounded in front ; lower jaw thick in front; grinders small, in

arched series.

4. CERATOTHERIUM. Head elongate, truncated ; upper lip square.

Skull elongate and produced behind; occiput erect, produced

above ; nasal bones broad, convex, truncated, and sharp-edged

in front ; lower jaw tapering in front ; grinders large, in straight

lines.

Ill. Skin uniform, not divided into shields. Horn single. Skull :—

internasal bony; nasal, internasal, and intermazillary all

united into one mass. Asia and Europe.

5. Ca&LODONTA.

I. The Astatic Ruinocerotes. Skin divided into shields, sepa-

rated by distinct folds. Nose-horn single, or with a small

second hinder one; nasal bones produced, conical, acute ; in-

ternasals cartilaginous ; intermaxillary well developed, free ;

upper cutting-teeth two, compressed, well developed. Lower

jaw attenuated in front, with a straight lower edge. Teeth

34:3, 6. PM... M.S

* 0—0° 4—4°

Rhinoceros § 2, Giebel, 205.

Rhinoceros, Gray, List of Mamm. B. M. 1840.

Rhinocéros munis de dents incisives, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 89.

The British Museum has a series of skulls of the four Asiatic

species, showing the form of the skull in the different ages of the

animal, from the just born to the adult or senile state.

There is a considerable difference in the form of the skull between

the species which has one and that which has two horns, especially

in the form of the occipital end of the skull and in the size of the

occipital condyles. The difference is well represented in Bell’s

figure of the skull of the Sumatran animal.

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID&. 1007

I at first had a difficulty in distinguishing the difference between

the skulls of the Javan and Sumatran species ; but this arose from

the British Museum having received from the Leyden Museum,

through M. Franks, a skeleton of the Javan species under the name

of R. sumatranus. But when I received a skull of the two-horned

species from Pegu, the mistake in the name of the skeleton was soon

discovered.

Some of the specimens of skulls of R. unicornis and R. javanicus

in the British Museum have the foramen in the front of the eye over

the front and others over the hinder edge of the second premolar.

In both the specimens of R. sumatranus it is over the back edge of

the first premolar.

The first premolar in the three adult specimens of &. wnicornis is

smaller than the same tooth in R. javanicus, and appears to be

earlier shed ; for in two of the skulls it has entirely disappeared with

the alveolus that contained it, and in the other one the tooth is

there, but it is nearly rootless and the alveolus is nearly absorbed.

The two large lateral lower cutting-teeth have a sharply keeled

inner edge ; but the teeth often wear almost entirely away, so that

this form is lost.

The grinders of the milk or first series have much larger and more

equal folds on the outer side than those of the permanent set; in the

latter the front fold is linear and near the front margin of the tooth.

The teeth in some specimens appear to be rather smaller than in

others, but there is a difference in the comparative size of the teeth

with regard to each other in the series.

The presence or absence of small central lower incisor-teeth seems

to be liable to considerable variation. In one adult skull from India

there are two incisor-teeth; and in another there are two holes, but

they are crowded together and are closing up.

In three specimens of R. javanicus there are no central lower in-

cisor teeth, nor space for them; between the two large ones in the

two other skulls, which are from younger animals, the central lower

incisor teeth are well developed and cylindrical, being much the

largest in the smaller and younger specimen.

The lachrymal bone varies in the different species, and is very

characteristic. In R. javanicus and R. nasalis it is large, roundish,

nearly as wide as high. In R&R. unicornis and R. stenocephalus it is

narrow, oblong, erect, about twice as high as wide. In Ceratorhinus

sumatranus it is very large, rather irregular-shaped, forming a con-

siderable part of the cheeks of the skull. It differs a little in size

and form in the specimens of the same species, but retains its general

and distinctive forms.

There is a considerable variation in the size and form of the cavity

under the zygomatic arch in the skulls that appear to belong to the

same species. Thus in the four specimens of R. unicornis, which

are nearly adult, two of them have the cavity short and broad, and

two long and narrow. ‘The same may be observed in the skulls of

R. javanicus and R. nasalis. The aperture is widest, compared with

its len.th, in the oldest specimens. This may probably be a sexual

distinction. One of the skulls with a short wide opening is known

1008 DR.J. E.GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. [ Dec. 12,

to have belonged to a male. The size and form of the cavity is, no

doubt, greatly influenced by the age of the animal. The masseter

muscle becomes thicker and shorter as the animal increases in age,

the transverse width of the skull under the muscles becoming less as"

the animal becomes more aged (see some measurements, showing the

fact, under R. javanicus). The same is shown to be the ease in the

series of skulls of R. unicornis.

Mr. Edward Blyth has published a memoir on the living Asiatic

species of Rhinoceros, with figures of some of the skulls in the Mu-

seum of the Society, which may be consulted with advantage (see

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, xxxi. 1862, p. 151); but

unfortunately I have not had the power of comparing the skulls with

those in the London collections :—

Rhinoceros indicus: narrow type of skull, t. 1. f. 1, t. 2. f. 1.

R. sondaicus: broad type of skull, t. 1. f. 2, t. 2. f. 2, from the

Bengal Sundarbans, and Tenasserim; t. 1. f. 3, t. 2. f. 3, aged, from

Java.

R. sumatranus, t. 3. f. 1, 2, male; t. 3. f. 3, female.

R. sumatranus, Tavoy, t. 4. f. 1-4.

The figures are from photographs, and they show the form of the

occiput in the three species, confirming the fact that the occiput of

the two-horned species is always flat and erect.

1. RHINCCEROS.

Skin divided imto distinct shields by deep folds. Lumbar fold

well marked, and extending from the groin to the back. Horn one,

short, conical. Upper lip with a central prominence. Skull :—fore-

head broad, flat, or only slightly rounded ; the occipital end shelving

from the occipital condyle to the occipital crest; the occipital con-

dyles large, oblong, very prominent ; lachrymal bone moderate.

The skulls of the larger number of species of this genus have the

forehead and the upper surface of the nose flattened; this is seen in

the living animal. But one species, of which there is only a single

skull of a young animal in the British Museum, has the forehead

and nose subeylindrical (that is, high on the central line and arched

on the sides), as is the case with the Sumatran and the African Rhi-

nocerotes. This character, I have no doubt, is equally visible in the

living animal.

A. Forehead and nose behind the horn flat.

Nose square on the sides above ; nasal short. R. gavanicus.

Nose shelving on the sides above ; upper jaw

slightly contracted before the grinders.

Nasal broad, elongate ............ R. unicornis.

Nasal narrow, ‘Short ., ba soe ee R. nasalis.

Upper jaw much contracted before the

grinders ; nasal narrow, short ........ R. floweri.

B. Forehead and nose subcylindrical, shelving on

the sides above; nasal elongate ........ R. stenocephalus.

1867.) ss: DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID&. 1009

A. The forehead and the nose behind the base of the horn flat, both

in the living animal and skull. Eurhinoceros.

* Upper jaw slightly contracted in front of the grinders.

1. RHINOCEROS JAVANICUS. Javan Rhinoceros. B.M.

Skull broad; forehead behind the horn broad, flat, or slightly

concave, obscurely keeled on the sides near base of horn; intermaxil-

lary bone elongate, slender, straight, without any upper process ;

lachrymal bone roundish, nearly as wide as high; nasal bones not

quite two-fifths of the entire length of the nose and crown.

Rhinoceros javanicus, F. Cuv. et Geoff. Mam. Lith. ; Gray, Cat.

Mamm. B. M.; Solom. Miiller, Verh. t. 33, ¢ 2.

R. javanus, Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 1 (skeleton), t. 2 (skull, adult and

jun.), t. 7 (teeth).

R. sondaicus (R. unicorne de Java), Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 33, t.14.

f. 2 (skull), t. 17, 18 (skeleton); Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. ;

Horsf: Zool. Java, t. (animal); Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,

Regie S625 p.151, t. 1. £2) 5,6 2of 2, 3.(skalb?).

Hab. Java. Skull of type from Mus. Leyden.

In the British Museum there are three skulls belonging to this

species :—

1. A skeleton of an adult animal with a skull, purchased from the

Leyden Museum, from Java.

2. An adult skull, received from the Zoological Society.

3. A skeleton with the skull of a half-grown animal, received from

the Leyden Museum through M. Franks as R. swmatranus, from

Sumatra. The skull agrees in all particulars, especially in the form

of the occiput and the concavity and breadth of the forehead and

nose, with the adult skull of R. javanicus from Java; so that there

must have been some mistake in the name and habitat ; perhaps the

wrong skeleton was sent.

There is also an adult skull which has had the nasal bone cut off

(722 h), which was received from the Zoological Society under the

name of R. unicornis; but I have little doubt it is a R. javanicus,

perhaps from Sir Stamford Rafies.

In the oldest skull (723d) the aperture under the zygoma is

3 inches 7 lines wide in the widest part and 4 inches 9 lines long.

In the adult skull 723 a, the aperture is 3 inches wide and 6 inches

1 line long. In the skull of the young specimen (723 e) the aper-

ture is 2 inches 2 lines wide and 4 inches 7 lines long. The greater

width is produced by the skull under the zygoma becoming so much

narrower as the animal becomes aged. In 723d this part is only

4 inches 7 lines, and in 723 a it is 5 inches 9 lines wide.

In the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons there are five

skulls that appear to belong to this species, but one or two of them

are in a bad condition (nos. 2970 and 2971, the rest are not num-

bered).

Camper, who paid great attention to this species of Rhinoceros,

in a letter to Pallas, printed in the ‘ Neue Nord. Beytrage’ (vii. 249),

1010 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. _[ Dec. 12,

first pointed out that there were two Asiatic one-horned Rhinoce-

rotes with upper incisors. His specimen, by the misfortunes of war,

fell into the hands of Cuvier, and was described by him in the

‘Ossemens Fossiles’ (ii. 26). Cuvier regards the height of the

occipital arch and the want of the apophysis on the upper edge of

the intermaxillary as the chief character of the Javan species ; but

the apophysis is generally absent in the Indian species, it appears

only to be found in the skulls of the very old males of that kind.

2, RHINOCEROS UNICORNIS. Indian Rhinoceros. B.M.

Skull :—forehead broad, flat, concave ; nose behind the horn con-

vex, subcylindrical, rounded at the sides ; lachrymal oblique, longi-

tudinal, oblong, rather four-sided ; intermaxillary bones broad, thick,

with a bony process on the middle of the upper edge; nasal bones

short, broad, about two-fifths of the entire length of the nose and

crown; zygomatic arch of the adult rather convex.

Rhinoceros unicornis, Linn. 8S. N. 1. 104; Gray, List Mamm.

B. M. 186; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 286; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. 11.

t.4. f.1; Blainv. Ostéog. t. 2 (skull, adult).

R. asiaticus, Blumenb. Handb. 10, Abbild. t. 7 B.

R. indicus, Cuv. Mém. Mus. t. ; Oss. Foss. ii. 5, t. 1-4 (bones) ;

F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithogr.t: ; Schinz, Syn. 333 ; Owen, Cat. Osteol.

R. C.S. 513, nos. 2975 to 3074.

Indian Rhinoceros, Parsons, Phil. Trans. 1742-43, p. 525, t.1, 2

(from life).

Rhinoceros inermis, Lesson, Cat.

Hab. India.

The skull figured by Cuvier and by De Blainville for the skull of

R. unicornis, probably from the same skull in the Paris Museum,

has a broad bony process on the middle of the upper edge of the

intermaxillary bones. The skeleton and skull in the British Museum

(722 9), from an adult male specimen that lived for several years in

the Zoological Gardens, has this bony process well marked; so that

it seems common in the species, if not a peculiar character of it.

Mr. Blyth thinks that “the adult male Rhinoceros that lived in

the Zoological Gardens for several years, stated to have been cap-

tured in Arakan, was R. sondaicus.”’ He proceeds, ‘‘ The two Asi-

atic one-horned species, indeed, resemble each other a great deal

more nearly in external appearance than the published figures of

them would lead to suppose; certainly no sportsman or ordinary

observer would distinguish them apart, unless attention had been

specially called to the subject.”—Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xxxi.

1862, p. 132. This explains how the species, now described for the

first time, may have been overlooked.

In the British Museum there is the skeleton (722g) with the

skull of an adult animal that lived for several years in the Zoological

Gardens, referred to by Mr. Blyth, and a skull from a just born

animal, which was presented by Mr. Bryan Hodgson from Nepal.

There are in the British Museum other skulls which have been

1867. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHTNOCEROTIDE. 1011

received from various persons without any special habitat that can

be relied on, which appear to belong to this species. They are

all without the process on the upper edge of the large thick inter-

maxillary bones.

1. A fully adult skull (722d), marked “ India?”’.

2. An adult skull (722) that was purchased of a dealer, without

any specified locality.

In the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons there is the

skeleton of an adult animal (no. 2969 a) that formerly had the long

front horns of an African Elephant placed on its nasal bones, which

Mr. Flower, the present Curator, has properly removed.

There are also skulls of half-grown or female animals, with the

seventh grinder just showing itself, of this species (nos. 2975, 2976),

with a large oblong erect lachrymal.

All these skulls have thick intermaxillaries, and the front of the

upper jaw, at the base of the intermaxillaries, is not suddenly con-

tracted. In the three adult skulls it is 3 inches 9 lines wide; in the

younger skull in the College of Surgeons (no. 2975) it is 3 inches

3 lines. The width of the diastema between the cutting-teeth and

the front premolar is 2 inches 6 lines in all the specimens.

There is a stuffed specimen and a mounted skeleton of a young

animal, just showing the horn, in the Free Museum at Liverpool,

and the skull of a second of the same age. These two animals died

on the voyage from Calcutta to Liverpool, were named R. sondaicus

by Mr. Blyth, and preserved by Mr. Moore, the energetic Curator

of that Museum. Mr. Blyth informs me there is a skeleton of R.

sondaicus in the Anatomical Museum of Guy’s Hospital, called R.

indicus.

The Indian Rhinoceroses are long-lived. Mr. Blyth speaks of a

pair that lived about forty-five years in captivity in Barrackpoore

park: they were exactly alike in size-and general appearance; the

never bred ; there is no difference in the horns or form of the skulls

in the two sexes (Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxxi. 155).

The foetal skull of R. unicornis (no. 722 D) in the British Mu-

seum, received from Mr. Bryan Hodgson, is short ; the brain-case is

oblong, ovate, swollen, and convex behind ; the nasal bones are about

as long as they are broad at the hinder edge, transversely convex above

in the middle of their length and in the deep central groove in front

above; the nasal cavity is long, high, and wide; the nasal bones are -

three-eighths of the entire length to the occipital crest ; the length

of the skull from the nasal to the front of the orbit is two-fifths of

the entire length to the occipital condyles. The intermaxillaries are

well developed, rather thick and short ; they each bear two blunt

teeth, scarcely raised above the alveolus, the first on each side is

much larger and thicker than the hinder one, which is small and co-

nical. There are three grinders developed on each side, the second

and third being rather more developed than the small front one.

There appears to have been a fourth tooth on each side more or less

developed ; but it and the cavity have been lost. The palate is nar-

row and deeply concave, nearly of equal width, but the sides are less

1012 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. [| Dec. 12,

erect and more expanded behind than in front ; the front edge of the

hinder nasal aperture is narrow, and rather in front of a line even

with the hinder edge of the third grinder; the length of the palate

from the front edge of the intermaxillaries is rather longer than

from the end of the palate to the suture between the basal sphenoid

and the basal occipital bone. The vomer is compressed, and forms

a well-marked broad ridge, which is much higher in front, and divides

the internal nostrils. The lower jaw has the incisors just developed,

and slightly projecting beyond the alveolus ; they are oblong, with a

rather sharp edge on each side. There are cavities for four grinders

on each side; the small first ones are lost; the second and third are

equally developed, just projecting and with smooth enamel edges ;

and the fourth are being developed, the crown being sunk rather

below the alveolar edge.

Rhinoceros cucullatus (Wagner, Schreb. Saugeth. vi. 317; Giebel,

Saugeth. 202), described from a specimen in the Munich Museum,

appears to be only a specimen of FR. unicornis, with a second horn

added by the preserver.

3. Rutnoceros NasALis. (Figs. 1, 2.) B.M.

Skull elongate, the forehead and nose flat above, nose rounded

on the sides in front; the nasal bones narrow, tapering, short, about

two-fifths of the entire length of the skull from the nasal to the

occipital crest; the zygomatic arch flat; lachrymal bone narrow,

oblong, erect; the upper jaw only slightly contracted in front of

the grinders (37 inches wide).

Hab. Borneo.

There are two not quite adult skulls in the British Museum

(nos. 7236 and 723c) which appear to belong to this species. They

slightly differ from each other ; but this may be sexual. They agree

with R. unicornis in the flatness of the crown, forehead, and nose,

and in the nose being rounded on the sides, and also in the slight

contraction of the upper jaw in front of the grinders, and in the

comparative flatness of the zygomatic arch. They chiefly differ from

the skull of that species of the same age,—1, in the greater length

of the skull; 2, in the breadth and flatness of the forehead; 3, in

the line of the forehead not being so concave; 4, in the compara-

tive slenderness and shortness of the nasal bones, they are only

two-fifths of the entire length of the skull from the end of the nasal

to the occipital crest, while in the skull of R. unicornis, nearly of

the same age, in the College of Surgeons (no. 2975) the nasal bones

are at least four-ninths of the entire length. The nasal bones are

narrower and more tapering, being about once and one-half the length

of the breadth of the base. The upper jaw behind the internasal is

only slightly contracted. They are at once known from R. javanicus

by the greater length and narrowness of the skull, and the rounded

form of the upper part of the nose, but they agree with the non-

adult skull of that species in the shortness of the nasal bones.

The two specimens rather vary from each other in the width of

the nasal. 7236 is a not quite adult animal; it is just showing

Skull of Rhinoceros nasalis.

1014 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. _‘[ Dec. 12,

Fig. 2.

Skull of Rhinoceros nasalis.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDZ. 1015

the last or seventh grinder, but it wants the intermaxillaries. It was

purchased of a dealer, and has been marked “R. sondaicus, Cuvier,

Java,” by some previous possessor. The habitat may depend on the

person having decided it to be R. sondaicus. The skull differs from

723c in the nasal being broader and more gradually tapering.

723c is nearly in the same state of dentition, as the seventh

molar is just appearing. This was purchased of a dealer, who said

that he received it direct from Borneo. The forehead, nose, and

especially the nasal bones are narrower than in the preceding.

These skulls, from their size, indicate a species about the size or

rather smaller than R. unicornis.

** Upper jaw much contracted and very narrow in front of the

grinders.

4, RuINoceROs FLOWERI. (Figs. 3, 4.)

Skull :—the forehead and nose flat above, the nose rounded on the

sides in front; the nasal bones very slender, rather more than two-

fifths of the entire length of the nose and crown; the zygomatic

arch convex, arched outwards, having a very large roundish cavity

for the temporal muscles; lachrymal bone elongate, expanded on

the cheeks; the upper jaw suddenly contracted and very narrow

(only 23 inches wide) in front of the grinders; the diastema very

long, longer than in the adult R. wnicornis, being 2? inches long.

Rhinoceros sumatrensis, Owen, Cat. Osteol. Prep. Mus. Coll.

Surg. 506, no. 2934.

Tennu, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 164.

Hab. Sumatra (Raffles). Skull, Mus. Coll. Surgeons, no. 2934.

A skull of this species is in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons, described by Professor Owen as above cited, who calls it

the cranium of a male Sumatran Rhinoceros (presented by Sir Stam-

ford Raffles, P.Z.S.), observing that ‘the cranium offers no indica-

tion of the short hinder horn of this two-horned species.” It is so

distinct in form and size that I have no doubt of its belonging to

a most distinct species. I propose to designate it after the energetic

Curator of the Museum of the College of Surgeons, who in the few

years that he has had charge of the collection has wonderfully im-

proved it and increased its usefulness, not only to the zoological stu-

dent, but for professional studies.

The skull is at once known from all the others I have examined

by the convex prominent form of the zygomatics, and the contraction

of the front of the upper jaw behind the cutting-teeth. It indicates

a small species, not more than half the size of the common Indian

Rhinoceros (2. unicornis).

The skull no. 2934 is that of an adult animal with all its perma-

nent teeth. It was named R. sumatrensis by Professor Owen: but

it certainly is not a skull of that species ; for the occipital end of the

skull is projected and the condyle produced, and, though the skull

is that of an adult animal, there is no mark of the root of the second

1016 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. —[Dec. 12,

Skull of Rhinoceros flower?.

: 1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID&. —1017

Rhinoceros floweri.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXV.

1018 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDA. [Dec. 12,

horn, which is always well marked in the adult skull of that species.

It is also distinguished from that species, as it is from R. unicornis

and R. javanicus, by the convexity of the zygomatic arch and the

size of the cavity for the temporal muscles.

It has been suggested that this skull may have belouged to an

Indian Rhinoceros that had been kept in a menagerie, and so very

poorly fed that it never arrived at its full growth. The skull shows

no sign of disease of any kind; the teeth are well worn down, as if

it had had abundant food. Starvation is not likely to produce any

such change in the proportions of the parts as this skull presents,

when it is compared with the skull of the adult R. unicornis, or even

when compared with the skull of a young R. unicornis of nearly

the same size. Starvation is not likely to have decreased the growth,

and at the same time to have extended the size and thickness of

the temporal muscles, which is so characteristic of this interesting

species.

This skull having formed part of the collection of Sir Stamford

Raffles renders it probable that the animal was a native of Sumatra.

Sir Stamford had in his collection a few specimens from other loca-

lities—some obtained from Singapore, that being the general entre-

port for the productions of the Malay peninsula and islands. There

being in this collection only the upper jaw preserved, goes far to prove

that it is not the skull of a menagerie specimen as has been sug-

vested.

The skull has no character in common with the species to which

Professor Owen has referred it, except its small size and probable

habitat. It is to be regretted that, as well as writing a technical

description of it, describing what every one can see in the specimen,

he did not give more particulars of its history, and show by com-

parison the peculiarity of the skull as compared with others in the

collection ; but this would have required careful study. The want

of more accurate details of the origin and history of the specimens

is the general defect of this series of catalogues.

Sir Stamford Raffles observes, ‘There is another animal in the

forests of Sumatra never yet noticed, which in size and character

nearly resembles the Rhinoceros, and which is said to bear a single

horn. The animal is distinguished by having a narrow whitish belt

encircling the body, and is known to the natives of the interior by

the name of J'ennu. It has been seen at several places ; and, the

description given of it by several persons unconnected with each

other corresponding generally, no doubt can be entertained of the

existence of such an animal” (see Linn. Trans. xii. 269; Blyth,

lc. 164). I have little doubt that the skull here described is that

of the Tennu.

B. The forehead and nose subcylindrical, rounded on the sides.

Rhinoceros.

5. RHINOCEROS STENOCEPHALUS. B.M.

Skull (half-grown) like that of R. wnicornis of the same age, but

Pa 5

1867.] | —- DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. 1019

Fig. 5.

Rhinoceros stenocephalus.

narrower and compressed : the forehead is narrow and subcylindrical ;

the nose much narrower and more slender; the nose is semicylindrical

at the base of the horn; the nasal bones narrow, gradually tapering

in front, more than twice the length of the width at the base of the

1020 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDA. — [ Dec. 12,

Fig. 6,

Rhinoceros stenocephalus.

nasal, more than four-fifths of the length of the forehead from the

internasal suture to the occipital crest ; lachrymal narrow, oblong,

erect, about twice as high as wide.

Hab. Asia.

1867. } DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDZ. 1021

There is a single skull of a half-grown animal of this species in

the British Museum (722 e), which was received from the Zoolo-

gical Society, without any special habitat. In the roundness of the

nose it shows some affinity to the skull of R. sumatrensis; it is

different from that species in many particulars, in the prominence

of the occipital portion of the skull, and especially of the occipital

condyles. When placed by the side of a R. unicornis of the same

size and condition of teeth it stands rather higher, and is imme-

diately known by the length and slenderness of the nose and nasal

bones.

The following fossil species probably belong to this genus :—

1. RHINOCEROS LEPTOKHINUS, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 71, t. 9, 10,

11; Blainv. Ostéogr. t.

Rhinoceros cuvieri, Desm. Mamm. 402.

Hab. Fossil.

2. Rurnoceros incistvus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 89, t. 6. f. 9,

10; Blainv. Ostéogr. 1.

Hab. ?

Cuvier (Oss. Foss. ii. 71, t. 9. f. 7) figures a fossil skull of a spe-

cies of this genus from a drawing made at Milan by M. Adolphe

Brongniart. See also an imperfect skull figured by Blainville (Os-

téographie, t. 14, figure at left upper corner of the plate).

2. CERATORHINUS.

Skin divided into shields by deep folds, the lumbar fold rudimen-

tary, short, only occupying the middle of the space between the

groin and the back. Horns two: front longer, curved backwards ;

hinder small, conical. Skull:—forehead narrow, flat; the upper

part of the nose on each side of the horns narrow, rounded, sub-

cylindrical ; the occipital region erect, the part near the condyles

rather concave, the occipital condyle short, broad, oblong, placed

obliquely inferior, scarcely prominent; lachrymal bone very large,

irregular-shaped.

1. CERATORHINUS SUMATRANUS. B.M.

R. bicorne de Sumatra, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 27, t. 4, iii. 42, t. 78.

f. 8 (from Bell, skull).

Rhinoceros sumatrensis, Cuvier; Blainy. Ostéogr. t. 2 (skull 2),

t. 7 (teeth).

Rhinocéros de Java, F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. (not good).

Sumatran Rhinoceros, W. Bell, Phil. Trans. 1793, p. 3, t. 2, 3, 4;

Home, Phil. Trans. 1821, p. 270, t. 21, 22.

Rhinoceros sumatranus, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 268; Blainv.

Ostéogr. t. (skull); Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 282; Miller,

Verhand. t. 35 (old and young); Blyth, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 306,

1862, p. 1; Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxxi. 1862, p. 151, t. 3.

P12 3:

1022 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID&. | Dee. 12,

Rhinoceros crossti, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 270 fig. (horns) ; Ger-

rard, Cat. Bones B. M. 282.

Hab. Sumatra (Bell); Tavoy, near Siamese frontier (Blyth) ;

Pegu (Theobald, B. M.).

There are two skulls of this species in the British Museum :—

1. Adult, with a roughness on the forehead and nose made by the

roots of the horns, from Pegu. 2. A skull of a two-thirds-grown

animal, with the seventh grinder just appearing ; it has the forehead

and nose smooth. This was received from the Zoological Society, and

is probably from Sir Stamford Raflles’s collection from Sumatra.

The horn in the British Museum named R&R. ecrossiz, I have no

doubt, from the figure that Mr. Blyth gives of the skull (Journ.

Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1862, t. 4), he is right in referring to ‘this

species.

When I described this horn I was told by several persons that it

was only the horn of an African Rhinoceros that had been artificially

prepared and bent back after being boiled; but the colour and

structure of the horn showed that that could not be the case, and

that it was the horn of a Rhinoceros which I had not before seen.

In the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons there is a beau-

tiful skeleton (no. 2938) of this species, received from Sir Stamford

Raffles. There are also three skulls of adult or nearly adult age,—

viz. nos. 2935, 2936, and 2938; the latter is cut open longitudinally

to show the brain-cavity. From the roughness on the forehead in

the adult skull, the hinder horn must be situated further back in

this species than in the African Rhznocerotes; the centre of the

roughness is over the orbit. One of the skulls shows a rudimentary

canine-on one side of the upper jaw, placed in the front edge of the

intermaxillary suture ; this animal was just obtaining its frst per-

manent molar.

The skull figured by Bell, and copied by Cuvier, represents the

erect form of the occipital plane, as also does De Blainville’s figure

of the skull of a female. Mr. Blyth, who has seen these animals

alive, thinks the horn that I provisionally described as KR. crossii is

the horn of an adult male C. sumatranus. He says that the horns

of the females are smaller than those of the males—observing, at the

same time, that there is no difference in size in the horns of the two

sexes of R. unicornis of India. In Bell’s figure of the skull the

intermaxillaries are represented as curved downwards. This may

have been an individual peculiarity ; they are more or less bent down

obliquely in the skulls I have seen, but always straight.

The Rhinocéros de Java of M. F. Cuvier (Mamm. Lithogr.) is

only a better figure of the &. sumatrensis.

M. Cuvier, in the first edition of the ‘Régne Animal,’ says the

Rhinocéros de Java is smaller than the R. Spat ioe ; but in the

second edition he refers to his brother’s figures in the ‘Mamm.

Lithogr.,’ and alters his description; so that both R. sumatrensis

and R. Javaunensis are established on the Sumatran Rhinoceros.

This species is erroneously called by Jardine, in the ‘ Naturalist’ s

Library,’ “R. sumatrensis, the Lesser one-horned Rhinoceros.”

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID2. 1023

The horns of the Rhinoceros are exceedingly difficult to procure ;

they are eagerly bought up at high prices by the Chinamen, who

not only value them as medicine, but carve them into very elegant

ornaments (Blyth, 7. c. 158).

2. CERATORHINUS MONSPELLIANUS.

R. de Montpellier, Marcel de Serres.

R. monspellianus, Blainv.

Rhinoceros megarhinus, De Cristol; Gervais, Zool. et Paléont.

Frang. ii. 43, iii. t. 2.

Fossil, Hérault, France.

This species chiefly differs from R. sumatranus in the nose behind

the base of the front horn being prolonged and subcylindrical. This

species has been mixed up with &. ¢ichorhinus (see Gervais, l. c.). ,

The Arrican Rartnocerotes. The skin uniform, without any

strong fold, except at the junction between the head and body.

Nose with two horns, one behind the other, front longest.

Skull :—occiput and condyles not produced. Nasal bones free,

produced, broad, rounded in front. Intermazillaries rudi-

mentary, very small. Upper cutting-teeth none. Lower jaw

arched below, thick. Teeth 28:—I.—. C.. P.M. =.

tLe 0—0

mu. =.

_ Rhinaster, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1840; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 281.

I am not aware that any adult African Rhinoceros has been seen

living in this country ; and the external appearance of the species is

chiefly known by the excellent figures given by Dr. Andrew Smith,

in his ‘Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa,’ who figures

Rhinoceros bicornis, R. simus, and I. keitloa. The specimens of

these three species, which he collected and had stuffed by M. Ver-

reaux under his own superintendence, are in the British Museum.

There are two well-marked forms of these animals, characterized

by the shape of the head and skull. The first (or short, blunt-

headed, narrow-nosed group) includes two, and the second (or long-

headed, broad, square-nosed group) includes one well-marked species,

and probably another distinguished by the form of the horns, of

which only the horns are known.

There is a not quite adult skull of R. dicornis, and two adult

skulls and two very young skulls of R. s¢mus, in the British Museum ;

but the skull of R. keitloa is only known from the description and

figure of Camper. Cuvier figured two of these skulls, but considered

them the adult and young of the same species. Unfortunately,

R. oswellii is only known from the horns; I am not aware that any

skin or bones of the species have been brought to Europe. ‘There

is a large number of the horns of each of the species in the Museum

collection ; and they were known to Parsons, who figured them in the

1024 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. _[ Dec. 12,

‘Philosophical Transactions’ for 1742 and 1743; and the specimens

which he figured are now in the British Museum.

There is considerable divergence of opinion among travellers re-

specting the horns of the African Rhinocerotes. Sir Andrew Smith

observes, “I do not think that the horns of the same species of

African Rhinoceroses are subject to any great variations in respect to

relative length.” —A. Smith.

Capt. Cornwallis Harris, on the contrary, after describing the

horns of O. bicornis as unequal, says “the horns are sometimes

nearly of the same length.’ Further on he observes “ that some-

times accident or disease renders the front horn the shortest of the

two.” Perhaps Capt. Harris had not such a good knowledge of

species as Sir Andrew Smith.

«The relative length of the horns varies a little in different indi-

viduals of R. dicornis ; but the hindermost one in both sexes is inva-

riably much the shortest, and in young specimens it is scarcely visible

when the other is several inches in length.”—A. Smith.

“In R. kettloa the young have horns of equal length.’ — A. Smith.

3. RuinasterR. Black Rhinoceros.

Head short, high ; forehead convex ; nose rounded in front. Upper

lip with a central conical process. Horns two, unequal. Skin

smooth, not divided into shields by plaits. Skull short, high; the

portion of the skull behind the hinder edge of the last or seventh

grinder not so long as the portion in front of it, the occiput erect,

the upper margin only slightly produced over it; forehead concave,

shelving; nasal bones on the sides convex, subspherical above,

rounded in front. Tooth-line curved, bent up at each end. Lower

jaw thick in front. Shoulder with a more or less developed hunch.

«‘ Living in herds; a ‘browser,’ feeding on leaves and young

shoots of trees. It frequents forest and bush country, avoiding

grassy plains.”’—Kirk, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 655.

A. Horns cylindrical, conical, front recurved, hinder short ; head

short and high, swollen in front; upper lip subtruncate ;

shoulder-hump rudimentary. Rhinaster.

1. RuarNaster Bicornis. Bovili. B.M.

Horns unequal, cylindrical at the base, and conical, blunt, the

hinder smaller, front recurved; shoulder-hunch rudimentary, neck-

grooves well marked. ‘ Pale brown;’ upper lip truncated, scarcely

produced in the centre.

Rhinoceros horn, Parsons, Phil. Trans. 1742, 1743, t. 3. f. 3, 4.

Rhinoceros bicornis, Linn. 8. N. i. 104; Sparrm. K. Vet. Akad.

Handl. 1778, t. 9; A. Smith, Ill. Z. S. Africa, t. 2.

Rhinocéros bicorne du Cap, part., Giebel, 200 ; Cuvier, Oss. Foss.

li. 29, t. 4. f. 7, t. 16. f. 10; Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligrades, t. 3, 4

(skull &e.).

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDZ. 1025

R. africanus, Desm. Mamm. 400 ; Harris, Portraits of Wild Ani-

mals of S. A. 81, t. 11 (horns at p. 85); Duvernoy, Arch. du Mus.

vii. t. 8.

R. brucei, Blainv.

R. niger, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 335.

Rhinaster bicornis, Gray ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 282.

In the British Museum there is the skull of a nearly adult animal.

In the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons is a very fine

skull of an adult of this species (no. 2941), and the upper jaw co-

vered with skin (no. 2942) and with the two horns attached to it.

The horns are both circular at the base, and regular, conical, and blunt

at the tip.

Schinz, who compiled a Monograph of this genus, in his Synopsis

named a species R. niger, after Capt. Alexander’s description of the

Black Rhinoceros in his ‘ Travels into the Interior of South Africa.’

B. Nose rounded in front ; upper lip acute in the middle. Skull :—

Jace short—that is, from front of orbit to nasal, not so long as

Jrom same point to occipital condyle ; nasal rounded in front.

Keitloa.

2. RHINASTER KEITLOA. The Keitloa or Ketloa. B.M.

Upper lip with a central prominence, acute; horns elongate, hinder

compressed, sharp-edged, often as long as the front one, front one

rather compressed, recurved; shoulder without any hunch; skin

pale yellow brown; skull short; face short from front edge of the

orbit to the end of the nasal, not so long as from the front edge of

orbit to occipital condyle.

Var. 1. Keitloa. The horns of nearly equal length; the hinder

compressed, sharp-edged before and behind; the front one rather

compressed, broad and flat in front.

Rhinoceros horn, Parsons, Phil. Trans. lvi. 32, t. 2. f. 8,9. B.M.

Rhinoceros ketloa or keitloa, A. Smith, Cat..S. A. Mus. p. 7,

1837; Illust. Zool. S. A. t. 1; Schinz, Syn. Mam. 337.

Rhinaster keitloa, Gray, List Mamm. B. M.; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M.

Var. 2. campert. The horns both compressed and sharp-edged

in front and behind, the front one twice as long as the hinder ; upper

lip with acute central prominence.

Rhinoceros bicornis capensis, P. Camper, Act. Petrop. 1777, ii.

193, t. 3, 4, 5, 6 (copied Blumenbach, Abbild. t. 7. f. a).

Rhinoceros bicornis (adult), Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. t. 4. f. 5 (skull

copied from Camper).

Rhinoceros , Sparrman, Voy. ii. t. 3.

R. camperi, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. 335 ; Monogr. t. 1.

Black Rhinoceros, Baker, Albert Nyanza, 11. 275; Nile Tributaries,

fig. at p. 365 (head and horns).

Hab. South Africa (Dr. A. Smith’s type in B. M.).

1026 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. [ Dec. 12,

I have not seen the skull of this species, nor do I know any spe-

cimen existing in museums, unless the one described by Camper

still exists.

“‘ The length of the head of R. keztloa, in proportion to the depth,

is very different from that of R. dzcornis. Upper lip distinctly pro-

duced ; inside of the thigh black. The horns are of equal length

and development in the young animal.’’— A. Smith.

This species is peculiar for the length of the hinder horn; but

Schinz describes the front horn as very long, and the hinder short,

conical.

Peter Camper, in ‘Act. Petrop.’ (1777, part 2, p. 193), deseribed

the head of a two-horned Rhinoceros which he received from the

Cape of Good Hope. He figures the head and the skull in great

detail. The upper lip has a distinct central process, or prehensile

lobe; and the horns are both compressed and sharp-edged before

and behind, the front one is the longest and regularly curved, the

hinder well developed and elongate. The end of the nose of the

head and skull is rounded and not square, and the nasal bones are

not truncate, as in the skulls of R. simus in the British Museum.

I believe Camper’s to be the first description of R. keitloa of Dr. A.

Smith.

Schinz gave the name of R. camperi to a species which he says is

R. bicornis of authors, and which is figured by A. Smith under that

name in the ‘ Illustrations of South Africa ;’ but he describes the front

horn as very long and recurved, and the hinder horn as small, tri-

quetrous, compressed ; while the hinder horn of R. decornis is always

conical, subcylindrical, with a circular base. Schinz’s R. camperi

appears to be a compilation from the figures of Sir A. Smith’s R. b7-

cornis and Camper’s description and figure of the head of R. heitloa.

P. Camper, in giving the figures of this species, properly made

the drawings like a diagram, without attending to the rules of per-

spective, so that the compass can be applied to any part. He gives

a particular name to these figures, and calls them Catograph.

In Camper’s figure the length from the back edge of the seventh

molar to the front edge of the small intermaxillary is considerably

greater than the distance behind the hinder edge of the last molar to

the occipital condyle. In De Blainville’s figure of R. simus, and in

the two specimens in the British Museum, the length from the hinder

edge of the seventh molar to the front edge of the small intermaxil-

lary is rather less, or about the length behind ‘the hinder edge of

the seventh molar to the outer part of the occipital condyle.

The Keitloa is recognized as a species distinct from R. bicornis

by the tribes of natives; they have a different name for the two

species.

If Cuvier had had a series of the skulls of R. d¢cornis, or had seen

a preserved specimen of the two animals, he would never have

thought that the skull figured by Camper was the adult of 2. d:-

cornis. The skulls of the different species alter very little in form

during the growth of the animal, when they have passed the very

youngest, nearly fcetal, state.

1867. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTID. 1027

4, CERATOTHERIUM.

Head elongate, produced behind ; forehead flat ; nose very broad,

square at the end; upper lip bovine, rounded. Horns two, ver

unequal, hinder small. Skin smooth, not divided into shields.

Shoulder with a well-marked hunch. Skull elongate; the portion

of the skull behind the hinder edge of the last or seventh grinder as

long as the one in front of it ; occiput erect, the upper margin much

produced behind the condyle; forehead concave; nose straight,

rounded ; nasal bones very broad, convex above, truncated, with a

sharp edge in front; lower jaw thick, tapering in front; molars

large ; teeth-line straight.

The skull of the very young animal has a very convex, nearly he-

mispherical prominence on the nasals, and is broad and rounded in

front; but the prolongation of the hinder part of the skull is shown

in the foetal skull in which the milk-grinders are only just appear-

ing, the proportion of the hinder and anterior portion being nearly

the same as in the adult skulls; the occiput is erect, without any

marked projecting crest.

“The first animal that disappears before firearms.’ — Kirk,

P. Z. S. 1864, p. 655.

“Gentle and a ‘ grazer ;’ living in open plains, feeding on grass.”’

—A, Smith.

1. CERATOTHERIUM SIMUM. Mahoohoo. B.M.

The front horn very long, slender, subcylindrical, recurved ; hinder

very small, conical; nose broad, high, square. ‘ Pale grey brown;

shoulder, buttocks, and belly darker.’ The face of the skull from

the front edge of the orbit longer than the portion of the skull behind

this place.

Rhinoceros horn, Parsons, Phil. Trans. 1742, 1743, t. 3. f. 6

(front horn).

Rhinoceros simus, Burchell; Blainv. Journ. de Phys. Ixxi. 163,

t. (head, horns bad); Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 28; Burchell, Travels,

i. 75; A. Smith, Zool. S. A. t. 19 (animal); Cat. S. A. Mus. 9,

1837; Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligrades, t. 4 (skull &c.); Duvernoy,

Arch. du Mus. vii. t. 2, 3 (skull), t. 8 (skull, junior); Sclater,

P. Z. S. 1864, p. 100.

R. burchellii, Desm. Mamm. 401.

R. simus (Chicore), A. Smith, Rep. 68, 1836; Harris, Sports in

S. Africa, p. 371.

R. camus, Ham. Smith; Griffith, A. K. v. 746.

Rhinaster simus, Gray, List Mam. B. M. 18410; Gerrard, Cat.

Bones B. M. 282.

? Rhinoceros gordonii, Blainv.

The Square-nosed or White Rhinoceros (R. simus), Harris, Por-

traits of Wild Animals of S. A. 97, t. 19 (horns at p. 101).

White Rhinoceros or Witte Rhinaster, Colonists, Cape G. H.

Chickore or Mohoohoo, Bukeiana and Matabite.

Hab. South Africa (Burchell ; Dr. A. Smith, type spec. B. M.) ;

Central Africa (Kirk).

1028 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDH. [Dec. 12,

There is a well stuffed young specimen of this species in the

British Museum, and two skulls of adult and two of very young

animals.

In the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons is a very fine

adult skull of this species (no. 2960 a) with the two horns attached

to the skin. It was obtained from Mr. Gordon Cumming’s collection.

It is 35 inches long from the end of the nasal to the occipital crest.

The front horn is very long, slender, straight, and recurved; the

front edge of the horn is worn by the animal rubbing it on the ground.

De Blainville obtained, when he was in London, trom Mr. Burchell

the drawing of the head of this species (engraved in the ‘ Journ. de

Physique’); but the horns were added after it passed out of Bur-

chell’s hands, and are not the horns of the species.

In the British Museum there are two skulls of very young animals

of this species that were received with the adult skulls in the collec-

tion; the milk-grinders are being formed, but could only just have

been seen through the gums. The skulls are elongate, subcylindrical,

and have a rounded nose, with a large nearly hemispherical promi-

nence near the end of the upper surface for the support of the front

horn. The grinders are very large compared with the size of the

skulls, and occupy a great part of the cavity of the mouth ; the hinder

one is placed in the centre of the length of the underside of the skull

from the nose to the condyles. The larger of these young skulls

being developed behind the third one; it is not elevated above the

edge of the alveolus, and has no smooth enamelled edge. The small

first grinder is only very little more developed than in the smaller

skull. The line of grinders occupies 63 inches. The intermaxil-

lary bones are deficient. The palate ends, as in the smaller skull,

in a line even with the back edge of the third grinder. The hinder

part of the skull has lengthened more rapidly than the part in front

of the edge of the palate. The nasal is slightly longer compared

with the length of the skull than in the smaller specimen ; they are

4 inches long, the entire length being very nearly 14 inches—that

is to say, nearly three-tenths of the entire length. The front of

the nasal is more dilated on the sides, and becoming broader and

more truncated as in the adult skulls.

The lower jaw of this specimen is considerably longer than the

other; and there is little difference in the state of the teeth, except

that the second and third grinders on each side are higher out of

the gums, rather more worn on the edge, and the first and fourth

grinders are rather more developed and larger, the first on the two

sides not being quite equally developed, but one more exposed than

the other.

The smaller specimen (1003 c) has three grinders appearing ; the

smallest front one is least developed, hardly raised above the alveoli,

and not showing any smooth enamel; the second and third grinders

are nearly equally developed, the ridges being high and edged with

enamel, the rest of the teeth are minutely rugulose; the hinder

edge of the third grinder is ona line even with the front edge of the

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. 1029

hinder nasal opening. The skull is 12 inches from the intermaxil-

lary to the convexity of the condyle; the teeth-line is 4} inches

long. The facial portion (that is, the skull from the front of the

intermaxillary to the front edge of the internal nostril) is only two-

fifths of the entire length; it is the same length as from the front

edge of the internal nostril to the suture between the basisphenoid

and the basioccipital bone. Length from intermaxillary to front

edge of internal nostril or end of palate 4 inches 7 lines, from end

of palate to convexity of occipital condyle 73 inches. The inter-

raaxillary of one side is lost; the other has a narrow lower edge,

not showing any appearance of cutting-teeth. The nearly hemi-

spherical prominence on the nose is hollow, with thin even parietes ;

the cavity extends far back, and is open behind. The face, from

end of nasal to the front edge of the orbit, is shorter than the

part of the skull behind it, being from front end of nasal to front

edge of orbit 5 inches 4 lines, from front edge of orbit to occi-

pital crest 7 inches 2 lines. Nasal bones short and broad, being

about two-sevenths of the entire length of the skull to the occipital

crest.

The lower jaw shows four grinders and a cavity behind the fourth ;

the second and third grinders are most developed, raised above the

alveolus, and furnished with a smooth enamel edge; the first small

grinder is just showing, as is also the case with the fourth grinder,

which is rather more developed than the front one; neither of these

teeth is raised above the edge of the alveolus. The front edges

marked with two or three series of small circular pits ; but no cutting-

teeth are visible.

In the Free Museum at Liverpool is the head of a large speci-

men, collected by Mr. Burke in Lord Derby’s exploring party. The

skin of the head is stuffed, and the skull kept separate.

An adult skull without the lower jaw is in the Museum of the

London Missionary Society in Bloomfield Street, London, E.C., that

was obtained by the Rev. John Campbell.

The Rev. John Campbell gives a figure of the head of this animal

before the skin was removed in his work entitled ‘ Travels in South

Africa, Second Mission’ (2 vols. 8vo, London, 1822), where it is

called the ‘head of a Unicorn killed near the City of Mashow”

(plate at p. 294 of the second volume). The artist has added a

regular series of nearly equal-sized square teeth all along both

aws. |

: This figure is copied in Froriep’s ‘ Notizen’ for 1822, at vol. ii.

p- 98; and a notice of the skull is given at p. 152 of vol. i. of the

same journal,

2. CERATOTHERIUM OSWELLII. Kobaaba. B.M. (horn).

The front horn very long, thick at the base, bent back and then

forward at the end, the front of the tip worn flat.

Trés-grande corne de Rhinocéros, Buffon, N. H. x. t. 8. f. 5.

1030 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDE. _[ Dec. 12,

Rhinoceros horn, Parsons, Phil. Trans. 1742, 1743, t. 3. f. 6.

Rhinoceros oswellii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 46, f. (horn) ; Ann,

and Mag. N. H. xv.-145.

Rhinoceros oswelli, Andersson, Lake Ngami, p. 386, f. (head),

p- 388, f. (horn).

Kobaaba, Baines, Land and Water, July 28, 1866, f.

Hab. South Africa.

I have not seen the skull of this species, and I do not believe there

is one in any European. Museum.

Camper probably knew R. oswellii. He observes, “‘ Cornu ante-

rius A D in hoe specimene incurvum adeo fuit ut alterum E F H,

tamquam inutile reddiderit. Verum non ita in omnibus; possideo

alterius cranii partem, cujus cornu anterius rectum, et antrorsum

inclinatum est.’’— Camper, 1. c. 186.

Mr. Baines gave a foetus of the Kobaaba to the Royal College

of Surgeons (killed 3rd of June, 1862). He has shown me a series

of drawings of the recently killed Kobaaba. One group represents

the R. simus and R. oswellii side by side. The horns of the two

are very different in appearance.

Mr. Baines says Mr. Chapman was informed by the natives that

they had never seen a young Kobaaba= R. oswellii. Mr. Baines

says that it is possible that the horn, being worn away at the end by

the constant friction on the front as it passes through the bushes,

may bend forward in the older specimens. The Kaffirs make the

horns of the cattle bend by scraping them on the sides towards

which they wish them to turn.

Schinz gives the name of niger to the Rhinoceros horn figured by

Andersson ; but he describes it as curved back, in the same words as

he described the horns of the other African species.

Camper compares the labial process to a finger, and says it is not

unlike the lobe at the end of the trunk of the Elephant.

See M. F. Fresnel’s “Sur l’existence d’une espéce unicorne de

Rhinocéros dans la partie tropicale de l Afrique’? (Comptes Rendus,

xxvi. 1848, p. 281). See also A. Smith’s ‘ Illust. Zool. S. A.’ t. 1,

where he says the natives mention a one-horned African species.

Ill. Skin smooth, even. Skull ? Internasal bony, short ; the

nasal, internasal, and the intermasxillaries united into one mass.

Asia and Europe, fossil.

5. C@LODONTA.

Nose with two horns. Skull elongate; face rather produced ;

nasal bones broad, rounded in front ; cutting-teeth none; intermax-

illaries. very short; internasal bony, uniting the nasals, the inter-

maxillary, and maxillee into one mass. Asia, Europe, Africa.

Rhinocéros a narines cloisonnées, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 64.

Celodonta, Brown, 1831.

1867.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDS. 1031

C@LODONTA PALLASII.

Rhinoceros, Pallas, Acta Acad. Petrop. 1777, ii. 210, t. 9; Nov.

Com. Petrop. xiii. 447, t. 9, 10.

Rhinoceros tichorinus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii. 64, t. 7. f. 1 (skull),

t. 8, 9, 11, 14 (bones) ; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 13 (from Pallas).

R. pallasiit, Desm. Mam. 402.

R. antiquitatis, Blainv. :

Rhinocéros de Sibérie, Cuv. Ann. Mus. xii. 19, t. 1, 3, 4.

Hab. Siberia, in the ice; Fossil, Himalaya &c.

The following measurements are given in inches and lines, taken by

a pair of callipers ;.so they are a straight line (or chord) from point

to point indicated, and not a line over or along the surface. I be-

lieve they are sufficient for all zoological purposes; but it is the

fashion of some zoologists and comparative anatomists to give mea-

surements with three, and sometimes even four places of decimals,

this arising from their taking a metre, about 39 inches, for the

unit, which requires one decimal place for any measured or part of a

measured inch or space under 39 inches, two for any similar mea-

surement under 4 inches, and three for any under 5 lines. Others,

to avoid this evil, write of 20 or 130 mm. (millimetres) ; but this is

as Inconvenient, as the latter unit is as much too small as the other

is too large.

On pointing out this evil to a naturalist, who has published long

tables with such admeasurements, he replied, did it not look very

scientific? I fear, unfortunately, there is a desire to mystify general

readers, and a quackery in natural history as in other less ennobling

studies.

I have never yet met with a naturalist, even German or French,

that could show me the size of a bone marked in the French metrical

system ; few cannot do this with considerable accuracy when marked

in inches or feet. The having a measurement of well-known different

lengths, as yards, feet, inches, or lines, which bear a relation to some

parts of our own bodies, is a great advantage not found in the me-

trical system.

‘soqerd saedurep Ut UOATS [NYS oY} WOLF OAV MOZZIay “ay JO [NYS oY} JO s]uSUIeIsBoUr OUT, “Pxwste_)

pieapy apy fq opewt udeq cael syuoMoInsvout oY, “SUTUBM SOUITJOVUOS OL SOLIV][IXBULAOJUL OY] { SoUOg [BSBU OT} WOT OLB SJUOWMEMsvEUT OUT,

[ Dec. 12.

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE RHINOCEROTIDA.

1032

& FI

0 OL

@ 1%

0 &

0 FI

& &

€ OL

9 8%

0 Lz

[cur

99 |99

9 11/6 OF

9 €1/0 &T

0 OL|9 OT

GaLl foe

€ 16|9 FG

0 G6|0 16

€ GI

6 G6|9 G

0 1/9 FI

6 8¢|€ I€

6 86/6 66

“2 S001} *? SOOT] *P E00T

Tejey | cunt

€€ |\0¢ |0F |9F

OFT |\E€Lige | 9

69 1€ ZL

0¢ 1/06

e's. ios

08 |6 GI

66 |9 LI

0€ 109

9% 106

96/9 LI

€¢ 168

0 IT|9 61

ans fl he eS

2 S00T | *? S9ET| “2 TOFT

‘oInay

§,aodureg

°D0}}184 °H

“STUB “A

81040929 “2

6 F1|}0 GI} é 16/€ 61|9 Tz

* g1OpULLS JO oUTT-4Y0e} JO Ty9UNrT |

‘unt | 4npe ‘unt james ‘unt ‘ ‘unt

& 9€9FOGGgoelEelbFt OF

€9 Eg as

9 OL/€ II 96 9 &1€ G19 41/6 €T0 919 O16 E10 FI

Lek 069019 0168 0110 ar9 1168 6 19

a! ofa eh 6 8 ¢ 110 110 1199 06 68

esa 9 #1 0 919 020 19 O@e ZI/9 9T'6 LT

gies 0 LI 8 118 0G 9 OGs 0c/6 FII9 ST 41

EL 92 68 Bee A= HBO sls |

91 1€8 96 6 Lo 119 oro r10 2 le oe 6

6 91/6 2/9 L210 6T, 0 SIIg Bie ae Za9 SIle OBE 0G

96 |6 OL 06 66 € 6 6 116 IL9 IT9 4 |g OF IT

9 81/0 IZ € 61 '9 S16 €3'9 FBO Ez EI/S 0GO Iz

ale & 0 120 969 9z€ 9/0 STle FBG FZ

‘| Url -[ “ury" Tw ai a a

‘D TOP" 2€¢L C166 |°9 Gol"? eal fced ‘OSEL\"P SEL"?

. : eal ;

sn S a |. S : :

-payowne “ay =3 SUyDSDU “aT 3 *SUULO0IUN “aT “snovunanl ‘ar

"+++ ++ Suruodo

ore JO ostq 98.080 JO TIPIM |

"1" **SqTQTO JaA0 |

Wee Ae jo Feel OPI JO TIP |

teeters sees eee o1jeUl

{-o8te jo qaed Jopury Jo UQPT A |

eae eee Texdro00 JO TPT |

{ * atApuoo 04

wel caMmoy JO snUeI Jo JYSIOFT

* "4800 TeyId1000 07 epsuR UOA, |

{st IOMOT PUB T[NYS Jo YSToTy |

frrtrsreseess opdue jo sqaed

(aeddn 0} wel JOMOT JO yysuery

aa}90 ‘Tesvu JO YASUATT

[rset tebe es Ayraeo avppuoo |

Loy jessu jo puo wory yysuerT

ie do Baio aloe yIqto Jo yuouy |

OF [ees Jon pas wos qysuery |

eB OCCOD Oe qsoao [eytdto

ee -00 0} [esBU JO pus MOAT YASUI |

{ *+sopApuoo yez1d1090 Jo a1ju00

0} [seu JO pus WOT YoUOTT

1033

APPENDIX.

. LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

Jan.

29.

30.

DURING THE YEAR

1867.

. 1 Indian Civet. Viverricula indica (Geoff.). Purchased.

1 Ocelot. Felis pardalis, Linn. Purchased.

2 Mexican Guans. Penelope purpurascens, Wagl. Purchased.

. 1 Serval. Felis serval, Schreb. Presented by Mrs. Duncan

Campbell.

. 1Common Badger. Meles tarus (Schreb.). Presented by Henry

Elwes, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Emu. Dromeus nove-hollandia, Vieill. Presented by Money

Wigram, Esq., F.Z.S.

Lo eS, ee Goose. Chloéphaga magellanica (Gm.). Purchased.

2 ESE

ohn’s Monkey. Macacus sancti-johannis, Swinhoe. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Formosan Pig. Sus taivanus, Swinhoe. Presented by —

Gregory, Esq., H.M. Vice-Consul at Tamsuy.

. l pair of Black-winged Peafowl. Pavo nigripennis, Sclater.

Presented by Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 pair of White Peafowl. Pavo cristatus, Linn., var. alba.

Presented by Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 pair of Common Peafowl. Pavo cristatus, Linn. Presented

by Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger. Phalangista vulpina (Shaw). Born.

. 1 Common Bittern. Botawrus stellaris (Linn.). Presented by

the Rey. Benjamin Ruck Keene.

. 1 Regent Bird. Serteulus chrysocephalus. Presented by Dr.

Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

1 g Formosan Deer. Cervus taivanus, Blyth. Purchased.

1 Turtle. Chelonia imbricata, Schw. Purchased.

1 Common Bittern. Botaurus stellaris (Linn.). Presented by

the Rey. R. Smith.

1g Emu. Dromeus nove-hollandia, Vieill. Received in ex-

change.

1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by Mrs. Smith.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LX VI.

ie}

APPENDIX.

1 Long-eared Owl. Otus vulgaris, Flem. Presented by Edward

Greey, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey. Macacus nemestrinus (Linn.). Presented

by Douglas Marsh, Esq.

we pce elie Rock-Kangaroos. Petrogale xanthopus, Gray.

orn.

. 1 Naked-throated Cotinga. Chasmorhynchus nudicollis (Vieill.).

Presented by Dr. John A. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

1 Kagu. Rhinochetus jubatus, Verr. et Des Murs. Purchased.

2 Green-tailed Lories. Lorius chlorocercus, Gould. Purchased.

. | Grey-cheeked Monkey. Cercocebus albigena (Gray). Pre-

sented by Capt. James Erskine, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘Speedwell.’

1 Mangabey Monkey. Cercocebus ethiops (Kuhl). Presented

by Capt. James Erskine, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘Speedwell.’

1 Viverrine Cat. JLelis viverrina, Bennett. Purchased.

. 1 Cinereous Sea-Eagle. Haliaétus albicilla (Linn.). Presented

by A. Pryor, Esq.

. 1 Vervet Monkey. Cercopithecus lalandit, Is. Geoff. Received

in exchange.

. 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by W. W. Cowslade, Esq.

1 Mooruk. Casuarius bennettii, Gould. Presented by Commander

Sir W. S. Wiseman, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Curacoa.’

2 Australian Cranes. Grus australasiana, Gould. Presented by

Commander Sir W. S. Wiseman, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Curagoa.’

2 Bronze-winged Pigeons. Phaps chalcoptera (Lath.). Presented

by Commander Sir W. 8S. Wiseman, R.N., H.M.S. ‘Curacoa.’

2 Spotted-eared Owls. Bubo maculosus (Vieill.). Presented by

Commander Sir W. 8. Wiseman, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Curagoa.’

1 Chacma Baboon. Cynocephalus porcarius (Bodd.) Presented

by J. Gurney Hawes, Esq.

. LKangarooRat. Bettongia—? Presented by C.J. Foljambe, Esq.

. 2 Senegal Parrots. Poocephalus senegalensis (Linn.). Presented

by Capt. Maule.

. 1 Banded Ichneumon. Herpestes fasciatus, Desm. Presented

by Mrs. Keep.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

Col. Clinton.

. 1 pair of Russian Bullfinches. Pyrrhadla rubicilla, Pall. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by W. Burney Wood, Esq.

. 1 pair of Yarrell’s Curassows. Crax carunculatus,Temm. Re-

ceived in exchange.

. 1 Great Kangaroo. Macropus giganteus (Shaw). Born.

1 Barred Owl. Syrniwm nebulosum (Forst.). “Presented by A.

Downs, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Canada Jay. Perisoreus canadensis (Linn.). Presented by A.

Downs, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Dusky Duck. Anas obscura, Gm. Presented by A. Downs,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Rose-breasted Grosbeak. Hedymeles ludovicianus (Linn.).

Presented by A. Downs, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Lineated Buzzard. Buteo lineatus (Gm.). Presented by E. C.

Newcombe, Esq.

1 Common Kestrel. Tinnwnenlus alaudarius, Briss. Presented

by E. C. Newcombe, Esq.

Mar. 3.

11.

22.

23.

26,

29.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1035

3 Common Boas. Boa constrictor, Linn, Presented by Robert

Goodwin, Esq., of Pernambuco.

. 1 Vervet Monkey. Cercopithecus lalandit, Is. Geoff. Purchased.

1 Black-faced Spider Monkey. Afeles ater, F. Cuv. Purchased.

1 Kaleege. Luplocamus melanotus (?). Received in exchange.

. 1 Love-bird Parrakeet. Agapornis pullaria (Linn.). Presented

by Miss Armitstead.

. 1 Barbary Ape. Inuus sylvanus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Moustache-Monkey. Cercopithecus cephus, Erxl. Purchased,

2 Mona Monkeys. Cercopithecus mona, Erxl. Purchased.

2 Prairie Marmots. Arctomys ludovicianus, Ord. Purchased.

1 Boatbill. Cancroma cochlearia, Linn. Purchased.

1 Superb Tanager. Calliste fastuosa (Less.). Purchased.

] Black Lemur. Lemur niger, Geoff. Purchased.

1 Black-fronted Lemur. Lemur nigrifrons, Geoff. Purchased.

1 Yellow-fronted Lemur. Lemur flarifrons (Gray). Purchased,

. 1 Cuvier’s Podargus. Podargus cuvierti, Vig. et Horsf. Pur-

chased.

. 1 g African Sheep. Ovis aries, Linn., var. Born.

. 1 Crested Guan. Penelope cristata, Gm. Presented by Lady

Cust.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo. Cacatua galerita (Lath.).

Deposited.

1 Concayve-casqued Hornbill. Buceros bicornis, Linn. Purchased.

1 Grey Crow. Strepera anaphonensis (Temm.). Purchased.

1 Carpet-Snake. Morelia variegata, Gray. Purchased.

1 Hawfinch. Coccothraustes vulgaris (Briss.). Purchased.

. 1 ¢ Cashmere-shawl Goat. Capra hircus, Linn., var. Born.

. 1 ¢ Giraffe. Camelopardalis giraffa, Gm. Born.

. 1 2 Cashmere-shawl Goat. Capra hircus, Linn., var. Born.

1 Peruvian Boa. Boa eques, Eyd. et Soul. Presented by Prof.

Wn. Nation, of Lima, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Ursine Dasyure. Dasyurus ursinus (Harr.). Purchased.

1 Nutcracker. Nucifraga caryocatactes, Briss. Purchased.

. 1 Short-headed Phalanger. Belideus breviceps (Waterh.). Born.

2 Raccoons. Procyon lotor (Linn.). Presented by Henry Jubber,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Iceland Falcon. Falco islandicus, Briinn. Purchased.

3 Wood-Pigeons. Columba palumbus, Linn. Presented by Ro-

bert H. Mitford, Esq.

2 Turtledoves. Zwurtur auritus, Ray. Presented by Robert H.

Mitford, Esq.

2 Hybrid Turtledoves. Turtwr auritus and T. risorius. Presented

by Robert H. Mitford, Esq.

1 Seychellean Tortoise. Sternotherus subniger, Gray. Presented

by Edward Newton, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. | White-headed Sea-Eagle. Haliaétus leucocephalus (Linn.).

Presented by — Whittle, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

Mrs. Lea.

1 oo Thick-knee. Gdicnemus grallarius (Lath.). Re-

ceived.

1 Wanderoo Monkey. Macacus silenus (Linn.). Presented by

General Sir Henry G. A. Taylor, F.Z.S.

3 Wild Turkeys. Meleagris gallopavo, Linn. Purchased.

1 Talapoin Monkey. Cercopithecus talapoin, Erxl. Presented

by the Rey. Dan. Greatorex.

1036 APPENDIX.

Mar. 29. 1 Pallas’s Paradoxure. Paradoxurus pallasii, Gray. Presented

by R. R. Liddle, Esq.

1 Masked Paradoxure. Paradoxurus larvatus, Gray. Purchased.

1 young male Orang-Utan. Stmia satyrus, Linn. Deposited.

1 pair of American Bisons. Bison americanus (Gm.). Deposited.

30. 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo. Cacatua sulphurea (Gm.).

Presented by Miss Atkinson.

1 pair of Goosanders. Mergus merganser, Linn. Purchased.

April 2, 2 Wood-Pigeons. Columba palumbus, Linn. Presented by

Thomas Worthington, Esq.

1 Turtledove. Turtur auritus, Ray. Presented by Thomas

Worthington, Ksq.

1 White Dove. TZurtur risorius (.), var. alba. Presented by

Thomas Worthington, Esq.

3. 13 Yak. Bos grunniens, Linn. Born.

1 Coati (Red variety). Nasuwa nasica (Linn.). Presented by

the Earl of Dundonald.

1 Spotted Eagle. Aguila nevia (Gm.). Purchased.

1 Chestnut-bellied Squirrel. Sciwrus castaneoventris. Purchased.

4, 4 Common Adders. elias berus, Merr. Presented by Dr.

Brushfield.

8. 3 Moorhens from the Island of St. Denis, Seychelles. Galhinula

chloropus, Linn. Presented by Edward Newton, Esq., C.M.Z.8.

1 Painted Dove. Turtur picturatus (Temm.), Presented by

Edward Newton, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Praslin Parrakeet. Coracopsis barklyi, Newton. Presented

by Swinbourne Ward, Esq., Civil Commissioner of Seychelles.

9. 1 Lyre-Bird. Menwra superba, Day. Purchased.

2 Varied Hemipodes. Twurnix varia (Lath.). Purchased.

10. 2 Brush Turkeys. Talegalla lathami, Gray. Presented by F. J.

Owen, Esq.

1 Yellow-shouldered Weayerbird. Pentheria macroura (Gm.).

Purchased.

11. 1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

Miss Lockhart.

2 White Rats. Mus decumanus, Linn. Presented by — Vau-

drey, Hsq.

12. 2 Kinefishers.. Alcedo ispida, Linn. Purchased.

13. 1 g Eland. Oreas canna (Pall.). Born.

2 $ Formosan Deer. Cervus taévanus, Blyth. Purchased.

15. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey. Macacus nemestrinus (Linn.). Presented

by W. D. Garside, Esq.

3 Green-winged Doves. Chalcophaps indica (Linn.). Presented

by W. D. Garside, Esq.

1 Marimonda Spider Monkey. Ateles belzebuth (Briss.). Re-

ceived in exchange.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo. Cacatua leadbeateri (Vig.). Re-

ceived.

16. 1 2 Japanese Pig. Sus leucomystar,Temm. Presented by Messrs.

Vanner, Prest, and Syth.

17, 2 Proteus. Proteus anguinus (Shaw). Presented by Major

R. H. H. Jary, F.Z.8.

21. 2 Stump-tailed Lizards. Trachydosaurus rugosus, Gray. Pur-

chased.

24. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby. Halmaturus bennettii, Waterh. Born.

25, 1 Boatbill. Cancroma cochlearia, Linn, Received in exchange.

Apr. 25.

27.

29.

30.

May 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1037

2 Ka-Ka Parrots. Nestor hypopolius (Forst.). Presented by the

Acclimatization Society of Canterbury, New Zealand.

1 Dingo Dog. Canis dingo, Blumenb. Presented by James

Anderson, Esq.

2 Seed-eaters. Crithagra —. Presented by Miss Charlotte

Boyle.

1 West-African Lark. Presented by Miss Charlotte Boyle.

3 West-Atfrican Weavyerbirds. Presented by Miss Charlotte

Boyle.

4 Cieust Felis caracal, Schreb. Purchased.

39 Mud-Frogs. Pelobates fuscus. Received in exchange.

4 Maja Finches. Mania maja (Linn.). Purchased.

4 Javan Maja Finches. Munia ferruginea (Sparrm.). Pur-

chased.

4 pairs of Unaulated Parrakeets. Melopsittacus undulatus (Shaw).

Purchased.

12 Common Teal. Querquedula crecca (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Garganey Teal. Querquedula circia (Linn.). Purchased.

12 Fournier’s Capromys. Capromys pilorides, Say. Presented

by Francis Fesser, Esq., of Havana, Cuba.

1 Frugivorous Bat. Pteropus argentatus, Gray. Purchased.

1 Markhoor. Capra megaceros, Hutton. Born.

1 Viscacha. Lagostomus trichodactylus, Brookes. Born.

1 Marmoset Monkey. Hapale jacchus (Linn.). Presented by

Miss Amy Chester.

2 pairs of Black-bellied Sand-Grouse. Pterocles arenarius,

Pall. Presented by Capt. R. C. Beayan, H.M.I.A., C.M.Z.S.

1 Spur-winged Goose. Plectropterus gambensis (Linn.). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Compton Robert.

2 pairs of Many-coloured Parrakeets. Psephotus multicolor

(Brown). Purchased.

6 Spotted Salamanders. Salamandra maculosa (Linn.). Pre-

sented by F. Coleman, Esq. >

4 Green Tree-Frogs. Hyla viridis. Presented by F. Coleman,

Esq.

1 Natierack Toad. Bufo calamita, Laur. Presented by F.

Coleman, Esq.

1 Black Rat. Mus rattus, Linn. Presented by Miss Smee.

2. 1 Green Monkey. Cercopithecus callitrichus, Is, Geoff. Pre-

sented by Henry M. Spalding, Esq.

2 Virginian Colins. Ortyx virginianus (Linn.). Presented by

L. H. Smith, Esq.

1 St. Helena Seed-eater. Crithagra butyracea (Linn.). Pre-

sented by Capt. R. C. Beavan, H.M.I.A., C.M.Z.S.

1 Red-headed Weaverbird. Euplectes madagascariensis (Linn.).

Presented by Capt. R. C. Beavan, H.M.I.A., C.M.Z.S.

4 Indian Siskins. Chrysomitris spinoides (Vig.). Presented by

‘Capt. R. C. Beavan, H.M.I.A., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Napu Musk-Deer. Tragulus javanicus (Pall.). Purchased.

7 Swinhoe’s Pheasants. Luplocamus swinhoii, Gould. Hatched.

. 2 Yarrell’s Curassows. Craxv carunculatus, Temm. Presented

by Ed. Thornton, Esq., H.B.M. Minister, Rio de Janeiro.

1 Razor-billed Curassow. Pauxi mitu (Linn.). Presented by

Ed. Thornton, Esq., H.B.M. Minister, Rio de Janeiro. j

2 Cayenne Lapwings. Vanellus cayennensis, Gm. Presented by

George Wilkes, Esq. ;

1038

May 4.

“I

10.

APPENDIX.

1 Indian Civet Cat. Viverricula indica (Geoft.), Presented by

H. Morgan, Esq.

1 Common Wolf. Canis lupus, Linn. Presented by — Bolckow,

Esq.

4 Fishes from Calcutta. Presented by Capt. Gideon.

. 3 Variegated Sheldrakes. Casarca variegata (Gm.). Hatched.

1 Chestnut-bellied Squirrel. Sczwrus castaneiventris, Gray.

Purchased.

. 1 Common Adder. Pelias berus, Merr. Presented by Edgar E.

Larking, Esq.

1 ¢ Ground-Hornbill. Bucorvus abyssinicus (Gm.). Presented

by Charles B. Mosse, Esq.

1 Spur-winged Goose. Plectropterus gambensis (Linn.). Pre-

sented by Charles B. Mosse, Esq.

. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby. Halmaturus bennettii (Waterh.). Born.

1 Black Rat. Mus rattus, Linn. (from Jamaica). Presented by

W. T. Hearn, Esq.

1 pair of Saffron Finches. Sycalis brasiliensis (Gm.). Pur-

chased.

2 Common Hares. Lepus timidus, Linn. Presented by Dr.

R. R. Sewell.

. 1Q Eland. Oreas canna (Pall.). Born.

2 Indian Poreupines. Hystrix leucura, Sykes. Born.

2 Common Adders. Pelias berus, Merr. Presented by Dr.

Brushfield.

. 1 Black-necked Swan. Cygnus nigricollis (Gm.). Hatched.

1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by C. E. Gill, Esq.

1 Slow Loris. MNycticebus tardigradus (Linn.). Presented by

John R. Forrester, Esq.

5 Dusky Ducks. Anas obscura (Gm.). Hatched.

1 Young Chacma Baboon. Cynocephalus porcarius (Bodd.).

Presented by Thomas Lancaster, Esq.

1 Turtledove. Turtur auritus (Ray). Presented by Dr. Page.

1 2 Banksian Cockatoo. Calyptorhynchus banksii (Lath.). De-

osited.

2 meet Tree-Ducks. Dendrocygna eytonii (Gould). Presented

Dr. Geo. Bennett, F.Z.S.

1 Q Australian Bustard. Otis australis, Gray. Presented by

Dr. Geo. Bennett, F.Z.8.

2 Beautiful Parrakeets. Psephotus pulcherrimus, Gould. Pur-

chased.

1 Yellow-fronted Lemur. Lemur flavifrons, Gray. Pur-

chased.

1 Boa. Boa—? Presented by Dr. John A. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

2 Wedge-tailed Eagles. Aquila audaz, Lath. Presented by

the Commissioners of South Australia to the French Exhi-

bition.

1 Australian Thick-knee. Mdicnemus grallarius (Lath.). Pre-

sented by the Commissioners of South Australia to the French

Exhibition.

1 Black-faced Kangaroo. Macropus melanops, Gould. Presented

by the Commissioners of South Australia to the French Ex-

hibition.

1 Derbyan Wallaby. Halmaturus derbianus, Gray. _ Presented

Pree Commissioners of South Australia to the French Ex-

ibition.

May 11

14.

15.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1029

. 1 pair of Hairy-nosed Wombats. Phascolomys latifrons, Owen.

Presented by the Commissioners of South Australia to the

French Exhibition.

. 2 Common Crowned Pigeons. Gowra coronata (Linn.). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Bacon.

1 pair of Common Sheldrakes. Zadorna vulpanser, Flem. Pur-

chased.

1 Jelarang Squirrel. Sciwrus bicolor, Sparrm. Presented by

Mrs. Williams.

8 Leaf-green Tree-Frogs. Hyla phyllochroa, Giinther. Purchased.

2 Hooded Night-Herons. Nycticorax cucullatus (Licht.). Pur-

chased.

1 Himalayan Bear. Ursus tibetanus, F. Cuv. Deposited.

1 pair of Egyptian Geese. Chenalopex egyptiacus (Briss.). Pre-

sented by Frederick Powell, Esq.

1 pair of Common Geese. Anser ferus, Linn., var. domestica.

Presented by Frederick Powell, Esq.

1 ¢ Cuvier’s Gazelle. Gazella_cuvierii, Ogilby. Presented by

Rear-Admiral Sir William Hall.

1 Common Sturgeon. Acipenser sturio, Linn, Presented by

Thomas Grove, Esq.

. 2 Grey Ichneumons. Herpestes griseus, Geoff. Presented by

S. H. Browne, Esq., 77th Regiment.

1 Ourebi Antelope. Oreotragus scoparius (Schreb.). Presented

by Charles B. Mosse, Esq.

. 1 ¢ Cashmere-shawl Goat. Capra hircus, Linn., var. Born.

3 Ruddy-headed Geese. Chloéphaga rubidiceps, Sclater. Hatched.

7 Ruddy Sheldrakes. Casarca rutila (Pall.). Hatched.

. 1 2 Barbary Deer. Cervus barbarus, Benn. Born.

. 2 Spotted Hyzenas. Hyena crocuta, Erxl. Presented by José

Manuel de Freitas Branco, Esq.

. 2 Black Squirrels. Scirus niger, Linn. Presented by C. Leve-

son Lane, Esq., Royal Fusiliers.

1 Grey Squirrel. Sczuus cinereus, Linn. Presented by C.

Leveson Lane, Esq., Royal Fusiliers.

1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo. ettongia grayi, Gould. Born.

3 Ashy-headed Geese. Chloéphaga poliocephala, Gray. Hatched.

2 Palm-Squirrels. Sciwrus palmarum, Linn. Presented by Mrs.

Tytler.

12 Green Lizards. Lacerta viridis, Linn, Presented by —

Tollemache, Esq.

13 American Turkeys. Meleagris gallopavo, Linn. Hatched.

1 Silky Monkey. Hapale rosalia (Linn.), Presented by Colin

A. Campbell, Esq.

8 Lineated Pheasants. Euplocamus lineatus (Lath. MS.),

Hatched.

7 Pallas’s Eared Pheasants. Crossoptilon auritum (Pall.).

Hatched.

1 Purple Kaleege. Euplocamus horsfieldu, Gray. Hatched.

1 Chacma Baboon. Cynocephalus porcarius (Bodd.). Deposited.

1 Yellow-rumped Parrakeet. Platycercus flaveolus, Gould.

Peurhased.

1 Long-winged Kite. Milvus isurus, Gould. Purchased.

2 Tasmanian Jerboa Kangaroos. Bettongia apicalis, Gould,

Purchased.

1 Spotted-tailed Dasyure. Dasyurus maculatus (Shaw). Pur-

chased.

1040

May 27.

28.

29.

3].

June l.

12.

14.

APPENDIX.

1 Young Brown Howler. Mycetes ursinus(Humb.). Purchased.

2 Red-billed Tree-Ducks. Dendrocygna autumnalis (Linn.).

Presented by Capt. J. M. Dow, C.M.Z.S.

2 Land-Tortoises. Presented by C. A. Fairbridge, Esq.

3 Allen’s Porphyrios. Porphyrio allenit, Thomp. Purchased.

1 Egyptian Lizard. Uromastix spinipes (Daud.). Presented by

John D. Carmichael, Esq.

2 Rufous Tinamous. Rhynchotus rufescens (Temm.). Hatched.

1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by Francis N. Smith, Esq.

1 Blue-crowned Conure. Conurus hemorrhous, Spix. Deposited.

4 Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus(Lath.). Hatched.

. 1 Q Sambur Deer. Cervus aristotelis, Cuy. Born.

2 Chimpanzees from the Congo. TZroglodytes niger, Geoff. Pur-

chased.

1 Weeper Capuchin. Cebus capucinus, Geoff. Received in ex-

change.

. 4 Ruddy-headed Geese. Chloéphaga rubidiceps, Sclater. Hatched.

3 Mauge’s Doves. Geopelia maugei (Temm.). Purchased.

1 Quebec Marmot. Arctomys empetra (Schreb.). Received in

exchange.

1 Kinkajou. Cercoleptes caudivolvulus (Pall.). Presented by

Capt. A. Ruck Keene.

. 1 Black Francolin. Francolinus vulgaris, Steph. Received in

exchange.

1 Burchell’s Zebra. Equus burchellii, Gray. Born.

1 ¢ Canadian Beaver. Castor canadensis, Kuhl. Purchased.

1 Demoiselle Crane. Anthropoides virgo (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Trumpeter Swan. Cygnus buceinator, Rich. Purchased.

2 Fulvous Tree-Ducks. Dendrocygna fulva (Gm.). Purchased.

1 Rosy-billed Duck. Fuligula peposaca (Vieill.). Purchased.

2 White-backed Bateleur Eagles. Helotarsus ecaudatus (Daud.),

var. leuconota. Purchased.

2 Waxwines. -Ampelis garrulus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Arabian Bustard. Otis arabs, Less. Purchased.

1 Senegal Bustard. Otis senegalensis, Vieill. Purchased.

2 Ring-necked Parrakeets. Paleornis torquata (Linn.). De-

posited.

. 1 Bahama Duck. Pecilonetta bahamensis (Linn.). Deposited.

. 1 g Japanese Deer. Cervus sika, Temm. Born.

6 Summer-Ducks. Aix sponsa (Linn.). Hatched.

. 5 Australian Wild Ducks. Anas superciliosa, Gm. Hatched.

. 7 Black-backed Kaleeges. Euplocamus melanotus (Blyth).

Hatched.

1 Japanese Pheasant. Phasianus versicolor, Vieill. Hatched.

3 Common Chameleons. Chameleon vulyaris, Daud. Presented

by E. W. Underwood, Esq.

9 Wild Turkeys. Meleagris gallopavo, Linn. Hatched.

6 Great Cyclodus Lizards. Cyclodus gigas (Bodd.). Born.

1 Peregrine Falcon. Falco peregrinus, Linn, Presented by the

Rey. J. Climenson.

1 Hobby. Hypotriorchis subbuteo (Linn.). Purchased.

9 Pallas’s Eared Pheasants. Crossoptilon auritum (Pall.).

Hatched.

1 pair of Bennett's Wallabies. Halmaturus bennettii, Waterh.

Presented by William Euduby, Esq.

June 14,

15,

18.

19.

20.

21.

23.

24.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1041

1 pair of Black Swans. Cygnus atratus, Lath. Presented by

John P. Gassiot, Esq., jun., F.Z.S.

1 pair of Formosan Deer. Cervus taévanus, Blyth. Presented

by John Fleming, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Common Kingfishers. -Alcedo ispida, Linn. Presented by

Capt. C. A. Delmar.

1 Long-billed Butcherbird. Barita destructor, Temm. Pur-

chased.

1 Pennant’s Parrakeet. Platycercus pennantii (Lath.). Presented

by Dr. Mueller, C.M.Z.8.

1 Fitzinger’s Snake. O.vyrrhopus fitzingert. Presented by Prof.

Nation, of Lima, C.M.Z.S.

1 Black-fronted Spider Monkey. Ateles frontatus, Gray. Pur-

chased.

1 Dorsal Squirrel. Scirus dorsalis, Gray. Purchased.

1 Common Cormorant. Phalacrocorax carbo, Linn. Presented

by Capt. Salvin.

2 Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus(Lath.). Hatched.

1 Leyaillant’s Amazon. Chrysotis levaillantii, Gray. Presented

by C. M. Jones, Esq.

7 Green Woodpeckers. Picus viridis, Linn. Purchased.

1 pair of Equine Deer. Cervus equinus, Cuv. Purchased.

1 Capybara. Hydrocherus capybara, Erxl. Purchased.

1 Golden Tiger-Cat. Felis aurata,Temm. Purchased.

1 ¢ Ganga Cockatoo. Callocephalon galeatum (Lath.). Pur-

chased.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon. Chrysotis amazonica (Gm.). Purchased.

2 Blue-headed Pigeons. Starnanas cyanocephalus (Linn.). Pur-

chased.

2 Rufous Pigeons. Columba rufina,Temm. Purchased.

1 Tyrantbird. Megarhynchus pitangua (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Cow-bird. Molothrus pecoris (Gm.). Purchased.

1 Black Tanager. Tachyphonus melaleucus (Sparrm.). Purchased,

1 Grison. Grisonia vittata (Schreb.). Purchased.

1 Hybrid Lemur. Born.

1 Kite. Milvus niger, Briss. Hatched.

2 Cinereous Eagles. Haliaétus albicilla (Linn.). Presented by

His Grace the Duke of Athole.

2. 1 Javan Peafowl. Pavo muticus, Horsf. Hatched.

5 Bahama Ducks. Pecilonetta bahamensis (Linn.). Hatched.

1 pair of Barred-tailed Pheasants. Phasianus reevesii, Gray.

Purchased.

1 Oystercatcher. Hematopus ostralegus, Linn, Presented by

J. B. Williams, Esq.

3 Cheer Pheasants. Phasianus wallichii, Hardw. Hatched.

2 Lineated Pheasants. Euplocamuslineatus (Lath. MS.). Hatched.

5 Swinhoe’s Pheasants. Euplocamus swinhoei, Gould. Hatched.

5 Cape Doves. Cina capensis (Linn.). Presented by Mrs. Ross,

2 pairs of Nonpareils. Cyanospiza ciris (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Barraband’s Parrakeet. Polytelis barrabandii (Sw.). Pur-

chased.

2 Carolina Conures. Conurus carolinensis (Linn.). Purchased.

1 pair of White-breasted Doves. Peristera jamaicensis (Linn.).

Purchased.

1 Mona Monkey. Cercopithecus mona, Erxl. Purchased.

. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo. Cacatua galerita (Lath.).

Presented by Mrs. Tanqueray.

1042

June 25,

26,

28.

July 1.

On cr i. co ON

16.

APPENDIX.

1 Long-eared Owl. Otus vulgaris (Linn.). Presented by Howard

Saunders, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Ocelot (from Buenos Ayres). Felis pardalis, L. Received in

exchange.

1 Smooth Snake. Coronella levis, Lacép. Presented by —

Penny, Esq.

10 Japanese Pheasants. Phastanus versicolor, Vieill. Hatched.

1 Mona Monkey. Cercopithecus mona, Erxl. Purchased.

4 Hawk’s-billed Turtles. Caretta imbricata (Schw.). Presented

by Capt. Cooper.

1 Angola Vulture. Gypohierax angolensis (Gm.). Purchased.

1 Blue-rumped Parrakeet. Pstttinus malaccensis (Lath.). Pur-

chased.

1 Red-footed Squirrel. Xerus erythropus, Geoff. Purchased.

6 Rufous Tinamous. Rhynchotus rufescens (Temm.). Hatched.

3 Rattlesnakes. Crotalus durissus (Daud.). Purchased.

2 American Black Snakes. Coluber guttatus, Linn. Purchased.

1 Nightingale. Philomela luseinia (Linn.). Presented by —

Boswell, Esq.

1 pair of Chinese Geese. -Anser cygnoides, Linn. Presented by

Charles Shaw, Esq.

1 Mortier’s Waterhen. TZribonyx mortieri, Dubus. Purchased.

. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo, Cacatua galerita (Lath.).

Presented by J. R. Cameron, Esq.

1 New-Zealand Owl. -Athene nove-seelandice (Gm.). Presented

by — Arminger, Esq.

. 7 Getulian Ground-Squirrels. Xerus getulus (Linn.). Presented

by Sir John H. Drummond-Hay, K.C.B., C.M.Z.S

. 1 Black Rat (from a Manilla ship). Mus —? Presented by

Frederick Bond, Esq., F.Z.8.

. 2 Black Rats (from a Manilla ship). Mus —? Presented by

R. McLachlan, Esq.

1 Coquetoon Antelope. Cephalophus rufilatus, Gray. Purchased.

. 1 Kingfisher. -Alcedo ispida, Linn. Presented by Capt. C. A.

Delmar.

. 2 Common Seals. Phoca vitulina, Linn. Purchased.

2 Chestnut Cuckoos. Centropus rufipennis, Il. Purchased.

1 Rat-Snake. Ptyas mucosa (Linn.). Purchased.

. 4 Turtles. Presented by Henry Jones, Esq.

. 2 Varied Hemipodes. Turnix varia (Lath.). Hatched.

. 2 Hybrid Goats, ¢ & 2. Between Markhor and Cretan (Capra

megaceros, Hutt, and C. beden, Forsk.). Born.

3 Andaman Pigs. Sus andamensis, Blyth. Born.

1 Sun-Bittern. Eurypyga helias, Pall. Hatched.

2 Cheer Pheasants. Phasianus wallichit, Hardw. Hatched.

2 Common Seals. Phoca vitulina, Linn. Purchased.

1 Ringed Seal. Phoca fetida, Miill. Purchased.

: 3 Japanese Deer. Cervus sika,Temm. Born.

2 Stock-Doves. Columba cenas, Linn. Hatched.

1 Black Rat. Mus rattus, Linn. Presented by Mortimer All-

frey, Esq.

3 Weaverfish. T'rachinus draco, Don. Presented by Robert

Elwes, Esq.

3 Soles. Solea vulgaris, Cuy. Presented by Robert Elwes, Esq.

1 Flounder. Platessa fletus (Linn.). Presented by Robert Elwes,

Ksq.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1043

July 16. 2 Long-spined Cottus. Cottus bubalis, Presented by Robert

17.

18,

19.

20.

22,

23,

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

Elwes, Esq.

1 Pipefish. Presented by Robert Elwes, Esq.

4 Black-fronted Lemurs. Lemur nigrifrons, Geoff. Purchased.

1 Common Cassowary. Casuarius galeatus (Vieill.). Hatched.

1 Black-crested Cardinal. Gubernatrix cristatella (Vieill.).

Hatched.

1 White-crowned Pigeon. Columba leucocephala, Linn. Hatched.

1 Crested Pigeon. Ocyphaps lophotes (Temm.). Hatched.

1 Vinaceous Turtledove. Turtur vinaceus (Gm.). Hatzhed.

1 Common Zebra. Equus zebra, Linn. Purchased.

1 Common Magpie. Pica caudata, Flem. Presented by F. S.

Hoblyn, Esq.

1 Dingo. Cans dingo, Blumenb. Presented by Dr. Mueller,

C.M.Z.S.

2 Bahama Ducks. Pwecilonetta bahamensis (Linn.). Hatched.

1 Common Otter. Zutra vulgaris, Linn. Presented by the Hon. -

Rowland Hill.

7 Noisy Frogs. Rana clamata, Daud. Presented by A. Downs,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 White Rat. Mus decumanus, Linn., var. alba. Presented

by Lady Cust.

1 Rufous Tinamou. Rhynchotus rufescens (Temm.). Hatched.

1 Common Cuckoo, Cuculus canorus, Linn. Presented by R.

L. Bristow, Esq.

1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey. Cebus albifrons, Geott.

Purchased,

1 Jackal Buzzard. Buteo jacal (Daud.). Purchased.

4 Red-bellied Waxbills. Estrelda rubriventris (Vieill.). Pur-

chased.

1 Indian Crocodile. Crocodilus bombifrons, Gray. Presented by

Edmund Penning, Esq.

1 Vulpine Phalanger. Phalangista vulpina (Shaw). Born.

1 young Q Giraffe. Camelopardalis giraffa (Gm.). Purchased.

2 Common Seals. Phoca vitulina, Linn. Purchased.

2 Black-headed Buntings. Emberiza melanocephala, Scop. Pur-

chased.

1 Anaconda. Hunectes murinus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Downy Owl. Athene torquata (Daud.). Purchased.

1 Bartlett’s Pigeon. Phlogenas crinigera, Puch. Hatched.

1 Common Cuckoo. Cuculus canorus, Linn. Presented by the

Rey. J. B. Sweet.

7 Scemmering’s Pheasants (3 3,4 2). Phasianus seMMETINGL.

Presented by Lieut. Duncan Stewart.

2 pairs of Japanese Pheasants. Phasianus versicolor, Vieill.

Presented by Lieut. Duncan Stewart.

1 Chinese Lark. Melanocorypha mongolica (Gm.). Presented

by Lieut. Duncan Stewart.

1 Ariel Toucan. Ramphastos ariel, Vig. Purchased.

1 isc Riverhog. Potamocheerus penicillatus, Gray.

orn.

1 Palm-Squirrel. Seirus palmarum, Linn. Presented by

Christian G. Wraz, Esq.

2 Rose-breasted Grosbeaks. Hedymeles ludovicianus (Linn.).

Purchased.

1 Nutmeg-bird. Munia undulata (Lath.). Purchased.

1 Crimson Finch. Estrelda phaéton, Homb. et J acq. Purchased.

1044

July 29.

30.

31.

Aug. 1.

APPENDIX.

1 Chestnut-eared Finch. Amadina castanotis, Gould. Purchased.

1 Chestnut-breasted Finch. Donacola castaneothorax, Gould.

Purchased.

2 Short-headed Phalangers. Belideus breviceps, Waterh. Born.

6 Japanese Pheasants. Phasianus versicolor, Vieill. Hatched.

3 Toads (from Russia). Bufo, sp. Presented by H. Poole, Esq.

1 Frog (from Russia). Rana, sp. Presented by H. Poole, Esq.

1 Common Jackal. Canis aureus, Linn. Presented by Edmund

A. Ankers, Commander of the ship ‘ Pandora.’

1 Rhesus Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schreb.). Presented

by Jas. R. Thompson, Esq.

. LIguana. Iguana —? Presented by Robert H. Macauly,

sq.

1 Ursine Colobus. Colobus ursinus, Ogilb. Purchased.

1 Mangabey Monkey. Cercocebus ethiops (Kuhl). Purchased.

1 Diana Monkey. Cercopithecus diana (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Moustache-Monkey. Cercopithecus cephus, Erxl. Purchased.

3 Malbrouck Monkeys. Cercopithecus cynosurus, Desm. Pur-

chased.

1 Gambian Pouched Rat. Cricetomys gambianus, Waterh. Pur-

chased.

2 Brazilian Hangnests. Icterus jamacat. Purchased.

. 1 g Persian Deer. Cervus maral, Gray. Born.

2 Tibetan Wolves. Canis laniger, Hodgs., var. nigra. Presented

by Lieut. A. A. Kinloch and Lieut. J. Biddulph.

1 Indian Badger. Arctonyx collaris, Hodgs. Presented by Dr.

J. Anderson, C.M.Z.S.

1 Slow Loris. Nycticebus tardigradus (Linn.). Presented by

Dr. J. Anderson, C.M.Z.S.

1 Panolia Deer. Cervus eldi, M‘Clell. Presented by A. Grote,

Ksq., C.M.Z.S.

8 Water-Tortoises. mys, sp. var. Presented by Dr. J. An-

derson, C.M.Z.S.

2 Indian Pelicans. Pelecanus mitratus (Licht.). Presented by

the Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.8.

4 Demoiselle Cranes. Anthropoides virgo (Linn.). Presented by

the Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

2 9 Peacock Pheasants. Polyplectron chingus,Temm. Presented

by the Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Bronze Pigeon. Carpophaga enea, Jerd. Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Singing Pigeon. Treron sphenura (Vig.). Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 White Fruit-Pigeon. Carpophaga luctuosa (Temm.). Pre-

sented by the Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Entellus Monkey. Semnopithecus entellus (Linn.). Presented

by the Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Slow Loris. Nyeticebus tardiyradus (Linn.). Presented by

A. Grote, Esq., C.M.Z.8.

1 Fighting Hemipode. Zurnivx pugnax (Temm.). Presented

by A. Grote, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 @ Blessbok Antelope. Damaits albifrons, Burch. Born.

1 Coati. Nasua nasica (Linn.). Presented by William Archi-

bald, Esq., ee

1 Vervet Monkey. Cercopithecus talandi, Is. Geoff. Depo-

sited. :

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

19.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1045

. 1 9 Gayal. Bos frontalis, Lambert. Presented by the Babu

Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

12 Gayal. Bos frontalis, Lambert. Presented by William

Dunn, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Bengal Fox. Canis bengalensis, Shaw. Presented by E. Fane,

Esq.

. 3 Common Chameleons. Chameleo vulgaris, Daud. Presented

by Miss H. E. Gautrez.

3 Silk Fowls. Gallus domesticus, Linn., var. Presented by Mrs.

Wambey.

4 Barred-tailed Pheasants. Phastanus reevesii, Gray. Hatched.

5 Superb Tanagers. Calliste fastuosa (Less.). Purchased.

1 Common Chameleon. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud. Presented

by J. W. Howard, Esq.

5 Rufous Tinamous. Rhynchotus rufescens (Temm.). Hatched.

1 Turquoisine Parrakeet. Euphema pulchella (Shaw). Hatched.

1 Rufous-necked Weaverbird. Hyphantornis textor (Gm.).

Hatched.

1 Common Peafowl. Pavo cristatus, Linn. Presented by Mrs.

Wambey.

1 Coati. Nasua nasica (Linn.). Presented by Arthur George

Walker, Esq.

1 Marmoset Monkey. Hapale jacchus (Linn.). Deposited.

1 River-Jack. Clotho rhinoceros, Schl. Purchased.

1 Pinche Monkey. Hapale edipus (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Ceram Lory. Lorius garrulus (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey. Jacacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by Francis Lambert, Esq.

5 Black-backed Porphyrios. Porphyrio melanotus, Temm. Pre-

sented by the Acclimatization Society of Canterbury, New

Zealand.

1 New Zealand Owl. <Athene nove-seelandie (Gm.). Presented

by the Acclimatization Society of Canterbury, New Zealand.

1 Black Rat. Mus rattus, Linn. Presented by Mortimer All-

frey, Esq.

1 pair of Reeves’s Muntjacs. Cervulus reevesii, Ogilby. Depo-

sited.

1 White-faced Paradoxure. Paradorurus larvatus (Gray). Pur-

chased.

1 West-African Hornbill. Buceros elatus, Temm. Purchased.

. | Hyacinthine Maccaw. Ara hyacinthina (Lath.). Purchased.

. Two Scemmering’s Antelopes. Gazella semmeringii (Cretzsch.).

Purchased.

1 Spotted Cavy. Celogenys paca (Linn.). Presented by Miss

M. Shaw Lefevre.

2. 2 White-crowned Pigeons. Columba leucocephala, Linn. Hatched.

1 Vinaceous Turtledove. Twrtur vinaceus (Gm.). Hatched.

24. 2 Indian Wild Pigs. Sus indicus, Gray. Presented by Capt.

Gildea, 21st Fusiliers.

. 1 Marimonda a Praga Ateles belzebulth, Linn. Purchased.

. 2 Pinche Monkeys. Hapale wdipus (Linn.). Presented by

William Leir, Esq.

. 1 Black Leopard. Felis leopardus, Linn., var. nigra. Presented

by Major John Pearse.

. 4 Rufous Tinamous. Rhynchotus rufescens (Temm.). Hatched.

2 Garden Dormice. Myovus nitela, Schreb. Presented by John

Lee, Esq.

cos

13.

14.

16.

18:

APPENDIX.

1 Brush Turkey. Talegalla lathami, Gray. Hatched.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

J. Conolly, Esq.

2 Great Eagle-Owls. Bubo maximus (Aldroy.). Presented by

— Nerdrum, Esq.

. 1 pair of Greek Partridges. Caccabis saxatilis, Bechst. Pre-

sented by G. Jackson Eldridge, Esq.

. 1 Goliath Heron. Ardea goliath,Temm. Presented by F. G.

Mercer, Esq.

1 Common Adder. elias berus, Merr. Presented by W. R.

Tate, Esq.

. 1 ¢ Brahmin Calf. Bos indicus, Linn., var. Born.

. 1 2 Wapiti Deer. Cervus canadensis, Briss. Born.

3 Crested Ground-Parrakeets. Calopsitta nove-hollandie (Gm.).

Hatched.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon. Herpestes griseus (Geoff.). Presented by

G. P. Coffin, Esq.

. 1 2 Cashmere-shawl Goat. Capra hireus, Linn., var. Born.

3 Rufous Tinamous. Rhynchotus rufescens (Temm.). Hatched.

1 Kinkajou. Cercoleptes caudivolvulus (Pall.). Presented by

Lewis Joel, Esq.

1 Kinkajou. Cercoleptes caudivolvulus (Pall.). _ Presented by

H.E. the Hon. A. Gordon, Governor of Trinidad.

1 Hairy-eared Bear. Ursus piscator, Puch. Presented by W.

Scott Stonehewer, Esq.

1 Malayan Bear. Ursus malayanus, Raffl. Presented by T.

Pandorf, Esq.

1 Black Rat. Mus rattus, Linn, Presented by C. P. Jerocold,

Esq.

2 adn Poreupines. Hystrix leucura, Sykes. Born.

1 3 Coati. Nasua nasica (Linn.). Presented by Reginald G.

Tootal, Esq.

1 pair of Black-backed Geese. Sarcidiornis regia (Gm.). Pur-

chased.

2 Madagascar Tree-Ducks. Dendrocygna major, Jerdon. Pur-

chased.

1 Houbara Bustard. Otis houbara, Gm. Purchased.

1 Indian Porcupine. Atherura fasciculata. Purchased.

1 White-lipped Peccary. Dicotyles albirostris. Presented by

Wm. Summerhayes, Esq.

1 Marmoset Monkey. Hapale jacchus (Linn.). Purchased.

. 1 Humboldt’s Lagothrix. Lagothrix humboldti (Geott.). On

approval.

. 1 Moustache-Monkey. Cercopithecus cephus, Erxl. Presented

by J. J. Monteiro, Esq.

. 5 Common Dormice. Myoxus muscardinus (Linn.). Presented

by J. Dorey, Esq.

24. 1 Indian Antelope. Antilope cervicapra, Linn. Presented by

the Officers of the 51st Light Infantry.

1 Formosan Deer. Ursus formosanus, Swinhoe. Presented by

Robert Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul at Amoy.

1 2 Swinhoe’s Deer. Cervus swinhoti, Sclater. Presented by

Robert Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul at Amoy.

2 pairs of Japanese Teal. Querquedula formosa(Gm.). Purchased.

. 2 Nuthatches. Sitta cesia, Meyer. Purchased.

2 Red-backed Shrikes. Enneoctonus collurio(Linn.). Purchased.

Sept. 25.

Oct.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1047

3 Wagtails. Motacilla alba, L. Purchased.

27. 1 Poé Honey-eater. Prosthemadura nove-hollandie (Gm.).

Presented by William Saunders, Esq.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo. Cacatua moluccensis (Gm.). Presented

by Miss Ann E. Wimbolt.

. 83 Common Sheldrakes. Tadorna vulpanser, Flem. Presented

by Lord Francis Conyngham.

1 Coypu. Myopotamus coypus (Mol.). Presented by Capt.

Leeke.

1 West-Indian Snake. Presented by G. R. Waterhouse, Esq.,

F.ZS.

- 1 2 Wapiti Deer. Cervus canadensis, Briss. Born.

. 1 Great Anteater. Myrmecophaga jubata, Linn. Presented by

Dr. J. A. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

2 young Wood-Pigeons. Columba palumbus, Linn. Presented

by John Gould, Esq., V.P.Z.S.

. L Lanner Faleon. Falco lanarius, Schl. Purchased.

. 6 Puff-Adders. Clotho arietans. Presented by F. G. Clark,

Esq.

. 1 ¢ Cashmere-shawl Goat. — Capra hircus, Linn., var. Born.

3 Tyrantbirds. Megarhynchus pitangua (Linn.). Purchased.

. 4 Formosan Pigs. Sus tatvanus, Swinhoe. Born.

. 1 pair of Red-crested Cardinals. Paroaria eucullata (Lath.).

Purchased.

. 1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo. Bettongia grayi(Gould). Presented

by the family of the late Rev. Ed. Selwyn.

1 Chameleon. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud. Presented by Miss

Stedolph,

. 1 Dingo. Canis dingo, Blum. _ Presented by Wm. Tucker, Esq.

. 1 Piping Crow. Gymnorhina leuconota, Gould. Deposited.

. 1 Black-fronted Spider Monkey. Atelesfrontatus, Gray. Pre-

sented by Capt. Acklom, 6th Regiment.

1 Lesser Black-backed Gull. Larus fuseus, Linn. Presented

by A. K. Dale, Esq.

. 1 Barbary Ape. Macacus inuus (Linn.).

5. 1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo. Bettongia grayi (Gould). Born.

. 1 Black-footed Penguin. Spheniscus demersus (Linn.), Pur-

chased.

. 1 Mauge’s Dasyure. Dasywrus maugei, Geoff. Presented by

29.

J. T. Luce, Esq.

1 Laughing Kingfisher. Dacelo gigantea (Lath.). Presented

by J. T. Luce, Esq.

1 Young Crocodile. Crocodilus —? Presented by Robert

Barter, Esq.

3 Siamese Pheasants, 2 $,1 9. Euplocamus prelatus (Bonap.).

Received in exchange.

6 Axolotls. Stredon mexicanus (Shaw). Received in exchange.

1 St. John’s Monkey. Macacus sancti-johannis, Swinhoe. Pre-

sented by T. J. Fawcett, Esq.

1 g Hog Deer. Cervus porcinus, Zimm. Presented by Capt.

H. T. Thompson, 57th Light Infantry.

1 Canadian Beaver. Castor canadensis, Kuhl. Presented by Sir

Charles M. Lampson, Deputy-Governor, Hudson’s Bay Com-

pany.

2 Skunks. Mephitis mephitica. Pvesented by the Hudson’s Bay

Company.

1048

Oct. 29.

Ee 80,

APPENDIX.

2 Cape Crowned Cranes. Balearica regulorum, Licht. Pur-

chased.

1 Molucca Deer. Cervus moluccensis, Mill. Born.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo. Petrogale xanthopus, Gray.

Born.

1 2 Sambur Deer. Cervus aristotelis, Cuv. Presented by Capt.

Clinck, ship ‘ Petunia.’

1 Black-headed Partridge. Caccabis melanocephala (Riipp.).

Purchased.

1 pair of Crested Colins. Eupsychortyx cristatus (Linn.). Pur-

chased.

1 Bourke’s Parrakeet. Euphema bourkii, Mitch. Purchased.

2 Red-billed Hornbills. Toccus erythrorhynchus, Temm., Pur-

chased.

. 1 Varying Hare. Lepus timidus, Linn. Purchased.

Noy. 1.

. 1 Redwing. Turdus ilacus, Linn. Presented by Mrs. Mears.

1g Walrus. Trichechus rosmarus, Linn. Purchased. !

1 Russian Frog. Rana, sp. ign. Purchased.

. 1 Suricate. Suricata zentk (Gm.). Presented by D. P. Blaine, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schreb.). Presented by

Geo. Marshall, Esq.

. 1 Egyptian Fox. Canis niloticus, Geoff. Presented by W. Tay-

lor, Esq.

. 1 Cinereous Vulture. Vudltwr cinereus, Linn. Presented by G.

F. Moss, Esq.

1 Short-eared Owl. Brachyotus palustris (Bonap.). Presented

by Dr. Bree.

1 South-African Porcupine. Hystrix africe-australis, Peters.

Presented by Capt. Samuel Loram.

. 1 Great Anteater. Myrmecophaga jubata (Linn.). Presented

by Percy Brandon, Esq.

2 Common Chameleons. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud. Presented

by J. K. Lord, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Rough-legged Buzzard. Archibuteo lagopus (Gm.). Presented

by ciinelen Gordon, Esq.

1 Common Rhea. Rhea americana, Vieill. Purchased.

. 1 Rattle-Snake. Crotalus durissus (Daud.). Born.

1 Chacma Baboon. Cynocephalus porcarius (Bodd.). Presented

by J. P. Spring, Esq.

1 Chacma Baboon. Cynocephalus porcarius (Bodd.). Presented

by Lieut. Booth.

. 5 Indian Siskins. Chrysomitris spinoides (Vig.). Received in

exchange.

. 1 Red Fox. Canis fulvus, Desm. Presented by Capt. David

Herd, H.B.C.S., C.M.Z.S.

1 Virginian Eagle-Owl. Bubo virginianus (Gm.). Presented

by Capt. David Herd, H.B.C.S., C.M.Z.S.

1 St. John’s Buzzard. Archibuteo sancti-johannis (Gm.). Pre-

sented by Capt. David Herd, H.B.C.S., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schreb.). Presented

by Major Hutchinson, Bengal Staff Corps.

1 Common Rhea. hea americana, Vieill. Purchased.

. 12 Pewets. Vanellus cristatus, Meyer. Purchased.

. | Common Seal. Phoca vitulina, Linn. Purchased.

2 LittleGrebes. Podiceps minor,Lath. Presented by Lieut.-Col.

C. T. Cox.

Nov. 16.

19.

22.

23.

26.

28.

30.

Dec. 5.

. 1 Fraser’s Barn-Owl. Strix poénsis, Fraser. Purchased.

20.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1049

1 Western Night-Parrakeet. Geopsittacus occidentalis, Gould.

Presented by Dr. Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

1 Cinereous Vulture. Valter cinereus, Linn, Presented by Sir

8. Lakeman.

1 Griffon Vulture. Gyps fulvus (Gm.). Presented by Sir 8.

Lakeman.

1 Viscacha. Lagostomus trichodactylus, Brookes. Born.

1 White-headed Parrot. Pionus senilis (Spix). Purchased.

1 Guinea-Baboon. Cynocephalus papio, Desm. Presented by

Mrs. Wilson.

1 Squirrel Monkey. Callithrix sciwreus (Linn.). Presented by

I. Forrome, Esq.

1 Peregrine Falcon. Falco peregrinus, Linn. Presented by C.

H. Akroyd, Esq.

1 Montagu’s Harrier. Cireus cineraceus (Mont.). Presented by

Geo. Dawson Rowley, Esq.

1 Cross-Fox. Canis fulvus, Desm., var. decussata. Presented

by Capt. David Herd, H.B.C.S., C.M.Z.S.

1 Springbok. Gazella euchore (Forst.). Deposited.

1 Douroucouli. Nyctipithecus trivirgatus. Purchased.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet. Palcornis torquata (Linn.). Pre-

sented by the Rev. T. K. Gaskell.

1 9 Eland. Oreas canna (Pall.). Born.

1 Crested Honey-Buzzard. Pernis cristatus, Cuv. Purchased.

2 Common Boas. Boa constrictor, Linn. Presented by J. Len-

non Hunt, Esq., H.B.M. Consul, Rio de Janeiro.

. 2 Musquash. ber xibethicus (Linn.). Presented by F. W.

Grant, Esq.

2 American Thrushes. Turdus migratorius, Linn. Presented

by F. W. Grant, Esq.

1 Water-Rail. Rallus aquaticus, Linn. Presented by the Rey.

G. B. Davies Cooke.

. 8 Young Common Sturgeons. <Acipenser sturio, Linn. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Wood-Pigeon. Columba palumbus, Linn. Presented by W.

B. Tegetmeier, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 2 Temminck’s Tragopan. Ceriornis temminckii (Gray). Re-

ceived in exchange.

1 Elegant Galidia. Galidia elegans, Is. Geoff. Purchased.

. 3 Pallas’s Eared Pheasants. Crossoptilon auritum (Pall.). Pre-

sented by the late Sir Eric R. Townsend Farquhar, Bart.

. 1 Mauduyt’s Crested Eagle. Spizaétus ornatus (Daud.). Pur-

chased.

. 1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo. Letrogale xanthopus, Gray.

Born.

1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo. Bettongia grayi (Gould). Born.

1 Spotted Owl. Bubo maculosus (Vieill.). Presented by Lieut.

D. H. Jackson, 88th Regiment.

1 Leopard (from Zanzibar). Felis leopardus, Linn. Presented

by Dr. E. Perceval Wright, F.Z.S.

1 Seychelles Copsychus. Copsychus sechellarum, Newton. Pre-

sented by Dr. E. Perceval Wright, F.Z.S.

1 g¢ Cheer Pheasant. Phasianus wallichi, Hardw. Received

in exchange.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXVII.

1050

Dec. 21.

23.

24.

28.

APPENDIX.

1 Douroucouli. Nyctipithecus trivirgatus (Gray). Deposited.

2 Crested Guinea-fowl. Numida cristata, Pall. Presented by

William M‘Coskey, Esq.

2 Black Oystercatchers. Hematopus niger, Cuv. Presented by

Ki. L. Layard, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 2 Sing-sing Antelope. Kobus sing-sing (Benn.). Purchased.

1 Crested Pigeon. Ocyphaps lophotes (Temm.). Hatched.

1 White-crowned Pigeon. Columba leucocephala, Linn. Hatched.

2 Hairy-nosed Wombats. Phascolomys latifrons, Owen. Pre-

sented by the Governor of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

2 Vulpine Phalangers. Phalangista vulpina (Shaw). Presented

by the Governor of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

1 Dingo. Canis dingo, Blumenb. Presented by the Governor

of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle. Aguila audax (Lath.). Presented by

the Goveruor of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

1 Mallee Bird. Letpoa ocellata, Gould. Presented by the Go-

vernor of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

4 Black-backed Porphyrios. Porphyrio melanotus,Temm. Pre-

sented by the Governor of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

1 Caracal. Felis caracal, Schreb. Presented by N. C. Smith,

Esq.

Aaptos

adriatica, 519.

Abila

Sreyerii, 523.

levis, 539.

Abramis

cotio, 17.

Abraxas

capitata, 613.

compositata, 653.

trrorata, 652.

lapsariata, 652.

leopardinata, 651.

martaria, 651.

metachromata, 653.

pardaria, 652.

picaria, 652.

tenebraria, 652.

tigrata, 651,

Abrostola

subapicalis, 62.

Acalle

recurvata, 552,

Acalles

drouetit, 377, 387,

391.

Acanthella

acuta, 512.

obtusa, 512.

Acanthochites

carinatus, 224,

costatus, 224.

scutiger, 224,

Acanthomys -

leucopus, 598.

Acanthurus

matoides, 858.

triostequs, 858.

velifer, 8d8.

Acara

morosella, 667.

Acarnia

cliftont, 515.

Acarnus

innominatus, D44.

Accipiter

equatorialis, 175.

INDEX.

Accipiter

affinis, 171.

chilensis, 320, 329, 338.

collaris, 158.

coopers, 329.

cruentus, 170, 175, 176.

erythrauchen, 177, 778.

Suscus, 280.

gabar, 178.

griseogularis, 175.

hyogaster, 173.

monogrammicus, 178.

muellert, 175.

nisoides, 171.

pileatus, 329.

poliocephalus, 177.

rubricollis, 177.

rufitorques, 178.

sylvestris, 176.

tinus, 158.

torquatus, 176, 398,

394,

Acha

melicerte, "75.

subsignata, 67.

Achinoé

australis, 546.

Acidalia

erata, 6438.

bicaudata, 643, 686.

contigara, 644.

gemmifera, BAA.

platyleucata, 647.

tephrosaria, 643.

Acmza

scabrilirata, 220.

subundulata, 220.

Acontia

olivea, 61.

signifera, 61.

tropica, 61.

Acritus

minutus, 362, 373.

Acronycta

flavala, 46.

indica, 47.

pruinosa, 46.

Actias

leto, 683.

Actinodoris

australis, 221).

Actitis

hypoleuca, 827.

Actiturus

bartramius, 979.

Acus

assimilis, 202.

bicolor, 202.

(Abretia) assimi/is, 111,

117, 202.

(——) bicolor, 111, 117,

(Euryta) ¢rzlineata, 202.

Adamsia

adelaide, 192,

typica, 192.

Adelomyia

castaneiventris, 153.

Adenota

kob, 8.

leche, 7,8.

Adeorbis

angast, 214,

Adocia

simulans, 522.

Adolias

adima, 673.

evelina, 673.

zva, 673.

Jjahnu, 673.

sancara, 673.

Adreus

fascicularis, 545.

Eigialites

collaris, 591.

falklandicus, 331, 339,

nivosus, 331, 339.

semipalmatus, 591,

/Xgogropila

varians, 533.

/&gotheles

nove-hollandie, 454,

/Emene

taprobanis, 669.

1052

F&olis

foulist, 230.

macleayt, 230.

/Holus

melliculus, 365, 375.

moreleti, 375.

Epyornis

grandidieri, 892,

895.

maxima, 892.

(Esopus

“sls, 111, 117, 195.

/Etobatis

narinari, 872.

Agabus

congener, 386.

dispar, 386.

godmanni, 370, 385,

391.

niger, ‘B85.

uliginosus, 386.

Agadina

cucullata, 309.

gouldi, 309, 315.

stimpsoni, 309, 315.

Aganopis

subquadrata, 677.

Agathia

arcuata, 640.

catenaria, 639.

discriminata, 639.

hemithearia, 639.

hilarata, 639.

lycenaria, 639.

guinaria, 639,

Agathodes

diversalis, 90.

ostentalis, 90.

Agelasticus

thilius, 323, 338.

Aglenus

brunneus, 362, 372.

Aglossa

argentalis, 89.

Agnidra

discispilaria, 619.

muscularia, 619.

specularia, 618, 686.

Agriopis

discalis, 57, 98.

lepida, 56.

Agriornis

livida, 325, 338.

maritima, 325, 338.

Agrisius

guttivitta, 677.

Agrotis

basiclavis, 5d.

suffusa, 53.

Agyrtria

maculata, 584.

INDEX.

Agyrtria

milleri, 584.

Akera

soluta, 227.

Alaba

phastanella, 113, 117,

210.

pulchra, 210.

Alamis

albicincta, 65.

brevipalpis, 65.

continua, 65.

glaucinans, 65.

optatura, 65.

Alayona

barbarella, 669.

Alauda

rufa, 135.

Alausa

méicrolepis, 17.

Alcea

impennis, 455.

torda, 480.

Aleyoncellum

aspergillum, 529, 530,

corbicula, 358, 359, 531.

gelatinosum, 530, 557 .

robustum, 527.

speciosum, 351,353, 358,

352, 354, 359, 530.

Aleyonium

arboreum, 494.

asbestinum, 494, 525.

aurantium, 541,

cranium, 543.

lyncurium, 541.

miilleri, 548.

ocellatum, 237, 511.

poculum, 524.

serpens, 239.

Alebion

australis, 534.

hyndmani, 534,

Aleochara

nitida, 362, 381.

puberula, 362, 381.

Aleuteres

scriptus, 869.

Alicia

angustata, 908,911,914.

elegantula, 908, 911,

914.

Alligator

luctus, 776.

Aloa

lactinea, 682.

Alosa

microlepis, 17.

venenosa, 868.

Alphea

denpiiles 682.

Alphea

Sulvohirta, 682.

Alphitobius

piceus, 361, 381.

Alyczus

japonicus, 314.1

spiracellum, 314.

Alzelina

metagonaria, 647.

Amalda

marginata, 192.

oblonga, 193.

Amara

trivialis, 364, 368.

Amathina

bicarinata, 312.

nobilis, 312, 315.

tricarinata, 312.

Amathusia

amythaon, 673.

Amaurella

glabrata, 311.

semistriata, 311.

Amauropsis

morchi, 198.

Amazilia

riefferi, 156.

Ambassis

commersonii, 850.

dussumieri, 850.

ranga, 14.

urotenia, 850.

Amblychia

angeronaria, 625.

Amblypharhyngodon

Jerdoni, 294.

Amblypodia

Sulgida, 675.

perimuta, 674.

quercetorum, 674.

rama, 675.

selimnus, 35.

Ambulyx

maculifera, 676.

substrigilis, 676.

Amerila

astrea, 682.

Ammonia

(Lituus) /evis, 186.

Amniscos

morum, 542.

Ampedus

Sh, ie

Amphacanthus

margaritifera, 855.

Amphidasys

bengaliaria, 625.

Amphigonia

comprimens, 81.

Amphiperas

hordacea, 207.

Amphipyra

monolitha, 64.

Amphisile

punctulata, 864.

Ampullacera

fragilis, 232. ,

Ampullaria

vitrea, LOO.

Ampullarina

fragilis, 231.

quoyana, 232.

Amyna

selenampha, 53.

spoliata, 53.

Anabas

scandens, 15.

Anacanthus

asperrimus, 871.

Anveretes

albocristatus, 987.

parulus, 327, 338.

Anaitis

medmaria, 664.

vastata, 649.

Anarsia

candida, 670.

Anas,

cristata, 335, 9840,

990.

erythrorhyncha, 827,

828.

iopareia, 320, 3835,

340.

melanocephala, 335,

metopias, 330.

oxyptera, 339, 990,

991.

oxyurd, 339.

peposaca, 687.

pyrrhogaster, 335, 990.

specularis, 339, 340.

spinicauda, 3309.

superciliosa, 832,

Anaspis

humeralis, 381.

(Silaria) proteus, 381.

Anatina

brevis, 915.

crassa, 915.

creccina, 913.

pandoreformis, 915.

prolongata, 914.

tasmanica, 913.

Anchastus

rufivellus, 386.

Anchinoé

perarmata, 530.

Anchomenus

albipes, 363, 367.

aptinoides, 367, 385.

INDEX.

Anchomenus

elongatus, 385.

marginatus, 363, 367.

nichollsti, 367.

parum punctatus, 363,

367.

Ancillaria

marginata, 192.

oblonga, 193.

Ancistrops

lineaticeps, 750.

Ancorina

aaptos, 519.

crebra, 543.

virescens, 543.

Andropadus

Slavescens, 825, 828.

Angasiella

edwardsti, 229,

Angerona

pallicostaria, 620.

poeusaria, 73.

Anguilla

amblodon, 868.

Anisodactylus

binotatus, 364, 368.

Anisodes

diffusaria, 641.

hyriaria, 641.

obliviaria, 640.

pallivittata, 641.

platycerata, 642.

pluristriaria, 640,

642.

plynusaria, 641.

pyriniata, 77.

sanguinaria, 641.

similaria, 641.

vinacearia, 642.

Anisoneura

hypocyana, 71.

salebrosa, 71.

Anobium

domesticum, 362, 376.

paniceum, 361, 376.

striatum, 376.

tomentosum, 363, 376,

villosum, 365, 376.

Anodon

tenuis, 490.

Anodonta

gibba, 490.

harlandi, 492.

tenuis, 490.

Anomalocardia

trapezia, 931.

Anomis

fulvida, 64.

guttanivis, 64.

Anophia

acronyctoides, 67.

1053

Anoratha

costalis, 82, 98.

Anous

inca, 337, 340.

Antalis

erecta, 220.

Antennarius

leucosoma, 862.

marmoratus, 861.

multiocellatus, 862.

Antherzxa

roylei, 684.

Anthicus

floralis, 362, 381.

-hispidus, 364, 381.

humilis, 381, 365.

Antho

involvens, 524,

Anthophila

hemorrhoida, 61.

roseifascia, 61.

Anthrenus

varius, 363, 373.

Anthus .

chit, 135, 569.

correndera, 321, 337.

parvus, 135.

raaltenti, 825.

rufus, 135, 984.

Anticlea

cuprearia, 656.

Antilope

defassa, 4.

gutturosa, 246.

harnieri, 5.

unctuosa, 4.

Antrostomus

equicaudatus, 342,

nigrescens, 583.

parvulus, 343, 752.

Anuga

constricta, 62.

lunulata, 62.

Anyperodon

leucogrammicus, 846.

lividus, 362.

Apatela

radians, 666.

Apela

divisa, 683.

Apha

lanuginosa, 681.

subdives, 681.

Aphantochroa

gularis, 752.

Aphareus

cerulescens, 852,

furcatus, 852.

Aphneus

ictis, 674.

1054

Aphodius

granarius, 362, 374.

lividus, 374.

Aphriza

virgata, 331, 339.

Aphrocallistes

beatriz, 507.

Aphroceras

alcicornis, 558.

Aphusia

speiplena, 668.

Apicalia

scitula, 308, 315.

Apion

chalybeipenne, 364, 377.

Aplysia

aa: 228.

Aplysina

aerophoba, 509.

carnosa, 509.

Apocryptes

Tanabe 941.

Apogon

cyanosoma, 850.

fasciatus, 850.

hyalosoma, 850.

notata, 936.

Aprion

virescens, 846.

Apsarasa

radians, 666.

Apteryx

australis, 424.

mantelli, 894.

Apurima

xanthogastrella, 666.

Aquila

audax, 393.

braccata, 329.

Ara

ambigua, 183.

ararauna, 587.

hyacinthina, 587, 595.

macao, 587, 753.

militaris, 183.

nobilis, 587.

severa, 979.

Ayramides

cayennensis, 161, 280.

rythirhynchus, 990.

zelebori, 990.

Aratinga

perlata, 588.

Arca

divaricata, 931.

fasciata, 931.

lobata, 931.

pusilla, 931.

trapezia, 931.

Archeea

mercatoria, 75.

INDEX.

Architectonica

reevet, 201.

Arconaia

lanceolata, 491.

Arctia

imbuta, 682.

Arctonyx

collaris, 821.

Ardea

agamt, T54.

atricapilla, 828.

cerulea, 280.

candidissima, 280, 334,

339.

cinerea, 437.

cocoi, 319, 334, 339,

979.

comata, 823, 827.

egretta, 334, 339.

elegans, 823.

garzetta, 823.

gularis, 827, 828.

pusilla, 827.

sacra, 831.

virescens, 280.

Ardetta

erythromelas, 334.

extlis, 334, 339.

Argiva

caprimulgus, 72.

hieroglyphica, 72.

Argonauta

argo, 185.

oryzata, 185.

tuberculata, 185.

Argyris

insignata, 645.

mysticata, 645.

ocellata, 645.

ommatophoraria, 645.

Arichanna

maculata, 658.

marmorata, 659, 686.

plagifera, 658.

ramosa, 658.

ramosaria, 658.

tramesata, 658, 686.

Arius

australis, 108.

surinamensis, 103.

Aroa

socrus, 680.

substrigosa, 680.

Arremon

aurantiirostris, 140.

silens, 572, 595.

Artaxa

digramma, 680.

guttata, 680.

justicie, 680.

subfasciata, 680.

Artemis

scabriuscula, 923.

sculpta, 923.

Artynes

compressa, 555.

Arundinicola

citreola, 320, 326.

leucocephala, 978.

Aspergillum

stranget, 912.

Aspilates

falconaria, 649.

obliquaria, 649.

susceptaria, 619.

uvaria, 649.

Astrospongia

polypoides, 514.

Astrostoma

bowerbankit, 514.

Astur

albus, 179.

approximans, 177, 393.

cristatus, 178.

cruentus, 170, 176.

griseiceps, 178.

griseogularis, 174.

henicogrammus, 174.

indicus, 178.

mirandollet, 759.

nove-hollandie, 179.

(Leucospiza) nove-hol-

landie, 179.

radiatus, 177, 393.

raytt, 179.

trinotatus, 172.

trivirgatus, 178.

trivirgatus griseiceps,

178.

(Lophospiza) ¢rivirga-

tus, 178.

Astura

punctiferalis, 96.

Asturina ¢

magnirostris, 158, 589,

753

nitida, 589.

Asychis

jibulata, 539.

variantia, 539.

Asynonychus

godmanni, 378, 389,

391. :

Ateles

bartlettiz, 992.

Atella

egista, 673.

sinha, 673.

Athene

cunicularia, 339.

Atherina

affinis, 863.

Atherina

afra, 863.

pectoralis, 863.

pinguis, 863.

Athous

obsoletus ?, 363, 375.

Athyma

ranga, 673.

Athyrma

divulsa, 76.

polyspila, 75.

tessellata, 76.

Atkinsonia

clerodendrella, 672.

Atomaria

munda, 362, 372.

Attacus

guerini, 683.

Attagis

gayi, 331, 339.

Attalus

miniatocollis, 375, 387,

391.

ruficollis, 375, 387.

Atteva

niveigutta, 669.

Atticora

cyanoleuca, 749, 984.

fasciata, 569, 749.

Attila

citreopygius, 146.

sclateri, 146.

thamnophiloides, 577.

Auchmis

perspicillaris, 49. .

sikkimensis, 49, 97.

Aulacorhamphus

ceruleogularis, 130,157.

Aulica

marmorata, 193.

Auliskia

bowerbankit, 510.

Auricula

australis, 231.

Automolus

cervinigularis, 143.

pallidigularis, 143.

selateri, 750.

Auxima

debitaria, 624.

restitutaria, 624.

trilineata, 624.

Auzea

aptcata, 617.

torridaria, 617.

Avicula

Jimbriata, 930.

placunoides, 930.

pulchella, 930.

Axinella

cannabina, 514.

INDEX,

Axinella

cinnamomea, 238, 5138.

foveolaria, 514.

polypoides, 238, 514.

verrucosd, 238, 514.

Axinia

glycimeris, 952.

grayana, 932.

holoserica, 932.

(Pedunculus) tenuicos-

tatus, 932.

Axos

cliftonii, 546.

Axus

clifftont, 526.

Azazia

rubricans, 78.

Bagrus

vacha, 16.

Balenoptera

bonaérensis, 707, 709,

710, 711.

rostrata, 478, 480, 481,

482, 708, 710, 711.

Balistes

niger, 869.

Balitora

brucei, 348.

Bankivia

purpurascens, 216.

varians, 216.

Barbatia

Ffasciata, 931.

(Acar) pusilla, 931.

Barbala

magnifica, 491.

Barbus

carnaticus, 292,

sophore, 16.

Bargosa :

fasciata, 634, 686.

Barilius

bakeri, 295.

(Pachystomus) cocoa,

296

rugosus, 282, 294.

Barsine

linga, 677.

Basiana

bilineata, 676.

superba, 676.

Basileuterus

delattrit, 136.

mesochrysus, 136.

rufifrons, 136.

semicervinus, 136.

uropygialis, 136, 749,

754

Eathmiduria

d orbignyi, 986.

1055

Baza

subcristata, 392,393.

Bazisa

detecta, 680.

Bela

mitralis, 202.

Belone

cancila, 302.

Bembidium

cupreo-eneum, 380.

dubium, 369.

hesperus, 385.

(Leia) hesperus, 369.

lztum, 385, 369.

rufescens, 364.

(Ocys) rufescens, 369.

schmidti, 364.

(Lopha) schmidtii, 369.

Beregra

replenens, 73.

Bergia

catenularis, 239.

serpens, 239.

Bernicla

antarctica, 320, 334,

339

chiloénsis, 320, 335.

dispar, 320, 3354.

magellanica, 334.

melanoptera, 320, 334,

339.

Berta

chrysolineata, 638.

Bertula

brevivittalis, 87.

chalybealis, 87, 98.

hisbonalis, 87.

stigmatalis, 87.

Biemna

peachit, 538. .

Binsitta

niviferana, 670.

Bittium

granarium, 208.

lacertinum, 208.

Bivonia

quoy?, 211.

Bizone

arama, 678.

signa, 678.

Blaps

gages, 364, 380.

similis, 362, 380.

Blechrus

glabratus, 367.

maurus, 367.

Boa

eques, 315.

Boarmia

alhidaria, 630.

alienaria, 630.

1056

Boarmia

combustaria, 631.

comparataria, 631,

contiquata, 631.

gelidaria, 630.

imparata, 630.

inconclusa, 632.

mucidaria, 631,

oljectaria, 625.

olliterata, 630.

perspicuata, 630.

propulsaria, 631.

reparata, 630.

sublavaria, 630.

transcissa, 630.

trispinaria, 630.

vicaria, 630.

Bocana

basalis, 88.

murinalis, 89,

quadrilinealis, 88.

turpitalis, 89.

viridalis, 88.

Bodianus

guttatus, 847.

Bolone

annulata, 867.

Bombyx

bengalensis, 683.

cresi, 683.

fortunatus, 683.

hearseyana, 685.

religiose, 683.

sanguinea, 682.

sherwillii, 683.

sinensis, 683.

spectabilis, 685.

textor, 683.

wallichiz, 685.

Bornella

hermanni, 229.

Bos

frontalis, 819.

Botyodes

asialis, 96.

flavibasalis, 96.

Botys

amyntusalis, 96.

caletoralis, 97.

concatenalis, 97.

damoalis, 96.

evaxalis, 96.

flexissimalis, 91.

illisalis, 96.

incisalis, 96.

incoloralis, 97.

luciferalis, 92.

macealis, 97.

megapteralis, 96.

monesusalis, 97.

multilinealis, 96.

Botys

patulalis, 97.

phanasalis, 97.

plagalis, 96.

punctiferalis, 96.

scinisalis, 96.

silhetalis, 89.

subtessallalis, 97.

tullalis, 97.

unitalis, 9C,

zealis, 97.

Brachygalba

inornata, 582, 595, 978.

Brachypteryx

cruralis, 834.

Bradycellus

distinctus, 363, 369.

Brahma

certhia, 685.

whitet, 685.

Briada

bolinoides, 67.

cervina, 66.

precedens, 66.

varians, 66, 97.

Brihaspa

atrostigmella, 666, 686,

Bruchus

azoricus, 378, 390.

breweri, 379, 389.

Jugularis, 753.

notatus, 588.

pisi, 363, 378.

tuipara, 588.

virescens, 588, 595.

wanthopterus, 979.

Bryopa

(Dacosta) australis,912.

Bryophila

albistigma, 45.

Buarremon

brunneinuchus, 140.

castaneiceps, 140.

crassirostris, 140.

mesoxanthus, 140,

Bubaris

vermicularis, 522.

Bubo

crasstrostris, 539.

virginianus, 339.

Buccinulus

affinis, 225.

solidulus, 225.

Buccinum

adelaidense, 189.

amygdala, 191.

assimile, 187.

Jiliceuwm, 190.

jacksonianum, 190.

pauperatum, 190.

scutulatum, 208.

Buccinum

semiconvexum, 194.

succinetum, 191.

suturale, 190.

Bueco

collaris, 582, 751.

hyperrhynchus, 582,

594, 595.

macrodactylus,594,751.

napensis, 582.

pulmentum, 582.

tamatia, 582, 595.

tectus, 582.

Buceros

atratus, 890.

bicornis, 890.

elatus, 817, 890.

rhinoceros, 890.

Bucorax

abyssinicus, 473.

Bucorvus

abyssinicus, 891.

Bufo

spinosus, 845.

tuberosus, 846.

Bulimulus

(Ena) puséllus, 307,315.

Bulimus

mastersi, 39.

(Mesembrinus) geale?,

309, 315.

Bulla

angasi, 227.

arachis, 226.

aystralis, 226.

brevis, 227.

coreanica, 227.

hirundinina, 116.

lauta, 225.

lineata, 225.

magdelus, 227.

oblonga, 226.

ovulum, 227.

physis, 225.

punctulata, 226, 227.

quadripartita, 227.

scabra, 225.

solida, 226.

tenuis, 227.

Bullina

lineata, 225.

Bursa

(Apollon) Jewcostoma,

189.

Butalis

triocellata, 670.

Buteo

erythronotus, 329, 338,

988.

ghiesbreghtii, 158.

kaupi, 589, 590.

Buteo

varius, 988.

Buteogallus

nigricollis, 749.

Butyrinus

glossodontis, 868.

Buzura

multipunctaria, 625.

Cabera

margarita, 647.

platyleucata, 647.

Cacatua

cristata, 184.

ducorpsti, 184.

galerita, 443.

ophthalmica, 184.

philippinarum, 184.

sanguinea, 184.

triton, 184.

Caccabis

melanocephala, 818,

890.

Cacicus

chrysocarpus, 323.

hemorrhous, 573.

microrhynchus, 142.

persicus, 573.

Cacospongia

cavernosa, 509.

mollior, 509.

scalaris, 508.

Cereba

carneipes, 137.

cyanea, 137.

lucida, 137.

Cxesio

maculatus, 852.

striatus, 852.

Caica

barrabandi, 753.

hematotis, 158.

melanocephala, 588,

753.

vulturina, 588, 595.

Cairina

moschata, 979.

Calamotropha

atkinsoni, 668.

Calandra

granaria, 361, 377.

oryz@, 361, 377.

Calathus

flavipes, 363, 367.

fulvipes, 367.

mollis, 363, 367.

Calcispongia

botryoides, 559.

ciliata, 5DA.

compressa, DDD.

inflata, 554.

INDEX.

Calcispongia

nivea, 556.

Calesia

comosa, 75.

gastropachoides, 75.

Calicula

exempta, 67.

Calidris

arenaria, 339.

Caligula

thibeta, 684.

Callene

albiventris, 833,

834

frontalis, 833.

rufiventris, 833.

Calliphlox

amethystina, 752.

Callispiza

Ffrantzii, 138.

Callista

disrupta, 922.

rutila, 922.

Calliste

boliviana, 571, 595,

Dis

flaviventris, 571.

francisce, 138.

gyroloides, 138,

749.

icterocephala, 138.

schranki, 'T49, 977.

xanthogastra, 977.

yeni, 749, 977.

Callomphala

lucida, 190.

Callopistria

exotica, 61.

Callyna

monoleuca, 66.

siderea, 66.

Callyodon

viridescens, 865.

Calogramma

festiva, 52.

picta, 52.

Caloptera

ocellata, 645.

Calornis

kittlitziz, 830.

Calosoma

azoricum, 365, 366.

madere, 36d.

olivieri, 367.

Calpe

minuticornis, 63.

Calymnia

panopus, 675.

Calyptra

adamsii, 747.

alveolata, 747.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXVIII.

‘1057

Calyptra

balanoides, 747.

cancellata, 747.

cepacea, 747.

cicatricosa, 747.

cornea, 747.

eyathella, ‘747.

depressa, 747.

diaphana, 747.

dormitoria, 747.

equestris, 747.

fibulata, 747.

hipponiceformis, 747.

layardi, 746.

martiniana, 747.

ossea, 747.

papyracea, 747.

porosa, 747.

radiosa, 747.

saccharimeta, 747.

scabies, ‘747.

scutulum, 747.

stallonia, 747.

stella, 747.

tectum-sinense, 747.

tortilus, 747.

tubifera, 747.

umbo, 746, 747.

uneinata, 747.

vanikorensis, 747.

varia, TAT.

Calyptrea

adspersa, 741.

aurita, 742.

bilobata, 745.

chinensis, 740.

comma-notata, 736.

concamerata, 744.

conica, 741.

corrugata, 746.

dilatata, 736.

extinctoria, 743.

fastigiata, 741.

levigata, 743.

lamarcki, 211.

lichen, 742.

lividum, 743.

maculata, '736, 746.

mamillaris, 741.

morbidum, 743.

pectinata, 744.

pellucida, 741.

pileus, 735.

poculum, 742.

radiata, 744.

scutella, 745.

serrata, 743.

solida, 742.

striata, 745.

ungquis, 742.

verrucosum, 743.

1068

Caminus

vuleani, 549.

Campephilus

albirostris,

753.

guatemalensis, 157.

hematogaster, 157.

magellanicus, 328,

338.

matherbii, 157.

trachelopyrus, 586, 595,

753.

Campicola

livingstonii, 888.

pileata, 887, 888.

Camptostoma

flaviventre, 577.

Campylopterus

equatorialis, 752,

979:

largipennis, 584, 594.

obscurus, 584, 594,

595.

Cancellaria

australis, 208.

granosa, 208.

levigata, 208.

spirata, 189.

undulata, 208.

Cancilla

strangei, 194.

Cancroma

cochlearia, 473, 475.

Canis

laniger, 819.

Canna

pulchripicta, 61, 97.

Cantharus

grandoculis, 853.

(Tritonidea) assimilis,

187.

(——) wnicolor, 110,

117, 187:

Canthiridus

tiberianus, 215.

Capito

amazonicus, 586, 593,

979.

aurovirens, 753.

maculicoronatus, 157.

peruvianus, 753.

Caprilia

specularia, 649, 686.

vesicularia, 649,

650.

Caprimulgus

equicaudatus, 342,

343.

andinus, 320, 328.

europeus, 455.

exilis, 328.

586, 595,

INDEX.

Caprimulgus

longipennis, 821.

parvulus, 343.

Capulus

violaceus, 114, 117, 212.

Caracal

melanotis, 277.

Caracara

montanus, 329.

Caranx

armatus, 860.

bajad, 860.

crumenophthalmus, 858.

fulvoguttatus, 860.

hasseltii, 860.

helvolus, 859.

macrophthalmus, 859.

malabaricus, 860.

mauritianus, 858.

melampygus, 860.

nigrescens, TO4.

plumieri, 858.

riippellti, 860.

sansun, 860.

speciosus, 859, 860.

venator, 859.

vomerinus, 860.

xanthurus, 860.

Caranxamorus

sacrestinus, 852.

Carcharius

acutus, 869.

bleekeri, 870.

(Prionodon) dleekeri,

Carcinops

pumilo, 362, 373.

14-striatus, 373.

Cardita

excavata, 928.

Cardium

australiense, 925.

muticum, 925.

papyraceum, 925.

pulchellum, 925.

striatulum, 925.

tenuicostatum, 925.

(Papyridium) papyra-

ceum, 295.

( ) tenuicostatum,

925.

Carduelis

stanleyt, 322.

Carmia

Jloria, 537.

macilenta, 537.

Carolia

couchiz, 239.

Carpophaga

ened, 821.

luctuosa, 819.

Carpophaga

oceanica, 830.

Carpophilus

dimidiatus, 361, 371.

mutilatus, 361, 371.

Carteria

japonica, 540.

Cassiculus

prevosti, 142.

solitarius, 978.

Cassicus

osery?, 'T59.

Cassidix

oryzivora, 279, 573,

978.

Cassidula

parva, 806, 315.

zonata, 231.

Cassis

achatina, 196.

paucirugis, 197.

pyrum, 197.

zeylanica, 197.

Casuarius

australis, 242, 473,

482.

bennetti, 179.

galeatus, 179, 242, 483.

Johnsonit, 242, 483.

Catellina

pectinatum, 743.

Catephia

linteola, 66.

Cathartes

atratus, 328, 338, 589.

aura, 328, 338, 440, 463,

589, 753, 988.

californianus, 463.

Fetens, 463.

urubitinga, 589.

Catharus

fuscater, 132.

griseiceps, 132.

mexicanus, 132.

Catillina

pectinata, 744.

Catillus

affinis, 995.

clypeolum, 995.

cookii, 996.

cumingianus, 997.

Janelli, 995.

lineata, 998.

lineatus, 994.

porcellanus, 994.

tessellata, 998.

Catinus

zonalis, 199.

Catocala

dotata, 68.

nepcha, 68.

Catolynx

el tk 268.

marmoratus, 267.

Caustoloma

ennomosaria, 619.

Cavolina

gibbosa, 186.

globulosa, 186.

Cebus

capucinus, 482.

Celeopicus

jumana, 758.

multifasciatus, 556.

rufus, 587.

Celerena

divisa, 679.

Celesdera

schistifusata, 650.

Celeus

cinnamomeus, 586.

citreopygius, 586, 753,

758, 759.

citrinus, 753, 759.

jumana, 586, 594, 595,

759.

multifasciatus, 595.

rufus, 587.

Centrites

niger, 326, 338,

987.

Centropristis

dispilurus, 99.

phebe, 99.

Centropus

monachus, 826, 828.

superciliosus, 826,

Centurus

pucherani, 280.

subelegans, 157.

tricolor, 157. *

Cephalopterus

glabricollis, 129, 150.

ornatus, 150, 581, 593,

fol,

Cerace

onustana, 668.

stipatana, 668.

Ceratorhinus

monspellianus, 1023.

sumatranus, 1007, 1008,

1021, 1022.

Ceratotherium

oswelli, 1029.

simum, 1027.

Cercomacra

cinerascens, 750, 978.

tyrannina, 145,

Cercyon

centromaculatum, 364,

inguinitum, 364, 370.

INDEX.

Cereyon

littorale, 364, 370.

obsoletum, 362, 370.

Cerithium

australe, 208.

ebeninum, 208.

granarium, 208.

Cerostoma

albofasciella, 669.

rugosella, 669,

Certhia

brasiliensis nigricans,

824.

familiaris, 975.

Certhilauda

cunicularia, 323, 324.

Srobeni, 320.

tsabellina, 320, 328.

nigrifasciata, 324.

Certhiola

chloropyga, 570.

guianensis, 570.

luteola, 137.

Cervus

dimorphe, 842.

duvauceli, 565.

eldi, 759, 821.

frontalis, 842.

hippelaphus, 760.

lyratus, 842.

schomburgki, 565.

swinhoti, 818.

Ceryle

amazona, 152, 279, 581,

978

americana, 152,581,978.

cabanisi, 152, 280.

inda, 581.

stellata, 327, 338.

superciliosa, 581, 751,

978.

torquata, 280, 327, 581,

978.

Cetola

dentata, 682.

Ceuthorhynchus

nigroterminatus, 363,

377.

Cheetodon

orbicularis, 861.

pentacanthus, 861.

setifer, 852.

trifasciatus, 852.

zanzibarensis, 852.

Chetopleura

rugosa, 223.

Cheetura

brachycerca, 752, 758.

zonaris, 752.

Chalciope

lycopodia, 77.

1059

Chaleosia

adalifa, 678.

zehma, 678.

Chalina

oculata, 512.

seriata, 515.

Chalybura

carmioli, 1538.

tsaure, 131, 152.

melanorrhoa, 131, 152.

Chama

albida, 915.

spinosa, 925.

Chameepelia

amazilia, 758.

anais, 989.

cruziana, 989.

erythrothorax, 989.

passerina, 591.

rufipennis, 159.

talpacoti, 591.

Chamepetes .

goudoti, 159, 160.

unicolor, 159, 160.

Chamostrea

albida, 915.

Champsodon

vorax, 102.

Chanda

ranga, 14.

Chanos

chloropterus, 868.

Charadrius

brevirostris, 591.

geoffroyi, 827.

hiaticula, 827.

pluvialis, 426, 427, 428.

ruficollis, 989.

virginicus, 331, 334.

Charaxes

calydonia, 874.

Charnidas

litura, 680.

Chasmina

eygnus, 50.

Chasmorhynchus

niveus, 580.

nudicollis, 452.

tricarunculatus,

150.

Chaus

jacquemontit, 275.

lybicus, 261, 273, 275.

ornatus, 275, 876.

servalina, 272, 401.

Checupa

fortissima, 60, 97.

Cheilinus

fasciatus, 865.

punctatus, 865.

trilobatus, 865.

130,

1060

Cheirogaleus

furcifer, 960, 963, 964,

965, 966, 967, 968,

969, 970, 971,..973, .

974. -

milii, 961, 962, 963,

964, 965, 967, 969.

samati, 975.

smithiz, 966, 967, 972.

5 aaa 966, 967, 971.

ela

argentea, 301.

Cheletropis

hucleyi, 231.

Chelidonura

adamsit, 116, 117, 227.

hirundinina, 227.

Chelidoptera

brasiliensis, 594.

tenebrosa, 583, 594, 752.

Chilena

similis, 684.

Chilocorus

bipustulatus, 363, 380.

Chione

striatissima, 920.

(Circomphalus) alatus,

921.

( ) calophylla, 921.

) roborata, 921.

(Marcia) fumigata, 921.

) levigata, 922

(Timoclea)australis,921.

Chionis

minor, 891.

Chiromachezris

manacus, 580, 751, 978. |

Chironectes

leprosus, 862.

multiocellatus, 862.

Chiroxiphia

lanceolata, 150.

linearis, 150.

melanocephala, 150.

pareola, 580.

Chiton

antiquus, 223.

apparata, 223.

australis, 221.

carnosus, 222.

cimolius, 224.

concentricus, 221.

elenensis, 223.

fruticosus, 222.

glaucus, 222

incanus, 223.

incei, 223.

JUgoOsUs, ee

limans, 222

longicymba, 99 mes

magellanicus, 22

INDEX.

Chiton

muricatus, 222.

aculatus, 224.

petholatus, 224.

piceus, 223.

proteus, 222,

quoyt, 222.

striatus, 224,

viridis, 222.

velox, 224.

Chitonellus

striatus, 224.

Chloéphaga

dispar, 335, 339.

poliocephala, 335, 339.

Chlorolampis

assimilis, 156.

Chloronerpes

caboti, 157.

cecilie, 157.

erythropis, 594.

flavigularis, 587,

594

hematostigma, 587, 595,

753

tephradops, 587.

Chlorophanes

atricapilla, 749, 977.

spiza, 137

Chloropipo

sp. ign., 751, 758.

Chlorospingus

flavigularis, 750.

Chlorospiza

erythronota, 320.

plumbea, 320, 322

Chiorostilbon

napensis, 979.

Chnaura

octavialis, 90.

Cheerocampa

elpenor, 676.

pallicosta, 676.

Cheerodes

embolophora, 545.

nucula, 545,

testaceata, 615.

Chordeiles

rupestris, 583, 593.

Chorinemus

toloo, 861.

Choristodon

rubiginosum, 924.

Chorodna

erebusaria, 613.

metaphearia, 613.

muricolaria, 614.

pallidularia, 613.

plagidotata, 614.

rectata, 614.

vulpinaria, 614.

Chroicocephalus-

ichthyaétus, 166.

Chrysococcyx

auratus, 826, 828.

Chrysomitris

atrata, 322, 328.

barbata, 320, 322,

338.

capitalis, 985.

icterica, 985.

magellanica, 322.

marginalis, 322.

uropygialis, 322, 338.

Chrysophanus

timeus, 674.

Chrysophrys

grandoculis, 854.

sarba, 854.

Chrysoptilus

speciosus, 979.

Chrysotis

amazonica, 753.

farinosa, 588, 595.

Chrysuronia

Josephine, 752, 979.

Ciconia

maguari, 334, 339.

Cidaria

argentilineata, 660,

686

aurantiaria, 661, 686.

aurata, 664.

calamistrata, 662, 686.

cervinaria, 664.

chalybearia, 663.

cinereata, 662.

inextricata, 560.

interplagata, 660.

obscurata, 663, 686.

reticulata, 662.

russata, 662, 663.

signata, 661,

subapicaria, 663.

substituta, 660.

trisignata, 663.

viridata, 661.

Cimicodes

castanearia, 616, 686.

costalis, 616.

cruentaria, 616.

Cinclodes

ardesiacus, 134.

bifasciatus, 324.

fuscus, 985.

minor, 324, 338.

nigrifumosus 324, 338,

a 324, 338.

Cinclus

ardesiacus, 134.

meaxicanus, 134.

Cingulina

circinata, 201.

Cinnyris

bianconii, 825.

discolor, 825.

Ciocalypta

penicillus, 26, 27,

522.

Circe

undatina, 922.

Circus

assimilis, 393.

cinereus, 330 338.

Jardinii, 393.

macropterus, 319, 330,

338, 988.

megaspilus, 330, 988.

poliopterus, 330, 338,

988.

Cirredia

variolosa, 64.

Cirrhina

dussumieri, 17.

dyocheilus, 16.

Cissopis

media, 750, 977.

Cisticola

schenicola, 825.

Cistothorus

fasciolatus, 321.

platensis, 321, 337.

Cithara

compta, 204.

lais

guimeti, 155, 752.

Clanculus

clanguloides, 214.

gibbosus, 215,

maugeri, 214,

omalomphalus, 214.

Clarias

batrachus, 15.

magur, 15.

Clathria

compressa, 513.

coralloides, 5138, 533.

oroides, 520.

Clathrina

sulphurea, 557.

Clathurella

reticosa, 203.

zonulata, 113, 117,

203.

Clavagella

australis, 912.

Cleidothzrus

chamoides, 915.

Clementia

moretonensis, 923.

Cleora

albidentata, 629.

INDEX.

Cleora

decussata, 628, 686.

Jimbriata, 628.

megaspilaria, 629.

pannosaria, 629.

rufomarginata, 628.

semiclarata, 629.

venustularia, 628.

Climacteris

erythrops, 976.

leucophea, 976, 977.

melanota, 976.

melanura, 976.

yrrhonota, 976.

ore 976.

scandens, 976.

Cliona

alderi, 526.

carpenteri, 525.

celata, 525.

corallinoides, 525.

globulifera, 525.

gorgonoides, 525.

gracilis, 525.

howsez, 525.

lobata, 526.

mazatlanensis, 525,

vastifica, 525.

vermifera, 526.

Clupea

fasciata, 861.

indica, 17.

telara, 17.

Clupeilarus

Suscescens, 315.

Clypeola

corrugata, 735.

magellanica, 735.

tenuis, 739.

Clypicterus

oseryt, 750, 755.

Clytolema

aurescens, 752, 979.

Clytus

erythrocephalus, 365.

griseus, 379.

4-punctatus, 362, 379.

webbii, 379.

Cnipolegus

unicolor, 577.

Cobitis

dario, 17.

Coccinella

7-punctata, 363, 379.

11-punctata, 363, 379.

varialilis, 363, 380.

Coccothraustes

vulgaris, 452.

Coccyzus

melanocoryphus, 752,

979.

1061

Cochlolepas

antiquata, 211.

subrufa, 212.

Cocytodes

cerulea, 66.

immodesta, 66.

modesta, 66.

Ceeliaxis

exigua, 890, 907.

Ceelodonta

pallasi, 1031.

Ceelopoma

japonicum, 313, 314,

315.

Ceereba

cerulea, 570, 749, 977.

cyanea, 570, 749.

gutturalis, 824.

nitida, 749, 977.

Coius

nandus, 14.

Cojus

cobojius, 15.

Colaptes

pitius, 328, 338.

Colina

coarctata, 308.

gracilis, 308.

pygmed, 308, 315.

Collingsia

sarniensis, 541,

schmidtit, 541.

Collocalia

fuciphaga, 829.

vanicorensis, 829.

Colopterus

galeatus, 577.

pilaris, 147.

Columba

araucana, 330, 339.

erythrothorax, 989,

meridionalis, 330, 339,

nigrirostris, 280.

palumbus, 434.

rufina, 159, 591.

speciosa, 590, 753.

vinacea, 590.

Columbella

“albomaculata, 195.

australis, 194.

corniculata, 195.

dermestoides, 195.

lentiginosa, 1995.

lincolnensis, 195.

pulla, 195.

rosacea, 194.

saccharata, 194.

tessellata, 195.

versicolor, 194.

(Amycla) dermestoides,

195.

1062

Columbella

(Anachis) lentiginosa,

195.

(Mitrella) albomaculata,

111, 117, 195.

( ) australis, 194.

(——) lincolnensis, 195.

(——) pulla, 195.

) semiconvexa, 194.

Columbula

cruziana, 989.

strepitans, 330, 339.

Colymbetes

pulverosus, 363.

(Rhantus) pulverosus,

369.

Comibsena

chalybeata, 639.

divapala, 638.

Sfenestraria, 639.

hyalinata, 638.

maculata, 638.

sanguilineata, 638.

Cominella

adelaidense, 189.

jilicea, 190.

Conirostrum

cinereum, 984.

fraseri, 984.

Conosomus

pubescens, 382.

sericeus, 364, 382.

Contopus

brachytarsus, 578.

Conurus

eruginosus, 587, 588.

astec, 280.

aureus, 587.

aurifrons, 988.

chrysogenys, 587, 588.

chrysophrys, 588.

eyanolyseus, 328, 338.

cyanopterus, 755.

lepidus, 588.

luteus, 587.

ocularis, 588.

perlatus, 588, 595.

smaragdineus, 328, 338.

souancet, 753.

virescens, 588.

axantholemus, 588.

Conus

anemone, 204.

grayi, 205.

jukesi, 204.

maculatus, 204.

maculosus, 204.

Copsychus

rostratus, 344.

Copurus

leuconotus, 146, 278, 279.

INDEX.

Coracias

caudata, 824, 828.

Coracina

scutata, 471.

Coracopsis

barklyi, 346, 473.

Corallium

Johnsoni, 125, 127.

rubrum, 125, 126.

Corbitella

speciosa, 530, 558.

Corbula

catlowe, 918.

nasuta, 913.

scaphoides, 913.

tunicata, 913.

zelandica, 913.

Coremia

mediovittaria, 656.

Corinea

niveiguttella, 669.

Coriocella

nigra, 199.

Coris

annulata, 865.

cuviert, 865.

formosa, 865.

Coriscium

orientale, 671.

Corotia

cervinaria, 625, 686.

Corticaria

curta, 373.

fulva, 362, 373.

maculosa, 364, 373.

serrata, 361, 373.

Corticium

candelabrum, 544.

Corvus

corax, 451.

coronoides, 565.

Corybas

lobata, 537.

Corypheenia

hippurus, 861.

Corytholophus

sublevipennis, 363, 371.

Corythopis

anthoides, 577, 594.

calcarata, 594.

Cosmophila

xanthindyma, 64.

Cosmopteryx

encella, 672.

asiatica, 672.

semicoccinea, 672.

Cossyphus

neiti, 560.

Cotinga

cerulea, 580.

cayana, 580, 751, 978.

Coturniculus

manimbe, 572.

peruanus, 750, 977.

Cotuza

deficiens, 74, 98.

drepanoides, 74.

umminia, 74.

Cotyle

uropygialis, 278.

Crambus

consociellus, 667.

Crax

globicera, 433, 434, 455,

Craxirex

unicinctus, 158.

Crella

elegans, 521.

Crenella

(Modiolaria) bardata,

929,

( ) strigata, 929.

Creophilus

maxillosus, 382.

Crepidula

aculeata, 737.

aplysioides, '738.

arenata, 738.

californica, 7377.

dilatata, '736.

echinus, 737.

excavata, 738.

exuviata, '738.

Jimbriata, 739.

Joliacea, 736.

fornicata, 738.

glauca, 738.

hepatica, 739.

hystrix, 737.

incurvata, 739.

lessonii, 739.

lirata, 738.

marginalis, 738.

nautiloides, 736.

navicelloides, 738.

nived, 738.

onyx, 738.

pallida, 736.

peruviana, 736.

plana, 740.

porcellana, 738.

rostrata, 739.

rugosa, 738.

rugulosa, 736.

sitchana, 738.

squama, 738.

strigata, 736.

tomentosa, 211.

unguiformis, 211, 738.

walshit, 740.

Crepipatella

dilatata, 736.

Crepipatella

dorsata, 737.

foliacea, 736.

lingulata, 737.

Cribrella

elegans, 521.

hamigera, 536.

Crithagra

brevirostris, 323.

Crocalis

angularia, 622.

bivittaria, 622.

lentiginosaria, 622.

obliquaria, 622.

Crocodilus

vulgaris, 715.

Crossea

bellula, 911.

concinna, 911.

Crossochilus

latius, 17.

reba, 17.

Crotophaga

ani, 585.

major, 585.

sulcirostris, 280.

Crucibulum

auriculatum, 746.

corrugatum, 745.

Serrugineum, 745.

hispidum, 746.

imbricatum, 745.

lignaria, 745.

maculatum, 746.

rugosum, 745.

scutellatum, 743, 744,

745.

spinosum, 746.

tenuis, 745.

trigonale, 745.

tubiferum, 746.

umbrella, 745.

violaceum, 746.

Cryphalus

aspericollis, 364, 377,

Crypta

aculeata, 211, 737.

costata, 737.

hepatica, 739.

incurva, 739.

lessoni, 739.

percellana, 738.

sitchana, 738.

(Crepipatella) aculeata,

211.

(Ianachus) wnguiformis,

211

Cryptophagus

affinis, 362, 372.

cellaris, 362, 372.

dentatus, 362, 372

INDEX.

Cryptophagus

punctipennis, 362, 372.

saginatus, 362, 372.

schmidti, 362, 372.

Cryptoplax

gunn, 225,

rostratus, 225.

striatus, 224, 225.

Cryptoprocta

ferox, 975.

Cryptopterus

latovittatus, 16.

Cucullia

tenuis, 60.

Cuculus

canorus, 444, 894.

cayanus, 758.

melanogaster, 758.

Culicivora

Sfernandeziana, 319.

reguloides, 987.

Cultellus

australis, 912.

Curzus

aterrimus, 323, 338.

Cyamon

vickersit, 546.

Cyana

detrita, 677.

Cyanocorax

violaceus, 750, 978.

Cyanospiza

ciris, 142.

Cyanotis

azare, 327, 338.

omnicolor, 327, 340.

Cyclidia

metaphearia, 613.

muricolaria, 614.

patulata, 614.

plagidotata, 614.

rectata, 614.

substigmaria, 613.

Cyclophorus

halophila, 314.

herklotsi, 314.

Cyclopsitta

coxent, 182.

diophthalma, 182.

Cyclorhis

guianensis, 569, 594.

ochrocephala, 594.

Cyclosia

fuliginosa, 678.

subcyanescens, 678.

virginalis, 678.

Cyclostomus

scaber, 306.

(Tropidophora) mawri-

tianus, 305, 315.

( ) seaber, 315.

1063

Cyclotus

campanulatus, 314.

fortunei, 314.

Cydalima

conchyalis, 94.

laticostalis, 93.

Cydonium

barretti, 548.

muelleri, 548.

Cygnus

bewickii, 13.

buccinator, 8, 9, 11, 12,

13.

coscoroba, 334, 339.

nigricollis, 334, 339.

passmori, 8, 9, 11, 12,

Cylichna

arachis, 226.

Cyllene

lactea, 191.

Cyllo

krishna, 673.

Cymbilanius

lineatus, 144, 978.

Cymindis

cayanensis, 590.

Cynzlurus

semmeringit, 277.

Cynthia

huntera, 365.

Cyphanta

xanthochlora, 682.

Cyphorhinus

modulator, 749.

Cypriea

annulus, 206.

asellus, 205.

australis, 206.

bicolor, 206.

caput-serpentis,

carneola, 206.

clandestina, 205.

erosa, 206.

errones, 206.

Felina, 206.

jimbriata, 206.

macula, 206.

moniliaris, 205.

piperata, 206.

umbilicata, 205,

vitellus, 205.

xanthodon, 206.

Cyprinus

bacaila, 17.

cotio, 17.

latius, 17.

mola, 17.

pangusia, 16.

rasbora, 17.

1064

Cyprinus

reba, 17.

sophore, 16.

Cyprovula

umbilicata, 205.

Cypselus

apus, 453, 887.

barbatus, 887.

gutturalis, 887.

inguretus, 829.

melba, 886, 887.

parvus, 823, 828.

- squamatus, 752.

Cytherea

disrupta, 922.

rutila, 922.

seripta, 922.

undatina, 922.

Dabarita

subtilis, 56.

Dacelo

gaudichaudi, 185.

gigantea, 447.

tyro, 185.

Dacnis

cayana, 570, 749,

Cite

flaviventris, 977.

melanotus, 749, 977.

Dactylocalyx

bowerbankiz, 507.

prattii, 506.

pumicea, 307, 506,

558.

pumiceus, 506.

subglobosa, 506, 558.

Dactylosternum

abdominale, 364, 370.

Dedalion

candidum, 179.

Dafila

bahamensis, 335, 340.

oxyura, 339, 340.

Dalima

apicata, 615, 686.

schistacearia, 615.

Damo

biclavata, 539.

Daphnella

crebriplicata, 203.

lymneformis, 203.

Darapsa

hy) othoiis, 676.

Dasycephala

livida, 320.

maritima, 320.

Dasychira

conurgens, 6E0.

grote?, 680.

maruta, 681.

INDEX,

Dasytes

nobilis, 361.

Debis

bhairava, 674.

kansa, 674.

nada, 674.

scanda, 674.

sinorix, 674.

Decetia

capetusaria, 618.

Dendoryx

incrustans, 535.

Dendrocincla

Sumigata, 574.

Dendrocolaptes

cayennensis, 575,

755.

concolor, 755.

guttatus, 575.

ocellatus, 575, 755.

radiolatus, 750, 755.

sancti-thome, 144,

755.

Dendrocygna

eytoni, 686.

Hee 687.

Dendreeca

estiva, 136.

atricapilla, 337.

blackburnia, 136.

pennsylvanica, 136.

Dendroica

atricapilla, 320, 321.

striata, 321.

Dendroplex

picus, 575.

Dendrornis

erythropygia, 144.

eytoni, 579, 590.

lacrymosa, 144, 278,

279.

ocellata, 575, 750, 755,

978.

rostripallens, 575.

sp. ine., 750.

Dentalium

erectum, 220.

Depressaria

ricinella, 670.

ricini, 670.

zizyphi, 670.

Dercitus

bucklandi, 542.

Dermestes

frischii, 362, 365,

373

vulpinus, 373.

Deroptyus

accipitrinus, 588.

Derranus

hoevenit, 847.

Desmacidon

egogropila, 533.

constrictus, 538.

fruticosus, 536.

Jeffreysiz, 351, 539.

peachii, 538.

Deva

conducens, 63.

Diacope

erythrina, 849.

Diagramma

affine, 850.

centurio, 851.

gaterina, 851.

griseum, 850.

pardalis, 851.

punctatissimum, 851.

Dichromia

orosialis, 81.

triplicalis, 81.

Dicotyles

labiatus, 692.

torquatus, 692.

Dictyocylindrus

fascicularis, 545.

hispidus, 519.

pumilus, 519.

ramosus, 519.

rugosus, 519.

stuposus, 545.

ventilabrum, 519.

vickersit, 546.

Didunculus

strigirostris, 162,

164,

Didus ?, 179:

Diglossa

brunneiventris, 322.

984

Dilipa

morgiana, 673.

Dilopterus

nevius, 585.

Dinornis

gigantea, 991.

giganteus, 894, 895.

maximus, 891.

robustus, 891.

Diodon

reticulatus, 869.

Diomeda

exulans, 451.

Diphtera

atrovirens, 45.

discibrunnea, 46, 97.

nigroviridis, 46.

pallida, 46, 97.

prasinaria, 46.

vigens, 46.

Diplodemia

vesicula, 5d8.

Diplodonta

globulosa, 927.

Janeirensis, 927.

sphericula, 927.

Diplommatina

exigua, 314,

Diplopterus

nevius, 156.

Dipterygia

indica, 51.

Dispotea

auriculata, 746.

bilobata, 745.

cancellata, 745.

spectrum, 745.

striata, 745.

tubifera, 746.

Diuca

grisea, 322, 337.

speculifera, 985.

Docirava

equilineata, 649.

Dodona

adonira, 39, 674.

dipea, 39, 674.

onida, 38, 39.

Dolabella

callosa, 228.

rumphit, 228.

scapula, 227.

Doliche

gelida, 677.

Dolichosomus

dllustris, 376.

nobilis, 363, 376.

Dolium

kienert, 197.

variegatum, 197.

Donacilla

elongata, 920.

obtusa, 920.

Donacobius

atricapillus, 568.

Donalia

aurantium, 541.

Donax

deltoides, 920.

epidermia, 920.

(Latona) deltoides,

920.

Dorifera

ludovicie, 1538, 154.

veraguensis, 154.

Doris

arbutus, 229.

atromarginata, 229.

carneola, 229.

chrysoderma, 229.

denisoni, 229.

nodulosa, 229.

pantherina, 229.

INDEX.

| Doris

variabilis, 228.

Doryfera

pie 752.

Dosilia

baileyi, 551.

plumosa, 551.

Dosinia,

puella, 909, 911, 923.

seabriuscula, 923.

sculpta, 923.

Drapetodes

mitaria, 642.

Dreata

hades, 681.

Drepanodes

argentilinea, 617.

circulitaria, 617.

fenestraria, 618.

phyllosaria, 617.

quinaria, 618.

scitaria, '77.

trilinearia, 618.

Drillia

angasia, 203.

beraudiana, 203.

coxt, 113, 117, 203.

metcalfei, 113, 117, 203.

radula, 202.

vexillum, 203.

(Crassispira) oweni,202.

Dromzus

nove-hollandie, 405,

413, 422.

Dromius

maurus, 3638.

Drulia

batesti, 552.

brownti, 552.

coralloides, 552.

Dryoscopus

affinis, 825,

lineatus, 586.

major, 826.

orientalis, 825, 828.

picatus, 826.

sublacteus, 825.

Dules

Ffuscus, 850.

viverrinus, 943.

Dunstervillia

corcynensis, 558.

tessellata, 557.

Duseideia

fragilis, 511.

Dymnus

siculus, 539.

Dysallacta

negatalis, 97.

Dyschemon

neda, 679.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXIX.

1065

| Dysidea

Sragilis, 511.

kirkii, 511.

papillosa, 25, 237.

Dysithamnus

ardesiacus, 750, 756.

plumbeus, 576.

puneticeps, 144.

schistaceus, 750, 756,

978.

semicinereus, 144.

Dysporus

prscator, 831.

sula, 831.

Eburna

australis, 189.

(Zemira) australis, 189.

Eehana

plicalis, 86, 98.

Echeneis

naucrates, 861.

Echidna

variegata, 869.

Echiothrix

leucura, 599, 600.

Echites

antidysenterica, 94.

Heiomemia

acervus, 542,

compressa, 542.

ponderosa, 542.

Ketyon

carpentert, 515.

fascicularis, 515.

sparsus, 515.

Edwardsia

vestita, 240.

Egnasia

ephyrodalis, 80.

trimantesalis, 80.

vaga, 80.

Elzocarpus

serratus, 77.

Elainea

albiceps, 327.

caniceps, 978.

chiriquensis, 130, 147.

griseigularis, 327.

modesta, 327, 338,

fous aes

agana, 978.

Se 130, 147.

subpagana, 147.

sp. ign., 978.

Elanoides

furcatus, 158, 162.

Elanus

axillaris, 393.

leucurus, 330, 338.

melanopterus, 823.

1066

Elasmognathus

bairdi, 240, 878,

885.

Elastrus

dolosus, 366, 375, 386,

391

rufo-brunneus, 386.

Elenchus

apicinus, 215.

badius, 215.

leucostigma, 216.

Eleotriodes

cyanostigma, 862.

Eleotris

cyanostigma, 862.

fusca, 862.

ophiocephalus, 862.

soaresi, 862.

Elibia

dolichus, 675.

Elphos

hymenaria, 635.

pardicellata, 635.

parisnathi, 625.

Elysia

coodgeensis, 230.

Emarginula

aspera, 219,

dilecta, 219.

rugosa, 219.

stellata, 219.

(Clypidina) stelata,

219.

(Hemitoma) rugosa,

219.

Emberiza

huttont, 832,

luctuosa, 985.

unicolor, 322,

Emberizoides

macrurus, 572, 594.

sphenurus, 573, 594.

Embernagra

chloronota, 142.

conirostris, 142.

striaticeps, 142.

Empidochanes

fuscatus, 578, 594, 751,

757, 978.

olivus, 578, 594,

sp. ign., 751.

Emplocus

tridens, 535.

Endropia

bastpuncta, 621.

Engraulis

boelama, 868.

telara, 17.

Enispe

cycnus, 673.

INDEX.

Ennea

(Gulella) modesta, 305,

315.

Ennomos

testacearia, 623.

viridata, 623.

Enome

ampla, 681.

Entomogramma

fautriz, 73.

Ephydatia

capewelli, 550.

fluviatilis, 550.

leidyt, 550.

meyenti, 550.

Epibulus

insidiator, 865.

Epicles

radiatus, 521.

Epilecta

pulcherrima, 54, 97.

Episparis

sejunetalis, 81.

segnata, 81.

tortuosalis, 81, 98.

varialis, 81.

Epistemus

gyrinoides, 362, 373.

Epizoanthus

papillosus, 237.

Equula

carak, 861.

fasciata, 861.

Jiligera, 861.

longispinis, 861.

Equus

zebra, 692.

Erastria

venulia, 61.

Ercheia

tenebrosa, 66.

Erebomorpha

fulguraria, 624.

fulgurita, 624.

semiclusaria, 613.

Ereunetes

petrificatus, 592.

Ergea

walshi, 740.

Eriopus

exotica, 61.

Erismatura

ferruginea, 335, 340.

vittata, 320, 335.

Erosia

cervinaria, 646.

Erycina

cycladiformis, 928.

rotunda, 927.

Erygia

apiaalis 67.

Erylus

mammillaris, 549.

Erythreenas

pulcherrima, 344. -

Erythrogaster

togaster, 173.

Erythronota

edvardi, 155.

niveoventris, 129, 155.

Erythrospiza

griseogularis, 173, 174.

trinotata, 170, 172.

Eschata

gelida, 666.

Hsomus

malabaricus, 299.

(Nuria)maderaspatensis,

300.

Espera

caliz, 520.

Esperia

anceps, 533.

basillaris, 538.

bauriana, 533.

bowerbankit, 538.

contavenit, 532.

foraminosa, 533.

lorenzi, 538.

massa, 533.

modesta, 533.

nodosa, 533.

syring, 533.

tunicata, 538.

typica, 532.

volutata, 533.

Etelis

carbunculus, 846.

Eterusia

pulchella, 678.

raja, 678.

risa, 678.

tricolor, 678.

Eubolia

reciproca, 664.

Eucephala

cerulea, 584,'752, 979.

hypocyanea, 584, 593.

Euchelus

baccatus, 215.

scabriusculus, 215.

Euchera

substigmaria, 613.

Eucometes

cassinit, 139.

cristata, 139.

spodocephala, 139.

Eucometis

albicollis, 571.

penicillata, 571,

Eudioptis

indica, 93.

Eudioptis

traducalis, 93.

Eudromias

modesta, 331, 339.

Euglyphis

fulvidorsalis, 95.

procopialis, 95.

Eulima

acicula, 201.

mucronata, 201.

proxima, 201,

Eumelea

aureliata, 640.

feliciata, 640.

rosalia, 640.

rosaliata, 640.

Eunapius

carteri, 552.

paupercula, 552.

Eupetomena

macrura, 583.

Euphema

bourkii, 818.

cupreiceps, 156.

Eupherusa

niveicauda, 156.

Euphonia

anne, 137, 138, 140.

eayana, 570.

crassirostris, 138.

humilis, 138.

melanura, 977.

minuta, 138, 749.

rufiventris, 749, 977.

rufivertex, 137.

Eupithecia

costipannaria, 654.

ferruginaria, 654.

semicirculata, 654.

Euplectella

aspergillum, 26, 27, 351,

352, 353, 358, 528,

529,

cucumer, 351, 353, 354,

528, 529.

speciosa, 529.

Euplectes

flammiceps, 826.

Euplexia

albovittata, 57, 97.

discisignata, 57, 97.

striatovirens, 58.

Euplocia

membliaria, 677.

Euploea

alcathoé, 673.

Euproctis

gamma, 680.

lunata, 680.

madana, 680.

melanophila, 680.

INDEX.

Euproctis

metamelana, 680.

Eupsilostoma

pusillum, 342.

Euptychia

egrota, 109.

ambigua, 105.

angularis, 106, 109.

argyrospila, 109.

armilla, 108, 110.

binalinea, 106.

byses, 110.

camerta, 104.

erigone, 104.

| erycina, 109.

fumata, 109, 119.

| — gemmula, 109.

grimon, 106.

hiemalis, 109,

junonia, 109.

lethe, 109.

libyoidea, 109.

liturata, 107, 110.

metagera, 109.

mima, 109.

modesta, 109.

myncea, 104,

nebulosa, 105, 107,

109.

nossis, 107.

obscura, 109.

ochracea, 107, 109.

ocnus, 109.

pagyris, 109.

periphas, 110.

picea, 109.

philippa, 109.

polyphemus, 109.

pyracmon, 109.

renata, 107.

saundersit, 109.

similis, 109.

straminea, 106, 109.

themis, 104, 109.

undulata, 108.

usitata, 104.

variabilis, 106, 107.

vastata, 109.

vesper, 108, 110.

vestigiata, 105, 110.

westwoodii, 109.

Eurois

auriplena, 58.

crassipennis, 58.

ades

pers 546.

| Kurymene

| inustaria, 620.

| Euryphylle

dubia, 527.

| E

pronophila, 107, 110.

1067

Euryphylle

latens, 527.

Eurypon

clavatum, 521.

urypyee

helias, 475, 979.

major, 161,

trilineata, 202.

Euscarthmus

spicifer, 751, 757.

Euschema

flavescens, 679.

Eusemia

amatrix, 676.

aruna, 676.

basalis, 676.

proxima, 676.

vetula, 677.

Euspiza

americana, 142.

Eustephanus

galeritus, 328, 338.

Eutelia ?, 62.

Euthymus

minor, 536.

shadbolti, 536.

Eutrochus

scitulus, 215.

Eutropia

rosea, 213.

sanguinea, 213.

ventricosa, 212.

esl kochii, 213.

=e rosea, 114, ID EF,

— virgo, 115, 117,

Ree

vacha, 16.

Eutropius

taakree, 564.

Butoxeres

aquila, 130, 152.

Eyarzia

ozararia, 648.

Exoccetus

affinis, 868.

evolans, 868.

solandri, 868.

Falagria

obscura, 362, 381.

Falco

albus, 179

anatum, 158.

clarus, 179.

griseiceps, 178.

hiogaster, 173.

leucaétus, 179.

lunulatus, 398, 394,

1068

Falco

melanogenys, 393.

nigriceps, 330.

nove-hollandi@, 479.

peregrinus, 330, 338.

radiatus, 177.

soloénsis, 172.

torquatus, 176.

trinotatus, 172, 178.

virgatus, 171.

Farrea

orca, 507.

Fascellina

chromataria, 79, 619.

muscularia, 619.

specularia, 618.

viridis, 79, 98.

Felinia

spissa, 77.

terminigera, 77.

Felis

affinis, 275, 875, 876.

antiquorum, 263.

armillata, 270.

aurata, 265, 815, 816.

bengalensis, 260, 268,

269, 273, -274, 399,

401.

brasiliensis, 404.

caffra, 273,

398

calomitli, 272.

canadensis, 2:76.

capensis, 272.

caracal, 277, 834.

catolynx, 275, 875

eatus, 274, 874.

celidogaster, 268, 272,

394, 395, 396.

chalybeata, 263, 272,

395.

charltoni, 268.

chati, 271, 404.

chaus,

834, 874, 875, 876.

chinensis, 274, 400.

chrysothrix, 265.

colocolla, 272.

concolor, 265.

cultridens, 260.

las 266, 267, 269,

discolor. , 265.

domestica,270, 2738, 274,

275, 399, 402, 874.

dongolensis, 275.

eyra, 261, 272.

fasciata, 276.

fearonis, 277.

275, 397,

caligata, 275, 398, 399,

875

275, 398, 402,

INDEX.

Felis

fulva, 265.

fusca, 264.

guleopardus, 272.

geoffroyii, 272.

Griffithsti, 270.

grisea, 270, 271.

guigna, 271.

guttata, 277.

himalayana, 276, 267,

268, 404, 405.

huttonti, 275, 276.

inconspicua, 273, 397,

398.

indica, 398, 399.

irbis, 262.

isabellina, 276.

jacquemontit, 275, 875.

jaguarondi, 261, 272.

javanensis, 274, 400.

jerdonii, 274, 401.

Jubata, 277.

katas, 275.

kutas, 875.

leo, 263.

leopardus, 263.

leopardus, var. niger,

817.

libyca, 275.

longicaudata, 267.

lupulina, 276.

lybicus, 398.

lynx, 276.

macrocelis, 260, 261,

266.

macroceloides, 266.

macroura, 260, 271,404.

maculata, 277.

maniculata, 274, 397,

398, 875.

manul, 275, 874.

margay, 271.

marginata, 275.

marmorata, 259, 260.

marmoratus, 267, 268.

megalotis, 275.

megatherion, 260.

melanura, 271, 4038.

melas, 264.

mexicana, 272.

minor, 263.

minuta, 273, 274.

mitis, 271, 404.

moormensis, 265.

murmensis, 261, 265.

nebulosa, 266.

neglecta, 272, 394, 396.

nepalensis, 260, 261,

274, 275, 400, 401.

nigra, 264.

nigripectus, 261, 275.

Felis

nigripes, 273, 397,398.

nigropectus, 874,

obscura, 398.

ogilbii, 267.

onca, 264, 271,402, 404.

ornata, 275, 397, 401.

876.

pajeros, 270.

paleopardus, 263.

panthera, 262, 263, 264.

pardalis, 270, 271.

pardina, 260, 276, 403.

pardinoides, 400.

pardochroa, 274, 400,

401.

pardochrous, 261, 278,

400.

aber mee:

pardus, 262, 263.

picta, srt.

planiceps, 260, 269, 399.

pecilura, 263.

pulchella, 274, 397, 398.

puma, 265.

rubiginosa, 269, 275,

399, 401.

rufa, 277.

rippelli, 274.

rutila, 272, 395.

senegalensis, 273, 395.

serval, 272.

servalina, 272, 395,

401

smilodon, 260, 265.

subrugosa, 260.

sumatrana, 273, 400,

401.

syriaca, 274,

temminckii, 265.

tenasserimensis, 400.

tigrina, 271, 404.

tigris, 263.

torquata, 273, 276, 396,

397, 399, 401, 876.

tulliana, 262.

uncia, 260, 262, 263.

uncivides, 262.

undata, 273, 274.

unicolor, 272.

varia, 263.

venatica, 277.

viverriceps, 261, 268,

397.

viverrina, 260, 267, 268,

269,273,275,395,396,

399, 405.

wagati, 400.

wiedit, 2771, 404.

Ficulina

ficus, 525.

Filodes

Sulvidorsalis, 95.

migrolinealis, 95.

octomaculalis, 95.

Fissurella

concatenata, 218.

incet, 218.

indusica, 218.

lineata, 218.

reticulata, 218.

Fissurellidxa

concatenata, 218.

migrita, 219.

scutella, 219.

trapezina, 219.

Fistularia

serrata, 864.

Flabellina

ianthina, 230.

newcombi, 230.

ornata, 230.

Florisuga

mellivora, 155, 584,752,

979.

Fluvicola

albiventris,

978.

leucophrys, 986.

pica, 594

Fodina

oriolus, 76.

pullula, 76.

Fonteia

anomala, 544.

Formicarius

analis, 145, 146, 751.

crissalis, 576.

hoffinanni, 145.

moniliger, 145.

rufipectus, 145.

Formicivora

grisea, 576, 595.

Fossarina

patula, 312, 209.

picta, 312, 315.

Foudia

fusco-brunned, 346.

sechellarwm, 346.

Francolinus

kirkii, 827, 828.

pileatus, 827.

Fringilla

arvensis, 323.

barbata, 320.

campestris, 322.

diuca, 322.

Fulica

armillata, 334, 339.

chilensis, 320, 333, 334.

chloropoides, 320, 333,

334.

d77, 594,

INDEX.

Fulica

leucopyga, 333, 339.

wiifrone, 320, 333.

stricklandi, 334, 339.

Fuligula

peposaca, 335, 340.

lix

affinis, 167.

marila, 167.

Funchalia

woodwardi, 895.

Furnarius

roseus, 133.

torridus, 978.

Gadinia

conica, 115, 117, 220.

pentigoniostoma, 220.

Galago

agisymbanus, 952.

crassicaudatus, 952,973,

974.

minor, 966, 973.

Galaxias

waterhousti, 943.

Galbaleyrhynchus

leucotis, 978.

Galbula

albirostris, 582, '751.

cyaneicollis, 582, 595.

leucogastra, 582, 978.

melanogenia, 151.

rufo-viridis, 581, 594,

595.

tombacea, 978.

viridis, 581, 594.

Galeocerdo

tigrinus, 870.

Galeoscoptes

carolinensis, 278.

Galerus

chinensis, 211, '736.

extinctorius, 743.

lividus, 743.

pellucidus, 211.

Gallinago

media, 160.

paludosa, 332, 339.

paraguue, 332, 339.

wilsoni, 280.

Gallinula

crassirostris, 333.

galeata, 339.

Gambetta

flavipes, 332, 339,

592

melanoleuca, 332, 339.

Gampsonyx

swainsont, 979.

Gandaritis

flavata, 660.

1069

Garzus

specularis, 623, 686.

Gargetta

costigera, 683.

Gari

malaceana, 917.

(Amphicheena) men-

keana, 918.

(Psammocola) togaia,.

917.

zonalis, 917.

Garnotia

adunea, 739.

Garra

alta, 349.

gotyla, 282,

347,

jerdoni, 282, 288.

malabarica, 288.

Garrulus

glandarius, 163.

Gaurena

florens, 47.

jlorescens, 47.

Gazalina

apsara, 681.

venosata, 681.

Gazella

dorcas, 246.

semerringi, 817.

Gazza

minuta, 861.

Gecko

versus, 417.

Geckoella

punctata, 99.

Gelechia

hibisci, 670.

pubescentella, 670.

stmpliciella, 670.

Gellius

Jugosus, 538.

robustus, 538.

Gemmaria

sulcata, 238.

Gena

auricula, 218.

lutea, 218.

strigosa, 218.

Genusa

bigutta, 679.

comparata, 679.

delineata, 679.

Genyoroge

bengalensis, 848.

civis, 849.

notata, 702.

rivulata, 848.

sche, 848.

Geobamon

fasciata, 320, 323.

288,

1070

Geodia

barretti, 26, 548.

caribea, 548.

carinata, 548.

conchilega, 548.

gibberosa, 548.

gigas, 548.

macandrewit, 548.

placenta, 548.

tuberosa, 548.

zetlandica, 548.

Geometra

albiangularia, 639.

avicularia, 636.

decoraria, 636.

dentata, 636.

dentisignata, 636.

dissita, 637.

haliaria, 636.

lycenaria, 639.

pennisignata, 636.

plagiata, 636.

usta, 636.

viridiluteata, 636.

Geopelia

mauger, 687.

Geopsittacus

occidentalis, 891.

Geositta

cunicularia, 323, 338,

985.

Fasciata, 323, 338.

isabellina, 323, 338.

maritima, 323.

Geothlypis

equinoctialis, 340, 569,

594

velata, 569, 594.

Geotriton

genet, 696.

Geotrochus

ambrosia, 889, 890.

coxianus, 889, 890.

eros, 888, 890.

gamelia, 888, 890.

mendana, 889, 890.

Geotrygon

caniceps, 130.

chiriquensis, 130, 159.

cristata, 130.

montana, 591, 753.

veraguensis, 159.

Geranoaétus

melanoleucus, 329, 338.

Geronticus

spinicollis, 600.

Gerres

argyreus, 867.

lineolatus, 867.

poeti, 867.

waigiensis, 867.

INDEX.

Gibbula

coxi, 115, 117, 217.

picturata, 217.

preissiana, 217.

strangei, 217.

sulcosa, 217.

Gibbus

(Gibbulina) nevilli, 304,

315.

(Gonidomus) newtoni,

305, 315

Ginea

removens, 74,

Glanycus

insolitus, 681.

Glaucidium

Cel58:

infuscatum, 989.

nanum, 338.

Glaucis

affinis, 752, 979.

Glauconome

angulata, 924.

Glauconomya

angulata, 924,

chinensis, 490.

primeana ?, 490.

rugosa, 924.

Glaucus ?, 230.

Globiocephalus

melas, 686.

svineval, 477, 478.

Glottula

dominica, 50.

radians, 666.

Glyphidodon

celestinus, 864.

septemfasciatus, 864.

sordidus, 864.

Glyphodes

actorionalis, 92.

cesalis, 92.

diurnalis, 92.

gastralis, 93.

lacustralis, 93, 98.

lora, 92.

luciferalis, 92.

stolialis, 92.

univocalis, 93.

vagalis, 93.

Glyphorhynchus

castelnaudi, '750.

cuneatus, 574, 595.

Glyptosternum

lonah, 285.

Gnophos

combustaria, 631,

muscosaria, 630.

obtectaria, 635.

Gobio

pangusia, 16.

Gobius

brevifilis, 940.

caninus, 862.

giuris, 14.

anterstinctus, 862.

ornatus, 862.

ventralis, 862.

Gogrius

sykesii, 563.

Goniodoris

atromarginata, 229.

bennetti, 229.

crossei, 229.

daphne, 229.

erinaceus, 229.

Festiva, 229.

loringi, 229.

splendida, 229.

verrucosa, 229,

Gonitis

guttanivis, 64.

Gonophora

indica, 44.

Gonorhynchus

macrosomus, 17.

Gorgonia

flabellum, 120, 904.

Gortyna

cuprea, 50, 97.

Gouldia

australis, 928.

conversi, 154.

langsdorffi, 752, 979.

Gracilia

pygmed, 362, 379.

Gracillaria

auricilla, 671.

falcatella, 671.

gemoniella, 671.

nitidula, 671.

quadrifasciata, 671.

resplendens, 671.

terminalie, 671.

ustulatella, 671.

Graculus

elegans, 320, 336,

Grallaria

brevicauda, 978.

guatemalensis, 146.

perspicillata, 146.

Grallaricula

costaricensis, 146,

Grammodes

ammonia, 76.

mygdon, 76.

notata, 76.

stolida, 76.

Grantia

2006:

asperum, dot.

hotryoides, 555.

Grantia

ciliata, 554.

clathrus, 555, 557.

compressa, 555.

coralloides, 513.

coriacea, 556.

ensata, 555.

Jistulosa, 556.

humboldtii, 554.

lacunosa, 555.

lieberkuhnii, 555.

multicava, 556.

nivea, 556.

pulverulenta, 554.

raphanus, 554.

setosa, 5D4.

solida, 556.

striatula, 556.

tessellata, 557.

Grapelia

australis, 534.

Graphiphora

basistriga, 54.

cerastioides, 54.

C-nigrum, 54.

fasciata, 54,

rubicilia, 55.

Grus

antigone, 430, 457, 762.

pavonia, 429

virgo, 819.

Gueparda

guttata, 277, 396.

Guira

piririgua, 585.

Guiraca

concreta, 141.

cyanoides, 141, 750.

Gygis

Taba. 832.

Gymnocephalus

caluus, 581, 593.

Gymnoderus

fetidus, 581, 593.

Gymnotus

"apne 17.

notopterus, 17.

Gyparchus

papa, 589, 7535.

‘Gypogeranus

pentane: 442.

oictinia

eee 393.

Gyrinus

dejeani, 366, 365, 370.

Habrocebus

diadema, 247.

Habrocerus

eapilaricornis, 364,

382.

INDEX.

Hadena

albidisca, 59, 97.

albinota, 58.

atrovirens, 58.

auroviridis, 59, 97.

lanceola, 59.

megastigma, 58.

tenebrosa, 59.

Hadrostomus

minor, 579.

Heematoderus

militaris, 580.

Hematopus

ater, 331, 339.

palliatus, 339.

Halerosia

afzelii, 715, 716, 717.

Ffrontata, 715, 717.

Halcyon

albicilla, 828, 829.

chelicuti, 824.

saurophaga, 827.

striolata, 824, 828.

Haliaétus

vocifer, 828.

Haliastur

leucosternus, 393,

394,

sphenurus, 393.

Halichondria

egogropila, 533.

albula, 536.

angulata, 540.

areolata, 511.

batei, 536.

caduca, 519.

candida, 539.

carnosa, 523.

celata, 516.

cervicornis, 545.

cinerea, 512.

coalita, 519.

corrugata, 539.

dickiei, 536.

distorta, 519.

farinaria, 519.

Jicus, 523.

glabra, 519.

granulata, 536.

hyndmani, 534.

incerta, 519.

inconspicua, 519.

incrustans, 535.

infundibuliformis, 513.

ingalli, 533.

inornata, 539.

irreqularis, 536.

Johnsoni, 538.

johnstonii, 547.

mammillaris, 27.

nigricans, 534.

1071

Halichondria

oculata, 512.

panicea, 27, 519.

pattersont, 536.

pulchella, 539.

rigida, 545.

scandens, 534.

servosa, 519.

simplex, 519.

subdola, 519.

suberea, 523.

suberica, 523.

thompsoni, 5395.

variantia, 589.

ventilabra, 516.

ventilabrum, 516.

Haliotis

cocco-radiata, 218.

nevosa, 218.

Haliplana

Suliginosa, 161.

Halisarca

dujardinit, 520.

Halispongia

cavernosa, 512.

ventilabra, 516.

Halmaturus

bennettit, 953.

Halodroma

garnoti, 336, 340.

Haltica

ampelophaga, 363, 379.

Hamacantha

Jjohnsoni, 538.

Hamigera

rubens, 536.

Haminia

brevis, 227.

Hamodes

aurantiaca, 73.

Hapalocercus

citreolus, 338.

flaviventris, 326.

Hapalotis

caudimaculata,316, 317,

597.

personata, 318.

Haplochilus

playfairii, 868.

Hara

malabarica, 347.

Harpagus

bidentatus, 753, 979.

Harpalus

distinguendus, 364, 368.

griseus, 363.

rotundicollis, 364,

365.

ruficornis, 363.

(Ophonus) rotundicol-

lis, 368.

1072

Harpalus

(Pseudophonus) gri-

seus, 368.

( ) ruficornis, 368.

Hegeter

tristis, 364, 380.

Heliastes

cinctus, 864.

Heliodoxa

henryi, 154.

jacula, 154.

Heliomaster

longirostris, 155, 752,

979.

sclateri, 155.

stuarte, 155.

pallidiceps, 155.

Heliophobus

dissectus, 52.

Heliornis

fulica, 754, 979.

Heliothis

armigera, 60.

peltigera, 60.

Heliothrix

auritus, 584, 979.

barroti, 155.

purpureiceps, 15d.

Helix

albanensis, 723.

avidorum, 724, 725.

bombycina, 723.

ciliosa, 491.

cochlidiwm, 726.

eygnea, 723.

diemenensis, "728.

grayi, 725.

hamiltoni, 722, 725.

tanthina, 230.

marcescens, 724.

mucosa, 725.

pachystyla, 725.

pachystyloides, '725.

penolensis, 724.

pera, 725.

retipora, 39.

sericatula, 39.

stramineus, 213.

sublesta, 723.

terriculata, 'T24.

umbraculorum, 724.

violacea, 280.

vitrea, 1001.

wellingtonensis, 723.

Helnintherus

vernivorus, 135.

Helminthophaga

chrysoptera, 135.

peregrina, 135.

INDEX,

Helops

azoricus, 380, 390.

vuleanus, 390.

Hemeroblemma

peropaca, 75.

Hemerophila

atrostipata, 627.

basistrigaria, 626.

creataria, 625.

cuprearia, 626.

humeraria, 627.

interruptaria, 626.

mauraria, 625.

nigrovitiata, 626.

oljectaria, 625.

retractaria, 6277,

686.

strixaria, 625.

Hemibagrus

punctatus, 284.

Hemicognathus

leptorhynchus, 328, 338.

Hemicorallium

johnsoni, 127.

Hemidacnis

albiventris, "749.

Hemiramphus

dispar, 868.

dussumieri, 867.

georgit, 867.

Heniochus

macrolepidotus, 852.

Hepialus

nipalensis, 686.

Herculia

bractealis, 89.

Herdonia

osacesalis, 90.

Herminia

albirenalis, 85.

hadenalis, 85.

ochracealis, 85.

Hermonassa

consignata, 49.

Herodias

egretta, 749.

Herpa

venosa, 679.

Herpetotheres

cachinnans, 590, 7538.

| Herpysticus

eremita, 388.

Hesperia

erylus, 35.

Freja, 34, 35.

tmolus, 35.

Heteroderes

atlanticus, 375.

azoricus, 365, 375,

396.

rufangulus, 375.

Heteropelma

amazonumn, 579.

wallacit, 567, 579, 595.

Heterotella

corbicula, 531, 558.

Hiatula

biradiata, 918.

epidermia, 918.

florida, 918

Hieracidea

berigora, 393.

Himantopus

leucocephalus, 600.

nigricollis, 339, 591.

Hipponyx

foliacea, 211.

subrufa, 212.

Hippopotomus

amphibius, 601.

terrestris, 880.

Hircinia

dendroides, 510.

fasciculata, 510.

flavescens, 510.

hebes, 510.

hirsuta, 510.

panicea, 510.

typica, 510.

variabilis, 510.

Hirundo

equatorialis, 977, 979.

albiventris, 569, 979.

andicola, 984.

eyanoleuca, 321, 337.

erythrogastra, 9340,

569.

fluminicola, 832.

leucopyga, 321.

meyent, 321, 337.

pacifica, 456.

riparia, 456.

rustica, 456.

urbica, 456.

Histiophorus

americanus, 857.

brevirostris, 856.

gladius, 856, 857.

endicus, 857.

Holacanthus

ignatius, 852.

Holocentrum

caudimaculatum, 85).

diadema, 855.

leve, 855.

rubrum, 855.

spiniferum, 855.

Holocentrus

caudimaculatus, 855.

Homalium

clavicorne, 364, 385.

pusillum, 362, 385.

Homaloptera

brucei, 347, 348.

Homalota

atramentaria, 362, 382.

atricilla, 382.

coriaria, 364, 382.

flavipes, 383.

longula, 364.

luridipennis, 364, 381.

mélanaria, 362, 382.

nigra, 362, 365, 382.

oblique-punctata, 364.

3ol.

putrescens, 382.

Homoptera

infligens, 69.

Hoplopterus

cayanus, 591, 979.

Hoterodes

cineredlis, 94.

Hulodes

caranea, 73.

drylla, 73.

inangulata, 73.

palumba, 73.

restorens, 73.

Humphreysia

strangei, 912.

Hyalochieta

possieti, 118.

Hyalonema

affinis, 118.

lusitanicum, 20, 23, 117,

901, 902, 903, 905.

1001, 1002, 1003.

mirabile, 18, 19, 20, 21,

31, 32, 33, 350, 351,

901, 902, 903, 906,

1001.

mirabilis, 18, 118, 540,

901, 906.

sieboldii, 18, 117, 118,

119, 901, 1002, 1003.

Hyalothrix

lusitanica, 119.

Hyblea

constellata, 63.

jfirmamentum, 63.

puera, 63.

Hydaticus

zonatus, 3806.

Hydatina

filosa, 225.

physis, 225.

Hydrecia

naxiaoides, 50.

Hydrocampa

crassicornalis, 90.

pulchralis, 90.

Hydrochelidon

Jissipes, 337, 340.

INDEX.

Hydrochelidon

plumbea, 337.

Hydrocicca

melanops, 333, 339.

Hydroporus

planus, 363, 365, 369.

Hydropsalis

trifurcata, 595, 583,

978.

Hylactes

castaneus, 338.

megapodius, 325, 338.

tarnii, 825, 338.

Hylastes

ater, 362, 376.

Hylocharis

eyaned, T52.

sapphirina, 584, 752,

979:

Hylophila

chloroleuca, 668.

falcata, 668.

Hylophilus

cinereiceps, 137.

decurtatus, 137.

ochraceiceps, 570.

pusillus, 137.

rubrifrons, 567, 569,

570, 595.

semicinereus, 567, 570,

595.

viridifiavus, 137. -

Hylotrypes

bajulus, 362, 379.

Hylurgus

ligniperda, 362, 376.

Hymedesmia

radiata, 521.

stellata, 544.

zetlandica, 537.

Hymeniacidon

albescens, 518.

armatura, 518.

aurea, 518.

brettii, 518.

bucklandi, 542.

carnosa, 523.

caruncula, 518.

celata, 525.

elavigera, 523.

cliftoni, 515.

coccinea, 518.

consimilis, 518.

crustula, 518.

dujardinii, 520.

fallaciosus, 518.

fallax, 518.

ficus, 523.

floreum, 537.

Sragilis, 518.

gelatinosa, 523.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXX.

1073

Hymeniacidon

lactea, 518.

lingua, 533.

macilenta, 537.

mammeata, 518.

membrana, 518.

pachyderma, 118.

perarmatus, 535.

perlevis, 518.

plumosa, 536.

reticulatus, 518.

sanguinea, 518.

subered, 528.

thomasii, 518.

varantia, 539.

virgultosa, 518.

viridans, 518.

Hymeraphia

clavata, 521.

stellifera, 543.

vermicularis, 522.

verticillata, 516, 543.

Hyomoschus

aquaticus, 954, 955,

956, 958.

Hypetra

gammoides, 75.

noctuoides, 75.

Hypena

abducalis, 83.

basistrigalis, 84.

castanealis, 84.

cervinalis, 83.

conscitalis, 83.

costinotalis, 83.

divisalis, 84.

extensa, 83.

lacessalis, 83.

longipennis, 85.

rectivittalis, 84.

tenebralis, 83.

Hypera

variabilis, 363, 378.

Hypercompa

imperialis, 682.

impleta, 682.

longipennis, 682.

plagiata, 681.

Hypernaria

discistriga, 78.

Hyperolius

insignis, 844.

toulsonii, 845.

Hyperythra

calcearia, 619.

ennomosaria, 619.

limbolaria, 619.

luteata, 619.

niguzaria, 619.

penicillaria, 619.

spurcataria, 619.

1074

Hyperythra

Uo de, 619.

vitticostata, 619.

Hyphantornis

aurantius, 826.

royrei, 826.

subaureus, 826, 828.

Hypoborus

Le 363, 376.

Hypocala

deflorata, 67.

efflorescens, 68.

rostrata, 68.

subsatura, 68.

Hypochroma

basiflavata, 632.

boarmiaria, 632.

costistrigaria, 633,

dispensata, 632.

trrorataria, 632.

leopardinata, 634.

muscicoloraria, 632.

nyctemerata, 632.

tenebrosaria, 633.

varicolararia, 633.

viridaria, 632.

Hypocnemis

cantator, 750, 978.

elegans, 757.

melanopogon, 576.

melanosticta, 757.

mytotherina, 750, 757.

978.

therese, 750.

Hypolophus

sephen, 872.

Hyponomeuta

lineatonotella, 669,

686.

Hypopola

AV Eee 679.

Hypopyra

be so 73.

mollis, 72.

ossigera, 73.

restorens, 73. -

unistrigata, 73.

vespertilio, 73.

Hypotriorchis

femoralis, 380, 338,590,

988.

rufigularis, 158, 590.

psa

silvandra, 677.

Hypselobagrus

cavasius, 285.

Hypsipetes

crassirostris, 344.

olivaceus, 344.

Hyrax

capensis, 692.

INDEX.

Hyria

bicolorata, 642.

ornata, 643.

pluristrigata, 643.

trilineata, 642.

Tanthina

bicolor, 230.

bifida, 231.

capreolata, 231.

casta, 230.

communis, 230.

decollata, 230.

depressa, 230.

exigua, 231.

(Lodina) exigua, 231.

Sragilis, 230.

tanthina, 230.

penicephala, 230.

striulata, 230.

violacea, 230.

falcinellus, 334, 339.

guarauna, 334.

melanopis, 339.

ordi, 334,

Ibycter

americanus, 589, 753.

ater, 589, 979.

Icterus

baltimorensis, 142, 279.

cayanensis, 573, 594.

guraudi, 142.

mesomelas, 279.

prosthemelas, 279.

spurius, 142.

tibialis, 594.

Icthyura

fulgurita, 682.

Ictinia

plumbea, 158, 590, 753.

Idomon

alderi, 526.

Iguana

tuberculata, 766.

Tlerda

androcles, 674.

moorei, 674.

Indris

albus, 248.

brevicaudatus, 248, 249,

250, 252, 253, 254,

255, 967, 974.

diadema, 247, 248, 249,

256,

253, 254, 255,

975.

laniger, 248, 249,

252, 253, 254,

970, 974.

Ingallia

| — eupulifera, 537

250,

256,

Ingura

recurrens, 62.

Todopleura

isabelle, 579, 595, 751,

758.

laplacii, 579.

pipra, 758,

Tophon

nigricans, 534.

scandens, 534.

Tolexa

amabilis, 310.

sceitula, 310.

seulptilis, 310.

Tolema

schreibersi, 979.

Tolaus

longinus, 35.

pseudo-longinus, 30,

36.

Iontha

umbrina, 73.

Iphiteon

panicea, 506.

Trrisor

erythrorhynchus, 824,

828

senegalensis, 824.

Tsaurus

tuberculatus, 234.

Tsis

nobilis, 126.

Isodictya

anomala, 523.

cinerea, 512.

dissimilis, 513.

edwardsii, 534.

Jimbriata, 537.

infundibuliformis, 513.

Jugosa, 538.

lobata, 537.

lurida, 512.

normani, 534,

palmata, 534.

paupera, 534,

robusta, 538.

simulans, 522.

varians, 522

Istiophorus

gladius, 857.

Ixos

nigricans, 825, 828.

Jacamerops

grandis, 582.

Jana

pallida, 681.

Janus

sanguineus, 230.

Japonia

barbata, 314.

Japonia

citharella, 314.

Jaspis

Johnstonii, 526.

Julis

lunaris, 865.

trilobata, 865.

Kellia

eycladiformis, 928.

rotunda, 9277.

Kobus

ellipsiprymnus, 4,5, 6,7.

sing-sing, 3, 4, 5, 7.

Krananda

semthyalina, 648.

Kraussia

lamarckiana, 935.

Labeo

dyocheilus, 16.

kontius, 289.

pangusia, 16.

dussumieri, 290.

Labeobarbus

tor, 282, 290.

Tabio

porcata, 216.

striolatus, 217.

Labrus

Ffurcatus, 852.

Lacera

capella, 80.

Lacerta

alligator, 718.

Lemophlceus

clavicollis, 364, 372.

Lagoptera

dotata, 74.

honesta, 74.

magica, 74.

Lagyra

megaspila, 616.

rigusaria, 616.

Laimodonta

guoyt, 231.

suleata, 231.

Lamellaria

indica, 199.

perspicua, 199.

Lampania

australis, 208.

Lampornis

gramineus, 584.

mango, 584, 752, 979.

veraguensis, 153.

Lamprotornis

columbinus, 830.

Lanio

aurantius, 139.

leucothorax, 139.

INDEX.

Laothoé

verticillata, 543.

Laparocerus

azoricus, 360, 378, 388,

391.

Larentia

erata, 654.

variegata, 653.

Larus

argentatus, 315.

belcheri, 340, 991.

bridgesi, 336.

cinereo-caudatus, 320,

336.

dominicanus, 340.

franklini, 336, 340.

Frobenii, 320.

Suscescens, 315.

Ffuscus, 315, 416.

glaucotis, 340.

kittlitzii, 336.

modestus, 336, 340.

rissa, 430.

scoresbii, 336, 340.

Lasea

australis, 927.

scalaris, 927.

Lasiocampa

strigilis, 684.

vittata, 685.

Latiaxis

nodosa, 192.

Latridius

minutus, 362, 373.

nodifer, 362, 373.

Laurion

circe, 678.

metallica, 678.

Lebeda

latipennis, 685.

nanda, 685.

undans, 685.

Leda

dohrni, 932.

Legatus

albicollis, 148, 577.

Leiopyrga

pidunae 216.

Lelostraca

acutissima, 201.

Leistes

albipes, 320, 985.

guianensis, 573, 750.

Lelapia

australis, 557.

Lemur

diadema, 247.

laniger, 247.

pusilus, 972.

Lenyra

astaroth, 676.

1075

Leo

africanus, 263.

gambianus, 263.

gogjerattensis, 263.

nobilis, 263.

persicus, 263.

Leopardus

auratus, 265.

brachyurus, 264, 266.

chinensis, 264.

concolor, 265.

elliott, 269, 399.

griseus, 270, 403.

hernandesii, 402.

hernandezi, 265,

himalayanus, 267, 404,

405.

inconspicuus, 273, 396.

Japonensis, 264,

onca, 264.

pardus, 263,

pictus, 271, 403.

sumatranus, 401.

tégrinoides, 271, 404.

Lepidopleurus

antiquus, 223.

longicymba, 222.

proteus, 222.

ustulatus, 222,

Lepilemur

furcifer, 971.

murinus, 966, 973.

mustelinus, 968, 971.

myoxinus, 972.

ruficaudatus, 968, 971.

Leptacinus

pusillus, 362, 383.

Leptasthenura

egithaloides, 324, 338.

Leptochiton

versicolor, 223.

Lepton

adamsi, 910, 911, 928.

Leptopogon

amaurocephalus, 757.

peruvianus, 751, 757.

pileatus, 757.

Leptoptila ?, 159.

rufacilla, 591.

verreauct, 159.

Leptosceles

mitchelli, 331, 339.

Leptoxura

cinamomea, 595.

Leptoxyura

cinnamomea, 574, 978.

Leptura ?, 362, 379.

Lepyrodes

geometralis, 91.

lepidalis, 91.

perspicualis, 91.

1076

Lethrinus

eeruleus, 854.

erocopterus, 854.

genivittatus, 853,

hkarwa, 558.

longirostris, 853.

nebulosus, 854,

ramak, 854,

striatus, 854.

Leucania

confusa, 48.

decissima, 48.

designata, 48.

exsanguis, 47.

exterior, 48.

extranea, 47.

pulcherrima, 48, 97.

venalba, 48.

Leucinodes

orbonalis, 90.

Leucippus

chlorocercus, 979.

Leucogypsia

algoensis, 557.

gossei, 557.

Leucoma

latifascia, 680.

Leuconia

Jistulosa, 556.

nivea. 5D6.

pumila, 556.

Leucophzeus

belcheri, 991.

Leucopternis

kaupi, 589.

kuhli, 589.

superciliaris, 589,

595.

Leucosolenia

botryoides, 555.

eontorta, 555.

coriacea, 556.

lacunosa, 555.

pulchra, 556.

Leucospiza

nove-hollandie, 178,

179, 393.

Leueotina

esther, 116, 117, 225.

Lichia

toloo-parah, 861.

Licinus

brevicollis, 363, 367.

Lieberkuhnia

agagrophla, 520,

calix, 520.

ciliata, 554.

Lima

dullata, 933.

fragilis, 933.

squamosa, 933,

INDEX.

Timacodes

apicalis, 685.

graciosa, 684.

Limnocorax

flavirostris, 827, 828.

Limosa

hudsonica, 332, 339.

Lingula

hians, 935.

Liotia

angasi, 214.

Lipaugus

cineraceus, 579.

holerythrus, 149,

279.

hypopyrrhus, 'T57.

lateralis, '751, 757.

rufescens, 149.

unirufus, 149, 279.

Litbada

sericearia, 624.

Lithocharis

apicalis, 363, 384.

debilieornis, 364, 384.

ochracea, 362, 384.

ripicola, 363, 384.

ruficollis, 364, 384.

tricolor, 384.

Lithocolletis

bauhinie, 672.

Lithosia

cramboides, 666.

servia, 677.

tetragona, 677.

vagesa, 677.

Lithospongia

torva, 506.

Littorina

australis, 209.

levis, 209.

mauritiana, 209.

pyramidalis, 209.

unifasciata, 209.

Lituus

levis, 186.

Lobipes

antaretieus, 332.

Locastra

cuproviridalis, 87.

phereciuscalis, 86.

Loepa

miranda, 684,

Lophospiza

griseiceps, 178.

trivirgata, 178.

Lophostrix

cristata, 590.

stricklandi, 158.

Lophyrus

australis, 221. .

concentricus, 221, 222.

Lophyrus

glaucus, 222.

Jugosus, 222.

muricatus, 222.

smaragdinus, 115, 117,

222.

Lorica

cimolia, 224.

Loripes

assimilis, 910, 911, 926.

icterica, 910, 9-6.

ovum, 926.

tumida, 926.

Lorius

ehlorocercus, 183.

Lozostoma

flavofasciata, 671.

semisulphurea, 671.

Lucapina

(Glyphis) zneei, 218.

Lucina

exasperata, 926.

teterica, 926.

ovulum, 926.

parvula, 926.

simplex, 926.

tigrina, 926.

(Codakia) parwula, 926.

( ) rugifera, 926.

Lunella

undulata, 213.

Lurocalis

gouldi, 583.

nattereri, 583.

Lutodeira

chanos, 868.

chloropterus, 868.

Lutra

vulgaris, 181.

(Hydrogale) swinhoei,

182.

Lutraria

dissimilis, 917.

rhynchena, 917,

Lutronectes

whiteleyi, 180, 181.

Luxiaria

phyllosaria, 617.

Lycimna

polymesata, 621,

Lygniodes

ciliata, 69.

hypoleuca, 69.

Lymantria

aryama, 681.

beatrix, 681.

lineata, 681.

marginata, 681,

munda, 681.

Lyncus

borealis, 276.

Lyncus

canadensis, 276.

erythrotis, 275, 875.

fasciatus, 276.

isabellinus, 261, 276.

lupulinus, 276.

maculatus, 277.

pardinus, 276.

rufus, 277.

Macacus

assamensis, 950.

inuus, 254.

rhesus, 951.

pileatus, 949.

MacAndrewia

azorica, 507.

Macaria

eleonora, 648.

emersaria, 648.

metagonaria, 647.

nora, 648,

permotaria, 648.

perspicuaria, 647.

streniataria, 648.

strenuataria, 648.

Macgillivrayia

spinigera, 231.

Macheropterus

striolatus, 751, 978.

Machephilus

dumerilli, 718.

Macrocheilus

japonicus, 311.

Macrochisma

sinensis, 312, 315.

Macrochlamys

minima, 308, 315.

perlucida, 303, 315.

Macrodipteryx

longipennis, 821,

22.

Macroglossa

triopus, 676.

Macromerus

typicus, 247.

Macrones .

cavasius, 16.

Macropteronotus

magur, 15.

Macropus

caixana, 758.

major, 476.

robustus, 476.

Macrosila

nyctiphanes, 675.

Mactra

contraria, 916.

corbuloides, 916.

lateralis, 910.

luzonica, 916.

INDEX.

Mactra

ovalina, 917.

pusilla, 916.

rostrata, 916.

rufescens, 916.

Madrepora

rubra, 126.

Magas

cumingi, 935.

Malachius

militaris, 364, 375.

Malacoptila

fusca, 583, 752.

rufa, 583.

Malleus

albus, 930.

Malurus

callainus, 302.

melanotus, 302.

splendens, 302.

Mamestra

albirena, 53.

albomaculata, 52.

chalybeata, 52.

infausta, 52.

metallica, 52.

nigrocupred, 52.

sikkima, 53.

suffusa, 52.

Manatus

americanus, 691.

Mangelia

letourneuxiana, 204.

picta, 204.

splendida, 309, 315.

Marcala

ignivorata, 651.

Mareca

americana, 167.

chiloensis, 335, 339.

penelope, 167.

Margarita

angulata, 217.

Margaritifera

Jjimbriata, 930.

Margarodes

amphitritalis, 94.

conchyalis, 94.

laticostalis, 98.

pomonalis, 94.

psittacalis, 94.

Margaronia

amphitritalis, 94.

conchyalis, 94.

laticostalis, 93.

marthesiusalis, 94.

pomonalis, 94.

psittacalis, 94.

transvisalis, 94.

Margarornis

brunnescens, 1438.

1077

Marginella

attenuata, 196.

muscaria, 196.

(Glabella) muscaria,

196.

ovulum, 196.

(Cryptospira) ovulum,

196.

simplex, 196.

translucida, 196.

turbinata, 196.

Marinula

xanthostoma, 231.

Marmorinia

shivula, '78.

singha, 78.

Marsenia

indica, 199.

Maruca

aquatilis, 93.

Mastacembelus

armatus, 284.

eryptacanthus, 102.

Mastygophora

seopigeralis, 86.

Maxula

idonea, 73.

Mecaria

divisaria, 642.

vagata, 642.

Mecodina

lanceola, 78.

Medon

amberbis, 556.

Megapicus

hematogaster, 157.

Megapodius

eremita, 830.

senex, 830.

Megarhynchus

pttangua, 578.

Melampus

ovatus, 231.

Melanerpes

eruentatus, 587, ‘753.

Melania

cancellata, 491.

Melanippe

catenaria, 655, 686.

cupreata, 655.

| Melanitis

lais, 674.

| Melanotus

dichrous, 363, 375.

Melibzea

australis, 229.

Meligethes

incanus, 363, 371.

tristis, 371.

Mellivora

capensis, 98.

1078

Mellivora

indica, 98.

leuconota, 98.

Melopelia

meloda, 330, 339.

Menapia

xanthophila, 682.

Menestho

sculptilis, 310.

Menura

superba, 391, 688.

Menyllus

ingadlli, 533.

Mergana

equilinearia, 624.

bilineata, 624.

debitaria, 624.

restitutaria, 624.

Merganetta

armata, 340.

Mergus

cucullatus, 167, 168.

Meroé

hians, 909, 922.

Merula

simillima, 834.

Mesapos

stellifera, 543.

Mesites

tardii, 361, 363, 377.

Mesodesma

elongata, 920.

obtusa, 920.

Mesoprion

argentimaculatus, 849.

erythrinus, 849.

erythrognathus, 849,

fulviflamma, 849.

gembra, 849.

lutjanus, 849.

machas, 849.

russelli, 701, 702.

vitta, 849.

Messaras

alcippe, 673.

Mestleta

abrupta, 78.

Metallura

cupreicauda, 983, 987.

Metania on

regaria, 551.

ola 551.

reticulata, 551.

Metriopelia

aymara, 989.

melanoptera, 330, 339.

Mezium

suleatum, 364, 376.

Micra

hemirhoda, 61.

partita, 668.

INDEX.

Micrastur

gilvicollis, 590.

macrorhynchus, 759.

mirandollii, 753, 759.

Microcebus

coquereli, 966, 967, 972.

furcifer, 971.

minor, 964, 966, 967,

969, 973.

myoxinus, 962, 963,964,

965, 966, 967, 972.

pusillus, 961, 962, 968,

964, 965, 966, 967,

972.

rufus, 961, 972.

smithii, 972.

typicus, 968.

Microcerculus

leucostictus, 134.

luscinia, 134.

marginatus, 977.

philomela, 134.

Microchera

albo-coronata, 130, 131,

154.

parvirostris, 131.

Microciona

ambigua, 535.

armata, 535.

atrosanguined, 535.

carnosd, 535.

fallax, 521.

Jjictitia, 535.

levis, 539.

spinulenta, 535.

Micronia

aculeata, 646.

caudata, 646.

fasciata, 646.

gannata, 646.

obtusata, 646.

simpliciata, 646.

sparsaria, 646,

striataria, 646.

Microplax

grayi, 224.

Micropterus

cinereus, 340.

Milionia

glauca, 678.

Milvago

chimachima, 589.

chimango, 329, 338.

crassirostris, 329, 988.

megalopterus, 329, 338,

988.

Milvulus

tyrannus, 149, 578, 978.

Milvus

egyptius, 823.

affinis, 393.

Milvus

isurus, 393, 687.

Mimus

thenca, 320, 337.

Minolia

angulata, 217.

vitiliginea, 217.

Mionectes

oleagineus, 147, 577,

751, 978.

Mionorus

lunatus, 948.

Miresa

brevilinea, 684.

Mitra

carbonaria, 193.

glabra, 194.

asabella, 194.

melaniana, 193.

nigra, 193.

solida, 194.

sordida, 194.

strangei, 110, 117, 194.

Mitrella

chinensis, '740.

pellucida, 741.

spinifera, 741.

subreflexa, T41.

Mniotilta

varia, 135.

Modiola

australis, 929.

concinna, 929.

glaberrima, 929.

opifex, 929.

strigata, 929.

subtorta, 930.

tulipa, 929.

Modiolarca

subtorta, 930.

Modiolaria

barbata, 911, 929.

Molothrus

sericeus, 573.

Momotus

brasiliensis, 150, 581.

lessoni, 150.

marti, 151, 751.

psalurus, 150.

subrufescens, 150, 151.

Monarcha

cinerascens, 830.

fulviventris, 830.

godeffroyi, 829.

inornata, 830.

rugensis, 829.

Monasa

flavirostris, 752.

nigrifrons, 583, 595,

978.

peruana, 752.

Monilea

corrugata, 217.

Monocrepidius

posticus, 365, 375.

Monodonta

apicina, 215.

baccata, 215.

concamerata, 217.

Monoptygma

eingulata, 311.

concinna, 225,

Monotoma

quadricollis, 362, 372.

4-foveolata, 362, 371.

spinicollis, 371.

Morelia

variegata, 3195.

Morphnus

guianensis, 753.

Mucronalia

mucronata, 201.

Mugil

axillaris, 863.

ceruleo-maculatus, 864.

parsia, 863.

troschelii, 864.

Mulloides

flavolineatus, 853.

Mullus

barberinus, 8538.

cyclostoma, 853.

cyclostomus, 853.

dispilurus, 853.

flavolineatus, 853.

Sraterculus, 853.

luteus, 853.

oxycephalus, 853.

vittatus, 853.

Munia

oryzivora, 826.

Murena

chlorostigma, 868.

maculata, 302.

nubila, 868.

ophis, 869.

variegata, 869.

Murex

acanthopterus, 186.

(Pteronotus) acantho-

pterus, 186.

) angasi, 186.

costatus, 188.

nerei, 187.

olearium, 188.

palmiferus, 186.

(Chicoreus) palmiferus,

186.

parthenopus, 188,

spengleri, 188.

triformis, 186.

tritontum-australe, 187.

INDEX.

Murex

uncinarius, 186.

Murlida

lineosa, 685.

Mus

(Gymnomys) celebensis,

598

hirsutus, 318.

macropus, 316, 597.

rattus, 597.

czanthura, 598.

Muscicapa

oliva, 578.

Muscigralla

brevicauda, 326.

Muscipeta

Ffuscata, 578.

Muscisaxicola

albifrons, 986.

albilora, 986, 987.

cinerea, 326, 338.

flavinucha, 326, 338.

flavivertex, 326.

fluviatilis, 326.

macloviana, 326.

maculirostris, 326, 338.

mentalis, 326, 338, 982,

986.

nigrifrons, 326, 338.

rubricapilla, 326, 338,

986.

rufivertex, 326, 338,

987.

Muscivora

castelnaudi, 978, 981.

mexicana, 148.

grandis, 533.

lingua, 538.

Mycalesis

blasius, 718, 720.

clerimon, 720.

daidis, 721.

hesione, 720.

ita, 721.

martius, 720.

medus, 720.

melusina, 719.

miriam, 719,

moorei, 720.

nala, 720.

narcissus, 721.

perseus, 718, 719.

raesaces, 719,

samba, 720.

sanatana, 674.

sirius, 718, 721.

tabitha, 720.

terminus, 718, 720.

zacheus, 721.

1079

Mycetxa

teres 362, 373.

Mycteria

australis, 762.

Myiarchus

Feroz, 578.

nigricapillus, 148, 278,

279.

nigriceps, 148, 578.

sp. ind., 578.

Myiobius

barbatus, 751.

erythrurus, 148, 578,

595, 751.

nevius, 148.

sulphureipygius, 148.

Myiodynastes

audax, 578.

nobilis, 148.

solitarius, 751, 978.

Myioturdus

fuscater, 132.

Myiozetetes

cayennensis, 279, 577,

978.

columbianus, 148, 279.

granadensis, 278, 279.

guianensis, 279.

similis, 279.

texensis, 279.

Myle

carpenteri, 525.

Myliusia

callocyathes, 506.

Myobatis

celtenkee, 872.

Myochama

anomioides, 915.

strangei, 915.

Myodora

brevis, 915.

crassa, 915.

ovata, 915.

pandoreformis, 915.

Myonia

coneinna, 225.

Myoxus

melitensis, 475.

Myrina

amyntor, 675.

Sreja, 36.

Jjaffra, 3A.

onyx, 675.

syrinx, 675.

Myripristis

pralinius, 855.

Myrmeciza

hemimelena, 750, 757.

lemosticta, 145,

Myrmecophaga

jubata, 818.

1080

Myrmelastes

plumbeus, 751, 978,

981

Myrmotherula

axillaris, 576, 595, 756,

978.

brevicauda, 576, 595.

cinereiventris, 750, 756,

978.

hematonota, 750, 756.

hawewelli, 576, 595,

750.

melena, 750.

menetriesi, 144.

pygmea, 750, 978.

Myrteta

planaria, 646.

Myrtis

FSrancese, 987.

Mysia

globulosa, 927.

sphericula, 927.

(Felania) adamsi, 910,

911, 927.

(——) jacksoniensis,

910, 911, 927.

Mystus

kapirat, 17.

Mythimna

cervina, 47, 97.

Mytilicardia

excavata, 928.

Mytilus

dunkeri, 929.

galloprovineialis, 929.

hirsutus, 928.

planulatus, 929.

(Aulacomya) hirsutus,

928.

Myxilla

involvens, D24.

tridens, 530.

Myzomela

major, 829.

rubratra, 829.

Nenia

chalybeata, 64.

cuprea, 64.

verticillata, 516.

Nandus

marnoratus, 14.

Nanina

concavospira, 307.

detecta, 307.

ravida, 490, 491.

redfieldi, 491.

(Rotula) conulus, 307,

315.

Naranio

rubiginosa, 924.

INDEX.

Nardoa

lacunosa, 555.

Naseus

brevirostris, 858.

Nassa

compacta, 190.

incrassata, 190.

labecula, 190.

mangeloides, 190.

rufocincta, 190.

(Alectrion) jacksoni-

ana, 190.

) suturalis, 190.

(Arcularia) labecula,

190

(

Natica

chemnitzii, 198.

(Neverita) chemnitzii,

198.

lamarckiana, 198.

(Neverita) lamarcki-

ana, 198.

marochiensis, 197.

melastoma, 198.

(Lunatia) melastoma,

198.

plumbea, 197, 198.

(Lunatia) plumbea,197.

sordida, 197.

stranget, 198.

(Lunatia) strange,

198.

Naticina

nitida, 198.

umbilicata, 199.

Nausibius

dentatus, 361.

Nausilius

dentatus, 372.

Navicella

cerulescens, 999.

cookii, 994.

cumingiana, 997.

elliptica, 993.

entrecasteauxti, 999.

eximia, 999.

Freycineti, 997.

lapeyrousit, 994.

lineata, 993, 994, 998.

luzonica, 997.

orientalis, 999.

psittacea, 997.

reticulata, 999.

tessellata, 998.

Naviculina

cliftoni, 538.

Naxia

calefaciens, 75.

) mangeloides,190.

(Hima) rufocincta,190.

(Niotha)pauperata,190.

Naxia

calorifica, 75.

cireumsignata, 75.

onelia, 75.

Nevwra

(Rhinomya) rugata,

914.

Nectarinia

collaris, 824.

dussumieri, 344, 821.

gutturalis, 824, 825.

Jardinit, 824.

natalensis, 824.

seychellensis, 344, 821.

Nelcynda

rectificata, 651.

Neleta

serrata, 743.

Nelicurvius

pensilis, 823.

Nemacheilus

denisoni, 287.

guentheri, 282, 285.

semiarmatus, 282, 286.

striatus, 347.

Nemosia

auricollis, 750.

pileata, 571, 977.

Neochera

dominia, 677.

marmorea, 677.

Neocnemis

occidentalis, 378, 389,

391.

Neofelis

brachyurus, 266.

macrocelis, 266.

Neomorphus

salvini, 156.

Neorina

krishna, 673.

Nephelium

litchi, 77.

Neptis

radha, 673.

soma, 673.

Nerice

pallida, 683.

Nerita

(Theliostyla) atraca,

punctulata, 212.

Neritula

(Callomphala) /weida,

190.

Nestor

hypopolius, 473.

Neurina

procopialis, 99.

Neviasca

varialis, Bl.

Ninella

stramined, 213.

Nisus

approximans, 177.

(Urospiza) approxi-

mans, 177.

cirrhocephalus ceramen-

GR ALI

cruentus, 170, 175.

(Urospiza) cruentus,

176

erythrauchen, 177.

gularis, 171.

togaster, 175.

minutus, 171.

rhodogaster, 171.

sulaénsis, 176.

trinotatus, 172.

torquatus, 176.

(Urospiza) torguatus,

176.

virgatus, 171.

(Teraspiza) virgatus,

171.

virgatus rhodogaster,

vee

Nitidula

colon, 362.

(Omosita) colon, 371.

obsoleta, 363.

(Epurza) obsoleta,

371

4-pustula, 362, 371.

Nobilia

turbata, 650.

Noctua

bubo, 72.

dioscoree, 68.

umminia, 74.

Noicia

chinensis, '740.

Nonnula

frontalis, 752.

Nothura

cinerascens, 331.

punctulata, 331.

Notopterus

kapirat, 17.

pallasti, 17, 302.

Nucifraga

caryocatactes, 162, 164,

687.

Nucula

consobrina, 932.

strangei, 932.

Nudaria

margaritacea, 678.

margaritaria, 678.

subcervina, 678.

Numenius

borealis, 338, 339.

INDEX,

Numenius

brevirostris, 333.

hudsonicus, 333, 339.

microrhynchus,320,339.

pheopus, 827, 831.

Numida

vulturina, 953.

Nyctemera

cenis, 679.

interlecta, 679.

plagifera, 679.

Nyctibius

Janaicensis, 454.

Nycticebus

tardigradus, 821.

Nycticorax

cucullatus, 687.

gardeni, 334.

obscurus, 334, 339.

puleatus, 749, 979.

Nyctidromus

albicollis, 752, 978.

Nyetipao

crepuscularis, 72.

exterior, 72.

gemmans, 72.

glaucopis, 72.

obliterans, 72.

Nymphalis

berenice, 873.

caledonia, 873.

calydonia, 873.

delphis, 673.

Sranck, 873.

Nysis

lata, 79.

Nyssia

herbifera, 684.

latifascia, 684.

Obeliscus

annulatus, 311.

Ochetorhynchus

ruficaudus, 324, 338,

Ochropleura

costalis, 56.

flammatra, 55.

musiva, 56.

renalis, 55.

spilota, 55.

triangularis, 55.

Ocinara

lactea, 683.

Octhoéca

chilensis, 326.

leucophrys, 986.

Ocyalus

latirostris, '749.

wagleri, 142.

Ocypus

olens, 365, 388.

Proc. Zoo.i. Soc.—1867, No. LXXI.

1081

Odagra

devestita, 680.

Odonestis

bheroba, 685.

Odontodes

bolinoides, 67.

Odontophorus

guianensis, 591.

leucolemus, 161.

melanotis, 161.

stellatus, 753.

veraguensis, 130, 161.

Odontoptera

discospilata, 621.

Odostomia

kreffti, 200.

lactea, 112, 117, 200.

levis, 112, 117, 200.

pascoet, 200.

(Evalea) lirata, 311.

(——) suleata, 311.

(Parthenia) Areffti, 112,

117, 200.

(——) pascoei, 112,117,

200.

QEcophora

subganomella, 670.

Cidemia

nigra, 167.

perspicillata, 167.

Olene

mendosa, 681.

Oligostigma

crassicornalis, 90.

tripunctalis, 90.

Olivella

leucozona, 192.

leucozonias, 192.

nympha, 192.

pardalis, 192.

Omiza

incitata, 650.

pachiaria, 620.

Ommatophora

Zuminosa, 72.

Omphalotropis

costellata, 306, 315.

picturata, 306, 315.

Onithochiton

incei, 223.

rugulosus, 115, 117,

223.

Onthophagus

taurus, 362, 374.

vacea, 362, 374.

Onychorhynchus

castelnaudi, 981.

Opalia

granulosa, 200.

Opatrum

hispidum, 564, 380.

1082

Operculatum

indicum, 228.

Ophicardilus

australis, 231.

quoyi, 231.

sulcatus, 231.

Ophideres

cegeta, 68.

Ffullonica, 68.

hypermnestra, 68.

materna, 68.

plana, 68.

salaminia, 68.

Ophiocephalus

gachua, 282, 283, 547.

indicus, 14.

lata, 14.

marulius, 282.

punctatus, 14.

stewartii, 14.

striatus, 282, 283.

Ophiodes

cupreda, T4.

separans, TA.

trapezium, 74.

triphenoides, 74.

Ophisma

attacicola, 78.

cunulifera, 75.

deficiens, 74.

gravata, TA.

letabilis, 75.

maturescens, 'T4.

wmminia, 74.

Ophistospongia

australis, 515.

papilla, 515.

Ophiusa

achatina, 76.

albivitta, 76.

arctotenia, 76.

Stulvotenia, 76.

joviana, 76.

myops, 76.

obumbrata, 75.

rubricans, 78.

simillima, 76.

stuposa, 76.

umbrosa, 75.

Ophthalmodes

diurnaria, 635.

infusaria, 635.

Opilus

mollis, 362, 376.

Opisthocomus

cristatus, 164, 4355,

585.

Oporabia

macularia, 653,

Oporornis

formosus, 136.

INDEX.

Oresia

emarginata, 63.

provocans, 63.

rectistria, 63.

Oveas

canna, 953.

Oreophilus

ruficollis, 331, 339,

989.

totanirostris, 989.

Oreopyra

calolema, 153.

castaneiventris, 153.

leucaspis, 130, 153.

Oreotrochilus

estelle, 983, 987.

leucopleurus, 328, 338.

Oreta

extensa, 683.

obtusa, 683.

suffusa, 683.

Orina

angulata, 540.

' Ornix

albifrons, 671.

Oroidea

adriatica, 520.

Orsonoba

medmaria, 664.

Ortalida

goudoti, 159, 160.

poliocephala, 161.

Orthosia

curviplena, 56.

externa, 56.

| Oryzoborus

@ethiops, 141.

crasstrostris, 750, 980.

Sunereus, 141.

melas, 977, 979.

torridus, 572, '750, 977.

Oscilla

annulata, 311.

cingulata, 311.

circinata, 311.

lirata, 311.

suleata, 311.

Osica

undulata, 45.

Osicerda

alienata, 650.

costimaculata, 650.

trinotaria, 650.

Osparius

bacaila, 17.

Osphromenus

olfax, 864.

Ossonoba

torpida, 64.

Ostinops

cristatus, 750, 978.

Ostinops

montezume, 279.

viridis, 573, 750.

Ostracion

arcus, 869.

Ostrea

bullata, 933.

circumsuta, 934.

edulis, var. purpurea,

934.

lima, 933.

malleus-albus, 930.

mordax, 934.

purpurea, 934.

tegula, 933.

virescens, 911, 934.

Otaria

hookeri, 243.

Otiorhynchus

scabrosus, 363, 378.

sulcatus, 363, 378.

Otis

arabs, 687.

senegalensis, 687.

Otolithus

aneus, 939,

ruber, 939.

Otus

brachyotus, 339.

vulgaris, 441.

Ovulum

angasi, 207.

hordaceum, 207.

subreflecum, 207.

Oxyodes

elytia, 69.

Oxytelus

complanatus, 362, 384.

nitidulus, 362, 384.

sculptus, 362, 384.

Oxyurus

spinicauda, 324, 338.

Pachyarches

amphitritalis, 94.

marthesiusalis, 94,

pomonalis, 94.

psittacalis, 94.

Pachymatisma

johnstonia, 31, 547.

Pachyrhamphus

atricapillus, 751, 978.

cinereiventris, 149.

cinereus, 579.

niger, 978.

polychropterus, 579.

Pajeros ‘

pampanus, 270.

Palxornis

alexandri, 346.

wardi, 346.

Pales

cliftoni, 235, 236.

Palythoa

axinelle, 238.

bertholeti, 234.

mammillosa, 238.

Panacra

assamensis, 675.

automedon, 675.

mydon, 675.

scapularis, 675.

truncata, 675.

variolosa, 675.

Panchax

argenteus, 706.

cyanophthalmos, 706.

lineatum, 705.

mclellandi, 706.

rubrostigma, 706.

(Apocheilus) rubrostig-

ma, TOD.

(Esox) panchax, 705.

(Pecilia) latipes, 706.

Pandesma

quenavadi, 63.

Pandion

haliaétus, var. leucoce-

phalus, 828.

Panisala

truncataria, 620.

Panolia

acuticornis, 835, 842.

eldi, 835, 840, 841, 842.

platyceros, 835, 842.

Pantana

dispar, 679.

Panterpe

insignis, 153.

Panychlora

parvirostris, 154.

Papilio

alcippe, 673.

amyntor, 675.

blasius, 720.

bootes, 672.

clerimon, 719.

doris, 720.

dorothea, "719.

elephenor, 672.

evan, 672.

gyas, 672.

martius, 720.

medus, 720.

megarus, O72.

melusina, 719.

miriam, 719.

narcissus, 721.

perseus, 719.

sirius, 721.

tabitha, 719.

terminus, 720.

INDEX.

Papilio

timeus, 674.

zacheus, 721.

Papillina

subera, 516.

Paradanio

aurolineatus, 282, 296,

347.

elegans, 297.

neilgherriensis, 281, 282,

296.

simplex, 364, 372.

Parasa

isabella, 684.

laleana, 684.

lepida, 684.

nararia, 685.

punica, 684.

unicolor, 685.

Parasia

apicipunctella, 670.

Pardalina

warwickii, 267, 405.

Paria

Sreycineti, 997.

psittacea, 997.

Parra

melanopygia, 161.

Parmella

olivieri, 308.

planata, 308, 315.

Parmophorus

elongatus, 219.

levis, 219.

Parnus

prolifericornis, 364,370.

Parotis

psittacalis, 94.

Parsaria

gularis, S72.

Passer

diffusus, 826, 828.

Patagona

gigas, 328, 338, 983,988.

Patella

aculeata, 211, 221, 737.

antiquata, 211.

auriculata, 746.

chinensis, 740.

costata, 221.

equestris, TAT.

fornicata, 738.

jacksoniensis, 220.

pentagona, 221.

porcellana, 738.

selleformis, 221.

sguamifera, 221.

tectum sinensis, 747.

tramoserica, 221.

Patelloida

septiformis, 220.

1083

Patelloida

stellaris, 220.

Patula

boopis, 72.

macrops, 72.

Pecten

fumatus, 933. 4

tegula, 933.

Pectoglossa

persimilis, 698.

Pectunculus

grayanus, 932.

holosericus, 932.

tenuicostatus, 932.

Pelecanus ?, 819.

albigula, 336.

bougainvilli, 336.

brasilianus, 336.

cirrhatus, 336.

Fuscus, 336.

gracilis, 336.

onocrotalus, 438.

purpurascens, 330.

thagus, 340. :

thagus sive moline, 336.

trachyrhynchus, 336.

Pelicaria

scutulata, 208.

Pelopzeus

flavipes, 342.

Penzus

bocagei, 900.

caramote, 901.

edwardsianus, 897, 901.

foliaceus, 901.

longirostris, 900.

membranaceus, 900, 901.

siphonocerus, 900, 901.

Penares

helleri, 542.

Pencillaria,

mammillaris, 527.

Penelope

aburri, 160.

nigra, 160.

pipile, 160.

rujfiventris, 160.

Penora

silhetica, 680.

Pentadactylus

(Sistrum) chides, 191.

tuberculatus, 191.

Pentapus

aurolineatus, 851.

Perameles

doreyana, 318.

nasuta, 318.

obesula, 318.

Perca

scandens, 15.

miniata, 847.

1084 INDEX.

Perenia Phalacra Phascolomys

felinaria, 651. metagonaria, 79. wombat, 798, 800, 801,

Percnostola Phalacrocorax 802, 803, 804, 805,

fortis, 977, 978, 980.

funebris, 980.

806, 807, 808, 809,

810, 811, 812, 815,

bougainvillii, 340.

brasilianus, 340.

Perdix carbo, 439. 814, 815.

melanocephala, 890. cirrhatus, 340. Phasianella

Pergesa gaimardi, 340. kochit, 213.

castor, 676. purpurascens, 340. mauritiana, 209.

velata, 676. Phalacrus sanguinea, 213.

Peridrome consimilis, 363. ventricosa, 212.

orbicularis, 677. coruscus, 363, 371. Phassus

Perigea (Olibrus) consimilis, aboe, 686.

apameoides, 53. 371. damor, 686.

canorufa, 53. Phalena Phauda

illicta, 53. caudata, 646. jlammans, 679.

tricycla, 53. eleonora, 648. Pheucticus

Perigonia hermonia, 72. chrysogaster, 984.

macroglossoides, 676. mygdonia, 72. Philampelus

Perinephala Phalzena-Noctua sericeus, 675.

ostentalis, 90. pomona, 68. | Philbydrus

Periophthalmus virbia, 77. lividus, 363, 370.

kelreuteri, 862. Phalzna-pyralis melanocephalus, 370.

Peristera procopialis, 95. Philine

afra, 827.

cinerea, 753.

Perna

australis, 929.

glaberrima, 929.

Petasophora

tolata, 988.

Petrochelidon

cyanoleuca, 984.

Peucxa

estivalis, 2.

Phacochcerus

eliani, 608, 692.

ethiopicus, 692, 694.

Pheegorista

catocalina, 677.

Phexochroa

cuvieri, 158.

Phaéthornis

adolphi, 152.

bourcieri, 752.

cassinii, 152.

cephalus, 152.

emilie, 152.

longirostris, 152.

malaris, 752, 979.

nigricinctus, 979.

oseryi, 979.

Phakellia

robusta, 517.

ventilabrum, 516,

Phakellura

gazorialis, 93.

indica, 93.

indicalis, 98.

superalis, 93.

translucidalis, 93.

tyres, 95.

Phalangioides

negatalis, 97.

Phalaropus

fulicarius, 165, 166.

hyperboreus, 166.

wilsoni, 339.

Phaleobzenus

montanus, 329, 988.

Phalera

cossoides, 682.

grote, 682.

sangana, 682.

Phaleria

bimaculata, 365, 380.

cadaverina, 381.

Pharomacrus

mocinno, 151.

pavoninus, 583, 593.

Phascolarectus

cinereus, 815.

Phascolomys

angassi, 799.

lasiorhinus, 798.

latifrons, 798, 799, 800,

801, 802, 803, 804,

805, 806, 807, 808,

809, 810, 811, 812,

813, 814, 815.

magnus, 798, 815.

niger, 799.

platyrhinus, 798, 799,

800, 801, 802, 803,

804, 805, 806, 808,

809, 810, 811, 812,

813, 814, 815.

setosus, 799.

angasi, 227.

Philippia

lutea, 201.

Philona

inops, 677.

Philonthus

eneus, 362, 383.

nigritulus, 364, 383.

proximus, 364, 385.

seybalarius, 362, 383.

sordidus, 362, 383.

umbratilis, 362, 383.

ventralis, 383.

Philotia

varians, 522.

Philydor

erythrocercus, 574,

fuscipennis, 143.

pyrrhodes, 978.

rufobrunneus, 143.

Phleocryptes

melanops, 324, 338.

Phlcophagus

laurineus, 377, 387.

spadix, 364, 377.

sulcipennis, 377.

tenax, 364, 377.

variabilis, 377, 387.

Phlogophora

indica, 57.

Phlogopsis

macleannant, 145.

nigromaculata, 576.

Pheenicocercus

carnifex, 580.

nigricollis, 751.

nigrigularis, 978.

Pheenicopterus

andinus, 319, 334, 339,

983.

chilensis, 334,

igni-palliatus, 334, 339.

Pheenicothraupis

fuscicauda, 139.

rubica, 139, 749.

rubicoides, 139.

Pholeoptynx

mote an gees 987.

Phonipara

pusilla, 142.

Phurys

obliqua, 80.

strigata, 80.

Phrygilus

alaudinus, 322, 337,

985.

atriceps, 985.

fruticeti, 322, 337,

985. :

ayt, 322, 337.

Gaede. 985.

unicolor, 322, 337.

Phycodes

hirundinicornis, 63.

Phyllocnistis

citrella, 672.

Phyllodes

consobrina, 68.

fasciata, 69.

ustulata, 68.

Phyllomyias

semifusca, 5

PhylLloscartes

ventralis, 577.

Physeter

macrocephalus, 823.

Phytotoma

rara, 327, 338.

Piaya

brachyptera, 758.

cayana, 585.

mehleri, 156, 280, 752,

ste, DES)

melanogastra, 752, 75

mexicana, 156.

minuta, 585.

nigricrissa, 156, 758.

rutila, 979.

Pica

varia, 163.

Picus

canus, 449.

Jumana, 586.

lignarius, 328, 338.

major, 449.

medius, 449.

minor, 449.

viridis, 448, 449, 450.

INDEX,

Pida

apicalis, 680.

Pieris

seta, 673.

Pileopsis

mitrula, 211.

Pilidium

commodum, 312.

Pimelodus

cavasius, 16.

gogra, 558, 563.

seengtee, 16.

vacha, 16.

Pinacia

fulvidorsalis, 95.

Pinna

zeylanica, 930.

Pione

northumbrica, 525.

Pionus

menstruus, 158, 588,

595, '753..

violaceus, 588.

Pipra

aureola, 579, 594.

auricapilla,580,751,978

coracina, 149.

cornuta, 751.

cyaneocapilla, 149, 580,

593, 751, 978.

erythrocephala, 452.

fasciata, 579, 595.

jilicauda, 593, 579.

flavicollis, 579,594, 595.

gutturalis, 149.

leucocilla, 149, 580,751.

leucorrhoa, 149.

sp. ign., 751.

Pissodes

notatus, 362, 378.

Pitalia

frondiculata, 524.

Pitangus

lictor, 578.

sulphuratus, 578, 751,

978.

Pithys

albifrons, 576, 751.

bicolor, 145.

leucaspis, 576, 593, 751.

Pitta

mackloti, 319.

strepitans, 319.

Pittasoma

michleri, 146.

Pitylus

albociliaris, 320.

brasiliensis, 572, 594.

erythromelas, 572, 595.

grossus, 141.

poliogaster, 141.

1085

Pitylus

viridis, 594, 572.

Placospongia

melobesioides, 128, 549.

Placunanomia

tone, 933.

(Monia) ione, 933.

macrochisma, 933.

Plagusia

marmorata, 867.

potodus, 561.

Planaxis

mollis, 210.

(Ninea) mollis, 210.

Platacanthus

agrensis, 287, 288.

maculatus, 941.

Platalea

Yaa, 339.

Platax

orbicularis, 861.

teira, 861.

vespertilio, 861.

Platycara

australis, 348.

brucei, 348.

Platycercus

flaveolus, 687.

Platyrhynchus

superciliaris, 146.

Platystethus

spinosus, 364, 384.

Plaxiphora

petholata, 224.

Plecotrema

exigua, 307, 315.

Plectropoma

maculatum, 848.

susuki, LOO.

Plerostichus

vernalis, 368.

Plethodon

glutinosus, 695, 697,

698.

persimilis, 695, 696,

697, 699.

Pleurocorallium

secundum, 126.

Pleurotoma

angasi, 203.

beraudiana, 203.

crebriplicata, 203.

letourneuxiana, 204.

lymneformis, 203.

oweni, 202.

radula, 202.

vexillum, 203.

Plocamophorus

imperialis, 229,

Ploceus

sakalava, 823.

1086

Plotosus

anguillaris, 867.

Plusia

agramma, 62.

aurifera, 62.

furcifera, 62.

gemmifera, 63.

inchoata, 62.

ornatissima, 62.

semivitta, 63, 97.

signata, 62.

verticillata, 62.

Plusiodonta

chalsytoides, 63.

Poaphila

hamata, 75.

Poculina

aurita, 742.

poculum, 742.

unguis, 742.

Podager

nacunda, 595, 583, 978.

Podargus

humeralis, 445.

Podiceps

antarcticus, 337.

calipareus, 340.

chilensis, 340.

leucopterus, 340.

minor, 828.

rollandi, 340.

Podylimbus

antarcticus, 337, 3

brevirostris, 337.

Peecilocampa

undulosa, 685.

Peecilophis

variegata, 869.

Pogonoperca

ocellata, 848.

Polemistria

verreauat, 752, 979.

Poliodetus

leucogaster, 393.

Polyborus

brasiliensis, 589.

tharus, 329, 338.

Polycera

cooki, 229.

Polychrus

marmoratus, 776.

Polydesma

boarmoides, 65.

otiosa, 6D.

scriptilis, 65.

Polymastia

bulbosa, 27.

snammillaris, 27, 359.

spinula, 27.

Polymastica

brevis, 527

INDEX.

Polymastica

bulbosa, 527.

mammillaris, 527.

ornata, 527.

radiosa, 527.

robusta, 527.

Polynemus

sexfilis, 856,

Polyommatus

laius, 674.

Polyplectron

chinquis, 819.

Polytela

gloriosa, 50.

Polytmus

leucorrhous, 584, 752,

758.

viridissimus, 584.

Pomacentrus

bankanensis, 864.

Pontius

melanampyx, 347.

Pontoporia

blainvillii, 484, 485,

488.

Poospiza

bonapartii, 341.

dominicensis, 341.

torquata, 341.

Porifera

calearea, 553.

chalinida, 502.

keratosa, 502.

leuconida, 553.

silicea, 502.

Poronia

australis, 927.

scalaris, 927.

Porsica

ingens, 669.

Porphyrio

martinicus, 592.

parvus, 592.

Porzana

albigularis, 278, 280.

carolina, 343.

castanea, 981.

cayennensis, 592, 754.

erythrops, 343.

fasciata, 977, 979, 981.

Jamaicensis, 333, 399,

343.

Potamides

ebeninum, 208.

Potamogale

velox, 256, 258.

Potamophora

mantia, 69.

Pradiota

cnnomocoides, 81.

sejunctaria, 81.

Priacanthus

fax, 850.

speculum, 850.

Prianos

amorphus, 520.

Prionirhynchus

platyrhynchus, 151,278,

279.

Pristipoma

leucurum, 850.

nevlli, 936.

Pristipomoides

aurolineatus, 937.

Pristonychus

complanatus, 363, 367.

Procapra

gutturosa, 245, 246.

picticauda, 245, 246.

Procellaria

gigantea, 431, 457.

melanogastra, 336, 340.

oceanica, 336.

Proenias

occidentalis, 749, 977.

Prodenia

ciligera, 51.

glaucistriga, 51.

infecta, 51.

insignata, 51.

lectula, 51.

retina, D1.

Progne

dominicensis, 569.

fureata, 321, 337.

leucogastra, 569, 749,

754.

tapera, 569, 595, 749.

Pronax

lobata, 526.

plumosa, 530.

Pronophila

phytanis, 107.

Propachys

fascialis, 665.

linealis, 665, 686.

nigrivena, 665.

Propithecus

diadema, 247, 975.

verreauxt, 975.

Prosimia

flavifrons, 596.

Prothoé

caledonia, 873.

francki, 873.

Psammobia

florida, 918.

malaceana, 917.

menkeana, 918.

tellinella, 918.

togata, 917.

zonalis, 917.

Psammodius

cesus, 375.

plicicollis, 363, 374.

porcicollis, 364, 374.

sabulosus, 364, 374.

Psaris

fraseri, 757.

mexicana, 149.

Psetta

kultetee, 284.

Pseudomesa

quadriplayiata, 680. =

Pseudoscarus

cyanognathus, 865.

dussumieri, 865.

falcipinnis, 865.

harid, 865.

Jjanthochir, 865.

maculosus, 865.

nuchipunctatus, 865.

Psittacula

passerina, 749.

Psittacus

fuscicapillus, 826, 828.

hueti, 759.

Psophia

crepitans, 592, 594.

leucoptera, 592.

obscura, 592, 594.

ochroptera, 592, 593.

viridis, 592.

Psylliodes

chrysocephala, 363,

379.

vehemens, 364, 379.

Psyra

angulifera, 659.

cuneata, 659, 660.

similaria, 659, 686.

Ptenidinm

apicale, 362, 371.

Pteroglossus

aracari, 586, 594.

bitorquatus, 586, 595.

erythropygius, 157.

flavirostris, 753.

humboldti, 753.

inscriptus, 586.

pluricinctus, 753.

torquatus, 157.

wiedi, 594, 595.

Pteroptochos

albicollis, 325, 338.

albifrons, 319, 325.

castaneus, 320, 325.

megapodius, 452, 472.

rubecula, 3295, 338.

Pterostichus

aterrimus, 368.

nigerrimus, 364, 368.

vernalis, 363.

INDEX.

Ptilinus

pectinicornis, 363, 376.

Ptinus

testaceus, 361, 876.

Ptyonura

albifrons, 986.

Puffinus

carneipes, 336, 340.

opisthomelas, 832.

Pumex

adriaticus, 544.

Puntius

arulius, 294.

carnaticus, 282.

(Barbodes) carnaticus,

( ) dubius, 291.

Jilamentosus, 293.

(Barbodes) gracilis,

290

grayi, 282, 292.

(Barbodes) grayi, 293.

Pupa

lincolnensis, 39.

(Pagodella) ventricosa,

304, 515.

Pupinopsis

mindorensis, 314.

rufa, 314.

Purpura

amygdala, 191.

(Cronia) amygdala, 191.

chaidea, 191.

granulata, 191.

marginalba, 191.

nassoides, 191.

(Stramonita) xeglecta,

TO; U7 ot:

rugosa, 191.

(Polytropa) suecineta,

191

tuberculata, 191.

Putilla

lucida, 312, 315.

Pycnarmon

abraxalis, 91.

aurolinealis, 92.

bistrigalis, 92.

discerptalis, 92.

jaguaralis, 91.

platusalis, 92.

virgatalis, 92, 98.

zebralis, 91, 98.

Pygarrhichus

albigularis, 324, 338.

Pygmornis

amaura, 752.

nigricinetus, 752.

Pygoptila

maculipennis, 750.

margaritata, 750.

1087

Pygospila

gover 95.

Pyralis

lucillalis, 89.

Pyranga

estiva, 139, 278.

albicollis, 571.

hepatica, 139.

Pyrausta

silhetalis, 89.

Pyrgita

"padi 826.

Pyriglena

ftom 576.

Pyrocephalus

nanus, 987.

rubineus, 751, 978, 987.

Pyrope

"piteliteii 326.

Pyrrhococcyx

brachypterus, 758.

Querquedula

angustirostris, 320, 335,

990.

crecca, 436.

creccoides, 335,340,991.

cyanoptera, 335, 340.

flavirostris, 335, 990,

9911.

formosa, 818.

oxyptera, 990.

torquata, 335, 340.

versicolor, 335, 340.

Querula

cruenta, 580, 595.

Radula

(Limatula) budlata, 933.

lima, 933.

Raia

djeddensis, 871.

Raja

asperrima, 871.

quinqueaculeata, 872.

sephen, 872.

Rallina

fasciata, 831.

Rallus

antarcticus, 333, 339.

bicolor, 333, 990.

cesius, 333, 990.

melanops, 333.

nigricans, 333, 990.

philippensis, 831.

ricordi, 333.

rufopennis, 333.

rythirhynchus, 990.

salinasi, 319.

sanguinolentus, 333,

1088

Rallus

uliginosus, 320, 333.

Ramila

marginella, 667, 686.

Ramphastos

carinatus, 156.

Ramphastus

ambiguus, 752.

approximans, 156.

ariel, 585, 594.

brevicarinatus, 156.

culminatus, 752.

cuvieri, 752.

erythrorhynchus, 585.

inca, T52.

osculans, 585,

piscivorus, 280.

toco, 585.

vitellinus, 586, 594.

Ramphocznus

cinereiventris, 145.

melanurus, 576, 595,

750.

rufiventris, 145.

semitorquatus, 145.

Ramphoccelus

dimidiatus, 138.

icteronotus, 139.

jacapa, 571, 749, 977.

nigrigularis, 571, 598,

Die

passeriniz, 138, 278.

sanguinolentus, 278,

Rana

anchiete, 843.

bibroni, 844.

supraciliaris, 844,

Ranella

leucostoma, 189.

Rapana

(Laliaxis) odosa,

192.

Raphiophora

patera, 524,

Raphyrus

celatus, 516.

griffithsti, 516.

Rasalia

vimindlis, 522.

Rasbora

neilgherriensis, 298,

299.

woolaree, 298, 347.

Raspailia

stelligera, 545,

Raspaha

Sreyerit, 523.

typica, 523.

viminalis, 522.

Recurvirostra

andina, 320.

INDEX.

Remigia

archesia, 77.

bifasciata, 77.

caliginosa, 82.

colligens, 73.

frugalis, 77.

optatura, 65.

perfidiosa, 75.

tetraspila, 65.

triangulata, 65.

Reniera

alba, 518.

ambigua, 520.

amorpha, 520.

aqueductus, 518.

calizx, 520.

cratera, 518.

digitata, 520.

dura, 521.

jfibulata, 539.

Ffrondiculata, 524.

luxcurians, 519.

nigrescens, 518.

palmata, 518.

semitubulosa, 519.

thomasii, 518.

Retina

rubrivitta, 679.

Rhea

americana, 421.

Rhimamphus

estivus, 136.

Rhinaster

bicornis, 1024, 1026.

keitloa, 1025, 1026.

Rhinobatus

djeddensis, 871.

levis, 871.

Rhinoceros

africanus, 1024.

antiquitatis, 1031.

asiaticus, 1010.

bicornis, 1003, 1005,

1023, 1024, 1025,

1032.

brucei, 1024,

burchelli, 1027.

camper, 1025.

crossit, 1022.

cucullatus, 1012.

floweri, 1008, 1015,

1016, 1017, 1052.

gordoni, 1027.

encisivus, 1021.

indicus, 1008, 1010,

1011.

inermis, 1010.

javanensis, 1022.

Jjavanicus, 1003, 1004,

1007, 1008, 1009,

1012, 1018, 1082.

Rhinoceros

javanus, 1009.

keitloa,1003,1005,1028,

1024, 1026, 1032.

leptorhinus, 1021.

megarhinus, 1023.

monspellianus, 1023.

nasalis, 1007, 1008,

1012, 1013, 1014,

1032.

niger, 1024.

oswellii, 1005, 1028,

1030.

pallasi, 1031.

simus, 1003, 1005, 1023,

1026, 1027, 1030,

1032.

sondaicus, 1008, 1009,

1010, 1011, 1015.

stenocephalus, 1007,

1008, 1018, 1019,

1020, 1032.

sumatranus, 1003,1007,

1009, 1021, 1023.

sumatrensis, 1015,1021,

1022, 1032.

tichorhinus, 10238, 1031.

unicornis, 1003, 1005,

1007, 1008, 1009,

1010, 1011, 1012,

1015, 1018, 1032.

Rhinochetus

Jubatus, 179, 475.

Rhinocheerus

me, 885.

sumatranus, 884.

Rhinomya

rugata, 914.

Rhizobius

litura, 364, 380.

Rhodaria

concatenalis, 90.

Rhodinocichla

rosea, 138.

Rhodopis

vesper, 987.

Rhomboidichthys

pantherinus, 867.

Rhyacophilus

solitarius, 592.

Rhynchea

semicollaris, 339.

Rhynchaspis

maculata, 335.

Rhynchobalus

levis, 871.

Rhynchocyclus

sp. ign., 978.

brevirostris, 148.

flavo-olivaceus, 148.

megacephalus, 751, 978.

Rhynchocyelus

ruficauda, 578.

sulphurescens, 578, 751.

Rhynchops

melanura, 593.

melanurus, 754.

nigra, 340.

Rhynchotis

rufescens, 687.

Rhynchotus

cinerascens, 339.

perdicarius, 331, 339.

punctulatus, 339.

Rhyparia

ductaria, 651.

maculata, 651.

transectata, 651.

Ricinula

tuberculata, 191.

Rilia

lanceolata, 681.

Rinaca

zuleika, 684.

Risella

lutea, 209.

nana, 209.

plana, 209.

Rissoina

eincta, 114, 117, 210.

smithi, 114, 117, 210.

turricula, 114, 117,

210.

variegata, 113, 117,

210,

Rollulus

superciliosus, 474.

Rucervus

duvaucelli, 835, 836,

837, 842.

schomburgki, 835, 837,

838, 839, 842.

Ruma

umbilicata, 199.

Rupela

degenerella, 666.

Rupellaria

crenata, 924.

mitis, 924.

Rupicola

crocea, 580, 593.

peruviana, 751.

Sabella

marsupialis, 235, 236.

Saccobranchus

singio, 16, 347.

Saiga

tatarica, 240.

Salarias

fasciatus, 863.

vermiculatus, 863.

INDEX.

| Salporni s

spilonota, 832.

Saltator

azare@, 977.

intermedius, 140, 141.

isthmicus, 141.

magnoides, 140, 141.

magnus, 572,750, 977.

mutus, 572, 595.

striatipectus, 141,

Samea

gratiosalis, 90.

Samus

anonyma, 526, 546.

Sapline

grantii, 526.

Sapphironia

ceruleogularis, 129,

156.

Saprinus

apricarius, 364, 374.

cerulescens, 363, 374.

dimidiatus, 364, 374.

lobatus, 374.

nitidulus, 374.

rugifrons, 363, 374.

semipunctatus, 374.

semistriatus, 363, 374.

Sarbanissa

insocia, 60.

Sarcidiornis

regia, 339.

Sarcorhamphus

gryphus, 328, 338, 463.

papa, 463.

Sarcotragus

fetidus, 510.

spinulosus, 510.

Saturnia

cidosa, 684.

lindia, 684.

pyretorum, 684.

Saucerottia

atala, 156.

Saulea

vitrea, 1000, 1001.

Sauria

decussata, 655, 686.

Saxicava

australis, 918.

Scala

clathratulus, 200.

Jjukesiana, 200.

lineolata, 199.

philippinarum, 199.

scalaris, 199.

(Opalia) australis, 200.

Scalaria

australis, 200.

Jukesiana, 200.

lineolata, 199.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1867, No. LXXII.

1089

| Scalaria

philippinarum, 199.

pretiosa, 199.

Searichthys

auritus, 865.

ceruleopunctatus, 865.

Schilbe

garua, 16.

Schilbichthys

garua, 16.

Schistura

dario, 17.

Schmidtia

clavata, 521.

dura, 521.

Jiciformis, 521.

Scheeniclus

schinzii, 332.

Schcenobius

minutellus, 667.

punctellus, 668.

Scizna

argyrea, 867.

. grandoculis, 854.

heptacanthus, 853.

Scintilla

anomala, 928.

stranget, 928.

Scirpophaga

auriflua, 666.

gilviberbis, 666.

Sciurus

getulus, 817.

Sclerurus

albigularis, 574.

brunneus, 574.

caudacutus, 573, 750.

guatemalensis, 143.

mexicanus, 142, 574,

750, 755.

ruficollis, 574.

umbretta, 574.

Scolopax

magellanica, 332.

spectabilis, 332.

Scolopsides

pheops, 851.

Scolopsis

frenatus, 851.

pheops, 851.

Scomber

crumenophthalmus, 858.

gladius, 856.

microlepidotus, 861.

sanson, 860.

Scopalina

lophyropoda, 535.

Scopelodes

venosa, 684.

Scops

choliba, 590.

1090

a BH

olyprion, :

en. 703.

venosa, 704.

Sceotophilus

morio, 318,

Scotosia

angulifera, 659.

atrostipata, 627, 656.

lattivittaria, 657.

miniosata, 656.

obliquisignata, 657.

plagifera, 658.

quadrifera, 629,

ramosa, 658.

wenimaculata, 657.

vitreata, 656.

Scutus

angustatus, 219,

elongatus, 219.

Scymnus

durante, 364, 380.

minimus, 363, 380.

Scypha

botryoides, 555.

confervicola, 555.

coronata, 5D4.

ovata, 554.

Seytalopus

fuscoides, 325, 338.

fuscus, 325.

magellanicus, 325, 338.

obscurus, 325,

senilis, 325.

Selasphorus

platycercus, 160.

scintilla, 129, 155.

Selenia

decorata, 621, 686.

Selenidera

gouldi, 586.

nattereri, 586.

reinwardti, 753.

spectabilis, 157.

Selenis

abrupta, 78.

irrecta, 78.

niviaper, 78.

Selidosema

semiclarata, 629.

Semiophorus

vexillarius, 821, 822.

Semnopithecus

barbei, 949, 950, 951.

cephalopterus, 949.

entellus, 821, 944.

pileatus, 946, 949, 950,

951.

priamus, 949.

schistaceus, 948, 949.

thersites, 949.

INDEX,

Semnopithecus

wrsinus, 949.

Septaria

borbonica, 993.

navicula, 993, 998.

Seriatula

seriata, 515.

Sericia

parvipennis, 72.

Sericoderus

lateralis, 362, 371.

Seriolichthys

bipinnulatus, 560,

lineolatus, 559.

Serpophaga

cinerea, 147.

parvirostris, 327, 338.

Serranus

areolatus, 848.

chlorostigma, 848.

cyanostigmatoides, 847.

cylindricus, 848.

dispar, 847.

erythreus, 847.

flavo-ceruleus, 847.

gaimardi, 847.

grammicus, 700.

guttatus, 847.

hexagonatus, 847.

longispinis, 847.

louti, 847.

marginalis, 847.

miniatus, 847.

myriaster, 847,

radiatus, 699.

sonnerati, 847.

suillus, 847.

Serrodes

campana, 5.

Sesapa

decurrens, 677.

excurrens, 677.

Setophaga

ruticilla, 136.

torquata, 136.

Sidisia

barleei, 237.

Sigaretus

zonalis, 199.

Silaria

proteus, 364,

Sillago

sihama, 861.

Silurus

garua, 16.

singio, 16.

Silvanus

advena, 361, 372.

Singara

diversalis, '78.

Siphlopis

Jitzingeri, 687.

Siphonaria

atra, 233.

bifurcata, 232.

cochleariformis, 232.

denticulata, 232.

funiculata, 232.

scabra, 282.

Siphonia

typum, 509.

Sisyrophora

afatene, 94,

Sitones

flavescens, 363, 378.

gressorius, 363, 378.

lineatus, 363, 378.

Sittace

lepida, 588.

Solarium

luteum, 201, 202.

reevei, 201.

Solen

biradiatus, 918.

philippianus, 912.

sloanii, 912.

vaginoides, 912.

Soletellina

donacioides, 918.

Solina

elegans, 546.

Somatina

pictaria, 645.

plurilinearia, 645.

Sophax

fallax, 521.

Soritia

leptalina, 679.

Sospita

echeria, 38.

fylla, 38.

lydda, 38.

neophron, 38.

segecia, 38.

statira, 38.

susa, 38.

tantalus, 38.

wallace, 38.

(Abisara) kausambi, 38.

Sparus

lineatus, 851.

Sparvius

cirrhocephalus, 176.

niveus, 179.

Spatula

platalea, 335, 340.

Speiredonia

feducia, 71.

helicina, 72.

retrahens, 72.

zamis, 72.

Spelerpes

(C&dipus) adspersus,

696.

cephalicus, 696.

lineolus, 696.

osculus, 696.

Spermestes

cucullata, 826, 828.

Sringilloides, 826.

scutata, 826.

Spermophila

bowvronides, 572.

castaneiventris, 977.

collaris, 130, 141.

corvina, 278.

gutturalis, 572.

lineata, 572.

lineola, 572, 595.

luctuosa, 750.

semicollaris, 141.

telasco, 341,

Spheeridium

bipustulatum, 362,

370.

Sphzrodon

grandoculis, 854.

Spheniscus

demersus, 818.

humboldtii, 337, 340.

Sphenopus

marsuptalis, 235, 236.

Sphingomorpha

chlorea, 73.

sipyla, 73.

Sphyrzena

commersoni, 863.

Jello, 863.

Spilomela

Jjaguuralis, 91.

Spilosoma

gopara, 682.

suffusa, 682.

Spinularia

tetheoides, 524.

Spirama

coherens, 72.

helicina, 72.

retorta, 72.

triloba, 72.

Spirula

levis, 186.

Spisula

corbuloides, 916.

eretacea, 909, 911, 916.

producta, 909, 911, 916.

subtruncata, 916.

Spizaétus

ornatus, 158, 753.

tyrannus, S90.

Spodoptera

cilium, d1.

INDEX.

Spongelia

avara, 511.

elegans, 511.

inerustans, 511.

pallescens, 511.

Spongia

aurea, 918.

botryoides, 495, 555.

calearea, 493.

calyciformis, 513.

canabrina, 553.

cavernosa, 494.

ciliata, 5D4.

clathrus, 513.

complicata, 555.

compressa, 495,

coralloides, 552.

coriacea, 556.

coronata, 5d4.

crateriformis, 513.

equina, 508.

cc 510.

foliacea, 555.

foliaceus, 517.

fragilis, 511.

hispida, 519.

inflata, 554.

infundibuliformis, 513.

keratosa, 493, 508.

levigata, 512.

mammillaris, 527.

mollissima, 508.

nivea, 556.

octancyra, 124, 540.

officinalis, 508.

palmata, 495, 518.

panicea, 5D4,

patera, 524.

pencillus, 527.

perlevis, 518.

pilosa, 495, 543.

plumosa, 536.

pocillum, 513.

pulchella, 495, 508.

quarnerensis, 508.

rigida, 545.

sanguinea, 518.

seypha, 517.

semitubulosa, 519,

seriata, 515.

silicea, 493.

spinicrucis, 124, 540.

stuposa, var. damicenus,

545.

suberea, 237, 511, 523.

terebrans, 525.

tomentosa, 495.

ventilabriformis, 516,

ventilabrum, 516.

verrucosa, 238, 499, 514, |

541. |

1091

Spongia

xerampelina, 516.

cetlandica, 516.

zimocca, 508.

Spongilla

alba, 553.

baileyi, 551.

batesti, 552.

brownii, 552.

capewelli, 550.

carteri, 552.

cerebellata, 553.

cinerea, 553.

coralloides, 552.

dawsoni, 553.

Sluviatilis, 495.

Sriatilis, 552.

gregaria, 5D1.

lacustris, 552,

leidyi, 550.

lordii, 553.

paulata, 551.

paupercula, 552.

plumosa, 551.

recurvata, 5D2.

reticulata, 551.

Spongionella

pulchella, 508.

Squalus

obesus, 870.

Squatarola

helvetica, 827.

Standella

ovalina, 917.

Staphylinus

hesperus, 365, 383, 391.

Steganopus

tricolor, 332.

Steiria

inordinata, 67.

quadristrigata, 67.

subfasciata, 67.

Stelgidopteryx

ruficollis, 749.

Stellata

boglicit, 542.

discophora, 549.

dorsigera, 542.

grubii, 542.

helleri, 542.

mammillaris, 549.

pumex, 544,

wagleri, 542.

Stelligera

furcata, 545.

Stematumenia

bahamensis, 511.

Stenolophus

brunnipes, 863, 368.

dorsalis, 568.

luridus, 365.

1092

Stenolophus

teutonus, 364, 368.

(Acupalpus)luridus,369

Stenopoma

lineatum, 998.

Stenopsis

bifasciata, 328, 339.

parvulus, 342.

Stenus

guttula, 364, 384.

Sterna

antarctica, 336.

atro-fasciata, 320, 337,

340.

cassini, 336, 340.

comata, 320.

exilis, 336, 340, 344.

frobenti, 320.

hirundo, 336.

inca, 337.

lorata, 320.

luctuosa, 320, 337, 340.

lunata, 831.

macrura, 330.

magnirostris, 593, 979.

meridionalis, 336.

superciliaris, 344, 593.

Sternothzrus

subniger, 473.

Sterrha

sacraria, 649.

Stethojulis

strigiventer, 865.

Stictoptera

grisea, 67.

illucida, 67.

Stilicus

affinis, 362, 384.

Stoasodon

narinaria, 872.

Stoletellina

epidermia, 918.

Stomatella

imbricata, 218.

Strepsilas

interpres, 339, 831.

Strix

flammea, 823.

perlata, 339, 753, 988.

Strombus

aculeatus, 208.

floridus, 207. .

luhuanus, 207.

mutabilis, 207.

(Canarium) floridus,

207.

luhuanus, 207.

Struthio

camelus, 420,

Struthioliria

oblita, 208.

INDEX.

Sturnella

bellicosa, 985.

ludoviciana, 142.

mexicana, 142.

militaris, 325, 338.

Sturnus

vulgaris, 163.

Stylifer

acicula, 201.

Styliola

subulata, 186.

Stylodonta

setiliris, 304.

suffulta, 304.

(Erepta) nevilli, 304.

315.

( ) rufocincta, 303,

315

Styloptygma

aurantiaca, 112,117,201.

Suberites

carnosa, 523.

clavigera, 523.

gelatinosa, 523.

suberia, 523.

sulphurea, 523.

Sula

cyanops, 336.

variegata, 336, 340.

Sunetta

adeline, 909, 911, 922.

Sunius

angustatus, 384.

gracilis, 364, 384.

Sus

Japonensis, 692.

larvatus, 692.

leucomystax, 240.

scrofa, 692.

taivanus, 240.

Sybrida

inordinata, 683.

Sycalis

arvensis, 323, 338, 342.

aureiventris, 320, 323,

338.

brasiliensis, 573.

hilarii, 573.

luteiventris, 342.

luteocephala, 323.

Sycon

asperum, SDA.

ciliata, 5d4.

humboldtii, 554.

raphanus, 554.

(Ute) papillosum, 555.

setosus, DO4.

Sylvia

magellanica, 325.

| Sylvicola

decurtata, 157.

Sylviorthorhyncus

desmursi, 324, 338.

S) is

Y ranbiaie 74, 77.

subunita, 74.

Synallaxis

egithaloides, 985.

albescens, 143.

anthoides, 324, 338.

crassirostris, 986.

erythrothorax, 143.

humicola, 324, 338,986.

masafucre, 320.

modesta, 324.

nigrifumosa, 143.

orbignit, 986.

pudica, 143.

rufa, 324.

rutilans, 574, 750.

sordida, 324, 338.

striata, 320.

Synaptura

gerreus, 562.

Synclera

retinalis, 93.

traducalis, 93.

Syngamia

octavialis, 90.

Syngnathus

biaculeatus, 869.

fasciatus, 869.

Syntomis

divisa, 679.

imaon, 679.

melas, 679.

ochsenheimeri, 678.

vitrea, 679.

Syphonota

keraudreni, 228.

Sypna

albilinea, 69.

celisparsa, 69.

curvilinea, 69, 97.

cyanivitta, 70.

rectilinea, 70.

Syrnium

hylophilum, 339.

perspicillatum, 280,590.

zonocercum, 590.

sp. ign., 753.

Tachypetes

minor, 831.

Tachyphonus

cassinit, 139.

cristatellus, 571, 977.

cristatus, 571.

delattrii, 140.

melaleucus, 571, 59d.

napensis, 571, 754.

pheniceus, 749, 754.

Tachyphonus

rufiventris, 749.

surinamus, 571, 749,

754, 755.

Tachys

curvimanus, 369.

4-signatus, 364, 369.

Tachyspiza

soloénsis, 169, 172.

Tzenioptera

alpina, 986.

pyrope, 326, 338.

velata, 577.

Tzeniotes

scalaris, 365, 379.

Tagora

patula, 681.

Talapa

caliginosalis, 82, 98.

Tanagra

abbas, 138.

celestis, 749.

eyanoptera, 452, 594.

darwini, 341, 984.

diaconus, 138.

episcopus, 571, 594.

melanoptera, 138, 749.

palmarum, 571.

superciliaris, 572.

Tanysiptera

dea, 185.

nympha, 185.

Tapes

inflata, 9235.

rimosa, 923.

sulcosa, 923.

turgida, 924.

turgidula, 924.

undulata, 923.

Tapirus

americanus, 240, 241,

473, 692, 695, 878,

879, 880, 881, 885.

anta, 880.

bairdi, 241, 473, 891.

bicolor, 884.

indicus, 878, 879, 884.

laurillardi, 881, 882,

* 883.

malayanus, 884.

malayensis, 240.

pinchacus, 879,882,884.

roulini, 884.

suillus, 880.

sumatranus, 884.

terrestris, 879, 880,881,

883.

villosus, 884.

Tarphius

oblongus, 386.

wollastoni,372,586,391. |

}

INDEX.

Tavia

albilinea, 71.

biocularis, 71.

caliginosa, 70.

catocaloides, 71, 98.

dubitaria, 70.

punctosa, 70.

submarginata, 71.

substruens, 70.

Taxila

decorata, 38.

drupadi, 37.

durga, 37.

egeon, 37.

orphna, 37.

pulchra, 38.

_ teneta, 37.

thiusta, 37.

Tchitrea

corvina, 345.

major, 345.

Tectarius

pyramidalis, 209.

Tectura

Jjacksoniensis, 220.

scabrilirata, 220.

septiformis, 220.

stellaris, 220.

Tedania

ambigua, 520.

digitata, 520.

Teena

‘i bleella! 63.

Tellina

elliptica, 918.

lactea, 918.

lilium, 919.

semifossilis, 919.

semiplana, 919.

semitorta, 919.

tenutlirata, 919.

ticaonica, 919.

unifasciata, 919.

(Angulus) ¢icaonica,

919.

(——) wnifasciata,

19.

(Arcopagia) edliptica,

918.

(Macoma) swubelliptica,

918.

(Meera) semitorta, 919.

(Tellinella) deltoidalis,

918.

Tenebrio

obscurus, 361, 381.

Tephrosia

comparataria, 631.

dentilineata, 631.

mucidaria, 631.

scriptaria, 651.

1093

Teraspiza

minulla, 170, 171, 173.

rhodogaster, 171.

tinus, 171.

virgata, 171, 178.

Terastia

diversalis, 90.

Terebratula

australis, 935.

cuming?, 935.

davidsoni, 314, 315.

Slavescens, 935.

uva, 314.

Tereus

Jimbriatus, 537.

Tethea

collingsit, 541.

cranium, 26.

ingalli, 549.

lyncurium, 541.

robusta, 548.

schmidtii, 541.

spinularia, 524.

Tetheum

pulvinatum, 541.

Tetheya

lacunosa, 541.

Tethia

cavernosa, 541.

globosa, 541.

Tethya

aspestella, 541.

cranium, 543.

hispida, 541.

morum, S42.

pumex, 544.

simillima, 548.

spherica, 541.

verrucosa, 541.

Tetrao

urogallus, 432.

Tetrodon

argenteus, 869.

immaculatus, 869.

laterna, 869.

stellatus, 869.

Teuthis

corallina, 854.

margaritifera, 855.

rostrata, 854,

tutor, 854.

Thalassidroma

gracilis, 336.

segethi, 320, 336.

Thalassodes

bifasciata, 637.

celataria, 637.

dissimulata, 637.

dissita, 637.

distinctaria, 637.

inaptaria, 637.

1094

Thalassodes

macariata, 637.

macruraria, 637.

ophthalmicata, 637.

sinuata, 637.

wrapteraria, 637.

Thalassoica

glacialioides, 336, 340.

Thalera

argutaria, 638,

bifasciata, 637.

glaucaria, 638.

Thalotia

zebrides, 215.

Thalurania

columbica, 153.

furcata, 584, 594.

Ffurcatoides, 584, 594,

595.

gramineus, 584.

nigrofasciata, 979.

tschudit, 752.

venusta, 129, 153.

Thamnomanes

glaucus, 750.

Thamnophilus —— ?,

575.

amazonicus, 575, 595,

756.

bridgesi, 130, 144.

cerulescens, 756.

caudacutus, 573, 574.

doliatus, 144, 575.

fuliginosus, '750, 755,

756.

hyperythrus, 981.

luctuosus, 575, 595.

major, S79.

melanurus, 144, 750,

978.

murinus, 750, 756.

nevius, 144.

nigro-cinereus, 575,

595.

palliatus, 576.

radiatus, 576, 978.

transandeanus, 144.

Thaumantias

chionurus, 129,131,156.

cupreiceps, 151.

fluviatilis, 752, 979.

Thaumantis

nourmahal, 673.

Thaumastura

core, 987.

Thecla

rama, 675.

Thela

onyx, 675.

Thenea

muricata, DAI.

INDEX.

Theophila

bengalensis, 683.

sherwillii, 683.

Theora

nitida, 914.

Therapon

servus, 850.

Thermesia

arenacea, 77.

consocia, 77.

creberrima, 77.

precipua, 77.

reticulata, 77.

transducta, 78.

vaga, 80.

Thinocorus

d orbignyanus, 990.

ing@, 331, 339, 990.

orbignyanus, 331, 339,

989.

rumicivorus, 331, 339,

swainsoni, 331.

Thracia

anatinoides, 914.

australica, 914.

modesta, 908, 911, 914.

Threnetes

cervinicauda, 979.

Threskiornis

strictipennis, 600.

Thryophilus

castaneus, 134.

leucotis, 568.

Thryothorus

albipectus, 568.

castaneus, 134.

coraya, 977.

galbraithi, 568.

leucostictus, 134.

leucotis, 568.

prostheleucus, 134.

rufalbus, 134.

rutilus, 134.

thoracicus, 134.

Thyatira

albicosta, 45.

batis, 45.

Thylacodes

decussatus, 211.

Thynnus

thunnina, 861.

Thyreus

elegantulus, 675.

Thyridospila

spheriphora, 79.

Tigris

regalis, 263.

Tigrisoma

brasiliense, 979.

cabanisi, 280.

Timandra

aventiaria, 644.

convectaria, 644.

subobliquaria, 644.

Timea

stellata, 544.

Tinamotis

pentlandi, 989.

Tinamus

parvirostris, T5A4.

robustus, 159, 425.

Tinea

longicornis, 669.

Tinnunculus

gracilis, 344.

sparverius, 151, 330,

338, 988.

Tityra

albitorques, 751,

iy (e

cayana, 578.

Fraseri, 757.

mexicana, 149.

personata, 149.

Tivela

undulosa, 922.

Toccolosida

rubiceps, 665.

Toccus

erythrorhynchus, 890,

891.

Todirostrum

cinereum, 147.

maculatum, 978.

Tomicus

saxesini, 363, 376.

Tonicia

carpenteri, 116, 117,

223.

Topa

pyra, 593.

Topaza

pyra, 584.

Tornatina

Sfusiformis, 226.

Totanus

calidris, 166.

chilensis, 319, 382.

flavipes, 166.

solitarius, 979.

stagnatilis, 332.

Toxocampa

costimacula, 65.

tetraspila, 65.

Trabala

leta, 685.

Trachynotus

baillonii, 861.

ovatus, 861.

Trachyscelis

aphodioides, 360, 381.

Tragosia

dissimilis, 513.

infundibuliformis, 513.

Tragulus .

javanicus, 955,957,959.

kanchil, 959.

Trechichus

Jimicola, 369.

Trechus

Jimicola, 364.

Trelania

radiata, "744.

Treron

delalandii, 827, 828.

sphenura, 821.

Triznodon

obesus, 870.

Triate

discophora, 549.

Tribolium

ferrugineum, 361, 381.

Tribonyx

gouldi, 817.

mortieri, 816, 817.

Trichechus

rosmarus, 818.

Trichogaster

fasciatus, 15.

Trichoglossus

massen@, 828.

multicolor, 393.

Trichopodus

bejeus, 15.

colisa, 15.

cotra, 15.

lalius, 15.

Triga

philippinensis, 239.

Trigonella

contraria, 916.

luzonica, 916.

pusilla, 916.

Trigonia

lamarcki, 915, 931.

margaritacea, 931.

pectinata, 931.

strangei, 931.

Trigonodes

gammoides, 75.

hyppasia, 77.

Tringa

bairdi, 332, 339.

bonapartii,332,339,591.

maculata, 754.

minuta, 165.

minutilla, 165, 591.

pectoralis, 332.

schinzii, 332.

temmincki, 165.

Tringites

rufescens, 754, 979.

INDEX.

Tringoides

macularius, 592.

Triopa

yatesi, 229,

Triphena

semitherbida, 54.

Triphoris

libiatus, 209.

nigrofuscus, 208.

Triptorhinus

paradoxus, 325, 338.

Triquetra

lanceolata, 491.

Triton

africana, 189.

australis, 187.

barthelemy?, 188.

cutaceum, 188.

doliarius, 189.

exaratus, 188.

Ffusiformis, 188.

leucostoma, 189.

lyratum, 188.

olearium, 188.

spengleri, 188.

succinctus, 188.

waterhousei, 188.

Tritonidea

unicolor, 187.

Tritonium

australe, 187.

boltenianum, 188.

fusiforme, 188.

(Cabestana) boltent-

anum, 188.

(

(——.) spengleri, 188.

(Gutturnium) exara-

tum, 188.

(Simpulum) oleariwm,

188.

Trivia

australis, 206.

Trochalopteron

Jjerdoni, 834.

Trochella

calyptreformis, 736.

maculata, 736.

Trochilina

adspersa, 741.

conica, 741.

fastigiata, 741.

lichen, '742.

mamillaris, 741.

solida, 742.

Trochilus

castaneoventris, 129,

Trochita

clypeolum, '735.

corrugata, 739.

) doliarium, 189.

1095

Trochita

pellucida, 211.

radians, 735.

spinulosa, 741.

spirata, 735.

(Haliotidea) calyptre

formis, 211.

Trochochlea

concamerata, 217.

multicarinata, 216.

porcata, 216.

teniata, 216.

Trochomorpha

partunda, 890,

Trochus

badius, 215.

calyptreformis,211,736.

cicatrosus, 209.

clanguloides, 214,

leucostigma, 216.

luteus, 209.

maugeri, 214,

multicarinatus, 216.

nanus, 209.

planus, 209.

radians, 735.

spirata, 735.

teniatus, 216.

tentoriiformis, 214.

tiberianus, 215.

urvillei, 214,

vitiligineus, 217.

Troglodytes

Survus, 340, 568.

hornensis, 321,

inquietus, 135.

magellanicus, 321, 337.

tessellatus, 135, 749,

754, 984.

Trogon

atricollis, 151.

aurantiiventris, 130,

151.

caligatus, 151.

clathratus, 151.

= massena, 151.

melanurus, 583, 752,

978.

pavoninus, 583.

reinwardti, 444,

tenellus, 151.

viridis, 583, 752.

Trogophleus

corticinus, 364, 884.

riparius, 364, 384,

subtilis, 363, 385.

Trophon

hanleyi, 110, 117, 187.

paive, 187.

Trox

scaber, 362, 375.

1096

Truncatella

marginata, 40.

scalarina, 40.

Trygodes

divisaria, 642,

vagata, 642.

Trygon

forskalii, 872.

sephen, 872.

uarnak, 872.

Tryngites

OTe ans 165.

Tugalia

ossea, 219.

Turbo

lamellosus, 213.

scalaris, 199.

torquatus, 213.

undulatus, 213.

Turbonilla

nitida, 112, 117, 200.

Turdus

albiventris, 568.

amaurochalinus, 568,

749.

assimilis, 138.

atrosericeus, 133.

chiguanco, 984.

crotopezus, 133.

ephippialis, 568.

falklandicus, 320, 337.

fumigatus, 568.

furvus, 321.

fuscater, 320,

grayz, 132.

jamaicensis, 135.

leucauchen, 132, 138.

luridus, 182.

obsoletus, 138.

pheopygus, 133, 568,

9, 754.

platensis, 521.

rufwentris, 321.

subcinereus, 321.

Turnix

pugnax, 821.

Turritella

(Haustator) snwata,

210.

Turtur

albiventris, 827, 828.

erythrophrys, 827, 828.

rostratus, 344.

semitorquatus, 827.

Tyana

callichlora, 668, 686.

chloroleuca, 668.

superba, 668, 686.

T-ympanistes

pallida, 49, 97.

testacea, 49, 97.

INDEX.

Typha

geek 362, 373.

Typhis

angasi, 186.

Tyranniscus

gracilipes, 977, 978, 981.

parvus, 147, 981.

Tyrannula

setophagoides, 986.

Tyrannulus

elatus, 147, 751, 978.

Tyrannus

aurantio-atro-cristatus,

751, 757.

melancholicus, 148, 342,

578, 751, 978.

satrapa, 279.

Umbrella

indica, 228.

Uncia

irbis, 262.

Unio

douglasie, 490.

murchisonianus, 490.

nodosus, 491.

shanghaiensis, 490.

tenuis, 490.

tientsinensis, 491.

(Dysnomia) dampreya-

nus, 491, 492.

(Lampsilis) sabtortus,

491, 492.

Upeneoides

bivittatus, 702.

guttatus, 938.

vittatus, 702.

Upeneus

cyclostomus, 853.

flavolineatus, 853.

Upucerthia

albiventris, 320.

atacamensis, 319, 324.

dumetoria, 324, 338.

Uranoscopus

marmoratas, 702.

Urapteryx

crocopterata, 613.

ebullata, 612.

falcataria, 613.

margaritata, 612.

multistrigaria, 612.

podaliriata, 612.

quadripunctata, 613.

rufivinetata, 613.

sciticaudaria, 612.

triangularia, 612.

Uraspiza

approximans, 177.

cirrhocephala, 176.

cruenta, 174, 176.

Uraspiza

erythrauchen, 177, 178.

sulaénsis, 176, 177.

torquata, 176.

Urochroma

hueti, 753, 759.

purpurata, 589, 595.

Urogalba

amazonum,582,594,595.

paradisea, 582, 594.

Urogymnus

asperrimus, 871.

Uromys

macropus, 597.

Ursus

arctos, 818.

formosanus, 818.

tibetanus, 818.

lasiotus, 818.

piscator, 817, 818.

Urubitinga

anthracina, 280.

meridionalis, 589.

nigricollis, 589.

schistacea, 979.

unicincta, 329, 338.

zonura, 280, 589, 753.

Ute

capillosa, 554.

chrysalis, 555.

ensata, 555.

glabra, 5b4.

Uvyanilla

tentoriiformis, 214.

Vanellus

cayanensis,331,339,591,

Vanikoro

deshayesiana, 212.

granulata, 212.

plicata, 212.

quoyana, 212.

recluziana, 212.

Varnia

ignita, 62.

enequalis, 62.

Velutina

coriacea, 312.

Venerupis

crenata, 924.

trus, 924.

mitis, 924.

Venus

alatus, 921.

australis, 921.

calophylla, 921.

dysera, 921.

fumigata, 921.

tsabellina, 921.

levigata, 922.

lamellata, 921.

Venus

laqueata, 920.

ovata, 920.

roborata, 921.

striatissima, 920.

turgida, 924.

undulata, 923.

undulosa, 922.

variabilis, 922.

Vermetus

decussatus, 211.

Verongia

jistularis, 509.

zetlandica, 509.

Vibulinus

aculeatus, 545.

stuposus, 545.

Vindusara

compositata, 653, 686.

metachromata, 653.

Vioa

dissociata, 526.

duvernoyti, 526.

grantit, 526.

johnstoni, 526.

stromii, 526.

viridis, 525.

Vireosylvia

agilis, 569, 749, 977.

flavo-viridis, 137.

Viverriceps

bennettii, 268.

ellioti, 269.

planiceps, 269.

rubiginosa, 269.

Vola

fumata, 933.

Volatinia

jacarina, 142, 572, 750.

Volsella

glaberrima, 929.

reevet, 929.

Voluta

angasi, 193.

magnifica, 193.

marmorata, 193.

undulata, 198.

zebra, 193.

(Amoria) angasi, 193.

(Scapha) magnifica,193.

Volva

angasi, 207.

Volvaria

neglecta, 303.

(Volvarina) pusiila,303,

Silay

INDEX.

Vulsella

tasmanica, 930.

Waldheimia

flavescens, 935.

allago

attu, 284.

malabaricus, 284.

Xandrames

albofasciata, 635, 686.

dholaria, 634.

Xanthia

tmparata, 61.

Xanthodes

imparata, 61,

impellens, 61.

innocens, 61.

tntersepta, 61.

transversa, 61.

Xantholinus

glabratus, 363, 383.

hesperius, 364, 383.

linearis, 383.

marginalis, 383.

punctulatus, 362, 383.

Xanthornus

cayennensis, 319, 323.

Xanthosomus

icterocephalus, 573, 978.

Xenomma

Jiliforme, 390.

melanocephala, 382,

390.

Xenops

approximans, 750, 755.

mexicanus, 143.

Xenospongia

patelliformis, 547,

Xerus

getulus, 817.

trivittatus, 817.

Xiphias

ensis, 857.

Xiphochilus

fsa 101.

Xipholena

lamellipennis, 580, 594,

pompadora, 580, 593,

594.

Xiphorhynchus

trochilirostris, 575.

Xylophasia

flavistigma, 50.

leucostigma, 51.

THE END.

1097

Yphthima

hyagriva, 674.

narasingha, 674,

Yunx

torquilla, 450.

Zebronia

abracalis, 91.

aurolinealis, 92.

bistrigalis, 92.

discerptalis, 92,

inscriptalis, 92,

Jaguaralis, 91,

perspicualis, 91.

plutusalis, 92.

salomealis, 96,

Zemira

australis, 189.

Zenaida

auriculata, 330, 339,

989.

maculata, 591,

souleyetiania, 330.

Zenarchopterus

« dispar, 868.

Zenatia

acinaces, 917.

Zenzera

conferta, 686.

leuconota, 685.

paucipunctata, 686.

Zethes

perturbans, 79.

aylochroma, 79.

Ziziphinus

scitulus, 215.

Zoanthus

alderi, 234.

couchti, 25, 237, 239,

906.

sociatus, 234.

sulcatus, 351,

Zomia

incitata, 650.

Zonotrichia

boucardi, 1.

pileata, 322, 337, 985.

Zosterops

euryopthalmos, 345,

modesta, 345.

poliogastra, 345,

semiflava, 345.

Zygena

cashmirensis, 676.

malleus, 870.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,